[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2001 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]



[[Page i]]

          

                    40


          Part 63 (Secs. 63.1200--End)

                         Revised as of July 1, 2001

Protection of Environment





          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect
          As of July 1, 2001
          With Ancillaries
          Published by
          Office of the Federal Register
          National Archives and Records
          Administration

A Special Edition of the Federal Register



[[Page ii]]

                                      




                     U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
                            WASHINGTON : 2001



  For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing 
                                  Office
 Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov    Phone: (202) 512-1800    Fax: (202) 512-
                                   2250
                Mail: Stop SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001



[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 40:
          Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency 
          (Continued)                                                3
  Finding Aids:
      Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference........     965
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     967
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     985
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     995



[[Page iv]]


      


                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code:  CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 40 CFR 63.1200 
                       refers to title 40, part 
                       63, section 1200.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2001), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For 
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are 
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in 
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by 
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation 
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find 
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal 
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, 
and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

[[Page vii]]


REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408 or e-mail 
[email protected].

SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800, 
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours 
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, 
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO 
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, The United States 
Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Public Papers, 
Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act 
Compilation are available in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/
nara (``GPO Access''). For more information, contact Electronic 
Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing Office. 
Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-mail, 
[email protected].
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA 
site also contains links to GPO Access.

                              Raymond A. Mosley,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

July 1, 2001.



[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of twenty-eight 
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order: 
parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-End), 
parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-End), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 
63 (63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-1-63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-End), 
parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86 (86.1-86.599-99) part 86 
(86.600-1-End), parts 87-99, parts 100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-
189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265, parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 
400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-789, and part 790 to End. The contents 
of these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this 
title of the CFR as of July 1, 2001.

    Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all twenty-
four volumes. A Pesticide Tolerance Commodity/Chemical Index and Crop 
Grouping Commodities Index appear in parts 150-189. A Toxic Substances 
Chemical--CAS Number Index appears in parts 700-789 and part 790 to End. 
Redesignation Tables appear in the volumes containing parts 50-51, parts 
150-189, and parts 700-789. Regulations issued by the Council on 
Environmental Quality appear in the volume containing part 790 to End. 
The OMB control numbers for title 40 appear in Sec. 9.1 of this chapter.

[[Page x]]





[[Page 1]]



                   TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT




                      (This book contains part 63)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)......          63

[[Page 3]]



               CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY




  --------------------------------------------------------------------


  Editorial Notes: 1. Subchapter C--Air Programs is contained in volumes 
40 CFR parts 50-51, part 52.01-52.1018, part 52.1019-end, parts 53-59, 
part 60 (60.1-end), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63 (63.1-
63.599), part 63 (63.600-63.1199), part (63.1200-End), parts 64-71, 
parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86 (86.1-86.599-99), part 86 (86.600 to 
end) and parts 87-99.

  2. Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR 47324, 47325, 
Aug. 2, 2000.

                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)

Part                                                                Page
63              National emission standards for hazardous 
                    air pollutants for source categories....           5

[[Page 5]]





                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (Continued)



PART 63--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES--Table of Contents




 Subpart EEE--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                     from Hazardous Waste Combustors

                                 General

Sec.
63.1200  Who is subject to these regulations?
63.1201  Definitions and acronyms used in this subpart.
63.1202  [Reserved]

                Emissions Standards and Operating Limits

63.1203  What are the standards for hazardous waste incinerators?
63.1204  What are the standards for hazardous waste burning cement 
          kilns?
63.1205  What are the standards for hazardous waste burning lightweight 
          aggregate kilns?

                  Monitoring and Compliance Provisions

63.1206  When and how must you comply with the standards and operating 
          requirements?
63.1207  What are the performance testing requirements?
63.1208  What are the test methods?
63.1209  What are the monitoring requirements?

                Notification, Reporting and Recordkeeping

63.1210  What are the notification requirements?
63.1211  What are the recordkeeping and reporting requirements?

                                  Other

63.1213  How can the compliance date be extended to install pollution 
          prevention or waste minimization controls?

Table 1 to Subpart EEE of Part 63--General Provisions Applicable to 
          Subpart EEE
Appendix A to Subpart EEE--Quality Assurance Procedures for Continuous 
          Emissions Monitors Used for Hazardous Waste Combustors

Subpart FFF  [Reserved]

 Subpart GGG--National Emission Standards for Pharmaceuticals Production

63.1250  Applicability.
63.1251  Definitions.
63.1252  Standards: General.
63.1253  Standards: Storage tanks.
63.1254  Standards: Process vents.
63.1255  Standards: Equipment leaks.
63.1256  Standards: Wastewater.
63.1257  Test methods and compliance procedures.
63.1258  Monitoring requirements.
63.1259  Recordkeeping requirements.
63.1260  Reporting requirements.
63.1261  Delegation of authority.

Table 1 to Subpart GGG--General Provisions Applicability to Subpart GGG
Table 2 to Subpart GGG--Partially Soluble HAP
Table 3 to Subpart GGG--Soluble HAP
Table 4 to Subpart GGG--Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices
Table 5 to Subpart GGG--Control Requirements for Items of Equipment That 
          Meet the Criteria of Sec. 63.1252(f)
Table 6 to Subpart GGG--Wastewater--Compliance Options for Wastewater 
          Tanks
Table 7 to Subpart GGG--Wastewater--Inspection and Monitoring 
          Requirements for Waste Management Units
Table 8 to Subpart GGG--Fraction Measured (Fm) for HAP 
          Compounds in Wastewater Streams
Table 9 to Subpart GGG--Default Biorates for List 1 Compounds

 Subpart HHH--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
          From Natural Gas Transmission and Storage Facilities

63.1270  Applicability and designation of affected source.
63.1271  Definitions.
63.1272  Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions.
63.1273  [Reserved]
63.1274  General standards.
63.1275  Glycol dehydration unit process vent standards.
63.1276-63.1280  [Reserved]
63.1281  Control equipment requirements.
63.1282  Test methods, compliance procedures, and compliance 
          demonstrations.
63.1283  Inspection and monitoring requirements.
63.1284  Recordkeeping requirements.
63.1285  Reporting requirements.
63.1286  Delegation of authority.
63.1287  Alternative means of emission limitation.
63.1288-63.1289  [Reserved]

Appendix to Subpart HHH--Tables

[[Page 6]]

 Subpart III--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production

63.1290  Applicability.
63.1291  Compliance schedule.
63.1292  Definitions.
63.1293  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production.
63.1294  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--
          diisocyanate emissions.
63.1295  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--
          HAP ABA storage vessels.
63.1296  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--
          HAP ABA equipment leaks.
63.1297  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--
          HAP ABA emissions from the production line.
63.1298  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--
          HAP emissions from equipment cleaning.
63.1299  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--
          source-wide emission limitation.
63.1300  Standards for molded flexible polyurethane foam production.
63.1301  Standards for rebond foam production.
63.1302  Applicability of subpart A requirements.
63.1303  Monitoring requirements.
63.1304  Testing requirements.
63.1305  Alternative means of emission limitation.
63.1306  Reporting requirements.
63.1307  Recordkeeping requirements.
63.1308  Compliance demonstrations.
63.1309  Delegation of authority.

Appendix to Subpart III--Tables

  Subpart JJJ--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
                 Emissions: Group IV Polymers and Resins

63.1310  Applicability and designation of affected sources.
63.1311  Compliance dates and relationship of this supbart to existing 
          applicable rules.
63.1312  Definitions.
63.1313  Emission standards.
63.1314  Storage vessel provisions.
63.1315  Continuous process vents provisions.
63.1316  PET and polystyrene affected sources--emissions control 
          provisions.
63.1317  PET and polystyrene affected sources--monitoring provisions.
63.1318  PET and polystyrene affected sources--testing and compliance 
          demonstration provisions.
63.1319  PET and polystyrene affected sources--recordkeeping provisions.
63.1320  PET and polystyrene affected sources--reporting provisions.
63.1321  Batch process vents provisions.
63.1322  Batch process vents--reference control technology.
63.1323  Batch process vents--methods and procedures for group 
          determination.
63.1324  Batch process vents--monitoring equipment.
63.1325  Batch process vents--performance test methods and procedures to 
          determine compliance.
63.1326  Batch process vents--recordkeeping provisions.
63.1327  Batch process vents--reporting requirements.
63.1328  Heat exchange systems provisions.
63.1329  Process contact cooling towers provisions.
63.1330  Wastewater provisions.
63.1331  Equipment leak provisions.
63.1332  Emissions averaging provisions.
63.1333  Additional requirements for performance testing.
63.1334  Parameter monitoring levels and excursions.
63.1335  General recordkeeping and reporting provisions.

Table 1 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart JJJ Affected Sources
Table 2 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing 
          Affected Sources
Table 3 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing 
          Affected Sources Producing the Listed Thermoplastics
Table 4 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Group 1 Storage Vessels at New 
          Affected Sources
Table 5 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Group 1 Storage Vessels at New 
          Affected Sources Producing the Listed Thermoplastics
Table 6 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Known Organic HAP Emitted From the 
          Production of Thermoplastic Products
Table 7 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Group 1 Batch Process Vents and 
          Aggregate Batch Vent Streams--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and 
          Reporting Requirements
Table 8 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Operating Parameters for Which Levels 
          are Required to be Established for Continuous and Batch 
          Process Vents and Aggregate Batch Vent Streams
Table 9 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Routine Reports Required by This 
          Subpart

Subpart KKK  [Reserved]

[[Page 7]]

 Subpart LLL--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
             From the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry

                                 General

63.1340  Applicability and designation of affected sources.
63.1341  Definitions.

                 Emission Standards and Operating Limits

63.1342  Standards: General.
63.1343  Standards for kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills.
63.1344  Operating limits for kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills.
63.1345  Standards for clinker coolers.
63.1346  Standards for new and reconstructed raw material dryers.
63.1347  Standards for raw and finish mills.
63.1348  Standards for affected sources other than kilns; in-line kiln 
          raw mills; clinker coolers; new and reconstructed raw material 
          dryers; and raw and finish mills.

                  Monitoring and Compliance Provisions

63.1349  Performance testing requirements.
63.1350  Monitoring requirements.
63.1351  Compliance dates.
63.1352  Additional test methods.

                Notification, Reporting and Recordkeeping

63.1353  Notification requirements.
63.1354  Reporting requirements.
63.1355  Recordkeeping requirements.

                                  Other

63.1356  Exemption from new source performance standards.
63.1357  Temporary, conditioned exemption from particulate and opacity 
          standards.
63.1358  Delegation of authority.
63.1359  [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart LLL of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions

 Subpart MMM--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
               for Pesticide Active Ingredient Production

63.1360  Applicability.
63.1361  Definitions.
63.1362  Standards.
63.1363  Standards for equipment leaks.
63.1364  Compliance dates.
63.1365  Test methods and initial compliance procedures.
63.1366  Monitoring and inspection requirements.
63.1367  Recordkeeping requirements.
63.1368  Reporting requirements.
63.1369  Delegation of authority.

Table 1 to Subpart MMM of part 63--General Provisions Applicability to 
          Subpart MMM.
Table 2 to Subpart MMM of part 63--Standards for New and Existing PAI 
          Sources.
Table 3 to Subpart MMM of Part 63--Monitoring Requirements for Control 
          Devices.
Table 4 to Subpart MMM of Part 63--Control Requirements for Items of 
          Equipment that Meet the Criteria of Sec. 63.1362(k).

 Subpart NNN--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                    for Wool Fiberglass Manufacturing

63.1380  Applicability.
63.1381  Definitions.
63.1382  Emission standards.
63.1383  Monitoring requirements.
63.1384  Performance test requirements.
63.1385  Test methods and procedures.
63.1386  Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.
63.1387  Compliance dates.
63.1388--63.1399  [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart NNN of part 63--Applicability of general provisions 
          (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) to subpart NNN.
Appendix A to Subpart NNN of part 63--Method for the determination of 
          LOI
Appendix B to Subpart NNN of part 63--Free formaldehyde analysis of 
          insulation resins by hydroxylamine hydrochloride
Appendix C to Subpart NNN of part 63--Method for the determination of 
          product density

  Subpart OOO--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
             Emissions: Manufacture of Amino/Phenolic Resins

63.1400   Applicability and designation of affected sources.
63.1401   Compliance schedule.
63.1402   Definitions.
63.1403   Emission standards.
63.1404   Storage vessel provisions.
63.1405   Continuous process vent provisions.
63.1406   Reactor batch process vent provisions.
63.1407   Non-reactor batch process vent provisions.
63.1408   Aggregate batch vent stream provisions.
63.1409   Heat exchange system provisions.
63.1410   Equipment leak provisions.
63.1411   [Reserved]
63.1412   Continuous process vent applicability assessment procedures 
          and methods.
63.1413   Compliance demonstration procedures.
63.1414   Test methods and emission estimation equations.

[[Page 8]]

63.1415   Monitoring requirements.
63.1416   Recordkeeping requirements.
63.1417   Reporting requirements.
63.1418   [Reserved]
63.1419   Delegation of authority.

Table 1 to Subpart OOO of Part 63-Applicability of General Provisions to 
          Subpart OOO Affected Sources
Table 2 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Known Organic Hazardous Air 
          Pollutants (HAP) From the Manufacture of Amino/Phenolic Resins
Table 3 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Batch Process Vent Monitoring 
          Requirements
Table 4 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Operating Parameter Levels
Table 5 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Reports Required by This Subpart
Table 6 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Coefficients for Total Resource 
          Effectiveness

  Subpart PPP--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
               Emissions for Polyether Polyols Production

63.1420  Applicability and designation of affected sources.
63.1421  Delegation of authority.
63.1422  Compliance dates and relationship of this rule to existing 
          applicable rules.
63.1423  Definitions.
63.1424  Emission standards.
63.1425  Process vent control requirements.
63.1426  Process vent requirements for determining organic HAP 
          concentration, control efficiency, and aggregated organic HAP 
          emission reduction for a PMPU.
63.1427  Process vent requirements for processes using extended cookout 
          as an epoxide emission reduction technique.
63.1428  Process vent requirements for group determination of PMPUs 
          using a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product.
63.1429  Process vent monitoring requirements.
63.1430  Process vent reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
63.1431  Process vent annual epoxides emission factor plan requirements.
63.1432  Storage vessel provisions.
63.1433  Wastewater provisions.
63.1434  Equipment leak provisions.
63.1435  Heat exchanger provisions.
63.1436  [Reserved]
63.1437  Additional requirements for performance testing.
63.1438  Parameter monitoring levels and excursions.
63.1439  General recordkeeping and reporting provisions.

Table 1 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart PPP Affected Sources
Table 2 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Applicability of Subparts F, G, H, 
          and U to Subpart PPP Affected Sources
Table 3 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing 
          and New Affected Sources
Table 4 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Known Organic HAP From Polyether 
          Polyol Products
Table 5 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Process Vents From Batch Unit 
          Operations--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting 
          Requirements
Table 6 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Process Vents From Continuous Unit 
          Operations--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting 
          Requirements
Table 7 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Operating Parameters for Which 
          Monitoring Levels are Required to be Established for Process 
          Vents Streams
Table 8 to Subpart PPP of Part 63--Routine Reports Required by This 
          Subpart

Subpart QQQ  [Reserved]

 Subpart RRR--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                    for Secondary Aluminum Production

                                 General

63.1500  Applicability.
63.1501  Dates.
63.1502  Incorporation by reference.
63.1503  Definitions.
63.1504  [Reserved]

              Emission Standards and Operating Requirements

63.1505   Emission standards for affected sources and emission nits.
63.1506   Operating requirements.
63.1507-63.1509   [Reserved]

                  Monitoring and Compliance Provisions

63.1510   Monitoring requirements.
63.1511   Performance test/compliance demonstration general 
          requirements.
63.1512   Performance test/compliance demonstration requirements and 
          procedures.
63.1513   Equations for determining compliance.
63.1514   [Reserved]

                   Notifications, Reports, And Records

63.1515   Notifications.
63.1516   Reports.
63.1517   Records.

                                  Other

63.1518   Applicability of general provisions.
63.1519   Delegation of authority.
63.1520   [Reserved]

[[Page 9]]


Table 1 to Subpart RRR--Emission Standards for New and Existing Affected 
          Sources
Table 2 to Subpart RRR--Summary of Operating Requirements for New and 
          Existing Affected Sources and Emission Units
Table 3 to Subpart RRR--Summary of Monitoring Requirements for New and 
          Existing Affected Sources and Emission Units Appendix A to 
          Subpart RRR--General Provisions Applicability to Subpart RRR

Subpart SSS  [Reserved]

 Subpart TTT--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                        for Primary Lead Smelting

63.1541  Applicability.
63.1542  Definitions.
63.1543  Standards for process and process fugitive sources.
63.1544  Standards for fugitive dust sources.
63.1545  Compliance dates.
63.1546  Test methods.
63.1547  Monitoring requirements.
63.1548  Notification requirements.
63.1549  Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
63.1550  Delegation of authority.

Subpart UUU  [Reserved]

 Subpart VVV--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                     Publicly Owned Treatment Works

                              Applicability

63.1580  Am I subject to this subpart?
63.1581  Does the subpart distinguish between different types of POTW 
          treatment plants?

      Industrial POTW Treatment Plant Description and Requirements

63.1582  What are the characteristics of an industrial POTW treatment 
          plant?
63.1583  What are the emission points and control requirements for an 
          industrial POTW treatment plant?
63.1584  When do I have to comply?
63.1585  How does an industrial POTW treatment plant demonstrate 
          compliance?

            Non-industrial POTW Treatment Plant Requirements

63.1586  What are the emission points and control requirements for a 
          non-industrial POTW treatment plant?
63.1587  When do I have to comply?
63.1588  What inspections must I conduct?
63.1589  What records must I keep?
63.1590  What reports must I submit?

                          General Requirements

63.1591  What are my notification requirements?
63.1592  Which General Provisions apply to my POTW treatment plant?
63.1593  How will the EPA determine if I am in compliance with this 
          subpart?
63.1594  Who enforces this subpart?
63.1595  List of definitions.

Table 1 to Subpart VVV--Applicability of 40 CFR Part 63 General 
          Provisions to Subpart VVV

Subpart WWW  [Reserved]

 Subpart XXX--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
     for Ferroalloys Production: Ferromanganese and Silicomanganese

63.1620-63.1649  [Reserved]
63.1650  Applicability and compliance dates.
63.1651  Definitions.
63.1652  Emission standards.
63.1653  Opacity standards.
63.1654  Operational and work practice standards.
63.1655  Maintenance requirements.
63.1656  Performance testing, test methods, and compliance 
          demonstrations.
63.1657  Monitoring requirements.
63.1658  Notification requirements.
63.1659  Reporting requirements.
63.1660  Recordkeeping requirements.
63.1661  Delegation of authorities.
63.1662-63.1679  [Reserved]

Subpart CCCC--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                   Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast

                        What This Subpart Covers

Sec.
63.2130  What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.2131  Am I subject to this subpart?
63.2132  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.2133  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

                          Emission Limitations

63.2140  What emission limitations must I meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.2150  What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements

63.2160  By what date must I conduct an initial compliance 
          demonstration?
63.2161  What performance tests and other procedures must I use if I 
          monitor brew ethanol?

[[Page 10]]

63.2162  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?
63.2163  If I monitor fermenter exhaust, what are my monitoring 
          installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?
63.2164  If I monitor brew ethanol, what are my monitoring installation, 
          operation, and maintenance requirements?
63.2165  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitations if I monitor fermenter exhaust?
63.2166  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitations if I monitor brew ethanol?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.2170  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.2171  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitations?

                   Notifications, Reports, And Records

63.2180  What notifications must I submit and when?
63.2181  What reports must I submit and when?
63.2182  What records must I keep?
63.2183  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements And Information

63.2190  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.2191  Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.2192  What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart CCCC--Emission Limitations
Table 2 to Subpart CCCC--Requirements for Performance Tests (Brew 
          Ethanol Monitoring Only)
Table 3 to Subpart CCCC--Initial Compliance With Emission Limitations
Table 4 to Subpart CCCC--Continuous Compliance with Emission Limitations
Table 5 to Subpart CCCC--Requirements for Reports
Table 6 to Subpart CCCC--Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart 
          CCCC

Subpart GGGG--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
             Solvent Extraction for Vegetable Oil Production

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.2830  What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.2831  Where can I find definitions of key words used in this subpart?
63.2832  Am I subject to this subpart?
63.2833  Is my source categorized as existing or new?
63.2834  When do I have to comply with the standards in this subpart?

                                Standards

63.2840  What emission requirements must I meet?

                         Compliance Requirements

63.2850  How do I comply with the hazardous air pollutant emission 
          standards?
63.2851  What is a plan for demonstrating compliance?
63.2852  What is a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan?
63.2853  How do I determine the actual solvent loss?
63.2854  How do I determine the weighted average volume fraction of HAP 
          in the actual solvent loss?
63.2855  How do I determine the quantity of oilseed processed?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.2860  What notifications must I submit and when?
63.2861  What reports must I submit and when?
63.2862  What records must I keep?
63.2863  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.2870  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.2871  Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.2872  What definitions apply to this subpart?

Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods
Appendix B to Part 63--Sources Defined for Early Reduction Provisions
Appendix C to Part 63--Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded 
          (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment Unit
Appendix D to Part 63--Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA Waste 
          and Wastewater Methods
Appendix E to Part 63--Monitoring Procedure for Nonthoroughly Mixed Open 
          Biological Treatment Systems at Kraft Pulp Mills Under Unsafe 
          Sampling Conditions

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.

    Source: 57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.



 Subpart EEE--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                     from Hazardous Waste Combustors

    Source: 64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 11]]

                                 General



Sec. 63.1200  Who is subject to these regulations?

    The provisions of this subpart apply to all hazardous waste 
combustors: hazardous waste incinerators, hazardous waste burning cement 
kilns, and hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kilns, except 
as provided in Table 1 of this section. Hazardous waste combustors are 
also subject to applicable requirements under parts 260-270 of this 
chapter.
    (a) What if I am an area source? (1) Both area sources and major 
sources are subject to this subpart.
    (2) Both area sources and major sources, not previously subject to 
title V, are immediately subject to the requirement to apply for and 
obtain a title V permit in all States, and in areas covered by part 71 
of this chapter.
    (b) These regulations in this subpart do not apply to sources that 
meet the criteria in Table 1 of this Section, as follows:

    Table 1 to Sec.  63.1200.--Hazardous Waste Combustors Exempt From
                               Subpart EEE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              If                        And if                Then
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) You are a previously        (i) You ceased feeding  You are no
 affected source.                hazardous waste for a   longer subject
                                 period of time          to this subpart
                                 greater than the        (Subpart EEE).
                                 hazardous waste
                                 residence time (i.e.,
                                 hazardous waste no
                                 longer resides in the
                                 combustion chamber);.
                                (ii) You have
                                 initiated the closure
                                 requirements of
                                 subpart G, parts 264
                                 or 265 of this
                                 chapter;.
                                (iii) You begin
                                 complying with the
                                 requirements of all
                                 other applicable
                                 standards of this
                                 part (Part 63); and.
                                (iv) You notify the
                                 Administrator in
                                 writing that you are
                                 no longer an affected
                                 source under this
                                 subpart (Subpart EEE).
(2) You are a research,         You operate for no      You are not
 development, and                longer than one year    subject to this
 demonstration source.           after first burning     subpart
                                 hazardous waste (Note   (Subpart EEE).
                                 that the                This exemption
                                 Administrator can       applies even if
                                 extent this one-year    there is a
                                 restriction on a case-  hazardous waste
                                 by-case basis upon      combustor at
                                 your written request    the plant site
                                 documenting when you    that is
                                 first burned            regulated under
                                 hazardous waste and     this subpart.
                                 the justification for   You still,
                                 needing additional      however, remain
                                 time to perform         subject to Sec.
                                 research,                270.65 of this
                                 development, or         chapter.
                                 demonstration
                                 operations.).
(3) The only hazardous wastes   ......................  You are not
 you burn are exempt from                                subject to the
 regulation under Sec.                                   requirements of
 266.100(c) of this chapter.                             this subpart
                                                         (Subpart EEE).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Table 1 of this section specifies the provisions of subpart A 
(General Provisions, Secs. 63.1-63.15) that apply and those that do not 
apply to sources affected by this subpart.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42297, July 10, 2000]



Sec. 63.1201  Definitions and acronyms used in this subpart.

    (a) The terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in 
subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:
    Air pollution control system means the equipment used to reduce the 
release of particulate matter and other pollutants to the atmosphere.
    Automatic waste feed cutoff (AWFCO) system means a system comprised 
of cutoff valves, actuator, sensor, data manager, and other necessary 
components and electrical circuitry designed, operated and maintained to 
stop the flow of hazardous waste to the combustion unit automatically 
and immediately (except as provided by Sec. 63.1206(c)(3)(viii)) when 
any operating requirement is exceeded.
    By-pass duct means a device which diverts a minimum of 10 percent of 
a cement kiln's off gas, or a device which the Administrator determines 
on a case-by-case basis diverts a sample of kiln gas that contains 
levels of carbon monoxide or hydrocarbons representative of the levels 
in the kiln.
    Combustion chamber means the area in which controlled flame 
combustion of hazardous waste occurs.

[[Page 12]]

    Continuous monitor means a device which continuously samples the 
regulated parameter specified in Sec. 63.1209 without interruption, 
evaluates the detector response at least once every 15 seconds, and 
computes and records the average value at least every 60 seconds, except 
during allowable periods of calibration and except as defined otherwise 
by the CEMS Performance Specifications in appendix B, part 60 of this 
chapter.
    Dioxin/furan and dioxins and furans mean tetra-, penta-, hexa-, 
hepta-, and octa-chlorinated dibenzo dioxins and furans.
    Existing source means any affected source that is not a new source.
    Feedrate operating limits means limits on the feedrate of materials 
(e.g., metals, chlorine) to the combustor that are established based on 
comprehensive performance testing. The limits are established and 
monitored by knowing the concentration of the limited material (e.g., 
chlorine) in each feedstream and the flowrate of each feedstream.
    Feedstream means any material fed into a hazardous waste combustor, 
including, but not limited to, any pumpable or nonpumpable solid, 
liquid, or gas.
    Flowrate means the rate at which a feedstream is fed into a 
hazardous waste combustor.
    Hazardous waste is defined in Sec. 261.3 of this chapter.
    Hazardous waste burning cement kiln means a rotary kiln and any 
associated preheater or precalciner devices that produce clinker by 
heating limestone and other materials for subsequent production of 
cement for use in commerce, and that burns hazardous waste at any time.
    Hazardous waste combustor means a hazardous waste incinerator, 
hazardous waste burning cement kiln, or hazardous waste burning 
lightweight aggregate kiln.
    Hazardous waste incinerator means a device defined as an incinerator 
in Sec. 260.10 of this chapter and that burns hazardous waste at any 
time. For purposes of this subpart, the hazardous waste incinerator 
includes all associated firing systems and air pollution control 
devices, as well as the combustion chamber equipment.
    Hazardous waste lightweight aggregate kiln means a rotary kiln that 
produces clinker by heating materials such as slate, shale and clay for 
subsequent production of lightweight aggregate used in commerce, and 
that burns hazardous waste at any time.
    Hazardous waste residence time means the time elapsed from cutoff of 
the flow of hazardous waste into the combustor (including, for example, 
the time required for liquids to flow from the cutoff valve into the 
combustor) until solid, liquid, and gaseous materials from the hazardous 
waste, excluding residues that may adhere to combustion chamber 
surfaces, exit the combustion chamber. For combustors with multiple 
firing systems whereby the residence time may vary for the firing 
systems, the hazardous waste residence time for purposes of complying 
with this subpart means the longest residence time for any firing system 
in use at the time of waste cutoff.
    Initial comprehensive performance test means the comprehensive 
performance test that is used as the basis for initially demonstrating 
compliance with the standards.
    In-line kiln raw mill means a hazardous waste burning cement kiln 
design whereby kiln gas is ducted through the raw material mill for 
portions of time to facilitate drying and heating of the raw material.
    Instantaneous monitoring means continuously sampling, detecting, and 
recording the regulated parameter without use of an averaging period.
    Monovent means an exhaust configuration of a building or emission 
control device (e.g. positive pressure fabric filter) that extends the 
length of the structure and has a width very small in relation to its 
length (i.e., length to width ratio is typically greater than 5:1). The 
exhaust may be an open vent with or without a roof, louvered vents, or a 
combination of such features.
    MTEC means maximum theoretical emissions concentration of metals or 
HCl/Cl, expressed as g/dscm, and is calculated by dividing the 
feedrate by the gas flowrate.
    New source means any affected source the construction or 
reconstruction of

[[Page 13]]

which is commenced after April 19, 1996.
    One-minute average means the average of detector responses 
calculated at least every 60 seconds from responses obtained at least 
every 15 seconds.
    Operating record means a documentation retained at the facility for 
ready inspection by authorized officials of all information required by 
the standards to document and maintain compliance with the applicable 
regulations, including data and information, reports, notifications, and 
communications with regulatory officials.
    Operating requirements means operating terms or conditions, limits, 
or operating parameter limits developed under this subpart that ensure 
compliance with the emission standards.
    Raw material feed means the prepared and mixed materials, which 
include but are not limited to materials such as limestone, clay, shale, 
sand, iron ore, mill scale, cement kiln dust and flyash, that are fed to 
a cement or lightweight aggregate kiln. Raw material feed does not 
include the fuels used in the kiln to produce heat to form the clinker 
product.
    Research, development, and demonstration source means a source 
engaged in laboratory, pilot plant, or prototype demonstration 
operations:
    (1) Whose primary purpose is to conduct research, development, or 
short-term demonstration of an innovative and experimental hazardous 
waste treatment technology or process; and
    (2) Where the operations are under the close supervision of 
technically-trained personnel.
    Rolling average means the average of all one-minute averages over 
the averaging period.
    Run means the net period of time during which an air emission sample 
is collected under a given set of operating conditions. Three or more 
runs constitutes a test. Unless otherwise specified, a run may be either 
intermittent or continuous.
    Run average means the average of the one-minute average parameter 
values for a run.
    TEQ means toxicity equivalence, the international method of relating 
the toxicity of various dioxin/furan congeners to the toxicity of 
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.
    You means the owner or operator of a hazardous waste combustor.
    (b) The acronyms used in this subpart refer to the following:
    AWFCO means automatic waste feed cutoff.
    CAS means chemical abstract services registry.
    CEMS means continuous emissions monitoring system.
    CMS means continuous monitoring system.
    DRE means destruction and removal efficiency.
    MACT means maximum achievable control technology.
    MTEC means maximum theoretical emissions concentration.
    NIC means notification of intent to comply.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42297, July 10, 2000; 
65 FR 67271, Nov. 9, 2000]



Sec. 63.1202  [Reserved]

                Emissions Standards and Operating Limits



Sec. 63.1203  What are the standards for hazardous waste incinerators?

    (a) Emission limits for existing sources You must not discharge or 
cause combustion gasses to be emitted into the atmosphere that contain:
    (1) For dioxins and furans:
    (i) Emissions in excess of 0.20 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen; or
    (ii) Emissions in excess of 0.40 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen provided that the combustion gas temperature at the inlet to the 
initial particulate matter control device is 400  deg.F or lower based 
on the average of the test run average temperatures; \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ For purposes of compliance, operation of a wet particulate 
control device is presumed to meet the 400  deg.F or lower requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Mercury in excess of 130 g/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen;
    (3) Lead and cadmium in excess of 240 g/dscm, combined 
emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium in excess of 97 g/
dscm, combined emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;

[[Page 14]]

    (5) For carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons, either:
    (i) Carbon monoxide in excess of 100 parts per million by volume, 
over an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
emissions monitoring system), dry basis and corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen. If you elect to comply with this carbon monoxide standard rather 
than the hydrocarbon standard under paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this 
section, you must also document that, during the destruction and removal 
efficiency (DRE) test runs or their equivalent as provided by 
Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), hydrocarbons do not exceed 10 parts per million by 
volume during those runs, over an hourly rolling average (monitored 
continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring system), dry basis, 
corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as propane; or
    (ii) Hydrocarbons in excess of 10 parts per million by volume, over 
an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
emissions monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, 
and reported as propane;
    (6) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas in excess of 77 parts per 
million by volume, combined emissions, expressed as hydrochloric acid 
equivalents, dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and
    (7) Particulate matter in excess of 34 mg/dscm corrected to 7 
percent oxygen.
    (b) Emission limits for new sources. You must not discharge or cause 
combustion gases to be emitted into the atmosphere that contain:
    (1) Dioxins and furans in excess of 0.20 ng TEQ/dscm, corrected to 7 
percent oxygen;
    (2) Mercury in excess of 45 g/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen;
    (3) Lead and cadmium in excess of 24 g/dscm, combined 
emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium in excess of 97 g/
dscm, combined emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (5) For carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons, either:
    (i) Carbon monoxide in excess of 100 parts per million by volume, 
over an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
emissions monitoring system), dry basis and corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen. If you elect to comply with this carbon monoxide standard rather 
than the hydrocarbon standard under paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this 
section, you must also document that, during the destruction and removal 
efficiency (DRE) test runs or their equivalent as provided by 
Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), hydrocarbons do not exceed 10 parts per million by 
volume during those runs, over an hourly rolling average (monitored 
continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring system), dry basis, 
corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as propane; or
    (ii) Hydrocarbons in excess of 10 parts per million by volume, over 
an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
emissions monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, 
and reported as propane;
    (6) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas in excess of 21 parts per 
million by volume, combined emissions, expressed as hydrochloric acid 
equivalents, dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and
    (7) Particulate matter in excess of 34 mg/dscm corrected to 7 
percent oxygen.
    (c) Destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) standard. (1) 99.99% 
DRE. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, you must 
achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.99% for each 
principle organic hazardous constituent (POHC) designated under 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. You must calculate DRE for each POHC 
from the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.015

Where:

Win=mass feedrate of one principal organic hazardous 
          constituent (POHC) in a waste feedstream; and
Wout=mass emission rate of the same POHC present in exhaust 
          emissions prior to release to the atmosphere

    (2) 99.9999% DRE. If you burn the dioxin-listed hazardous wastes 
FO20, FO21, FO22, FO23, FO26, or FO27 (see Sec. 261.31 of this chapter), 
you must achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.9999% 
for each principle organic hazardous constituent

[[Page 15]]

(POHC) that you designate under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. You 
must demonstrate this DRE performance on POHCs that are more difficult 
to incinerate than tetro-, penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins and 
dibenzofurans. You must use the equation in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section calculate DRE for each POHC. In addition, you must notify the 
Administrator of your intent to incinerate hazardous wastes FO20, FO21, 
FO22, FO23, FO26, or FO27.
    (3) Principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs). (i) You must 
treat the Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (POHCs) in the waste 
feed that you specify under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section to the 
extent required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (ii) You must specify one or more POHCs from the list of hazardous 
air pollutants established by 42 U.S.C. 7412(b)(1), excluding 
caprolactam (CAS number 105602) as provided by Sec. 63.60, for each 
waste to be burned. You must base this specification on the degree of 
difficulty of incineration of the organic constituents in the waste and 
on their concentration or mass in the waste feed, considering the 
results of waste analyses or other data and information.
    (d) Significant figures. The emission limits provided by paragraphs 
(a) and (b) of this section are presented with two significant figures. 
Although you must perform intermediate calculations using at least three 
significant figures, you may round the resultant emission levels to two 
significant figures to document compliance.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42297, July 10, 2000]



Sec. 63.1204  What are the standards for hazardous waste burning cement kilns?

    (a) Emission limits for existing sources. You must not discharge or 
cause combustion gases to be emitted into the atmosphere that contain:
    (1) For dioxins and furans:
    (i) Emissions in excess of 0.20 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen; or
    (ii) Emissions in excess of 0.40 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen provided that the combustion gas temperature at the inlet to the 
initial dry particulate matter control device is 400  deg.F or lower 
based on the average of the test run average temperatures;
    (2) Mercury in excess of 120 g/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen;
    (3) Lead and cadmium in excess of 240 g/dscm, combined 
emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium in excess of 56 g/
dscm, combined emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (5) Carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons. (i) For kilns equipped with a 
by-pass duct or midkiln gas sampling system, either:
    (A) Carbon monoxide in the by-pass duct or mid-kiln gas sampling 
system in excess of 100 parts per million by volume, over an hourly 
rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions 
monitoring system), dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen. If you 
elect to comply with this carbon monoxide standard rather than the 
hydrocarbon standard under paragraph (a)(5)(i)(B) of this section, you 
must also document that, during the destruction and removal efficiency 
(DRE) test runs or their equivalent as provided by Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), 
hydrocarbons in the by-pass duct or mid-kiln gas sampling system do not 
exceed 10 parts per million by volume during those runs, over an hourly 
rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions 
monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and 
reported as propane; or
    (B) Hydrocarbons in the by-pass duct or midkiln gas sampling system 
in excess of 10 parts per million by volume, over an hourly rolling 
average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring 
system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as 
propane;
    (ii) For kilns not equipped with a by-pass duct or midkiln gas 
sampling system, either:
    (A) Hydrocarbons in the main stack in excess of 20 parts per million 
by volume, over an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a 
continuous emissions monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 
percent oxygen, and reported as propane; or
    (B) Carbon monoxide in the main stack in excess of 100 parts per 
million

[[Page 16]]

by volume, over an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a 
continuous emissions monitoring system), dry basis and corrected to 7 
percent oxygen. If you elect to comply with this carbon monoxide 
standard rather than the hydrocarbon standard under paragraph 
(a)(5)(ii)(A) of this section, you also must document that, during the 
destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) test runs or their equivalent 
as provided by Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), hydrocarbons in the main stack do not 
exceed 20 parts per million by volume during those runs, over an hourly 
rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions 
monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and 
reported as propane.
    (6) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas in excess of 130 parts per 
million by volume, combined emissions, expressed as hydrochloric acid 
equivalents, dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and
    (7) Particulate matter in excess of 0.15 kg/Mg dry feed and opacity 
greater than 20 percent.
    (i) You must use suitable methods to determine the kiln raw material 
feedrate.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section, 
you must compute the particulate matter emission rate, E, from the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.016

Where:

E = emission rate of particulate matter, kg/Mg of kiln raw material 
          feed;
Cs = concentration of particulate matter, kg/dscm;
Qsd = volumetric flowrate of effluent gas, dscm/hr;
P = total kiln raw material feed (dry basis), Mg/hr.

    (iii) If you operate a preheater or preheater/precalciner kiln with 
dual stacks, you must test simultaneously and compute the combined 
particulate matter emission rate, Ec, from the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.017

Where:

Ec = the combined emission rate of particulate matter from 
          the kiln and bypass stack, kg/Mg of kiln raw material feed;
Csk = concentration of particulate matter in the kiln 
          effluent, kg/dscm;
Qsdk = volumetric flowrate of kiln effluent gas, dscm/hr;
Csb = concentration of particulate matter in the bypass stack 
          effluent, kg/dscm;
Qsdb = volumetric flowrate of bypass stack effluent gas, 
          dscm/hr;
P = total kiln raw material feed (dry basis), Mg/hr.

    (b) Emission limits for new sources. You must not discharge or cause 
combustion gases to be emitted into the atmosphere that contain:
    (1) For dioxins and furans:
    (i) Emissions in excess of 0.20 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen; or
    (ii) Emissions in excess of 0.40 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen provided that the combustion gas temperature at the inlet to the 
initial dry particulate matter control device is 400  deg.F or lower 
based on the average of the test run average temperatures;
    (2) Mercury in excess of 56 g/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen;
    (3) Lead and cadmium in excess of 180 g/dscm, combined 
emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium in excess of 54 g/
dscm, combined emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (5) Carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons. (i) For kilns equipped with a 
by-pass duct or midkiln gas sampling system, carbon monoxide and 
hydrocarbons emissions are limited in both the bypass duct or midkiln 
gas sampling system and the main stack as follows:
    (A) Emissions in the by-pass or midkiln gas sampling system are 
limited to either:
    (1) Carbon monoxide in excess of 100 parts per million by volume, 
over an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
emissions monitoring system), dry basis and corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen. If you elect to comply with this carbon monoxide standard rather 
than the hydrocarbon standard under paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A)(2) of this 
section, you also must document that, during the destruction and removal 
efficiency (DRE) test runs or their equivalent as provided by

[[Page 17]]

Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), hydrocarbons do not exceed 10 parts per million by 
volume during those runs, over an hourly rolling average (monitored 
continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring system), dry basis, 
corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as propane; or
    (2) Hydrocarbons in the by-pass duct or midkiln gas sampling system 
in excess of 10 parts per million by volume, over an hourly rolling 
average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring 
system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as 
propane; and
    (B) Hydrocarbons in the main stack are limited, if construction of 
the kiln commenced after April 19, 1996 at a plant site where a cement 
kiln (whether burning hazardous waste or not) did not previously exist, 
to 50 parts per million by volume, over a 30-day block average 
(monitored continuously with a continuous monitoring system), dry basis, 
corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as propane.
    (ii) For kilns not equipped with a by-pass duct or midkiln gas 
sampling system, hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide are limited in the 
main stack to either:
    (A) Hydrocarbons not exceeding 20 parts per million by volume, over 
an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
emissions monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, 
and reported as propane; or
    (B) (1) Carbon monoxide not exceeding 100 part per million by 
volume, over an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a 
continuous emissions monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 
percent oxygen; and
    (2) Hydrocarbons not exceeding 20 parts per million by volume, over 
an hourly rolling average (monitored continuously with a continuous 
monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and 
reported as propane at any time during the destruction and removal 
efficiency (DRE) test runs or their equivalent as provided by 
Sec. 63.1206(b)(7); and
    (3) If construction of the kiln commenced after April 19, 1996 at a 
plant site where a cement kiln (whether burning hazardous waste or not) 
did not previously exist, hydrocarbons are limited to 50 parts per 
million by volume, over a 30-day block average (monitored continuously 
with a continuous monitoring system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen, and reported as propane.
    (6) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas in excess of 86 parts per 
million, combined emissions, expressed as hydrochloric acid equivalents, 
dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and
    (7) Particulate matter in excess of 0.15 kg/Mg dry feed and opacity 
greater than 20 percent.
    (i) You must use suitable methods to determine the kiln raw material 
feedrate.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section, 
you must compute the particulate matter emission rate, E, from the 
equation specified in paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (iii) If you operate a preheater or preheater/precalciner kiln with 
dual stacks, you must test simultaneously and compute the combined 
particulate matter emission rate, Ec, from the equation specified in 
paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section.
    (c) Destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) standard--(1) 99.99% 
DRE. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, you must 
achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.99% for each 
principle organic hazardous constituent (POHC) designated under 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. You must calculate DRE for each POHC 
from the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.018

Where:

Win=mass feedrate of one principal organic hazardous 
          constituent (POHC) in a waste feedstream; and
Wout=mass emission rate of the same POHC present in exhaust 
          emissions prior to release to the atmosphere

    (2) 99.9999% DRE. If you burn the dioxin-listed hazardous wastes 
FO20, FO21, FO22, FO23, FO26, or FO27 (see Sec. 261.31 of this chapter), 
you must achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.9999% 
for each principle organic hazardous constituent

[[Page 18]]

(POHC) that you designate under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. You 
must demonstrate this DRE performance on POHCs that are more difficult 
to incinerate than tetro-, penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins and 
dibenzofurans. You must use the equation in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section calculate DRE for each POHC. In addition, you must notify the 
Administrator of your intent to burn hazardous wastes FO20, FO21, FO22, 
FO23, FO26, or FO27.
    (3) Principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs). (i) You must 
treat the Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (POHCs) in the waste 
feed that you specify under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section to the 
extent required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (ii) You must specify one or more POHCs from the list of hazardous 
air pollutants established by 42 U.S.C. 7412(b)(1), excluding 
caprolactam (CAS number 105602) as provided by Sec. 63.60, for each 
waste to be burned. You must base this specification on the degree of 
difficulty of incineration of the organic constituents in the waste and 
on their concentration or mass in the waste feed, considering the 
results of waste analyses or other data and information.
    (d) Cement kilns with in-line kiln raw mills--(1) General. (i) You 
must conduct performance testing when the raw mill is on-line and when 
the mill is off-line to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
standards, and you must establish separate operating parameter limits 
under Sec. 63.1209 for each mode of operation, except as provided by 
paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (ii) You must document in the operating record each time you change 
from one mode of operation to the alternate mode and begin complying 
with the operating parameter limits for that alternate mode of 
operation.
    (iii) You must establish rolling averages for the operating 
parameter limits anew (i.e., without considering previous recordings) 
when you begin complying with the operating limits for the alternate 
mode of operation.
    (iv) If your in-line kiln raw mill has dual stacks, you may assume 
that the dioxin/furan emission levels in the by-pass stack and the 
operating parameter limits determined during performance testing of the 
by-pass stack when the raw mill is off-line are the same as when the 
mill is on-line.
    (2) Emissions averaging. You may comply with the mercury, 
semivolatile metal, low volatile metal, and hydrochloric acid/chlorine 
gas emission standards on a time-weighted average basis under the 
following procedures:
    (i) Averaging methodology. You must calculate the time-weighted 
average emission concentration with the following equation:
Where:

Ctotal=time-weighted average concentration of a regulated 
          constituent considering both raw mill on time and off time.
Cmill-off=average performance test concentration of regulated 
          constituent with the raw mill off-line.
Cmill-on=average performance test concentration of regulated 
          constituent with the raw mill on-line.
Tmill-off=time when kiln gases are not routed through the raw 
          mill
Tmill-on=time when kiln gases are routed through the raw mill

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.019

    (ii) Compliance. (A) If you use this emission averaging provision, 
you must document in the operating record compliance with the emission 
standards on an annual basis by using the equation provided by paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section.
    (B) Compliance is based on one-year block averages beginning on the 
day you submit the initial notification of compliance.
    (iii) Notification. (A) If you elect to document compliance with one 
or more emission standards using this emission averaging provision, you 
must notify

[[Page 19]]

the Administrator in the initial comprehensive performance test plan 
submitted under Sec. 63.1207(e).
    (B) You must include historical raw mill operation data in the 
performance test plan to estimate future raw mill down-time and document 
in the performance test plan that estimated emissions and estimated raw 
mill down-time will not result in an exceedance of an emission standard 
on an annual basis.
    (C) You must document in the notification of compliance submitted 
under Sec. 63.1207(j) that an emission standard will not be exceeded 
based on the documented emissions from the performance test and 
predicted raw mill down-time.
    (e) Preheater or preheater/precalciner kilns with dual stacks.--(1) 
General. You must conduct performance testing on each stack to 
demonstrate compliance with the emission standards, and you must 
establish operating parameter limits under Sec. 63.1209 for each stack, 
except as provided by paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section for dioxin/
furan emissions testing and operating parameter limits for the by-pass 
stack of in-line raw mills.
    (2) Emissions averaging. You may comply with the mercury, 
semivolatile metal, low volatile metal, and hydrochloric acid/chlorine 
gas emission standards specified in this section on a gas flowrate-
weighted average basis under the following procedures:
    (i) Averaging methodology. You must calculate the gas flowrate-
weighted average emission concentration using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.020

Where

Ctot=gas flowrate-weighted average concentration of the 
          regulated constituent
Cmain=average performance test concentration demonstrated in 
          the main stack
Cbypass=average performance test concentration demonstrated 
          in the bypass stack
Qmain=volumetric flowrate of main stack effluent gas
Qbypass=volumetric flowrate of bypass effluent gas

    (ii) Compliance. (A) You must demonstrate compliance with the 
emission standard(s) using the emission concentrations determined from 
the performance tests and the equation provided by paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section; and
    (B) You must develop operating parameter limits for bypass stack and 
main stack flowrates that ensure the emission concentrations calculated 
with the equation in paragraph (e)(1) of this section do not exceed the 
emission standards on a 12-hour rolling average basis. You must include 
these flowrate limits in the Notification of Compliance.
    (iii) Notification. If you elect to document compliance under this 
emissions averaging provision, you must:
    (A) Notify the Administrator in the initial comprehensive 
performance test plan submitted under Sec. 63.1207(e). The performance 
test plan must include, at a minimum, information describing the 
flowrate limits established under paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) of this 
section; and
    (B) Document in the Notification of Compliance submitted under 
Sec. 63.1207(j) the demonstrated gas flowrate-weighted average emissions 
that you calculate with the equation provided by paragraph (e)(2) of 
this section.
    (f) Significant figures. The emission limits provided by paragraphs 
(a) and (b) of this section are presented with two significant figures. 
Although you must perform intermediate calculations using at least three 
significant figures, you may round the resultant emission levels to two 
significant figures to document compliance.
    (g) [Reserved]
    (h) When you comply with the particulate matter requirements of 
paragraphs (a)(7) or (b)(7) of this section, you are exempt from the New 
Source

[[Page 20]]

Performance Standard for particulate matter and opacity under Sec. 60.60 
of this chapter.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42298, July 10, 2000]



Sec. 63.1205  What are the standards for hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kilns?

    (a)  Emission limits for existing sources. You must not discharge or 
cause combustion gases to be emitted into the atmosphere that contain:
    (1) For dioxins and furans:
    (i) Emissions in excess of 0.20 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen; or
    (ii) Emissions in excess of 0.40 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen provided that the combustion gas temperature at the exit of the 
(last) combustion chamber (or exit of any waste heat recovery system) is 
rapidly quenched to 400  deg.F or lower based on the average of the test 
run average temperatures;
    (2) Mercury in excess of 47 g/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen;
    (3) Lead and cadmium in excess of 250 g/dscm, combined 
emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium in excess of 110 g/
dscm, combined emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (5) Carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons. (i) Carbon monoxide in excess 
of 100 parts per million by volume, over an hourly rolling average 
(monitored continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring system), 
dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen. If you elect to comply with 
this carbon monoxide standard rather than the hydrocarbon standard under 
paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, you also must document that, 
during the destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) test runs or their 
equivalent as provided by Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), hydrocarbons do not exceed 
20 parts per million by volume during those runs, over an hourly rolling 
average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring 
system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as 
propane; or
    (ii) Hydrocarbons in excess of 20 parts per million by volume, over 
an hourly rolling average, dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and 
reported as propane;
    (6) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas in excess of 230 parts per 
million by volume, combined emissions, expressed as hydrochloric acid 
equivalents, dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and
    (7) Particulate matter in excess of 57 mg/dscm corrected to 7 
percent oxygen.
    (b) Emission limits for new sources. You must not discharge or cause 
combustion gases to be emitted into the atmosphere that contain:
    (1) For dioxins and furans:
    (i) Emissions in excess of 0.20 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen; or
    (ii) Emissions in excess of 0.40 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen provided that the temperature at the exit of the (last) 
combustion chamber (or exit of any waste heat recovery system) is 
rapidly quenched to 400  deg.F or lower based on the average of the test 
run average temperatures;
    (2) Mercury in excess of 33 g/dscm corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen;
    (3) Lead and cadmium in excess of 43 g/dscm, combined 
emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium in excess of 110 g/
dscm, combined emissions, corrected to 7 percent oxygen;
    (5) Carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons. (i) Carbon monoxide in excess 
of 100 parts per million by volume, over an hourly rolling average 
(monitored continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring system), 
dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen. If you elect to comply with 
this carbon monoxide standard rather than the hydrocarbon standard under 
paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section, you also must document that, 
during the destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) test runs or their 
equivalent as provided by Sec. 63.1206(b)(7), hydrocarbons do not exceed 
20 parts per million by volume during those runs, over an hourly rolling 
average (monitored continuously with a continuous emissions monitoring 
system), dry basis, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, and reported as 
propane; or
    (ii) Hydrocarbons in excess of 20 parts per million by volume, over 
an hourly rolling average, dry basis, corrected to

[[Page 21]]

7 percent oxygen, and reported as propane;
    (6) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas in excess of 41 parts per 
million by volume, combined emissions, expressed as hydrochloric acid 
equivalents, dry basis and corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and
    (7) Particulate matter in excess of 57 mg/dscm corrected to 7 
percent oxygen.
    (c) Destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) standard--(1) 99.99% 
DRE. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, you must 
achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.99% for each 
principal organic hazardous constituent (POHC) designated under 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. You must calculate DRE for each POHC 
from the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.021

Where:

Win=mass feedrate of one principal organic hazardous 
          constituent (POHC) in a waste feedstream; and
Wout=mass emission rate of the same POHC present in exhaust 
          emissions prior to release to the atmosphere

    (2) 99.9999% DRE. If you burn the dioxin-listed hazardous wastes 
FO20, FO21, FO22, FO23, FO26, or FO27 (see Sec. 261.31 of this chapter), 
you must achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.9999% 
for each principal organic hazardous constituent (POHC) that you 
designate under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. You must demonstrate 
this DRE performance on POHCs that are more difficult to incinerate than 
tetro-, penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-dioxins and dibenzofurans. You 
must use the equation in paragraph (c)(1) of this section calculate DRE 
for each POHC. In addition, you must notify the Administrator of your 
intent to burn hazardous wastes FO20, FO21, FO22, FO23, FO26, or FO27.
    (3) Principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs). (i) You must 
treat the Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (POHCs) in the waste 
feed that you specify under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section to the 
extent required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (ii) You must specify one or more POHCs from the list of hazardous 
air pollutants established by 42 U.S.C. 7412(b)(1), excluding 
caprolactam (CAS number 105602) as provided by Sec. 63.60, for each 
waste to be burned. You must base this specification on the degree of 
difficulty of incineration of the organic constituents in the waste and 
on their concentration or mass in the waste feed, considering the 
results of waste analyses or other data and information.
    (d) Significant figures. The emission limits provided by paragraphs 
(a) and (b) of this section are presented with two significant figures. 
Although you must perform intermediate calculations using at least three 
significant figures, you may round the resultant emission levels to two 
significant figures to document compliance.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42298, July 10, 2000]

                  Monitoring and Compliance Provisions



Sec. 63.1206  When and how must you comply with the standards and operating requirements?

    (a) Compliance dates--(1) Compliance date for existing sources. You 
must comply with the standards of this subpart no later than September 
30, 2002 unless the Administrator grants you an extension of time under 
Sec. 63.6(i) or Sec. 63.1213.
    (2) New or reconstructed sources. (i) If you commenced construction 
or reconstruction of your hazardous waste combustor after April 19, 
1996, you must comply with this subpart by the later of September 30, 
1999 or the date the source starts operations, except as provided by 
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section. The costs of retrofitting and 
replacement of equipment that is installed specifically to comply with 
this subpart, between April 19, 1996 and a source's compliance date, are 
not considered to be reconstruction costs.
    (ii) For a standard in this subpart that is more stringent than the 
standard proposed on April 19, 1996, you may achieve compliance no later 
than September 30, 2002 if you comply with the standard proposed on 
April 19, 1996 after September 30, 1999. This exception

[[Page 22]]

does not apply, however, to new or reconstructed area source hazardous 
waste combustors that become major sources after September 30, 1999. As 
provided by Sec. 63.6(b)(7), such sources must comply with this subpart 
at startup.
    (b) Compliance with standards--(1) Applicability. The emission 
standards and operating requirements set forth in this subpart apply at 
all times except:
    (i) During startup, shutdown, and malfunction, provided that 
hazardous waste is not in the combustion chamber (i.e., the hazardous 
waste feed to the combustor has been cutoff for a period of time not 
less than the hazardous waste residence time) during those periods of 
operation, as provided by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section; and
    (ii) When hazardous waste is not in the combustion chamber (i.e., 
the hazardous waste feed to the combustor has been cutoff for a period 
of time not less than the hazardous waste residence time), and you have:
    (A) Submitted a written, one-time notice to the Administrator 
documenting compliance with all applicable requirements and standards 
promulgated under authority of the Clean Air Act, including sections 112 
and 129; and
    (B) Documented in the operating record that you are complying with 
such applicable requirements in lieu of the emission standards and 
operating requirements of this subpart.
    (2) Methods for determining compliance. The Administrator will 
determine compliance with the emission standards of this subpart as 
provided by Sec. 63.6(f)(2). Conducting performance testing under 
operating conditions representative of the extreme range of normal 
conditions is consistent with the requirements of 
Secs. 63.6(f)(2)(iii)(B) and 63.7(e)(1) to conduct performance testing 
under representative operating conditions.
    (3) Finding of compliance. The Administrator will make a finding 
concerning compliance with the emission standards and other requirements 
of this subpart as provided by Sec. 63.6(f)(3).
    (4) Extension of compliance with emission standards. The 
Administrator may grant an extension of compliance with the emission 
standards of this subpart as provided by Secs. 63.6(i) and 63.1213.
    (5) Changes in design, operation, or maintenance--(i) Changes that 
may adversely affect compliance. If you plan to change (as defined in 
paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this section) the design, operation, or 
maintenance practices of the source in a manner that may adversely 
affect compliance with any emission standard that is not monitored with 
a CEMS:
    (A) Notification. You must notify the Administrator at least 60 days 
prior to the change, unless you document circumstances that dictate that 
such prior notice is not reasonably feasible. The notification must 
include:
    (1) A description of the changes and which emission standards may be 
affected; and
    (2) A comprehensive performance test schedule and test plan under 
the requirements of Sec. 63.1207(f) that will document compliance with 
the affected emission standard(s);
    (B) Performance test. You must conduct a comprehensive performance 
test under the requirements of Secs. 63.1207(f)(1) and (g)(1) to 
document compliance with the affected emission standard(s) and establish 
operating parameter limits as required under Sec. 63.1209, and submit to 
the Administrator a Notification of Compliance under Secs. 63.1207(j) 
and 63.1210(d); and
    (C) Restriction on waste burning. (1) Except as provided by 
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(2) of this section, after the change and prior to 
submitting the notification of compliance, you must not burn hazardous 
waste for more than a total of 720 hours (renewable at the discretion of 
the Administrator) and only for the purposes of pretesting or 
comprehensive performance testing. Pretesting is defined at 
Sec. 63.1207(h)(2)(i) and (ii).
    (2) You may petition the Administrator to obtain written approval to 
burn hazardous waste in the interim prior to submitting a Notification 
of Compliance for purposes other than testing or pretesting. You must 
specify operating requirements, including limits on operating 
parameters, that you determine will ensure compliance with the emission 
standards of this subpart based on available information. The 
Administrator will review, modify as

[[Page 23]]

necessary, and approve if warranted the interim operating requirements.
    (ii) Changes that will not affect compliance. If you determine that 
a change will not adversely affect compliance with the emission 
standards or operating requirements, you must document the change in the 
operating record upon making such change. You must revise as necessary 
the performance test plan, Documentation of Compliance, Notification of 
Compliance, and start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan to reflect 
these changes.
    (iii) Definition of ``change.'' For purposes of paragraph (b)(5) of 
this section, ``change'' means any change in design, operation, or 
maintenance practices that were documented in the comprehensive 
performance test plan, Notification of Compliance, or startup, shutdown, 
and malfunction plan.
    (6) Compliance with the carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon emission 
standards. This paragraph applies to sources that elect to comply with 
the carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon emissions standards under 
Secs. 63.1203 through 63.1205 by documenting continuous compliance with 
the carbon monoxide standard using a continuous emissions monitoring 
system and documenting compliance with the hydrocarbon standard during 
the destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) performance test or its 
equivalent.
    (i) If a DRE test performed after March 30, 1998 is acceptable as 
documentation of compliance with the DRE standard, you may use the 
highest hourly rolling average hydrocarbon level achieved during those 
DRE test runs to document compliance with the hydrocarbon standard. An 
acceptable DRE test is a test that was used to support successful 
issuance or reissuance of an operating permit under part 270 of this 
chapter.
    (ii) If during this acceptable DRE test you did not obtain 
hydrocarbon emissions data sufficient to document compliance with the 
hydrocarbon standard, you must either:
    (A) Perform, as part of the performance test, an ``equivalent DRE 
test'' to document compliance with the hydrocarbon standard. An 
equivalent DRE test is comprised of a minimum of three runs each with a 
minimum duration of one hour during which you operate the combustor as 
close as reasonably possible to the operating parameter limits that you 
established based on the initial DRE test. You must use the highest 
hourly rolling average hydrocarbon emission level achieved during the 
equivalent DRE test to document compliance with the hydrocarbon 
standard; or (B) Perform a DRE test as part of the performance test.
    (7) Compliance with the DRE standard. (i) Except as provided in 
paragraphs (b)(7)(ii) and (b)(7)(iii) of this section:
    (A) You must document compliance with the Destruction and Removal 
Efficiency (DRE) standard under Secs. 63.1203 through 63.1205 only once 
provided that you do not modify the source after the DRE test in a 
manner that could affect the ability of the source to achieve the DRE 
standard; and
    (B) You may use DRE testing performed after March 30, 1998 for 
purposes of issuance or reissuance of a RCRA permit under part 270 of 
this chapter to document conformance with the DRE standard if you have 
not modified the design or operation of the source since the DRE test in 
a manner that could affect the ability of the source to achieve the DRE 
standard.
    (ii) For sources that feed hazardous waste at a location in the 
combustion system other than the normal flame zone:
    (A) You must demonstrate compliance with the DRE standard during 
each comprehensive performance test; and
    (B) You may use DRE testing performed after March 30, 1998 for 
purposes of issuance or reissuance of a RCRA permit under part 270 of 
this chapter to document conformance with the DRE standard in lieu of 
DRE testing during the initial comprehensive performance test if you 
have not modified the design or operation of the source since the DRE 
test in a manner that could affect the ability of the source to achieve 
the DRE standard.
    (iii) For sources that do not use DRE testing performed prior to the 
compliance date to document conformance with the DRE standard, you must 
perform DRE testing during the initial comprehensive performance test.

[[Page 24]]

    (8) Applicability of particulate matter and opacity standards during 
particulate matter CEMS correlation tests. (i) Any particulate matter 
and opacity standards of parts 60, 61, 63, 264, 265, and 266 of this 
chapter (i.e., any title 40 particulate or opacity standards) applicable 
to a hazardous waste combustor do not apply while you conduct 
particulate matter continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) 
correlation tests (i.e., correlation with manual stack methods) under 
the conditions of paragraphs (b)(8)(iii) through (vii) of this section.
    (ii) Any permit or other emissions or operating parameter limits or 
conditions, including any limitation on workplace practices, that are 
applicable to hazardous waste combustors to ensure compliance with any 
particulate matter and opacity standards of parts 60, 61, 63, 264, 265, 
and 266 of this chapter (i.e., any title 40 particulate or opacity 
standards) do not apply while you conduct particulate matter CEMS 
correlation tests under the conditions of paragraphs (b)(8)(iii) through 
(vii) of this section.
    (iii) For the provisions of this section to apply, you must:
    (A) Develop a particulate matter CEMS correlation test plan that 
includes the following information. This test plan may be included as 
part of the comprehensive performance test plan required under 
Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f):
    (1) Number of test conditions and number of runs for each test 
condition;
    (2) Target particulate matter emission level for each test 
condition;
    (3) How you plan to modify operations to attain the desired 
particulate matter emission levels; and
    (4) Anticipated normal particulate matter emission levels; and
    (B) Submit the test plan to the Administrator for approval at least 
90 calendar days before the correlation test is scheduled to be 
conducted.
    (iv) The Administrator will review and approve/disapprove the 
correlation test plan under the procedures for review and approval of 
the site-specific test plan provided by Sec. 63.7(c)(3)(i) and (iii). If 
the Administrator fails to approve or disapprove the correlation test 
plan within the time period specified by Sec. 63.7(c)(3)(i), the plan is 
considered approved, unless the Administrator has requested additional 
information.
    (v) The particulate matter and opacity standards and associated 
operating limits and conditions will not be waived for more than 96 
hours, in the aggregate, for a correlation test, including all runs of 
all test conditions.
    (vi) The stack sampling team must be on-site and prepared to perform 
correlation testing no later than 24 hours after you modify operations 
to attain the desired particulate matter emissions concentrations, 
unless you document in the correlation test plan that a longer period of 
conditioning is appropriate.
    (vii) You must return to operating conditions indicative of 
compliance with the applicable particulate matter and opacity standards 
as soon as possible after correlation testing is completed.
    (9) Alternative standards for existing or new hazardous waste 
burning lightweight aggregate kilns using MACT. (i) You may petition the 
Administrator to recommend alternative semivolatile metal, low volatile 
metal, mercury, or hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas emission standards if:
    (A) You cannot achieve one or more of these standards while using 
maximum achievable control technology (MACT) because of the raw material 
contribution to emissions of the regulated metals or hydrochloric acid/
chlorine gas; or
    (B) You determine that mercury is not present at detectable levels 
in your raw material.
    (ii) The alternative standard that you recommend under paragraph 
(b)(9)(i)(A) of this section may be an operating requirement, such as a 
hazardous waste feedrate limitation for metals and/or chlorine, and/or 
an emission limitation.
    (iii) The alternative standard must include a requirement to use 
MACT, or better, applicable to the standard for which the source is 
seeking relief, as defined in paragraphs (b)(9)(viii) and (ix) of this 
section.
    (iv) Documentation required. (A) The alternative standard petition 
you submit under paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this

[[Page 25]]

section must include data or information documenting that raw material 
contributions to emissions of the regulated metals or hydrochloric acid/
chlorine gas prevent you from complying with the emission standard even 
though the source is using MACT, as defined in paragraphs (b)(9)(viii) 
and (ix) of this section, for the standard for which you are seeking 
relief.
    (B) Alternative standard petitions that you submit under paragraph 
(b)(9)(i)(B) of this section must include data or information 
documenting that mercury is not present at detectable levels in raw 
materials.
    (v) You must include data or information with semivolatile metal and 
low volatility metal alternative standard petitions that you submit 
under paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this section documenting that increased 
chlorine feedrates associated with the burning of hazardous waste, when 
compared to non-hazardous waste operations, do not significantly 
increase metal emissions attributable to raw materials.
    (vi) You must include data or information with semivolatile metal, 
low volatile metal, and hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas alternative 
standard petitions that you submit under paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this 
section documenting that semivolatile metal, low volatile metal, and 
hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas emissions attributable to the hazardous 
waste only will not exceed the emission standards in Sec. 63.1205(a) and 
(b).
    (vii) You must not operate pursuant to your recommended alternative 
standards in lieu of emission standards specified in Sec. 63.1205(a) and 
(b):
    (A) Unless the Administrator approves the provisions of the 
alternative standard petition request or establishes other alternative 
standards; and
    (B) Until you submit a revised Notification of Compliance that 
incorporates the revised standards.
    (viii) For purposes of this alternative standard provision, MACT for 
existing hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kilns is defined 
as:
    (A) For mercury, a hazardous waste feedrate corresponding to an MTEC 
of 24g/dscm or less;
    (B) For semivolatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 280,000 g/dscm or less, and use of 
a particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 57 mg/dscm or less;
    (C) For low volatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 120,000 g/dscm or less, and use of 
a particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 57 mg/dscm or less; and
    (D) For hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas, a hazardous waste chlorine 
feedrate corresponding to an MTEC of 2,000,000 g/dscm or less, 
and use of an air pollution control device with a hydrochloric acid/
chlorine gas removal efficiency of 85 percent or greater.
    (ix) For purposes of this alternative standard provision, MACT for 
new hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kilns is defined as:
    (A) For mercury, a hazardous waste feedrate corresponding to an MTEC 
of 4 g/dscm or less;
    (B) For semivolatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 280,000 g/dscm or less, and use of 
a particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 57 mg/dscm or less;
    (C) For low volatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 46,000 g/dscm or less, and use of a 
particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 57 mg/dscm or less;
    (D) For hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas, a hazardous waste chlorine 
feedrate corresponding to an MTEC of 14,000,000 g/dscm or less, 
and use of a wet scrubber with a hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas removal 
efficiency of 99.6 percent or greater.
    (10) Alternative standards for existing or new hazardous waste 
burning cement kilns using MACT. (i) You may petition the Administrator 
to recommend alternative semivolatile, low volatile metal, mercury, and/
or hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas emission standards if:
    (A) You cannot achieve one or more of these standards while using 
maximum achievable control technology (MACT) because of raw material 
contributions to emissions of the regulated metals or hydrochloric acid/
chlorine gas; or (B) You determine that mercury is not present at 
detectable levels in your raw material.

[[Page 26]]

    (ii) The alternative standard that you recommend under paragraph 
(b)(10)(i)(A) of this section may be an operating requirement, such as a 
hazardous waste feedrate limitation for metals and/or chlorine, and/or 
an emission limitation.
    (iii) The alternative standard must include a requirement to use 
MACT, or better, applicable to the standard for which the source is 
seeking relief, as defined in paragraphs (b)(10)(viii) and (ix) of this 
section.
    (iv) Documentation required. (A) The alternative standard petition 
you submit under paragraph (b)(10)(i)(A) of this section must include 
data or information documenting that raw material contributions to 
emissions prevent you from complying with the emission standard even 
though the source is using MACT, as defined in paragraphs (b)(10)(viii) 
and (ix) of this section, for the standard for which you are seeking 
relief.
    (B) Alternative standard petitions that you submit under paragraph 
(b)(10)(i)(B) of this section must include data or information 
documenting that mercury is not present at detectable levels in raw 
materials.
    (v) You must include data or information with semivolatile metal and 
low volatile metal alternative standard petitions that you submit under 
paragraph (b)(10)(i)(A) of this section documenting that increased 
chlorine feedrates associated with the burning of hazardous waste, when 
compared to non-hazardous waste operations, do not significantly 
increase metal emissions attributable to raw materials.
    (vi) You must include data or information with semivolatile metal, 
low volatile metal, and hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas alternative 
standard petitions that you submit under paragraph (b)(10)(i)(A) of this 
section documenting that emissions of the regulated metals and 
hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas attributable to the hazardous waste only 
will not exceed the emission standards in Sec. 63.1204(a) and (b).
    (vii) You must not operate pursuant to your recommended alternative 
standards in lieu of emission standards specified in Sec. 63.1204(a) and 
(b):
    (A) Unless the Administrator approves the provisions of the 
alternative standard petition request or establishes other alternative 
standards; and
    (B) Until you submit a revised Notification of Compliance that 
incorporates the revised standards.
    (viii) For purposes of this alternative standard provision, MACT for 
existing hazardous waste burning cement kilns is defined as:
    (A) For mercury, a hazardous waste feedrate corresponding to an MTEC 
of 88g/dscm or less;
    (B) For semivolatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 31,000 g/dscm or less, and use of a 
particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 0.15 kg/Mg dry feed or less;
    (C) For low volatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 54,000 g/dscm or less, and use of a 
particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 0.15 kg/Mg dry feed or less; and
    (D) For hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas, a hazardous waste chlorine 
feedrate corresponding to an MTEC of 720,000 g/dscm or less.
    (ix) For purposes of this alternative standard provision, MACT for 
new hazardous waste burning cement kilns is defined as:
    (A) For mercury, a hazardous waste feedrate corresponding to an MTEC 
of 7 g/dscm or less;
    (B) For semivolatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 31,000 g/dscm or less, and use of a 
particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 0.15 kg/Mg dry feed or less;
    (C) For low volatile metals, a hazardous waste feedrate 
corresponding to an MTEC of 15,000 g/dscm or less, and use of a 
particulate matter control device that achieves particulate matter 
emissions of 0.15 kg/Mg dry feed or less;
    (D) For hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas, a hazardous waste chlorine 
feedrate corresponding to an MTEC of 420,000 g/dscm or less.
    (11) Calculation of hazardous waste residence time. You must 
calculate the hazardous waste residence time and include the calculation 
in the performance test plan under Sec. 63.1207(f) and the

[[Page 27]]

operating record. You must also provide the hazardous waste residence 
time in the Documentation of Compliance under Sec. 63.1211(d) and the 
Notification of Compliance under Secs. 63.1207(j) and 63.1210(d).
    (12) Documenting compliance with the standards based on performance 
testing. (i) You must conduct a minimum of three runs of a performance 
test required under Sec. 63.1207 to document compliance with the 
emission standards of this subpart.
    (ii) You must document compliance with the emission standards based 
on the arithmetic average of the emission results of each run, except 
that you must document compliance with the destruction and removal 
efficiency standard for each run of the comprehensive performance test 
individually.
    (13) Cement kilns and lightweight aggregate kilns that feed 
hazardous waste at a location other than the end where products are 
normally discharged and where fuels are normally fired. (i) Cement kilns 
that feed hazardous waste at a location other than the end where 
products are normally discharged and where fuels are normally fired must 
comply with the hydrocarbon standards of Sec. 63.1204 as follows:
    (A) Existing sources must comply with the 20 parts per million by 
volume hydrocarbon standard in the main stack under 
Sec. 63.1204(a)(5)(ii)(A);
    (B) New sources must comply with the 20 parts per million by volume 
hydrocarbon standard in the main stack under Sec. 63.1204(b)(5)(ii)(A).
    (ii) Lightweight aggregate kilns that feed hazardous waste at a 
location other than the end where products are normally discharged and 
where fuels are normally fired must comply with the hydrocarbon 
standards of Sec. 63.1205 as follows:
    (A) Existing sources must comply with the 20 parts per million by 
volume hydrocarbon standard under Sec. 63.1205(a)(5)(ii);
    (B) New sources must comply with the 20 parts per million by volume 
hydrocarbon standard under Sec. 63.1205(b)(5)(ii).
    (14) Alternative particulate matter standard for incinerators with 
de minimis metals. (i) General. You may petition the Administrator for 
an alternative particulate matter standard of 68 mg/dscm, corrected to 
7% oxygen, if you meet the de minimis metals criteria of paragraph 
(b)(14)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Documentation required. The alternative standard petition you 
submit under paragraph (b)(14)(i) of this section must include data or 
information documenting that:
    (A) Your feedstreams do not contain detectable levels of antimony, 
cobalt, manganese, nickel, selenium, lead, cadmium, chromium, arsenic 
and beryllium;
    (B) Your combined uncontrolled lead, cadmium and selenium emissions, 
when assuming these metals are present in your feedstreams at one-half 
the detection limit, are below 240 ug/dscm, corrected to 7% oxygen.
    (C) Your combined uncontrolled antimony, cobalt, manganese, nickel, 
chromium, arsenic and beryllium emissions, when assuming these metals 
are present in your feedstreams at one-half the detection limit, are 
below 97 ug/dscm, corrected to 7% oxygen.
    (iii) Frequency of analysis. You must sample and analyze your 
feedstreams at least annually to document that you meet the de minimis 
criteria in paragraph (b)(14)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) You must not operate pursuant to this alternative standard 
unless the Administrator determines and provides written confirmation 
that you meet the eligibility requirements in paragraph (b)(14)(ii) of 
this section.
    (c) Operating requirements--(1) General. (i) You must operate only 
under the operating requirements specified in the Documentation of 
Compliance under Sec. 63.1211(d) or the Notification of Compliance under 
Secs. 63.1207(j) and 63.1210(d), except:
    (A) During performance tests under approved test plans according to 
Sec. 63.1207(e), (f), and (g), and
    (B) Under the conditions of paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this 
section;
    (ii) The Documentation of Compliance and the Notification of 
Compliance must contain operating requirements including, but not 
limited to, the operating requirements in this section and Sec. 63.1209
    (iii) Failure to comply with the operating requirements is failure 
to ensure

[[Page 28]]

compliance with the emission standards of this subpart;
    (iv) Operating requirements in the Notification of Compliance are 
applicable requirements for purposes of parts 70 and 71 of this chapter;
    (v) The operating requirements specified in the Notification of 
Compliance will be incorporated in the title V permit.
    (2) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan. (i) Except as provided 
by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, you are subject to the startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan requirements of Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (ii) Even if you follow the startup and shutdown procedures and the 
corrective measures upon a malfunction that are prescribed in the 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, the emission standards and 
operating requirements of this subpart apply if hazardous waste is in 
the combustion chamber (i.e., if you are feeding hazardous waste or if 
startup, shutdown, or a malfunction occurs before the hazardous waste 
residence time has transpired after hazardous waste cutoff).
    (iii) You must identify in the plan a projected oxygen correction 
factor based on normal operations to use during periods of startup and 
shutdown.
    (iv) You must record the plan in the operating record.
    (3) Automatic waste feed cutoff (AWFCO)--(i) General. Upon the 
compliance date, you must operate the hazardous waste combustor with a 
functioning system that immediately and automatically cuts off the 
hazardous waste feed, except as provided by paragraph (c)(3)(viii) of 
this section:
    (A) When any of the following are exceeded: Operating parameter 
limits specified under Sec. 63.1209; an emission standard monitored by a 
CEMS; and the allowable combustion chamber pressure;
    (B) When the span value of any CMS detector, except a CEMS, is met 
or exceeded;
    (C) Upon malfunction of a CMS monitoring an operating parameter 
limit specified under Sec. 63.1209 or an emission level; or
    (D) When any component of the automatic waste feed cutoff system 
fails.
    (ii) Ducting of combustion gases. During an AWFCO, you must continue 
to duct combustion gasses to the air pollution control system while 
hazardous waste remains in the combustion chamber (i.e., if the 
hazardous waste residence time has not transpired since the hazardous 
waste feed cutoff system was activated).
    (iii) Restarting waste feed. You must continue to monitor during the 
cutoff the operating parameters for which limits are established under 
Sec. 63.1209 and the emissions required under that section to be 
monitored by a CEMS, and you must not restart the hazardous waste feed 
until the operating parameters and emission levels are within the 
specified limits.
    (iv) Failure of the AWFCO system. If the AWFCO system fails to 
automatically and immediately cutoff the flow of hazardous waste upon 
exceedance of parameter required to be interlocked with the AWFCO system 
under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, you have failed to comply 
with the AWFCO requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (v) Corrective measures. If, after any AWFCO, there is an exceedance 
of an emission standard or operating requirement, irrespective of 
whether the exceedance occurred while hazardous waste remained in the 
combustion chamber (i.e., whether the hazardous waste residence time has 
transpired since the hazardous waste feed cutoff system was activated), 
you must investigate the cause of the AWFCO, take appropriate corrective 
measures to minimize future AWFCOs, and record the findings and 
corrective measures in the operating record.
    (vi) Excessive exceedance reporting. (A) For each set of 10 
exceedances of an emission standard or operating requirement while 
hazardous waste remains in the combustion chamber (i.e., when the 
hazardous waste residence time has not transpired since the hazardous 
waste feed was cutoff) during a 60-day block period, you must submit to 
the Administrator a written report within 5 calendar days of the 10th 
exceedance documenting the exceedances and results of the investigation 
and corrective measures taken.

[[Page 29]]

    (B) On a case-by-case basis, the Administrator may require excessive 
exceedance reporting when fewer than 10 exceedances occur during a 60-
day block period.
    (vii) Testing. The AWFCO system and associated alarms must be tested 
at least weekly to verify operability, unless you document in the 
operating record that weekly inspections will unduly restrict or upset 
operations and that less frequent inspection will be adequate. At a 
minimum, you must conduct operability testing at least monthly. You must 
document and record in the operating record AWFCO operability test 
procedures and results.
    (viii) Ramping down waste feed. (A) You may ramp down the waste 
feedrate of pumpable hazardous waste over a period not to exceed one 
minute, except as provided by paragraph (c)(3)(viii)(B) of this section. 
If you elect to ramp down the waste feed, you must document ramp down 
procedures in the operating and maintenance plan. The procedures must 
specify that the ramp down begins immediately upon initiation of 
automatic waste feed cutoff and the procedures must prescribe a bona 
fide ramping down. If an emission standard or operating limit is 
exceeded during the ramp down, you have failed to comply with the 
emission standards or operating requirements of this subpart.
    (B) If the automatic waste feed cutoff is triggered by an exceedance 
of any of the following operating limits, you may not ramp down the 
waste feed cutoff: Minimum combustion chamber temperature, maximum 
hazardous waste feedrate, or any hazardous waste firing system operating 
limits that may be established for your combustor.
    (4) ESV openings--(i) Failure to meet standards. If an emergency 
safety vent (ESV) opens when hazardous waste remains in the combustion 
chamber (i.e., when the hazardous waste residence time has not 
transpired since the hazardous waste feed cutoff system was activated) 
such that combustion gases are not treated as during the most recent 
comprehensive performance test (e.g., if the combustion gas by-passes 
any emission control device that was operating during the performance 
test), it is evidence of your failure to comply with the emission 
standards of this subpart.
    (ii) ESV operating plan. (A) You must develop an ESV operating plan, 
comply with the operating plan, and keep the plan in the operating 
record.
    (B) The ESV operating plan must provide detailed procedures for 
rapidly stopping the waste feed, shutting down the combustor, and 
maintaining temperature and negative pressure in the combustion chamber 
during the hazardous waste residence time, if feasible. The plan must 
include calculations and information and data documenting the 
effectiveness of the plan's procedures for ensuring that combustion 
chamber temperature and negative pressure are maintained as is 
reasonably feasible.
    (iii) Corrective measures. After any ESV opening that results in a 
failure to meet the emission standards as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(i) 
of this section, you must investigate the cause of the ESV opening, take 
appropriate corrective measures to minimize such future ESV openings, 
and record the findings and corrective measures in the operating record.
    (iv) Reporting requirement. You must submit to the Administrator a 
written report within 5 days of an ESV opening that results in failure 
to meet the emission standards of this subpart (as defined in paragraph 
(c)(4)(i) of this section) documenting the result of the investigation 
and corrective measures taken.
    (5) Combustion system leaks. (i) Combustion system leaks of 
hazardous air pollutants must be controlled by:
    (A) Keeping the combustion zone sealed to prevent combustion system 
leaks; or
    (B) Maintaining the maximum combustion zone pressure lower than 
ambient pressure using an instantaneous monitor; or
    (C) Upon prior written approval of the Administrator, an alternative 
means of control to provide control of combustion system leaks 
equivalent to maintenance of combustion zone pressure lower than ambient 
pressure; and
    (ii) You must specify in the operating record the method used for 
control of combustion system leaks.

[[Page 30]]

    (6) Operator training and certification. (i) You must establish 
training programs for all categories of personnel whose activities may 
reasonably be expected to directly affect emissions of hazardous air 
pollutants from the source. Such persons include, but are not limited 
to, chief facility operators, control room operators, continuous 
monitoring system operators, persons that sample and analyze 
feedstreams, persons that manage and charge feedstreams to the 
combustor, persons that operate emission control devices, and ash and 
waste handlers. Each training program shall be of a technical level 
commensurate with the person's job duties specified in the training 
manual. Each commensurate training program shall require an examination 
to be administered by the instructor at the end of the training course. 
Passing of this test shall be deemed the ``certification'' for 
personnel, except that for control room operators and shift supervisors, 
the training and certification program shall be as specified in 
paragraphs (c)(6)(iii) and (iv) of this section.
    (ii) You must ensure that the source is operated and maintained at 
all times by persons who are trained and certified to perform these and 
any other duties that may affect emissions of hazardous air pollutants.
    (iii) For hazardous waste incinerators, the training and 
certification program must conform to a state-approved training and 
certification program or, if there is no such state program, to the 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers Standard Number QHO-1-1994.
    (iv) For hazardous waste burning cement and lightweight aggregate 
kilns, the training and certification program must be approved by the 
state or the Administrator, and must be complete and reliable and 
conform to principles of good operator and operating practices 
(including training and certification).
    (v) You must record the operator training and certification program 
in the operating record.
    (7) Operation and maintenance plan--(i) General. (A) You must 
prepare and at all times operate according to an operation and 
maintenance plan that describes in detail procedures for operation, 
inspection, maintenance, and corrective measures for all components of 
the combustor, including associated pollution control equipment, that 
could affect emissions of regulated hazardous air pollutants.
    (B) The plan must prescribe how you will operate and maintain the 
combustor in a manner consistent with good air pollution control 
practices for minimizing emissions at least to the levels achieved 
during the comprehensive performance test.
    (C) This plan ensures compliance with the operation and maintenance 
requirements of Sec. 63.6(e) and minimizes emissions of pollutants, 
automatic waste feed cutoffs, and malfunctions.
    (D) You must record the plan in the operating record.
    (ii) Requirements for baghouses at lightweight aggregate kilns and 
incinerators. If you own or operate a hazardous waste incinerator or 
hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kiln equipped with a 
baghouse (fabric filter), you must prepare and at all times operate 
according to an operations and maintenance plan that describes in detail 
procedures for inspection, maintenance, and bag leak detection and 
corrective measures for each baghouse used to comply with the standards 
under this subpart.
    (A) The operation and maintenance plan for baghouses must be 
submitted to the Administrator with the initial comprehensive 
performance test plan for review and approval.
    (B) The procedures specified in the operations and maintenance plan 
for inspections and routine maintenance of a baghouse must, at a 
minimum, include the following requirements:
    (1) Daily visual observation of baghouse discharge or stack;
    (2) Daily confirmation that dust is being removed from hoppers 
through visual inspection, or equivalent means of ensuring the proper 
functioning of removal mechanisms;
    (3) Daily check of compressed air supply for pulse-jet baghouses;
    (4) Daily visual inspection of isolation dampers for proper 
operation;
    (5) An appropriate methodology for monitoring cleaning cycles to 
ensure proper operation;

[[Page 31]]

    (6) Weekly check of bag cleaning mechanisms for proper functioning 
through visual inspection or equivalent means;
    (7) Weekly check of bag tension on reverse air and shaker-type 
baghouses. Such checks are not required for shaker-type baghouses using 
self-tensioning (spring loaded) devices;
    (8) Monthly confirmation of the physical integrity of the baghouse 
through visual inspection of the baghouse interior for air leaks;
    (9) Monthly inspection of bags and bag connections;
    (10) Quarterly inspection of fans for wear, material buildup, and 
corrosion through visual inspection, vibration detectors, or equivalent 
means; and
    (11) Continuous operation of a bag leak detection system as a 
continuous monitor.
    (C) The procedures for maintenance specified in the operation and 
maintenance plan must, at a minimum, include a preventative maintenance 
schedule that is consistent with the baghouse manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance.
    (D) The bag leak detection system required by paragraph 
(c)(7)(ii)(B)(11) of this section must meet the following specifications 
and requirements:
    (1) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of continuously detecting and recording 
particulate matter emissions at concentrations of 1.0 milligram per 
actual cubic meter or less;
    (2) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative particulate matter loadings;
    (3) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound an audible alarm when an increase in relative 
particulate loadings is detected over a preset level;
    (4) The bag leak detection system shall be installed and operated in 
a manner consistent with available written guidance from the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency or, in the absence of such written 
guidance, the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations 
for installation, operation, and adjustment of the system;
    (5) The initial adjustment of the system shall, at a minimum, 
consist of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity 
(range) and the averaging period of the device, and establishing the 
alarm set points and the alarm delay time;
    (6) Following initial adjustment, you must not adjust the 
sensitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or alarm delay 
time, except as detailed in the operation and maintenance plan required 
under paragraph (c)(7)(ii)(A) of this section. You must not increase the 
sensitivity by more than 100 percent or decrease the sensitivity by more 
than 50 percent over a 365 day period unless such adjustment follows a 
complete baghouse inspection which demonstrates the baghouse is in good 
operating condition;
    (7) For negative pressure or induced air baghouses, and positive 
pressure baghouses that are discharged to the atmosphere through a 
stack, the bag leak detector must be installed downstream of the 
baghouse and upstream of any wet acid gas scrubber; and
    (8) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm system may be shared among the detectors.
    (E) The operation and maintenance plan required by paragraph 
(c)(7)(ii) of this section must include a corrective measures plan that 
specifies the procedures you will follow in the case of a bag leak 
detection system alarm. The corrective measures plan must include, at a 
minimum, the procedures used to determine and record the time and cause 
of the alarm as well as the corrective measures taken to correct the 
control device malfunction or minimize emissions as specified below. 
Failure to initiate the corrective measures required by this paragraph 
is failure to ensure compliance with the emission standards in this 
subpart.
    (1) You must initiate the procedures used to determine the cause of 
the alarm within 30 minutes of the time the alarm first sounds; and
    (2) You must alleviate the cause of the alarm by taking the 
necessary corrective measure(s) which may include, but are not to be 
limited to, the following measures:

[[Page 32]]

    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken filter 
elements, or any other malfunction that may cause an increase in 
emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media, or otherwise 
repairing the control device;
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (vi) Shutting down the combustor.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42298, July 10, 2000; 
65 FR 67271, Nov. 9, 2000; 66 FR 24272, May 14, 2001]



Sec. 63.1207  What are the performance testing requirements?

    (a) General. The provisions of Sec. 63.7 apply, except as noted 
below.
    (b) Types of performance tests--(1) Comprehensive performance test. 
You must conduct comprehensive performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance with the emission standards provided by Secs. 63.1203, 
63.1204, and 63.1205, establish limits for the operating parameters 
provided by Sec. 63.1209, and demonstrate compliance with the 
performance specifications for continuous monitoring systems.
    (2) Confirmatory performance test. You must conduct confirmatory 
performance tests to:
    (i) Demonstrate compliance with the dioxin/furan emission standard 
when the source operates under normal operating conditions; and
    (ii) Conduct a performance evaluation of continuous monitoring 
systems required for compliance assurance with the dioxin/furan emission 
standard under Sec. 63.1209(k).
    (c) Initial comprehensive performance test--(1) Test date. Except as 
provided by paragraph (c)(2) of this section, you must commence the 
initial comprehensive performance test not later than six months after 
the compliance date.
    (2) Data in lieu of the initial comprehensive performance test. (i) 
You may request that previous emissions test data serve as documentation 
of conformance with the emission standards of this subpart provided that 
the previous testing was:
    (A) Initiated after March 30, 1998;
    (B) For the purpose of demonstrating emissions under a RCRA permit 
issuance or reissuance proceeding under part 270 of this chapter;
    (C) In conformance with the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this 
section; and
    (D) Sufficient to establish the applicable operating parameter 
limits under Sec. 63.1209.
    (ii) You must submit data in lieu of the initial comprehensive 
performance test in lieu of (i.e., if the data are in lieu of all 
performance testing) or with the notification of performance test 
required under paragraph (e) of this section.
    (d) Frequency of testing. You must conduct testing periodically as 
prescribed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section. The date of 
commencement of the initial comprehensive performance test is the basis 
for establishing the deadline to commence the initial confirmatory 
performance test and the next comprehensive performance test. You may 
conduct performance testing at any time prior to the required date. The 
deadline for commencing subsequent confirmatory and comprehensive 
performance testing is based on the date of commencement of the previous 
comprehensive performance test. Unless the Administrator grants a time 
extension under paragraph (i) of this section, you must conduct testing 
as follows:
    (1) Comprehensive performance testing. You must commence testing no 
later than 61 months after the date of commencing the previous 
comprehensive performance test. If you submit data in lieu of the 
initial performance test, you must commence the subsequent comprehensive 
performance test within 61 months of commencing the test used to provide 
the data in lieu of the initial performance test.
    (2) Confirmatory performance testing. You must commence confirmatory 
performance testing no later than 31 months after the date of commencing 
the previous comprehensive performance test. If you submit data in lieu 
of the initial performance test, you must commence the initial 
confirmatory performance test within 31 months of

[[Page 33]]

the date six months after the compliance date. To ensure that the 
confirmatory test is conducted approximately midway between 
comprehensive performance tests, the Administrator will not approve a 
test plan that schedules testing within 18 months of commencing the 
previous comprehensive performance test.
    (3) Duration of testing. You must complete performance testing 
within 60 days after the date of commencement, unless the Administrator 
determines that a time extension is warranted based on your 
documentation in writing of factors beyond your control that prevent you 
from meeting the 60-day deadline.
    (e) Notification of performance test and CMS performance evaluation, 
and approval of test plan and CMS performance evaluation plan. (1) The 
provisions of Sec. 63.7(b) and (c) and Sec. 63.8(e) apply, except:
    (i) Comprehensive performance test. You must submit to the 
Administrator a notification of your intention to conduct a 
comprehensive performance test and CMS performance evaluation and a 
site-specific test plan and CMS performance evaluation test plan at 
least one year before the performance test and performance evaluation 
are scheduled to begin.
    (A) The Administrator will notify you of approval or intent to deny 
approval of the site-specific test plan and CMS performance evaluation 
test plan within 9 months after receipt of the original plan.
    (B) You must submit to the Administrator a notification of your 
intention to conduct the comprehensive performance test at least 60 
calendar days before the test is scheduled to begin.
    (ii) Confirmatory performance test. You must submit to the 
Administrator a notification of your intention to conduct a confirmatory 
performance test and CMS performance evaluation and a site-specific test 
plan and CMS performance evaluation test plan at least 60 calendar days 
before the performance test is scheduled to begin. The Administrator 
will notify you of approval or intent to deny approval of the site-
specific test plan and CMS performance evaluation test plan within 30 
calendar days after receipt of the original test plans.
    (2) After the Administrator has approved the site-specific test plan 
and CMS performance evaluation test plan, you must make the test plans 
available to the public for review. You must issue a public notice 
announcing the approval of the test plans and the location where the 
test plans are available for review.
    (f) Content of performance test plan. The provisions of 
Secs. 63.7(c)(2)(i)-(iii) and (v) regarding the content of the test plan 
apply. In addition, you must include the following information in the 
test plan:
    (1) Content of comprehensive performance test plan. (i) An analysis 
of each feedstream, including hazardous waste, other fuels, and 
industrial furnace feedstocks, as fired, that includes:
    (A) Heating value, levels of ash (for hazardous waste incinerators 
only), levels of semivolatile metals, low volatile metals, mercury, and 
total chlorine (organic and inorganic); and
    (B) Viscosity or description of the physical form of the feedstream;
    (ii) For organic hazardous air pollutants established by 42 U.S.C. 
7412(b)(1), excluding caprolactam (CAS number 105602) as provided by 
Sec. 63.60:
    (A) An identification of such organic hazardous air pollutants that 
are present in the feedstream, except that you need not analyze for 
organic hazardous air pollutants that would reasonably not be expected 
to be found in the feedstream. You must identify any constituents you 
exclude from analysis and explain the basis for excluding them. You must 
conduct the feedstream analysis according to Sec. 63.1208(b)(8).;
    (B) An approximate quantification of such identified organic 
hazardous air pollutants in the feedstreams, within the precision 
produced by the analytical procedures of Sec. 63.1208(b)(8); and
    (C) A description of blending procedures, if applicable, prior to 
firing the feedstream, including a detailed analysis of the materials 
prior to blending, and blending ratios;
    (iii) A detailed engineering description of the hazardous waste 
combustor, including:

[[Page 34]]

    (A) Manufacturer's name and model number of the hazardous waste 
combustor;
    (B) Type of hazardous waste combustor;
    (C) Maximum design capacity in appropriate units;
    (D) Description of the feed system for each feedstream;
    (E) Capacity of each feed system;
    (F) Description of automatic hazardous waste feed cutoff system(s);
    (G) Description of the design, operation, and maintenance practices 
for any air pollution control system; and
    (H) Description of the design, operation, and maintenance practices 
of any stack gas monitoring and pollution control monitoring systems;
    (iv) A detailed description of sampling and monitoring procedures 
including sampling and monitoring locations in the system, the equipment 
to be used, sampling and monitoring frequency, and planned analytical 
procedures for sample analysis;
    (v) A detailed test schedule for each hazardous waste for which the 
performance test is planned, including date(s), duration, quantity of 
hazardous waste to be burned, and other relevant factors;
    (vi) A detailed test protocol, including, for each hazardous waste 
identified, the ranges of hazardous waste feedrate for each feed system, 
and, as appropriate, the feedrates of other fuels and feedstocks, and 
any other relevant parameters that may affect the ability of the 
hazardous waste combustor to meet the emission standards;
    (vii) A description of, and planned operating conditions for, any 
emission control equipment that will be used;
    (viii) Procedures for rapidly stopping the hazardous waste feed and 
controlling emissions in the event of an equipment malfunction;
    (ix) A determination of the hazardous waste residence time as 
required by Sec. 63.1206(b)(11);
    (x) If you are requesting to extrapolate metal feedrate limits from 
comprehensive performance test levels under Secs. 63.1209(l)(1)(i) or 
63.1209(n)(2)(ii))(A):
    (A) A description of the extrapolation methodology and rationale for 
how the approach ensures compliance with the emission standards;
    (B) Documentation of the historical range of normal (i.e., other 
than during compliance testing) metals feedrates for each feedstream;
    (C) Documentation that the level of spiking recommended during the 
performance test will mask sampling and analysis imprecision and 
inaccuracy to the extent that extrapolation of feedrates and emission 
rates from performance test data will be as accurate and precise as if 
full spiking were used;
    (xi) If you do not continuously monitor regulated constituents in 
natural gas, process air feedstreams, and feedstreams from vapor 
recovery systems under Sec. 63.1209(c)(5), you must include 
documentation of the expected levels of regulated constituents in those 
feedstreams;
    (xii) Documentation justifying the duration of system conditioning 
required to ensure the combustor has achieved steady-state operations 
under performance test operating conditions, as provided by paragraph 
(g)(1)(iii) of this section;
    (xiii) For cement kilns with in-line raw mills, if you elect to use 
the emissions averaging provision of Sec. 63.1204(d), you must notify 
the Administrator of your intent in the initial (and subsequent) 
comprehensive performance test plan, and provide the information 
required under Sec. 63.1204(d)(ii)(B).
    (xiv) For preheater or preheater/precalciner cement kilns with dual 
stacks, if you elect to use the emissions averaging provision of 
Sec. 63.1204(e), you must notify the Administrator of your intent in the 
initial (and subsequent) comprehensive performance test plan, and 
provide the information required under Sec. 63.1204(e)(2)(iii)(A).
    (xv) For incinerators and lightweight aggregate kilns equipped with 
a baghouse, you must submit the baghouse operation and maintenance plan 
required under Sec. 63.1206(c)(7)(ii) with the initial comprehensive 
performance test plan.
    (xvi) If you are not required to conduct performance testing to 
document compliance with the mercury, semivolatile metal, low volatile 
metal, or hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas emission standards under 
paragraph (m) of

[[Page 35]]

this section, you must include with the comprehensive performance test 
plan documentation of compliance with the provisions of that section.
    (xvii) If you propose to use a surrogate for measuring or monitoring 
gas flowrate, you must document in the comprehensive performance test 
plan that the surrogate adequately correlates with gas flowrate, as 
required by paragraph (m)(7) of this section, and Sec. 63.1209(j)(2), 
(k)(3), (m)(2)(i), (m)(5)(i), and (o)(2)(i).
    (xviii) You must submit an application to request alternative 
monitoring under Sec. 63.1209(g)(1) not later than with the 
comprehensive performance test plan, as required by 
Sec. 63.1209(g)(1)(iii)(A).
    (xix) You must document the temperature location measurement in the 
comprehensive performance test plan, as required by 
Secs. 63.1209(j)(1)(i) and 63.1209(k)(2)(i).
    (xx) If your source is equipped with activated carbon injection, you 
must document in the comprehensive performance test plan:
    (A) The manufacturer specifications for minimum carrier fluid 
flowrate or pressure drop, as required by Sec. 63.1209(k)(6)(ii); and
    (B) Key parameters that affect carbon adsorption, and the operating 
limits you establish for those parameters based on the carbon used 
during the performance test, if you elect not to specify and use the 
brand and type of carbon used during the comprehensive performance test, 
as required by Sec. 63.1209(k)(6)(iii).
    (xxi) If your source is equipped with a carbon bed system, you must 
include in the comprehensive performance test plan:
    (A) A recommended schedule for conducting a subsequent performance 
test to document compliance with the dioxin/furan and mercury emission 
standards if you use manufacturer specifications rather than actual bed 
age at the time of the test to establish the initial limit on bed age, 
as required by Sec. 63.1209(k)(7)(i)(C); and
    (B) Key parameters that affect carbon adsorption, and the operating 
limits you establish for those parameters based on the carbon used 
during the performance test, if you elect not to specify and use the 
brand and type of carbon used during the comprehensive performance test, 
as required by Sec. 63.1209(k)(7)(ii).
    (xxii) If you feed a dioxin/furan inhibitor into the combustion 
system, you must document in the comprehensive performance test plan key 
parameters that affect the effectiveness of the inhibitor, and the 
operating limits you establish for those parameters based on the 
inhibitor fed during the performance test, if you elect not to specify 
and use the brand and type of inhibitor used during the comprehensive 
performance test, as required by Sec. 63.1209(k)(9)(ii).
    (xxiii) If your source is equipped with a wet scrubber and you elect 
to monitor solids content of the scrubber liquid manually but believe 
that hourly monitoring of solids content is not warranted, you must 
support an alternative monitoring frequency in the comprehensive 
performance test plan, as required by Sec. 63.1209(m)(1)(i)(B)(1)(i).
    (xxiv) If your source is equipped with a particulate matter control 
device other than a wet scrubber, baghouse, or electrostatic 
precipitator, you must include in the comprehensive performance test 
plan:
    (A) Documentation to support the operating parameter limits you 
establish for the control device, as required by 
Sec. 63.1209(m)(1)(iv)(A)(4); and
    (B) Support for the use of manufacturer specifications if you 
recommend such specifications in lieu of basing operating limits on 
performance test operating levels, as required by 
Sec. 63.1209(m)(1)(iv)(D).
    (xxv) If your source is equipped with a dry scrubber to control 
hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas, you must document in the 
comprehensive performance test plan key parameters that affect 
adsorption, and the limits you establish for those parameters based on 
the sorbent used during the performance test, if you elect not to 
specify and use the brand and type of sorbent used during the 
comprehensive performance test, as required by 
Sec. 63.1209(o)(4)(iii)(A); and
    (xxvi) Such other information as the Administrator reasonably finds 
necessary to determine whether to approve the performance test plan.

[[Page 36]]

    (2) Content of confirmatory test plan. (i) A description of your 
normal hydrocarbon or carbon monoxide operating levels, as specified in 
paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section, and an explanation of how these 
normal levels were determined;
    (ii) A description of your normal applicable operating parameter 
levels, as specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section, and an 
explanation of how these normal levels were determined;
    (iii) A description of your normal chlorine operating levels, as 
specified in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section, and an explanation 
of how these normal levels were determined;
    (iv) If you use carbon injection or a carbon bed, a description of 
your normal cleaning cycle of the particulate matter control device, as 
specified in paragraph (g)(2)(iv) of this section, and an explanation of 
how these normal levels were determined;
    (v) A detailed description of sampling and monitoring procedures 
including sampling and monitoring locations in the system, the equipment 
to be used, sampling and monitoring frequency, and planned analytical 
procedures for sample analysis;
    (vi) A detailed test schedule for each hazardous waste for which the 
performance test is planned, including date(s), duration, quantity of 
hazardous waste to be burned, and other relevant factors;
    (vii) A detailed test protocol, including, for each hazardous waste 
identified, the ranges of hazardous waste feedrate for each feed system, 
and, as appropriate, the feedrates of other fuels and feedstocks, and 
any other relevant parameters that may affect the ability of the 
hazardous waste combustor to meet the dioxin/furan emission standard;
    (viii) A description of, and planned operating conditions for, any 
emission control equipment that will be used;
    (ix) Procedures for rapidly stopping the hazardous waste feed and 
controlling emissions in the event of an equipment malfunction; and
    (x) Such other information as the Administrator reasonably finds 
necessary to determine whether to approve the confirmatory test plan.
    (g) Operating conditions during testing. You must comply with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.7(e). Conducting performance testing under 
operating conditions representative of the extreme range of normal 
conditions is consistent with the requirement of Sec. 63.7(e)(1) to 
conduct performance testing under representative operating conditions.
    (1) Comprehensive performance testing--(i) Operations during 
testing. For the following parameters, you must operate the combustor 
during the performance test under normal conditions (or conditions that 
will result in higher than normal emissions):
    (A) Chlorine feedrate. You must feed normal (or higher) levels of 
chlorine during the dioxin/furan performance test;
    (B) Ash feedrate. For hazardous waste incinerators, you must conduct 
the following tests when feeding normal (or higher) levels of ash: The 
semivolatile metal and low volatile metal performance tests; and the 
dioxin/furan and mercury performance tests if activated carbon injection 
or a carbon bed is used; and
    (C) Cleaning cycle of the particulate matter control device. You 
must conduct the following tests when the particulate matter control 
device undergoes its normal (or more frequent) cleaning cycle: The 
particulate matter, semivolatile metal, and low volatile metal 
performance tests; and the dioxin/furan and mercury performance tests if 
activated carbon injection or a carbon bed is used.
    (ii) Modes of operation. Given that you must establish limits for 
the applicable operating parameters specified in Sec. 63.1209 based on 
operations during the comprehensive performance test, you may conduct 
testing under two or more operating modes to provide operating 
flexibility.
    (iii) Steady-state conditions. (A) Prior to obtaining performance 
test data, you must operate under performance test conditions until you 
reach steady-state operations with respect to emissions of pollutants 
you must measure during the performance test and operating parameters 
under Sec. 63.1209 for which you must establish limits. During system 
conditioning, you must ensure that each operating parameter for

[[Page 37]]

which you must establish a limit is held at the level planned for the 
performance test. You must include documentation in the performance test 
plan under paragraph (f) of this section justifying the duration of 
system conditioning.
    (B) If you own or operate a hazardous waste cement kiln that 
recycles collected particulate matter (i.e., cement kiln dust) into the 
kiln, you must sample and analyze the recycled particulate matter prior 
to obtaining performance test data for levels of selected metals that 
must be measured during performance testing to document that the system 
has reached steady-state conditions (i.e., that metals levels have 
stabilized). You must document the rationale for selecting metals that 
are indicative of system equilibrium and include the information in the 
performance test plan under paragraph (f) of this section. To determine 
system equilibrium, you must sample and analyze the recycled particulate 
matter hourly for each selected metal, unless you submit in the 
performance test plan a justification for reduced sampling and analysis 
and the Administrator approves in writing a reduced sampling and 
analysis frequency.
    (2) Confirmatory performance testing. You must conduct confirmatory 
performance testing for dioxin/furan under normal operating conditions 
for the following parameters:
    (i) Carbon monoxide (or hydrocarbon) CEMS emission levels must be 
within the range of the average value to the maximum value allowed. The 
average value is defined as the sum of the hourly rolling average values 
recorded (each minute) over the previous 12 months divided by the number 
of rolling averages recorded during that time;
    (ii) Each operating limit (specified in Sec. 63.1209) established to 
maintain compliance with the dioxin/furan emission standard must be held 
within the range of the average value over the previous 12 months and 
the maximum or minimum, as appropriate, that is allowed. The average 
value is defined as the sum of the rolling average values recorded over 
the previous 12 months divided by the number of rolling averages 
recorded during that time. The average value must not include 
calibration data, malfunction data, and data obtained when not burning 
hazardous waste;
    (iii) You must feed chlorine at normal feedrates or greater; and 
(iv) If the combustor is equipped with carbon injection or carbon bed, 
normal cleaning cycle of the particulate matter control device.
    (h) Operating conditions during subsequent testing. (1) Current 
operating parameter limits established under Sec. 63.1209 are waived 
during subsequent comprehensive performance testing under an approved 
test plan.
    (2) Current operating parameter limits are also waived during 
pretesting prescribed in the approved test plan prior to comprehensive 
performance testing for an aggregate time not to exceed 720 hours of 
operation (renewable at the discretion of the Administrator). Pretesting 
means:
    (i) Operations when stack emissions testing for dioxin/furan, 
mercury, semivolatile metals, low volatile metals, particulate matter, 
or hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas is being performed; and
    (ii) Operations to reach steady-state operating conditions prior to 
stack emissions testing under paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Time extension for subsequent performance tests. After the 
initial comprehensive performance test, you may request up to a one-year 
time extension for conducting a comprehensive or confirmatory 
performance test to consolidate performance testing with other state or 
federally required emission testing, or for other reasons deemed 
acceptable by the Administrator. If the Administrator grants a time 
extension for a comprehensive performance test, the deadlines for 
commencing the next comprehensive and confirmatory tests are based on 
the date that the subject comprehensive performance test commences.
    (1) You must submit in writing to the Administrator any request 
under this paragraph for a time extension for conducting a performance 
test.
    (2) You must include in the request for an extension for conducting 
a performance test the following:
    (i) A description of the reasons for requesting the time extension;

[[Page 38]]

    (ii) The date by which you will commence performance testing.
    (3) The Administrator will notify you in writing of approval or 
intention to deny approval of your request for an extension for 
conducting a performance test within 30 calendar days after receipt of 
sufficient information to evaluate your request. The 30-day approval or 
denial period will begin after you have been notified in writing that 
your application is complete. The Administrator will notify you in 
writing whether the application contains sufficient information to make 
a determination within 30 calendar days after receipt of the original 
application and within 30 calendar days after receipt of any 
supplementary information that you submit.
    (4) When notifying you that your application is not complete, the 
Administrator will specify the information needed to complete the 
application. The Administrator will also provide notice of opportunity 
for you to present, in writing, within 30 calendar days after 
notification of the incomplete application, additional information or 
arguments to the Administrator to enable further action on the 
application.
    (5) Before denying any request for an extension for performance 
testing, the Administrator will notify you in writing of the 
Administrator's intention to issue the denial, together with:
    (i) Notice of the information and findings on which the intended 
denial is based; and
    (ii) Notice of opportunity for you to present in writing, within 15 
calendar days after notification of the intended denial, additional 
information or arguments to the Administrator before further action on 
the request.
    (6) The Administrator's final determination to deny any request for 
an extension will be in writing and will set forth specific grounds upon 
which the denial is based. The final determination will be made within 
30 calendar days after the presentation of additional information or 
argument (if the application is complete), or within 30 calendar days 
after the final date specified for the presentation if no presentation 
is made.
    (j) Notification of compliance--(1) Comprehensive performance test. 
(i) Within 90 days of completion of a comprehensive performance test, 
you must postmark a Notification of Compliance documenting compliance or 
noncompliance with the emission standards and continuous monitoring 
system requirements, and identifying operating parameter limits under 
Sec. 63.1209.
    (ii) Upon postmark of the Notification of Compliance, you must 
comply with all operating requirements specified in the Notification of 
Compliance in lieu of the limits specified in the Documentation of 
Compliance required under Sec. 63.1211(d).
    (2) Confirmatory performance test. Except as provided by paragraph 
(j)(4) of this section, within 90 days of completion of a confirmatory 
performance test, you must postmark a Notification of Compliance 
documenting compliance or noncompliance with the applicable dioxin/furan 
emission standard.
    (3) See Secs. 63.7(g), 63.9(h), and 63.1210(d) for additional 
requirements pertaining to the Notification of Compliance (e.g., you 
must include results of performance tests in the Notification of 
Compliance).
    (4) Time extension. You may submit a written request to the 
Administrator for a time extension documenting that, for reasons beyond 
your control, you may not be able to meet the 90-day deadline for 
submitting the Notification of Compliance after completion of testing. 
The Administrator will determine whether a time extension is warranted.
    (k) Failure to submit a timely notification of compliance. (1) If 
you fail to postmark a Notification of Compliance by the specified date, 
you must cease hazardous waste burning immediately.
    (2) Prior to submitting a revised Notification of Compliance as 
provided by paragraph (k)(3) of this section, you may burn hazardous 
waste only for the purpose of pretesting or comprehensive performance 
testing and only for a maximum of 720 hours (renewable at the discretion 
of the Administrator).
    (3) You must submit to the Administrator a Notification of 
Compliance subsequent to a new comprehensive performance test before 
resuming hazardous waste burning.

[[Page 39]]

    (l) Failure of performance test--(1) Comprehensive performance test. 
(i) If you determine (based on CEM recordings, results of analyses of 
stack samples, or results of CMS performance evaluations) that you have 
exceeded any emission standard during a comprehensive performance test 
for a mode of operation, you must cease hazardous waste burning 
immediately under that mode of operation. You must make this 
determination within 90 days following completion of the performance 
test.
    (ii) If you have failed to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
standards for any mode of operation:
    (A) Prior to submitting a revised Notification of Compliance as 
provided by paragraph (l)(1)(ii)(C) of this section, you may burn 
hazardous waste only for the purpose of pretesting or comprehensive 
performance testing under revised operating conditions, and only for a 
maximum of 720 hours (renewable at the discretion of the Administrator), 
except as provided by paragraph (l)(3) of this section;
    (B) You must conduct a comprehensive performance test under revised 
operating conditions following the requirements for performance testing 
of this section; and
    (C) You must submit to the Administrator a Notification of 
Compliance subsequent to the new comprehensive performance test.
    (2) Confirmatory performance test. If you determine (based on CEM 
recordings, results of analyses of stack samples, or results of CMS 
performance evaluations) that you have failed the dioxin/furan emission 
standard during a confirmatory performance test, you must cease burning 
hazardous waste immediately. You must make this determination within 90 
days following completion of the performance test. To burn hazardous 
waste in the future:
    (i) You must submit to the Administrator for review and approval a 
test plan to conduct a comprehensive performance test to identify 
revised limits on the applicable dioxin/furan operating parameters 
specified in Sec. 63.1209(k);
    (ii) You must submit to the Administrator a Notification of 
Compliance with the dioxin/furan emission standard under the provisions 
of paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section and this paragraph (l). You 
must include in the Notification of Compliance the revised limits on the 
applicable dioxin/furan operating parameters specified in 
Sec. 63.1209(k); and
    (iii) Until the Notification of Compliance is submitted, you must 
not burn hazardous waste except for purposes of pretesting or 
confirmatory performance testing, and for a maximum of 720 hours 
(renewable at the discretion of the Administrator), except as provided 
by paragraph (l)(3) of this section.
    (3) You may petition the Administrator to obtain written approval to 
burn hazardous waste in the interim prior to submitting a Notification 
of Compliance for purposes other than testing or pretesting. You must 
specify operating requirements, including limits on operating 
parameters, that you determine will ensure compliance with the emission 
standards of this subpart based on available information including data 
from the failed performance test. The Administrator will review, modify 
as necessary, and approve if warranted the interim operating 
requirements. An approval of interim operating requirements will include 
a schedule for submitting a Notification of Compliance.
    (m) Waiver of performance test. (1) The waiver provision of this 
paragraph applies in addition to the provisions of Sec. 63.7(h).
    (2) You are not required to conduct performance tests to document 
compliance with the mercury, semivolatile metal, low volatile metal or 
hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas emission standards under the conditions 
specified below. You are deemed to be in compliance with an emission 
standard if the twelve-hour rolling average maximum theoretical emission 
concentration (MTEC) determined as specified below does not exceed the 
emission standard:
    (i) Determine the feedrate of mercury, semivolatile metals, low 
volatile metals, or total chlorine and chloride from all feedstreams;
    (ii) Determine the stack gas flowrate; and
    (iii) Calculate a MTEC for each standard assuming all mercury,

[[Page 40]]

semivolatile metals, low volatile metals, or total chlorine (organic and 
inorganic) from all feedstreams is emitted;
    (3) To document compliance with this provision, you must:
    (i) Monitor and record the feedrate of mercury, semivolatile metals, 
low volatile metals, and total chlorine and chloride from all 
feedstreams according to Sec. 63.1209(c);
    (ii) Monitor with a CMS and record in the operating record the gas 
flowrate (either directly or by monitoring a surrogate parameter that 
you have correlated to gas flowrate);
    (iii) Continuously calculate and record in the operating record the 
MTEC under the procedures of paragraph (m)(2) of this section; and
    (iv) Interlock the MTEC calculated in paragraph (m)(2)(iii) of this 
section to the AWFCO system to stop hazardous waste burning when the 
MTEC exceeds the emission standard.
    (4) In lieu of the requirement in paragraphs (m)(3)(iii) and (iv) of 
this section, you may:
    (i) Identify in the notification of compliance a minimum gas 
flowrate limit and a maximum feedrate limit of mercury, semivolatile 
metals, low volatile metals, and/or total chlorine and chloride from all 
feedstreams that ensures the MTEC as calculated in paragraph (m)(2)(iii) 
of this section is below the applicable emission standard; and
    (ii) Interlock the minimum gas flowrate limit and maximum feedrate 
limit in paragraph (m)(3)(iv) of this section to the AWFCO system to 
stop hazardous waste burning when the gas flowrate or mercury, 
semivolatile metals, low volatile metals, and/or total chlorine and 
chloride feedrate exceeds the limit in paragraph (m)(4)(i) of this 
section.
    (5) When you determine the feedrate of mercury, semivolatile metals, 
low volatile metals, or total chlorine and chloride for purposes of this 
provision, except as provided by paragraph (m)(6) of this section, you 
must assume that the analyte is present at the full detection limit when 
the feedstream analysis determines that the analyte is not detected in 
the feedstream.
    (6) Owners and operators of hazardous waste burning cement kilns and 
lightweight aggregate kilns may assume that mercury is present in raw 
material at half the detection limit when the raw material feedstream 
analysis determines that mercury is not detected.
    (7) You must state in the site-specific test plan that you submit 
for review and approval under paragraph (e) of this section that you 
intend to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. You must include 
in the test plan documentation that any surrogate that is proposed for 
gas flowrate adequately correlates with the gas flowrate.
    (n) Feedrate limits for nondetectable constituents. (1) You must 
establish separate semivolatile metal, low volatile metal, mercury, and 
total chlorine (organic and inorganic), and/or ash feedrate limits for 
each feedstream for which the comprehensive performance test feedstream 
analysis determines that these constituents are not present at 
detectable levels.
    (2) You must define the feedrate limits established under paragraph 
(n)(1) of this section as nondetect at the full detection limit achieved 
during the performance test.
    (3) You will not be deemed to be in violation of the feedrate limit 
established in paragraph (n)(2) of this section when detectable levels 
of the constituent are measured, whether at levels above or below the 
full detection limit achieved during the performance test, provided 
that:
    (i) Your total feedrate for that constituent, including the 
detectable levels in the feedstream which is limited to nondetect 
levels, is below your feedrate limit for that constituent; or
    (ii) Except for ash, your maximum theoretical emission concentration 
(MTEC) for the constituent (i.e., semivolatile metal, low volatile 
metal, mercury, and/or hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas) calculated 
according to paragraph (m) of this section, and considering the 
contribution from all feedstreams including the detectable levels in the 
feedstream which is limited to nondetect levels, is below the emission 
standard in Secs. 63.1203, 63.1204, and 63.1205.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42299, July 10, 2000; 
65 FR 67271, Nov. 9, 2000]

[[Page 41]]



Sec. 63.1208  What are the test methods?

    (a) References. When required in subpart EEE of this part, the 
following publication is incorporated by reference, ``Test Methods for 
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,'' EPA Publication SW-
846 Third Edition (November 1986), as amended by Updates I (July 1992), 
II (September 1994), IIA (August 1993), IIB (January 1995), and III 
(December 1996). The Third Edition of SW-846 and Updates I, II, IIA, 
IIB, and III (document number 955-001-00000-1) are available for the 
Superintendent of Document, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, 
DC 20402, (202) 512-1800. Copies of the Third Edition and its updates 
are also available from the National Technical Information Services 
(NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, (703) 487-4650. 
Copies may be inspected at the Library, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460; or at the 
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (b) Test methods. You must use the following test methods to 
determine compliance with the emissions standards of this subpart:
    (1) Dioxins and furans. (i) You must use Method 0023A, Sampling 
Method for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and Polychlorinated 
Dibenzofurans emissions from Stationary Sources, EPA Publication SW-846, 
as incorporated by reference in paragraph (a) of this section, to 
determine compliance with the emission standard for dioxins and furans;
    (ii) You must sample for a minimum of three hours, and you must 
collect a minimum sample volume of 2.5 dscm;
    (iii) You may assume that nondetects are present at zero 
concentration.
    (2) Mercury. You must use Method 29, provided in appendix A, part 60 
of this chapter, to demonstrate compliance with emission standard for 
mercury.
    (3) Cadmium and lead. You must use Method 29, provided in appendix 
A, part 60 of this chapter, to determine compliance with the emission 
standard for cadmium and lead (combined).
    (4) Arsenic, beryllium, and chromium. You must use Method 29, 
provided in appendix A, part 60 of this chapter, to determine compliance 
with the emission standard for arsenic, beryllium, and chromium 
(combined).
    (5) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas. You may use Methods 26A, 
320, or 321 provided in appendix A, part 60 of this chapter, to 
determine compliance with the emission standard for hydrochloric acid 
and chlorine gas (combined). You may use Methods 320 or 321 to make 
major source determinations under Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(v).
    (6) Particulate matter. You must use Methods 5 or 5I, provided in 
appendix A, part 60 of this chapter, to demonstrate compliance with the 
emission standard for particulate matter.
    (7) Other Test Methods. You may use applicable test methods in EPA 
Publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in paragraph (a) of 
this section, as necessary to demonstrate compliance with requirements 
of this subpart, except as otherwise specified in paragraphs (b)(2)-
(b)(6) of this section.
    (8) Feedstream analytical methods. You may use any reliable 
analytical method to determine feedstream concentrations of metals, 
chlorine, and other constituents. It is your responsibility to ensure 
that the sampling and analysis procedures are unbiased, precise, and 
that the results are representative of the feedstream. For each 
feedstream, you must demonstrate that:
    (i) Each analyte is not present above the reported level at the 80% 
upper confidence limit around the mean; and
    (ii) The analysis could have detected the presence of the 
constituent at or below the reported level at the 80% upper confidence 
limit around the mean. (See Guidance for Data Quality Assessment--
Practical Methods for Data Analysis, EPA QA/G-9, January 1998, EPA/600/
R-96/084).
    (9) Opacity. If you determine compliance with the opacity standard 
under the monitoring requirements of Secs. 63.1209(a)(1)(iv) and 
(a)(1)(v), you must use Method 9, provided in appendix A, part 60 of 
this chapter.



Sec. 63.1209  What are the monitoring requirements?

    (a) Continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS) and continuous 
opacity monitoring systems (COMS). (1)(i) You

[[Page 42]]

must use either a carbon monoxide or hydrocarbon CEMS to demonstrate and 
monitor compliance with the carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon standard 
under this subpart. You must also use an oxygen CEMS to continuously 
correct the carbon monoxide or hydrocarbon level to 7 percent oxygen.
    (ii) For cement kilns, except as provided by paragraphs (a)(1)(iv) 
and (a)(1)(v) of this section, you must use a COMS to demonstrate and 
monitor compliance with the opacity standard under Secs. 63.1204(a)(7) 
and (b)(7) at each point where emissions are vented from these affected 
sources including the bypass stack of a preheater or preheater/
precalciner kiln with dual stacks.
    (A) You must maintain and operate each COMS in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.8(c) except for the requirements under 
Sec. 63.8(c)(3). The requirements of Sec. 63.1211(d) shall be complied 
with instead of Sec. 63.8(c)(3); and
    (B) Compliance is based on six-minute block average.
    (iii) You must install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a 
particulate matter CEMS to demonstrate and monitor compliance with the 
particulate matter standards under this subpart. However, compliance 
with the requirements in this section to install, calibrate, maintain 
and operate the PM CEMS is not required until such time that the Agency 
promulgates all performance specifications and operational requirements 
applicable to PM CEMS.
    (iv) If you operate a cement kiln subject to the provisions of this 
subpart and use a fabric filter with multiple stacks or an electrostatic 
precipitator with multiple stacks, you may, in lieu of installing the 
COMS required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, comply with the 
opacity standard in accordance with the procedures of Method 9 to part 
60 of this chapter:
    (A) You must conduct the Method 9 test while the affected source is 
operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to 
occur within the day;
    (B) The duration of the Method 9 test shall be at least 30 minutes 
each day;
    (C) You must use the Method 9 procedures to monitor and record the 
average opacity for each six-minute block period during the test; and
    (D) To remain in compliance, all six-minute block averages must not 
exceed the opacity standard under Secs. 63.1204(a)(7) and (b)(7).
    (v) If you operate a cement kiln subject to the provisions of this 
subpart and use a particulate matter control device that exhausts 
through a monovent, or if the use of a COMS in accordance with the 
installation specification of Performance Specification 1 (PS-1) of 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter is not feasible, you may, in lieu 
of installing the COMS required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, 
comply with the opacity standard in accordance with the procedures of 
Method 9 to part 60 of this chapter:
    (A) You must conduct the Method 9 test while the affected source is 
operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to 
occur within the day;
    (B) The duration of the Method 9 test shall be at least 30 minutes 
each day;
    (C) You must use the Method 9 procedures to monitor and record the 
average opacity for each six-minute block period during the test; and
    (D) To remain in compliance, all six-minute block averages must not 
exceed the opacity standard under Secs. 63.1204(a)(7) and (b)(7).
    (2) Performance specifications. You must install, calibrate, 
maintain, and continuously operate the CEMS and COMS in compliance with 
the quality assurance procedures provided in the appendix to this 
subpart and Performance Specifications 1 (opacity), 4B (carbon monoxide 
and oxygen), and 8A (hydrocarbons) in appendix B, part 60 of this 
chapter.
    (3) Carbon monoxide readings exceeding the span. (i) Except as 
provided by paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, if a carbon monoxide 
CEMS detects a response that results in a one-minute average at or above 
the 3,000 ppmv span level required by Performance Specification 4B in 
appendix B, part 60 of this chapter, the one-minute average must be 
recorded as 10,000 ppmv. The one-minute 10,000 ppmv value must be used 
for calculating the hourly rolling average carbon monoxide level.

[[Page 43]]

    (ii) Carbon monoxide CEMS that use a span value of 10,000 ppmv when 
one-minute carbon monoxide levels are equal to or exceed 3,000 ppmv are 
not subject to paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section. Carbon monoxide CEMS 
that use a span value of 10,000 are subject to the same CEMS performance 
and equipment specifications when operating in the range of 3,000 ppmv 
to 10,000 ppmv that are provided by Performance Specification 4B for 
other carbon monoxide CEMS, except:
    (A) Calibration drift must be less than 300 ppmv; and
    (B) Calibration error must be less than 500 ppmv.
    (4) Hydrocarbon readings exceeding the span. (i) Except as provided 
by paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, if a hydrocarbon CEMS detects a 
response that results in a one-minute average at or above the 100 ppmv 
span level required by Performance Specification 8A in appendix B, part 
60 of this chapter, the one-minute average must be recorded as 500 ppmv. 
The one-minute 500 ppmv value must be used for calculating the hourly 
rolling average HC level.
    (ii) Hydrocarbon CEMS that use a span value of 500 ppmv when one-
minute hydrocarbon levels are equal to or exceed 100 ppmv are not 
subject to paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section. Hydrocarbon CEMS that 
use a span value of 500 ppmv are subject to the same CEMS performance 
and equipment specifications when operating in the range of 100 ppmv to 
500 ppmv that are provided by Performance Specification 8A for other 
hydrocarbon CEMS, except:
    (A) The zero and high-level calibration gas must have a hydrocarbon 
level of between 0 and 100 ppmv, and between 250 and 450 ppmv, 
respectively;
    (B) The strip chart recorder, computer, or digital recorder must be 
capable of recording all readings within the CEM measurement range and 
must have a resolution of 2.5 ppmv;
    (C) The CEMS calibration must not differ by more than 15 
ppmv after each 24-hour period of the seven day test at both zero and 
high levels;
    (D) The calibration error must be no greater than 25 ppmv; and
    (E) The zero level, mid-level, and high level calibration gas used 
to determine calibration error must have a hydrocarbon level of 0-200 
ppmv, 150-200 ppmv, and 350-400 ppmv, respectively.
    (5) Petitions to use CEMS for other standards. You may petition the 
Administrator to use CEMS for compliance monitoring for particulate 
matter, mercury, semivolatile metals, low volatile metals, and 
hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas under Sec. 63.8(f) in lieu of compliance 
with the corresponding operating parameter limits under this section.
    (6) Calculation of rolling averages--(i) Calculation of rolling 
averages initially. The carbon monoxide or hydrocarbon CEMS must begin 
recording one-minute average values by 12:01 a.m. and hourly rolling 
average values by 1:01 a.m., when 60 one-minute values will be available 
for calculating the initial hourly rolling average for those sources 
that come into compliance on the regulatory compliance date. Sources 
that elect to come into compliance before the regulatory compliance date 
must begin recording one-minute and hourly rolling average values within 
60 seconds and 60 minutes (when 60 one-minute values will be available 
for calculating the initial hourly rolling average), respectively, from 
the time at which compliance begins.
    (ii) Calculation of rolling averages upon intermittent operations. 
You must ignore periods of time when one-minute values are not available 
for calculating the hourly rolling average. When one-minute values 
become available again, the first one-minute value is added to the 
previous 59 values to calculate the hourly rolling average.
    (iii) Calculation of rolling averages when the hazardous waste feed 
is cutoff. (A) Except as provided by paragraph (a)(6)(iii)(B) of this 
section, you must continue monitoring carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons 
when the hazardous waste feed is cutoff if the source is operating. You 
must not resume feeding hazardous waste if the emission levels exceed 
the standard.

[[Page 44]]

    (B) You are not subject to the CEMS requirements of this subpart 
during periods of time you meet the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1206(b)(1)(ii) (compliance with emissions standards for 
nonhazardous waste burning sources when you are not burning hazardous 
waste).
    (7) Operating parameter limits for hydrocarbons. If you elect to 
comply with the carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon emission standard by 
continuously monitoring carbon monoxide with a CEMS, you must 
demonstrate that hydrocarbon emissions during the comprehensive 
performance test do not exceed the hydrocarbon emissions standard. In 
addition, the limits you establish on the destruction and removal 
efficiency (DRE) operating parameters required under paragraph (j) of 
this section also ensure that you maintain compliance with the 
hydrocarbon emission standard. If you do not conduct the hydrocarbon 
demonstration and DRE tests concurrently, you must establish separate 
operating parameter limits under paragraph (j) of this section based on 
each test and the more restrictive of the operating parameter limits 
applies.
    (b) Other continuous monitoring systems (CMS). (1) You must use CMS 
(e.g., thermocouples, pressure transducers, flow meters) to document 
compliance with the applicable operating parameter limits under this 
section.
    (2) Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 
section, you must install and operate continuous monitoring systems 
other than CEMS in conformance with Sec. 63.8(c)(3) that requires you, 
at a minimum, to comply with the manufacturer's written specifications 
or recommendations for installation, operation, and calibration of the 
system:
    (i) Calibration of thermocouples. The calibration of a thermocouple 
or other temperature sensor must be verified at least once every three 
months; and
    (ii) Accuracy and calibration of weight measurement devices. The 
accuracy of weight measurement devices used to monitor flowrate of a 
feedstream (e.g., activated carbon feedrate, sorbent feedrate, 
nonpumpable waste) must be  1 percent of the weight being 
measured. The calibration of the device must be verified at least once 
every three months.
    (3) CMS must sample the regulated parameter without interruption, 
and evaluate the detector response at least once each 15 seconds, and 
compute and record the average values at least every 60 seconds.
    (4) The span of the non-CEMS CMS detector must not be exceeded. You 
must interlock the span limits into the automatic waste feed cutoff 
system required by Sec. 63.1206(c)(3).
    (5) Calculation of rolling averages--(i) Calculation of rolling 
averages initially. Continuous monitoring systems must begin recording 
one-minute average values by 12:01 a.m., hourly rolling average values 
by 1:01 a.m.(e.g., when 60 one-minute values will be available for 
calculating the initial hourly rolling average), and twelve-hour rolling 
averages by 12:01 p.m.(e.g., when 720 one-minute averages are available 
to calculate a 12-hour rolling average), for those sources that come 
into compliance on the regulatory compliance date. Sources that elect to 
come into compliance before the regulatory compliance date must begin 
recording one-minute, hourly rolling average, and 12-hour rolling 
average values within 60 seconds, 60 minutes (when 60 one-minute values 
will be available for calculating the initial hourly rolling average), 
and 720 minutes (when 720 one-minute values will be available for 
calculating the initial 12-hour hourly rolling average) respectively, 
from the time at which compliance begins.
    (ii) Calculation of rolling averages upon intermittent operations. 
You must ignore periods of time when one-minute values are not available 
for calculating rolling averages. When one-minute values become 
available again, the first one-minute value is added to the previous 
one-minute values to calculate rolling averages.
    (iii) Calculation of rolling averages when the hazardous waste feed 
is cutoff. (A) Except as provided by paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(B) of this 
section, you must continue to monitoring operating parameter limits with 
a CMS when the hazardous waste feed is cutoff if the source is 
operating. You must not resume feeding hazardous waste if an operating 
parameter exceeds its limit.

[[Page 45]]

    (B) You are not subject to the CMS requirements of this subpart 
during periods of time you meet the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1206(b)(1)(ii) (compliance with emissions standards for 
nonhazardous waste burning sources when you are not burning hazardous 
waste).
    (c) Analysis of feedstreams--(1) General. Prior to feeding the 
material, you must obtain an analysis of each feedstream that is 
sufficient to document compliance with the applicable feedrate limits 
provided by this section.
    (2) Feedstream analysis plan. You must develop and implement a 
feedstream analysis plan and record it in the operating record. The plan 
must specify at a minimum:
    (i) The parameters for which you will analyze each feedstream to 
ensure compliance with the operating parameter limits of this section;
    (ii) Whether you will obtain the analysis by performing sampling and 
analysis or by other methods, such as using analytical information 
obtained from others or using other published or documented data or 
information;
    (iii) How you will use the analysis to document compliance with 
applicable feedrate limits (e.g., if you blend hazardous wastes and 
obtain analyses of the wastes prior to blending but not of the blended, 
as-fired, waste, the plan must describe how you will determine the 
pertinent parameters of the blended waste);
    (iv) The test methods which you will use to obtain the analyses;
    (v) The sampling method which you will use to obtain a 
representative sample of each feedstream to be analyzed using sampling 
methods described in appendix I, part 26, of this chapter, or an 
equivalent method; and
    (vi) The frequency with which you will review or repeat the initial 
analysis of the feedstream to ensure that the analysis is accurate and 
up to date.
    (3) Review and approval of analysis plan. You must submit the 
feedstream analysis plan to the Administrator for review and approval, 
if requested.
    (4) Compliance with feedrate limits. To comply with the applicable 
feedrate limits of this section, you must monitor and record feedrates 
as follows:
    (i) Determine and record the value of the parameter for each 
feedstream by sampling and analysis or other method;
    (ii) Determine and record the mass or volume flowrate of each 
feedstream by a CMS. If you determine flowrate of a feedstream by 
volume, you must determine and record the density of the feedstream by 
sampling and analysis (unless you report the constituent concentration 
in units of weight per unit volume (e.g., mg/l)); and
    (iii) Calculate and record the mass feedrate of the parameter per 
unit time.
    (5) Waiver of monitoring of constituents in certain feedstreams. You 
are not required to monitor levels of metals or chlorine in the 
following feedstreams to document compliance with the feedrate limits 
under this section provided that you document in the comprehensive 
performance test plan the expected levels of the constituent in the 
feedstream and account for those assumed feedrate levels in documenting 
compliance with feedrate limits: natural gas, process air, and 
feedstreams from vapor recovery systems.
    (d) Performance evaluations. (1) The requirements of Secs. 63.8(d) 
(Quality control program) and (e) (Performance evaluation of continuous 
monitoring systems) apply, except that you must conduct performance 
evaluations of components of the CMS under the frequency and procedures 
(for example, submittal of performance evaluation test plan for review 
and approval) applicable to performance tests as provided by 
Sec. 63.1207.
    (2) You must comply with the quality assurance procedures for CEMS 
prescribed in the appendix to this subpart.
    (e) Conduct of monitoring. The provisions of Sec. 63.8(b) apply.
    (f) Operation and maintenance of continuous monitoring systems. The 
provisions of Sec. 63.8(c) apply except:
    (1) Section 63.8(c)(3). The requirements of Sec. 63.1211(d), that 
requires CMSs to be installed, calibrated, and operational on the 
compliance date, shall be complied with instead of section 63.8(c)(3);
    (2) Section 63.8(c)(4)(ii). The performance specifications for 
carbon monoxide, hydrocarbon, and oxygen CEMSs in subpart B, part 60 of 
this chapter

[[Page 46]]

that requires detectors to measure the sample concentration at least 
once every 15 seconds for calculating an average emission rate once 
every 60 seconds shall be complied with instead of section 
63.8(c)(4)(ii); and
    (3) Sections 63.8(c)(4)(i), (c)(5), and (c)(7)(i)(C) pertaining to 
COMS apply only to owners and operators of hazardous waste burning 
cement kilns..
    (g) Alternative monitoring requirements other than continuous 
emissions monitoring systems (CEMS)--(1) Requests to use alternative 
methods. (i) You may submit an application to the Administrator under 
this paragraph for approval of alternative monitoring requirements to 
document compliance with the emission standards of this subpart. For 
requests to use additional CEMS, however, you must use paragraph (a)(5) 
of this section and Sec. 63.8(f).
    (A) The Administrator will not approve averaging periods for 
operating parameter limits longer than specified in this section unless 
you document using data or information that the longer averaging period 
will ensure that emissions do not exceed levels achieved during the 
comprehensive performance test over any increment of time equivalent to 
the time required to conduct three runs of the performance test.
    (B) If the Administrator approves the application to use an 
alternative monitoring requirement, you must continue to use that 
alternative monitoring requirement until you receive approval under this 
paragraph to use another monitoring requirement.
    (ii) You may submit an application to waive an operating parameter 
limit specified in this section based on documentation that neither that 
operating parameter limit nor an alternative operating parameter limit 
is needed to ensure compliance with the emission standards of this 
subpart.
    (iii) You must comply with the following procedures for applications 
submitted under paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section:
    (A) Timing of the application. You must submit the application to 
the Administrator not later than with the comprehensive performance test 
plan.
    (B) Content of the application. You must include in the application:
    (1) Data or information justifying your request for an alternative 
monitoring requirement (or for a waiver of an operating parameter 
limit), such as the technical or economic infeasibility or the 
impracticality of using the required approach;
    (2) A description of the proposed alternative monitoring 
requirement, including the operating parameter to be monitored, the 
monitoring approach/technique (e.g., type of detector, monitoring 
location), the averaging period for the limit, and how the limit is to 
be calculated; and
    (3) Data or information documenting that the alternative monitoring 
requirement would provide equivalent or better assurance of compliance 
with the relevant emission standard, or that it is the monitoring 
requirement that best assures compliance with the standard and that is 
technically and economically practicable.
    (C) Approval of request to use an alternative monitoring requirement 
or waive an operating parameter limit. The Administrator will notify you 
of approval or intention to deny approval of the request within 90 
calendar days after receipt of the original request and within 60 
calendar days after receipt of any supplementary information that you 
submit. The Administrator will not approve an alternative monitoring 
request unless the alternative monitoring requirement provides 
equivalent or better assurance of compliance with the relevant emission 
standard, or is the monitoring requirement that best assures compliance 
with the standard and that is technically and economically practicable. 
Before disapproving any request, the Administrator will notify you of 
the Administrator's intention to disapprove the request together with:
    (1) Notice of the information and findings on which the intended 
disapproval is based; and
    (2) Notice of opportunity for you to present additional information 
to the Administrator before final action on the request. At the time the 
Administrator notifies you of intention to disapprove the request, the 
Administrator will specify how much time you will

[[Page 47]]

have after being notified of the intended disapproval to submit the 
additional information.
    (D) Responsibility of owners and operators. You are responsible for 
ensuring that you submit any supplementary and additional information 
supporting your application in a timely manner to enable the 
Administrator to consider your application during review of the 
comprehensive performance test plan. Neither your submittal of an 
application, nor the Administrator's failure to approve or disapprove 
the application, relieves you of the responsibility to comply with the 
provisions of this subpart.
    (2) Administrator's discretion to specify additional or alternative 
requirements. The Administrator may determine on a case-by-case basis at 
any time (e.g., during review of the comprehensive performance test 
plan, during compliance certification review) that you may need to limit 
additional or alternative operating parameters (e.g., opacity in 
addition to or in lieu of operating parameter limits on the particulate 
matter control device) or that alternative approaches to establish 
limits on operating parameters may be necessary to document compliance 
with the emission standards of this subpart.
    (h) Reduction of monitoring data. The provisions of Sec. 63.8(g) 
apply.
    (i) When an operating parameter is applicable to multiple standards. 
Paragraphs (j) through (p) of this section require you to establish 
limits on operating parameters based on comprehensive performance 
testing to ensure you maintain compliance with the emission standards of 
this subpart. For several parameters, you must establish a limit for the 
parameter to ensure compliance with more than one emission standard. An 
example is a limit on minimum combustion chamber temperature to ensure 
compliance with both the DRE standard of paragraph (j) of this section 
and the dioxin/furan standard of paragraph (k) of this section. If the 
performance tests for such standards are not performed simultaneously, 
the most stringent limit for a parameter derived from independent 
performance tests applies.
    (j) DRE. To remain in compliance with the destruction and removal 
efficiency (DRE) standard, you must establish operating limits during 
the comprehensive performance test (or during a previous DRE test under 
provisions of Sec. 63.1206(b)(7)) for the following parameters, unless 
the limits are based on manufacturer specifications, and comply with 
those limits at all times that hazardous waste remains in the combustion 
chamber (i.e., the hazardous waste residence time has not transpired 
since the hazardous waste feed cutoff system was activated):
    (1) Minimum combustion chamber temperature. (i) You must measure the 
temperature of each combustion chamber at a location that best 
represents, as practicable, the bulk gas temperature in the combustion 
zone. You must document the temperature measurement location in the test 
plan you submit under Sec. 63.1207(e);
    (ii) You must establish a minimum hourly rolling average limit as 
the average of the test run averages;
    (2) Maximum flue gas flowrate or production rate. (i) As an 
indicator of gas residence time in the control device, you must 
establish and comply with a limit on the maximum flue gas flowrate, the 
maximum production rate, or another parameter that you document in the 
site-specific test plan as an appropriate surrogate for gas residence 
time, as the average of the maximum hourly rolling averages for each 
run.
    (ii) You must comply with this limit on a hourly rolling average 
basis;
    (3) Maximum hazardous waste feedrate. (i) You must establish limits 
on the maximum pumpable and total (i.e., pumpable and nonpumpable) 
hazardous waste feedrate for each location where hazardous waste is fed.
    (ii) You must establish the limits as the average of the maximum 
hourly rolling averages for each run.
    (iii) You must comply with the feedrate limit(s) on a hourly rolling 
average basis;
    (4) Operation of waste firing system. You must specify operating 
parameters and limits to ensure that good operation of each hazardous 
waste firing system is maintained.

[[Page 48]]

    (k) Dioxins and furans. You must comply with the dioxin and furans 
emission standard by establishing and complying with the following 
operating parameter limits. You must base the limits on operations 
during the comprehensive performance test, unless the limits are based 
on manufacturer specifications.
    (1) Gas temperature at the inlet to a dry particulate matter control 
device. (i) For hazardous waste burning incinerators and cement kilns, 
if the combustor is equipped with an electrostatic precipitator, 
baghouse (fabric filter), or other dry emissions control device where 
particulate matter is suspended in contact with combustion gas, you must 
establish a limit on the maximum temperature of the gas at the inlet to 
the device on an hourly rolling average. You must establish the hourly 
rolling average limit as the average of the test run averages.
    (ii) For hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kilns, you 
must establish a limit on the maximum temperature of the gas at the exit 
of the (last) combustion chamber (or exit of any waste heat recovery 
system) on an hourly rolling average. The limit must be established as 
the average of the test run averages;
    (2) Minimum combustion chamber temperature. (i) You must measure the 
temperature of each combustion chamber at a location that best 
represents, as practicable, the bulk gas temperature in the combustion 
zone. You must document the temperature measurement location in the test 
plan you submit under Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f);
    (ii) You must establish a minimum hourly rolling average limit as 
the average of the test run averages.
    (3) Maximum flue gas flowrate or production rate. (i) As an 
indicator of gas residence time in the control device, you must 
establish and comply with a limit on the maximum flue gas flowrate, the 
maximum production rate, or another parameter that you document in the 
site-specific test plan as an appropriate surrogate for gas residence 
time, as the average of the maximum hourly rolling averages for each 
run.
    (ii) You must comply with this limit on a hourly rolling average 
basis;
    (4) Maximum waste feedrate. (i) You must establish limits on the 
maximum pumpable and total (pumpable and nonpumpable) waste feedrate for 
each location where waste is fed.
    (ii) You must establish the limits as the average of the maximum 
hourly rolling averages for each run.
    (iii) You must comply with the feedrate limit(s) on a hourly rolling 
average basis;
    (5) Particulate matter operating limit. If your combustor is 
equipped with an activated carbon injection or a carbon bed system, you 
must limit particulate matter emissions to the level achieved during the 
comprehensive performance test as prescribed by paragraph (m) of this 
section;
    (6) Activated carbon injection parameter limits. If your combustor 
is equipped with an activated carbon injection system:
    (i) Carbon feedrate. You must establish a limit on minimum carbon 
injection rate on an hourly rolling average calculated as the average of 
the test run averages. If your carbon injection system injects carbon at 
more than one location, you must establish a carbon feedrate limit for 
each location.
    (ii) Carrier fluid. You must establish a limit on minimum carrier 
fluid (gas or liquid) flowrate or pressure drop as an hourly rolling 
average based on the manufacturer's specifications. You must document 
the specifications in the test plan you submit under Secs. 63.1207(e) 
and (f);
    (iii) Carbon specification. (A) You must specify and use the brand 
(i.e., manufacturer) and type of carbon used during the comprehensive 
performance test until a subsequent comprehensive performance test is 
conducted, unless you document in the site-specific performance test 
plan required under Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f) key parameters that affect 
adsorption and establish limits on those parameters based on the carbon 
used in the performance test.
    (B) You may substitute at any time a different brand or type of 
carbon provided that the replacement has equivalent or improved 
properties compared to the carbon used in the performance test and 
conforms to the key sorbent parameters you identify under paragraph 
(k)(6)(iii)(A) of this section. You

[[Page 49]]

must include in the operating record documentation that the substitute 
carbon will provide the same level of control as the original carbon.
    (7) Carbon bed parameter limits. If your combustor is equipped with 
a carbon bed system:
    (i) Maximum bed age. (A) Except as provided by paragraph 
(k)(7)(i)(C) of this section, the maximum age of the carbon in each 
segment of the bed before you must replace the carbon is the age of the 
bed during the comprehensive performance test.
    (B) You must measure carbon age in terms of the cumulative volume of 
combustion gas flow through carbon since its addition. For beds with 
multiple segments, you must establish the maximum age for each segment.
    (C) For the initial comprehensive performance test, you may base the 
initial limit on maximum age of the carbon in each segment of the bed on 
manufacturer's specifications. If you use manufacturer's specifications 
rather than actual bed age to establish the initial limit, you must also 
recommend in the initial comprehensive performance test plan a schedule 
for subsequent dioxin/furan emissions testing, prior to the confirmatory 
performance test, that you will use to document to the Administrator 
that the initial limit on maximum bed age ensures compliance with the 
dioxin/furan emission standard. If you fail to confirm compliance with 
the emission standard during this testing, you must conduct additional 
testing as necessary to document that a revised lower limit on maximum 
bed age ensures compliance with the standard.
    (ii) Carbon specification. (A) You must specify and use the brand 
(i.e., manufacturer) and type of carbon used during the comprehensive 
performance test until a subsequent comprehensive performance test is 
conducted, unless you document in the site-specific performance test 
plan required under Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f) key parameters that affect 
adsorption and establish limits on those parameters based on the carbon 
used in the performance test.
    (B) You may substitute at any time a different brand or type of 
carbon provided that the replacement has equivalent or improved 
properties compared to the carbon used in the performance test. You must 
include in the operating record documentation that the substitute carbon 
will provide an equivalent or improved level of control as the original 
carbon.
    (iii) Maximum temperature. You must measure the temperature of the 
carbon bed at either the bed inlet or exit and you must establish a 
maximum temperature limit on an hourly rolling average as the average of 
the test run averages.
    (8) Catalytic oxidizer parameter limits. If your combustor is 
equipped with a catalytic oxidizer, you must establish limits on the 
following parameters:
    (i) Minimum flue gas temperature at the entrance of the catalyst. 
You must establish a limit on minimum flue gas temperature at the 
entrance of the catalyst on an hourly rolling average as the average of 
the test run averages.
    (ii) mum time in-use. You must replace a catalytic oxidizer with a 
new catalytic oxidizer when it has reached the maximum service time 
specified by the manufacturer.
    (iii) Catalyst replacement specifications. When you replace a 
catalyst with a new one, the new catalyst must be equivalent to or 
better than the one used during the previous comprehensive test, as 
measured by:
    (A) Catalytic metal loading for each metal;
    (B) Space time, expressed in the units s-1, the maximum 
rated volumetric flow of combustion gas through the catalyst divided by 
the volume of the catalyst; and
    (C) Substrate construction, including materials of construction, 
washcoat type, and pore density.
    (iv) Maximum flue gas temperature. You must establish a maximum flue 
gas temperature limit at the entrance of the catalyst as an hourly 
rolling average, based on manufacturer's specifications.
    (9) Inhibitor feedrate parameter limits. If you feed a dioxin/furan 
inhibitor into the combustion system, you must establish limits for the 
following parameters:
    (i) Minimum inhibitor feedrate. You must establish a limit on 
minimum inhibitor feedrate on an hourly rolling

[[Page 50]]

average as the average of the test run averages.
    (ii) Inhibitor specifications. (A) You must specify and use the 
brand (i.e., manufacturer) and type of inhibitor used during the 
comprehensive performance test until a subsequent comprehensive 
performance test is conducted, unless you document in the site-specific 
performance test plan required under Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f) key 
parameters that affect the effectiveness of the inhibitor and establish 
limits on those parameters based on the inhibitor used in the 
performance test.
    (B) You may substitute at any time a different brand or type of 
inhibitor provided that the replacement has equivalent or improved 
properties compared to the inhibitor used in the performance test and 
conforms to the key parameters you identify under paragraph 
(k)(9)(ii)(A) of this section. You must include in the operating record 
documentation that the substitute inhibitor will provide the same level 
of control as the original inhibitor.
    (l) Mercury. You must comply with the mercury emission standard by 
establishing and complying with the following operating parameter 
limits. You must base the limits on operations during the comprehensive 
performance test, unless the limits are based on manufacturer 
specifications.
    (1) Feedrate of total mercury. You must establish a 12-hour rolling 
average limit for the total feedrate of mercury in all feedstreams as 
the average of the test run averages, unless mercury feedrate limits are 
extrapolated from performance test feedrate levels under the following 
provisions.
    (i) You may request as part of the performance test plan under 
Secs. 63.7(b) and (c) and Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f) to use the mercury 
feedrates and associated emission rates during the comprehensive 
performance test to extrapolate to higher allowable feedrate limits and 
emission rates.
    (ii) The extrapolation methodology will be reviewed and approved, as 
warranted, by the Administrator. The review will consider in particular 
whether:
    (A) Performance test metal feedrates are appropriate (i.e., whether 
feedrates are at least at normal levels; depending on the heterogeneity 
of the waste, whether some level of spiking would be appropriate; and 
whether the physical form and species of spiked material is 
appropriate); and
    (B) Whether the extrapolated feedrates you request are warranted 
considering historical metal feedrate data.
    (iii) The Administrator will review the performance test results in 
making a finding of compliance required by Secs. 63.6(f)(3) and 
63.1206(b)(3) to ensure that you have interpreted emission test results 
properly and that the extrapolation procedure is appropriate for your 
source.
    (2) Wet scrubber. If your combustor is equipped with a wet scrubber, 
you must establish operating parameter limits prescribed by paragraph 
(o)(3) of this section.
    (3) Activated carbon injection. If your combustor is equipped with 
an activated carbon injection system, you must establish operating 
parameter limits prescribed by paragraph (k)(6) of this section.
    (4) Activated carbon bed. If your combustor is equipped with a 
carbon bed system, you must establish operating parameter limits 
prescribed by paragraph (k)(7) of this section.
    (m) Particulate matter. You must comply with the particulate matter 
emission standard by establishing and complying with the following 
operating parameter limits. You must base the limits on operations 
during the comprehensive performance test, unless the limits are based 
on manufacturer specifications.
    (1) Control device operating parameter limits (OPLs). (i) Wet 
scrubbers. For sources equipped with wet scrubbers, including ionizing 
wet scrubbers, high energy wet scrubbers such as venturi, hydrosonic, 
collision, or free jet wet scrubbers, and low energy wet scrubbers such 
as spray towers, packed beds, or tray towers, you must establish limits 
on the following parameters:
    (A) For high energy scrubbers only, minimum pressure drop across the 
wet scrubber on an hourly rolling average, established as the average of 
the test run averages;
    (B) For all wet scrubbers:

[[Page 51]]

    (1) To ensure that the solids content of the scrubber liquid does 
not exceed levels during the performance test, you must either:
    (i) Establish a limit on solids content of the scrubber liquid using 
a CMS or by manual sampling and analysis. If you elect to monitor solids 
content manually, you must sample and analyze the scrubber liquid hourly 
unless you support an alternative monitoring frequency in the 
performance test plan that you submit for review and approval; or
    (ii) Establish a minimum blowdown rate using a CMS and either a 
minimum scrubber tank volume or liquid level using a CMS.
    (2) For maximum solids content monitored with a CMS, you must 
establish a limit on a twelve-hour rolling average as the average of the 
test run averages.
    (3) For maximum solids content measured manually, you must establish 
an hourly limit, as measured at least once per hour, unless you support 
an alternative monitoring frequency in the performance test plan that 
you submit for review and approval. You must establish the maximum 
hourly limit as the average of the manual measurement averages for each 
run.
    (4) For minimum blowdown rate and either a minimum scrubber tank 
volume or liquid level using a CMS, you must establish a limit on an 
hourly rolling average as the average of the test run averages.
    (C) For high energy wet scrubbers only, you must establish limits on 
either the minimum liquid to gas ratio or the minimum scrubber water 
flowrate and maximum flue gas flowrate on an hourly rolling average. If 
you establish limits on maximum flue gas flowrate under this paragraph, 
you need not establish a limit on maximum flue gas flowrate under 
paragraph (m)(2) of this section. You must establish these hourly 
rolling average limits as the average of the test run averages; and
    (D) You must establish limits on minimum power input for ionizing 
wet scrubbers on an hourly rolling average as the average of the test 
run averages.
    (ii)--(iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) Other particulate matter control devices. For each control 
device that is not a high energy or ionizing wet scrubber, baghouse, or 
electrostatic precipitator but is operated to comply with the 
particulate matter emission standards of this subpart, you must ensure 
that the control device is properly operated and maintained as required 
by Sec. 63.1206(c)(7) and by monitoring the operation of the control 
device as follows:
    (A) During each comprehensive performance test conducted to 
demonstrate compliance with the particulate matter emissions standard, 
you must establish a range of operating values for the control device 
that is a representative and reliable indicator that the control device 
is operating within the same range of conditions as during the 
performance test. You must establish this range of operating values as 
follows:
    (1) You must select a set of operating parameters appropriate for 
the control device design that you determine to be a representative and 
reliable indicator of the control device performance.
    (2) You must measure and record values for each of the selected 
operating parameters during each test run of the performance test. A 
value for each selected parameter must be recorded using a continuous 
monitor.
    (3) For each selected operating parameter measured in accordance 
with the requirements of paragraph (m)(1)(iv)(A)(1) of this section, you 
must establish a minimum operating parameter limit or a maximum 
operating parameter limit, as appropriate for the parameter, to define 
the operating limits within which the control device can operate and 
still continuously achieve the same operating conditions as during the 
performance test.
    (4) You must prepare written documentation to support the operating 
parameter limits established for the control device and you must include 
this documentation in the performance test plan that you submit for 
review and approval. This documentation must include a description for 
each selected parameter and the operating range and monitoring frequency 
required to ensure the control device is being properly operated and 
maintained.

[[Page 52]]

    (B) You must install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a monitoring 
device equipped with a recorder to measure the values for each operating 
parameter selected in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 
(m)(1)(iv)(A)(1) of this section. You must install, calibrate, and 
maintain the monitoring equipment in accordance with the equipment 
manufacturer's specifications. The recorder must record the detector 
responses at least every 60 seconds, as required in the definition of 
continuous monitor.
    (C) You must regularly inspect the data recorded by the operating 
parameter monitoring system at a sufficient frequency to ensure the 
control device is operating properly. An excursion is determined to have 
occurred any time that the actual value of a selected operating 
parameter is less than the minimum operating limit (or, if applicable, 
greater than the maximum operating limit) established for the parameter 
in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (m)(1)(iv)(A)(3) of 
this section.
    (D) Operating parameters selected in accordance with paragraph 
(m)(1)(iv) of this section may be based on manufacturer specifications 
provided you support the use of manufacturer specifications in the 
performance test plan that you submit for review and approval.
    (2) Maximum flue gas flowrate or production rate. (i) As an 
indicator of gas residence time in the control device, you must 
establish a limit on the maximum flue gas flowrate, the maximum 
production rate, or another parameter that you document in the site-
specific test plan as an appropriate surrogate for gas residence time, 
as the average of the maximum hourly rolling averages for each run.
    (ii) You must comply with this limit on a hourly rolling average 
basis;
    (3) Maximum ash feedrate. Owners and operators of hazardous waste 
incinerators must establish a maximum ash feedrate limit as the average 
of the test run averages.
    (n) Semivolatile metals and low volatility metals. You must comply 
with the semivolatile metal (cadmium and lead) and low volatile metal 
(arsenic, beryllium, and chromium) emission standards by establishing 
and complying with the following operating parameter limits. You must 
base the limits on operations during the comprehensive performance test, 
unless the limits are based on manufacturer specifications.
    (1) Maximum inlet temperature to dry particulate matter air 
pollution control device. You must establish a limit on the maximum 
inlet temperature to the primary dry metals emissions control device 
(e.g., electrostatic precipitator, baghouse) on an hourly rolling 
average basis as the average of the test run averages.
    (2) Maximum feedrate of semivolatile and low volatile metals. (i) 
General. You must establish feedrate limits for semivolatile metals 
(cadmium and lead) and low volatile metals (arsenic, beryllium, and 
chromium) as follows, except as provided by paragraph (n)(2)(ii) of this 
section:
    (A) You must establish a 12-hour rolling average limit for the 
feedrate of cadmium and lead, combined, in all feedstreams as the 
average of the test run averages;
    (B) You must establish a 12-hour rolling average limit for the 
feedrate of arsenic, beryllium, and chromium, combined, in all 
feedstreams as the average of the test run averages; and
    (C) You must establish a 12-hour rolling average limit for the 
feedrate of arsenic, beryllium, and chromium, combined, in all pumpable 
feedstreams as the average of the test run averages. Dual feedrate 
limits for both pumpable and total feedstreams are not required, 
however, if you base the total feedrate limit solely on the feedrate of 
pumpable feedstreams.
    (ii) Feedrate extrapolation. (A) You may request as part of the 
performance test plan under Secs. 63.7(b) and (c) and Secs. 63.1207(e) 
and (f) to use the semivolatile metal and low volatile metal feedrates 
and associated emission rates during the comprehensive performance test 
to extrapolate to higher allowable feedrate limits and emission rates.
    (B) The extrapolation methodology will be reviewed and approved, as 
warranted, by the Administrator. The review will consider in particular 
whether:
    (1) Performance test metal feedrates are appropriate (i.e., whether 
feedrates

[[Page 53]]

are at least at normal levels; depending on the heterogeneity of the 
waste, whether some level of spiking would be appropriate; and whether 
the physical form and species of spiked material is appropriate); and
    (2) Whether the extrapolated feedrates you request are warranted 
considering historical metal feedrate data.
    (C) The Administrator will review the performance test results in 
making a finding of compliance required by Secs. 63.6(f)(3) and 
63.1206(b)(3) to ensure that you have interpreted emission test results 
properly and that the extrapolation procedure is appropriate for your 
source.
    (3) Control device operating parameter limits (OPLs). You must 
establish operating parameter limits on the particulate matter control 
device as specified by paragraph (m)(1) of this section;
    (4) Maximum total chlorine and chloride feedrate. You must establish 
a 12-hour rolling average limit for the feedrate of total chlorine and 
chloride in all feedstreams as the average of the test run averages.
    (5) Maximum flue gas flowrate or production rate. (i) As an 
indicator of gas residence time in the control device, you must 
establish a limit on the maximum flue gas flowrate, the maximum 
production rate, or another parameter that you document in the site-
specific test plan as an appropriate surrogate for gas residence time, 
as the average of the maximum hourly rolling averages for each run.
    (ii) You must comply with this limit on a hourly rolling average 
basis.
    (o) Hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas. You must comply with the 
hydrogen chloride and chlorine gas emission standard by establishing and 
complying with the following operating parameter limits. You must base 
the limits on operations during the comprehensive performance test, 
unless the limits are based on manufacturer specifications.
    (1) Feedrate of total chlorine and chloride. You must establish a 
12-hour rolling average limit for the total feedrate of chlorine 
(organic and inorganic) in all feedstreams as the average of the test 
run averages.
    (2) Maximum flue gas flowrate or production rate. (i) As an 
indicator of gas residence time in the control device, you must 
establish a limit on the maximum flue gas flowrate, the maximum 
production rate, or another parameter that you document in the site-
specific test plan as an appropriate surrogate for gas residence time, 
as the average of the maximum hourly rolling averages for each run.
    (ii) You must comply with this limit on a hourly rolling average 
basis;
    (3) Wet scrubber. If your combustor is equipped with a wet scrubber:
    (i) If your source is equipped with a high energy wet scrubber such 
as a venturi, hydrosonic, collision, or free jet wet scrubber, you must 
establish a limit on minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber on an 
hourly rolling average as the average of the test run averages;
    (ii) If your source is equipped with a low energy wet scrubber such 
as a spray tower, packed bed, or tray tower, you must establish a 
minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber based on manufacturer's 
specifications. You must comply with the limit on an hourly rolling 
average;
    (iii) If your source is equipped with a low energy wet scrubber, you 
must establish a limit on minimum liquid feed pressure to the wet 
scrubber based on manufacturer's specifications. You must comply with 
the limit on an hourly rolling average;
    (iv) You must establish a limit on minimum pH on an hourly rolling 
average as the average of the test run averages;
    (v) You must establish limits on either the minimum liquid to gas 
ratio or the minimum scrubber water flowrate and maximum flue gas 
flowrate on an hourly rolling average as the average of the test run 
averages. If you establish limits on maximum flue gas flowrate under 
this paragraph, you need not establish a limit on maximum flue gas 
flowrate under paragraph (o)(2) of this section; and
    (vi) You must establish a limit on minimum power input for ionizing 
wet scrubbers on an hourly rolling average as the average of the test 
run averages.
    (4) Dry scrubber. If your combustor is equipped with a dry scrubber, 
you must

[[Page 54]]

establish the following operating parameter limits:
    (i) Minimum sorbent feedrate. You must establish a limit on minimum 
sorbent feedrate on an hourly rolling average as the average of the test 
run averages.
    (ii) Minimum carrier fluid flowrate or nozzle pressure drop. You 
must establish a limit on minimum carrier fluid (gas or liquid) flowrate 
or nozzle pressure drop based on manufacturer's specifications.
    (iii) Sorbent specifications. (A) You must specify and use the brand 
(i.e., manufacturer) and type of sorbent used during the comprehensive 
performance test until a subsequent comprehensive performance test is 
conducted, unless you document in the site-specific performance test 
plan required under Secs. 63.1207(e) and (f) key parameters that affect 
adsorption and establish limits on those parameters based on the sorbent 
used in the performance test.
    (B) You may substitute at any time a different brand or type of 
sorbent provided that the replacement has equivalent or improved 
properties compared to the sorbent used in the performance test and 
conforms to the key sorbent parameters you identify under paragraph 
(o)(4)(iii)(A) of this section. You must record in the operating record 
documentation that the substitute sorbent will provide the same level of 
control as the original sorbent.
    (p) Maximum combustion chamber pressure. If you comply with the 
requirements for combustion system leaks under Sec. 63.1206(c)(5) by 
maintaining the maximum combustion chamber zone pressure lower than 
ambient pressure, you must monitor the pressure instantaneously and the 
automatic waste feed cutoff system must be engaged when negative 
pressure is not maintained at any time.
    (q) Operating under different modes of operation. If you operate 
under different modes of operation, you must establish operating 
parameter limits for each mode. You must document in the operating 
record when you change a mode of operation and begin complying with the 
operating parameter limits for an alternative mode of operation. You 
must begin calculating rolling averages anew (i.e., without considering 
previous recordings) when you begin complying with the operating 
parameter limits for the alternative mode of operation.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42300, July 10, 2000; 
65 FR 67271, Nov. 9, 2000; 66 FR 24272, May 14, 2001]

                Notification, Reporting and Recordkeeping



Sec. 63.1210  What are the notification requirements?

    (a) Summary of requirements. (1) You must submit the following 
notifications to the Administrator:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Reference                           Notification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.9(b)......................  Initial notifications that you are
                                subject to Subpart EEE of this Part.
63.9(d)......................  Notification that you are subject to
                                special compliance requirements.
63.1207(e), 63.9(e)            Notification of performance test and
 63.9(g)(1) and (3).            continuous monitoring system evaluation,
                                including the performance test plan and
                                CMS performance evaluation plan.\1\
63.1210(d), 63.1207(j),        Notification of compliance, including
 63.9(h), 63.10(d)(2),          results of performance tests and
 63.10(e)(2).                   continuous monitoring system performance
                                evaluations.
63.1206(b)(6)................  Notification of changes in design,
                                operation, or maintenance.
63.9(j)......................  Notification and documentation of any
                                change in information already provided
                                under Sec.  63.9.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ You may also be required on a case-by-case basis to submit a
  feedstream analysis plan under Sec.  63.1209(c)(3).

    (2) You must submit the following notifications to the Administrator 
if you request or elect to comply with alternative requirements:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Notification, request, petition, or
          Reference                           application
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1206(b)(5), 63.1213,        You may request an extension of the
 63.6(i), 63.9(c).              compliance date for up to one year.
63.9(i)......................  You may request an adjustment to time
                                periods or postmark deadlines for
                                submittal and review of required
                                information.

[[Page 55]]

 
63.1209(g)(1)................  You may request approval of: (1)
                                alternative monitoring methods, except
                                for standards that you must monitor with
                                a continuous emission monitoring system
                                (CEMS) and except for requests to use a
                                CEMS in lieu of operating parameter
                                limits; or (2) a waiver of an operating
                                parameter limit.
63.1209(a)(5), 63.8(f).......  You may request: (1) approval of
                                alternative monitoring methods for
                                compliance with standards that are
                                monitored with a CEMS; and (2) approval
                                to use a CEMS in lieu of operating
                                parameter limits.
63.1204(d)(4)................  Notification that you elect to comply
                                with the emission averaging requirements
                                for cement kilns with in-line raw mills.
63.1204(e)(4)................  Notification that you elect to comply
                                with the emission averaging requirements
                                for preheater or preheater/precalciner
                                kilns with dual stacks.
63.1206(b)(1)(ii)(A).........  Notification that you elect to document
                                compliance with all applicable
                                requirements and standards promulgated
                                under authority of the Clean Air Act,
                                including Sections 112 and 129, in lieu
                                of the requirements of Subpart EEE of
                                this Part when not burning hazardous
                                waste.
63.1206(b)(5)(i)(C)(2).......  You may request to burn hazardous waste
                                for more than 720 hours and for purposes
                                other than testing or pretesting after a
                                making a change in the design or
                                operation that could affect compliance
                                with emission standards and prior to
                                submitting a revised Notification of
                                Compliance.
63.1206(b)(9)(iii)(B)........  If you elect to conduct particulate
                                matter CEMS correlation testing and wish
                                to have federal particulate matter and
                                opacity standards and associated
                                operating limits waived during the
                                testing, you must notify the
                                Administrator by submitting the
                                correlation test plan for review and
                                approval.
63.1206(b)(10)...............  Owners and operators of lightweight
                                aggregate kilns may request approval of
                                alternative emission standards for
                                mercury, semivolatile metal, low
                                volatile metal, and hydrochloric acid/
                                chlorine gas under certain conditions.
63.1206(b)(11)...............  Owners and operators of cement kilns may
                                request approval of alternative emission
                                standards for mercury, semivolatile
                                metal, low volatile metal, and
                                hydrochloric acid/chlorine gas under
                                certain conditions.
63.1206(b)(14)...............  Owners and operators of incinerators may
                                comply with an alternative particulate
                                matter standard of 68 mg/dscm, corrected
                                to 7% oxygen, under a petition
                                documenting de minimis metals levels in
                                feedstreams.
63.1207(c)(2)................  You may request to base initial
                                compliance on data in lieu of a
                                comprehensive performance test.
63.1207(d)(3)................  You may request more than 60 days to
                                complete a performance test if
                                additional time is needed for reasons
                                beyond your control.
63.1207(i)...................  You may request up to a one-year time
                                extension for conducting a performance
                                test (other than the initial
                                comprehensive performance test) to
                                consolidate testing with other state or
                                federally-required testing.
63.1207(j)(4)................  You may request more than 90 days to
                                submit a Notification of Compliance
                                after completing a performance test if
                                additional time is needed for reasons
                                beyond your control.
63.1207(l)(3)................  After failure of a performance test, you
                                may request to burn hazardous waste for
                                more than 720 hours and for purposes
                                other than testing or pretesting.
63.1209(l)(1)................  You may request to extrapolate mercury
                                feedrate limits.
63.1209(n)(2)(ii)............  You may request to extrapolate
                                semivolatile and low volatile metal
                                feedrate limits.
63.10(e)(3)(ii)..............  You may request to reduce the frequency
                                of excess emissions and CMS performance
                                reports.
63.10(f).....................  You may request to waive recordkeeping or
                                reporting requirements.
63.1211(e)...................  You may request to use data compression
                                techniques to record data on a less
                                frequent basis than required by Sec.
                                63.1209.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Notification of compliance. (1) The Notification of Compliance 
status requirements of Sec. 63.9(h) apply, except that:
    (i) The notification is a Notification of Compliance, rather than 
compliance status;
    (ii) The notification is required for the initial comprehensive 
performance test and each subsequent comprehensive and confirmatory 
performance test; and
    (iii) You must postmark the notification before the close of 
business on the 90th day following completion of relevant compliance 
demonstration activity specified in this subpart rather than the 60th 
day as required by Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii).
    (2) Upon postmark of the Notification of Compliance, the operating 
parameter limits identified in the Notification of Compliance, as 
applicable, shall be complied with, the limits identified in the 
Documentation of Compliance or a previous Notification of Compliance are 
no longer applicable.

[[Page 56]]

    (3) The Notification of Compliance requirements of Sec. 63.1207(j) 
also apply.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 63211, Nov. 19, 1999; 
65 FR 42301, July 10, 2000; 66 FR 24272, May 14, 2001]



Sec. 63.1211  What are the recordkeeping and reporting requirements?

    (a) Summary of reporting requirements. You must submit the following 
reports to the Administrator:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Reference                              Report
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1211(b)...................  Compliance progress report associated and
                                submitted with the notification of
                                intent to comply.
63.10(d)(4)..................  Compliance progress reports, if required
                                as a condition of an extension of the
                                compliance date granted under Sec.
                                63.6(i).
63.1206(c)(3)(vi)............  Excessive exceedances reports.
63.1206(c)(4)(iv)............  Emergency safety vent opening reports.
63.10(d)(5)(i)...............  Periodic startup, shutdown, and
                                malfunction reports.
63.10(d)(5)(ii)..............  Immediate startup, shutdown, and
                                malfunction reports.
63.10(e)(3)..................  Excessive emissions and continuous
                                monitoring system performance report and
                                summary report.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Summary of recordkeeping requirements. You must retain the 
following in the operating record:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Reference                  Document, data, or information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1201(a), 63.10(b) and (c).  General. Information required to document
                                and maintain compliance with the
                                regulations of this Subpart EEE,
                                including data recorded by continuous
                                monitoring systems (CMS), and copies of
                                all notifications, reports, plans, and
                                other documents submitted to the
                                Administrator.
63.1211(d)...................  Documentation of compliance.
63.1206(c)(3)(vii)...........  Documentation and results of the
                                automatic waste feed cutoff operability
                                testing.
63.1209(c)(2)................  Feedstream analysis plan.
63.1204(d)(3)................  Documentation of compliance with the
                                emission averaging requirements for
                                cement kilns with in-line raw mills.
63.1204(e)(3)................  Documentation of compliance with the
                                emission averaging requirements for
                                preheater or preheater/precalciner kilns
                                with dual stacks.
63.1206(b)(1)(ii)(B).........  If you elect to comply with all
                                applicable requirements and standards
                                promulgated under authority of the Clean
                                Air Act, including Sections 112 and 129,
                                in lieu of the requirements of this
                                Subpart EEE when not burning hazardous
                                waste, you must document in the
                                operating record that you are in
                                compliance with those requirements.
63.1206(c)(2)................  Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan.
63.1206(c)(3)(v).............  Corrective measures for any automatic
                                waste feed cutoff that results in an
                                exceedance of an emission standard or
                                operating parameter limit.
63.1206(c)(4)(ii)............  Emergency safety vent operating plan.
63.1206(c)(4)(iii)...........  Corrective measures for any emergency
                                safety vent opening.
63.1206(c)(5)(ii)............  Method used for control of combustion
                                system leaks.
63.1206(c)(6)................  Operator training and certification
                                program.
63.1206(c)(7)(i)(D)..........  Operation and maintenance plan.
63.1209(k)(6)(iii),            Documentation that a substitute activated
 63.1209(k)(7)(ii),             carbon, dioxin/furan formation reaction
 63.1209(k)(9)(ii),             inhibitor, or dry scrubber sorbent will
 63.1209(o)(4)(iii).            provide the same level of control as the
                                original material.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Documentation of compliance. (1) By the compliance date, you 
must develop and include in the operating record a Documentation of 
Compliance.
    (2) The Documentation of Compliance must identify the applicable 
emission standards under this subpart and the limits on the operating 
parameters under Sec. 63.1209 that will ensure compliance with those 
emission standards.
    (3) You must include a signed and dated certification in the 
Documentation of Compliance that:
    (i) Required CEMs and CMS are installed, calibrated, and 
continuously operating in compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart; and
    (ii) Based on an engineering evaluation prepared under your 
direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure 
that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information 
and supporting documentation, and considering at a minimum the design, 
operation, and maintenance characteristics of the combustor and 
emissions control

[[Page 57]]

equipment, the types, quantities, and characteristics of feedstreams, 
and available emissions data:
    (A) You are in compliance with the emission standards of this 
subpart; and
    (B) The limits on the operating parameters under Sec. 63.1209 ensure 
compliance with the emission standards of this subpart.
    (4) You must comply with the emission standards and operating 
parameter limits specified in the Documentation of Compliance.
    (d) Data compression. You may submit a written request to the 
Administrator for approval to use data compression techniques to record 
data from CMS, including CEMS, on a frequency less than that required by 
Sec. 63.1209. You must submit the request for review and approval as 
part of the comprehensive performance test plan.
    (1) You must record a data value at least once each ten minutes.
    (2) For each CEMS or operating parameter for which you request to 
use data compression techniques, you must recommend:
    (i) A fluctuation limit that defines the maximum permissible 
deviation of a new data value from a previously generated value without 
requiring you to revert to recording each one-minute value.
    (A) If you exceed a fluctuation limit, you must record each one-
minute value for a period of time not less than ten minutes.
    (B) If neither the fluctuation limit nor the data compression limit 
are exceeded during that period of time, you may reinitiate recording 
data values on a frequency of at least once each ten minutes; and
    (ii) A data compression limit defined as the closest level to an 
operating parameter limit or emission standard at which reduced data 
recording is allowed.
    (A) Within this level and the operating parameter limit or emission 
standard, you must record each one-minute average.
    (B) The data compression limit should reflect a level at which you 
are unlikely to exceed the specific operating parameter limit or 
emission standard, considering its averaging period, with the addition 
of a new one-minute average.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 63212, Nov. 19, 1999; 
65 FR 42301, July 10, 2000; 66 FR 24272, May 14, 2001]

                                  Other



Sec. 63.1213  How can the compliance date be extended to install pollution prevention or waste minimization controls?

    (a) Applicability. You may request from the Administrator or State 
with an approved Title V program an extension of the compliance data of 
up to one year. An extension may be granted if you can reasonably 
document that the installation of pollution prevention or waste 
minimization measures will significantly reduce the amount and/or 
toxicity of hazardous wastes entering the feedstream(s) of the hazardous 
waste combustor(s), and that you could not install the necessary control 
measures and comply with the emission standards and operating 
requirements of this subpart within three years after their effective 
date.
    (b) Requirements for requesting an extension. (1) You must make your 
requests for a (up to) one-year extension in writing, and it must be 
received not later than 12 months before the compliance date. The 
request must contain the following information:
    (i) A description of pollution prevention or waste minimization 
controls that, when installed, will significantly reduce the amount and/
or toxicity of hazardous wastes entering the feedstream(s) of the 
hazardous waste combustor(s). Pollution prevention or waste minimization 
measures may include: equipment or technology modifications, 
reformulation or redesign of products, substitution of raw materials, 
improvements in work practices, maintenance, training, inventory 
control, or recycling practices conducted as defined in Sec. 261.1(c) of 
this chapter;
    (ii) A description of other pollution controls to be installed that 
are necessary to comply with the emission standards and operating 
requirements;
    (iii) A reduction goal or estimate of the annual reductions in 
quantity and/or toxicity of hazardous waste(s) entering combustion 
feedstream(s) that you

[[Page 58]]

will achieve by installing the proposed pollution prevention or waste 
minimization measures;
    (iv) A comparison of reductions in the amounts and/or toxicity of 
hazardous wastes combusted after installation of pollution prevention or 
waste minimization measures to the amounts and/or toxicity of hazardous 
wastes combusted prior to the installation of these measures. If the 
difference is less than a fifteen percent reduction, include a 
comparison to pollution prevention and waste minimization reductions 
recorded during the previous five years;
    (v) Reasonable documentation that installation of the pollution 
prevention or waste minimization changes will not result in a net 
increase (except for documented increases in production) of hazardous 
constituents released to the environment through other emissions, wastes 
or effluents;
    (vi) Reasonable documentation that the design and installation of 
waste minimization and other measures that are necessary for compliance 
with the emission standards and operating requirements of this subpart 
cannot otherwise be installed within the three year compliance period, 
and
    (vii) The information required in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(B) through (D).
    (2) You may enclose documentation prepared under an existing State-
required pollution prevention program that contains the information 
prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section with a request for extension 
in lieu of complying with the time extension requirements of that 
paragraph.
    (c) Approval of request for extension of compliance date. Based on 
the information provided in any request made under paragraph (a) of this 
section, the Administrator or State with an approved title V program may 
grant an extension of the compliance date of this subpart. The extension 
will be in writing in accordance with Secs. 63.6(i)(10)(i) through 
63.6(i)(10)(v)(A).

                      Table 1 to Subpart EEE.--General Provisions Applicable to Subpart EEE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Reference                Applies to Subparts EEE                     Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1................................  Yes.....................
63.2................................  Yes.....................
63.3................................  Yes.....................
63.4................................  Yes.....................
63.5................................  Yes.....................
63.6(a), (b), (c), and (d)..........  Yes.....................
63.6(e).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1206(b)(1) and (c)(2)(ii)
                                                                 require compliance with the emission standards
                                                                 during startup, shutdown, and malfunction if
                                                                 hazardous waste is burned or remains in the
                                                                 combustion chamber during those periods of
                                                                 operation.
63.6(f)(1)..........................  Yes.....................  Same exception that applies to Sec.  63.6(e).
63.6(f)(2)..........................  Yes.....................  Except that the performance test requirements of
                                                                 Sec.  63.1207 apply instead of Sec.
                                                                 63.6(f)(2)(iii)(B).
63.6(f)(3)..........................  Yes.....................
63.6(g).............................  Yes.....................
63.6(h).............................  Yes.....................  Except only cement kilns are subject to an
                                                                 opacity standard, and Sec.  63.1206(b)(1)
                                                                 requires compliance with the opacity standard
                                                                 at all times that hazardous waste is in the
                                                                 combustion chamber.
63.6(i).............................  Yes.....................  Section Sec.  63.1213 specifies that the
                                                                 compliance date may also be extended for
                                                                 inability to install necessary emission control
                                                                 equipment by the compliance date because of
                                                                 implementation of pollution prevention or waste
                                                                 minimization controls.
63.6(j).............................  Yes.....................
63.7(a).............................  Yes.....................
63.7(b).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1207(e) requires you to submit
                                                                 the site-specific test plan for approval at
                                                                 least one year before the comprehensive
                                                                 performance test is scheduled to begin.
63.7(c).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1207(e) requires you to submit
                                                                 the site-specific test plan (including the
                                                                 quality assurance provisions under Sec.
                                                                 63.7(c)) for approval at least one year before
                                                                 the comprehensive performance test is scheduled
                                                                 to begin.
63.7(d).............................  Yes.....................

[[Page 59]]

 
63.7(e).............................  Yes.....................  Except: (1) Sec.  63.1207 prescribes operations
                                                                 during performance testing; (2) Sec.  63.1209
                                                                 specifies operating limits that will be
                                                                 established during performance testing (such
                                                                 that testing is likely to be representative of
                                                                 the extreme range of normal performance); and
                                                                 (3) Secs.  63.1206(b)(1) and (c)(2) require
                                                                 compliance with the emission standards during
                                                                 startup, shutdown, and malfunction if hazardous
                                                                 waste is burned or remains in the combustion
                                                                 chamber during those periods of operation.
63.7(f).............................  Yes.....................
63.7(g).............................  Yes.....................  Except that Sec.  63.1207(j) requiring the
                                                                 results of the performance test (and the
                                                                 notification of compliance) to be submitted
                                                                 within 90 days of completing the test, unless
                                                                 the Administrator grants a time extension,
                                                                 applies instead of Sec.  63.7(g)(1).
63.7(h).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1207(c)(2) allows data in lieu
                                                                 of the initial comprehensive performance test,
                                                                 and Sec.  63.1207(m) provides a waiver of
                                                                 certain performance tests. You must submit
                                                                 requests for these waivers with the site-
                                                                 specific test plan.
63.8(a) and (b).....................  Yes.....................
63.8(c).............................  Yes.....................  Except: (1) Sec.  63.1211(d) that requires CMS
                                                                 to be installed, calibrated, and operational on
                                                                 the compliance date applies instead of Sec.
                                                                 63.8(c)(3); (2) the performance specifications
                                                                 for CO, HC, and O2 CEMS in subpart B, part 60,
                                                                 of this chapter requiring that the detectors
                                                                 measure the sample concentration at least once
                                                                 every 15 seconds for calculating an average
                                                                 emission level once every 60 seconds apply
                                                                 instead of Sec.  63.8(c)(4)(ii); and (3) Secs.
                                                                 63.8(c)(4)(i), (c)(5), and (c)(7)(i)(C)
                                                                 pertaining to COMS apply only to cement kilns.
63.8(d).............................  Yes.....................
63.8(e).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1207(e) requiring sources to
                                                                 submit the site-specific comprehensive
                                                                 performance test plan and the CMS performance
                                                                 evaluation plan for approval at least one year
                                                                 prior to the planned test date applies instead
                                                                 of Secs.  63.8(e)(2) and (3)(iii).
63.8(f).............................  Yes.....................
63.8(g).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.8(g)(2) regarding data reduction
                                                                 for COMS applies only to cement kilns.
63.9(a).............................  Yes.....................
63.9(b).............................  Yes.....................  Note: Section 63.9(b)(1)(ii) pertains to
                                                                 notification requirements for area sources that
                                                                 become a major source, and Sec.  93.9(b)(2)(v)
                                                                 requires a major source determination. Although
                                                                 area sources are subject to all provisions of
                                                                 this subpart (Subpart EEE), these sections
                                                                 nonetheless apply because the major source
                                                                 determination may affect the applicability of
                                                                 part 63 standards or title V permit
                                                                 requirements to other sources (i.e., other than
                                                                 a hazardous waste combustor) of hazardous air
                                                                 pollutants at the facility.
63.9(c) and (d).....................  Yes.....................
63.9(e).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1207(e) which requires the
                                                                 comprehensive performance test plan to be
                                                                 submitted for approval one year prior to the
                                                                 planned performance test date applies instead
                                                                 of Sec.  63.9(e).
63.9(f).............................  No......................
63.9(g).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.9(g)(2) pertaining to COMS does
                                                                 not apply.
63.9(h).............................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1207(j) requiring the
                                                                 notification of compliance to be submitted
                                                                 within 90 days of completing a performance test
                                                                 unless the Administrator grants a time
                                                                 extension applies instead of Sec.
                                                                 63.9(h)(2)(ii). Note: Even though area sources
                                                                 are subject to this subpart, the major source
                                                                 determination required by Sec.
                                                                 63.9(h)(2)(i)(E) is applicable to hazardous
                                                                 waste combustors for the reasons discussed
                                                                 above.
63.9(i) and (j).....................  Yes.....................
63.10...............................  Yes.....................  Except reports of performance test results
                                                                 required under Sec.  63.10(d)(2) may be
                                                                 submitted up to 90 days after completion of the
                                                                 test.
63.11...............................  No......................
63.12-63.15.........................  Yes.....................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Appendix to Subpart EEE of Part 63--Quality Assurance Procedures for 
    Continuous Emissions Monitors Used for Hazardous Waste Combustors

                     1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1  Applicability. These quality assurance requirements are used to 
evaluate the effectiveness of quality control (QC) and quality assurance 
(QA) procedures and the quality of data produced by continuous emission 
monitoring systems (CEMS) that are used for determining compliance with 
the emission standards on a continuous basis as specified in the 
applicable regulation. The QA procedures specified by these requirements 
represent the minimum requirements necessary for the control and 
assessment of the quality of CEMS data used to demonstrate compliance 
with the emission standards provided

[[Page 60]]

under this subpart EEE of part 63. Owners and operators must meet these 
minimum requirements and are encouraged to develop and implement a more 
extensive QA program. These requirements supersede those found in part 
60, Appendix F, of this chapter. Appendix F does not apply to hazardous 
waste-burning devices.
    1.2  Principle. The QA procedures consist of two distinct and 
equally important functions. One function is the assessment of the 
quality of the CEMS data by estimating accuracy. The other function is 
the control and improvement of the quality of the CEMS data by 
implementing QC policies and corrective actions. These two functions 
form a control loop. When the assessment function indicates that the 
data quality is inadequate, the source must immediately stop burning 
hazardous waste. The CEM data control effort must be increased until the 
data quality is acceptable before hazardous waste burning can resume.
    a. In order to provide uniformity in the assessment and reporting of 
data quality, this procedure explicitly specifies the assessment methods 
for response drift and accuracy. The methods are based on procedures 
included in the applicable performance specifications provided in 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter. These procedures also require the 
analysis of the EPA audit samples concurrent with certain reference 
method (RM) analyses as specified in the applicable RM's.
    b. Because the control and corrective action function encompasses a 
variety of policies, specifications, standards, and corrective measures, 
this procedure treats QC requirements in general terms to allow each 
source owner or operator to develop a QC system that is most effective 
and efficient for the circumstances.

                             2. Definitions

    2.1  Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS). The total 
equipment required for the determination of a pollutant concentration. 
The system consists of the following major subsystems:
    2.1.1  Sample Interface. That portion of the CEMS used for one or 
more of the following: sample acquisition, sample transport, and sample 
conditioning, or protection of the monitor from the effects of the stack 
effluent.
    2.1.2  Pollutant Analyzer. That portion of the CEMS that senses the 
pollutant concentration and generates a proportional output.
    2.1.3  Diluent Analyzer. That portion of the CEMS that senses the 
diluent gas (O2) and generates an output proportional to the gas 
concentration.
    2.1.4  Data Recorder. That portion of the CEMS that provides a 
permanent record of the analyzer output. The data recorder may provide 
automatic data reduction and CEMS control capabilities.
    2.2  Relative Accuracy (RA). The absolute mean difference between 
the pollutant concentration determined by the CEMS and the value 
determined by the reference method (RM) plus the 2.5 percent error 
confidence coefficient of a series of test divided by the mean of the RM 
tests or the applicable emission limit.
    2.3  Calibration Drift (CD). The difference in the CEMS output 
readings from the established reference value after a stated period of 
operation during which no unscheduled maintenance, repair, or adjustment 
took place.
    2.4  Zero Drift (ZD). The difference in CEMS output readings at the 
zero pollutant level after a stated period of operation during which no 
unscheduled maintenance, repair, or adjustment took place.
    2.5  Calibration Standard. Calibration standards produce a known and 
unchanging response when presented to the pollutant analyzer portion of 
the CEMS, and are used to calibrate the drift or response of the 
analyzer.
    2.6  Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA). Comparison of CEMS 
measurements to reference method measurements in order to evaluate 
relative accuracy following procedures and specification given in the 
appropriate performance specification.
    2.7  Absolute Calibration Audit (ACA). Equivalent to calibration 
error (CE) test defined in the appropriate performance specification 
using NIST traceable calibration standards to challenge the CEMS and 
assess accuracy.
    2.8  Rolling Average. The average emissions, based on some 
(specified) time period, calculated every minute from a one-minute 
average of four measurements taken at 15-second intervals.

                          3. QA/QC Requirements

    3.1  QC Requirements. a. Each owner or operator must develop and 
implement a QC program. At a minimum, each QC program must include 
written procedures describing in detail complete, step-by-step 
procedures and operations for the following activities.
    1. Checks for component failures, leaks, and other abnormal 
conditions.
    2. Calibration of CEMS.
    3. CD determination and adjustment of CEMS.
    4. Integration of CEMS with the automatic waste feed cutoff (AWFCO) 
system.
    5. Preventive Maintenance of CEMS (including spare parts inventory).
    6. Data recording, calculations, and reporting.
    7. Checks of record keeping.
    8. Accuracy audit procedures, including sampling and analysis 
methods.

[[Page 61]]

    9. Program of corrective action for malfunctioning CEMS.
    10. Operator training and certification.
    11. Maintaining and ensuring current certification or naming of 
cylinder gasses, metal solutions, and particulate samples used for audit 
and accuracy tests, daily checks, and calibrations.
    b. Whenever excessive inaccuracies occur for two consecutive 
quarters, the current written procedures must be revised or the CEMS 
modified or replaced to correct the deficiency causing the excessive 
inaccuracies. These written procedures must be kept on record and 
available for inspection by the enforcement agency.
    3.2  QA Requirements. Each source owner or operator must develop and 
implement a QA plan that includes, at a minimum, the following.
    1. QA responsibilities (including maintaining records, preparing 
reports, reviewing reports).
    2. Schedules for the daily checks, periodic audits, and preventive 
maintenance.
    3. Check lists and data sheets.
    4. Preventive maintenance procedures.
    5. Description of the media, format, and location of all records and 
reports.
    6. Provisions for a review of the CEMS data at least once a year. 
Based on the results of the review, the owner or operator must revise or 
update the QA plan, if necessary.

             4. CD and ZD Assessment and Daily System Audit

    4.1  CD and ZD Requirement. Owners and operators must check, record, 
and quantify the ZD and the CD at least once daily (approximately 24 
hours) in accordance with the method prescribed by the manufacturer. The 
CEMS calibration must, at a minimum, be adjusted whenever the daily ZD 
or CD exceeds the limits in the Performance Specifications. If, on any 
given ZD and/or CD check the ZD and/or CD exceed(s) two times the limits 
in the Performance Specifications, or if the cumulative adjustment to 
the ZD and/or CD (see Section 4.2) exceed(s) three times the limits in 
the Performance Specifications, hazardous waste burning must immediately 
cease and the CEMS must be serviced and recalibrated. Hazardous waste 
burning cannot resume until the owner or operator documents that the 
CEMS is in compliance with the Performance Specifications by carrying 
out an ACA.
    4.2  Recording Requirements for Automatic ZD and CD Adjusting 
Monitors. Monitors that automatically adjust the data to the corrected 
calibration values must record the unadjusted concentration measurement 
prior to resetting the calibration, if performed, or record the amount 
of the adjustment.
    4.3  Daily System Audit. The audit must include a review of the 
calibration check data, an inspection of the recording system, an 
inspection of the control panel warning lights, and an inspection of the 
sample transport and interface system (e.g., flowmeters, filters, etc.) 
as appropriate.
    4.4  Data Recording and Reporting. All measurements from the CEMS 
must be retained in the operating record for at least 5 years.

      5. Performance Evaluation for CO, O2, and HC CEMS

    Carbon Monoxide (CO), Oxygen (O2), and Hydrocarbon (HC) 
CEMS. An Absolute Calibration Audit (ACA) must be conducted quarterly, 
and a Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA) (if applicable, see sections 
5.1 and 5.2) must be conducted yearly. An Interference Response Tests 
must be performed whenever an ACA or a RATA is conducted. When a 
performance test is also required under Sec. 63.1207 to document 
compliance with emission standards, the RATA must coincide with the 
performance test. The audits must be conducted as follows.
    5.1  Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA). This requirement applies 
to O2 and CO CEMS. The RATA must be conducted at least 
yearly. Conduct the RATA as described in the RA test procedure (or 
alternate procedures section) described in the applicable Performance 
Specifications. In addition, analyze the appropriate performance audit 
samples received from the EPA as described in the applicable sampling 
methods.
    5.2  Absolute Calibration Audit (ACA). The ACA must be conducted at 
least quarterly except in a quarter when a RATA (if applicable, see 
section 5.1) is conducted instead. Conduct an ACA as described in the 
calibration error (CE) test procedure described in the applicable 
Performance Specifications.
    5.3  Interference Response Test. The interference response test must 
be conducted whenever an ACA or RATA is conducted. Conduct an 
interference response test as described in the applicable Performance 
Specifications.
    5.4  Excessive Audit Inaccuracy. If the RA from the RATA or the CE 
from the ACA exceeds the criteria in the applicable Performance 
Specifications, hazardous waste burning must cease immediately. 
Hazardous waste burning cannot resume until the owner or operator takes 
corrective measures and audit the CEMS with a RATA to document that the 
CEMS is operating within the specifications.

                          6. Other Requirements

    6.1  Performance Specifications. CEMS used by owners and operators 
of HWCs must comply with the following performance specifications in 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter:

[[Page 62]]



              Table I: Performance Specifications for CEMS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Performance
                           CEMS                            specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carbon monoxide..........................................          4B
Oxygen...................................................          4B
Total hydrocarbons.......................................          8A
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6.2  Downtime due to Calibration. Facilities may continue to burn 
hazardous waste for a maximum of 20 minutes while calibrating the CEMS. 
If all CEMS are calibrated at once, the facility must have twenty 
minutes to calibrate all the CEMS. If CEMS are calibrated individually, 
the facility must have twenty minutes to calibrate each CEMS. If the 
CEMS are calibrated individually, other CEMS must be operational while 
the individual CEMS is being calibrated.
    6.3  Span of the CEMS.
    6.3.1  CO CEMS. The CO CEM must have two ranges, a low range with a 
span of 200 ppmv and a high range with a span of 3000 ppmv at an oxygen 
correction factor of 1. A one-range CEM may be used, but it must meet 
the performance specifications for the low range in the specified span 
of the low range.
    6.3.2  O2 CEMS. The O2 CEM must have a span of 
25 percent. The span may be higher than 25 percent if the O2 
concentration at the sampling point is greater than 25 percent.
    6.3.3  HC CEMS. The HC CEM must have a span of 100 ppmv, expressed 
as propane, at an oxygen correction factor of 1.
    6.3.4  CEMS Span Values. When the Oxygen Correction Factor is 
Greater than 2. When an owner or operator installs a CEMS at a location 
of high ambient air dilution, i.e., where the maximum oxygen correction 
factor as determined by the permitting agency is greater than 2, the 
owner or operator must install a CEM with a lower span(s), proportionate 
to the larger oxygen correction factor, than those specified above.
    6.3.5  Use of Alternative Spans. Owner or operators may request 
approval to use alternative spans and ranges to those specified. 
Alternate spans must be approved in writing in advance by the 
Administrator. In considering approval of alternative spans and ranges, 
the Administrator will consider that measurements beyond the span will 
be recorded as values at the maximum span for purposes of calculating 
rolling averages.
    6.3.6  Documentation of Span Values. The span value must be 
documented by the CEMS manufacturer with laboratory data.
    6.4.1  Moisture Correction. Method 4 of appendix A, part 60 of this 
chapter, must be used to determine moisture content of the stack gasses.
    6.4.2  Oxygen Correction Factor. Measured pollutant levels must be 
corrected for the amount of oxygen in the stack according to the 
following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.022

Where:

Pc = concentration of the pollutant or standard corrected to 
          7 percent oxygen, dry basis;
Pm = measured concentration of the pollutant, dry basis;
E = volume fraction of oxygen in the combustion air fed into the device, 
          on a dry basis (normally 21 percent or 0.21 if only air is 
          fed);
Y = measured fraction of oxygen on a dry basis at the sampling point.

    The oxygen correction factor is:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.023
    
    6.4.3  Temperature Correction. Correction values for temperature are 
obtainable from standard reference materials.
    6.5  Rolling Average. A rolling average is the arithmetic average of 
all one-minute averages over the averaging period.
    6.5.1  One-Minute Average for CO and HHC CEMS. One-minute averages 
are the arithmetic average of the four most recent 15-second 
observations and must be calculated using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JY00.004

Where:

c = the one minute average
ci = a fifteen-second observation from the CEM

    Fifteen second observations must not be rounded or smoothed. 
Fifteen-second observations may be disregarded only as a result of a 
failure in the CEMS and allowed in the source's quality assurance plan 
at the time of the CEMS failure. One-minute averages must not be 
rounded, smoothed, or disregarded.
    6.5.2  Ten Minute Rolling Average Equation. The ten minute rolling 
average must be calculated using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.025

Where:

CRA = The concentration of the standard, expressed as a 
          rolling average
ci = a one minute average

    6.5.3  Hourly Rolling Average Equation for CO and THC CEMS and 
Operating Parameter

[[Page 63]]

Limits. The rolling average, based on a specific number integer of 
hours, must be calculated using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30SE99.026

Where:

cRA = The concentration of the standard, expressed as a 
          rolling average
ci = a one minute average

    6.5.4  Averaging Periods for CEMS other than CO and THC. The 
averaging period for CEMS other than CO and THC CEMS must be calculated 
as a rolling average of all one-hour values over the averaging period. 
An hourly average is comprised of 4 measurements taken at equally spaced 
time intervals, or at most every 15 minutes. Fewer than 4 measurements 
might be available within an hour for reasons such as facility downtime 
or CEMS calibration. If at least two measurements (30 minutes of data) 
are available, an hourly average must be calculated. The n-hour rolling 
average is calculated by averaging the n most recent hourly averages.
    6.6  Units of the Standards for the Purposes of Recording and 
Reporting Emissions. Emissions must be recorded and reported expressed 
after correcting for oxygen, temperature, and moisture. Emissions must 
be reported in metric, but may also be reported in the English system of 
units, at 7 percent oxygen, 20  deg.C, and on a dry basis.
    6.7  Rounding and Significant Figures. Emissions must be rounded to 
two significant figures using ASTM procedure E-29-90 or its successor. 
Rounding must be avoided prior to rounding for the reported value.

                             7. Bibliography

    1. 40 CFR part 60, appendix F, ``Quality Assurance Procedures: 
Procedure 1. Quality Assurance Requirements for Gas continuous Emission 
Monitoring Systems Used For Compliance Determination''.

[64 FR 53038, Sept. 30, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 42301, July 10, 2000]

Subpart FFF  [Reserved]



 Subpart GGG--National Emission Standards for Pharmaceuticals Production

    Source: 63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1250  Applicability.

    (a) Definition of affected source. (1) The affected source subject 
to this subpart consists of the pharmaceutical manufacturing operations 
as defined in Sec. 63.1251. Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this 
section, the provisions of this subpart apply to pharmaceutical 
manufacturing operations that meet the criteria specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) (i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) Manufacture a pharmaceutical product as defined in Sec. 63.1251;
    (ii) Are located at a plant site that is a major source as defined 
in section 112(a) of the Act; and
    (iii) Process, use, or produce HAP.
    (2) Determination of the applicability of this subpart shall be 
reported as part of an operating permit application or as otherwise 
specified by the permitting authority.
    (b) New source applicability. A new affected source subject to this 
subpart and to which the requirements for new sources apply is: An 
affected source for which construction or reconstruction commenced after 
April 2, 1997, and the standard was applicable at the time of 
construction or reconstruction; or a pharmaceutical manufacturing 
process unit (PMPU) dedicated to manufacturing a single product that has 
the potential to emit 10 tons per year of any one HAP or 25 tons per 
year of combined HAP for which construction commenced after April 2, 
1997 or reconstruction commenced after October 21, 1999.
    (c) General Provisions. Table 1 of this subpart specifies and 
clarifies the provisions of subpart A of this part that apply to an 
owner or operator of an affected source subject to this subpart. The 
provisions of subpart A specified in Table 1 are the only provisions of 
subpart A that apply to an affected source subject to this subpart.
    (d) Processes exempted from the affected source. The provisions of 
this subpart do not apply to research and development facilities.
    (e) Storage tank ownership determination. The owner or operator 
shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through 
(e)(5) of this section to determine to which PMPU a storage tank shall 
belong.
    (1) If a storage tank is dedicated to a single PMPU, the storage 
tank shall belong to that PMPU.

[[Page 64]]

    (2) If a storage tank is shared among PMPU's, then the storage tank 
shall belong to that PMPU located on the same plant site as the storage 
tank that has the greatest annual volume input into or output from the 
storage tank (i.e., said PMPU has the predominant use of the storage 
tank).
    (3) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage tank that 
is shared among PMPU's and if one of those PMPU's is subject to this 
subpart, the storage tank shall belong to said PMPU.
    (4) If the predominant use of a storage tank varies from year to 
year, then predominant use shall be determined based on the utilization 
that occurred during the year preceding September 21, 1998 for existing 
affected sources. For new affected sources, predominant use will be 
based on the first year after initial startup. The determination of 
predominant use shall be reported in the Notification of Compliance 
Status required by Sec. 63.1260(f). If the predominant use changes, the 
redetermination of predominant use shall be reported in the next 
Periodic Report.
    (5) If the storage tank begins receiving material from (or sending 
material to) another PMPU; or ceases to receive material from (or send 
material to) a PMPU; or if the applicability of this subpart to a 
storage tank has been determined according to the provisions of 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section and there is a significant 
change in the use of the storage tank that could reasonably change the 
predominant use, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the 
applicability of this subpart to the storage tank, and report such 
changes to EPA in the next Periodic report.
    (f) Compliance dates. The compliance dates for affected sources are 
as follows:
    (1) An owner or operator of an existing affected source must comply 
with the provisions of this subpart no later than October 21, 2002.
    (2) An owner or operator of a new or reconstructed affected source 
must comply with the provisions of this subpart on August 29, 2000 or 
upon startup, whichever is later.
    (3) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section, a new source which commences construction or reconstruction 
after April 2, 1997 and before September 21, 1998 shall not be required 
to comply with this subpart until September 21, 2001 if:
    (i) The requirements of this subpart are more stringent than the 
requirements of this subpart in effect before August 29, 2000 and 
contained in the 40 CFR, part (63.1200-end), edition revised as of July 
1, 2000; and
    (ii) The owner or operator complies with the requirements published 
on April 2, 1997 (62 FR 15754) during the period until September 21, 
2001.
    (4) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section, a new source which commences construction or reconstruction 
after September 21, 1998 and before April 10, 2000 shall not be required 
to comply with this subpart until October 21, 2002 if:
    (i) The requirements of this subpart are more stringent than the 
requirements of this subpart in effect before August 29, 2000; and
    (ii) The owner or operator complies with the requirements of this 
subpart in effect before August 29, 2000 during the period between 
startup and October 21, 2002.
    (5) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section, a new source which commences construction or reconstruction 
after April 10, 2000 and before August 29, 2000 shall not be required to 
comply with this subpart until August 29, 2001 if:
    (i) The requirements of this subpart are more stringent than the 
requirements published on April 10, 2000 (65 FR 19152); and
    (ii) The owner or operator complies with the requirements of this 
subpart in effect before August 29, 2000 during the period between 
startup and August 29, 2001.
    (6) Pursuant to section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, an owner or 
operator may request an extension allowing the existing source up to 1 
additional year to comply with section 112(d) standards.
    (i) For purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall 
be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the compliance dates 
specified in paragraphs (f) (1) through (5) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraph

[[Page 65]]

(f)(6)(ii) of this section. The dates specified in Sec. 63.6(i) for 
submittal of requests for extensions shall not apply to sources subject 
to this subpart.
    (ii) An owner or operator may submit a compliance extension request 
after the date specified in paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section provided 
the need for the compliance extension arose after that date and before 
the otherwise applicable compliance date, and the need arose due to 
circumstances beyond reasonable control of the owner or operator. This 
request shall include the data described in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i) (A), (B), 
(C), and (D).
    (g) Applicability of this subpart except during periods of startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction. (1) Each provision set forth in this subpart 
shall apply at all times except that emission limitations shall not 
apply during periods of: startup; shutdown; and malfunction, if the 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction precludes the ability of a particular 
emission point of an affected source to comply with one or more specific 
emission limitations to which it is subject and the owner or operator 
follows the provisions for periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction, as specified in Secs. 63.1259(a)(3) and 63.1260(i). 
Startup, shutdown, and malfunction are defined in Sec. 63.1251.
    (2) The provisions set forth in Sec. 63.1255 of this subpart shall 
apply at all times except during periods of nonoperation of the PMPU (or 
specific portion thereof) in which the lines are drained and 
depressurized resulting in the cessation of the emissions to which 
Sec. 63.1255 of this subpart applies.
    (3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with the emissions 
limitations of this subpart during times when emissions (or, where 
applicable, wastewater streams or residuals) are being routed to such 
items of equipment, if the shutdown would contravene emissions 
limitations of this subpart applicable to such items of equipment. This 
paragraph does not apply if the item of equipment is malfunctioning, or 
if the owner or operator must shut down the equipment to avoid damage 
due to a malfunction of the PMPU or portion thereof.
    (4) During startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the emissions 
limitations of this subpart do not apply pursuant to paragraphs (g)(1) 
through (3) of this section, the owner or operator shall implement, to 
the extent reasonably available, measures to prevent or minimize excess 
emissions to the extent practical. For purposes of this paragraph, 
``excess emissions'' means emissions in excess of those that would have 
occurred if there were no startup, shutdown, or malfunction and the 
owner or operator complied with the relevant provisions of this subpart. 
The measures to be taken shall be identified in the applicable startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, and may include, but are not limited to, 
air pollution control technologies, work practices, pollution 
prevention, monitoring, and/or changes in the manner of operation of the 
source. Back-up control devices are not required, but may be used if 
available.
    (h) Consistency with other regulations.--(1) Compliance with other 
MACT standards. (i) After the compliance dates specified in this 
section, an affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart 
that is also subject to the provisions of any other subpart of this part 
63 may elect to comply with either the provisions of this subpart or the 
provisions of another applicable subpart governing the maintenance of 
records and reporting to EPA. The affected source shall identify in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report required by Sec. 63.1260(f) 
under which authority such records will be maintained.
    (ii) After the compliance dates specified in paragraph (f) of this 
section, at an offsite reloading or cleaning facility subject to 
Sec. 63.1253(f), compliance with the emission standards and associated 
initial compliance, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions 
of any other subpart of this part 63 constitutes compliance with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.1253(f)(7) (ii) or (iii). The owner or operator of 
the affected storage tank shall identify in the Notification of 
Compliance Status report required by Sec. 63.1260(f) the subpart of this 
part 63 with which the owner or operator of the offsite reloading or 
cleaning facility complies.

[[Page 66]]

    (2) Compliance with 40 CFR parts 264 and 265, subparts AA, BB, and/
or CC. After the compliance dates specified in this section, if any 
affected source subject to this subpart is also subject to monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in 40 CFR part 264, subpart 
AA, BB, or CC, or is subject to monitoring and recordkeeping 
requirements in 40 CFR part 265, subpart AA, BB, or CC and the owner or 
operator complies with the periodic reporting requirements under 40 CFR 
part 264, subpart AA, BB, or CC that would apply to the device if the 
facility had final-permitted status, the owner or operator may elect to 
comply either with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements of this subpart, or with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, as described in 
this paragraph, which shall constitute compliance with the monitoring, 
record keeping, and reporting requirements of this subpart. If the owner 
or operator elects to comply with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, the owner or 
operator shall report all information required by Sec. 63.1260(g). The 
owner or operator shall identify in the Notification of Compliance 
Status required by Sec. 63.1260(f) the monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting authority under which the owner or operator will comply.
    (3) Compliance with 40 CFR 60.112(b). After the compliance dates 
specified in this section, a storage tank controlled with a floating 
roof and in compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR 60.112b, subpart 
Kb, constitutes compliance with the provisions of this subpart GGG. A 
storage tank with a fixed roof, closed vent system, and control device 
in compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR 60.112b, subpart Kb must 
comply with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions of 
this subpart GGG. The owner or operator shall identify in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report required by Sec. 63.1260(f) 
which tanks are in compliance with subpart Kb.
    (4) Compliance with subpart I of this part. After the compliance 
dates specified in this section, an affected source with equipment 
subject to subpart I of this part may elect to comply with either the 
provisions of Sec. 63.1255 or the provisions of subpart H of this part 
for all such equipment. The owner or operator shall identify in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report required by Sec. 63.1260(f) the 
provisions with which the owner elects to comply.
    (5) Compliance with other regulations for wastewater. After the 
compliance dates specified in this section, the owner or operator of an 
affected wastewater stream that is also subject to provisions in 40 CFR 
parts 260 through 272 may elect to determine whether this subpart or 40 
CFR parts 260 through 272 contain the more stringent control 
requirements (e.g., design, operation, and inspection requirements for 
waste management units; numerical treatment standards; etc.) and the 
more stringent testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting. 
Compliance with provisions of 40 CFR parts 260 through 272 that are 
determined to be more stringent than the requirements of this subpart 
constitutes compliance with this subpart. For example, provisions of 40 
CFR parts 260 through 272 for treatment units that meet the conditions 
specified in Sec. 63.1256(g)(13) constitute compliance with this 
subpart. In the Notification of Compliance Status report required by 
Sec. 63.1260(f), the owner or operator shall identify the more stringent 
provisions of 40 CFR parts 260 through 272 with which the owner or 
operator will comply. The owner or operator shall also identify in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report required by Sec. 63.1260(f) the 
information and procedures used to make any stringency determinations. 
If the owner or operator does not elect to determine the more stringent 
requirements, the owner or operator must comply with both the provisions 
of 40 CFR parts 260 through 272 and the provisions of this subpart.
    (6) Compliance with subpart PPP of this part. After the compliance 
dates specified in this section, an affected source with equipment in a 
pharmaceutical manufacturing process unit that is also part of an 
affected source under subpart PPP of this part may elect to demonstrate 
compliance with Sec. 63.1254

[[Page 67]]

by controlling all process vents in accordance with Sec. 63.1425 (b), 
(c)(1), (c)(3), (d), and/or (f). Alternatively, the owner or operator 
may elect to determine which process vents must be controlled to comply 
with the percent reduction requirements of Sec. 63.1254 and control only 
those vents in accordance with Sec. 63.1425 (b), (c)(1), (c)(3), (d), 
and/or (f). For any pharmaceutical manufacturing process unit controlled 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1425, the owner or 
operator must also comply with all other requirements in subpart PPP of 
this part. In the Notification of Compliance Status report required by 
Sec. 63.1260(f), the owner or operator shall identify which 
pharmaceutical manufacturing process units are meeting the control 
requirements for process vents and all other requirements of subpart PPP 
of this part, and the owner or operator shall describe the calculations 
and other information used to identify which process vents must be 
controlled to comply with the percent reduction requirements of 
Sec. 63.1254, if applicable.
    (i) For the purposes of establishing whether a person is in 
violation of this subpart, nothing in this subpart shall preclude the 
use of any credible evidence or information relevant to whether a source 
would have been in compliance with applicable requirements.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52596, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1251  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section. If the same term is defined in subpart A 
of this part and in this section, it shall have the meaning given in 
this section for the purposes of this subpart.
    Active ingredient means any material that is intended to furnish 
pharmacological activity or other direct effect in the diagnosis, cure, 
mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or to affect the 
structure or any function of the body of man or other animals. This term 
does not include food, food additives (except vitamins and other 
materials described by SIC code 2833 or 2834), color additives, 
cosmetics, in-vitro diagnostic substances, x-ray film, test indicator 
devices, and medical devices such as implants, artificial joints, 
surgical bandages, and stitching material.
    Actual HAP emissions means the HAP emitted to the atmosphere from 
either uncontrolled or controlled emission points.
    Air pollution control device or Control device means equipment 
installed on a process vent, storage tank, wastewater treatment exhaust 
stack, or combination thereof that reduces the mass of HAP emitted to 
the air. The equipment may consist of an individual device or a series 
of devices. Examples include, but are not limited to, incinerators, 
carbon adsorption units, condensers, flares, boilers, process heaters, 
and gas absorbers. Process condensers are not considered air pollution 
control devices or control devices.
    Annual average concentration, as used in the wastewater provisions 
in Sec. 63.1256, means the total mass of partially soluble and/or 
soluble HAP compounds in a wastewater stream during the calendar year 
divided by the total mass of the wastewater stream discharged during the 
same calendar year, as determined according to the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.1257(e)(1) (i) and (ii).
    Automated monitoring and recording system means any means of 
measuring values of monitored parameters and creating a hard copy or 
computer record of the measured values that does not require manual 
reading of monitoring instruments and manual transcription of data 
values. Automated monitoring and recording systems include, but are not 
limited to, computerized systems and strip charts.
    Batch emission episode means a discrete venting episode that may be 
associated with a single unit operation. A unit operation may have more 
than one batch emission episode. For example, a displacement of vapor 
resulting from the charging of a vessel with HAP will result in a 
discrete emission episode that will last through the duration of the 
charge and will have an average flowrate equal to the rate of the 
charge. If the vessel is then heated, there will also be another 
discrete emission episode resulting from the expulsion of expanded 
vapor. Both emission episodes may occur in the same

[[Page 68]]

vessel or unit operation. There are possibly other emission episodes 
that may occur from the vessel or other process equipment, depending on 
process operations.
    Batch operation or Batch process means a noncontinuous operation 
involving intermittent or discontinuous feed into equipment, and, in 
general, involves the emptying of the equipment after the batch 
operation ceases and prior to beginning a new operation. Addition of raw 
material and withdrawal of product do not occur simultaneously in a 
batch operation.
    Bench-scale batch process means a batch process (other than a 
research and development facility) that is capable of being located on a 
laboratory bench top. This bench-scale equipment will typically include 
reagent feed vessels, a small reactor and associated product separator, 
recovery and holding equipment. These processes are only capable of 
producing small quantities of product.
    Block means a time period that comprises a single batch.
    Boiler means any enclosed combustion device that extracts useful 
energy in the form of steam and is not an incinerator. Boiler also means 
any industrial furnace as defined in 40 CFR 260.10.
    Cleaning operation means routine rinsing, washing, or boil-off of 
equipment in batch operations between batches.
    Closed biological treatment process means a tank or surface 
impoundment where biological treatment occurs and air emissions from the 
treatment process are routed to either a control device by means of a 
closed-vent system or by means of hard-piping. The tank or surface 
impoundment has a fixed roof, as defined in this section, or a floating 
flexible membrane cover that meets the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1256(c).
    Closed-loop system means an enclosed system that returns process 
fluid to the process and is not vented to the atmosphere except through 
a closed-vent system.
    Closed-purge system means a system or combination of system and 
portable containers, to capture purged liquids. Containers must be 
covered or closed when not being filled or emptied.
    Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere 
and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if necessary, 
flow inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an emission point 
to a control device.
    Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment, such as a 
flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler, used for the combustion 
of HAP vapors.
    Combustion device burner means a device designed to mix and ignite 
fuel and air to provide a flame to heat and oxidize waste organic vapors 
in a combustion device.
    Connector means flanged, screwed, or other joined fittings used to 
connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of equipment. A common 
connector is a flange. Joined fittings welded completely around the 
circumference of the interface are not considered connectors for the 
purpose of this regulation. For the purpose of reporting and 
recordkeeping, connector means joined fittings that are not 
inaccessible, ceramic, or ceramic-lined as described in 
Sec. 63.1255(b)(1)(vii) and Sec. 63.1255(f)(3).
    Construction means the onsite fabrication, erection, or installation 
of an affected source or a PMPU. Addition of new equipment to a PMPU 
subject to existing source standards does not constitute construction, 
but it may constitute reconstruction of the affected source or PMPU if 
it satisfies the definition of reconstruction in this section.
    Consumption means the quantity of all HAP raw materials entering a 
process in excess of the theoretical amount used as reactant, assuming 
100 percent stoichiometric conversion. The raw materials include 
reactants, solvents, and any other additives. If a HAP is generated in 
the process as well as added as a raw material, consumption includes the 
quantity generated in the process.
    Container, as used in the wastewater provisions, means any portable 
waste management unit that has a capacity greater than or equal to 0.1 
m3 in which a material is stored, transported, treated, or 
otherwise handled. Examples of containers are drums, barrels, tank

[[Page 69]]

trucks, barges, dumpsters, tank cars, dump trucks, and ships.
    Continuous process means a process where the inputs and outputs flow 
continuously throughout the duration of the process. Continuous 
processes are typically steady state.
    Continuous recorder means a data recording device that either 
records an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or 
records 15-minute or more frequent block average values.
    Continuous seal means a seal that forms a continuous closure that 
completely covers the space between the wall of the storage tank and the 
edge of the floating roof. A continuous seal may be a vapor-mounted, 
liquid-mounted, or metallic shoe seal.
    Control device, for purposes of this Sec. 63.1255, means any 
equipment used for recovering or oxidizing organic hazardous air 
pollutant vapors. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, 
absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, flares, boilers, and process 
heaters.
    Controlled HAP emissions means the quantity of HAP discharged to the 
atmosphere from an air pollution control device.
    Cover, as used in the wastewater provisions, means a device or 
system which is placed on or over a waste management unit containing 
wastewater or residuals so that the entire surface area is enclosed to 
minimize air emissions. A cover may have openings necessary for 
operation, inspection, and maintenance of the waste management unit such 
as access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge wells provided that each 
opening is closed when not in use. Examples of covers include a fixed 
roof installed on a wastewater tank, a lid installed on a container, and 
an air-supported enclosure installed over a waste management unit.
    Dedicated PMPU means a PMPU that is composed of equipment that is 
used to manufacture the same product for a continuous period of 6 months 
or greater. The PMPU includes any shared storage tank(s) that are 
determined to belong to the PMPU according to the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1250(e).
    Dense gas system means a conveyance system operated to limit oxygen 
levels below 12 percent.
    Double block and bleed system means two block valves connected in 
series with a bleed valve or line that can vent the line between the two 
block valves.
    Duct work means a conveyance system such as those commonly used for 
heating and ventilation systems. It is often made of sheet metal and 
often has sections connected by screws or crimping. Hard-piping is not 
ductwork.
    Enhanced biological treatment system or enhanced biological 
treatment process means an aerated, thoroughly mixed treatment unit(s) 
that contains biomass suspended in water followed by a clarifier that 
removes biomass from the treated water and recycles recovered biomass to 
the aeration unit. The mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (biomass) 
is greater than 1 kilogram per cubic meter throughout each aeration 
unit. The biomass is suspended and aerated in the water of the aeration 
unit(s) by either submerged air flow or mechanical agitation. A 
thoroughly mixed treatment unit is a unit that is designed and operated 
to approach or achieve uniform biomass distribution and organic compound 
concentration throughout the aeration unit by quickly dispersing the 
recycled biomass and the wastewater entering the unit.
    Equipment, for purposes of Sec. 63.1255, means each pump, 
compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection 
system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, and instrumentation 
system in organic hazardous air pollutant service; and any control 
devices or closed-vent systems required by this subpart.
    Excipient means any substance other than the active drug or product 
which has been appropriately evaluated for safety and is included in a 
drug delivery system to either aid the processing of the drug delivery 
system during its manufacture; protect, support, or enhance stability, 
bioavailablity, or patient acceptability; assist in product 
identification; or enhance any other attribute of the overall safety and 
effectiveness of the drug delivery system during storage or use.

[[Page 70]]

    External floating roof means a pontoon-type or double-deck type 
cover that rests on the liquid surface in a storage tank or waste 
management unit with no fixed roof.
    Fill or filling means the introduction of material into a storage 
tank or the introduction of a wastewater stream or residual into a waste 
management unit, but not necessarily to complete capacity.
    First attempt at repair means to take action for the purpose of 
stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to the atmosphere.
    Fixed roof means a cover that is mounted on a waste management unit 
or storage tank in a stationary manner and that does not move with 
fluctuations in liquid level.
    Floating roof means a cover consisting of a double deck, pontoon 
single deck, internal floating cover or covered floating roof, which 
rests upon and is supported by the liquid being contained, and is 
equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the 
roof edge and waste management unit or storage tank wall.
    Flow indicator means a device which indicates whether gas flow is, 
or whether the valve position would allow gas flow to be, present in a 
line.
    Formulation means the process of mixing, blending, or diluting one 
or more active or inert ingredients with one or more active or inert 
ingredients, without an intended chemical reaction, to obtain a 
pharmaceutical dosage form. Formulation operations include mixing, 
compounding, blending, and tablet coating.
    Group of processes means all of the equipment associated with 
processes in a building, processing area, or facility-wide. For a 
dedicated process, a group of processes may consist of a single process.
    Halogen atoms mean atoms of chlorine or fluorine.
    Halogenated compounds means organic HAP compounds that contain 
halogen atoms.
    Halogenated vent stream or Halogenated stream means a process, 
storage tank, or waste management unit vent determined to have a 
concentration of halogenated compounds of greater than 20 ppmv, as 
determined through process knowledge, test results using Method 18 of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, or test results using any other test method 
that has been validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part.
    Hard-piping means piping or tubing that is manufactured and properly 
installed using good engineering judgment and standards, such as ANSI 
B31-3.
    Hydrogen halides and halogens means hydrogen chloride (HCl), 
chlorine (Cl2), and hydrogen fluoride (HF).
    In gas/vapor service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
hazardous air pollutant service contains a gas or vapor at operating 
conditions.
    In heavy liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
hazardous air pollutant service is not in gas/vapor service or in light 
liquid service.
    In light liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
hazardous air pollutant service contains a liquid that meets the 
following conditions:
    (1) The vapor pressure of one or more of the organic compounds is 
greater than 0.3 kilopascals at 20  deg.C;
    (2) The total concentration of the pure organic compounds 
constituents having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kilopascals at 20 
deg.C is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight of the total 
process stream; and
    (3) The fluid is a liquid at operating conditions. (Note: Vapor 
pressures may be determined by the methods described in 40 CFR 
60.485(e)(1).)
    In liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
hazardous air pollutant service is not in gas/vapor service.
    In organic hazardous air pollutant or in organic HAP service means 
that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or 
gas) that is at least 5 percent by weight of total organic HAP's as 
determined according to the provisions of Sec. 63.180(d). The provisions 
of Sec. 63.180(d) also specify how to determine that a piece of 
equipment is not in organic HAP service.
    In vacuum service means that equipment is operating at an internal 
pressure which is at least 5 kilopascals below ambient pressure.

[[Page 71]]

    In-situ sampling systems means nonextractive samplers or in-line 
samplers.
    Individual drain system means the stationary system used to convey 
wastewater streams or residuals to a waste management unit. The term 
includes hard piping; all process drains and junction boxes; and 
associated sewer lines, other junction boxes, manholes, sumps, and lift 
stations conveying wastewater streams or residuals. A segregated 
stormwater sewer system, which is a drain and collection system designed 
and operated for the sole purpose of collecting rainfall-runoff at a 
facility, and which is segregated from all other individual drain 
systems, is excluded from this definition.
    Initial startup means the first time a new or reconstructed source 
begins production. Initial startup does not include operation solely for 
testing equipment. Initial startup does not include subsequent start ups 
(as defined in this section) of processes following malfunctions or 
process shutdowns.
    Internal floating roof means a cover that rests or floats on the 
liquid surface (but not necessarily in complete contact with it) inside 
a storage tank or waste management unit that has a permanently affixed 
roof.
    Instrumentation system means a group of equipment components used to 
condition and convey a sample of the process fluid to analyzers and 
instruments for the purpose of determining process operating conditions 
(e.g., composition, pressure, flow, etc.). Valves and connectors are the 
predominant type of equipment used in instrumentation systems; however, 
other types of equipment may also be included in these systems. Only 
valves nominally 0.5 inches and smaller, and connectors nominally 0.75 
inches and smaller in diameter are considered instrumentation systems 
for the purposes of this subpart. Valves greater than nominally 0.5 
inches and connectors greater than nominally 0.75 inches associated with 
instrumentation systems are not considered part of instrumentation 
systems and must be monitored individually.
    Isolated intermediate means a product of a process. An isolated 
intermediate is usually a product of a chemical synthesis, fermentation, 
or biological extraction process; several different isolated 
intermediates may be produced in the manufacture of a finished dosage 
form of a drug. Precursors, active ingredients, or finished dosage forms 
are considered isolated intermediates. An isolated intermediate is 
stored before subsequent processing. Storage occurs at any time the 
intermediate is placed in equipment used solely for storage, such as 
drums, totes, day tanks, and storage tanks. The storage of an isolated 
intermediate marks the end of a process.
    Junction box means a manhole or access point to a wastewater sewer 
system line or a lift station.
    Large control device means a control device that controls total HAP 
emissions of greater than or equal to 10 tons/yr, before control.
    Liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or liquid-filled seal mounted in 
contact with the liquid between the wall of the storage tank or waste 
management unit and the floating roof. The seal is mounted continuously 
around the tank or unit.
    Liquids dripping means any visible leakage from the seal including 
dripping, spraying, misting, clouding, and ice formation. Indications of 
liquid dripping include puddling or new stains that are indicative of an 
existing evaporated drip.
    Maintenance wastewater means wastewater generated by the draining of 
process fluid from components in the pharmaceutical manufacturing 
process unit into an individual drain system in preparation for or 
during maintenance activities. Maintenance wastewater can be generated 
during planned and unplanned shutdowns and during periods not associated 
with a shutdown. Examples of activities that can generate maintenance 
wastewater include descaling of heat exchanger tubing bundles, cleaning 
of distillation column traps, draining of pumps into an individual drain 
system, and draining of portions of the pharmaceutical manufacturing 
process unit for repair. Wastewater from cleaning operations is not 
considered maintenance wastewater.
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable

[[Page 72]]

failure of air pollution control equipment, emissions monitoring 
equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or 
usual manner. Failures that are caused all or in part by poor 
maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.
    Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure 
exerted by the total organic HAP in the stored or transferred liquid at 
the temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the 
liquid storage or transferred temperature for liquids stored or 
transferred above or below the ambient temperature or at the local 
maximum monthly average temperature as reported by the National Weather 
Service for liquids stored or transferred at the ambient temperature, as 
determined:
    (1) In accordance with methods described in Chapter 19.2 of the 
American Petroleum Institute's Manual of Petroleum Measurement 
Standards, Evaporative Loss From Floating-Roof Tanks (incorporated by 
reference as specified in Sec. 63.14); or
    (2) As obtained from standard reference texts; or
    (3) As determined by the American Society for Testing and Materials 
Method D2879-97, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature Relationship 
and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope 
(incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14); or
    (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
    Metallic shoe seal or mechanical shoe seal means metal sheets that 
are held vertically against the wall of the storage tank by springs, 
weighted levers, or other mechanisms and connected to the floating roof 
by braces or other means. A flexible coated fabric (envelope) spans the 
annular space between the metal sheet and the floating roof.
    Nondedicated formulation operations means equipment used to 
formulate numerous products.
    Nondedicated recovery device(s) means a recovery device that 
receives material from more than one PMPU.
    Nonrepairable means that it is technically infeasible to repair a 
piece of equipment from which a leak has been detected without a process 
shutdown.
    Open biological treatment process means a biological treatment 
process that is not a closed biological treatment process as defined in 
this section.
    Open-ended valve or line means any valve, except pressure relief 
valves, having one side of the valve seat in contact with process fluid 
and one side open to atmosphere, either directly or through open piping.
    Operating scenario for the purposes of reporting and recordkeeping, 
means any specific operation of a PMPU and includes for each process:
    (1) A description of the process and the type of process equipment 
used;
    (2) An identification of related process vents and their associated 
emissions episodes and durations, wastewater PODs, and storage tanks;
    (3) The applicable control requirements of this subpart, including 
the level of required control, and for vents, the level of control for 
each vent;
    (4) The control or treatment devices used, as applicable, including 
a description of operating and/or testing conditions for any associated 
control device;
    (5) The process vents, wastewater PODs, and storage tanks (including 
those from other processes) that are simultaneously routed to the 
control or treatment device(s);
    (6) The applicable monitoring requirements of this subpart and any 
parametric level that assures compliance for all emissions routed to the 
control or treatment device;
    (7) Calculations and engineering analyses required to demonstrate 
compliance; and
    (8) For reporting purposes, a change to any of these elements not 
previously reported, except for paragraph (5) of this definition, shall 
constitute a new operating scenario.
    Partially soluble HAP means a HAP listed in Table 2 of this subpart.
    Pharmaceutical manufacturing operations means the facilitywide 
collection of PMPU and any other equipment such as heat exchanger 
systems, wastewater and waste management units, or cooling towers that 
are not associated with an individual PMPU, but that are located at a 
facility for the purpose of manufacturing pharmaceutical products and 
are under common control.

[[Page 73]]

    Pharmaceutical manufacturing process unit (PMPU) means the process, 
as defined in this subpart, and any associated storage tanks, equipment 
identified in Sec. 63.1252(f), and components such as pumps, 
compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection 
systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, and 
instrumentation systems that are used in the manufacturing of a 
pharmaceutical product.
    Pharmaceutical product means any of the following materials, 
excluding any material that is a nonreactive solvent, excipient, binder, 
or filler, or any material that is produced in a chemical manufacturing 
process unit that is subject to the requirements of subparts F and G of 
this part 63:
    (1) Any material described by the standard industrial classification 
(SIC) code 2833 or 2834; or
    (2) Any material whose manufacturing process is described by North 
American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) code 325411 or 325412; 
or
    (3) A finished dosage form of a drug, for example, a tablet, 
capsule, solution, etc.; or
    (4) Any active ingredient or precursor that is produced at a 
facility whose primary manufacturing operations are described by SIC 
code 2833 or 2834; or
    (5) At a facility whose primary operations are not described by SIC 
code 2833 or 2834, any material whose primary use is as an active 
ingredient or precursor.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
    Point of determination (POD) means the point where a wastewater 
stream exits the process, storage tank, or last recovery device. If 
soluble and/or partially soluble HAP compounds are not recovered from 
water before discharge, the discharge point from the process equipment 
or storage tank is a POD. If water streams are routed to a recovery 
device, the discharge from the recovery device is a POD. There can be 
more than 1 POD per process or PMPU.
    Precursor means a material that is manufactured to undergo further 
chemical change or processing to ultimately manufacture an active 
ingredient or finished dosage form of a drug. This term does not include 
commodity chemicals produced by the synthetic organic chemical 
manufacturing industry.
    Pressure release means the emission of materials resulting from the 
system pressure being greater than the set pressure of the pressure 
relief device. This release can be one release or a series of releases 
over a short time period due to a malfunction in the process.
    Pressure relief device or valve means a safety device used to 
prevent operating pressures from exceeding the maximum allowable working 
pressure of the process equipment. A common pressure relief device is a 
spring-loaded pressure relief valve. Devices that are actuated either by 
a pressure of less than or equal to 2.5 psig or by a vacuum are not 
pressure relief devices.
    Primary use means 50 percent or more of a material is used for a 
particular purpose.
    Process means all equipment which collectively function to produce a 
pharmaceutical product or isolated intermediate (which is also a 
pharmaceutical product). A process may consist of one or more unit 
operations. For the purposes of this subpart, process includes any, all, 
or a combination of reaction, recovery, separation, purification, or 
other activity, operation, manufacture, or treatment which are used to 
produce a pharmaceutical product or isolated intermediate. Cleaning 
operations conducted are considered part of the process. Nondedicated 
solvent recovery operations located within a contiguous area within the 
affected source are considered single processes. A storage tank that is 
used to accumulate used solvent from multiple batches of a single 
process for purposes of solvent recovery does not represent the end of 
the process. Nondedicated formulation operations occurring within a 
contiguous area are considered a single process that is used to 
formulate numerous materials and/or products. Quality assurance and

[[Page 74]]

quality control laboratories are not considered part of any process. 
Ancillary activities are not considered a process or part of any 
process. Ancillary activities include boilers and incinerators (not used 
to comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1253, Sec. 63.1254, or 
Sec. 63.1256(h)), chillers and refrigeration systems, and other 
equipment and activities that are not directly involved (i.e., they 
operate within a closed system and materials are not combined with 
process fluids) in the processing of raw materials or the manufacturing 
of a pharmaceutical product.
    Process condenser means a condenser whose primary purpose is to 
recover material as an integral part of a process. The condenser must 
support a vapor-to-liquid phase change for periods of source equipment 
operation that are at or above the boiling or bubble point of 
substance(s) at the liquid surface. Examples of process condensers 
include distillation condensers, reflux condensers, and condensers used 
in stripping or flashing operations. In a series of condensers, all 
condensers up to and including the first condenser with an exit gas 
temperature below the boiling or bubble point of the substance(s) at the 
liquid surface are considered to be process condensers. All condensers 
in line prior to a vacuum source are included in this definition.
    Process shutdown means a work practice or operational procedure that 
stops production from a process or part of a process during which it is 
technically feasible to clear process material from a process or part of 
a process consistent with safety constraints and during which repairs 
can be effected. An unscheduled work practice or operational procedure 
that stops production from a process or part of a process for less than 
24 hours is not a process shutdown. An unscheduled work practice or 
operational procedure that would stop production from a process or part 
of a process for a shorter period of time than would be required to 
clear the process or part of the process of materials and start up the 
process, and would result in greater emissions than delay of repair of 
leaking components until the next scheduled process shutdown, is not a 
process shutdown. The use of spare equipment and technically feasible 
bypassing of equipment without stopping production are not process 
shutdowns.
    Process tank means a tank that is used to collect material 
discharged from a feedstock storage tank or unit operation and to 
transfer this material to another unit operation within the process or 
to a product storage tank. Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers 
that fit these conditions are considered process tanks. Product storage 
tanks are considered process tanks and are part of the PMPU that produce 
the stored material. For the purposes of this subpart, vents from 
process tanks are considered process vents.
    Process vent means a vent from a unit operation or vents from 
multiple unit operations within a process that are manifolded together 
into a common header, through which a HAP-containing gas stream is, or 
has the potential to be, released to the atmosphere. Examples of process 
vents include, but are not limited to, vents on condensers used for 
product recovery, bottom receivers, surge control vessels, reactors, 
filters, centrifuges, and process tanks. Emission streams that are 
undiluted and uncontrolled containing less than 50 ppmv HAP, as 
determined through process knowledge that no HAP are present in the 
emission stream or using an engineering assessment as discussed in 
Sec. 63.1257(d)(2)(ii), test data using Methods 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, or any other test method that has been validated according 
to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part, are not 
considered process vents. Process vents do not include vents on storage 
tanks regulated under Sec. 63.1253, vents on wastewater emission sources 
regulated under Sec. 63.1256, or pieces of equipment regulated under 
Sec. 63.1255.
    Production-indexed HAP consumption factor is the result of dividing 
the annual consumption of total HAP by the annual production rate, per 
process.
    Production-indexed volatile organic compound (VOC) consumption 
factor is the result of dividing the annual consumption of total VOC by 
the annual production rate, per process.
    Publicly owned treatment works (POTW) means any devices and systems

[[Page 75]]

used in the storage, treatment, recycling, and reclamation of municipal 
sewage or industrial wastes of a liquid nature as defined in section 
212(2)(A) of the Clean Water Act, as amended [33 U.S.C. 
Sec. 1292(2)(A)]. A POTW includes the treatment works, intercepting 
sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems, pumping, power, and 
other equipment. The POTW is defined at 40 CFR 403.3(o).
    Reactor means a device or vessel in which one or more chemicals or 
reactants, other than air, are combined or decomposed in such a way that 
their molecular structures are altered and one or more new organic 
compounds are formed.
    Reconstruction, as used in Sec. 63.1250(b), shall have the meaning 
given in Sec. 63.2, except that ``affected or previously unaffected 
stationary source'' shall mean either ``affected facility'' or ``PMPU.'' 
As used in Sec. 63.1254(a)(3)(ii)(A)(3), reconstruction shall have the 
meaning given in Sec. 63.2, except that ``source'' shall mean ``control 
device.''
    Recovery device, as used in the wastewater provisions, means an 
individual unit of equipment used for the purpose of recovering 
chemicals for fuel value (i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse, 
or for sale for fuel value, use or reuse. Examples of equipment that may 
be recovery devices include organic removal devices such as decanters, 
strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. To be a recovery device, a 
decanter and any other equipment based on the operating principle of 
gravity separation must receive only two-phase liquid streams.
    Repaired means that equipment:
    (1) Is adjusted, or otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak as 
defined in the applicable paragraphs of Sec. 63.1255, and;
    (2) Is, unless otherwise specified in applicable provisions of 
Sec. 63.1255, monitored as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) and (c) as 
appropriate, to verify that emissions from the equipment are below the 
applicable leak definition.
    Research and development facility means any stationary source whose 
primary purpose is to conduct research and development into new 
processes and products, where such source is operated under the close 
supervision of technically trained personnel, and is not engaged in the 
manufacture of products for commercial sale in commerce, except in a de 
minimis manner.
    Residual means any HAP-containing liquid or solid material that is 
removed from a wastewater stream by a waste management unit or treatment 
process that does not destroy organics (nondestructive unit). Examples 
of residuals from nondestructive waste management units are: the organic 
layer and bottom residue removed by a decanter or organic-water 
separator and the overheads from a steam stripper or air stripper. 
Examples of materials which are not residuals are: silt; mud; leaves; 
bottoms from a steam stripper or air stripper; and sludges, ash, or 
other materials removed from wastewater being treated by destructive 
devices such as biological treatment units and incinerators.
    Safety device means a closure device such as a pressure relief 
valve, frangible disc, fusible plug, or any other type of device which 
functions exclusively to prevent physical damage or permanent 
deformation to a unit or its air emission control equipment by venting 
gases or vapors directly to the atmosphere during unsafe conditions 
resulting from an unplanned, accidental, or emergency event. For the 
purposes of this subpart, a safety device is not used for routine 
venting of gases or vapors from the vapor headspace underneath a cover 
such as during filling of the unit or to adjust the pressure in this 
vapor headspace in response to normal daily diurnal ambient temperature 
fluctuations. A safety device is designed to remain in a closed position 
during normal operations and open only when the internal pressure, or 
another relevant parameter, exceeds the device threshold setting 
applicable to the air emission control equipment as determined by the 
owner or operator based on manufacturer recommendations, applicable 
regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering 
codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of 
flammable, combustible, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.
    Sampling connection system means an assembly of equipment within a 
process unit used during periods of representative operation to take 
samples

[[Page 76]]

of the process fluid. Equipment used to take nonroutine grab samples is 
not considered a sampling connection system.
    Sensor means a device that measures a physical quantity or the 
change in a physical quantity, such as temperature, pressure, flow rate, 
pH, or liquid level.
    Set pressure means the pressure at which a properly operating 
pressure relief device begins to open to relieve atypical process system 
operating pressure.
    Sewer line means a lateral, trunk line, branch line, or other 
conduit including, but not limited to, grates, trenches, etc., used to 
convey wastewater streams or residuals to a downstream waste management 
unit.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a continuous process 
for any purpose. Shutdown also means the cessation of a batch process or 
any related individual piece of equipment required or used to comply 
with this subpart as a result of a malfunction or for replacement of 
equipment, repair, or any other purpose not excluded from this 
definition. Shutdown also applies to emptying and degassing storage 
vessels. Shutdown does not apply to cessation of a batch process at the 
end of a campaign, for routine maintenance, for rinsing or washing of 
equipment between batches, or other routine operations.
    Single-seal system means a floating roof having one continuous seal 
that completely covers the space between the wall of the storage tank 
and the edge of the floating roof. This seal may be a vapor-mounted, 
liquid-mounted, or metallic shoe seal.
    Small control device means a control device that controls total HAP 
emissions of less than 10 tons/yr, before control.
    Soluble HAP means a HAP listed in Table 3 of this subpart.
    Standard batch means a batch process operated within a range of 
operating conditions that are documented in an operating scenario. 
Emissions from a standard batch are based on the operating conditions 
that result in highest emissions. The standard batch defines the 
uncontrolled and controlled emissions for each emission episode defined 
under the operating scenario.
    Startup means the setting in operation of a continuous process unit 
for any purpose; the first time a new or reconstructed batch process 
unit begins production; for new equipment added, including equipment 
used to comply with this subpart, the first time the equipment is put 
into operation; or, for the introduction of a new product/process, the 
first time the product or process is run in equipment. For batch process 
units, startup does not apply to the first time the equipment is put 
into operation at the start of a campaign to produce a product that has 
been produced in the past, after a shutdown for maintenance, or when the 
equipment is put into operation as part of a batch within a campaign. As 
used in Sec. 63.1255, startup means the setting in operation of a piece 
of equipment or a control device that is subject to this subpart.
    Storage tank means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
organic liquids that contain one or more HAP as raw material feedstocks. 
Storage tank also means a tank or other vessel in a tank farm that 
receives and accumulates used solvent from multiple batches of a process 
or processes for purposes of solvent recovery. The following are not 
considered storage tanks for the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Vessels storing organic liquids that contain HAP only as 
impurities;
    (4) Wastewater storage tanks; and
    (5) Process tanks (including product tanks and isolated intermediate 
tanks).
    Supplemental gases are any gaseous streams that are not defined as 
process vents, or closed-vent systems from wastewater management and 
treatment units, storage tanks, or equipment components and that contain 
less than 50 ppmv TOC, as determined through process knowledge, that are 
introduced into vent streams or manifolds. Air required to operate 
combustion device burner(s) is not considered supplemental gas.

[[Page 77]]

    Surface impoundment means a waste management unit which is a natural 
topographic depression, manmade excavation, or diked area formed 
primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with manmade 
materials), which is designed to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes 
or waste containing free liquids. A surface impoundment is used for the 
purpose of treating, storing, or disposing of wastewater or residuals, 
and is not an injection well. Examples of surface impoundments are 
equalization, settling, and aeration pits, ponds, and lagoons.
    System flowrate means the flowrate of gas entering the control 
device.
    Total organic compounds (TOC) means those compounds measured 
according to the procedures of Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    Treatment process means a specific technique that removes or 
destroys the organics in a wastewater or residual stream such as a steam 
stripping unit, thin-film evaporation unit, waste incinerator, 
biological treatment unit, or any other process applied to wastewater 
streams or residuals to comply with Sec. 63.1256. Most treatment 
processes are conducted in tanks. Treatment processes are a subset of 
waste management units.
    Uncontrolled HAP emissions means a gas stream containing HAP which 
has exited the process (or process condenser, if any), but which has not 
yet been introduced into an air pollution control device to reduce the 
mass of HAP in the stream. If the process vent is not routed to an air 
pollution control device, uncontrolled emissions are those HAP emissions 
released to the atmosphere.
    Unit operation means those processing steps that occur within 
distinct equipment that are used, among other things, to prepare 
reactants, facilitate reactions, separate and purify products, and 
recycle materials. Equipment used for these purposes includes but is not 
limited to reactors, distillation columns, extraction columns, 
absorbers, decanters, dryers, condensers, and filtration equipment.
    Vapor-mounted seal means a continuous seal that completely covers 
the annular space between the wall of the storage tank or waste 
management unit and the edge of the floating roof and is mounted such 
that there is a vapor space between the stored liquid and the bottom of 
the seal.
    Volatile organic compounds (VOC) means those materials defined in 40 
CFR 51.100.
    Waste management unit means the equipment, structure(s),and or 
devices used to convey, store, treat, or dispose of wastewater streams 
or residuals. Examples of waste management units include wastewater 
tanks, air flotation units, surface impoundments, containers, oil-water 
or organic-water separators, individual drain systems, biological 
wastewater treatment units, waste incinerators, and organic removal 
devices such as steam and air stripper units, and thin film evaporation 
units. If such equipment is used for recovery then it is part of a 
pharmaceutical process and is not a waste management unit.
    Wastewater means any portion of an individual wastewater stream or 
any aggregation of wastewater streams.
    Wastewater stream means water that is discarded from a PMPU through 
a single POD, that contains an annual average concentration of partially 
soluble and/or soluble HAP compounds of at least 5 parts per million by 
weight and a load of at least 0.05 kg/yr. The following are not 
considered wastewater streams for the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) Stormwater from segregated sewers;
    (2) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems, including testing 
of such systems;
    (3) Spills;
    (4) Water from safety showers;
    (5) Samples of a size not greater than reasonably necessary for the 
method of analysis that is used;
    (6) Equipment leaks;
    (7) Wastewater drips from procedures such as disconnecting hoses 
after clearing lines; and
    (8) Noncontact cooling water.
    Wastewater tank means a stationary waste management unit that is 
designed to contain an accumulation of

[[Page 78]]

wastewater or residuals and is constructed primarily of nonearthen 
materials (e.g., wood, concrete, steel, plastic) which provide 
structural support. Wastewater tanks used for flow equalization are 
included in this definition.
    Water seal controls means a seal pot, p-leg trap, or other type of 
trap filled with water (e.g., flooded sewers that maintain water levels 
adequate to prevent air flow through the system) that creates a water 
barrier between the sewer line and the atmosphere. The water level of 
the seal must be maintained in the vertical leg of a drain in order to 
be considered a water seal.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52598, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1252  Standards: General.

    Each owner or operator of any affected source subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall control HAP emissions to the level 
specified in this section on and after the compliance dates specified in 
Sec. 63.1250(f). Initial compliance with the emission limits is 
demonstrated in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 63.1257, and 
continuous compliance is demonstrated in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.1258.
    (a) Opening of a safety device. Opening of a safety device, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1251, is allowed at any time conditions require it to 
do so to avoid unsafe conditions.
    (b) Closed-vent systems. The owner or operator of a closed-vent 
system that contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away 
from a control device used to comply with the requirements in 
Secs. 63.1253, 63.1254, and 63.1256 shall comply with the requirements 
of Table 4 to this subpart and paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section. 
Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, 
open-ended valves or lines, rupture disks and pressure relief valves 
needed for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
    (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
determines whether vent stream flow is present at least once every 15 
minutes. Records shall be maintained as specified in 
Sec. 63.1259(i)(6)(i). The flow indicator shall be installed at the 
entrance to any bypass line that could divert the vent stream away from 
the control device to the atmosphere; or
    (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car 
seal or lock and key type configuration. A visual inspection of the seal 
or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to 
ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent 
stream is not diverted through the bypass line. Records shall be 
maintained as specified in Sec. 63.1259(i)(6)(ii).
    (c) Heat exchange systems. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of 
this section, owners and operators of affected sources shall comply with 
the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for heat exchange 
systems that cool process equipment or materials used in pharmaceutical 
manufacturing operations.
    (1) The heat exchange system shall be treated according to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.104, except that the monitoring frequency shall be 
no less than quarterly.
    (2) For identifying leaking equipment, the owner or operator of heat 
exchange systems on equipment which meet current good manufacturing 
practice (CGMP) requirements of 21 CFR part 211 may elect to use the 
physical integrity of the reactor as the surrogate indicator of heat 
exchange system leaks around the reactor.
    (d) Emissions averaging provisions. Except as specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section, owners or operators of 
storage tanks or processes subject to the provisions of Secs. 63.1253 
and 63.1254 may choose to comply by using emissions averaging 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1257(g) or (h) for any storage tank or 
process.
    (1) A State may prohibit averaging of HAP emissions and require the 
owner or operator of an existing source to comply with the provisions in 
Secs. 63.1253 and 63.1254.
    (2) Only emission sources subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1253(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i) or Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(i) may be included 
in any averaging group.
    (3) Processes which have been permanently shutdown or storage tanks 
permanently taken out of HAP service may not be included in any 
averaging group.

[[Page 79]]

    (4) Processes and storage tanks already controlled on or before 
November 15, 1990 may not be included in an emissions averaging group, 
except where the level of control is increased after November 15, 1990. 
In these cases, the uncontrolled emissions shall be the controlled 
emissions as calculated on November 15, 1990 for the purpose of 
determining the uncontrolled emissions as specified in Sec. 63.1257(g) 
and (h).
    (5) Emission points controlled to comply with a State or Federal 
rule other than this subpart may not be credited in an emission 
averaging group, unless the level of control has been increased after 
November 15, 1990 above what is required by the other State or Federal 
rule. Only the control above what is required by the other State or 
Federal rule will be credited. However, if an emission point has been 
used to generate emissions averaging credit in an approved emissions 
average, and the point is subsequently made subject to a State or 
Federal rule other than this subpart, the point can continue to generate 
emissions averaging credit for the purpose of complying with the 
previously approved average.
    (6) Not more than 20 processes subject to Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(i), and 
20 storage tanks subject to Sec. 63.1253(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i) at an 
affected source may be included in an emissions averaging group.
    (7) Compliance with the emission standards in Sec. 63.1253 shall be 
satisfied when the annual percent reduction efficiency is greater than 
or equal to 90 percent for those tanks meeting the criteria of 
Sec. 63.1253(a)(1) and 95 percent for those tanks meeting the criteria 
of Sec. 63.1253(a)(2), as demonstrated using the test methods and 
compliance procedures specified in Sec. 63.1257(g).
    (8) Compliance with the emission standards in Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(i) 
shall be satisfied when the annual percent reduction efficiency is 
greater than or equal to 93 percent, as demonstrated using the test 
methods and compliance procedures specified in Sec. 63.1257(h).
    (e) Pollution prevention alternative. Except as provided in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, an owner or operator may choose to 
meet the pollution prevention alternative requirement specified in 
either paragraph (e)(2) or (3) of this section for any PMPU or for any 
situation described in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, in lieu of the 
requirements specified in Secs. 63.1253, 63.1254, 63.1255, and 63.1256. 
Compliance with paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section shall be 
demonstrated through the procedures in Sec. 63.1257(f). Any PMPU for 
which the owner or operator seeks to comply by using the pollution 
prevention alternative shall begin with the same starting material(s) 
and end with the same product(s). The owner or operator may not comply 
with the pollution prevention alternative by eliminating any steps of a 
process by transferring the step offsite (to another manufacturing 
location).
    (1) The HAP that are generated in the PMPU that are not part of the 
production-indexed consumption factor must be controlled according to 
the requirements of Secs. 63.1253, 63.1254, 63.1255, and 63.1256. The 
hydrogen halides that are generated as a result of combustion control of 
emissions must be controlled according to the requirements of paragraph 
(g)(1) of this section.
    (2) The production-indexed HAP consumption factor (kg HAP consumed/
kg produced) shall be reduced by at least 75 percent from a 3 year 
average baseline established no earlier than the 1987 calendar year, or 
for the time period from startup of the process until the present in 
which the PMPU was operational and data are available, whichever is the 
lesser time period. If a time period less than 3 years is used to set 
the baseline, the data must represent at least 1 year's worth of data. 
For any reduction in the HAP factor achieved by reducing a HAP that is 
also a VOC, an equivalent reduction in the VOC factor is also required. 
For any reduction in the HAP factor that is achieved by reducing a HAP 
that is not a VOC, the VOC factor may not be increased.
    (3) Both requirements specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (ii) of 
this section are met.
    (i) The production-indexed HAP consumption factor (kg HAP consumed/
kg produced) shall be reduced by at least 50 percent from a 3-year 
average baseline established no earlier than the 1987 calendar year, or 
for the time period from startup of the process until the

[[Page 80]]

present in which the PMPU was operational and data are available, 
whichever is less. If a time period less than 3 years is used to set the 
baseline, the data must represent at least 1 year's worth of data. For 
any reduction in the HAP factor achieved by reducing a HAP that is also 
a VOC, an equivalent reduction in the VOC factor is also required. For 
any reduction in the HAP factor that is achieved by reducing a HAP that 
is not a VOC, the VOC factor may not be increased.
    (ii) The total PMPU HAP emissions shall be reduced by an amount, in 
kg/yr, that, when divided by the annual production rate, in kg/yr, and 
added to the reduction of the production-indexed HAP consumption factor, 
in kg/kg, yields a value of at least 75 percent of the average baseline 
HAP production-indexed consumption factor established according to 
paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section according to the equation provided 
in Sec. 63.1257(f)(2)(ii)(A). The total PMPU VOC emissions shall be 
reduced by an amount calculated according to the equation provided in 
Sec. 63.1257(f)(2)(ii)(B). The annual reduction in HAP and VOC air 
emissions must be due to the use of the following control devices:
    (A) Combustion control devices such as incinerators, flares or 
process heaters.
    (B) Control devices such as condensers and carbon adsorbers whose 
recovered product is destroyed or shipped offsite for destruction.
    (C) Any control device that does not ultimately allow for recycling 
of material back to the PMPU.
    (D) Any control device for which the owner or operator can 
demonstrate that the use of the device in controlling HAP emissions will 
have no effect on the production-indexed consumption factor for the 
PMPU.
    (4) The owner or operator may comply with the requirements in either 
paragraph (e)(2) or (3) of this section for a series of processes, 
including situations where multiple processes are merged, subject to the 
following conditions:
    (i) The baseline period shall be a single year beginning no earlier 
than the 1992 calendar year.
    (ii) The term ``PMPU'' shall have the meaning provided in 
Sec. 63.1251 except that the baseline and modified PMPU may include 
multiple processes (i.e., precursors, active ingredients, and final 
dosage form) if the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator that the multiple processes were merged after the 
baseline period into an existing process or processes.
    (iii) Nondedicated formulation and solvent recovery processes may 
not be merged with any other processes.
    (f) Control requirements for certain liquid streams in open systems 
within a PMPU. (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions of Table 5 of this subpart, for each item of equipment 
meeting all the criteria specified in paragraphs (f)(2) through (4) and 
either paragraph (f)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (2) The item of equipment is of a type identified in Table 5 of this 
subpart;
    (3) The item of equipment is part of a PMPU, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1251;
    (4) The item of equipment is controlled less stringently than in 
Table 5 of this subpart and the item of equipment is not otherwise 
exempt from controls by the provisions of this subpart or subpart A of 
this part; and
    (5) The item of equipment:
    (i) Is a drain, drain hub, manhole, lift station, trench, pipe, or 
oil/water separator that conveys water with an annual average 
concentration greater than or equal to 1,300 parts per million by weight 
(ppmw) of partially soluble HAP compounds; or an annual average 
concentration greater than or equal to 5,200 ppmw of partially soluble 
and/or soluble HAP compounds. The annual average concentration shall be 
determined according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1257(e)(1)(ii).
    (ii) Is a tank that receives one or more streams that contain water 
with an annual average concentration greater than or equal to 1,300 ppmw 
of partially soluble HAP compounds, or greater than or equal to 5,200 
ppmw of total partially soluble and/or soluble HAP compounds. The owner 
or operator of the source shall determine the average concentration of 
the stream at the inlet to the tank and according to the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(1)(ii).

[[Page 81]]

    (g) Control requirements for halogenated vent streams that are 
controlled by combustion devices. If a combustion device is used to 
comply with the provisions of Secs. 63.1253 (storage tanks), 63.1254 
(process vents), 63.1256(h) (wastewater vent streams) for a halogenated 
vent stream, then the vent stream shall be ducted to a halogen reduction 
device such as, but not limited to, a scrubber, before it is discharged 
to the atmosphere. The halogen reduction device must reduce emissions by 
the amounts specified in either paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) A halogen reduction device after the combustion control device 
must reduce overall emissions of hydrogen halides and halogens, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1251, by 95 percent or to a concentration less than 
or equal to 20 ppmv.
    (2) A halogen reduction device located before the combustion control 
device must reduce the halogen atom content of the vent stream to a 
concentration less than or equal to 20 ppmv.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52600, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1253  Standards: Storage tanks.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) of this 
section, the owner or operator of a storage tank meeting the criteria of 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section is subject to the requirements of 
paragraph (b) of this section. Except as provided in paragraphs (d), 
(e), and (f) of this section, the owner or operator of a storage tank 
meeting the criteria of paragraph (a)(2) of this section is subject to 
the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. Compliance with the 
provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section is demonstrated 
using the initial compliance procedures in Sec. 63.1257(c) and the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1258.
    (1) A storage tank with a design capacity greater than or equal to 
38 m\3\ but less than 75 m\3\ storing a liquid for which the maximum 
true vapor pressure of total HAP is greater than or equal to 13.1 kPa.
    (2) A storage tank with a design capacity greater than or equal to 
75 m\3\ storing a liquid for which the maximum true vapor pressure of 
total HAP is greater than or equal to 13.1 kPa.
    (b) The owner or operator of a storage tank shall equip the affected 
storage tank with either a fixed roof with internal floating roof, an 
external floating roof, an external floating roof converted to an 
internal floating roof, or a closed-vent system meeting the conditions 
of Sec. 63.1252(b) with a control device that meets any of the following 
conditions:
    (1) Reduces inlet emissions of total HAP by 90 percent by weight or 
greater;
    (2) Is an enclosed combustion device that provides a minimum 
residence time of 0.5 seconds at a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C;
    (3) Is a flare that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b); or
    (4) Is a control device specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(4).
    (c) The owner or operator of a storage tank shall equip the affected 
storage tank with either a fixed roof with internal floating roof, an 
external floating roof, an external floating roof converted to an 
internal floating roof, or a closed-vent system meeting the conditions 
of Sec. 63.1252(b) with a control device that meets any of the following 
conditions:
    (1) Reduces inlet emissions of total HAP as specified in paragraph 
(c)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section:
    (i) By 95 percent by weight or greater; or (ii) If the owner or 
operator can demonstrate that a control device installed on a storage 
tank on or before April 2, 1997 is designed to reduce inlet emissions of 
total HAP by greater than or equal to 90 percent by weight but less than 
95 percent by weight, then the control device is required to be operated 
to reduce inlet emissions of total HAP by 90 percent or greater.
    (2) Is an enclosed combustion device that provides a minimum 
residence time of 0.5 seconds at a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C;
    (3) Is a flare that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b); or
    (4) Is a control device specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(4).
    (d) As an alternative standard, the owner or operator of an existing 
or new affected source may comply with the

[[Page 82]]

storage tank standards by routing storage tank vents to a combustion 
control device achieving an outlet TOC concentration, as calibrated on 
methane or the predominant HAP, of 20 ppmv or less, and an outlet 
concentration of hydrogen halides and halogens of 20 ppmv or less. If 
the owner or operator is routing emissions to a noncombustion control 
device, it must achieve an outlet TOC concentration, as calibrated on 
methane or the predominant HAP, of 50 ppmv or less, and an outlet 
concentration of hydrogen halides and halogens of 50 ppmv or less. 
Compliance with the outlet concentrations shall be determined by the 
initial compliance procedures of Sec. 63.1257(c)(4) and the continuous 
emission monitoring requirements of Sec. 63.1258(b)(5).
    (e) Planned routine maintenance. The specifications and requirements 
in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section for control devices do not 
apply during periods of planned routine maintenance. Periods of planned 
routine maintenance of the control devices, during which the control 
device does not meet the specifications of paragraphs (b) through (d) of 
this section, as applicable, shall not exceed 240 hours per year.
    (f) Vapor balancing alternative. As an alternative to the 
requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the owner or 
operator of an existing or new affected source may implement vapor 
balancing in accordance with paragraphs (f)(1) through (7) of this 
section.
    (1) The vapor balancing system must be designed and operated to 
route organic HAP vapors displaced from loading of the storage tank to 
the railcar or tank truck from which the storage tank is filled.
    (2) Tank trucks and railcars must have a current certification in 
accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) pressure 
test requirements of 49 CFR part 180 for tank trucks and 49 CFR 173.31 
for railcars.
    (3) Hazardous air pollutants must only be unloaded from tank trucks 
or railcars when vapor collection systems are connected to the storage 
tank's vapor collection system.
    (4) No pressure relief device on the storage tank, or on the 
railcar, or tank truck shall open during loading or as a result of 
diurnal temperature changes (breathing losses).
    (5) Pressure relief devices on affected storage tanks must be set to 
no less than 2.5 psig at all times to prevent breathing losses. The 
owner or operator shall record the setting as specified in 
Sec. 63.1259(b)(12) and comply with the requirements for each pressure 
relief valve in paragraphs (f)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) The pressure relief valve shall be monitored quarterly using the 
method described in Sec. 63.180(b).
    (ii) An instrument reading of 500 ppmv or greater defines a leak.
    (iii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but no later than 5 days after it is detected, and the 
owner or operator shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements of 
Sec. 63.1255(g)(4)(i) through (iv).
    (6) Railcars or tank trucks that deliver HAP to an affected storage 
tank must be reloaded or cleaned at a facility that utilizes one of the 
control techniques in paragraph (f)(6)(i) through (ii) of this section:
    (i) The railcar or tank truck must be connected to a closed-vent 
system with a control device that reduces inlet emissions of HAP by 90 
percent by weight or greater; or
    (ii) A vapor balancing system designed and operated to collect 
organic HAP vapor displaced from the tank truck or railcar during 
reloading must be used to route the collected HAP vapor to the storage 
tank from which the liquid being transferred originated.
    (7) The owner or operator of the facility where the railcar or tank 
truck is reloaded or cleaned must comply with the requirements in 
paragraph (f)(7)(i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) Submit to the owner or operator of the affected storage tank and 
to the Administrator a written certification that the reloading or 
cleaning facility will meet the requirements of this section. The 
certifying entity may revoke the written certification by sending a 
written statement to the owner or operator of the affected storage tank 
giving at least 90 days notice that the certifying entity is rescinding 
acceptance of responsibility for compliance with

[[Page 83]]

the requirements of this paragraph (b)(7)(i).
    (ii) If complying with paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section, 
demonstrate initial compliance in accordance with Sec. 63.1257(c), 
demonstrate continuous compliance in accordance with Sec. 63.1258, keep 
records as specified in Sec. 63.1259, and prepare reports as specified 
in Sec. 63.1260.
    (iii) If complying with paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section, keep 
records of:
    (A) The equipment to be used and the procedures to be followed when 
reloading the railcar or tank truck and displacing vapors to the storage 
tank from which the liquid originates, and
    (B) Each time the vapor balancing system is used to comply with 
paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52601, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1254  Standards: Process vents.

    (a) Existing sources. For each process, the owner or operator of an 
existing affected source must comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(1) and (3) of this section or paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this 
section. Initial compliance with the required emission limits or 
reductions in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section is 
demonstrated in accordance with the initial compliance procedures 
described in Sec. 63.1257(d), and continuous compliance is demonstrated 
in accordance with the monitoring requirements described in 
Sec. 63.1258.
    (1) Process-based emission reduction requirement.
    (i) Uncontrolled HAP emissions from the sum of all process vents 
within a process that are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section shall be reduced by 93 percent or greater by 
weight, or as specified in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. 
Notification of changes in the compliance method shall be reported 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1260(h).
    (ii) Any one or more vents within a process may be controlled in 
accordance with any of the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) 
through (D) of this section. All other vents within the process must be 
controlled as specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.
    (A) To outlet concentrations less than or equal to 20 ppmv as TOC 
and less than or equal to 20 ppmv as hydrogen halides and halogens;
    (B) By a flare that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b);
    (C) By a control device specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(4); or
    (D) In accordance with the alternative standard specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (2) Process-based annual mass limit. (i) Actual HAP emissions from 
the sum of all process vents within a process must not exceed 900 
kilograms (kg) in any 365-day period.
    (ii) Actual HAP emissions from the sum of all process vents within 
processes complying with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section are limited 
to a maximum of 1,800 kg in any 365-day period.
    (iii) Emissions from vents that are subject to the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section and emissions from vents that are 
controlled in accordance with the procedures in paragraph (c) of this 
section may be excluded from the sums calculated in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) 
and (ii) of this section.
    (iv) The owner or operator may switch from compliance with paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section to compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section only after at least 1 year of operation in compliance with 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Notification of such a change in the 
compliance method shall be reported according to the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1260(h).
    (3) Individual vent emission reduction requirements.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, 
uncontrolled HAP emissions from a process vent must be reduced by 98 
percent or in accordance with any of the procedures in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section if the uncontrolled HAP 
emissions from the vent exceed 25 tons per year, and the flow-weighted 
average flowrate (FRa) calculated using Equation 1 of this subpart is 
less than or equal to the flowrate index (FRI) calculated using Equation 
2 of this subpart.

[[Page 84]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.000

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.001

Where:
FRa = flow-weighted average flowrate for the vent, scfm
Di = duration of each emission event, min
FRi = flowrate of each emission event, scfm
n = number of emission events
FRI = flowrate index, scfm
HL = annual uncontrolled HAP emissions, lb/yr, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1251

    (ii) Grandfathering provisions. As an alternative to the 
requirements in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, the owner or 
operator may comply with the provisions in paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A), (B), 
or (C) of this section, if applicable.
    (A) Control device operation. If the owner or operator can 
demonstrate that a process vent is controlled by a control device 
meeting the criteria specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A)(1) of this 
section, then the control device is required to be operated according to 
paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A)(2), (3), and (4) of this section:
    (1) The control device was installed on any process vent that met 
the conditions of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section on or before April 
2, 1997, and was operated to reduce uncontrolled emissions of total HAP 
by greater than or equal to 93 percent by weight, but less than 98 
percent by weight;
    (2) The device must be operated to reduce inlet emissions of total 
HAP by 93 percent or by the percent reduction specified for that control 
device in any preconstruction permit issued pursuant to regulations 
approved or promulgated through rulemaking under title I (including 
parts C or D) of the Clean Air Act, whichever is greater;
    (3) The device must be replaced or upgraded to achieve at least 98 
percent reduction of HAP or meet any of the conditions specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section upon reconstruction 
or replacement.
    (4) The device must be replaced or upgraded to achieve at least 98 
percent reduction of HAP or meet any of the conditions specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section by April 2, 2007, 
or 15 years after issuance of the preconstruction permit, whichever is 
later.
    (B) Process operations. If a process meets all of the conditions 
specified in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(B)(1) through (3) of this section, 
the required level of control for the process is the level that was 
achieved on or before April 2, 1997. This level of control is 
demonstrated using the same procedures that are used to demonstrate 
compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (1) At least one vent in the process met the conditions of paragraph 
(a)(3)(i) of this section on or before April 2, 1997; and
    (2) The overall control for the process on or before April 2, 1997 
was greater than or equal to 93 percent by weight, but less than 98 
percent by weight; and
    (3) The production-indexed HAP consumption factor for the 12-month 
period in which the process was operated prior to the compliance date is 
less than one-half of the 3-year average baseline value established no 
earlier than the 1987 through 1989 calendar years.
    (C) Hydrogenation vents. Processes meeting the conditions of 
paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(C)(1) through (3) of this section are required to 
be operated to maintain the level of control achieved on or before April 
2, 1997. For all other processes meeting the conditions of paragraph 
(a)(3)(ii)(C)(3) of this section, uncontrolled HAP emissions from the 
sum of all process vents within the process must be reduced by 95 
percent or greater by weight.
    (1) Processes containing a process vent that met the conditions of 
paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section on or before April 2, 1997; and
    (2) Processes that are controlled to greater than or equal to 93 
percent by weight, but less than 98 percent by weight; and
    (3) Processes with a hydrogenation vent that, in conjunction with 
all other process vents from the process that do not meet the conditions 
of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, cannot meet

[[Page 85]]

the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (b) New sources. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, uncontrolled HAP emissions from the sum of all process vents 
within a process at a new affected source shall be reduced by 98 percent 
or greater by weight or controlled in accordance with any of 
requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section. 
Initial compliance with the required emission limit or reduction is 
demonstrated in accordance with the initial compliance procedures in 
Sec. 63.1257(d), and continuous compliance is demonstrated in accordance 
with the monitoring requirements described in Sec. 63.1258.
    (2) Annual mass limit. The actual HAP emissions from the sum of all 
process vents for which the owner or operator is not complying with 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section are limited to 900 kg in any 365-day 
period.
    (c) Alternative standard. As an alternative standard, the owner or 
operator of an existing or new affected source may comply with the 
process vent standards by routing vents from a process to a combustion 
control device achieving an outlet TOC concentration, as calibrated on 
methane or the predominant HAP, of 20 ppmv or less, and an outlet 
concentration of hydrogen halides and halogens of 20 ppmv or less. If 
the owner or operator is routing emissions to a noncombustion control 
device, it must achieve an outlet TOC concentration, as calibrated on 
methane or the predominant HAP, of 50 ppmv or less, and an outlet 
concentration of hydrogen halides and halogens of 50 ppmv or less. Any 
process vents within a process that are not routed to this control 
device must be controlled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 
(a) or (b) of this section, as applicable. Initial compliance with the 
outlet concentrations is demonstrated in accordance with the initial 
compliance procedures described in Sec. 63.1257(d)(1)(iv), and 
continuous compliance is demonstrated in accordance with the emission 
monitoring requirements described in Sec. 63.1258(b)(5).

[65 FR 52601, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1255  Standards: Equipment leaks.

    (a) General Equipment Leak Requirements. (1) The provisions of this 
section apply to pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, 
sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, 
connectors, instrumentation systems, control devices, and closed-vent 
systems required by this section that are intended to operate in organic 
hazardous air pollutant service 300 hours or more during the calendar 
year within a source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
    (2) Consistency with other regulations. After the compliance date 
for a process, equipment subject to both this section and either of the 
following will be required to comply only with the provisions of this 
subpart:
    (i) 40 CFR part 60.
    (ii) 40 CFR part 61.
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4) The provisions in Sec. 63.1(a)(3) of subpart A of this part do 
not alter the provisions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (5) Lines and equipment not containing process fluids are not 
subject to the provisions of this section. Utilities, and other 
nonprocess lines, such as heating and cooling systems which do not 
combine their materials with those in the processes they serve, are not 
considered to be part of a process.
    (6) The provisions of this section do not apply to bench-scale 
processes, regardless of whether the processes are located at the same 
plant site as a process subject to the provisions of this subpart.
    (7) Equipment to which this section applies shall be identified such 
that it can be distinguished readily from equipment that is not subject 
to this section. Identification of the equipment does not require 
physical tagging of the equipment. For example, the equipment may be 
identified on a plant site plan, in log entries, or by designation of 
process boundaries by some form of weatherproof identification. If 
changes are made to the affected source subject to the leak detection 
requirements, equipment identification for each type of component shall 
be updated, if needed, within 90 calendar days or by the next Periodic 
Report

[[Page 86]]

following the end of the monitoring period for that component, whichever 
is later.
    (8) Equipment that is in vacuum service is excluded from the 
requirements of this section.
    (9) Equipment that is in organic HAP service, but is in such service 
less than 300 hours per calendar year, is excluded from the requirements 
of this section if it is identified as required in paragraph (g)(9) of 
this section.
    (10) When each leak is detected by visual, audible, or olfactory 
means, or by monitoring as described in Sec. 63.180(b) or (c), the 
following requirements apply:
    (i) A weatherproof and readily visible identification, marked with 
the equipment identification number, shall be attached to the leaking 
equipment.
    (ii) The identification on a valve in light liquid or gas/vapor 
service may be removed after it has been monitored as specified in 
paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section, and no leak has been detected 
during the follow-up monitoring.
    (iii) The identification on equipment, except on a valve in light 
liquid or gas/vapor service, may be removed after it has been repaired.
    (11) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(11)(i) of this section, all 
terms in this subpart that define a period of time for completion of 
required tasks (e.g., weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual) refer to the 
standard calendar periods unless specified otherwise in the section or 
paragraph that imposes the requirement.
    (i) If the initial compliance date does not coincide with the 
beginning of the standard calendar period, an owner or operator may 
elect to utilize a period beginning on the compliance date, or may elect 
to comply in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(11)(ii) or 
(iii) of this section.
    (ii) Time periods specified in this subpart for completion of 
required tasks may be changed by mutual agreement between the owner or 
operator and the Administrator, as specified in subpart A of this part. 
For each time period that is changed by agreement, the revised period 
shall remain in effect until it is changed. A new request is not 
necessary for each recurring period.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(11)(i) or (ii) of this 
section, where the period specified for compliance is a standard 
calendar period, if the initial compliance date does not coincide with 
the beginning of the calendar period, compliance shall be required 
according to the schedule specified in paragraph (a)(11)(iii)(A) or (B) 
of this section, as appropriate.
    (A) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the initial compliance date occurs if there 
remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be performed weekly, at least 
2 weeks for tasks that must be performed monthly, at least 1 month for 
tasks that must be performed each quarter, or at least 3 months for 
tasks that must be performed annually; or
    (B) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the end 
of the first full standard calendar period after the period within which 
the initial compliance date occurs.
    (iv) In all instances where a provision of this subpart requires 
completion of a task during each of multiple successive periods, an 
owner or operator may perform the required task at any time during each 
period, provided the task is conducted at a reasonable interval after 
completion of the task during the previous period.
    (12) In all cases where the provisions of this subpart require an 
owner or operator to repair leaks by a specified time after the leak is 
detected, it is a violation of this section to fail to take action to 
repair the leaks within the specified time. If action is taken to repair 
the leaks within the specified time, failure of that action to 
successfully repair the leak is not a violation of this section. 
However, if the repairs are unsuccessful, a leak is detected and the 
owner or operator shall take further action as required by applicable 
provisions of this section.
    (b) References. (1) The owner or operator of a source subject to 
this section shall comply with the provisions of subpart H of this part, 
as specified in paragraphs (b)(2) through (4) of this section. The term 
``process unit'' as used in subpart H of this part shall be considered 
to be defined the same as

[[Page 87]]

``group of processes'' for sources subject to this subpart GGG. The term 
``fuel gas system,'' as used in subpart H of this part, shall not apply 
for the purposes of this subpart GGG.
    (2) Sections 63.160, 63.161, 63.162, 63.163, 63.167, 63.168, 63.170, 
63.173, 63.175, 63.176, 63.181, and 63.182 shall not apply for the 
purposes of this subpart GGG. The owner or operator shall comply with 
the provisions specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (viii) of this 
section.
    (i) Sections 63.160 and 63.162 shall not apply; instead, the owner 
or operator shall comply with paragraph (a) of this section;
    (ii) Section 63.161 shall not apply; instead, the owner or operator 
shall comply with Sec. 63.1251;
    (iii) Sections 63.163 and 63.173 shall not apply; instead, the owner 
or operator shall comply with paragraph (c) of this section;
    (iv) Section 63.167 shall not apply; instead, the owner or operator 
shall comply with paragraph (d) of this section;
    (v) Section 63.168 shall not apply; instead, the owner or operator 
shall comply with paragraph (e) of this section;
    (vi) Section 63.170 shall not apply; instead, the owner or operator 
shall comply with Sec. 63.1254;
    (vii) Section 63.181 shall not apply; instead, the owner or operator 
shall comply with paragraph (g) of this section; and
    (viii) Section 63.182 shall not apply; instead, the owner or 
operator shall comply with paragraph (h) of this section.
    (3) The owner or operator shall comply with Secs. 63.164, 63.165, 
63.166, 63.169, 63.177, and 63.179 in their entirety, except that when 
these sections reference other sections of subpart H of this part, the 
references shall mean the sections specified in paragraphs (b)(2) and 
(4) of this section. Section 63.164 applies to compressors. Section 
63.165 applies to pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service. Section 
63.166 applies to sampling connection systems. Section 63.169 applies to 
pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy liquid service; 
instrumentation systems; and pressure relief devices in liquid service. 
Section 63.177 applies to general alternative means of emission 
limitation. Section 63.179 applies to alternative means of emission 
limitation for enclosed-vented process units.
    (4) The owner or operator shall comply with Secs. 63.171, 63.172, 
63.174, 63.178, and 63.180, except as specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) 
through (vi) of this section.
    (i) Section 63.171 shall apply, except Sec. 63.171(a) shall not 
apply. Instead, delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been 
detected is allowed if one of the conditions in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) 
through (B) exists:
    (A) The repair is technically infeasible without a process shutdown. 
Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next scheduled 
process shutdown.
    (B) The owner or operator determines that repair personnel would be 
exposed to an immediate danger if attempting to repair without a process 
shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next 
scheduled process shutdown.
    (ii) Section 63.172 shall apply for closed-vent systems used to 
comply with this section, and for control devices used to comply with 
this section only, except:
    (A) Section 63.172(k) and (l) shall not apply. The owner or operator 
shall instead comply with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (B) Owners or operators may, instead of complying with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.172(f), design a closed-vent system to operate at 
a pressure below atmospheric pressure. The system shall be equipped with 
at least one pressure gage or other pressure measurement device that can 
be read from a readily accessible location to verify that negative 
pressure is being maintained in the closed-vent system when the 
associated control device is operating.
    (iii) Section 63.174 shall apply except:
    (A) Section 63.174(f), (g), and (h) shall not apply. Instead of 
Sec. 63.174(f), (g), and (h), the owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraph (f) of this section. Section 63.174(b)(3) shall not apply. 
Instead of Sec. 63.174(b)(3), the owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(B) through (F) of this section.
    (B) If the percent leaking connectors in a group of processes was 
greater than or equal to 0.5 percent during the

[[Page 88]]

initial monitoring period, monitoring shall be performed once per year 
until the percent leaking connectors is less than 0.5 percent.
    (C) If the percent leaking connectors in the group of processes was 
less than 0.5 percent, but equal to or greater than 0.25 percent, during 
the initial or last required monitoring period, the owner or operator 
may elect to monitor once every 4 years. An owner or operator may comply 
with the requirements of this paragraph by monitoring at least 40 
percent of the connectors in the first 2 years and the remainder of the 
connectors within the next 2 years. The percent leaking connectors will 
be calculated for the total of all required monitoring performed during 
the 4-year period.
    (D) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(B) of this section, 
if leaking connectors comprise at least 0.5 percent but less than 1.0 
percent of the connectors during the last monitoring period, the owner 
or operator shall monitor at least once every 2 years for the next 
monitoring period. At the end of that 2-year monitoring period, the 
owner or operator shall monitor once per year if the percent leaking 
connectors is greater than or equal to 0.5 percent; if the percent 
leaking connectors is less than 0.5 percent, the owner or operator shall 
monitor in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(C) or (F) of this 
section, as appropriate.
    (E) If an owner or operator determines that 1 percent or greater of 
the connectors in a group of processes are leaking, the owner or 
operator shall monitor the connectors once per year. The owner or 
operator may elect to use the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(C), 
(D), or (F) of this section, as appropriate, after a monitoring period 
in which less than 1 percent of the connectors are determined to be 
leaking.
    (F) The owner or operator may elect to perform monitoring once every 
8 years if the percent leaking connectors in the group of processes was 
less than 0.25 percent during the initial or last required monitoring 
period. An owner or operator shall monitor at least 50 percent of the 
connectors in the first 4 years and the remainder of the connectors 
within the next 4 years. If the percent leaking connectors in the first 
4 years is equal to or greater than 0.35 percent, the monitoring program 
shall revert at that time to the appropriate monitoring frequency 
specified in paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(C), (D), or (E) of this section.
    (iv) Section 63.178 shall apply except:
    (A) Section 63.178(b), requirements for pressure testing, may be 
applied to all processes (not just batch processes) and to supply lines 
between storage and processing areas.
    (B) For pumps, the phrase ``at the frequencies specified in Table 1 
of this subpart'' in Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(iii) shall mean ``quarterly'' for 
the purposes of this subpart.
    (v) Section 63.180 shall apply except Sec. 63.180(b)(4)(ii)(A) 
through (C) shall not apply. Instead, calibration gases shall be a 
mixture of methane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less 
than, 10,000 parts per million methane for agitators; 2,000 parts per 
million for pumps; and 500 parts per million for all other equipment, 
except as provided in Sec. 63.180(b)(4)(iii).
    (vi) When Secs. 63.171, 63.172, 63.174, 63.178, and 63.180 reference 
other sections in subpart H of this part, the references shall mean 
those sections specified in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(4)(i) through (v) 
of this section, as applicable.
    (c) Standards for Pumps in Light Liquid Service and Agitators in 
Gas/Vapor Service and in Light Liquid Service. (1) The provisions of 
this section apply to each pump that is in light organic HAP liquid 
service, and to each agitator in organic HAP gas/vapor service or in 
light organic HAP liquid service.
    (2)(i) Monitoring. Each pump and agitator subject to this section 
shall be monitored quarterly to detect leaks by the method specified in 
Sec. 63.180(b) except as provided in Secs. 63.177, 63.178, paragraph (f) 
of this section, and paragraphs (c)(5) through (9) of this section.
    (ii) Leak definition. The instrument reading, as determined by the 
method as specified in Sec. 63.180(b), that defines a leak is:
    (A) For agitators, an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million 
or greater.
    (B) For pumps, an instrument reading of 2,000 parts per million or 
greater.

[[Page 89]]

    (iii) Visual Inspections. Each pump and agitator shall be checked by 
visual inspection each calendar week for indications of liquids dripping 
from the pump or agitator seal. If there are indications of liquids 
dripping from the seal, a leak is detected.
    (3) Repair provisions. (i) When a leak is detected, it shall be 
repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days 
after it is detected, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this 
section.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after the leak is detected. First attempts at repair 
include, but are not limited to, the following practices where 
practicable:
    (A) Tightening of packing gland nuts.
    (B) Ensuring that the seal flush is operating at design pressure and 
temperature.
    (4) Calculation of percent leakers. (i) The owner or operator shall 
decide no later than the end of the first monitoring period what groups 
of processes will be developed. Once the owner or operator has decided, 
all subsequent percent calculations shall be made on the same basis.
    (ii) If, calculated on a 1 year rolling average, the greater of 
either 10 percent or three of the pumps in a group of processes leak, 
the owner or operator shall monitor each pump once per month.
    (iii) The number of pumps in a group of processes shall be the sum 
of all the pumps in organic HAP service, except that pumps found leaking 
in a continuous process within 1 quarter after startup of the pump shall 
not count in the percent leaking pumps calculation for that one 
monitoring period only.
    (iv) Percent leaking pumps shall be determined by the following 
Equation 3:

%PL = [(PL--PS)/(PT--
PS)]  x  100 (Eq. 3)

Where:
%PL = percent leaking pumps
PL = number of pumps found leaking as determined through 
periodic monitoring as required in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
PT = total pumps in organic HAP service, including those 
meeting the criteria in paragraphs (c)(5) and (6) of this section.
PS = number of pumps in a continuous process leaking within 1 
quarter of startup during the current monitoring period.

    (5) Exemptions. Each pump or agitator equipped with a dual 
mechanical seal system that includes a barrier fluid system is exempt 
from the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4)(iii) of this 
section, provided the following requirements are met:
    (i) Each dual mechanical seal system is:
    (A) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all 
times greater than the pump/agitator stuffing box pressure; or
    (B) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
connected by a closed-vent system to a control device that complies with 
the requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section; or
    (C) Equipped with a closed-loop system that purges the barrier fluid 
into a process stream.
    (ii) The barrier fluid is not in light liquid service.
    (iii) Each barrier fluid system is equipped with a sensor that will 
detect failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (iv) Each pump/agitator is checked by visual inspection each 
calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump/agitator 
seal.
    (A) If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump/
agitator seal at the time of the weekly inspection, the pump/agitator 
shall be monitored as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) to determine if there 
is a leak of organic HAP in the barrier fluid.
    (B) If an instrument reading of 2,000 parts per million or greater 
is measured for pumps, or 10,000 parts per million or greater is 
measured for agitators, a leak is detected.
    (v) Each sensor as described in paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this 
section is observed daily or is equipped with an alarm unless the pump 
is located within the boundary of an unmanned plant site.
    (vi)(A) The owner or operator determines, based on design 
considerations and operating experience, criteria applicable to the 
presence and frequency of drips and to the sensor that indicate

[[Page 90]]

failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (B) If indications of liquids dripping from the pump/agitator seal 
exceed the criteria established in paragraph (c)(5)(vi)(A) of this 
section, or if, based on the criteria established in paragraph 
(c)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, the sensor indicates failure of the seal 
system, the barrier fluid system, or both, a leak is detected.
    (C) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
    (D) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after each leak is detected.
    (6) Any pump/agitator that is designed with no externally actuated 
shaft penetrating the pump/agitator housing is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (7) Any pump/agitator equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals back to 
the process or to a control device that complies with the requirements 
of paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section is exempt from the requirements 
of paragraphs (c)(2) through (5) of this section.
    (8) Any pump/agitator that is located within the boundary of an 
unmanned plant site is exempt from the weekly visual inspection 
requirement of paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and (c)(5)(iv) of this section, 
and the daily requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(v) of this section, 
provided that each pump/agitator is visually inspected as often as 
practicable and at least monthly.
    (9) If more than 90 percent of the pumps in a group of processes 
meet the criteria in either paragraph (c)(5) or (6) of this section, the 
group of processes is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) 
of this section.
    (d) Standards: Open-Ended Valves or Lines. (1)(i) Each open-ended 
valve or line shall be equipped with a cap, blind flange, plug, or a 
second valve, except as provided in Sec. 63.177 and paragraphs (d)(4) 
through (6) of this section.
    (ii) The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall seal the 
open end at all times except during operations requiring process fluid 
flow through the open-ended valve or line, or during maintenance or 
repair. The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall be in place 
within 1 hour of cessation of operations requiring process fluid flow 
through the open-ended valve or line, or within 1 hour of cessation of 
maintenance or repair. The owner or operator is not required to keep a 
record documenting compliance with the 1-hour requirement.
    (2) Each open-ended valve or line equipped with a second valve shall 
be operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid end is 
closed before the second valve is closed.
    (3) When a double block and bleed system is being used, the bleed 
valve or line may remain open during operations that require venting the 
line between the block valves but shall comply with paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section at all other times.
    (4) Open-ended valves or lines in an emergency shutdown system which 
are designed to open automatically in the event of a process upset are 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this 
section.
    (5) Open-ended valves or lines containing materials which would 
autocatalytically polymerize are exempt from the requirements of 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section.
    (6) Open-ended valves or lines containing materials which could 
cause an explosion, serious overpressure, or other safety hazard if 
capped or equipped with a double block and bleed system as specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section are exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section.
    (e) Standards: Valves in Gas/Vapor Service and in Light Liquid 
Service. (1) The provisions of this section apply to valves that are 
either in gas organic HAP service or in light liquid organic HAP 
service.
    (2) For existing and new affected sources, all valves subject to 
this section shall be monitored, except as provided in paragraph (f) of 
this section and in Sec. 63.177, by no later than 1 year after the 
compliance date.

[[Page 91]]

    (3) Monitoring. The owner or operator of a source subject to this 
section shall monitor all valves, except as provided in paragraph (f) of 
this section and in Sec. 63.177, at the intervals specified in paragraph 
(e)(4) of this section and shall comply with all other provisions of 
this section, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, 
Secs. 63.178 and 63.179.
    (i) The valves shall be monitored to detect leaks by the method 
specified in Sec. 63.180(b).
    (ii) An instrument reading of 500 parts per million or greater 
defines a leak.
    (4) Subsequent monitoring frequencies. After conducting the initial 
survey required in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall monitor valves for leaks at the intervals specified 
below:
    (i) For a group of processes with 2 percent or greater leaking 
valves, calculated according to paragraph (e)(6) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall monitor each valve once per month, except as 
specified in paragraph (e)(9) of this section.
    (ii) For a group of processes with less than 2 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator shall monitor each valve once each 
quarter, except as provided in paragraphs (e)(4)(iii) through (e)(4)(v) 
of this section.
    (iii) For a group of processes with less than 1 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 
2 quarters.
    (iv) For a group of processes with less than 0.5 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 
4 quarters.
    (v) For a group of processes with less than 0.25 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 
2 years.
    (5) Calculation of percent leakers. For a group of processes to 
which this subpart applies, an owner or operator may choose to subdivide 
the valves in the applicable group of processes and apply the provisions 
of paragraph (e)(4) of this section to each subgroup. If the owner or 
operator elects to subdivide the valves in the applicable group of 
processes, then the provisions of paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through 
(e)(5)(viii) of this section apply.
    (i) The overall performance of total valves in the applicable group 
of processes must be less than 2 percent leaking valves, as detected 
according to paragraphs (e)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section and as 
calculated according to paragraphs (e)(6) (ii) and (iii) of this 
section.
    (ii) The initial assignment or subsequent reassignment of valves to 
subgroups shall be governed by the provisions of paragraphs (e)(5)(ii) 
(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall determine which valves are assigned 
to each subgroup. Valves with less than 1 year of monitoring data or 
valves not monitored within the last 12 months must be placed initially 
into the most frequently monitored subgroup until at least 1 year of 
monitoring data has been obtained.
    (B) Any valve or group of valves can be reassigned from a less 
frequently monitored subgroup to a more frequently monitored subgroup 
provided that the valves to be reassigned were monitored during the most 
recent monitoring period for the less frequently monitored subgroup. The 
monitoring results must be included with the less frequently monitored 
subgroup's monitoring event and associated next percent leaking valves 
calculation for that group.
    (C) Any valve or group of valves can be reassigned from a more 
frequently monitored subgroup to a less frequently monitored subgroup 
provided that the valves to be reassigned have not leaked for the period 
of the less frequently monitored subgroup (e.g., for the last 12 months, 
if the valve or group of valves is to be reassigned to a subgroup being 
monitored annually). Nonrepairable valves may not be reassigned to a 
less frequently monitored subgroup.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall determine every 6 months if the 
overall performance of total valves in the applicable group of processes 
is less than 2 percent leaking valves and so indicate the performance in 
the next periodic report. If the overall performance of total valves in 
the applicable group of processes is 2 percent leaking valves or 
greater, the owner or operator shall

[[Page 92]]

revert to the program required in paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(4) of 
this section. The overall performance of total valves in the applicable 
group of processes shall be calculated as a weighted average of the 
percent leaking valves of each subgroup according to the following 
Equation 4:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.002

where:

%VLO = overall performance of total valves in the applicable 
process or group of processes
%VLi = percent leaking valves in subgroup i, most recent 
value calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (e)(6)(ii) 
and (iii) of this section
Vi = number of valves in subgroup i

    (iv) Records. In addition to records required by paragraph (g) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall maintain records specified in 
paragraphs (e)(5)(iv)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Which valves are assigned to each subgroup,
    (B) Monitoring results and calculations made for each subgroup for 
each monitoring period,
    (C) Which valves are reassigned and when they were reassigned, and
    (D) The results of the semiannual overall performance calculation 
required in paragraph (e)(5)(iii) of this section.
    (v) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator no later 
than 30 days prior to the beginning of the next monitoring period of the 
decision to subgroup valves. The notification shall identify the 
participating processes and the valves assigned to each subgroup.
    (vi) Semiannual reports. In addition to the information required by 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit in 
the periodic reports the information specified in paragraphs 
(e)(5)(vi)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) Valve reassignments occurring during the reporting period, and
    (B) Results of the semiannual overall performance calculation 
required by paragraph (e)(5)(iii) of this section.
    (vii) To determine the monitoring frequency for each subgroup, the 
calculation procedures of paragraph (e)(6)(iii) of this section shall be 
used.
    (viii) Except for the overall performance calculations required by 
paragraphs (e)(5)(i) and (e)(5)(iii) of this section, each subgroup 
shall be treated as if it were a process for the purposes of applying 
the provisions of this section.
    (6)(i) The owner or operator shall decide no later than the 
implementation date of this subpart or upon revision of an operating 
permit how to group the processes. Once the owner or operator has 
decided, all subsequent percentage calculations shall be made on the 
same basis.
    (ii) Percent leaking valves for each group of processes or subgroup 
shall be determined by the following Equation 5:

%VL = [VL/VT]  x  100  (Eq. 5)

Where:

%VL = percent leaking valves as determined through periodic 
monitoring required in paragraphs (e)(2) through (4) of this section.
VT = total valves monitored, in a monitoring period excluding 
valves monitored as required by (e)(7)(iii) of this section

    (iii) When determining monitoring frequency for each group of 
processes or subgroup subject to monthly, quarterly, or semiannual 
monitoring frequencies, the percent leaking valves shall be the 
arithmetic average of the percent leaking valves from the last two 
monitoring periods. When determining monitoring frequency for each group 
of processes or subgroup subject to annual or biennial (once every 2 
years) monitoring frequencies, the percent leaking valves shall be the 
arithmetic average of the percent leaking valves from the last three 
monitoring periods.
    (iv)(A) Nonrepairable valves shall be included in the calculation of 
percent leaking valves the first time the valve is identified as leaking 
and nonrepairable and as required to comply with paragraph (e)(6)(iv)(B) 
of this section. Otherwise, a number of nonrepairable

[[Page 93]]

valves (identified and included in the percent leaking calculation in a 
previous period) up to a maximum of 1 percent of the total number of 
valves in organic HAP service at a process may be excluded from 
calculation of percent leaking valves for subsequent monitoring periods.
    (B) If the number of nonrepairable valves exceeds 1 percent of the 
total number of valves in organic HAP service at a process, the number 
of nonrepairable valves exceeding 1 percent of the total number of 
valves in organic HAP service shall be included in the calculation of 
percent leaking valves.
    (7) Repair provisions. (i) When a leak is detected, it shall be 
repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days 
after the leak is detected, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of 
this section.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (iii) When a leak is repaired, the valve shall be monitored at least 
once within the first 3 months after its repair. Days that the valve is 
not in organic HAP service shall not be considered part of this 3 month 
period.
    (A) The monitoring shall be conducted as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) 
and (c) as appropriate to determine whether the valve has resumed 
leaking.
    (B) Periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (e)(2) through (4) of 
this section may be used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph 
(e)(7)(iii) of this section, if the timing of the monitoring period 
coincides with the time specified in paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this 
section. Alternatively, other monitoring may be performed to satisfy the 
requirements of paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section, regardless of 
whether the timing of the monitoring period for periodic monitoring 
coincides with the time specified in paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this 
section.
    (C) If a leak is detected by monitoring that is conducted pursuant 
to paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
follow the provisions of paragraphs (e)(7)(iii)(C)(1) and (2) of this 
section to determine whether that valve must be counted as a leaking 
valve for purposes of paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
    (1) If the owner or operator elects to use periodic monitoring 
required by paragraphs (e)(2) through (4) of this section to satisfy the 
requirements of paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section, then the valve 
shall be counted as a leaking valve.
    (2) If the owner or operator elects to use other monitoring prior to 
the periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (e)(2) through (4) of 
this section to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of 
this section, then the valve shall be counted as a leaking valve unless 
it is repaired and shown by periodic monitoring not to be leaking.
    (8) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the 
following practices where practicable:
    (i) Tightening of bonnet bolts,
    (ii) Replacement of bonnet bolts,
    (iii) Tightening of packing gland nuts, and
    (iv) Injection of lubricant into lubricated packing.
    (9) Any equipment located at a plant site with fewer than 250 valves 
in organic HAP service in the affected source is exempt from the 
requirements for monthly monitoring specified in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of 
this section. Instead, the owner or operator shall monitor each valve in 
organic HAP service for leaks once each quarter, or comply with 
paragraph (e)(4)(iii) or (iv) of this section, except as provided in 
paragraph (f) of this section.
    (f) Unsafe to monitor/inspect, difficult to monitor/inspect, and 
inaccessible equipment. (1) Equipment that is designated as unsafe to 
monitor, unsafe to inspect, difficult to monitor, difficult to inspect, 
or inaccessible is exempt from the monitoring requirements as specified 
in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section provided the owner 
or operator meets the requirements specified in paragraph (f)(2), (3), 
or (4) of this section, as applicable. All equipment must be assigned to 
a group of processes. Ceramic or ceramic-lined connectors are subject to 
the same requirements as inaccessible connectors.
    (i) For pumps and agitators, paragraphs (c)(2), (3), and (4) of this 
section do not apply.
    (ii) For valves, paragraphs (e)(2) through (7) of this section do 
not apply.

[[Page 94]]

    (iii) For connectors, Sec. 63.174(b) through (e) and paragraphs 
(b)(4)(iii)(B) through (F) of this section do not apply.
    (iv) For closed-vent systems, Sec. 63.172(f)(1) and (2) and 
Sec. 63.172(g) do not apply.
    (2) Equipment that is unsafe to monitor or unsafe to inspect. (i) 
Valves, connectors, agitators, and pumps may be designated as unsafe to 
monitor if the owner or operator determines that monitoring personnel 
would be exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying 
with the monitoring requirements referred to in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (ii) Any part of a closed-vent system may be designated as unsafe to 
inspect if the owner or operator determines that monitoring personnel 
would be exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying 
with the monitoring requirements referred to in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of 
this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator of equipment that is designated as 
unsafe to monitor must have a written plan that requires monitoring of 
the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe to monitor times, 
but not more frequently than the periodic monitoring schedule otherwise 
applicable to the group of processes in which the equipment is located.
    (iv) For any parts of a closed-vent system designated as unsafe to 
inspect, the owner or operator must have a written plan that requires 
inspection of the closed-vent systems as frequently as practicable 
during safe to inspect times, but not more frequently than annually.
    (3) Equipment that is difficult to monitor or difficult to inspect. 
(i) A valve, agitator, or pump may be designated as difficult to monitor 
if the owner or operator determines that the valve, agitator, or pump 
cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 
2 meters above a support surface, or it is not accessible in a safe 
manner when it is in organic HAP service.
    (ii) Any part of a closed-vent system may be designated as difficult 
to inspect if the owner or operator determines that the equipment cannot 
be inspected without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 2 
meters above a support surface, or it is not accessible in a safe manner 
when it is in organic HAP service.
    (iii) At an existing source, any valve, agitator or pump within a 
group of processes that meets the criteria of paragraph (f)(3)(i) of 
this section may be designated as difficult to monitor, and any parts of 
a closed-vent system that meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(3)(ii) 
of this section may be designated as difficult to inspect. At a new 
affected source, an owner or operator may designate no more than 3 
percent of valves as difficult to monitor.
    (iv) The owner or operator of valves, agitators, or pumps designated 
as difficult to monitor must have a written plan that requires 
monitoring of the equipment at least once per calendar year or on the 
periodic monitoring schedule otherwise applicable to the group of 
processes in which the equipment is located, whichever is less frequent. 
For any part of a closed-vent system designated as difficult to inspect, 
the owner or operator must have a written plan that requires inspection 
of the closed-vent system at least once every 5 years.
    (4) Inaccessible, ceramic, or ceramic-lined connectors. (i) A 
connector may be designated as inaccessible if it is:
    (A) Buried;
    (B) Insulated in a manner that prevents access to the connector by a 
monitor probe;
    (C) Obstructed by equipment or piping that prevents access to the 
connector by a monitor probe;
    (D) Unable to be reached from a wheeled scissor-lift or hydraulic-
type scaffold which would allow access to equipment up to 7.6 meters (25 
feet) above the ground; or
    (E) Not able to be accessed at any time in a safe manner to perform 
monitoring. Unsafe access includes, but is not limited to, the use of a 
wheeled scissor-lift on unstable or uneven terrain, the use of a 
motorized man-lift basket in areas where an ignition potential exists, 
or access would require near proximity to hazards such as electrical 
lines, or would risk damage to equipment.

[[Page 95]]

    (ii) A connector may be designated as inaccessible if it would 
require elevating the monitoring personnel more than 2 meters above a 
permanent support surface or would require the erection of scaffold.
    (iii) At an existing source, any connector that meets the criteria 
of paragraph (f)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section may be designated as 
inaccessible. At a new affected source, an owner or operator may 
designate no more than 3 percent of connectors as inaccessible.
    (iv) If any inaccessible, ceramic, or ceramic-lined connector is 
observed by visual, audible, olfactory, or other means to be leaking, 
the leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 
calendar days after the leak is detected, except as provided in 
paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
    (v) Any connector that is inaccessible or that is ceramic or 
ceramic-lined is exempt from the recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements of paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
    (g) Recordkeeping Requirements. (1) An owner or operator of more 
than one group of processes subject to the provisions of this section 
may comply with the recordkeeping requirements for the groups of 
processes in one recordkeeping system if the system identifies with each 
record the program being implemented (e.g., quarterly monitoring) for 
each type of equipment. All records and information required by this 
section shall be maintained in a manner that can be readily accessed at 
the plant site. This could include physically locating the records at 
the plant site or accessing the records from a central location by 
computer at the plant site.
    (2) General recordkeeping. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(5)(i) 
of this section and in paragraph (a)(9) of this section, the following 
information pertaining to all equipment subject to the requirements in 
this section shall be recorded:
    (i)(A) A list of identification numbers for equipment (except 
connectors that are subject to paragraph (f)(4) of this section) subject 
to the requirements of this section. Except for equipment subject to the 
recordkeeping requirements in paragraphs (g)(2)(ii) through (viii) of 
this section, equipment need not be individually identified if, for a 
particular type of equipment, all items of that equipment in a 
designated area or length of pipe subject to the provisions of this 
section are identified as a group, and the number of subject items of 
equipment is indicated. The list for each type of equipment shall be 
completed no later than the completion of the initial survey required 
for that component. The list of identification numbers shall be updated, 
if needed, to incorporate equipment changes identified during the course 
of each monitoring period within 90 calendar days, or by the next 
Periodic Report, following the end of the monitoring period for the type 
of equipment component monitored, whichever is later.
    (B) A schedule for monitoring connectors subject to the provisions 
of Sec. 63.174(a) and valves subject to the provisions of paragraph 
(e)(4) of this section.
    (C) Physical tagging of the equipment to indicate that it is in 
organic HAP service is not required. Equipment subject to the provisions 
of this section may be identified on a plant site plan, in log entries, 
or by other appropriate methods.
    (ii)(A) A list of identification numbers for equipment that the 
owner or operator elects to equip with a closed-vent system and control 
device, under the provisions of paragraph (c)(7) of this section, 
Sec. 63.164(h), or Sec. 63.165(c).
    (B) A list of identification numbers for compressors that the owner 
or operator elects to designate as operating with an instrument reading 
of less than 500 parts per million above background, under the 
provisions of Sec. 63.164(i).
    (iii)(A) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief 
devices subject to the provisions in Sec. 63.165(a).
    (B) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief devices 
equipped with rupture disks, under the provisions of Sec. 63.165(d).
    (iv) Identification of instrumentation systems subject to the 
provisions of this section. Individual components in an instrumentation 
system need not be identified.
    (v) The following information shall be recorded for each dual 
mechanical seal system:

[[Page 96]]

    (A) Design criteria required by paragraph (c)(5)(vi)(A) of this 
section and Sec. 63.164(e)(2), and an explanation of the design 
criteria; and
    (B) Any changes to these criteria and the reasons for the changes.
    (vi) A list of equipment designated as unsafe to monitor/inspect or 
difficult to monitor/inspect under paragraph (f) of this section and a 
copy of the plan for monitoring or inspecting this equipment.
    (vii) A list of connectors removed from and added to the process, as 
described in Sec. 63.174(i)(1), and documentation of the integrity of 
the weld for any removed connectors, as required in Sec. 63.174(j). This 
is not required unless the net credits for removed connectors is 
expected to be used.
    (viii) For equipment that the owner or operator elects to monitor as 
provided under Sec. 63.178(c), a list of equipment added to batch 
product processes since the last monitoring period required in 
Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(ii) and (iii). This list must be completed for each 
type of equipment within 90 calendar days, or by the next Periodic 
Report, following the end of the monitoring period for the type of 
equipment monitored, whichever is later. Also, if the owner or operator 
elects to adjust monitoring frequency by the time in use, as provided in 
Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(iii), records demonstrating the proportion of the time 
during the calendar year the equipment is in use in a manner subject to 
the provisions of this section are required. Examples of suitable 
documentation are records of time in use for individual pieces of 
equipment or average time in use for the process unit.
    (3) Records of visual inspections. For visual inspections of 
equipment subject to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and 
(c)(5)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator shall document that 
the inspection was conducted and the date of the inspection. The owner 
or operator shall maintain records as specified in paragraph (g)(4) of 
this section for leaking equipment identified in this inspection, except 
as provided in paragraph (g)(5) of this section. These records shall be 
retained for 2 years.
    (4) Monitoring records. When each leak is detected as specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section and Sec. 63.164, paragraph (e) of this 
section and Sec. 63.169, and Secs. 63.172 and 63.174, the following 
information shall be recorded and kept for 5 years (at least 2 years 
onsite, with the remaining 3 years either onsite or offsite):
    (i) The instrument and the equipment identification number and the 
operator name, initials, or identification number.
    (ii) The date the leak was detected and the date of the first 
attempt to repair the leak.
    (iii) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (iv) The maximum instrument reading measured by Method 21 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, after the leak is successfully repaired or 
determined to be nonrepairable.
    (v) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak is not 
repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
    (A) The owner or operator may develop a written procedure that 
identifies the conditions that justify a delay of repair. The written 
procedures shall be included either as part of the startup/shutdown/
malfunction plan, required by Sec. 63.1259(a)(3), or in a separate 
document that is maintained at the plant site. Reasons for delay of 
repair may be documented by citing the relevant sections of the written 
procedure.
    (B) If delay of repair was caused by depletion of stocked parts, 
there must be documentation that the spare parts were sufficiently 
stocked onsite before depletion and the reason for depletion.
    (vi) If repairs were delayed, dates of process shutdowns that occur 
while the equipment is unrepaired.
    (vii)(A) If the alternative in Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(ii) is not in use 
for the monitoring period, identification, either by list, location 
(area or grouping), or tagging of connectors disturbed since the last 
monitoring period required in Sec. 63.174(b), as described in 
Sec. 63.174(c)(1).
    (B) The date and results of follow-up monitoring as required in 
Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(i) and (c)(2)(ii). If identification of disturbed 
connectors is

[[Page 97]]

made by location, then all connectors within the designated location 
shall be monitored.
    (viii) The date and results of the monitoring required in 
Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(i) for equipment added to a batch process since the 
last monitoring period required in Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(ii) and (iii). If 
no leaking equipment is found in this monitoring, the owner or operator 
shall record that the inspection was performed. Records of the actual 
monitoring results are not required.
    (ix) Copies of the periodic reports as specified in paragraph (h)(3) 
of this section, if records are not maintained on a computerized data 
base capable of generating summary reports from the records.
    (5) Records of pressure tests. The owner or operator who elects to 
pressure test a process equipment train or supply lines between storage 
and processing areas to demonstrate compliance with this section is 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (g)(2), (3), (4), and (6) of 
this section. Instead, the owner or operator shall maintain records of 
the following information:
    (i) The identification of each product, or product code, produced 
during the calendar year. It is not necessary to identify individual 
items of equipment in the process equipment train.
    (ii) Physical tagging of the equipment to identify that it is in 
organic HAP service and subject to the provisions of this section is not 
required. Equipment in a process subject to the provisions of this 
section may be identified on a plant site plan, in log entries, or by 
other appropriate methods.
    (iii) The dates of each pressure test required in Sec. 63.178(b), 
the test pressure, and the pressure drop observed during the test.
    (iv) Records of any visible, audible, or olfactory evidence of fluid 
loss.
    (v) When a process equipment train does not pass two consecutive 
pressure tests, the following information shall be recorded in a log and 
kept for 2 years:
    (A) The date of each pressure test and the date of each leak repair 
attempt.
    (B) Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
    (C) The reason for the delay of repair.
    (D) The expected date for delivery of the replacement equipment and 
the actual date of delivery of the replacement equipment.
    (E) The date of successful repair.
    (6) Records of compressor and relief device compliance tests. The 
dates and results of each compliance test required for compressors 
subject to the provisions in Sec. 63.164(i) and the dates and results of 
the monitoring following a pressure release for each pressure relief 
device subject to the provisions in Secs. 63.165(a) and (b). The results 
shall include:
    (i) The background level measured during each compliance test.
    (ii) The maximum instrument reading measured at each piece of 
equipment during each compliance test.
    (7) Records for closed-vent systems. The owner or operator shall 
maintain records of the information specified in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) 
through (iii) of this section for closed-vent systems and control 
devices subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this 
section. The records specified in paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section 
shall be retained for the life of the equipment. The records specified 
in paragraphs (g)(7)(ii) and (g)(7)(iii) of this section shall be 
retained for 2 years.
    (i) The design specifications and performance demonstrations 
specified in paragraphs (g)(7)(i)(A) through (g)(7)(i)(D) of this 
section.
    (A) Detailed schematics, design specifications of the control 
device, and piping and instrumentation diagrams.
    (B) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design 
specifications.
    (C) The flare design (i.e., steam assisted, air assisted, or 
nonassisted) and the results of the compliance demonstration required by 
Sec. 63.11(b).
    (D) A description of the parameter or parameters monitored, as 
required in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, to ensure that control 
devices are operated and maintained in conformance with their design and 
an explanation of why that parameter (or parameters) was selected for 
the monitoring.
    (ii) Records of operation of closed-vent systems and control 
devices.
    (A) Dates and durations when the closed-vent systems and control 
devices required in paragraph (c) of this

[[Page 98]]

section and Secs. 63.164 through 63.166 are not operated as designed as 
indicated by the monitored parameters, including periods when a flare 
pilot light system does not have a flame.
    (B) Dates and durations during which the monitoring system or 
monitoring device is inoperative.
    (C) Dates and durations of startups and shutdowns of control devices 
required in paragraph (c)(7) of this section and Secs. 63.164 through 
63.166.
    (iii) Records of inspections of closed-vent systems subject to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.172.
    (A) For each inspection conducted in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.172(f)(1) or (f)(2) during which no leaks were detected, a 
record that the inspection was performed, the date of the inspection, 
and a statement that no leaks were detected.
    (B) For each inspection conducted in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.172(f)(1) or (f)(2) during which leaks were detected, the 
information specified in paragraph (g)(4) of this section shall be 
recorded.
    (8) Records for components in heavy liquid service. Information, 
data, and analysis used to determine that a piece of equipment or 
process is in heavy liquid service shall be recorded. Such a 
determination shall include an analysis or demonstration that the 
process fluids do not meet the criteria of ``in light liquid or gas 
service.'' Examples of information that could document this include, but 
are not limited to, records of chemicals purchased for the process, 
analyses of process stream composition, engineering calculations, or 
process knowledge.
    (9) Records of exempt components. Identification, either by list, 
location (area or group) of equipment in organic HAP service less than 
300 hours per year subject to the provisions of this section.
    (10) Records of alternative means of compliance determination. 
Owners and operators choosing to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.179 shall maintain the following records:
    (i) Identification of the process(es) and the organic HAP they 
handle.
    (ii) A schematic of the process, enclosure, and closed-vent system.
    (iii) A description of the system used to create a negative pressure 
in the enclosure to ensure that all emissions are routed to the control 
device.
    (h) Reporting Requirements. (1) Each owner or operator of a source 
subject to this section shall submit the reports listed in paragraphs 
(h)(1)(i) through (ii) of this section.
    (i) A Notification of Compliance Status Report described in 
paragraph (h)(2) of this section,
    (ii) Periodic Reports described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section, 
and
    (2) Notification of compliance status report. Each owner or operator 
of a source subject to this section shall submit the information 
specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section in the 
Notification of Compliance Status Report described in Sec. 63.1260(f).
    (i) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section for each process 
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (g) of this 
section.
    (A) Process group identification.
    (B) Number of each equipment type (e.g., valves, pumps) in organic 
HAP service, excluding equipment in vacuum service.
    (C) Method of compliance with the standard (for example, ``monthly 
leak detection and repair'' or ``equipped with dual mechanical seals'').
    (ii) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section for each process 
subject to the requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of this section and 
Sec. 63.178(b).
    (A) Products or product codes subject to the provisions of this 
section, and
    (B) Planned schedule for pressure testing when equipment is 
configured for production of products subject to the provisions of this 
section.
    (iii) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section for each process 
subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.179.
    (A) Process identification.
    (B) A description of the system used to create a negative pressure 
in the enclosure and the control device used to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section.

[[Page 99]]

    (iv) Section 63.9(j) shall not apply to the Notification of 
Compliance Status report described in this paragraph (h)(2).
    (3) Periodic reports. The owner or operator of a source subject to 
this section shall submit Periodic Reports.
    (i) A report containing the information in paragraphs (h)(3)(ii), 
(h)(3)(iii), and (h)(3)(iv) of this section shall be submitted 
semiannually starting 6 months after the Notification of Compliance 
Status Report, as required in paragraph (h)(2) of this section. The 
first periodic report shall cover the first 6 months after the 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.1250(f). Each subsequent periodic 
report shall cover the 6 month period following the preceding period.
    (ii) For equipment complying with the provisions of paragraphs (b) 
through (g) of this section, except paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of this section 
and Sec. 63.179, the summary information listed in paragraphs 
(h)(3)(ii)(A) through (L) of this section for each monitoring period 
during the 6-month period.
    (A) The number of valves for which leaks were detected as described 
in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the percent leakers, and the total 
number of valves monitored;
    (B) The number of valves for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in paragraph (e)(7) of this section, identifying the number of 
those that are determined nonrepairable;
    (C) Separately, the number of pumps and agitators for which leaks 
were detected as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the 
total number of pumps and agitators monitored, and, for pumps, the 
percent leakers;
    (D) Separately, the number of pumps and agitators for which leaks 
were not repaired as required in paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
    (E) The number of compressors for which leaks were detected as 
described in Sec. 63.164(f);
    (F) The number of compressors for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in Sec. 63.164(g);
    (G) The number of connectors for which leaks were detected as 
described in Sec. 63.174(a), the percent of connectors leaking, and the 
total number of connectors monitored;
    (H) The number of connectors for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in Sec. 63.174(d), identifying the number of those that are 
determined nonrepairable;
    (I) The facts that explain any delay of repairs and, where 
appropriate, why a process shutdown was technically infeasible.
    (J) The results of all monitoring to show compliance with 
Secs. 63.164(i), 63.165(a), and 63.172(f) conducted within the 
semiannual reporting period.
    (K) If applicable, the initiation of a monthly monitoring program 
under either paragraph (c)(4)(ii) or paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this 
section.
    (L) If applicable, notification of a change in connector monitoring 
alternatives as described in Sec. 63.174(c)(1).
    (iii) For owners or operators electing to meet the requirements of 
Sec. 63.178(b), the report shall include the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(3)(iii)(A) through (E) of this paragraph for each 
process.
    (A) Product process equipment train identification;
    (B) The number of pressure tests conducted;
    (C) The number of pressure tests where the equipment train failed 
either the retest or two consecutive pressure tests;
    (D) The facts that explain any delay of repairs; and
    (E) The results of all monitoring to determine compliance with 
Sec. 63.172(f) of subpart H.
    (iv) Any revisions to items reported in earlier Notification of 
Compliance Status report, if the method of compliance has changed since 
the last report.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52603, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1256  Standards: Wastewater.

    (a) General. Each owner or operator of any affected source (existing 
or new) shall comply with the general wastewater requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section and the maintenance 
wastewater provisions in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. An owner or 
operator may transfer wastewater to a treatment operation not owned by 
the owner or operator in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of this 
section.

[[Page 100]]

    (1) Identify wastewater that requires control. For each POD, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in either paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section to determine whether a wastewater 
stream is an affected wastewater stream that requires control for 
soluble and/or partially soluble HAP compounds or to designate the 
wastewater stream as an affected wastewater stream, respectively. The 
owner or operator may use a combination of the approaches in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section for different affected wastewater 
generated at the source.
    (i) Determine characteristics of a wastewater stream. At new and 
existing sources, a wastewater stream is an affected wastewater stream 
if the annual average concentration and annual load exceed any of the 
criteria specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this 
section. At new sources, a wastewater stream is subject to additional 
control requirements if the annual average concentration and annual load 
exceed the criteria specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(D) of this 
section. The owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(1) to determine the annual average concentrations and 
annual load of partially soluble and soluble HAP compounds.
    (A) The wastewater stream contains partially soluble HAP compounds 
at an annual average concentration greater than 1,300 ppmw, and the 
total soluble and partially soluble HAP load in all wastewater from the 
PMPU exceeds 0.25 Mg/yr.
    (B) The wastewater stream contains partially soluble and/or soluble 
HAP compounds at an annual average concentration greater than 5,200 
ppmw, and the total soluble and partially soluble HAP load in all 
wastewater from the PMPU exceeds 0.25 Mg/yr.
    (C) The wastewater stream contains partially soluble and/or soluble 
HAP at an annual average concentration of greater than 10,000 ppmw, and 
the total partially soluble and/or soluble HAP load in all wastewater 
from the affected source is greater than 1 Mg/yr.
    (D) The wastewater stream contains soluble HAP compounds at an 
annual average concentration greater than 110,000 ppmw, and the total 
soluble and partially soluble HAP load in all wastewater from the PMPU 
exceeds 1 Mg/yr.
    (ii) Designate wastewater as affected wastewater. For existing 
sources, the owner or operator may elect to designate wastewater streams 
as meeting the criteria of either paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A),(B), or (C) of 
this section. For new sources, the owner or operator may elect to 
designate wastewater streams meeting the criterion in paragraph 
(a)(1)(i)(D) or for wastewater known to contain no soluble HAP, as 
meeting the criterion in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section. For 
designated wastewater the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section shall be followed, except as 
specified in paragraphs (g)(8)(i), (g)(9)(i), and (g)(10) of this 
section. The owner or operator is not required to determine the annual 
average concentration or load for each designated wastewater stream for 
the purposes of this section.
    (A) From the POD for the wastewater stream that is designated as an 
affected wastewater stream to the location where the owner or operator 
elects to designate such wastewater stream as an affected wastewater 
stream, the owner or operator shall comply with all applicable emission 
suppression requirements specified in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this 
section.
    (B) From the location where the owner or operator designates a 
wastewater stream as an affected wastewater stream, such wastewater 
stream shall be managed in accordance with all applicable emission 
suppression requirements specified in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this 
section and with the treatment requirements in paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (iii) Scrubber Effluent. Effluent from a water scrubber that has 
been used to control Table 2 HAP-containing vent streams that are 
controlled in order to meet the process vent requirements in 
Sec. 63.1254 of this subpart is considered an affected wastewater 
stream.
    (2) Requirements for affected wastewater. (i) An owner or operator 
of a facility shall comply with the applicable requirements for 
wastewater tanks, surface impoundments, containers, individual drain 
systems, and oil/water separators as specified in paragraphs

[[Page 101]]

(b) through (f) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) 
of this section.
    (ii) Comply with the applicable requirements for control of soluble 
and partially soluble compounds as specified in paragraph (g) of this 
section. Alternatively, the owner or operator may elect to comply with 
the treatment provisions specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (iii) Comply with the applicable monitoring and inspection 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1258.
    (iv) Comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements specified in Secs. 63.1259 and 63.1260.
    (3) Requirements for multiphase discharges. The owner or operator 
shall not discharge a separate phase that can be isolated through 
gravity separation from the aqueous phase to a waste management or 
treatment unit, unless the stream is discharged to a treatment unit in 
compliance with paragraph (g)(13) of this section.
    (4) Maintenance wastewater requirements. Each owner or operator of a 
source subject to this subpart shall comply with the requirements of 
paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section for maintenance 
wastewater containing partially soluble or soluble HAP listed in Tables 
2 and 3 of this subpart. Maintenance wastewater is exempt from all other 
provisions of this subpart.
    (i) The owner or operator shall prepare a description of maintenance 
procedures for management of wastewater generated from the emptying and 
purging of equipment in the process during temporary shutdowns for 
inspections, maintenance, and repair (i.e., a maintenance turnaround) 
and during periods which are not shutdowns (i.e., routine maintenance). 
The descriptions shall:
    (A) Specify the process equipment or maintenance tasks that are 
anticipated to create wastewater during maintenance activities; and
    (B) Specify the procedures that will be followed to properly manage 
the wastewater and minimize organic HAP emissions to the atmosphere; and
    (C) Specify the procedures to be followed when clearing materials 
from process equipment.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall modify and update the information 
required by paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section as needed following each 
maintenance procedure based on the actions taken and the wastewater 
generated in the preceding maintenance procedure.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall implement the procedures described 
in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section as part of the startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan required under Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (iv) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the 
information required by paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section as 
part of the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required under 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (5) Offsite treatment or onsite treatment not owned or operated by 
the source. The owner or operator may elect to transfer affected 
wastewater streams or a residual removed from such affected wastewater 
to an onsite treatment operation not owned or operated by the owner or 
operator of the source generating the wastewater or residual, or to an 
offsite treatment operation.
    (i) The owner or operator transferring the wastewater or residual 
shall:
    (A) Comply with the provisions specified in paragraphs (b) through 
(f) of this section for each waste management unit that receives or 
manages affected wastewater or a residual removed from affected 
wastewater prior to shipment or transport.
    (B) Include a notice with each shipment or transport of affected 
wastewater or residual removed from affected wastewater. The notice 
shall state that the affected wastewater or residual contains organic 
HAP that are to be treated in accordance with the provisions of this 
subpart. When the transport is continuous or ongoing (for example, 
discharge to a publicly-owned treatment works), the notice shall be 
submitted to the treatment operator initially and whenever there is a 
change in the required treatment. The owner or operator shall keep a 
record of the notice in accordance with Sec. 63.1259(g).

[[Page 102]]

    (ii) The owner or operator may not transfer the affected wastewater 
or residual unless the transferee has submitted to the EPA a written 
certification that the transferee will manage and treat any affected 
wastewater or residual removed from affected wastewater received from a 
source subject to the requirements of this subpart in accordance with 
the requirements of either:
    (A) Paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section; or
    (B) Subpart D of this part if alternative emission limitations have 
been granted the transferor in accordance with those provisions; or
    (C) Section 63.6(g); or
    (D) If the affected wastewater streams or residuals removed from 
affected wastewater streams received by the transferee contain less than 
50 ppmw of partially soluble HAP, then the transferee must, at a 
minimum, manage and treat the affected wastewater streams and residuals 
in accordance with one of the following:
    (1) Comply with paragraph (g)(10) of this section and cover the 
waste management units up to the activated sludge unit; or
    (2) Comply with paragraphs (g)(11)(i), (ii), and (h) of this section 
and cover the waste management units up to the activated sludge unit; or
    (3) Comply with paragraph (g)(10) of this section provided that the 
owner or operator of the affected source demonstrates that less than 5 
percent of the total soluble HAP is emitted from waste management units 
up to the activated sludge unit; or
    (4) Comply with paragraphs (g)(11)(i), (ii), and (h) of this section 
provided that the owner or operator of the affected source demonstrates 
that less than 5 percent of the total soluble HAP is emitted from waste 
management units up to the activated sludge unit.
    (iii) The certifying entity may revoke the written certification by 
sending a written statement to the EPA and the owner or operator giving 
at least 90 days notice that the certifying entity is rescinding 
acceptance of responsibility for compliance with the regulatory 
provisions listed in this paragraph. Upon expiration of the notice 
period, the owner or operator may not transfer the wastewater stream or 
residual to the treatment operation.
    (iv) By providing this written certification to the EPA, the 
certifying entity accepts responsibility for compliance with the 
regulatory provisions listed in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section 
with respect to any shipment of wastewater or residual covered by the 
written certification. Failure to abide by any of those provisions with 
respect to such shipments may result in enforcement action by the EPA 
against the certifying entity in accordance with the enforcement 
provisions applicable to violations of these provisions by owners or 
operators of sources.
    (v) Written certifications and revocation statements, to the EPA 
from the transferees of wastewater or residuals shall be signed by the 
responsible official of the certifying entity, provide the name and 
address of the certifying entity, and be sent to the appropriate EPA 
Regional Office at the addresses listed in Sec. 63.13. Such written 
certifications are not transferable by the treater.
    (b) Wastewater tanks. For each wastewater tank that receives, 
manages, or treats affected wastewater or a residual removed from 
affected wastewater, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section as 
specified in Table 6 of this subpart.
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain a fixed roof 
except when the contents of the wastewater tank are heated, treated by 
means of an exothermic reaction, or sparged, during which time the owner 
or operator shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section. For the purposes of this paragraph, the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section are satisfied by 
operating and maintaining a fixed roof if the owner or operator 
demonstrates that the total soluble and partially soluble HAP emissions 
from the wastewater tank are no more than 5 percent higher than the 
emissions would be if the contents of the wastewater tank were not 
heated, treated by an exothermic reaction, or sparged.
    (2) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(3) through (9) of this section

[[Page 103]]

and shall operate and maintain one of the emission control techniques 
listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) A fixed roof and a closed-vent system that routes the organic 
HAP vapors vented from the wastewater tank to a control device; or
    (ii) A fixed roof and an internal floating roof that meets the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.119(b), with the differences noted in 
Sec. 63.1257(c)(3)(i) through (iii) for the purposes of this subpart; or
    (iii) An external floating roof that meets the requirements 
specified in Secs. 63.119(c), 63.120(b)(5), and 63.120(b)(6), with the 
differences noted in Sec. 63.1257(c)(3)(i) through (v) for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (3) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, the fixed roof shall meet the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, the control device 
shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, and 
the closed-vent system shall meet the requirements of paragraph 
(b)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The fixed roof shall meet the following requirements:
    (A) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, the 
fixed roof and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and 
gauge wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed position (e.g., 
covered by a lid) at all times that the wastewater tank contains 
affected wastewater or residual removed from affected wastewater except 
when it is necessary to use the opening for wastewater sampling, 
removal, or for equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (ii) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, 
the closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (iv) For any fixed roof tank and closed-vent system that is operated 
and maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (4) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the floating roof shall be 
inspected according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.120(a)(2) and 
(3), with the differences noted in Sec. 63.1257(c)(3)(iv) for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, if the 
owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements of paragraph 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section, seal gaps shall be measured according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(2)(i) through (b)(4) and the 
wastewater tank shall be inspected to determine compliance with 
Sec. 63.120(b)(5) and (6) according to the schedule specified in 
Sec. 63.120(b)(1)(i) through (iii).
    (6) If the owner or operator determines that it is unsafe to perform 
the seal gap measurements specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(2)(i) through 
(b)(4) or to inspect the wastewater tank to determine compliance with 
Sec. 63.120(b)(5) and (6) because the floating roof appears to be 
structurally unsound and poses an imminent or potential danger to 
inspecting personnel, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in either paragraph (b)(6)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall measure the seal gaps or inspect the 
wastewater tank within 30 calendar days of the determination that the 
floating roof is unsafe.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall empty and remove the wastewater 
tank from service within 45 calendar days of determining that the roof 
is unsafe. If the wastewater tank cannot be emptied within 45 calendar 
days, the owner or operator may utilize up to two extensions of up to 30 
additional calendar days each. Documentation of a decision to utilize an 
extension shall include an explanation of why it was unsafe to perform 
the inspection or seal gap measurement, shall document that alternate 
storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of actions 
that will ensure that the wastewater tank will be emptied as soon as 
possible.

[[Page 104]]

    (7) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, each 
wastewater tank shall be inspected initially, and semiannually 
thereafter, for improper work practices in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(g). For wastewater tanks, improper work practice includes, 
but is not limited to, leaving open any access door or other opening 
when such door or opening is not in use.
    (8) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, each 
wastewater tank shall be inspected for control equipment failures as 
defined in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section according to the schedule 
in paragraphs (b)(8)(ii) and (iii) of this section in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(g).
    (i) Control equipment failures for wastewater tanks include, but are 
not limited to, the conditions specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i)(A) 
through (I) of this section.
    (A) The floating roof is not resting on either the surface of the 
liquid or on the leg supports.
    (B) There is stored liquid on the floating roof.
    (C) A rim seal is detached from the floating roof.
    (D) There are holes, tears, cracks or gaps in the rim seal or seal 
fabric of the floating roof.
    (E) There are visible gaps between the seal of an internal floating 
roof and the wall of the wastewater tank.
    (F) There are gaps between the metallic shoe seal or the liquid 
mounted primary seal of an external floating roof and the wall of the 
wastewater tank that exceed 212 square centimeters per meter of tank 
diameter or the width of any portion of any gap between the primary seal 
and the tank wall exceeds 3.81 centimeters.
    (G) There are gaps between the secondary seal of an external 
floating roof and the wall of the wastewater tank that exceed 21.2 
square centimeters per meter of tank diameter or the width of any 
portion of any gap between the secondary seal and the tank wall exceeds 
1.27 centimeters.
    (H) Where a metallic shoe seal is used on an external floating roof, 
one end of the metallic shoe does not extend into the stored liquid or 
one end of the metallic shoe does not extend a minimum vertical distance 
of 61 centimeters above the surface of the stored liquid.
    (I) A gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door has a crack or gap, or is 
broken.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
failures in paragraphs (b)(8)(i)(A) through (H) according to the 
schedule specified in paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
failures in paragraph (b)(8)(i)(I) of this section initially, and 
semiannually thereafter.
    (9) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
days after identification. If a failure that is detected during 
inspections required by this section cannot be repaired within 45 
calendar days and if the tank cannot be emptied within 45 calendar days, 
the owner or operator may utilize up to two extensions of up to 30 
additional calendar days each. Documentation of a decision to utilize an 
extension shall include a description of the failure, shall document 
that alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a 
schedule of actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be 
repaired or the tank will be emptied as soon as practical.
    (c) Surface impoundments. For each surface impoundment that 
receives, manages, or treats affected wastewater or a residual removed 
from affected wastewater, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (c)(1), (2), and (3) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain on each surface 
impoundment either a cover (e.g., air-supported structure or rigid 
cover) and a closed-vent system that routes the organic hazardous air 
pollutants vapors vented from the surface impoundment to a control 
device in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (iii), (iv), and (v) of 
this section, or a floating flexible membrane cover as specified in 
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.

[[Page 105]]

    (i) The cover and all openings shall meet the following 
requirements:
    (A) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, the 
cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge 
wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements specified 
in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed position (e.g., 
covered by a lid) at all times that affected wastewater or residual 
removed from affected wastewater is in the surface impoundment except 
when it is necessary to use the opening for sampling, removal, or for 
equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (C) The cover shall be used at all times that affected wastewater or 
residual removed from affected wastewater is in the surface impoundment 
except during removal of treatment residuals in accordance with 40 CFR 
268.4 or closure of the surface impoundment in accordance with 40 CFR 
264.228.
    (ii) Floating flexible membrane covers shall meet the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(ii)(A) through (F) of this section.
    (A) The floating flexible cover shall be designed to float on the 
liquid surface during normal operations, and to form a continuous 
barrier over the entire surface area of the liquid.
    (B) The cover shall be fabricated from a synthetic membrane material 
that is either:
    (1) High density polyethylene (HDPE) with a thickness no less than 
2.5 millimeters (100 mils); or
    (2) A material or a composite of different materials determined to 
have both organic permeability properties that are equivalent to those 
of the material listed in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B)(1) of this section, 
and chemical and physical properties that maintain the material 
integrity for the intended service life of the material.
    (C) The cover shall be installed in a manner such that there are no 
visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces between cover section 
seams or between the interface of the cover edge and its foundation 
mountings.
    (D) Except as provided for in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(E) of this 
section, each opening in the floating membrane cover shall be equipped 
with a closure device designed to operate such that when the closure 
device is secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, 
holes, gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the 
perimeter of the cover opening and the closure device.
    (E) The floating membrane cover may be equipped with one or more 
emergency cover drains for removal of stormwater. Each emergency cover 
drain shall be equipped with a slotted membrane fabric cover that covers 
at least 90 percent of the area of the opening or a flexible fabric 
sleeve seal.
    (F) The closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that 
will minimize exposure of organic HAP to the atmosphere, to the extent 
practical, and will maintain the integrity of the equipment throughout 
its intended service life. Factors to be considered in designing the 
closure devices shall include: the effects of any contact with the 
liquid and its vapor managed in the surface impoundment; the effects of 
outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and sunlight; and the operating 
practices used for the surface impoundment on which the floating 
membrane cover is installed.
    (G) Whenever affected wastewater or residual from affected 
wastewater is in the surface impoundment, the floating membrane cover 
shall float on the liquid and each closure device shall be secured in 
the closed position. Opening of closure devices or removal of the cover 
is allowed to provide access to the surface impoundment for performing 
routine inspection, maintenance, or other activities needed for normal 
operations and/or to remove accumulated sludge or other residues from 
the bottom of surface impoundment. Openings shall be maintained in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (iii) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
    (iv) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section, the 
closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (v) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to

[[Page 106]]

comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (2) Each surface impoundment shall be inspected initially, and 
semiannually thereafter, for improper work practices and control 
equipment failures in accordance with Sec. 63.1258(g).
    (i) For surface impoundments, improper work practice includes, but 
is not limited to, leaving open any access hatch or other opening when 
such hatch or opening is not in use.
    (ii) For surface impoundments, control equipment failure includes, 
but is not limited to, any time a joint, lid, cover, or door has a crack 
or gap, or is broken.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
days after identification.
    (d) Containers. For each container that receives, manages, or treats 
affected wastewater or a residual removed from affected wastewater, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain a cover on each 
container used to handle, transfer, or store affected wastewater or a 
residual removed from affected wastewater in accordance with the 
following requirements:
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) of this section, if 
the capacity of the container is greater than 0.42 m3, the 
cover and all openings (e.g., bungs, hatches, sampling ports, and 
pressure relief devices) shall be maintained in accordance with the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (ii) If the capacity of the container is less than or equal to 0.42 
m3, the owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph 
(d)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) The container must meet existing Department of Transportation 
specifications and testing requirements under 49 CFR part 178; or
    (B) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) of this section, the 
cover and all openings shall be maintained without leaks as specified in 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (iii) The cover and all openings shall be maintained in a closed 
position (e.g., covered by a lid) at all times that affected wastewater 
or a residual removed from affected wastewater is in the container 
except when it is necessary to use the opening for filling, removal, 
inspection, sampling, or pressure relief events related to safety 
considerations.
    (2) Filling of large containers. Pumping affected wastewater or a 
residual removed from affected wastewater into a container with a 
capacity greater than or equal to 0.42 m\3\ shall be conducted in 
accordance with the conditions in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Comply with any one of the procedures specified in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this section.
    (A) Use a submerged fill pipe. The submerged fill pipe outlet shall 
extend to no more than 6 inches or within two fill pipe diameters of the 
bottom of the container while the container is being filled.
    (B) Locate the container within an enclosure with a closed-vent 
system that routes the organic HAP vapors vented from the container to a 
control device.
    (C) Use a closed-vent system to vent the displaced organic vapors 
vented from the container to a control device or back to the equipment 
from which the wastewater is transferred.
    (ii) The cover shall remain in place and all openings shall be 
maintained in a closed position except for those openings required for 
the submerged fill pipe and for venting of the container to prevent 
physical damage or permanent deformation of the container or cover.
    (3) During treatment of affected wastewater or a residual removed 
from affected wastewater, including aeration, thermal or other 
treatment, in a container, whenever it is necessary for the container to 
be open, the container shall be located within an enclosure with a 
closed-vent system that routes the organic HAP vapors vented from the 
container to a control device.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) of this section, the 
enclosure and all openings (e.g., doors, hatches)

[[Page 107]]

shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (ii) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) of this section, 
the closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (iv) For any enclosure and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (4) Each container shall be inspected initially, and semiannually 
thereafter, for improper work practices and control equipment failures 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1258(g).
    (i) For containers, improper work practice includes, but is not 
limited to, leaving open any access hatch or other opening when such 
hatch or opening is not in use.
    (ii) For containers, control equipment failure includes, but is not 
limited to, any time a cover or door has a gap or crack, or is broken.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar 
days after identification.
    (e) Individual drain systems. For each individual drain system that 
receives or manages affected wastewater or a residual removed from 
affected wastewater, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (e) (1), (2), and (3) or with paragraphs (e) 
(4), (5), and (6) of this section.
    (1) If the owner or operator elects to comply with this paragraph, 
the owner or operator shall operate and maintain on each opening in the 
individual drain system a cover and if vented, route the vapors to a 
process or through a closed-vent system to a control device. The owner 
or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) (i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) The cover and all openings shall meet the following 
requirements:
    (A) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section, the 
cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports) shall be 
maintained in accordance with the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (B) The cover and all openings shall be maintained in a closed 
position at all times that affected wastewater or a residual removed 
from affected wastewater is in the drain system except when it is 
necessary to use the opening for sampling or removal, or for equipment 
inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (ii) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section, 
the closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (iv) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (v) The individual drain system shall be designed and operated to 
segregate the vapors within the system from other drain systems and the 
atmosphere.
    (2) Each individual drain system shall be inspected initially, and 
semiannually thereafter, for improper work practices and control 
equipment failures, in accordance with Sec. 63.1258(g).
    (i) For individual drain systems, improper work practice includes, 
but is not limited to, leaving open any access hatch or other opening 
when such hatch or opening is not in use for sampling or removal, or for 
equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (ii) For individual drain systems, control equipment failure 
includes, but is not limited to, any time a joint, lid, cover, or door 
has a gap or crack, or is broken.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment

[[Page 108]]

failure is identified, first efforts at repair shall be made no later 
than 5 calendar days after identification and repair shall be completed 
within 15 calendar days after identification.
    (4) If the owner or operator elects to comply with this paragraph, 
the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(e)(4) (i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) Each drain shall be equipped with water seal controls or a 
tightly fitting cap or plug. The owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) For each drain equipped with a water seal, the owner or operator 
shall ensure that the water seal is maintained. For example, a flow-
monitoring device indicating positive flow from a main to a branch water 
line supplying a trap or water being continuously dripped into the trap 
by a hose could be used to verify flow of water to the trap. Visual 
observation is also an acceptable alternative.
    (B) If a water seal is used on a drain receiving affected 
wastewater, the owner or operator shall either extend the pipe 
discharging the wastewater below the liquid surface in the water seal of 
the receiving drain, or install a flexible shield (or other enclosure 
which restricts wind motion across the open area between the pipe and 
the drain) that encloses the space between the pipe discharging the 
wastewater to the drain receiving the wastewater. (Water seals which are 
used on hubs receiving wastewater that is not subject to the provisions 
of this subpart for the purpose of eliminating cross ventilation to 
drains carrying affected wastewater are not required to have a flexible 
cap or extended subsurface discharging pipe.)
    (ii) Each junction box shall be equipped with a tightly fitting 
solid cover (i.e., no visible gaps, cracks, or holes) which shall be 
kept in place at all times except during inspection and maintenance. If 
the junction box is vented, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) (A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) The junction box shall be vented to a process or through a 
closed-vent system to a control device. The closed-vent system shall be 
inspected in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1258(h) and the 
control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected in accordance 
with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (B) If the junction box is filled and emptied by gravity flow (i.e., 
there is no pump) or is operated with no more than slight fluctuations 
in the liquid level, the owner or operator may vent the junction box to 
the atmosphere provided that the junction box complies with the 
requirements in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(B) (1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The vent pipe shall be at least 90 centimeters in length and no 
greater than 10.2 centimeters in nominal inside diameter.
    (2) Water seals shall be installed and maintained at the wastewater 
entrance(s) to or exit from the junction box restricting ventilation in 
the individual drain system and between components in the individual 
drain system. The owner or operator shall demonstrate (e.g., by visual 
inspection or smoke test) upon request by the Administrator that the 
junction box water seal is properly designed and restricts ventilation.
    (iii) Each sewer line shall not be open to the atmosphere and shall 
be covered or enclosed in a manner so as to have no visible gaps or 
cracks in joints, seals, or other emission interfaces. (Note: This 
provision applies to sewers located inside and outside of buildings.)
    (5) Equipment used to comply with paragraphs (e)(4) (i), (ii), or 
(iii) of this section shall be inspected as follows:
    (i) Each drain using a tightly fitting cap or plug shall be visually 
inspected initially, and semiannually thereafter, to ensure caps or 
plugs are in place and that there are no gaps, cracks, or other holes in 
the cap or plug.
    (ii) Each junction box shall be visually inspected initially, and 
semiannually thereafter, to ensure that there are no gaps, cracks, or 
other holes in the cover.
    (iii) The unburied portion of each sewer line shall be visually 
inspected initially, and semiannually thereafter, for indication of 
cracks or gaps that could result in air emissions.

[[Page 109]]

    (6) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, when a gap, 
hole, or crack is identified in a joint or cover, first efforts at 
repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after identification, 
and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar days after 
identification.
    (f) Oil-water separators. For each oil-water separator that 
receives, manages, or treats affected wastewater or a residual removed 
from affected wastewater, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall maintain one of the following:
    (i) A fixed roof and a closed-vent system that routes the organic 
HAP vapors vented from the oil-water separator to a control device. The 
fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control device shall meet the 
requirements specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section;
    (ii) A floating roof that meets the requirements in 40 CFR 60.693-
2(a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4). For portions of the 
oil-water separator where it is infeasible to construct and operate a 
floating roof, such as over the weir mechanism, the owner or operator 
shall operate and maintain a fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control 
device that meet the requirements specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section.
    (2) A fixed roof shall meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(2)(i) 
of this section, a control device shall meet the requirements of 
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, and a closed-vent system shall 
meet the requirements of (f)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The fixed roof shall meet the following requirements:
    (A) Except as provided in (f)(2)(iv) of this section, the fixed roof 
and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge wells) 
shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
(e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
the oil-water separator contains affected wastewater or a residual 
removed from affected wastewater except when it is necessary to use the 
opening for sampling or removal, or for equipment inspection, 
maintenance, or repair.
    (ii) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section, 
the closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (iv) For any fixed-roof and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.1258(h).
    (3) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, seal gaps shall be measured 
according to the procedures specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart QQQ 
Sec. 60.696(d)(1) and the schedule specified in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) Measurement of primary seal gaps shall be performed within 60 
calendar days after installation of the floating roof and introduction 
of affected wastewater or a residual removed from affected wastewater 
and once every 5 years thereafter.
    (ii) Measurement of secondary seal gaps shall be performed within 60 
calendar days after installation of the floating roof and introduction 
of affected wastewater or a residual removed from affected wastewater 
and once every year thereafter.
    (4) Each oil-water separator shall be inspected initially, and 
semiannually thereafter, for improper work practices in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(g). For oil-water separators, improper work practice 
includes, but is not limited to, leaving open or ungasketed any access 
door or other opening when such door or opening is not in use.
    (5) Each oil-water separator shall be inspected for control 
equipment failures as defined in paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this section 
according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (f)(5)(ii) and (iii) 
of this section.
    (i) For oil-water separators, control equipment failure includes, 
but is not limited to, the conditions specified in

[[Page 110]]

paragraphs (f)(5)(i)(A) through (G) of this section.
    (A) The floating roof is not resting on either the surface of the 
liquid or on the leg supports.
    (B) There is stored liquid on the floating roof.
    (C) A rim seal is detached from the floating roof.
    (D) There are holes, tears, or other open spaces in the rim seal or 
seal fabric of the floating roof.
    (E) There are gaps between the primary seal and the separator wall 
that exceed 67 square centimeters per meter of separator wall perimeter 
or the width of any portion of any gap between the primary seal and the 
separator wall exceeds 3.8 centimeters.
    (F) There are gaps between the secondary seal and the separator wall 
that exceed 6.7 square centimeters per meter of separator wall perimeter 
or the width of any portion of any gap between the secondary seal and 
the separator wall exceeds 1.3 centimeters.
    (G) A gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door has a gap or crack, or is 
broken.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
failures in paragraphs (f)(5)(i)(A) through (F) according to the 
schedule specified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall inspect for control equipment 
failures in paragraph (f)(5)(i)(G) of this section initially, and 
semiannually thereafter.
    (6) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
days after identification.
    (g) Performance standards for treatment processes managing 
wastewater and/or residuals removed from wastewater. This section 
specifies the performance standards for treating affected wastewater. 
The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements as specified in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section. Where multiple compliance 
options are provided, the options may be used in combination for 
different wastewater and/or for different compounds (e.g., soluble 
versus partially soluble compounds) in the same wastewater, except where 
otherwise provided in this section. Once affected wastewater or a 
residual removed from affected wastewater has been treated in accordance 
with this subpart, it is no longer subject to the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (1) Existing source. For a wastewater stream at an existing source 
that exceeds or is designated to exceed the concentration and load 
criteria in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall comply with a control option in paragraph (g)(8) of this 
section. For a wastewater stream at an existing source that exceeds the 
concentration and load criteria in either paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) or (C) 
of this section, the owner or operator shall comply with a control 
option in paragraph (g)(8) of this section and a control option in 
paragraph (g)(9) of this section. As an alternative to the control 
options in paragraphs (g)(8) and (g)(9) of this section, the owner or 
operator may comply with a control option in either paragraph (g)(10), 
(11) or (13) of this section, as applicable.
    (2) New source. For a wastewater stream at a new source that exceeds 
or is designated to exceed the concentration and load criteria in 
paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
comply with a control option in paragraph (g)(8) of this section. For 
wastewater at a new source that exceeds the concentration and load 
criteria in either paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) or (C) of this section, but 
does not exceed the criteria in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(D) of this section, 
the owner or operator shall comply with a control option in paragraph 
(g)(8) of this section and a control option in paragraph (g)(9) of this 
section. As an alternative to the control options in paragraphs (g)(8) 
and/or (9) of this section, the owner or operator may comply with a 
control option in either paragraph (g)(10), (11), or (13) of this 
section, as applicable. For a wastewater stream at a new source that 
exceeds or is designated to exceed the concentration and load criteria 
in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(D) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
comply with a control option in paragraph (g)(12) or (13) of this 
section.

[[Page 111]]

    (3) Biological treatment processes. Biological treatment processes 
in compliance with this section may be either open or closed biological 
treatment processes as defined in Sec. 63.1251. An open biological 
treatment process in compliance with this section need not be covered 
and vented to a control device. An open or a closed biological treatment 
process in compliance with this section and using 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(E) or (F) to demonstrate compliance is not 
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. A 
closed biological treatment process in compliance with this section and 
using Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(G) to demonstrate compliance shall comply 
with the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. Waste 
management units upstream of an open or closed biological treatment 
process shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of 
this section, as applicable.
    (4) Performance tests and design evaluations. If the Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) option [paragraph (g)(13) of this 
section] or the enhanced biological treatment process for soluble HAP 
compounds option [paragraph (g)(10) of this section] is selected to 
comply with this section, neither a design evaluation nor a performance 
test is required. For any other nonbiological treatment process, and for 
closed biological treatment processes as defined in Sec. 63.1251, the 
owner or operator shall conduct either a design evaluation as specified 
in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or performance test as specified in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii). For each open biological treatment process as 
defined in Sec. 63.1251, the owner or operator shall conduct a 
performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(E) or (F).
    (5) Control device requirements. When gases are vented from the 
treatment process, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
applicable control device requirements specified in paragraph (h) of 
this section and Sec. 63.1257(e)(3), and the applicable leak inspection 
provisions specified in Sec. 63.1258(h). This requirement is in addition 
to the requirements for treatment systems specified in paragraphs (g)(8) 
through (14) of this section. This requirement does not apply to any 
open biological treatment process that meets the mass removal 
requirements.
    (6) Residuals: general. When residuals result from treating affected 
wastewater, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements for 
residuals specified in paragraph (g)(14) of this section.
    (7) Treatment using a series of treatment processes. In all cases 
where the wastewater provisions in this subpart allow or require the use 
of a treatment process or control device to comply with emissions 
limitations, the owner or operator may use multiple treatment processes 
or control devices, respectively. For combinations of treatment 
processes where the wastewater stream is conveyed by hard-piping, the 
owner or operator shall comply with either the requirements of paragraph 
(g)(7)(i) or (ii) of this section. For combinations of treatment 
processes where the wastewater stream is not conveyed by hard-piping, 
the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 
(g)(7)(ii) of this section. For combinations of control devices, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 
(g)(7)(i) of this section.
    (i) Compliance across the combination of all treatment units or 
control devices in series. (A) For combinations of treatment processes, 
the wastewater stream shall be conveyed by hard-piping between the 
treatment processes. For combinations of control devices, the vented gas 
stream shall be conveyed by hard-piping between the control devices.
    (B) For combinations of treatment processes, each treatment process 
shall meet the applicable requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of 
this section, except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.
    (C) The owner or operator shall identify, and keep a record of, the 
combination of treatment processes or of control devices, including 
identification of the first and last treatment process or control 
device. The owner or operator shall include this information as part of 
the treatment process description reported in the Notification of 
Compliance Status.

[[Page 112]]

    (D) The performance test or design evaluation shall determine 
compliance across the combination of treatment processes or control 
devices. If a performance test is conducted, the ``inlet'' shall be the 
point at which the wastewater stream or residual enters the first 
treatment process, or the vented gas stream enters the first control 
device. The ``outlet'' shall be the point at which the treated 
wastewater stream exits the last treatment process, or the vented gas 
stream exits the last control device.
    (ii) Compliance across individual units. (A) For combinations of 
treatment processes, each treatment process shall meet the applicable 
requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section except as 
provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.
    (B) The owner or operator shall identify, and keep a record of, the 
combination of treatment processes, including identification of the 
first and last treatment process. The owner or operator shall include 
this information as part of the treatment process description reported 
in the Notification of Compliance Status report.
    (C) The owner or operator shall determine the mass removed or 
destroyed by each treatment process. The performance test or design 
evaluation shall determine compliance for the combination of treatment 
processes by adding together the mass removed or destroyed by each 
treatment process and determine the overall control efficiency of the 
treatment system.
    (8) Control options: Wastewater containing partially soluble HAP 
compounds. The owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph 
(g)(8)(i) or (ii) of this section for the control of partially soluble 
HAP compounds at new or existing sources.
    (i) 50 ppmw concentration option. The owner or operator shall comply 
with paragraphs (g)(8)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) Reduce, by removal or destruction, the concentration of total 
partially soluble HAP compounds to a level less than 50 ppmw as 
determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(B).
    (B) This option shall not be used when the treatment process is a 
biological treatment process. This option shall not be used when the 
wastewater is designated as an affected wastewater as specified in 
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. Dilution shall not be used to 
achieve compliance with this option.
    (ii) Percent mass removal/destruction option. The owner or operator 
shall reduce, by removal or destruction, the mass of total partially 
soluble HAP compounds by 99 percent or more. The removal destruction 
efficiency shall be determined by the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or (iii)(C) for noncombustion, nonbiological 
treatment processes; Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or (iii)(D) for combustion 
processes; Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(F) for open biological treatment 
processes; and Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or (iii)(G) for closed biological 
treatment processes.
    (9) Control options: Wastewater containing soluble HAP compounds. 
The owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph (g)(9)(i) or 
(ii) of this section for the control of soluble HAP compounds at new or 
existing sources.
    (i) 520 ppmw concentration option. The owner or operator shall 
comply with paragraphs (g)(9)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) Reduce, by removal or destruction, the concentration of total 
soluble HAP compounds to a level less than 520 ppmw as determined in the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(B).
    (B) This option shall not be used when the treatment process is a 
biological treatment process. This option shall not be used when the 
wastewater is designated as an affected wastewater as specified in 
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. Dilution shall not be used to 
achieve compliance with this option.
    (ii) Percent mass removal/destruction option. The owner or operator 
shall reduce, by removal or destruction, the mass of total soluble HAP 
by 90 percent or more. The removal/destruction efficiency shall be 
determined by the procedures in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(C), for 
noncombustion, nonbiological treatment processes; 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(D), for combustion processes; and 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(F) or (G) for biological treatment processes.
    (10) Control option: Enhanced biotreatment for wastewater containing 
soluble HAP. The owner or operator may elect

[[Page 113]]

to treat affected wastewater streams containing soluble HAP and less 
than 50 ppmw partially soluble HAP in an enhanced biological treatment 
system, as defined in Sec. 63.1251. This option shall not be used when 
the wastewater is designated as an affected wastewater as specified in 
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. These treatment processes are 
exempt from the design evaluation or performance tests requirements 
specified in paragraph (g)(4) of this section.
    (11) 95-percent mass reduction option, for biological treatment 
processes. The owner or operator of a new or existing source using 
biological treatment for any affected wastewater shall reduce the mass 
of total soluble and partially soluble HAP sent to that biological 
treatment unit by at least 95 percent. All wastewater as defined in 
Sec. 63.1251 entering such a biological treatment unit from PMPU's 
subject to this subpart shall be included in the demonstration of the 
95-percent mass removal. The owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (g)(11)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(11)(iv) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall ensure that all wastewater from PMPU's subject 
to this subpart entering a biological treatment unit are treated to 
destroy at least 95-percent total mass of all soluble and partially 
soluble HAP compounds.
    (ii) For open biological treatment processes, compliance shall be 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(E). 
For closed aerobic biological treatment processes, compliance shall be 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii), 
(iii)(E), or (iii)(G). For closed anaerobic biological treatment 
processes, compliance shall be determined using the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or (iii)(G).
    (iii) For each treatment process or waste management unit that 
receives, manages, or treats wastewater subject to this paragraph, from 
the POD to the biological treatment unit, the owner or operator shall 
comply with paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section for control of 
air emissions. When complying with this paragraph, the term affected 
wastewater in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section shall mean all 
wastewater from PMPU's, not just affected wastewater.
    (iv) If wastewater is in compliance with the requirements in 
paragraph (g)(8), (9), or (12) of this section before entering the 
biological treatment unit, the hazardous air pollutants mass of that 
wastewater is not required to be included in the total mass flow rate 
entering the biological treatment unit for the purpose of demonstrating 
compliance.
    (12) Percent mass removal/destruction option for soluble HAP 
compounds at new sources. The owner or operator of a new source shall 
reduce, by removal or destruction, the mass flow rate of total soluble 
HAP from affected wastewater by 99 percent or more. The removal/
destruction efficiency shall be determined by the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or (iii)(C) for noncombustion, nonbiological 
treatment processes; Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) and (iii)(D) for combustion 
processes; Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(F) for open biological treatment 
processes; and Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(ii) or (iii)(G) for closed biological 
treatment processes.
    (13) Treatment in a RCRA unit option. The owner or operator shall 
treat the affected wastewater or residual in a unit identified in, and 
complying with, paragraph (g)(13)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. 
These units are exempt from the design evaluation or performance tests 
requirements specified in paragraph (g)(4) of this section and 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2), and from the monitoring requirements specified in 
paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, as well as recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements associated with monitoring and performance tests.
    (i) The wastewater or residual is discharged to a hazardous waste 
incinerator for which the owner or operator has been issued a final 
permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with the requirements of 40 
CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified compliance with the interim 
status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O;
    (ii) The wastewater or residual is discharged to a process heater or 
boiler burning hazardous waste for which the owner or operator:

[[Page 114]]

    (A) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
    (B) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 
40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (iii) The wastewater or residual is discharged to an underground 
injection well for which the owner or operator has been issued a final 
permit under 40 CFR part 270 or 40 CFR part 144 and complies with the 
requirements of 40 CFR part 122. The owner or operator shall comply with 
all applicable requirements of this subpart prior to the point where the 
wastewater enters the underground portion of the injection well.
    (14) Residuals. For each residual removed from affected wastewater, 
the owner or operator shall control for air emissions by complying with 
paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section and by complying with one of 
the provisions in paragraphs (g)(14)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Recycle the residual to a production process or sell the 
residual for the purpose of recycling. Once a residual is returned to a 
production process, the residual is no longer subject to this section.
    (ii) Return the residual to the treatment process.
    (iii) Treat the residual to destroy the total combined mass flow 
rate of soluble and/or partially soluble HAP compounds by 99 percent or 
more, as determined by the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(2)(iii)(C) or (D).
    (iv) Comply with the requirements for RCRA treatment options 
specified in paragraph (g)(13) of this section.
    (h) Control devices. For each control device or combination of 
control devices used to comply with the provisions in paragraphs (b) 
through (f) and (g)(5) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
operate and maintain the control device or combination of control 
devices in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (h) (1) 
through (4) of this section.
    (1) Whenever organic HAP emissions are vented to a control device 
which is used to comply with the provisions of this subpart, such 
control device shall be operating.
    (2) The control device shall be designed and operated in accordance 
with paragraph (h)(2) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of this section, as 
demonstrated by the provisions in Sec. 63.1257(e)(3).
    (i) An enclosed combustion device (including but not limited to a 
vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater) shall meet the conditions 
in paragraph (h)(2)(i) (A), (B), or (C) of this section, alone or in 
combination with other control devices. If a boiler or process heater is 
used as the control device, then the vent stream shall be introduced 
into the flame zone of the boiler or process heater.
    (A) Reduce the organic HAP emissions vented to the control device by 
95 percent by weight or greater;
    (B) Achieve an outlet TOC concentration of 20 ppmv on a dry basis 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen. The owner or operator shall use either 
Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or any other method or data 
that has been validated according to the applicable procedures in Method 
301 of appendix A of this part; or
    (C) Provide a minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds at a minimum 
temperature of 760  deg.C.
    (ii) A vapor recovery system (including but not limited to a carbon 
adsorption system or condenser), alone or in combination with other 
control devices, shall reduce the organic HAP emissions vented to the 
control device by 95 percent by weight or greater or achieve an outlet 
TOC concentration of 20 ppmv. The 20 ppmv performance standard is not 
applicable to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) or (d) of 
this section.
    (iii) A flare shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b).
    (iv) A scrubber, alone or in combination with other control devices, 
shall reduce the organic HAP emissions in such a manner that 95 weight-
percent is either removed, or destroyed by chemical reaction with the 
scrubbing liquid, or achieve an outlet TOC concentration of 20 ppmv. The 
20 ppmv performance standard is not applicable to compliance with the 
provisions of paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section.
    (v) Any other control device used shall, alone or in combination 
with

[[Page 115]]

other control devices, reduce the organic HAP emissions vented to the 
control device by 95 percent by weight or greater or achieve an outlet 
TOC concentration of 20 ppmv. The 20 ppmv performance standard is not 
applicable to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) or (d) of 
this section.
    (3) If the control device is a combustion device, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.1252(g) to 
control halogenated vent streams.
    (4) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, if gaps, 
cracks, tears, or holes are observed in ductwork, piping, or connections 
to covers and control devices during an inspection, a first effort to 
repair shall be made as soon as practical but no later than 5 calendar 
days after identification. Repair shall be completed no later than 15 
calendar days after identification or discovery of the defect.
    (i) Delay of repair. Delay of repair of equipment for which a 
control equipment failure or a gap, crack, tear, or hole has been 
identified, is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without a 
shutdown, as defined in Sec. 63.1251, or if the owner or operator 
determines that emissions of purged material from immediate repair would 
be greater than the emissions likely to result from delay of repair. 
Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next shutdown.
    (1) Delay of repair of equipment for which a control equipment 
failure or a gap, crack, tear, or hole has been identified, is allowed 
if the equipment is emptied or is no longer used to treat or manage 
affected wastewater or residuals removed from affected wastewater.
    (2) Delay of repair of equipment for which a control equipment 
failure or a gap, crack, tear, or hole has been identified is also 
allowed if additional time is necessary due to the unavailability of 
parts beyond the control of the owner or operator. Repair shall be 
completed as soon as practical. The owner or operator who uses this 
provision shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.1259(h) to 
document the reasons that the delay of repair was necessary.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52607, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1257   Test methods and compliance procedures.

    (a) General. Except as specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this 
section, the procedures specified in paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) 
of this section are required to demonstrate initial compliance with 
Secs. 63.1253, 63.1254, 63.1256, and 63.1252(e), respectively. The 
provisions in paragraphs (a) (2) through (3) apply to performance tests 
that are specified in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section. The 
provisions in paragraph (a)(5) of this section are used to demonstrate 
initial compliance with the alternative standards specified in 
Secs. 63.1253(d) and 63.1254(c). The provisions in paragraph (a)(6) of 
this section are used to comply with the outlet concentration 
requirements specified in Secs. 63.1253(c), 63.1254 (a)(2)(i) and 
(a)(3)(ii)(B), 63.1254(b)(i) and 63.1256(h)(2).
    (1) Design evaluation. To demonstrate that a control device meets 
the required control efficiency, a design evaluation must address the 
composition and organic HAP concentration of the vent stream entering 
the control device. A design evaluation also must address other vent 
stream characteristics and control device operating parameters as 
specified in any one of paragraphs (a)(1) (i) through (vi) of this 
section, depending on the type of control device that is used. If the 
vent stream is not the only inlet to the control device, the efficiency 
demonstration also must consider all other vapors, gases, and liquids, 
other than fuels, received by the control device.
    (i) For an enclosed combustion device used to comply with the 
provisions of 63.1253 (b)(2) or (c)(2), or 63.1256(h)(2)(i)(C) with a 
minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds and a minimum temperature of 760 
deg.C, the design evaluation must document that these conditions exist.
    (ii) For a combustion control device that does not satisfy the 
criteria in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the design evaluation 
must document control efficiency and address the following 
characteristics, depending on the type of control device:
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design evaluation must 
consider

[[Page 116]]

the autoignition temperature of the organic HAP, must consider the vent 
stream flow rate, and must establish the design minimum and average 
temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone residence 
time.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream flow rate and shall establish the design 
minimum and average temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and 
outlet.
    (C) For a boiler or process heater, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream flow rate; shall establish the design minimum 
and average flame zone temperatures and combustion zone residence time; 
and shall describe the method and location where the vent stream is 
introduced into the flame zone.
    (iii) For a condenser, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
stream flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature and shall establish 
the design outlet organic HAP compound concentration level, design 
average temperature of the condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design 
average temperatures of the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and 
outlet. The temperature of the gas stream exiting the condenser must be 
measured and used to establish the outlet organic HAP concentration.
    (iv) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly onsite in the control device such as a fixed-bed adsorber, the 
design evaluation shall consider the vent stream flow rate, relative 
humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent 
stream organic compound concentration level, adsorption cycle time, 
number and capacity of carbon beds, type and working capacity of 
activated carbon used for carbon beds, design total regeneration stream 
mass or volumetric flow over the period of each complete carbon bed 
regeneration cycle, design carbon bed temperature after regeneration, 
design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service life of carbon. 
For vacuum desorption, the pressure drop shall be included.
    (v) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly onsite in the control device such as a carbon 
canister, the design evaluation shall consider the vent stream mass or 
volumetric flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature and shall 
establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration 
level, capacity of carbon bed, type and working capacity of activated 
carbon used for carbon bed, and design carbon replacement interval based 
on the total carbon working capacity of the control device and source 
operating schedule.
    (vi) For a scrubber, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
stream composition; constituent concentrations; liquid-to-vapor ratio; 
scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration; temperature; and the 
reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The 
design evaluation shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic 
compound concentration level and will include the additional information 
in paragraphs (a)(1)(vi)(A) and (B) of this section for trays and a 
packed column scrubber.
    (A) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays;
    (B) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column, and 
for individual packed sections if column contains more than one packed 
section.
    (2) Calculation of TOC or total organic HAP concentration. The TOC 
concentration or total organic HAP concentration is the sum of the 
concentrations of the individual components. If compliance is being 
determined based on TOC, the owner or operator shall compute TOC for 
each run using Equation 6 of this subpart. If compliance with the 
wastewater provisions is being determined based on total organic HAP, 
the owner or operator shall compute total organic HAP using Equation 6 
of this subpart, except that only the organic HAP compounds shall be 
summed; when determining compliance with paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this 
section, only the soluble and partially soluble HAP compounds shall be 
summed.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.003

where:

[[Page 117]]

    CGT=total concentration of TOC in vented gas stream, 
average of samples, dry basis, ppmv
CGSi,j=concentration of sample components in vented gas 
stream for sample j, dry basis, ppmv
i=identifier for a compound
n=number of components in the sample
j=identifier for a sample
m=number of samples in the sample run

    (3) Outlet concentration correction for supplemental gases. (i) 
Combustion devices. Except as provided in Sec. 63.1258(b)(5)(ii)(A), for 
a combustion device used to comply with an outlet concentration 
standard, the actual TOC, organic HAP, and hydrogen halide and halogen 
must be corrected to 3 percent oxygen if supplemental gases, as defined 
in Sec. 63.1251, are added to the vent stream or manifold. The 
integrated sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, shall be used to determine the actual oxygen 
concentration (%02d). The samples shall be taken during the 
same time that the TOC or total organic HAP or hydrogen halides and 
halogen samples are taken. The concentration corrected to 3 percent 
oxygen (Cd) shall be computed using Equation 7A of this 
subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.002

Where:

Cc = concentration of TOC or total organic HAP or hydrogen 
halide and halogen corrected to 3 percent oxygen, dry basis, ppmv
Cm = total concentration of TOC or total organic HAP or 
hydrogen halide and halogen in vented gas stream, average of samples, 
dry basis, ppmv
%02d = concentration of oxygen measured in vented gas stream, 
dry basis, percent by volume

    (ii) Noncombustion devices. Except as provided in 
Sec. 63.1258(b)(5)(ii)(B), if a control device other than a combustion 
device is used to comply with a TOC, organic HAP, or hydrogen halide 
outlet concentration standard, the owner or operator must correct the 
actual concentration for supplemental gases using Equation 7B of this 
subpart; process knowledge and representative operating data may be used 
to determine the fraction of the total flow due to supplemental gas.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.003

Where:

Ca = corrected outlet TOC, organic HAP, and hydrogen halides 
and halogens concentration, dry basis, ppmv
Cm = actual TOC, organic HAP, and hydrogen halides and 
halogens concentration measured at control device outlet, dry basis, 
ppmv
Va = total volumetric flow rate of all gas streams vented to 
the control device, except supplemental gases
Vs = total volumetric flow rate of supplemental gases

    (4) Exemptions from compliance demonstrations. An owner or operator 
using any control device specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iv) 
of this section is exempt from the initial compliance provisions in 
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.
    (i) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (ii) A boiler or process heater into which the emission stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel.
    (iii) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which 
the owner or operator:
    (A) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or
    (B) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 
40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (iv) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.
    (5) Initial compliance with alternative standard. Initial compliance 
with the alternative standards in Secs. 63.1253(d) and 63.1254(c) for 
combustion devices is

[[Page 118]]

demonstrated when the outlet TOC concentration is 20 ppmv or less, and 
the outlet hydrogen halide and halogen concentration is 20 ppmv or less. 
Initial compliance with the alternative standards in Secs. 63.1253(d) 
and 63.1254(c) for noncombustion devices is demonstrated when the outlet 
TOC concentration is 50 ppmv or less, and the outlet hydrogen halide and 
hydrogen concentration is 50 ppmv or less. To demonstrate initial 
compliance, the owner or operator shall be in compliance with the 
monitoring provisions in Sec. 63.1258(b)(5) on the initial compliance 
date. The owner or operator shall use Method 18 to determine the 
predominant organic HAP in the emission stream if the TOC monitor is 
calibrated on the predominant HAP.
    (6) Initial compliance with the 20 ppmv outlet limit. Initial 
compliance with the 20 ppmv TOC and hydrogen halide and halogen 
concentration is demonstrated when the outlet TOC concentration is 20 
ppmv or less, and the outlet hydrogen halide and halogen concentration 
is 20 ppmv or less. To demonstrate initial compliance, the operator 
shall use test methods described in paragraph (b) of this section. The 
owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring provisions in 
Sec. 63.1258(b)(1) through (5) of this subpart on the initial compliance 
date.
    (b) Test methods. When testing is conducted to measure emissions 
from an affected source, the test methods specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (10) of this section shall be used.
    (1) EPA Method 1 or 1A of appendix A of part 60 is used for sample 
and velocity traverses.
    (2) EPA Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of appendix A of part 60 is used for 
velocity and volumetric flow rates.
    (3) EPA Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 is used for gas analysis.
    (4) EPA Method 4 of appendix A of part 60 is used for stack gas 
moisture.
    (5) [Reserved]
    (6) The following methods are specified for concentration 
measurements:
    (i) Method 18 may be used to determine HAP concentration in any 
control device efficiency determination.
    (ii) Method 25 of appendix A of part 60 may be used to determine 
total gaseous nonmethane organic concentration for control efficiency 
determinations in combustion devices.
    (iii) Method 26 or 26A of appendix A of part 60 shall be used to 
determine hydrogen chloride, hydrogen halide and halogen concentrations 
in control device efficiency determinations or in the 20 ppmv outlet 
hydrogen halide concentration standard.
    (iv) Method 25A of appendix A of part 60 may be used to determine 
the HAP or TOC concentration for control device efficiency 
determinations under the conditions specified in Method 25 of appendix A 
for direct measurement of an effluent with a flame ionization detector, 
or in demonstrating compliance with the 20 ppmv TOC outlet standard. If 
Method 25A is used to determine the concentration of TOC for the 20 ppmv 
standard, the instrument shall be calibrated on methane or the 
predominant HAP. If calibrating on the predominant HAP, the use of 
Method 25A shall comply with paragraphs (b)(6)(iv)(A) through (C) of 
this section.
    (A) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP representing 
the largest percent by volume.
    (B) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is acceptable 
if the response from the high level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (C) The span value of the analyzer must be less than 100 ppmv.
    (7) Testing conditions for continuous processes. Testing of 
emissions on equipment operating as part of a continuous process will 
consist of three l-hour runs. Gas stream volumetric flow rates shall be 
measured every 15 minutes during each 1-hour run. The HAP concentration 
shall be determined from samples collected in an integrated sample over 
the duration of each l-hour test run, or from grab samples collected 
simultaneously with the flow rate measurements (every 15 minutes). If an 
integrated sample is collected for laboratory analysis, the sampling 
rate shall be adjusted proportionally to reflect variations in flow 
rate.

[[Page 119]]

For continuous gas streams, the emission rate used to determine 
compliance shall be the average emission rate of the three test runs.
    (8) Testing and compliance determination conditions for batch 
processes. Testing of emissions on equipment where the flow of gaseous 
emissions is intermittent (batch operations) shall be conducted as 
specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(9) of this section for 
condensers, testing shall be conducted at absolute worst-case conditions 
or hypothetical worst-case conditions. Gas stream volumetric flow rates 
shall be measured at 15-minute intervals. The HAP or TOC concentration 
shall be determined from samples collected in an integrated sample over 
the duration of the test, or from grab samples collected simultaneously 
with the flow rate measurements (every 15 minutes). If an integrated 
sample is collected for laboratory analysis, the sampling rate shall be 
adjusted proportionally to reflect variations in flow rate. The absolute 
worst-case or hypothetical worst-case conditions shall be characterized 
by the criteria presented in paragraphs (b)(8)(i)(A) and (B)of this 
section. In all cases, a site-specific plan shall be submitted to the 
Administrator for approval prior to testing in accordance with 
Sec. 63.7(c) and Sec. 63.1260(l). The test plan shall include the 
emission profile described in paragraph (b)(8)(ii) of this section.
    (A) Absolute worst-case conditions are defined by the criteria 
presented in paragraph (b)(8)(i)(A)(1) or (2) of this section if the 
maximum load is the most challenging condition for the control device. 
Otherwise, absolute worst-case conditions are defined by the conditions 
in paragraph (b)(8)(i)(A)(3) of this section. The owner or operator must 
consider all relevant factors, including load and compound-specific 
characteristics in defining absolute worst-case conditions.
    (1) The period in which the inlet to the control device will contain 
at least 50 percent of the maximum HAP load (in lb) capable of being 
vented to the control device over any 8 hour period. An emission profile 
as described in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(A) of this section shall be used to 
identify the 8-hour period that includes the maximum projected HAP load.
    (2) A 1-hour period of time in which the inlet to the control device 
will contain the highest HAP mass loading rate, in lb/hr, capable of 
being vented to the control device. An emission profile as described in 
paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(A) of this section shall be used to identify the 1-
hour period of maximum HAP loading.
    (3) The period of time when the HAP loading or stream composition 
(including non-HAP) is most challenging for the control device. These 
conditions include, but are not limited to the following:
    (i) Periods when the stream contains the highest combined VOC and 
HAP load, in lb/hr, described by the emission profiles in paragraph 
(b)(8)(ii) of this section;
    (ii) Periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that approach 
limits of solubility for scrubbing media;
    (iii) Periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that 
approach limits of adsorptivity for carbon adsorption systems.
    (B) Hypothetical worst-case conditions are simulated test conditions 
that, at a minimum, contain the highest hourly HAP load of emissions 
that would be predicted to be vented to the control device from the 
emissions profile described in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(B) or (C) of this 
section.
    (ii) Emissions profile. The owner or operator may choose to perform 
tests only during those periods of the worst-case conditions that the 
owner or operator selects to control as part of achieving the required 
emission reduction. The owner or operator must develop an emission 
profile for the vent to the control device that describes the 
characteristics of the vent stream at the inlet to the control device 
under worst case conditions. The emission profile shall be developed 
based on any one of the procedures described in (b)(8)(ii)(A) through 
(C) of this section, as required by paragraph (b)(8)(i).
    (A) Emission profile by process. The emission profile must consider 
all emission episodes that could contribute to the vent stack for a 
period of time that is sufficient to include all

[[Page 120]]

processes venting to the stack and shall consider production scheduling. 
The profile shall describe the HAP load to the device that equals the 
highest sum of emissions from the episodes that can vent to the control 
device in any given hour. Emissions per episode shall be calculated 
using the procedures specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. 
Emissions per episode shall be divided by the duration of the episode 
only if the duration of the episode is longer than 1 hour.
    (B) Emission profile by equipment. The emission profile must consist 
of emissions that meet or exceed the highest emissions, in lb/hr, that 
would be expected under actual processing conditions. The profile shall 
describe equipment configurations used to generate the emission events, 
volatility of materials processed in the equipment, and the rationale 
used to identify and characterize the emission events. The emissions may 
be based on using a compound more volatile than compounds actually used 
in the process(es), and the emissions may be generated from all 
equipment in the process(es) or only selected equipment.
    (C) Emission profile by capture and control device limitation. The 
emission profile shall consider the capture and control system 
limitations and the highest emissions, in lb/hr, that can be routed to 
the control device, based on maximum flowrate and concentrations 
possible because of limitations on conveyance and control equipment 
(e.g., fans, LEL alarms and safety bypasses).
    (iii) Three runs, at a minimum of 1 hour each and a maximum of 8 
hours each, are required for performance testing. Each run must occur 
over the same worst-case conditions, as defined in paragraph (b)(8)(i) 
of this section.
    (9) Testing requirements for condensers. For emission streams 
controlled using condensers, continuous direct measurement of condenser 
outlet gas temperature to be used in determining concentrations per the 
design evaluation described in Sec. 63.1257(a)(1)(iii) is required.
    (10) Wastewater testing. Wastewater analysis shall be conducted in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(10)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of this 
section.
    (i) Method 305. Use procedures specified in Method 305 of 40 CFR 
part 63, appendix A, and comply with requirements specified in paragraph 
(b)(10)(vi) of this section.
    (ii) Method 624, 625, 1624, or 1625. Use procedures specified in 
Method 624, 625, 1624, or 1625 of 40 CFR part 136, appendix A, and 
comply with requirements in paragraph (b)(10)(vi) of this section.
    (iii) Method 8260 or 8270. Use procedures specified in Method 8260 
or 8270 in ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods,'' EPA Publication No. SW-846, Third Edition, September 1986, as 
amended by Update I, November 15, 1992. As an alternative, an owner or 
operator may use any more recent, updated version of Method 8260 or 8270 
approved by the EPA. For the purpose of using Method 8260 or 8270 to 
comply with this subpart, the owner or operator must maintain a formal 
quality assurance program consistent with either Section 8 of Method 
8260 or Method 8270, and this program must include the following 
elements related to measuring the concentrations of volatile compounds:
    (A) Documentation of site-specific procedures to minimize the loss 
of compounds due to volatilization, biodegradation, reaction, or 
sorption during the sample collection, storage, and preparation steps.
    (B) Documentation of specific quality assurance procedures followed 
during sampling, sample preparation, sample introduction, and analysis.
    (C) Measurement of the average accuracy and precision of the 
specific procedures, including field duplicates and field spiking of the 
material source before or during sampling with compounds having similar 
chemical characteristics to the target analytes.
    (iv) Other EPA methods. Use procedures specified in the method, 
validate the method using the procedures in paragraph (b)(10)(iv)(A) or 
(B) of this section, and comply with the procedures in paragraph 
(b)(10)(vi) of this section.
    (A) Validate the method according to section 5.1 or 5.3 of Method 
301 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.
    (B) Follow the procedure as specified in ``Alternative Validation 
Procedure

[[Page 121]]

for EPA Waste Methods'' 40 CFR part 63, appendix D.
    (v) Methods other than an EPA method. Use procedures specified in 
the method, validate the method using the procedures in paragraph 
(b)(10)(iv)(A) of this section, and comply with the requirements in 
paragraph (b)(10)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Sampling plan. The owner or operator shall prepare a sampling 
plan. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling procedures 
which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample collection and 
analysis and maintain sample integrity. The sample plan shall include 
procedures for determining recovery efficiency of the relevant partially 
soluble and soluble HAP compounds. An example of an acceptable sampling 
plan would be one that incorporates similar sampling and sample handling 
requirements to those of Method 25D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The 
sampling plan shall be maintained at the facility.
    (c) Initial compliance with storage tank provisions. The owner or 
operator of an affected storage tank shall demonstrate initial 
compliance with Sec. 63.1253(b) or (c), as applicable, by fulfilling the 
requirements of paragraph (c)(1),or (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this section.
    (1) Performance test. If this option is chosen to demonstrate 
initial compliance with the percent reduction requirement of 
Sec. 63.1253(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i), the efficiency of the control device 
shall be calculated using performance test data as specified in 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. Initial compliance 
with the outlet concentration requirement of Sec. 63.1253(d) is 
demonstrated by fulfilling the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this 
section.
    (i) Equations 8 and 9 of this subpart shall be used to calculate the 
mass rate of total HAP reasonably expected maximum filling rate at the 
inlet and outlet of the control device for standard conditions of 20 
deg.C: where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.005

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.006

where:

Cij, Coj = concentration of sample component j of 
the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, 
respectively, dry basis, ppmv
Ei, Eo = mass rate of total HAP at the inlet and 
outlet of the control device, respectively, dry basis, kg/hr
Mij, Moj = molecular weight of sample component j 
of the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, 
respectively, gram/gram-mole
Qi, Qo = flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and 
outlet of the control device, respectively, dry standard cubic meter per 
minute
K2 = constant, 2.494  x  10-6 (parts per million) 
-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram) 
(minute/hour), where standard temperature is 20  deg.C
n = number of sample components in the gas stream

    (ii) The percent reduction in total HAP shall be calculated using 
Equation 10 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.007

where:

R = control efficiency of control device, percent
Ei = mass rate of total HAP at the inlet to the control 
device as calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, 
kilograms organic HAP per hour
Eo = mass rate of total HAP at the outlet of the control 
device, as calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, 
kilograms organic HAP per hour

    (iii) A performance test is not required to be conducted if the 
control device used to comply with Sec. 63.1253 (storage tank 
provisions) is also used to comply with Sec. 63.1254 (process vent 
provisions), and compliance with Sec. 63.1254 has been demonstrated in 
accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.

[[Page 122]]

    (2) Design evaluation. If this option is chosen to demonstrate 
initial compliance with the percent reduction requirement of 
Sec. 63.1253(b) or (c), a design evaluation shall be prepared in 
accordance with the provisions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The 
design evaluation shall include documentation demonstrating that the 
control device being used achieves the required control efficiency 
during reasonably expected maximum filling rate.
    (3) Floating roof. If the owner or operator of an affected source 
chooses to comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1253(b) or (c) by 
installing a floating roof, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
procedures described in Secs. 63.119(b), (c), (d), and 63.120(a), (b), 
and (c), with the differences noted in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (v) 
of this section for the purposes of this subpart.
    (i) When the term ``storage vessel'' is used in Secs. 63.119 and 
63.120, the definition of ``storage tank'' in Sec. 63.1251 shall apply 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (ii) When December 31, 1992 is referred to in Sec. 63.119, April 2, 
1997 shall apply instead for the purposes of this subpart.
    (iii) When April 22, 1994 is referred to in Sec. 63.119, September 
21, 1998 shall apply instead for the purposes of this subpart.
    (iv) When the phrase ``the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 
of subpart F of this part'' is referred to in Sec. 63.120, the phrase 
``the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.1250'' shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (v) When the phrase ``the maximum true vapor pressure of the total 
organic HAP's in the stored liquid falls below the values defining Group 
1 storage vessels specified in table 5 or table 6 of this subpart'' is 
referred to in Sec. 63.120(b)(1)(iv), the phrase ``the maximum true 
vapor pressure of the total organic HAP in the stored liquid falls below 
13.1 kPa'' shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (4) Initial compliance with alternative standard. Initial compliance 
with Sec. 63.1253(d) is demonstrated by fulfilling the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (5) Planned maintenance. The owner or operator shall demonstrate 
compliance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1253(e) by including the 
periods of planned routine maintenance specified by date and time in 
each Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.1260.
    (d) Initial compliance with process vent provisions. An owner or 
operator of an affected source complying with the process vent standards 
in Sec. 63.1254 shall demonstrate compliance using the procedures 
described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, initial 
compliance with the process vent standards in Sec. 63.1254 shall be 
demonstrated using the procedures specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) 
through (iv), as applicable.
    (i) Initial compliance with Sec. 63.1254(a)(2)(i) is demonstrated 
when the actual emissions of HAP from the sum of all process vents 
within a process is less than or equal to 900 kg/yr. Initial compliance 
with Sec. 63.1254(a)(2)(ii) is demonstrated when the actual emissions of 
HAP from the sum of all process vents in compliance with 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(2)(i) is less than or equal to 1,800 kg/yr. Uncontrolled 
HAP emissions and controlled HAP emissions shall be determined using the 
procedures described in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section.
    (ii) Initial compliance with the percent reduction requirements in 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(i), (a)(3), and (b) is demonstrated by:
    (A) Determining controlled HAP emissions using the procedures 
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, and uncontrolled HAP 
emissions determined using the procedures described in paragraph (d)(2) 
of this section, and demonstrating that the reductions required by 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(i), (a)(3), and (b) are met; or
    (B) Controlling the process vents using a device meeting the 
criteria specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (iii) Initial compliance with the outlet concentration requirements 
in Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(ii)(A), (a)(3), and (b)(1) is demonstrated when 
the outlet TOC concentration is 20 ppmv or less and the outlet hydrogen 
halide and halogen concentration is 20 ppmv or less. The owner or 
operator shall demonstrate

[[Page 123]]

compliance by fulfilling the requirements in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
section.
    (iv) Initial compliance with Sec. 63.1254(c) is demonstrated by 
fulfilling the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (2) Uncontrolled emissions. An owner or operator of an affected 
source complying with the emission limitation required by 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(1), or emissions reductions specified in 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(2), (a)(3), or (b), for each process vent within a 
process, shall calculate uncontrolled emissions from all equipment in 
the process according to the procedures described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) 
or (ii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Emission estimation procedures. Owners or operators shall 
determine uncontrolled emissions of HAP using measurements and/or 
calculations for each batch emission episode within each unit operation 
according to the engineering evaluation methodology in paragraphs 
(d)(2)(i)(A) through (H) of this section. Except where variations are 
noted, individual HAP partial pressures in multicomponent systems shall 
be determined by the following methods: If the components are miscible 
in one another, use Raoult's law to calculate the partial pressures; if 
the solution is a dilute aqueous mixture, use Henry's law to calculate 
partial pressures; if Raoult's law or Henry's law are not appropriate or 
available, use experimentally obtained activity coefficients or models 
such as the group-contribution models, to predict activity coefficients, 
or assume the components of the system behave independently and use the 
summation of all vapor pressures from the HAP as the total HAP partial 
pressure. Chemical property data can be obtained from standard reference 
texts.
    (A) Vapor displacement. Emissions from vapor displacement due to 
transfer of material shall be calculated using Equation 11 of this 
subpart. The individual HAP partial pressures may be calculated using 
Raoult's law.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.008

where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
V = volume of gas displaced from the vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream i = identifier for a 
HAP compound

    (B) Purging. Emissions from purging shall be calculated using 
Equation 12 of this subpart. The partial pressures of individual 
condensable compounds may be calculated using Raoult's law, the pressure 
of the vessel vapor space may be set equal to 760 mmHg, and the partial 
pressure of HAP shall be assumed to be 25 percent of the saturated value 
if the purge flow rate is greater than 100 standard cubic feet per 
minute (scfm).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.009

Where:
E = mass of HAP emitted
V = purge flow rate at the temperature and pressure of the vessel vapor 
space
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP
Pj = partial pressure of individual condensable VOC compounds 
(including HAP)

[[Page 124]]

PT = pressure of the vessel vapor space
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP
t = time of purge
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
i = identifier for a HAP compound
j = identifier for a condensable compound
m = number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
stream

    (C) Heating. Emissions caused by the heating of a vessel to a 
temperature equal to or lower than 10 K below the boiling point shall be 
calculated using the procedures in either paragraph (d)(2)(i)(C)(1) or 
(3) of this section. Emissions caused by heating a vessel to a 
temperature that is higher than 10 K below the boiling point and less 
than the boiling point, must be calculated using the procedures in 
either paragraph (d)(2)(i)(C) (2) or (3) of this section. If the 
contents of a vessel are heated to the boiling point, emissions must be 
calculated using the procedures in paragraph (d)(2)(i)(C)(4) of this 
section.
    (1) This paragraph describes procedures to calculate emissions if 
the final temperature to which the vessel contents are heated is 10 K 
below the boiling point of the HAP in the vessel, or lower. The owner or 
operator shall calculate the mass of HAP emitted per episode using 
either Equation 13 or 14 of this subpart. The moles of noncondensable 
gas displaced are calculated using Equation 15 of this subpart. The 
initial and final pressure of the noncondensable gas in the vessel shall 
be calculated using Equation 16 of this subpart. The average molecular 
weight of HAP in the displaced gas shall be calculated using Equation 17 
of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.004

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.011

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.012

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.013

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.014

Where:

E = mass of HAP vapor displaced from the vessel being heated

[[Page 125]]

xi = mole fraction of each HAP in the liquid phase
xj = mole fraction of each condensable VOC (including HAP) in 
the liquid phase
Pi* = vapor pressure of each HAP in the vessel headspace at 
any temperature between the initial and final heatup temperatures, mmHg.
Pj* = vapor pressure of each condensable VOC (including HAP) 
in the vessel headspace at any temperature between the initial and final 
heatup temperatures, mmHg.
760 = atmospheric pressure, mmHg
MWHAP = the average molecular weight of HAP present in the 
displaced gas
 = number of moles of noncondensable gas displaced
V = volume of free space in the vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T1 = initial temperature of vessel contents, absolute
T2 = final temperature of vessel contents, absolute
Pan = partial pressure of noncondensable gas in the vessel 
headspace at initial (n=1) and final (n=2) temperature
Patm = atmospheric pressure (when  is used 
in Equation 13 of this subpart, Patm may be set equal to 760 
mmHg for any vessel)
(Pj)Tn = partial pressure of each condensable 
compound (including HAP) in the vessel headspace at the initial 
temperature (n=1) and final (n=2) temperature
m = number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the displaced 
vapor
j = identifier for a condensable compound
(Pi)Tn = partial pressure of each HAP in the 
vessel headspace at initial (T1) and final (T2) 
temperature
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
i = identifier for a HAP compound

    (2) If the vessel contents are heated to a temperature that is 
higher than 10 K below the boiling point and less than the boiling 
point, emissions must be calculated using the procedures in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i)(C)(2)(i), or (ii), or (iii) of this section.
    (i) Use Equation 13 of this subpart. In Equation 13 of this subpart, 
the HAP vapor pressures must be determined at the temperature 10 K below 
the boiling point. In the calculation of  for 
Equation 13 of this subpart, T2 must be the temperature 10 K 
below the boiling point, and Pa2 must be determined at the 
temperature 10 K below the boiling point.
    (ii) Use Equation 14 of this subpart. In Equation 14 of this 
subpart, the HAP partial pressures must be deter mined at the 
temperature 10 K below the boiling point. In the calculation of 
 for Equation 14 of this subpart, T2 must 
be the temperature 10 K below the boiling point, and Pa2 must 
be determined at the temperature 10 K below the boiling point. In the 
calculation of MWHAP, the HAP partial pressures must be 
determined at the temperature 10 K below the boiling point.
    (iii) Use Equation 14 of this subpart over specific temperature 
increments. If the initial temperature is lower than 10 K below the 
boiling point, emissions must be calculated as the sum over two 
increments; one increment is from the initial temperature to 10 K below 
the boiling point, and the second is from 10 K below the boiling point 
to the lower of either the final temperature or the temperature 5 K 
below the boiling point. If the initial temperature is higher than 10 K 
below the boiling point, emissions are calculated over one increment 
from the initial temperature to the lower of either the final 
temperature or the temperature 5 K below the boiling point.
    (3)(i) Emissions caused by heating a vessel are calculated using 
Equation 18 of this subpart.

[[Page 126]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.015

Where:

E = mass of HAP vapor displaced from the vessel being heated
Navg = average gas space molar volume during the heating 
process
PT= total pressure in the vessel
Pi,1 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
T1
Pi,2 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
T2
MWHAP = average molecular weight of the HAP compounds
ni,1 = number of moles of condensable in the vessel headspace 
at T1
ni,2 = number of moles of condensable in the vessel headspace 
at T2
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream

    (ii) The average gas space molar volume during the heating process 
is calculated using Equation 19 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.016

Where:

Navg = average gas space molar volume during the heating 
process
V = volume of free space in vessel
PT = total pressure in the vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T1 = initial temperature of the vessel
T2 = final temperature of the vessel

    (iii) The difference in the number of moles of condensable in the 
vessel headspace between the initial and final temperatures is 
calculated using Equation 20 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.017

Where:

V = volume of free space in vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T1 = initial temperature in the vessel
T2 = final temperature in the vessel
Pi,1 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
T1
Pi,2 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
T2
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream

    (4) If the vessel contents are heated to the boiling point, 
emissions must be calculated using the procedure in paragraphs 
(d)(2)(i)(C)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Use either of the procedures in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(B)(3) of 
this section to calculate the emissions from heating to the boiling 
point (note that Pa2=0 in the calculation of; and
    (ii) While boiling, the vessel must be operated with a properly 
operated process condenser. An initial demonstration that a process 
condenser is properly operated is required for some process condensers, 
as described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.

[[Page 127]]

    (D) Depressurization. Emissions from depressurization shall be 
calculated using the procedures in either paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(D)(1) 
through (4), paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(D)(5) through (9), or paragraph 
(d)(2)(i)(D)(10) of this section.
    (1) Equations 21 and 22 of this subpart are used to calculate the 
initial and final volumes of noncondensable gas present in the vessel, 
adjusted to atmospheric pressure. The HAP partial pressures may be 
calculated using Raoult's law.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.018

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.019

Where:

Vnc1 = initial volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel
Vnc2 = final volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel
V = free volume in the vessel being depressurized
Pnc1 = initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 23 of this subpart, mmHg
Pnc2 = final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 24 of this subpart, mmHg
760 = atmospheric pressure, mmHg

    (2) The initial and final partial pressures of the noncondensable 
gas in the vessel are determined using Equations 23 and 24 of this 
subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.020

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.021

Where:
Pnc1 = initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas
Pnc2 = final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas
P1 = initial vessel pressure
P2 = final vessel pressure
Pj* = vapor pressure of each condensable (including HAP) in 
the emission stream
xj = mole fraction of each condensable (including HAP) in the 
liquid phase
m = number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
stream
j = identifier for a condensable compound

    (3) The average ratio of moles of noncondensable to moles of an 
individual HAP in the emission stream is calculated using Equation 25 of 
this subpart; this calculation must be repeated for each HAP in the 
emission stream:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.005

Where:

nRi = average ratio of moles of noncondensable to moles of 
individual HAP
Pnc1 = initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 23 of this subpart
Pnc2 = final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 24 of this subpart
Pi* = vapor pressure of each individual HAP
xi = mole fraction of each individual HAP in the liquid 
phase.
n = number of HAP compounds
i = identifier for a HAP compound

    (4) The mass of HAP emitted shall be calculated using Equation 26 of 
this subpart:

[[Page 128]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.006

Where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
Vnc1 = initial volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel, as 
calculated using Equation 21 of this subpart
Vnc2 = final volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel, as 
calculated using Equation 22 of this subpart
nRi = average ratio of moles of noncondensable to moles of 
individual HAP, as calculated using Equation 25 of this subpart
Patm = atmospheric pressure, standard
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel, absolute
MWi = molecular weight of each HAP

    (5) The moles of HAP vapor initially in the vessel are calculated 
using the ideal gas law using Equation 27 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.024

Where:

YHAP = mole fraction of HAP (the sum of the individual HAP 
fractions, Yi)
V = free volume in the vessel being depressurized
P1 = initial vessel pressure
R = ideal gas law constant
T = vessel temperature, absolute

    (6) The initial and final moles of noncondensable gas present in the 
vessel are calculated using Equations 28 and 29 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.025

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.026

Where:

n1 = initial number of moles of noncondensable gas in the 
vessel
n2 = final number of moles of noncondensable gas in the 
vessel
V = free volume in the vessel being depressurized
Pnc1 = initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 23 of this subpart
Pnc2 = final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 24 of this subpart
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature, absolute

    (7) The initial and final partial pressures of the noncondensable 
gas in the vessel are determined using Equations 23 and 24 of this 
subpart.
    (8) The moles of HAP emitted during the depressurization are 
calculated by taking an approximation of the average ratio of moles of 
HAP to moles of noncondensable and multiplying by the total moles of 
noncondensables released during the depressurization, using Equation 30 
of this subpart:
where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.027

nHAP = moles of HAP emitted
n1 = initial number of moles of noncondensable gas in the 
vessel, as calculated using Equation 28 of this subpart
n2 = final number of moles of noncondensable gas in the 
vessel, as calculated using Equation 29 of this subpart


[[Page 129]]


    (9) The mass of HAP emitted can be calculated using Equation 31 of 
this subpart:

E =NHAP * MWHAP    (Eq. 31)

where:
E = mass of HAP emitted
nHAP = moles of HAP emitted, as calculated using Equation 30 
of this subpart
MWHAP = average molecular weight of the HAP as calculated 
using Equation 17 of this subpart

    (10) Emissions from depressurization may be calculated using 
Equation 32 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.028

where:

V = free volume in vessel being depressurized
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel, absolute
P1 = initial pressure in the vessel
P2 = final pressure in the vessel
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds
    MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP compounds
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
i = identifier for a HAP compound

    (E) Vacuum systems. Emissions from vacuum systems may be calculated 
using Equation 33 of this subpart if the air leakage rate is known or 
can be approximated.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.007

Where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
Psystem = absolute pressure of receiving vessel or ejector 
outlet conditions, if there is no receiver
Pi = partial pressure of the HAP at the receiver temperature 
or the ejector outlet conditions
Pj = partial pressure of condensable (including HAP) at the 
receiver temperature or the ejector outlet conditions
La = total air leak rate in the system, mass/time
MWnc = molecular weight of noncondensable gas
t = time of vacuum operation
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP in the emission 
stream, with HAP partial pressures calculated at the temperature of the 
receiver or ejector outlet, as appropriate

    (F) Gas evolution. Emissions from gas evolution shall be calculated 
using Equation 12 of this subpart with V calculated using Equation 34 of 
this subpart:

[[Page 130]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.030

Where:

V = volumetric flow rate of gas evolution
Wg = mass flow rate of gas evolution
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature at the exit, absolute
PT = vessel pressure
MWg = molecular weight of the evolved gas

    (G) Air drying. Emissions from air drying shall be calculated using 
Equation 35 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.031

Where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
B = mass of dry solids
PS1 = HAP in material entering dryer, weight percent
PS2 = HAP in material exiting dryer, weight percent

    (H) Empty vessel purging. Emissions from empty vessel purging shall 
be calculated using Equation 36 of this subpart (Note: The term 
e-Ft/v can be assumed to be 0):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.032

Where:

V = volume of empty vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP at the beginning 
of the purge
(MWi) = molecular weight of the individual HAP
F = flowrate of the purge gas
t = duration of the purge
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
i = identifier for a HAP compound

    (ii) Engineering assessments. The owner or operator shall conduct an 
engineering assessment to calculate uncontrolled HAP emissions for each 
emission episode that is not due to vapor displacement, purging, 
heating, depressurization, vacuum operations, gas evolution, or air 
drying. For emission episodes caused by any of these types of 
activities, the owner or operator also may calculate uncontrolled HAP 
emissions based on an engineering assessment if the owner or operator 
can demonstrate to the Administrator that the methods in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i) of this section are not appropriate. Modified versions of the 
engineering evaluation methods in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) through (H) 
may be used if the owner or operator demonstrates that they have been 
used to meet other regulatory obligations, and they do not affect 
applicability assessments or compliance determinations under this 
subpart GGG. One criterion the owner or operator could use to 
demonstrate that the methods in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section are 
not appropriate is if previous test data are available that

[[Page 131]]

show a greater than 20 percent discrepancy between the test value and 
the estimated value. An engineering assessment includes, but is not 
limited to, the following:
    (A) Previous test results, provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices at the process unit.
    (B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
process under representative operating conditions.
    (C) Maximum flow rate, HAP emission rate, concentration, or other 
relevant parameter specified or implied within a permit limit applicable 
to the process vent.
    (D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to:
    (1) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
estimate maximum organic HAP concentrations.
    (2) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment 
design such as pump or blower capacities.
    (3) Estimation of HAP concentrations based on saturation conditions.
    (E) All data, assumptions, and procedures used in the engineering 
assessment shall be documented in accordance with Sec. 63.1260(e). Data 
or other information supporting a finding that the emissions estimation 
equations are inappropriate shall be reported in the Precompliance 
report.
    (3) Controlled emissions. An owner or operator shall determine 
controlled emissions using the procedures in either paragraph (d)(3)(i) 
or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Small control devices. Except for condensers, controlled 
emissions for each process vent that is controlled using a small control 
device shall be determined by using the design evaluation described in 
paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) of this section, or conducting a performance test 
in accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section. Whenever a 
small control device becomes a large control device, the owner or 
operator must comply with the provisions in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this 
section and submit the test report in the next Periodic report.
    (A) Design evaluation. The design evaluation shall include 
documentation demonstrating that the control device being used achieves 
the required control efficiency under worst-case conditions, as 
determined from the emission profile described in 
Sec. 63.1257(b)(8)(ii). The control efficiency determined from this 
design evaluation shall be applied to uncontrolled emissions to estimate 
controlled emissions. The documentation must be conducted in accordance 
with the provisions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The design 
evaluation shall also include the value(s) and basis for the 
parameter(s) monitored under Sec. 63.1258.
    (B) Emission estimation equations. An owner or operator using a 
condenser as a control device shall determine controlled emissions using 
exhaust gas temperature measurements and calculations for each batch 
emission episode within each unit operation according to the engineering 
methodology in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(B)(1) through (8) of this section. 
Individual HAP partial pressures shall be calculated as specified in 
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
    (1) Emissions from vapor displacement shall be calculated using 
Equation 11 of this subpart with T set equal to the temperature of the 
receiver and the HAP partial pressures determined at the temperature of 
the receiver.
    (2) Emissions from purging shall be calculated using Equation 12 of 
this subpart with T set equal to the temperature of the receiver and the 
HAP partial pressures determined at the temperature of the receiver.
    (3) Emissions from heating shall be calculated using either Equation 
13 of this subpart or Equation 37 of this subpart. In Equation 13, the 
HAP vapor pressures shall be determined at the temperature of the 
receiver. In Equations 13 and 37 of this subpart,  is 
equal to the number of moles of noncondensable displaced from the 
vessel, as calculated using Equation 15 of this subpart. In Equations 13 
and 37 of this subpart, the HAP average molecular weight shall be 
calculated using Equation 17 with the HAP partial pressures determined 
at the temperature of the receiver.

[[Page 132]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.033

Where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
 = moles of noncondensable gas displaced
PT = pressure in the receiver
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP at the receiver 
temperature
Pj = partial pressure of the individual condensable 
(including HAP) at the receiver temperature
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
i = identifier for a HAP compound
MWHAP = the average molecular weight of HAP in vapor exiting 
the receiver, as calculated using Equation 17 of this subpart
m = number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
stream
    (4)(i) Emissions from depressurization shall be calculated using 
Equation 38 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.034

Where:

E = mass of HAP vapor emitted
Vnc1 = initial volume of noncondensable in the vessel, 
corrected to the final pressure, as calculated using Equation 39 of this 
subpart
Vnc2 = final volume of noncondensable in the vessel, as 
calculated using Equation 40 of this subpart
Pi = partial pressure of each individual HAP at the receiver 
temperature
Pj = partial pressure of each condensable (including HAP) at 
the receiver temperature
PT = receiver pressure
T = temperature of the receiver
R = ideal gas law constant
MWHAP = the average molecular weight of HAP calculated using 
Equation 17 of this subpart with partial pressures determined at the 
receiver temperature
i = identifier for a HAP compound
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
m = number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
stream
j = identifier for a condensable compound

    (ii) The initial and final volumes of noncondensable gas present in 
the vessel, adjusted to the pressure of the receiver, are calculated 
using Equations 39 and 40 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.035

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.036

Where:

Vnc1 = initial volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel
Vnc2 = final volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel
V = free volume in the vessel being depressurized
Pnc1 = initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 41 of this subpart
Pnc2 = final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
calculated using Equation 42 of this subpart
PT = pressure of the receiver

    (iii) Initial and final partial pressures of the noncondensable gas 
in the vessel are determined using Equations 41 and 42 of this subpart.

[[Page 133]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.037

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.038

Where:

Pnc1 = initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas in 
the vessel
Pnc2 = final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas in 
the vessel
P1 = initial vessel pressure
P2 = final vessel pressure
Pj = partial pressure of each condensable compound (including 
HAP) in the vessel
m = number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
stream
j = identifier for a condensable compound

    (5) Emissions from vacuum systems shall be calculated using Equation 
33 of this subpart.
    (6) Emissions from gas evolution shall be calculated using Equation 
12 with V calculated using Equation 34 of this subpart, T set equal to 
the receiver temperature, and the HAP partial pressures determined at 
the receiver temperature. The term for time, t, in Equation 12 of this 
subpart is not needed for the purposes of this calculation.
    (7) Emissions from air drying shall be calculated using Equation 11 
of this subpart with V equal to the air flow rate and Pi 
determined at the receiver temperature.
    (8) Emissions from empty vessel purging shall be calculated using 
equation 43 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.039

Where:

V = volume of empty vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T1 = temperature of the vessel vapor space at beginning of 
purge
T2 = temperature of the receiver, absolute
(Pi)T1 = partial pressure of the individual HAP at 
the beginning of the purge
(Pi)T2 = partial pressure of the individual HAP at 
the receiver temperature
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP
F = flowrate of the purge gas
t = duration of the purge
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
i = identifier for a HAP compound

    (ii) Large control devices. Except for condensers, controlled 
emissions for each process vent that is controlled using a large control 
device shall be determined by applying the control efficiency of the 
large control device to the estimated uncontrolled emissions. The 
control efficiency shall be determined by conducting a performance test 
on the control device as described in paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(A) through 
(C) of this section, or by using the results of a previous performance 
test as described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section. If the control 
device is intended to control only hydrogen halides and halogens, the 
owner or operator may assume the control efficiency of organic HAP is 
zero percent. If the control device is intended to control only organic 
HAP, the owner or operator may assume the control efficiency for 
hydrogen halides and halogen is zero percent. Owners and operators are 
not required to conduct performance tests for devices described in 
paragraphs (a)(4) and (d)(4) of this section that are

[[Page 134]]

large control devices, as defined in Sec. 63.1251.
    (A) The performance test shall be conducted by performing emission 
testing on the inlet and outlet of the control device following the test 
methods and procedures of Sec. 63.1257(b). Concentrations shall be 
calculated from the data obtained through emission testing according to 
the procedures in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (B) Performance testing shall be conducted under absolute, or 
hypothetical worst-case conditions, as defined in paragraphs 
(b)(8)(i)(A) through (B) of this section.
    (C) The owner or operator may elect to conduct more than one 
performance test on the control device for the purpose of establishing 
more than one operating condition at which the control device achieves 
the required control efficiency.
    (4) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test for the following:
    (i) Any control device for which a previous performance test was 
conducted, provided the test was conducted using the same procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1257(b) over conditions typical of the appropriate 
worst-case, as defined in Sec. 63.1257(b)(8)(i). The results of the 
previous performance test shall be used to demonstrate compliance.
    (iii) Initial compliance demonstration for condensers.
    (A) Air pollution control devices. During periods in which a 
condenser functions as an air pollution control device, controlled 
emissions shall be calculated using the emission estimation equations 
described in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
    (B) Process condensers. During periods when the condenser is 
operating as a process condenser, the owner or operator is required to 
demonstrate that the process condenser is properly operated if the 
process condenser meets either of the criteria described in paragraphs 
(d)(2)(iii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section. The owner or operator must 
either measure the condenser exhaust gas temperature and show it is less 
than the boiling or bubble point of the substance(s) in the vessel, or 
perform a material balance around the vessel and condenser to show that 
at least 99 percent of the material vaporized while boiling is 
condensed. The initial demonstration shall be conducted for all 
appropriate operating scenarios and documented in the Notification of 
Compliance Status report described in Sec. 63.1260(f).
    (1) The process condenser is not followed by an air pollution 
control device; or
    (2) The air pollution control device following the process condenser 
is not a condenser or is not meeting the alternative standard of 
Sec. 63.1254(c).
    (e) Compliance with wastewater provisions. (1) Determining annual 
average concentration and annual load. To determine the annual average 
concentration and annual load of partially soluble and/or soluble HAP 
compounds in a wastewater stream, as required by Sec. 63.1256(a)(1), an 
owner or operator shall comply with the provisions in paragraphs 
(e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. A wastewater stream is exempt 
from the requirements of Sec. 63.1256(a)(2) if the owner or operator 
determines the annual average concentration and annual load are below 
all of the applicability cutoffs specified in Sec. 63.1256(a)(1)(i)(A) 
through (D). For annual average concentration, only initial rinses are 
included. Concentration measurements based on Method 305 shall be 
adjusted by dividing each concentration by the compound-specific Fm 
factor listed in Table 8 of this subpart. Concentration measurements 
based on methods other than Method 305 may not be adjusted by the 
compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 8 of this subpart.
    (i) Annual average concentration definition. (A) When complying with 
Sec. 63.1256(a)(1)(i)(A), the annual average concentration means the 
total mass of partially soluble HAP compounds occurring in the 
wastewater stream during the calendar year divided by the total mass of 
the wastewater stream discharged during the same calendar year.
    (B) When complying with Sec. 63.1256(a)(1)(i) (B) or (C), the annual 
average concentration means the total mass of partially soluble and/or 
soluble HAP compounds occurring in the wastewater stream during the 
calendar year divided by the total mass of the

[[Page 135]]

wastewater stream discharged during the same calendar year.
    (C) When complying with Sec. 63.1256(a)(1)(i)(D), the annual average 
concentration means the total mass of soluble HAP compounds occurring in 
the wastewater stream during the calendar year divided by the total mass 
of the wastewater stream discharged during the same calendar year.
    (ii) Determination of annual average concentration. An owner or 
operator shall determine annual average concentrations of partially 
soluble and/or soluble HAP compounds in accordance with the provisions 
specified in paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section. The 
owner or operator may determine annual average concentrations by process 
simulation. Data and other information supporting the simulation shall 
be reported in the Precompliance Report for approval by the 
Administrator. The annual average concentration shall be determined 
either at the POD or downstream of the POD with adjustment for 
concentration changes made according to paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(D) of this 
section.
    (A) Test methods. The concentration of partially soluble HAP, 
soluble HAP, or total HAP shall be measured using any of the methods 
described in paragraphs (b)(10)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (B) Knowledge of the wastewater stream. The concentration of 
partially soluble HAP, soluble HAP, or total HAP shall be calculated 
based on knowledge of the wastewater stream according to the procedures 
in paragraphs (e)(1)(ii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section. The owner or 
operator shall document concentrations in the Notification of Compliance 
Status report described in Sec. 63.1260(f).
    (1) Mass balance. The owner or operator shall calculate the 
concentrations of HAP compounds in wastewater considering the total 
quantity of HAP discharged to the water, the amount of water at the POD, 
and the amounts of water and solvent lost to other mechanisms such as 
reactions, air emissions, or uptake in product or other processing 
materials. The quantities of HAP and water shall be based on batch 
sheets, manufacturing tickets, or FDA bills of materials. In cases where 
a chemical reaction occurs that generates or consumes HAP, the amount of 
HAP remaining after a reaction shall be based on stoichometry assuming 
100 percent theoretical consumption or yield, as applicable.
    (2) Published water solubility data. For single components in water, 
owners and operators may use the water solubilities published in 
standard reference texts at the POD temperature to determine maximum HAP 
concentration.
    (C) Bench scale or pilot-scale test data. The concentration of 
partially soluble HAP, soluble HAP, or total HAP shall be calculated 
based on bench scale or pilot-scale test data. The owner or operator 
shall provide sufficient information to demonstrate that the bench-scale 
or pilot-scale test concentration data are representative of actual HAP 
concentrations. The owner or operator shall also provide documentation 
describing the testing protocol, and the means by which sample 
variability and analytical variability were accounted for in the 
determination of HAP concentrations. Documentation of the pilot-scale or 
bench scale analysis shall be provided in the precompliance report.
    (D) Adjustment for concentrations determined downstream of the POD. 
The owner or operator shall make corrections to the annual average 
concentration when the concentration is determined downstream of the POD 
at a location where: two or more wastewater streams have been mixed; one 
or more wastewater streams have been treated; or, losses to the 
atmosphere have occurred. The owner or operator shall make the 
adjustments either to the individual data points or to the final annual 
average concentration.
    (iii) Determination of annual load. An owner or operator shall 
calculate the partially soluble and/or soluble HAP load in a wastewater 
stream based on the annual average concentration determined in paragraph 
(e)(1)(ii) (A), (B), or (C) of this section and the total volume of the 
wastewater stream, based on knowledge of the wastewater stream in 
accordance with paragraphs (e)(1)(ii)(B) of this section. The owner or 
operator shall maintain records of

[[Page 136]]

the total liters of wastewater discharged per year as specified in 
Sec. 63.1259(b).
    (2) Compliance with treatment unit control provisions. (i) 
Performance tests and design evaluations-general. To comply with the 
control options in Sec. 63.1256(g) (10) or (13), neither a design 
evaluation nor a performance test is required. For any other 
nonbiological treatment process, the owner or operator shall conduct 
either a design evaluation as specified in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this 
section, or a performance test as specified in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of 
this section to demonstrate that each nonbiological treatment process 
used to comply with Sec. 63.1256(g) (8), (9), and/or (12) achieves the 
conditions specified for compliance. The owner or operator shall 
demonstrate by the procedures in either paragraph (e)(2) (ii) or (iii) 
of this section that each closed biological treatment process used to 
comply with Sec. 63.1256 (g)(8)(ii), (g)(9)(ii), (g)(11), or (g)(12) 
achieves the conditions specified for compliance. If an open biological 
treatment unit is used to comply with Sec. 63.1256 (g)(8)(ii), 
(g)(9)(ii), (g)(11), or (g)(12), the owner or operator shall comply with 
the performance test requirements in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this 
section.
    (ii) Design evaluation. A design evaluation and supporting 
documentation that addresses the operating characteristics of the 
treatment process and that is based on operation at a wastewater stream 
flow rate and a concentration under which it would be most difficult to 
demonstrate compliance. For closed biological treatment processes, the 
percent reduction from removal/destruction in the treatment unit and 
control device shall be determined by a mass balance over the unit. The 
mass flow rate of soluble and/or partially soluble HAP compounds exiting 
the treatment process shall be the sum of the mass flow rate of soluble 
and/or partially soluble HAP compounds in the wastewater stream exiting 
the biological treatment process and the mass flow rate of the vented 
gas stream exiting the control device. The mass flow rate entering the 
treatment process minus the mass flow rate exiting the process 
determines the actual mass removal. Compounds that meet the requirements 
specified in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this section are not 
required to be included in the design evaluation; the term ``performance 
test'' in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this section shall mean 
``design evaluation'' for the purposes of this paragraph.
    (iii) Performance tests. Performance tests shall be conducted using 
test methods and procedures that meet the applicable requirements 
specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(A) through (G) of this section.
    (A) General. This paragraph specifies the general procedures for 
performance tests that are conducted to demonstrate compliance of a 
treatment process with the control requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1256(g).
    (1) Representative process unit operating conditions. Compliance 
shall be demonstrated for representative operating conditions. 
Operations during periods of malfunction and periods of nonoperation 
shall not constitute representative conditions. The owner or operator 
shall record the process information that is necessary to document 
operating conditions during the test.
    (2) Representative treatment process operating conditions. 
Performance tests shall be conducted when the treatment process is 
operating at a representative inlet flow rate and concentration. If the 
treatment process will be operating at several different sets of 
representative operating conditions, the owner or operator shall comply 
with paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(A)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section. The owner 
or operator shall record information that is necessary to document 
treatment process or control device operating conditions during the 
test.
    (i) Range of operating conditions. If the treatment process will be 
operated at several different sets of representative operating 
conditions, performance testing over the entire range is not required. 
In such cases, the performance test results shall be supplemented with 
modeling and/or engineering assessments to demonstrate performance over 
the operating range.
    (ii) Consideration of residence time. If concentration and/or flow 
rate to the treatment process are not relatively constant (i.e., 
comparison of inlet and

[[Page 137]]

outlet data will not be representative of performance), the owner or 
operator shall consider residence time, when determining concentration 
and flow rate.
    (3) Testing equipment. All testing equipment shall be prepared and 
installed as specified in the applicable test methods, or as approved by 
the Administrator.
    (4) Compounds not required to be considered in performance tests. 
Compounds that meet the requirements specified in (e)(2)(iii)(A)(4)(i), 
(ii), or (iii) of this section are not required to be included in the 
performance test. Concentration measurements based on Method 305 shall 
be adjusted by dividing each concentration by the compound-specific Fm 
factor listed in Table 8 of this subpart. Concentration measurements 
based on methods other than Method 305 shall not be adjusted by the 
compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 8 of this subpart.
    (i) Compounds not used or produced by the PMPU; or
    (ii) Compounds with concentrations at the POD that are below 1 ppmw; 
or
    (iii) Compounds with concentrations at the POD that are below the 
lower detection limit where the lower detection limit is greater than 1 
ppmw. The method shall be an analytical method for wastewater which has 
the compound of interest as a target analyte.
    (5) Treatment using a series of treatment processes. In all cases 
where the wastewater provisions in this subpart allow or require the use 
of a treatment process to comply with emissions limitations, the owner 
or operator may use multiple treatment processes. The owner or operator 
complying with the requirements of Sec. 63.1256(g)(7)(i), when 
wastewater is conveyed by hard-piping, shall comply with either 
paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section. The owner or 
operator complying with the requirements of Sec. 63.1256(g)(7)(ii) shall 
comply with the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test across 
each series of treatment processes. For each series of treatment 
processes, inlet concentration and flow rate shall be measured either 
where the wastewater enters the first treatment process in a series of 
treatment processes, or prior to the first treatment process as 
specified in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(6) of this section. For each 
series of treatment processes, outlet concentration and flow rate shall 
be measured where the wastewater exits the last treatment process in the 
series of treatment processes, except when the last treatment process is 
an open or a closed aerobic biological treatment process demonstrating 
compliance by using the procedures in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(E) or (F) 
of this section. When the last treatment process is either an open or a 
closed aerobic biological treatment process demonstrating compliance by 
using the procedures in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(E) or (F) of this 
section, inlet and outlet concentrations and flow rates shall be 
measured at the inlet and outlet to the series of treatment processes 
prior to the biological treatment process and at the inlet to the 
biological treatment process, except as provided in paragraph 
(e)(2)(iii)(A)(6)(ii) of this section. The mass flow rate destroyed in 
the biological treatment process for which compliance is demonstrated 
using paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E) or (F) of this section shall be added to 
the mass flow rate removed or destroyed in the series of treatment units 
before the biological treatment unit. This sum shall be used to 
calculate the overall control efficiency.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test across 
each treatment process in the series of treatment processes. The mass 
flow rate removed or destroyed by each treatment process shall be added 
together and the overall control efficiency calculated to determine 
whether compliance has been demonstrated using paragraphs 
(e)(2)(iii)(C), (D), (E), (F), or (G) of this section, as applicable. If 
a biological treatment process is one of the treatment processes in the 
series of treatment processes, the inlet to the biological treatment 
process shall be the point at which the wastewater enters the biological 
treatment process, or the inlet to the equalization tank if all the 
criteria of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(6)(ii) of this section are met.

[[Page 138]]

    (6) The owner or operator determining the inlet for purposes of 
demonstrating compliance with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E), or (F)of this 
section may elect to comply with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(6)(i) or (ii) 
of this section.
    (i) When wastewater is conveyed exclusively by hard-piping from the 
point of determination to a treatment process that is either the only 
treatment process or the first in a series of treatment processes (i.e., 
no treatment processes or other waste management units are used upstream 
of this treatment process to store, handle, or convey the wastewater), 
the inlet to the treatment process shall be at any location from the 
point of determination to where the wastewater stream enters the 
treatment process. When samples are taken upstream of the treatment 
process and before wastewater streams have converged, the owner or 
operator shall ensure that the mass flow rate of all affected wastewater 
is accounted for when using Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii), (g)(9)(ii) or 
(g)(12) of this subpart to comply and that the mass flow rate of all 
wastewater, not just affected wastewater, is accounted for when using 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(11) to comply, except as provided in paragraph 
(e)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this section.
    (ii) The owner or operator may consider the inlet to the 
equalization tank as the inlet to the biological treatment process if 
the wastewater is conveyed by hard-piping from either the last previous 
treatment process or the point of determination to the equalization 
tank; or the wastewater is conveyed from the equalization tank 
exclusively by hard-piping to the biological treatment process and no 
treatment processes or other waste management units are used to store, 
handle, or convey the wastewater between the equalization tank and the 
biological treatment process; or the equalization tank is equipped with 
a fixed roof and a closed-vent system that routes emissions to a control 
device that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.1256(b)(1)(i) through (iv) 
and Sec. 63.1256(b)(2)(i). The outlet from the series of treatment 
processes prior to the biological treatment process is the point at 
which the wastewater exits the last treatment process in the series 
prior to the equalization tank, if the equalization tank and biological 
treatment process are part of a series of treatment processes. The owner 
or operator shall ensure that the mass flow rate of all affected 
wastewater is accounted for when using Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii) or (12) to 
comply and that the mass flow rate of all wastewater, not just affected 
wastewater is accounted for when using Sec. 63.1256(g)(11) to comply, 
except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this section.
    (B) Noncombustion treatment process--concentration limits. This 
paragraph applies to performance tests that are conducted to demonstrate 
compliance of a noncombustion treatment process with the ppmw wastewater 
stream concentration limits at the outlet of the treatment process. This 
compliance option is specified in Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(i) and (9)(i). 
Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling procedures which 
minimize loss of organic compounds during sample collection and analysis 
and maintain sample integrity per paragraph (b)(10)(iii) of this 
section. Samples shall be collected and analyzed using the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (b)(10)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section. 
Samples may be grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken 
at approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. 
Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall 
consist of a minimum of three runs. Concentration measurements based on 
methods other than Method 305 may be adjusted by multiplying each 
concentration by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 8 of 
this subpart. (For affected wastewater streams that contains both 
partially soluble and soluble HAP compounds, compliance is demonstrated 
only if the sum of the concentrations of partially soluble HAP compounds 
is less than 50 ppmw, and the sum of the concentrations of soluble HAP 
compounds is less than 520 ppmw.)
    (C) Noncombustion, nonbiological treatment process: percent mass 
removal/destruction option. This paragraph applies to performance tests 
that are conducted to demonstrate compliance of a noncombustion, 
nonbiological treatment process with the percent mass removal limits 
specified in

[[Page 139]]

Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii) and (9)(ii) for partially soluble and soluble HAP 
compounds, respectively. The owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(C)(1) through (5) of 
this section.
    (1) Concentration. The concentration of partially soluble and/or 
soluble HAP compounds entering and exiting the treatment process shall 
be determined as provided in this paragraph. Wastewater samples shall be 
collected using sampling procedures which minimize loss of organic 
compounds during sample collection and analysis and maintain sample 
integrity per paragraph (b)(10)(v) of this section. The method shall be 
an analytical method for wastewater which has the compound of interest 
as a target analyte. Samples may be grab samples or composite samples. 
Samples shall be taken at approximately equally spaced time intervals 
over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the 
performance test shall consist of a minimum of three runs. Concentration 
measurements based on Method 305 shall be adjusted by dividing each 
concentration by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 8 of 
this subpart. Concentration measurements based on methods other than 
Method 305 shall not be adjusted by the compound-specific Fm factor 
listed in Table 8 of this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate. The flow rate of the entering and exiting wastewater 
streams shall be determined using inlet and outlet flow meters, 
respectively. Where the outlet flow is not greater than the inlet flow, 
a single flow meter may be used, and may be used at either the inlet or 
outlet. Flow rate measurements shall be taken at the same time as the 
concentration measurements.
    (3) Calculation of mass flow rate--for noncombustion, nonbiological 
treatment processes. The mass flow rates of partially soluble and/or 
soluble HAP compounds entering and exiting the treatment process are 
calculated using Equations 44 and 45 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.040

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.041

Where:

QMWa, QMWb = mass flow rate of partially soluble 
or soluble HAP compounds, average of all runs, in wastewater entering 
(QMWa) or exiting (QMWb) the treatment process, 
kg/hr
 = density of the wastewater, kg/m\3\
Qa,k, Qbb,k = volumetric flow rate of wastewater 
entering (Qa,k) or exiting (Qb,k) the treatment 
process during each run k, m3/hr
CT,a,k, CT,b,k = total concentration of partially 
soluble or soluble HAP compounds in wastewater entering 
(CT,a,k) or exiting (CT,b,k) the treatment process 
during each run k, ppmw
p = number of runs
k = identifier for a run
106 = conversion factor, mg/kg

    (4) Percent removal calculation for mass flow rate. The percent mass 
removal across the treatment process shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.042

Where:

E = removal or destruction efficiency of the treatment process, percent
QMWa, QMWb = mass flow rate of partially soluble 
or soluble HAP compounds in wastewater entering (QMWa) and 
exiting (QMWb) the

[[Page 140]]

treatment process, kg/hr (as calculated using Equations 44 and 45 of 
this subpart)

    (5) Compare mass removal efficiency to required efficiency. Compare 
the mass removal efficiency (calculated in Equation 46 of this subpart) 
to the required efficiency as specified in Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii) or 
(9)(ii). If complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii), compliance is 
demonstrated if the mass removal efficiency is 99 percent or greater. If 
complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii), compliance is demonstrated if the 
mass removal efficiency is 90 percent or greater.
    (D) Combustion treatment processes: percent mass removal/destruction 
option. This paragraph applies to performance tests that are conducted 
to demonstrate compliance of a combustion treatment process with the 
percent mass destruction limits specified in Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii) for 
partially soluble HAP compounds, and/or Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii) for 
soluble HAP compounds. The owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(D)(1) through (8) of 
this section.
    (1) Concentration in wastewater stream entering the combustion 
treatment process. The concentration of partially soluble and/or soluble 
HAP compounds entering the treatment process shall be determined as 
provided in this paragraph. Wastewater samples shall be collected using 
sampling procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during 
sample collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity per 
paragraph (b)(10)(v) of this section. The method shall be an analytical 
method for wastewater which has the compound of interest as a target 
analyte. Samples may be grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall 
be taken at approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour 
period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test 
shall consist of a minimum of three runs. Concentration measurements 
based on Method 305 of appendix A of this part shall be adjusted by 
dividing each concentration by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in 
Table 8 of this subpart. Concentration measurements based on methods 
other than Method 305 shall not be adjusted by the compound-specific Fm 
factor listed in Table 8 of this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate of wastewater entering the combustion treatment 
process. The flow rate of the wastewater stream entering the combustion 
treatment process shall be determined using an inlet flow meter. Flow 
rate measurements shall be taken at the same time as the concentration 
measurements.
    (3) Calculation of mass flow rate in wastewater stream entering 
combustion treatment processes. The mass flow rate of partially soluble 
and/or soluble HAP compounds entering the treatment process is 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.043

Where:

QMWa = mass flow rate of partially soluble or soluble HAP 
compounds entering the combustion unit, kg/hr
 = density of the wastewater stream, kg/m\3\
Qa,k = volumetric flow rate of wastewater entering the 
combustion unit during run k, m3/hr
CT,a,k = total concentration of partially soluble or soluble 
HAP compounds in the wastewater stream entering the combustion unit 
during run k, ppmw
 = number of runs
k = identifier for a run
p = number of runs

    (4) Concentration in vented gas stream exiting the combustion 
treatment process. The concentration of partially soluble and/or soluble 
HAP compounds (or TOC) exiting the combustion treatment process in any 
vented gas stream

[[Page 141]]

shall be determined as provided in this paragraph. Samples may be grab 
samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken at approximately 
equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period 
constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist of a minimum 
of three runs. Concentration measurements shall be determined using 
Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Alternatively, any other test 
method validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A 
of this part may be used.
    (5) Volumetric flow rate of vented gas stream exiting the combustion 
treatment process. The volumetric flow rate of the vented gas stream 
exiting the combustion treatment process shall be determined using 
Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate. 
Volumetric flow rate measurements shall be taken at the same time as the 
concentration measurements.
    (6) Calculation of mass flow rate of vented gas stream exiting 
combustion treatment processes. The mass flow rate of partially soluble 
and/or soluble HAP compounds in a vented gas stream exiting the 
combustion treatment process shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.044

where:

QMGb = mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
partially soluble and/or soluble HAP, in vented gas stream, exiting 
(QMGb) the combustion device, dry basis, kg/hr
CGb,i = concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total partially soluble and/or soluble HAP, in vented gas stream, 
exiting (CGb,i) the combustion device, dry basis, ppmv
MWi = molecular weight of a component, kilogram/kilogram-mole
QGb = flow rate of gas stream exiting (QGb) the 
combustion device, dry standard cubic meters per hour
K2 = constant, 41.57 x 10-9 (parts per 
million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/
gram), where standard temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
is 20  deg.C
i = identifier for a compound
n = number of components in the sample

    (7) Destruction efficiency calculation. The destruction efficiency 
of the combustion unit for partially soluble and/or soluble HAP 
compounds shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.045

Where:

E = destruction efficiency of partially soluble or soluble HAP compounds 
for the combustion unit, percent
QMW2a = mass flow rate of partially soluble or soluble HAP 
compounds entering the combustion unit, kg/hr
QMGb = mass flow rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
partially soluble and/or soluble HAP compounds in vented gas stream 
exiting the combustion treatment process, kg/hr
    (8) Compare mass destruction efficiency to required efficiency. 
Compare the mass destruction efficiency (calculated in Equation 49 of 
this subpart) to the required efficiency as specified in 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii) or (g)(9)(ii). If complying with 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii), compliance is demonstrated if the mass 
destruction efficiency is 99 percent or greater. If complying with 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii), compliance is demonstrated if the mass 
destruction efficiency is 90 percent or greater.
    (E) Open or closed aerobic biological treatment processes: 95-
percent mass destruction option. This paragraph applies

[[Page 142]]

to performance tests that are conducted for open or closed aerobic 
biological treatment processes to demonstrate compliance with the 95-
percent mass destruction provisions in Sec. 63.1256(g)(11) for partially 
soluble and/or soluble HAP compounds.
    (1) Concentration in wastewater stream. The concentration of 
partially soluble and/or soluble HAP as provided in this paragraph. 
Concentration measurements to determine E shall be taken as provided in 
paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5) of this section for a series of treatment 
processes. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling 
procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample 
collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity per paragraph 
(b)(10)(v) of this section. The method shall be an analytical method for 
wastewater which has the compound of interest as a target analyte. 
Samples may be grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken 
at approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. 
Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall 
consist of a minimum of three runs. Concentration measurements based on 
Method 305 shall be adjusted by dividing each concentration by the 
compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 8 of this subpart. 
Concentration measurements based on methods other than Method 305 shall 
not be adjusted by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 8 of 
this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate. Flow rate measurements to determine E shall be taken 
as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5) of this section for a series 
of treatment processes. Flow rate shall be determined using inlet and 
outlet flow measurement devices. Where the outlet flow is not greater 
than the inlet flow, a single flow measurement device may be used, and 
may be used at either the inlet or outlet. Flow rate measurements shall 
be taken at the same time as the concentration measurements.
    (3) Destruction efficiency. The owner or operator shall comply with 
the provisions in either paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E)(3)(i) or (ii) of this 
section. Compliance is demonstrated if the destruction efficiency, E, is 
equal to or greater than 95 percent.
    (i) If the performance test is performed across the open or closed 
biological treatment system only, compliance is demonstrated if E is 
equal to Fbio, where E is the destruction efficiency of 
partially soluble and/or soluble HAP compounds and Fbio is 
the site-specific fraction of partially soluble and/or soluble HAP 
compounds biodegraded. Fbio shall be determined as specified 
in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E)(4) of this section and appendix C of subpart 
G of this part.
    (ii) If compliance is being demonstrated in accordance with 
paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section, the removal 
efficiency shall be calculated using Equation 50 of this subpart. When 
complying with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5)(i) of this section, the 
series of nonbiological treatment processes comprise one treatment 
process segment. When complying with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(5)(ii) of 
this section, each nonbiological treatment process is a treatment 
process segment.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.046

Where:

QMWa,i = the soluble and/or partially soluble HAP load 
entering a treatment process segment
QMWb,i = the soluble and/or partially soluble HAP load 
exiting a treatment process segment
n = the number of treatment process segments
i = identifier for a treatment process element
QMWbio = the inlet load of soluble and/or partially soluble 
HAP to the biological treatment process. The inlet is defined in 
accordance with

[[Page 143]]

paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(6) of this section. If complying with paragraph 
(e)(2)(iii)(A)(6)(ii) of this section, QMWbio is equal to 
QMWb,n
Fbio = site-specific fraction of soluble and/or partially 
soluble HAP compounds biodegraded. Fbio shall be determined 
as specified in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E)(4) of this section and Appendix 
C of subpart G of this part.
QMWall = the total soluble and/or partially soluble HAP load 
to be treated.

    (4) Site-specific fraction biodegraded (Fbio). The 
procedures used to determine the compound-specific kinetic parameters 
for use in calculating Fbio differ for the compounds listed 
in Tables 2 and 3 of this subpart. An owner or operator shall calculate 
Fbio as specified in either paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E)(4)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) For biological treatment processes that do not meet the 
definition for enhanced biological treatment in Sec. 63.1251, the owner 
or operator shall determine the Fbio for the compounds in 
Tables 2 and 3 of this subpart using any of the procedures in appendix C 
to part 63, except procedure 3 (inlet and outlet concentration 
measurements). (The symbol ``Fbio'' represents the site-
specific fraction of an individual partially soluble or soluble HAP 
compound that is biodegraded.)
    (ii) If the biological treatment process meets the definition of 
``enhanced biological treatment process'' in Sec. 63.1251, the owner or 
operator shall determine Fbio for the compounds in Table 2 of 
this subpart using any of the procedures specified in appendix C to part 
63. The owner or operator shall calculate Fbio for the 
compounds in Table 3 of this subpart using the defaults for first order 
biodegradation rate constants (K1) in Table 9 of this subpart 
and follow the procedure explained in Form III of appendix C, 40 CFR 
part 63, or any of the procedures specified in appendix C of 40 CFR part 
63.
    (F) Open or closed aerobic biological treatment processes: percent 
removal for partially soluble or soluble HAP compounds. This paragraph 
applies to the use of performance tests that are conducted for open or 
closed aerobic biological treatment processes to demonstrate compliance 
with the percent removal provisions for either partially soluble HAP 
compounds in Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii) or soluble HAP compounds in 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii) or (g)(12). The owner or operator shall comply 
with the provisions in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E) of this section, except 
that compliance with Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii) shall be demonstrated when E 
is equal to or greater than 99 percent, compliance with 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii) shall be demonstrated when E is equal to or 
greater than 90 percent, and compliance with Sec. 63.1256(g)(12) shall 
be demonstrated when E is equal to or greater than 99 percent.
    (G) Closed biological treatment processes: percent mass removal 
option. This paragraph applies to the use of performance tests that are 
conducted for closed biological treatment processes to demonstrate 
compliance with the percent removal provisions in 
Secs. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii), (g)(9)(ii), (g)(11), or (g)(12). The owner or 
operator shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(iii)(G) (1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Comply with the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(iii)(C) (1) through (3) of this section to determine 
characteristics of the wastewater entering the biological treatment 
unit, except that the term ``partially soluble and/or soluble HAP'' 
shall mean ``soluble HAP'' for the purposes of this section if the owner 
or operator is complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii) or (g)(12), and it 
shall mean ``partially soluble HAP'' if the owner or operator is 
complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii).
    (2) Comply with the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(iii)(D) (4) through (6) of this section to determine the 
characteristics of gas vent streams exiting a control device, with the 
differences noted in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(G)(3) (i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The term ``partially soluble and/or soluble HAP'' shall mean 
``soluble HAP'' for the purposes of this section if the owner or 
operator is complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii) or (g)(12), and it 
shall mean ``partially soluble HAP'' if the owner or operator is 
complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii).

[[Page 144]]

    (ii) The term ``combustion treatment process'' shall mean ``control 
device'' for the purposes of this section.
    (3) Percent removal/destruction calculation. The percent removal and 
destruction across the treatment unit and any control device(s) shall be 
calculated using Equation 51 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.047

Where:

E = removal and destruction efficiency of the treatment unit and control 
device(s), percent
QMWa, QMWb = mass flow rate of partially soluble 
and/or soluble HAP compounds in wastewater entering (QMWa) 
and exiting (QMWb) the treatment process, kilograms per hour 
(as calculated using Equations 44 and 45)
QMGb = mass flow rate of partially soluble and/or soluble HAP 
compounds in vented gas stream exiting the control device, kg/hr

    (4) Compare mass removal/destruction efficiency to required 
efficiency. Compare the mass removal/destruction efficiency (calculated 
using Equation 51 of this subpart) to the required efficiency as 
specified in Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii), (g)(9)(ii), (g)(11), or (g)(12). If 
complying with Sec. 63.1256(g)(8)(ii), compliance is demonstrated if the 
mass removal/destruction is 99 percent or greater. If complying with 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(9)(ii), compliance is demonstrated if the mass removal/
destruction efficiency is 90 percent or greater. If complying with 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(11), compliance is demonstrated if the mass removal/
destruction efficiency is 95 percent or greater. If complying with 
Sec. 63.1256(g)(12), compliance is demonstrated if the mass removal/
destruction efficiency is 99 percent or greater.
    (3) Compliance with control device provisions. Except as provided in 
paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section, an owner or operator shall 
demonstrate that each control device or combination of control devices 
achieves the appropriate conditions specified in Sec. 63.1256(h)(2) by 
using one or more of the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(i), 
(ii), or (iii) of this section.
    (i) Performance test for control devices other than flares. This 
paragraph applies to performance tests that are conducted to demonstrate 
compliance of a control device with the efficiency limits specified in 
Sec. 63.1256(h)(2). If complying with the 95-percent reduction 
efficiency requirement, comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (e)(3)(i) (A) through (J) of this section. If complying with 
the 20 ppm by volume requirement, comply with the requirements specified 
in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) (A) through (G) and (e)(3)(i)(J) of this 
section.
    (A) General. The owner or operator shall comply with the general 
performance test provisions in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(A) (1) through (4) 
of this section, except that the term ``treatment unit'' shall mean 
``control device'' for the purposes of this section.
    (B) Sampling sites. Sampling sites shall be selected using Method 1 
or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate. For determination 
of compliance with the 95 percent reduction requirement, sampling sites 
shall be located at the inlet and the outlet of the control device. For 
determination of compliance with the 20 ppmv limit, the sampling site 
shall be located at the outlet of the control device.
    (C) Concentration in gas stream entering or exiting the control 
device. The concentration of total organic HAP or TOC in a gas stream 
shall be determined as provided in this paragraph. Samples may be grab 
samples or composite samples (i.e., integrated samples). Samples shall 
be taken at approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour 
period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test 
shall consist of a minimum of three runs. Concentration

[[Page 145]]

measurements shall be determined using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. Alternatively, any other test method validated according to 
the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used.
    (D) Volumetric flow rate of gas stream entering or exiting the 
control device. The volumetric flow rate of the gas stream shall be 
determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
as appropriate. Volumetric flow rate measurements shall be taken at the 
same time as the concentration measurements.
    (E) Calculation of TOC concentration. The owner or operator shall 
compute TOC in accordance with the procedures in paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section.
    (F) Calculation of total organic HAP concentration. The owner or 
operator determining compliance based on total organic HAP concentration 
shall compute the total organic HAP concentration in accordance with the 
provisions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (G) Requirements for combustion control devices. If the control 
device is a combustion device, the owner or operator shall correct TOC 
and organic HAP concentrations to 3 percent oxygen in accordance with 
the provisions in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, and demonstrate 
initial compliance with the requirements for halogenated streams in 
accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section.
    (H) Mass rate calculation. The mass rate of either TOC (minus 
methane and ethane) or total organic HAP for each sample run shall be 
calculated using the following equations. Where the mass rate of TOC is 
being calculated, all organic compounds (minus methane and ethane) 
measured by methods specified in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(C) of this section 
are summed using Equations 52 and 53 of this subpart. Where the mass 
rate of total organic HAP is being calculated, only soluble and 
partially soluble HAP compounds shall be summed using Equations 52 and 
53.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.048

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.049

Where:

CGa,i, CGb,i = concentration of TOC or total 
organic HAP, in vented gas stream, entering (CGa,i) and 
exiting (CGb,i) the control device, dry basis, ppmv
QMGa, QMGb = mass rate of TOC or total organic 
HAP, in vented gas stream, entering (QMGa) and exiting 
(QMGb) the control device, dry basis, kg/hr
Mwi = molecular weight of a component, kilogram/kilogram-mole
QGa,QGb = flow rate of gas stream entering 
(QGa) and exiting (QGb) the control device, dry 
standard cubic meters per hour
K2 = constant, 41.57  x 10-9 (parts per 
million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/
gram), where standard temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
is 20  deg.C
i = identifier for a compound
n = number of components in the sample

    (I) Percent reduction calculation. The percent reduction in TOC or 
total organic HAP for each sample run shall be calculated using Equation 
54 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.050

where:

E = destruction efficiency of control device, percent
QMGa,QMGb = mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP, 
in vented gas stream

[[Page 146]]

entering and exiting (QMGb) the control device, dry basis, 
kilograms per hour

    (J) Compare mass destruction efficiency to required efficiency. If 
complying with the 95-percent reduction efficiency requirement, 
compliance is demonstrated if the mass destruction efficiency 
(calculated in Equation 51 of this subpart) is 95 percent or greater. If 
complying with the 20 ppmv limit, compliance is demonstrated if the 
outlet TOC concentration is 20 ppmv, or less.
    (ii) Design evaluation. A design evaluation conducted in accordance 
with the provisions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Compounds that 
meet the requirements specified in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this 
section are not required to be included in the design evaluation.
    (iii) Compliance demonstration for flares. When a flare is used to 
comply with Sec. 63.1256(h), the owner or operator shall comply with the 
flare provisions in Sec. 63.11(b). An owner or operator is not required 
to conduct a performance test to determine percent emission reduction or 
outlet organic HAP or TOC concentration when a flare is used.
    (iv) Exemptions from compliance demonstrations. An owner or operator 
using any control device specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section 
is exempt from the requirements in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through 
(e)(3)(iii) of this section and from the requirements in Sec. 63.6(f).
    (f) Pollution prevention alternative standard. The owner or operator 
shall demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.1252(e)(2) using the 
procedures described in paragraph (f)(1) and (f)(3) of this section. The 
owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.1252(e)(3) 
using the procedures described in paragraphs (f)(2) and (f)(3) of this 
section.
    (1) Compliance is demonstrated when the annual kg/kg factor, 
calculated according to the procedure in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (iii) 
of this section, is reduced by at least 75 percent as calculated 
according to the procedure in paragraph (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The production-indexed HAP consumption factors shall be 
calculated by dividing annual consumption of total HAP by the annual 
production rate, per process. The production-indexed total VOC 
consumption factor shall be calculated by dividing annual consumption of 
total VOC by the annual production rate, per process.
    (ii) The baseline factor is calculated from yearly production and 
consumption data for the first 3-year period in which the PMPU was 
operational, beginning no earlier than the 1987 calendar year, or for a 
minimum period of 12 months from startup of the process until the 
present in which the PMPU was operational and data are available, 
beginning no earlier than the 1987 calendar year.
    (iii) The annual factor is calculated on the following bases:
    (A) For continuous processes, the annual factor shall be calculated 
every 30 days for the 12-month period preceding the 30th day (30-day 
rolling average).
    (B) For batch processes, the annual factor shall be calculated 
either every 10 batches for the 12-month period preceding the 10th batch 
(10-batch rolling average) or a maximum of once per month, if the number 
of batches is greater than 10 batches per month. The annual factor shall 
be calculated every 5 batches if the number of batches is less than 10 
for the 12-month period preceding the 10th batch and shall be calculated 
every year if the number of batches is less than 5 for the 12-month 
period preceding the 5th batch.
    (2) Compliance is demonstrated when the requirements of paragraphs 
(f)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section are met.
    (i) The annual kg/kg factor, calculated according to the procedure 
in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(1)(iii) of this section, is reduced to a 
value equal to or less than 50 percent of the baseline factor calculated 
according to the procedure in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (ii) The yearly reductions associated with add-on controls that meet 
the criteria of Secs. 63.1252(h)(3)(ii)(A) through (D) must be equal to 
or greater than the amounts calculated in paragraphs (f)(2)(ii)(A) and 
(B) of this section:
    (A) The mass of HAP calculated using Equation 55 of this subpart:

[[Page 147]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.008

Where:

[kg/kg]b = the baseline production-indexed HAP consumption 
factor, in kg/kg
Mprod = the annual production rate, in kg/yr
M = the annual reduction required by add-on controls, in kg/yr
PR = the fractional reduction in the annual kg/kg factor 
achieved using pollution prevention where PR is 
0.5

    (B) The mass of VOC calculated using Equation 56 of this subpart:

VOC reduced = (VFbase - VFP - 
VFannual)  x  Mprod    (Eq. 56)

Where:

VOCreduced = required VOC emission reduction from add-on 
controls, kg/yr
VFbase = baseline VOC factor, kg VOC emitted/kg production
VFp = reduction in VOC factor achieved by pollution 
prevention, kg VOC emitted/kg production
VFannual = target annual VOC factor, kg VOC emitted/kg 
production
Mprod = production rate, kg/yr

    (iii) Demonstration that the criteria in Sec. 63.1252(e)(3)(ii)(A) 
through (D) are met shall be accomplished through a description of the 
control device and of the material streams entering and exiting the 
control device.
    (iv) The annual reduction achieved by the add-on control shall be 
quantified using the methods described in Sec. 63.1257(d).
    (3) Each owner or operator of a PMPU complying with the P2 standard 
shall prepare a P2 demonstration summary that shall contain, at a 
minimum, the following information:
    (i) Descriptions of the methodologies and forms used to measure and 
record daily consumption of HAP compounds reduced as part of the P2 
standard.
    (ii) Descriptions of the methodologies and forms used to measure and 
record daily production of products which are included in the P2 
standard.
    (iii) Supporting documentation for the descriptions provided in 
paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (ii) including, but not limited to, operator 
log sheets and copies of daily, monthly, and annual inventories of 
materials and products.
    (g) Compliance with storage tank provisions by using emissions 
averaging. An owner or operator with two or more affected storage tanks 
may demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.1253, as applicable, by 
fulfilling the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall develop and submit for approval an 
Implementation Plan containing all the information required in 
Sec. 63.1259(e) 6 months prior to the compliance date of the standard. 
The Administrator shall have 90 days to approve or disapprove the 
emissions averaging plan after which time the plan shall be considered 
approved.
    (2) The annual mass rate of total organic HAP (ETi, 
ETo) shall be calculated for each storage tank included in 
the emissions average using the procedures specified in paragraph 
(c)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
    (3) Equations 57 and 58 of this subpart shall be used to calculate 
total HAP emissions for those tanks subject to Sec. 63.1253(b) or (c):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.051

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.052

Where:

Eij = yearly mass rate of total HAP at the inlet of the 
control device for tank j
Eoj = yearly mass rate of total HAP at the outlet of the 
control device for tank j
ETi = total yearly uncontrolled HAP emissions
ETo = total yearly actual HAP emissions
n = number of tanks included in the emissions average

    (4) The overall percent reduction efficiency shall be calculated as 
follows:

[[Page 148]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.053

where:

R = overall percent reduction efficiency
D = discount factor = 1.1 for all controlled storage tanks

    (h) Compliance with process vent provisions by using emissions 
averaging. An owner or operator with two or more affected processes 
complying with Sec. 63.1254 by using emissions averaging shall 
demonstrate compliance with paragraphs (h)(1), (2) and (3) of this 
section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall develop and submit for approval an 
Implementation Plan at least 6 months prior to the compliance date of 
the standard containing all the information required in Sec. 63.1259(e). 
The Administrator shall have 90 days to approve or disapprove the 
emissions averaging plan. The plan shall be considered approved if the 
Administrator either approves the plan in writing, or fails to 
disapprove the plan in writing. The 90-day period shall begin when the 
Administrator receives the request. If the request is denied, the owner 
or operator must still be in compliance with the standard by the 
compliance date.
    (2) Owners or operators shall calculate uncontrolled and controlled 
emissions of HAP by using the methods specified in paragraph (d)(2) and 
(3) of this section for each process included in the emissions average.
    (3) Equations 60 and 61 of this subpart shall be used to calculate 
total HAP emissions:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.009

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.010

Where:

EUi = yearly uncontrolled emissions from process i.
ECi = yearly actual emissions for process i.
ETU = total yearly uncontrolled emissions.
ETC = total yearly actual emissions.
n = number of processes included in the emissions average.

    (4) The overall percent reduction efficiency shall be calculated 
using Equation 62 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21SE98.056

where:

R = overall percent reduction efficiency
D = discount factor = 1.1 for all controlled emission points

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52609, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1258  Monitoring Requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of any existing, new, or reconstructed 
affected source shall provide evidence of continued compliance with the 
standard as specified in this section. During the initial compliance 
demonstration, maximum or minimum operating parameter levels, as 
appropriate, shall be established for emission sources that will 
indicate the source is in compliance. Test data, calculations, or 
information from the evaluation of the control device design shall be 
used to establish the operating parameter level.
    (b) Monitoring for control devices. (1) Parameters to monitor. 
Except as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, for each 
control device, the owner or operator shall install and operate 
monitoring devices and operate within the established parameter levels 
to ensure continued compliance with the standard. Monitoring parameters 
are specified for control scenarios in Table 4 of this subpart and in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (xi) of this section.
    (i) Periodic verification. For control devices that control vent 
streams totaling less than 1 ton/yr HAP emissions, before control, 
monitoring shall consist of a daily verification that the device is 
operating properly. If the control device is used to control batch 
process vents alone or in combination with other streams, the 
verification may be on a per batch basis. This verification shall 
include, but not be limited to, a daily or per batch demonstration that 
the unit is working as

[[Page 149]]

designed and may include the daily measurements of the parameters 
described in (b)(1)(ii) through (x) of this section. This demonstration 
shall be included in the Precompliance report, to be submitted 6 months 
prior to the compliance date of the standard.
    (ii) Scrubbers. For affected sources using liquid scrubbers, the 
owner or operator shall establish a minimum scrubber liquid flow rate or 
pressure drop as a site-specific operating parameter which must be 
measured and recorded every 15 minutes during the period in which the 
scrubber is functioning in achieving the HAP removal required by this 
subpart. If the scrubber uses a caustic solution to remove acid 
emissions, the owner or operator shall establish a minimum pH of the 
effluent scrubber liquid as a site-specific operating parameter which 
must be monitored at least once a day. The minimum scrubber flowrate or 
pressure drop shall be based on the conditions anticipated under worst-
case conditions, as defined in Sec. 63.1257(b)(8)(i).
    (A) The monitoring device used to determine the pressure drop shall 
be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate to within a gage 
pressure of 10 percent of the maximum pressure drop 
measured.
    (B) The monitoring device used for measurement of scrubber liquid 
flowrate shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 
10 percent of the design scrubber liquid flowrate.
    (C) The monitoring device shall be calibrated annually.
    (iii) Condensers. For each condenser, the owner or operator shall 
establish the maximum condenser outlet gas temperature as a site-
specific operating parameter which must be measured and recorded at 
least every 15 minutes during the period in which the condenser is 
functioning in achieving the HAP removal required by this subpart.
    (A) The temperature monitoring device must be accurate to within 
2 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius or 
2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (B) The temperature monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (iv) Regenerative carbon adsorbers. For each regenerative carbon 
adsorber, the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(A) through (F) of this section.
    (A) Establish the regeneration cycle characteristics specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(A)(1) through (4) of this section under worst-case 
conditions, as defined in Sec. 63.1257(b)(8)(i).
    (1) Minimum regeneration frequency (i.e., operating time since last 
regeneration);
    (2) Minimum temperature to which the bed is heated during 
regeneration;
    (3) Maximum temperature to which the bed is cooled, measured within 
15 minutes of completing the cooling phase; and
    (4) Minimum regeneration stream flow.
    (B) Monitor and record the regeneration cycle characteristics 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B)(1) through (4) of this section for 
each regeneration cycle.
    (1) Regeneration frequency (operating time since end of last 
regeneration);
    (2) Temperature to which the bed is heated during regeneration;
    (3) Temperature to which the bed is cooled, measured within 15 
minutes of the completion of the cooling phase; and
    (4) Regeneration stream flow.
    (C) Use a temperature monitoring device that is accurate to within 
2 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius or 
 2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (D) Use a regeneration stream flow monitoring device capable of 
recording the total regeneration stream flow to within  10 
percent of the established value (i.e., accurate to within  
10 percent of the reading).
    (E) Calibrate the temperature and flow monitoring devices annually.
    (F) Conduct an annual check for bed poisoning in accordance with 
manufacturer's specifications.
    (v) Nonregenerative carbon adsorbers. For each nonregenerative 
carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall establish and monitor the 
maximum time interval between replacement based on the conditions 
anticipated

[[Page 150]]

under worst-case, as defined in Sec. 63.1257(b)(8)(i).
    (vi) Flares. For each flare, the presence of the pilot flame shall 
be monitored every 15 minutes during the period in which the flare is 
functioning in achieving the HAP removal required by this subpart.
    (vii) Thermal incinerators. For each thermal incinerator, the owner 
or operator shall establish the minimum temperature of the gases exiting 
the combustion chamber as the site-specific operating parameter which 
must be measured and recorded at least once every 15 minutes during the 
period in which the combustion device is functioning in achieving the 
HAP removal required by this subpart.
    (A) The temperature monitoring device must be accurate to within 
 0.75 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius 
or  2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (B) The monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (viii) Catalytic incinerators. For each catalytic incinerator, the 
owner or operator shall monitor the temperature of the gas stream 
immediately before and after the catalyst bed. The owner or operator 
shall establish the minimum temperature of the gas stream immediately 
before the catalyst bed and the minimum temperature difference across 
the catalyst bed as the site-specific operating parameter which must be 
monitored and recorded at leastonce every 15 minutes during the period 
in which the catalytic incinerator is functioning in achieving the HAP 
removal required by this subpart.
    (A) The temperature monitoring devices must be accurate to within 
 0.75 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius 
or  2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (B) The temperature monitoring devices must be calibrated annually.
    (ix) Process heaters and boilers. (A) Except as specified in 
paragraph (b)(1)(ix)(B) of this section, for each boiler or process 
heater, the owner or operator shall establish the minimum temperature of 
the gases exiting the combustion chamber as the site-specific operating 
parameter which must be monitored and recorded at least once every 15 
minutes during the period in which the boiler or process heater is 
functioning in achieving the HAP removal required by this subpart.
    (1) The temperature monitoring device must be accurate to within 
0.75 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius 
or 2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (2) The temperature monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (B) The owner or operator is exempt from the monitoring requirements 
specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ix)(A) of this section if either:
    (1) All vent streams are introduced with primary fuel; or
    (2) The design heat input capacity of the boiler or process heater 
is 44 megawatts or greater.
    (x) Continuous emission monitor. As an alternative to the parameters 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this section, an 
owner or operator may monitor and record the outlet HAP concentration or 
both the outlet TOC concentration and outlet hydrogen halide and halogen 
concentration every 15 minutes during the period in which the control 
device is functioning in achieving the HAP removal required by this 
subpart. The owner or operator need not monitor the hydrogen halide and 
halogen concentration if, based on process knowledge, the owner or 
operator determines that the emission stream does not contain hydrogen 
halides or halogens. The HAP or TOC monitor must meet the requirements 
of Performance Specification 8 or 9 of appendix B of part 60 and must be 
installed, calibrated, and maintained, according to Sec. 63.8. As part 
of the QA/QC Plan, calibration of the device must include, at a minimum, 
quarterly cylinder gas audits.
    (xi) CVS visual inspections. The owner or operator shall perform 
monthly visual inspections of each closed vent system as specified in 
Sec. 63.1252(b).
    (2) Averaging periods. Averaging periods for parametric monitoring 
levels shall be established according to paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, a 
daily (24-hour) or block average shall be calculated as the average of 
all values for

[[Page 151]]

a monitored parameter level set according to the procedures in 
(b)(3)(iii) of this section recorded during the operating day or block.
    (ii) The operating day or block shall be defined in the Notification 
of Compliance Status report. The daily average may be from midnight to 
midnight or another continuous 24-hour period. The block average is 
limited to a period of time that is, at a maximum, equal to the time 
from the beginning to end of a batch process.
    (iii) Monitoring values taken during periods in which the control 
devices are not functioning in controlling emissions, as indicated by 
periods of no flow, shall not be considered in the averages. Where flow 
to the device could be intermittent, the owner or operator shall 
install, calibrate and operate a flow indicator at the inlet or outlet 
of the control device to identify periods of no flow.
    (3) Procedures for setting parameter levels for control devices used 
to control emissions from process vents. (i) Small control devices. 
Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, for devices 
controlling less than 10 tons per year of HAP for which a performance 
test is not required, the parametric levels shall be set based on the 
design evaluation required in Sec. 63.1257(d)(3)(i). If a performance 
test is conducted, the monitoring parameter level shall be established 
according to the procedures in (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Large control devices. For devices controlling greater than 10 
tons per year of HAP for which a performance test is required, the 
parameter level must be established as follows:
    (A) If the operating parameter level to be established is a maximum, 
it must be based on the average of the values from each of the three 
test runs.
    (B) If the operating parameter level to be established is a minimum, 
it must be based on the average of the values from each of the three 
test runs.
    (C) The owner or operator may establish the parametric monitoring 
level(s) based on the performance test supplemented by engineering 
assessments and manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing is 
not required to be conducted over the entire range of expected parameter 
values. The rationale for the specific level for each parameter, 
including any data and calculations used to develop the level(s) and a 
description of why the level indicates proper operation of the control 
device shall be provided in the Precompliance report. The procedures 
specified in this section have not been approved by the Administrator 
and determination of the parametric monitoring level using these 
procedures is subject to review and approval by the Administrator.
    (iii) Parameters for control devices controlling batch process 
vents. For devices controlling batch process vents alone or in 
combination with other streams, the parameter level(s) shall be 
established in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) or (B) of this 
section.
    (A) If more than one batch emission episode has been selected to be 
controlled, a single level for the batch process(es) shall be determined 
from the initial compliance demonstration.
    (B) Instead of establishing a single level for the batch 
process(es), as described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, 
an owner or operator may establish separate levels for each batch 
emission episode, selected to be controlled. If separate monitoring 
levels are established, the owner or operator must provide a record 
indicating at what point in the daily schedule or log of processes 
required to be recorded per the requirements of Sec. 63.1259(b)(9) the 
parameter being monitored changes levels and must record at least one 
reading of the new parameter level, even if the duration of monitoring 
for the new parameter is less than 15-minutes.
    (4) Request approval to monitor alternative parameters. An owner or 
operator may request approval to monitor parameters other than those 
required by paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this section. The 
request shall be submitted according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.8(f) or included in the Precompliance report.
    (5) Monitoring for the alternative standards. (i) For control 
devices that are used to comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1253(d) 
or Sec. 63.1254(c), the owner or operator shall monitor and record the

[[Page 152]]

outlet TOC concentration and the outlet hydrogen halide and halogen 
concentration every 15 minutes during the period in which the device is 
functioning in achieving the HAP removal required by this subpart using 
CEMS as specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) through (D) of this 
section.
    (A) A TOC monitor meeting the requirements of Performance 
Specification 8, 9, or 15 of appendix B of part 60 shall be installed, 
calibrated, and maintained according to Sec. 63.8. For any TOC monitor 
meeting Performance Specification 8, the owner or operator must also 
comply with Appendix F, procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60.
    (B) Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(C) and (D) of this 
section, the owner or operator must monitor HCl using either a FTIR CEMS 
that meets Performance Specification 15 of appendix B of part 60 or any 
other CEMS capable of measuring HCl for which a performance 
specification has been promulgated in appendix B of part 60. To monitor 
HCl with a CEMS for which a performance specification has not been 
promulgated, the owner or operator must prepare a monitoring plan and 
submit it for approval in accordance with the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.8.
    (C) As an alternative to using a CEMS as specified in paragraph 
(b)(5)(i)(B) of this section to monitor halogenated vent streams that 
are controlled by a combustion device followed by a scrubber, the owner 
or operator may elect to monitor scrubber operating parameters as 
specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section that demonstrate the 
HCl emissions are reduced by at least 95 percent by weight.
    (D) The owner or operator need not monitor the hydrogen halide and 
halogen concentration if, based on process knowledge, the owner or 
operator determines that the emission stream does not contain hydrogen 
halides or halogens.
    (ii) An owner or operator complying with the alternative standard 
using control devices in which supplemental gases are added to the vents 
or manifolds must either correct for supplemental gases as specified in 
Sec. 63.1257(a)(3) or comply with the requirements of paragraph 
(b)(5)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section. If the owner or operator corrects 
for supplemental gases as specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(3)(ii) for 
noncombustion control devices, the flow rates must be evaluated as 
specified in paragraph (b)(5)(ii)(C) of this section.
    (A) Provisions for combustion devices. As an alternative to 
correcting for supplemental gases as specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(3), 
the owner or operator may monitor residence time and firebox temperature 
according to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(ii)(A)(1) and (2) of 
this section. Monitoring of residence time may be accomplished by 
monitoring flowrate into the combustion chamber.
    (1) If complying with the alternative standard instead of achieving 
a control efficiency of 95 percent or less, the owner or operator must 
maintain a minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds and a minimum 
combustion chamber temperature of 760  deg.C.
    (2) If complying with the alternative standard instead of achieving 
a control efficiency of 98 percent or less, the owner or operator must 
maintain a minimum residence time of 0.75 seconds and a minimum 
combustion chamber temperature of 816  deg.C.
    (B) Provisions for dense gas systems. As an alternative to 
correcting for supplemental gases as specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(3), 
for noncombustion devices used to control emissions from dense gas 
systems, as defined in Sec. 63.1251, the owner or operator shall monitor 
flowrate as specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(ii)(B)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Use Equation 63 of this subpart to calculate the system flowrate 
setpoint at which the average concentration is 5,000 ppmv TOC:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.011

Where:

Fs = system flowrate setpoint, scfm
Ean = annual emissions entering the control device, lbmols/yr

    (2) Annual emissions used in Equation 63 of this subpart must be 
based on the actual mass of organic compounds entering the control 
device, as calculated from the most representative emissions inventory 
data submitted

[[Page 153]]

within the 5 years before the Notification of Compliance Status report 
is due. The owner or operator must recalculate the system flowrate 
setpoint once every 5 years using the annual emissions from the most 
representative emissions inventory data submitted during the 5-year 
period after the previous calculation. Results of the initial 
calculation must be included in the Notification of Compliance Status 
report, and recalculated values must be included in the next Periodic 
report after each recalculation. For all calculations after the initial 
calculation, to use emissions inventory data calculated using procedures 
other than those specified in Sec. 63.1257(d), the owner or operator 
must submit the emissions inventory data calculations and rationale for 
their use in the Notification of Process Change report or an application 
for a part 70 permit renewal or revision.
    (3) In the Notification of Compliance Status report, the owner or 
operator may elect to establish both a maximum daily average operating 
flowrate limit above the flowrate setpoint and a reduced outlet 
concentration limit corresponding to this flowrate limit. The owner or 
operator may also establish reduced outlet concentration limits for any 
daily average flowrates between the flowrate setpoint and the flowrate 
limit. The correlation between these elevated flowrates and the 
corresponding outlet concentration limits must be established using 
Equation 64 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29AU00.012

Where:

Ca = adjusted outlet concentration limit, dry basis, ppmv
50 = outlet concentration limit associated with the flowrate setpoint, 
dry basis, ppmv
Fs = system flowrate setpoint, scfm
Fa = actual system flowrate limit, scfm

    (4) The owner or operator must install and operate a monitoring 
system for measuring system flowrate. The flowrate into the control 
device must be monitored and recorded at least once every hour. The 
system flowrate must be calculated as the average of all values measured 
during each 24-hour operating day. The flowrate monitoring device must 
be accurate to within 5 percent of the system flowrate setpoint, and the 
flowrate monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (C) Flow rate evaluation for noncombustion devices. To demonstrate 
continuous compliance with the requirement to correct for supplemental 
gases as specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(3)(ii) for noncombustion devices, 
the owner or operator must evaluate the volumetric flow rate of 
supplemental gases, Vs, and the volumetric flow rate of all 
gases, Va, each time a new operating scenario is implemented 
based on process knowledge and representative operating data. The 
procedures used to evaluate the flow rates, and the resulting correction 
factor used in Equation 7B of this subpart, must be included in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report and in the next Periodic report 
submitted after an operating scenario change.
    (6) Exceedances of operating parameters. An exceedance of an 
operating parameter is defined as one of the following:
    (i) If the parameter, averaged over the operating day or block, is 
below a minimum value established during the initial compliance 
demonstration.
    (ii) If the parameter, averaged over the operating day or block, is 
above the maximum value established during the initial compliance 
demonstration.
    (iii) Each loss of all pilot flames for flares.
    (7) Excursions. Excursions are defined by either of the two cases 
listed in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) When the period of control device operation is 4 hours or 
greater in an operating day and monitoring data are insufficient to 
constitute a valid hour of data, as defined in paragraph (b)(7)(iii) of 
this section, for at least 75 percent of the operating hours.
    (ii) When the period of control device operation is less than 4 
hours in an operating day and more than one of the hours during the 
period of operation does not constitute a valid hour of data due to 
insufficient monitoring data.
    (iii) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of 
data, as used in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) of

[[Page 154]]

this section, if measured values are unavailable for any of the required 
15-minute periods within the hour.
    (8) Violations. Exceedances of parameters monitored according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (b)(1)(ii), (iv) through (ix), and 
(b)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, or excursions as defined by 
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (iii) of this section, constitute 
violations of the operating limit according to paragraphs (b)(8)(i), 
(ii), and (iv) of this section. Exceedances of the temperature limit 
monitored according to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this 
section or exceedances of the outlet concentrations monitored according 
to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(x) of this section constitute 
violations of the emission limit according to paragraphs (b)(8)(i), 
(ii), and (iv) of this section. Exceedances of the outlet concentrations 
monitored according to the provisions of paragraph (b)(5) of this 
section constitute violations of the emission limit according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (b)(8)(iii) and (iv) of this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section, for 
episodes occurring more than once per day, exceedances of established 
parameter limits or excursions will result in no more than one violation 
per operating day for each monitored item of equipment utilized in the 
process.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section, for 
control devices used for more than one process in the course of an 
operating day, exceedances or excursions will result in no more than one 
violation per operating day, per control device, for each process for 
which the control device is in service.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section, 
exceedances of the 20 ppmv TOC outlet emission limit, averaged over the 
operating day, will result in no more than one violation per day per 
control device. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this 
section, exceedances of the 20 ppmv hydrogen halide or halogen outlet 
emission limit, averaged over the operating day, will result in no more 
than one violation per day per control device.
    (iv) Periods of time when monitoring measurements exceed the 
parameter values as well as periods of inadequate monitoring data do not 
constitute a violation if they occur during a startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction, and the facility follows its startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan.
    (c) Monitoring for emission limits. The owner or operator of any 
affected source complying with the provisions of Sec. 63.1254(a)(2) 
shall demonstrate continuous compliance with the 900 and 1,800 kg/yr 
emission limits by calculating daily 365-day rolling summations of 
emissions. For any owner or operator opting to switch compliance 
strategy from the 93 percent control requirement to the annual mass 
emission limit method, as described in Sec. 63.1254(a)(1)(i), the 
rolling summations, beginning with the first day after the switch, must 
include emissions from the past 365 days.
    (d) Monitoring for equipment leaks. The owner or operator of any 
affected source complying with the requirements of Sec. 63.1255 of this 
subpart shall meet the monitoring requirements described Sec. 63.1255 of 
this subpart.
    (e) Pollution prevention. The owner or operator of any affected 
source that chooses to comply with the requirements of 
Secs. 63.1252(e)(2) and (3) shall calculate a yearly rolling average of 
kg HAP consumption per kg production and kg VOC consumption per kg 
production every month or every 10 batches. Each rolling average kg/kg 
factor that exceeds the value established in Sec. 63.1257(f)(1)(ii) will 
be considered a violation of the emission limit.
    (f) Emissions averaging. The owner or operator of any affected 
source that chooses to comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.1252(d) 
shall meet all monitoring requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (3) of this section, as applicable, for all processes and storage 
tanks included in the emissions average.
    (g) Inspection and monitoring of waste management units and 
treatment processes. (1) For each wastewater tank, surface impoundment, 
container, individual drain system, and oil-water separator that 
receives, manages, or treats wastewater, a residual removed from 
wastewater, a recycled wastewater, or a recycled residual removed

[[Page 155]]

from wastewater, the owner or operator shall comply with the inspection 
requirements specified in Table 7 of this subpart.
    (2) For each biological treatment unit used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1256(g), the owner or operator shall monitor TSS, BOD, and the 
biomass concentration at a frequency approved by the permitting 
authority and using methods approved by the permitting authority. The 
owner or operator may request approval to monitor other parameters. The 
request shall be submitted in the Precompliance report according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1260(e), and shall include a description 
of planned reporting and recordkeeping procedures. The owner or operator 
shall include as part of the submittal the basis for the selected 
monitoring frequencies and the methods that will be used. The 
Administrator will specify appropriate reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements as part of the review of the permit application or by other 
appropriate means.
    (3) For nonbiological treatment units, the owner or operator shall 
request approval to monitor appropriate parameters that demonstrate 
proper operation of the selected treatment process. The request shall be 
submitted in the Precompliance report according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1260(e), and shall include a description of planned 
reporting and recordkeeping procedures. The Administrator will specify 
appropriate reporting and recordkeeping requirements as part of the 
review of the permit application or by other appropriate means.
    (h) Leak inspection provisions for vapor suppression equipment. (1) 
Except as provided in paragraph (h)(9) of this section, for each vapor 
collection system, closed-vent system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure 
required to comply with this section, the owner or operator shall comply 
with the requirements of paragraphs (h)(2) through (8) of this section.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(6) and (7) of this section, 
each vapor collection system and closed-vent system shall be inspected 
according to the procedures and schedule specified in paragraphs 
(h)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section and each fixed roof, cover, and 
enclosure shall be inspected according to the procedures and schedule 
specified in paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) If the vapor collection system or closed-vent system is 
constructed of hard-piping, the owner or operator shall:
    (A) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, and
    (B) Conduct annual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
olfactory indications of leaks.
    (ii) If the vapor collection system or closed-vent system is 
constructed of ductwork, the owner or operator shall:
    (A) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, and
    (B) Conduct annual inspections according to the procedures in 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    (C) Conduct annual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
olfactory indications of leaks.
    (iii) For each fixed roof, cover, and enclosure, the owner or 
operator shall:
    (A) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, and
    (B) Conduct semiannual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
olfactory indications of leaks.
    (3) Each vapor collection system, closed-vent system, fixed roof, 
cover, and enclosure shall be inspected according to the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (h)(3)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Inspections shall be conducted in accordance with Method 21 of 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    (ii) Detection instrument performance criteria. (A) Except as 
provided in paragraph (h)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, the detection 
instrument shall meet the performance criteria of Method 21 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response factor criteria in 
section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the average composition of 
the process fluid not each individual VOC in the stream. For process 
streams that contain nitrogen, air, or other inerts which are not 
organic HAP or VOC, the average stream response factor shall be 
calculated on an inert-free basis.

[[Page 156]]

    (B) If no instrument is available at the plant site that will meet 
the performance criteria specified in paragraph (h)(3)(ii)(A) of this 
section, the instrument readings may be adjusted by multiplying by the 
average response factor of the process fluid, calculated on an inert-
free basis as described in paragraph (h)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.
    (iii) The detection instrument shall be calibrated before use on 
each day of its use by the procedures specified in Method 21 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A.
    (iv) Calibration gases shall be as follows:
    (A) Zero air (less than 10 parts per million hydrocarbon in air); 
and
    (B) Mixtures of methane in air at a concentration less than 10,000 
parts per million. A calibration gas other than methane in air may be 
used if the instrument does not respond to methane or if the instrument 
does not meet the performance criteria specified in paragraph 
(h)(2)(ii)(A) of this section. In such cases, the calibration gas may be 
a mixture of one or more of the compounds to be measured in air.
    (v) An owner or operator may elect to adjust or not adjust 
instrument readings for background. If an owner or operator elects to 
not adjust readings for background, all such instrument readings shall 
be compared directly to the applicable leak definition to determine 
whether there is a leak. If an owner or operator elects to adjust 
instrument readings for background, the owner or operator shall measure 
background concentration using the procedures in Sec. 63.180(b) and (c). 
The owner or operator shall subtract background reading from the maximum 
concentration indicated by the instrument.
    (vi) The background level shall be determined according to the 
procedures in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60 appendix A.
    (vii) The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration 
indicated by the instrument and the background level shall be compared 
with 500 parts per million for determining compliance.
    (4) Leaks, as indicated by an instrument reading greater than 500 
parts per million above background or by visual inspections, shall be 
repaired as soon as practicable, except as provided in paragraph (h)(5) 
of this section.
    (i) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after the leak is detected.
    (ii) Repair shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after 
the leak is detected, except as provided in paragraph (h)(4)(iii) of 
this section.
    (iii) For leaks found in vapor collection systems used for transfer 
operations, repairs shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days 
after the leak is detected or at the beginning of the next transfer 
loading operation, whichever is later.
    (5) Delay of repair of a vapor collection system, closed-vent 
system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure for which leaks have been 
detected is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without a 
shutdown, as defined in Sec. 63.1251, or if the owner or operator 
determines that emissions resulting from immediate repair would be 
greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of 
repair. Repair of such equipment shall be complete by the end of the 
next shutdown.
    (6) Any parts of the vapor collection system, closed-vent system, 
fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated, as described in 
paragraph (h)(8)(i) of this section, as unsafe to inspect are exempt 
from the inspection requirements of paragraphs (h)(2)(i), (ii), and 
(iii) of this section if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that the equipment is unsafe to 
inspect because inspecting personnel would be exposed to an imminent or 
potential danger as a consequence of complying with paragraphs 
(h)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section; and
    (ii) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
inspection of the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe-to-
inspect times.
    (7) Any parts of the vapor collection system, closed-vent system, 
fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated, as described in 
paragraph (h)(8)(ii) of this section, as difficult to inspect are exempt 
from the inspection requirements of paragraphs (h)(2)(i), (ii), and 
(iii)(A) of this section if:

[[Page 157]]

    (i) The owner or operator determines that the equipment cannot be 
inspected without elevating the inspecting personnel more than 2 meters 
above a support surface; and
    (ii) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
inspection of the equipment at least once every 5 years.
    (8) Records shall be maintained as specified in Sec. 63.1259(i) (4) 
through (9).
    (9) If a closed-vent system subject to this section is also subject 
to the equipment leak provisions of Sec. 63.1255, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1255 and is exempt from the 
requirements of this section.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52612, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1259  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Requirements of subpart A of this part. The owner or operator of 
an affected source shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements in 
subpart A of this part as specified in Table 1 of this subpart and in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Data retention. Each owner or operator of an affected source 
shall keep copies of all records and reports required by this subpart 
for at least 5 years, as specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (2) Records of applicability determinations. The owner or operator 
of a stationary source that is not subject to this subpart shall keep a 
record of the applicability determination, as specified in 
Sec. 63.10(b)(3).
    (3) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan. The owner or operator 
of an affected source shall develop and implement a written startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3). This 
plan shall describe, in detail, procedures for operating and maintaining 
the affected source during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
and a program for corrective action for malfunctioning process, air 
pollution control, and monitoring equipment used to comply with this 
subpart. The owner or operator of an affected source shall keep the 
current and superseded versions of this plan onsite, as specified in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(v). The owner or operator shall keep the startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction records specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) 
through (iii) of this section. Reports related to the plan shall be 
submitted as specified in Sec. 63.1260(i).
    (i) The owner or operator shall record the occurrence and duration 
of each malfunction of the process operations or of air pollution 
control equipment used to comply with this subpart, as specified in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii).
    (ii) The owner or operator shall record the occurrence and duration 
of each malfunction of continuous monitoring systems used to comply with 
this subpart.
    (iii) For each startup, shutdown, or malfunction, the owner or 
operator shall record all information necessary to demonstrate that the 
procedures specified in the affected source's startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan were followed, as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii), 
and shall record all maintenance performed on the air pollution control 
equipment, as specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii); alternatively, the 
owner or operator shall record any actions taken that are not consistent 
with the plan, as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iv).
    (4) Recordkeeping requirements for sources with continuous 
monitoring systems. The owner or operator of an affected source who 
elects to install a continuous monitoring system shall maintain records 
specified in Sec. 63.10(c)(1) through (14).
    (5) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. For 
new affected sources, each owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions in Sec. 63.5 regarding construction and reconstruction, 
excluding the provisions specified in Sec. 63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H), (d)(2), 
and (d)(3)(ii).
    (b) Records of equipment operation. The owner or operator must keep 
the following records up-to-date and readily accessible:
    (1) Each measurement of a control device operating parameter 
monitored in accordance with Sec. 63.1258 and each measurement of a 
treatment process parameter monitored in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(g)(2) and (3).
    (2) For processes subject to Sec. 63.1252(e), records of 
consumption, production, and the rolling average values of the 
production-indexed HAP and VOC consumption factors.

[[Page 158]]

    (3) For each continuous monitoring system used to comply with this 
subpart, records documenting the completion of calibration checks and 
maintenance of continuous monitoring systems.
    (4) For purposes of compliance with the annual mass limits of 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(2) and (b)(2), daily records of the rolling annual total 
emissions.
    (5) Records of the following, as appropriate:
    (i) For processes or process vents that are in compliance with the 
percent reduction requirements of Sec. 63.1254(a)(1), (a)(3), or (b)(1) 
and containing vents controlled to less than the percent reduction 
requirement, the following records are required:
    (A) Standard batch uncontrolled and controlled emissions for each 
process;
    (B) Actual uncontrolled and controlled emissions for each 
nonstandard batch; and
    (C) A record whether each batch operated was considered a standard 
batch.
    (ii) For processes in compliance with the annual mass limits of 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(2) or (b)(2), the following records are required:
    (A) The number of batches per year for each batch process;
    (B) The operating hours per year for continuous processes;
    (C) Standard batch uncontrolled and controlled emissions for each 
process;
    (D) Actual uncontrolled and controlled emissions for each 
nonstandard batch;
    (E) A record whether each batch operated was considered a standard 
batch.
    (6) Wastewater concentration per POD or process, except as provided 
in Sec. 63.1256(a)(1)(ii).
    (7) Number of storage tank turnovers per year, if used in an 
emissions average.
    (8) Daily schedule or log of each operating scenario prior to its 
operation.
    (9) Description of worst-case operating conditions as required in 
Sec. 63.1257(b)(8).
    (10) Periods of planned routine maintenance as described in 
Sec. 63.1257 (c)(5).
    (11) If the owner or operator elects to comply with Sec. 63.1253(b) 
or (c) by installing a floating roof, the owner or operator must keep 
records of each inspection and seal gap measurement in accordance with 
Sec. 63.123(c) through (e) as applicable.
    (12) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the vapor 
balancing alternative in Sec. 63.1253(f), the owner or operator must 
keep records of the DOT certification required by Sec. 63.1253(f)(2) and 
the pressure relief vent setting and the leak detection records 
specified in Sec. 63.1253(f)(5).
    (c) Records of operating scenarios. The owner or operator of an 
affected source shall keep records of each operating scenario which 
demonstrates compliance with this subpart.
    (d) Records of equipment leak detection and repair programs. The 
owner or operator of any affected source implementing the leak detection 
and repair (LDAR) program specified in Sec. 63.1255 of this subpart, 
shall implement the recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.1255 of this 
subpart.
    (e) Records of emissions averaging. The owner or operator of any 
affected source that chooses to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1252(d) shall maintain up-to-date records of the following 
information:
    (1) An Implementation Plan which shall include in the plan, for all 
process vents and storage tanks included in each of the averages, the 
information listed in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) The identification of all process vents and storage tanks in 
each emissions average.
    (ii) The uncontrolled and controlled emissions of HAP and the 
overall percent reduction efficiency as determined in 
Secs. 63.1257(g)(1) through (4) or 63.1257(h)(1) through (3) as 
applicable.
    (iii) The calculations used to obtain the uncontrolled and 
controlled HAP emissions and the overall percent reduction efficiency.
    (iv) The estimated values for all parameters required to be 
monitored under Sec. 63.1258(f) for each process and storage tank 
included in an average.
    (v) A statement that the compliance demonstration, monitoring, 
inspection, recordkeeping and reporting provisions in Secs. 63.1257(g) 
and (h), 63.1258(f), and 63.1260(k) that are applicable to each

[[Page 159]]

emission point in the emissions average will be implemented beginning on 
the date of compliance.
    (2) The Implementation Plan must demonstrate that the emissions from 
the processes and storage tanks proposed to be included in the average 
will not result in greater hazard or, at the option of the operating 
permit authority, greater risk to human health or the environment than 
if the storage tanks and process vents were controlled according to the 
provisions in Secs. 63.1253 and 63.1254, respectively.
    (i) This demonstration of hazard or risk equivalency shall be made 
to the satisfaction of the operating permit authority.
    (A) The Administrator may require owners and operators to use 
specific methodologies and procedures for making a hazard or risk 
determination.
    (B) The demonstration and approval of hazard or risk equivalency 
shall be made according to any guidance that the Administrator makes 
available for use or any other technically sound information or methods.
    (ii) An emissions averaging plan that does not demonstrate hazard or 
risk equivalency to the satisfaction of the Administrator shall not be 
approved. The Administrator may require such adjustments to the 
emissions averaging plan as are necessary in order to ensure that the 
average will not result in greater hazard or risk to human health or the 
environment than would result if the emission points were controlled 
according to Secs. 63.1253 and 63.1254.
    (iii) A hazard or risk equivalency demonstration must:
    (A) Be a quantitative, comparative chemical hazard or risk 
assessment;
    (B) Account for differences between averaging and non-averaging 
options in chemical hazard or risk to human health or the environment; 
and
    (C) Meet any requirements set by the Administrator for such 
demonstrations.
    (3) Records as specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) of this 
section.
    (4) A rolling quarterly calculation of the annual percent reduction 
efficiency as specified in Sec. 63.1257(g) and (h).
    (f) Records of delay of repair. Documentation of a decision to use a 
delay of repair due to unavailability of parts, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1256(i), shall include a description of the failure, the reason 
additional time was necessary (including a statement of why replacement 
parts were not kept onsite and when delivery from the manufacturer is 
scheduled), and the date when the repair was completed.
    (g) Record of wastewater stream or residual transfer. The owner or 
operator transferring an affected wastewater stream or residual removed 
from an affected wastewater stream in accordance with Sec. 63.1256(a)(5) 
shall keep a record of the notice sent to the treatment operator stating 
that the wastewater stream or residual contains organic HAP which are 
required to be managed and treated in accordance with the provisions of 
this subpart.
    (h) Records of extensions. The owner or operator shall keep 
documentation of a decision to use an extension, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1256(b)(6)(ii) or (b)(9), in a readily accessible location. The 
documentation shall include a description of the failure, documentation 
that alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and specification of a 
schedule of actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be 
repaired and the tank will be emptied as soon as practical.
    (i) Records of inspections. The owner or operator shall keep records 
specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through (9) of this section.
    (1) A record that each waste management unit inspection required by 
Sec. 63.1256(b) through (f) was performed.
    (2) A record that each inspection for control devices required by 
Sec. 63.1256(h) was performed.
    (3) A record of the results of each seal gap measurement required by 
Sec. 63.1256(b)(5) and (f)(3). The records shall include the date of 
measurement, the raw data obtained in the measurement, and the 
calculations described in Sec. 63.120(b)(2) through (4).
    (4) Records identifying all parts of the vapor collection system, 
closed-vent system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated 
as unsafe to inspect in accordance with Sec. 63.1258(h)(6), an 
explanation of why the equipment is unsafe to inspect, and the plan for 
inspecting the equipment.

[[Page 160]]

    (5) Records identifying all parts of the vapor collection system, 
closed-vent system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated 
as difficult to inspect in accordance with Sec. 63.1258(h)(7), an 
explanation of why the equipment is difficult to inspect, and the plan 
for inspecting the equipment.
    (6) For each vapor collection system or closed-vent system that 
contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away from the 
control device and to the atmosphere, the owner or operator shall keep a 
record of the information specified in either paragraph (i)(6)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
Sec. 63.1252(b)(1) was operating and whether a diversion was detected at 
any time during the hour, as well as records of the times and durations 
of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control device 
or the flow indicator is not operating.
    (ii) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1252(b)(2), hourly records of flow are not required. In such 
cases, the owner or operator shall record that the monthly visual 
inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has been done, and shall 
record the occurrence of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
the bypass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
key type lock has been checked out, and records of any car-seal that has 
broken.
    (7) For each inspection conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h)(2) and (3) during which a leak is detected, a record of 
the information specified in paragraphs (i)(7)(i) through (viii) of this 
section.
    (i) The instrument identification numbers; operator name or 
initials; and identification of the equipment.
    (ii) The date the leak was detected and the date of the first 
attempt to repair the leak.
    (iii) Maximum instrument reading measured by the method specified in 
Sec. 63.1258(h)(4) after the leak is successfully repaired or determined 
to be nonrepairable.
    (iv) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak is 
not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
    (v) The name, initials, or other form of identification of the owner 
or operator (or designee) whose decision it was that repair could not be 
effected without a shutdown.
    (vi) The expected date of successful repair of the leak if a leak is 
not repaired within 15 calendar days.
    (vii) Dates of shutdowns that occur while the equipment is 
unrepaired. (viii) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (8) For each inspection conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h)(3) during which no leaks are detected, a record that the 
inspection was performed, the date of the inspection, and a statement 
that no leaks were detected.
    (9) For each visual inspection conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h)(2)(i)(B) or (h)(2)(iii)(B) of this section during which 
no leaks are detected, a record that the inspection was performed, the 
date of the inspection, and a statement that no leaks were detected.

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52613, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1260  Reporting requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 
the reporting requirements of paragraphs (b) through (l) of this 
section. Applicable reporting requirements of Secs. 63.9 and 63.10 are 
also summarized in Table 1 of this subpart.
    (b) Initial notification. The owner or operator shall submit the 
applicable initial notification in accordance with Sec. 63.9(b) or (d).
    (c) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. An 
owner or operator who is subject to Sec. 63.5(b)(3) shall submit to the 
Administrator an application for approval of the construction of a new 
major affected source, the reconstruction of a major affected source, or 
the reconstruction of a major source such that the source becomes a 
major affected source subject to the standards. The application shall be 
prepared in accordance with Sec. 63.5(d).
    (d) Notification of CMS performance evaluation. An owner or operator 
who is

[[Page 161]]

required by the Administrator to conduct a performance evaluation for a 
continuous monitoring system shall notify the Administrator of the date 
of the performance evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.8(e)(2).
    (e) Precompliance report. The Precompliance report shall be 
submitted at least 6 months prior to the compliance date of the 
standard. For new sources, the Precompliance report shall be submitted 
to the Administrator with the application for approval of construction 
or reconstruction. The Administrator shall have 90 days to approve or 
disapprove the plan. The plan shall be considered approved if the 
Administrator either approves the plan in writing, or fails to 
disapprove the plan in writing. The 90 day period shall begin when the 
Administrator receives the request. If the request is denied, the owner 
or operator must still be in compliance with the standard by the 
compliance date. To change any of the information submitted in the 
report, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator 90 days 
before the planned change is to be implemented; the change shall be 
considered approved if the Administrator either approves the change in 
writing, or fails to disapprove the change in writing. The Precompliance 
report shall include:
    (1) Requests for approval to use alternative monitoring parameters 
or requests to set monitoring parameters according to 
Sec. 63.1258(b)(4).
    (2) Descriptions of the daily or per batch demonstrations to verify 
that control devices subject to Sec. 63.1258(b)(1)(i) are operating as 
designed.
    (3) A description of test conditions, and the corresponding 
monitoring parameter values for parameters that are set according to 
Sec. 63.1258(b)(3)(ii)(C).
    (4) For owners and operators complying with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1252(e), the P2 demonstration summary required in 
Sec. 63.1257(f).
    (5) Data and rationale used to support an engineering assessment to 
calculate uncontrolled emissions from process vents as required in 
Sec. 63.1257(d)(2)(ii).
    (6) Data and other information supporting the determination of 
annual average concentrations by process simulation as required in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(1)(ii).
    (7) Bench scale or pilot-scale test data and rationale used to 
determine annual average concentrations as required in 
Sec. 63.1257(e)(1)(ii)(C).
    (f) Notification of Compliance Status report. The Notification of 
Compliance Status report required under Sec. 63.9 shall be submitted no 
later than 150 days after the compliance date and shall include:
    (1) The results of any applicability determinations, emission 
calculations, or analyses used to identify and quantify HAP emissions 
from the affected source.
    (2) The results of emissions profiles, performance tests, 
engineering analyses, design evaluations, or calculations used to 
demonstrate compliance. For performance tests, results should include 
descriptions of sampling and analysis procedures and quality assurance 
procedures.
    (3) Descriptions of monitoring devices, monitoring frequencies, and 
the values of monitored parameters established during the initial 
compliance determinations, including data and calculations to support 
the levels established.
    (4) Listing of all operating scenarios.
    (5) Descriptions of worst-case operating and/or testing conditions 
for control devices.
    (6) Identification of emission points subject to overlapping 
requirements described in Sec. 63.1250(h) and the authority under which 
the owner or operator will comply.
    (g) Periodic reports. An owner or operator shall prepare Periodic 
reports in accordance with paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section and 
submit them to the Administrator.
    (1) Submittal schedule. Except as provided in (g)(1) (i), (ii) and 
(iii) of this section, an owner or operator shall submit Periodic 
reports semiannually, beginning 60 operating days after the end of the 
applicable reporting period. The first report shall be submitted no 
later than 240 days after the date the Notification of Compliance Status 
is due and shall cover the 6-month period beginning on the date the 
Notification of Compliance Status is due.

[[Page 162]]

    (i) When the Administrator determines on a case-by-case basis that 
more frequent reporting is necessary to accurately assess the compliance 
status of the affected source; or
    (ii) Quarterly reports shall be submitted when the source 
experiences an exceedance of a temperature limit monitored according to 
the provisions of Sec. 63.1258(b)(1)(iii) or an exceedance of the outlet 
concentration monitored according to the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1258(b)(1)(x) or (b)(5). Once an affected source reports 
quarterly, the affected source shall follow a quarterly reporting format 
until a request to reduce reporting frequency is approved. If an owner 
or operator submits a request to reduce the frequency of reporting, the 
provisions in Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(ii) and (iii) shall apply, except that 
the phrase ``excess emissions and continuous monitoring system 
performance report and/or summary report'' shall mean ``Periodic 
report'' for the purposes of this section.
    (iii) When a new operating scenario has been operated since the last 
report, in which case quarterly reports shall be submitted.
    (2) Content of Periodic report. The owner or operator shall include 
the information in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (vii) of this section, 
as applicable.
    (i) Each Periodic report must include the information in 
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(vi)(A) through (I) and (K) through (M). For each 
continuous monitoring system, the Periodic report must also include the 
information in Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(vi)(J).
    (ii) If the total duration of excess emissions, parameter 
exceedances, or excursions for the reporting period is 1 percent or 
greater of the total operating time for the reporting period, or the 
total continuous monitoring system downtime for the reporting period is 
5 percent or greater of the total operating time for the reporting 
period, the Periodic report must include the information in paragraphs 
(g)(2)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Monitoring data, including 15-minute monitoring values as well 
as daily average values of monitored parameters, for all operating days 
when the average values were outside the ranges established in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report or operating permit.
    (B) Duration of excursions, as defined in Sec. 63.1258(b)(7).
    (C) Operating logs and operating scenarios for all operating 
scenarios for all operating days when the values are outside the levels 
established in the Notification of Compliance Status report or operating 
permit.
    (D) When a continuous monitoring system is used, the information 
required in Sec. 63.10(c)(5) through (13).
    (iii) For each inspection conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1258(h)(2) or (3) during which a leak is detected, the records 
specified in Sec. 63.1259(i)(7) must be included in the next Periodic 
report.
    (iv) For each vapor collection system or closed vent system with a 
bypass line subject to Sec. 63.1252(b)(1), records required under 
Sec. 63.1259(i)(6)(i) of all periods when the vent stream is diverted 
from the control device through a bypass line. For each vapor collection 
system or closed vent system with a bypass line subject to 
Sec. 63.1252(b)(2), records required under Sec. 63.1259(i)(6)(ii) of all 
periods in which the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass valve position 
has changed, or the key to unlock the bypass line valve was checked out.
    (v) The information in paragraphs (g)(2)(iv)(A) through (D) of this 
section shall be stated in the Periodic report, when applicable.
    (A) No excess emissions.
    (B) No exceedances of a parameter.
    (C) No excursions.
    (D) No continuous monitoring system has been inoperative, out of 
control, repaired, or adjusted.
    (vi) For each tank subject to control requirements, periods of 
planned routine maintenance during which the control device does not 
meet the specifications of Sec. 63.1253(b) through (d).
    (vii) Each new operating scenario which has been operated since the 
time period covered by the last Periodic report. For each new operating 
scenario, the owner or operator shall provide verification that the 
operating conditions for any associated control or treatment device have 
not been exceeded, and that any required calculations and engineering 
analyses have been performed. For the initial Periodic report, each 
operating scenario for each

[[Page 163]]

process operated since the compliance date shall be submitted.
    (viii) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.1253(b) or (c) by installing a floating roof, the owner or 
operator shall submit the information specified in Sec. 63.122(d) 
through (f) as applicable. References to Sec. 63.152 from Sec. 63.122 
shall not apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (h) Notification of process change.
    (1) Except as specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, 
whenever a process change is made, or a change in any of the information 
submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status Report, the owner or 
operator shall submit a report quarterly. For the purposes of this 
section, a process change means the startup of a new process, as defined 
in Sec. 63.1251. The report may be submitted as part of the next 
Periodic report required under paragraph (g) of this section. The report 
shall include:
    (i) A brief description of the process change.
    (ii) A description of any modifications to standard procedures or 
quality assurance procedures.
    (iii) Revisions to any of the information reported in the original 
Notification of Compliance Status Report under paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (iv) Information required by the Notification of Compliance Status 
Report under paragraph (f) of this section for changes involving the 
addition of processes or equipment.
    (2) An owner or operator must submit a report 60 days before the 
scheduled implementation date of either of the following:
    (i) Any change in the activity covered by the Precompliance report.
    (ii) A change in the status of a control device from small to large.
    (i) Reports of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. For the purposes 
of this subpart, the startup, shutdown, and malfunction reports shall be 
submitted on the same schedule as the periodic reports required under 
paragraph (g) of this section instead of the schedule specified in 
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i). These reports shall include the information 
specified in Sec. 63.1259(a)(3)(i) through (iii) and shall contain the 
name, title, and signature of the owner or operator or other responsible 
official who is certifying its accuracy. Reports are only required if a 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction occurred during the reporting period. 
Any time an owner or operator takes an action that is not consistent 
with the procedures specified in the affected source's startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, the owner or operator shall submit an 
immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report as specified in 
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(ii).
    (j) Reports of LDAR programs. The owner or operator of any affected 
source implementing the LDAR program specified in Sec. 63.1255 of this 
subpart shall implement the reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1255 of 
this subpart. Copies of all reports shall be retained as records for a 
period of 5 years, in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (k) Reports of emissions averaging. The owner or operator of any 
affected source that chooses to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1252(d) shall submit the implementation plan described in 
Sec. 63.1259(e) 6 months prior to the compliance date of the standard 
and the following information in the periodic reports:
    (1) The records specified in Sec. 63.1259(e) for each process or 
storage tank included in the emissions average;
    (2) All information as specified in paragraph (g) of this section 
for each process or storage tank included in the emissions average;
    (3) Any changes of the processes or storage tanks included in the 
average.
    (4) The calculation of the overall percent reduction efficiency for 
the reporting period.
    (5) Changes to the Implementation Plan which affect the calculation 
methodology of uncontrolled or controlled emissions or the hazard or 
risk equivalency determination.
    (6) Every second semiannual or fourth quarterly report, as 
appropriate, shall include the results according to Sec. 63.1259(e)(4) 
to demonstrate the emissions averaging provisions of Secs. 63.1252(d), 
63.1257(g) and (h), 63.1258(f), and 63.1259(f) are satisfied.
    (l) Notification of performance test and test plan. The owner or 
operator of an affected source shall notify the Administrator of the 
planned date of a performance test at least 60 days before

[[Page 164]]

the test in accordance with Sec. 63.7(b). The owner or operator also 
must submit the test plan required by Sec. 63.7(c) and the emission 
profile required by 63.1257(b)(8)(ii) with the notification of the 
performance test.
    (m) Request for extension of compliance. An owner or operator may 
submit to the Administrator a request for an extension of compliance in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1250(f)(4).

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52614, Aug. 29, 2000]



Sec. 63.1261  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under Sec. 112(d) of the Clean Air Act, the authorities contained 
in paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator 
and not transferred to a State.
    (b) The authority conferred in Sec. 63.177; the authority to approve 
applications for determination of equivalent means of emission 
limitation; and the authority to approve alternative test methods shall 
not be delegated to any State.

[[Page 165]]


                    Table 1 To Subpart GGG.--General Provisions Applicability To Subpart GGG
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Applies to subpart
   General provisions reference       Summary of requirements            GGG                    Comments
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)........................  General applicability of    Yes..................  Additional terms defined
                                     the General Provisions.                            in Sec.  63.1251; when
                                                                                        overlap between subparts
                                                                                        A and GGG of this part,
                                                                                        subpart GGG takes
                                                                                        precedence.
63.1(a)(2-7)......................  ..........................  Yes                    .........................
63.1(a)(8)........................  ..........................  No...................  Discusses state programs.
63.1(a)(9-14).....................  ..........................  Yes                    .........................
63.1(b)(1)........................  Initial applicability       Yes..................  Subpart GGG clarifies the
                                     determination.                                     applicability in Sec.
                                                                                        63.1250.
63.1(b)(2)........................  Title V operating permit--  Yes..................  All major affected
                                     see part 70.                                       sources are required to
                                                                                        obtain a title V permit.
63.1(b)(3)........................  Record of the               Yes..................  All affected sources are
                                     applicability                                      subject to subpart GGG
                                     determination.                                     according to the
                                                                                        applicability definition
                                                                                        of subpart GGG.
63.1(c)(1)........................  Applicability after         Yes..................  Subpart GGG clarifies the
                                     standards are set.                                 applicability of each
                                                                                        paragraph of subpart A
                                                                                        to sources subject to
                                                                                        subpart GGG.
63.1(c)(2)........................  Title V permit requirement  No...................  All major affected
                                                                                        sources are required to
                                                                                        obtain a title V permit.
                                                                                        Area sources are not
                                                                                        subject to subpart GGG.
63.1(c)(3)........................  Reserved                    .....................  .........................
63.1(c)(4)........................  Requirements for existing   Yes                    .........................
                                     source that obtains an
                                     extension of compliance.
63.1(c)(5)........................  No........................  Notification           Yes
                                                                 requirements for an
                                                                 area source that
                                                                 increases HAP
                                                                 emissions to major
                                                                 source levels.
63.1(d)...........................  [Reserved]................  NA
63.1(e)...........................  Applicability of permit     Yes
                                     program before a relevant
                                     standard has been set.
63.2..............................  Definitions...............  Yes..................  Additional terms defined
                                                                                        in Sec.  63.1251; when
                                                                                        overlap between subparts
                                                                                        A and GGG of this part
                                                                                        occurs, subpart GGG
                                                                                        takes precedence.
63.3..............................  Units and abbreviations...  Yes..................  Other units used in
                                                                                        subpart GGG are defined
                                                                                        in that subpart.
63.4..............................  Prohibited activities.....  Yes
63.5(a)...........................  Construction and            Yes..................  Except replace the terms
                                     reconstruction--applicabi                          ``source'' and
                                     lity.                                              ``stationary source''
                                                                                        with ``affected
                                                                                        source''.
63.5(b)(1)........................  Upon construction,          Yes
                                     relevant standards for
                                     new sources.
63.5(b)(2)........................  [Reserved]................  NA
63.5(b)(3)........................  New construction/           Yes..................  Except for changes and
                                     reconstruction.                                    additions authorized
                                                                                        under Sec.  52.2454 of
                                                                                        this title. However, the
                                                                                        requirement to submit
                                                                                        the Precompliance report
                                                                                        at least 90 days before
                                                                                        the compliance date
                                                                                        still applies.
63.5(b)(4)........................  Construction/               Yes
                                     reconstruction
                                     notification.
63.5(b)(5)........................  Construction/               Yes
                                     reconstruction compliance.
63.5(b)(6)........................  Equipment addition or       Yes
                                     process change.
63.5(c)...........................  [Reserved]................  NA
63.5(d)...........................  Application for approval    Yes..................  Except for certain
                                     of construction/                                   provisions identified in
                                     reconstruction.                                    63.1259(a)(5)
63.5(e)...........................  ..........................  Construction/          Yes
                                                                 reconstruction
                                                                 approval..
63.5(f)...........................  Construction/               Yes..................  Except replace ``source''
                                     reconstruction approval                            with ``affected
                                     based on prior State                               source''.
                                     review..
63.6(a)(1)........................  Compliance with standards   Yes
                                     and maintenance
                                     requirements.
63.6(a)(2)........................  Requirements for area       Yes
                                     source that increases
                                     emissions to become major.

[[Page 166]]

 
63.6(b)(1-2)......................  Compliance dates for new    No...................  Subpart GGG specifies
                                     and reconstructed sources.                         compliance dates.
63.6(b)(3-6)......................  Compliance dates for area   Yes
                                     sources that become major
                                     sources.
63.6 (b)(7).......................  Compliance dates for new    No...................  Subpart GGG specifies NS
                                     sources resulting from                             applicability and
                                     new unaffected area                                compliance dates
                                     sources becoming subject
                                     to standards.
63.6(c)...........................  Compliance dates for        Yes..................   Except replace
                                     existing sources.                                  ``source'' with
                                                                                        ``affected source''.
                                                                                        Subpart GGG specifies
                                                                                        compliance dates.
63.6(e)...........................  Operation and maintenance   Yes..................  Startup, Shutdown,
                                     requirements.                                      Malfunction Plan
                                                                                        requirements
                                                                                        specifically include
                                                                                        malfunction process,
                                                                                        control and monitoring
                                                                                        equipment.
63.6(f)-(g).......................  Compliance with nonopacity  Yes..................  Except that subpart GGG
                                     and alternative                                    specifies performance
                                     nonopacity emission                                test conditions.
                                     standards.
63.6(h)...........................  Opacity and visible         No...................  Subpart GGG does not
                                     emission standards.                                contain any opacity or
                                                                                        visible emission
                                                                                        standards.
63.6(i)...........................  Extension of compliance     No...................  Sec.  63.1250(f)(4)
                                     with emission standards.                           specifies provisions for
                                                                                        compliance extensions.
63.6(j)...........................  Exemption from compliance   Yes
                                     with emission standards.
63.7(a)(1)........................  Performance testing         Yes..................  Subpart GGG also
                                     requirements.                                      specifies required
                                                                                        testing and compliance
                                                                                        procedures.
63.7(a)(2)(i)-(ix)................  ..........................  Yes..................  Except substitute ``150
                                                                                        days'' instead of ``180
                                                                                        days.''
63.7(a)(3)........................  ..........................  Yes
63.7(b)(1)........................  Notification of             Yes
                                     performance test.
63.7(b)(2)........................  Notification of delay in    Yes
                                     conducting a scheduled
                                     performance test.
63.7(c)...........................  Quality assurance program.  Yes..................  Except that the test plan
                                                                                        must be submitted with
                                                                                        the notification of the
                                                                                        performance test.
63.7(d)...........................  Performance testing         Yes..................  Except replace ``source''
                                     facilities..                                       with ``affected
                                                                                        source''.
63.7(e)...........................  Conduct of performance      Yes..................  Subpart GGG also contains
                                     tests..                                            test methods and
                                                                                        procedures specific to
                                                                                        pharmaceutical sources.
63.7(f)...........................  Use of alternative test     Yes
                                     method.
63.7(g)...........................  Data analysis,              Yes
                                     recordkeeping, and
                                     reporting.
63.7(h)...........................  Waiver of performance       Yes
                                     tests.
63.8(a)...........................  Monitoring requirements...  Yes..................  See Sec.  63.1258.
63.8(b)(1)........................  Conduct of monitoring.....  Yes
63.8(b)(2)........................  CMS and combined effluents  No...................  Sec.  63.1258 of subpart
                                                                                        GGG provides specific
                                                                                        CMS requirements.
63.8(b)(3)-(c)(4).................  CMS requirements..........  Yes..................  Sec.  63.1259 also
                                                                                        specifies recordkeeping
                                                                                        for CMS.
63.8(c)(5)........................  COMS operation              No...................
                                     requirements.
63.8 (c)(6)-(8)...................  CMS calibration and         No...................  Calibration procedures
                                     malfunction provisions.                            are provided in Sec.
                                                                                        63.1258.
63.8(d)...........................  CMS quality control         Yes
                                     program.
63.8(e)(1)........................  Performance evaluations of  Yes
                                     CMS.
63.8(e)(2)........................  Notification of             Yes                    .........................
                                     performance evaluation.
63.8(e)(3-4)......................  CMS requirements/           Yes                    .........................
                                     alternatives.
63.8(e)(5)(i).....................  Reporting performance       Yes..................  See Sec.
                                     evaluation results.
63.1260 (a).......................
63.8(e)(5)(ii)....................  Results of COMS             No...................  Subpart GGG does not
                                     performance evaluation.                            contain any opacity or
                                                                                        visible emission
                                                                                        standards.
63.8(f)-(g).......................  Alternative monitoring      Yes                    .........................
                                     method/reduction of
                                     monitoring data.
63.9(a)-(d).......................  Notification requirements-- Yes..................  Sec.  63.1260 (b) also
                                     Applicability and general                          specifies initial
                                     information.                                       notification
                                                                                        requirement.
63.9(e)...........................  Notification of             Yes..................  Sec.  63.1260 (l) also
                                     performance test.                                  specifies notification
                                                                                        requirement for
                                                                                        performance test.
63.9(f)...........................  Notification of opacity     No...................  Subpart GGG does not
                                     and visible emissions                              contain any opacity or
                                     observations.                                      visible emission
                                                                                        standards.

[[Page 167]]

 
63.9(g)(1)........................  Additional notification     Yes..................  Sec.  63.1260 (d) also
                                     requirements for sources                           specifies notification
                                     with CMS.                                          requirement for
                                                                                        performance evaluation.
63.9(g)(2)........................  Notification of compliance  No...................  Subpart GGG does not
                                     with opacity emission                              contain any opacity or
                                     standard.                                          visible emission
                                                                                        standards.
63.9(g)(3)........................  Notification that           Yes..................  Sec.  63.1260 (d) also
                                     criterion to continue use                          specifies notification
                                     of alternative to                                  requirement for
                                     relative accuracy testing                          performance evaluation.
                                     has been exceeded.
63.9(h)...........................  Notification of compliance  Yes..................  Specified in Sec.
                                     status.                                            63.1260(f). Due 150 days
                                                                                        after compliance date.
63.9(i)...........................  Adjustment to time periods  Yes                    .........................
                                     or postmark deadlines for
                                     submittal and review of
                                     required communications.
63.9(j)...........................  Change in information       No...................  Subpart GGG specifies
                                     provided.                                          procedures for
                                                                                        notification of changes.
63.10(a)..........................  Recordkeeping requirements  Yes..................
63.1259...........................
63.10(b)(1).......................  Records retention.........  Yes..................  Also stated in Sec.
                                                                                        63.1259.
63.10(b)(2).......................  Information and             No...................  Subpart GGG specifies
                                     documentation to support                           recordkeeping
                                     notifications.                                     requirements.
63.10(b)(3).......................  Records retention for       Yes..................  Also stated in Sec.
                                     sources not subject to                             63.1259 (a)(2).
                                     relevant standard.
63.10(c)-(d)(2)...................  Other recordkeeping and     Yes..................  Also stated in Sec.
                                     reporting provisions.                              63.1259 (a)(4).
63.10(d)(3).......................  Reporting results of        No...................  Subpart GGG does not
                                     opacity or visible                                 include any opacity or
                                     emissions observations.                            visible emission
                                                                                        standards.
63.10(d)(4-5).....................  Other recordkeeping and     Yes..................
                                     reporting provisions.
63.10(e)..........................  Additional CMS reporting    Yes..................
                                     requirements.
63.10(f)..........................  Waiver of recordkeeping or  Yes..................
                                     reporting requirements..
63.11.............................  Control device              Yes..................
                                     requirements for flares.
63.12.............................  State authority and         Yes..................  See Sec.  63.1261.
                                     delegations.
63.13.............................  Addresses of State air      Yes..................
                                     pollution control
                                     agencies.
63.14.............................  Incorporations by           Yes..................
                                     reference.
63.15.............................  Availability of             Yes..................
                                     information and
                                     confidentiality.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[63 FR 50326, Sept. 21, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 52614, Aug. 29, 2000]

[[Page 168]]


             Table 2 To Subpart GGG.--Partially Soluble HAP
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (methyl chloroform)
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene (vinylidene chloride)
1,2-Dibromoethane
1,2-Dichloroethane (ethylene dichloride)
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,3-Dichloropropene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2-Butanone (mek)
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
2-Nitropropane
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (mibk)
Acetaldehyde
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Allyl chloride
Benzene
Benzyl chloride
Biphenyl
Bromoform (tribromomethane)
Bromomethane
Butadiene
Carbon disulfide
Chlorobenzene
Chloroethane (ethyl chloride)
Chloroform
Chloromethane
Chloroprene
Cumene
Dichloroethyl ether
Dinitrophenol
Epichlorohydrin
Ethyl acrylate
Ethylbenzene
Ethylene oxide
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachloroethane
Methyl methacrylate
Methyl-t-butyl ether
Methylene chloride
N,N-dimethylaniline
Propionaldehyde.
Propylene oxide
Styrene
Tetrachloroethene (perchloroethylene)
Tetrachloromethane (carbon tetrachloride
Toluene
Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
Trichloroethylene
Triethylamine
Trimethylpentane
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl chloride
Xylene (m)
Xylene (o)
Xylene (p)
N-hexane
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  Table 3 To Subpart GGG.--Soluble HAP
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Compound
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine.
1,4-Dioxane.
Acetonitrile.
Acetophenone.
Diethyl sulfate.
Dimethyl sulfate.
Dinitrotoluene.
Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether.
Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate.
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
Isophorone.
Methanol (methyl alcohol).
Nitrobenzene.
Toluidene.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     Table 4 to Subpart GGG.--Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Monitoring equipment       Parameters to be
            Control device                     required                monitored                Frequency
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All control devices..................  1. Flow indicator        1. Presence of flow      Hourly records of
                                        installed at all         diverted from the        whether the flow
                                        bypass lines to the      control device to the    indicator was
                                        atmosphere and           atmosphere or.           operating and whether
                                        equipped with                                     a diversion was
                                        continuous recorder or.                           detected at any time
                                                                                          during each hour.
                                       2. Valves sealed closed  2. Monthly inspections   Monthly.
                                        with car-seal or lock-   of sealed valves.
                                        and-key configuration.
Scrubber.............................  Liquid flow rate or      1. Liquid flow rate      1. Every 15 minutes.
                                        pressure drop mounting   into or out of the
                                        device. Also a pH        scrubber or the
                                        monitor if the           pressure drop across
                                        scrubber is used to      the scrubber.
                                        control acid emissions.
                                                                2. pH of effluent        2. Once a day.
                                                                 scrubber liquid.
Thermal incinerator..................  Temperature monitoring   Firebox temperature....  Every 15 minutes.
                                        device installed in
                                        firebox or in ductwork
                                        immediately downstream
                                        of firebox b.

[[Page 169]]

 
Catalytic incinerator................  Temperature monitoring   Temperature difference   Every 15 minutes.
                                        device installed in      across catalyst bed.
                                        gas stream immediately
                                        before and after
                                        catalyst bed.
Flare................................  Heat sensing device      Presence of a flame at   Every 15 minutes.
                                        installed at the pilot   the pilot light.
                                        light.
Boiler or process heater 44 mega       Temperature monitoring   Combustion temperature.  Every 15 minutes.
 watts and vent stream is not mixed     device installed in
 with the primary fuel.                 firebox b.
Condenser............................  Temperature monitoring   Condenser exit (product  Every 15 minutes.
                                        device installed at      side) temperature.
                                        condenser exit.
Carbon adsorber (nonregenerative)....  None...................  Operating time since     N/A.
                                                                 last replacement.
Carbon adsorber (regenerative).......  Stream flow monitoring   1. Total regeneration    1. For each
                                        device, and.             stream mass or           regeneration cycle,
                                                                 volumetric flow during   record the total
                                                                 carbon bed               regeneration stream
                                                                 regeneration cycle(s).   mass or volumetric
                                                                                          flow.
                                       Carbon bed temperature   2. Temperature of        2. For each
                                        monitoring device.       carbon bed after         regeneration cycle,
                                                                 regeneration.            record the maximum
                                                                                          carbon bed-
                                                                                          temperature.
                                                                3. Temperature of        3. Within 15 minutes of
                                                                 carbon bed within 15     completing any cooling
                                                                 minutes of completing    cycle, record the
                                                                 any cooling cycle(s).    carbon bed
                                                                                          temperature.
                                                                4. Operating time since  4. Operating time to be
                                                                 end of last              based on worst-case
                                                                 regeneration.            conditions.
                                                                5. Check for bed         5. Yearly.
                                                                 poisoning.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a As an alternative to the monitoring requirements specified in this table, the owner or operator may use a CEM
  meeting the requirements of Performance Specifications 8 or 9 of appendix B of part 60 to monitor TOC every 15
  minutes.
b Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any
  substantial heat exchange is encountered.


  Table 5 to Subpart GGG.--Control Requirements for Items of Equipment
               That Meet the Criteria of Sec.  63.1252(f)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Item of equipment                 Control requirement \a\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drain or drain hub...........  (a) Tightly fitting solid cover (TFSC);
                                or
                               (b) TFSC with a vent to either a process
                                or to a control device meeting the
                                requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                               (c) Water seal with submerged discharge
                                or barrier to protect discharge from
                                wind.
Manhole b....................  (a) TFSC; or
                               (b) TSFC with a vent to either a process
                                or to a control device meeting the
                                requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                               (c) If the item is vented to the
                                atmosphere, use a TFSC with a properly
                                operating water seal at the entrance or
                                exit to the item to restrict ventilation
                                in the collection system. The vent pipe
                                shall be at least 90 cm in length and
                                not exceeding 10.2 cm in nominal inside
                                diameter.
Lift station.................  (a) TFSC; or
                               (b) TFSC with a vent to either a process
                                or to a control device meeting the
                                requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                               (c) If the lift station is vented to the
                                atmosphere, use a TFSC with a properly
                                operating water seal at the entrance or
                                exit to the item to restrict ventilation
                                in the collection system. The vent pipe
                                shall be at least 90 cm in length and
                                not exceeding 10.2 cm in nominal inside
                                diameter. The lift station shall be
                                level controlled to minimize changes in
                                the liquid level.
Trench.......................  (a) TFSC; or
                               (b) TFSC with a vent to either a process
                                or to a control device meeting the
                                requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                               (c) If the item is vented to the
                                atmosphere, use a TFSC with a properly
                                operating water seal at the entrance or
                                exit to the item to restrict ventilation
                                in the collection system. The vent pipe
                                shall be at least 90 cm in length and
                                not exceeding 10.2 cm in nominal inside
                                diameter.
Pipe.........................  Each pipe shall have no visible gaps in
                                joints, seals, or other emission
                                interfaces.
Oil/Water separator..........  (a) Equip with a fixed roof and route
                                vapors to a process or equip with a
                                closed-vent system that routes vapors to
                                a control device meeting the
                                requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                               (b) Equip with a floating roof that meets
                                the equipment specifications of Sec.
                                60.693(a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2),
                                (a)(3), and (a)(4).

[[Page 170]]

 
Tank.........................  Maintain a fixed roof and consider vents
                                as process vents.c
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Where a tightly fitting solid cover is required, it shall be
  maintained with no visible gaps or openings, except during periods of
  sampling, inspection, or maintenance.
\b\ Manhole includes sumps and other points of access to a conveyance
  system.
\c\ A fixed roof may have openings necessary for proper venting of the
  tank, such as pressure/vacuum vent, j-pipe vent.

[65 FR 52616, Aug. 29, 2000]

 Table 6 to Subpart GGG.--Wastewater--Compliance Options for Wastewaster
                                  Tanks
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Maximum true
       Capacity, m\3\              vapor         Control requirements
                               pressure, kPa
------------------------------------------------------------------------
75..........................  ..............  Sec.  63.1256(b)(1).
>75 and 151.................            13.1  Sec.  63.1256(b)(1).
                                       >13.1  Sec.  63.1256(b)(2).
>151........................             5.2  Sec.  63.1256(b)(1).
                                        >5.2  Sec.  63.1256(b)(2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Table 7 to Subpart GGG.--Wastewater--Inspection and Monitoring Requirements for Waste Management Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Inspection or       Frequency of inspection
            To comply with              monitoring requirement       or monitoring                Method
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TANKS:
    63.1256(b)(3)(i).................  Inspect fixed roof and   Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        all openings for leaks.
    63.1256(b)(4)....................  Inspect floating roof    See Secs.  63.120(a)(2)  Visual.
                                        in accordance with       and (a)(3).
                                        Secs.  63.120(a)(2)
                                        and (a)(3).
    63.1256(b)(5)....................  Measure floating roof    .......................  See Sec.
                                        seal gaps in                                      63.120(b)(2)(i)
                                        accordance with Secs.                             through (b)(4).
                                        63.120(b)(2)(i)
                                        through (b)(4).
                                       --Primary seal gaps....  Initially Once every 5   .......................
                                                                 years (annually if no
                                                                 secondary seal).
                                       --Secondary seal gaps..  Initially Semiannually.  .......................
63.1256(b)(7)........................  Inspect wastewater tank  Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
63.1256(b)(8)........................   for control equipment
                                        failures and improper
                                        work practices.
SURFACE IMPOUNDMENTS:
    63.1256(c)(1)(i).................  Inspect cover and all    Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        openings for leaks.
    63.1256(c)(2)....................  Inspect surface          Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        impoundment for
                                        control equipment
                                        failures and improper
                                        work practices.
CONTAINERS:
    63.1256(d)(1)(i).................  Inspect cover and all    Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
    63.1256(d)(1)(ii)................   openings for leaks.
    63.1256(d)(3)(i).................  Inspect enclosure and    Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        all openings for leaks.
    63.1256(d)(4)....................  Inspect container for    Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        control equipment
                                        failures and improper
                                        work practices.
INDIVIDUAL DRAIN SYSTEMS a:
    63.1256(e)(1)(i).................  Inspect cover and all    Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        openings to ensure
                                        there are no gaps,
                                        cracks, or holes.

[[Page 171]]

 
    63.1256(e)(2)....................  Inspect individual       Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        drain system for
                                        control equipment
                                        failures and improper
                                        work practices.
    63.1256(e)(4)(i).................  Verify that sufficient   Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        water is present to
                                        properly maintain
                                        integrity of water
                                        seals.
    63.1256(e)(4)(ii)................  Inspect all drains       Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
    63.1256(e)(5)(i).................   using tightly-fitted
                                        caps or plugs to
                                        ensure caps and plugs
                                        are in place and
                                        properly installed.
    63.1256(e)(5)(ii)................  Inspect all junction     Initially Semiannually.  Visual or smoke test or
                                        boxes to ensure covers                            other means as
                                        are in place and have                             specified.
                                        no visible gaps,
                                        cracks, or holes.
    63.1256(e)(5)(iii)...............  Inspect unburied         Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        portion of all sewer
                                        lines for cracks and
                                        gaps.
OIL-WATER SEPARATORS:
    63.1256(f)(2)(i).................  Inspect fixed roof and   Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        all openings for leaks.
    63.1256(f)(3)....................  Measure floating roof    Initially b............  See 40 CFR
                                        seal gaps in                                      60.696(d)(1).
                                        accordance with 40 CFR
                                        60.696(d)(1).
                                       --Primary seal gaps....  Once every 5 years.....  .......................
    63.1256(f)(3)....................  --Secondary seal gaps..  Initially b Annually.
    63.1256(f)(4)....................  Inspect oil-water        Initially Semiannually.  Visual.
                                        separator for control
                                        equipment failures and
                                        improper work
                                        practices.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a As specified in Sec.  63.1256(e), the owner or operator shall comply with either the requirements of Sec.
  63.1256(e)(1) and (2) or Sec.  63.1256(e)(4) and (5).
b Within 60 days of installation as specified in Sec.  63.1256(f)(3).


  Table 8 To Subpart GGG.--Fraction Measured (Fm) for HAP Compounds in
                           Wastewater Streams
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Chemical name                  CAS No. a          Fm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetaldehyde............................           75070         1.00
Acetonitrile............................           75058         0.99
Acetophenone............................           98862         0.31
Acrolein................................          107028         1.00
Acrylonitrile...........................          107131         1.00
Allyl chloride..........................          107051         1.00
Benzene.................................           71432         1.00
Benzyl chloride.........................          100447         1.00
Biphenyl................................           92524         0.86
Bromoform...............................           75252         1.00
Butadiene (1,3-)........................          106990         1.00
Carbon disulfide........................           75150         1.00
Carbon tetrachloride....................           56235         1.00
Chlorobenzene...........................          108907         0.96
Chloroform..............................           67663         1.00
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene)....          126998         1.00
Cumene..................................           98828         1.00
Dichlorobenzene (p-1,4-)................          106467         1.00
Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene                   107062         1.00
 dichloride)............................
Dichloroethylether (Bis(2-Chloroethyl             111444         0.76
 ether))................................
Dichloropropene (1,3-)..................          542756         1.00
Diethyl sulfate.........................           64675         0.0025
Dimethyl sulfate........................           77781         0.086
Dimethylaniline (N,N-)..................          121697         0.00080
Dimethylhydrazine (1,1-)................           57147         0.38
Dinitrophenol (2,4-)....................           51285         0.0077
Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)...................          121142         0.085
Dioxane (1,4-) (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)....          123911         0.87
Epichlorohydrin(1-Chloro-2,3-                     106898         0.94
 epoxypropane)..........................

[[Page 172]]

 
Ethyl acrylate..........................          140885         1.00
Ethylbenzene............................          100414         1.00
Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)...........           75003         1.00
Ethylene dibromide (Dibromomethane).....          106934         1.00
Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether..........          110714         0.86
Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate.          112072         0.043
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate          110496         0.093
Ethylene oxide..........................           75218         1.00
Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-                        75343         1.00
 Dichloroethane)........................
Hexachlorobenzene.......................          118741         0.97
Hexachlorobutadiene.....................           87683         0.88
Hexachloroethane........................           67721         0.50
Hexane..................................          110543         1.00
Isophorone..............................           78591         0.47
Methanol................................           67561         0.85
Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)...........           74839         1.00
Methyl chloride (Chloromethane).........           74873         1.00
Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone)........           78933         0.99
Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone).........          108101         0.98
Methyl methacrylate.....................           80626         1.00
Methyl tert-butyl ether.................         1634044         1.00
Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)....           75092         1.00
Naphthalene.............................           91203         0.99
Nitrobenzene............................           98953         0.39
Nitropropane (2-).......................           79469         0.99
Phosgene................................           75445         1.00
Propionaldehyde.........................          123386         1.00
Propylene dichloride (1,2-                         78875         1.00
 Dichloropropane).......................
Propylene oxide.........................           75569         1.00
Styrene.................................          100425         1.00
Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)............           79345         1.00
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene).          127184         1.00
Toluene.................................          108883         1.00
Toluidine (o-)..........................           95534         0.15
Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)...............          120821         1.00
Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl                   71556         1.00
 chloroform)............................
Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl                    79005         0.98
 Trichloride)...........................
Trichloroethylene.......................           79016         1.00
Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)................           95954         1.00
Triethylamine...........................          121448         1.00
Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)...............          540841         1.00
Vinyl acetate...........................          108054         1.00
Vinyl chloride (Chloroethylene).........           75014         1.00
Vinylidene chloride (1,1-                          75354         1.00
 Dichloroethylene)......................
Xylene (m-).............................          108383         1.00
Xylene (o-).............................           95476         1.00
Xylene (p-).............................          106423         1.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a CAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Service registry number
  assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.


     Table 9 to Subpart GGG.--Default Biorates for List 1 Compounds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Biorate (K1),
                      Compound name                        L/g MLVSS-hr
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetonitrile............................................           0.100
Acetophenone............................................           0.538
Diethyl sulfate.........................................           0.105
Dimethyl hydrazine(1,1).................................           0.227
Dimethyl sulfate........................................           0.178
Dinitrotoluene(2,4).....................................           0.784
Dioxane(1,4)............................................           0.393
Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether..........................           0.364
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate................           0.159
Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate.................           0.496
Isophorone..............................................           0.598
Methanol................................................             (a)
Nitrobenzene............................................           2.300

[[Page 173]]

 
Toluidine (-0)..........................................           0.859
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a For direct dischargers, the default biorate for methanol is 3.5 L/g
  MLVSS-hr; for indirect dischargers, the default biorate for methanol
  is 0.2 L/g MLVSS-hr.



 Subpart HHH--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
          From Natural Gas Transmission and Storage Facilities

    Source: 64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1270  Applicability and designation of affected source.

    (a) This subpart applies to owners and operators of natural gas 
transmission and storage facilities that transport or store natural gas 
prior to entering the pipeline to a local distribution company or to a 
final end user (if there are no local HAP emissions as defined using 
Sec. 63.1271). Emissions for major source determination purposes can be 
estimated using the maximum natural gas throughput calculated in either 
paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section and paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of 
this section. As an alternative to calculating the maximum natural gas 
throughput, the owner or operator of a new or existing source may use 
the facility design maximum natural gas throughput to estimate the 
maximum potential emissions. Other means to determine the facility's 
major source status are allowed, provided the information is documented 
and recorded to the Administrator's satisfaction. A compressor station 
that transports natural gas prior to the point of custody transfer or to 
a natural gas processing plant (if present) is not considered a part of 
the natural gas transmission and storage source category. A facility 
that is determined to be an area source, but subsequently increases its 
emissions or its potential to emit above the major source levels 
(without first obtaining and complying with other limitations that keep 
its potential to emit HAP below major source levels), and becomes a 
major source, must comply thereafter with all applicable provisions of 
this subpart starting on the applicable compliance date specified in 
paragraph (d) of this section. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to 
preclude a source from limiting its potential to emit through other 
appropriate mechanisms that may be available through the permitting 
authority.
    (1) Facilities that store natural gas or facilities that transport 
and store natural gas shall calculate maximum annual facility natural 
gas throughput using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29JN01.026

Where:

Throughput = Maximum annual facilitywide natural gas throughput in cubic 
          meters per year.
IR max = Maximum facility injection rate in cubic meters per 
          hour.
WR max = Maximum facility withdrawal rate in cubic meters per 
          hour.
8,760 = Maximum hours of operation per year.
    (i)--(iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) The owner or operator shall calculate the maximum facilitywide 
natural gas throughput based on the following equation:

Throughput = Operation  x  WRmax

Where:

Throughput = Maximum facilitywide natural gas throughput in cubic meters 
          per year.
Operation = Maximum facilitywide annual glycol dehydration unit hours of 
          operation in hours per year, as calculated in paragraph 
          (a)(1)(iii) of this section.
WRmax = Maximum facility withdrawal rate in cubic meters per 
          hour.

    (2) Facilities that only transport natural gas shall calculate the 
maximum natural gas throughput as the highest annual natural gas 
throughput over the 5 years prior to June 17, 1999, multiplied by a 
factor of 1.2.

[[Page 174]]

    (3) The owner or operator shall maintain records of the annual 
facility natural gas throughput each year and upon request, submit such 
records to the Administrator. If the facility annual natural gas 
throughput increases above the maximum natural gas throughput calculated 
in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, the maximum natural gas 
throughput must be recalculated using the higher throughput multiplied 
by a factor of 1.2.
    (4) The owner or operator shall determine the maximum values for 
other parameters used to calculate potential emissions as the maximum 
over the same period for which maximum throughput is determined as 
specified in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section. These 
parameters shall be based on an annual average or the highest single 
measured value.
    (b) The affected source is each glycol dehydration unit.
    (c) The owner or operator of a facility that does not contain an 
affected source, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, is not 
subject to the requirements of this subpart.
    (d) The owner or operator of each affected source shall achieve 
compliance with the provisions of this subpart by the following dates:
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected source, the construction or 
reconstruction of which commenced before February 6, 1998, shall achieve 
compliance with this provisions of the subpart no later than June 17, 
2002 except as provided for in Sec. 63.6(i). The owner or operator of an 
area source, the construction or reconstruction of which commenced 
before February 6, 1998, that increases its emissions of (or its 
potential to emit) HAP such that the source becomes a major source that 
is subject to this subpart shall comply with this subpart 3 years after 
becoming a major source.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected source, the construction or 
reconstruction of which commences on or after February 6, 1998, shall 
achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart immediately upon 
initial startup or June 17, 1999, whichever date is later. Area sources, 
the construction or reconstruction of which commences on or after 
February 6, 1998, that become major sources shall comply with the 
provisions of this standard immediately upon becoming a major source.
    (e) An owner or operator of an affected source that is a major 
source or is located at a major source and is subject to the provisions 
of this subpart is also subject to 40 CFR part 70 or part 71 permitting 
requirements.
    (f) Exemptions. A facility with a facilitywide actual annual average 
natural gas throughput less than 28.3 thousand standard cubic meters per 
day, where glycol dehydration units are the only HAP emission source, is 
not subject to the requirements of this subpart. Records shall be 
maintained as required in Sec. 63.10(b)(3).

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34555, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1271  Definitions.

    All terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning given to them 
in the Clean Air Act, subpart A of this part (General Provisions), and 
in this section. If the same term is defined in subpart A and in this 
section, it shall have the meaning given in this section for purposes of 
this subpart.
    Boiler means an enclosed device using controlled flame combustion 
and having the primary purpose of recovering and exporting thermal 
energy in the form of steam or hot water. Boiler also means any 
industrial furnace as defined in 40 CFR 260.10.
    Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere 
and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and if necessary, flow 
inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an emission point to 
one or more control devices. If gas or vapor from regulated equipment is 
routed to a process (e.g., to a fuel gas system), the conveyance system 
shall not be considered a closed-vent system and is not subject to 
closed-vent system standards.
    Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment, such as a 
flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler, used for the combustion 
of organic HAP emissions.
    Compressor station means any permanent combination of compressors 
that move natural gas at increased pressure

[[Page 175]]

from fields, in transmission pipelines, or into storage.
    Continuous recorder means a data recording device that either 
records an instantaneous data value at least once every hour or records 
hourly or more frequent block average values.
    Control device means any equipment used for recovering or oxidizing 
HAP or volatile organic compound (VOC) vapors. Such equipment includes, 
but is not limited to, absorbers, carbon absorbers, condensers, 
incinerators, flares, boilers, and process heaters. For the purposes of 
this subpart, if gas or vapor from regulated equipment is used, reused 
(i.e., injected into the flame zone of an enclosed combustion device), 
returned back to the process, or sold, then the recovery system used, 
including piping, connections, and flow inducing devices, is not 
considered to be a control device or a closed-vent system.
    Custody transfer means the transfer of natural gas after processing 
and/or treatment in the production operations to pipelines or any other 
forms of transportation.
    Facility means any grouping of equipment where natural gas is 
processed, compressed, or stored prior to entering a pipeline to a local 
distribution company or (if there is no local distribution company) to a 
final end user. Examples of a facility for this source category are: an 
underground natural gas storage operation; or a natural gas compressor 
station that receives natural gas via pipeline, from an underground 
natural gas storage operation, or from a natural gas processing plant. 
The emission points associated with these phases include, but are not 
limited to, process vents. Processes that may have vents include, but 
are not limited to, dehydration and compressor station engines.
    Facility, for the purpose of a major source determination, means 
natural gas transmission and storage equipment that is located inside 
the boundaries of an individual surface site (as defined in this 
section) and is connected by ancillary equipment, such as gas flow lines 
or power lines. Equipment that is part of a facility will typically be 
located within close proximity to other equipment located at the same 
facility. Natural gas transmission and storage equipment or groupings of 
equipment located on different gas leases, mineral fee tracts, lease 
tracts, subsurface unit areas, surface fee tracts, or surface lease 
tracts shall not be considered part of the same facility.
    Flame zone means the portion of the combustion chamber in a 
combustion device occupied by the flame envelope.
    Flash tank. See the definition for gas-condensate-glycol (GCG) 
separator.
    Flow indicator means a device which indicates whether gas flow is 
present in a line or whether the valve position would allow gas flow to 
be present in a line.
    Gas-condensate-glycol (GCG) separator means a two-or three-phase 
separator through which the ``rich'' glycol stream of a glycol 
dehydration unit is passed to remove entrained gas and hydrocarbon 
liquid. The GCG separator is commonly referred to as a flash separator 
or flash tank.
    Glycol dehydration unit means a device in which a liquid glycol 
(including, but not limited to, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, or 
triethylene glycol) absorbent directly contacts a natural gas stream and 
absorbs water in a contact tower or absorption column (absorber). The 
glycol contacts and absorbs water vapor and other gas stream 
constituents from the natural gas and becomes ``rich'' glycol. This 
glycol is then regenerated in the glycol dehydration unit reboiler. The 
``lean'' glycol is then recycled.
    Glycol dehydration unit baseline operations means operations 
representative of the glycol dehydration unit operations as of June 17, 
1999. For the purposes of this subpart, for determining the percentage 
of overall HAP emission reduction attributable to process modifications, 
glycol dehydration unit baseline operations shall be parameter values 
(including, but not limited to, glycol circulation rate or glycol-HAP 
absorbency) that represent actual long-term conditions (i.e., at least 1 
year). Glycol dehydration units in operation for less than 1 year shall 
document that the parameter values represent expected long-term 
operating conditions had process modifications not been made.

[[Page 176]]

    Glycol dehydration unit process vent means the glycol dehydration 
unit reboiler vent and the vent from the GCG separator (flash tank), if 
present.
    Glycol dehydration unit reboiler vent means the vent through which 
exhaust from the reboiler of a glycol dehydration unit passes from the 
reboiler to the atmosphere or to a control device.
    Hazardous air pollutants or HAP means the chemical compounds listed 
in section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act (Act). All chemical compounds 
listed in section 112(b) of the Act need to be considered when making a 
major source determination. Only the HAP compounds listed in Table 1 of 
this subpart need to be considered when determining compliance.
    Incinerator means an enclosed combustion device that is used for 
destroying organic compounds. Auxiliary fuel may be used to heat waste 
gas to combustion temperatures. Any energy recovery section is not 
physically formed into one manufactured or assembled unit with the 
combustion section; rather, the energy recovery section is a separate 
section following the combustion section and the two are joined by ducts 
or connections carrying flue gas. The above energy recovery section 
limitation does not apply to an energy recovery section used solely to 
preheat the incoming vent stream or combustion air.
    Initial startup means the first time a new or reconstructed source 
begins production. For the purposes of this subpart, initial startup 
does not include subsequent startups (as defined in this section) of 
equipment, for example, following malfunctions or shutdowns.
    Major source, as used in this subpart, shall have the same meaning 
as in Sec. 63.2, except that:
    (1) Emissions from any pipeline compressor station or pump station 
shall not be aggregated with emissions from other similar units, whether 
or not such units are in a contiguous area or under common control; and
    (2) Emissions from processes, operations, and equipment that are not 
part of the same facility, as defined in this section, shall not be 
aggregated.
    Natural gas means a naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbon and 
nonhydrocarbon gases found in geologic formations beneath the earth's 
surface. The principal hydrocarbon constituent is methane.
    Natural gas transmission means the pipelines used for the long 
distance transport of natural gas (excluding processing). Specific 
equipment used in natural gas transmission includes the land, mains, 
valves, meters, boosters, regulators, storage vessels, dehydrators, 
compressors, and their driving units and appurtenances, and equipment 
used for transporting gas from a production plant, delivery point of 
purchased gas, gathering system, storage area, or other wholesale source 
of gas to one or more distribution area(s).
    No detectable emissions means no escape of HAP from a device or 
system to the atmosphere as determined by:
    (1) Instrument monitoring results in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1282(b); and
    (2) The absence of visible openings or defects in the device or 
system, such as rips, tears, or gaps.
    Operating parameter value means a minimum or maximum value 
established for a control device or process parameter which, if achieved 
by itself or in combination with one or more other operating parameter 
values, indicates that an owner or operator has complied with an 
applicable operating parameter limitation, over the appropriate 
averaging period as specified in Sec. 63.1282 (e) and (f).
    Operating permit means a permit required by 40 CFR part 70 or part 
71.
    Organic monitoring device means an instrument used to indicate the 
concentration level of organic compounds exiting a control device based 
on a detection principle such as infra-red, photoionization, or thermal 
conductivity.
    Primary fuel means the fuel that provides the principal heat input 
(i.e., more than 50 percent) to the device. To be considered primary, 
the fuel must be able to sustain operation without the addition of other 
fuels.
    Process heater means an enclosed device using a controlled flame, 
the primary purpose of which is to transfer heat to a process fluid or 
process material that is not a fluid, or to a heat

[[Page 177]]

transfer material for use in a process (rather than for steam 
generation) .
    Safety device means a device that meets both of the following 
conditions: the device is not used for planned or routine venting of 
liquids, gases, or fumes from the unit or equipment on which the device 
is installed; and the device remains in a closed, sealed position at all 
times except when an unplanned event requires that the device open for 
the purpose of preventing physical damage or permanent deformation of 
the unit or equipment on which the device is installed in accordance 
with good engineering and safety practices for handling flammable, 
combustible, explosive, or other hazardous materials. Examples of 
unplanned events which may require a safety device to open include 
failure of an essential equipment component or a sudden power outage.
    Shutdown means for purposes including, but not limited to, periodic 
maintenance, replacement of equipment, or repair, the cessation of 
operation of a glycol dehydration unit, or other affected source under 
this subpart, or equipment required or used solely to comply with this 
subpart.
    Startup means the setting into operation of a glycol dehydration 
unit, or other affected equipment under this subpart, or equipment 
required or used to comply with this subpart. Startup includes initial 
startup and operation solely for the purpose of testing equipment.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is designed to 
contain an accumulation of crude oil, condensate, intermediate 
hydrocarbon liquids, produced water, or other liquid, and is constructed 
primarily of non-earthen materials (e.g., wood, concrete, steel, 
plastic) that provide structural support.
    Surface site means any combination of one or more graded pad sites, 
gravel pad sites, foundations, platforms, or the immediate physical 
location upon which equipment is physically affixed.
    Temperature monitoring device means an instrument used to monitor 
temperature and having a minimum accuracy of 2 percent of 
the temperature being monitored expressed in  deg.C, or 2.5 
deg.C, whichever is greater. The temperature monitoring device may 
measure temperature in degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius, or both.
    Total organic compounds or TOC, as used in this subpart, means those 
compounds which can be measured according to the procedures of Method 
18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    Underground storage means the subsurface facilities utilized for 
storing natural gas that has been transferred from its original location 
for the primary purpose of load balancing, which is the process of 
equalizing the receipt and delivery of natural gas. Processes and 
operations that may be located at an underground storage facility 
include, but are not limited to, compression and dehydration.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34555, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1272  Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions.

    (a) The provisions set forth in this subpart shall apply at all 
times except during startups or shutdowns, during malfunctions, and 
during periods of non-operation of the affected sources (or specific 
portion thereof) resulting in cessation of the emissions to which this 
subpart applies. However, during the startup, shutdown, malfunction, or 
period of non-operation of one portion of an affected source, all 
emission points which can comply with the specific provisions to which 
they are subject must do so during the startup, shutdown, malfunction, 
or period of non-operation.
    (b) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart during times when emissions are being routed to such items of 
equipment, if the shutdown would contravene requirements of this subpart 
applicable to such items of equipment. This paragraph does not apply if 
the item of equipment is malfunctioning, or if the owner or operator 
must shut down the equipment to avoid damage due to a contemporaneous 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction of the affected source or a portion 
thereof.
    (c) During startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the 
requirements of this subpart do not apply pursuant to

[[Page 178]]

paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
implement, to the extent reasonably available, measures to prevent or 
minimize excess emissions to the maximum extent practical. For purposes 
of this paragraph, the term ``excess emissions'' means emissions in 
excess of those that would have occurred if there were no startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction, and the owner or operator complied with the 
relevant provisions of this subpart. The measures to be taken shall be 
identified in the applicable startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, 
and may include, but are not limited to, air pollution control 
technologies, recovery technologies, work practices, pollution 
prevention, monitoring, and/or changes in the manner of operation of the 
source. Back-up control devices are not required, but may be used if 
available.
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the owner 
or operator shall prepare a startup, shutdown, or malfunction plan as 
required in Sec. 63.6(e)(3), except that the plan is not required to be 
incorporated by reference into the source's title V permit as specified 
in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(i). Instead, the owner or operator shall keep the 
plan on record as required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(v). The failure of the 
plan to adequately minimize emissions during the startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction does not shield an owner or operator from enforcement 
actions.
    (e) Owners or operators are exempt from the requirements to prepare 
a startup, shutdown, or malfunction plan for any facility where all of 
the affected sources meet the exemption criteria specified in 
Sec. 63.1274(d).

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34555, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1273  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1274  General standards.

    (a) Table 2 of this subpart specifies the provisions of subpart A 
(General Provisions) that apply and those that do not apply to owners 
and operators of affected sources subject to this subpart.
    (b) All reports required under this subpart shall be sent to the 
Administrator at the appropriate address listed in Sec. 63.13. Reports 
may be submitted on electronic media.
    (c) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, the owner 
or operator of an affected source (i.e., glycol dehydration unit) 
located at an existing or new major source of HAP emissions shall comply 
with the requirements in this subpart as follows:
    (1) The control requirements for glycol dehydration unit process 
vents specified in Sec. 63.1275;
    (2) The monitoring requirements specified in Sec. 63.1283, and
    (3) The recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in 
Secs. 63.1284 and 63.1285.
    (d) Exemptions. The owner or operator is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraph (c) of this section if the criteria listed in 
paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section are met, except that the records 
of the determination of these criteria must be maintained as required in 
Sec. 63.1284(d).
    (1) The actual annual average flow of gas to the glycol dehydration 
unit is less than 283.0 thousand standard cubic meters per day, as 
determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1282(a)(1); or
    (2) The actual average emissions of benzene from the glycol 
dehydration unit process vents to the atmosphere are less than 0.90 
megagram per year as determined by the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(a)(2) of this subpart.
    (e) Each owner or operator of a major HAP source subject to this 
subpart is required to apply for a part 70 or part 71 operating permit 
from the appropriate permitting authority. If the Administrator has 
approved a State operating permit program under part 70, the permit 
shall be obtained from the State authority. If a State operating permit 
program has not been approved, the owner or operator shall apply to the 
EPA Regional Office pursuant to part 71.
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) In all cases where the provisions of this subpart require an 
owner or operator to repair leaks by a specified time after the leak is 
detected, it is a violation of this standard to fail to take action to 
repair the leak(s) within the specified time. If action is taken to 
repair the leak(s) within the specified

[[Page 179]]

time, failure of that action to successfully repair the leak(s) is not a 
violation of this standard. However, if the repairs are unsuccessful, a 
leak is detected and the owner or operator shall take further action as 
required by the applicable provisions of this subpart.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34556, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1275  Glycol dehydration unit process vent standards.

    (a) This section applies to each glycol dehydration unit subject to 
this subpart with an actual annual average natural gas flowrate equal to 
or greater than 283.0 thousand standard cubic meters per day and with 
actual average benzene glycol dehydration unit process vent emissions 
equal to or greater than 0.90 megagrams per year.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an owner or 
operator of a glycol dehydration unit process vent shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) For each glycol dehydration unit process vent, the owner or 
operator shall control air emissions by either paragraph (b)(1)(i) or 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall connect the process vent to a 
control device or a combination of control devices through a closed-vent 
system. The closed-vent system shall be designed and operated in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1281(c). The control 
device(s) shall be designed and operated in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d).
    (ii) The owner or operator shall connect the process vent to a 
control device or a combination of control devices through a closed-vent 
system and the outlet benzene emissions from the control device(s) shall 
be less than 0.90 megagrams per year. The closed-vent system shall be 
designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1281(c). The control device(s) shall be designed and operated in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d), except that the 
performance requirements specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(i) and (ii) do 
not apply.
    (2) One or more safety devices that vent directly to the atmosphere 
may be used on the air emission control equipment installed to comply 
with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) As an alternative to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section, the owner or operator may comply with one of the following:
    (1) The owner or operator shall control air emissions by connecting 
the process vent to a process natural gas line.
    (2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate, to the Administrator's 
satisfaction, that the total HAP emissions to the atmosphere from the 
glycol dehydration unit process vent are reduced by 95.0 percent through 
process modifications or a combination of process modifications and one 
or more control devices, in accordance with the requirements specified 
in Sec. 63.1281(e).
    (3) Control of HAP emissions from a GCG separator (flash tank) vent 
is not required if the owner or operator demonstrates, to the 
Administrator's satisfaction, that total emissions to the atmosphere 
from the glycol dehydration unit process vent are reduced by one of the 
levels specified in paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (ii) through the installation 
and operation of controls as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section.
    (i) HAP emissions are reduced by 95.0 percent or more.
    (ii) Benzene emissions are reduced to a level less than 0.90 
megagrams per year.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34556, June 29, 2001]



Secs. 63.1276-63.1280  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1281  Control equipment requirements.

    (a) This section applies to each closed-vent system and control 
device installed and operated by the owner or operator to control air 
emissions as required by the provisions of this subpart. Compliance with 
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section will be determined by review of 
the records required by Sec. 63.1284, the reports required by 
Sec. 63.1285, by review of performance test results, and by inspections.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Closed-vent system requirements. (1) The closed-vent system 
shall route all gases, vapors, and fumes emitted from

[[Page 180]]

the material in a HAP emissions unit to a control device that meets the 
requirements specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) The closed-vent system shall be designed and operated with no 
detectable emissions.
    (3) If the closed-vent system contains one or more bypass devices 
that could be used to divert all or a portion of the gases, vapors, or 
fumes from entering the control device, the owner or operator shall meet 
the requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (c)(3)(ii) of 
this section.
    (i) For each bypass device, except as provided for in paragraph 
(c)(3)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator shall either:
    (A) Properly install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow 
indicator at the inlet to the bypass device that could divert the stream 
away from the control device to the atmosphere that takes a reading at 
least once every 15 minutes, and that sounds an alarm when the bypass 
device is open such that the stream is being, or could be, diverted away 
from the control device to the atmosphere; or
    (B) Secure the bypass device valve installed at the inlet to the 
bypass device in the non-diverting position using a car-seal or a lock-
and-key type configuration. The owner or operator shall visually inspect 
the seal or closure mechanism at least once every month to verify that 
the valve is maintained in the non-diverting position and the vent 
stream is not diverted through the bypass device.
    (ii) Low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended 
valves or lines, and safety devices are not subject to the requirements 
of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
    (d) Control device requirements. (1) The control device used to 
reduce HAP emissions in accordance with the standards of this subpart 
shall be one of the control devices specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) An enclosed combustion device (e.g., thermal vapor incinerator, 
catalytic vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater) that is designed 
and operated in accordance with one of the following performance 
requirements:
    (A) Reduces the mass content of either TOC or total HAP in the gases 
vented to the device by 95.0 percent by weight or greater, as determined 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(d);
    (B) Reduces the concentration of either TOC or total HAP in the 
exhaust gases at the outlet to the device to a level equal to or less 
than 20 parts per million by volume on a dry basis corrected to 3 
percent oxygen as determined in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1282(d); or
    (C) Operates at a minimum residence time of 0.5 second at a minimum 
temperature of 760  deg.C.
    (D) If a boiler or process heater is used as the control device, 
then the vent stream shall be introduced into the flame zone of the 
boiler or process heater.
    (ii) A vapor recovery device (e.g., carbon adsorption system or 
condenser) or other control device that is designed and operated to 
reduce the mass content of either TOC or total HAP in the gases vented 
to the device by 95.0 percent by weight or greater as determined in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(d).
    (iii) A flare that is designed and operated in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.11(b).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that a control device 
achieves the performance requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section by following the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1282(d).
    (4) The owner or operator shall operate each control device in 
accordance with the requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) Each control device used to comply with this subpart shall be 
operating at all times when gases, vapors, and fumes are vented from the 
emissions unit or units through the closed-vent system to the control 
device, as required under Sec. 63.1275, except when maintenance or 
repair of a unit cannot be completed without a shutdown of the control 
device. An owner or operator may vent more than one unit to a control 
device used to comply with this subpart.

[[Page 181]]

    (ii) For each control device monitored in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1283(d), the owner or operator shall demonstrate 
compliance according to the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(e), or (f) as 
applicable.
    (5) For each carbon adsorption system used as a control device to 
meet the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall manage the carbon as follows:
    (i) Following the initial startup of the control device, all carbon 
in the control device shall be replaced with fresh carbon on a regular, 
predetermined time interval that is no longer than the carbon service 
life established for the carbon adsorption system.
    (ii) The spent carbon removed from the carbon adsorption system 
shall be either regenerated, reactivated, or burned in one of the units 
specified in paragraphs (d)(5)(ii)(A) through (d)(5)(ii)(G) of this 
section.
    (A) Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit for which 
the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 
270 that implements the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart X.
    (B) Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit equipped 
with and operating organic air emission controls in accordance with this 
section.
    (C) Regenerated or reactivated in a thermal treatment unit equipped 
with and operating organic air emission controls in accordance with a 
national emissions standard for HAP under another subpart in 40 CFR part 
61 or this part.
    (D) Burned in a hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or 
operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 that 
implements the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O.
    (E) Burned in a hazardous waste incinerator which the owner or 
operator has designed and operates in accordance with the requirements 
of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O.
    (F) Burned in a boiler or industrial furnace for which the owner or 
operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 that 
implements the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (G) Burned in a boiler or industrial furnace which the owner or 
operator has designed and operates in accordance with the interim status 
requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (e) Process modification requirements. Each owner or operator that 
chooses to comply with Sec. 63.1275(c)(2) shall meet the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall determine glycol dehydration unit 
baseline operations (as defined in Sec. 63.1271). Records of glycol 
dehydration unit baseline operations shall be retained as required under 
Sec. 63.1284(b)(9).
    (2) The owner or operator shall document, to the Administrator's 
satisfaction, the conditions for which glycol dehydration unit baseline 
operations shall be modified to achieve the 95.0 percent overall HAP 
emission reduction, either through process modifications or through a 
combination of process modifications and one or more control devices. If 
a combination of process modifications and one or more control devices 
are used, the owner or operator shall also establish the percent HAP 
reduction to be achieved by the control device to achieve an overall HAP 
emission reduction of 95.0 percent for the glycol dehydration unit 
process vent. Only modifications in glycol dehydration unit operations 
directly related to process changes, including but not limited to 
changes in glycol circulation rate or glycol-HAP absorbency, shall be 
allowed. Changes in the inlet gas characteristics or natural gas 
throughput rate shall not be considered in determining the overall HAP 
emission reduction due to process modifications.
    (3) The owner or operator that achieves a 95.0 percent HAP emission 
reduction using process modifications alone shall comply with paragraph 
(e)(3)(i) of this section. The owner or operator that achieves a 95.0 
percent HAP emission reduction using a combination of process 
modifications and one or more control devices shall comply with 
paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall maintain records, as required in

[[Page 182]]

Sec. 63.1284(b)(10), that the facility continues to operate in 
accordance with the conditions specified under paragraph (e)(2) of this 
section.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall comply with the control device 
requirements specified in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the 
emission reduction achieved shall be the emission reduction specified in 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34556, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1282  Test methods, compliance procedures, and compliance demonstrations.

    (a) Determination of glycol dehydration unit flowrate or benzene 
emissions. The procedures of this paragraph shall be used by an owner or 
operator to determine glycol dehydration unit natural gas flowrate or 
benzene emissions to meet the criteria for the exemption from control 
requirements under Sec. 63.1274(d).
    (1) The determination of actual flowrate of natural gas to a glycol 
dehydration unit shall be made using the procedures of either paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall install and operate a monitoring 
instrument that directly measures natural gas flowrate to the glycol 
dehydration unit with an accuracy of plus or minus 2 percent or better. 
The owner or operator shall convert the annual natural gas flowrate to a 
daily average by dividing the annual flowrate by the number of days per 
year the glycol dehydration unit processed natural gas.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall document, to the Administrator's 
satisfaction, that the actual annual average natural gas flowrate to the 
glycol dehydration unit is less than 283.0 thousand standard cubic 
meters per day.
    (2) The determination of actual average benzene emissions from a 
glycol dehydration unit shall be made using the procedures of either 
paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section. Emissions shall be 
determined either uncontrolled or with federally enforceable controls in 
place.
    (i) The owner or operator shall determine actual average benzene 
emissions using the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, Version 3.0 or 
higher, and the procedures presented in the associated GRI-
GLYCalcTM Technical Reference Manual. Inputs to the model 
shall be representative of actual operating conditions of the glycol 
dehydration unit and may be determined using the procedures documented 
in the Gas Research Institute (GRI) report entitled ``Atmospheric Rich/
Lean Method for Determining Glycol Dehydrator Emissions'' (GRI-95/
0368.1); or
    (ii) The owner or operator shall determine an average mass rate of 
benzene emissions in kilograms per hour through direct measurement by 
performing three runs of Method 18 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A (or an 
equivalent method), and averaging the results of the three runs. Annual 
emissions in kilograms per year shall be determined by multiplying the 
mass rate by the number of hours the unit is operated per year. This 
result shall be converted to megagrams per year.
    (b) No detectable emissions test procedure. (1) The procedure shall 
be conducted in accordance with Method 21, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    (2) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of 
Method 21, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response 
factor criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the 
average composition of the fluid, and not for each individual organic 
compound in the stream.
    (3) The detection instrument shall be calibrated before use on each 
day of its use by the procedures specified in Method 21, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    (4) Calibration gases shall be as follows:
    (i) Zero air (less than 10 parts per million by volume hydrocarbon 
in air); and
    (ii) A mixture of methane in air at a methane concentration of less 
than 10,000 parts per million by volume.
    (5) An owner or operator may choose to adjust or not adjust the 
detection instrument readings to account for the background organic 
concentration level. If an owner or operator chooses to adjust the 
instrument readings for the background level, the background level value 
must be determined according to the procedures in Method 21 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A.

[[Page 183]]

    (6)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, 
the detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of Method 
21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response factor 
criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the average 
composition of the process fluid not each individual volatile organic 
compound in the stream. For process streams that contain nitrogen, air, 
or other inerts which are not organic HAP or VOC, the average stream 
response factor shall be calculated on an inert-free basis.
    (ii) If no instrument is available at the facility that will meet 
the performance criteria specified in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this 
section, the instrument readings may be adjusted by multiplying by the 
average response factor of the process fluid, calculated on an inert-
free basis as described in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section.
    (7) An owner or operator must determine if a potential leak 
interface operates with no detectable emissions using the applicable 
procedure specified in paragraph (b)(7)(i) or (b)(7)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) If an owner or operator chooses not to adjust the detection 
instrument readings for the background organic concentration level, then 
the maximum organic concentration value measured by the detection 
instrument is compared directly to the applicable value for the 
potential leak interface as specified in paragraph (b)(8) of this 
section.
    (ii) If an owner or operator chooses to adjust the detection 
instrument readings for the background organic concentration level, the 
value of the arithmetic difference between the maximum organic 
concentration value measured by the instrument and the background 
organic concentration value as determined in paragraph (b)(5) of this 
section is compared with the applicable value for the potential leak 
interface as specified in paragraph (b)(8) of this section.
    (8) A potential leak interface is determined to operate with no 
detectable organic emissions if the organic concentration value 
determined in paragraph (b)(7) is less than 500 parts per million by 
volume.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Control device performance test procedures. This paragraph 
applies to the performance testing of control devices. The owners or 
operators shall demonstrate that a control device achieves the 
performance requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii) using 
either a performance test as specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section or a design analysis as specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this 
section. The owner or operator may elect to use the alternative 
procedures in paragraph (d)(5) of this section for performance testing 
of a condenser used to control emissions from a glycol dehydration unit 
process vent.
    (1) The following control devices are exempt from the requirements 
to conduct performance tests and design analyses under this section:
    (i) Except as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a flare 
that is designed and operated in accordance with Sec. 63.11(b);
    (ii) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater;
    (iii) A boiler or process heater into which the vent stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel or is used as the primary fuel;
    (iv) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which 
the owner or operator has either been issued a final permit under 40 CFR 
part 270 and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart 
H, or has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 
40 CFR part 266, subpart H;
    (v) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.
    (vi) A control device for which a performance test was conducted for 
determining compliance with a regulation promulgated by the EPA, and the 
test was conducted using the same methods specified in this section, and 
either no process changes have been made since the test, or the owner or 
operator can demonstrate that the results of the

[[Page 184]]

performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 
compliance despite process changes.
    (2) An owner or operator shall design and operate each flare in 
accordance with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.11(b) and in 
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The compliance determination shall be conducted using Method 22 
of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions.
    (ii) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test to determine percent emission reduction or outlet organic HAP or 
TOC concentration when a flare is used.
    (3) For a performance test conducted to demonstrate that a control 
device meets the requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii), the 
owner or operator shall use the test methods and procedures specified in 
paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section. The performance test 
results shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status 
Report as required in Sec. 63.1285(d)(1)(ii).
    (i) Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, 
shall be used for selection of the sampling sites specified in 
paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section. Any references to 
particulate mentioned in Methods 1 and 1A do not apply to this section.
    (A) To determine compliance with the control device percent 
reduction requirements specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(i)(A),(d)(1)(ii), 
or (e)(3)(ii), sampling sites shall be located at the inlet of the first 
control device and at the outlet of the final control device.
    (B) To determine compliance with the enclosed combustion device 
total HAP concentration limit specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(i)(B), the 
sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the device.
    (ii) The gas volumetric flowrate shall be determined using Method 2, 
2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
    (iii) To determine compliance with the control device percent 
reduction performance requirement in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(i)(A), 
63.1281(d)(1)(ii), or 63.1281(e)(3)(ii), the owner or operator shall use 
either Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A; alternatively, any other method or data that have been 
validated according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part may be used. The following procedures shall be 
used to calculate the percentage of reduction:
    (A) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which 
either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples shall be 
taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at 
approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15-minute intervals 
during the run.
    (B) The mass rate of either TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
HAP (Ei, Eo) shall be computed using the equations 
and procedures specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1) through (3) of 
this section. As an alternative, the mass rate of either TOC (minus 
methane and ethane) or total HAP at the inlet of the control device 
(Ei) may be calculated using the procedures specified in 
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B)(4) of this section.
    (1) The following equations shall be used:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29JN01.027
    
Where:
Cij, Coj = Concentration of sample component j of 
          the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, 
          respectively, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
Ei, Eo = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and 
          ethane) or total HAP at the inlet and outlet of the control 
          device, respectively, dry basis, kilogram per hour.
Mij, Moj = Molecular weight of sample component j 
          of the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control 
          device, respectively, gram/gram-mole.
Qi, Qo = Flowrate of gas stream at the inlet and 
          outlet of the control device, respectively, dry standard cubic 
          meter per minute.
K2 = Constant, 2.494 x 10-6 (parts per 
          million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
          (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where standard temperature is 
          20  deg.C.
n = Number of components in sample.


[[Page 185]]


    (2) When the TOC mass rate is calculated, all organic compounds 
(minus methane and ethane) measured by Method 18, of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A; or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be summed 
using the equations in paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this section.
    (3) When the total HAP mass rate is calculated, only HAP chemicals 
listed in Table 1 of this subpart shall be summed using the equations in 
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this section.
    (4) As an alternative to the procedures for calculating 
Ei specified in paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, 
the owner or operator may use the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, 
Version 3.0 or higher, and the procedures presented in the associated 
GRI-GLYCalcTM Technical Reference Manual. Inputs to the model 
shall be representative of actual operating conditions of the glycol 
dehydration unit and shall be determined using the procedures documented 
in the Gas Research Institute (GRI) report entitled ``Atmospheric Rich/
Lean Method for Determining Glycol Dehydrator Emissions'' (GRI-95/
0368.1). When the TOC mass rate is calculated for glycol dehydration 
units using the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, all organic compounds 
(minus methane and ethane) measured by Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be summed. 
When the total HAP mass rate is calculated for glycol dehydration units 
using the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, only HAP chemicals listed in 
Table 1 of this subpart shall be summed.
    (C) The percentage of reduction in TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total HAP shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JN99.010

Where:

Rcd = Control efficiency of control device, percent.
Ei = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP 
          at the inlet to the control device as calculated under 
          paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B) of this section, kilograms TOC per 
          hour or kilograms HAP per hour.
Eo = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP 
          at the outlet of the control device, as calculated under 
          paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B) of this section, kilograms TOC per 
          hour or kilograms HAP per hour.

    (D) If the vent stream entering a boiler or process heater with a 
design capacity less than 44 megawatts is introduced with the combustion 
air or as a secondary fuel, the weight-percentage of reduction of total 
HAP or TOC (minus methane and ethane) across the device shall be 
determined by comparing the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP 
in all combusted vent streams and primary and secondary fuels with the 
TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total HAP exiting the device, 
respectively.
    (iv) To determine compliance with the enclosed combustion device 
total HAP concentration limit specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(i)(B), the 
owner or operator shall use either Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A; or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to measure either TOC 
(minus methane and ethane) or total HAP. Alternatively, any other method 
or data that have been validated according to Method 301 of appendix A 
of this part, may be used. The following procedures shall be used to 
calculate parts per million by volume concentration, corrected to 3 
percent oxygen:
    (A) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which 
either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples shall be 
taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at 
approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15-minute intervals 
during the run.
    (B) The TOC concentration or total HAP concentration shall be 
calculated according to paragraph (d)(3)(iv)(B)(1) or (d)(3)(iv)(B)(2) 
of this section.
    (1) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the 
concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for 
each run using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JN99.011


[[Page 186]]


Where:

CTOC = Concentration of total organic compounds minus methane 
          and ethane, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
Cji = Concentration of sample components j of sample i, dry 
          basis, parts per million by volume.
n = Number of components in the sample.
x = Number of samples in the sample run.

    (2) The total HAP concentration (CHAP) shall be computed 
according to the equation in paragraph (d)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section, 
except that only HAP chemicals listed in Table 1 of this subpart shall 
be summed.
    (C) The TOC concentration or total HAP concentration shall be 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen as follows:
    (1) The emission rate correction factor for excess air, integrated 
sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A, shall be used to determine the oxygen concentration 
(%O2d). The samples shall be taken during the same time that 
the samples are taken for determining TOC concentration or total HAP 
concentration.
    (2) The concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen (Cc) 
shall be computed using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JN99.012

Where:

Cc = TOC concentration of total HAP concentration corrected 
          to 3 percent oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
Cm = TOC concentration or total HAP concentration, dry basis, 
          parts per million by volume.
%O2d = Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percent by volume.

    (4) For a design analysis conducted to meet the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii), the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) and (d)(4)(ii) of this 
section. Documentation of the design analysis shall be submitted as a 
part of the Notification of Compliance Status Report as required in 
Sec. 63.1285(d)(1)(i).
    (i) The design analysis shall include analysis of the vent stream 
characteristics and control device operating parameters for the 
applicable control device as specified in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) (A) 
through (F) of this section.
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall 
include the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flowrate and shall establish the design minimum and average temperatures 
in the combustion zone and the combustion zone residence time.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall 
include the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flowrate and shall establish the design minimum and average temperatures 
across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet, and the design service life of 
the catalyst.
    (C) For a boiler or process heater, the design analysis shall 
include the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flowrate; shall establish the design minimum and average flame zone 
temperatures and combustion zone residence time; and shall describe the 
method and location where the vent stream is introduced into the flame 
zone.
    (D) For a condenser, the design analysis shall include the vent 
stream composition, constituent concentrations, flowrate, relative 
humidity, and temperature, and shall establish the design outlet organic 
compound concentration level, design average temperature of the 
condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design average temperatures of 
the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and outlet. As an alternative 
to the design analysis, an owner or operator may elect to use the 
procedures specified in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
    (E) For a regenerable carbon adsorption, the design analysis shall 
include the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, 
flowrate, relative humidity, and temperature, and shall establish the 
design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level, 
adsorption cycle time, number and capacity of carbon beds, type and 
working capacity of activated carbon used for the carbon beds, design 
total regeneration stream flow over the period of each complete carbon 
bed regeneration cycle, design carbon bed temperature after 
regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service 
life of the carbon.

[[Page 187]]

    (F) For a nonregenerable carbon adsorption system, such as a carbon 
canister, the design analysis shall include the vent stream composition, 
constituent concentrations, flowrate, relative humidity, and 
temperature, and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic 
compound concentration level, capacity of the carbon bed, type and 
working capacity of activated carbon used for the carbon bed, and design 
carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working capacity 
of the control device and source operating schedule. In addition, these 
systems will incorporate dual carbon canisters in case of emission 
breakthrough occurring in one canister.
    (ii) If the owner or operator and the Administrator do not agree on 
a demonstration of control device performance using a design analysis, 
then the disagreement shall be resolved using the results of a 
performance test performed by the owner or operator in accordance with 
the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section. The Administrator 
may choose to have an authorized representative observe the performance 
test.
    (5) As an alternative to the procedures in paragraphs (d)(3) and 
(d)(4)(i)(D) of this section, an owner or operator may elect to use the 
procedures documented in the GRI report entitled, ``Atmospheric Rich/
Lean Method for Determining Glycol Dehydrator Emissions,'' (GRI-95/
0368.1) as inputs for the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, Version 3.0 or 
higher, to determine condenser performance.
    (e) Compliance demonstration for control devices performance 
requirements. This paragraph applies to the demonstration of compliance 
with the control device performance requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) and (e)(3)(ii). Compliance shall be demonstrated 
using the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section. 
As an alternative, an owner or operator that installs a condenser as the 
control device to achieve the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(ii) or (e)(3)(ii) may demonstrate compliance 
according to paragraph (f) of this section. An owner or operator may 
switch between compliance with paragraph (e) of this section and 
compliance with paragraph (f) of this section only after at least 1 year 
of operation in compliance with the selected approach. Notification of 
such a change in the compliance method shall be reported in the next 
Periodic Report, as required in Sec. 63.1285(e), following the change.
    (1) The owner or operator shall establish a site specific maximum or 
minimum monitoring parameter value (as appropriate) according to the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1283(d)(5)(i).
    (2) The owner or operator shall calculate the daily average of the 
applicable monitored parameter in accordance with Sec. 63.1283(d)(4).
    (3) Compliance is achieved when the daily average of the monitoring 
parameter value calculated under paragraph (e)(2) of this section is 
either equal to or greater than the minimum or equal to or less than the 
maximum monitoring value established under paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section.
    (f) Compliance demonstration with percent reduction performance 
requirements--condensers. This paragraph applies to the demonstration of 
compliance with the performance requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(ii) for condensers. Compliance shall be demonstrated 
using the procedures in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this 
section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall establish a site-specific condenser 
performance curve according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1283(d)(5)(ii).
    (2) Compliance with the percent reduction requirement in 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(ii) or (e)(3) shall be demonstrated by the procedures 
in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator must calculate the daily average condenser 
outlet temperature in accordance with Sec. 63.1283(d)(4).
    (ii) The owner or operator shall determine the condenser efficiency 
for the current operating day using the daily average condenser outlet 
temperature calculated in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section and the 
condenser performance curve established in paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(2)(iii)(A), (B), and (D) 
of this section, at the end of each operating day the owner or operator 
shall calculate

[[Page 188]]

the 30-day average HAP emission reduction from the condenser 
efficiencies as determined in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section for 
the preceding 30 operating days. If the owner or operator uses a 
combination of process modifications and a condenser in accordance with 
the requirements of Sec. 63.1281(e), the 30-day average HAP emission 
reduction shall be calculated using the emission reduction achieved 
through process modifications and the condenser efficiency as determined 
in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, both for the preceding 30 
operating days.
    (A) After the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.1270(d), an owner 
or operator of a facility that stores natural gas that has less than 30 
days of data for determining the average HAP emission reduction shall 
calculate the cumulative average at the end of the withdrawal season, 
each season, until 30 days of condenser operating data are accumulated. 
For a facility that does not store natural gas, the owner or operator 
that has less than 30 days of data for determining average HAP emission 
reduction shall calculate the cumulative average at the end of the 
calendar year, each year, until 30 days of condenser operating data are 
accumulated.
    (B) After the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.1270(d), for an 
owner or operator that has less than 30 days of data for determining the 
average HAP emission reduction, compliance is achieved if the average 
HAP emission reduction calculated in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(A) of this 
section is equal to or greater than 95.0 percent.
    (C) For the purposes of this subpart, a withdrawal season begins the 
first time gas is withdrawn from the storage field after July 1 of the 
calendar year and ends on June 30 of the next calendar year.
    (D) Glycol dehydration units that are operated continuously have the 
option of complying with the requirements specified in 40 CFR 63.772(g).
    (3) Compliance is achieved with the emission limitation specified in 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(ii) or (e)(3) if the average HAP emission reduction 
calculated in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section is equal to or 
greater than 95.0 percent.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34556, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1283  Inspection and monitoring requirements.

    (a) This section applies to an owner or operator using air emission 
controls in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1275.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Closed-vent system inspection and monitoring requirements. (1) 
For each closed-vent system required to comply with this section, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 
(c)(2) through (7) of this section.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) (5) and (6) of this 
section, each closed-vent system shall be inspected according to the 
procedures and schedule specified in paragraphs (c)(2) (i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) For each closed-vent system joints, seams, or other connections 
that are permanently or semi-permanently sealed (e.g., a welded joint 
between two sections of hard piping or a bolted or gasketed ducting 
flange), the owner or operator shall:
    (A) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1282(b) to demonstrate that the closed-vent system 
operates with no detectable emissions. Inspection results shall be 
submitted with the Notification of Compliance Status Report as specified 
in Sec. 63.1285(d)(1) or (2).
    (B) Conduct annual visual inspections for defects that could result 
in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible 
cracks, holes, or gaps in piping; loose connections; or broken or 
missing caps or other closure devices. The owner or operator shall 
monitor a component or connection using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(b) to demonstrate that it operates with no detectable 
emissions following any time the component or connection is repaired or 
replaced or the connection is unsealed. Inspection results shall be 
submitted in the Periodic Report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1285(e)(2)(iii).
    (ii) For closed-vent system components other than those specified in

[[Page 189]]

paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, the owner or operator shall:
    (A) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1282(b) to demonstrate that the closed-vent system 
operates with no detectable emissions. Inspection results shall be 
submitted with the Notification of Compliance Status Report as specified 
in Sec. 63.1285(d)(1) or (2).
    (B) Conduct annual inspections according to the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.1282(b) to demonstrate that the components or connections 
operate with no detectable emissions. Inspection results shall be 
submitted in the Periodic Report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1285(e)(2)(iii).
    (C) Conduct annual visual inspections for defects that could result 
in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible 
cracks, holes, or gaps in ductwork; loose connections; or broken or 
missing caps or other closure devices. Inspection results shall be 
submitted in the Periodic Report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1285(e)(2)(iii).
    (3) In the event that a leak or defect is detected, the owner or 
operator shall repair the leak or defect as soon as practicable, except 
as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
    (i) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after the leak is detected.
    (ii) Repair shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after 
the leak is detected.
    (4) Delay of repair of a closed-vent system for which leaks or 
defects have been detected is allowed if the repair is technically 
infeasible without a shutdown, as defined in Sec. 63.1271, or if the 
owner or operator determines that emissions resulting from immediate 
repair would be greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result 
from delay of repair. Repair of such equipment shall be completed by the 
end of the next shutdown.
    (5) Any parts of the closed-vent system or cover that are 
designated, as described in paragraphs (c)(5) (i) and (ii) of this 
section, as unsafe to inspect are exempt from the inspection 
requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that the equipment is unsafe to 
inspect because inspecting personnel would be exposed to an imminent or 
potential danger as a consequence of complying with paragraph (c)(2) (i) 
or (ii) of this section; and
    (ii) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
inspection of the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe-to-
inspect times.
    (6) Any parts of the closed-vent system or cover that are 
designated, as described in paragraphs (c)(6) (i) and (ii) of this 
section, as difficult to inspect are exempt from the inspection 
requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that the equipment cannot be 
inspected without elevating the inspecting personnel more than 2 meters 
above a support surface; and
    (ii) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
inspection of the equipment at least once every 5 years.
    (7) Records shall be maintained as specified in Sec. 63.1284(b)(5) 
through (8).
    (d) Control device monitoring requirements. (1) For each control 
device except as provided for in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall install and operate a continuous parameter 
monitoring system in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 
(d)(3) through (9) of this section that will allow a determination to be 
made whether the control device is achieving the applicable performance 
requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d) or (e)(3). Owners or operators that 
install and operate a flare in accordance with Sec. 63.1281(d)(1)(iii) 
are exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (d)(4) and (5) of this 
section. The continuous parameter monitoring system must meet the 
following specifications and requirements:
    (i) Each continuous parameter monitoring system shall measure data 
values at least once every hour and record either:
    (A) Each measured data value; or
    (B) Each block average value for each 1-hour period or shorter 
periods calculated from all measured data values during each period. If 
values are measured more frequently than once per minute, a single value 
for each minute may be used to calculate the hourly (or

[[Page 190]]

shorter period) block average instead of all measured values.
    (ii) The monitoring system must be installed, calibrated, operated, 
and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications or 
other written procedures that provide reasonable assurance that the 
monitoring equipment is operating properly.
    (2) An owner or operator is exempted from the monitoring 
requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(3) through (9) of this section 
for the following types of control devices:
    (i) A boiler or process heater in which all vent streams are 
introduced with the primary fuel or are used as the primary fuel;
    (ii) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity 
equal to or greater than 44 megawatts.
    (3) The owner or operator shall install, calibrate, operate, and 
maintain a device equipped with a continuous recorder to measure the 
values of operating parameters appropriate for the control device as 
specified in either paragraph (d)(3)(i), (d)(3)(ii), or (d)(3)(iii) of 
this section.
    (i) A continuous monitoring system that measures the following 
operating parameters as applicable:
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder. The monitoring device shall have a 
minimum accuracy of 2 percent of the temperature being 
monitored in  deg.C, or 2.5  deg.C, whichever value is 
greater. The temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the 
combustion chamber downstream of the combustion zone.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring 
device equipped with a continuous recorder. The device shall be capable 
of monitoring temperatures at two locations and have a minimum accuracy 
of 2 percent of the temperatures being monitored in  deg.C, 
or 2.5  deg.C, whichever value is greater. One temperature 
sensor shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible 
point to the catalyst bed inlet and a second temperature sensor shall be 
installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the 
catalyst bed outlet.
    (C) For a flare, a heat sensing monitoring device equipped with a 
continuous recorder that indicates the continuous ignition of the pilot 
flame.
    (D) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity 
of less than 44 megawatts, a temperature monitoring device equipped with 
a continuous recorder. The temperature monitoring device shall have a 
minimum accuracy of 2 percent of the temperature being 
monitored in  deg.C, or 2.5  deg.C, whichever value is 
greater. The temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the 
combustion chamber downstream of the combustion zone.
    (E) For a condenser, a temperature monitoring device equipped with a 
continuous recorder. The temperature monitoring device shall have a 
minimum accuracy of 2 percent of the temperature being 
monitored in  deg.C, or 2.5  deg.C, whichever value is 
greater. The temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the 
exhaust vent stream from the condenser.
    (F) For a regenerative-type carbon adsorption system:
    (1) A continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record 
the average total regeneration stream mass flow or volumetric flow 
during each carbon bed regeneration cycle. The integrating regenerating 
stream flow monitoring device must have an accuracy of 10 
percent; and
    (2) A continuous parameter monitoring system to measure and record 
the average carbon bed temperature for the duration of the carbon bed 
steaming cycle and to measure the actual carbon bed temperature after 
regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing the cooling cycle. The 
temperature monitoring device shall have a minimum accuracy of 
2 percent of the temperature being monitored in  deg.C, or 
2.5  deg.C, whichever value is greater.
    (G) For a nonregenerative-type carbon adsorption system, the owner 
or operator shall monitor the design carbon replacement interval 
established using a performance test performed in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1282(d)(3) or a design analysis in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1282(d)(4)(i)(F) and shall be based on the total carbon working 
capacity of

[[Page 191]]

the control device and source operating schedule.
    (ii) A continuous monitoring system that measures the concentration 
level of organic compounds in the exhaust vent stream from the control 
device using an organic monitoring device equipped with a continuous 
recorder. The monitor must meet the requirements of Performance 
Specification 8 or 9 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60 and must be 
installed, calibrated, and maintained according to the manufacturer's 
specifications.
    (iii) A continuous monitoring system that measures alternative 
operating parameters other than those specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) 
or (d)(3)(ii) of this section upon approval of the Administrator as 
specified in Sec. 63.8(f)(1) through (5).
    (4) Using the data recorded by the monitoring system, the owner or 
operator must calculate the daily average value for each monitored 
operating parameter for each operating day. If HAP emissions unit 
operation is continuous, the operating day is a 24-hour period. If the 
HAP emissions unit operation is not continuous, the operating day is the 
total number of hours of control device operation per 24-hour period. 
Valid data points must be available for 75 percent of the operating 
hours in an operating day to compute the daily average.
    (5) For each operating parameter monitored in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall comply with paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section for all control 
devices, and when condensers are installed, the owner or operator shall 
also comply with paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section for condensers.
    (i) The owner or operator shall establish a minimum operating 
parameter value or a maximum operating parameter value, as appropriate 
for the control device, to define the conditions at which the control 
device must be operated to continuously achieve the applicable 
performance requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii). Each 
minimum or maximum operating parameter value shall be established as 
follows:
    (A) If the owner or operator conducts performance tests in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(d)(3) to demonstrate 
that the control device achieves the applicable performance requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii), then the minimum 
operating parameter value or the maximum operating parameter value shall 
be established based on values measured during the performance test and 
supplemented, as necessary, by control device design analysis or control 
device manufacturer's recommendations or a combination of both.
    (B) If the owner or operator uses a control device design analysis 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(d)(4) to demonstrate 
that the control device achieves the applicable performance requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii), then the minimum 
operating parameter value or the maximum operating parameter value shall 
be established based on the control device design analysis and may be 
supplemented by the control device manufacturer's recommendations.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall establish a condenser performance 
curve showing the relationship between condenser outlet temperature and 
condenser control efficiency. The curve shall be established as follows:
    (A) If the owner or operator conducts a performance test in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(d)(3) to demonstrate 
that the condenser achieves the applicable performance requirements in 
Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii), then the condenser performance curve 
shall be based on values measured during the performance test and 
supplemented as necessary by control device design analysis, or control 
device manufacturer's recommendations, or a combination or both.
    (B) If the owner or operator uses a control device design analysis 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1282(d)(4)(i)(D) to 
demonstrate that the condenser achieves the applicable performance 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii), then the 
condenser performance curve shall be based on the condenser design 
analysis and may be supplemented by the control device manufacturer's 
recommendations.

[[Page 192]]

    (C) As an alternative to paragraphs (d)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this 
section, the owner or operator may elect to use the procedures 
documented in the GRI report entitled, ``Atmospheric Rich/Lean Method 
for Determining Glycol Dehydrator Emissions'' (GRI-95/0368.1) as inputs 
for the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, Version 3.0 or higher, to 
generate a condenser performance curve.
    (6) An excursion for a given control device is determined to have 
occurred when the monitoring data or lack of monitoring data result in 
any one of the criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(6)(i) through 
(d)(6)(iv) of this section being met. When multiple operating parameters 
are monitored for the same control device and during the same operating 
day, and more than one of these operating parameters meets an excursion 
criterion specified in paragraphs (d)(6)(i) through (d)(6)(iv) of this 
section, then a single excursion is determined to have occurred for the 
control device for that operating day.
    (i) An excursion occurs when the daily average value of a monitored 
operating parameter is less than the minimum operating parameter limit 
(or, if applicable, greater than the maximum operating parameter limit) 
established for the operating parameter in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section.
    (ii) An excursion occurs when average condenser efficiency 
calculated according to the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(f)(2)(iii) is less than 95.0 percent, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(f)(3).
    (iii) An excursion occurs when the monitoring data are not available 
for at least 75 percent of the operating hours in a day.
    (iv) If the closed-vent system contains one or more bypass devices 
that could be used to divert all or a portion of the gases, vapors, or 
fumes from entering the control device, an excursion occurs when:
    (A) For each bypass line subject to Sec. 63.1281(c)(3)(i)(A) the 
flow indicator indicates that flow has been detected and that the stream 
has been diverted away from the control device to the atmosphere.
    (B) For each bypass line subject to Sec. 63.1281(c)(3)(i)(B), if the 
seal or closure mechanism has been broken, the bypass line valve 
position has changed, the key for the lock-and-key type lock has been 
checked out, or the car-seal has broken.
    (7) For each excursion, except as provided for in paragraph (d)(8) 
of this section, the owner or operator shall be deemed to have failed to 
have applied control in a manner that achieves the required operating 
parameter limits. Failure to achieve the required operating parameter 
limits is a violation of this standard.
    (8) An excursion is not a violation of the operating parameter limit 
as specified in paragraphs (d)(8)(i) and (d)(8)(ii) of this section.
    (i) An excursion does not count toward the number of excused 
excursions allowed under paragraph (d)(8)(ii) of this section when the 
excursion occurs during any one of the following periods:
    (A) During a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction when the 
affected facility is operated during such period in accordance with the 
facility's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan; or
    (B) During periods of non-operation of the unit or the process that 
is vented to the control device (resulting in cessation of HAP emissions 
to which the monitoring applies).
    (ii) For each control device, or combinations of control devices, 
installed on the same HAP emissions unit, one excused excursion is 
allowed per semiannual period for any reason. The initial semiannual 
period is the 6-month reporting period addressed by the first Periodic 
Report submitted by the owner or operator in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1285(e) of this subpart.
    (9) Nothing in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(8) of this section 
shall be construed to allow or excuse a monitoring parameter excursion 
caused by any activity that violates other applicable provisions of this 
subpart.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34557, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1284  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The recordkeeping provisions of subpart A of this part, that 
apply and those that do not apply to owners and operators of facilities 
subject to this subpart are listed in Table 2 of this subpart.

[[Page 193]]

    (b) Except as specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, 
each owner or operator of a facility subject to this subpart shall 
maintain the records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(10) of 
this section:
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall maintain files of all information 
(including all reports and notifications) required by this subpart. The 
files shall be retained for at least 5 years following the date of each 
occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report or 
period.
    (i) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner that 
they can be readily accessed.
    (ii) The most recent 12 months of records shall be retained on site 
or shall be accessible from a central location by computer or other 
means that provides access within 2 hours after a request.
    (iii) The remaining 4 years of records may be retained offsite.
    (iv) Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-readable 
form including, but not limited to, on paper, microfilm, computer, 
floppy disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.
    (2) Records specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(2);
    (3) Records specified in Sec. 63.10(c) for each monitoring system 
operated by the owner or operator in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1283(d). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, monitoring data 
recorded during periods identified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iv) 
of this section shall not be included in any average or percent leak 
rate computed under this subpart. Records shall be kept of the times and 
durations of all such periods and any other periods during process or 
control device operation when monitors are not operating.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction events. During startup, 
shutdown and malfunction events, the owner or operator shall maintain 
records indicating whether or not the startup, shutdown, or malfunction 
plan, required under Sec. 63.1272(d), was followed.
    (iii) Periods of non-operation resulting in cessation of the 
emissions to which the monitoring applies; and
    (iv) Excursions due to invalid data as defined in 
Sec. 63.1283(d)(6)(iii).
    (4) Each owner or operator using a control device to comply with 
Sec. 63.1274 shall keep the following records up-to-date and readily 
accessible:
    (i) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.1283(d) or specified by the 
Administrator in accordance with Sec. 63.1283(d)(3)(iii). For flares, 
the hourly records and records of pilot flame outages specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section shall be maintained in place of continuous 
records.
    (ii) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
monitored parameter for each operating day determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1283(d)(4). For flares, the records 
required in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (iii) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
Sec. 63.1281(c)(3)(i)(A) was operating and whether flow was detected at 
any time during the hour, as well as records of the times and durations 
of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control device 
or the monitor is not operating.
    (iv) Where a seal or closure mechanism is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1281(c)(3)(i)(B), hourly records of flow are not required. In 
such cases, the owner or operator shall record that the monthly visual 
inspection of the seals or closure mechanism has been done, and shall 
record the duration of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
the bypass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
key type lock has been checked out, and records of any car-seal that has 
broken.
    (5) Records identifying all parts of the closed-vent system that are 
designated as unsafe to inspect in accordance with Sec. 63.1283(c)(5), 
an explanation of why the equipment is unsafe to inspect, and the plan 
for inspecting the equipment.

[[Page 194]]

    (6) Records identifying all parts of the closed-vent system that are 
designated as difficult to inspect in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1283(c)(6), an explanation of why the equipment is difficult to 
inspect, and the plan for inspecting the equipment.
    (7) For each inspection conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1283(c), during which a leak or defect is detected, a record of 
the information specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii) 
of this section.
    (i) The instrument identification numbers, operator name or 
initials, and identification of the equipment.
    (ii) The date the leak or defect was detected and the date of the 
first attempt to repair the leak or defect.
    (iii) Maximum instrument reading measured by the method specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(b) after the leak or defect is successfully repaired or 
determined to be nonrepairable.
    (iv) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak or 
defect is not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the 
leak or defect.
    (v) The name, initials, or other form of identification of the owner 
or operator (or designee) whose decision it was that repair could not be 
effected without a shutdown.
    (vi) The expected date of successful repair of the leak or defect if 
a leak or defect is not repaired within 15 calendar days.
    (vii) Dates of shutdowns that occur while the equipment is 
unrepaired.
    (viii) The date of successful repair of the leak or defect.
    (8) For each inspection conducted in accordance with Sec. 63.1283(c) 
during which no leaks or defects are detected, a record that the 
inspection was performed, the date of the inspection, and a statement 
that no leaks or defects were detected.
    (9) Records of glycol dehydration unit baseline operations 
calculated as required under Sec. 63.1281(e)(1).
    (10) Records required in Sec. 63.1281(e)(3)(i) documenting that the 
facility continues to operate under the conditions specified in 
Sec. 63.1281(e)(2).
    (c) An owner or operator that elects to comply with the benzene 
emission limit specified in Sec. 63.1275(b)(1)(ii) shall document, to 
the Administrator's satisfaction, the following items:
    (1) The method used for achieving compliance and the basis for using 
this compliance method; and
    (2) The method used for demonstrating compliance with 0.90 megagrams 
per year of benzene.
    (3) Any information necessary to demonstrate compliance as required 
in the methods specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (d) An owner or operator that is exempt from control requirements 
under Sec. 63.1274(d) shall maintain the records specified in paragraph 
(d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section, as appropriate, for each glycol 
dehydration unit that is not controlled according to the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1274(c).
    (1) The actual annual average natural gas throughput (in terms of 
natural gas flowrate to the glycol dehydration unit per day), as 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1282(a)(1); or
    (2) The actual average benzene emissions (in terms of benzene 
emissions per year), as determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1282(a)(2).
    (e) Record the following when using a flare to comply with 
Sec. 63.1281(d):
    (1) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
assisted);
    (2) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
flowrate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the 
compliance determination required by Sec. 63.1282(d)(2); and
    (3) All hourly records and other recorded periods when the pilot 
flame is absent.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34558, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1285  Reporting requirements.

    (a) The reporting provisions of subpart A, of this part that apply 
and those that do not apply to owners and operators of facilities 
subject to this subpart are listed in Table 2 of this subpart.
    (b) Each owner or operator of a facility subject to this subpart 
shall submit the information listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) 
of this section, except as provided in paragraph (b)(7) of this section.

[[Page 195]]

    (1) The initial notifications required for existing affected sources 
under Sec. 63.9(b)(2) shall be submitted by 1 year after an affected 
source becomes subject to the provisions of this subpart or by June 17, 
2000, whichever is later. Affected sources that are major sources on or 
before June 17, 2000 and plan to be area sources by June 17, 2002 shall 
include in this notification a brief, nonbinding description of a 
schedule for the action(s) that are planned to achieve area source 
status.
    (2) The date of the performance evaluation as specified in 
Sec. 63.8(e)(2), required only if the owner or operator is requested by 
the Administrator to conduct a performance evaluation for a continuous 
monitoring system. A separate notification of the performance evaluation 
is not required if it is included in the initial notification submitted 
in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (3) The planned date of a performance test at least 60 days before 
the test in accordance with Sec. 63.7(b). Unless requested by the 
Administrator, a site-specific test plan is not required by this 
subpart. If requested by the Administrator, the owner or operator must 
also submit the site-specific test plan required by Sec. 63.7(c) with 
the notification of the performance test. A separate notification of the 
performance test is not required if it is included in the initial 
notification submitted in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section.
    (4) A Notification of Compliance Status Report as described in 
paragraph (d) of this section;
    (5) Periodic Reports as described in paragraph (e) of this section; 
and
    (6) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction reports, as specified in 
Sec. 63.10(d)(5), shall be submitted as required. Separate startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction reports as described in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i) are 
not required if the information is included in the Periodic Report 
specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (7) Each owner or operator of a glycol dehydration unit subject to 
this subpart that is exempt from the control requirements for glycol 
dehydration unit process vents in Sec. 63.1275, is exempt from all 
reporting requirements for major sources in this subpart for that unit.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
submit a Notification of Compliance Status Report as required under 
Sec. 63.9(h) within 180 days after the compliance date specified in 
Sec. 63.1270(d). In addition to the information required under 
Sec. 63.9(h), the Notification of Compliance Status Report shall include 
the information specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (10) of this 
section. This information may be submitted in an operating permit 
application, in an amendment to an operating permit application, in a 
separate submittal, or in any combination of the three. If all of the 
information required under this paragraph have been submitted at any 
time prior to 180 days after the applicable compliance dates specified 
in Sec. 63.1270(d), a separate Notification of Compliance Status Report 
is not required. If an owner or operator submits the information 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (10) of this section at different 
times, and/or different submittals, subsequent submittals may refer to 
previous submittals instead of duplicating and resubmitting the 
previously submitted information.
    (1) If a closed-vent system and a control device other than a flare 
are used to comply with Sec. 63.1274, the owner or operator shall 
submit:
    (i) The design analysis documentation specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(d)(4) of this subpart if the owner or operator elects to 
prepare a design analysis; or
    (ii) If the owner or operator elects to conduct a performance test, 
the performance test results including the information specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section. Results of a 
performance test conducted prior to the compliance date of this subpart 
can be used provided that the test was conducted using the methods 
specified in Sec. 63.1282(d)(3), and that the test conditions are 
representative of current operating conditions.
    (A) The percent reduction of HAP or TOC, or the outlet concentration 
of HAP or TOC (parts per million by volume on a dry basis), determined 
as specified in Sec. 63.1282(d)(3) of this subpart; and

[[Page 196]]

    (B) The value of the monitored parameters specified in 
Sec. 63.1283(d) of this subpart, or a site-specific parameter approved 
by the permitting agency, averaged over the full period of the 
performance test.
    (iii) The results of the closed-vent system initial inspections 
performed according to the requirements in Sec. 63.1283(c)(2)(i) and 
(ii).
    (2) If a closed-vent system and a flare are used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1274, the owner or operator shall submit performance test 
results including the information in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
flowrate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the 
compliance determination required by Sec. 63.1282(d)(2) of this subpart, 
and
    (ii) A statement of whether a flame was present at the pilot light 
over the full period of the compliance determination.
    (iii) The results of the closed-vent system initial inspections 
performed according to the requirements in Sec. 63.1283(c)(2)(i) and 
(ii).
    (3) The owner or operator shall submit one complete test report for 
each test method used for a particular source.
    (i) For additional tests performed using the same test method, the 
results specified in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section shall be 
submitted, but a complete test report is not required.
    (ii) A complete test report shall include a sampling site 
description, description of sampling and analysis procedures and any 
modifications to standard procedures, quality assurance procedures, 
record of operating conditions during the test, record of preparation of 
standards, record of calibrations, raw data sheets for field sampling, 
raw data sheets for field and laboratory analyses, documentation of 
calculations, and any other information required by the test method.
    (4) For each control device other than a flare used to meet the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1274, the owner or operator shall submit the 
information specified in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iii) of this 
section for each operating parameter required to be monitored in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.1283(d).
    (i) The minimum operating parameter value or maximum operating 
parameter value, as appropriate for the control device, established by 
the owner or operator to define the conditions at which the control 
device must be operated to continuously achieve the applicable 
performance requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or (e)(3)(ii).
    (ii) An explanation of the rationale for why the owner or operator 
selected each of the operating parameter values established in 
Sec. 63.1283(d)(5) of this subpart. This explanation shall include any 
data and calculations used to develop the value, and a description of 
why the chosen value indicates that the control device is operating in 
accordance with the applicable requirements of Sec. 63.1281(d)(1) or 
(e)(3)(ii).
    (iii) A definition of the source's operating day for purposes of 
determining daily average values of monitored parameters. The definition 
shall specify the times at which an operating day begins and ends.
    (5) Results of any continuous monitoring system performance 
evaluations shall be included in the Notification of Compliance Status 
Report.
    (6) After a title V permit has been issued to the owner or operator 
of an affected source, the owner or operator of such source shall comply 
with all requirements for compliance status reports contained in the 
source's title V permit, including reports required under this subpart. 
After a title V permit has been issued to the owner or operator of an 
affected source, and each time a notification of compliance status is 
required under this subpart, the owner or operator of such source shall 
submit the notification of compliance status to the appropriate 
permitting authority following completion of the relevant compliance 
demonstration activity specified in this subpart.
    (7) The owner or operator that elects to comply with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1275(b)(1)(ii) shall submit the records required 
under Sec. 63.1284(c).
    (8) The owner or operator shall submit an analysis demonstrating 
whether an affected source is a major source using the maximum 
throughput calculated according to Sec. 63.1270(a).

[[Page 197]]

    (9) The owner or operator shall submit a statement as to whether the 
source has complied with the requirements of this subpart.
    (10) The owner or operator shall submit the analysis prepared under 
Sec. 63.1281(e)(2) to demonstrate that the conditions by which the 
facility will be operated to achieve an overall HAP emission reduction 
of 95.0 percent through process modifications or a combination of 
process modifications and one or more control devices.
    (e) Periodic Reports. An owner or operator shall prepare Periodic 
Reports in accordance with paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section and 
submit them to the Administrator.
    (1) An owner or operator shall submit Periodic Reports semiannually 
beginning 60 calendar days after the end of the applicable reporting 
period. The first report shall be submitted no later than 240 days after 
the date the Notification of Compliance Status Report is due and shall 
cover the 6-month period beginning on the date the Notification of 
Compliance Status Report is due.
    (2) The owner or operator shall include the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (ix) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) The information required under Sec. 63.10(e)(3). For the 
purposes of this subpart and the information required under 
Sec. 63.10(e)(3), excursions (as defined in Sec. 63.1283(d)(6)) shall be 
considered excess emissions.
    (ii) A description of all excursions as defined in 
Sec. 63.1283(d)(6) of this subpart that have occurred during the 6-month 
reporting period.
    (A) For each excursion caused when the daily average value of a 
monitored operating parameter is less than the minimum operating 
parameter limit (or, if applicable, greater than the maximum operating 
parameter limit), as specified in Sec. 63.1283(d)(6)(i), the report must 
include the daily average values of the monitored parameter, the 
applicable operating parameter limit, and the date and duration of the 
period that the excursion occurred.
    (B) For each excursion caused when the 30-day average condenser 
control efficiency is less than 95.0 percent, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1283(d)(6)(ii), the report must include the 30-day average 
values of the condenser control efficiency, and the date and duration of 
the period that the excursion occurred.
    (C) For each excursion caused by lack of monitoring data, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1283(d)(6)(iii), the report must include the date 
and duration of period when the monitoring data were not collected and 
the reason why the data were not collected.
    (iii) For each inspection conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1283(c) during which a leak or defect is detected, the records 
specified in Sec. 63.1284(b)(7) must be included in the next Periodic 
Report.
    (iv) For each closed-vent system with a bypass line subject to 
Sec. 63.1281(c)(3)(i)(A), records required under Sec. 63.1284(b)(4)(iii) 
of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control device 
through a bypass line. For each closed-vent system with a bypass line 
subject to Sec. 63.1281(c)(3)(i)(B), records required under 
Sec. 63.1284(b)(4)(iv) of all periods in which the seal or closure 
mechanism is broken, the bypass valve position has changed, or the key 
to unlock the bypass line valve was checked out.
    (v) If an owner or operator elects to comply with 
Sec. 63.1275(b)(1)(ii), the records required under Sec. 63.1284(c)(3).
    (vi) The information in paragraphs (e)(2)(vi)(A) and (B) of this 
section shall be stated in the Periodic Report, when applicable.
    (A) No excursions.
    (B) No continuous monitoring system has been inoperative, out of 
control, repaired, or adjusted.
    (vii) Any change in compliance methods as specified in 
Sec. 63.1282(e).
    (viii) If the owner or operator elects to comply with 
Sec. 63.1275(c)(2), the records required under Sec. 63.1284(b)(10).
    (ix) For flares, the records specified in Sec. 63.1284(e).
    (f) Notification of process change. Whenever a process change is 
made, or a change in any of the information submitted in the 
Notification of Compliance Status Report, the owner or operator shall 
submit a report within 180 days after the process change is made or as a 
part of the next Periodic Report as required under paragraph (e) of this 
section, whichever is sooner. The report shall include:

[[Page 198]]

    (1) A brief description of the process change;
    (2) A description of any modification to standard procedures or 
quality assurance procedures;
    (3) Revisions to any of the information reported in the original 
Notification of Compliance Status Report under paragraph (d) of this 
section; and
    (4) Information required by the Notification of Compliance Status 
Report under paragraph (d) of this section for changes involving the 
addition of processes or equipment.

[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34558, June 29, 2001]



Sec. 63.1286  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(l) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities will not be delegated to States for Secs. 63.1282 
and 63.1287 of this subpart.



Sec. 63.1287  Alternative means of emission limitation.

    (a) If, in the judgment of the Administrator, an alternative means 
of emission limitation will achieve a reduction in HAP emissions at 
least equivalent to the reduction in HAP emissions from that source 
achieved under the applicable requirements in Secs. 63.1274 through 
63.1281, the Administrator will publish a notice in the Federal Register 
permitting the use of the alternative means for purposes of compliance 
with that requirement. The notice may condition the permission on 
requirements related to the operation and maintenance of the alternative 
means.
    (b) Any notice under paragraph (a) of this section shall be 
published only after public notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
    (c) Any person seeking permission to use an alternative means of 
compliance under this section shall collect, verify, and submit to the 
Administrator information showing that this means achieves equivalent 
emission reductions.



Secs. 63.1288-63.1289  [Reserved]

                     Appendix to Subpart HHH--Tables

    Table 1.--List of Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAP) for Subpart HHH
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              CAS Number a                        Chemical name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
75070..................................  Acetaldehyde
71432..................................  Benzene (includes benzene in
                                          gasoline)
75150..................................  Carbon disulfide
463581.................................  Carbonyl sulfide
100414.................................  Ethyl benzene
107211.................................  Ethylene glycol
75050..................................  Acetaldehyde
50000..................................  Formaldehyde
110543.................................  n-Hexane
91203..................................  Naphthalene
108883.................................  Toluene
540841.................................  2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
1330207................................  Xylenes (isomers and mixture)
95476..................................  o-Xylene
108383.................................  m-Xylene
106423.................................  p-Xylene
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a CAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Services registry number
  assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.


    Table 2 to Subpart HHH.--Applicability of 40 CFR Part 63 General
                        Provisions to Subpart HHH
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Applicable to
General provisions reference       subpart HHH           Explanation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1(a)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(5)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(a)(6) through      Yes
 (a)(8).
Sec.  63.1(a)(9)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(a)(10)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(11)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(12) through     Yes
 (a)(14).
Sec.  63.1(b)(1)............  No..................  Subpart HHH
                                                     specifies
                                                     applicability.
Sec.  63.1(b)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(b)(3)............  No..................
Sec.  63.1(c)(1)............  No..................  Subpart HHH
                                                     specifies
                                                     applicability.
Sec.  63.1(c)(2)............  No
Sec.  63.1(c)(3)............  No..................  Section reserved.

[[Page 199]]

 
Sec.  63.1(c)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(c)(5)............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(d)...............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(e)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.2..................  Yes.................  Except definition of
                                                     major source is
                                                     unique for this
                                                     source category and
                                                     there are
                                                     additional
                                                     definitions in
                                                     subpart HHH.
Sec.  63.3(a) through (c)...  Yes
Sec.  63.4(a)(1) through      Yes
 (a)(3).
Sec.  63.4(a)(4)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.4(a)(5)............  Yes
Sec.  63.4(b)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.4(c)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(a)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(a)(2)............  No..................  Preconstruction
                                                     review required
                                                     only for major
                                                     sources that
                                                     commence
                                                     construction after
                                                     promulgation of the
                                                     standard.
Sec.  63.5(b)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(b)(2)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.5(b)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(b)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(b)(5)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(b)(6)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(c)...............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.5(d)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(d)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(d)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(d)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(e)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(f)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.5(f)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(a)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(5)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(6)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.6(b)(7)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(c)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(c)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(c)(3) and (c)(4).  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.6(c)(5)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(d)...............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.6(e)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)...............  Yes                   Except as otherwise
                                                     specified.
Sec.  63.6(e)(1)(i).........  No..................  Addressed in Sec.
                                                     63.1272.
Sec.  63.6(e)(1)(ii)........  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)(1)(iii).......  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(i).........  Yes.................  Except as otherwise
                                                     specified.
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(i)(A)......  No..................  Addressed by Sec.
                                                     63.1272(c).
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(i)(B)......  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(i)(C)......  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(ii) through  Yes
 (3)(vi).
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(vii).......
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(vii) (A)...  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(vii) (B)...  Yes.................  Except that the plan
                                                     must provide for
                                                     operation in
                                                     compliance with
                                                     Sec.  63.1272(c).
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)(vii) (C)...  Yes
Sec.  63.6(e)3)(viii).......  Yes
Sec.  63.6(f)(1)............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.6(f)(2)............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.6(f)(3)............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.6(g)...............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.6(h)...............  No..................  Subpart HHH does not
                                                     contain opacity or
                                                     visible emission
                                                     standards.
Sec.  63.6(i)(1)-(i)(14)....  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.6(i)(15)...........  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.6(i)(16)...........  Yes.................  ....................

[[Page 200]]

 
Sec.  63.6(j)...............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.7(a)(1)............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.7(a)(2)............  Yes.................  But the performance
                                                     test results must
                                                     be submitted within
                                                     180 days after the
                                                     compliance date.
Sec.  63.7(a)(3)............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.7(b)...............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.7(c)...............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.7(d)...............  Yes.................  ....................
Sec.  63.7(e)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(e)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(e)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(e)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(f)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(g)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(h)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(a)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(a)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(a)(3)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.8(a)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(b)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(b)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(b)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(c)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(c)(2)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(c)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(c)(4)............  No..................
Sec.  63.8(c)(5) through      Yes
 (c)(8).
Sec.  63.8(d)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.8(e)...............  Yes.................  Subpart HHH does not
                                                     specifically
                                                     require continuous
                                                     emissions monitor
                                                     performance
                                                     evaluations,
                                                     however, the
                                                     Administrator can
                                                     request that one be
                                                     conducted.
Sec.  63.8(f)(1) through      Yes
 (f)(5).
Sec.  63.8(f)(6)............  No..................  Subpart HHH does not
                                                     require continuous
                                                     emissions
                                                     monitoring.
Sec.  63.8(g)...............  No..................  Subpart HHH
                                                     specifies
                                                     continuous
                                                     monitoring system
                                                     data reduction
                                                     requirements.
Sec.  63.9(a)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(b)(1)............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(b)(2)............  Yes.................  Existing sources are
                                                     given 1 year
                                                     (rather than 120
                                                     days) to submit
                                                     this notification.
Sec.  63.9(b)(3)............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(b)(4)............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(b)(5)............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(c)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(d)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(e)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(f)...............  No..................
Sec.  63.9(g)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(h)(1) through      Yes
 (h)(3).
Sec.  63.9(h)(4)............  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.9(h)(5) and (h)(6).  Yes
Sec.  63.9(i)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.9(j)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.10(a)..............  Yes
Sec.  63.10(b)(1)...........  Yes.................  Section
                                                     63.1284(b)(1)
                                                     requires sources to
                                                     maintain the most
                                                     recent 12 months of
                                                     data on site and
                                                     allows offsite
                                                     storage for the
                                                     remaining 4 years
                                                     of data.
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(b)(3)...........  No
Sec.  63.10(c)(1)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(c)(2) through     No..................  Sections reserved.
 (c)(4).
Sec.  63.10(c)(5) through     Yes
 (c)(8).
Sec.  63.10(c)(9)...........  No..................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.10(c)(10) through    Yes
 (c)(15).
Sec.  63.10(d)(1)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(2)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(3)...........  Yes

[[Page 201]]

 
Sec.  63.10(d)(4)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(5)...........  Yes.................  Subpart HHH requires
                                                     major sources to
                                                     submit a startup,
                                                     shutdown and
                                                     malfunction report
                                                     semi-annually.
Sec.  63.10(e)(1)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(e)(2)...........  Yes
Sec.  63.10(e)(3)(i)........  Yes.................  Subpart HHH requires
                                                     major sources to
                                                     submit Periodic
                                                     Reports semi-
                                                     annually.
Sec.  63.10(e)(3)(i)(A).....  Yes
Sec.  63.10(e)(3)(i)(B).....  Yes
Sec.  63.10(e)(3)(i)(C).....  No..................  Subpart HHH does not
                                                     require quarterly
                                                     reporting for
                                                     excess emissions.
Sec.  63.10(e)(3)(ii)         Yes
 through (e)(3)(viii).
Sec.  63.10(f)..............  Yes
Sec.  63.11(a) and (b)......  Yes
Sec.  63.12(a) through (c)..  Yes
Sec.  63.13(a) through (c)..  Yes
Sec.  63.14(a) and (b)......  Yes
Sec.  63.15(a) and (b)......  Yes
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[64 FR 32648, June 17, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 34558, June 29, 2001]



 Subpart III--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production

    Source: 63 FR 53996, Oct. 7, 1998, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1290  Applicability.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each new and existing 
flexible polyurethane foam or rebond foam process that meets the 
criteria listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Produces flexible polyurethane or rebond foam;
    (2) Emits a HAP, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section; and
    (3) Is located at a plant site that is a major source, as defined in 
Sec. 63.2 of subpart A.
    (b) For the purpose of this subpart, an affected source includes all 
processes meeting the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of 
this section that are located at a contiguous plant site, with the 
exception of those processes listed in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) A process meeting one of the following criteria listed in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section shall not be subject to 
the provisions of this subpart:
    (1) A process exclusively dedicated to the fabrication of flexible 
polyurethane foam;
    (2) A research and development process; or
    (3) A slabstock flexible polyurethane foam process at a plant site 
where the total amount of HAP, excluding diisocyanate reactants, used 
for slabstock foam production and foam fabrication is less than or equal 
to five tons per year, provided that slabstock foam production and foam 
fabrication processes are the only processes at the plant site that emit 
HAP. The amount of non-diisocyanate HAP used, HAPused, shall 
be calculated using Equation 1. Owners or operators of slabstock foam 
processes exempt from the regulation in accordance with this paragraph 
shall maintain records to verify that total non-diisocyanate HAP use at 
the plant site is less than 5 tons per year (4.5 megagrams per year).

[[Page 202]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.012

Where,
HAPused = amount of HAP, excluding diisocyanate reactants, 
used at the plant site for slabstock foam production and foam 
fabrication, tons per year
VOLABA,i = volume of HAP ABA i used at the facility, gallons 
per year
DABA,i = density of HAP ABA i, pounds per gallon
m = number of HAP ABAs used
VOLclean,j = volume of HAP used as an equipment cleaner, 
gallons per year
Dclean,j = density of HAP equipment cleaner j, pounds per 
gallon
WTHAPclean,k = HAP content of equipment cleaner j, weight 
percent
n = number of HAP equipment cleaners used
VOLadh,k = volume of adhesive k, gallons per year
Dadh,k = density of adhesive k, pounds per gallon
WTHAPadh,k = HAP content of adhesive k, weight percent
o = number of adhesives used



Sec. 63.1291  Compliance schedule.

    (a) Existing affected sources shall be in compliance with all 
provisions of this subpart no later than October 8, 2001.
    (b) New or reconstructed affected sources shall be in compliance 
with all provisions of this subpart upon initial startup.



Sec. 63.1292  Definitions.

    All terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning given them in 
the Act, in subpart A of this part, and in this section. If a term is 
defined in subpart A and in this section, it shall have the meaning 
given in this section for purposes of this subpart.
    Auxiliary blowing agent, or ABA, means a low-boiling point liquid 
added to assist foaming by generating gas beyond that resulting from the 
isocyanate-water reaction.
    Breakthrough means that point in the adsorption step when the mass 
transfer zone (i.e., the section of the carbon bed where the HAP is 
removed from the carrier gas stream) first reaches the carbon bed outlet 
as the mass transfer zone moves down the bed in the direction of flow. 
The breakthrough point is characterized by the beginning of a sharp 
increase in the outlet HAP or organic compound concentration.
    Calibrate means to verify the accuracy of a measurement device 
against a known standard. For the purpose of this subpart, there are two 
levels of calibration. The initial calibration includes the verification 
of the accuracy of the device over the entire operating range of the 
device. Subsequent calibrations can be conducted for a point or several 
points in a limited range of operation that represents the most common 
operation of the device.
    Canned motor pump means a pump with interconnected cavity housings, 
motor rotors, and pump casing. In a canned motor pump, the motor 
bearings run in the process liquid and all seals are eliminated.
    Carbon adsorption system means a system consisting of a tank or 
container that contains a specific quantity of activated carbon. For the 
purposes of this subaprt, a carbon adsorption system is used as a 
control device for storage vessels. Typically, the spent carbon bed does 
not undergo regeneration, but is replaced.
    Connector means flanged, screwed, or other joined fittings used to 
connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of equipment. A common 
connector is a flange. Joined fittings welded completely around the 
circumference of the interface are not considered to be connectors for 
the purposes of this subpart.
    Cured foam means flexible polyurethane foam with fully developed 
physical properties. A period of 12 to 24 hours from pour is typically 
required to completely cure foam, although mechanical or other devices 
are sometimes used to accelerate the curing process.

[[Page 203]]

    Curing area means the area in a slabstock foam production facility 
where foam buns are allowed to fully develop physical properties.
    Diaphragm pump means a pump where the driving member is a flexible 
diaphragm made of metal, rubber, or plastic. In a diaphragm pump, there 
is no packing or seals that are exposed to the process liquid.
    Diisocyanate means a compound containing two isocyanate groups per 
molecule. The most common diisocyanate compounds used in the flexible 
polyurethane foam industry are toluene diisocyanate (TDI) and methylene 
diphenyl diisocyanate (MDI).
    Flexible polyurethane foam means a flexible cellular polymer 
containing urea and carbamate linkages in the chain backbone produced by 
reacting a diisocyanate, polyol, and water. Flexible polyurethane foams 
are open-celled, permit the passage of air through the foam, and possess 
the strength and flexibility to allow repeated distortion or compression 
under stress with essentially complete recovery upon removal of the 
stress.
    Flexible polyurethane foam process means the equipment used to 
produce a flexible polyurethane foam product. For the purpose of this 
subpart, the flexible polyurethane foam process includes raw material 
storage; production equipment and associated piping, ductwork, etc.; and 
curing and storage areas.
    Foam fabrication process means an operation for cutting or bonding 
flexible polyurethane foam pieces together or to other substrates.
    Grade of foam means foam with a distinct combination of indentation 
force deflection (IFD) and density values.
    HAP ABA means methylene chloride, or any other HAP compound used as 
an auxiliary blowing agent.
    HAP-based means to contain 5 percent (by weight) or more of HAP. 
This applies to equipment cleaners (and mixhead flushes) and mold 
release agents. The concentration of HAP may be determined using EPA 
test method 18, material safety data sheets, or engineering 
calculations.
    High-pressure mixhead means a mixhead where mixing is achieved by 
impingement of the high pressure streams within the mixhead.
    Indentation Force Deflection (IFD) means a measure of the load 
bearing capacity of flexible polyurethane foam. IFD is generally 
measured as the force (in pounds) required to compress a 50 square inch 
circular indentor foot into a four inch thick sample, typically 15 
inches square or larger, to 25 percent of the sample's initial height.
    In diisocyanate service means a piece of equipment that contains or 
contacts a diisocyanate.
    In HAP ABA service means a piece of equipment that contains or 
contacts a HAP ABA.
    Initial startup means the first time a new or reconstructed affected 
source begins production of flexible polyurethane foam.
    Isocyanate means a reactive chemical grouping composed of a nitrogen 
atom bonded to a carbon atom bonded to an oxygen atom; or a chemical 
compound, usually organic, containing one or more isocyanate groups.
    Magnetic drive pump means a pump where an externally-mounted magnet 
coupled to the pump motor drives the impeller in the pump casing. In a 
magnetic drive pump, no seals contact the process fluid.
    Metering pump means a pump used to deliver reactants, ABA, or 
additives to the mixhead.
    Mixhead means a device that mixes two or more component streams 
before dispensing foam producing mixture to the desired container.
    Molded flexible polyurethane foam means a flexible polyurethane foam 
that is produced by shooting the foam mixture into a mold of the desired 
shape and size.
    Mold release agent means any material which, when applied to the 
mold surface, serves to prevent sticking of the foam part to the mold.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or otherwise operated by the same entity, parent 
entity, subsidiary, or any combination thereof.

[[Page 204]]

    Polyol, for the purpose of this subpart, means a polyether or 
polyester polymer with more than one reactive hydroxyl group attached to 
the molecule.
    Rebond foam means the foam resulting from a process of adhering 
small particles of foam (usually scrap or recycled foam) together to 
make a usable cushioning product. Various adhesives and bonding 
processes are used. A typical application for rebond foam is for carpet 
underlay.
    Rebond foam process means the equipment used to produce a rebond 
foam product. For the purpose of this subpart, the rebond foam process 
includes raw material storage; production equipment and associated 
piping, ductwork, etc.; and curing and storage areas.
    Reconstructed source means an affected source undergoing 
reconstruction, as defined in subpart A. For the purposes of this 
subpart, process modifications made to reduce HAP ABA emissions to meet 
the existing source requirements of this subpart shall not be counted in 
determining whether or not a change or replacement meets the definition 
of reconstruction.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of and 
used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for use, reuse, or sale. 
Recovery devices include, but are not limited to, carbon adsorbers, 
absorbers, and condensers.
    Research and development process means a laboratory or pilot plant 
operation whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development 
into new processes and products, where the operations are under the 
close supervision of technically trained personnel, and which is not 
engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale except in a 
de minimis manner.
    Run of foam means a continuous production of foam, which may consist 
of several grades of foam.
    Sealless pump means a canned-motor pump, diaphragm pump, or magnetic 
drive pump, as defined in this section.
    Slabstock flexible polyurethane foam means flexible polyurethane 
foam that is produced in large continuous buns that are then cut into 
the desired size and shape.
    Slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production line includes all 
portions of the flexible polyurethane foam process from the mixhead to 
the point in the process where the foam is completely cured.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
diisocyanate or HAP ABA for use in the production of flexible 
polyurethane foam. Storage vessels do not include vessels with 
capacities smaller than 38 cubic meters (or 10,000 gallons).
    Transfer pump means all pumps used to transport diisocyanate or HAP 
ABA that are not metering pumps.
    Transfer vehicle means a railcar, tank truck, or other vehicle used 
to transport HAP ABA to the flexible polyurethane foam facility.



Sec. 63.1293  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock affected 
source shall comply with Sec. 63.1294 and either paragraph (a) or (b) of 
this section:
    (a) The emission point specific limitations in Secs. 63.1295 through 
63.1298; or
    (b) For sources that use no more than one HAP as an ABA and an 
equipment cleaner, the source-wide emission limitation in Sec. 63.1299.



Sec. 63.1294  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--diisocyanate emissions.

    Each new and existing slabstock affected source shall comply with 
the provisions of this section.
    (a) Diisocyanate storage vessels. Diisocyanate storage vessels shall 
be equipped with either a system meeting the requirements in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section, or a carbon adsorption system meeting the 
requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) The storage vessel shall be equipped with a vapor return line 
from the storage vessel to the tank truck or rail car that is connected 
during unloading.
    (i) During each unloading event, the vapor return line shall be 
inspected for leaks by visual, audible, or any other detection method.
    (ii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but

[[Page 205]]

not later than the subsequent unloading event.
    (2) The storage vessel shall be equipped with a carbon adsorption 
system, meeting the monitoring requirements of Sec. 63.1303(a), that 
routes displaced vapors through activated carbon before being discharged 
to the atmosphere. The owner or operator shall replace the existing 
carbon with fresh carbon upon indication of breakthrough before the next 
unloading event.
    (b) Transfer pumps in diisocyanate service. Each transfer pump in 
diisocyanate service shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or 
(b)(2) of this section.
    (1) The pump shall be a sealless pump; or
    (2) The pump shall be a submerged pump system meeting the 
requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The pump shall be completely immersed in bis(2-
ethylhexyl)phthalate (DEHP, CAS 118-81-7), 2(methyloctyl)phthalate 
(DINP, CAS 68515-48-0), or another neutral oil.
    (ii) The pump shall be visually monitored weekly to detect leaks,
    (iii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance 
with the procedures in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(A) and (B) of this 
section, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (A) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later 
than 15 calendar days after it is detected.
    (B) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after the leak is detected. First attempts at repair include, but 
are not limited to, the following practices where practicable:
    (1) Tightening of packing gland nuts.
    (2) Ensuring that the seal flush is operating at design pressure and 
temperature.
    (c) Other components in diisocyanate service. If evidence of a leak 
is found by visual, audible, or any other detection method, it shall be 
repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days 
after it is detected, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this 
section. The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (d) Delay of repair. (1) Delay of repair of equipment for which 
leaks have been detected is allowed for equipment that is isolated from 
the process and that does not remain in diisocyanate service.
    (2) Delay of repair for valves and connectors is also allowed if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that diisocyanate emissions of 
purged material resulting from immediate repair are greater than the 
fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and
    (ii) The purged material is collected and destroyed or recovered in 
a control device when repair procedures are effected.
    (3) Delay of repair for pumps is also allowed if repair requires 
replacing the existing seal design with a sealless pump, and repair is 
completed as soon as practicable, but not later than 6 months after the 
leak was detected.



Sec. 63.1295  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--HAP ABA storage vessels.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock affected 
source complying with the emission point specific limitation option 
provided in Sec. 63.1293(a) shall control HAP ABA storage vessels in 
accordance with the provisions of this section.
    (a) Each HAP ABA storage vessel shall be equipped with either a 
vapor balance system meeting the requirements in paragraph (b) of this 
section, or a carbon adsorption system meeting the requirements of 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) The storage vessel shall be equipped with a vapor balance 
system. The owner or operator shall ensure that the vapor return line 
from the storage vessel to the tank truck or rail car is connected 
during unloading.
    (1) During each unloading event, the vapor return line shall be 
inspected for leaks by visual, audible, olfactory, or any other 
detection method.
    (2) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than the subsequent unloading event.

[[Page 206]]

    (c) The storage vessel shall be equipped with a carbon adsorption 
system, meeting the monitoring requirements of Sec. 63.1303(a), that 
routes displaced vapors through activated carbon before discharging to 
the atmosphere. The owner or operator shall replace the existing carbon 
with fresh carbon upon indication of breakthrough before the next 
unloading event.



Sec. 63.1296  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--HAP ABA equipment leaks.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock affected 
source complying with the emission point specific limitation option 
provided in Sec. 63.1293(a) shall control HAP ABA emissions from leaks 
from transfer pumps, valves, connectors, pressure-relief valves, and 
open-ended lines in accordance with the provisions in this section.
    (a) Pumps. Each pump in HAP ABA service shall be controlled in 
accordance with either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) The pump shall be a sealless pump, or
    (2) Each pump shall be monitored for leaks in accordance with 
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section. Leaks shall be repaired 
in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Each pump shall be monitored quarterly to detect leaks by the 
method specified in Sec. 63.1304(a). If an instrument reading of 10,000 
parts per million (ppm) or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
    (ii) Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection each calendar 
week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal. If there 
are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, a leak is 
detected.
    (iii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance 
with the procedures in paragraphs (a)(2)(iii)(A) and (B) of this 
section, except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (A) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later 
than 15 calendar days after it is detected.
    (B) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after the leak is detected. First attempts at repair include, but 
are not limited to, the following practices, where practicable:
    (1) Tightening of packing gland nuts.
    (2) Ensuring that the seal flush is operating at design pressure and 
temperature.
    (b) Valves. Each valve in HAP ABA service shall be monitored for 
leaks in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section. Leaks shall be 
repaired in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) Each valve shall be monitored quarterly to detect leaks by the 
method specified in Sec. 63.1304(a). If an instrument reading of 10,000 
parts per million or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
    (2) When a leak is detected, the owner or operator shall repair the 
leak in accordance with the procedures in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) 
of this section, except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (i) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later 
than 15 calendar days after it is detected.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after the leak is detected. First attempts at repair 
include, but are not limited to, the following practices where 
practicable:
    (A) Tightening of bonnet bolts;
    (B) Replacement of bonnet bolts;
    (C) Tightening of packing gland nuts; and
    (D) Injection of lubricant into lubricated packing.
    (3) Any valve that is designated as an unsafe-to-monitor valve is 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section if:
    (i) The owner or operator of the valve determines that the valve is 
unsafe to monitor because monitoring personnel would be exposed to an 
immediate danger as a consequence of complying with paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section; and
    (ii) The owner or operator of the valve has a written plan that 
requires monitoring of the valve as frequently as practicable during 
safe-to-monitor times. The plan shall also include requirements for 
repairing leaks as soon as possible after detection.

[[Page 207]]

    (iii) The owner or operator shall monitor the unsafe-to-monitor 
valve in accordance with the written plan, and
    (iv) The owner or operator shall repair leaks in accordance with the 
written plan.
    (4) Any valve that is designated as a difficult-to-monitor valve is 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section if:
    (i) The owner or operator of the valve determines that the valve 
cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 
2 meters above a support surface or it is not accessible at any time in 
a safe manner;
    (ii) The process within which the valve is located is an existing 
source, or the process within which the valve is located is a new source 
that has less than 3 percent of the total number of valves designated as 
difficult to monitor; and
    (iii) The owner or operator of the valve develops a written plan 
that requires monitoring of the valve at least once per calendar year. 
The plan shall also include requirements for repairing leaks as soon as 
possible after detection.
    (iv) The owner or operator shall monitor the difficult-to-monitor 
valve in accordance with the written plan, and
    (v) The owner or operator shall repair leaks in accordance with the 
written plan.
    (c) Connectors. Each connector in HAP ABA service shall be monitored 
for leaks in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Leaks shall be repaired in 
accordance with (c)(2) of this section, except as provided in paragraph 
(c)(4) of this section.
    (1) Connectors shall be monitored at the times specified in 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section to detect leaks by 
the method specified in Sec. 63.1304(a). If an instrument reading of 
10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.
    (i) Each connector shall be monitored annually, and
    (ii) Each connector that has been opened or has otherwise had the 
seal broken shall be monitored for leaks within the first 3 months after 
being returned to HAP ABA service.
    (iii) If a leak is detected, the connector shall be monitored for 
leaks in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section within the 
first 3 months after its repair.
    (2) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance with 
the procedures in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, except 
as provided in paragraph (c)(4) and paragraph (f) of this section.
    (i) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later 
than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after the leak is detected.
    (3) Any connector that is designated as an unsafe-to-monitor 
connector is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that the connector is unsafe to 
monitor because personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as a 
result of complying with paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
    (ii) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
monitoring of the connector as frequently as practicable during safe-to-
monitor periods.
    (4) Any connector that is designated as an unsafe-to-repair 
connector is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that repair personnel would be 
exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying with 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section; and
    (ii) The connector will be repaired as soon as practicable, but not 
later than 6 months after the leak was detected.
    (d) Pressure-relief devices. Each pressure-relief device in HAP ABA 
service shall be monitored for leaks in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) 
of this section. Leaks shall be repaired in accordance with paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section.
    (1) Each pressure-relief device in HAP ABA service shall be 
monitored within 5 calendar days by the method specified in 
Sec. 63.1304(a) if evidence of a potential leak is found by visual, 
audible, olfactory, or any other detection method. If an instrument 
reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.

[[Page 208]]

    (2) When a leak is detected, the leak shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section. The owner or 
operator shall make a first attempt at repair no later than 5 calendar 
days after the leak is detected.
    (e) Open-ended valves or lines. (1)(i) Each open-ended valve or line 
in HAP ABA service shall be equipped with a cap, blind flange, plug, or 
a second valve, except as provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
    (ii) The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall seal the 
open end at all times except during operations requiring process fluid 
flow through the open-ended valve or line, or during maintenance or 
repair.
    (2) Each open-ended valve or line equipped with a second valve shall 
be operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid end is 
closed before the second valve is closed.
    (3) When a double block and bleed system is being used, the bleed 
valve or line may remain open during operations that require venting the 
line between the block valves but shall comply with paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section at all other times.
    (4) Open-ended valves or lines in an emergency shutdown system which 
are designed to open automatically in the event of a process upset are 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1), (2), and (3) of this 
section.
    (f) Delay of repair. (1) Delay of repair of equipment for which 
leaks have been detected is allowed for equipment that is isolated from 
the process and that does not remain in HAP ABA service.
    (2) Delay of repair for valves and connectors is also allowed if:
    (i) The owner or operator determines that emissions of purged 
material resulting from immediate repair are greater than the fugitive 
emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and
    (ii) The purged material is collected and destroyed or recovered in 
a control device when repair procedures are effected.
    (3) Delay of repair for pumps is also allowed if repair requires 
replacing the existing seal design with a sealless pump, and repair is 
completed as soon as practicable, but not later than 6 months after the 
leak was detected.



Sec. 63.1297  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--HAP ABA emissions from the production line.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock affected 
source complying with the emission point specific limitation option 
provided in Sec. 63.1293(a)(1) shall control HAP ABA emissions from the 
slabstock polyurethane foam production line in accordance with the 
provisions in this section. Compliance shall be determined on a rolling 
annual basis as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. As an 
alternative, the owner or operator can determine compliance on a monthly 
basis, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) Rolling annual compliance. In determining compliance on a 
rolling annual basis, actual HAP ABA emissions shall be compared to 
allowable HAP ABA emissions for each consecutive 12-month period. The 
allowable HAP ABA emission level shall be calculated based on the 
production for the 12-month period, resulting in a potentially different 
allowable level for each 12-month period. Compliance shall be determined 
each month for the previous 12-month period. The compliance requirements 
are provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (2) Monthly compliance alternative. As an alternative to determining 
compliance on a rolling annual basis, an owner or operator can determine 
compliance by comparing actual HAP ABA emissions to allowable HAP ABA 
emissions for each month. The allowable HAP ABA emission level shall be 
calculated based on the production for the month, resulting in a 
potentially different allowable level each month. The requirements for 
this monthly compliance alternative are provided in paragraph (c) of 
this section.
    (3) Each owner or operator electing to change between the compliance 
methods described under paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section 
shall notify the Administrator no later than 180 calendar days prior to 
the change.

[[Page 209]]

    (b) Rolling annual compliance. At each slabstock foam production 
source complying with the rolling annual compliance provisions described 
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, actual HAP ABA emissions shall not 
exceed the allowable HAP ABA emission level for a consecutive 12-month 
period. The actual HAP ABA emission level for a consecutive 12-month 
period shall be determined using the procedures in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section, and the allowable HAP ABA emission level for the 
corresponding 12-month period shall be calculated in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) The actual HAP ABA emissions for a 12-month period shall be 
calculated as the sum of actual monthly HAP ABA emissions for each of 
the individual 12 months in the period. Actual monthly HAP ABA emissions 
shall be equal to the amount of HAP ABA added to the slabstock foam 
production line at the mixhead, determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b), unless a recovery device is used. Slabstock foam 
production sources using recovery devices to reduce HAP ABA emissions 
shall determine actual monthly HAP ABA emissions using the procedures in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) The allowable HAP ABA emissions for a consecutive 12-month 
period shall be calculated as the sum of allowable monthly HAP ABA 
emissions for each of the individual 12 months in the period. Allowable 
HAP ABA emissions for each individual month shall be calculated using 
Equation 2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.004

Where:
emissallow,month = Allowable HAP ABA emissions from the 
slabstock foam production source for the month, pounds.
m = Number of slabstock foam production lines.
polyoli = Amount of polyol used in the month in the 
production of foam grade i on foam production line j, determined in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, pounds.
n = Number of foam grades produced in the month on foam production line 
j.
limiti = HAP ABA formulation limit for foam grade i, parts 
HAP ABA per 100 parts polyol. The HAP ABA formulation limits are 
determined in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
    (3) The amount of polyol used for specific foam grades shall be 
based on the amount of polyol added to the slabstock foam production 
line at the mixhead, determined in accordance with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1303(b).
    (c) Monthly compliance alternative. At each slabstock foam 
production source complying with the monthly compliance alternative 
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, actual HAP ABA emissions 
shall not exceed the corresponding allowable HAP ABA emission level for 
the same month. The actual monthly HAP ABA emission level shall be 
determined using the procedures in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and 
the allowable monthly HAP ABA emission level shall be calculated in 
accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) The actual monthly HAP ABA emissions shall be equal to the 
amount of HAP ABA added to the slabstock foam production line at the 
mixhead, determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b), unless a 
recovery device is used. Slabstock foam production sources using 
recovery devices to reduce HAP ABA emissions shall determine actual 
monthly HAP ABA emissions using the procedures in paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (2) The allowable HAP ABA emissions for the month shall be 
determined in accordance with Equation 2 of this section.
    (d) HAP ABA formulation limitations. For each grade, the HAP ABA 
formulation limitation shall be determined in

[[Page 210]]

accordance with paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section. For 
any grade, the owner or operator may designate zero as the HAP ABA 
formulation limitation and not determine the HAP ABA formulation 
limitation in accordance with paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this 
section.
    (1) For existing sources, the HAP ABA formulation limitation for 
each grade of slabstock foam produced shall be determined using Equation 
3 of this section. Zero shall be the formulation limitation for any 
grade of foam where the result of the formulation limitation equation 
(Equation 3) is negative (i.e., less than zero).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.005

Where:
ABAlimit= HAP ABA formulation limitation, parts HAP ABA 
allowed per hundred parts polyol (pph).
IFD = Indentation force deflection, pounds.
DEN = Density, pounds per cubic foot.
    (2) For new sources, the HAP ABA formulation limitation for each 
grade of slabstock foam produced shall be determined as described in 
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(iv) of this section and in Table 1 
of this subpart.
    (i) For each foam grade with a density of 0.95 pounds per cubic foot 
or less, the HAP ABA formulation limitation shall be determined using 
Equation 3. Zero shall be the formulation limitation for any grade of 
foam where the result of the formulation limitation equation (Equation 3 
of this section) is negative (i.e., less than zero).
    (ii) For each foam grade with a density of 1.4 pounds per cubic foot 
or less, and an IFD of 15 pounds or less, the HAP ABA formulation 
limitation shall be determined using Equation 3.
    (iii) For each foam grade with a density greater than 0.95 pounds 
per cubic foot and an IFD greater than 15 pounds, the HAP ABA 
formulation limitation shall be zero.
    (iv) For each foam grade with a density greater than 1.40 pounds per 
cubic foot, the HAP ABA formulation limitation shall be zero.
    (3) With the exception of those grades for which the owner or 
operator has designated zero as the HAP ABA formulation limitation, the 
IFD and density for each foam grade shall be determined in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1304(b) and recorded in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1307(c)(1)(i)(B) or Sec. 63.1307(c)(2)(i)(B) within 10 working 
days of the production of the foam.
    (e) Compliance using recovery devices. If a recovery device is used 
to comply with paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall determine the allowable HAP ABA emissions for each month 
using Equation 2 in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and the actual 
monthly HAP ABA emissions in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section. The owner or operator shall also comply with the provisions of 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (1) The actual monthly HAP ABA emissions shall be determined using 
Equation 4:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.006

Where:
Eactual = Actual HAP ABA emissions after control, pounds/
month.
Eunc = Uncontrolled HAP ABA emissions, pounds/month, 
determined in

[[Page 211]]

accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
HAPABArecovered = HAP ABA recovered, pounds/month, determined 
in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (2) The amount of HAP ABA recovered shall be determined in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c).



Sec. 63.1298  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--HAP emissions from equipment cleaning.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock affected 
source complying with the emission point specific limitation option 
provided in Sec. 63.1293(a)(1) shall not use a HAP or a HAP-based 
material as an equipment cleaner.



Sec. 63.1299  Standards for slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production--source-wide emission limitation.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock affected 
source complying with the source-wide emission limitation option 
provided in Sec. 63.1293(b) shall control HAP ABA storage and equipment 
leak emissions, HAP ABA emissions from the production line, and 
equipment cleaning HAP emissions in accordance with the provisions in 
this section. Compliance shall be determined on a rolling annual basis 
in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. As an alternative, the 
owner or operator can determine compliance monthly, as described in 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (a) Rolling annual compliance. Under the rolling annual compliance 
provisions, actual source-wide HAP ABA storage and equipment leak 
emissions, HAP ABA emissions from the production line, and equipment 
cleaning HAP emissions are compared to allowable source-wide emissions 
for each consecutive 12-month period. The allowable source-wide HAP 
emission level is calculated based on the production for the 12-month 
period, resulting in a potentially different allowable level for each 
12-month period. While compliance is on an annual basis, compliance 
shall be determined monthly for the preceding 12-month period. The 
actual source-wide HAP emission level for a consecutive 12-month period 
shall be determined using the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through 
(4) of this section, unless a recovery device is used. Slabstock foam 
production sources using recovery devices shall determine actual source-
wide HAP emissions in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section. The 
allowable HAP emission level for a consecutive 12-month period shall be 
determined using the procedures in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (b) Monthly compliance alternative. As an alternative to determining 
compliance on a rolling annual basis, an owner or operator can determine 
compliance by comparing actual HAP emissions to allowable HAP emissions 
for each month. The allowable source-wide emission level is calculated 
based on the production for the month, resulting in a potentially 
different allowable level each month. The actual monthly emission level 
shall be determined using the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through 
(3) of this section, unless a recovery device is used. Slabstock foam 
production sources using recovery devices shall determine actual source-
wide HAP emissions in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section. The 
allowable monthly HAP ABA emission level shall be determined in 
accordance with Equation 6.
    (c) Procedures for determining actual source-wide HAP emissions. The 
actual source-wide HAP ABA storage and equipment leak emissions, HAP ABA 
emissions from the production line, and equipment cleaning HAP emissions 
shall be determined using the procedures in this section. Actual source-
wide HAP emissions for each individual month shall be determined using 
the procedures specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) Actual source-wide HAP emissions for a month shall be determined 
using Equation 5 and the information determined in accordance with 
paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section.

[[Page 212]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.007

Where:
PWEactual = Actual source-wide HAP ABA and equipment cleaning 
HAP emissions for a month, pounds/month.
n = Number of HAP ABA storage vessels.
STi, begin = Amount of HAP ABA in storage vessel i at the 
beginning of the month, pounds, determined in accordance with the 
procedures listed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
STi, end = Amount of HAP ABA in storage vessel i at the end 
of the month, pounds, determined in accordance with the procedures 
listed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
ADDi = Amount of HAP ABA added to storage vessel i during the 
month, pounds, determined in accordance with the procedures listed in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (2) The amount of HAP ABA in a storage vessel shall be determined by 
monitoring the HAP ABA level in the storage vessel in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(d).
    (3) The amount of HAP ABA added to a storage vessel for a given 
month shall be the sum of the amounts of all individual HAP ABA 
deliveries that occur during the month. The amount of each individual 
HAP ABA delivery shall be determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(e).
    (4) Actual source-wide HAP emissions for each consecutive 12-month 
period shall be calculated as the sum of actual monthly source-wide HAP 
emissions for each of the individual 12 months in the period, calculated 
in accordance with paragraphs (c) (1) through (3) of this section.
    (d) Allowable source-wide HAP emissions for a consecutive 12-month 
period shall be calculated as the sum of allowable monthly source-wide 
HAP emissions for each of the individual 12 months in the period. 
Allowable source-wide HAP emissions for each individual month shall be 
calculated using Equation 6.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.008

Where:
emissallow, month = Allowable HAP ABA storage and equipment 
leak emissions, HAP ABA emissions from the production line, and 
equipment cleaning HAP emissions from the slabstock foam production 
source for the month, pounds.
m = Number of slabstock foam production lines.
polyoli = Amount of polyol used in the month in the 
production of foam grade i on foam production line j, determined in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b), pounds.
n = Number of foam grades produced in the month on foam production line 
j.
limiti = HAP ABA formulation limit for foam grade i, parts 
HAP ABA per 100 parts polyol. The HAP ABA formulation limits are 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1297(d).
    (e) Compliance using recovery devices. If a recovery device is used 
to comply with paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall determine the allowable source-wide HAP emissions for 
each month using Equation 6 in paragraph (d) of this section, and the 
actual monthly source-wide HAP emissions in accordance with paragraph 
(e)(1) of this section. The owner or operator shall also comply with the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

[[Page 213]]

    (1) Actual monthly source-wide HAP emissions shall be determined 
using Equation 7.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.009

Where:
Eactual = Actual source-wide HAP emissions after control, 
pounds/month.
Eunc = Uncontrolled source-wide HAP emissions, pounds/month, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (c) (1) through (3) of this 
section.
HAPABArecovered = HAP ABA recovered, pounds/month, determined 
in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (2) The amount of HAP ABA recovered shall be determined in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c).



Sec. 63.1300  Standards for molded flexible polyurethane foam production.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing molded affected source 
shall comply with the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section.
    (a) A HAP or HAP-based material shall not be used as an equipment 
cleaner to flush the mixhead, nor shall it be used elsewhere as an 
equipment cleaner in a molded flexible polyurethane foam process, with 
the following exception. Diisocyanates may be used to flush the mixhead 
and associated piping during periods of startup or maintenance, provided 
that the diisocyanate compounds are contained in a closed-loop system 
and are re-used in production.
    (b) A HAP-based mold release agent shall not be used in a molded 
flexible polyurethane foam source process.



Sec. 63.1301  Standards for rebond foam production.

    Each owner or operator of a new or existing rebond foam affected 
source shall comply with the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section.
    (a) A HAP or HAP-based material shall not be used as an equipment 
cleaner at a rebond foam source.
    (b) A HAP-based mold release agent shall not be used in a rebond 
foam source.



Sec. 63.1302  Applicability of subpart A requirements.

    The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with the 
applicable requirements of subpart A of this part, as specified in Table 
2 of this subpart.



Sec. 63.1303  Monitoring requirements.

    Owners and operators of affected sources shall comply with each 
applicable monitoring provision in this section.
    (a) Monitoring requirements for storage vessel carbon adsorption 
systems. Each owner or operator using a carbon adsorption system to meet 
the requirements of Sec. 63.1294(a) or Sec. 63.1295 shall monitor the 
concentration level of the HAP or the organic compounds in the exhaust 
vent stream (or outlet stream exhaust) from the carbon adsorption system 
at the frequency specified in (a)(1) or (2) of this section in 
accordance with either (a)(3) or (4) of this section.
    (1) The concentration level of HAP or organic compounds shall be 
monitored during each unloading event, or once per month during an 
unloading event if multiple unloading events occur in a month.
    (2) As an alternative to monthly monitoring, the owner or operator 
can set the monitoring frequency at an interval no greater than 20 
percent of the carbon replacement interval, which is established using a 
design analysis described below in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of 
this section.
    (i) The design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, 
constituent concentration, flow rate, relative humidity, and 
temperature.
    (ii) The design analysis shall establish the outlet organic 
concentration

[[Page 214]]

level, the capacity of the carbon bed, and the working capacity of 
activated carbon used for the carbon bed, and
    (iii) The design analysis shall establish the carbon replacement 
interval based on the total carbon working capacity of the carbon 
adsorption system and the schedule for filling the storage vessel.
    (3) Measurements of HAP concentration shall be made using 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, Method 18. The measurement shall be conducted over 
at least one 5-minute interval during which the storage vessel is being 
filled.
    (4) Measurements of organic compounds shall be made using 40 CFR 
part 60, Appendix A, Method 25A. The measurement shall be conducted over 
at least one 5-minute interval during which the storage vessel is being 
filled.
    (b) Monitoring for HAP ABA and polyol added to the foam production 
line at the mixhead. (1) The owner or operator of each slabstock 
affected source shall comply with the provisions in paragraph (b)(1)(i) 
of this section, and, if applicable, the provisions of paragraph 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section. Alternatively, the owner or operator may 
comply with paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
    (i) Owners or operators of all slabstock affected sources shall 
continuously monitor the amount of polyol added at the mixhead when foam 
is being poured, in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) through (4) of 
this section.
    (ii) Owners or operators of slabstock foam affected sources using 
the emission point specific limitation option provided in 
Sec. 63.1293(a)(1) shall continuously monitor the amount of HAP ABA 
added at the mixhead when foam is being poured, in accordance with 
paragraphs (b)(2)(ii), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this section.
    (2) The owner or operator shall monitor either:
    (i) Pump revolutions; or
    (ii) Flow rate.
    (3) The device used to monitor the parameter from paragraph (b)(2) 
shall have an accuracy to within +/-2.0 percent of the HAP ABA being 
measured, and shall be calibrated initially, and periodically, in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) For polyol pumps, the device shall be calibrated at least once 
each 6 months.
    (ii) For HAP ABA pumps, the device shall be calibrated at least once 
each month.
    (4) Measurements must be recorded at the beginning and end of the 
production of each grade of foam within a run of foam.
    (5) As an alternative to the monitoring described in paragraphs 
(b)(2) through (4) of this section, the owner or operator may develop an 
alternative monitoring program. Alternative monitoring programs must be 
submitted to the Administrator for approval in the Precompliance Report 
as specified in Sec. 63.1306(c)(4) for existing sources or in the 
Application for approval of construction or reconstruction for new 
sources. If an owner or operator wishes to develop an alternative 
monitoring program after the compliance date, the program shall be 
submitted to the Administrator for approval before the owner or operator 
wishes to begin using the alternative program. If the Administrator does 
not notify the owner or operator of objections to the program, or any 
part of the program, within 45 days after its receipt, the program shall 
be deemed approved. Until the program is approved, the owner or operator 
of an affected source remains subject to the requirements of this 
subpart. The components of an alternative monitoring program shall 
include, at a minimum, the items listed in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through 
(iv) of this section.
    (i) A description of the parameter to be continuously monitored when 
foam is being poured to measure the amount of HAP ABA or polyol added at 
the mixhead.
    (ii) A description of how the monitoring results will be recorded, 
and how the results will be converted into amount of HAP ABA or polyol 
delivered to the mixhead.
    (iii) Data demonstrating that the monitoring device is accurate to 
within +/-2.0 percent.
    (iv) Procedures to ensure that the accuracy of the parameter 
monitoring results is maintained. These procedures

[[Page 215]]

shall, at a minimum, consist of periodic calibration of all monitoring 
devices.
    (c) Recovered HAP ABA monitoring. The owner or operator of each 
slabstock affected source using a recovery device to reduce HAP ABA 
emissions shall develop and comply with a recovered HAP ABA monitoring 
and recordkeeping program. The components of these plans shall include, 
at a minimum, the items listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section. These plans must be submitted for approval in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(6) of this section.
    (1) A device, installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated 
according to the manufacturer's specifications, that indicates the 
cumulative amount of HAP ABA recovered by the solvent recovery device 
over each 1-month period. The device shall be certified by the 
manufacturer to be accurate to within +/-2.0 percent.
    (2) The location where the monitoring will occur shall ensure that 
the measurements are taken after HAP ABA has been fully recovered (i.e., 
after separation from water introduced into the HAP ABA during 
regeneration).
    (3) A description of the parameter to be monitored, and the times 
the parameter will be monitored.
    (4) Data demonstrating that the monitoring device is accurate to 
within +/-2.0 percent.
    (5) Procedures to ensure that the accuracy of the parameter 
monitoring results is maintained. These procedures shall, at a minimum, 
consist of periodic calibration of all monitoring devices.
    (6) Recovered HAP ABA monitoring and recordkeeping programs must be 
submitted to the Administrator for approval in the Precompliance Report 
as specified in Sec. 63.1306(c)(6) for existing sources or in the 
Application for approval of construction or reconstruction for new 
sources. If an owner or operator wishes to develop a recovered HAP ABA 
monitoring program after the compliance date, the program shall be 
submitted to the Administrator for approval before the owner or operator 
wishes to begin using the program. If the Administrator does not notify 
the owner or operator of objections to the program within 45 days after 
its receipt, the program shall be deemed approved. Until the program is 
approved, the owner or operator of an affected source remains subject to 
the requirements of this subpart.
    (d) Monitoring of HAP ABA in a storage vessel. The amount of HAP ABA 
in a storage vessel shall be determined weekly by monitoring the HAP ABA 
level in the storage vessel using a level measurement device that meets 
the criteria described in paragraphs (d)(1) and either (d)(2) or (d)(3) 
of this section.
    (1) The level measurement device must be calibrated initially and at 
least once per year thereafter.
    (2) With the exception of visually-read level measurement devices 
(i.e., gauge glass), the device must have either a digital or printed 
output.
    (3) If the level measurement device is a visually-read device, the 
device must be equipped with permanent graduated markings to indicate 
HAP ABA level in the storage tank.
    (e) Monitoring of HAP ABA added to a storage vessel. The amount of 
HAP ABA added to a storage vessel during a delivery shall be determined 
in accordance with either paragraphs (e)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this 
section.
    (1) The volume of HAP ABA added to the storage vessel shall be 
determined by recording the volume in the storage vessel prior to the 
delivery and the volume after the delivery, provided that the storage 
tank level measurement device used to determine the levels meets the 
criteria in (d) of this section.
    (2) The volume of HAP ABA added to the storage vessel shall be 
determined by monitoring the flow rate using a device with an accuracy 
of  2.0 percent, and calibrated initially and at least once 
each six months thereafter.
    (3) The weight of HAP ABA added to the storage vessel shall be 
calculated as the difference of the full weight of the transfer vehicle 
prior to unloading into the storage vessel and the empty weight of the 
transfer vehicle after unloading into the storage vessel. The weight 
shall be determined using a scale meeting the requirements of either 
paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section.

[[Page 216]]

    (i) A scale approved by the State or local agencies using the 
procedures contained in Handbook 44, Specifications, Tolerances, and 
Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices 1998 
(incorporation by reference--see Sec. 63.14).
    (ii) A scale determined to be in compliance with the requirements of 
the National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44 at least 
once per year by a registered scale technician.
    (4) As an alternative to the monitoring options described in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section, the owner or operator 
may develop an alternative monitoring program. Alternative monitoring 
programs must be submitted to the Administrator for approval in the 
Precompliance Report as specified in Sec. 63.1306(c)(4) for existing 
sources or in the Application for approval of construction or 
reconstruction for new sources. If an owner or operator wishes to 
develop an alternative monitoring program after the compliance date, the 
program shall be submitted to the Administrator for approval before the 
owner or operator wishes to begin using the alternative program. If the 
Administrator does not notify the owner or operator of objections to the 
program within 45 days after its receipt, the program shall be deemed 
approved. Until the program is approved, the owner or operator of an 
affected source remains subject to the requirements of this subpart. The 
components of an alternative monitoring program shall include, at a 
minimum, the items listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (iv) of this 
section.
    (i) A description of the parameter to be monitored to determine the 
amount of HAP ABA added to the storage vessel during a delivery,
    (ii) A description of how the results will be recorded, and how the 
results will be converted into the amount of HAP ABA added to the 
storage vessel during a delivery,
    (iii) Data demonstrating that the monitoring device is accurate to 
within  2.0 percent, and
    (iv) Procedures to ensure that the accuracy of the monitoring 
measurements is maintained. These procedures shall, at a minimum, 
consist of periodic calibration of all monitoring devices.



Sec. 63.1304  Testing requirements.

    Owners and operators of affected sources shall use the test methods 
listed in this section, as applicable, to demonstrate compliance with 
this subpart.
    (a) Test method and procedures to determine equipment leaks. 
Monitoring, as required under Sec. 63.1296, shall comply with the 
following requirements:
    (1) Monitoring shall comply with Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    (2) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of 
Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except that the instrument 
response factor criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for 
the average composition of the source fluid, rather than for each 
individual VOC in the stream. For source streams that contain nitrogen, 
air, or other inerts which are not HAP or VOC, the average stream 
response factor shall be calculated on an inert-free basis. The response 
factor may be determined at any concentration for which monitoring for 
leaks will be conducted.
    (3) The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its 
use by the procedures specified in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A.
    (4) Calibration gases shall be:
    (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air); and
    (ii) A mixture of methane and air at a concentration of 
approximately, 1,000 ppm for all transfer pumps; and 500 ppm for all 
other equipment, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this 
section.
    (iii) The instrument may be calibrated at a higher methane 
concentration (up to 2,000 ppm) than the leak definition concentration 
for a specific piece of equipment for monitoring that piece of 
equipment. If the monitoring instrument's design allows for multiple 
calibration gas concentrations, then the lower concentration calibration 
gas shall be no higher than 2,000 ppm methane and the higher 
concentration calibration gas shall be no higher than 10,000 ppm 
methane.

[[Page 217]]

    (5) Monitoring shall be performed when the equipment is in HAP ABA 
service, in use with an acceptable surrogate volatile organic compound 
which is not a HAP ABA, or is in use with any other detectable gas or 
vapor.
    (6) If no instrument is available onsite that will meet the 
performance criteria specified in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 of 40 
CFR Part 60, appendix A, the readings from an available instrument may 
be adjusted by multiplying by the average response factor for the 
stream.
    (b) Test method to determine foam properties. The IFD and density of 
each grade of foam produced during each run of foam shall be determined 
using ASTM D3574-91, Standard Test Methods for Flexible Cellular 
Materials--Slab, Bonded, and Molded (incorporation by reference--see 
Sec. 63.14), using a sample of foam cut from the center of the foam bun. 
The maximum sample size for which the IFD and density is determined 
shall not be larger than 24 inches by 24 inches by 4 inches. For grades 
of foam where the owner or operator has designated the HAP ABA 
formulation limitation as zero, the owner or operator is not required to 
determine the IFD and density in accordance with this paragraph.



Sec. 63.1305  Alternative means of emission limitation.

    An owner or operator of an affected source may request approval to 
use an alternative means of emission limitation, following the 
procedures in this section.
    (a) The owner or operator can request approval to use an alternative 
means of emission limitation in the precompliance report for existing 
sources, the application for construction or reconstruction for new 
sources, or at any time.
    (b) This request shall include a complete description of the 
alternative means of emission limitation.
    (c) Each owner or operator applying for permission to use an 
alternative means of emission limitation under Sec. 63.6(g) shall be 
responsible for collecting and verifying data to demonstrate the 
emission reduction achieved by the alternative means of emission 
limitation.
    (d) Use of the alternative means of emission limitation shall not 
begin until approval is granted by the Administrator in accordance with 
Sec. 63.6(g).



Sec. 63.1306  Reporting requirements.

    Owners and operators of affected sources shall comply with each 
applicable reporting provision in this section.
    (a) Initial notification. Each affected source shall submit an 
initial notification in accordance with Sec. 63.9(b).
    (b) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. Each 
owner or operator shall submit an application for approval of 
construction or reconstruction in accordance with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.5(d).
    (c) Precompliance report. Each slabstock affected source shall 
submit a precompliance report no later than 12 months before the 
compliance date. This report shall contain the information listed in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(8) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) Whether the source will comply with the emission point specific 
limitations described in Sec. 63.1293(a), or with the source-wide 
emission limitation described in Sec. 63.1293(b).
    (2) For a source complying with the emission point specific 
limitations, whether the source will comply on a rolling annual basis in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1297(b), or will comply with the monthly 
alternative for compliance contained in Sec. 63.1297(c).
    (3) For a source complying with the source-wide emission limitation, 
whether the source will comply on a rolling annual basis in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1299(a), or will comply with the monthly alternative for 
compliance contained in Sec. 63.1299(b).
    (4) A description of how HAP ABA and/or polyol added at the mixhead 
will be monitored. If the owner or operator is developing an alternative 
monitoring program, the alternative monitoring program containing the 
information in Sec. 63.1303(b)(5)(i) through (iv) shall be submitted.
    (5) Notification of the intent to use a recovery device to comply 
with the provisions of Sec. 63.1297 or Sec. 63.1299.
    (6) For slabstock affected sources complying with Sec. 63.1297 or 
Sec. 63.1299

[[Page 218]]

using a recovery device, the continuous recovered HAP ABA monitoring and 
recordkeeping program, developed in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c).
    (7) For sources complying with the source-wide emission limitation, 
a description of how the amount of HAP ABA in a storage vessel shall be 
determined.
    (8) For sources complying with the source-wide emission limitation, 
a description of how the amount of HAP ABA added to a storage vessel 
during a delivery will be monitored. If the owner or operator is 
developing an alternative monitoring program, the alternative monitoring 
program containing the information in Sec. 63.1303(e)(4)(i) through (iv) 
shall be submitted.
    (9) If the Administrator does not notify the owner or operator of 
objections to an alternative monitoring program submitted in accordance 
with (c)(4) or (c)(6) of this section, or a recovered HAP ABA monitoring 
and recordkeeping program submitted in accordance with (c)(7) of this 
section, the program shall be deemed approved 45 days after its receipt 
by the Administrator.
    (d) Notification of compliance status. Each affected source shall 
submit a notification of compliance status report no later than 180 days 
after the compliance date. For slabstock affected sources, this report 
shall contain the information listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of 
this section, as applicable. This report shall contain the information 
listed in paragraph (d)(4) of this section for molded foam processes and 
in paragraph (d)(5) for rebond foam processes.
    (1) A list of diisocyanate storage vessels, along with a record of 
the type of control utilized for each storage vessel.
    (2) For transfer pumps in diisocyanate service, a record of the type 
of control utilized for each transfer pump.
    (3) If the source is complying with the emission point specific 
limitations of Secs. 63.1294 through 63.1298, the information listed in 
paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) A list of HAP ABA storage vessels, along with a record of the 
type of control utilized for each storage vessel.
    (ii) A list of pumps, valves, connectors, pressure-relief devices, 
and open-ended valves or lines in HAP ABA service.
    (iii) A list of any modifications to equipment in HAP ABA service 
made to comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1296.
    (4) A statement that the molded foam affected source is in 
compliance with Sec. 63.1300, or a statement that molded foam processes 
at an affected source are in compliance with Sec. 63.1300.
    (5) A statement that the rebond foam affected source is in 
compliance with Sec. 63.1301, or that rebond processes at an affected 
source are in compliance with Sec. 63.1301.
    (e) Semiannual reports. Each slabstock affected source shall submit 
a report containing the information specified in paragraphs (e)(1) 
through (5) of this section semiannually no later than 60 days after the 
end of each 180 day period. The first report shall be submitted no later 
than 240 days after the date that the Notification of Compliance Status 
is due and shall cover the 6-month period beginning on the date that the 
Notification of Compliance Status Report is due.
    (1) For slabstock affected sources complying with the rolling annual 
compliance provisions of either Sec. 63.1297 or Sec. 63.1299, the 
allowable and actual HAP ABA emissions (or allowable and actual source-
wide HAP emissions) for each of the 12-month periods ending on each of 
the six months in the reporting period. This information is not required 
to be included in the initial semi-annual compliance report.
    (2) For sources complying with the monthly compliance alternative of 
either Sec. 63.1297 or Sec. 63.1299, the allowable and actual HAP ABA 
emissions (or allowable and actual source-wide HAP emissions) for each 
of the six months in the reporting period.
    (3) For sources complying with the storage vessel provisions of 
Sec. 63.1294(a) or Sec. 63.1295 using a carbon adsorption system, 
unloading events that occurred after breakthrough was detected and 
before the carbon was replaced.
    (4) Any equipment leaks that were not repaired in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1294(b)(2)(iii), Sec. 63.1294(c),

[[Page 219]]

Sec. 63.1296(a)(2)(iii), (b)(2), (b)(3)(iv), (b)(4)(v), (c)(2), 
(c)(4)(ii), and (d)(2).
    (5) Any leaks in vapor return lines that were not repaired in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1294(a)(1)(ii) or Sec. 63.1295(b)(2).
    (f) Other reports. (1) Change in selected emission limitation. An 
owner or operator electing to change their slabstock flexible 
polyurethane foam emission limitation (from emission point specific 
limitations to a source-wide emission limitation, or vice versa), 
selected in accordance with Sec. 63.1293, shall notify the Administrator 
no later than 180 days prior to the change.
    (2) Change in selected compliance method. An owner or operator 
changing the period of compliance for either Sec. 63.1297 or 
Sec. 63.1299 (between rolling annual and monthly) shall notify the 
Administrator no later than 180 days prior to the change.
    (g) Annual compliance certifications. Each affected source subject 
to the provisions in Secs. 63.1293 through 63.1301 shall submit a 
compliance certification annually.
    (1) The compliance certification shall be based on information 
consistent with that contained in Sec. 63.1308 of this section, as 
applicable.
    (2) A compliance certification required pursuant to a State or local 
operating permit program may be used to satisfy the requirements of this 
section, provided that the compliance certification is based on 
information consistent with that contained in Sec. 63.1308 of this 
section, and provided that the Administrator has approved the State or 
local operating permit program under part 70 of this chapter.
    (3) Each compliance certification submitted pursuant to this section 
shall be signed by a responsible official of the company that owns or 
operates the affected source.



Sec. 63.1307  Recordkeeping requirements.

    The applicable records designated in paragraphs (a) through (c) of 
this section shall be maintained by owners and operators of all affected 
sources.
    (a) Storage vessel records. (1) A list of diisocyanate storage 
vessels, along with a record of the type of control utilized for each 
storage vessel.
    (2) For each slabstock affected source complying with the emission 
point specific limitations of Secs. 63.1294 through 63.1298, a list of 
HAP ABA storage vessels, along with a record of the type of control 
utilized for each storage vessel.
    (3) For storage vessels complying through the use of a carbon 
adsorption system, paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii), and paragraph 
(a)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Records of dates and times when the carbon adsorption system is 
monitored for carbon breakthrough and the monitoring device reading, 
when the device is monitored in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(a); or
    (ii) For affected sources monitoring at an interval no greater than 
20 percent of the carbon replacement interval, in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(a)(2), the records listed in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A) and 
(B) of this section.
    (A) Records of the design analysis, including all the information 
listed in Sec. 63.1303(a)(2)(i) through (iii), and
    (B) Records of dates and times when the carbon adsorption system is 
monitored for carbon breakthrough and the monitoring device reading.
    (iii) Date when the existing carbon in the carbon adsorption system 
is replaced with fresh carbon.
    (4) For storage vessels complying through the use of a vapor return 
line, paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Dates and times when each unloading event occurs and each 
inspection of the vapor return line for leaks occurs.
    (ii) Records of dates and times when a leak is detected in the vapor 
return line.
    (iii) Records of dates and times when a leak is repaired.
    (b) Equipment leak records. (1) A list of components as specified 
below in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii).
    (i) For all affected sources, a list of components in diisocyanate 
service,
    (ii) For affected sources complying with the emission point specific 
limitations of Secs. 63.1294 through 63.1298, a list of components in 
HAP ABA service.
    (2) For transfer pumps in diisocyanate service, a record of the type 
of control utilized for each transfer pump and the date of installation.

[[Page 220]]

    (3) When a leak is detected as specified in Sec. 63.1294(b)(2)(ii), 
Sec. 63.1294(c), Sec. 63.1296(a)(2), (b)(1), (c)(1), and (d)(1), the 
requirements listed in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section 
apply:
    (i) Leaking equipment shall be identified in accordance with the 
requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) A readily visible identification, marked with the equipment 
identification number, shall be attached to the leaking equipment.
    (B) The identification on a valve may be removed after it has been 
monitored for 2-successive quarters as specified in Sec. 63.1296(b)(1) 
and no leak has been detected during those 2 quarters.
    (C) The identification on equipment, other than a valve, may be 
removed after it has been repaired.
    (ii) The information in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) through (H) shall 
be recorded for leaking components.
    (A) The instrument and operator identification numbers and the 
equipment identification number.
    (B) The date the leak was detected and the dates of each attempt to 
repair the leak.
    (C) Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
    (D) The words ``above leak definition'' if the maximum instrument 
reading measured by the methods specified in Sec. 63.1304(a) after each 
repair attempt is equal or greater than the leak definitions for the 
specified equipment.
    (E) The words ``repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a 
leak is not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the 
leak.
    (F) The expected date of the successful repair of the leak if a leak 
is not repaired within 15 calendar days.
    (G) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (H) The date the identification is removed.
    (c) HAP ABA records--(1) Emission point specific limitations--
rolling annual compliance and monthly compliance alternative records. 
Each slabstock affected source complying with the emission point 
specific limitations of Sec. 1A63.1294 through 63.1298, and the rolling 
annual compliance provisions of Sec. 63.1297(a)(1), shall maintain the 
records listed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this 
section. Each flexible polyurethane foam slabstock source complying with 
the emission point specific limitations of Secs. 63.1294 through 
63.1298, and the monthly compliance alternative of Sec. 63.1297(a)(2), 
shall maintain the records listed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (ii), and 
(iv) of this section.
    (i) Daily records of the information listed below in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) A log of foam runs each day. For each run, the log shall include 
a list of the grades produced during the run.
    (B) Results of the density and IFD testing for each grade of foam 
produced during each run of foam, conducted in accordance with the 
procedures in Sec. 63.1304(b). The results of this testing shall be 
recorded within 10 working days of the production of the foam. For 
grades of foam where the owner or operator has designated the HAP ABA 
formulation limitation as zero, the owner or operator is not required to 
keep records of the IFD and density.
    (C) The amount of polyol added to the slabstock foam production line 
at the mixhead for each run of foam, determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b).
    (ii) Monthly records of the information listed in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(ii)(A) through (E) of this section.
    (A) A listing of all foam grades produced during the month,
    (B) For each foam grade produced, the HAP ABA formulation 
limitation, calculated in accordance with Sec. 63.1297(d).
    (C) With the exception of those grades for which the owner or 
operator has designated zero as the HAP ABA formulation limitation, the 
total amount of polyol used in the month for each foam grade produced.
    (D) The total allowable HAP ABA emissions for the month, determined 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1297(b)(2).
    (E) The total amount of HAP ABA added to the slabstock foam 
production line at the mixhead during the month, determined in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b).
    (iii) Each source complying with the rolling annual compliance 
provisions of Sec. 63.1297(b) shall maintain the records listed in 
paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.

[[Page 221]]

    (A) The sum of the total allowable HAP ABA emissions for the month 
and the previous 11 months.
    (B) The sum of the total actual HAP ABA emissions for the month and 
the previous 11 months.
    (iv) Records of all calibrations for each device used to measure 
polyol and HAP ABA added at the mixhead, conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(3).
    (2) Source-wide limitations--rolling annual compliance and monthly 
compliance alternative records. Each slabstock affected source complying 
with the source-wide limitations of Sec. 63.1299, and the rolling annual 
compliance provisions in Sec. 63.1299(a), shall maintain the records 
listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vii) of this section. Each 
flexible polyurethane foam slabstock source complying with the source-
wide limitations of Sec. 63.1299, and the monthly compliance alternative 
of Sec. 63.1299(b), shall maintain the records listed in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) and paragraphs (c)(2)(v) through 
(c)(2)(vii) of this section.
    (i) Daily records of the information listed in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) A log of foam runs each day. For each run, the log shall include 
a list of the grades produced during the run.
    (B) Results of the density and IFD testing for each grade of foam 
produced during each run of foam, conducted in accordance with the 
procedures in Sec. 63.1304(b). The results of this testing shall be 
recorded within 10 working days of the production of the foam. For 
grades of foam where the the owner or operator has designated the HAP 
ABA formulation limitation as zero, the owner or operator is not 
required to keep records of the IFD and density.
    (C) With the exception of those grades for which the owner or 
operator has designated zero as the HAP ABA formulation limitation, the 
amount of polyol added to the slabstock foam production line at the 
mixhead for each grade produced during each run of foam, determined in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b).
    (ii) For sources complying with the source-wide emission limitation, 
weekly records of the storage tank level, determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(d).
    (iii) Monthly records of the information listed below in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(iii)(A) through (E) of this section.
    (A) A listing of all foam grades produced during the month,
    (B) For each foam grade produced, the residual HAP formulation 
limitation, calculated in accordance with Sec. 63.1297(d).
    (C) With the exception of those grades for which the owner or 
operator has designated zero as the HAP ABA formulation limitation, the 
total amount of polyol used in the month for each foam grade produced.
    (D) The total allowable HAP ABA and equipment cleaning emissions for 
the month, determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1297(b)(2).
    (E) The total actual source-wide HAP ABA emissions for the month, 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1299(c)(1), along with the 
information listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(E)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) The amounts of HAP ABA in the storage vessel at the beginning 
and end of the month, determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1299(c)(2); 
and
    (2) The amount of each delivery of HAP ABA to the storage vessel, 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1299(c)(3).
    (iv) Each source complying with the rolling annual compliance 
provisions of Sec. 63.1299(a) shall maintain the records listed in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) The sum of the total allowable HAP ABA and equipment cleaning 
HAP emissions for the month and the previous 11 months.
    (B) The sum of the total actual HAP ABA and equipment cleaning HAP 
emissions for the month and the previous 11 months.
    (v) Records of all calibrations for each device used to measure 
polyol added at the mixhead, conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(3).
    (vi) Records of all calibrations for each device used to measure the 
amount of HAP ABA in the storage vessel, conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(d)(1).
    (vii) Records to verify that all scales used to measure the amount 
of HAP ABA added to the storage vessel meet

[[Page 222]]

the requirements of Sec. 63.1303(e)(3). For scales meeting the criteria 
of Sec. 63.1303(e)(3)(i), this documentation shall be in the form of 
written confirmation of the State or local approval. For scales 
complying with Sec. 63.1303(e)(3)(ii), this documentation shall be in 
the form of a report provided by the registered scale technician.
    (d) The owner or operator of each affected source complying with 
Sec. 63.1297 or Sec. 63.1299 through the use of a recovery device shall 
maintain the following records:
    (1) A copy of the recovered HAP ABA monitoring and recordkeeping 
program, developed pursuant to Sec. 63.1303(c);
    (2) Certification of the accuracy of the monitoring device,
    (3) Records of periodic calibration of the monitoring devices,
    (4) Records of parameter monitoring results, and
    (5) The amount of HAP ABA recovered each time it is measured.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to 
Sec. 63.1298 of this subpart shall maintain a product data sheet for 
each equipment cleaner used which includes the HAP content, in kg of 
HAP/kg solids (lb HAP/lb solids).
    (f) The owner or operator of an affected source following the 
compliance methods in Sec. 63.1308(b)(1) and (c)(1) shall maintain 
records of each use of a vapor return line during unloading, of any 
leaks detected during unloading, and of repairs of leaks detected during 
unloading.
    (g) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to 
Sec. 63.1300 or Sec. 63.1301 of this subpart shall maintain a product 
data sheet for each compound other than diisocyanates used to flush the 
mixhead and associated piping during periods of startup or maintenance, 
which includes the HAP content, in kg of HAP/kg solids (lb HAP/lb 
solids), of each solvent other than diisocyanates used to flush the 
mixhead and associated piping during periods of startup or maintenance.
    (h) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to 
Sec. 63.1300 or Sec. 63.1301 of this subpart shall maintain a product 
data sheet for each mold release agent used that includes the HAP 
content, in kg of HAP/kg solids (lb HAP/lb solids), of each mold release 
agent.



Sec. 63.1308  Compliance demonstrations.

    (a) For each affected source, compliance with the requirements 
listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(2) of this section shall mean 
compliance with the requirements contained in Secs. 63.1293 through 
63.1301, absent any credible evidence to the contrary.
    (1) The requirements described in Tables 3, 4, and 5 of this 
subpart; and
    (2) The requirement to submit a compliance certification annually as 
required under Sec. 63.1306(g).
    (b) All slabstock affected sources. For slabstock affected sources, 
failure to meet the requirements contained in Sec. 63.1294 shall be 
considered a violation of this subpart. Violation of each item listed in 
the paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this section, as applicable, 
shall be considered a separate violation.
    (1) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1294(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1294(a)(1), each unloading event that occurs 
when the diisocyanate storage vessel is not equipped with a vapor return 
line from the storage vessel to the tank truck or rail car, each 
unloading event that occurs when the vapor line is not connected, each 
unloading event that the vapor line is not inspected for leaks as 
described in Sec. 63.1294(a)(1)(i), each unloading event that occurs 
after a leak has been detected and not repaired, and each calendar day 
after a leak is detected, but not repaired as soon as practicable;
    (2) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1294(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1294(a)(2), each unloading event that the 
diisocyanate storage vessel is not equipped with a carbon adsorption 
system, each unloading event (or each month if more than one unloading 
event occurs in a month) that the carbon adsorption system is not 
monitored for breakthrough in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(a)(3) or (4), 
and each unloading event that occurs when the carbon is not replaced 
after an indication of breakthrough;
    (3) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1294(a) in 
accordance

[[Page 223]]

with Sec. 63.1294(a)(2) through the alternative monitoring procedures in 
Sec. 63.1303(a)(2), each unloading event that the diisocyanate storage 
vessel is not equipped with a carbon adsorption system, each time that 
the carbon adsorption system is not monitored for breakthrough in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(a)(3) or (4) at the interval established in 
the design analysis, and each unloading event that occurs when the 
carbon is not replaced after an indication of breakthrough;
    (4) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1294(b) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1294(b)(1), each calendar day that a transfer 
pump in diisocyanate service is not a sealless pump;
    (5) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1294(b) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1294(b)(2), each calendar day that a transfer 
pump in diisocyanate service is not submerged as described in 
Sec. 63.1294(b)(2)(i), each week that the pump is not visually monitored 
for leaks, each calendar day after 5 calendar days after detection of a 
leak that a first attempt at repair has not been made in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1294(b)(2)(iii)(B), and the earlier of each calendar day after 
15 calendar days after detection of a leak that a leak is not repaired, 
or a leak is not repaired as soon as practicable, each subsequent 
calender day (with the exception of situations meeting the criteria of 
Sec. 63.1294(d));
    (6) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1294(c), each 
calendar day after 5 calendar days after detection of a leak that a 
first attempt at repair has not been made, and the earlier of each 
calendar day after 15 calendar days after detection of a leak that a 
leak is not repaired, or if a leak is not repaired as soon as 
practicable, each subsequent calender day (with the exception of 
situations meeting the criteria of Sec. 63.1296(f)).
    (c) Slabstock affected sources complying with the emission point 
specific limitations. For slabstock affected sources complying with the 
emission point specific limitations as provided in Sec. 63.1293(a), 
failure to meet the requirements contained in Secs. 63.1295 through 
63.1298 shall be considered a violation of this subpart. Violation of 
each item listed in the paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(17) of this 
section, as applicable, shall be considered a separate violation.
    (1) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1295(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1295(b), each unloading event that occurs when 
the HAP ABA storage vessel is not equipped with a vapor return line from 
the storage vessel to the tank truck or rail car, each unloading event 
that occurs when the vapor line is not connected, each unloading event 
that the vapor line is not inspected for leaks as described in 
Sec. 63.1295(b)(1), each unloading event that occurs after a leak has 
been detected and not repaired, and each calendar day after a leak is 
detected but not repaired as soon as practicable;
    (2) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1295(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1295(c), each unloading event that the HAP ABA 
storage vessel is not equipped with a carbon adsorption system, each 
unloading event (or each month if more than one unloading event occurs 
in a month) that the carbon adsorption system is not monitored for 
breakthrough in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(a)(3) or (4), and each 
unloading event that occurs when the carbon is not replaced after an 
indication of breakthrough ;
    (3) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1295(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1295(c) through the alternative monitoring 
procedures in Sec. 63.1303(a)(2), each unloading event that the HAP ABA 
storage vessel is not equipped with a carbon adsorption system, each 
time that the carbon adsorption system is not monitored for breakthrough 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(a)(3) or (4) at the interval established 
in the design analysis, and each unloading event that occurs when the 
carbon is not replaced after an indication of breakthrough;
    (4) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1296(a)(1), each calendar day that a transfer 
pump in HAP ABA service is not a sealless pump;
    (5) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(a) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1296(a)(2), each week that a visual inspection 
of a pump in HAP ABA service is not performed, each

[[Page 224]]

quarter that a pump in HAP ABA service is not monitored to detect leaks 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(a), each calendar day after 5 calendar 
days after detection of a leak that a first attempt at repair has not 
been made in accordance with Sec. 63.1296(b)(2)(iii)(B), and the earlier 
of each calendar day after 15 calendar days after detection of a leak 
that a leak is not repaired, or if a leak is not repaired as soon as 
practicable, each subsequent calender day (with the exception of 
situations meeting the criteria of Sec. 63.1296(f));
    (6) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(b) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1296(b)(1) and (2), each quarter that a valve in 
HAP ABA service is not monitored to detect leaks in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1304(a), each calendar day after 5 calendar days after detection 
of a leak that a first attempt at repair has not been made in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1296(b)(2)(ii), and each calendar day after 15 calendar 
days after detection of a leak that a leak is not repaired, or if a leak 
is not repaired as soon as practicable, whichever is earlier (with the 
exception of situations meeting the criteria of Sec. 63.1296(f));
    (7) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(b)(3) for 
each valve designated as unsafe to monitor as described in 
Sec. 63.1296(b)(3)(i), failure to develop the written plan required by 
Sec. 63.1296(b)(3)(ii), each period specified in the written plan that 
an unsafe-to-monitor valve in HAP ABA service is not monitored, and each 
calendar day in which a leak is not repaired in accordance with the 
written plan;
    (8) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(b)(4) for 
one or more valves designated as difficult-to-monitor in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1296(b)(4)(i) and (ii), failure to develop the written plan 
required by Sec. 63.1296(b)(4)(iii), each calendar year that a 
difficult-to-monitor valve in HAP ABA service is not monitored, and each 
calendar day in which a leak is not repaired in accordance with the 
written plan;
    (9) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(c) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1296(c)(1) and (2), each year that a connector 
in HAP ABA service is not monitored to detect leaks in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1304(a); each calendar day after 3 months after a connector has 
been opened, has otherwise had the seal broken, or a leak is repaired, 
that each connector in HAP ABA service is not monitored to detect leaks 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(a); each calendar day after 5 calendar 
days after detection of a leak that a first attempt at repair has not 
been made, and the earlier of each calendar day after 15 calendar days 
after detection of a leak that a leak is not repaired, or if a leak is 
not repaired as soon as practicable, each subsequent calendar day (with 
the exception of situations meeting the criteria of Sec. 63.1296(f));
    (10) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(c)(3) for 
one or more connectors designated as unsafe-to-monitor in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1296(c)(3)(i), failure to develop the written plan required 
by Sec. 63.1296(c)(3)(ii), each period specified in the written plan 
that an unsafe-to-monitor valve in HAP ABA service is not monitored, 
each calendar day after 5 calendar days after detection of a leak of an 
unsafe-to-monitor connector that a first attempt at repair has not been 
made, and the earlier of each calendar day after 15 calendar days after 
detection of a leak that a leak is not repaired, or if a leak is not 
repaired as soon as practicable, each subsequent calender day (with the 
exception of situations meeting the criteria of Sec. 63.1296(f));
    (11) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(c)(4) for 
one or more connectors designated as unsafe to repair, each year that 
one or more unsafe-to-repair connectors in HAP ABA service is not 
monitored to detect leaks in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(a); each 
calendar day after 3 months after one or more unsafe-to-repair 
connectors has been opened, has otherwise had the seal broken, or a leak 
is repaired, that each unsafe-to-repair connector in HAP ABA service is 
not monitored to detect leaks in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(a); and 
the earlier of each calendar day after six-months after detection of a 
leak that a leak is not repaired, or if a leak is not repaired as soon 
as practicable, each subsequent calendar day;
    (12) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(d) in 
accordance

[[Page 225]]

with Sec. 63.1296(d)(1) and (2), each calendar day after the 5 days that 
the pressure-relief device has not been monitored in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1304(a) after a potential leak was discovered as described in 
Sec. 63.1296(d)(1), each calendar day after 5 calendar days after 
detection of a leak that a first attempt at repair has not been made, 
and the earlier of each calendar day after 15 calendar days after 
detection of a leak that a leak is not repaired, or if a leak is 
detected and not repaired as soon as practicable, each subsequent 
calendar day (with the exception of situations meeting the criteria of 
Sec. 63.1296(f));
    (13) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1296(e) in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1296(e)(1) through (5), each calendar day that 
an open-ended valve or line has no cap, blind flange, plug or second 
valve as described in Sec. 63.1296(e)(2), and each calendar day that a 
valve on the process fluid end of an open-ended valve or line equipped 
with a second valve is not closed before the second valve is closed;
    (14) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1297(a) in 
accordance with the rolling annual compliance option in 
Sec. 63.1297(a)(1) and (b), each calendar day in the 12-month period for 
which the actual HAP ABA emissions exceeded the allowable HAP ABA 
emissions level, each calendar day in which foam is being poured where 
the amount of polyol added at the mixhead is not monitored (as required) 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b)(1)(i), each calendar day in which 
foam is being poured where the amount of HAP ABA added at the mixhead is 
not monitored (as required) in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b)(1)(ii), 
each calendar day in a 6-month period in which the polyol pumps are not 
calibrated in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b)(3)(i), each calendar day 
in a month in which the HAP ABA pumps are not calibrated in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1303(b)(3)(ii), and each calendar day after 10 working days 
after production where the IFD and density of a foam grade are not 
determined (where required) in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(b);
    (15) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1297(a) in 
accordance with the monthly compliance option in Sec. 63.1297(a)(2) and 
(c), each calendar day of each month for which the actual HAP ABA 
emissions exceeded the allowable HAP ABA emissions level for that month, 
each calendar day in which foam is being poured where the amount of 
polyol added at the mixhead is not monitored (as required) in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1303(b)(1)(i), each calendar day in which foam is being 
poured where the amount of HAP ABA added at the mixhead is not monitored 
(as required) in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b)(1)(ii), each 6-month 
period in which the polyol pumps are not calibrated in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(3)(i), each month in which the HAP ABA pumps are not 
calibrated in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(b)(3)(ii), and each calendar 
day after 10 working days after production where the IFD and density of 
a foam grade are not determined (where required) in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1304(b);
    (16) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1297(a) by 
using a recovery device as allowed under Sec. 63.1297(e), the items 
listed in (c)(16)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) If complying with rolling annual compliance option in 
Sec. 63.1297(a)(1) and (b), each item listed in (c)(14) of this section, 
failure to develop a recovered HAP ABA monitoring and recordkeeping 
program in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c), and each instance when an 
element of the program is not followed.
    (ii) If complying with the monthly compliance option in 
Sec. 63.1297(a)(2) and (c), each item listed in (c)(15) of this section, 
failure to develop a recovered HAP ABA monitoring and recordkeeping 
program in accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c), and each instance when an 
element of the program is not followed.
    (17) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1298, each 
calendar day that a HAP or any HAP-based material is used as an 
equipment cleaner.
    (d) Slabstock affected sources complying with the source-wide 
emission limitation. For slabstock affected sources complying with the 
source-wide emission limitation as provided in Sec. 63.1293(b), failure 
to meet the requirements contained in Sec. 63.1299 shall be considered a 
violation of this subpart. Violation of each item listed in the 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section, as applicable, shall 
be considered a separate violation.

[[Page 226]]

    (1) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1299 in 
accordance with the rolling annual compliance option in Sec. 63.1299(a), 
each calendar day in the 12-month period for which the actual HAP ABA 
emissions exceeded the allowable HAP ABA emissions level, each calendar 
day in which foam is being poured where the amount of polyol added at 
the mixhead is not monitored (as required) in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(1)(i), each calendar day in a week in which the amount 
of HAP ABA in a storage vessel is not determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(d), each delivery of HAP ABA in which the amount of HAP ABA 
added to the storage vessel is not determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(e), each calendar day in a 6-month period in which the 
polyol pumps are not calibrated in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(3)(i), and each calendar day after 10 working days after 
production where the IFD and density of a foam grade are not determined 
(where required) in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(b);
    (2) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1299 in 
accordance with the monthly compliance option in Sec. 63.1299(b), each 
calendar day of each month for which the actual HAP ABA emissions 
exceeded the allowable HAP ABA emissions level for that month, each 
calendar day in which foam is being poured where the amount of polyol 
added at the mixhead is not monitored (as required) in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(1)(i), each calendar day in a week in which the amount 
of HAP ABA in a storage vessel is not determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(d), each delivery of HAP ABA in which the amount of HAP ABA 
added to the storage vessel is not determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(e), and each calendar day in a 6-month period in which the 
polyol pumps are not calibrated in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1303(b)(3)(i), and each calendar day after 10 working days after 
production where the IFD and density of a foam grade are not determined 
(where required) in accordance with Sec. 63.1304(b).
    (3) For each affected source complying with Sec. 63.1299 by using a 
recovery device as allowed under Sec. 63.1299(e), the items listed in 
(d)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) If complying with rolling annual compliance option in 
Sec. 63.1299(a), each item listed in (d)(1) of this section, failure to 
develop a recovered HAP ABA monitoring and recordkeeping program in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c), and each instance when an element of 
the program is not followed.
    (ii) If complying with the monthly compliance option in 
Sec. 63.1299(b), each item listed in (d)(2) of this section, failure to 
develop a recovered HAP ABA monitoring and recordkeeping program in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1303(c), and each instance when an element of 
the program is not followed.
    (e) Molded and rebond foam affected sources. For molded and rebond 
foam affected sources, failure to meet the requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1300 and Sec. 63.1301, respectively, shall be considered a 
violation of this subpart. Violation of each item listed in the 
following paragraphs shall be considered a separate violation.
    (1) For each molded foam affected source subject to the provisions 
in Sec. 63.1300(a), each calendar day that a HAP-based material is used 
as an equipment cleaner (except for diisocyanates used to flush the 
mixhead and associated piping during periods of startup or maintenance, 
provided that the diisocyanate compounds are contained in a closed-loop 
system and are re-used in production);
    (2) For each molded foam affected source subject to the provisions 
of Sec. 63.1300(b), each calendar day that a HAP-base material is used 
as a mold release agent;
    (3) For each rebond foam affected source subject to the provisions 
of Sec. 63.1301(a), each calendar day that a HAP-based material is used 
as an equipment cleaner; and
    (4) For each rebond foam affected source complying with 
Sec. 63.1301(b), each calendar day that a HAP-based mold release agent 
is used.



Sec. 63.1309  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under Sec. 112(d) of the Clean Air Act, the authorities contained 
in paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator 
and not transferred to a State.

[[Page 227]]

    (b) The authority conferred in Sec. 63.1303(b)(5) and 
Sec. 63.1305(d) shall not be delegated to any State.

                     Appendix to Subpart III--Tables

    For the convenience of the readers of subpart III, the tables below 
summarize the requirements in Secs. 63.1290 to 63.1307. These tables are 
intended to assist the reader in determining the requirements applicable 
to affected sources and do not alter an affected source's obligation to 
comply with the requirements in Secs. 63.1290 to 63.1307.
    TABLE 1 TO SUBPART III--HAP ABA FORMULATION LIMITATIONS MATRIX FOR 
NEW SOURCES [see Sec. 63.1297(d)(2)]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC98.010


     Table 2 to Subpart III--Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart III
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Applies to
                   Subpart A reference                       subpart III                  Comment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1...............................................            YES   Except that Sec.  63.1(c)(2) is not
                                                                            applicable to the extent area
                                                                            sources are not subject to subpart
                                                                            III.
Sec.  63.2...............................................            YES   Definitions are modified and
                                                                            supplemented by Sec.  63.1292.
Sec.  63.3...............................................            YES
Sec.  63.4...............................................            YES
Sec.  63.5...............................................            YES
Sec.  63.6 (a)-(d).......................................            YES
Sec.  63.6(e) (1)-(2)....................................            YES
Sec.  63.6(e)(3).........................................             NO   Owners and operators of subpart III
                                                                            affected sources are not required to
                                                                            develop and implement a startup,
                                                                            shutdown, and malfunction plan.
Sec.  63.6 (f)-(g).......................................            YES

[[Page 228]]

 
Sec.  63.6(h)............................................             NO   Subpart III does not require opacity
                                                                            and visible emission standards.
Sec.  63.6 (i)-(j).......................................            YES
Sec.  63.7...............................................             NO   Performance tests not required by
                                                                            subpart III.
Sec.  63.8...............................................             NO   Continuous monitoring, as defined in
                                                                            subpart A, is not required by
                                                                            subpart III.
Sec.  63.9 (a)-(d).......................................            YES
Sec.  63.9 (e)-(g).......................................             NO
Sec.  63.9(h)............................................             NO   Subpart III specifies Notification of
                                                                            Compliance Status requirements.
Sec.  63.9 (i)-(j).......................................            YES
Sec.  63.10 (a)-(b)......................................            YES   Except that the records specified in
                                                                            Sec.  63.10(b)(2)(vi) through (xi)
                                                                            and (xiii) are not required.
Sec.  63.10(c)...........................................             NO
Sec.  63.10(d)(1)........................................            YES
Sec.  63.10 (d) (2)-(3)..................................             NO
Sec.  63.10 (d) (4)-(5)..................................            YES
Sec.  63.10(e)...........................................             NO
Sec.  63.10(f)...........................................            YES
Sec.  63.11..............................................            YES
Sec.  63.12..............................................            YES
Sec.  63.13..............................................            YES
Sec.  63.14..............................................            YES
Sec.  63.15..............................................            YES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 Table 3 to Subpart III.--Compliance Requirements for Slabstock Foam Production Affected Sources Complying with the Emission Point Specific Limitations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Emission, work
           Emission point                Emission point           practice, and            Monitoring           Recordkeeping            Reporting
                                        compliance option      equipment standards
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diisocyanate storage vessels Sec.    Vapor balance.........  Sec.  63.1294(a)(1)     Sec.  63.1294(a)(1)(i  Sec.  63.1307(a)(1)    Sec.  63.1306(e)(5).
 63.1294(a)                                                   and (1)(ii).            ).                     and (4).
                                     Carbon adsorber.......  Sec.  63.1294(a)(2)...  Sec.  63.1303(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1307(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1306(e)(3).
                                                                                      (3), and (4).          (3)(i), and (3)(iii).
                                     Carbon adsorber--       Sec.  63.1294(a)(2)...  Sec.  63.1303(a)(2),   Sec.  63.1307(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1306(e)(3).
                                      alternative                                     (3) and (4).           (3)(ii), and
                                      monitoring.                                                            (3)(iii).
Diisocyanate transfer pumps Sec.     Sealless pump.........  Sec.  63.1294(b)(1)...  .....................  Sec.  63.1307          .....................
 63.1294(b)                                                                                                  (b)(1)(i) and (2).
                                     Submerged pump........  Sec.  63.1294(b)(2)(i)  Sec.  63.1294          Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
                                                              and (iii).              (b)(2)(ii).            (b)(1)(i), (2), and
                                                                                                             (3).
Other components in diisocyanate     N/A...................  Sec.  63.1294(c)......  Sec.  63.1294(c).....  Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
 service Sec.  63.1294(c).                                                                                   (b)(1)(i) and (3).
HAP ABA storage vessels Sec.         Vapor balance.........  Sec.  63.1295(b) and    Sec.  63.1295 (b)(1).  Sec.  63.1307(a)(2)    Sec.  63.1306(e)(5).
 63.1295                                                      (b)(2).                                        and (4).
                                     Carbon adsorber.......  Sec.  63.1295(c)......  Sec.  63.1303(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1307(a)(2),   Sec.  63.1306(e)(3).
                                                                                      (3), and (4).          (3)(i), (3)(iii).
                                     Carbon adsorber--       Sec.  63.1295(c)......  Sec.  63.1303(a)(2),   Sec.  63.1307(a)(2),   Sec.  63.1306(e)(3).
                                      alternative                                     (3) and (4).           (3)(ii), and
                                      monitoring.                                                            (3)(iii).
HAP ABA pumps Sec.  63.1296(a):      Sealless pump.........  Sec.  63.1296(a)(1)...  .....................  Sec.  63.1307          .....................
                                                                                                             (b)(1)(ii).
                                     Quarterly monitoring..  Sec.  63.1296(a)(2)     Sec.  63.1296(a)(2)(i  Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1304(e)(4).
                                                              and (2)(iii).           ), (2)(ii) and Sec.    (b)(1)(ii) and (3).
                                                                                      63.1304(a).
HAP ABA valves Sec.  63.1296(b):     Quarterly monitoring..  Sec.  63.1296(b), and   Sec.  63.1296 (b)(1)   Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1304(e)(4).
                                                              (b)(2).                 and Sec.  63.1304(a).  (b)(1)(ii) and (3).
                                     Unsafe-to-monitor.....  Sec.  63.1296(b)(3)     Sec.  63.1296          Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1304(e)(4).
                                                              (i), (ii), and (iv).    (b)(3)(iii).           (b)(1)(ii), and (4).

[[Page 229]]

 
                                     Difficult-to-monitor..  Sec.  63.1296(b)(4)     Sec.  63.1296(b)(4)(i  Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
                                                              (i), (ii), (iii), and   v) and Sec.            (b)(1)(ii) and (4).
                                                              (v).                    63.1304(a).
HAP ABA Connectors Sec.              Annual monitoring.....  Sec.  63.1296(c) and    Sec.  63.1296(c)(1)    Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
 63.1296(c):.                                                 (c)(2).                 and Sec.  63.1304(a).  (b)(1)(ii) and (3).
                                     Unsafe-to-monitor.....  Sec.  63.1296(c)(2),    Sec.  63.1296(c)(3)    Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
                                                              (3) (i), and (ii).      (iii) and Sec.         (b)(1)(ii) and (4).
                                                                                      63.1304(a).
                                     Unsafe-to-repair......  Sec.  63.1296(c)(4)...  Sec.  63.1296(c)(1)..  Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
                                                                                                             (b)(1)(ii).
Pressure-relief devices Sec.         N/A...................  Sec.  63.1296(d) and    Sec.  63.1296 (d)(1)   Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
 63.1296(d)                                                   (d)(2).                 and Sec.  63.1304(a).  (b)(1)(ii) and (3).
Open-ended valves or lines Sec.      N/A...................  Sec.  63.1296(e)......  .....................  Sec.  63.1307          .....................
 63.1296(e).                                                                                                 (b)(1)(ii).
Production line Sec.  63.1297......  Rolling annual          Sec.  63.1297(a)(1)     Sec.  63.1303 (b)....  Sec.  63.1307(c)(1)..  Sec.  63.1306(e)(1).
                                      compliance.             and (b).
                                     Monthly compliance....  Sec.  63.1297(a)(2)     Sec.  63.1303 (b)....  Sec.  63.1307(c)(1)..  Sec.  63.1306(e)(2).
                                                              and (c).
                                     Compliance Using a      Sec.  63.1297(a)(1),    Sec.  63.1303 (b) and  Sec.  63.1307(c)(1)    Sec.  63.1306(e)(1)
                                      Recovery device.        (b), and (e) for        (c).                   and (d).               or (2).
                                                              rolling annual
                                                              compliance or Sec.
                                                              63.1297(a)(2), (c),
                                                              and (e) for monthly
                                                              compliance.
Equipment Cleaning Sec.  63.1298...  N/A...................  Sec.  63.1298.........  .....................  Sec.  63.1307(e).....  .....................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Table 4 to Subpart III.--Compliance Requirements for Slabstock Foam Production Affected Sources Complying With the Source-Wide Emission Limitation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Emission, work
           Emission point                Emission point           practice, and            Monitoring           Recordkeeping            Reporting
                                        compliance option      equipment standards
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diisocyanate storage vessels Sec.    Vapor balance.........  Sec.  63.1294(a)(1)     Sec.  63.1294(a)(1)(i  Sec.  63.1307(a)(1)    Sec.  63.1306(e)(5).
 63.1294(a).                                                  and (1)(ii).            ).                     and (4).
                                     Carbon adsorber.......  Sec.  63.1294(a)(2)...  Sec.  63.1303(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1307(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1306(e)(3).
                                                                                      (3), and (4).          (3)(i), and (3)(iii).
                                     Carbon adsorber--       Sec.  63.1294(a)(2)...  Sec.  63.1303(a)(2),   Sec.  63.1307(a)(1),   Sec.  63.1306(e)(3).
                                      alternative                                     (3) and (4).           (3)(ii), and
                                      monitoring.                                                            (3)(iii).
Diisocyanate transfer pumps Sec.     Sealless pump.........  Sec.  63.1294(b)(1)...  .....................  Sec.  63.1307          .....................
 63.1294(b).                                                                                                 (b)(1)(i) and (2).
                                     Submerged pump........  Sec.  63.1294(b)(2)(i)  Sec.  63.1294          Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
                                                              and (iii).              (b)(2)(ii).            (b)(1)(i), (2), and
                                                                                                             (3).
Other components in diisocyanate     N/A...................  Sec.  63.1294(c)......  Sec.  63.1294(c).....  Sec.  63.1307          Sec.  63.1306(e)(4).
 service Sec.  63.1294(c).                                                                                   (b)(1)(i) and (3).
HAP ABA storage vessels, equipment   Rolling annual          Sec.  63.1299(a),       Sec.  63.1303 (b)      Sec.  63.1307(c)(2)..  Sec.  63.1306(e)(1).
 leaks, production line, and          compliance.             (c)(1) through (4),     except (b)(1)(ii),
 equipment cleaning.                                          and (d).                (d), and (e).
                                     Monthly compliance....  Sec.  63.1299(b),       Sec.  63.1303 (b)      Sec.  63.1307(c)(2)..  Sec.  63.1306(e)(2).
                                                              (c)(1) through (4),     except (b)(1)(ii),
                                                              and (d).                (d), and (e).

[[Page 230]]

 
                                     Compliance Using a      Sec.  63.1299(a), (d),  Sec.  63.1303 (b)      Sec.  63.1307(c)(2)    Sec.  63.1306(e)(1)
                                      Recovery device.        and (e) for rolling     except (b)(1)(ii)      and (d).               or (2).
                                                              annual compliance or    and (c).
                                                              Sec.  63.1299(b),
                                                              (d), and (e) for
                                                              monthly compliance.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         Table 5 to Subpart III.--Compliance Requirements for Molded and Rebond Foam Production Affected Sources
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Emission, work
           Emission point                Emission point           practice, and            Monitoring           Recordkeeping            Reporting
                                        compliance option      equipment standards
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Molded Foam
Equipment cleaning.................  N/A...................  Sec.  63.1300(a)......  .....................  Sec.  63.1307(g).....  .....................
Mold release agent.................  N/A...................  Sec.  63.1300(b)......  .....................  Sec.  63.1307 (h)....  .....................
            Rebond Foam
Equipment cleaning.................  N/A...................  Sec.  63.1301(a)......  .....................  Sec.  63.1307 (g)....  .....................
Mold release agent.................  N/A...................  Sec.  63.1301(b)......  .....................  Sec.  63.1307 (h)....  .....................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Subpart JJJ--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
                 Emissions: Group IV Polymers and Resins

    Source: 61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1310  Applicability and designation of affected sources.

    (a) Definition of affected source. The provisions of this subpart 
apply to each affected source. Affected sources are described in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section.
    (1) An affected source is either an existing affected source or a 
new affected source. Existing affected source is defined in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, and new affected source is defined in paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section.
    (2) An existing affected source is defined as each group of one or 
more thermoplastic product process units (TPPU) and associated 
equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section that is not 
part of a new affected source, as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section, that is manufacturing the same primary product, and that is 
located at a plant site that is a major source.
    (3) A new affected source is defined by the criteria in paragraph 
(a)(3)(i), (a)(3)(ii), or (a)(3)(iii) of this section. The situation 
described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section is distinct from those 
situations described in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (a)(3)(iii) of this 
section and from any situation described in paragraph (i) of this 
section.
    (i) At a site without HAP emission points before March 29, 1995 
(i.e., a ``greenfield'' site), each group of one or more TPPU and 
associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, 
that is manufacturing the same primary product and that is part of a 
major source on which construction commenced after March 29, 1995;
    (ii) A group of one or more TPPU meeting the criteria in paragraph 
(i)(1)(i) of this section; or
    (iii) A reconstructed affected source meeting the criteria in 
paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section.
    (4) Emission points and equipment. The affected source also includes 
the emission points and equipment specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) 
through (a)(4)(vi) of this section that are associated with

[[Page 231]]

each applicable group of one or more TPPU constituting an affected 
source.
    (i) Each waste management unit.
    (ii) Maintenance wastewater.
    (iii) Each heat exchange system.
    (iv) Each process contact cooling tower used in the manufacture of 
PET that is associated with a new affected source.
    (v) Each process contact cooling tower used in the manufacture of 
PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end 
finisher process that is associated with an existing affected source.
    (vi) Equipment required by, or utilized as a method of compliance 
with, this subpart which may include control devices and recovery 
devices.
    (5) TPPUs and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of 
this section, that are located at plant sites that are not major sources 
are neither affected sources nor part of an affected source.
    (b) TPPUs without organic HAP. The owner or operator of a TPPU that 
is part of an affected source, as defined in paragraph (a) of this 
section, but that does not use or manufacture any organic HAP shall 
comply with the requirements of either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of 
this section. Such a TPPU is not subject to any other provisions of this 
subpart and is not required to comply with the provisions of subpart A 
of this part.
    (1) Retain information, data, and analyses used to document the 
basis for the determination that the TPPU does not use or manufacture 
any organic HAP. Types of information that could document this 
determination include, but are not limited to, records of chemicals 
purchased for the process, analyses of process stream composition, 
engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
    (2) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the TPPU 
does not use or manufacture any organic HAP.
    (c) Emission points not subject to the provisions of this subpart. 
The affected source includes the emission points listed in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (c)(9) of this section, but these emission points are not 
subject to the requirements of this subpart or to the provisions of 
subpart A of this part.
    (1) Equipment that does not contain organic HAP and is located 
within a TPPU that is part of an affected source;
    (2) Stormwater from segregated sewers;
    (3) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems in segregated 
sewers;
    (4) Spills;
    (5) Water from safety showers;
    (6) Water from testing of deluge systems;
    (7) Water from testing of firefighting systems;
    (8) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material that 
contain no organic HAP and/or organic HAP as impurities only; and
    (9) Equipment that is intended to operate in organic HAP service for 
less than 300 hours during the calendar year.
    (d) Processes exempted from the affected source. The processes 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section are 
exempted from the affected source:
    (1) Research and development facilities;
    (2) Polymerization processes occurring in a mold;
    (3) Processes which manufacture binder systems containing a 
thermoplastic product for paints, coatings, or adhesives;
    (4) Finishing processes including equipment such as compounding 
units, spinning units, drawing units, extruding units, and other 
finishing steps; and
    (5) Solid state polymerization processes.
    (e) Applicability determination of nonthermoplastic equipment 
included within the boundaries of a TPPU. If a polymer that is not a 
thermoplastic product is produced within the equipment (i.e., 
collocated) making up a TPPU and at least 50 percent of that polymer is 
used in the production of a thermoplastic product manufactured by the 
same TPPU, then the unit operations involved in the production of that 
polymer are considered part of the TPPU and are subject to this subpart, 
with the following exception. Any emission points from such unit 
operations that

[[Page 232]]

are subject to another subpart of this part with an effective date prior 
to September 5, 1996 shall remain subject to that other subpart of this 
part and are not subject to this subpart.
    (f) Primary product determination and applicability. An owner or 
operator of a process unit that produces or plans to produce a 
thermoplastic product shall determine if the process unit is subject to 
this subpart in accordance with this paragraph. The owner or operator 
shall initially determine whether a process unit is designated as a TPPU 
and subject to the provisions of this subpart in accordance with either 
paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section. The owner or operator of a 
flexible operation unit that was not initially designated as a TPPU, but 
in which a thermoplastic product is produced, shall conduct an annual 
re-determination of the applicability of this subpart in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section. Owners or operators that anticipate 
the production of a thermoplastic product in a process unit that was not 
initially designated as a TPPU, and in which no thermoplastic products 
are currently produced, shall determine if the process unit is subject 
to this subpart in accordance with paragraph (f)(4) of this section. 
Paragraphs (f)(3) and (f)(5) through (f)(7) of this section discuss 
compliance only for flexible operation units. Other paragraphs apply to 
all process units, including flexible operation units, unless otherwise 
noted. Paragraph (f)(8) of this section contains reporting requirements 
associated with the applicability determinations. Paragraphs (f)(9) and 
(f)(10) of this section describe criteria for removing the TPPU 
designation from a process unit.
    (1) Initial determination. The owner or operator shall initially 
determine if a process unit is subject to the provisions of this subpart 
based on the primary product of the process unit in accordance with 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. If the process unit 
never uses or manufactures any organic HAP, regardless of the outcome of 
the primary product determination, the only requirements of this subpart 
that might apply to the process unit are contained in paragraph (b) of 
this section. If a flexible operation unit does not use or manufacture 
any organic HAP during the manufacture of one or more products, 
paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this section applies to that flexible operation 
unit.
    (i) If a process unit only manufactures one product, then that 
product shall represent the primary product of the process unit.
    (ii) If a process unit produces more than one intended product at 
the same time, the primary product shall be determined in accordance 
with paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) The product for which the process unit has the greatest annual 
design capacity on a mass basis shall represent the primary product of 
the process unit, or
    (B) If a process unit has the same maximum annual design capacity on 
a mass basis for two or more products, and if one of those products is a 
thermoplastic product, then the thermoplastic product shall represent 
the primary product of the process unit.
    (iii) If a process unit is designed and operated as a flexible 
operation unit, the primary product shall be determined as specified in 
paragraphs (f)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section based on the 
anticipated operations for the 5 years following September 12, 1996 at 
existing process units, or for the first year after the process unit 
begins production of any product for new process units. If operations 
cannot be anticipated sufficiently to allow the determination of the 
primary product for the specified period, applicability shall be 
determined (in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (A) If the flexible operation unit will manufacture one product for 
the greatest operating time over the specified 5 year period for 
existing process units, or the specified 1 year period for new process 
units, then that product shall represent the primary product of the 
flexible operation unit.
    (B) If the flexible operation unit will manufacture multiple 
products equally based on operating time, then the product with the 
greatest expected production on a mass basis over the specified 5 year 
period for existing process units, or the specified 1 year period for 
new

[[Page 233]]

process units shall represent the primary product of the flexible 
operation unit.
    (iv) If, according to paragraph (f)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this 
section, the primary product of a process unit is a thermoplastic 
product, then that process unit shall be designated as a TPPU. That TPPU 
and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section 
is either an affected source or part of an affected source comprised of 
other TPPU and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of 
this section, subject to this subpart with the same primary product at 
the same plant site that is a major source. If the primary product of a 
process unit is determined to be a product that is not a thermoplastic 
product, then that process unit is not a TPPU.
    (2) If the primary product cannot be determined for a flexible 
operation unit in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section, 
applicability shall be determined in accordance with this paragraph.
    (i) If the owner or operator cannot determine the primary product in 
accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section, but can determine 
that a thermoplastic product is not the primary product, then that 
flexible operation unit is not a TPPU.
    (ii) If the owner or operator cannot determine the primary product 
in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section, and cannot 
determine that a thermoplastic product is not the primary product as 
specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, applicability shall be 
determined in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) or (f)(2)(ii)(B) 
of this section.
    (A) If the flexible operation unit is an existing process unit, the 
flexible operation unit shall be designated as a TPPU if a thermoplastic 
product was produced for 5 percent or greater of the total operating 
time of the flexible operating unit since March 9, 1999. That TPPU and 
associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, is 
either an affected source, or part of an affected source comprised of 
other TPPU and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of 
this section, subject to this subpart with the same primary product at 
the same plant site that is a major source. For a flexible operation 
unit that is designated as an TPPU in accordance with this paragraph, 
the thermoplastic product produced for the greatest amount of time since 
March 9, 1999 shall be designated as the primary product of the TPPU.
    (B) If the flexible operation unit is a new process unit, the 
flexible operation unit shall be designated as a TPPU if the owner or 
operator anticipates that a thermoplastic product will be manufactured 
in the flexible operation unit at any time in the first year after the 
date the unit begins production of any product. That TPPU and associated 
equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, is either an 
affected source, or part of an affected source comprised of other TPPU 
and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, 
subject to this subpart with the same primary product at the same plant 
site that is a major source. For a process unit that is designated as a 
TPPU in accordance with this paragraph, the thermoplastic product that 
will be produced shall be designated as the primary product of the TPPU. 
If more than one thermoplastic product will be produced, the owner or 
operator may select which thermoplastic product is designated as the 
primary product.
    (3) Annual applicability determination for non-TPPUs that have 
produced a thermoplastic product. Once per year beginning September 12, 
2001, the owner or operator of each flexible operation unit that is not 
designated as a TPPU, but that has produced a thermoplastic product at 
any time in the preceding 5-year period or since the date that the unit 
began production of any product, whichever is shorter, shall perform the 
evaluation described in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this 
section. However, an owner or operator that does not intend to produce 
any thermoplastic product in the future, in accordance with paragraph 
(f)(9) of this section, is not required to perform the evaluation 
described in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (i) For each product produced in the flexible operation unit, the 
owner or operator shall calculate the percentage

[[Page 234]]

of total operating time over which the product was produced during the 
preceding 5-year period.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall identify the primary product as the 
product with the highest percentage of total operating time for the 
preceding 5-year period.
    (iii) If the primary product identified in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) is a 
thermoplastic product, the flexible operation unit shall be designated 
as a TPPU. The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator no later 
than 45 days after determining that the flexible operation unit is a 
TPPU, and shall comply with the requirements of this subpart in 
accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section for the flexible 
operation unit.
    (4) Applicability determination for non-TPPUs that have not produced 
a thermoplastic product. The owner or operator that anticipates the 
production of a thermoplastic product in a process unit that is not 
designated as a TPPU, and in which no thermoplastic products have been 
produced in the previous 5-year period or since the date that the 
process unit began production of any product, whichever is shorter, 
shall determine if the process unit is subject to this subpart in 
accordance with paragraphs (f)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section. Also, 
owners or operators who have notified the Administrator that a process 
unit is not a TPPU in accordance with paragraph (f)(9) of this section, 
that now anticipate the production of a thermoplastic product in the 
process unit, shall determine if the process unit is subject to this 
subpart in accordance with paragraphs (f)(4)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall use the procedures in paragraph 
(f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section to determine if the process unit is 
designated as a TPPU, with the following exception: For existing process 
units that are determining the primary product in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section, production shall be projected for 
the five years following the date that the owner or operator anticipates 
initiating the production of a thermoplastic product.
    (ii) If the unit is designated as a TPPU in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section, the owner or operator shall comply 
in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
    (5) Compliance for flexible operation units. Owners or operators of 
TPPUs that are flexible operation units shall comply with the standards 
specified for the primary product, with the exceptions provided in 
paragraphs (f)(5)(i) and (f)(5)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Whenever a flexible operation unit manufactures a product in 
which no organic HAP is used or manufactured, the owner or operator is 
only required to comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this 
section to demonstrate compliance for activities associated with the 
manufacture of that product. This subpart does not require compliance 
with the provisions of subpart A of this part for activities associated 
with the manufacture of a product that meets the criteria of paragraph 
(b) of this section.
    (ii) Whenever a flexible operation unit manufactures a product that 
makes it subject to subpart GGG of this part, the owner or operator is 
not required to comply with the provisions of this subpart during the 
production of that product.
    (6) Owners or operators of TPPUs that are flexible operation units 
have the option of determining the group status of each emission point 
associated with the flexible operation unit, in accordance with either 
paragraph (f)(6)(i) or (f)(6)(ii) of this section, with the exception of 
batch process vents. For batch process vents, the owner or operator 
shall determine the group status in accordance with Sec. 63.1323.
    (i) The owner or operator may determine the group status of each 
emission point based on emission point characteristics when the primary 
product is being manufactured. The criteria that shall be used for this 
group determination are the Group 1 criteria specified for the primary 
product.
    (ii) The owner or operator may determine the group status of each 
emission point separately for each product produced by the flexible 
operation unit. For each product, the group status shall be determined 
using the emission point characteristics when that product is being 
manufactured and using the Group 1 criteria specified for the

[[Page 235]]

primary product. (Note: Under this scenario, it is possible that the 
group status, and therefore the requirement to achieve emission 
reductions, for an emission point may change depending on the product 
being manufactured.)
    (7) Owners or operators determining the group status of emission 
points in flexible operation units based solely on the primary product 
in accordance with paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section shall establish 
parameter monitoring levels, as required, in accordance with either 
paragraph (f)(7)(i) or (f)(7)(ii) of this section. Owners or operators 
determining the group status of emission points in flexible operation 
units based on each product in accordance with paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of 
this section shall establish parameter monitoring levels, as required, 
in accordance with paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section.
    (i) Establish separate parameter monitoring levels in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1334(a) for each individual product.
    (ii) Establish a single parameter monitoring level (for each 
parameter required to be monitored at each device subject to monitoring 
requirements) in accordance with Sec. 63.1334(a) that would apply for 
all products.
    (8) Reporting requirements. When it is determined that a process 
unit is a TPPU and subject to the requirements of this subpart, the 
Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) shall 
include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(8)(i) and (f)(8)(ii) 
of this section, as applicable. If it is determined that the process 
unit is not subject to this subpart, the owner or operator shall either 
retain all information, data, and analysis used to document the basis 
for the determination that the primary product is not a thermoplastic 
product, or, when requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the 
process unit is not subject to this subpart.
    (i) If the TPPU manufactures only one thermoplastic product, 
identification of that thermoplastic product.
    (ii) If the TPPU is designed and operated as a flexible operation 
unit, the information specified in paragraphs (f)(8)(ii)(A) through 
(f)(8)(ii)(D) of this section, as appropriate, shall be submitted.
    (A) If a primary product could be determined, identification of the 
primary product.
    (B) Identification of which compliance option, either paragraph 
(f)(6)(i) or (f)(6)(ii) of this section, has been selected by the owner 
or operator.
    (C) If the option to establish separate parameter monitoring levels 
for each product in paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section is selected, the 
identification of each product and the corresponding parameter 
monitoring level.
    (D) If the option to establish a single parameter monitor level in 
paragraph (f)(7)(ii) of this section is selected, the parameter 
monitoring level for each parameter.
    (9) TPPUs terminating production of all thermoplastic products. If a 
TPPU terminates the production of all thermoplastic products and does 
not anticipate the production of any thermoplastic products in the 
future, the process unit is no longer a TPPU and is not subject to this 
subpart after notification is made to the Administrator. This 
notification shall be accompanied by a rationale for why it is 
anticipated that no thermoplastic products will be produced in the 
process unit in the future.
    (10) Redetermination of applicability to TPPUs that are flexible 
operation units. Whenever changes in production occur that could 
reasonably be expected to change the primary product of a TPPU that is 
operating as a flexible operation unit from a thermoplastic product to a 
product that would make the process unit subject to another subpart of 
this part, the owner or operator shall re-evaluate the status of the 
process unit as a TPPU in accordance with paragraphs (f)(10)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) For each product produced in the flexible operation unit, the 
owner or operator shall calculate the percentage of total operating time 
in which the product was produced for the preceding five-year period, or 
since the date that the process unit began production of any product, 
whichever is shorter.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall identify the primary product as the 
product with the highest percentage of total operating time for the 
period.

[[Page 236]]

    (iii) If the conditions in (f)(10)(iii)(A) through (C) of this 
section are met, the flexible operation unit shall no longer be 
designated as a TPPU and shall no longer be subject to the provisions of 
this subpart after the date that the process unit is required to be in 
compliance with the provisions of the other subpart of this part to 
which it is subject. If the conditions in paragraphs (f)(10)(iii)(A) 
through (C) of this section are not met, the flexible operation unit 
shall continue to be considered a TPPU and subject to the requirements 
of this subpart.
    (A) The product identified in (f)(10)(ii) of this section is not a 
thermoplastic product; and
    (B) The production of the product identified in (f)(10)(ii) of this 
section is subject to another subpart of this part; and
    (C) The owner or operator submits a notification to the 
Administrator of the pending change in applicability.
    (g) Storage vessel ownership determination. The owner or operator 
shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through 
(g)(7) of this section to determine to which process unit a storage 
vessel shall be assigned. Paragraph (g)(8) of this section specifies 
when an owner or operator is required to redetermine to which process 
unit a storage vessel is assigned.
    (1) If a storage vessel is already subject to another subpart of 40 
CFR part 63 on September 12, 1996, said storage vessel shall be assigned 
to the process unit subject to the other subpart.
    (2) If a storage vessel is dedicated to a single process unit, the 
storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit.
    (3) If a storage vessel is shared among process units, then the 
storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit located on the 
same plant site as the storage vessel that has the greatest input into 
or output from the storage vessel (i.e., said process unit has the 
predominant use of the storage vessel).
    (4) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage vessel 
that is shared among process units and if only one of those process 
units is a TPPU subject to this subpart, the storage vessel shall be 
assigned to said TPPU.
    (5) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage vessel 
that is shared among process units and if more than one of the process 
units are TPPUs that have different primary products and that are 
subject to this subpart, then the owner or operator shall assign the 
storage vessel to any one of the said TPPUs.
    (6) If the predominant use of a storage vessel varies from year to 
year, then predominant use shall be determined based on the utilization 
that occurred during the year preceding September 12, 1996 or based on 
the expected utilization for the 5 years following September 12, 1996 
for existing affected sources, whichever is more representative of the 
expected operations for said storage vessel, and based on the expected 
utilization for the first 5 years after initial start-up for new 
affected sources. The determination of predominant use shall be reported 
in the Notification of Compliance Status, as required by 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5)(vi).
    (7) Where a storage vessel is located at a major source that 
includes one or more process units which place material into, or receive 
materials from the storage vessel, but the storage vessel is located in 
a tank farm (including a marine tank farm), the applicability of this 
subpart shall be determined according to the provisions in paragraphs 
(g)(7)(i) through (g)(7)(iv) of this section.
    (i) The storage vessel may only be assigned to a process unit that 
utilizes the storage vessel and does not have an intervening storage 
vessel for that product (or raw material, as appropriate). With respect 
to any process unit, an intervening storage vessel means a storage 
vessel connected by hard-piping both to the process unit and to the 
storage vessel in the tank farm so that product or raw material entering 
or leaving the process unit flows into (or from) the intervening storage 
vessel and does not flow directly into (or from) the storage vessel in 
the tank farm.
    (ii) If there is no process unit at the major source that meets the 
criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section with respect to a 
storage vessel, this subpart does not apply to the storage vessel.

[[Page 237]]

    (iii) If there is only one process unit at the major source that 
meets the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section with respect 
to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be assigned to that 
process unit.
    (iv) If there are two or more process units at the major source that 
meet the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section with respect to 
a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be assigned to one of those 
process units according to the provisions of paragraphs (g)(3) through 
(g)(6) of this section. The predominant use shall be determined among 
only those process units that meet the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) 
of this section.
    (8) If the storage vessel begins receiving material from (or sending 
material to) a process unit that was not included in the initial 
determination, or ceases to receive material from (or send material to) 
a process unit, the owner or operator shall re-evaluate the 
applicability of this subpart to the storage vessel.
    (h) Recovery operations equipment ownership determination. The owner 
or operator shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (h)(1) 
through (h)(6) of this section to determine to which process unit 
recovery operations equipment shall be assigned. Paragraph (h)(7) of 
this section specifies when an owner or operator is required to 
redetermine to which process unit the recovery operations equipment is 
assigned.
    (1) If recovery operations equipment is already subject to another 
subpart of 40 CFR part 63 on September 12, 1996, said recovery 
operations equipment shall be assigned to the process unit subject to 
the other subpart.
    (2) If recovery operations equipment is dedicated to a single 
process unit, the recovery operations equipment shall be assigned to 
that process unit.
    (3) If recovery operations equipment is shared among process units, 
then the recovery operations equipment shall be assigned to that process 
unit located on the same plant site as the recovery operations equipment 
that has the greatest input into or output from the recovery operations 
equipment (i.e., said process unit has the predominant use of the 
recovery operations equipment).
    (4) If predominant use cannot be determined for recovery operations 
equipment that is shared among process units and if one of those process 
units is a TPPU subject to this subpart, the recovery operations 
equipment shall be assigned to said TPPU.
    (5) If predominant use cannot be determined for recovery operations 
equipment that is shared among process units and if more than one of the 
process units are TPPUs that have different primary products and that 
are subject to this subpart, then the owner or operator shall assign the 
recovery operations equipment to any one of said TPPUs.
    (6) If the predominant use of recovery operations equipment varies 
from year to year, then predominant use shall be determined based on the 
utilization that occurred during the year preceding September 12, 1996 
or based on the expected utilization for the 5 years following September 
12, 1996 for existing affected sources, whichever is the more 
representative of the expected operations for said recovery operations 
equipment, and based on the first 5 years after initial start-up for new 
affected sources. The determination of predominant use shall be reported 
in the Notification of Compliance Status, as required by 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5)(vii).
    (7) If a piece of recovery operations equipment begins receiving 
material from a process unit that was not included in the initial 
determination, or ceases to receive material from a process unit that 
was included in the initial determination, the owner or operator shall 
reevaluate the applicability of this subpart to that recovery operations 
equipment.
    (i) Changes or additions to plant sites. The provisions of 
paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(4) of this section apply to owners or 
operators that change or add to their plant site or affected source. 
Paragraph (i)(5) of this section provides examples of what are and are 
not considered process changes for purposes of this paragraph (i) of 
this section. Paragraph (i)(6) of this section discusses reporting 
requirements.
    (1) Adding a TPPU to a plant site. The provisions of paragraphs 
(i)(1)(i) and

[[Page 238]]

(i)(1)(ii) of this section apply to owners or operators that add one or 
more TPPUs to a plant site.
    (i) If a group of one or more TPPUs that produce the same primary 
product is added to a plant site, the added group of one or more TPPUs 
and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, 
shall be a new affected source and shall comply with the requirements 
for a new affected source in this subpart upon initial start-up or by 
June 19, 2000, whichever is later, as provided in Sec. 63.6(b), except 
that new affected sources whose primary product, as determined using the 
procedures specified in paragraph (f) of this section, is poly(ethylene 
terephthalate) (PET) shall be in compliance with Sec. 63.1331 upon 
initial start-up or February 27, 2001, whichever is later, if the added 
group of one or more TPPUs meets the criteria in either paragraph 
(i)(1)(i)(A) or (i)(1)(i)(B) of this section, and the criteria in either 
paragraph (i)(1)(i)(C) or (i)(1)(i)(D) of this section are met.
    (A) The construction of the group of one or more TPPUs commenced 
after March 29, 1995.
    (B) The construction or reconstruction, for process units that have 
become TPPUs, commenced after March 29, 1995.
    (C) The group of one or more TPPUs and associated equipment, as 
listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, has the potential to emit 10 
tons per year or more of any HAP or 25 tons per year or more of any 
combination of HAP, and the primary product of the group of one or more 
TPPUs is currently produced at the plant site as the primary product of 
an affected source; or
    (D) The primary product of the group of one or more TPPUs is not 
currently produced at the plant site as the primary product of an 
affected source and the plant site meets, or after the addition of the 
group of one or more TPPUs and associated equipment, as listed in 
paragraph (a)(4) of this section, will meet the definition of a major 
source.
    (ii) If a group of one or more TPPUs that produce the same primary 
product is added to a plant site, and the group of one or more TPPUs 
does not meet the criteria specified in paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this 
section, and the plant site meets, or after the addition will meet, the 
definition of a major source, the group of one or more TPPUs and 
associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, 
shall comply with the requirements for an existing affected source in 
this subpart upon initial start-up; by June 19, 2001; or by 6 months 
after notifying the Administrator that a process unit has been 
designated as a TPPU (in accordance with paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this 
section), whichever is later.
    (2) Adding emission points or making process changes to existing 
affected sources. The provisions of paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through 
(i)(2)(ii) of this section apply to owners or operators that add 
emission points or make process changes to an existing affected source.
    (i) If any components are replaced at an existing affected source 
such that the criteria specified in paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A) through 
(i)(2)(i)(B) of this section are met, the entire affected source shall 
be a new affected source and shall comply with the requirements for a 
new affected source upon initial start-up or by June 19, 2000, whichever 
is later, as provided in Sec. 63.6(b), except that new affected sources 
whose primary product is poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) shall be in 
compliance with Sec. 63.1331 upon initial start-up or by February 27, 
2001, whichever is later.
    (A) The replacement of components meets the definition of 
reconstruction in Sec. 63.1312(b); and
    (B) Such reconstruction commenced after March 29, 1995.
    (ii) If any components are replaced at an existing affected source 
such that the criteria specified in paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A) through 
(i)(2)(i)(B) of this section are not met, and that replacement of 
components creates one or more Group 1 emission points (i.e., either 
newly created Group 1 emission points or emission points that change 
group status from Group 2 to Group 1) or causes any other emission point 
to be added (i.e., Group 2 emission points, equipment leak components 
subject to Sec. 63.1331, continuous process vents subject to 
Secs. 63.1316 through 63.1320, heat exchange systems subject to 
Sec. 63.1328, and process contact cooling towers subject to 
Sec. 63.1329), the resulting emission

[[Page 239]]

point(s) shall be subject to the applicable requirements for an existing 
affected source. The resulting emission points shall be in compliance by 
120 days after the date of initial start-up or by the appropriate 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.1311 (i.e., February 27, 1998 for 
most equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1331, June 19, 2001 
for most emission points other than equipment leaks, and February 27, 
2001 for process contact cooling towers at sources that produce PET as 
the primary product), whichever is later.
    (iii) If an addition or process change (not including a process 
change that solely replaces components) is made to an existing affected 
source that creates one or more Group 1 emission points (i.e., either 
newly created Group 1 emission points or emission points that change 
group status from Group 2 to Group 1) or causes any other emission point 
to be added (i.e., Group 2 emission points, equipment leak components 
subject to Sec. 63.1331, continuous process vents subject to 
Secs. 63.1316 through 63.1320, heat exchange systems subject to 
Sec. 63.1328, and process contact cooling towers subject to 
Sec. 63.1329), the resulting emission point(s) shall be subject to the 
applicable requirements for an existing affected source. The resulting 
emission point(s) shall be in compliance by 120 days after the date of 
initial start-up or by the appropriate compliance date specified in 
Sec. 63.1311 (i.e., February 27, 1998 for most equipment leak components 
subject to Sec. 63.1331, June 19, 2001 for most emission points other 
than equipment leaks, and February 27, 2001 for process contact cooling 
towers at sources that produce PET as their primary product), whichever 
is later.
    (iv) If any process change (not including a process change that 
solely replaces components) is made to an existing affected source that 
results in baseline emissions (i.e., emissions prior to applying 
controls for purposes of complying with this subpart) from continuous 
process vents in the collection of material recovery sections within the 
affected source at an existing affected source producing PET using a 
continuous dimethyl terephthalate process changing from less than or 
equal to 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product to greater than 0.12 kg 
organic HAP per Mg of product, the continuous process vents shall be 
subject to the applicable requirements for an existing affected source. 
The resulting emission point(s) shall be in compliance by 120 days after 
the date of initial start-up or by June 19, 2001, whichever is later.
    (3) Existing affected source requirements for surge control vessels 
and bottoms receivers that become subject to subpart H requirements. If 
a process change or addition of an emission point causes a surge control 
vessel or bottoms receiver to become subject to Sec. 63.170 under this 
paragraph (i), the owner or operator shall be in compliance upon initial 
start-up or by June 19, 2001, whichever is later.
    (4) Existing affected source requirements for compressors that 
become subject to the requirements of subpart H of this part. If a 
process change or the addition of an emission point causes a compressor 
to become subject to Sec. 63.164 under this paragraph (i), the owner or 
operator shall be in compliance upon initial start-up or by the 
compliance date for that compressor as specified in Sec. 63.1311(d)(1) 
through (d)(4), whichever is later.
    (5) Determining what are and are not process changes. For purposes 
of paragraph (i) of this section, examples of process changes include, 
but are not limited to, changes in feedstock type, or process catalyst 
type, or the replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment, or 
equipment changes that increase production capacity. For purposes of 
paragraph (i) of this section, process changes do not include: Process 
upsets, unintentional temporary process changes, and changes that do not 
alter the equipment configuration and operating conditions.
    (6) Reporting requirements for owners or operators that change or 
add to their plant site or affected source. Owners or operators that 
change or add to their plant site or affected source, as discussed in 
paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section, shall submit a report as 
specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(7)(iv).
    (j) Applicability of this subpart during periods of start-up, 
shutdown, malfunction, or non-operation. Paragraphs (j)(1) through 
(j)(4) of this section shall be

[[Page 240]]

followed during periods of start-up, shutdown, malfunction, or non-
operation of the affected source or any part thereof.
    (1) The emission limitations set forth in this subpart and the 
emission limitations referred to in this subpart shall apply at all 
times except during periods of non-operation of the affected source (or 
specific portion thereof) resulting in cessation of the emissions to 
which this subpart applies. The emission limitations of this subpart and 
the emission limitations referred to in this subpart shall not apply 
during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, except as provided 
in paragraphs (j)(3) and (j)(4) of this section. During periods of 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, the owner or operator shall follow 
the applicable provisions of the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan required by Sec. 63.1335(b)(1). However, if a start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or period of non-operation of one portion of an affected 
source does not affect the ability of a particular emission point to 
comply with the emission limitations to which it is subject, then that 
emission point shall still be required to comply with the applicable 
emission limitations of this subpart during the start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or period of non-operation. For example, if there is an 
overpressure in the reactor area, a storage vessel that is part of the 
affected source would still be required to be controlled in accordance 
with the emission limitations in Sec. 63.1314. Similarly, the degassing 
of a storage vessel would not affect the ability of a batch process vent 
to meet the emission limitations of Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327.
    (2) The emission limitations set forth in subpart H of this part, as 
referred to in Sec. 63.1331, shall apply at all times except during 
periods of non-operation of the affected source (or specific portion 
thereof) in which the lines are drained and depressurized resulting in 
cessation of the emissions to which Sec. 63.1331 applies, or during 
periods of start-up, shutdown, malfunction, or process unit shutdown (as 
defined in Sec. 63.161).
    (3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with this subpart during 
periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction during times when 
emissions (or, where applicable, wastewater streams or residuals) are 
being routed to such items of equipment, if the shutdown would 
contravene requirements of this subpart applicable to such items of 
equipment. This paragraph (j)(3) does not apply if the item of equipment 
is malfunctioning. This paragraph also does not apply if the owner or 
operator shuts down the compliance equipment (other than monitoring 
systems) to avoid damage due to a contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction of the affected source or portion thereof. If the owner or 
operator has reason to believe that monitoring equipment would be 
damaged due to a contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of 
the affected source or portion thereof, the owner or operator shall 
provide documentation supporting such a claim in the Precompliance 
Report or in a supplement to the Precompliance Report, as provided in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(3). Once approved by the Administrator in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1335(e)(3)(viii), the provision for ceasing to collect, 
during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data that would 
otherwise be required by the provisions of this subpart must be 
incorporated into the start-up, shutdown, malfunction plan for that 
affected source, as stated in Sec. 63.1335(b)(1).
    (4) During start-ups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the emission 
limitations of this subpart do not apply pursuant to paragraphs (j)(1) 
through (j)(3) of this section, the owner or operator shall implement, 
to the extent reasonably available, measures to prevent or minimize 
excess emissions to the extent practical. For purposes of this 
paragraph, the term ``excess emissions'' means emissions greater than 
those allowed by the emissions limitation which would apply during 
operational periods other than start-up, shutdown, and malfunction. The 
measures to be taken shall be identified in the applicable start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, and may include, but are not limited to, 
air pollution control technologies, recovery technologies, work 
practices, pollution prevention,

[[Page 241]]

monitoring, and/or changes in the manner of operation of the affected 
source. Back-up control devices are not required, but may be used if 
available.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38094, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1311  Compliance dates and relationship of this subpart to existing applicable rules.

    (a) Affected sources are required to achieve compliance on or before 
the dates specified in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section. 
Paragraph (e) of this section provides information on requesting 
compliance extensions. Paragraphs (f) through (n) of this section 
discuss the relationship of this subpart to subpart A of this part and 
to other applicable rules. Where an override of another authority of the 
Act is indicated in this subpart, only compliance with the provisions of 
this subpart is required. Paragraph (o) of this section specifies the 
meaning of time periods.
    (b) New affected sources that commence construction or 
reconstruction after March 29, 1995 shall be in compliance with this 
subpart upon initial start-up or September 12, 1996, whichever is later, 
as provided in Sec. 63.6(b), except that new affected sources whose 
primary product, as determined using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1310(f), is PET shall be in compliance with Sec. 63.1331 upon 
initial start-up or August 27, 2001, whichever is later.
    (c) Existing affected sources shall be in compliance with this 
subpart (except for Sec. 63.1331 for which compliance is covered by 
paragraph (d) of this section) no later than June 19, 2001, as provided 
in Sec. 63.6(c), unless an extension has been granted as specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section, except that the compliance date for the 
provisions contained in Sec. 63.1329 is extended to February 27, 2001, 
for existing affected sources whose primary product, as determined using 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1310(f), is PET using a continuous 
terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end finisher process.
    [Note to paragraph (c): The compliance date of February 27, 2001 for 
the provisions of Sec. 63.1329 for existing affected sources whose 
primary product, as determined using the procedures specified in 
63.1310(f), is PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high viscosity 
multiple end finisher process is stayed indefinitely. The EPA will 
publish a document in the Federal Register establishing a new compliance 
date for these sources.]
    (d) Except as provided for in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(6) of 
this section, existing affected sources shall be in compliance with 
Sec. 63.1331 no later than June 19, 2001, unless an extension has been 
granted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (1) Compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 shall 
occur no later than February 27, 1998, for any compressor meeting one or 
more of the criteria in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iv) of this 
section, if the work can be accomplished without a process unit 
shutdown:
    (i) The seal system will be replaced;
    (ii) A barrier fluid system will be installed;
    (iii) A new barrier fluid will be utilized which requires changes to 
the existing barrier fluid system; or
    (iv) The compressor will be modified to permit connecting the 
compressor to a fuel gas system or a closed vent system or modified so 
that emissions from the compressor can be routed to a process.
    (2) Compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 shall 
occur no later than March 12, 1998 for any compressor meeting all the 
criteria in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(iv) of this section:
    (i) The compressor meets one or more of the criteria specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iv) of this section;
    (ii) The work can be accomplished without a process unit shutdown ;
    (iii) The additional time is actually necessary due to the 
unavailability of parts beyond the control of the owner or operator; and
    (iv) The owner or operator submits the request for a compliance 
extension to the appropriate Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
Regional Office at the address listed in Sec. 63.13 no later than June 
16, 1997. The request for a compliance extension shall contain the 
information specified in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D). Unless the

[[Page 242]]

EPA Regional Office objects to the request for a compliance extension 
within 30 days after receipt of the request, the request shall be deemed 
approved.
    (3) If compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 
cannot reasonably be achieved without a process unit shutdown, the owner 
or operator shall achieve compliance no later than September 12, 1998. 
The owner or operator who elects to use this provision shall submit a 
request for a compliance extension in accordance with the requirements 
of paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (4) Compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 shall 
occur not later than September 12, 1999 for any compressor meeting one 
or more of the criteria in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (d)(4)(iii) of 
this section. The owner or operator who elects to use these provisions 
shall submit a request for an extension of compliance in accordance with 
the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Compliance cannot be achieved without replacing the compressor;
    (ii) Compliance cannot be achieved without recasting the distance 
piece; or
    (iii) Design modifications are required to connect to a closed-vent 
or recovery system.
    (5) Compliance with the provisions of Sec. 63.170 shall occur no 
later than June 19, 2001.
    (6) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section, 
existing affected sources whose primary product, as determined using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1310(f), is PET shall be in compliance 
with Sec. 63.1331 no later than August 27, 2001.
    (e) Pursuant to Section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, an owner or 
operator may request an extension allowing the existing affected source 
up to 1 additional year to comply with Section 112(d) standards. For 
purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall be submitted 
to the permitting authority as part of the operating permit application 
or to the Administrator as a separate submittal or as part of the 
Precompliance Report. Requests for extensions shall be submitted no 
later than 120 days prior to the compliance dates specified in 
paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, or as specified elsewhere in 
this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section. 
The dates specified in Sec. 63.6(i) for submittal of requests for 
extensions shall not apply to this subpart.
    (1) A request for an extension of compliance shall include the data 
described in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i) (A),(B), and (D).
    (2) The requirements in Sec. 63.6(i)(8) through Sec. 63.6(i)(14) 
shall govern the review and approval of requests for extensions of 
compliance with this subpart.
    (3) An owner or operator may submit a compliance extension request 
after the date specified in paragraph (e) of this section, provided that 
the need for the compliance extension arose after that date, and the 
need arose due to circumstances beyond reasonable control of the owner 
or operator. This request shall include, in addition to the information 
specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a statement of the 
reasons additional time is needed and the date when the owner or 
operator first learned of the circumstances necessitating a request for 
compliance extension under this paragraph (e)(3).
    (f) Table 1 of this subpart specifies the provisions of subpart A of 
this part that apply and those that do not apply to owners and operators 
of affected sources subject to this subpart.
    (g)(1) After the compliance dates specified in this section, an 
affected source subject to this subpart that is also subject to the 
provisions of subpart I of this part, is required to comply only with 
the provisions of this subpart. After the compliance dates specified in 
this section, said affected source shall no longer be subject to subpart 
I of this part.
    (2) Said affected sources that elected to comply with subpart I of 
this part through a quality improvement program, as specified in 
Sec. 63.175 or Sec. 63.176 or both, may elect to continue these programs 
without interruption as a means of complying with this subpart. In other 
words, becoming subject to this subpart does not restart or reset the 
``compliance clock'' as it relates to reduced burden earned through a 
quality improvement program.
    (h) After the compliance dates specified in this section, a storage 
vessel

[[Page 243]]

that is assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart and that 
is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb, is 
required to comply only with the provisions of this subpart. After the 
compliance dates specified in this section, said storage vessel shall no 
longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb.
    (i)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) of this 
section, after the compliance dates specified in this section, affected 
sources producing PET using a continuous terephthalic acid process, 
producing PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process, or 
producing polystyrene resin using a continuous process subject to this 
subpart that are also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart DDD, are required to comply only with the provisions of this 
subpart. After the compliance dates specified in this section, said 
sources shall no longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDD.
    (2) Existing affected sources producing PET using a continuous 
terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end finisher process shall 
continue to be subject to 40 CFR 60.562-1(c)(2)(ii)(C). Once said 
affected source becomes subject to and achieves compliance with 
Sec. 63.1329(c) of this subpart, said affected source is no longer 
subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDD.
    (3) Existing affected sources producing PET using a continuous 
terephthalic acid process, but not using a continuous terephthalic acid 
high viscosity multiple end finisher process, that are subject to and 
complying with 40 CFR 60.562-1(c)(2)(ii)(B) shall continue to comply 
with said section. Existing affected sources producing PET using a 
continuous dimethyl terephthalic process that are subject to and 
complying with 40 CFR 60.562-1(c)(1)(ii)(B) shall continue to comply 
with said section.
    (j) Owners or operators of affected sources subject to this subpart 
that are also subject to the provisions of subpart Q of this part shall 
comply with both subparts.
    (k) After the compliance dates specified in this section, an 
affected source subject to this subpart that is also subject to the 
provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV, is required to comply only 
with the provisions of this subpart. After the compliance dates 
specified in this section, said source shall no longer be subject to 40 
CFR part 60, subpart VV.
    (l) After the compliance dates specified in this section, a 
distillation operation that is assigned to an affected source subject to 
this subpart that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart NNN, is required to comply only with the provisions of this 
subpart. After the compliance dates specified in this section, the 
distillation operation shall no longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart NNN.
    (m) Applicability of other regulations for monitoring, recordkeeping 
or reporting with respect to combustion devices, recovery devices, or 
recapture devices. After the compliance dates specified in this subpart, 
if any combustion device, recovery device or recapture device subject to 
this subpart is also subject to monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements in 40 CFR part 264 subpart AA or CC, or is subject to 
monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR part 265 subpart AA 
or CC and the owner or operator complies with the periodic reporting 
requirements under 40 CFR part 264 subpart AA or CC that would apply to 
the device if the facility had final-permitted status, the owner or 
operator may elect to comply either with the monitoring, recordkeeping 
and reporting requirements of this subpart, or with the monitoring, 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, 
as described in this paragraph, which shall constitute compliance with 
the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this 
subpart. The owner or operator shall identify which option has been 
selected in the Notification of Compliance Status required by 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (n) Applicability of other requirements for heat exchange systems or 
waste management units. Paragraphs (n)(1) and (n)(2) of this section 
address instances in which certain requirements from other regulations 
also apply for the same heat exchange system(s) or waste management 
unit(s) that are subject to this subpart.

[[Page 244]]

    (1) After the applicable compliance date specified in this subpart, 
if a heat exchange system subject to this subpart is also subject to a 
standard identified in paragraphs (n)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, 
compliance with the applicable provisions of the standard identified in 
paragraphs (n)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section shall constitute compliance 
with the applicable provisions of this subpart with respect to that heat 
exchange system.
    (i) Subpart F of this part.
    (ii) A subpart of this part which requires compliance with 
Sec. 63.104 (e.g., subpart U of this part).
    (2) After the applicable compliance date specified in this subpart, 
if any waste management unit subject to this subpart is also subject to 
a standard identified in paragraph (n)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, 
compliance with the applicable provisions of the standard identified in 
paragraph (n)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section shall constitute compliance 
with the applicable provisions of this subpart with respect to that 
waste management unit.
    (i) Subpart G of this part.
    (ii) A subpart of this part which requires compliance with 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.147.
    (o) All terms in this subpart that define a period of time for 
completion of required tasks (e.g., weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual), 
unless specified otherwise in the section or paragraph that imposes the 
requirement, refer to the standard calendar periods.
    (1) Notwithstanding time periods specified in this subpart for 
completion of required tasks, such time periods may be changed by mutual 
agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator, as 
specified in subpart A of this part (e.g., a period could begin on the 
compliance date or another date, rather than on the first day of the 
standard calendar period). For each time period that is changed by 
agreement, the revised period shall remain in effect until it is 
changed. A new request is not necessary for each recurring period.
    (2) Where the period specified for compliance is a standard calendar 
period, if the initial compliance date occurs after the beginning of the 
period, compliance shall be required according to the schedule specified 
in paragraphs (o)(2)(i) or (o)(2)(ii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the compliance deadline occurs, if there 
remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be performed weekly, at least 
2 weeks for tasks that must be performed monthly, at least 1 month for 
tasks that must be performed each quarter, or at least 3 months for 
tasks that must be performed annually; or
    (ii) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the end 
of the first full standard calendar period after the period within which 
the initial compliance deadline occurs.
    (3) In all instances where a provision of this subpart requires 
completion of a task during each of multiple successive periods, an 
owner or operator may perform the required task at any time during the 
specified period, provided that the task is conducted at a reasonable 
interval after completion of the task during the previous period.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 1838, Jan. 14, 1997; 
62 FR 30995, June 6, 1997; 63 FR 9945, Feb. 27, 1998; 63 FR 15315, Mar. 
31, 1998; 64 FR 11547, Mar. 9, 1999; 64 FR 30409, June 8, 1999; 64 FR 
35028, June 30, 1999; 65 FR 38100, June 19, 2000; 66 FR 11236, Feb. 23, 
2001; 66 FR 11546, Feb. 26, 2001]



Sec. 63.1312  Definitions.

    (a) The following terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in Sec. 63.2, Sec. 63.101, Sec. 63.111, Sec. 63.161, or the 
Act, as specified after each term:

Act (Sec. 63.2)
Administrator (Sec. 63.2)
Automated monitoring and recording system (Sec. 63.111)
Boiler (Sec. 63.111)
Bottoms receiver (Sec. 63.161)
By compound (Sec. 63.111)
By-product (Sec. 63.101)
Car-seal (Sec. 63.111)
Closed-vent system (Sec. 63.111)
Combustion device (Sec. 63.111)
Commenced (Sec. 63.2)
Compliance date (Sec. 63.2)
Connector (Sec. 63.161)
Continuous monitoring system (Sec. 63.2)
Distillation unit (Sec. 63.111)
Duct work (Sec. 63.161)

[[Page 245]]

Emission limitation (Section 302(k) of the Act)
Emission standard (Sec. 63.2)
Emissions averaging (Sec. 63.2)
EPA (Sec. 63.2)
Equipment leak (Sec. 63.101)
External floating roof (Sec. 63.111)
Fill or filling (Sec. 63.111)
First attempt at repair (Sec. 63.161)
Fixed capital cost (Sec. 63.2)
Flame zone (Sec. 63.111)
Floating roof (Sec. 63.111)
Flow indicator (Sec. 63.111)
Fuel gas system (Sec. 63.101)
Halogens and hydrogen halides (Sec. 63.111)
Hard-piping (Sec. 63.111)
Hazardous air pollutant (Sec. 63.2)
Impurity (Sec. 63.101)
In organic hazardous air pollutant service or in organic HAP service 
    (Sec. 63.161)
Incinerator (Sec. 63.111)
Instrumentation system (Sec. 63.161)
Internal floating roof (Sec. 63.111)
Lesser quantity (Sec. 63.2)
Major source (Sec. 63.2)
Malfunction (Sec. 63.2)
Oil-water separator or organic-water separator (Sec. 63.111)
Open-ended valve or line (Sec. 63.161)
Operating permit (Sec. 63.101)
Organic monitoring device (Sec. 63.111)
Owner or operator (Sec. 63.2)
Performance evaluation (Sec. 63.2)
Performance test (Sec. 63.2)
Permitting authority (Sec. 63.2)
Plant site (Sec. 63.101)
Potential to emit (Sec. 63.2)
Pressure release (Sec. 63.161)
Primary fuel (Sec. 63.111)
Process heater (Sec. 63.111)
Process unit shutdown (Sec. 63.161)
Process wastewater (Sec. 63.101)
Process wastewater stream (Sec. 63.111)
Reactor (Sec. 63.111)
Recapture device (Sec. 63.101)
Repaired (Sec. 63.161)
Research and development facility (Sec. 63.101)
Routed to a process or route to a process (Sec. 63.161)
Run (Sec. 63.2)
Secondary fuel (Sec. 63.111)
Sensor (Sec. 63.161)
Specific gravity monitoring device (Sec. 63.111)
Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan (Sec. 63.101)
State (Sec. 63.2)
Stationary Source (Sec. 63.2)
Surge control vessel (Sec. 63.161)
Temperature monitoring device (Sec. 63.111)
Test method (Sec. 63.2)
Treatment process (Sec. 63.111)
Unit operation (Sec. 63.101)
Visible emission (Sec. 63.2)

    (b) All other terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in this section. If a term is defined in Secs. 63.2, 63.101, 
63.111, or 63.161 and in this section, it shall have the meaning given 
in this section for purposes of this subpart.
    Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene latex resin (ABS latex) means ABS 
produced through an emulsion process; however, the product is not 
coagulated or dried as typically occurs in an emulsion process.
    Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (ABS) means styrenic 
terpolymers consisting primarily of acrylonitrile, 1,3-butadiene, and 
styrene monomer units. ABS is usually composed of a styrene-
acrylonitrile copolymer continuous phase with dispersed butadiene 
derived rubber.
    Acrylonitrile styrene acrylate resin (ASA) means a resin formed 
using acrylic ester-based elastomers to impact-modify styrene 
acrylonitrile resin matrices.
    Aggregate batch vent stream means a gaseous emission stream 
containing only the exhausts from two or more batch process vents that 
are ducted, hardpiped, or otherwise connected together for a continuous 
flow.
    Affected source is defined in Sec. 63.1310(a).
    Alpha methyl styrene acrylonitrile resin (AMSAN) means copolymers 
consisting primarily of alpha methyl styrene and acrylonitrile.
    Annual average batch vent concentration is determined using Equation 
1, as described in Sec. 63.1323(h)(2) for halogenated compounds.
    Annual average batch vent flow rate is determined by the procedures 
in Sec. 63.1323(e)(3).
    Annual average concentration, as used in the wastewater provisions, 
means the flow-weighted annual average concentration, as determined 
according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(b),

[[Page 246]]

with the exceptions noted in Sec. 63.1330, for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    Annual average flow rate, as used in the wastewater provisions, 
means the annual average flow rate, as determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c), with the exceptions noted in 
Sec. 63.1330, for the purposes of this subpart.
    Average batch vent concentration is determined by the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1323(b)(5)(iii) for HAP concentrations and is determined by the 
procedures in Sec. 63.1323(h)(1)(iii) for organic compounds containing 
halogens and hydrogen halides.
    Average batch vent flow rate is determined by the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1323(e)(1) and (e)(2).
    Batch cycle means the operational step or steps, from start to 
finish, that occur as part of a batch unit operation.
    Batch emission episode means a discrete emission venting episode 
associated with a single batch unit operation. Multiple batch emission 
episodes may occur from a single batch unit operation.
    Batch mass input limitation means an enforceable restriction on the 
total mass of HAP or material that can be input to a batch unit 
operation in one year.
    Batch mode means the discontinuous bulk movement of material through 
a unit operation. Mass, temperature, concentration, and other properties 
may vary with time. For a unit operation operated in a batch mode (i.e., 
batch unit operation), the addition of material and withdrawal of 
material do not typically occur simultaneously.
    Batch process means, for the purposes of this subpart, a process 
where the reactor(s) is operated in a batch mode.
    Batch process vent means a process vent with annual organic HAP 
emissions greater than 225 kilograms per year from a batch unit 
operation within an affected source. Annual organic HAP emissions are 
determined as specified in Sec. 63.1323(b) at the location specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(a)(2).
    Batch unit operation means a unit operation operated in a batch 
mode.
    Combined vent stream, as used in reference to batch process vents, 
continuous process vents, and aggregate batch vent streams, means the 
emissions from a combination of two or more of the aforementioned types 
of process vents. The primary occurrence of a combined vent stream is 
the combined emissions from a continuous process vent and a batch 
process vent.
    Combustion device burner means a device designed to mix and ignite 
fuel and air to provide a flame to heat and oxidize waste organic vapors 
in a combustion device.
    Compounding unit means a unit operation which blends, melts, and 
resolidifies solid polymers for the purpose of incorporating additives, 
colorants, or stabilizers into the final thermoplastic product. A unit 
operation whose primary purpose is to remove residual monomers from 
polymers is not a compounding unit.
    Construction means the on-site fabrication, erection, or 
installation of an affected source. Construction also means the on-site 
fabrication, erection, or installation of a process unit or combination 
of process units which subsequently becomes an affected source or part 
of an affected source, due to a change in primary product.
    Continuous mode means the continuous movement of material through a 
unit operation. Mass, temperature, concentration, and other properties 
typically approach steady-state conditions. For a unit operation 
operated in a continuous mode (i.e., continuous unit operation), the 
simultaneous addition of raw material and withdrawal of product is 
typical.
    Continuous process means, for the purposes of this subpart, a 
process where the reactor(s) is operated in a continuous mode.
    Continuous process vent means a process vent containing greater than 
0.005 weight percent total organic HAP from a continuous unit operation 
within an affected source. The total organic HAP weight percent is 
determined after the last recovery device, as described in 
Sec. 63.115(a), and is determined as specified in Sec. 63.115(c).
    Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or 
computer readable form, of data values measured at least once every 15 
minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in Sec. 63.1335(d) or 
Sec. 63.1335(h).

[[Page 247]]

    Continuous recorder means a data recording device that either 
records an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or 
records 1-hour or more frequent block average values.
    Continuous unit operation means a unit operation operated in a 
continuous mode.
    Control device is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that the term 
``continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315'' shall apply instead 
of the term ``process vents,'' for the purpose of this subpart.
    Drawing unit means a unit operation which converts polymer into a 
different shape by melting or mixing the polymer and then pulling it 
through an orifice to create a continuously extruded product.
    Emission point means an individual continuous process vent, batch 
process vent, storage vessel, waste management unit, equipment leak, 
heat exchange system, or process contact cooling tower, or equipment 
subject to Sec. 63.149.
    Emulsion process means a process where the monomer(s) is dispersed 
in droplets throughout the water phase with the aid of an emulsifying 
agent such as soap or a synthetic emulsifier. The polymerization occurs 
either within the emulsion droplet or in the aqueous phase.
    Equipment means, for the purposes of the provisions in Sec. 63.1331 
and the requirements in subpart H that are referred to in Sec. 63.1331, 
each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling 
connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, surge 
control vessel, bottoms receiver, and instrumentation system in organic 
hazardous air pollutant service; and any control devices or systems 
required by subpart H of this part.
    Existing affected source is defined in Sec. 63.1310(a)(3).
    Existing process unit means any process unit that is not a new 
process unit.
    Expandable polystyrene resin (EPS) means a polystyrene bead to which 
a blowing agent has been added using either an in-situ suspension 
process or a post-impregnation suspension process.
    Extruding unit means a unit operation which converts polymer into a 
different shape by melting or mixing the polymer and then forcing it 
through an orifice to create a continuously extruded product.
    Flexible operation unit means a process unit that manufactures 
different chemical products, polymers, or resins periodically by 
alternating raw materials or operating conditions. These units are also 
referred to as campaign plants or blocked operations.
    Group 1 batch process vent means a batch process vent releasing 
annual organic HAP emissions greater than the level specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(d) and with a cutoff flow rate, calculated in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1323(f), greater than or equal to the annual average batch 
vent flow rate. Annual organic HAP emissions and annual average batch 
vent flow rate are determined at the exit of the batch unit operation, 
as described in Sec. 63.1323(a)(2). Annual organic HAP emissions are 
determined as specified in Sec. 63.1323(b), and annual average batch 
vent flow rate is determined as specified in Sec. 63.1323(e).
    Group 2 batch process vent means a batch process vent that does not 
fall within the definition of a Group 1 batch process vent.
    Group 1 continuous process vent means a continuous process vent 
releasing a gaseous emission stream that has a total resource 
effectiveness index value, calculated according to Sec. 63.115, less 
than or equal to 1.0 unless the continuous process vent is associated 
with existing thermoplastic product process units that produce methyl 
methacrylate butadiene styrene resin, then said vent falls within the 
Group 1 definition if the released emission stream has a total resource 
effectiveness index value less than or equal to 3.7.
    Group 2 continuous process vent means a continuous process vent that 
does not fall within the definition of a Group 1 continuous process 
vent.
    Group 1 storage vessel means a storage vessel at an existing 
affected source that meets the applicability criteria specified in Table 
2 or Table 3 of this subpart, or a storage vessel at a new affected 
source that meets the applicability criteria specified in Table 4 or 
Table 5 of this subpart.
    Group 2 storage vessel means a storage vessel that does not fall 
within the definition of a Group 1 storage vessel.

[[Page 248]]

    Group 1 wastewater stream means a wastewater stream consisting of 
process wastewater from an existing or new affected source that meets 
the criteria for Group 1 status in Sec. 63.132(c) and/or that meets the 
criteria for Group 1 status in Sec. 63.132(d), with the exceptions 
listed in Sec. 63.1330(b)(8) for the purposes of this subpart (i.e., for 
organic HAP listed on Table 6 of this subpart only).
    Group 2 wastewater stream means any process wastewater stream that 
does not meet the definition of a Group 1 wastewater stream.
    Halogenated aggregate batch vent stream means an aggregate batch 
vent stream determined to have a total mass emission rate of halogen 
atoms contained in organic compounds of 3,750 kilograms per year or 
greater determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(h).
    Halogenated batch process vent means a batch process vent determined 
to have a mass emission rate of halogen atoms contained in organic 
compounds of 3,750 kilograms per year or greater determined by the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(h).
    Halogenated continuous process vent means a continuous process vent 
determined to have a mass emission rate of halogen atoms contained in 
organic compounds of 0.45 kilograms per hour or greater determined by 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(v).
    Heat exchange system means any cooling tower system or once-through 
cooling water system (e.g., river or pond water) designed and intended 
to operate to not allow contact between the cooling medium and process 
fluid or gases (i.e., a noncontact system). A heat exchange system can 
include more than one heat exchanger and can include recirculating or 
once-through cooling systems.
    Highest-HAP recipe for a product means the recipe of the product 
with the highest total mass of HAP charged to the reactor during the 
production of a single batch of product.
    Initial start-up means the first time a new or reconstructed 
affected source begins production of a thermoplastic product, or, for 
equipment added or changed as described in Sec. 63.1310(i), the first 
time the equipment is put into operation to produce a thermoplastic 
product. Initial start-up does not include operation solely for testing 
equipment. Initial start-up does not include subsequent start-ups of an 
affected source or portion thereof following malfunctions or shutdowns 
or following changes in product for flexible operation units or 
following recharging of equipment in batch operation. Further, for 
purposes of Sec. 63.1311 and Sec. 63.1331, initial start-up does not 
include subsequent start-ups of affected sources or portions thereof 
following malfunctions or process unit shutdowns.
    Maintenance wastewater is defined in Sec. 63.101, except that the 
term ``thermoplastic product process unit'' shall apply wherever the 
term ``chemical manufacturing process unit'' is used. Further, the 
generation of wastewater from the routine rinsing or washing of 
equipment in batch operation between batches is not maintenance 
wastewater, but is considered to be process wastewater, for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    Mass process means a polymerization process carried out through the 
use of thermal energy. Mass processes do not utilize emulsifying or 
suspending agents, but may utilize catalysts or other additives.
    Material recovery section means, for PET plants, the equipment that 
recovers by-product methanol from any process section for use, reuse, or 
sale, or the equipment that separates materials containing by-product 
methanol from any process section for off-site purification or treatment 
with the intent to recover methanol for reuse. For polystyrene plants, 
material recovery section means the equipment that recovers unreacted 
styrene from any process section for use, reuse, or sale, or the 
equipment that separates materials containing unreacted styrene from any 
process section for off-site purification or treatment with the intent 
to recover styrene for reuse. Equipment used to store recovered 
materials (i.e., ethylene glycol, methanol, or styrene) is not included. 
Equipment designed to recover or separate materials from the polymer 
product is to be included in this process section, provided that at the 
time of initial compliance some of the unreacted or by-

[[Page 249]]

product material is recovered for return to the TPPU, or sale, or 
provided that some of the separated material is sent for off-site 
purification or treatment with the intent to recover the unreacted or 
by-product material for reuse. Otherwise, such equipment is to be 
assigned to one of the other process sections, as appropriate. If 
equipment is used to recover unreacted or by-product material and return 
it directly to the same piece of process equipment from which it was 
emitted, then that recovery equipment is considered part of the process 
section that contains the process equipment. On the other hand, if 
equipment is used to recover unreacted or by-product material and return 
it to a different piece of process equipment in the same process 
section, that recovery equipment is considered part of a material 
recovery section. Equipment used for the on-site recovery of ethylene 
glycol from PET plants, however, is not included in the material 
recovery section; such equipment is to be included in the polymerization 
reaction section. Equipment used for the on-site recovery of both 
ethylene glycol and any other materials from PET plants is not included 
in the material recovery section; this equipment is to be included in 
the polymerization reaction section. Such equipment includes both 
contact and non-contact condensers removing ethylene glycol from vapor 
streams coming out of polymerization vessels.
    Maximum true vapor pressure is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that 
the terms ``transfer'' or ``transferred'' shall not apply for purposes 
of this subpart.
    Methyl methacrylate acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (MABS) 
means styrenic polymers containing methyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, 
butadiene, and styrene. MABS is prepared by dissolving or dispersing 
polybutadiene rubber in a mixture of methyl methacrylate-acrylonitrile-
styrene and butadiene monomer. The graft polymerization is carried out 
by a bulk or a suspension process.
    Methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin (MBS) means styrenic 
polymers containing methyl methacrylate, butadiene, and styrene. 
Production of MBS is achieved using an emulsion process in which methyl 
methacrylate and styrene are grafted onto a styrene-butadiene rubber.
    Multicomponent system means, as used in conjunction with batch 
process vents, a stream whose liquid and/or vapor contains more than one 
compound.
    New process unit means a process unit for which the construction or 
reconstruction commenced after March 29, 1995.
    Nitrile resin means a resin produced through the polymerization of 
acrylonitrile, methyl acrylate, and butadiene latex using an emulsion 
process.
    On-site or On site means, with respect to records required to be 
maintained by this subpart or required by another subpart referenced by 
this subpart, that records are stored at a location within a major 
source which encompasses the affected source. On-site includes, but is 
not limited to, storage at the affected source or TPPU to which the 
records pertain, or storage in central files elsewhere at the major 
source.
    Operating day means the period defined by the owner or operator in 
the Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5). 
The operating day is the period for which daily average monitoring 
values and batch cycle daily average monitoring values are determined.
    Organic hazardous air pollutant(s) (organic HAP) means one or more 
of the chemicals listed in Table 6 of this subpart or any other chemical 
which is:
    (1) Knowingly produced or introduced into the manufacturing process 
other than as an impurity; and
    (2) Listed in Table 2 of subpart F of this part.
    PET using a dimethyl terephthalate process means the manufacturing 
of PET based on the esterification of dimethyl terephthalate with 
ethylene glycol to form the intermediate monomer bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-
terephthalate that is subsequently polymerized to form PET.
    PET using a terephthalic acid process means the manufacturing of PET 
based on the esterification reaction of terephthalic acid with ethylene 
glycol to form the intermediate monomer bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-
terephthalate that is subsequently polymerized to form PET.

[[Page 250]]

    Poly(ethylene terephthalate) resin (PET) means a polymer or 
copolymer comprised of at least 50 percent bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-
terephthalate by weight.
    Polymerization reaction section means the equipment designed to 
cause monomer(s) to react to form polymers, including equipment designed 
primarily to cause the formation of short polymer chains (e.g., 
oligomers or low molecular weight polymers), but not including equipment 
designed to prepare raw materials for polymerization (e.g., 
esterification vessels). For the purposes of these standards, the 
polymerization reaction section begins with the equipment used to 
transfer the materials from the raw materials preparation section and 
ends with the last vessel in which polymerization occurs. Equipment used 
for the on-site recovery of ethylene glycol from PET plants is included 
in this process section, rather than in the material recovery process 
section.
    Polystyrene resin means a thermoplastic polymer or copolymer 
comprised of at least 80 percent styrene or para-methylstyrene by 
weight.
    Primary product is defined in and determined by the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1310(f).
    Process contact cooling tower system means a cooling tower system 
that is designed and operated to allow contact between the cooling 
medium and process fluid or gases.
    Process section means the equipment designed to accomplish a general 
but well-defined task in polymers production. Process sections include, 
but are not limited to, raw materials preparation, polymerization 
reaction, and material recovery. A process section may be dedicated to a 
single TPPU or common to more than one TPPU.
    Process unit means a collection of equipment assembled and connected 
by hardpiping or duct work, used to process raw materials and to 
manufacture a product.
    Process vent means a gaseous emission stream from a unit operation 
that is discharged to the atmosphere either directly or after passing 
through one or more control, recovery, or recapture devices. Unit 
operations that may have process vents are condensers, distillation 
units, reactors, or other unit operations within the TPPU. Process vents 
exclude pressure releases, gaseous streams routed to a fuel gas 
system(s), and leaks from equipment regulated under Sec. 63.1331. A 
gaseous emission stream is no longer considered to be a process vent 
after the stream has been controlled and monitored in accordance with 
the applicable provisions of this subpart.
    Product means a polymer produced using the same monomers and varying 
in additives (e.g., initiators, terminators, etc.); catalysts; or in the 
relative proportions of monomers, that is manufactured by a process 
unit. With respect to polymers, more than one recipe may be used to 
produce the same product. As an example, styrene acrylonitrile resin and 
methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin each represent a different 
product. Product also means a chemical that is not a polymer, that is 
manufactured by a process unit. By-products, isolated intermediates, 
impurities, wastes, and trace contaminants are not considered products.
    Raw materials preparation section means the equipment at a polymer 
manufacturing plant designed to prepare raw materials, such as monomers 
and solvents, for polymerization. For the purposes of the standards in 
this subpart, this process section includes the equipment used to 
transfer raw materials from storage and/or the equipment used to 
transfer recovered material from the material recovery process sections 
to the raw material preparation section, and ends with the last piece of 
equipment that prepares the material for polymerization. The raw 
materials preparation section may include equipment that is used to 
purify, dry, or otherwise treat raw materials or raw and recovered 
materials together; to activate catalysts; or to promote esterification 
including the formation of some short polymer chains (oligomers). The 
raw materials preparation section does not include equipment that is 
designed primarily to accomplish the formation of oligomers, the 
treatment of recovered materials alone, or the storage of raw or 
recovered materials.

[[Page 251]]

    Recipe means a specific composition, from among the range of 
possible compositions that may occur within a product, as defined in 
this section. A recipe is determined by the proportions of monomers and, 
if present, other reactants and additives that are used to make the 
recipe. For example, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene latex resin (ABS 
latex) without additives; ABS latex with an additive; and ABS latex with 
different proportions of acrylonitrile to butadiene are all different 
recipes of the same product, ABS latex.
    Reconstruction means the addition of new components or the 
replacement of existing components at an affected source or at a 
previously unaffected stationary source that becomes an affected source 
as a result of the change, to such an extent that:
    (1) The fixed capital cost of the new components exceeds 50 percent 
of the fixed capital cost that would be required to construct a 
comparable affected new source; and
    (2) It is technologically and economically feasible for the 
reconstructed source to meet the provisions of this subpart.
    Recovery device means:
    (1) An individual unit of equipment capable of and normally used for 
the purpose of recovering chemicals for:
    (i) Use;
    (ii) Reuse;
    (iii) Fuel value (i.e., net heating value); or
    (iv) For sale for use, reuse, or fuel value (i.e., net heating 
value).
    (2) Examples of equipment that may be recovery devices include 
absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, oil-water separators or 
organic-water separators, or organic removal devices such as decanters, 
strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. For the purposes of the 
monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting requirements of this subpart, 
recapture devices are considered recovery devices.
    Recovery operations equipment means the equipment used to separate 
the components of process streams. Recovery operations equipment 
includes distillation units, condensers, etc. Equipment used for 
wastewater treatment and recovery or recapture devices used as control 
devices shall not be considered recovery operations equipment.
    Residual is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that when the definition 
in Sec. 63.111 uses the term ``Table 9 compounds,'' the term ``organic 
HAP listed in Table 6 of subpart JJJ'' shall apply for purposes of this 
subpart.
    Shutdown means for purposes including, but not limited to, periodic 
maintenance, replacement of equipment, or repair, the cessation of 
operation of an affected source, a TPPU(s) within an affected source, a 
waste management unit or unit operation within an affected source, or 
equipment required or used to comply with this subpart, or the emptying 
or degassing of a storage vessel. For purposes of the wastewater 
provisions of Sec. 63.1330, shutdown does not include the routine 
rinsing or washing of equipment in batch operation between batches. For 
purposes of the batch process vent provisions in Secs. 63.1321 through 
63.1327, the cessation of equipment in batch operation is not a 
shutdown, unless the equipment undergoes maintenance, is replaced, or is 
repaired.
    Solid state polymerization process means a unit operation which, 
through the application of heat, furthers the polymerization (i.e., 
increases the intrinsic viscosity) of polymer chips.
    Start-up means the setting into operation of an affected source, a 
TPPU(s) within an affected source, a waste management unit or unit 
operation within an affected source, or equipment required or used to 
comply with this subpart, or a storage vessel after emptying and 
degassing. For both continuous and batch processes, start-up includes 
initial start-up and operation solely for testing equipment. For both 
continuous and batch processes, start-up does not include the recharging 
of equipment in batch operation. For continuous processes, start-up 
includes transitional conditions due to changes in product for flexible 
operation units. For batch processes, start-up does not include 
transitional conditions due to changes in product for flexible operation 
units.
    Steady-state conditions means that all variables (temperatures, 
pressures, volumes, flow rates, etc.) in a process do not vary 
significantly with time; minor

[[Page 252]]

fluctuations about constant mean values may occur.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
liquids that contain one or more organic HAP. Storage vessels do not 
include:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 38 cubic meters;
    (4) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material that 
contains no organic HAP and/or organic HAP as impurities only;
    (5) Wastewater storage tanks; and
    (6) Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers.
    Styrene acrylonitrile resin (SAN) means copolymers consisting 
primarily of styrene and acrylonitrile monomer units.
    Supplemental combustion air means the air that is added to a vent 
stream after the vent stream leaves the unit operation. Air that is part 
of the vent stream as a result of the nature of the unit operation is 
not considered supplemental combustion air. Air required to operate 
combustion device burner(s) is not considered supplemental combustion 
air. Air required to ensure the proper operation of catalytic oxidizers, 
to include the intermittent addition of air upstream of the catalyst bed 
to maintain a minimum threshold flow rate through the catalyst bed or to 
avoid excessive temperatures in the catalyst bed, is not considered to 
be supplemental combustion air.
    Suspension process means a polymerization process where the 
monomer(s) is in a state of suspension, with the help of suspending 
agents, in a medium other than water (typically an organic solvent). The 
resulting polymers are not soluble in the reactor medium.
    Thermoplastic product means one of the following types of products:
    (1) ABS latex;
    (2) ABS using a batch emulsion process;
    (3) ABS using a batch suspension process;
    (4) ABS using a continuous emulsion process;
    (5) ABS using a continuous mass process;
    (6) ASA/AMSAN;
    (7) EPS;
    (8) MABS;
    (9) MBS;
    (10) nitrile resin;
    (11) PET using a batch dimethyl terephthalate process;
    (12) PET using a batch terephthalic acid process;
    (13) PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process;
    (14) PET using a continuous terephthalic acid process;
    (15) PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high viscosity 
multiple end finisher process;
    (16) Polystyrene resin using a batch process;
    (17) Polystyrene resin using a continuous process;
    (18) SAN using a batch process; or
    (19) SAN using a continuous process.
    Thermoplastic product process unit (TPPU) means a collection of 
equipment assembled and connected by hard-piping or ductwork, used to 
process raw materials and to manufacture a thermoplastic product as its 
primary product. This collection of equipment includes unit operations; 
recovery operations equipment, process vents; equipment identified in 
Sec. 63.149; storage vessels, as determined in Sec. 63.1310(g); and the 
equipment that is subject to the equipment leak provisions as specified 
in Sec. 63.1331. Utilities, lines and equipment not containing process 
fluids, and other non-process lines, such as heating and cooling systems 
which do not combine their materials with those in the processes they 
serve, are not part of the thermoplastic product process unit. A 
thermoplastic product process unit consists of more than one unit 
operation.
    Total organic compounds (TOC) means those compounds excluding 
methane and ethane measured according to the procedures of Method 18 or 
Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    Total resource effectiveness index value or TRE index value means a 
measure of the supplemental total resource requirement per unit 
reduction organic HAP associated with a continuous process vent stream, 
based on vent

[[Page 253]]

stream flow rate, emission rate of organic HAP, net heating value, and 
corrosion properties (whether or not the continuous process vent stream 
contains halogenated compounds), as quantified by the equations given 
under Sec. 63.115.
    Vent stream, as used in reference to batch process vents, continuous 
process vents, and aggregate batch vent streams, means the emissions 
from one or more process vents.
    Waste management unit is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that where 
the definition in Sec. 63.111 uses the term ``chemical manufacturing 
process unit,'' the term ``TPPU'' shall apply for purposes of this 
subpart.
    Wastewater means water that:
    (1) Contains either:
    (i) An annual average concentration of organic HAP listed on Table 6 
of this subpart, except for ethylene glycol, of at least 5 parts per 
million by weight and has an annual average flow rate of 0.02 liter per 
minute or greater; or
    (ii) An annual average concentration of organic HAP listed on Table 
6 of this subpart, except for ethylene glycol, of at least 10,000 parts 
per million by weight at any flow rate; and
    (2) Is discarded from a TPPU that is part of an affected source. 
Wastewater is process wastewater or maintenance wastewater.
    Wastewater stream means a stream that contains wastewater as defined 
in this section.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11547, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38102, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1313  Emission standards.

    (a) Except as allowed under paragraphs (b) through (d) of this 
section, the owner or operator of an existing or new affected source 
shall comply with the provisions in:
    (1) Section 63.1314 for storage vessels;
    (2) Section 63.1315, or Secs. 63.1316 through 63.1320, as 
appropriate, for continuous process vents;
    (3) Section 63.1321 for batch process vents;
    (4) Section 63.1328 for heat exchange systems;
    (5) Section 63.1329 for process contact cooling towers;
    (6) Section 63.1330 for wastewater;
    (7) Section 63.1331 for equipment leaks;
    (8) Section 63.1333 for additional test methods and procedures;
    (9) Section 63.1334 for parameter monitoring levels and excursions; 
and
    (10) Section 63.1335 for general recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements.
    (b) When emissions of different kinds (i.e., emissions from 
continuous process vents subject to either Sec. 63.1315 or Secs. 63.1316 
through 63.1320, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, 
storage vessels, process wastewater, and/or in-process equipment subject 
to Sec. 63.149) are combined, and at least one of the emission streams 
would be classified as Group 1 in the absence of combination with other 
emission streams, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, as 
appropriate. For purposes of this paragraph (b), combined emission 
streams containing one or more batch process vents and containing one or 
more continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315, 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(ii), Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(i), 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or Sec. 63.1316(c)(1), excluding 
Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(ii), may comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or 
(b)(2) of this section, as appropriate. For purposes of this paragraph 
(b), the owner or operator of an affected source with combined emission 
streams containing one or more batch process vents but not containing 
one or more continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315, 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(ii), Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(i), 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or Sec. 63.1316(c)(1), excluding 
Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(ii), shall comply with paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section.
    (1) Comply with the applicable requirements of this subpart for each 
kind of emission in the stream as specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(7) of this section.
    (2) Comply with the first set of requirements, identified in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this section, which applies 
to any individual emission stream that is included in the combined 
stream, where either that emission stream would be classified as Group 1 
in the absence of combination with other emission streams, or the owner 
or operator chooses to consider

[[Page 254]]

that emission stream to be Group 1 for purposes of this paragraph. 
Compliance with the first applicable set of requirements identified in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this section constitutes 
compliance with all other requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(b)(2)(vi) of this section applicable to other types of emissions in the 
combined stream.
    (i) The requirements of this subpart for Group 1 continuous process 
vents subject to Sec. 63.1315, including applicable monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting;
    (ii) The requirements of Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(ii), Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(i), Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(ii), 
or Sec. 63.1316(c)(1), excluding Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(ii), as appropriate, 
for control of emissions from continuous process vents subject to the 
control requirements of Sec. 63.1316, including applicable monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements;
    (iii) The requirements of Sec. 63.119(e), as specified in 
Sec. 63.1314, for control of emissions from Group 1 storage vessels, 
including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting;
    (iv) The requirements of Sec. 63.139, as specified in Sec. 63.1330, 
for control devices used to control emissions from waste management 
units, including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting;
    (v) The requirements of Sec. 63.139, as specified in Sec. 63.1330, 
for closed vent systems for control of emissions from in-process 
equipment subject to Sec. 63.149, as specified in Sec. 63.1330, 
including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting; or
    (vi) The requirements of this subpart for aggregate batch vent 
streams subject to Sec. 63.1321(c), including applicable monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting.
    (3) The owner or operator of an affected source with combined 
emission streams containing one or more batch process vents but not 
containing one or more continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315, 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(ii), Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(i), 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or Sec. 63.1316(c)(1), excluding 
Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(ii), shall comply with paragraph (b)(3)(i) and 
(b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator of the affected source shall comply with 
Sec. 63.1321 for the batch process vent(s).
    (ii) The owner or operator of the affected source shall comply with 
either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, as appropriate, for 
the remaining emission streams.
    (c) Instead of complying with Secs. 63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 
through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330, the owner or operator of an 
existing affected source may elect to control any or all of the storage 
vessels, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, continuous 
process vents, and wastewater streams and associated waste management 
units within the affected source to different levels using an emissions 
averaging compliance approach that uses the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1332. The restrictions concerning which emission points may be 
included in an emissions average, including how many emission points may 
be included, are specified in Sec. 63.1332(a)(1). An owner or operator 
electing to use emissions averaging shall still comply with the 
provisions of Secs. 63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, 
and 63.1330 for affected source emission points not included in the 
emissions average.
    (d) A State may decide not to allow the use of the emissions 
averaging compliance approach specified in paragraph (c) of this 
section.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38106, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1314  Storage vessel provisions.

    (a) This section applies to each storage vessel that is assigned to 
an affected source, as determined by Sec. 63.1310(g). Except as provided 
in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, the owner or operator of 
an affected source shall comply with the requirements of Secs. 63.119 
through 63.123 and 63.148 for those storage vessels, with the 
differences noted in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(17) of this section 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (1) When the term ``storage vessel'' is used in Secs. 63.119 through 
63.123, the definition of this term in Sec. 63.1312 shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (2) When the term ``Group 1 storage vessel'' is used in Secs. 63.119 
through 63.123, the definition of this term in

[[Page 255]]

Sec. 63.1312 shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (3) When the term ``Group 2 storage vessel'' is used in Secs. 63.119 
through 63.123, the definition of this term in Sec. 63.1312 shall apply 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (4) When the emissions averaging provisions of Sec. 63.150 are 
referred to in Secs. 63.119 and 63.123, the emissions averaging 
provisions contained in Sec. 63.1332 shall apply for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (5) When December 31, 1992, is referred to in Sec. 63.119, March 29, 
1995 shall apply instead, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) When April 22, 1994, is referred to in Sec. 63.119, June 19, 
2000 shall apply instead, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (7) Each owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 
this paragraph (a)(7) instead of Sec. 63.120(d)(1)(ii) for the purposes 
of this subpart. If the control device used to comply with 
Sec. 63.119(e) is also used to comply with any of the requirements found 
in Sec. 63.1315, Sec. 63.1316, Sec. 63.1322, or Sec. 63.1330, the 
performance test required in or accepted by the applicable requirements 
of Secs. 63.1315, 63.1316, 63.1322, and 63.1330 is acceptable for 
demonstrating compliance with Sec. 63.119(e) for the purposes of this 
subpart. The owner or operator is not required to prepare a design 
evaluation for the control device as described in Sec. 63.120(d)(1)(i), 
if the performance test meets the criteria specified in paragraphs 
(a)(7)(i) and (a)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The performance test demonstrates that the control device 
achieves greater than or equal to the required control efficiency 
specified in Sec. 63.119(e)(1) or Sec. 63.119(e)(2), as applicable; and
    (ii) The performance test is submitted as part of the Notification 
of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (8) When the term ``range'' is used in Secs. 63.120(d)(3), 
63.120(d)(5), and 63.122(g)(2), the term ``level'' shall apply instead, 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (9) For purposes of this subpart, the monitoring plan required by 
Sec. 63.120(d)(2) shall specify for which control devices the owner or 
operator has selected to follow the procedures for continuous monitoring 
specified in Sec. 63.1334. For those control devices for which the owner 
or operator has selected to not follow the procedures for continuous 
monitoring specified in Sec. 63.1334, the monitoring plan shall include 
a description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to ensure 
that the control device is being properly operated and maintained, an 
explanation of the criteria used for selection of that parameter (or 
parameters), and the frequency with which monitoring will be performed 
(e.g., when the liquid level in the storage vessel is being raised), as 
specified in Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(i).
    (10) For purposes of this subpart, the monitoring plan required by 
Sec. 63.122(b) shall be included in the Notification of Compliance 
Status required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (11) When the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) are referred to in Secs. 63.120, 63.122, and 
63.123, the Notification of Compliance Status requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (12) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) are referred to in Secs. 63.120 and 63.122, the Periodic 
Report requirements contained in Sec. 63.1335(e)(6) shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (13) When other reports as required in Sec. 63.152(d) are referred 
to in Sec. 63.122, the reporting requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(7) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (14) When the Initial Notification requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.151(b) are referred to in Sec. 63.122, the owner or operator of 
an affected source subject to this subpart need not comply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (15) When the determination of equivalence criteria in 
Sec. 63.102(b) is referred to in Sec. 63.121(a), the provisions in 
Sec. 63.6(g) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (16) When Sec. 63.119(a) requires compliance according to the 
schedule provisions in Sec. 63.100, owners and operators of affected 
sources shall instead comply with the requirements in Secs. 63.119(a)(1) 
through 63.119(a)(4) by the

[[Page 256]]

compliance date for storage vessels, which is specified in Sec. 63.1311.
    (17) In Sec. 63.120(e)(1), instead of the reference to 
Sec. 63.11(b), the requirements of Sec. 63.1333(e) shall apply.
    (b) Owners or operators of Group 1 storage vessels that are assigned 
to a new affected source producing SAN using a continuous process shall 
control emissions to the levels indicated in paragraphs (b)(1) and 
(b)(2) of this section.
    (1) For storage vessels with capacities greater than or equal to 
2,271 cubic meters (m\3\) containing a liquid mixture having a vapor 
pressure greater than or equal to 0.5 kilopascal (kPa) but less than 0.7 
kPa, emissions shall be controlled by at least 90 percent relative to 
uncontrolled emissions.
    (2) For storage vessels with capacities less than 151 m3 
containing a liquid mixture having a vapor pressure greater than or 
equal to 10 kPa, emissions shall be controlled by at least 98 percent 
relative to uncontrolled emissions.
    (3) For all other storage vessels designated as Group 1 storage 
vessels, emissions shall be controlled to the level designated in 
Sec. 63.119.
    (c) Owners or operators of Group 1 storage vessels that are assigned 
to a new or existing affected source producing ASA/AMSAN shall control 
emissions by at least 98 percent relative to uncontrolled emissions.
    (d) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to storage vessels 
containing ethylene glycol at existing or new affected sources and 
storage vessels containing styrene at existing affected sources.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11547, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38107, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1315  Continuous process vents provisions.

    (a) For each continuous process vent located at an affected source, 
the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Secs. 63.113 
through 63.118, with the differences noted in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(18) of this section for the purposes of this subpart, except as 
provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
    (1) When the term ``process vent'' is used in Secs. 63.113 through 
63.118, the term ``continuous process vent,'' and the definition of this 
term in Sec. 63.1312 shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (2) When the term ``Group 1 process vent'' is used in Secs. 63.113 
through 63.118, the term ``Group 1 continuous process vent,'' and the 
definition of this term in Sec. 63.1312 shall apply for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (3) When the term ``Group 2 process vent'' is used in Secs. 63.113 
through 63.118, the term ``Group 2 continuous process vent,'' and the 
definition of this term in Sec. 63.1312 shall apply for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (4) When December 31, 1992 is referred to in Sec. 63.113, apply the 
date March 29, 1995, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (5) When Sec. 63.151(f), alternative monitoring parameters, and 
Sec. 63.152(e), submission of an operating permit, are referred to in 
Secs. 63.114(c) and 63.117(e), Sec. 63.1335(f), alternative monitoring 
parameters, and Sec. 63.1335(e)(8), submission of an operating permit, 
respectively, shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) When the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) are referred to in Secs. 63.114, 63.117, and 
63.118, the Notification of Compliance Status requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (7) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) are referred to in Secs. 63.117 and 63.118, the Periodic 
Report requirements contained in Sec. 63.1335(e)(6) shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (8) When the definition of excursion in Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) is 
referred to in Sec. 63.118(f)(2), the definition of excursion in 
Sec. 63.1334(f) of this subpart shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (9) When Sec. 63.114(e) specifies that an owner or operator shall 
submit the information required in Sec. 63.152(b) in order to establish 
the parameter monitoring range, the owner or operator of an affected 
source shall comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1334 for establishing 
the parameter monitoring level and shall comply with Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) 
for purposes of reporting information related to establishment of the 
parameter monitoring level for purposes of

[[Page 257]]

this subpart. Further, the term ``level'' shall apply when the term 
``range'' is used in Secs. 63.114, 63.117, and 63.118.
    (10) When reports of process changes are required under 
Sec. 63.118(g), (h), (i), or (j), paragraphs (a)(10)(i) through 
(a)(10)(iv) of this section shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart. In addition, for the purposes of this subpart, paragraph 
(a)(10)(v) of this section applies, and Sec. 63.118(k) does not apply to 
owners or operators of affected sources.
    (i) For the purposes of this subpart, whenever a process change, as 
defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is made that causes a Group 2 continuous 
process vent to become a Group 1 continuous process vent, the owner or 
operator shall submit a report within 180 days after the process change 
is made or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is later. A 
description of the process change shall be submitted with the report of 
the process change, and the owner or operator of the affected source 
shall comply with the Group 1 provisions in Secs. 63.113 through 63.118 
in accordance with Sec. 63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii), as applicable.
    (ii) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is 
made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with a TRE greater 
than 4.0 to become a Group 2 continuous process vent with a TRE less 
than 4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 days 
after the process change is made or with the next Periodic Report, 
whichever is later. A description of the process change shall be 
submitted with the report of the process change, and the owner or 
operator shall comply with the provisions in Sec. 63.113(d) by the dates 
specified in Sec. 63.1311.
    (iii) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is 
made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with a flow rate less 
than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute to become a Group 2 
continuous process vent with a flow rate of 0.005 standard cubic meter 
per minute or greater and a TRE index value less than or equal to 4.0, 
the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 days after the 
process change is made or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is 
later. A description of the process change shall be submitted with the 
report of the process change, and the owner or operator shall comply 
with the provisions in Sec. 63.113(d) by the dates specified in 
Sec. 63.1311.
    (iv) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is 
made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with an organic HAP 
concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume to become a Group 
2 continuous process vent with an organic HAP concentration of 50 parts 
per million by volume or greater and a TRE index value less than or 
equal to 4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 
days after the process change is made or with the next Periodic Report, 
whichever is later. A description of the process change shall be 
submitted with the report of the process change, and the owner or 
operator shall comply with the provisions in Sec. 63.113(d) by the dates 
specified in Sec. 63.1311.
    (v) The owner or operator is not required to submit a report of a 
process change if one of the conditions listed in paragraphs 
(a)(10)(v)(A), (a)(10)(v)(B), (a)(10)(v)(C), or (a)(10)(v)(D) of this 
section is met.
    (A) The process change does not meet the definition of a process 
change in Sec. 63.115(e);
    (B) The vent stream flow rate is recalculated according to 
Sec. 63.115(e) and the recalculated value is less than 0.005 standard 
cubic meter per minute;
    (C) The organic HAP concentration of the vent stream is recalculated 
according to Sec. 63.115(e) and the recalculated value is less than 50 
parts per million by volume; or
    (D) The TRE index value is recalculated according to Sec. 63.115(e) 
and the recalculated value is greater than 4.0, or for the affected 
sources producing methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin the 
recalculated value is greater than 6.7.
    (11) When the provisions of Sec. 63.116(c)(3) and (c)(4) specify 
that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used, Method 18 or 
Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be used for the purposes of 
this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall 
conform with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(11)(i) and (a)(11)(ii) 
of this section.

[[Page 258]]

    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (12) When Sec. 63.118, periodic reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements, refers to Sec. 63.152(f), the recordkeeping requirements 
in Sec. 63.1335(d) shall apply for purposes of this subpart.
    (13) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a continuous process vent, the owner or operator of the 
affected source containing the combined vent stream shall comply with 
paragraph (a)(13)(i); with paragraph (a)(13)(ii) and with paragraph 
(a)(13)(iii) or (iv); or with paragraph (a)(13)(v) of this section, as 
appropriate.
    (i) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a Group 1 continuous process vent prior to the combined 
vent stream being routed to a control device, the owner or operator of 
the affected source containing the combined vent stream shall comply 
with the requirements in paragraph (a)(13)(i)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) All requirements for a Group 1 process vent stream in 
Secs. 63.113 through 63.118, except as otherwise provided in this 
section. As specified in Sec. 63.1333(a)(1), performance tests shall be 
conducted at maximum representative operating conditions. For the 
purpose of conducting a performance test on a combined vent stream, 
maximum representative operating conditions shall be when batch emission 
episodes are occurring that result in the highest organic HAP emission 
rate (for the combined vent stream) that is achievable during one of the 
periods listed in Sec. 63.1333(a)(1)(i) or Sec. 63.1333(a)(1)(ii), 
without causing any of the situations described in paragraphs 
(a)(13)(i)(A)(1) through (3) to occur.
    (1) Causing damage to equipment.
    (2) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product that does 
not meet an existing specification for sale to a customer; or
    (3) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product in excess 
of demand.
    (B) Comply with the provisions in Sec. 63.1313(b)(1), as allowed 
under Sec. 63.1313(b).
    (ii) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a continuous process vent prior to the combined vent 
stream being routed to a recovery device, the TRE index value for the 
combined vent stream shall be calculated at the exit of the last 
recovery device. The TRE shall be calculated during periods when one or 
more batch emission episodes are occurring that result in the highest 
organic HAP emission rate (in the combined vent stream that is being 
routed to the recovery device) that is achievable during the 6-month 
period that begins 3 months before and ends 3 months after the TRE 
calculation, without causing any of the situations described in 
paragraphs (a)(13)(ii)(A) through (C) to occur.
    (A) Causing damage to equipment.
    (B) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product that does 
not meet an existing specification for sale to a customer; or
    (C) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product in excess 
of demand.
    (iii) If the combined vent stream described in paragraph (a)(10)(ii) 
of this section meets the requirements in paragraphs (a)(13)(iii)(A), 
(B), and (C) of this section, the combined vent stream shall be subject 
to the requirements for Group 1 process vents in Secs. 63.113 through 
63.118, except as otherwise provided in this section, as applicable. 
Performance tests for the combined vent stream shall be conducted at 
maximum operating conditions, as described in paragraph (a)(13)(i) of 
this section.
    (A) The TRE index value of the combined stream is less than or equal 
to 1.0;
    (B) The flow rate of the combined vent stream is greater than or 
equal to 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute; and

[[Page 259]]

    (C) The total organic HAP concentration is greater than or equal to 
50 parts per million by volume for the combined vent stream.
    (iv) If the combined vent stream described in paragraph (a)(10)(ii) 
of this section meets the requirements in paragraph (a)(13)(iv)(A), (B), 
or (C) of this section, the combined vent stream shall be subject to the 
requirements for Group 2 process vents in Secs. 63.113 through 63.118, 
except as otherwise provided in this section, as applicable.
    (A) The TRE index value of the combined vent stream is greater than 
1.0;
    (B) The flow rate of the combined vent stream is less than 0.005 
standard cubic meter per minute; or
    (C) The total organic HAP concentration is less than 50 parts per 
million by volume for the combined vent stream.
    (v) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a Group 2 continuous process vent, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the requirements in either paragraph (a)(13)(v)(A) or 
(a)(13)(v)(B) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
Secs. 63.113 through 63.118 for Group 1 process vents; or
    (B) The owner or operator shall comply with Sec. 63.1322(e)(2) for 
batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams.
    (14) If any gas stream that originates outside of an affected source 
that is subject to this subpart is normally conducted through the same 
final recovery device as any continuous process vent stream subject to 
this subpart, the owner or operator of the affected source with the 
combined vent stream shall comply with all requirements in Secs. 63.113 
through 63.118 of subpart G of this part, except as otherwise noted in 
this section, as applicable.
    (i) Instead of measuring the vent stream flow rate at the sampling 
site specified in Sec. 63.115(b)(1), the sampling site for vent stream 
flow rate shall be prior to the final recovery device and prior to the 
point at which the gas stream that is not controlled under this subpart 
is introduced into the combined vent stream.
    (ii) Instead of measuring total organic HAP or TOC concentrations at 
the sampling site specified in Sec. 63.115(c)(1), the sampling site for 
total organic HAP or TOC concentration shall be prior to the final 
recovery device and prior to the point at which the gas stream that is 
not controlled under this subpart is introduced into the combined vent 
stream.
    (iii) The efficiency of the final recovery device (determined 
according to paragraph (a)(14)(iv) of this section) shall be applied to 
the total organic HAP or TOC concentration measured at the sampling site 
described in paragraph (a)(14)(ii) of this section to determine the exit 
concentration. This exit concentration of total organic HAP or TOC shall 
then be used to perform the calculations outlined in 
Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(iii) and Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(iv), for the combined vent 
stream exiting the final recovery device.
    (iv) The efficiency of the final recovery device is determined by 
measuring the total organic HAP or TOC concentration using Method 18 or 
25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, at the inlet to the final recovery 
device after the introduction of any gas stream that is not controlled 
under this subpart, and at the outlet of the final recovery device.
    (15) When Sec. 63.115(c)(3)(ii)(B) and (d)(2)(iv) and 
Sec. 63.116(c)(3)(ii)(B) and (c)(4)(ii)(C) refer to Table 2 of subpart F 
of this part, the owner or operator is only required to consider organic 
HAP listed on Table 6 of this subpart for purposes of this subpart.
    (16) The compliance date for continuous process vents subject to the 
provisions of this section is specified in Sec. 63.1311.
    (17) In Sec. 63.116(a), instead of the reference to Sec. 63.11(b), 
the requirements in Sec. 63.1333(e) shall apply.
    (18) When a combustion device is used to comply with the 20 parts 
per million by volume outlet concentration standard specified in 
Sec. 63.113(a)(2), the correction to 3 percent oxygen is only required 
when supplemental combustion air is used to combust the emissions, for 
the purposes of this subpart. In addition, the correction to 3 percent 
oxygen specified in Sec. 63.116(c)(3) and (c)(3)(iii) is only required 
when supplemental combustion air is used to combust the emissions, for 
the purposes of

[[Page 260]]

this subpart. Finally, when a combustion device is used to comply with 
the 20 parts per million by volume outlet concentration standard 
specified in Sec. 63.113(a)(2), an owner or operator shall record and 
report the outlet concentration required in Sec. 63.117(a)(4)(ii) and 
(a)(4)(iv) corrected to 3 percent oxygen when supplemental combustion 
air is used to combust the emissions, for the purposes of this subpart. 
When supplemental combustion air is not used to combust the emissions, 
an owner or operator may record and report the outlet concentration 
required in Sec. 63.117(a)(4)(ii) and (a)(4)(iv) on an uncorrected basis 
or corrected to 3 percent oxygen, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (b) Owners or operators of existing affected sources producing MBS 
shall comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) Comply with paragraph (a) of this section, as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii).
    (i) As specified in Sec. 63.1312, Group 1 continuous process vents 
at MBS existing affected sources are those with a total resource 
effectiveness value less than or equal to 3.7.
    (ii) When complying with this paragraph (b) and the term ``TRE of 
4.0'' is used, or related terms indicating a TRE index value of 4.0, 
referred to in Secs. 63.113 through 63.118, are used, the term ``TRE of 
6.7,'' shall apply instead, for the purposes of this subpart. The TRE 
range of 3.7 to 6.7 for continuous process vents at existing affected 
sources producing MBS corresponds to the TRE range of 1.0 to 4.0 for 
other continuous process vents, as it applies to monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting.
    (2) Not allow organic HAP emissions from the collection of 
continuous process vents at the affected source to be greater than 
0.000590 kg organic HAP/Mg of product. Compliance with this paragraph 
(b)(2) shall be determined using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1333(b).
    (c) Owners or operators of new affected sources producing SAN using 
a batch process shall comply with the applicable requirements in 
Sec. 63.1321.
    (d) Affected sources producing PET or polystyrene using a continuous 
process are not subject to the provisions of this section and instead 
are subject to the emissions control provisions of Sec. 63.1316, the 
monitoring provisions of Sec. 63.1317, the testing and compliance 
demonstration provisions of Sec. 63.1318, the recordkeeping provisions 
of Sec. 63.1319, and the reporting provisions of Sec. 63.1320. However, 
in some instances, as specified in Sec. 63.1316, select continuous 
process vents present at affected sources producing PET or polystyrene 
using a continuous process are subject to the provisions of this 
section.
    (e) Owners or operators of affected sources producing ASA/AMSAN 
shall reduce organic HAP emissions from each continuous process vent, 
each batch process vent, and each aggregate batch vent stream by 98 
weight-percent and shall comply with either paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), or 
(e)(3), as appropriate. Where batch process vents or aggregate batch 
vent streams are combined with continuous process vents, the provisions 
of paragraph (a)(13) of this section shall apply for the purposes of 
this paragraph (e).
    (1) For each continuous process vent, comply with paragraph (a) of 
this section as specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(ii) of 
this section.
    (i) For purpose of this section, each continuous process vent shall 
be considered to be a Group 1 continuous process vent and the owner or 
operator of that continuous process vent shall comply with the 
requirements for a Group 1 continuous process vent.
    (ii) For purposes of this section, the group determination procedure 
required by Sec. 63.115 shall not apply.
    (2) For each batch process vent, comply with Secs. 63.1321 through 
63.1327 as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (e)(2)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) For purpose of this section, each batch process vent shall be 
considered to be a Group 1 batch process vent and the owner or operator 
of that batch process vent shall comply with the requirements for a 
Group 1 batch process vent contained in Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327, 
except that each batch process vent shall be controlled to reduce 
organic HAP emissions by 98 weight-percent.

[[Page 261]]

    (ii) For purposes of this section, the group determination procedure 
required by Sec. 63.1323 shall not apply.
    (3) For each aggregate batch vent stream, comply with Secs. 63.1321 
through 63.1327 as specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (e)(3)(ii) 
of this section.
    (i) For purpose of this section, each aggregate batch vent stream 
shall be considered to be a Group 1 aggregate batch vent stream and the 
owner or operator of that aggregate batch vent stream shall comply with 
the requirements for a Group 1 aggregate batch vent stream contained in 
Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327, except that each aggregate batch vent 
stream shall be controlled to reduce organic HAP emissions by 98 weight-
percent.
    (ii) For purposes of this section, the group determination procedure 
required by Sec. 63.1323 shall not apply.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11547, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38107, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1316  PET and polystyrene affected sources--emissions control provisions.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected source producing PET using 
a continuous process shall comply with paragraph (b) of this section. 
The owner or operator of an affected source producing polystyrene using 
a continuous process shall comply with paragraph (c) of this section. As 
specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, owners or operators 
shall comply with Sec. 63.1315 for certain continuous process vents and 
with Sec. 63.1321 for all batch process vents. The owner or operator of 
an affected source producing PET using a batch process or producing 
polystyrene using a batch process shall comply with Sec. 63.1315 for 
continuous process vents and with Sec. 63.1321 for batch process vents, 
instead of the provisions of Secs. 63.1316 through 63.1320.
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected source producing PET using 
a continuous process shall comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, as appropriate, and are not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart DDD. Compliance can be based on either organic HAP or TOC.
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected source producing PET using 
a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process shall comply with paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator of an existing affected source with 
organic HAP emissions greater than 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product 
from continuous process vents in the collection of material recovery 
sections (i.e., methanol recovery) within the affected source shall 
comply with either paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(i)(B), or (b)(1)(i)(C) 
of this section. Emissions from continuous process vents in the 
collection of material recovery sections within the affected source 
shall be determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1318(b). The 
owner or operator of a new affected source shall comply with either 
paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(i)(B), or (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section.
    (A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents in each 
individual material recovery section shall, as a whole, be no greater 
than 0.018 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from the associated TPPU(s); 
or alternatively, organic HAP emissions from all continuous process 
vents in the collection of material recovery sections within the 
affected source shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.018 kg organic 
HAP per Mg product from all associated TPPU(s);
    (B) As specified in Sec. 63.1318(d), the owner or operator shall 
maintain the daily average outlet gas stream temperature from each final 
condenser in a material recovery section at a temperature of +3  deg.C 
(+37  deg.F) or less (i.e., colder);
    (C) Comply with paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section.
    (ii) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents in 
the collection of polymerization reaction sections within the affected 
source by complying with either paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) or (b)(1)(ii)(B) 
of this section.
    (A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents in each 
individual polymerization reaction section

[[Page 262]]

(including emissions from any equipment used to further recover ethylene 
glycol, but excluding emissions from process contact cooling towers) 
shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.02 kg organic HAP per Mg of 
product from the associated TPPU(s); or alternatively, organic HAP 
emissions from all continuous process vents in the collection of 
polymerization reaction sections within the affected source shall, as a 
whole, be no greater than 0.02 kg organic HAP per Mg product from all 
associated TPPU(s); or
    (B) Comply with paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section.
    (iii) Continuous process vents not included in a material recovery 
section, as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, and not 
included in a polymerization reaction section, as specified in paragraph 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section, shall comply with Sec. 63.1315.
    (iv) Batch process vents shall comply with Sec. 63.1321.
    (v) Comply with one of the following:
    (A) Reduce the emissions in a combustion device to achieve 98 weight 
percent reduction or to achieve a concentration of 20 parts per million 
by volume (ppmv) on a dry basis, whichever is less stringent. If an 
owner or operator elects to comply with the 20 ppmv standard, the 
concentration shall include a correction to 3 percent oxygen only when 
supplemental combustion air is used to combust the emissions;
    (B) Combust the emissions in a boiler or process heater with a 
design heat input capacity of 150 million Btu/hr or greater by 
introducing the emissions into the flame zone of the boiler or process 
heater; or
    (C) Combust the emissions in a flare that complies with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1333(e).
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected source producing PET using 
a continuous terephthalic acid process shall comply with paragraphs 
(b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents in the 
collection of raw material preparation sections within the affected 
source by complying with either paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or (b)(2)(i)(B) 
of this section.
    (A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 
associated with the esterification vessels in each individual raw 
materials preparation section shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.04 
kg organic HAP per Mg of product from the associated TPPU(s); or 
alternatively, organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 
associated with the esterification vessels in the collection of raw 
material preparation sections within the affected source shall, as a 
whole, be no greater than 0.04 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from all 
associated TPPU(s). Other continuous process vents (i.e., those not 
associated with the esterification vessels) in the collection of raw 
materials preparation sections within the affected source shall comply 
with Sec. 63.1315; or
    (B) Comply with paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section.
    (ii) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents in 
the collection of polymerization reaction sections within the affected 
source by complying with either paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) or (b)(2)(ii)(B) 
of this section.
    (A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents in each 
individual polymerization reaction section (including emissions from any 
equipment used to further recover ethylene glycol, but excluding 
emissions from process contact cooling towers) shall, as a whole, be no 
greater than 0.02 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from the associated 
TPPU(s); or alternatively, organic HAP emissions from all continuous 
process vents in the collection of polymerization reaction sections 
within the affected source shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.02 kg 
organic HAP per Mg of product from all associated TPPU(s); or
    (B) Comply with paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section.
    (iii) Continuous process vents not included in a raw materials 
preparation section, as specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) of this 
section, and not included in a polymerization reaction section, as 
specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, shall comply with 
Sec. 63.1315.
    (iv) Batch process vents shall comply with Sec. 63.1321.

[[Page 263]]

    (v) Comply with one of the following:
    (A) Reduce the emissions in a combustion device to achieve 98 weight 
percent reduction or to achieve a concentration of 20 parts per million 
by volume (ppmv) on a dry basis, whichever is less stringent. If an 
owner or operator elects to comply with the 20 ppmv standard, the 
concentration shall include a correction to 3 percent oxygen only when 
supplemental combustion air is used to combust the emissions;
    (B) Combust the emissions in a boiler or process heater with a 
design heat input capacity of 150 million Btu/hr or greater by 
introducing the emissions into the flame zone of the boiler or process 
heater; or
    (C) Combust the emissions in a flare that complies with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1333(e).
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected source producing 
polystyrene resin using a continuous process shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this 
section, as appropriate, instead of the requirements specified in 40 CFR 
part 60, subpart DDD. Compliance can be based on either organic HAP or 
TOC.
    (1) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents in the 
collection of material recovery sections within the affected source by 
complying with either paragraph (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii) of 
this section.
    (i) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents in each 
individual material recovery section shall, as a whole, be no greater 
than 0.0036 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from the associated 
TPPU(s); or alternatively, organic HAP emissions from all continuous 
process vents in the collection of material recovery sections within the 
affected source shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.0036 kg organic 
HAP per Mg of product from all associated TPPU(s);
    (ii) As specified in Sec. 63.1318(d), the owner or operator shall 
maintain the daily average outlet gas stream temperature from each final 
condenser in a material recovery section at a temperature of -25  deg.C 
(-13  deg.F) or less (i.e., colder); or
    (iii) Comply with one of the following:
    (A) Reduce the emissions in a combustion device to achieve 98 weight 
percent reduction or to achieve a concentration of 20 parts per million 
by volume (ppmv) on a dry basis, whichever is less stringent. If an 
owner or operator elects to comply with the 20 ppmv standard, the 
concentration shall include a correction to 3 percent oxygen only when 
supplemental combustion air is used to combust the emissions;
    (B) Combust the emissions in a boiler or process heater with a 
design heat input capacity of 150 million Btu/hr or greater by 
introducing the emissions into the flame zone of the boiler or process 
heater; or
    (C) Combust the emissions in a flare that complies with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1333(e).
    (2) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents not 
included in a material recovery section, as specified in paragraph 
(c)(1)(i) of this section, by complying with Sec. 63.1315.
    (3) Batch process vents shall comply with Sec. 63.1321.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11548, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38110, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1317  PET and polystyrene affected sources--monitoring provisions.

    Continuous process vents using a control or recovery device to 
comply with Sec. 63.1316 shall comply with the applicable monitoring 
provisions specified for continuous process vents in Sec. 63.1315(a), 
except that references to group determinations (i.e., total resource 
effectiveness) do not apply and owners or operators are not required to 
comply with Sec. 63.113.

[65 FR 38111, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1318  PET and polystyrene affected sources--testing and compliance demonstration provisions.

    (a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this 
section, continuous process vents using a control or recovery device to 
comply with Sec. 63.1316 shall comply with the applicable testing and 
compliance provisions for continuous process vents specified in

[[Page 264]]

Sec. 63.1315, except that, for the purposes of this paragraph (a), 
references to group determinations (i.e., total resource effectiveness) 
do not apply and owners or operators are not required to comply with 
Sec. 63.113.
    (b) PET Affected Sources Using a Dimethyl Terephthalate Process--
Applicability Determination Procedure. Owners or operators shall 
calculate organic HAP emissions from the collection of material recovery 
sections at an existing affected source producing PET using a continuous 
dimethyl terephthalate process to determine whether 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) is applicable using the procedures specified in 
either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) Use Equation 1 of this subpart to determine mass emissions per 
mass product as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii) of this 
section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.000


where:

ER=Emission rate of total organic HAP or TOC, kg/Mg product.
Ei=Emission rate of total organic HAP or TOC in continuous 
process vent i, kg/hr.
Pp=The rate of polymer produced, kg/hr.
n=Number of continuous process vents in the collection of material 
recovery sections at the affected source.
0.001=Conversion factor, kg to Mg.

    (i) The mass emission rate for each continuous process vent, 
Ei, shall be determined according to the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.116(c)(4). The sampling site for determining whether 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) is applicable shall be at the outlet of the last 
recovery or control device. When the provisions of Sec. 63.116(c)(4) 
specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used, Method 
18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be used for the 
purposes of this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A shall comply with paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (b)(1)(i)(B) of 
this section.
    (A) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (B) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (ii) The rate of polymer produced, Pp (kg/hr), shall be 
determined by dividing the weight (kg) of polymer pulled from the 
process line during the performance test by the number of hours taken to 
perform the performance test. The weight of polymer pulled shall be 
determined by direct measurement or by an alternate methodology, such as 
materials balance. If an alternate methodology is used, a description of 
the methodology, including all procedures, data, and assumptions shall 
be submitted as part of the Notification of Compliance Status required 
by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (2) Use engineering assessment, as described in 
Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(i), to demonstrate that mass emissions per mass 
product are less than or equal to 0.07 kg organic HAP/Mg product. If 
engineering assessment shows that mass emissions per mass product are 
greater than 0.07 kg organic HAP/Mg product and the owner or operator 
wishes to demonstrate that mass emissions per mass product are less than 
the threshold emission rate of 0.12 kg organic HAP/Mg product, the owner 
or operator shall use the procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section.
    (c) Compliance with Mass Emissions per Mass Product Standards. 
Owners or operators complying with Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(ii), 
(b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), and (c)(1)(i) shall demonstrate compliance with 
the mass emissions per mass product requirements using the procedures 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (d) Compliance with Temperature Limits for Final Condensers. Owners 
or operators complying with Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(B) or 
Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(ii) shall demonstrate continuous compliance based on 
an average exit temperature determined for each operating day. 
Calculation of the daily average exit temperature shall

[[Page 265]]

follow the provisions of Sec. 63.1335(d)(3). The provisions of 
Sec. 63.1334(f) and (g) shall apply for the purposes of determining 
whether or not an owner or operator is to be deemed out of compliance 
for a given operating day.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38111, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1319  PET and polystyrene affected sources--recordkeeping provisions.

    (a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
owners or operators using a control or recovery device to comply with 
Sec. 63.1316 shall comply with the applicable recordkeeping provisions 
specified in Sec. 63.1315, except that, for the purposes of this 
paragraph (a), references to group determinations (i.e., total resource 
effectiveness) do not apply, and owners or operators are not required to 
comply with Sec. 63.113.
    (b) Records Demonstrating Compliance With the Applicability 
Determination Procedure for PET Affected Sources Using a Dimethyl 
Terephthalate Process. Owners or operators complying with 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) by demonstrating that mass emissions per mass 
product are less than or equal to the level specified in 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) (i.e., 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product) 
shall keep the following records.
    (1) Results of the mass emissions per mass product calculation 
specified in Sec. 63.1318(b).
    (2) Records of any change in process operation that increases the 
mass emissions per mass product.
    (c) Records Demonstrating Compliance with Temperature Limits for 
Final Condensers. Owners or operators of continuous process vents 
complying with Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(B) or Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(ii) shall 
keep records of the daily averages required by Sec. 63.1318, per the 
recordkeeping provisions specified in Sec. 63.1335(d).

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38111, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1320  PET and polystyrene affected sources--reporting provisions.

    (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, owners and 
operators using a control or recovery device to comply with Sec. 63.1316 
shall comply with the applicable reporting provisions specified in 
Sec. 63.1315, except that, for the purposes of this paragraph (a), 
references to group determinations (i.e., total resource effectiveness) 
do not apply, and owners or operators are not required to comply with 
Sec. 63.113.
    (b) Reporting for PET Affected Sources Using a Dimethyl 
Terephthalate Process. Owners or operators complying with Sec. 63.1316 
by demonstrating that mass emissions per mass product are less than or 
equal to the level specified in Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) (i.e., 0.12 kg 
organic HAP per Mg of product) shall comply with paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(3) of this section.
    (1) Include the information specified in Sec. 63.1319(b)(2) in each 
Periodic Report, required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(6), as appropriate.
    (2) Include the information specified in Sec. 63.1319(b)(1) in the 
Notification of Compliance Status, required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (3) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is made 
that causes emissions from continuous process vents in the collection of 
material recovery sections (i.e., methanol recovery) within the affected 
source to be greater than 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product, the 
owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 days after the 
process change is made or the information regarding the process change 
is known to the owner or operator. This report may be included in the 
next Periodic Report as specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(6)(iii)(D)(2). The 
report shall include the information specified in Sec. 63.1319(b)(1) and 
a description of the process change.

[65 FR 38112, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1321  Batch process vents provisions.

    (a) Batch process vents. Except as specified in paragraphs (b) 
through (d) of this section, owners and operators of new and existing 
affected sources with batch process vents shall comply with the 
requirements in Secs. 63.1322 through 63.1327. The batch process vent 
group status shall be determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1323. Owners 
or operators of batch process vents classified as Group 1 shall comply 
with the reference control technology requirements for Group 1 batch 
process vents

[[Page 266]]

in Sec. 63.1322, the monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1324, the 
performance test methods and procedures to determine compliance in 
Sec. 63.1325, the recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.1326, and the 
reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1327. Owners or operators of all Group 
2 batch process vents shall comply with the applicable reference control 
technology requirements in Sec. 63.1322, the applicable recordkeeping 
requirements in Sec. 63.1326, and the applicable reporting requirements 
in Sec. 63.1327.
    (b) New SAN batch affected sources. Owners and operators of new SAN 
affected sources using a batch process shall comply with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1322 through Sec. 63.1327 for batch process 
vents and aggregate batch vent streams except as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (b)(2) of this section. For continuous process vents, 
owners and operators shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.1322 
through Sec. 63.1327 except as specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section.
    (1) For batch process vents, the determination of group status 
(i.e., Group 1/Group 2) under Sec. 63.1323 is not required.
    (2) For batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams, the 
control requirements for individual batch process vents or aggregate 
batch vent streams (e.g., 90 percent emission reduction) as specified in 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(1), (a)(2), (b)(1), and (b)(2) shall not apply.
    (3) Continuous process vents using a control or recovery device to 
comply with Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) are subject to the applicable 
requirements in Sec. 63.1315(a), as appropriate, except as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Said continuous process vents are not subject to the group 
determination procedures of Sec. 63.115 for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (ii) Said continuous process vents are not subject to the reference 
control technology provisions of Sec. 63.113 for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (c) Aggregate batch vent streams. Aggregate batch vent streams, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1312, are subject to the control requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.1322(b), as well as the monitoring, testing, 
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements specified in Secs. 63.1324 
through 63.1327 for aggregate batch vent streams.
    (d) Owners and operators of affected sources producing ASA/AMSAN 
shall comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1315(e).

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11549, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38112, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1322  Batch process vents--reference control technology.

    (a) Batch process vents. The owner or operator of a Group 1 batch 
process vent, as determined using the procedures in Sec. 63.1323, shall 
comply with the requirements of either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of 
this section, except as provided for in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section. Compliance may be based on either organic HAP or TOC.
    (1) For each batch process vent, reduce organic HAP emissions using 
a flare.
    (i) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1333(e) for the flare.
    (ii) Halogenated batch process vents, as defined in Sec. 63.1312, 
shall not be vented to a flare.
    (2) For each batch process vent, reduce organic HAP emissions for 
the batch cycle by 90 weight percent using a control device. Owners or 
operators may achieve compliance with this paragraph (a)(2) through the 
control of selected batch emission episodes or the control of portions 
of selected batch emission episodes. Documentation demonstrating how the 
90 weight percent emission reduction is achieved is required by 
Sec. 63.1325(c)(2).
    (3) The owner or operator of a new affected source producing SAN 
using a batch process shall reduce organic HAP emissions from the 
collection of batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, and 
continuous process vents by 84 weight percent. Compliance with this 
paragraph (a)(3) shall be demonstrated using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1333(c).
    (b) Aggregate batch vent streams. The owner or operator of an 
aggregate batch vent stream that contains one or more Group 1 batch 
process vents shall comply with the requirements of either

[[Page 267]]

paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, except as provided for in 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Compliance may be based on either 
organic HAP or TOC.
    (1) For each aggregate batch vent stream, reduce organic HAP 
emissions using a flare.
    (i) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1333(e) for the flare.
    (ii) Halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1312, shall not be vented to a flare.
    (2) For each aggregate batch vent stream, reduce organic HAP 
emissions by 90 weight percent or to a concentration of 20 parts per 
million by volume, whichever is less stringent, on a continuous basis 
using a control device. For purposes of complying with the 20 parts per 
million by volume outlet concentration standard, the outlet 
concentration shall be calculated on a dry basis. When a combustion 
device is used for purposes of complying with the 20 parts per million 
by volume outlet concentration standard, the concentration shall be 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen if supplemental combustion air is used to 
combust the emissions. If supplemental combustion air is not used, a 
correction to 3 percent oxygen is not required.
    (3) The owner or operator of a new affected source producing SAN 
using a batch process shall comply with paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section.
    (c) Halogenated emissions. Halogenated Group 1 batch process vents, 
halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, and halogenated continuous 
process vents that are combusted as part of complying with paragraph 
(a)(2), (a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate, shall 
be controlled according to either paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (1) If a combustion device is used to comply with paragraph (a)(2), 
(a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section for a halogenated batch 
process vent, halogenated aggregate batch vent stream, or halogenated 
continuous process vent, said emissions exiting the combustion device 
shall be ducted to a halogen reduction device that reduces overall 
emissions of hydrogen halides and halogens by at least 99 percent before 
discharge to the atmosphere.
    (2) A halogen reduction device may be used to reduce the halogen 
atom mass emission rate of said emissions to less than 3,750 kg/yr for 
batch process vents or aggregate batch vent streams and to less than 
0.45 kilograms per hour for continuous process vents prior to venting to 
any combustion control device, and thus make the batch process vent, 
aggregate batch vent stream, or continuous process vent nonhalogenated. 
The nonhalogenated batch process vent, aggregate batch vent stream, or 
continuous process vent shall then comply with the requirements of 
either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as appropriate.
    (d) If a boiler or process heater is used to comply with the percent 
reduction requirement specified in paragraph (a)(2), (a)(3), (b)(2), or 
(b)(3) of this section, the batch process vent, aggregate batch vent 
stream, or continuous process vent shall be introduced into the flame 
zone of such a device.
    (e) Combination of batch process vents or aggregate batch vent 
streams with continuous process vents. If a batch process vent or 
aggregate batch vent stream is combined with a continuous process vent, 
the owner or operator shall determine whether the combined vent stream 
is subject to the provisions of Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327 according 
to paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section.
    (1) A batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream combined 
with a continuous process vent is not subject to the provisions of 
Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327, if the requirements in paragraph 
(e)(1)(i) and in either paragraph (e)(1)(ii) or (e)(1)(iii) are met.
    (i) The only emissions to the atmosphere from the batch process vent 
or aggregate batch vent stream prior to being combined with the 
continuous process vent are from equipment subject to Sec. 63.1331.
    (ii) The batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a Group 1 continuous process vent prior to the combined 
vent stream being routed to a control device. In this paragraph 
(e)(1)(ii), the definition

[[Page 268]]

of control device as it relates to continuous process vents shall be 
used. Furthermore, the combined vent stream discussed in this paragraph 
(e)(1)(ii) shall be subject to Sec. 63.1315(a)(13)(i).
    (iii) The batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a continuous process vent prior to being routed to a 
recovery device. In this paragraph (e)(1)(iii), the definition of 
recovery device as it relates to continuous process vents shall be used. 
Furthermore, the combined vent stream discussed in this paragraph 
(e)(1)(iii) shall be subject to Sec. 63.1315(a)(13)(ii).
    (2) If the batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream is 
combined with a Group 2 continuous process vent, the group status of the 
batch process vent shall be determined prior to its combination with the 
Group 2 continuous process vent, in accordance with Sec. 63.1323, and 
the combined vent stream shall be subject to the requirements for 
aggregate batch vent streams in Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327.
    (f) Group 2 batch process vents with annual emissions greater than 
or equal to the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d). The owner or 
operator of a Group 2 batch process vent with annual emissions greater 
than or equal to the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d) shall comply 
with the provisions of paragraph (f)(1), (f)(2), or (h) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of this 
section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall establish a batch mass input 
limitation that ensures the Group 2 batch process vent does not become a 
Group 1 batch process vent.
    (ii) Over the course of the affected source's ``year,'' as reported 
in the Notification of Compliance Status in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5)(iv), the owner or operator shall not charge a mass of 
HAP or material to the batch unit operation that is greater than the 
level established as the batch mass input limitation.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall comply with the recordkeeping 
requirements in Sec. 63.1326(d)(2), and the reporting requirements in 
Sec. 63.1327(a)(3), (b), and (c).
    (iv) The owner or operator shall comply with Sec. 63.1323(i) when 
process changes are made.
    (2) Comply with the requirements of this subpart for Group 1 batch 
process vents.
    (g) Group 2 batch process vents with annual emissions less than the 
level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d). The owner or operator of a Group 2 
batch process vent with annual emissions less than the level specified 
in Sec. 63.1323(d) shall comply with paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), (g)(3), 
or (g)(4) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of the affected source shall comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(iv) of this 
section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall establish a batch mass input 
limitation that ensures emissions do not exceed the level specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(d).
    (ii) Over the course of the affected source's ``year,'' as reported 
in the Notification of Compliance Status in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5)(iv), the owner or operator shall not charge a mass of 
HAP or material to the batch unit operation that is greater than the 
level established as the batch mass input limitation.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall comply with the recordkeeping 
requirements in Sec. 63.1326(d)(1), and the reporting requirements in 
Sec. 63.1327(a)(2), (b), and (c).
    (iv) The owner or operator of the affected source shall comply with 
Sec. 63.1323(i) when process changes are made.
    (2) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section;
    (3) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section; or
    (4) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (h) Owners or operators of Group 2 batch process vents are not 
required to establish a batch mass input limitation if the batch process 
vent is Group 2 at the conditions specified in paragraphs (h)(1) and 
(h)(2) of this section and if the owner or operator complies with the 
recordkeeping provisions in Secs. 63.1326(a)(1) through (3), 
63.1326(a)(9),

[[Page 269]]

and 63.1326(a)(4) through (6) as applicable, and the reporting 
requirements in Sec. 63.1327(a)(5), (a)(6), and (b).
    (1) Emissions for the single highest-HAP recipe (considering all 
products that are produced in the batch unit operation) are used in the 
group determination; and
    (2) The group determination assumes that the batch unit operation is 
operating at the maximum design capacity of the TPPU for 12 months.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11549, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38112, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1323  Batch process vents--methods and procedures for group determination.

    (a) General requirements. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section and in Sec. 63.1321(b)(1), the owner or operator of batch 
process vents at affected sources shall determine the group status of 
each batch process vent in accordance with the provisions of this 
section. This determination may be based on either organic HAP or TOC 
emissions.
    (1) The procedures specified in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this 
section shall be followed to determine the group status of each batch 
process vent. This determination shall be made in accordance with either 
paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) An owner or operator may choose to determine the group status of 
a batch process vent based on the expected mix of products. For each 
product, emission characteristics of the single highest-HAP recipe, as 
defined in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, for that product shall 
be used in the procedures in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section.
    (ii) An owner or operator may choose to determine the group status 
of a batch process vent based on annualized production of the single 
highest-HAP recipe, as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, 
considering all products produced or processed in the batch unit 
operation. The annualized production of the highest-HAP recipe shall be 
based exclusively on the production of the single highest-HAP recipe of 
all products produced or processed in the batch unit operation for a 12 
month period. The production level used may be the actual production 
rate. It is not necessary to assume a maximum production rate (i.e., 
8,760 hours per year at maximum design production).
    (iii) The single highest-HAP recipe for a product means the recipe 
of the product with the highest total mass of HAP charged to the reactor 
during the production of a single batch of product.
    (2) The annual uncontrolled organic HAP or TOC emissions and annual 
average batch vent flow rate shall be determined at the exit from the 
batch unit operation. For the purposes of these determinations, the 
primary condenser operating as a reflux condenser on a reactor or 
distillation column, the primary condenser recovering monomer, reaction 
products, by-products, or solvent from a stripper operated in batch 
mode, and the primary condenser recovering monomer, reaction products, 
by-products, or solvent from a distillation operation operated in batch 
mode shall be considered part of the batch unit operation. All other 
devices that recover or oxidize organic HAP or TOC vapors shall be 
considered control devices as defined in Sec. 63.1312.
    (3) The owner or operator of a batch process vent complying with the 
flare provisions in Sec. 63.1322(a)(1) or Sec. 63.1322(b)(1) or routing 
the batch process vent to a control device to comply with the 
requirements in Sec. 63.1322(a)(2) or Sec. 63.1322(b)(2) is not required 
to perform the batch process vent group determination described in this 
section, but shall comply with all requirements applicable to Group 1 
batch process vents for said batch process vent.
    (b) Determination of annual emissions. The owner or operator shall 
calculate annual uncontrolled TOC or organic HAP emissions for each 
batch process vent using the methods described in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(8) of this section. To estimate emissions from a batch 
emissions episode, owners or operators may use either the emissions 
estimation equations in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this 
section, or direct measurement as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this 
section. Engineering assessment may be used to estimate emissions from a 
batch emission episode only under the conditions

[[Page 270]]

described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section. In using the emissions 
estimation equations in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this 
section, individual component vapor pressure and molecular weight may be 
obtained from standard references. Methods to determine individual HAP 
partial pressures in multicomponent systems are described in paragraph 
(b)(9) of this section. Other variables in the emissions estimation 
equations may be obtained through direct measurement, as defined in 
paragraph (b)(5) of this section, through engineering assessment, as 
defined in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, by process knowledge, 
or by any other appropriate means. Assumptions used in determining these 
variables must be documented. Once emissions for the batch emission 
episode have been determined using either the emissions estimation 
equations, direct measurement, or engineering assessment, emissions from 
a batch cycle shall be calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(7) of 
this section, and annual emissions from the batch process vent shall be 
calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(8) of this section.
    (1) TOC or organic HAP emissions from the purging of an empty vessel 
shall be calculated using Equation 2 of this subpart. Equation 2 of this 
subpart does not take into account evaporation of any residual liquid in 
the vessel.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.024

Where:

    Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.
    Vves = Volume of vessel, m\3\.
    P = TOC or total organic HAP partial pressure, kPa.
    MWwavg = Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or 
organic HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.
    R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m\3\kPa/kmolK.
    T = Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.
    m = Number of volumes of purge gas used.

    (2) TOC or organic HAP emissions from the purging of a filled vessel 
shall be calculated using Equation 3 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.025

Where:

    Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.
    y = Saturated mole fraction of all TOC or organic HAP in vapor 
phase.
    Vdr = Volumetric gas displacement rate, m\3\/min.
    P = Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.
    MWwavg = Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or 
organic HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.
    R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m\3\kPa/kmolK.
    T = Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.
    Pi = Vapor pressure of TOC or individual organic HAP i, 
kPa.
    xi = Mole fraction of TOC or organic HAP i in the liquid.
    n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not applicable 
if TOC emissions are being estimated.
    Tm = Minutes/episode.

    (3) Emissions from vapor displacement due to transfer of material 
into or out of a vessel shall be calculated using Equation 4 of this 
subpart.

[[Page 271]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.003


where:

Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
y=Saturated mole fraction of all TOC or organic HAP in vapor phase.
V=Volume of gas displaced from the vessel, m3.
P=Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.
MWwavg=Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 
HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) of 
this section, kg/kmol.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
T=Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.

    (4) Emissions caused by the heating of a vessel shall be calculated 
using the procedures in either paragraphs (b)(4)(i), (b)(4)(ii), or 
(b)(4)(iii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) If the final temperature to which the vessel contents is heated 
is lower than 50 K below the boiling point of the HAP in the vessel, 
then emissions shall be calculated using the equations in paragraphs 
(b)(4)(i)(A) through (b)(4)(i)(D) of this section.
    (A) Emissions caused by heating of a vessel shall be calculated 
using Equation 5 of this subpart. The assumptions made for this 
calculation are atmospheric pressure of 760 millimeters of mercury (mm 
Hg) and the displaced gas is always saturated with volatile organic 
compounds (VOC) vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.026

Where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.
(Pi)T1, (Pi)T2 = Partial 
          pressure (kPa) of TOC or each organic HAP i in the vessel 
          headspace at initial (T1) and final (T2) temperature.
n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not applicable if 
          TOC emissions are being estimated.
 = Number of kilogram-moles (kg-moles) of gas 
          displaced, determined in accordance with paragraph 
          (b)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
101.325 = Constant, kPa.
(MWWAVG,T1), (MWWAVG,T2) = Weighted average 
          molecular weight of TOC or total organic HAP in the displaced 
          gas stream, determined in accordance with paragraph 
          (b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.

    (B) The moles of gas displaced, , is calculated 
using Equation 6 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.027

Where:

 = Number of kg-moles of gas displaced.
Vfs = Volume of free space in the vessel, m\3\.
R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m\3\kPa/kmolK.
Pa1 = Initial noncondensible gas partial pressure in the 
          vessel, kPa.
Pa2 = Final noncondensible gas partial pressure, kPa.
T1 = Initial temperature of vessel, K.

T2 = Final temperature of vessel, K.

    (C) The initial and final pressure of the noncondensible gas in the 
vessel shall be calculated using Equation 7 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.028


[[Page 272]]


Where:

Pa = Initial or final partial pressure of noncondensible gas in the 
          vessel headspace, kPa.
101.325 = Constant, kPa.
(Pi)T = Partial pressure of TOC or each organic HAP i in the 
          vessel headspace, kPa, at the initial or final temperature (T1 
          or T2).
n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not applicable if 
          TOC emissions are being estimated.

    (D) The weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic HAP in 
the displaced gas, MWwavg, shall be calculated using Equation 
8 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.007


where:

C=TOC or organic HAP component
n=Number of TOC or organic HAP components in stream.

    (ii) If the vessel contents are heated to a temperature greater than 
50 K below the boiling point, then emissions from the heating of a 
vessel shall be calculated as the sum of the emissions calculated in 
accordance with paragraphs (b)(4)(ii)(A) and (b)(4)(ii)(B) of this 
section.
    (A) For the interval from the initial temperature to the temperature 
50 K below the boiling point, emissions shall be calculated using 
Equation 5 of this subpart, where T2 is the temperature 50 K 
below the boiling point.
    (B) For the interval from the temperature 50 K below the boiling 
point to the final temperature, emissions shall be calculated as the 
summation of emissions for each 5 K increment, where the emissions for 
each increment shall be calculated using Equation 5 of this subpart.
    (1) If the final temperature of the heatup is at or lower than 5 K 
below the boiling point, the final temperature for the last increment 
shall be the final temperature for the heatup, even if the last 
increment is less than 5 K.
    (2) If the final temperature of the heatup is higher than 5 K below 
the boiling point, the final temperature for the last increment shall be 
the temperature 5 K below the boiling point, even if the last increment 
is less than 5 K.
    (3) If the vessel contents are heated to the boiling point and the 
vessel is not operating with a condenser, the final temperature for the 
final increment shall be the temperature 5 K below the boiling point, 
even if the last increment is less than 5 K.
    (iii) If the vessel is operating with a condenser, and the vessel 
contents are heated to the boiling point, the primary condenser, as 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, is considered part of the 
process. Emissions shall be calculated as the sum of emissions 
calculated using Equation 5 of this subpart, which calculates emissions 
due to heating the vessel contents to the temperature of the gas 
existing the condenser, and emissions calculated using Equation 4 of 
this subpart, which calculates emissions due to the displacement of the 
remaining saturated noncondensible gas in the vessel. The final 
temperature in Equation 5 of this subpart shall be set equal to the exit 
gas temperature of the condenser. Equation 4 of this subpart shall be 
used as written below in Equation 4a of this subpart, using free space 
volume, and T is set equal to the condenser exit gas temperature.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.008


where:

Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.

[[Page 273]]

y=Saturated mole fraction of all TOC or organic HAP in vapor phase.
Vfs=Volume of the free space in the vessel, m3.
P=Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.
MWwavg=Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 
HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) of 
this section, kg/kmol.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
T=Temperature of condenser exit stream, K.

    (5) The owner or operator may estimate annual emissions for a batch 
emission episode by direct measurement. If direct measurement is used, 
the owner or operator shall either perform a test for the duration of a 
representative batch emission episode or perform a test during only 
those periods of the batch emission episode for which the emission rate 
for the entire episode can be determined or for which the emissions are 
greater than the average emission rate of the batch emission episode. 
The owner or operator choosing either of these options shall develop an 
emission profile for the entire batch emission episode, based on either 
process knowledge or test data collected, to demonstrate that test 
periods are representative. Examples of information that could 
constitute process knowledge include calculations based on material 
balances and process stoichiometry. Previous test results may be used 
provided the results are still relevant to the current batch process 
vent conditions. Performance tests shall follow the procedures specified 
in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(iii) of this section. The 
procedures in either paragraph (b)(5)(iv) or (b)(5)(v) of this section 
shall be used to calculate the emissions per batch emission episode.
    (i) Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A as appropriate, shall 
be used for selection of the sampling sites if the flow measuring device 
is a pitot tube. No traverse is necessary when Method 2A or 2D, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A is used to determine gas stream volumetric flow 
rate.
    (ii) Annual average batch vent flow rate shall be determined as 
specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (iii) Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be 
used to determine the concentration of TOC or organic HAP, as 
appropriate. Alternatively, any other method or data that has been 
validated according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part may be used. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A shall conform with the requirements in paragraphs 
(b)(5)(iii)(A) and (b)(5)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (A) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (B) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (iv) If an integrated sample is taken over the entire batch emission 
episode to determine the average batch vent concentration of TOC or 
total organic HAP, emissions shall be calculated using Equation 9 of 
this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.029

Where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.
K = Constant, 2.494  x  10-6 (ppmv)-1 (gm-mole/
          scm) (kg/gm) (min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 
          deg.C.
Cj = Average batch vent concentration of TOC or sample 
          organic HAP component j of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.
Mj = Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component 
          j of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.

[[Page 274]]

AFR = Average batch vent flow rate of gas stream, dry basis, scmm.
    Th = Hours/episode
n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not applicable if 
          TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC concentration 
          measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

    (v) If grab samples are taken to determine the average batch vent 
concentration of TOC or total organic HAP, emissions shall be calculated 
according to paragraphs (b)(5)(v)(A) and (b)(5)(v)(B) of this section.
    (A) For each measurement point, the emission rate shall be 
calculated using Equation 10 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.030

Where:

Epoint = Emission rate for individual measurement point, kg/
          hr.
K = Constant, 2.494  x  10--6 (ppmv)-1 (gm-mole/
          scm) (kg/gm) (min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 
          deg.C.
Cj = Concentration of TOC or sample organic HAP component j 
          of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.
Mj = Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component 
          j of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.
FR = Flow rate of gas stream for the measurement point, dry basis, scmm.
n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not applicable if 
          TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC concentration 
          measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

    (B) The emissions per batch emission episode shall be calculated 
using Equation 11 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.011


where:

Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
DUR=Duration of the batch emission episode, hr/episode.
Ei=Emissions for measurement point i, kg/hr.
n=Number of measurements.

    (6) Engineering assessment may be used to estimate emissions from a 
batch emission episode, if the criteria in paragraph (b)(6)(i) are met. 
Data or other information used to demonstrate that the criteria in 
paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section have been met shall be reported as 
specified in paragraph (b)(6)(iii) of this section. Paragraph (b)(6)(ii) 
of this section defines engineering assessment, for the purposes of 
estimating emissions from a batch emissions episode. All data, 
assumptions, and procedures used in an engineering assessment shall be 
documented.
    (i) If the criteria specified in paragraph (b)(6)(i)(A), (B), or (C) 
are met for a specific batch emission episode, the owner or operator may 
use engineering assessment, as described in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this 
section, to estimate emissions from that batch emission episode, and the 
owner or operator is not required to use the emissions estimation 
equations described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section 
to estimate emissions from that batch emission episode.
    (A) Previous test data, where the measurement of organic HAP or TOC 
emissions was an outcome of the test, show a greater than 20 percent 
discrepancy between the test value and the value estimated using the 
applicable equations in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this 
section. Paragraphs (b)(6)(i)(A)(1) and (2) of this section describe 
test data that will be acceptable under this paragraph (b)(6)(i)(A).
    (1) Test data for the batch emission episode obtained during 
production of the product for which the demonstration is being made.
    (2) Test data obtained for a batch emission episode from another 
process train, where the test data were obtained during production of 
the product for which the demonstration is being made. Test data from 
another process train may be used only if the owner or operator can 
demonstrate that the data are representative of the batch emission 
episode for which the demonstration is being made, taking into account 
the nature, size, operating conditions, production rate, and sequence of 
process steps (e.g., reaction, distillation, etc.) of the equipment in 
the other process train.
    (B) Previous test data obtained during the production of the product 
for which the demonstration is being

[[Page 275]]

made, for the batch emission episode with the highest organic HAP 
emissions on a mass basis, show a greater than 20 percent discrepancy 
between the test value and the value estimated using the applicable 
equations in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section. If the 
criteria in this paragraph (b)(6)(i)(B) are met, then engineering 
assessment may be used for all batch emission episodes associated with 
that batch cycle for the batch unit operation.
    (C) The owner or operator has requested and been granted approval to 
use engineering assessment to estimate emissions from a batch emissions 
episode. The request to use engineering assessment to estimate emissions 
from a batch emissions episode shall contain sufficient information and 
data to demonstrate to the Administrator that engineering assessment is 
an accurate means of estimating emissions for that particular batch 
emissions episode. The request to use engineering assessment to estimate 
emissions for a batch emissions episode shall be submitted in the 
Precompliance Report required under Sec. 63.506(e)(3).
    (ii) Engineering assessment includes, but is not limited to, the 
following:
    (A) Previous test results, provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices;
    (B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data obtained under conditions 
representative of current process operating conditions;
    (C) Flow rate, TOC emission rate, or organic HAP emission rate 
specified or implied within a permit limit applicable to the batch 
process vent; and
    (D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to:
    (1) Use of material balances;
    (2) Estimation of flow rate based on physical equipment design such 
as pump or blower capacities;
    (3) Estimation of TOC or organic HAP concentrations based on 
saturation conditions; and
    (4) Estimation of TOC or organic HAP concentrations based on grab 
samples of the liquid or vapor.
    (iii) Data or other information used to demonstrate that the 
criteria in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section have been met shall be 
reported as specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(iii)(A) and (b)(6)(iii)(B) of 
this section.
    (A) Data or other information used to demonstrate that the criteria 
in paragraph (b)(6)(i)(A) or (b)(6)(i)(B) of this section have been met 
shall be reported in the Notification of Compliance Status, as required 
in Sec. 63.1327(a)(6).
    (B) The request for approval to use engineering assessment to 
estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode as allowed under 
paragraph (b)(6)(i)(C) of this section, and sufficient data or other 
information for demonstrating to the Administrator that engineering 
assessment is an accurate means of estimating emissions for that 
particular batch emissions episode shall be submitted with the 
Precompliance Report, as required in Sec. 63.1335(e)(3).
    (7) For each batch process vent, the TOC or organic HAP emissions 
associated with a single batch cycle shall be calculated using Equation 
12 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.012

where:

Ecycle=Emissions for an individual batch cycle, kg/batch 
cycle
Eepisode i=Emissions from batch emission episode i, kg/
episode
n=Number of batch emission episodes for the batch cycle

    (8) Annual TOC or organic HAP emissions from a batch process vent 
shall be calculated using Equation 13 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.013


where:

AE=Annual emissions from a batch process vent, kg/yr.
Ni=Number of type i batch cycles performed annually, cycles/
year
Ecycle i=Emissions from the batch process vent associated 
with a single type i batch cycle, as determined in

[[Page 276]]

paragraph (b)(7) of this section, kg/batch cycle
n=Number of different types of batch cycles that cause the emission of 
TOC or organic HAP from the batch process vent

    (9) Individual HAP partial pressures in multicomponent systems shall 
be determined using the appropriate method specified in paragraphs 
(b)(9)(i) through (b)(9)(iii) of this section.
    (i) If the components are miscible, use Raoult's law to calculate 
the partial pressures;
    (ii) If the solution is a dilute aqueous mixture, use Henry's law 
constants to calculate partial pressures;
    (iii) If Raoult's law or Henry's law are not appropriate or 
available, the owner or operator may use any of the options in 
paragraphs (b)(9)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section.
    (A) Experimentally obtained activity coefficients, Henry's law 
constants, or solubility data;
    (B) Models, such as group-contribution models, to predict activity 
coefficients; or
    (C) Assume the components of the system behave independently and use 
the summation of all vapor pressures from the HAPs as the total HAP 
partial pressure.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Minimum emission level exemption. A batch process vent with 
annual emissions of TOC or organic HAP less than 11,800 kg/yr is 
considered a Group 2 batch process vent and the owner or operator of 
said batch process vent shall comply with the requirements in 
Sec. 63.1322(f) or (g). Annual emissions of TOC or organic HAP are 
determined at the exit of the batch unit operation, as described in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and are determined as specified in 
paragraph (b) of this section. The owner or operator of said batch 
process vent is not required to comply with the provisions in paragraphs 
(e) through (g) of this section.
    (e) Determination of average batch vent flow rate and annual average 
batch vent flow rate. The owner or operator shall determine the average 
batch vent flow rate for each batch emission episode in accordance with 
one of the procedures provided in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(2) of 
this section. The annual average batch vent flow rate for a batch 
process vent shall be calculated as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of 
this section.
    (1) Determination of the average batch vent flow rate for a batch 
emission episode by direct measurement shall be made using the 
procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iii) of this 
section.
    (i) The volumetric flow rate (FRi) for a batch emission 
episode, in standard cubic meters per minute (scmm) at 20  deg.C, shall 
be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
as appropriate.
    (ii) The volumetric flow rate of a representative batch emission 
episode shall be measured every 15 minutes.
    (iii) The average batch vent flow rate for a batch emission episode 
shall be calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.031

Where:

AFRepisode = Average batch vent flow rate for the batch 
          emission episode, scmm.
FRi = Flow rate for individual measurement i, scmm.
n = Number of flow rate measurements taken during the batch emission 
          episode.

    (2) The average batch vent flow rate for a batch emission episode 
may be determined by engineering assessment, as defined in paragraph 
(b)(6)(i) of this section. All data, assumptions, and procedures used 
shall be documented.
    (3) The annual average batch vent flow rate for a batch process vent 
shall be calculated using Equation 15 of this subpart.

[[Page 277]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.032

Where:

AFR = Annual average batch vent flow rate for the batch process vent, 
          scmm.
DURi = Duration of type i batch emission episodes annually, 
          hrs/yr.
AFRepisode,i = Average batch vent flow rate for type i batch 
          emission episode, scmm.
n = Number of types of batch emission episodes venting from the batch 
          process vent.

    (f) Determination of cutoff flow rate. For each batch process vent, 
the owner or operator shall calculate the cutoff flow rate using 
Equation 16 of this subpart.

CFR = (0.00437) (AE) - 51.6 [Eq. 16]

where:

CFR = Cutoff flow rate, scmm.
AE = Annual TOC or organic HAP emissions, as determined in paragraph 
(b)(8) of this section, kg/yr.

    (g) Group 1/Group 2 status determination. The owner or operator 
shall compare the cutoff flow rate, calculated in accordance with 
paragraph (f) of this section, with the annual average batch vent flow 
rate, determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(3) of this section. 
The group determination status for each batch process vent shall be made 
using the criteria specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this 
section.
    (1) If the cutoff flow rate is greater than or equal to the annual 
average batch vent flow rate of the stream, the batch process vent is 
classified as a Group 1 batch process vent.
    (2) If the cutoff flow rate is less than the annual average batch 
vent flow rate of the stream, the batch process vent is classified as a 
Group 2 batch process vent.
    (h) Determination of halogenation status. To determine whether a 
batch process vent or an aggregate batch vent stream is halogenated, the 
annual mass emission rate of halogen atoms contained in organic 
compounds shall be calculated using the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of this section.
    (1) The concentration of each organic compound containing halogen 
atoms (ppmv, by compound) for each batch emission episode shall be 
determined based on any one of the following procedures:
    (i) Process knowledge that no halogens or hydrogen halides are 
present in the process may be used to demonstrate that a batch emission 
episode is nonhalogenated. Halogens or hydrogen halides that are 
unintentionally introduced into the process shall not be considered in 
making a finding that a batch emission episode is nonhalogenated.
    (ii) Engineering assessment as discussed in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of 
this section.
    (iii) Average concentration of organic compounds containing halogens 
and hydrogen halides as measured by Method 26 or 26A, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    (iv) Any other method or data that has been validated according to 
the applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
    (2) The annual mass emissions of halogen atoms for a batch process 
vent shall be calculated using Equation 17 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.033


[[Page 278]]


Where:

Ehalogen = Mass of halogen atoms, dry basis, kg/yr.
K = Constant, 0.022 (ppmv)-1 (kg-mole per scm) (minute/yr), 
          where standard temperature is 20  deg.C.
AFR = Annual average batch vent flow rate of the batch process vent, 
          determined according to paragraph (e) of this section, scmm.
Mj,i = Molecular weight of halogen atom i in compound j, kg/
          kg-mole.
Lj,i = Number of atoms of halogen i in compound j.
n = Number of halogenated compounds j in the batch process vent.
m = Number of different halogens i in each compound j of the batch 
          process vent.
Cavgj = Annual average batch vent concentration of 
          halogenated compound j in the batch process vent as determined 
          by using Equation 18 of this subpart, dry basis, ppmv.

          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.034
          
Where:

DURi = Duration of type i batch emission episodes annually, 
          hrs/yr.
Ci = Average batch vent concentration of halogenated compound 
          j in type i batch emission episode, ppmv.
n = Number of types of batch emission episodes venting from the batch 
          process vent.

    (3) The annual mass emissions of halogen atoms for an aggregate 
batch vent stream shall be the sum of the annual mass emissions of 
halogen atoms for all batch process vents included in the aggregate 
batch vent stream.
    (i) Process changes affecting Group 2 batch process vents. Whenever 
process changes, as described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, are 
made that affect one or more Group 2 batch process vents and that could 
reasonably be expected to change one or more Group 2 batch process vents 
to Group 1 batch process vents or that could reasonably be expected to 
reduce the batch mass input limitation for one or more Group 2 batch 
process vents, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs (i)(2) 
and (3) of this section.
    (1) Examples of process changes include the changes listed in 
paragraphs (i)(1)(i), (i)(1)(ii), and (i)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (i) For all batch process vents, examples of process changes 
include, but are not limited to, changes in feedstock type or catalyst 
type; or whenever there is replacement, removal, or modification of 
recovery equipment considered part of the batch unit operation as 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; or increases in 
production capacity or production rate. For purposes of this paragraph 
(i), process changes do not include: Process upsets; unintentional, 
temporary process changes; and changes that are within the margin of 
variation on which the original group determination was based.
    (ii) For Group 2 batch process vents where the group determination 
and batch mass input limitation are based on the expected mix of 
products, the situations described in paragraphs (i)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) 
of this section shall be considered to be process changes.
    (A) The production of combinations of products not considered in 
establishing the batch mass input limitation.
    (B) The production of a recipe of a product with a total mass of HAP 
charged to the reactor during the production of a single batch of 
product that is higher than the total mass of HAP for the recipe used as 
the single highest-HAP recipe for that product in the batch mass input 
limitation determination.
    (iii) For Group 2 batch process vents where the group determination 
and batch mass input limitation are based on the single highest-HAP 
recipe (considering all products produced or processed in the batch unit 
operation), the production of a recipe having a total mass of HAP 
charged to the reactor (during the production of a single batch of 
product) that is higher than the total mass of HAP for the highest-HAP 
recipe used in the batch mass input limitation determination shall be 
considered to be a process change.
    (2) For each batch process vent affected by a process change, the 
owner or operator shall redetermine the

[[Page 279]]

group status by repeating the procedures specified in paragraphs (b) 
through (g) of this section, as applicable; alternatively, engineering 
assessment, as described in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, may be 
used to determine the effects of the process change.
    (3) Based on the results from paragraph (i)(2) of this section, 
owners or operators of affected sources shall comply with either 
paragraph (i)(3)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
    (i) If the group redetermination described in paragraph (i)(2) of 
this section indicates that a Group 2 batch process vent has become a 
Group 1 batch process vent as a result of the process change, the owner 
or operator shall submit a report as specified in Sec. 63.1327(b) and 
shall comply with the Group 1 provisions in Secs. 63.1322 through 
63.1327 in accordance with Sec. 63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii), as 
applicable.
    (ii) If the redetermination described in paragraph (i)(2) of this 
section indicates that a Group 2 batch process vent with annual 
emissions less than the level specified in paragraph (d) of this 
section, that is in compliance with Sec. 63.1322(g), now has annual 
emissions greater than or equal to the level specified in paragraph (d) 
of this section but remains a Group 2 batch process vent, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the provisions in paragraphs (i)(3)(ii)(A) 
through (C) of this section.
    (A) Redetermine the batch mass input limitation;
    (B) Submit a report as specified in Sec. 63.1327(c); and
    (C) Comply with Sec. 63.1322(f), beginning with the year following 
the submittal of the report submitted according to paragraph 
(i)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (iii) If the group redetermination described in paragraph (i)(2) of 
this section indicates no change in group status or no change in the 
relation of annual emissions to the levels specified in paragraph (d) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs 
(i)(3)(iii)(A) and (i)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall redetermine the batch mass input 
limitation; and
    (B) The owner or operator shall submit the new batch mass input 
limitation in accordance with Sec. 63.1327(c).
    (j) Process changes to new SAN affected sources using a batch 
process. Whenever process changes, as described in paragraph (j)(1) of 
this section, are made to a new affected source producing SAN using a 
batch process that could reasonably be expected to adversely impact the 
compliance status (i.e., achievement of 84 percent emission reduction) 
of the affected source, the owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (j)(2) and (3) of this section.
    (1) Examples of process changes include, but are not limited to, 
changes in production capacity, production rate, feedstock type, or 
catalyst type; replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment 
considered part of a batch unit operation, as specified in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section; replacement, removal, or addition of control 
equipment associated with a continuous or batch process vent or an 
aggregate batch vent stream. For purposes of this paragraph (j)(1), 
process changes do not include process upsets or unintentional, 
temporary process changes.
    (2) The owner or operator shall redetermine the percent emission 
reduction achieved using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1333(c). If 
engineering assessment, as described in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this 
section, can demonstrate that the process change did not cause the 
percent emission reduction to decrease, it may be used in lieu of 
redetermining the percent reduction using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1333(c).
    (3) Where the redetermined percent reduction is less than 84 
percent, the owner or operator of the affected source shall submit a 
report as specified in Sec. 63.1327(d) and shall comply with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) and all associated provisions in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1310(i).

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11549, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38113, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1324  Batch process vents--monitoring equipment.

    (a) General requirements. Each owner or operator of a batch process 
vent or

[[Page 280]]

aggregate batch vent stream that uses a control device to comply with 
the requirements in Sec. 63.1322(a) or Sec. 63.1322(b), shall install 
the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (c) of this section. All 
monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and 
operated according to manufacturer's specifications or other written 
procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would 
reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
    (1) This monitoring equipment shall be in operation at all times 
when batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, that the owner or 
operator has selected to control are vented to the control device, or at 
all times when an aggregate batch vent stream is vented to the control 
device.
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall operate control devices such that the daily average of 
monitored parameters, established as specified in paragraph (f) of this 
section, remains above the minimum level or below the maximum level, as 
appropriate.
    (b) Continuous process vents. Each owner or operator of a continuous 
process vent that uses a control device or recovery device to comply 
with the requirements in Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) shall comply with the 
applicable requirements of Sec. 63.1315(a) as specified in 
Sec. 63.1321(b).
    (c) Batch process vent and aggregate batch vent stream monitoring 
equipment. The monitoring equipment specified in paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (c)(8) of this section shall be installed as specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section. The parameters to be monitored are 
specified in Table 7 of this subpart.
    (1) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
    (i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, 
the temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox or 
in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox in a position 
before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring 
devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and 
after the catalyst bed.
    (2) Where a flare is used, a device (including but not limited to a 
thermocouple, ultra-violet beam sensor, or infrared sensor) capable of 
continuously detecting the presence of a pilot flame is required.
    (3) Where a boiler or process heater of less than 44 megawatts 
design heat input capacity is used, a temperature monitoring device in 
the firebox equipped with a continuous recorder is required. Any boiler 
or process heater in which all batch process vents or aggregate batch 
vent streams are introduced with the primary fuel or are used as the 
primary fuel is exempt from this requirement.
    (4) Where a scrubber is used with an incinerator, boiler, or process 
heater in concert with the combustion of halogenated batch process vents 
or halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, the following monitoring 
equipment is required for the scrubber.
    (i) A pH monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to 
monitor the pH of the scrubber effluent.
    (ii) A flow measurement device equipped with a continuous recorder 
shall be located at the scrubber influent for liquid flow. Gas stream 
flow shall be determined using one of the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (c)(4)(ii)(A) through (c)(4)(ii)(C) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator may determine gas stream flow using the 
design blower capacity, with appropriate adjustments for pressure drop.
    (B) If the scrubber is subject to regulations in 40 CFR parts 264 
through 266 that have required a determination of the liquid to gas (L/
G) ratio prior to the applicable compliance date for this subpart, the 
owner or operator may determine gas stream flow by the method that had 
been utilized to comply with those regulations. A determination that was 
conducted prior to the compliance date for this subpart may be utilized 
to comply with this subpart if it is still representative.
    (C) The owner or operator may prepare and implement a gas stream 
flow determination plan that documents an appropriate method which will 
be used to determine the gas stream flow. The

[[Page 281]]

plan shall require determination of gas stream flow by a method which 
will at least provide a value for either a representative or the highest 
gas stream flow anticipated in the scrubber during representative 
operating conditions other than start-ups, shutdowns, or malfunctions. 
The plan shall include a description of the methodology to be followed 
and an explanation of how the selected methodology will reliably 
determine the gas stream flow, and a description of the records that 
will be maintained to document the determination of gas stream flow. The 
owner or operator shall maintain the plan as specified in 
Sec. 63.1335(a).
    (5) Where an absorber is used, a scrubbing liquid temperature 
monitoring device and a specific gravity monitoring device are required, 
each equipped with a continuous recorder.
    (6) Where a condenser is used, a condenser exit temperature (product 
side) monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
    (7) Where a carbon adsorber is used, an integrating regeneration 
steam flow or nitrogen flow, or pressure monitoring device having an 
accuracy of 10 percent of the flow rate, level, or pressure, 
or better, capable of recording the total regeneration steam flow or 
nitrogen flow, or pressure (gauge or absolute) for each regeneration 
cycle; and a carbon bed temperature monitoring device, capable of 
recording the carbon bed temperature after each regeneration and within 
15 minutes of completing any cooling cycle are required.
    (8) As an alternate to paragraphs (c)(5) through (c)(7) of this 
section, the owner or operator may install an organic monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder.
    (d) Alternative monitoring parameters. An owner or operator of a 
batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream may request approval 
to monitor parameters other than those required by paragraph (c) of this 
section. The request shall be submitted according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1327(f) and Sec. 63.1335(f). Approval shall be 
requested if the owner or operator:
    (1) Uses a control device other than those included in paragraph (c) 
of this section; or
    (2) Uses one of the control devices included in paragraph (c) of 
this section, but seeks to monitor a parameter other than those 
specified in Table 7 of this subpart and paragraph (c) of this section.
    (e) Monitoring of bypass lines. Owners or operators of a batch 
process vent or aggregate batch vent stream using a vent system that 
contains bypass lines that could divert emissions away from a control 
device used to comply with Sec. 63.1322(a) or Sec. 63.1322(b) shall 
comply with either paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section. Equipment 
such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended 
valves or lines, and pressure relief valves needed for safety purposes 
are not subject to this paragraph (e).
    (1) Properly install, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
takes a reading at least once every 15 minutes. Records shall be 
generated as specified in Sec. 63.1326(e)(3). The flow indicator shall 
be installed at the entrance to any bypass line that could divert 
emissions away from the control device and to the atmosphere; or
    (2) Secure the bypass line damper or valve in the non-diverting 
position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual 
inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least 
once every month to ensure that the damper or valve is maintained in the 
non-diverting position and emissions are not diverted through the bypass 
line. Records shall be generated as specified in Sec. 63.1326(e)(4).
    (f) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. Parameter 
monitoring levels for batch process vents and aggregate batch vent 
streams shall be established as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through 
(f)(3) of this section. For continuous process vents complying with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(3), parameter monitoring levels shall be established as 
specified in Sec. 63.1315(a), except as specified in paragraph (f)(4) of 
this section.
    (1) For each parameter monitored under paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall establish a level, defined as 
either a maximum or minimum operating parameter as denoted in Table 8 of 
this subpart, that indicates proper operation of

[[Page 282]]

the control device. The level shall be established in accordance with 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1334. The level may be based upon a 
prior performance test conducted for determining compliance with a 
regulation promulgated by EPA, and the owner or operator is not required 
to conduct a performance test under Sec. 63.1325, provided that the 
prior performance test meets the conditions of Sec. 63.1325(b)(3).
    (i) For batch process vents using a control device to comply with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(2), the established level shall reflect the control 
efficiency established as part of the initial compliance demonstration 
specified in Sec. 63.1325(c)(2).
    (ii) For aggregate batch vent streams using a control device to 
comply with Sec. 63.1322(b)(2), the established level shall reflect the 
applicable emission reduction requirement specified in 
Sec. 63.1322(b)(2).
    (iii) For batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams using 
a control device to comply with Sec. 63.1322(a)(3), the established 
level shall reflect the control efficiency established as part of the 
initial compliance demonstration specified in Sec. 63.1325(f)(4).
    (2) The established level, along with supporting documentation, 
shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status or the 
operating permit application as required in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) or 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(8), respectively.
    (3) The operating day shall be defined as part of establishing the 
parameter monitoring level and shall be submitted with the information 
in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. The definition of operating day 
shall specify the time(s) at which an operating day begins and ends. The 
operating day shall not exceed 24 hours.
    (4) For continuous process vents using a control or recovery device 
to comply with Sec. 63.1322(a)(3), the established level shall reflect 
the control efficiency established as part of the initial compliance 
demonstration specified in Sec. 63.1325(f)(4).

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38118, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1325  Batch process vents--performance test methods and procedures to determine compliance.

    (a) Use of a flare. When a flare is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(1), Sec. 63.1322(a)(3), Sec. 63.1322(b)(1), or 
Sec. 63.1322(b)(3), the owner or operator of an affected source shall 
comply with Sec. 63.1333(e).
    (b) Exceptions to performance tests. An owner or operator is not 
required to conduct a performance test when a control device specified 
in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section is used to comply 
with Sec. 63.1322(a)(2) or (a)(3).
    (1) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (2) A boiler or process heater where the vent stream is introduced 
with the primary fuel or is used as the primary fuel.
    (3) A control device for which a performance test was conducted for 
determining compliance with a regulation promulgated by the EPA and the 
test was conducted using the same Methods specified in this section and 
either no deliberate process changes have been made since the test, or 
the owner or operator can demonstrate that the results of the 
performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 
compliance despite process changes. Recovery devices used for 
controlling emissions from continuous process vents complying with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) are also eligible for the exemption described in this 
paragraph (b)(3).
    (4) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which the 
owner or operator:
    (i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
    (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (5) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.

[[Page 283]]

    (c) Batch process vent testing and procedures for compliance with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(2). Except as provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this 
section, an owner or operator using a control device to comply with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(2) shall conduct a performance test using the procedures 
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section in order to determine the 
control efficiency of the control device. An owner or operator shall 
determine the percent reduction for the batch cycle using the control 
efficiency of the control device as specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) 
through (c)(2)(iii) of this section and the procedures specified in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Compliance may be based on either 
total organic HAP or TOC. For purposes of this paragraph (c), the term 
``batch emission episode'' shall have the meaning ``period of the batch 
emission episode selected for control,'' which may be the entire batch 
emission episode or may only be a portion of the batch emission episode.
    (1) Performance tests shall be conducted as specified in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) through (c)(1)(v) of this section.
    (i) Except as specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section, a 
test shall be performed for the entire period of each batch emission 
episode in the batch cycle that the owner or operator selects to control 
as part of achieving the required 90 percent emission reduction for the 
batch cycle specified in Sec. 63.1322(a)(2). Only one test is required 
for each batch emission episode selected by the owner or operator for 
control. The owner or operator shall follow the procedures listed in 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(B) through (c)(1)(i)(D) of this section.
    (A) Alternatively, an owner or operator may choose to test only 
those periods of the batch emission episode during which the emission 
rate for the entire episode can be determined or during which the 
emissions are greater than the average emission rate of the batch 
emission episode. The owner or operator choosing either of these options 
shall develop an emission profile for the entire batch emission episode, 
based on either process knowledge or test data collected, to demonstrate 
that test periods are representative. Examples of information that could 
constitute process knowledge include calculations based on material 
balances and process stoichiometry. Previous test results may be used 
provided the results are still relevant to the current batch process 
vent conditions.
    (B) Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, 
shall be used for selection of the sampling sites if the flow measuring 
device is a pitot tube, except that references to particulate matter in 
Method 1A do not apply for the purposes of this subpart. No traverse is 
necessary when Method 2A or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used to 
determine gas stream volumetric flow rate. Inlet sampling sites shall be 
located as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(B)(1) and (c)(1)(i)(B)(2) 
of this section. Outlet sampling sites shall be located at the outlet of 
the control device prior to release to the atmosphere.
    (1) The control device inlet sampling site shall be located at the 
exit from the batch unit operation before any control device. 
Sec. 63.1323(a)(2) describes those recovery devices considered part of 
the unit operation. Inlet sampling sites would be after these specified 
recovery devices.
    (2) If a batch process vent is introduced with the combustion air or 
as a secondary fuel into a boiler or process heater with a design 
capacity less than 44 megawatts, selection of the location of the inlet 
sampling sites shall ensure the measurement of total organic HAP or TOC 
(minus methane and ethane) concentrations in all batch process vents and 
primary and secondary fuels introduced into the boiler or process 
heater.
    (C) Gas stream volumetric flow rate and/or average batch vent flow 
rate shall be determined as specified in Sec. 63.1323(e).
    (D) Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be 
used to determine the concentration of organic HAP or TOC, as 
appropriate. Alternatively, any other method or data that has been 
validated according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part may be used. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A shall conform with the requirements in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i)(D)(1) and (c)(1)(i)(D)(2) of this section.

[[Page 284]]

    (1) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (2) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (ii) If an integrated sample is taken over the entire test period to 
determine average batch vent concentration of TOC or total organic HAP, 
emissions per batch emission episode shall be calculated using Equations 
19 and 20 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.035

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.036

Where:

Eepisode=Inlet or outlet emissions, kg/episode.
K=Constant, 2.494 x 10-\6\ (ppmv)-\1\ (gm-mole/
          scm) (kg/gm) (min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 
          deg.C.
Cj=Average inlet or outlet concentration of TOC or sample 
          organic HAP component j of the gas stream for the batch 
          emission episode, dry basis, ppmv.
Mj=Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component j 
          of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.
AFR = Average inlet or outlet flow rate of gas stream for the batch 
          emission episode, dry basis, scmm.
Th=Hours/episode.
n=Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation is not applicable if 
          TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC concentration 
          measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

    (iii) If grab samples are taken to determine average batch vent 
concentration of TOC or total organic HAP, emissions shall be calculated 
according to paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) For each measurement point, the emission rates shall be 
calculated using Equations 21 and 22 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.037

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.038

Where:

Epoint=Inlet or outlet emission rate for the measurement 
          point, kg/hr.
K=Constant, 2.494  x  10-\6\ (ppmv)-\1\ (gm-mole/
          scm) (kg/gm) (min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 \-o\C.
Cj=Inlet or outlet concentration of TOC or sample organic HAP 
          component j of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.
Mj=Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component j 
          of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.
FR=Inlet or outlet flow rate of gas stream for the measurement point, 
          dry basis, scmm.

[[Page 285]]

n=Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation is not applicable if 
          TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC concentration 
          measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

    (B) The emissions per batch emission episode shall be calculated 
using Equations 23 and 24 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.022

      
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.023
    

where:

Eepisode = Inlet or outlet emissions, kg/episode.
DUR = Duration of the batch emission episode, hr/episode.
Epoint,i = Inlet or outlet emissions for measurement point i, 
kg/hr.
n = Number of measurements.

    (iv) The control efficiency for the control device shall be 
calculated using Equation 25 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.024


where:

R = Control efficiency of control device, percent.
Einlet = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for batch 
emission episode i at the inlet to the control device as calculated 
under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) or (c)(1)(iii) of this section, kg/hr.
Eoutlet = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for batch 
emission episode i at the outlet of the control device, as calculated 
under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) or (c)(1)(iii) of this section, kg/hr.
n = Number of batch emission episodes in the batch cycle selected to be 
controlled.

    (v) If the batch process vent entering a boiler or process heater 
with a design capacity less than 44 megawatts is introduced with the 
combustion air or as a secondary fuel, the weight-percent reduction of 
total organic HAP or TOC across the device shall be determined by 
comparing the TOC or total organic HAP in all combusted batch process 
vents and primary and secondary fuels with the TOC or total organic HAP, 
respectively, exiting the combustion device.
    (2) The percent reduction for the batch cycle shall be determined 
using Equation 26 of this subpart and the control device efficiencies 
specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section. 
All information used to

[[Page 286]]

calculate the batch cycle percent reduction, including a definition of 
the batch cycle identifying all batch emission episodes, shall be 
recorded as specified in Sec. 63.1326(b)(2). This information shall 
include identification of those batch emission episodes, or portions 
thereof, selected for control.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.039

Where:

PR = Percent reduction
Eunc = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for uncontrolled 
          batch emission episode i, kg/hr.
Einlet,con = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for 
          controlled batch emission episode i at the inlet to the 
          control device, kg/hr.
R = Control efficiency of control device as specified in paragraphs 
          (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
n = Number of uncontrolled batch emission episodes, controlled batch 
          emission episodes, and control devices. The value of n is not 
          necessarily the same for these three items.

    (i) If a performance test is required by paragraph (c) of this 
section, the control efficiency of the control device shall be as 
determined in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (ii) If a performance test is not required by paragraph (c) of this 
section for a combustion control device, as specified in paragraph (b) 
of this section, the control efficiency shall be 98 percent. The control 
efficiency for a flare shall be 98 percent.
    (iii) If a performance test is not required by paragraph (c) of this 
section for a noncombustion control device, the control efficiency shall 
be determined by the owner or operator based on engineering assessment.
    (d) Batch process vent and aggregate batch vent stream testing for 
compliance with Sec. 63.1322(c) [halogenated emission streams]. An owner 
or operator controlling halogenated emissions in compliance with 
Sec. 63.1322(c) shall conduct a performance test to determine compliance 
with the control efficiency specified in Sec. 63.1322(c)(1) or the 
emission limit specified in Sec. 63.1322(c)(2) for hydrogen halides and 
halogens.
    (1) Sampling sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the 
scrubber or other halogen reduction device used to reduce halogen 
emissions in complying with Sec. 63.1322(c)(1) or at the outlet of the 
halogen reduction device used to reduce halogen emissions in complying 
with Sec. 63.1322(c)(2).
    (2) The mass emissions of each hydrogen halide and halogen compound 
for the batch cycle or aggregate batch vent stream shall be calculated 
from the measured concentrations and the gas stream flow rate(s) 
determined by the procedures specified in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and 
(d)(2)(ii) of this section except as specified in paragraph (d)(5) of 
this section.
    (i) Method 26 or Method 26A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be 
used to determine the concentration, in Mg per dry scm, of total 
hydrogen halides and halogens present in the emissions stream.
    (ii) Gas stream volumetric flow rate and/or average batch vent flow 
rate shall be determined as specified in Sec. 63.1323(e).
    (3) To determine compliance with the percent reduction specified in 
Sec. 63.1322(c)(1), the mass emissions for any hydrogen halides and 
halogens present at the inlet of the scrubber or other halogen reduction 
device shall be summed together. The mass emissions of any hydrogen 
halides or halogens present at the outlet of the scrubber or other 
halogen reduction device shall be summed together. Percent reduction 
shall be determined by subtracting the outlet mass emissions from the 
inlet mass emissions and then dividing the

[[Page 287]]

result by the inlet mass emissions and multiplying by 100.
    (4) To determine compliance with the emission limit specified in 
Sec. 63.1322(c)(2), the annual mass emissions for any hydrogen halides 
and halogens present at the outlet of the halogen reduction device and 
prior to any combustion device shall be summed together and compared to 
the emission limit specified in Sec. 63.1322(c)(2).
    (5) The owner or operator may use any other method to demonstrate 
compliance if the method or data has been validated according to the 
applicable procedures of Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
    (e) Aggregate batch vent stream testing for compliance with 
Sec. 63.1322(b)(2) or (b)(3). Except as specified in paragraphs (e)(1) 
through (e)(3) of this section, owners or operators of aggregate batch 
vent streams complying with Sec. 63.1322(b)(2) or (b)(3) shall conduct a 
performance test using the performance testing procedures for continuous 
process vents in Sec. 63.116(c).
    (1) For purposes of this subpart, when the provisions of 
Sec. 63.116(c) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall 
be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, may be 
used. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall conform 
with the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP representing 
the largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 
acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at 
least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from the zero 
calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive 
scale.
    (2) When Sec. 63.116(c)(4) refers to complying with an emission 
reduction of 98 percent, for purposes of this subpart, the 90 percent 
reduction requirement specified in Sec. 63.1322(b)(2) shall apply.
    (3) When a combustion device is used to comply with the 20 parts per 
million by volume outlet concentration standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1322(b)(2), the correction to 3 percent oxygen specified in the 
performance testing procedures of Sec. 63.116(c)(3) and 
Sec. 63.116(c)(3)(iii) is only required when supplemental combustion air 
is used to combust the emissions, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (f) Compliance with Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) [new SAN batch affected 
sources]. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, an owner 
or operator using a control or recovery device to comply with the 
percent reduction requirement in Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) shall conduct 
performance tests as specified in either paragraph (f)(1), (f)(2), or 
(f)(3) of this section, as applicable. Compliance with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) shall be determined as specified in paragraph (f)(4) 
of this section.
    (1) For batch process vents, performance tests shall be conducted 
using the procedures specified in paragraph (c) of this section, except 
that the owner or operator is not required to determine the percent 
reduction for the batch cycle as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (2) For continuous process vents, performance tests shall be 
conducted as required by the applicable requirements of Sec. 63.1315(a) 
as specified in Sec. 63.1321(b).
    (3) For aggregate batch vent streams, performance tests shall be 
conducted as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (4) Compliance with the percent reduction requirement of 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) shall be demonstrated using the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.1333(c) and the control device efficiencies specified in 
either paragraph (f)(4)(i) or (f)(4)(ii) of this section. Emissions for 
uncontrolled continuous process vents and aggregate batch vent streams 
shall be determined based on the direct measurement procedures specified 
in paragraph (f)(2) and (f)(3) of this section, respectively, or based 
on engineering assessment, as specified in Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(i). At the 
discretion of the owner or operator, emissions for uncontrolled batch 
process vents shall be determined based on any of the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1323(b).
    (i) For noncombustion devices, the control efficiency shall be as 
determined by the performance test required by paragraph (f)(1), (f)(2), 
or (f)(3) of

[[Page 288]]

this section. Alternatively, if a performance test is not required by 
paragraph (c) of this section, the control efficiency shall be 
determined by the owner or operator based on engineering assessment.
    (ii) For combustion devices, the control efficiency shall be as 
determined by the performance test required by paragraph (f)(1), (f)(2), 
or (f)(3) of this section. Alternatively, if a performance test is not 
required, the control efficiency shall be 98 percent. The control 
efficiency for a flare shall be 98 percent.
    (g) Batch mass input limitation. The batch mass input limitation 
required by Sec. 63.1322(g)(1) shall be determined by the owner or 
operator such that annual emissions for the batch process vent remain 
less than the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d). The batch mass input 
limitation required by Sec. 63.1322(f)(1) shall be determined by the 
owner or operator such that annual emissions remain at a level that 
ensures that said batch process vent remains a Group 2 batch process 
vent, given the actual annual flow rate for said batch process vent 
determined according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(e)(3). 
The batch mass input limitation shall be determined using the same 
basis, as described in Sec. 63.1323(a)(1), used to make the group 
determination (i.e., expected mix of products or highest-HAP recipe.) 
The establishment of the batch mass input limitation is not dependent 
upon any past production or activity level.
    (1) If the expected mix of products serves as the basis for the 
batch mass input limitation, the batch mass input limitation shall be 
determined based on any foreseeable combination of products that the 
owner or operator expects to manufacture.
    (2) If the single highest-HAP recipe serves as the basis for the 
batch mass input limitation, the batch mass input limitation shall be 
determined based solely on the production of the single highest-HAP 
recipe, considering all products produced or processed in the batch unit 
operation.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11549, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38119, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1326  Batch process vents--recordkeeping provisions.

    (a) Group determination records for batch process vents. Except as 
provided in paragraphs (a)(7) and (a)(8) of this section, each owner or 
operator of an affected source shall maintain the records specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section for each batch process 
vent subject to the group determination procedures of Sec. 63.1323. 
Except for paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the records required by 
this paragraph (a) are restricted to the information developed and used 
to make the group determination under Secs. 63.1323(b) through 
63.1323(g), as appropriate. If an owner or operator did not need to 
develop certain information (e.g., annual average batch vent flow rate) 
to determine the group status, this paragraph (a) does not require that 
additional information be developed. Paragraph (a)(9) of this section 
specifies the recordkeeping requirements for Group 2 batch process vents 
that are exempt from the batch mass input limitation provisions, as 
allowed under Sec. 63.1322(h).
    (1) An identification of each unique product that has emissions from 
one or more batch emission episodes venting from the batch process vent, 
along with an identification of the single highest-HAP recipe for each 
product and the mass of HAP fed to the reactor for that recipe.
    (2) A description of, and an emission estimate for, each batch 
emission episode, and the total emissions associated with one batch 
cycle, as described in either paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this 
section, as appropriate.
    (i) If the group determination is based on the expected mix of 
products, records shall include the emission estimates for the single 
highest-HAP recipe of each unique product identified in paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section that was considered in making the group determination 
under Sec. 63.1323.
    (ii) If the group determination is based on the single highest-HAP 
recipe (considering all products produced or processed in the batch unit 
operation), records shall include the emission estimates for the single 
highest-HAP recipe.
    (3) Total annual uncontrolled TOC or organic HAP emissions, 
determined at

[[Page 289]]

the exit from the batch unit operation before any control device, 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1323(b).
    (i) For Group 2 batch process vents, said emissions shall be 
determined at the batch mass input limitation.
    (ii) For Group 1 batch process vents, said emissions shall be those 
used to determine the group status of the batch process vent.
    (4) The annual average batch vent flow rate for the batch process 
vent, determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1323(e).
    (5) The cutoff flow rate, determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1323(f).
    (6) The results of the batch process vent group determination, 
conducted in accordance with Sec. 63.1323(g).
    (7) If a batch process vent is subject to Sec. 63.1322(a) or (b), 
none of the records in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section 
are required.
    (8) If the total annual emissions from the batch process vent during 
the group determination are less than the appropriate level specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(d), only the records in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of 
this section are required.
    (9) For each Group 2 batch process vent that is exempt from the 
batch mass input limitation provisions because it meets the criteria of 
Sec. 63.1322(h), the records specified in paragraphs (a)(9)(i) and (ii) 
shall be maintained.
    (i) Documentation of the maximum design capacity of the TPPU; and
    (ii) The mass of HAP or material that can be charged annually to the 
batch unit operation at the maximum design capacity.
    (b) Compliance demonstration records. Each owner or operator of a 
batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream complying with 
Sec. 63.1322(a) or (b), shall keep the following records, as applicable, 
readily accessible:
    (1) The annual mass emissions of halogen atoms in the batch process 
vent or aggregate batch vent stream determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(h);
    (2) If the owner or operator of a batch process vent has chosen to 
comply with Sec. 63.1322(a)(2), records documenting the batch cycle 
percent reduction as specified in Sec. 63.1325(c)(2); and
    (3) When using a flare to comply with Sec. 63.1322 (a)(1), (a)(3), 
(b)(1), or (b)(3):
    (i) The flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted or non-
assisted);
    (ii) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the 
compliance determination required by Sec. 63.1333(e); and
    (iii) Periods when all pilot flames were absent.
    (4) The following information when using a control device to meet 
the percent reduction requirement specified in Sec. 63.1322(a)(2), 
(a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3):
    (i) For an incinerator or non-combustion control device, the percent 
reduction of organic HAP or TOC achieved, as determined using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1325(c) for batch process vents and 
Sec. 63.1325(e) for aggregate batch vent streams;
    (ii) For a boiler or process heater, a description of the location 
at which the vent stream is introduced into the boiler or process 
heater;
    (iii) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
capacity of less than 44 megawatts and where the vent stream is 
introduced with combustion air or used as a secondary fuel and is not 
mixed with the primary fuel, the percent reduction of organic HAP or TOC 
achieved, as determined using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1325(c) for batch process vents and Sec. 63.1325(e) for 
aggregate batch vent streams; and
    (iv) For a scrubber or other halogen reduction device following a 
combustion device to control halogenated batch process vents or 
halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, the percent reduction of total 
hydrogen halides and halogens as determined under Sec. 63.1325(d)(3) or 
the emission limit determined under Sec. 63.1325(d)(4).
    (5) When complying with the 20 parts per million by volume outlet 
concentration standard specified in Sec. 63.1322(b)(2), records of the 
outlet concentration of organic HAP or TOC on a dry basis. If 
supplemental combustion air is used to combust the emissions, the outlet 
concentration shall be corrected to 3 percent oxygen. If supplemental 
combustion air is not used, a correction to 3 percent oxygen is not 
required.

[[Page 290]]

    (c) Establishment of parameter monitoring level records. For each 
parameter monitored according to Sec. 63.1324(c) and Table 7 of this 
subpart, or for alternate parameters and/or parameters for alternate 
control devices monitored according to Sec. 63.1327(f) as allowed under 
Sec. 63.1324(d), maintain documentation showing the establishment of the 
level that indicates proper operation of the control device as required 
by Sec. 63.1324(f) for parameters specified in Sec. 63.1324(c) and as 
required by Sec. 63.1335(e) for alternate parameters. Said documentation 
shall include the parameter monitoring data used to establish the level.
    (d) Group 2 batch process vent continuous compliance records. The 
owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent shall comply with 
either paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section, as appropriate.
    (1) The owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent that has 
chosen to comply with Sec. 63.1322(g) shall keep the following records 
readily accessible:
    (i) Records designating the established batch mass input limitation 
required by Sec. 63.1322(g)(1) and specified in Sec. 63.1325(g).
    (ii) Records specifying the mass of HAP or material charged to the 
batch unit operation.
    (2) The owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent that has 
chosen to comply with Sec. 63.1322(f) shall keep the following records 
readily accessible:
    (i) Records designating the established batch mass input limitation 
required by Sec. 63.1322(f)(1) and specified in Sec. 63.1325(g).
    (ii) Records specifying the mass of HAP or material charged to the 
batch unit operation.
    (e) Controlled batch process vent continuous compliance records. 
Each owner or operator of a batch process vent that has chosen to use a 
control device to comply with Sec. 63.1322(a) shall keep the following 
records, as applicable, readily accessible:
    (1) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.1324(c) as applicable, and 
listed in Table 7 of this subpart, or specified by the Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1327(f) as allowed under Sec. 63.1324(d). Said 
records shall be kept as specified under Sec. 63.1335(d), except as 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) For flares, the records specified in Table 7 of this subpart 
shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (ii) For carbon adsorbers, the records specified in Table 7 of this 
subpart shall be maintained in place of batch cycle daily averages.
    (2) Records of the batch cycle daily average value of each 
continuously monitored parameter, except as provided in paragraph 
(e)(2)(iii) of this section, as calculated using the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The batch cycle daily average shall be calculated as the average 
of all parameter values measured for an operating day during those batch 
emission episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch cycle that the 
owner or operator has selected to control.
    (ii) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
level adjustments shall not be included in computing the batch cycle 
daily averages. In addition, monitoring data recorded during periods of 
non-operation of the TPPU (or specific portion thereof) resulting in 
cessation of organic HAP emissions, or periods of start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction shall not be included in computing the batch cycle daily 
averages.
    (iii) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
operating day are above the minimum or below the maximum level 
established in accordance with Sec. 63.1324(f), the owner or operator 
may record that all values were above the minimum or below the maximum 
level established rather than calculating and recording a batch cycle 
daily average for that operating day.
    (3) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator for bypass lines 
specified in Sec. 63.1324(e)(1) was operating and whether a diversion 
was detected at any time during the hour. Also, records of the times of 
all periods when the vent is diverted from the control device or the 
flow indicator specified in Sec. 63.1324(e)(1) is not operating.
    (4) Where a seal or closure mechanism is used to comply with

[[Page 291]]

Sec. 63.1324(e)(2), hourly records of whether a diversion was detected 
at any time are not required. The owner or operator shall record whether 
the monthly visual inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has 
been done, and shall record the occurrence of all periods when the seal 
mechanism is broken, the bypass line damper or valve position has 
changed, or the key for a lock-and-key type configuration has been 
checked out, and records of any car-seal that has broken.
    (5) Records specifying the times and duration of periods of 
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero 
(low-level) and high-level adjustments. In addition, records specifying 
any other periods of process or control device operation when monitors 
are not operating.
    (f) Aggregate batch vent stream continuous compliance records. In 
addition to the records specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section, each owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream using 
a control device to comply with Sec. 63.1322(b)(1) or (b)(2) shall keep 
the following records readily accessible:
    (1) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.1324(c) and listed in Table 7 of 
this subpart, as applicable, or specified by the Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1327(f), as allowed under Sec. 63.1324(d), with 
the exceptions listed in (f)(1)(i) and (f)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) For flares, the records specified in Table 7 of this subpart 
shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (ii) For carbon adsorbers, the records specified in Table 7 of this 
subpart shall be maintained in place of daily averages.
    (2) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
monitored parameter for each operating day determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1335(d).
    (3) For demonstrating compliance with the monitoring of bypass lines 
as specified in Sec. 63.1324(e), records as specified in paragraphs 
(e)(3) or (e)(4) of this section, as appropriate.
    (g) Documentation supporting the establishment of the batch mass 
input limitation shall include the information specified in paragraphs 
(g)(1) through (g)(5) of this section, as appropriate.
    (1) Identification of whether the purpose of the batch mass input 
limitation is to comply with Sec. 63.1322(f)(1) or (g)(1).
    (2) Identification of whether the batch mass input limitation is 
based on the single highest-HAP recipe (considering all products) or on 
the expected mix of products for the batch process vent as allowed under 
Sec. 63.1323(a)(1).
    (3) Definition of the operating year, for the purposes of 
determining compliance with the batch mass input limitation.
    (4) If the batch mass input limitation is based on the expected mix 
of products, the owner or operator shall provide documentation that 
describes as many scenarios for differing mixes of products (i.e., how 
many of each type of product) as the owner or operator desires the 
flexibility to accomplish. Alternatively, the owner or operator shall 
provide a description of the relationship among the mix of products that 
will allow a determination of compliance with the batch mass input 
limitation under any number of scenarios.
    (5) The mass of HAP or material allowed to be charged to the batch 
unit operation per year under the batch mass input limitation.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11549, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38122, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1327  Batch process vents--reporting requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a batch process vent or aggregate batch 
vent stream at an affected source shall submit the information specified 
in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section, as appropriate, as 
part of the Notification of Compliance Status specified in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (1) For each batch process vent complying Sec. 63.1322(a) and each 
aggregate batch vent stream complying Sec. 63.1322(b), the information 
specified in Sec. 63.1326 (b) and (c), as applicable.
    (2) For each Group 2 batch process vent with annual emissions less 
than the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d), the information specified 
in Sec. 63.1326(d)(1)(i).
    (3) For each Group 2 batch process vent with annual emissions 
greater

[[Page 292]]

than or equal to the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d), the information 
specified in Sec. 63.1326(d)(2)(i).
    (4) For each batch process vent subject to the group determination 
procedures, the information specified in Sec. 63.1326(a), as 
appropriate.
    (5) For each Group 2 batch process vent that is exempt from the 
batch mass input limitation provisions because it meets the criteria of 
Sec. 63.1322(h), the information specified in Sec. 63.1326(a)(1) through 
(3), and the information specified in Sec. 63.1326(a)(4) through (6) as 
applicable, calculated at the conditions specified in Sec. 63.1322(h).
    (6) When engineering assessment has been used to estimate emissions 
from a batch emissions episode and the criteria specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(i)(A) or (B) have been met, the owner or operator 
shall submit the information demonstrating that the criteria specified 
in Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(i)(A) or (B) have been met as part of the 
Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5).
    (b) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.1323(i)(1), is 
made that causes a Group 2 batch process vent to become a Group 1 batch 
process vent, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator and 
submit a description of the process change within 180 days after the 
process change is made or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is 
later. The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with the 
Group 1 batch process vent provisions in Secs. 63.1321 through 63.1327 
in accordance with Sec. 63.480(i)(2)(ii).
    (c) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.1323(i)(1), is 
made that causes a Group 2 batch process vent with annual emissions less 
than the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d) for which the owner or 
operator has chosen to comply with Sec. 63.1322(g) to have annual 
emissions greater than or equal to the level specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(d) but remains a Group 2 batch process vent, or if a 
process change is made that requires the owner or operator to 
redetermine the batch mass input limitation as specified in 
Sec. 63.1323(i)(3), the owner or operator shall submit a report within 
180 days after the process change is made or with the next Periodic 
Report, whichever is later. The following information shall be 
submitted:
    (1) A description of the process change;
    (2) The batch mass input limitation determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1322(f)(1).
    (d) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.1323(j)(1), is 
made that could potentially cause the percent reduction for all process 
vents at a new SAN affected source using a batch process to be less than 
84 percent, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator and 
submit a description of the process change within 180 days after the 
process change is made or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is 
later. The owner or operator shall comply with Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) and 
all associated provisions in accordance with Sec. 63.1310(i).
    (e) The owner or operator is not required to submit a report of a 
process change if one of the conditions specified in paragraphs (e)(1) 
or (e)(2) of this section is met.
    (1) The change does not meet the description of a process change in 
Sec. 63.1323(i) or (j).
    (2) The redetermined group status remains Group 2 for an individual 
batch process vent with annual emissions greater than or equal to the 
level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d) and the batch mass input limitation 
does not decrease, a Group 2 batch process vent with annual emissions 
less than the level specified in Sec. 63.1323(d) complying with 
Sec. 63.1322(g) continues to have emissions less than the level 
specified in Sec. 63.1323(d) and the batch mass input limitation does 
not decrease, or the achieved emission reduction remains at 84 percent 
or greater for new SAN affected sources using a batch process.
    (f) If an owner or operator uses a control device other than those 
specified in Sec. 63.1324(c) and listed in Table 7 of this subpart or 
requests approval to monitor a parameter other than those specified 
Sec. 63.1324(c) and listed in Table 7 of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall submit a description of planned reporting and 
recordkeeping procedures, as specified in Sec. 63.1335(f), as part of 
the Precompliance Report required under Sec. 63.1335(e)(3). The 
Administrator will specify appropriate reporting and

[[Page 293]]

recordkeeping requirements as part of the review of the Precompliance 
Report.
    (g) Owners or operators of affected sources complying with 
Sec. 63.1324(e), shall comply with paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this 
section, as appropriate.
    (1) Submit reports of the times of all periods recorded under 
Sec. 63.1326(e)(3) when the batch process vent is diverted from the 
control device through a bypass line, with the next Periodic Report.
    (2) Submit reports of all occurrences recorded under 
Sec. 63.1326(e)(4) in which the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass 
line damper or valve position has changed, or the key to unlock the 
bypass line damper or valve was checked out, with the next Periodic 
Report.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38123, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1328  Heat exchange systems provisions.

    (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, each owner 
or operator of an affected source shall comply with Sec. 63.104, with 
the differences noted in paragraphs (c) through (h) of this section, for 
the purposes of this subpart.
    (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to 
each process contact cooling tower that is associated with an existing 
affected source manufacturing PET.
    (c) When the term ``chemical manufacturing process unit'' is used in 
Sec. 63.104, the term ``thermoplastic product process unit'' shall apply 
for purposes of this subpart, with the exception noted in paragraph (d) 
of this section.
    (d) When the phrase ``a chemical manufacturing process unit meeting 
the conditions of Sec. 63.100(b)(1) through (b)(3) of this subpart, 
except for chemical manufacturing process units meeting the condition 
specified in Sec. 63.100(c) of this subpart'' is used in Sec. 63.104(a), 
the term ``a TPPU, except for TPPUs meeting the condition specified in 
Sec. 63.1310(b)'' shall apply for purposes of this subpart.
    (e) When Sec. 63.104 refers to Table 4 of subpart F of this part or 
Table 9 of subpart G of this part, the owner or operator is only 
required to consider organic HAP listed on Table 6 of this subpart, 
except for ethylene glycol which need not be considered under this 
section, for purposes of this subpart.
    (f) When Sec. 63.104(c)(3) specifies the monitoring plan retention 
requirements, and when Sec. 63.104(f)(1) refers to the record retention 
requirements in Sec. 63.103(c)(1), the requirements in Secs. 63.1335(a) 
and 63.1335(h) shall apply, for purposes of this subpart.
    (g) When Sec. 63.104(f)(2) requires information to be reported in 
the Periodic Reports required by Sec. 63.152(c), the owner or operator 
shall instead report the information specified in Sec. 63.104(f)(2) in 
the Periodic Reports required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(6), for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (h) The compliance date for heat exchange systems subject to the 
provisions of this section is specified in Sec. 63.1311.

[65 FR 38124, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1329  Process contact cooling towers provisions.

    (a) The owner or operator of each new affected source that 
manufactures PET is required to comply with paragraph (b) of this 
section. The owner or operator of each existing affected source that 
manufactures PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high viscosity 
multiple end finisher process that utilizes a process contact cooling 
tower shall comply with paragraph (c) of this section, and is not 
required to comply with paragraph (b) of this section. The compliance 
date for process contact cooling towers subject to the provisions of 
this section is specified in Sec. 63.1311.
    (b) New affected source requirements. The owner or operator of a new 
affected source subject to this section shall comply with paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of a new affected source subject to this 
section shall not send contact condenser effluent associated with a 
vacuum system to a process contact cooling tower.
    (2) The owner or operator of a new affected source subject to this 
section shall indicate in the Notification of Compliance Status, as 
required in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5), that contact condenser

[[Page 294]]

effluent associated with vacuum systems is not sent to process contact 
cooling towers.
    (c) Existing affected source requirements. The owner or operator of 
an existing affected source subject to this section who manufactures PET 
using a continuous terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end 
finisher process, and who is subject or becomes subject to 40 CFR part 
60, subpart DDD, shall maintain an ethylene glycol concentration in the 
process contact cooling tower at or below 4.0 percent by weight averaged 
on a daily basis over a rolling 14-day period of operating days. 
Compliance with this paragraph (c) shall be determined as specified in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section. It should be noted 
that compliance with this paragraph (c) does not exempt owners or 
operators from complying with the provisions of Sec. 63.1330 for those 
process wastewater streams that are sent to the process contact cooling 
tower.
    (1) To determine the ethylene glycol concentration, owners or 
operators shall follow the procedures specified in 40 CFR 60.564(j)(1), 
except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (i) At least one sample per operating day shall be collected using 
the procedures specified in 40 CFR 60.564(j)(1)(i). An average ethylene 
glycol concentration by weight shall be calculated on a daily basis over 
a rolling 14-day period of operating days. Each daily average ethylene 
glycol concentration so calculated constitutes a performance test.
    (ii) The owner or operator may elect to reduce the sampling program 
to any 14 consecutive operating day period once every two calendar 
months, if at least seventeen consecutive 14-day rolling average 
concentrations immediately preceding the reduced sampling program are 
each less than 1.2 weight percent ethylene glycol. If the average 
concentration obtained over the 14 operating day sampling during the 
reduced test period exceeds the upper 95 percent confidence interval 
calculated from the most recent test results in which no one 14-day 
average exceeded 1.2 weight percent ethylene glycol, then the owner or 
operator shall reinstitute a daily sampling program. The 95 percent 
confidence interval shall be calculated as specified in paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii) of this section. A reduced program may be reinstituted if 
the requirements specified in this paragraph (c)(1)(ii) are met.
    (iii) The upper 95 percent confidence interval shall be calculated 
using the Equation 27 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.040

Where:

CI95 = 95 percent confidence interval
Xi = daily ethylene glycol concentration for each operating 
          day used to calculate each 14-day rolling average used in test 
          results to justify implementing the reduced testing program.
n = number of ethylene glycol concentrations.

    (2) Measuring an alternative parameter, such as carbon oxygen demand 
or biological oxygen demand, that is demonstrated to be directly 
proportional to the ethylene glycol concentration shall be allowed. Such 
parameter shall be measured during the initial 14-day performance test 
during which the facility is shown to be in compliance with the ethylene 
glycol concentration standard whereby the ethylene glycol concentration 
is determined using the procedures described in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section. The alternative parameter shall be measured on a daily basis 
and the average value of the alternative parameter shall be calculated 
on a daily basis over a rolling 14-day period of operating days. Each 
daily average value

[[Page 295]]

of the alternative parameter constitutes a performance test.
    (3) During each performance test, daily measurement and daily 
average 14-day rolling averages of the ethylene glycol concentration in 
the cooling tower water shall be recorded. For the initial performance 
test, these records shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance 
Status report.
    (4) All periods when the 14-day rolling average exceeds the standard 
shall be reported in the Periodic Report.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38124, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1330  Wastewater provisions.

    (a) Except as specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, 
the owner or operator of each affected source shall comply, as specified 
in paragraph (b) of this section, with the requirements of Secs. 63.132 
through 63.147 for each process wastewater stream originating at an 
affected source, with the requirements of Sec. 63.148 for leak 
inspection provisions, and with the requirements of Sec. 63.149 for 
equipment that is subject to Sec. 63.149. Further, the owner or operator 
of each affected source shall comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.105(a) for maintenance wastewater as specified in paragraph (c) 
of this section.
    (b) The owner or operator of each affected source shall comply with 
the requirements of Secs. 63.132 through 63.149, with the differences 
noted in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(22) of this section for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (1) When the determination of equivalence criteria in Sec. 63.102(b) 
is referred to in Secs. 63.132, 63.133, and 63.137, the provisions in 
Sec. 63.6(g) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (2) When the storage vessel requirements contained in Secs. 63.119 
through 63.123 are referred to in Secs. 63.132 through 63.149, 
Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 are applicable, with the exception of the 
differences referred to in Sec. 63.1314, for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (3) When Sec. 63.146(a) requires the submission of a request for 
approval to monitor alternative parameters according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.151(f) or (g), owners or operators requesting to 
monitor alternative parameters shall follow the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1335(f) for the purposes of this subpart.
    (4) When Sec. 63.147(d) requires owners or operators to keep records 
of the daily average value of each continuously monitored parameter for 
each operating day as specified in Sec. 63.152(f), owners and operators 
shall instead keep records of the daily average value of each 
continuously monitored parameter as specified in Sec. 63.1335(d) for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (5) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to an ``existing 
source,'' the term ``existing affected source,'' as defined in 
Sec. 63.1310(a), shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to a ``new source,'' the 
term ``new affected source,'' as defined in Sec. 63.1310(a), shall apply 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (7) When Sec. 63.132(a) and (b) refer to the ``applicable dates 
specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part,'' the compliance 
dates specified in Sec. 63.1311 shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (8) The provisions of paragraphs (b)(8)(i), (b)(8)(ii), and 
(b)(8)(iii) of this section clarify the organic HAP that an owner or 
operator shall consider when complying with the requirements in 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.149.
    (i) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to table 8 of compounds, 
the owner or operator is only required to consider 1,3-butadiene for 
purposes of this subpart.
    (ii) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to table 9 of compounds, 
the owner or operator is only required to consider compounds that meet 
the definition of organic HAP in Sec. 63.1312 and that are listed on 
table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, for the purposes of this subpart, except for 
ethylene glycol which need not be considered.
    (iii) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to compounds in table 
36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, or compounds on List 1 and/or List 2, 
as listed on table 36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, the owner or 
operator is only required to consider compounds that meet the definition 
of organic HAP in Sec. 63.1312 and that are listed in table 36 of 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart G, for the purposes of this subpart.

[[Page 296]]

    (9) Whenever Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to a ``chemical 
manufacturing process unit,'' the term ``thermoplastic product process 
unit,'' (or TPPU) as defined in Sec. 63.1312, shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart. In addition, when Sec. 63.149 refers to ``a 
chemical manufacturing process unit that meets the criteria of 
Sec. 63.100(b) of subpart F of this part,'' the term ``a TPPU as defined 
in Sec. 63.1312(b)'' shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (10) Whenever Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to a Group 1 
wastewater stream or a Group 2 wastewater stream, the definitions of 
these terms contained in Sec. 63.1312 shall apply for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (11) When Sec. 63.149(d) refers to ``Sec. 63.100(f) of subpart F'', 
the phrase ``Sec. 63.1310(c)'' shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart. In addition, where Sec. 63.149(d) states ``and the item of 
equipment is not otherwise exempt from controls by the provisions of 
subpart A, F, G, or H of this part'', the phrase ``and the item of 
equipment is not otherwise exempt from controls by the provisions of 
subparts A, F, G, H, or JJJ of this part'' shall apply for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (12) When Sec. 63.149(e)(1) and (e)(2) refer to ``a chemical 
manufacturing process unit subject to the new source requirements of 40 
CFR Sec. 63.100(l)(1) or 40 CFR Sec. 63.100(l)(2),'' the phrase ``a TPPU 
that is part of a new affected source or that is a new affected 
source,'' shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (13) When the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) are referred to in Secs. 63.138 and 63.146, 
the Notification of Compliance Status requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart. In 
addition, when Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 require that information be 
reported according to Sec. 63.152(b) in the Notification of Compliance 
Status, the owner or operator of an affected source shall report the 
specified information in the Notification of Compliance Status required 
by Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) for the purposes of this subpart.
    (14) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) are referred to in Sec. 63.146, the Periodic Report 
requirements contained in Sec. 63.1335(e)(6) shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart. In addition, when Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 
require that information be reported in the Periodic Reports required in 
Sec. 63.152(c), the owner or operator of an affected source shall report 
the specified information in the Periodic Reports required in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(6) for the purposes of this subpart.
    (15) When Sec. 63.143(f) specifies that owners or operators shall 
establish the range that indicates proper operation of the treatment 
process or control device, the owner or operator shall instead comply 
with the requirements of Sec. 63.1334(c) or (d) for establishing 
parameter level maximums/minimums for the purposes of this subpart.
    (16) When Sec. 63.146(b)(7) and Sec. 63.146(b)(8) require that ``the 
information on parameter ranges specified in Sec. 63.152(b)(2)'' be 
reported in the Notification of Compliance Status, owners and operators 
of affected sources are instead required to report the information on 
parameter levels as specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5)(ii) for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (17) When the term ``range'' is used in Secs. 63.132 through 63.149, 
the term ``level'' apply instead for the purposes of this subpart. This 
level shall be determined using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1334.
    (18) For the purposes of this subpart, the owner or operator of an 
affected source is not required to include process wastewater streams 
that contain styrene when conducting performance tests for the purposes 
of calculating the required mass removal (RMR) or the actual mass 
removal (AMR) under the provisions described in Sec. 63.145(f) or 
Sec. 63.145(g). For purposes of this paragraph, a process wastewater 
stream is considered to contain styrene if the wastewater stream meets 
the requirements in paragraph (b)(18)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of 
this section.
    (i) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that produces ABS 
or ABS latex;
    (ii) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that produces 
EPS;
    (iii) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that produces 
MABS;

[[Page 297]]

    (iv) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that produces 
MBS; or
    (v) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that produces SAN.
    (19) When the provisions of Sec. 63.139(c)(1)(ii), 
Sec. 63.145(d)(4), or Sec. 63.145(i)(2) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, shall be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, may be used for the purposes of this subpart. The use of 
Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall conform with the 
requirements in paragraphs (b)(19)(i) and (b)(19)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP representing 
the largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 
acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at 
least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from the zero 
calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive 
scale.
    (20) In Sec. 63.145(j), instead of the reference to Sec. 63.11(b), 
and instead of Sec. 63.145(j)(1) and Sec. 63.145(j)(2), the requirements 
in Sec. 63.1333(e) shall apply.
    (21) The owner or operator of a facility which receives a Group 1 
wastewater stream, or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
stream, for treatment pursuant to Sec. 63.132(g) is subject to the 
requirements of Sec. 63.132(g) with the differences identified in this 
section, and is not subject to subpart DD of this part with respect to 
that material.
    (22) When Sec. 63.132(g) refers to ``Secs. 63.133 through 63.137'' 
or ``Secs. 63.133 through 63.147'', the provisions in this section 
63.1330 shall apply, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (c) For each affected source, the owner or operator shall comply 
with the requirements for maintenance wastewater in Sec. 63.105, except 
that when Sec. 63.105(a) refers to ``organic HAPs listed in table 9 of 
subpart G of this part,'' the owner or operator is only required to 
consider compounds that meet the definition of organic HAP in 
Sec. 63.1312 and that are listed in table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
G, except for ethylene glycol which need not be considered, for the 
purposes of this subpart.

[65 FR 38125, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1331  Equipment leak provisions.

    (a) Except as provided for in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section, the owner or operator of each affected source shall comply with 
the requirements of subpart H of this part, with the differences noted 
in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(13) of this section.
    (1) For an affected source producing polystyrene resin, the 
indications of liquids dripping, as defined in subpart H of this part, 
from bleed ports in pumps and agitator seals in light liquid service 
shall not be considered to be a leak. For purposes of this subpart, a 
``bleed port'' is a technologically-required feature of the pump or seal 
whereby polymer fluid used to provide lubrication and/or cooling of the 
pump or agitator shaft exits the pump, thereby resulting in a visible 
dripping of fluid.
    (2) The compliance date for the equipment leak provisions contained 
in this section is provided in Sec. 63.1311. Whenever subpart H of this 
part refers to the compliance dates specified in any paragraph contained 
in Sec. 63.100, the compliance dates listed in Sec. 63.1311(d) shall 
instead apply, for the purposes of this subpart. When Sec. 63.182(c)(4) 
refers to ``sources subject to subpart F,'' the phrase ``sources subject 
to this subpart'' shall apply, for the purposes of this subpart. In 
addition, extensions of compliance dates are addressed by 
Sec. 63.1311(e) instead of Sec. 63.182(a)(6), for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (3) Owners and operators of an affected source subject to this 
subpart are not required to submit the Initial Notification required by 
Sec. 63.182(a)(1) and Sec. 63.182(b).
    (4) As specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5), the Notification of 
Compliance Status required by paragraphs Sec. 63.182(a)(2) and 
Sec. 63.182(c) shall be submitted within 150 days (rather than 90 days) 
of the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 63.1311 for the 
equipment leak provisions.
    (5) The information specified by Sec. 63.182(a)(3) and 
Sec. 63.182(d) (i.e., Periodic Reports) shall be submitted as part of

[[Page 298]]

the Periodic Reports required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(6).
    (6) For pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy liquid 
service; pressure relief devices in light liquid or heavy liquid 
service; and instrumentation systems, owners or operators of affected 
sources producing PET shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 
(a)(6)(i) and (a)(6)(ii) of this section instead of with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.169. Owners or operators of PET affected sources 
shall comply with all other provisions of subpart H of this part for 
pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy liquid service; 
pressure relief devices in light liquid or heavy liquid service; and 
instrumentation systems, except as specified in paragraphs (a)(6)(iii) 
through (a)(6)(iv) of this section.
    (i) A leak is determined to be detected if there is evidence of a 
potential leak found by visual, audible, or olfactory means. Method 21, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A may not be used to determine the presence or 
absence of a leak.
    (ii)(A) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practical, but not later than 15 days after it is detected, except as 
provided in Sec. 63.171.
    (B) The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 days 
after each leak is detected.
    (C) Repaired shall mean that the visual, audible, olfactory, or 
other indications of a leak have been eliminated; that no bubbles are 
observed at potential leak sites during a leak check using soap 
solution; or that the system will hold a test pressure.
    (iii) An owner or operator is not required to develop an initial 
list of identification numbers as would otherwise be required under 
Sec. 63.181(b)(1)(i) or Sec. 63.181(b)(4).
    (iv) When recording the detection of a leak under Sec. 63.182(d)(1), 
the owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with paragraphs 
(a)(6)(iv)(A) through (a)(6)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (A) When complying with Sec. 63.181(d)(1), provide an identification 
number for the leaking equipment at the time of recordkeeping. Further, 
the owner or operator is not required to record the identification 
number of the instrument (i.e., Method 21 instrument) because the use of 
Method 21 is not an acceptable method for determining a leak under this 
paragraph (a)(6).
    (B) An owner or operator is not required to comply with 
Sec. 63.181(d)(4) which requires a record of the maximum instrument 
reading measured by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    (7) When Sec. 63.166(b)(4)(i) refers to Table 9 of subpart G of this 
part, the owner or operator is only required to consider organic HAP 
listed on Table 6 of this subpart for purposes of this subpart, except 
for ethylene glycol which need not be considered.
    (8) When the provisions of subpart H of this part specify that 
Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used, Method 18 or 
Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, may be used for the purposes of 
this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall 
conform with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(8)(i) and (a)(8)(ii) of 
this section.
    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP representing 
the largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 
acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at 
least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from the zero 
calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive 
scale.
    (9) [Reserved]
    (10) If specific items of equipment, comprising part of a process 
unit subject to this subpart, are managed by different administrative 
organizations (e.g., different companies, affiliates, departments, 
divisions, etc.), those items of equipment may be aggregated with any 
TPPU within the affected source for all purposes under subpart H of this 
part, providing there is no delay in achieving the applicable compliance 
date.
    (11) When the terms ``equipment'' and ``equipment leak'' are used in 
subpart H of this part, the definitions of these terms in Sec. 63.1312 
shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (12) The phrase ``the provisions of subparts F, I, or JJJ of this 
part'' shall

[[Page 299]]

apply instead of the phrase ``the provisions of subpart F or I of this 
part'' throughout Secs. 63.163 and 63.168, for the purposes of this 
subpart. In addition, the phrase ``subparts F, I, and JJJ'' shall apply 
instead of the phrase ``subparts F and I'' in Sec. 63.174(c)(2)(iii), 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (13) An owner or operator using a flare to comply with the 
requirements of this section shall conduct a compliance demonstration as 
specified in Sec. 63.1333(e).
    (b) The provisions of this section do not apply to each TPPU 
producing PET using a process other than a continuous terephthalic acid 
(TPA) high viscosity multiple end finisher process that is part of an 
affected source if all of the equipment leak components subject to this 
section Sec. 63.1331 in the TPPU are either in vacuum service or in 
heavy liquid service.
    (1) Owners and operators of a TPPU exempted under paragraph (b) of 
this section shall comply with paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Retain information, data, and analyses used to demonstrate that 
all of the components in the exempted TPPU are either in vacuum service 
or in heavy liquid service. For components in vacuum service, examples 
of information that could document this include, but are not limited to, 
analyses of process stream composition and process conditions, 
engineering calculations, or process knowledge. For components in heavy 
liquid service, such documentation shall include an analysis or 
demonstration that the process fluids do not meet the criteria of ``in 
light liquid service'' or ``in gas or vapor service.''
    (ii) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that all of 
the components in the TPPU are either in vacuum service or in heavy 
liquid service.
    (2) If changes occur at a TPPU exempted under paragraph (b) of this 
section such that all of the components in the TPPU are no longer either 
in vacuum service or in heavy liquid service (e.g., by either process 
changes or the addition of new components), the owner or operator of the 
affected source shall comply with the provisions of this section for all 
of the components at the TPPU. The owner or operator shall submit a 
report within 180 days after the process change is made or the 
information regarding the process change is known to the owner or 
operator. This report may be included in the next Periodic Report, as 
specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section. A description of the 
process change shall be submitted with this report.
    (c) The provisions of this section do not apply to each affected 
source producing PET using a continuous TPA high viscosity multiple end 
finisher process.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 37722, July 15, 1997; 
65 FR 38127, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1332  Emissions averaging provisions.

    (a) This section applies to owners or operators of existing affected 
sources who seek to comply with Sec. 63.1313(b) by using emissions 
averaging rather than following the provisions of Secs. 63.1314, 
63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330.
    (1) The following emission point limitations apply to the use of 
these provisions:
    (i) All emission points included in an emissions average shall be 
from the same affected source. There may be an emissions average for 
each affected source located at a plant site.
    (ii)(A) If a plant site has only one affected source for which 
emissions averaging is being used to demonstrate compliance, the number 
of emission points allowed in the emissions average for said affected 
source is limited to twenty. This number may be increased by up to five 
additional emission points if pollution prevention measures are used to 
control five or more of the emission points included in the emissions 
average.
    (B) If a plant site has two or more affected sources for which 
emissions averaging is being used to demonstrate compliance, the number 
of emission points allowed in the emissions averages for said affected 
sources is limited to twenty. This number may be increased by up to five 
additional emission points if pollution prevention measures are used to 
control five or

[[Page 300]]

more of the emission points included in the emissions averages.
    (2) Compliance with the provisions of this section may be based on 
either organic HAP or TOC.
    (3) For the purposes of these provisions, whenever Method 18, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, is specified within the paragraphs of this section 
or is specified by reference through provisions outside this section, 
Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, may be used. The 
use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall conform with the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (b) Unless an operating permit application has been submitted, the 
owner or operator shall develop and submit for approval an Emissions 
Averaging Plan containing all of the information required in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(4) for all emission points to be included in an 
emissions average.
    (c) Paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section describe the 
emission points that may be used to generate emissions averaging credits 
if control was applied after November 15, 1990, and if sufficient 
information is available to determine the appropriate value of credits 
for the emission point. Paragraph (c)(6) of this section discusses the 
use of pollution prevention in generating emissions averaging credits.
    (1) Storage vessels, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent 
streams, continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315, and process 
wastewater streams that are determined to be Group 2 emission points. 
The term ``continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315'' includes 
continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316 (b)(1)(iii), 
(b)(2)(iii), and (c)(2), which reference Sec. 63.1315.
    (2) Continuous process vents located in the collection of material 
recovery sections within the affected source at an existing affected 
source producing PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process 
subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) where the uncontrolled organic HAP 
emissions from said continuous process vents are equal to or less than 
0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product. These continuous process vents 
shall be considered Group 2 emission points for the purposes of this 
section.
    (3) Storage vessels, continuous process vents subject to 
Sec. 63.1315, and process wastewater streams that are determined to be 
Group 1 emission points and that are controlled by a technology that the 
Administrator or permitting authority agrees has a higher nominal 
efficiency than the reference control technology. Information on the 
nominal efficiencies for such technologies shall be submitted and 
approved as provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
    (4) Batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams that are 
determined to be Group 1 emission points and that are controlled to a 
level more stringent than the applicable standard.
    (5) Continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316 (b)(1)(i), 
(b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) located in the collection 
of process sections within the affected source, as specified in 
paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (c)(5)(ii) of this section. The continuous 
process vents identified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (c)(5)(ii) of 
this section shall be considered to be Group 1 emission points for the 
purposes of this section.
    (i) Continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) 
located in the collection of material recovery sections within the 
affected source where the uncontrolled organic HAP emissions for said 
continuous process vents are greater than 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of 
product and said continuous process vents are controlled to a level more 
stringent than the applicable standard.
    (ii) Continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(ii), 
(b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or

[[Page 301]]

(c)(1) located in the collection of process sections within the affected 
source where the uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from said continuous 
process vents are controlled to a level more stringent than the 
applicable standard.
    (6) The percent reduction for any storage vessel, batch process 
vent, aggregate batch vent stream, continuous process vent, and process 
wastewater stream from which emissions are reduced by pollution 
prevention measures shall be determined using the procedures specified 
in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (i) For a Group 1 storage vessel, batch process vent, aggregate 
batch vent stream, continuous process vent, or process wastewater 
stream, the pollution prevention measure must reduce emissions more than 
if the applicable reference control technology or standard had been 
applied to the emission point instead of the pollution prevention 
measure, except as provided in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) If a pollution prevention measure is used in conjunction with 
other controls for a Group 1 storage vessel, batch process vent, 
aggregate batch vent stream, continuous process vent, or process 
wastewater stream, the pollution prevention measure alone does not have 
to reduce emissions more than the applicable reference control 
technology or standard, but the combination of the pollution prevention 
measure and other controls must reduce emissions more than if the 
applicable reference control technology or standard had been applied 
instead of the pollution prevention measure.
    (d) The following emission points cannot be used to generate 
emissions averaging credits:
    (1) Emission points already controlled on or before November 15, 
1990, cannot be used to generate credits unless the level of control is 
increased after November 15, 1990. In this case, credit will be allowed 
only for the increase in control after November 15, 1990.
    (2) Group 1 emission points, identified in paragraph (c)(3) of this 
section, that are controlled by a reference control technology cannot be 
used to generate credits unless the reference control technology has 
been approved for use in a different manner and a higher nominal 
efficiency has been assigned according to the procedures in paragraph 
(i) of this section.
    (3) Emission points for nonoperating TPPU cannot be used to generate 
credits. TPPU that are shutdown cannot be used to generate credits or 
debits.
    (4) Maintenance wastewater cannot be used to generate credits. 
Wastewater streams treated in biological treatment units cannot be used 
to generate credits. These two types of wastewater cannot be used to 
generate credits or debits. For the purposes of this section, the terms 
wastewater and wastewater stream are used to mean process wastewater.
    (5) Emission points controlled to comply with a State or Federal 
rule other than this subpart cannot be used to generate credits, unless 
the level of control has been increased after November 15, 1990, to a 
level above what is required by the other State or Federal rule. Only 
the control above what is required by the other State or Federal rule 
will be credited. However, if an emission point has been used to 
generate emissions averaging credit in an approved emissions average, 
and the emission point is subsequently made subject to a State or 
Federal rule other than this subpart, the emission point may continue to 
generate emissions averaging credit for the purpose of complying with 
the previously approved emissions average.
    (e) For all emission points included in an emissions average, the 
owner or operator shall perform the following tasks:
    (1) Calculate and record monthly debits for all Group 1 emission 
points that are controlled to a level less stringent than the reference 
control technology or standard for those emission points. Said Group 1 
emission points are identified in paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(5) of 
this section. Equations in paragraph (g) of this section shall be used 
to calculate debits.
    (2) Calculate and record monthly credits for all Group 1 and Group 2 
emission points that are over-controlled to compensate for the debits. 
Equations in paragraph (h) of this section shall be used to calculate 
credits. Emission points and controls that meet

[[Page 302]]

the criteria of paragraph (c) of this section may be included in the 
credit calculation, whereas those described in paragraph (d) of this 
section shall not be included.
    (3) Demonstrate that annual credits calculated according to 
paragraph (h) of this section are greater than or equal to debits 
calculated for the same annual compliance period according to paragraph 
(g) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator may choose to include more than the 
required number of credit-generating emission points in an emissions 
average in order to increase the likelihood of being in compliance.
    (ii) The initial demonstration in the Emissions Averaging Plan or 
operating permit application that credit-generating emission points will 
be capable of generating sufficient credits to offset the debits from 
the debit-generating emission points shall be made under representative 
operating conditions. After the compliance date, actual operating data 
will be used for all debit and credit calculations.
    (4) Demonstrate that debits calculated for a quarterly (3-month) 
period according to paragraph (g) of this section are not more than 1.30 
times the credits for the same period calculated according to paragraph 
(h) of this section. Compliance for the quarter shall be determined 
based on the ratio of credits and debits from that quarter, with 30 
percent more debits than credits allowed on a quarterly basis.
    (5) Record and report quarterly and annual credits and debits in the 
Periodic Reports as specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(6). Every fourth 
Periodic Report shall include a certification of compliance with the 
emissions averaging provisions as required by 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(6)(x)(C)(2).
    (f) Debits and credits shall be calculated in accordance with the 
methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this 
section, respectively, and shall not include emissions during the 
following periods:
    (1) Emissions during periods of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction, 
as described in the Start-up, Shutdown, and Malfunction Plan.
    (2) Emissions during periods of monitoring excursions, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1334(d). For these periods, the calculation of monthly credits 
and debits shall be adjusted as specified in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) 
through (f)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) No credits would be assigned to the credit-generating emission 
point.
    (ii) Maximum debits would be assigned to the debit-generating 
emission point.
    (iii) The owner or operator may demonstrate to the Administrator 
that full or partial credits or debits should be assigned using the 
procedures in paragraph (l) of this section.
    (g) Debits are generated by the difference between the actual 
emissions from a Group 1 emission point that is uncontrolled or is 
controlled to a level less stringent than the applicable reference 
control technology or standard and the emissions allowed for the Group 1 
emission point. Said Group 1 emission points are identified in 
paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(5) of this section. Debits shall be 
calculated as follows:
    (1) Source-wide debits shall be calculated using Equation 28 of this 
subpart. Debits and all terms of Equation 28 of this subpart are in 
units of megagrams per month:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09MR99.008


[[Page 303]]


Where:
ECPViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 continuous process 
vent i subject to Sec. 63.1315 that is uncontrolled or is controlled to 
a level less stringent than the applicable reference control technology. 
ECPViACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) of 
this section.
(0.02)ECPViu = Emissions from each Group 1 continuous process 
vent i subject to Sec. 63.1315 if the applicable reference control 
technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. 
ECPViu is calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section.
ECPVSjACTUAL = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process 
vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), 
(b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j 
within the affected source that are uncontrolled or controlled to a 
level less stringent than the applicable standard. 
ECPVSjACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph (g)(3) of 
this section.
ECPVSjSTD = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 
subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or 
(c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j within the 
affected source if the applicable standard had been applied to the 
uncontrolled emissions. ECPVSjSTD is calculated according to 
paragraph (g)(3) of this section.
ESiACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that 
is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
applicable reference control technology or standard. 
ESiACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph (g)(4) of this 
section.
(BL)ESiu = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if 
the applicable reference control technology or standard had been applied 
to the uncontrolled emissions. ESiu is calculated according 
to paragraph (g)(4) of this section. For calculating emissions, BL = 
0.05 for each Group 1 storage vessel i subject to Sec. 63.1314(a); and 
BL = 0.02 for each storage vessel i subject to Sec. 63.1314(c).
EWWiACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i 
that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
applicable reference control technology. EWWiACTUAL is 
calculated according to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
EWWic = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if 
the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
emissions. EWWic is calculated according to paragraph (g)(5) 
of this section.
EBPViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process vent 
i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than 
the applicable standard. EBPVACTUAL is calculated according 
to paragraph (g)(6) of this section.
(0.10)EBPViu = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process vent 
i if the applicable standard had been applied to the uncontrolled 
emissions. EBPViu is calculated according to paragraph (g)(6) 
of this section.
EABViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 
vent stream i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less 
stringent than the applicable standard. EABPViACTUAL is 
calculated according to paragraph (g)(7) of this section.
(0.10)EABViu = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 
vent stream i if the applicable standard had been applied to the 
uncontrolled emissions. EABViu is calculated according to 
paragraph (g)(7) of this section.
n = The number of emission points being included in the emissions 
average.

    (2) Emissions from continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315 
shall be calculated as follows:
    (i) For purposes of determining continuous process vent stream flow 
rate, organic HAP concentrations, and temperature, the sampling site 
shall be after the final product recovery device, if any recovery 
devices are present; before any control device (for continuous process 
vents, recovery devices shall not be considered control devices); and 
before discharge to the atmosphere. Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, shall be used for selection of the sampling site.
    (ii) ECPViu for each continuous process vent i shall be 
calculated using Equation 29 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.028


[[Page 304]]


where:

ECPViu=Uncontrolled continuous process vent emission rate 
from continuous process vent i, megagrams per month.
Q=Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per minute, measured 
using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as 
appropriate.
h=Monthly hours of operation during which positive flow is present in 
the continuous process vent, hours per month.
Cj=Concentration, parts per million by volume, dry basis, of organic HAP 
j as measured by Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
Mj=Molecular weight of organic HAP j, gram per gram-mole.
n=Number of organic HAP in stream.

    (A) The values of Q and Cj shall be determined during a performance 
test conducted under representative operating conditions. The values of 
Q and Cj shall be established in the Notification of Compliance Status 
and shall be updated as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this 
section.
    (B) If there is a change in capacity utilization other than a change 
in monthly operating hours, or if any other change is made to the 
process or product recovery equipment or operation such that the 
previously measured values of Q and Cj are no longer representative, a 
new performance test shall be conducted to determine new representative 
values of Q and Cj. These new values shall be used to calculate debits 
and credits from the time of the change forward, and the new values 
shall be reported in the next Periodic Report.
    (iii) The following procedures and equations shall be used to 
calculate ECPViACTUAL:
    (A) If the continuous process vent is not controlled by a control 
device or pollution prevention measure, 
ECPViACTUAL=ECPViu, where ECPViu is 
calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and 
(g)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (B) If the continuous process vent is controlled using a control 
device or a pollution prevention measure achieving less than 98 percent 
reduction, calculate ECPViACTUAL using Equation 30 of this 
subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.029

    (1) The percent reduction shall be measured according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.116 if a combustion control device is used. For a 
flare meeting the criteria in Sec. 63.116(a), or a boiler or process 
heater meeting the criteria in Sec. 63.116(b), the percent reduction 
shall be 98 percent. If a noncombustion control device is used, percent 
reduction shall be demonstrated by a performance test at the inlet and 
outlet of the device, or, if testing is not feasible, by a control 
design evaluation and documented engineering calculations.
    (2) For determining debits from Group 1 continuous process vents, 
product recovery devices shall not be considered control devices and 
cannot be assigned a percent reduction in calculating 
ECPViACTUAL. The sampling site for measurement of 
uncontrolled emissions is after the final product recovery device. 
However, as provided in Sec. 63.113(a)(3), a Group 1 continuous process 
vent may add sufficient product recovery to raise the TRE index value 
above 1.0 or, for Group 1 continuous process vents at an existing 
affected source producing MBS, above 3.7, thereby becoming a Group 2 
continuous process vent. Such a continuous process vent would not be a 
Group 1 continuous process vent and would, therefore, not be included in 
determining debits under this paragraph (g)(2)(iii)(B)(2).
    (3) Procedures for calculating the percent reduction of pollution 
prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

[[Page 305]]

    (3) Emissions from continuous process vents located in the 
collection of process sections within the affected source subject to 
Sec. 63.1316 (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) 
shall be calculated as follows:
    (i) The total organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents 
located in the collection of process sections j within the affected 
source, ECPVSjACTUAL, shall be calculated as follows. The 
procedures in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section shall be used to 
determine the organic HAP emissions for each individual continuous 
process vent, except that paragraph (g)(2)(iii)(B)(2) of this section 
shall not apply and the sampling site shall be after those recovery 
devices installed as part of normal operation; before any add-on control 
devices (i.e., those required by regulation); and prior to discharge to 
the atmosphere. Then, individual continuous process vent emissions shall 
be summed to determine ECPVSjACTUAL.
    (ii)(A) ECPVSjstd shall be calculated using Equation 31 of this 
subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.030

where:

ECPVSjstd=Emissions if the applicable standard had been 
applied to the uncontrolled emissions, megagrams per month.
EFstd=0.000018 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the 
collection of process sections within the affected source is subject to 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i).
    =0.00002 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the collection of process 
sections within the affected source is subject to Sec. 63.1316 
(b)(1)(ii) or (b)(2)(ii).
    =0.00004 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the collection of process 
sections within the affected source is subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(2)(i).
    =0.0000036 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the collection of 
process sections within the affected source is subject to 
Sec. 63.1316(c)(1).
PPj=Polymer produced, Mg/month, for the collection of process sections j 
within the affected source, as calculated according to paragraph 
(g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.

    (B) The amount of polymer produced, Mg per month, for the collection 
of process sections j within the affected source shall be determined by 
determining the weight of polymer pulled from the process line(s) during 
a 30-day period. The polymer produced shall be determined by direct 
measurement or by an alternate methodology, such as materials balance. 
If an alternate methodology is used, a description of the methodology, 
including all procedures, data, and assumptions shall be submitted as 
part of the Emissions Averaging Plan required by Sec. 63.1335(e)(4).
    (C) Alternatively, ECPVSjstd for continuous process vents 
located in the collection of process sections within the affected source 
subject to Sec. 63.1316(c)(1) may be calculated using the procedures in 
paragraph (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section to determine the 
organic HAP emissions for each individual continuous process vent, 
except that the sampling site shall be after recovery devices installed 
as part of normal operation; before any add-on control devices (i.e., 
those required by regulation); and prior to discharge to the atmosphere. 
Then, individual continuous process vent emissions shall be summed and 
multiplied by 0.02 to determine ECPVSjstd.
    (4) Emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.150(g)(3).
    (5) Emissions from wastewater streams shall be calculated using the 
procedures in Sec. 63.150(g)(5).
    (6) Emissions from batch process vents shall be calculated as 
follows:
    (i) EBPViu for each batch process vent i shall be 
calculated using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(b).
    (ii) The following procedures and equations shall be used to 
determine EBPViACTUAL:
    (A) If the batch process vent is not controlled by a control device 
or pollution prevention measure, 
EBPViACTUAL=EBPViu, where EBPViu is 
calculated using the procedures in Sec. 63.1323(b).
    (B) If the batch process vent is controlled using a control device 
or a pollution prevention measure achieving less than 90 percent 
reduction for the batch cycle, calculate EBPViACTUAL

[[Page 306]]

using Equation 32 of this subpart, where percent reduction is for the 
batch cycle.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.031

    (1) The percent reduction for the batch cycle shall be calculated 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1325(c)(2).
    (2) The percent reduction for control devices shall be calculated 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1325 (c)(2)(i) through 
(c)(2)(iii).
    (3) The percent reduction of pollution prevention measures shall be 
calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (7) Emissions from aggregate batch vent streams shall be calculated 
as follows:
    (i) For purposes of determining aggregate batch vent stream flow 
rate, organic HAP concentrations, and temperature, the sampling site 
shall be before any control device and before discharge to the 
atmosphere. Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used 
for selection of the sampling site.
    (ii) EABViu for each aggregate batch vent stream i shall 
be calculated using Equation 33 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.032

where:

EABViu=Uncontrolled aggregate batch vent stream emission rate 
          from aggregate batch vent stream i, megagrams per month.
Q=Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per minute, measured 
          using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as 
          appropriate.
h=Monthly hours of operation during which positive flow is present from 
          the aggregate batch vent stream, hours per month.
Cj=Concentration, parts per million by volume, dry basis, of 
          organic HAP j as measured by Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, 
          appendix A.
Mj=Molecular weight of organic HAP j, gram per gram-mole.
n=Number of organic HAP in the stream.

    (A) The values of Q and Cj shall be determined during a performance 
test conducted under representative operating conditions. The values of 
Q and Cj shall be established in the Notification of Compliance Status 
and shall be updated as provided in paragraph (g)(7)(ii)(B) of this 
section.
    (B) If there is a change in capacity utilization other than a change 
in monthly operating hours, or if any other change is made to the 
process or product recovery equipment or operation such that the 
previously measured values of Q and Cj are no longer 
representative, a new performance test shall be conducted to determine 
new representative values of Q and Cj. These new values shall 
be used to calculate debits and credits from the time of the change 
forward, and the new values shall be reported in the next Periodic 
Report.
    (iii) The following procedures and equations shall be used to 
calculate EABViACTUAL:
    (A) If the aggregate batch vent stream is not controlled by a 
control device or pollution prevention measure, EABViACTUAL = 
EABViu, where EABViu is calculated according to 
the

[[Page 307]]

procedures in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (B) If the aggregate batch vent stream is controlled using a control 
device or a pollution prevention measure achieving less than 90 percent 
reduction, calculate EABViACTUAL using Equation 34 of this 
subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.033

    (1) The percent reduction for control devices shall be determined 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1325(e).
    (2) The percent reduction for pollution prevention measures shall be 
calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of 
this section.
    (h) Credits are generated by the difference between emissions that 
are allowed for each Group 1 and Group 2 emission point and the actual 
emissions from that Group 1 or Group 2 emission point that has been 
controlled after November 15, 1990 to a level more stringent than what 
is required by this subpart or any other State or Federal rule or 
statute. Said Group 1 and Group 2 emission points are identified in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section. Credits shall be 
calculated using Equation 35 of this subpart.
    (1) Sourcewide credits shall be calculated using Equation 35 of this 
subpart. Credits and all terms of Equation 35 of this subpart are in 
units of megagrams per month, and the baseline date is November 15, 
1990:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09MR99.009

Where:
D = Discount factor = 0.9 for all credit generating emission points 
except those controlled by a pollution prevention measure; discount 
factor = 1.0 for each credit generating emission point controlled by a 
pollution prevention measure (i.e., no discount provided).
ECPV1iACTUAL = Emissions for each Group 1 continuous process 
vent i subject to Sec. 63.1315 that is controlled to a level more 
stringent than the reference control technology. ECPV1iACTUAL 
is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
(0.02)ECPV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 continuous 
process vent i subject to Sec. 63.1315 if the applicable reference 
control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. 
ECPV1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this 
section.
ECPVS1jSTD = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 
subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or 
(c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j within the 
affected source if the applicable standard had been applied to the 
uncontrolled emissions. ECPVS1jSTD is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
ECPVS1jACTUAL = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process 
vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), 
(b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j 
within the affected source that

[[Page 308]]

are controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable standard. 
ECPVS1jACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of 
this section.
ECPV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 continuous process 
vent i subject to Sec. 63.1315 that is controlled. 
ECPV2iACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of 
this section.
ECPV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 continuous process 
vent i subject to Sec. 63.1315 at the baseline date. 
ECPV2iBASE is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of 
this section.
ECPVS2jBASE = Emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents 
subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of material 
recovery sections j within the affected source at the baseline date. 
ECPVS2jBASE is calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of 
this section.
ECPVS2jACTUAL = Emissions from Group 2 continuous process 
vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of 
material recovery sections j within the affected source that are 
controlled. ECPVS2jACTUAL is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
ES1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i 
that is controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 
reference control technology or standard. ES1iACTUAL is 
calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
(BL)ES1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if 
the applicable reference control technology or standard had been applied 
to the uncontrolled emissions. ES1iu is calculated according 
to paragraph (h)(4) of this section. For calculating these emissions, BL 
= 0.05 for each Group 1 storage vessel i subject to Sec. 63.1314(a); and 
BL = 0.02 for each storage vessel i subject to Sec. 63.1314(c).
ES2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i 
that is controlled. ES2iACTUAL is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
ES2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i at 
the baseline date. ES2iBASE is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
EWW1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i 
that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control 
technology. EWW1iACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph 
(h)(5) of this section.
EWW1ic = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if 
the reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
emissions. EWW1ic is calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) 
of this section.
EWW2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i 
that is controlled. EWW2iACTUAL is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(5) of this section.
EWW2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i 
at the baseline date. EWW2iBASE is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(5) of this section.
(0.10)EBPV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process 
vent i if the applicable standard had been applied to the uncontrolled 
emissions. EBPV1iu is calculated according to paragraph 
(h)(6) of this section.
EBPV1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process vent 
i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 
standard. EBPV1iACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph 
(h)(6) of this section.
(0.10)EABV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 
vent stream i if the applicable standard had been applied to the 
uncontrolled emissions. EABV1iu is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(7) of this section.
EABV1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 
vent stream i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the 
applicable standard. EABV1iACTUAL is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(7) of this section.
EBPV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 batch process vent i 
at the baseline date. EBPV2iBASE is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(6) of this section.
EBPV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 batch process vent 
i that is controlled. EBPV2iACTUAL is calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(6) of this section.
EABV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 aggregate batch vent 
stream i at the baseline date. EABV2iBASE is calculated 
according to paragraph (h)(7) of this section.
EABV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 aggregate batch 
vent stream i that is controlled. EABV2iACTUAL is calculated 
according to paragraph (h)(7) of this section.
n = Number of Group 1 emission points included in the emissions average. 
The value of n is not necessarily the same for continuous process vents, 
batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, storage vessels, 
wastewater streams, or the collection of process sections within the 
affected source.
m = Number of Group 2 emission points included in the emissions average. 
The value of m is not necessarily the same for continuous process vents, 
batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, storage vessels, 
wastewater streams, or the collection of process sections within the 
affected source.
    (i) Except as specified in paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section, for 
an emission point controlled using a reference control technology, the 
percent reduction for calculating credits shall be no

[[Page 309]]

greater than the nominal efficiency associated with the reference 
control technology, unless a higher nominal efficiency is assigned as 
specified in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) For an emission point controlled to a level more stringent than 
the reference control technology, the nominal efficiency for calculating 
credits shall be assigned as described in paragraph (i) of this section. 
A reference control technology may be approved for use in a different 
manner and assigned a higher nominal efficiency according to the 
procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.
    (iii) For an emission point controlled using a pollution prevention 
measure, the nominal efficiency for calculating credits shall be as 
determined as described in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (iv) For Group 1 and Group 2 batch process vents and Group 1 and 
Group 2 aggregate batch vent streams, the percent reduction for 
calculating credits shall be the percent reduction determined according 
to the procedures in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) and (h)(6)(iii) of this 
section for batch process vents and paragraphs (h)(7)(ii) and 
(h)(7)(iii) of this section for aggregate batch vent streams.
    (2) Emissions from continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1315 
shall be determined as follows:
    (i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 
(ECPV1iu) shall be calculated according to the procedures and 
equation for ECPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of 
this section.
    (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 
controlled using a technology with an approved nominal efficiency 
greater than 98 percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving 
greater than 98 percent emission reduction (ECPV1iACTUAL) 
shall be calculated using Equation 36 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.035

    (iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual 
emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents 
(ECPV2iACTUAL):
    (A) For a Group 2 continuous process vent controlled by a control 
device, a recovery device applied as a pollution prevention project, or 
a pollution prevention measure, where the control achieves a percent 
reduction less than or equal to 98 percent reduction, use Equation 37 of 
this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.036

    (1) ECPV2iu shall be calculated according to the 
equations and procedures for ECPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) 
and (g)(2)(ii) of this section, except as provided in paragraph 
(h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.
    (2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through (g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of 
this section, except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this 
section.
    (3) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution prevention 
project, ECPV2iu shall be calculated prior to that recovery 
device. The equation for ECPViu in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of 
this section shall be used to calculate ECPV2iu; however, the 
sampling site for measurement of vent stream flow rate and organic HAP 
concentration shall be at the inlet of the recovery device.
    (4) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution prevention 
project,

[[Page 310]]

the percent reduction shall be demonstrated by conducting a performance 
test at the inlet and outlet of that recovery device.
    (B) For a Group 2 continuous process vent controlled using a 
technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent 
or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent 
reduction, use Equation 38 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.037

    (iv) Emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents at baseline 
shall be calculated as follows:
    (A) If the continuous process vent was uncontrolled on November 15, 
1990, ECPV2iBASE=ECPV2iu and shall be calculated 
according to the procedures and equation for ECPViu in 
paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (B) If the continuous process vent was controlled on November 15, 
1990, use Equation 39 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.038

    (1) ECPV2iu is calculated according to the procedures and 
equation for ECPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of 
this section.
    (2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through 
(g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section.
    (C) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution prevention 
project initiated after November 15, 1990, 
ECPV2iBASE=ECPV2iu, where ECPV2iu is 
calculated according to paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.
    (3) Emissions from continuous process vents subject to 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) 
shall be determined as follows:
    (i) Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents located in the 
collection of process sections j within the affected source if the 
applicable standard had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions 
(ECPVS1jstd) shall be calculated according to paragraph 
(g)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents located 
in the collection of process sections j within the affected source 
controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable standard 
(ECPVS1jACTUAL) shall be calculated using the procedures in 
paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A) and (g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, except that 
the actual emission level, Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, shall be used 
as EFstd in Equation 31 of this subpart. Further, 
ECPVS1jACTUAL for continuous process vents subject to 
Sec. 63.1316(c)(1) controlled in accordance with Sec. 63.1316(c)(1)(iii) 
shall be calculated using the procedures in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this 
section for individual continuous process vents and then summing said 
emissions to get ECPVS1jACTUAL, except that the sampling site 
shall be after recovery devices installed as part of normal operation; 
before any add-on control devices (i.e., those required by regulation); 
and prior to discharge to the atmosphere.
    (iii) Actual emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents subject 
to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of material recovery 
sections j within the affected source (ECPVS2jACTUAL) shall 
be calculated using the procedures in paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A) and 
(g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, except that the actual emission

[[Page 311]]

level, Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, shall be used as EFstd 
in Equation 31 of this subpart.
    (iv) Emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents subject to 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of material recovery 
sections j within the affected source at baseline 
(ECPVS2jBASE) shall be calculated using the procedures in 
paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A) and (g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, except that 
the actual emission level, Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, at baseline 
shall be used as EFstd in Equation 31 of this subpart.
    (4)(i) Emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.150(h)(3).
    (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 storage vessels at an existing 
affected source producing ASA/AMSAN subject to Sec. 63.1314(c) using a 
technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent 
or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent 
emission reduction shall be calculated using the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.150(h)(3)(ii).
    (5) Emissions from wastewater streams shall be calculated using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.150(h)(5).
    (6) Emissions from batch process vents shall be determined as 
follows:
    (i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 batch process vents 
(EBPV1iu) shall be calculated using the procedures 
Sec. 63.1323(b).
    (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 batch process vents controlled to 
a level more stringent than the standard (EBPV1iACTUAL) shall 
be calculated using Equation 40 of this subpart, where percent reduction 
is for the batch cycle:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09MR99.010

    (A) The percent reduction for the batch cycle shall be calculated 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1325(c)(2).
    (B) The percent reduction for control devices shall be determined 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1325(c)(2)(i) through 
(c)(2)(iii).
    (C) The percent reduction of pollution prevention measures shall be 
calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (iii) Actual emissions from Group 2 batch process vents 
(EBPV2iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 41 of this 
subpart and the procedures in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii)(A) through 
(h)(6)(ii)(C) of this section. EBPV2iu shall be calculated 
using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(b).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.040

    (iv) Emissions from Group 2 batch process vents at baseline 
(EBPV2iBASE) shall be calculated as follows:
    (A) If the batch process vent was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, 
EBPV2iBASE=EBPV2iu and shall be calculated using 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(b).
    (B) If the batch process vent was controlled on November 15, 1990, 
use Equation 42 of this subpart and the procedures in paragraphs 
(h)(6)(ii)(A) through (h)(6)(ii)(C) of this section. EBPV2iu 
shall be calculated using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1323(b).

[[Page 312]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.041

    (7) Emissions from aggregate batch vent streams shall be determined 
as follows:
    (i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 aggregate batch vent streams 
(EABV1iu) shall be calculated according to the procedures and 
equation for EABViu in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of 
this section.
    (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 aggregate batch vent streams 
controlled to a level more stringent than the standard 
(EABV1iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 43 of this 
subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.042

    (A) The percent reduction for control devices shall be determined 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1325(e).
    (B) The percent reduction of pollution prevention measures shall be 
calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (iii) Actual emissions from Group 2 aggregate batch vent streams 
(EABV2iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 44 of this 
subpart and the procedures in paragraphs (h)(7)(ii)(A) through 
(h)(7)(ii)(B) of this section. EABV2iu shall be calculated 
according to the equations and procedures for EABViu in 
paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.043

    (iv) Emissions from Group 2 aggregate batch vent streams at baseline 
shall be calculated as follows:
    (A) If the aggregate batch vent stream was uncontrolled on November 
15, 1990, EABV2iBASE=EABV2iu and shall be 
calculated according to the procedures and equation for 
EABViu in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of this 
section.
    (B) If the aggregate batch vent stream was controlled on November 
15, 1990, use Equation 45 of this subpart and the procedures in 
paragraphs (h)(7)(ii)(A) through (h)(7)(ii)(B) of this section. 
EABV2iu shall be calculated according to the equations and 
procedures for EABViu in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) 
of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.044

    (i) The following procedures shall be followed to establish nominal 
efficiencies for emission controls for storage vessels, continuous 
process vents,

[[Page 313]]

and process wastewater streams. The procedures in paragraphs (i)(1) 
through (i)(6) of this section shall be followed for control 
technologies that are different in use or design from the reference 
control technologies and achieve greater percent reductions than the 
percent efficiencies assigned to the reference control technologies in 
Sec. 63.111.
    (1) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking permission 
to take credit for use of a control technology that is different in use 
or design from the reference control technology, and the different 
control technology will be used in more than three applications at a 
single plant-site, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(7)(ii), to the Director of the EPA Office 
of Air Quality Planning and Standards in writing:
    (i) Emission stream characteristics of each emission point to which 
the control technology is or will be applied including the kind of 
emission point, flow, organic HAP concentration, and all other stream 
characteristics necessary to design the control technology or determine 
its performance.
    (ii) Description of the control technology including design 
specifications.
    (iii) Documentation demonstrating to the Administrator's 
satisfaction the control efficiency of the control technology. This may 
include performance test data collected using an appropriate EPA Method 
or any other method validated according to Method 301, 40 CFR part 63, 
appendix A, of this part. If it is infeasible to obtain test data, 
documentation may include a design evaluation and calculations. The 
engineering basis of the calculation procedures and all inputs and 
assumptions made in the calculations shall be documented.
    (iv) A description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to 
ensure that the control technology will be operated in conformance with 
its design and an explanation of the criteria used for selection of that 
parameter (or parameters).
    (2) The Administrator shall determine within 120 days whether an 
application presents sufficient information to determine nominal 
efficiency. The Administrator reserves the right to request specific 
data in addition to the items listed in paragraph (i)(1) of this 
section.
    (3) The Administrator shall determine within 120 days of the 
submittal of sufficient data whether a control technology shall have a 
nominal efficiency and the level of that nominal efficiency. If, in the 
Administrator's judgment, the control technology achieves a level of 
emission reduction greater than the reference control technology for a 
particular kind of emission point, the Administrator will publish a 
Federal Register notice establishing a nominal efficiency for the 
control technology.
    (4) The Administrator may grant permission to take emission credits 
for use of the control technology. The Administrator may also impose 
requirements that may be necessary to ensure operation and maintenance 
to achieve the specified nominal efficiency.
    (5) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking permission 
to take credit for use of a control technology that is different in use 
or design from the reference control technology and the different 
control technology will be used in no more than three applications at a 
single plant site, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
listed in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(7)(ii), to the Administrator.
    (i) In these instances, use and conditions for use of the control 
technology may be approved by the permitting authority as part of an 
operating permit application or modification. The permitting authority 
shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (i)(2) through 
(i)(4) of this section except that, in these instances, a Federal 
Register notice is not required to establish the nominal efficiency for 
the different technology.
    (ii) If, in reviewing the application, the permitting authority 
believes the control technology has broad applicability for use by other 
affected sources, the permitting authority shall submit

[[Page 314]]

the information provided in the application to the Director of the EPA 
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. The Administrator shall 
review the technology for broad applicability and may publish a Federal 
Register notice; however, this review shall not affect the permitting 
authority's approval of the nominal efficiency of the control technology 
for the specific application.
    (6) If, in reviewing an application for a control technology for an 
emission point, the Administrator or permitting authority determines the 
control technology is not different in use or design from the reference 
control technology, the Administrator or permitting authority shall deny 
the application.
    (j) The following procedures shall be used for calculating the 
efficiency (percent reduction) of pollution prevention measures for 
storage vessels, continuous process vents, batch process vents, 
aggregate batch vent streams, and wastewater streams:
    (1) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that meets the 
criteria of paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that results in a 
lesser quantity of organic HAP emissions per unit of product released to 
the atmosphere prior to out-of-process recycling, treatment, or control 
of emissions, while the same product is produced.
    (ii) Pollution prevention measures may include: substitution of 
feedstocks that reduce organic HAP emissions; alterations to the 
production process to reduce the volume of materials released to the 
environment; equipment modifications; housekeeping measures; and in-
process recycling that returns waste materials directly to production as 
raw materials. Production cutbacks do not qualify as pollution 
prevention.
    (2) The emission reduction efficiency of pollution prevention 
measures implemented after November 15, 1990, may be used in calculating 
the actual emissions from an emission point in the debit and credit 
equations in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
    (i) For pollution prevention measures, the percent reduction used in 
the equations in paragraphs (g)(2) through (g)(7) of this section and 
paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(7) of this section is the percent 
difference between the monthly organic HAP emissions for each emission 
point after the pollution prevention measure for the most recent month 
versus monthly emissions from the same emission point before the 
pollution prevention measure, adjusted by the volume of product produced 
during the two monthly periods.
    (ii) Equation 46 of this subpart shall be used to calculate the 
percent reduction of a pollution prevention measure for each emission 
point.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.045

where:

Percent reduction=Efficiency of pollution prevention measure (percent 
organic HAP reduction).
EB=Monthly emissions before the pollution prevention measure, 
megagrams per month, determined as specified in paragraphs 
(j)(2)(ii)(A), (j)(2)(ii)(B), and (j)(2)(ii)(C) of this section.
Epp=Monthly emissions after the pollution prevention measure, 
megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent month, determined 
as specified in either paragraphs (j)(2)(ii)(D) or (j)(2)(ii)(E) of this 
section.
PB=Monthly production before the pollution prevention 
measure, megagrams per month, during the

[[Page 315]]

same period over which EB is calculated.
Ppp=Monthly production after the pollution prevention 
measure, megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent month.

    (A) The monthly emissions before the pollution prevention measure, 
EB, shall be determined in a manner consistent with the 
equations and procedures in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section 
for continuous process vents, paragraph (g)(4) of this section for 
storage vessels, paragraph (g)(6) of this section for batch process 
vents, and paragraph (g)(7) of this section for aggregate batch vent 
streams.
    (B) For wastewater, EB shall be calculated using Equation 
47 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09MR99.011


Where:
n = Number of wastewater streams.
QBi = Annual average flow rate for wastewater stream i before 
the pollution prevention measure, defined and determined according to 
Sec. 63.144(c)(3), liters per minute, before implementation of the 
pollution prevention measure.
HBi = Number of hours per month that wastewater stream i was 
discharged before the pollution prevention measure, hours per month.
s = Total number of organic HAP in wastewater stream i.
Fem = Fraction emitted of organic HAP m in wastewater from 
Table 34 of subpart G of this part, dimensionless.
HAPBim = Annual average concentration of organic HAP m in 
wastewater stream i, defined and determined according to paragraph 
Sec. 63.150(g)(5)(i) of this section, before the pollution prevention 
measure, parts per million by weight, as measured before the 
implementation of the pollution measure.

    (C) If the pollution prevention measure was implemented prior to 
September 12, 1996 records may be used to determine EB.
    (D) The monthly emissions after the pollution prevention measure, 
Epp, may be determined during a performance test or by a 
design evaluation and documented engineering calculations. Once an 
emissions-to-production ratio has been established, the ratio can be 
used to estimate monthly emissions from monthly production records.
    (E) For wastewater, Epp shall be calculated using 
Equation 48 of this subpart and n, Qppi, Hppi, s, 
Fem, and HAPppim are defined and determined as 
described in paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, except that 
Qppi, Hppi, and HAPppim shall be 
determined after the pollution prevention measure has been implemented.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.047

    (iii) All equations, calculations, test procedures, test results, 
and other information used to determine the percent reduction achieved 
by a pollution prevention measure for each emission point shall be fully 
documented.
    (iv) The same pollution prevention measure may reduce emissions from 
multiple emission points. In such cases, the percent reduction in 
emissions for each emission point shall be calculated.
    (v) For the purposes of the equations in paragraphs (h)(2) through 
(h)(7) of this section used to calculate credits for emission points 
controlled more stringently than the reference control technology or 
standard, the nominal

[[Page 316]]

efficiency of a pollution prevention measure is equivalent to the 
percent reduction of the pollution prevention measure. When a pollution 
prevention measure is used, the owner or operator of an affected source 
is not required to apply to the Administrator for a nominal efficiency 
and is not subject to paragraph (i) of this section.
    (k) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that the emissions from 
the emission points proposed to be included in the emissions average 
will not result in greater hazard or, at the option of the 
Administrator, greater risk to human health or the environment than if 
the emission points were controlled according to the provisions in 
Secs. 63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330.
    (1) This demonstration of hazard or risk equivalency shall be made 
to the satisfaction of the Administrator.
    (i) The Administrator may require owners and operators to use 
specific methodologies and procedures for making a hazard or risk 
determination.
    (ii) The demonstration and approval of hazard or risk equivalency 
shall be made according to any guidance that the Administrator makes 
available for use.
    (2) Owners and operators shall provide documentation demonstrating 
the hazard or risk equivalency of their proposed emissions average in 
their operating permit application or in their Emissions Averaging Plan 
if an operating permit application has not yet been submitted.
    (3) An Emissions Averaging Plan that does not demonstrate hazard or 
risk equivalency to the satisfaction of the Administrator shall not be 
approved. The Administrator may require such adjustments to the 
Emissions Averaging Plan as are necessary in order to ensure that the 
emissions average will not result in greater hazard or risk to human 
health or the environment than would result if the emission points were 
controlled according to Secs. 63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 
63.1321, and 63.1330.
    (4) A hazard or risk equivalency demonstration shall:
    (i) Be a quantitative, bona fide chemical hazard or risk assessment;
    (ii) Account for differences in chemical hazard or risk to human 
health or the environment; and
    (iii) Meet any requirements set by the Administrator for such 
demonstrations.
    (l) For periods of parameter monitoring excursions, an owner or 
operator may request that the provisions of paragraphs (l)(1) through 
(l)(4) of this section be followed instead of the procedures in 
paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of 
monitoring excursions in the Periodic Reports as required in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(6).
    (2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that other types of 
monitoring data or engineering calculations are appropriate to establish 
that the control device for the emission point was operating in such a 
fashion to warrant assigning full or partial credits and debits. This 
demonstration shall be made to the Administrator's satisfaction, and the 
Administrator may establish procedures of demonstrating compliance that 
are acceptable.
    (3) The owner or operator shall provide documentation of the 
excursion and the other type of monitoring data or engineering 
calculations to be used to demonstrate that the control device for the 
emission point was operating in such a fashion to warrant assigning full 
or partial credits and debits.
    (4) The Administrator may assign full or partial credit and debits 
upon review of the information provided.
    (m) For each emission point included in an emissions average, the 
owner or operator shall perform testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting equivalent to that required for Group 1 emission points 
complying with Secs. 63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, 
and 63.1330, as applicable. The specific requirements for continuous 
process vents, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, 
storage vessels, and wastewater operations that are included in an 
emissions average for an affected source are identified in paragraphs 
(m)(1) through (m)(7) of this section.
    (1) For each continuous process vent subject to Sec. 63.1315 
equipped with a flare, incinerator, boiler, or process

[[Page 317]]

heater, as appropriate to the control technique:
    (i) Determine whether the continuous process vent is Group 1 or 
Group 2 according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1315;
    (ii) Conduct initial performance tests to determine percent 
reduction according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1315; and
    (iii) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and submit 
reports according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1315.
    (2) For each continuous process vent subject to Sec. 63.1315 
equipped with a carbon adsorber, absorber, or condenser but not equipped 
with a control device, as appropriate to the control technique:
    (i) Determine the flow rate, organic HAP concentration, and TRE 
index value according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1315; and
    (ii) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and submit 
reports according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1315.
    (3) For continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), 
(b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1):
    (i) Determine whether the emissions from the continuous process 
vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of 
material recovery sections within the affected source are greater than, 
equal to, or less than 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product according 
to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1318(b);
    (ii) Determine the emission rate, ERHAP, for each 
collection of process sections within the affected source according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1318(b); and
    (iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and submit 
reports according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1317, 
Sec. 63.1319, Sec. 63.1320.
    (4) For each storage vessel controlled with an internal floating 
roof, external roof, or a closed vent system with a control device, as 
appropriate to the control technique:
    (i) Perform the monitoring or inspection procedures according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1314;
    (ii) Perform the reporting and recordkeeping procedures according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1314; and
    (iii) For closed vent systems with control devices, conduct an 
initial design evaluation and submit an operating plan according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1314.
    (5) For wastewater emission points, as appropriate to the control 
technique:
    (i) For wastewater treatment processes, conduct tests according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1330;
    (ii) Conduct inspections and monitoring according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1330;
    (iii) Implement a recordkeeping program according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1330; and
    (iv) Implement a reporting program according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1330.
    (6) For each batch process vent and aggregate batch vent stream 
equipped with a control device, as appropriate to the control technique:
    (i) Determine whether the batch process vent or aggregate batch vent 
stream is Group 1 or Group 2 according to the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1323;
    (ii) Conduct performance tests according to the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.1325;
    (iii) Conduct monitoring according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1324; and
    (iv) Perform the recordkeeping and reporting procedures according to 
the procedures specified in Secs. 63.1326 and 63.1327.
    (7) If an emission point in an emissions average is controlled using 
a pollution prevention measure or a device or technique for which no 
monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are required by 
Secs. 63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, or 63.1330, 
the owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
Sec. 63.1335(f) for alternate monitoring parameters or inspection 
procedures in the Emissions Averaging Plan or operating permit 
application.
    (n) Records of all information required to calculate emission debits 
and credits shall be retained for 5 years.
    (o) Precompliance Reports, Emission Averaging Plans, Notifications 
of Compliance Status, Periodic Reports, and

[[Page 318]]

other reports shall be submitted as required by Sec. 63.1335.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11549, Mar. 9, 1999]



Sec. 63.1333  Additional requirements for performance testing.

    (a) Performance testing shall be conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.7(a)(1), (a)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(4), (g), and (h), with 
the exceptions specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this 
section and the additions specified in paragraphs (b) through (d) of 
this section. Sections 63.1314 through 63.1330 also contain specific 
testing requirements.
    (1) Performance tests shall be conducted according to the provisions 
of Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and (e)(2), except that performance tests shall be 
conducted at maximum representative operating conditions achievable 
during one of the time periods described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this 
section, without causing any of the situations described in paragraph 
(a)(1)(ii) of this section to occur.
    (i) The 6-month period that ends 2 months before the Notification of 
Compliance Status is due, according to Sec. 63.1335(e)(5); or the 6-
month period that begins 3 months before the performance test and ends 3 
months after the performance test.
    (ii) Causing damage to equipment; necessitating that the owner or 
operator make product that does not meet an existing specification for 
sale to a customer; or necessitating that the owner or operator make 
product in excess of demand.
    (2) The requirements in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5) shall apply instead of 
the references in Sec. 63.7(g) to the Notification of Compliance Status 
requirements in Sec. 63.9(h).
    (3) Because the site-specific test plans in Sec. 63.7(c)(3) are not 
required, Sec. 63.7(h)(4)(ii) is not applicable.
    (4) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the 
intention to conduct a performance test at least 30 days before the 
performance test is scheduled to allow the Administrator the opportunity 
to have an observer present during the test. If after 30 days notice for 
an initially scheduled performance test, there is a delay (due to 
operational problems, etc.) in conducting the scheduled performance 
test, the owner or operator of an affected facility shall notify the 
Administrator as soon as possible of any delay in the original test 
date, either by providing at least 7 days prior notice of the 
rescheduled date of the performance test, or by arranging a rescheduled 
date with the Administrator by mutual agreement.
    (5) Performance tests shall be performed no later than 150 days 
after the compliance dates specified in this subpart (i.e., in time for 
the results to be included in the Notification of Compliance Status), 
rather than according to the time periods in Sec. 63.7(a)(2) of subpart 
A of this part.
    (b) Each owner or operator of an existing affected source producing 
MBS complying with Sec. 63.1315(b)(2) shall determine compliance with 
the mass emission per mass product standard by using Equation 49 of this 
subpart. When determining Ei, when the provisions of 
Sec. 63.116(c)(4) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
shall be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, may 
be used for the purposes of this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, shall conform with the requirements in paragraphs 
(b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JN00.041

Where:

ERMBS = Emission rate of organic HAP or TOC from continuous 
          process vents, kg/Mg product.
Ei = Emission rate of organic HAP or TOC from continuous 
          process vent i as calculated using the procedures specified in 
          Sec. 63.116(c)(4), kg/month.
PPM = Amount of polymer produced in one month as determined 
          by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1318(b)(1)(ii), Mg/
          month.
n = Number of continuous process vents.

    (1) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP representing 
the largest percent by volume.
    (2) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is acceptable 
if the

[[Page 319]]

response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times the 
standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas when 
the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected source, complying with 
Sec. 63.1322(a)(3) shall determine compliance with the percent reduction 
requirement using Equation 50 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12SE96.049

where:

PR=Percent reduction
Hj=Number of operating hours in a year for control device j.
Ei=Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP at the inlet of 
control device j, calculated as specified in Sec. 63.1325(f), kg/hr. 
This value includes all continuous process vents, batch process vents, 
and aggregate batch vent streams routed to control device j.
Eo=Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP at the outlet of 
control device j, calculated as specified in Sec. 63.1325(f), kg/hr.
Hk=Number of hours of operation during which positive flow is 
present in uncontrolled continuous process vent or aggregate batch vent 
stream k, hr/yr.
Eku=Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP of uncontrolled 
continuous process vent or aggregate batch vent stream k, calculated as 
specified in Sec. 63.1325(f)(4), kg/hr.
AEunc=Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP of uncontrolled 
batch process vent l, calculated as specified in Sec. 63.1325(f)(4), kg/
yr.
n=Number of control devices, uncontrolled continuous process vents and 
aggregate batch vent streams, and uncontrolled batch process vents. The 
value of n is not necessarily the same for these three items.

    (d) Data shall be reduced in accordance with the EPA approved 
methods specified in the applicable subpart or, if other test methods 
are used, the data and methods shall be validated according to the 
protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
    (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, if an owner 
or operator of an affected source uses a flare to comply with any of the 
requirements of this subpart, the owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section. The owner or operator 
is not required to conduct a performance test to determine percent 
emission reduction or outlet organic HAP or TOC concentration. If a 
compliance demonstration has been conducted previously for a flare, 
using the techniques specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of 
this section, that compliance demonstration may be used to satisfy the 
requirements of this paragraph if either no deliberate process changes 
have been made since the compliance demonstration, or the results of the 
compliance demonstration reliably demonstrate compliance despite process 
changes.
    (1) Conduct a visible emission test using the techniques specified 
in Sec. 63.11(b)(4);
    (2) Determine the net heating value of the gas being combusted, 
using the techniques specified in Sec. 63.11(b)(6); and
    (3) Determine the exit velocity using the techniques specified in 
either Sec. 63.11(b)(7)(i) (and Sec. 63.11(b)(7)(iii), where applicable) 
or Sec. 63.11(b)(8), as appropriate.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38128, June 19, 2000]

[[Page 320]]



Sec. 63.1334  Parameter monitoring levels and excursions.

    (a) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. The owner or 
operator of a control or recovery device that has one or more parameter 
monitoring level requirements specified under this subpart shall 
establish a maximum or minimum level for each measured parameter. If a 
performance test is required by this subpart for a control device, the 
owner or operator shall use the procedures in either paragraph (b) or 
(c) of this section to establish the parameter monitoring level(s). If a 
performance test is not required by this subpart for a control device, 
the owner or operator may use the procedures in paragraph (b), (c) or 
(d) of this section to establish the parameter monitoring level(s). When 
using the procedures specified in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, 
the owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
Sec. 63.1335(e)(3)(vii) for review and approval as part of the 
Precompliance Report.
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate control and recovery devices 
such that the daily average of monitored parameters remains above the 
minimum established level or below the maximum established level, except 
as otherwise stated in this subpart.
    (2) As specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5), all established levels, 
along with their supporting documentation and the definition of an 
operating day, shall be submitted as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status.
    (3) Nothing in this section shall be construed to allow a monitoring 
parameter excursion caused by an activity that violates other applicable 
provisions of subpart A, F, G, or H of this part.
    (b) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based exclusively 
on performance tests. In cases where a performance test is required by 
this subpart, or the owner or operator of the affected source elects to 
do a performance test in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, 
and an owner or operator elects to establish a parameter monitoring 
level for a control, recovery, or recapture device based exclusively on 
parameter values measured during the performance test, the owner or 
operator of the affected source shall comply with the procedures in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Continuous process vents. During initial compliance testing, the 
appropriate parameter shall be continuously monitored during the 
required 1-hour runs. The monitoring level(s) shall then be established 
as the average of the maximum (or minimum) point values from the three 
test runs. The average of the maximum values shall be used when 
establishing a maximum level, and the average of the minimum values 
shall be used when establishing a minimum level.
    (3) Batch process vents. The monitoring level(s) shall be 
established using the procedures specified in either paragraph (b)(3)(i) 
or (b)(3)(ii) of this section. The procedures specified in this 
paragraph (b)(3) may only be used if the batch emission episodes, or 
portions thereof, selected to be controlled were tested, and monitoring 
data were collected, during the entire period in which emissions were 
vented to the control device, as specified in Sec. 63.1325(c)(1)(i). If 
the owner or operator chose to test only a portion of the batch emission 
episode, or portion thereof, selected to be controlled, the procedures 
in paragraph (c) of this section shall be used.
    (i) If more than one batch emission episode or more than one portion 
of a batch emission episode has been selected to be controlled, a single 
level for the batch cycle shall be calculated as follows:
    (A) The average monitored parameter value shall be calculated for 
each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, in the batch cycle 
selected to be controlled. The average shall be based on all values 
measured during the required performance test.
    (B) If the level to be established is a maximum operating parameter, 
the level shall be defined as the minimum of the average parameter 
values of the batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch 
cycle selected to be controlled (i.e., identify the emission episode, or 
portion thereof, which requires the lowest parameter value in

[[Page 321]]

order to assure compliance. The average parameter value that is 
necessary to assure compliance for that emission episode, or portion 
thereof, shall be the level for all emission episodes, or portions 
thereof, in the batch cycle, that are selected to be controlled).
    (C) If the level to be established is a minimum operating parameter, 
the level shall be defined as the maximum of the average parameter 
values of the batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch 
cycle selected to be controlled (i.e., identify the emission episode, or 
portion thereof, which requires the highest parameter value in order to 
assure compliance. The average parameter value that is necessary to 
assure compliance for that emission episode, or portion thereof, shall 
be the level for all emission episodes, or portions thereof, in the 
batch cycle, that are selected to be controlled).
    (D) Alternatively, an average monitored parameter value shall be 
calculated for the entire batch cycle based on all values measured 
during each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, selected to be 
controlled.
    (ii) Instead of establishing a single level for the batch cycle, as 
described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an owner or operator 
may establish separate levels for each batch emission episode, or 
portion thereof, selected to be controlled. Each level shall be 
determined as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
    (iii) The batch cycle shall be defined in the Notification of 
Compliance Status, as specified in Sec. 63.1335(e)(5). Said definition 
shall include an identification of each batch emission episode and the 
information required to determine parameter monitoring compliance for 
partial batch cycles (i.e., when part of a batch cycle is accomplished 
during two different operating days).
    (4) Aggregate batch vent streams. For aggregate batch vent streams, 
the monitoring level shall be established in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section.
    (c) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based on 
performance tests, supplemented by engineering assessments and/or 
manufacturer's recommendations. In cases where a performance test is 
required by this subpart, or the owner or operator elects to do a 
performance test in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, and 
an owner or operator elects to establish a parameter monitoring level 
for a control, recovery, or recapture device under this paragraph (c), 
the owner or operator shall supplement the parameter values measured 
during the performance test with engineering assessments and/or 
manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing is not required to 
be conducted over the entire range of expected parameter values.
    (d) Establishment of parameter monitoring based on engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. In cases where a 
performance test is not required by this subpart and an owner or 
operator elects to establish a parameter monitoring level for a control, 
recovery, or recapture device under this paragraph (d), the 
determination of the parameter monitoring level shall be based 
exclusively on engineering assessments and/or manufacturer's 
recommendations.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Parameter monitoring excursion definitions. (1) With respect to 
storage vessels (where the applicable monitoring plan specifies 
continuous monitoring), continuous process vents, aggregate batch vent 
streams, and process wastewater streams, an excursion means any of the 
three cases listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iii) of this 
section. For a control or recovery device where multiple parameters are 
monitored, if one or more of the parameters meets the excursion criteria 
in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iii) of this section, this is 
considered a single excursion for the control or recovery device. For 
each excursion, the owner or operator shall be deemed out of compliance 
with the provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) 
of this section.
    (i) When the daily average value of one or more monitored parameters 
is above the maximum level or below the minimum level established for 
the given parameters.
    (ii) When the period of control or recovery device operation, with 
the exception noted in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this section, is 4 hours 
or greater in an operating day, and monitoring data are

[[Page 322]]

insufficient, as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section, to 
constitute a valid hour of data for at least 75 percent of the operating 
hours.
    (iii) When the period of control or recovery device operation, with 
the exception noted in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this section, is less than 
4 hours in an operating day and more than two of the hours during the 
period of operation do not constitute a valid hour of data due to 
insufficient monitoring data, as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this 
section.
    (iv) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of 
data, as used in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (f)(1)(iii) of this section, 
if measured values are unavailable for any of the 15-minute periods 
within the hour. For data compression systems approved under 
Sec. 63.1335(g)(3), monitoring data are insufficient to calculate a 
valid hour of data if there are less than four data measurements made 
during the hour.
    (v) The periods listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(v)(A) through 
(f)(1)(v)(E) of this section are not considered to be part of the period 
of control or recovery device operation, for the purposes of paragraphs 
(f)(1)(ii) and (f)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (A) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (B) Start-ups;
    (C) Shutdowns;
    (D) Malfunctions; or
    (E) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (2) With respect to batch process vents, an excursion means one of 
the two cases listed in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this 
section. For a control device where multiple parameters are monitored, 
if one or more of the parameters meets the excursion criteria in either 
paragraph (f)(2)(i) or (f)(2)(ii) of this section, this is considered a 
single excursion for the control device. For each excursion, the owner 
or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the provisions of 
this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (i) When the batch cycle daily average value of one or more 
monitored parameters is above the maximum or below the minimum 
established level for the given parameters.
    (ii) When monitoring data are insufficient for an operating day. 
Monitoring data shall be considered insufficient when measured values 
are not available for at least 75 percent of the 15-minute periods when 
batch emission episodes selected to be controlled are being vented to 
the control device during the operating day, using the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (f)(2)(ii)(A) through (f)(2)(ii)(D) of this 
section.
    (A) Determine the total amount of time during the operating day when 
batch emission episodes selected to be controlled are being vented to 
the control device.
    (B) Subtract the time during the periods listed in paragraphs 
(f)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (f)(2)(ii)(B)(4) of this section from the total 
amount of time determined in paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, to 
obtain the operating time used to determine if monitoring data are 
insufficient.
    (1) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (2) Start-ups;
    (3) Shutdowns; or
    (4) Malfunctions.
    (C) Determine the total number of 15-minute periods in the operating 
time used to determine if monitoring data are insufficient, as was 
determined in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (D) If measured values are not available for at least 75 percent of 
the total number of 15-minute periods determined in paragraph 
(f)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, the monitoring data are insufficient for 
the operating day.
    (3) For storage vessels where the applicable monitoring plan does 
not specify continuous monitoring, an excursion is defined in paragraph 
(f)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable. For a control or 
recovery device where multiple parameters are monitored, if one or more 
of the parameters meets the excursion criteria, this is considered a 
single excursion for the control or recovery device. For each excursion,

[[Page 323]]

the owner or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the 
provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (i) If the monitoring plan specifies monitoring a parameter and 
recording its value at specific intervals (such as every 15 minutes or 
every hour), either of the cases listed in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(A) or 
(f)(3)(i)(B) of this section is considered a single excursion for the 
control device. For each excursion, the owner or operator shall be 
deemed out of compliance with the provisions of this subpart, except as 
provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (A) When the average value of one or more parameters, averaged over 
the duration of the filling period for the storage vessel, is above the 
maximum level or below the minimum level established for the given 
parameters.
    (B) When monitoring data are insufficient. Monitoring data shall be 
considered insufficient when measured values are not available for at 
least 75 percent of the specific intervals at which parameters are to be 
monitored and recorded, according to the storage vessel's monitoring 
plan, during the filling period for the storage vessel.
    (ii) If the monitoring plan does not specify monitoring a parameter 
and recording its value at specific intervals (for example, if the 
relevant operating requirement is to exchange a disposable carbon 
canister before expiration of its rated service life), the monitoring 
plan shall define an excursion in terms of the relevant operating 
requirement.
    (4) With respect to continuous process vents complying with the mass 
emissions per mass product requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or 
(c)(1)(i), an excursion has occurred when the mass emission rate 
calculated as specified in Sec. 63.1318(c) exceeds the appropriate mass 
emissions per mass product requirement. For each excursion, the owner or 
operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (5) With respect to continuous process vents complying with the 
temperature limits for final condensers specified in 
Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i)(B) or (c)(1)(ii), an excursion has occurred when 
the daily average exit temperature exceeds the appropriate condenser 
temperature limit. For each excursion, the owner or operator shall be 
deemed out of compliance with the provisions of this subpart, except as 
provided in paragraph (g) of this section. The periods listed in 
paragraphs (f)(5)(i) through (f)(5)(v) of this section are not 
considered to be part of the period of operation for the condenser for 
purposes of determining the daily average exit temperature.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions; or
    (v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (6) With respect to new affected sources producing SAN using a batch 
process, an excursion has occurred when the percent reduction calculated 
using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1333(c) is less than 84 
percent. For each excursion, the owner or operator shall be deemed out 
of compliance with the provisions of this subpart, except as provided in 
paragraph (g) of this section. The periods listed in paragraphs 
(f)(6)(i) through (f)(6)(v) of this section are not considered to be 
part of the period of control or recovery device operation for purposes 
of determining the percent reduction.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions; or
    (v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (7) With respect to continuous process vents complying with the mass 
emissions per mass product requirement specified in Sec. 63.1315(b)(2), 
an excursion has occurred when the mass emission rate calculated as 
specified in Sec. 63.1333(b) exceeds the mass emissions per mass product 
requirement specified in Sec. 63.1315(b)(2). For each excursion, the 
owner or operator shall be deemed

[[Page 324]]

out of compliance with the provisions of this subpart, except as 
provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (g) Excused excursions. A number of excused excursions shall be 
allowed for each control or recovery device for each semiannual period. 
The number of excused excursions for each semiannual period is specified 
in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(6) of this section. This paragraph (g) 
applies to affected sources required to submit Periodic Reports 
semiannually or quarterly. The first semiannual period is the 6-month 
period starting the date the Notification of Compliance Status is due.
    (1) For the first semiannual period--six excused excursions.
    (2) For the second semiannual period--five excused excursions.
    (3) For the third semiannual period--four excused excursions.
    (4) For the fourth semiannual period--three excused excursions.
    (5) For the fifth semiannual period--two excused excursions.
    (6) For the sixth and all subsequent semiannual periods--one excused 
excursion.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 38128, June 19, 2000]



Sec. 63.1335  General recordkeeping and reporting provisions.

    (a) Data retention. Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the 
owner or operator of an affected source shall keep copies of all 
applicable records and reports required by this subpart for at least 5 
years, as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, with the 
exception listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner that 
they can be readily accessed. The most recent 6 months of records shall 
be retained on site or shall be accessible from a central location by 
computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. The remaining 4 and one-half years of records may be retained 
offsite. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-readable 
form including, but not limited to, on paper, microfilm, computer, 
floppy disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.
    (2) If an owner or operator submits copies of reports to the 
appropriate EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator is not required 
to maintain copies of reports. If the EPA Regional Office has waived the 
requirement of Sec. 63.10(a)(4)(ii) for submittal of copies of reports, 
the owner or operator is not required to maintain copies of those 
reports.
    (b) Requirements of subpart A of this part. The owner or operator of 
an affected source shall comply with the applicable recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements in subpart A of this part as specified in Table 1 
of this subpart. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan. The owner or operator 
of an affected source shall develop and implement a written start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3). This 
plan shall describe, in detail, procedures for operating and maintaining 
the affected source during periods of start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction and a program for corrective action for malfunctioning 
process and air pollution control equipment used to comply with this 
subpart. Inclusion of Group 2 emission points is not required, unless 
these points are included in an emissions average. For equipment leaks 
(subject to Sec. 63.1331), the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
requirement is limited to control devices and is optional for other 
equipment. For equipment leaks, the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan may include written procedures that identify conditions that 
justify a delay of repair. A provision for ceasing to collect, during a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data that would otherwise 
be required by the provisions of this subpart may be included in the 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan only if the owner or operator 
has demonstrated to the Administrator, through the Precompliance Report 
or a supplement to the Precompliance Report, that the monitoring system 
would be damaged or destroyed if it were not shut down during the start-
up, shutdown, or malfunction. The affected source shall keep the

[[Page 325]]

start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan on-site. Records associated 
with the plan shall be kept as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) 
through (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section. Reports related to the plan shall 
be submitted as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Records of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction. The owner or 
operator shall keep the records specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) 
through (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section.
    (A) Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction of operation of process equipment or control 
devices or recovery devices or continuous monitoring systems used to 
comply with this subpart during which excess emissions (as defined in 
Sec. 63.1310(j)(4)) occur.
    (B) For each start-up, shutdown, or malfunction during which excess 
emissions (as defined in Sec. 63.1310(j)(4)) occur, records reflecting 
whether the procedures specified in the affected source's start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan were followed, and documentation of 
actions taken that are not consistent with the plan. For example, if a 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan includes procedures for routing 
a control device to a backup control device, records shall be kept of 
whether the plan was followed. These records may take the form of a 
``checklist,'' or other form of recordkeeping that confirms conformance 
with the start-up shutdown, and malfunction plan for the event.
    (C) Records specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) through 
(b)(1)(i)(B) of this section are not required if they pertain solely to 
Group 2 emission points that are not included in an emissions average.
    (ii) Reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction. For the 
purposes of this subpart, the semiannual start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction reports shall be submitted on the same schedule as the 
Periodic Reports required under paragraph (e)(6) of this section instead 
of being submitted on the schedule specified in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i). The 
reports shall include the information specified in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (2) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. For 
new affected sources, each owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions in Sec. 63.5 regarding construction and reconstruction, 
excluding the provisions specified in Sec. 63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H), 
(d)(1)(iii), (d)(2), and (d)(3)(ii).
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Recordkeeping and documentation. Owners or operators required to 
keep continuous records shall keep records as specified in paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (d)(7) of this section, unless an alternative 
recordkeeping system has been requested and approved as specified in 
paragraph (g) of this section, and except as provided in paragraph (h) 
of this section. If a monitoring plan for storage vessels pursuant to 
Sec. 63.1314(a)(9) requires continuous records, the monitoring plan 
shall specify which provisions, if any, of paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(d)(7) of this section apply. As described in Sec. 63.1314(a)(9), 
certain storage vessels are not required to keep continuous records as 
specified in this paragraph. Owners and operators of such storage 
vessels shall keep records as specified in the monitoring plan required 
by Sec. 63.1314(a)(9). Paragraphs (d)(8) and (d)(9) of this section 
specify documentation requirements.
    (1) The monitoring system shall measure data values at least once 
every 15 minutes.
    (2) The owner or operator shall record either each measured data 
value or block average values for 1 hour or shorter periods calculated 
from all measured data values during each period. If values are measured 
more frequently than once per minute, a single value for each minute may 
be used to calculate the hourly (or shorter period) block average 
instead of all measured values. Owners or operators of batch process 
vents shall record each measured data value.
    (3) Daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values of each 
continuously monitored parameter shall be calculated for each operating 
day as specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (d)(3)(ii) of this 
section, except as specified in paragraphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this 
section.
    (i) The daily average value or batch cycle daily average shall be 
calculated as the average of all parameter values

[[Page 326]]

recorded during the operating day, except as specified in paragraph 
(d)(7) of this section. For batch process vents, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1326(e)(2)(i), only parameter values measured during those batch 
emission episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch cycle that the 
owner or operator has chosen to control shall be used to calculate the 
average. The calculated average shall cover a 24-hour period if 
operation is continuous, or the number of hours of operation per 
operating day if operation is not continuous.
    (ii) The operating day shall be the period the owner or operator 
specifies in the operating permit or the Notification of Compliance 
Status for purposes of determining daily average values or batch cycle 
daily average values of monitored parameters.
    (4)-(5) [Reserved]
    (6) Records required when all recorded values are within the 
established limits. If all recorded values for a monitored parameter 
during an operating day are above the minimum level or below the maximum 
level established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
permit, the owner or operator may record that all values were above the 
minimum level or below the maximum level rather than calculating and 
recording a daily average (or batch cycle daily average) for that 
operating day.
    (7) Monitoring data recorded during periods identified in paragraphs 
(d)(7)(i) through (d)(7)(v) of this section shall not be included in any 
average computed under this subpart. Records shall be kept of the times 
and durations of all such periods and any other periods during process 
or control device or recovery device operation when monitors are not 
operating.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions;
    (v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (8) For continuous monitoring systems used to comply with this 
subpart, records documenting the completion of calibration checks, and 
records documenting the maintenance of continuous monitoring systems 
that are specified in the manufacturer's instructions or that are 
specified in other written procedures that provide adequate assurance 
that the equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
    (9) The owner or operator of an affected source granted a waiver 
under Sec. 63.10(f) shall maintain the information, if any, specified by 
the Administrator as a condition of the waiver of recordkeeping or 
reporting requirements.
    (e) Reporting and notification. In addition to the reports and 
notifications required by subpart A of this part as specified in Table 1 
of this subpart, the owner or operator of an affected source shall 
prepare and submit the reports listed in paragraphs (e)(3) through 
(e)(8) of this section, as applicable. All reports required by this 
subpart, and the schedule for their submittal, are listed in Table 9 of 
this subpart.
    (1) Owners and operators shall not be in violation of the reporting 
requirements of this subpart for failing to submit information required 
to be included in a specified report if the owner or operator meets the 
requirements in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iii) of this 
section. Examples of circumstances where this paragraph may apply 
include information related to newly-added equipment or emission points, 
changes in the process, changes in equipment required or utilized for 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart, or changes in methods 
or equipment for monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting.
    (i) The information was not known in time for inclusion in the 
report specified by this subpart;
    (ii) The owner or operator has been diligent in obtaining the 
information; and
    (iii) The owner or operator submits a report according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (e)(1)(iii)(A) through (e)(1)(iii)(C) of this 
section.
    (A) If this subpart expressly provides for supplements to the report 
in which the information is required, the owner or operator shall submit 
the information as a supplement to that report.

[[Page 327]]

The information shall be submitted no later than 60 days after it is 
obtained, unless otherwise specified in this subpart.
    (B) If this subpart does not expressly provide for supplements, but 
the owner or operator must submit a request for revision of an operating 
permit pursuant to part 70 or part 71, due to circumstances to which the 
information pertains, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
with the request for revision to the operating permit.
    (C) In any case not addressed by paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(A) or 
(e)(1)(iii)(B) of this paragraph, the owner or operator shall submit the 
information with the first Periodic Report, as required by this subpart, 
which has a submission deadline at least 60 days after the information 
is obtained.
    (2) All reports required under this subpart shall be sent to the 
Administrator at the appropriate address listed in Sec. 63.13. If 
acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or operator of an 
affected source, reports may be submitted on electronic media.
    (3) Precompliance Report. Owners or operators of affected sources 
requesting an extension for compliance; requesting approval to use 
alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous monitoring and 
recordkeeping, or alternative controls; requesting approval to use 
engineering assessment to estimate emissions from a batch emissions 
episode, as described in Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(i)(C); wishing to establish 
parameter monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 
Sec. 63.1334(c) or (d); or requesting approval to incorporate a 
provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data, during a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction, into the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan, when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it did not 
cease to collect monitoring data, as permitted under Sec. 63.1310(j)(3), 
shall submit a Precompliance Report according to the schedule described 
in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section. The Precompliance Report shall 
contain the information specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) through 
(e)(3)(viii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Submittal dates. The Precompliance Report shall be submitted to 
the Administrator no later than December 19, 2000. If a Precompliance 
Report was submitted prior to June 19, 2000 and no changes need to be 
made to that Precompliance Report, the owner or operator shall re-submit 
the earlier report or submit notification that the previously submitted 
report is still valid. Unless the Administrator objects to a request 
submitted in the Precompliance Report within 45 days after its receipt, 
the request shall be deemed approved. For new affected sources, the 
Precompliance Report shall be submitted to the Administrator with the 
application for approval of construction or reconstruction required in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Supplements to the Precompliance 
Report may be submitted as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(ix) of this 
section.
    (ii) A request for an extension for compliance, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1311(e), may be submitted in the Precompliance Report. The 
request for a compliance extension shall include the data outlined in 
Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D), as required in Sec. 63.1311(e)(1).
    (iii) The alternative monitoring parameter information required in 
paragraph (f) of this section shall be submitted in the Precompliance 
Report if, for any emission point, the owner or operator of an affected 
source seeks to comply through the use of a control technique other than 
those for which monitoring parameters are specified in this subpart or 
in subpart G of this part or seeks to comply by monitoring a different 
parameter than those specified in this subpart or in subpart G of this 
part.
    (iv) If the affected source seeks to comply using alternative 
continuous monitoring and recordkeeping as specified in paragraph (g) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall submit a request for approval 
in the Precompliance Report.
    (v) The owner or operator shall report the intent to use alternative 
controls to comply with the provisions of this subpart in the 
Precompliance Report. The Administrator may deem alternative controls to 
be equivalent to

[[Page 328]]

the controls required by the standard, under the procedures outlined in 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (vi) If a request for approval to use engineering assessment to 
estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode, as described in 
Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(i)(C) is being made, the information required by 
Sec. 63.1323(b)(6)(iii)(B) shall be submitted in the Precompliance 
Report.
    (vii) If an owner or operator establishes parameter monitoring 
levels according to the procedures contained in Sec. 63.1334(c) or (d), 
the following information shall be submitted in the Precompliance 
Report:
    (A) Identification of which procedures (i.e., Sec. 63.1334(c) or 
(d)) are to be used; and
    (B) A description of how the parameter monitoring level is to be 
established. If the procedures in Sec. 63.1334(c) are to be used, a 
description of how performance test data will be used shall be included.
    (viii) If the owner or operator is requesting approval to 
incorporate a provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data, during a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, into the start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it 
did not cease to collect monitoring data, the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(3)(viii)(A) and (B) shall be supplied in the 
Precompliance Report or in a supplement to the Precompliance Report. The 
Administrator shall evaluate the supporting documentation and shall 
approve the request only if, in the Administrator's judgment, the 
specific monitoring equipment would be damaged by the contemporaneous 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (A) Documentation supporting a claim that the monitoring equipment 
would be damaged by the contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction; and
    (B) A request to incorporate such a provision for ceasing to collect 
monitoring data during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, into the 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan.
    (ix) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted as 
specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(ix)(A) or (e)(3)(ix)(B) of this section. 
Unless the Administrator objects to a request submitted in a supplement 
to the Precompliance Report within 45 days after its receipt, the 
request shall be deemed approved.
    (A) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted to 
clarify or modify information previously submitted.
    (B) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted to 
request approval to use alternative monitoring parameters, as specified 
in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section; to use alternative continuous 
monitoring and recordkeeping, as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of 
this section; to use alternative controls, as specified in paragraph 
(e)(3)(v) of this section; to use engineering assessment to estimate 
emissions from a batch emissions episode, as specified in paragraph 
(e)(3)(vi) of this section; to establish parameter monitoring levels 
according to the procedures contained in Sec. 63.1334(c) or (d), as 
specified in paragraph (e)(3)(vii) of this section; or to include a 
provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data during a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction, in the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan, when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it did not 
cease to collect monitoring data, as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(viii) 
of this section.
    (4) Emissions Averaging Plan. For all existing affected sources 
using emissions averaging, an Emissions Averaging Plan shall be 
submitted for approval according to the schedule and procedures 
described in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section. The Emissions 
Averaging Plan shall contain the information specified in paragraph 
(e)(4)(ii) of this section, unless the information required in paragraph 
(e)(4)(ii) of this section is submitted with an operating permit 
application. An owner or operator of an affected source who submits an 
operating permit application instead of an Emissions Averaging Plan 
shall submit the information specified in paragraph (e)(8) of this 
section. In addition, a supplement to the Emissions Averaging Plan, as 
required under paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section, is to be submitted 
whenever additional alternative controls or operating

[[Page 329]]

scenarios may be used to comply with this subpart. Updates to the 
Emissions Averaging Plan shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph 
(e)(4)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Submittal and approval. The Emissions Averaging Plan shall be 
submitted no later than September 19, 2000, and it is subject to 
Administrator approval. If an Emissions Averaging Plan was submitted 
prior to June 19, 2000 and no changes need to be made to that Emissions 
Averaging Plan, the owner or operator shall re-submit the earlier plan 
or submit notification that the previously submitted plan is still 
valid. The Administrator shall determine within 120 days whether the 
Emissions Averaging Plan submitted presents sufficient information. The 
Administrator shall either approve the Emissions Averaging Plan, request 
changes, or request that the owner or operator submit additional 
information. Once the Administrator receives sufficient information, the 
Administrator shall approve, disapprove, or request changes to the plan 
within 120 days.
    (ii) Information required. The Emissions Averaging Plan shall 
contain the information listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(A) through 
(e)(4)(ii)(N) of this section for all emission points included in an 
emissions average.
    (A) The required information shall include the identification of all 
emission points in the planned emissions average and, where applicable, 
notation of whether each storage vessel, continuous process vent, batch 
process vent, aggregate batch vent stream, and process wastewater stream 
is a Group 1 or Group 2 emission point, as defined in Sec. 63.1312 or as 
designated under Sec. 63.1332 (c)(3) through (c)(5).
    (B) The required information shall include the projected emission 
debits and credits for each emission point and the sum for the emission 
points involved in the average calculated according to Sec. 63.1332. The 
projected credits shall be greater than or equal to the projected 
debits, as required under Sec. 63.1332(e)(3).
    (C) The required information shall include the specific control 
technology or pollution prevention measure that will be used for each 
emission point included in the average and date of application or 
expected date of application.
    (D) The required information shall include the specific 
identification of each emission point affected by a pollution prevention 
measure. To be considered a pollution prevention measure, the criteria 
in Sec. 63.1332(j)(1) shall be met. If the same pollution prevention 
measure reduces or eliminates emissions from multiple emission points in 
the average, the owner or operator shall identify each of these emission 
points.
    (E) The required information shall include a statement that the 
compliance demonstration, monitoring, inspection, recordkeeping, and 
reporting provisions in Sec. 63.1332 (m), (n), and (o) that are 
applicable to each emission point in the emissions average will be 
implemented beginning on or before the date of compliance.
    (F) The required information shall include documentation of the data 
listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(F)(1) through (e)(4)(ii)(F)(5) of this 
section for each storage vessel and continuous process vent subject to 
Sec. 63.1315 included in the average.
    (1) The required documentation shall include the values of the 
parameters used to determine whether the emission point is Group 1 or 
Group 2. Where TRE index value is used for continuous process vent group 
determination, the estimated or measured values of the parameters used 
in the TRE equation in Sec. 63.115(d) and the resulting TRE index value 
shall be submitted.
    (2) The required documentation shall include the estimated values of 
all parameters needed for input to the emission debit and credit 
calculations in Sec. 63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter values shall be 
specified in the affected source's Emissions Averaging Plan (or 
operating permit) as enforceable operating conditions. Changes to these 
parameters shall be reported as required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this 
section.
    (3) The required documentation shall include the estimated percent 
reduction if a control technology achieving a lower percent reduction 
than the efficiency of the applicable reference control technology or 
standard is or will be applied to the emission point.

[[Page 330]]

    (4) The required documentation shall include the anticipated nominal 
efficiency if a control technology achieving a greater percent emission 
reduction than the efficiency of the reference control technology is or 
will be applied to the emission point. The procedures in Sec. 63.1332(i) 
shall be followed to apply for a nominal efficiency, and the report 
specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section shall be submitted 
with the Emissions Averaging Plan as specified in paragraph 
(e)(7)(ii)(A) of this section.
    (5) The required documentation shall include the monitoring plan 
specified in Sec. 63.122(b), to include the information specified in 
Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(i) and in either Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(ii) or (d)(2)(iii) 
for each storage vessel controlled with a closed-vent system using a 
control device other than a flare.
    (G) The information specified in paragraph (f) of this section shall 
be included in the Emissions Averaging Plan for:
    (1) Each continuous process vent subject to Sec. 63.1315 controlled 
by a pollution prevention measure or control technique for which 
monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are not specified in 
Sec. 63.114; and
    (2) Each storage vessel controlled by pollution prevention or a 
control technique other than an internal or external floating roof or a 
closed vent system with a control device.
    (H) The required information shall include documentation of the data 
listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(H)(1) through (e)(4)(ii)(H)(5) of this 
section for each collection of continuous process vents located in a 
process section within the affected source subject to Sec. 63.1316 
(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) included in the 
average.
    (1) For continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316(b)(1)(i), 
the required documentation shall include the values of the parameters 
used to determine whether the emission point is Group 1 or Group 2. 
Continuous process vents subject to Sec. 63.1316 (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), 
(b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) are considered Group 1 emission points for 
purposes of emissions averaging, as specified in Sec. 63.1332(c)(5).
    (2) The required documentation shall include the estimated values of 
all parameters needed for input to the emission debit and credit 
calculations in Sec. 63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter values shall be 
specified in the affected source's Emissions Averaging Plan (or 
operating permit) as enforceable operating conditions. Changes to these 
parameters shall be reported as required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this 
section.
    (3) For process sections generating debits or credits by comparing 
actual emissions expressed as kg HAP emissions per Mg of product to the 
applicable standard, the required documentation shall include the actual 
emission level expressed as kg HAP emissions per Mg of product.
    (4) For process sections using combustion control devices, the 
required documentation shall include the estimated percent reduction if 
a control technology achieving a lower percent reduction than the 
efficiency of the applicable reference control technology or standard is 
or will be applied to the emission point.
    (5) For process sections using combustion control devices, the 
required documentation shall include the anticipated nominal efficiency 
if a control technology achieving a greater percent emission reduction 
than the efficiency of the reference control technology is or will be 
applied to the emission point. The procedures in Sec. 63.1332(i) shall 
be followed to apply for a nominal efficiency.
    (I) For each pollution prevention measure or control device used to 
reduce air emissions of organic HAP from each collection of continuous 
process vents located in a process section within the affected source 
subject to Sec. 63.1316 (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or 
(c)(1) and for which no monitoring parameters or inspection procedures 
are specified in Sec. 63.114, the information specified in paragraph (f) 
of this section, Alternative Monitoring Parameters, shall be included in 
the Emissions Averaging Plan.
    (J) The required information shall include documentation of the data 
listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(J)(1) through (e)(4)(ii)(J)(3) of this 
section for each batch process vent and aggregate batch vent stream 
included in the average.
    (1) The required documentation shall include the values of the 
parameters

[[Page 331]]

used to determine whether the emission point is Group 1 or Group 2.
    (2) The required documentation shall include the estimated values of 
all parameters needed for input to the emission debit and credit 
calculations in Sec. 63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter values shall be 
specified in the affected source's Emissions Averaging Plan (or 
operating permit) as enforceable operating conditions. Changes to these 
parameters shall be reported as required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this 
section.
    (3) For batch process vents, the required documentation shall 
include the estimated percent reduction for the batch cycle. For 
aggregate batch vent streams, the required documentation shall include 
the estimated percent reduction achieved on a continuous basis.
    (K) For each pollution prevention measure or control device used to 
reduce air emissions of organic HAP from batch process vents or 
aggregate batch vent streams and for which no monitoring parameters or 
inspection procedures are specified in Sec. 63.1324, the information 
specified in paragraph (f) of this section, Alternative Monitoring 
Parameters, shall be included in the Emissions Averaging Plan.
    (L) The required information shall include documentation of the data 
listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(L)(1) through (e)(4)(ii)(L)(4) of this 
section for each process wastewater stream included in the average.
    (1) The required documentation shall include the data used to 
determine whether the wastewater stream is a Group 1 or Group 2 
wastewater stream.
    (2) The required documentation shall include the estimated values of 
all parameters needed for input to the wastewater emission credit and 
debit calculations in Sec. 63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter values 
shall be specified in the affected source's Emissions Averaging Plan (or 
operating permit) as enforceable operating conditions. Changes to these 
parameters shall be reported as required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this 
section.
    (3) The required documentation shall include the estimated percent 
reduction if:
    (i) A control technology that achieves an emission reduction less 
than or equal to the emission reduction that would otherwise have been 
achieved by a steam stripper designed to the specifications found in 
Sec. 63.138(g) is or will be applied to the wastewater stream;
    (ii) A control technology achieving less than or equal to 95 percent 
emission reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) vented 
and collected from the treatment processes; or
    (iii) A pollution prevention measure is or will be applied.
    (4) The required documentation shall include the anticipated nominal 
efficiency if the owner or operator plans to apply for a nominal 
efficiency under Sec. 63.1332(i). A nominal efficiency shall be applied 
for if:
    (i) A control technology that achieves an emission reduction greater 
than the emission reduction that would have been achieved by a steam 
stripper designed to the specifications found in Sec. 63.138(g), is or 
will be applied to the wastewater stream; or
    (ii) A control technology achieving greater than 95 percent emission 
reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) vented and 
collected from the treatment processes.
    (M) For each pollution prevention measure, treatment process, or 
control device used to reduce air emissions of organic HAP from 
wastewater and for which no monitoring parameters or inspection 
procedures are specified in Sec. 63.143, the information specified in 
paragraph (f) of this section, Alternative Monitoring Parameters, shall 
be included in the Emissions Averaging Plan.
    (N) The required information shall include documentation of the data 
required by Sec. 63.1332(k). The documentation shall demonstrate that 
the emissions from the emission points proposed to be included in the 
average will not result in greater hazard or, at the option of the 
Administrator, greater risk to human health or the environment than if 
the emission points were not included in an emissions average.
    (iii) Supplement to Emissions Averaging Plan. The owner or operator 
required to prepare an Emissions Averaging Plan under paragraph (e)(4) 
of this section shall also prepare a supplement to the Emissions 
Averaging Plan for any

[[Page 332]]

additional alternative controls or operating scenarios that may be used 
to achieve compliance.
    (iv) Updates to Emissions Averaging Plan. The owner or operator of 
an affected source required to submit an Emissions Averaging Plan under 
paragraph (e)(4) of this section shall also submit written updates of 
the Emissions Averaging Plan to the Administrator for approval under the 
circumstances described in paragraphs (e)(4)(iv)(A) through 
(e)(4)(iv)(C) of this section unless the relevant information has been 
included and submitted in an operating permit application or amendment.
    (A) The owner or operator who plans to make a change listed in 
either paragraph (e)(4)(iv)(A)(1) or (e)(4)(iv)(A)(2) of this section 
shall submit an Emissions Averaging Plan update at least 120 days prior 
to making the change.
    (1) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted whenever 
an owner or operator elects to achieve compliance with the emissions 
averaging provisions in Sec. 63.1332 by using a control technique other 
than that specified in the Emissions Averaging Plan or plans to monitor 
a different parameter or operate a control device in a manner other than 
that specified in the Emissions Averaging Plan.
    (2) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted whenever 
an emission point or a TPPU is added to an existing affected source and 
is planned to be included in an emissions average, or whenever an 
emission point not included in the emissions average described in the 
Emissions Averaging Plan is to be added to an emissions average. The 
information in paragraph (e)(4) of this section shall be updated to 
include the additional emission point.
    (B) The owner or operator who has made a change as defined in 
paragraph (e)(4)(iv)(B)(1) or (e)(4)(iv)(B)(2) of this section shall 
submit an Emissions Averaging Plan update within 90 days after the 
information regarding the change is known to the affected source. The 
update may be submitted in the next quarterly periodic report if the 
change is made after the date the Notification of Compliance Status is 
due.
    (1) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted whenever a 
process change is made such that the group status of any emission point 
in an emissions average changes.
    (2) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted whenever a 
value of a parameter in the emission credit or debit equations in 
Sec. 63.1332 (g) or (h) changes such that it is below the minimum or 
above the maximum established level specified in the Emissions Averaging 
Plan and causes a decrease in the projected credits or an increase in 
the projected debits.
    (C) The Administrator shall approve or request changes to the 
Emissions Averaging Plan update within 120 days of receipt of sufficient 
information regarding the change for emission points included in 
emissions averages.
    (5) Notification of Compliance Status. For existing and new affected 
sources, a Notification of Compliance Status shall be submitted. For 
equipment leaks subject to Sec. 63.1331, the owner or operator shall 
submit the information required in Sec. 63.182(c) in the Notification of 
Compliance Status within 150 days after the first applicable compliance 
date for equipment leaks in the affected source, and an update shall be 
provided in the first Periodic Report that is due at least 150 days 
after each subsequent applicable compliance date for equipment leaks in 
the affected source. For all other emission points, including heat 
exchange systems, the Notification of Compliance Status shall contain 
the information listed in paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through (e)(5)(xi) of 
this section, as applicable, and shall be submitted no later than 150 
days after the compliance dates specified in this subpart.
    (i) The results of any emission point group determinations, process 
section applicability determinations, performance tests, inspections, 
continuous monitoring system performance evaluations, any other 
information used to demonstrate compliance, values of monitored 
parameters established during performance tests, and any other 
information required to be included in the Notification of Compliance 
Status under Secs. 63.1311(m), 63.122, and 63.1314 for storage vessels, 
Sec. 63.117 for continuous process vents, Sec. 63.146 for process 
wastewater, Secs. 63.1316 through 63.1320 for continuous process vents 
subject to

[[Page 333]]

Sec. 63.1316, Sec. 63.1327 for batch process vents, Sec. 63.1329 for 
process contact cooling towers, and Sec. 63.1332 for emission points 
included in an emissions average. In addition, the owner or operator of 
an affected source shall comply with paragraph (e)(5)(i)(A) and 
(e)(5)(i)(B) of this section.
    (A) For performance tests, group determinations, and process section 
applicability determinations that are based on measurements, the 
Notification of Compliance Status shall include one complete test 
report, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(B) of this section, for each 
test method used for a particular kind of emission point. For additional 
tests performed for the same kind of emission point using the same 
method, the results and any other information, from the test report, 
that is requested on a case-by-case basis by the Administrator shall be 
submitted, but a complete test report is not required.
    (B) A complete test report shall include a brief process 
description, sampling site description, description of sampling and 
analysis procedures and any modifications to standard procedures, 
quality assurance procedures, record of operating conditions during the 
test, record of preparation of standards, record of calibrations, raw 
data sheets for field sampling, raw data sheets for field and laboratory 
analyses, documentation of calculations, and any other information 
required by the test method.
    (ii) For each monitored parameter for which a maximum or minimum 
level is required to be established under Sec. 63.114(e) for continuous 
process vents, Sec. 63.1324 for batch process vents and aggregate batch 
vent streams, Sec. 63.143(f) for process wastewater, Sec. 63.1332(m) for 
emission points in emissions averages, paragraph (e)(8) of this section, 
or paragraph (f) of this section, the Notification of Compliance Status 
shall contain the information specified in paragraphs (e)(5)(ii)(A) 
through (e)(5)(ii)(D) of this section, unless this information has been 
established and provided in the operating permit application. Further, 
as described in Sec. 63.1314(a)(9), for those storage vessels for which 
the monitoring plan required by Sec. 63.1314(a)(9) specifies compliance 
with the provisions of Sec. 63.1334, the owner or operator shall provide 
the information specified in paragraphs (e)(5)(ii)(A) through 
(e)(5)(ii)(D) of this section for each monitored parameter, unless this 
information has been established and provided in the operating permit 
application. For those storage vessels for which the monitoring plan 
required by Sec. 63.1314(a)(9) does not require compliance with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.1334, the owner or operator shall provide the 
information specified in Sec. 63.120(d)(3) as part of the Notification 
of Compliance Status, unless this information has been established and 
provided in the operating permit application.
    (A) The required information shall include the specific maximum or 
minimum level of the monitored parameter(s) for each emission point.
    (B) The required information shall include the rationale for the 
specific maximum or minimum level for each parameter for each emission 
point, including any data and calculations used to develop the level and 
a description of why the level indicates proper operation of the control 
device.
    (C) The required information shall include a definition of the 
affected source's operating day, as specified in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of 
this section, for purposes of determining daily average values or batch 
cycle daily average values of monitored parameters.
    (D) For batch process vents, the required information shall include 
a definition of each batch cycle that requires the control of one or 
more batch emission episodes during the cycle, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1325(c)(2) and Sec. 63.1334(b)(3)(iii).
    (iii) For emission points included in an emissions average, the 
Notification of Compliance Status shall contain the values of all 
parameters needed for input to the emission credit and debit equations 
in Sec. 63.1332 (g) and (h), calculated or measured according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.1332 (g) and (h), and the resulting calculation of 
credits and debits for the first quarter of the year. The first quarter 
begins on the compliance date specified.
    (iv) The determination of applicability for flexible operation units 
as specified in Sec. 63.1310(f).

[[Page 334]]

    (v) The parameter monitoring levels for flexible operation units, 
and the basis on which these levels were selected, or a demonstration 
that these levels are appropriate at all times, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1310(f)(7).
    (vi) The results for each predominant use determination made under 
Sec. 63.1310(g), for storage vessels assigned to an affected source 
subject to this subpart.
    (vii) The results for each predominant use determination made under 
Sec. 63.1310(h), for recovery operations equipment assigned to an 
affected source subject to this subpart.
    (viii) For owners or operators of Group 2 batch process vents 
establishing a batch mass input limitation as specified in 
Sec. 63.1325(g), the affected source's operating year for purposes of 
determining compliance with the batch mass input limitation.
    (ix) If any emission point is subject to this subpart and to other 
standards as specified in Sec. 63.1311, and if the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1311 allow the owner or operator to choose which testing, 
monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions will be followed, 
then the Notification of Compliance Status shall indicate which rule's 
requirements will be followed for testing, monitoring, reporting, and 
recordkeeping.
    (x) An owner or operator who transfers a Group 1 wastewater stream 
or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream for treatment 
pursuant to Sec. 63.132(g) shall include in the Notification of 
Compliance Status the name and location of the transferee and a 
description of the Group 1 wastewater stream or residual sent to the 
treatment facility.
    (xi) An owner or operator complying with paragraph (h)(1) of this 
section shall notify the Administrator of the election to comply with 
paragraph (h)(1) of this section as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status or as part of the appropriate Periodic Report as 
specified in paragraph (e)(6)(ix) of this section.
    (6) Periodic Reports. For existing and new affected sources, the 
owner or operator shall submit Periodic Reports as specified in 
paragraphs (e)(6)(i) through (e)(6)(xi) of this section. In addition, 
for equipment leaks subject to Sec. 63.1331, the owner or operator shall 
submit the information specified in Sec. 63.182(d) under the conditions 
listed in Sec. 63.182(d), and for heat exchange systems subject to 
Sec. 63.1328, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
specified in Sec. 63.104(f)(2) as part of the Periodic Report required 
by this paragraph (e)(6). Section 63.1334 shall govern the use of 
monitoring data to determine compliance for Group 1 emissions points and 
for Group 1 and Group 2 emission points included in emissions averages 
with the following exception: As discussed in Sec. 63.1314(a)(9), for 
storage vessels to which the provisions of Sec. 63.1334 do not apply, as 
specified in the monitoring plan required by Sec. 63.120(d)(2), the 
owner or operator is required to comply with the requirements set out in 
the monitoring plan, and monitoring records may be used to determine 
compliance.
    (i) Except as specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(xi) and (e)(6)(xii) of 
this section, a report containing the information in paragraph 
(e)(6)(ii) of this section or containing the information in paragraphs 
(e)(6)(iii) through (e)(6)(x) of this section, as appropriate, shall be 
submitted semiannually no later than 60 days after the end of each 6-
month period. The first report shall be submitted no later than 240 days 
after the date the Notification of Compliance Status is due and shall 
cover the 6-month period beginning on the date the Notification of 
Compliance Status is due.
    (ii) If none of the compliance exceptions specified in paragraphs 
(e)(6)(iii) through (e)(6)(ix) of this section occurred during the 6-
month period, the Periodic Report required by paragraph (e)(6)(i) of 
this section shall be a statement that there were no compliance 
exceptions as described in this paragraph for the 6-month period covered 
by that report and no activities specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) 
through (e)(6)(ix) of this section occurred during the 6-month period 
covered by that report.
    (iii) For an owner or operator of an affected source complying with 
the provisions of Secs. 63.1314 through 63.1330 for any emission point 
or process section, Periodic Reports shall include:

[[Page 335]]

    (A) All information specified in Sec. 63.122 for storage vessels; 
Secs. 63.117 and 63.118 and Sec. 63.1320 for continuous process vents, 
as applicable; Sec. 63.1327 for batch process vents and aggregate batch 
vent streams; Sec. 63.104 for heat exchange systems; and Sec. 63.146 for 
process wastewater;
    (B) The daily average values or batch cycle daily average values of 
monitored parameters for both excused excursions, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1334(g), and unexcused excursions, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1334(f). For excursions caused by lack of monitoring data, the 
start-time and duration of periods when monitoring data were not 
collected shall be specified.
    (C) [Reserved]
    (D) The information in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii)(D)(1) through 
(e)(6)(iii)(D)(4) of this section, as applicable:
    (1) Any supplements to the Emissions Averaging Plan, as required in 
paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section;
    (2) Notification if a process change is made such that the group 
status of any emission point changes from Group 2 to Group 1. The owner 
or operator is not required to submit a notification of a process change 
if that process change caused the group status of an emission point to 
change from Group 1 to Group 2. However, until the owner or operator 
notifies the Administrator that the group status of an emission point 
has changed from Group 1 to Group 2, the owner or operator is required 
to continue to comply with the Group 1 requirements for that emission 
point. This notification may be submitted at any time.
    (3) Notification if one or more emission point(s) (other than 
equipment leaks) or one or more TPPU is added to an affected source. The 
owner or operator shall submit the information contained in paragraphs 
(e)(6)(iii)(D)(3)(i) through (e)(6)(iii)(D)(3)(ii) of this section:
    (i) A description of the addition to the affected source; and
    (ii) Notification of the group status of the additional emission 
point or all emission points in the TPPU.
    (4) For process wastewater streams sent for treatment pursuant to 
Sec. 63.132(g), reports of changes in the identity of the treatment 
facility or transferee.
    (E) The information in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section for 
reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (iv) For each batch process vent with a batch mass input limitation, 
every second Periodic Report shall include the mass of HAP or material 
input to the batch unit operation during the 12-month period covered by 
the preceding and current Periodic Reports, and a statement of whether 
the batch process vent was in or out of compliance with the batch mass 
input limitation.
    (v) If any performance tests are reported in a Periodic Report, the 
following information shall be included:
    (A) One complete test report shall be submitted for each test method 
used for a particular kind of emission point tested. A complete test 
report shall contain the information specified in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(B) 
of this section.
    (B) For additional tests performed for the same kind of emission 
point using the same method, results and any other information, 
pertaining to the performance test, that is requested on a case-by-case 
basis by the Administrator shall be submitted, but a complete test 
report is not required.
    (vi) Notification of a change in the primary product of a TPPU, in 
accordance with the provisions in Sec. 63.1310(f). This includes a 
change in primary product from one thermoplastic product to either 
another thermoplastic product or to a non-thermoplastic product.
    (vii) The results for each change made to a predominant use 
determination made under Sec. 63.1310(g) for a storage vessel that is 
assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart after the change.
    (viii) The Periodic Report shall include the results for each change 
made to a predominant use determination made under Sec. 63.1310(h) for 
recovery operations equipment assigned to an affected source subject to 
this subpart after the change.
    (ix) An owner or operator complying with paragraph (h)(1) of this 
section shall notify the Administrator of the election to comply with 
paragraph

[[Page 336]]

(h)(1) of this section as part of the Periodic Report or as part of the 
Notification of Compliance Status as specified in paragraph (e)(5)(xi) 
of this section.
    (x) An owner or operator electing not to retain daily average or 
batch cycle daily average values under paragraph (h)(2) of this section 
shall notify the Administrator as specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of 
this section.
    (xi) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for all emission points included in an emissions 
average as specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(xi)(A) through (e)(6)(xi)(C) 
of this section.
    (A) The quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 days 
after the end of each quarter. The first report shall be submitted with 
the Notification of Compliance Status no later than 150 days after the 
compliance date.
    (B) The quarterly reports shall include the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(6)(xi)(B)(1) through (e)(6)(xi)(B)(7) of this section for 
all emission points included in an emissions average.
    (1) The credits and debits calculated each month during the quarter;
    (2) A demonstration that debits calculated for the quarter are not 
more than 1.30 times the credits calculated for the quarter, as required 
under Sec. 63.1332(e)(4);
    (3) The values of any inputs to the debit and credit equations in 
Sec. 63.1332(g) and (h) that change from month to month during the 
quarter or that have changed since the previous quarter;
    (4) Results of any performance tests conducted during the reporting 
period including one complete report for each test method used for a 
particular kind of emission point as described in paragraph (e)(6)(v) of 
this section;
    (5) Reports of daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values 
of monitored parameters for excursions as defined in Sec. 63.1334(f);
    (6) For excursions caused by lack of monitoring data, the duration 
of periods when monitoring data were not collected shall be specified; 
and
    (7) Any other information the affected source is required to report 
under the operating permit or Emissions Averaging Plan for the affected 
source.
    (C) Every fourth quarterly report shall include the following:
    (1) A demonstration that annual credits are greater than or equal to 
annual debits as required by Sec. 63.1332(e)(3); and
    (2) A certification of compliance with all the emissions averaging 
provisions in Sec. 63.1332.
    (xii) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for particular emission points and process sections 
not included in an emissions average as specified in paragraphs 
(e)(6)(xii)(A) through (e)(6)(xii)(D) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for a period of 1 year for an emission point or 
process section that is not included in an emissions average if:
    (1) A control or recovery device for a particular emission point or 
process section has more excursions, as defined in Sec. 63.1334(f), than 
the number of excused excursions allowed under Sec. 63.1334(g) for a 
semiannual reporting period; or
    (2) The Administrator requests that the owner or operator submit 
quarterly reports for the emission point or process section.
    (B) The quarterly reports shall include all information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (e)(6)(ix) of this section applicable to 
the emission point or process section for which quarterly reporting is 
required under paragraph (e)(6)(xii)(A) of this section. Information 
applicable to other emission points within the affected source shall be 
submitted in the semiannual reports required under paragraph (e)(6)(i) 
of this section.
    (C) Quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 days after 
the end of each quarter.
    (D) After quarterly reports have been submitted for an emission 
point for 1 year without more excursions occurring (during that year) 
than the number of excused excursions allowed under Sec. 63.1334(g), the 
owner or operator may return to semiannual reporting for the emission 
point or process section.

[[Page 337]]

    (7) Other reports. Other reports shall be submitted as specified in 
paragraphs (e)(7)(i) through (e)(7)(iv) of this section.
    (i) For storage vessels, the notifications of inspections required 
by Sec. 63.1314 shall be submitted as specified in Sec. 63.122 (h)(1) 
and (h)(2).
    (ii) For owners or operators of affected sources required to request 
approval for a nominal control efficiency for use in calculating credits 
for an emissions average, the information specified in Sec. 63.1332(i) 
shall be submitted as specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(A) or (B) of 
this section, as appropriate.
    (A) If use of a nominal control efficiency is part of the initial 
Emissions Averaging Plan described in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this 
section, the information in paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section shall 
be submitted with the Emissions Averaging Plan.
    (B) If an owner or operator elects to use a nominal control 
efficiency after submittal of the initial Emissions Averaging Plan as 
described in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, the information in 
paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section shall be submitted at the 
discretion of the owner or operator.
    (iii) When the conditions of Secs. 63.1310(f)(3)(iii), 
63.1310(f)(9), or 63.1310(f)(10)(iii) are met, reports of changes to the 
primary product for a TPPU or process unit as required by 
Secs. 63.1310(f)(3)(iii), 63.1310(f)(9), or 63.1310(f)(10)(iii)(C), 
respectively, shall be submitted.
    (iv) Owners or operators of TPPU or emission points (other than 
equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1331) that are subject to 
Sec. 63.1310(i)(1) or (i)(2) shall submit a report as specified in 
paragraphs (e)(7)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) Reports shall include:
    (1) A description of the process change or addition, as appropriate;
    (2) The planned start-up date and the appropriate compliance date, 
according to Sec. 63.1310(i)(1) or (2); and
    (3) Identification of the group status of emission points (except 
equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1331) specified in 
paragraphs (e)(7)(iv)(A)(3)(i) through (e)(7)(iv)(A)(3)(iii) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (i) All the emission points in the added TPPU as described in 
Sec. 63.1310(i)(1).
    (ii) All the emission points in an affected source designated as a 
new affected source under Sec. 63.1310(i)(2)(i).
    (iii) All the added or created emission points as described in 
Sec. 63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii).
    (4) If the owner or operator wishes to request approval to use 
alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous monitoring or 
recordkeeping, alternative controls, engineering assessment to estimate 
emissions from a batch emissions episode, or wishes to establish 
parameter monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 
Sec. 63.1334(c) or (d), a Precompliance Report shall be submitted in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(7)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (B) Reports shall be submitted as specified in paragraphs 
(e)(7)(iv)(B)(1) through (e)(7)(iv)(B)(3) of this section, as 
appropriate.
    (1) Owners or operators of an added TPPU subject to 
Sec. 63.1310(i)(1) shall submit a report no later than 180 days prior to 
the compliance date for the TPPU.
    (2) Owners or operators of an affected source designated as a new 
affected source under Sec. 63.1310(i)(2)(i) shall submit a report no 
later than 180 days prior to the compliance date for the affected 
source.
    (3) Owners or operators of any emission point (other than equipment 
leak components subject to Sec. 63.1331) subject to 
Sec. 63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii) shall submit a report no later 
than 180 days prior to the compliance date for those emission points.
    (8) Operating permit application. An owner or operator who submits 
an operating permit application instead of an Emissions Averaging Plan 
or a Precompliance Report shall include the following information with 
the operating permit application:
    (i) The information specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section 
for points included in an emissions average; and
    (ii) The information specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, 
Precompliance Report, as applicable.

[[Page 338]]

    (f) Alternative monitoring parameters. The owner or operator who has 
been directed by any section of this subpart or any section of another 
subpart referenced by this subpart, that expressly referenced this 
paragraph (f) to set unique monitoring parameters, or who requests 
approval to monitor a different parameter than those specified in 
Sec. 63.1314 for storage vessels, Sec. 63.1315 or Sec. 63.1317, as 
appropriate, for continuous process vents, Sec. 63.1321 for batch 
process vents and aggregate batch vent streams, or Sec. 63.1330 for 
process wastewater shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 
(f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section in the Precompliance Report, as 
required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The owner or operator 
shall retain for a period of 5 years each record required by paragraphs 
(f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section.
    (1) The required information shall include a description of the 
parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the recovery device, control 
device, or pollution prevention measure is operated in conformance with 
its design and achieves the specified emission limit, percent reduction, 
or nominal efficiency, and an explanation of the criteria used to select 
the parameter(s).
    (2) The required information shall include a description of the 
methods and procedures that will be used to demonstrate that the 
parameter indicates proper operation, the schedule for this 
demonstration, and a statement that the owner or operator will establish 
a level for the monitored parameter as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status report required in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, 
unless this information has already been included in the operating 
permit application.
    (3) The required information shall include a description of the 
proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting system, to include the 
frequency and content of monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting. 
Further, the rationale for the proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting system shall be included if either condition in paragraph 
(f)(3)(i) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section is met:
    (i) If monitoring and recordkeeping is not continuous; or
    (ii) If reports of daily average values will not be included in 
Periodic Reports when the monitored parameter value is above the maximum 
level or below the minimum level as established in the operating permit 
or the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (g) Alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping. An owner or 
operator choosing not to implement the provisions listed in Sec. 63.1315 
or Sec. 63.1317, as appropriate, for continuous process vents, 
Sec. 63.1321 for batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams, 
or Sec. 63.1330 for process wastewater, may instead request approval to 
use alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping provisions 
according to the procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through 
(g)(4) of this section. Requests shall be submitted in the Precompliance 
Report as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section, if not 
already included in the operating permit application, and shall contain 
the information specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(ii) and (g)(3)(ii) of 
this section, as applicable.
    (1) The provisions in Sec. 63.8(f)(5)(i) shall govern the review and 
approval of requests.
    (2) An owner or operator of an affected source that does not have an 
automated monitoring and recording system capable of measuring parameter 
values at least once every 15 minutes and that does not generate 
continuous records may request approval to use a nonautomated system 
with less frequent monitoring, in accordance with paragraphs (g)(2)(i) 
and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The requested system shall include manual reading and recording 
of the value of the relevant operating parameter no less frequently than 
once per hour. Daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values shall 
be calculated from these hourly values and recorded.
    (ii) The request shall contain:
    (A) A description of the planned monitoring and recordkeeping 
system;
    (B) Documentation that the affected source does not have an 
automated monitoring and recording system;
    (C) Justification for requesting an alternative monitoring and 
recordkeeping system; and

[[Page 339]]

    (D) Demonstration to the Administrator's satisfaction that the 
proposed monitoring frequency is sufficient to represent control or 
recovery device operating conditions, considering typical variability of 
the specific process and control or recovery device operating parameter 
being monitored.
    (3) An owner or operator may request approval to use an automated 
data compression recording system that does not record monitored 
operating parameter values at a set frequency, but records all values 
that meet set criteria for variation from previously recorded values, in 
accordance with paragraphs (g)(3)(i) and (g)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The requested system shall be designed to:
    (A) Measure the operating parameter value at least once during every 
15 minute period;
    (B) Except for the monitoring of batch process vents, calculate 
hourly average values each hour during periods of operation;
    (C) Record the date and time when monitors are turned off or on;
    (D) Recognize unchanging data that may indicate the monitor is not 
functioning properly, alert the operator, and record the incident;
    (E) Calculate daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values of 
the monitored operating parameter based on all measured data; and
    (F) If the daily average is not an excursion, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1334(f), the data for that operating day may be converted to 
hourly average values and the four or more individual records for each 
hour in the operating day may be discarded.
    (ii) The request shall contain:
    (A) A description of the monitoring system and data compression 
recording system, including the criteria used to determine which 
monitored values are recorded and retained;
    (B) The method for calculating daily averages and batch cycle daily 
averages; and
    (C) A demonstration that the system meets all criteria in paragraph 
(g)(3)(i) of this section.
    (4) An owner or operator may request approval to use other 
alternative monitoring systems according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.8(f)(4).
    (h) Reduced recordkeeping program. For any parameter with respect to 
any item of equipment, the owner or operator may implement the 
recordkeeping requirements specified in paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(2) of 
this section as alternatives to the continuous operating parameter 
monitoring and recordkeeping provisions that would otherwise apply under 
this subpart. The owner or operator shall retain for a period of 5 years 
each record required by paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(2) of this section, 
except as otherwise provided in paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator may retain only the daily average (or 
batch cycle daily average) value, and is not required to retain more 
frequent monitored operating parameter values, for a monitored parameter 
with respect to an item of equipment, if the requirements of paragraphs 
(h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(vi) of this section are met. An owner or 
operator electing to comply with the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of 
this section shall notify the Administrator in the Notification of 
Compliance Status as specified in paragraph (e)(5)(xi) of this section 
or, if the Notification of Compliance Status has already been submitted, 
in the Periodic Report immediately preceding implementation of the 
requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section as specified in 
paragraph (e)(6)(ix) of this section.
    (i) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unrealistic or 
impossible data during periods of operation other than start-ups, 
shutdowns, or malfunctions (e.g., a temperature reading of -200  deg.C 
on a boiler), and will alert the operator by alarm or other means. The 
owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances of the 
alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a single occurrence.
    (ii) The monitoring system generates, updated at least hourly 
throughout each operating day, a running average of the monitoring 
values that have been obtained during that operating day, and the 
capability to observe this running average is readily available to the 
Administrator on-site during the operating day. The owner or operator 
shall record the occurrence of

[[Page 340]]

any period meeting the criteria in paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(A) through 
(h)(1)(ii)(C) of this section. All instances in an operating day 
constitute a single occurrence.
    (A) The running average is above the maximum or below the minimum 
established limits;
    (B) The running average is based on at least six 1-hour average 
values; and
    (C) The running average reflects a period of operation other than a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iii) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unchanging data 
during periods of operation other than start-ups, shutdowns, or 
malfunctions, except in circumstances where the presence of unchanging 
data is the expected operating condition based on past experience (e.g., 
pH in some scrubbers), and will alert the operator by alarm or other 
means. The owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances 
of the alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a single 
occurrence.
    (iv) The monitoring system will alert the owner or operator by an 
alarm or other means, if the running average parameter value calculated 
under paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section reaches a set point that is 
appropriately related to the established limit for the parameter that is 
being monitored.
    (v) The owner or operator shall verify the proper functioning of the 
monitoring system, including its ability to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (h)(1) of this section, at the times specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(v)(A) through (h)(1)(v)(C). The owner or operator 
shall document that the required verifications occurred.
    (A) Upon initial installation.
    (B) Annually after initial installation.
    (C) After any change to the programming or equipment constituting 
the monitoring system, which might reasonably be expected to alter the 
monitoring system's ability to comply with the requirements of this 
section.
    (vi) The owner or operator shall retain the records identified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(vi)(A) through (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this section.
    (A) Identification of each parameter, for each item of equipment, 
for which the owner or operator has elected to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (B) A description of the applicable monitoring system(s), and of how 
compliance will be achieved with each requirement of paragraphs 
(h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(v) of this section. The description shall 
identify the location and format (e.g., on-line storage, log entries) 
for each required record. If the description changes, the owner or 
operator shall retain both the current and the most recent superseded 
description, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this section.
    (C) A description, and the date, of any change to the monitoring 
system that would reasonably be expected to impair its ability to comply 
with the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (D) Owners and operators subject to paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(B) of this 
section shall retain the current description of the monitoring system as 
long as the description is current. The current description shall, at 
all times, be retained on-site or be accessible from a central location 
by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. The owner or operator shall retain all superseded descriptions 
for at least 5 years after the date of their creation. Superseded 
descriptions shall be retained on-site (or accessible from a central 
location by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours 
after a request) for at least 6 months after their creation. Thereafter, 
superseded descriptions may be stored off-site.
    (2) If an owner or operator has elected to implement the 
requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section for a monitored 
parameter with respect to an item of equipment and a period of 6 
consecutive months has passed without an excursion as defined in 
paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator is no longer 
required to record the daily average (or batch cycle daily average) 
value for any operating day when the daily average (or batch cycle daily 
average) value is less than the maximum or greater than the minimum 
established limit. With approval by the Administrator, monitoring data

[[Page 341]]

generated prior to the compliance date of this subpart shall be credited 
toward the period of 6 consecutive months, if the parameter limit and 
the monitoring accomplished during the period prior to the compliance 
date was required and/or approved by the Administrator.
    (i) If the owner or operator elects not to retain the daily average 
(or batch cycle daily average) values, the owner or operator shall 
notify the Administrator in the next Periodic Report as specified in 
paragraph (e)(6)(x) of this section. The notification shall identify the 
parameter and unit of equipment.
    (ii) If, on any operating day after the owner or operator has ceased 
recording daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values as 
provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, there is an excursion as 
defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall immediately resume retaining the daily average (or batch cycle 
daily average) value for each operating day and shall notify the 
Administrator in the next Periodic Report. The owner or operator shall 
continue to retain each daily average (or batch cycle daily average) 
value until another period of 6 consecutive months has passed without an 
excursion as defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall retain the records specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(iii) of this section, for the 
duration specified in paragraph (h) of this section. For any calendar 
week, if compliance with paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(iv) of this 
section does not result in retention of a record of at least one 
occurrence or measured parameter value, the owner or operator shall 
record and retain at least one parameter value during a period of 
operation other than a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iv) For purposes of paragraph (h) of this section, an excursion 
means that the daily average (or batch cycle daily average) value of 
monitoring data for a parameter is greater than the maximum, or less 
than the minimum established value, except as provided in paragraphs 
(h)(2)(iv)(A) and (h)(2)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (A) The daily average (or batch cycle daily average) value during 
any start-up, shutdown, or malfunction shall not be considered an 
excursion for purposes of paragraph (h)(2) of this section, if the owner 
or operator follows the applicable provisions of the start-up, shutdown, 
and malfunction plan required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (B) An excused excursion, as described in Sec. 63.1334(g), shall not 
be considered an excursion for purposes of paragraph (h)(2) of this 
section.

[61 FR 48229, Sept. 12, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 11553, Mar. 9, 1999; 
65 FR 38131, June 19, 2000]

                     Tables to Subpt. JJJ of Part 63

 Table 1 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Applicability of General Provisions
                     to Subpart JJJ Affected Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Applies to
           Reference               subpart JJJ          Explanation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)....................  Yes..............  Sec.  63.1312
                                                    specifies
                                                    definitions in
                                                    addition to or that
                                                    supersede
                                                    definitions in Sec.
                                                    63.2.
63.1(a)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.1(a)(3)....................  Yes..............  Sec.  63.1311(g)
                                                    through (l) and Sec.
                                                     63.160(b) identify
                                                    those standards
                                                    which may apply in
                                                    addition to the
                                                    requirements of
                                                    subparts JJJ and H
                                                    of this part, and
                                                    specify how
                                                    compliance shall be
                                                    achieved.
63.1(a)(4)....................  Yes..............  Subpart JJJ (this
                                                    table) specifies the
                                                    applicability of
                                                    each paragraph in
                                                    subpart A to subpart
                                                    JJJ.
63.1(a)(5)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.1(a)(6)-63.1(a)(8).........  Yes..............
63.1(a)(9)....................  No...............  [Reserved]

[[Page 342]]

 
63.1(a)(10)...................  Yes..............
63.1(a)(11)...................  Yes..............
63.1(a)(12)-63.1(a)(14).......  Yes..............
63.1(b)(1)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1310(a)
                                                    contains specific
                                                    applicability
                                                    criteria.
63.1(b)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.1(b)(3)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1310(b)
                                                    provides
                                                    documentation
                                                    requirements for
                                                    TPPUs not considered
                                                    affected sources.
63.1(c)(1)....................  Yes..............  Subpart JJJ (this
                                                    table) specifies the
                                                    applicability of
                                                    each paragraph in
                                                    subpart A to subpart
                                                    JJJ.
63.1(c)(2)....................  No...............  Area sources are not
                                                    subject to subpart
                                                    JJJ.
63.1(c)(3)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.1(c)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.1(c)(5)....................  Yes..............  Except that affected
                                                    sources are not
                                                    required to submit
                                                    notifications that
                                                    are not required by
                                                    subpart JJJ.
63.1(d).......................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.1(e).......................  Yes..............
63.2..........................  Yes..............  Sec.  63.1312
                                                    specifies those
                                                    subpart A
                                                    definitions that
                                                    apply to subpart
                                                    JJJ.
63.3..........................  Yes..............
63.4(a)(1)-63.4(a)(3).........  Yes..............
63.4(a)(4)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.4(a)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.4(b).......................  Yes..............
63.4(c).......................  Yes..............
63.5(a)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except the terms
                                                    ``source'' and
                                                    ``stationary
                                                    source'' should be
                                                    interpreted as
                                                    having the same
                                                    meaning as
                                                    ``affected source.''
63.5(a)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.5(b)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except Sec.
                                                    63.1310(i) defines
                                                    when construction or
                                                    reconstruction is
                                                    subject to new
                                                    source standards.
63.5(b)(2)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.5(b)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.5(b)(4)....................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    Initial Notification
                                                    and Sec.  63.9(b)
                                                    requirements do not
                                                    apply.
63.5(b)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.5(b)(6)....................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.1310(i) defines
                                                    when construction or
                                                    reconstruction is
                                                    subject to new
                                                    source standards.
63.5(c).......................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.5(d)(1)(i).................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    references to the
                                                    Initial Notification
                                                    and Sec.  63.9(b)(5)
                                                    do not apply.
63.5(d)(1)(ii)................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H)
                                                    does not apply.
63.5(d)(1)(iii)...............  No...............  Secs.  63.1335(e)(5)
                                                    and 63.1331(a)(4)
                                                    specify Notification
                                                    of Compliance Status
                                                    requirements.
63.5(d)(2)....................  No...............
63.5(d)(3)....................  Yes..............  Except Sec.
                                                    63.5(d)(3)(ii) does
                                                    not apply, and
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    subject to Sec.
                                                    63.1331 are exempt.
63.5(d)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.5(e).......................  Yes..............
63.5(f)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.5(f)(2)....................  Yes..............  Except that where
                                                    Sec.  63.9(b)(2) is
                                                    referred to, the
                                                    owner or operator
                                                    need not comply.
63.6(a).......................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(1)....................  No...............  The dates specified
                                                    in Sec.  63.1311(b)
                                                    apply, instead.
63.6(b)(2)....................  No...............
63.6(b)(3)....................  No...............
63.6(b)(4)....................  No...............
63.6(b)(5)....................  No...............
63.6(b)(6)....................  No...............  [Reserved]

[[Page 343]]

 
63.6(b)(7)....................  No...............
63.6(c)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.1311 specifies
                                                    the compliance date.
63.6(c)(2)....................  No...............
63.6(c)(3)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.6(c)(4)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.6(c)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.6(d).......................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.6(e).......................  Yes..............  Except as otherwise
                                                    specified for
                                                    individual
                                                    paragraphs. Does not
                                                    apply to Group 2
                                                    emission points,
                                                    unless they are
                                                    included in an
                                                    emissions
                                                    average.\a\
63.6(e)(1)(i).................  No...............  This is addressed by
                                                    Sec.  63.1310(j)(4).
63.6(e)(1)(ii)................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(1)(iii)...............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(i).................  Yes..............  For equipment leaks
                                                    (subject to Sec.
                                                    63.1331), the start-
                                                    up, shutdown, and
                                                    malfunction plan
                                                    requirement of Sec.
                                                    63.6(e)(3)(i) is
                                                    limited to control
                                                    devices and is
                                                    optional for other
                                                    equipment. The start-
                                                    up, shutdown,
                                                    malfunction plan may
                                                    include written
                                                    procedures that
                                                    identify conditions
                                                    that justify a delay
                                                    of repair.
63.6(e)(3)(i)(A)..............  No...............  This is addressed by
                                                    Sec.  63.1310(j)(4).
63.6(e)(3)(i)(B)..............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(i)(C)..............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(ii)................  Yes..............
63.3(e)(3)(iii)...............  No...............  Recordkeeping and
                                                    reporting are
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1335(b)(1).
63.6(e)(3)(iv)................  No...............  Recordkeeping and
                                                    reporting are
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1335(b)(1).
63.6(e)(3)(v).................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vi)................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vii)...............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (A)...........  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (B)...........  Yes..............  Except the plan shall
                                                    provide for
                                                    operation in
                                                    compliance with Sec.
                                                     63.1310(j)(4).
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (C)...........  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(viii)..............  Yes..............
63.6(f)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.6(f)(2)....................  Yes..............  Except Sec.  63.7(c),
                                                    as referred to in
                                                    Sec.  63.6(f)(2)(iii
                                                    )(D), does not
                                                    apply, and except
                                                    that Sec.
                                                    63.6(f)(2)(ii) does
                                                    not apply to
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    subject to Sec.
                                                    63.1331.
63.6(f)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.6(g).......................  Yes..............
63.6(h).......................  No...............  Subpart JJJ does not
                                                    require opacity and
                                                    visible emission
                                                    standards.
63.6(i)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.6(i)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.6(i)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.6(i)(4)(i)(A)..............  Yes..............
63.6(i)(4)(i)(B)..............  No...............  Dates are specified
                                                    in Sec.  63.1311(e)
                                                    and Sec.
                                                    63.1335(e)(3)(i).
63.6(i)(4)(ii)................  No...............
63.6(i)(5)-(14)...............  Yes..............
63.6(i)(15)...................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.6(i)(16)...................  Yes..............
63.6(j).......................  Yes..............
63.7(a)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.7(a)(2)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1335(e)(5)
                                                    specifies the
                                                    submittal dates of
                                                    performance test
                                                    results for all
                                                    emission points
                                                    except equipment
                                                    leaks; for equipment
                                                    leaks, compliance
                                                    demonstration
                                                    results are reported
                                                    in the Periodic
                                                    Reports.
63.7(a)(3)....................  Yes..............

[[Page 344]]

 
63.7(b).......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1333(a)(4)
                                                    specifies
                                                    notification
                                                    requirements.
63.7(c).......................  No...............
63.7(d).......................  Yes..............
63.7(e)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except that all
                                                    performance tests
                                                    shall be conducted
                                                    at maximum
                                                    representative
                                                    operating conditions
                                                    achievable at the
                                                    time without
                                                    disruption of
                                                    operations or damage
                                                    to equipment.
63.7(e)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.7(e)(3)....................  No...............  Subpart JJJ specifies
                                                    requirements.
63.7(e)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.7(f).......................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.144(b)(5)(iii)(A)
                                                    and (B) shall apply
                                                    for process
                                                    wastewater. Also,
                                                    because a site
                                                    specific test plan
                                                    is not required, the
                                                    notification
                                                    deadline in Sec.
                                                    63.7(f)(2)(i) shall
                                                    be 60 days prior to
                                                    the performance
                                                    test, and in Sec.
                                                    63.7(f)(3), approval
                                                    or disapproval of
                                                    the alternative test
                                                    method shall not be
                                                    tied to the site
                                                    specific test plan.
63.7(g).......................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    requirements in Sec.
                                                     63.1335(e)(5) shall
                                                    apply instead of
                                                    references to the
                                                    Notification of
                                                    Compliance Status
                                                    report in Sec.
                                                    63.9(h). In
                                                    addition, equipment
                                                    leaks subject to
                                                    Sec.  63.1331 are
                                                    not required to
                                                    conduct performance
                                                    tests.
63.7(h).......................  Yes..............  Except Sec.
                                                    63.7(h)(4)(ii) is
                                                    not applicable,
                                                    because the site-
                                                    specific test plans
                                                    in Sec.  63.7(c)(2)
                                                    are not required.
63.8(a)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.8(a)(2)....................  No...............
63.8(a)(3)....................  No...............  [Reserved]
63.8(a)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.8(b)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.8(b)(2)....................  No...............  Subpart JJJ specifies
                                                    locations to conduct
                                                    monitoring.
63.8(b)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(1)(i).................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(1)(ii)................  No...............  For all emission
                                                    points except
                                                    equipment leaks,
                                                    comply with Sec.
                                                    63.1335(b)(1)(i)(B);
                                                    for equipment leaks,
                                                    comply with Sec.
                                                    63.181(g)(2)(iii).
63.8(c)(1)(iii)...............  Yes..............
63.8(c)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(4)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1334
                                                    specifies monitoring
                                                    frequency; not
                                                    applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    because Sec.
                                                    63.1331 does not
                                                    require continuous
                                                    monitoring systems.
63.8(c)(5)-63.8(c)(8).........  No...............
63.8(d).......................  No...............
63.8(e).......................  No...............
63.8(f)(1)-63.8(f)(3).........  Yes..............
63.8(f)(4)(i).................  No...............  Timeframe for
                                                    submitting request
                                                    is specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1335(f) or (g);
                                                    not applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    because Sec.
                                                    63.1331 (through
                                                    reference to subpart
                                                    H) specifies
                                                    acceptable
                                                    alternative methods.
63.8(f)(4)(ii)................  No...............  Contents of request
                                                    are specified in
                                                    Sec.  63.1335(f) or
                                                    (g).
63.8(f)(4)(iii)...............  No...............
63.8(f)(5)(i).................  Yes..............
63.8(f)(5)(ii)................  No...............
63.8(f)(5)(iii)...............  Yes..............
63.8(f)(6)....................  No...............  Subpart JJJ does not
                                                    require continuous
                                                    emission monitors.

[[Page 345]]

 
63.8(g).......................  No...............  Data reduction
                                                    procedures specified
                                                    in Sec.  63.1335(d)
                                                    and (h); not
                                                    applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks.
63.9(a).......................  Yes..............
63.9(b).......................  No...............  Subpart JJJ does not
                                                    require an initial
                                                    notification.
63.9(c).......................  Yes..............
63.9(d).......................  Yes..............
63.9(e).......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1333(a)(4)
                                                    specifies
                                                    notification
                                                    deadline.
63.9(f).......................  No...............  Subpart JJJ does not
                                                    require opacity and
                                                    visible emission
                                                    standards.
63.9(g).......................  No...............
63.9(h).......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1335(e)(5)
                                                    specifies
                                                    Notification of
                                                    Compliance Status
                                                    requirements.
63.9(i).......................  Yes..............
63.9(j).......................  No...............
63.10(a)......................  Yes..............
63.10(b)(1)...................  No...............  Sec.  63.1335(a)
                                                    specifies record
                                                    retention
                                                    requirements.
63.10(b)(2)...................  No...............  Subpart JJJ specifies
                                                    recordkeeping
                                                    requirements.
63.10(b)(3)...................  No...............  Sec.  63.1310(b)
                                                    requires
                                                    documentation of
                                                    sources that are not
                                                    affected sources.
63.10(c)......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1335
                                                    specifies
                                                    recordkeeping
                                                    requirements.
63.10(d)(1)...................  Yes..............
63.10(d)(2)...................  No...............  Sec.  63.1335(e)
                                                    specifies
                                                    performance test
                                                    reporting
                                                    requirements; not
                                                    applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks.
63.10(d)(3)...................  No...............  Subpart JJJ does not
                                                    require opacity and
                                                    visible emission
                                                    standards.
63.10(d)(4)...................  Yes..............
63.10(d)(5)(i)................  Yes..............  Except that reports
                                                    required by Sec.
                                                    63.10(d)(5)(i) may
                                                    be submitted at the
                                                    same time as
                                                    Periodic Reports
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1335(e)(6). The
                                                    start-up, shutdown,
                                                    and malfunction
                                                    plan, and any
                                                    records or reports
                                                    of start-up,
                                                    shutdown, and
                                                    malfunction do not
                                                    apply to Group 2
                                                    emission points
                                                    unless they are
                                                    included in an
                                                    emissions average.
63.10(d)(5)(ii)...............  No...............
63.10(e)......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1335
                                                    specifies reporting
                                                    requirements.
63.10(f)......................  Yes..............
63.11.........................  Yes..............  Except that instead
                                                    of Sec.  63.11(b),
                                                    Sec.  63.1333(e)
                                                    shall apply.
63.12.........................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    authority of Sec.
                                                    63.1332(i) and the
                                                    authority of Sec.
                                                    63.177 (for
                                                    equipment leaks)
                                                    shall not be
                                                    delegated to States.
63.13-63.15...................  Yes .............
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The plan and any records or reports of start-up, shutdown, and
  malfunction do not apply to Group 2 emission points unless they are
  included in an emissions average.

[65 FR 38138, June 19, 2000]

 Table 2 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing
                            Affected Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Vapor pressure
             Vessel capacity (cubic meters)                     \a\
                                                           (kilopascals)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
75capacity 151...............................  13.
                                                                       1
151capacity..................................  5.2
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Maximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage
  temperature.


[[Page 346]]

[65 FR 38142, June 19, 2000]

  Table 3 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing Affected Sources Producing the Listed
                                                 Thermoplastics
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Vapor pressure
           Thermoplastic                      Chemical a          Vessel capacity (cubic meters)         b
                                                                                                   (kilopascals)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASA/AMSAN c........................  styrene/acrylonitrile         3.78..............     
                                      mixture.                                                              0.47
                                     acrylonitrile..............   75.7..............     
                                                                                                            1.62
Polystyrene, continuous processes..  all chemicals..............  75.7..........................     
                                                                                                            14.2
                                                                   75.7..............
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                             1.9
Nitrilec...........................  acrylonitrile..............   13.25.............     
                                                                                                             1.8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Vessel capacity and vapor pressure criteria are specific to the listed chemical or to ``all chemicals,'' as
  indicated.
b Maximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage temperature.
c The applicability criteria in Table 2 of this subpart shall be used for chemicals not specifically listed in
  this table (i.e., Table 3).

[64 FR 11553, Mar. 9, 1999]

   Table 4 of Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at New
                            Affected Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Vapor
             Vessel capacity (cubic meters)                 pressure a
                                                           (kilopascals)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
38  capacity  151............................  13.
                                                                       1
151  capacity................................  0.7
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage
  temperature.


    Table 5 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at New Affected Sources Producing the Listed
                                                 Thermoplastics
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Vessel capacity  (cubic          Vapor pressure b
          Thermoplastic                 Chemical a                meters)                   (kilopascals)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASA/AMSAN c......................  Styrene/              3.78...........   0.47
                                    acrylonitrile
                                    mixture.
                                   Acrylonitrile......   75.7...........   1.62
SAN, continuous d................  All chemicals......   2,271..........   0.5 and  0.7
                                                         151.......................   10
                                                         151............   0.7
Nitrile c........................  Acrylonitrile......   13.25..........   1.8
Polystyrene, continuous processes  All chemicals......   19.6 and 45.4..   7.48
                                                         45.4 and 109.8.   0.61
                                                         109.8..........   0.53
ABS, continuous mass.............  Styrene............   45.43..........   0.078
                                   All other chemicals   38 and  45.43..   13.1
                                                         45.43..........   0.53
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Vessel capacity and vapor pressure criteria are specific to the listed chemical, to ``all chemicals,'' or to
  ``all other chemicals,'' as indicated.
b Maximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage temperature.
c The applicability criteria in Table 4 of this subpart shall be used for chemicals not specifically listed in
  this table (i.e., Table 5).
d The control level for the first two sets of applicability criteria are specified in 63.1314 as 90% and 98%,
  respectively. The control level for the third set of applicability criteria is the HON control level of 95%.

[64 FR 11553, Mar. 9, 1999]

                       Table 6 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Known Organic HAP Emitted From the Production of Thermoplastic Products
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Organic HAP/chemical name (CAS No.)
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Thermoplastic product/subcategory                                              1,3                      Ethylene
                                                       Acetaldehyde  Acrylonitrile    Butadiene    1,4-Dioxane  Glycol (107-  Methanol (67- Styrene (100-
                                                         (75-07-0)     (107-13-1)    (106-99-0)    (123-91-1)       21-1)         56-1)         42-5)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABS latex............................................                                                                             

[[Page 347]]

 
BS using a batch emulsion process....................                                                                             
ABS using a batch suspension process.................                                                                             
ABS using a continuous emulsion process..............                                                                             
ABS using a continuous mass process..................                                                                             
ASA/AMSAN............................................                                                                                    
EPS..................................................                                                                                           
MABS.................................................                                                                                           
BS...................................................                                                                                    
Nitrile resin........................................                     
PET using a batch dimethyl terephthalate process.....                                                        
PET using a batch terephthalic acid process..........                                                 
PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process                                                        
PET using a continuous terephthalic acid process.....                                                 
PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high                                                         
 viscosity multiple end finisher process.............
Polystyrene resin using a batch process..............                                                                                           
Polystyrene resin using a continuous process.........                                                                                           
SAN using a batch process............................                                                                                    
SAN using a continuous process.......................                                                                                   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAS No. = Chemical Abstract Service Number.
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin.
ASA/AMSAN = Acrylonitrile styrene resin/alpha methyl styrene acrylonitrile resin.
EPS = expandable polystyrene resin.
MABS = methyl methacrylate acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin.
PET = poly(ethylene terephthalate) resin.
SAN = styrene acrylonitrile resin.
MBS = methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin.

[65 FR 38142, June 19, 2000]

   Table 7 of Subpart JJJ of Part 63.--Group 1 Batch Process Vents and
 Aggregate Batch Vent Streams--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
                              Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Recordkeeping and
                                 Parameters to be        reporting
        Control device              monitored         requirements for
                                                    monitored parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal incinerator...........  Firebox            1. Continuous records
                                 temperature a.     as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1326(e)(1).b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average firebox
                                                    temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    firebox temperature
                                                    as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d,
                                                    e

[[Page 348]]

 
Catalytic incinerator.........  Temperature        1. Continuous records
                                 upstream and       as specified in Sec.
                                 downstream of       63.1326(e)(1).b
                                 the catalyst bed.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average upstream
                                                    and downstream
                                                    temperatures and the
                                                    average temperature
                                                    difference across
                                                    the catalyst bed
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    upstream temperature
                                                    and temperature
                                                    difference across
                                                    catalyst bed as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    upstream
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are below the
                                                    minimum upstream
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d, e
                                                   5. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    temperature
                                                    differences across
                                                    the catalyst bed
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum difference
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d,e
                                                   6. Report all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected.e
Boiler or Process Heater with   Firebox            1. Continuous records
 a design heat input capacity    temperature a.     as specified in Sec.
 less than 44 megawatts and                          63.1326(e)(1).b
 where the batch process vents
 or aggregate batch vent
 streams are not introduced
 with or used as the primary
 fuel.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average firebox
                                                    temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCSc
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    firebox temperature
                                                    as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1326(e)(2).d
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d
                                                    e
Flare.........................  Presence of a      1. Hourly records of
                                 flame at the       whether the monitor
                                 pilot light.       was continuously
                                                    operating during
                                                    batch emission
                                                    episodes, or
                                                    portions thereof,
                                                    selected for control
                                                    and whether a flame
                                                    was continuously
                                                    present at the pilot
                                                    light during said
                                                    periods.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the presence of a
                                                    flame at the pilot
                                                    light over the full
                                                    period of the
                                                    compliance
                                                    determination--NCS.\
                                                    c\
                                                   3. Record the times
                                                    and durations of all
                                                    periods during batch
                                                    emission episodes,
                                                    or portions thereof,
                                                    selected for control
                                                    when all flames at
                                                    the pilot light of a
                                                    flare are absent or
                                                    the monitor is not
                                                    operating.
                                                   4. Report the times
                                                    and durations of all
                                                    periods during batch
                                                    emission episodes,
                                                    or portions thereof,
                                                    selected for control
                                                    when all flames at
                                                    the pilot light of a
                                                    flare are absent--
                                                    PR.\d\
Scrubber for halogenated batch  pH of scrubber     1. Continuous records
 process vents or aggregate      effluent, and.     as specified in Sec.
 batch vent streams (Note:                           63.1326(e)(1). \b\
 Controlled by a combustion
 device other than a flare).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average pH of
                                                    the scrubber
                                                    effluent measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.\c\
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    pH of the scrubber
                                                    effluent as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    pH values of the
                                                    scrubber effluent
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.\d
                                                    e\

[[Page 349]]

 
Scrubber for halogenated batch  Scrubber liquid    1. Records as
 process vents or aggregate      and gas flow       specified in Sec.
 batch vent streams (Note:       rates Sec.         63.1326(e)(1). \b\
 Controlled by a combustion      63.1324(b)(4)(ii
 device other than a flare).     ).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the scrubber liquid/
                                                    gas ratio averaged
                                                    over the full period
                                                    of the performance
                                                    test--NCS.\c\
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    scrubber liquid/gas
                                                    ratio as specified
                                                    in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    scrubber liquid/gas
                                                    ratios that are
                                                    below the minimum
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d,
                                                    e
Absorber \f\..................  Exit temperature   1. Continuous records
                                 of the absorbing   as specified in Sec.
                                 liquid, and.        63.1326(e)(1).b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average exit
                                                    temperature of the
                                                    absorbing liquid
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    exit temperature of
                                                    the absorbing liquid
                                                    as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1326(e)(2) for
                                                    each batch cycle.
                                                   4. Report all the
                                                    batch cycle daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    temperatures of the
                                                    absorbing liquid
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d,
                                                    e
Absorber f....................  Exit specific      1. Continuous records
                                 gravity for the    as specified in Sec.
                                 absorbing liquid.   63.1326(e)(1).b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average exit
                                                    specific gravity
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    exit specific
                                                    gravity as specified
                                                    in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    exit specific
                                                    gravity values that
                                                    are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d,
                                                    e
Condenser f...................  Exit (product      1. Continuous records
                                 side)              as specified in Sec.
                                 temperature.        63.1326(e)(1).b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average exit
                                                    temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    exit temperature as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    exit temperatures
                                                    that are above the
                                                    maximum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d,
                                                    e
Carbon Adsorber f.............  Total              1. Record the total
                                 regeneration       regeneration steam
                                 steam flow or      flow or nitrogen
                                 nitrogen flow,     flow, or pressure
                                 or pressure        for each carbon bed
                                 (gauge or          regeneration cycle.
                                 absolute) during
                                 carbon bed
                                 regeneration
                                 cycle(s), and.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the total
                                                    regeneration steam
                                                    flow or nitrogen
                                                    flow, or pressure
                                                    during each carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycle measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Report all carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycles when the
                                                    total regeneration
                                                    steam flow or
                                                    nitrogen flow, or
                                                    pressure is above
                                                    the maximum value
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d, e
Carbon Adsorber...............  Temperature of     1. Record the
                                 the carbon bed     temperature of the
                                 after              carbon bed after
                                 regeneration and   each regeneration
                                 within 15          and within 15
                                 minutes of         minutes of
                                 completing any     completing any
                                 cooling cycle(s).  cooling cycle(s).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the temperature of
                                                    the carbon bed after
                                                    each regeneration
                                                    and within 15
                                                    minutes of
                                                    completing any
                                                    cooling cycles(s)
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.\c\

[[Page 350]]

 
                                                   3. Report all carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycles when the
                                                    temperature of the
                                                    carbon bed after
                                                    regeneration, or
                                                    within 15 minutes of
                                                    completing any
                                                    cooling cycle(s), is
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d, e
All control devices...........  Diversion to the   1. Hourly records of
                                 atmosphere from    whether the flow
                                 the control        indicator was
                                 device or.         operating during
                                                    batch emission
                                                    episodes, or
                                                    portions thereof,
                                                    selected for control
                                                    and whether a
                                                    diversion was
                                                    detected at any time
                                                    during said periods
                                                    as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1326(e)(3).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the times of all
                                                    periods during batch
                                                    emission episodes,
                                                    or portions thereof,
                                                    selected for control
                                                    when emissions are
                                                    diverted through a
                                                    bypass line or the
                                                    flow indicator is
                                                    not operating--
                                                    PR.\d\
All control devices...........  Monthly            1. Records that
                                 inspections of     monthly inspections
                                 sealed valves.     were performed as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(4)(i).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    all monthly
                                                    inspections that
                                                    show the valves are
                                                    in the diverting
                                                    position or that a
                                                    seal has been
                                                    broken--PR.\d\
Absorber, Condenser, and        Concentration      1. Continuous records
 Carbon Adsorber (as an          level or reading   as specified in Sec.
 alternative to the              indicated by an     63.1326(e)(1).\b\
 requirements previously         organic
 presented in this table).       monitoring
                                 device at the
                                 outlet of the
                                 control device.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average batch
                                                    vent concentration
                                                    level or reading
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.\c\
                                                   3. Record the batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    concentration level
                                                    or reading as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1326(e)(2).
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle daily average
                                                    concentration levels
                                                    or readings that are
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d,
                                                    e
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately
  downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange is
  encountered.
b ``Continuous records''; is defined in Sec.  63.111.
c NCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.
  63.1335(e)(5).
d PR = Periodic Reports described in Sec.  63.1335(e)(6).
e The periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when
  monitoring data are not collected as specified in Sec.
  63.1335(e)(6)(iii)(C).
f Alternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring
  device provisions listed at the end of this table.

[65 FR 38043, June 19, 2000]

   Table 8 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Operating Parameters for Which Levels Are Required To Be Established for
                       Continuous and Batch Process Vents and Aggregate Batch Vent Streams
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Established operating
                 Device                         Parameters to be monitored                 parameter(s)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal incinerator.....................  Firebox temperature..................  Minimum temperature.
Catalytic incinerator...................  Temperature upstream and downstream    Minimum upstream temperature;
                                           of the catalyst bed.                   and minimum temperature
                                                                                  difference across the catalyst
                                                                                  bed.
Boiler or process heater................  Firebox temperature..................  Minimum temperature.
Scrubber for halogenated vents..........  pH of scrubber effluent; and scrubber  Minimum pH; and minimum liquid/
                                           liquid and gas flow rates [Sec.        gas ratio.
                                           63.1324(b)(4)(ii)].
Absorber................................  Exit temperature of the absorbing      Maximum temperature; and
                                           liquid; and exit specific gravity of   maximum specific gravity.
                                           the absorbing liquid.
Condenser...............................  Exit temperature.....................  Maximum temperature.
Carbon adsorber.........................  Total regeneration steam flow or       Maximum flow or pressure; and
                                           nitrogen flow, or pressure (gauge or   maximum temperature.
                                           absolute) a during carbon bed
                                           regeneration cycle; and temperature
                                           of the carbon bed after regeneration
                                           (and within 15 minutes of completing
                                           any cooling cycle(s)).

[[Page 351]]

 
Other devices (or as an alternate to the  HAP concentration level or reading at  Maximum HAP concentration or
 requirements previously presented in      outlet of device.                      reading.
 this table) b.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a 25 to 50 mm (absolute) is a common pressure level obtained by pressure swing absorbers.
b Concentration is measured instead of an operating parameter.

[65 FR 38145, June 19, 2000]

   Table 9 of Subpart JJJ of Part 63--Routine Reports Required by This
                                 Subpart
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Description of
          Reference                  report               Due date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1335(b) and Subpart  Refer to Table 1 and  Refer to Subpart A
 A.                            Subpart A.
63.1335(e)(3)...............  Precompliance Report  Existing affected
                               \a\.                  sources--12 months
                                                     prior to the
                                                     compliance date.
                                                     New affected
                                                     sources--with
                                                     application for
                                                     approval of
                                                     construction or
                                                     reconstruction.
63.1335(e)(4)...............  Emissions Averaging   18 months prior to
                               Plan.                 the compliance
                                                     date.
63.1335(e)(4)(iv)...........  Updates to Emissions  120 days prior to
                               Averaging Plan.       making the change
                                                     necessitating the
                                                     update.
63.1335(e)(5)...............  Notification of       Within 150 days
                               Compliance Status     after the
                               \b\.                  compliance date.
63.1335(e)(6)...............  Periodic Reports....  Semiannually, no
                                                     later than 60 days
                                                     after the end of
                                                     each 6-month
                                                     period. See Sec.
                                                     63.1335(e)(6)(i)
                                                     for the due date
                                                     for the first
                                                     report.
63.1335(e)(6)(xi)...........  Quarterly reports     No later than 60
                               for Emissions         days after the end
                               Averaging.            of each quarter.
                                                     First report is due
                                                     with the
                                                     Notification of
                                                     Compliance Status.
63.1335(e)(6)(xii)..........  Quarterly reports     No later than 60
                               upon request of the   days after the end
                               Administrator.        of each quarter.
63.1335(e)(7)(i)............  Storage Vessels       At least 30 days
                               Notification of       prior to the
                               Inspection.           refilling of each
                                                     storage vessel or
                                                     the inspection of
                                                     each storage
                                                     vessel.
63.1335(e)(7)(ii)...........  Requests for          Initial submittal is
                               Approval of a         due with the
                               Nominal Control       Emissions Averaging
                               Efficiency for Use    Plan specified in
                               in Emissions          Sec.  63.1335(e)(4)
                               Averaging.            (ii); later
                                                     submittals are made
                                                     at the discretion
                                                     of the owner or
                                                     operator as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1335(e)(7)(ii)
                                                     (B).
63.1335(e)(7)(iii)..........  Notification of       For Notification
                               Change in the         under Sec.
                               Primary Product.      63.1310(f)(3)(ii)--
                                                     notification
                                                     submittal date at
                                                     the discretion of
                                                     the owner or
                                                     operator.\c\
                                                    For Notification
                                                     under Sec.
                                                     63.1310(f)(4)(ii)--
                                                     within 6 months of
                                                     making the
                                                     determination.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ There may be two versions of this report due at different times; one
  for equipment subject to Sec.  63.1331 and one for other emission
  points subject to this subpart.
\b\ There will be two versions of this report due at different times;
  one for equipment subject to Sec.  63.1331 and one for other emission
  points subject to this subpart.
\c\ Note that the TPPU remains subject to this subpart until the
  notification under Sec.  63.1310(f)(3)(i) is made.

[65 FR 38145, June 19, 2000]

[[Page 352]]

Subpart KKK  [Reserved]



 Subpart LLL--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
             From the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry

    Source: 64 FR 31925, June 14, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

                                 General



Sec. 63.1340  Applicability and designation of affected sources.

    (a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
the provisions of this subpart apply to each new and existing portland 
cement plant which is a major source or an area source as defined in 
Sec. 63.2.
    (b) The affected sources subject to this subpart are:
    (1) Each kiln and each in-line kiln/raw mill at any major or area 
source, including alkali bypasses, except for kilns and in-line kiln/raw 
mills that burn hazardous waste and are subject to and regulated under 
subpart EEE of this part;
    (2) Each clinker cooler at any portland cement plant which is a 
major source;
    (3) Each raw mill at any portland cement plant which is a major 
source;
    (4) Each finish mill at any portland cement plant which is a major 
source;
    (5) Each raw material dryer at any portland cement plant which is a 
major source and each greenfield raw material dryer at any portland 
cement plant which is a major or area source;
    (6) Each raw material, clinker, or finished product storage bin at 
any portland cement plant which is a major source;
    (7) Each conveying system transfer point at any portland cement 
plant which is a major source;
    (8) Each bagging system at any portland cement plant which is a 
major source; and
    (9) Each bulk loading or unloading system at any portland cement 
plant which is a major source.
    (c) For portland cement plants with on-site nonmetallic mineral 
processing facilities, the first affected source in the sequence of 
materials handling operations subject to this subpart is the raw 
material storage, which is just prior to the raw mill. The primary and 
secondary crushers and any other equipment of the on-site nonmetallic 
mineral processing plant which precedes the raw material storage are not 
subject to this subpart. Furthermore, the first conveyor transfer point 
subject to this subpart is the transfer point associated with the 
conveyor transferring material from the raw material storage to the raw 
mill.
    (d) The owner or operator of any affected source subject to the 
provisions of this subpart is subject to title V permitting 
requirements.



Sec. 63.1341  Definitions.

    All terms used in this subpart that are not defined in this section 
have the meaning given to them in the CAA and in subpart A of this part.
    Alkali bypass means a duct between the feed end of the kiln and the 
preheater tower through which a portion of the kiln exit gas stream is 
withdrawn and quickly cooled by air or water to avoid excessive buildup 
of alkali, chloride and/or sulfur on the raw feed. This may also be 
referred to as the ``kiln exhaust gas bypass''.
    Bagging system means the equipment which fills bags with portland 
cement.
    Clinker cooler means equipment into which clinker product leaving 
the kiln is placed to be cooled by air supplied by a forced draft or 
natural draft supply system.
    Continuous monitor means a device which continuously samples the 
regulated parameter specified in Sec. 63.1350 of this subpart without 
interruption, evaluates the detector response at least once every 15 
seconds, and computes and records the average value at least every 60 
seconds, except during allowable periods of calibration and except as 
defined otherwise by the continuous emission monitoring system 
performance specifications in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter.
    Conveying system means a device for transporting materials from one 
piece of equipment or location to another location within a facility. 
Conveying systems include but are not limited to the following: feeders, 
belt conveyors,

[[Page 353]]

bucket elevators and pneumatic systems.
    Conveying system transfer point means a point where any material 
including but not limited to feed material, fuel, clinker or product, is 
transferred to or from a conveying system, or between separate parts of 
a conveying system.
    Dioxins  and  furans  (D/F)  means tetra-, penta-, hexa-, hepta-, 
and octa-chlorinated dibenzo dioxins and furans.
    Facility means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common ownership or control, including properties that are separated 
only by a road or other public right-of-way.
    Feed means the prepared and mixed materials, which include but are 
not limited to materials such as limestone, clay, shale, sand, iron ore, 
mill scale, cement kiln dust and flyash, that are fed to the kiln. Feed 
does not include the fuels used in the kiln to produce heat to form the 
clinker product.
    Finish mill means a roll crusher, ball and tube mill or other size 
reduction equipment used to grind clinker to a fine powder. Gypsum and 
other materials may be added to and blended with clinker in a finish 
mill. The finish mill also includes the air separator associated with 
the finish mill.
    Greenfield kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill, or raw material dryer means 
a kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill, or raw material dryer for which 
construction is commenced at a plant site (where no kilns and no in-line 
kiln/raw mills were in operation at any time prior to March 24, 1998) 
after March 24, 1998.
    Hazardous waste is defined in Sec. 261.3 of this chapter.
    In-line kiln/raw mill means a system in a portland cement production 
process where a dry kiln system is integrated with the raw mill so that 
all or a portion of the kiln exhaust gases are used to perform the 
drying operation of the raw mill, with no auxiliary heat source used. In 
this system the kiln is capable of operating without the raw mill 
operating, but the raw mill cannot operate without the kiln gases, and 
consequently, the raw mill does not generate a separate exhaust gas 
stream.
    Kiln means a device, including any associated preheater or 
precalciner devices, that produces clinker by heating limestone and 
other materials for subsequent production of portland cement.
    Kiln exhaust gas bypass means alkali bypass.
    Monovent means an exhaust configuration of a building or emission 
control device (e. g. positive pressure fabric filter) that extends the 
length of the structure and has a width very small in relation to its 
length (i. e., length to width ratio is typically greater than 5:1). The 
exhaust may be an open vent with or without a roof, louvered vents, or a 
combination of such features.
    New brownfield kiln, in-line kiln raw mill, or raw material dryer 
means a kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill or raw material dryer for which 
construction is commenced at a plant site (where kilns and/or in-line 
kiln/raw mills were in operation prior to March 24, 1998) after March 
24, 1998.
    One-minute average means the average of thermocouple or other sensor 
responses calculated at least every 60 seconds from responses obtained 
at least once during each consecutive 15 second period.
    Portland cement plant means any facility manufacturing portland 
cement.
    Raw material dryer means an impact dryer, drum dryer, paddle-
equipped rapid dryer, air separator, or other equipment used to reduce 
the moisture content of feed materials.
    Raw mill means a ball and tube mill, vertical roller mill or other 
size reduction equipment, that is not part of an in-line kiln/raw mill, 
used to grind feed to the appropriate size. Moisture may be added or 
removed from the feed during the grinding operation. If the raw mill is 
used to remove moisture from feed materials, it is also, by definition, 
a raw material dryer. The raw mill also includes the air separator 
associated with the raw mill.
    Rolling average means the average of all one-minute averages over 
the averaging period.
    Run average means the average of the one-minute parameter values for 
a run.
    TEQ means the international method of expressing toxicity 
equivalents for dioxins and furans as defined in U.S. EPA, Interim 
Procedures for Estimating Risks Associated with Exposures to Mixtures of 
Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and -dibenzofurans

[[Page 354]]

(CDDs and CDFs) and 1989 Update, March 1989.

                 Emission Standards and Operating Limits



Sec. 63.1342  Standards: General.

    (a) Table 1 to this subpart provides cross references to the 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart A, general provisions, indicating the applicability of 
the general provisions requirements to subpart LLL.
    (b) Table 1 of this section provides a summary of emission limits 
and operating limits of this subpart.

                         Table 1 to Sec.  63.1342.--Emission Limits and Operating Limits
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Affected source                        Pollutant or opacity            Emission and operating limit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills at  PM.....................................  0.15 kg/Mg of feed (dry
 major sources (including alkali         Opacity................................   basis).
 bypass).                                                                         20 percent.
All kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills at  D/F....................................  0.20 ng TEQ/dscm
 major and area sources (including                                                or
 alkali bypass).                                                                  0.40 ng TEQ/dscm when the
                                                                                   average of the performance
                                                                                   test run average particulate
                                                                                   matter control device (PMCD)
                                                                                   inlet temperatures is 204
                                                                                   deg.C or less. [Corrected to
                                                                                   7 percent oxygen]
                                                                                  Operate such that the three-
                                                                                   hour rolling average PMCD
                                                                                   inlet temperature is no
                                                                                   greater than the temperature
                                                                                   established at performance
                                                                                   test.
                                                                                  If activated carbon injection
                                                                                   is used: Operate such that
                                                                                   the three-hour rolling
                                                                                   average activated carbon
                                                                                   injection rate is no less
                                                                                   than rate established at
                                                                                   performance test. Operate
                                                                                   such that either the carrier
                                                                                   gas flow rate or carrier gas
                                                                                   pressure drop exceeds the
                                                                                   value established at
                                                                                   performance test. Inject
                                                                                   carbon of equivalent
                                                                                   specifications to that used
                                                                                   at performance test.
New greenfield kilns and in-line kiln/   THC....................................  50 ppmvd, as propane,
 raw mills at major and area sources.                                              corrected to 7 percent
                                                                                   oxygen.
All clinker coolers at major sources...  PM.....................................  0.050 kg/Mg of feed (dry
                                         Opacity................................   basis)
                                                                                  10 percent.
All raw mills and finish mills at major  Opacity................................  10 percent.
 sources.
New greenfield raw material dryers at    THC....................................  50 ppmvd, as propane,
 major and area sources.                                                           corrected to 7 percent
                                                                                   oxygen.
All raw material dryers and material     Opacity................................  10 percent.
 handling points at major sources.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. 63.1343  Standards for kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills.

    (a) General. The provisions in this section apply to each kiln, each 
in-line kiln/raw mill, and any alkali bypass associated with that kiln 
or in-line kiln/raw mill.
    (b) Existing, reconstructed, or new brownfield/major sources. No 
owner or operator of an existing, reconstructed or new brownfield kiln 
or an existing, reconstructed or new brownfield in-line kiln/raw mill at 
a facility that is a major source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from these 
affected sources, any gases which:
    (1) Contain particulate matter (PM) in excess of 0.15 kg per Mg 
(0.30 lb per ton) of feed (dry basis) to the kiln. When there is an 
alkali bypass associated with a kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill, the 
combined particulate matter emissions from the kiln or in-line kiln/raw 
mill and the alkali bypass are subject to this emission limit.
    (2) Exhibit opacity greater than 20 percent.
    (3) Contain D/F in excess of:
    (i) 0.20 ng per dscm (8.7 x 10-11 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen; or
    (ii) 0.40 ng per dscm (1.7 x 10-10 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen, when the average of the performance 
test run average temperatures at the inlet to the particulate

[[Page 355]]

matter control device is 204  deg.C (400  deg.F) or less.
    (c) Greenfield/major sources. No owner or operator that commences 
construction of a greenfield kiln or greenfield inline kiln/raw mill at 
a facility which is a major source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from these 
affected sources any gases which:
    (1) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.15 kg per Mg (0.30 lb 
per ton) of feed (dry basis) to the kiln. When there is an alkali bypass 
associated with a kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill, the combined 
particulate matter emissions from the kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill and 
the bypass stack are subject to this emission limit.
    (2) Exhibit opacity greater than 20 percent.
    (3) Contain D/F in excess of:
    (i) 0.20 ng per dscm (8.7 x 10-11 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen; or
    (ii) 0.40 ng per dscm (1.7 x 10-10 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen, when the average of the performance 
test run average temperatures at the inlet to the particulate matter 
control device is 204  deg.C (400  deg.F) or less.
    (4) Contain total hydrocarbon (THC), from the main exhaust of the 
kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill, in excess of 50 ppmvd as propane, 
corrected to seven percent oxygen.
    (d) Existing, reconstructed, or new brownfield/area sources. No 
owner or operator of an existing, reconstructed, or new brownfield kiln 
or an existing, reconstructed or new brownfield in-line kiln/raw mill at 
a facility that is an area source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from these 
affected sources any gases which contain D/F in excess of:
    (1) 0.20 ng per dscm (8.7 x 10-11 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen; or
    (2) 0.40 ng per dscm (1.7 x 10-10 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen, when the average of the performance 
test run average temperatures at the inlet to the particulate matter 
control device is 204  deg.C (400  deg.F) or less.
    (e) Greenfield/area sources. No owner or operator of a greenfield 
kiln or a greenfield in-line kiln/raw mill at a facility that is an area 
source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause to be 
discharged into the atmosphere from these affected sources any gases 
which:
    (1) Contain D/F in excess of:
    (i) 0.20 ng per dscm (8.7 x 10-11 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen; or
    (ii) 0.40 ng per dscm (1.7 x 10-11 gr per dscf) (TEQ) 
corrected to seven percent oxygen, when the average of the performance 
test run average temperatures at the inlet to the particulate matter 
control device is 204  deg.C (400  deg.F) or less.
    (2) Contain THC, from the main exhaust of the kiln or in-line kiln/
raw mill, in excess of 50 ppmvd as propane, corrected to seven percent 
oxygen.



Sec. 63.1344  Operating limits for kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills.

    (a) The owner or operator of a kiln subject to a D/F emission 
limitation under Sec. 63.1343 must operate the kiln such that the 
temperature of the gas at the inlet to the kiln particulate matter 
control device (PMCD) and alkali bypass PMCD, if applicable, does not 
exceed the applicable temperature limit specified in paragraph (b) of 
this section. The owner or operator of an in-line kiln/raw mill subject 
to a D/F emission limitation under Sec. 63.1343 must operate the in-line 
kiln/raw mill, such that:
    (1) When the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill is operating, the 
applicable temperature limit for the main in-line kiln/raw mill exhaust, 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section and established during the 
performance test when the raw mill was operating is not exceeded.
    (2) When the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill is not operating, 
the applicable temperature limit for the main in-line kiln/raw mill 
exhaust, specified in paragraph (b) of this section and established 
during the performance test when the raw mill was not operating, is not 
exceeded.

[[Page 356]]

    (3) If the in-line kiln/raw mill is equipped with an alkali bypass, 
the applicable temperature limit for the alkali bypass, specified in 
paragraph (b) of this section and established during the performance 
test when the raw mill was operating, is not exceeded.
    (b) The temperature limit for affected sources meeting the limits of 
paragraph (a) of this section or paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of 
this section is determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1349(b)(3)(iv).
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a D/F 
emission limitation under Sec. 63.1343 that employs carbon injection as 
an emission control technique must operate the carbon injection system 
in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) The three-hour rolling average activated carbon injection rate 
shall be equal to or greater than the activated carbon injection rate 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1349(b)(3)(vi).
    (2) The owner or operator shall either:
    (i) Maintain the minimum activated carbon injection carrier gas flow 
rate, as a three-hour rolling average, based on the manufacturer's 
specifications. These specifications must be documented in the test plan 
developed in accordance with Sec. 63.7(c), or
    (ii) Maintain the minimum activated carbon injection carrier gas 
pressure drop, as a three-hour rolling average, based on the 
manufacturer's specifications. These specifications must be documented 
in the test plan developed in accordance with Sec. 63.7(c).
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the owner 
or operator of an affected source subject to a D/F emission limitation 
under Sec. 63.1343 that employs carbon injection as an emission control 
technique must specify and use the brand and type of activated carbon 
used during the performance test until a subsequent performance test is 
conducted, unless the site-specific performance test plan contains 
documentation of key parameters that affect adsorption and the owner or 
operator establishes limits based on those parameters, and the limits on 
these parameters are maintained.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a D/F 
emission limitation under Sec. 63.1343 that employs carbon injection as 
an emission control technique may substitute, at any time, a different 
brand or type of activated carbon provided that the replacement has 
equivalent or improved properties compared to the activated carbon 
specified in the site-specific performance test plan and used in the 
performance test. The owner or operator must maintain documentation that 
the substitute activated carbon will provide the same or better level of 
control as the original activated carbon.



Sec. 63.1345  Standards for clinker coolers.

    (a) No owner or operator of a new or existing clinker cooler at a 
facility which is a major source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from the 
clinker cooler any gases which:
    (1) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.050 kg per Mg (0.10 lb 
per ton) of feed (dry basis) to the kiln.
    (2) Exhibit opacity greater than ten percent.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1346  Standards for new and reconstructed raw material dryers.

    (a) Brownfield/major sources. No owner or operator of a new or 
reconstructed brownfield raw material dryer at a facility which is a 
major source subject to this subpart shall cause to be discharged into 
the atmosphere from the new or reconstructed raw material dryer any 
gases which exhibit opacity greater than ten percent.
    (b) Greenfield/area sources. No owner or operator of a greenfield 
raw material dryer at a facility which is an area source subject to this 
subpart shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from the 
greenfield raw material dryer any gases which contain THC in excess of 
50 ppmvd, reported as propane, corrected to seven percent oxygen.
    (c) Greenfield/major sources. No owner or operator of a greenfield 
raw material dryer at a facility which is a major source subject to this 
subpart shall

[[Page 357]]

cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from the greenfield raw 
material dryer any gases which:
    (1) Contain THC in excess of 50 ppmvd, reported as propane, 
corrected to seven percent oxygen.
    (2) Exhibit opacity greater than ten percent.



Sec. 63.1347  Standards for raw and finish mills.

    The owner or operator of each new or existing raw mill or finish 
mill at a facility which is a major source subject to the provisions of 
this subpart shall not cause to be discharged from the mill sweep or air 
separator air pollution control devices of these affected sources any 
gases which exhibit opacity in excess of ten percent.



Sec. 63.1348  Standards for affected sources other than kilns; in-line kiln/raw mills; clinker coolers; new and reconstructed raw material dryers; and raw and 
          finish mills.

    The owner or operator of each new or existing raw material, clinker, 
or finished product storage bin; conveying system transfer point; 
bagging system; and bulk loading or unloading system; and each existing 
raw material dryer, at a facility which is a major source subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall not cause to be discharged any gases 
from these affected sources which exhibit opacity in excess of ten 
percent.

                  Monitoring and Compliance Provisions



Sec. 63.1349  Performance testing requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to this 
subpart shall demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits of 
Sec. 63.1343 and Secs. 63.1345 through 63.1348 using the test methods 
and procedures in paragraph (b) of this section and Sec. 63.7. 
Performance test results shall be documented in complete test reports 
that contain the information required by paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(10) of this section, as well as all other relevant information. The 
plan to be followed during testing shall be made available to the 
Administrator prior to testing, if requested.
    (1) A brief description of the process and the air pollution control 
system;
    (2) Sampling location description(s);
    (3) A description of sampling and analytical procedures and any 
modifications to standard procedures;
    (4) Test results;
    (5) Quality assurance procedures and results;
    (6) Records of operating conditions during the test, preparation of 
standards, and calibration procedures;
    (7) Raw data sheets for field sampling and field and laboratory 
analyses;
    (8) Documentation of calculations;
    (9) All data recorded and used to establish parameters for 
compliance monitoring; and
    (10) Any other information required by the test method.
    (b) Performance tests to demonstrate initial compliance with this 
subpart shall be conducted as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
(b)(4) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of a kiln subject to limitations on 
particulate matter emissions shall demonstrate initial compliance by 
conducting a performance test as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) 
through (b)(1)(iv) of this section. The owner or operator of an in-line 
kiln/raw mill subject to limitations on particulate matter emissions 
shall demonstrate initial compliance by conducting separate performance 
tests as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iv) of this 
section while the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill is under normal 
operating conditions and while the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill 
is not operating. The owner or operator of a clinker cooler subject to 
limitations on particulate matter emissions shall demonstrate initial 
compliance by conducting a performance test as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii) of this section. The opacity exhibited 
during the period of the Method 5 of Appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter performance tests required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this 
section shall be determined as required in paragraphs (b)(1)(v) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (i) EPA Method 5 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter shall be 
used to determine PM emissions. Each performance test shall consist of 
three

[[Page 358]]

separate runs under the conditions that exist when the affected source 
is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected 
to occur. Each run shall be conducted for at least one hour, and the 
minimum sample volume shall be 0.85 dscm (30 dscf). The average of the 
three runs shall be used to determine compliance. A determination of the 
particulate matter collected in the impingers (``back half'') of the 
Method 5 particulate sampling train is not required to demonstrate 
initial compliance with the PM standards of this subpart. However this 
shall not preclude the permitting authority from requiring a 
determination of the ``back half'' for other purposes.
    (ii) Suitable methods shall be used to determine the kiln or inline 
kiln/raw mill feed rate, except for fuels, for each run.
    (iii) The emission rate, E, of PM shall be computed for each run 
using equation 1:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.001

Where:

E = emission rate of particulate matter, kg/Mg of kiln feed.
cs = concentration of PM, kg/dscm.
Qsd = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas, dscm/hr.
P = total kiln feed (dry basis), Mg/hr.

    (iv) When there is an alkali bypass associated with a kiln or in-
line kiln/raw mill, the main exhaust and alkali bypass of the kiln or 
in-line kiln/raw mill shall be tested simultaneously and the combined 
emission rate of particulate matter from the kiln or in-line kiln/raw 
mill and alkali bypass shall be computed for each run using equation 2,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.002

Where:

Ec = the combined emission rate of particulate matter from 
          the kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill and bypass stack, kg/Mg of 
          kiln feed.
csk = concentration of particulate matter in the kiln or in-
          line kiln/raw mill effluent, kg/dscm.
    Qsdk = volumetric flow rate of kiln or in-line kiln/raw 
mill effluent, dscm/hr.
csb = concentration of particulate matter in the alkali 
          bypass gas, kg/dscm.
Qsdb = volumetric flow rate of alkali bypass gas, dscm/hr.
P=total kiln feed (dry basis), Mg/hr.

    (v) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of this section the 
opacity exhibited during the period of the Method 5 performance tests 
required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section shall be determined 
through the use of a continuous opacity monitor (COM). The maximum six-
minute average opacity during the three Method 5 test runs shall be 
determined during each Method 5 test run, and used to demonstrate 
initial compliance with the applicable opacity limits of 
Sec. 63.1343(b)(2), Sec. 63.1343(c)(2), or Sec. 63.1345(a)(2).
    (vi) Each owner or operator of a kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill, or 
clinker cooler subject to the provisions of this subpart using a fabric 
filter with multiple stacks or an electrostatic precipitator with 
multiple stacks may, in lieu of installing the continuous opacity 
monitoring system required by paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, 
conduct an opacity test in accordance with Method 9 of appendix A to 
part 60 of this chapter during each Method 5 performance test required 
by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section. If the control device exhausts 
through a monovent, or if the use of a COM in accordance with the 
installation specifications of Performance Specification 1 (PS-1) of 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter is not feasible, a test shall be 
conducted in accordance with Method 9 of appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter during each Method 5 performance test required by paragraph 
(b)(1)(i) of this section. The maximum six-minute average opacity shall 
be determined during the three Method 5 test runs, and used to 
demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable opacity limits of 
Sec. 63.1343(b)(2), Sec. 63.1343(c)(2), or Sec. 63.1345(a)(2).
    (2) The owner or operator of any affected source subject to 
limitations on opacity under this subpart that is not subject to 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall demonstrate initial compliance 
with the affected source opacity limit by conducting a test in 
accordance with Method 9 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter. The 
performance test shall be conducted under the conditions that exist when 
the affected

[[Page 359]]

source is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably 
expected to occur. The maximum six-minute average opacity exhibited 
during the test period shall be used to determine whether the affected 
source is in initial compliance with the standard. The duration of the 
Method 9 performance test shall be 3-hours (30 6-minute averages), 
except that the duration of the Method 9 performance test may be reduced 
to 1-hour if the conditions of paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (ii) of the 
section apply:
    (i) There are no individual readings greater than 10 percent 
opacity;
    (ii) There are no more than three readings of 10 percent for the 
first 1-hour period.
    (3) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to 
limitations on D/F emissions shall demonstrate initial compliance with 
the D/F emission limit by conducting a performance test using Method 23 
of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter. The owner or operator of an 
in-line kiln/raw mill shall demonstrate initial compliance by conducting 
separate performance tests while the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw 
mill is under normal operating conditions and while the raw mill of the 
in-line kiln/raw mill is not operating. The owner or operator of a kiln 
or in-line kiln/raw mill equipped with an alkali bypass shall conduct 
simultaneous performance tests of the kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill 
exhaust and the alkali bypass, however the owner or operator of an in-
line kiln/raw mill is not required to conduct a performance test of the 
alkali bypass exhaust when the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill is 
not operating.
    (i) Each performance test shall consist of three separate runs; each 
run shall be conducted under the conditions that exist when the affected 
source is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably 
expected to occur. The duration of each run shall be at least three 
hours and the sample volume for each run shall be at least 2.5 dscm (90 
dscf). The concentration shall be determined for each run and the 
arithmetic average of the concentrations measured for the three runs 
shall be calculated and used to determine compliance.
    (ii) The temperature at the inlet to the kiln or in-line kiln/raw 
mill PMCD, and where applicable, the temperature at the inlet to the 
alkali bypass PMCD, must be continuously recorded during the period of 
the Method 23 test, and the continuous temperature record(s) must be 
included in the performance test report.
    (iii) One-minute average temperatures must be calculated for each 
minute of each run of the test.
    (iv) The run average temperature must be calculated for each run, 
and the average of the run average temperatures must be determined and 
included in the performance test report and will determine the 
applicable temperature limit in accordance with Sec. 63.1344(b).
    (v) If activated carbon injection is used for D/F control, the rate 
of activated carbon injection to the kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill 
exhaust, and where applicable, the rate of activated carbon injection to 
the alkali bypass exhaust, must be continuously recorded during the 
period of the Method 23 test, and the continuous injection rate 
record(s) must be included in the performance test report. In addition, 
the performance test report must include the brand and type of activated 
carbon used during the performance test and a continuous record of 
either the carrier gas flow rate or the carrier gas pressure drop for 
the duration of the test. Activated carbon injection rate parameters 
must be determined in accordance with paragraphs (b)(3)(vi) of this 
section.
    (vi) The run average injection rate must be calculated for each run, 
and the average of the run average injection rates must be determined 
and included in the performance test report and will determine the 
applicable injection rate limit in accordance with Sec. 63.1344(c)(1).
    (4) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to 
limitations on emissions of THC shall demonstrate initial compliance 
with the THC limit by operating a continuous emission monitor in 
accordance with Performance Specification 8A of appendix B to part 60 of 
this chapter. The duration of the performance test shall be three

[[Page 360]]

hours, and the average THC concentration (as calculated from the one-
minute averages) during the three hour performance test shall be 
calculated. The owner or operator of an in-line kiln/raw mill shall 
demonstrate initial compliance by conducting separate performance tests 
while the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill is under normal 
operating conditions and while the raw mill of the in-line kiln/raw mill 
is not operating.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, performance 
tests required under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section shall 
be repeated every five years, except that the owner or operator of a 
kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill or clinker cooler is not required to repeat 
the initial performance test of opacity for the kiln, in-line kiln/raw 
mill or clinker cooler.
    (d) Performance tests required under paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section shall be repeated every 30 months.
    (e) The owner or operator is required to repeat the performance 
tests for kilns or in-line kiln/raw mills as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1) and (b)(3) of this section within 90 days of initiating any 
significant change in the feed or fuel from that used in the previous 
performance test.
    (f) Table 1 of this section provides a summary of the performance 
test requirements of this subpart.

   Table 1 to Sec.  63.1349.--Summary of Performance Test Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Affected source and pollutant               Performance test
------------------------------------------------------------------------
New and existing kiln and in-line  EPA Method 5.a
 kiln/raw mill b c PM.
New and existing kiln and in-line  COM if feasible d e or EPA Method 9
 kiln/raw mill b c Opacity.         visual opacity readings.
New and existing kiln and in-line  EPA Method 23h.
 kiln/raw mill b c f gD/F.
New greenfield kiln and in-line    THC CEM (EPA PS-8A) i.
 kiln/raw mill c THC.
New and existing clinker cooler    EPA Method 5 a.
 PM.
New and existing clinker cooler    COM d,j or EPA Method 9 visual
 opacity.                           opacity readings.
New and existing raw and finish    EPA Method 9.a j
 mill opacity.
New and existing raw material      EPA Method 9.a j
 dryer and materials handling
 processes (raw material storage,
 clinker storage, finished
 product storage, conveyor
 transfer points, bagging, and
 bulk loading and unloading
 systems) opacity.
New greenfield raw material dryer  THC CEM (EPA PS-8A).i
 THC.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Required initially and every 5 years thereafter.
b Includes main exhaust and alkali bypass.
c In-line kiln/raw mill to be tested with and without raw mill in
  operation.
d Must meet COM performance specification criteria. If the fabric filter
  or electrostatic precipitator has multiple stacks, daily EPA Method 9
  visual opacity readings may be taken instead of using a COM.
e Opacity limit is 20 percent.
f Alkali bypass is tested with the raw mill on.
g Temperature and (if applicable) activated carbon injection parameters
  determined separately with and without the raw mill operating.
h Required initially and every 30 months thereafter.
i EPA Performance Specification (PS)-8A of appendix B to 40 CFR part 60.
j Opacity limit is 10 percent.



Sec. 63.1350  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of each portland cement plant shall 
prepare for each affected source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart, a written operations and maintenance plan. The plan shall be 
submitted to the Administrator for review and approval as part of the 
application for a part 70 permit and shall include the following 
information:
    (1) Procedures for proper operation and maintenance of the affected 
source and air pollution control devices in order to meet the emission 
limits and operating limits of Secs. 63.1343 through 63.1348;
    (2) Corrective actions to be taken when required by paragraph (e) of 
this section;
    (3) Procedures to be used during an inspection of the components of 
the combustion system of each kiln and each in-line kiln raw mill 
located at the facility at least once per year; and
    (4) Procedures to be used to periodically monitor affected sources 
subject to opacity standards under Secs. 63.1346 and 63.1348. Such 
procedures must include the provisions of paragraphs

[[Page 361]]

(a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iv) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator must conduct a monthly 1-minute visible 
emissions test of each affected source in accordance with Method 22 of 
Appendix A to part 60 of this chapter. The test must be conducted while 
the affected source is in operation.
    (ii) If no visible emissions are observed in six consecutive monthly 
tests for any affected source, the owner or operator may decrease the 
frequency of testing from monthly to semi-annually for that affected 
source. If visible emissions are observed during any semi-annual test, 
the owner or operator must resume testing of that affected source on a 
monthly basis and maintain that schedule until no visible emissions are 
observed in six consecutive monthly tests.
    (iii) If no visible emissions are observed during the semi-annual 
test for any affected source, the owner or operator may decrease the 
frequency of testing from semi-annually to annually for that affected 
source. If visible emissions are observed during any annual test, the 
owner or operator must resume testing of that affected source on a 
monthly basis and maintain that schedule until no visible emissions are 
observed in six consecutive monthly tests.
    (iv) If visible emissions are observed during any Method 22 test, 
the owner or operator must conduct a 6-minute test of opacity in 
accordance with Method 9 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter. The 
Method 9 test must begin within one hour of any observation of visible 
emissions.
    (b) Failure to comply with any provision of the operations and 
maintenance plan developed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this 
section shall be a violation of the standard.
    (c) The owner or operator of a kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill shall 
monitor opacity at each point where emissions are vented from these 
affected sources including alkali bypasses in accordance with paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall install, calibrate, maintain, and continuously 
operate a continuous opacity monitor (COM) located at the outlet of the 
PM control device to continuously monitor the opacity. The COM shall be 
installed, maintained, calibrated, and operated as required by subpart 
A, general provisions of this part, and according to PS-1 of appendix B 
to part 60 of this chapter.
    (2) The owner or operator of a kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill subject 
to the provisions of this subpart using a fabric filter with multiple 
stacks or an electrostatic precipitator with multiple stacks may, in 
lieu of installing the continuous opacity monitoring system required by 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, monitor opacity in accordance with 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (ii) of this section. If the control device 
exhausts through a monovent, or if the use of a COM in accordance with 
the installation specifications of PS-1 of appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter is not feasible, the owner or operator must monitor opacity in 
accordance with paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (ii) of this section.
    (i) Perform daily visual opacity observations of each stack in 
accordance with the procedures of Method 9 of appendix A of part 60 of 
this chapter. The Method 9 test shall be conducted while the affected 
source is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably 
expected to occur within the day. The duration of the Method 9 test 
shall be at least 30 minutes each day.
    (ii) Use the Method 9 procedures to monitor and record the average 
opacity for each six-minute period during the test.
    (3) To remain in compliance, the opacity must be maintained such 
that the 6-minute average opacity for any 6-minute block period does not 
exceed 20 percent. If the average opacity for any 6-minute block period 
exceeds 20 percent, this shall constitute a violation of the standard.
    (d) The owner or operator of a clinker cooler shall monitor opacity 
at each point where emissions are vented from the clinker cooler in 
accordance with paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall install, calibrate, maintain,

[[Page 362]]

and continuously operate a COM located at the outlet of the clinker 
cooler PM control device to continuously monitor the opacity. The COM 
shall be installed, maintained, calibrated, and operated as required by 
subpart A, general provisions of this part, and according to PS-1 of 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter.
    (2) The owner or operator of a clinker cooler subject to the 
provisions of this subpart using a fabric filter with multiple stacks or 
an electrostatic precipitator with multiple stacks may, in lieu of 
installing the continuous opacity monitoring system required by 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, monitor opacity in accordance with 
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (ii) of this section. If the control device 
exhausts through a monovent, or if the use of a COM in accordance with 
the installation specifications of PS-1 of appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter is not feasible, the owner or operator must monitor opacity in 
accordance with paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (ii) of this section.
    (i) Perform daily visual opacity observations of each stack in 
accordance with the procedures of Method 9 of appendix A of part 60 of 
this chapter. The Method 9 test shall be conducted while the affected 
source is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably 
expected to occur within the day. The duration of the Method 9 test 
shall be at least 30 minutes each day.
    (ii) Use the Method 9 procedures to monitor and record the average 
opacity for each six-minute period during the test.
    (3) To remain in compliance, the opacity must be maintained such 
that the 6-minute average opacity for any 6-minute block period does not 
exceed 10 percent. If the average opacity for any 6-minute block period 
exceeds 10 percent, this shall constitute a violation of the standard.
    (e) The owner or operator of a raw mill or finish mill shall monitor 
opacity by conducting daily visual emissions observations of the mill 
sweep and air separator PMCDs of these affected sources, in accordance 
with the procedures of Method 22 of appendix A of part 60 of this 
chapter. The Method 22 test shall be conducted while the affected source 
is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected 
to occur within the day. The duration of the Method 22 test shall be six 
minutes. If visible emissions are observed during any Method 22 visible 
emissions test, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Initiate, within one-hour, the corrective actions specified in 
the site specific operating and maintenance plan developed in accordance 
with paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section; and
    (2) Within 24 hours of the end of the Method 22 test in which 
visible emissions were observed, conduct a visual opacity test of each 
stack from which visible emissions were observed in accordance with 
Method 9 of appendix A of part 60 of this chapter. The duration of the 
Method 9 test shall be thirty minutes.
    (f) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a 
limitation on D/F emissions shall monitor D/F emissions in accordance 
with paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(6) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, calibrate, maintain, and 
continuously operate a continuous monitor to record the temperature of 
the exhaust gases from the kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill and alkali 
bypass, if applicable, at the inlet to, or upstream of, the kiln, in-
line kiln/raw mill and/or alkali bypass PM control devices.
    (i) The recorder response range must include zero and 1.5 times 
either of the average temperatures established according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.1349(b)(3)(iv).
    (ii) The reference method must be a National Institute of Standards 
and Technology calibrated reference thermocouple-potentiometer system or 
alternate reference, subject to approval by the Administrator.
    (2) The owner or operator shall monitor and continuously record the 
temperature of the exhaust gases from the kiln, in-line kiln/raw mill 
and alkali bypass, if applicable, at the inlet to the kiln, in-line 
kiln/raw mill and/or alkali bypass PMCD.
    (3) The three-hour rolling average temperature shall be calculated 
as the average of 180 successive one-minute average temperatures.

[[Page 363]]

    (4) Periods of time when one-minute averages are not available shall 
be ignored when calculating three-hour rolling averages. When one-minute 
averages become available, the first one-minute average is added to the 
previous 179 values to calculate the three-hour rolling average.
    (5) When the operating status of the raw mill of the in-line kiln/
raw mill is changed from off to on, or from on to off the calculation of 
the three-hour rolling average temperature must begin anew, without 
considering previous recordings.
    (6) The calibration of all thermocouples and other temperature 
sensors shall be verified at least once every three months.
    (g) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a 
limitation on D/F emissions that employs carbon injection as an emission 
control technique shall comply with the monitoring requirements of 
paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(6) and (g)(1) through (g)(6) of this 
section to demonstrate continuous compliance with the D/F emission 
standard.
    (1) Install, operate, calibrate and maintain a continuous monitor to 
record the rate of activated carbon injection. The accuracy of the rate 
measurement device must be 1 percent of the rate being 
measured.
    (2) Verify the calibration of the device at least once every three 
months.
    (3) The three-hour rolling average activated carbon injection rate 
shall be calculated as the average of 180 successive one-minute average 
activated carbon injection rates.
    (4) Periods of time when one-minute averages are not available shall 
be ignored when calculating three-hour rolling averages. When one-minute 
averages become available, the first one-minute average is added to the 
previous 179 values to calculate the three-hour rolling average.
    (5) When the operating status of the raw mill of the in-line kiln/
raw mill is changed from off to on, or from on to off the calculation of 
the three-hour rolling average activated carbon injection rate must 
begin anew, without considering previous recordings.
    (6) The owner or operator must install, operate, calibrate and 
maintain a continuous monitor to record the activated carbon injection 
system carrier gas parameter (either the carrier gas flow rate or the 
carrier gas pressure drop) established during the D/F performance test 
in accordance with paragraphs (g)(6)(i) through (g)(6)(iii) of this 
section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall install, calibrate, operate and 
maintain a device to continuously monitor and record the parameter 
value.
    (ii) The owner or operator must calculate and record three-hour 
rolling averages of the parameter value.
    (iii) Periods of time when one-minute averages are not available 
shall be ignored when calculating three-hour rolling averages. When one-
minute averages become available, the first one-minute average shall be 
added to the previous 179 values to calculate the three-hour rolling 
average.
    (h) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a 
limitation on THC emissions under this subpart shall comply with the 
monitoring requirements of paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of this 
section to demonstrate continuous compliance with the THC emission 
standard:
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, operate and maintain a THC 
continuous emission monitoring system in accordance with Performance 
Specification 8A, of appendix B to part 60 of this chapter and comply 
with all of the requirements for continuous monitoring systems found in 
the general provisions, subpart A of this part.
    (2) The owner or operator is not required to calculate hourly 
rolling averages in accordance with section 4.9 of Performance 
Specification 8A.
    (3) Any thirty-day block average THC concentration in any gas 
discharged from a greenfield raw material dryer, the main exhaust of a 
greenfield kiln, or the main exhaust of a greenfield in-line kiln/raw 
mill, exceeding 50 ppmvd, reported as propane, corrected to seven 
percent oxygen, is a violation of the standard.
    (i) The owner or operator of any kiln or in-line kiln/raw mill 
subject to a     D/F emission limit under this subpart shall conduct an 
inspection of the components of the combustion system of

[[Page 364]]

each kiln or in-line kiln raw mill at least once per year.
    (j) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a 
limitation on opacity under Sec. 63.1346 or Sec. 63.1348 shall monitor 
opacity in accordance with the operation and maintenance plan developed 
in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
    (k) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to a 
particulate matter standard under Sec. 63.1343 shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and operate a particulate matter continuous emission 
monitoring system (PM CEMS) to measure the particulate matter discharged 
to the atmosphere. All requirements relating to installation, 
calibration, maintenance, operation or performance of the PM CEMS and 
implementation of the PM CEMS requirement are deferred pending further 
rulemaking.
    (l) An owner or operator may submit an application to the 
Administrator for approval of alternate monitoring requirements to 
demonstrate compliance with the emission standards of this subpart, 
except for emission standards for THC, subject to the provisions of 
paragraphs (l)(1) through (l)(6) of this section.
    (1) The Administrator will not approve averaging periods other than 
those specified in this section, unless the owner or operator documents, 
using data or information, that the longer averaging period will ensure 
that emissions do not exceed levels achieved during the performance test 
over any increment of time equivalent to the time required to conduct 
three runs of the performance test.
    (2) If the application to use an alternate monitoring requirement is 
approved, the owner or operator must continue to use the original 
monitoring requirement until approval is received to use another 
monitoring requirement.
    (3) The owner or operator shall submit the application for approval 
of alternate monitoring requirements no later than the notification of 
performance test. The application must contain the information specified 
in paragraphs (l)(3)(i) through (l)(3)(iii) of this section:
    (i) Data or information justifying the request, such as the 
technical or economic infeasibility, or the impracticality of using the 
required approach;
    (ii) A description of the proposed alternative monitoring 
requirement, including the operating parameter to be monitored, the 
monitoring approach and technique, the averaging period for the limit, 
and how the limit is to be calculated; and
    (iii) Data or information documenting that the alternative 
monitoring requirement would provide equivalent or better assurance of 
compliance with the relevant emission standard.
    (4) The Administrator will notify the owner or operator of the 
approval or denial of the application within 90 calendar days after 
receipt of the original request, or within 60 calendar days of the 
receipt of any supplementary information, whichever is later. The 
Administrator will not approve an alternate monitoring application 
unless it would provide equivalent or better assurance of compliance 
with the relevant emission standard. Before disapproving any alternate 
monitoring application, the Administrator will provide:
    (i) Notice of the information and findings upon which the intended 
disapproval is based; and
    (ii) Notice of opportunity for the owner or operator to present 
additional supporting information before final action is taken on the 
application. This notice will specify how much additional time is 
allowed for the owner or operator to provide additional supporting 
information.
    (5) The owner or operator is responsible for submitting any 
supporting information in a timely manner to enable the Administrator to 
consider the application prior to the performance test. Neither 
submittal of an application, nor the Administrator's failure to approve 
or disapprove the application relieves the owner or operator of the 
responsibility to comply with any provision of this subpart.
    (6) The Administrator may decide at any time, on a case-by-case 
basis that additional or alternative operating

[[Page 365]]

limits, or alternative approaches to establishing operating limits, are 
necessary to demonstrate compliance with the emission standards of this 
subpart.
    (m) A summary of the monitoring requirements of this subpart is 
given in Table 1 to this section.

           Table 1 to Sec.  63.1350.--Monitoring Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affected source/pollutant or      Monitor type/          Monitoring
           opacity              operation/process       requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All affected sources........  Operations and        Prepare written plan
                               maintenance plan.     for all affected
                                                     sources and control
                                                     devices.
All kilns and in-line kiln    Continuous opacity    Install, calibrate,
 raw mills at major sources    monitor, if           maintain and
 (including alkali bypass)/    applicable.           operate in
 opacity.                                            accordance with
                                                     general provisions
                                                     and with PS-1.
                              Method 9 opacity      Daily test of at
                               test, if applicable.  least 30-minutes,
                                                     while kiln is at
                                                     highest load or
                                                     capacity level.
Kilns and in-line kiln raw    Particulate matter    Deferred.
 mills at major sources        continuous emission
 (including alkali bypass)/    monitoring system.
 particulate matter.
Kilns and in-line kiln raw    Combustion system     Conduct annual
 mills at major and area       inspection.           inspection of
 sources (including alkali                           components of
 bypass)/ D/F.                                       combustion system.
                              Continuous            Install, operate,
                               temperature           calibrate and
                               monitoring at PMCD    maintain continuous
                               inlet.                temperature
                                                     monitoring and
                                                     recording system;
                                                     calculate three-
                                                     hour rolling
                                                     averages; verify
                                                     temperature sensor
                                                     calibration at
                                                     least quarterly.
Kilns and in-line kiln raw    Activated carbon      Install, operate,
 mills at major and area       injection rate        calibrate and
 sources (including alkali     monitor, if           maintain continuous
 bypass)/ D/F (continued).     applicable.           activated carbon
                                                     injection rate
                                                     monitor; calculate
                                                     three-hour rolling
                                                     averages; verify
                                                     calibration at
                                                     least quarterly;
                                                     install, operate,
                                                     calibrate and
                                                     maintain carrier
                                                     gas flow rate
                                                     monitor or carrier
                                                     gas pressure drop
                                                     monitor; calculate
                                                     three-hour rolling
                                                     averages; document
                                                     carbon
                                                     specifications.
New greenfield kilns and in-  Total hydrocarbon     Install, operate,
 line kiln raw mills at        continuous emission   and maintain THC
 major and area sources/THC.   monitor.              CEM in accordance
                                                     with PS-8A;
                                                     calculate 30-day
                                                     block average THC
                                                     concentration.
Clinker coolers at major      Continuous opacity    Install, calibrate,
 sources/opacity.              monitor, if           maintain and
                               applicable.           operate in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     general provisions
                                                     and with PS-1.
                              Method 9 opacity      Daily test of at
                               test, if applicable.  least 30-minutes,
                                                     while kiln is at
                                                     highest load or
                                                     capacity level.
Raw mills and finish mills    Method 22 visible     Conduct daily 6-
 at major sources/opacity.     emissions test.       minute Method 22
                                                     visible emissions
                                                     test while mill is
                                                     operating at
                                                     highest load or
                                                     capacity level; if
                                                     visible emissions
                                                     are observed,
                                                     initiate corrective
                                                     action within one
                                                     hour and conduct 30-
                                                     minute Method 9
                                                     test within 24
                                                     hours.
New greenfield raw material   Total hydrocarbon     Install, operate,
 dryers at major and area      continuous emission   and maintain THC
 sources/THC.                  monitor.              CEM in accordance
                                                     with PS-8A;
                                                     calculate 30-day
                                                     block average THC
                                                     concentration.
Raw material dryers; raw      Method 22 visible     As specified in
 material, clinker, finished   emissions test.       operation and
 product storage bins;                               maintenance plan.
 conveying system transfer
 points; bagging systems;
 and bulk loading and
 unloading systems at major
 sources/opacity.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[64 FR 31925, June 14, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 53070, Sept. 30, 1999]



Sec. 63.1351  Compliance dates.

    (a) The compliance date for an owner or operator of an existing 
affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart is June 10, 
2002.
    (b) The compliance date for an owner or operator of an affected 
source subject to the provisions of this subpart that commences new 
construction or reconstruction after March 24, 1998 is

[[Page 366]]

June 9, 1999 or immediately upon startup of operations, whichever is 
later.



Sec. 63.1352  Additional test methods.

    (a) Owners or operators conducting tests to determine the rates of 
emission of hydrogen chloride (HCl) from kilns, in-line kiln/raw mills 
and associated bypass stacks at portland cement manufacturing 
facilities, for use in applicability determinations under Sec. 63.1340 
are permitted to use Method 320 or Method 321 of appendix A of this 
part.
    (b) Owners or operators conducting tests to determine the rates of 
emission of hydrogen chloride (HCl) from kilns, in-line kiln/raw mills 
and associated bypass stacks at portland cement manufacturing 
facilities, for use in applicability determinations under Sec. 63.1340 
are permitted to use Methods 26 or 26A of appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter, except that the results of these tests shall not be used to 
establish status as an area source.
    (c) Owners or operators conducting tests to determine the rates of 
emission of specific organic HAP from raw material dryers, kilns and in-
line kiln/raw mills at portland cement manufacturing facilities, for use 
in applicability determinations under Sec. 63.1340 of this subpart are 
permitted to use Method 320 of appendix A to this part, or Method 18 of 
appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.

                Notification, Reporting and Recordkeeping



Sec. 63.1353  Notification requirements.

    (a) The notification provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart A that 
apply and those that do not apply to owners and operators of affected 
sources subject to this subpart are listed in Table 1 of this subpart. 
If any State requires a notice that contains all of the information 
required in a notification listed in this section, the owner or operator 
may send the Administrator a copy of the notice sent to the State to 
satisfy the requirements of this section for that notification.
    (b) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this 
subpart shall comply with the notification requirements in Sec. 63.9 as 
follows:
    (1) Initial notifications as required by Sec. 63.9(b) through (d). 
For the purposes of this subpart, a Title V or 40 CFR part 70 permit 
application may be used in lieu of the initial notification required 
under Sec. 63.9(b), provided the same information is contained in the 
permit application as required by Sec. 63.9(b), and the State to which 
the permit application has been submitted has an approved operating 
permit program under part 70 of this chapter and has received delegation 
of authority from the EPA. Permit applications shall be submitted by the 
same due dates as those specified for the initial notification.
    (2) Notification of performance tests, as required by Secs. 63.7 and 
63.9(e).
    (3) Notification of opacity and visible emission observations 
required by Sec. 63.1349 in accordance with Secs. 63.6(h)(5) and 
63.9(f).
    (4) Notification, as required by Sec. 63.9(g), of the date that the 
continuous emission monitor performance evaluation required by 
Sec. 63.8(e) is scheduled to begin.
    (5) Notification of compliance status, as required by Sec. 63.9(h).



Sec. 63.1354  Reporting requirements.

    (a) The reporting provisions of subpart A of this part that apply 
and those that do not apply to owners or operators of affected sources 
subject to this subpart are listed in Table 1 of this subpart. If any 
State requires a report that contains all of the information required in 
a report listed in this section, the owner or operator may send the 
Administrator a copy of the report sent to the State to satisfy the 
requirements of this section for that report.
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 
the reporting requirements specified in Sec. 63.10 of the general 
provisions of this part 63, subpart A as follows:
    (1) As required by Sec. 63.10(d)(2), the owner or operator shall 
report the results of performance tests as part of the notification of 
compliance status.
    (2) As required by Sec. 63.10(d)(3), the owner or operator of an 
affected source shall report the opacity results from tests required by 
Sec. 63.1349.
    (3) As required by Sec. 63.10(d)(4), the owner or operator of an 
affected source

[[Page 367]]

who is required to submit progress reports as a condition of receiving 
an extension of compliance under Sec. 63.6(i) shall submit such reports 
by the dates specified in the written extension of compliance.
    (4) As required by Sec. 63.10(d)(5), if actions taken by an owner or 
operator during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction of an affected 
source (including actions taken to correct a malfunction) are consistent 
with the procedures specified in the source's startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3), the owner or operator 
shall state such information in a semiannual report. Reports shall only 
be required if a startup, shutdown, or malfunction occurred during the 
reporting period. The startup, shutdown, and malfunction report may be 
submitted simultaneously with the excess emissions and continuous 
monitoring system performance reports; and
    (5) Any time an action taken by an owner or operator during a 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction (including actions taken to correct a 
malfunction) is not consistent with the procedures in the startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, the owner or operator shall make an 
immediate report of the actions taken for that event within 2 working 
days, by telephone call or facsimile (FAX) transmission. The immediate 
report shall be followed by a letter, certified by the owner or operator 
or other responsible official, explaining the circumstances of the 
event, the reasons for not following the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, and whether any excess emissions and/or parameter 
monitoring exceedances are believed to have occurred.
    (6) As required by Sec. 63.10(e)(2), the owner or operator shall 
submit a written report of the results of the performance evaluation for 
the continuous monitoring system required by Sec. 63.8(e). The owner or 
operator shall submit the report simultaneously with the results of the 
performance test.
    (7) As required by Sec. 63.10(e)(2), the owner or operator of an 
affected source using a continuous opacity monitoring system to 
determine opacity compliance during any performance test required under 
Sec. 63.7 and described in Sec. 63.6(d)(6) shall report the results of 
the continuous opacity monitoring system performance evaluation 
conducted under Sec. 63.8(e).
    (8) As required by Sec. 63.10(e)(3), the owner or operator of an 
affected source equipped with a continuous emission monitor shall submit 
an excess emissions and continuous monitoring system performance report 
for any event when the continuous monitoring system data indicate the 
source is not in compliance with the applicable emission limitation or 
operating parameter limit.
    (9) The owner or operator shall submit a summary report semiannually 
which contains the information specified in Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(vi). In 
addition, the summary report shall include:
    (i) All exceedences of maximum control device inlet gas temperature 
limits specified in Sec. 63.1344(a) and (b);
    (ii) All failures to calibrate thermocouples and other temperature 
sensors as required under Sec. 63.1350(f)(7) of this subpart; and
    (iii) All failures to maintain the activated carbon injection rate, 
and the activated carbon injection carrier gas flow rate or pressure 
drop, as applicable, as required under Sec. 63.1344(c).
    (iv) The results of any combustion system component inspections 
conducted within the reporting period as required under Sec. 63.1350(i).
    (v) All failures to comply with any provision of the operation and 
maintenance plan developed in accordance with Sec. 63.1350(a).
    (10) If the total continuous monitoring system downtime for any CEM 
or any continuous monitoring system (CMS) for the reporting period is 
ten percent or greater of the total operating time for the reporting 
period, the owner or operator shall submit an excess emissions and 
continuous monitoring system performance report along with the summary 
report.



Sec. 63.1355  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator shall maintain files of all information 
(including all reports and notifications) required by this section 
recorded in a form suitable and readily available for inspection and 
review as required by Sec. 63.10(b)(1). The files shall be retained for 
at least five years following the

[[Page 368]]

date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record. At a minimum, the most recent two years of data shall 
be retained on site. The remaining three years of data may be retained 
off site. The files may be maintained on microfilm, on a computer, on 
floppy disks, on magnetic tape, or on microfiche.
    (b) The owner or operator shall maintain records for each affected 
source as required by Sec. 63.10(b)(2) and (b)(3) of this part; and
    (1) All documentation supporting initial notifications and 
notifications of compliance status under Sec. 63.9;
    (2) All records of applicability determination, including supporting 
analyses; and
    (3) If the owner or operator has been granted a waiver under 
Sec. 63.8(f)(6), any information demonstrating whether a source is 
meeting the requirements for a waiver of recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.
    (c) In addition to the recordkeeping requirements in paragraph (b) 
of this section, the owner or operator of an affected source equipped 
with a continuous monitoring system shall maintain all records required 
by Sec. 63.10(c).

                                  Other



Sec. 63.1356  Exemption from new source performance standards.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
section, any affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart 
is exempted from any otherwise applicable new source performance 
standard contained in 40 CFR part 60, subpart F.
    (1) Kilns and in-line kiln/raw mills, as applicable under 40 CFR 
60.60(b), located at area sources are subject to PM and opacity limits 
and associated reporting and recordkeeping, under 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart F.
    (2) Greenfield raw material dryers, as applicable under 40 CFR 
60.60(b), located at area sources are subject to opacity limits and 
associated reporting and recordkeeping under 40 CFR part 60, subpart F.



Sec. 63.1357  Temporary, conditioned exemption from particulate matter and opacity standards.

    (a) Subject to the limitations of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this 
section, an owner or operator conducting PM CEMS correlation tests (that 
is, correlation with manual stack methods) is exempt from:
    (1) Any particulate matter and opacity standards of part 60 or part 
63 of this chapter that are applicable to cement kilns and in-line kiln/
raw mills.
    (2) Any permit or other emissions or operating parameter or other 
limitation on workplace practices that are applicable to cement kilns 
and in-line kiln raw mills to ensure compliance with any particulate 
matter and opacity standards of this part or part 60 of this chapter.
    (b) The owner or operator must develop a PM CEMS correlation test 
plan. The plan must be submitted to the Administrator for approval at 
least 90 days before the correlation test is scheduled to be conducted. 
The plan must include:
    (1) The number of test conditions and the number of runs for each 
test condition;
    (2) The target particulate matter emission level for each test 
condition;
    (3) How the operation of the affected source will be modified to 
attain the desired particulate matter emission rate; and
    (4) The anticipated normal particulate matter emission level.
    (c) The Administrator will review and approve or disapprove the 
correlation test plan in accordance with Sec. 63.7(c)(3)(i) and (iii). 
If the Administrator fails to approve or disapprove the correlation test 
plan within the time period specified in Sec. 63.7(c)(3)(iii), the plan 
shall be considered approved, unless the Administrator has requested 
additional information.
    (d) The stack sampling team must be on-site and prepared to perform 
correlation testing no later than 24 hours after operations are modified 
to attain the desired particulate matter emissions concentrations, 
unless the correlation test plan documents that a longer period is 
appropriate.

[[Page 369]]

    (e) The particulate matter and opacity standards and associated 
operating limits and conditions will not be waived for more than 96 
hours, in the aggregate, for a correlation test, including all runs and 
conditions.
    (f) The owner or operator must return the affected source to 
operating conditions indicative of compliance with the applicable 
particulate matter and opacity standards as soon as possible after 
correlation testing is completed.



Sec. 63.1358  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authority which will not be delegated to States:
    (1) Approval of alternative non-opacity emission standards under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of alternative opacity standards under Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of major changes to test methods under 
Secs. 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and 63.7(f). A major change to a test method is a 
modification to a federally enforceable test method that uses unproven 
technology or procedures or is an entirely new method (sometimes 
necessary when the required test method is unsuitable).
    (4) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
major change to monitoring is a modification to federally enforceable 
monitoring that uses unproven technology or procedures, is an entirely 
new method (sometimes necessary when the required monitoring is 
unsuitable), or is a change in the averaging period.
    (5) Waiver of recordkeeping under Sec. 63.10(f).



Sec. 63.1359  [Reserved]

                          Table 1 to Subpart LLL.--Applicability of General Provisions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 General Provisions 40 CFR Citation         Requirement         Applies to Subpart LLL           Comment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1) through (4)..............  Applicability..........  Yes.                      .......................
63.1(a)(5)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.1(a)(6) through (a)(8)...........  Applicability..........  Yes.                      .......................
63.1(a)(9)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.1(a)(10) through (14)............  Applicability..........  Yes.                      .......................
63.1(b)(1)..........................  Initial Applicability    No......................  Sec.  63.1340 specifies
                                       Determination.                                     applicability.
63.1(b)(2) and (3)..................  Initial Applicability    Yes.                      .......................
                                       Determination.
63.1(c)(1)..........................  Applicability After      Yes.                      .......................
                                       Standard Established.
63.1(c)(2)..........................  Permit Requirements....  Yes.....................  Area sources must
                                                                                          obtain Title V
                                                                                          permits.
63.1(c)(3)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.1(c)(4) and (5)..................  Extensions,              Yes.                      .......................
                                       Notifications.
63.1(d).............................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.1(e).............................  Applicability of Permit  Yes.                      .......................
                                       Program.
63.2................................  Definitions............  Yes.                      Additional definitions
                                                                                          in Sec.  63.1341.
63.3(a) through (c).................  Units and Abbreviations  Yes.                      .......................
63.4(a)(1) through (a)(3)...........  Prohibited Activities..  Yes.                      .......................
63.4(a)(4)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.4(a)(5)..........................  Compliance date........  Yes.                      .......................
63.4(b) and (c).....................  Circumvention,           Yes.                      .......................
                                       Severability.
63.5(a)(1) and (2)..................  Construction/            Yes.                      .......................
                                       Reconstruction.
63.5(b)(1)..........................  Compliance Dates.......  Yes.                      .......................
63.5(b)(2)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.5(b)(3) through (6)..............  Construction Approval,   Yes.                      .......................
                                       Applicability.
63.5(c).............................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.5(d)(1) through (4)..............  Approval of              Yes.                      .......................
                                       Construction/
                                       Reconstruction.
63.5(e).............................  Approval of              Yes.                      .......................
                                       Construction/
                                       Reconstruction.
63.5(f)(1) and (2)..................  Approval of              Yes.                      .......................
                                       Construction/
                                       Reconstruction.
63.6(a).............................  Compliance for           Yes.                      .......................
                                       Standards and
                                       Maintenance.
63.6(b)(1) through (5)..............  Compliance Dates.......  Yes.                      .......................
63.6(b)(6)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].

[[Page 370]]

 
63.6(b)(7)..........................  Compliance Dates.......  Yes.
63.6(c)(1) and (2)..................  Compliance Dates.......  Yes.
63.6(c)(3) and (c)(4)...............  .......................  No......................  [Reserved].
63.6(c)(5)..........................  Compliance Dates.......  Yes.
63.6(d).............................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.6(e)(1) and (e)(2)...............  Operation & Maintenance  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)..........................  Startup, Shutdown        Yes.
                                       Malfunction Plan.
63.6(f)(1) through (3)..............  Compliance with          Yes.
                                       Emission Standards.
63.6(g)(1) through (g)(3)...........  Alternative Standard...  Yes.
63.6(h)(1) and (2)..................  Opacity/VE Standards...  Yes.
63.6(h)(3)..........................                           No......................  Reserved
63.6(h)(4) and (h)(5)(i)............  Opacity/VE Standards...  Yes.
63.6(h)(5)(ii) through (iv).........  Opacity/VE Standards...  No......................  Test duration specified
                                                                                          in Subpart LLL.
63.6(h)(6)..........................  Opacity/VE Standards...  Yes.
63.6(i)(1) through (i)(14)..........  Extension of Compliance  Yes.
63.6(i)(15).........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.6(i)(16).........................  Extension of Compliance  Yes.
63.6(j).............................  Exemption from           Yes.
                                       Compliance.
63.7(a)(1) through (a)(3)...........  Performance Testing      Yes.....................  Sec.  63.1349 has
                                       Requirements.                                      specific requirements.
63.7(b).............................  Notification...........  Yes.
63.7(c).............................  Quality Assurance/Test   Yes.
                                       Plan.
63.7(d).............................  Testing Facilities.....  Yes.
63.7(e)(1) through (4)..............  Conduct of Tests.......  Yes.
63.7(f).............................  Alternative Test Method  Yes.
63.7(g).............................  Data Analysis..........  Yes.
63.7(h).............................  Waiver of Tests........  Yes.
63.8(a)(1)..........................  Monitoring Requirements  Yes.
63.8(a)(2)..........................  Monitoring.............  No......................  Sec.  63.1350 includes
                                                                                          CEM requirements.
63.8(a)(3)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.8(a)(4)..........................  Monitoring.............  No......................  Flares not applicable.
63.8(b)(1) through (3)..............  Conduct of Monitoring..  Yes.
63.8(c)(1) through (8)..............  CMS Operation/           Yes.                      Performance
                                       Maintenance.                                       specification
                                                                                          supersedes
                                                                                          requirements for THC
                                                                                          CEM. Temperature and
                                                                                          activated carbon
                                                                                          injection monitoring
                                                                                          data reduction
                                                                                          requirements given in
                                                                                          subpart LLL.
63.8(d).............................  Quality Control........  Yes.
63.8(e).............................  Performance Evaluation   Yes.....................  Performance
                                       for CMS.                                           specification
                                                                                          supersedes
                                                                                          requirements for THC
                                                                                          CEM.
63.8(f)(1) through (f)(5)...........  Alternative Monitoring   Yes.....................  Additional requirements
                                       Method.                                            in Sec.  1350(l).
63.8(f)(6)..........................  Alternative to RATA      Yes.
                                       Test.
63.8(g).............................  Data Reduction.........  Yes.
63.9(a).............................  Notification             Yes.
                                       Requirements.
63.9(b)(1) through (5)..............  Initial Notifications..  Yes.
63.9(c).............................  Request for Compliance   Yes.
                                       Extension.
63.9(d).............................  New Source Notification  Yes.
                                       for Special Compliance
                                       Requirements.
63.9(e).............................  Notification of          Yes.
                                       Performance Test.
63.9(f).............................  Notification of VE/      Yes                       Notification not
                                       Opacity Test.                                      required for VE/
                                                                                          opacity test under
                                                                                          Sec.  63.1350(e) and
                                                                                          (j).
63.9(g).............................  Additional CMS           Yes.
                                       Notifications.
63.9(h)(1) through (h)(3)...........  Notification of          Yes.
                                       Compliance Status.
63.9(h)(4)..........................                           No......................  [Reserved].
63.9(h)(5) and (h)(6)...............  Notification of          Yes.
                                       Compliance Status.
63.9(i).............................  Adjustment of Deadlines  Yes.
63.9(j).............................  Change in Previous       Yes.
                                       Information.
63.10(a)............................  Recordkeeping/Reporting  Yes                       Yes.
63.10(b)............................  General Requirements...  Yes.
63.10(c)(1).........................  Additional CMS           Yes.....................  PS-8A applies.
                                       Recordkeeping.
63.10(c)(2) through (c)(4)..........                           No......................  Reserved]
63.10(c)(5) through (c)(8)..........  Additional CMS           Yes.....................  PS-8A applies instead
                                       Recordkeeping.                                     of requirements for
                                                                                          THC CEM.

[[Page 371]]

 
63.10(c)(9).........................                           No......................  [Reserved]
63.10(c)(10) through (15)...........  Additional CMS           Yes.....................  PS-8A applies instead
                                       Recordkeeping.                                     of requirements for
                                                                                          THC CEM.
63.10(d)(1).........................  General Reporting        Yes.
                                       Requirements.
63.10(d)(2).........................  Performance Test         Yes.
                                       Results.
63.10(d)(3).........................  Opacity or VE            Yes.
                                       Observations.
63.10(d)(4).........................  Progress Reports.......  Yes.
63.10(d)(5).........................  Startup, Shutdown,       Yes.
                                       Malfunction Reports.
63.10(e)(1) and (e)(2)..............  Additional CMS Reports.  Yes.
63.10(e)(3).........................  Excess Emissions and     Yes.....................  Exceedences are defined
                                       CMS Performance                                    in subpart LLL.
                                       Reports.
63.10(f)............................  Waiver for               Yes.
                                       Recordkeeping/
                                       Reporting.
63.11(a) and (b)....................  Control Device           No......................  Flares not applicable.
                                       Requirements.
63.12(a)-(c)........................  State Authority and      Yes.
                                       Delegations.
63.13(a)-(c)........................  State/Regional           Yes.
                                       Addresses.
63.14(a) and (b)....................  Incorporation by         Yes.
                                       Reference.
63.15(a) and (b)....................  Availability of          Yes.
                                       Information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



 Subpart MMM--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
               for Pesticide Active Ingredient Production

    Source: 64 FR 33589, June 23, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1360  Applicability.

    (a) Definition of affected source. The affected source subject to 
this subpart is the facility-wide collection of pesticide active 
ingredient manufacturing process units (PAI process units) that process, 
use, or produce HAP, and are located at a plant site that is a major 
source, as defined in section 112(a) of the CAA. An affected source also 
includes waste management units, heat exchange systems, and cooling 
towers that are associated with the PAI process units. Exemptions from 
an affected source are specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (b) New source applicability. A new affected source subject to this 
subpart and to which the requirements for new sources apply is defined 
according to the criteria in either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this 
section.
    (1) An affected source for which construction or reconstruction 
commenced after November 10, 1997.
    (2) Any single PAI process unit that:
    (i) Is not part of a process unit group; and
    (ii) For which construction, as defined in Sec. 63.1361, commenced 
after November 10, 1997; and
    (iii) Has the potential to emit 10 tons/yr of any one HAP or 25 
tons/yr of combined HAP.
    (c) General provisions. Table 1 of this subpart specifies the 
provisions of subpart A of this part that apply to an owner or operator 
of an affected source subject to this subpart, and clarifies specific 
provisions in subpart A of this part as necessary for this subpart.
    (d) Exemptions from the requirements of this subpart. The provisions 
of this subpart do not apply to:
    (1) Research and development facilities;
    (2) PAI process units that are subject to subpart F of this part;
    (3) Production of ethylene; and
    (4) The following emission points listed:
    (i) Storm water from segregated sewers;
    (ii) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems, including testing 
of such systems;
    (iii) Spills;
    (iv) Water from safety showers;
    (v) Noncontact steam boiler blowdown and condensate;
    (vi) Laundry water;
    (vii) Vessels storing material that contains no organic HAP or 
contains organic HAP as impurities only; and
    (viii) Equipment, as defined in Sec. 63.1363, that is intended to 
operate in

[[Page 372]]

organic HAP service for less than 300 hours during the calendar year.
    (e) Applicability of this subpart except during periods of startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction. (1) Each provision set forth in this subpart 
shall apply at all times except that emission limitations shall not 
apply during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, as defined 
in Sec. 63.1361, if:
    (i) The startup, shutdown, or malfunction precludes the ability of 
the owner or operator of an affected source to comply with one or more 
specific emission limitations to which a particular emission point is 
subject; and
    (ii) The owner or operator follows the provisions for periods of 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction, as specified in Secs. 63.1367(a)(3) 
and 63.1368(i).
    (2) The provisions set forth in Sec. 63.1363 shall apply at all 
times except during periods of nonoperation of the PAI process unit (or 
specific portion thereof) in which the lines are drained and 
depressurized resulting in the cessation of the emissions to which 
Sec. 63.1363 applies.
    (3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with the emissions 
limitations of this subpart during times when emissions (or, where 
applicable, wastewater streams or residuals) are being routed to such 
items of equipment, if the shutdown would contravene emissions 
limitations of this subpart applicable to such items of equipment. This 
paragraph does not apply if the item of equipment is malfunctioning, or 
if the owner or operator must shut down the equipment to avoid damage 
due to a malfunction of the PAI process unit or portion thereof.
    (4) During startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the emissions 
limitations of this subpart do not apply pursuant to paragraphs (e)(1) 
through (3) of this section, the owner or operator shall implement, to 
the extent reasonably available, measures to prevent or minimize excess 
emissions. For purposes of this paragraph, ``excess emissions'' means 
emissions in excess of those that would have occurred if there were no 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction and the owner or operator complied 
with the relevant provisions of this subpart. The measures to be taken 
shall be identified in the applicable startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan, and may include, but are not limited to, air pollution control 
technologies, work practices, pollution prevention, monitoring, and/or 
changes in the manner of operation of the source. Back-up control 
devices are not required, but may be used if available.
    (f) Storage vessel applicability determination. An owner or operator 
shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (4) 
of this section to determine whether a storage vessel is part of the 
affected source to which this subpart applies.
    (1) If a storage vessel is already subject to another subpart of 40 
CFR part 63 on June 23, 1999, the storage vessel shall belong to the 
process unit subject to the other subpart.
    (2) Unless otherwise excluded under paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section, the storage vessel is part of a PAI process unit if either the 
input to the vessel from the PAI process unit is greater than or equal 
to the input from any other PAI or non-PAI process unit, or the output 
from the vessel to the PAI process unit is greater than or equal to the 
output to any other PAI or non-PAI process unit. If the greatest input 
to and/or output from a shared storage vessel is the same for two or 
more process units, including at least one PAI process unit, the owner 
or operator may assign the storage vessel to any one of the PAI process 
units that meet this condition. If the use varies from year to year, 
then the use for purposes of this subpart for existing sources shall be 
based on the utilization that occurred during the year preceding June 
23, 1999 or, if the storage vessel was not in operation during that 
year, the use shall be based on the expected use in the 5 years after 
startup. This determination shall be reported as part of an operating 
permit application or as otherwise specified by the permitting 
authority.
    (3) Unless otherwise excluded under paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section, where a storage vessel is located in a tank farm (including a 
marine tank farm), the applicability of this subpart shall be determined 
according to the provisions in

[[Page 373]]

paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The storage vessel may only be assigned to a process unit that 
utilizes the storage vessel and does not have an intervening storage 
vessel for that product (or raw material, as appropriate). With respect 
to a process unit, an intervening storage vessel means a storage vessel 
connected by hard-piping to the process unit and to the storage vessel 
in the tank farm so that product or raw material entering or leaving the 
process unit flows into (or from) the intervening storage vessel and 
does not flow directly into (or from) the storage vessel in the tank 
farm.
    (ii) If no PAI process unit meets the criteria of paragraph 
(f)(3)(i) of this section with respect to a storage vessel, this subpart 
does not apply to the storage vessel.
    (iii) If only one PAI process unit, and no non-PAI process unit, 
meets the criteria of paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section with respect 
to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be assigned to that PAI 
process unit.
    (iv) If two or more process units, including at least one PAI 
process unit, meet the criteria of paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section 
with respect to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be assigned 
to one of those process units according to the provisions of paragraph 
(f)(2) of this section. The input and output shall be determined among 
only those process units that meet the criteria of paragraph (f)(3)(i) 
of this section. If the storage vessel is not assigned to a PAI process 
unit according to the provisions of paragraph (f)(2) of this section, 
this subpart does not apply to the storage vessel.
    (4) If the storage vessel begins receiving material from (or sending 
material to) another process unit, or ceasing to receive material from 
(or send material to) a PAI process unit, or if the applicability of 
this subpart has been determined according to the provisions of 
paragraph (f)(2) of this section, and there is a significant change in 
the use of the storage vessel, the owner or operator shall reevaluate 
the ownership determination for the storage vessel.
    (g) Designating production of an intermediate as a PAI process unit. 
Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, an owner or 
operator may elect to designate production of any intermediate that does 
not meet the definition of integral intermediate as a PAI process unit 
subject to this subpart. Any storage vessel containing the intermediate 
is assigned to a PAI process unit according to the procedures in 
paragraph (f) of this section. Any process tank containing the 
intermediate is part of the process unit used to produce the 
intermediate.
    (h) Applicability of process units included in a process unit group. 
(1) If any of the products produced in the process unit group are 
subject to 40 CFR part 63, subpart GGG (Pharmaceuticals MACT), the owner 
or operator may elect to comply with the requirements of subpart GGG for 
the PAI process unit(s) within the process unit group, except for the 
following:
    (i) The emission limit standard for process vents in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(i) shall apply in place of Sec. 63.1254(a)(1) of 
subpart GGG of this part;
    (ii) When the date of April 2, 1997 is provided in 
Sec. 63.1254(a)(iii) of subpart GGG of this part, the date of June 23, 
1999 shall apply for purposes of this subpart; and
    (iii) Requirements in Sec. 63.1367(a)(5) regarding application for 
approval of construction or reconstruction shall apply in place of the 
provisions in Sec. 63.1259(a)(5) of subpart GGG of this part.
    (2) If the primary product of a process unit group is determined to 
be a material that is subject to another subpart of 40 CFR part 63 on 
June 23, 1999 or startup of the process unit group, whichever is later, 
the owner or operator may elect to comply with the other subpart for any 
PAI process unit within the process unit group.
    (3) The primary product of the process unit group shall be 
determined according to paragraphs (h)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The primary product is the product that is produced for the 
greatest operating time over a 5 year period, based on expected 
utilization for the 5 years following the compliance date or following 
initial startup of the process unit group, whichever is later; or

[[Page 374]]

    (ii) If the process unit group produces multiple products equally 
based on operating time, then the product with the greatest production 
on a mass basis over 5 years shall represent the primary product of the 
process unit, based on expected utilization for the 5 years following 
the compliance date or following initial startup of the unit or unit 
group, whichever is later.
    (i) Overlap with other regulations. (1) Overlap with other MACT 
standards. After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1364, an 
affected source subject to the provisions of this subpart that is also 
subject to the provisions of any other subpart of 40 CFR part 63 may 
elect, to the extent the subparts are consistent, under which subpart to 
maintain records and report to EPA. The affected source shall identify 
in the Notification of Compliance Status report required by 
Sec. 63.1368(f) under which authority such records will be maintained.
    (2) Overlap with RCRA subparts AA, BB, and/or CC. After the 
compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1364, if any affected source 
subject to this subpart is also subject to monitoring, recordkeeping, 
and reporting requirements in 40 CFR part 264, subpart AA, BB, or CC, or 
is subject to monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR part 
265, subpart AA, BB, or CC, and the owner or operator complies with the 
periodic reporting requirements under 40 CFR part 264, subpart AA, BB, 
or CC that would apply to the device if the facility had final-permitted 
status, the owner or operator may elect to comply either with the 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of this subpart, 
or with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in 40 
CFR parts 264 and/or 265, as described in this paragraph, which shall 
constitute compliance with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements of this subpart. If the owner or operator elects to comply 
with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in 40 CFR 
parts 264 and/or 265, the owner or operator shall report all excursions 
as required by Sec. 63.1368(g). The owner or operator shall identify in 
the Notification of Compliance Status report required by Sec. 63.1368(f) 
the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting authority under which the 
owner or operator will comply.
    (3) Overlap with NSPS subpart Kb. After the compliance dates 
specified in Sec. 63.1364, a Group 1 or Group 2 storage vessel that is 
also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb, is 
required to comply only with the provisions of this subpart MMM.
    (4) Overlap with subpart I. After the compliance dates specified in 
Sec. 63.1364, for all equipment within a process unit that contains 
equipment subject to subpart I of this part, an owner or operator may 
elect to comply with either the provisions of this subpart MMM or the 
provisions of subpart H of this part. The owner or operator shall 
identify in the Notification of Compliance Status report required by 
Sec. 63.1368(f) the provisions with which the owner or operator elects 
to comply.
    (5) Overlap with RCRA regulations for wastewater. After the 
compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1364, the owner or operator of an 
affected wastewater stream that is also subject to provisions in 40 CFR 
parts 260 through 272 shall comply with the more stringent control 
requirements (e.g., waste management units, numerical treatment 
standards, etc.) and the more stringent testing, monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements that overlap between the 
provisions of this subpart and the provisions of 40 CFR parts 260 
through 272. The owner or operator shall keep a record of the 
information used to determine which requirements were the most stringent 
and shall submit this information if requested by the Administrator.
    (6) Overlap with NSPS subparts III, NNN, and RRR. After the 
compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1364, if an owner or operator of a 
process vent subject to this subpart MMM that is also subject to the 
provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart III, or subpart NNN, or subpart 
RRR, elects to reduce organic HAP emissions from the process vent by 98 
percent as specified in Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(iii)(A), then the owner or 
operator is required to comply only with the provisions of this subpart 
MMM. Otherwise, the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions

[[Page 375]]

in both this subpart MMM and the provisions in 40 CFR part 60, subparts 
III, NNN, and RRR, as applicable.
    (j) Meaning of periods of time. All terms in this subpart MMM that 
define a period of time for completion of required tasks (e.g., weekly, 
monthly, quarterly, annual), unless specified otherwise in the section 
or subsection that imposes the requirement, refer to the standard 
calendar periods.
    (1) Notwithstanding time periods specified in the subpart MMM for 
completion of required tasks, such time periods may be changed by mutual 
agreement between the owner and operator and the Administrator, as 
specified in subpart A of this part (e.g., a period could begin on the 
compliance date or another date, rather than on the first day of the 
standard period). For each time period that is changed by agreement, the 
revised period shall remain in effect until it is changed. A new request 
is not necessary for each recurring period.
    (2) Where the period specified for compliance is a standard calendar 
period, if the initial compliance date occurs after the beginning of the 
period, compliance shall be required according to the schedule specified 
in paragraph (j)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the compliance deadline occurs, if there 
remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be performed weekly, at least 
2 weeks for tasks that must be performed monthly, at least 1 month for 
tasks that must be performed each quarter, or at least 3 months for 
tasks that must be performed annually; or
    (ii) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the end 
of the first full standard calendar period within which the initial 
compliance deadline occurs.
    (3) In all instances where a provision of this subpart MMM requires 
completion of a task during each of multiple successive periods, an 
owner or operator may perform the required task at any time during the 
specified period, provided the task is conducted at a reasonable 
interval after completion of the task in the previous period.



Sec. 63.1361  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section. If the same term is defined in subpart A 
of this part and in this section, it shall have the meaning given in 
this section for the purposes of this subpart MMM.
    Air pollution control device or control device means equipment 
installed on a process vent, storage vessel, wastewater treatment 
exhaust stack, or combination thereof that reduces the mass of HAP 
emitted to the air. The equipment may consist of an individual device or 
a series of devices. Examples include incinerators, carbon adsorption 
units, condensers, flares, boilers, process heaters, and gas absorbers. 
Process condensers are not considered air pollution control devices or 
control devices.
    Bag dump means equipment into which bags or other containers 
containing a powdered, granular, or other solid feedstock material are 
emptied. A bag dump is part of the process.
    Batch emission episode means a discrete venting episode that is 
associated with a single unit operation. A unit operation may have more 
than one batch emission episode. For example, a batch distillation unit 
operation may consist of batch emission episodes associated with 
charging and heating. Charging the vessel with HAP will result in one 
discrete batch emission episode that will last through the duration of 
the charge and will have an average flowrate equal to the rate of the 
charge. Another discrete batch emission episode will result from the 
expulsion of expanded vapor as the contents of the vessel are heated.
    Batch operation means a noncontinuous operation involving 
intermittent or discontinuous feed into PAI or integral intermediate 
manufacturing equipment, and, in general, involves the emptying of the 
equipment after the batch operation ceases and prior to beginning a new 
operation. Addition of raw material and withdrawal of product do not 
occur simultaneously in a batch operation. A batch process consists of a 
series of batch operations.
    Bench-scale batch process means a batch process (other than a 
research

[[Page 376]]

and development facility) that is capable of being located on a 
laboratory bench top. This bench-scale equipment will typically include 
reagent feed vessels, a small reactor and associated product separator, 
recovery and holding equipment. These processes are only capable of 
producing small quantities of product.
    Block means a time period equal to, at a maximum, the duration of a 
single batch.
    Car seal means a seal that is placed on a device that is used to 
change the position of a valve (e.g., from opened to closed) in such a 
way that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking 
the seal.
    Cleaning operation means routine rinsing, washing, or boil-off of 
equipment in batch operations between batches.
    Closed-loop system means an enclosed system that returns process 
fluid to the process and is not vented to the atmosphere except through 
a closed-vent system.
    Closed-purge system means a system or combination of system and 
portable containers, to capture purged liquids. Containers must be 
covered or closed when not being filled or emptied.
    Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere 
and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if necessary, 
flow inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an emission point 
to a control device.
    Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment, such as a 
flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler, used for the combustion 
of organic HAP vapors.
    Connector means flanged, screwed, or other joined fittings used to 
connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of equipment. A common 
connector is a flange. Joined fittings welded completely around the 
circumference of the interface are not considered connectors for the 
purpose of this regulation. For the purpose of reporting and record 
keeping, connector means joined fittings that are not inaccessible, 
ceramic, or ceramic-lined as described in Sec. 63.1255(b)(1)(vii) and 
63.1255(f)(3).
    Construction means the onsite fabrication, erection, or installation 
of an affected source or PAI process unit. Addition of new equipment to 
an existing PAI process unit does not constitute construction.
    Consumption means the makeup quantity of HAP entering a process that 
is not used as reactant. The quantity of material used as reactant is 
the theoretical amount needed assuming a 100 percent stoichiometric 
conversion. Makeup is the net amount of material that must be added to 
the process to replenish losses.
    Container, as used in the wastewater provisions, means any portable 
waste management unit that has a capacity greater than or equal to 0.1 
m3 in which a material is stored, transported, treated, or 
otherwise handled. Examples of containers are drums, barrels, tank 
trucks, barges, dumpsters, tank cars, dump trucks, and ships.
    Continuous process means a process where the inputs and outputs flow 
continuously throughout the duration of the process. Continuous 
processes typically approach steady state.
    Continuous seal means a seal that forms a continuous closure that 
completely covers the space between the wall of the storage vessel and 
the edge of the floating roof. A continuous seal may be a vapor-mounted, 
liquid-mounted, or metallic shoe seal.
    Controlled HAP emissions means the quantity of HAP components 
discharged to the atmosphere from an air pollution control device.
    Cover, as used in the wastewater provisions, means a device or 
system which is placed on or over a waste management unit containing 
wastewater or residuals so that the entire surface area is enclosed to 
minimize air emissions. A cover may have openings necessary for 
operation, inspection, and maintenance of the waste management unit such 
as access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge wells provided that each 
opening is closed when not in use. Examples of covers include a fixed 
roof installed on a wastewater tank, a lid installed on a container, and 
an air-supported enclosure installed over a waste management unit.

[[Page 377]]

    Double block and bleed system means two block valves connected in 
series with a bleed valve or line that can vent the line between the two 
block valves.
    Duct work means a conveyance system such as those commonly used for 
heating and ventilation systems. It is often made of sheet metal and 
often has sections connected by screws or crimping. Hard-piping is not 
ductwork.
    Equipment, for purposes of Sec. 63.1363, means each pump, 
compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection 
system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, and instrumentation 
system in organic hazardous air pollutant service.
    External floating roof means a pontoon-type or double-deck type 
cover that rests on the liquid surface in a storage tank or waste 
management unit with no fixed roof.
    FIFRA means the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act.
    Fill or filling means the introduction of organic HAP into a storage 
tank or the introduction of a wastewater stream or residual into a waste 
management unit, but not necessarily to complete capacity.
    First attempt at repair means to take action for the purpose of 
stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to the atmosphere.
    Fixed roof means a cover that is mounted on a waste management unit 
or storage tank in a stationary manner and that does not move with 
fluctuations in liquid level.
    Flame ionization detector (FID) means a device in which the measured 
change in conductivity of a standard flame (usually hydrogen) due to the 
insertion of another gas or vapor is used to detect the gas or vapor.
    Floating roof means a cover consisting of a double deck, pontoon 
single deck, internal floating cover or covered floating roof, which 
rests upon and is supported by the liquid being contained, and is 
equipped with a continuous seal or seals to close the space between the 
roof edge and waste management unit or storage vessel wall.
    Flow indicator means a device that indicates whether gas flow is, or 
whether the valve position would allow gas flow to be, present in a 
line.
    Group 1 process vent means any process vent from a process at an 
existing or new affected source for which the uncontrolled organic HAP 
emissions from the sum of all process vents are greater than or equal to 
0.15 Mg/yr and/or the uncontrolled hydogen chloride (HCl) and chlorine 
emissions from the sum of all process vents are greater than or equal to 
6.8 Mg/yr.
    Group 2 process vent means any process vent that does not meet the 
definition of a Group 1 process vent.
    Group 1 storage vessel means a storage vessel at an existing 
affected source with a capacity equal to or greater than 75 m\3\ and 
storing material with a maximum true vapor pressure greater than or 
equal to 3.45 kPa, or a storage vessel at a new affected source with a 
capacity equal to or greater than 40 m\3\ and storing material with a 
maximum true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 16.5 kPa and with a 
capacity greater than or equal to 75 m\3\ and storing material with a 
maximum true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 3.45 kPa.
    Group 2 storage vessel means a storage vessel that does not meet the 
definition of a Group 1 storage vessel.
    Group 1 wastewater stream means process wastewater at an existing or 
new source that meets the criteria for Group 1 status in Sec. 63.132(c) 
of subpart G of this part for compounds in Table 9 of subpart G of this 
part or a maintenance wastewater stream that contains 5.3 Mg of HAP per 
discharge event.
    Group 2 wastewater stream means any wastewater stream that does not 
meet the definition of a Group 1 wastewater stream.
    Group of processes means all of the equipment associated with 
processes in a building, processing area, or facility-wide. A group of 
processes may consist of a single process.
    Halogenated compounds means organic compounds that contain chlorine 
atoms.
    Halogenated vent stream means a process, storage vessel, or waste 
management unit vent stream determined to have a concentration of 
halogenated compounds of greater than 20 ppmv, as determined through 
process knowledge, test results using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, or test results

[[Page 378]]

using any other test method that has been validated according to the 
procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
    Hard-piping means piping or tubing that is manufactured and properly 
installed using good engineering judgment and standards, such as ANSI 
B31-3.
    Impurity means a substance that is produced coincidentally with the 
product(s), or is present in a raw material. An impurity does not serve 
a useful purpose in the production or use of the product(s) and is not 
isolated.
    In gas/vapor service means that a piece of equipment in organic HAP 
service contains a gas or vapor at operating conditions.
    In heavy liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
HAP service is not in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.
    In light liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
HAP service contains a liquid that meets the following conditions:
    (1) The vapor pressure of one or more of the organic compounds is 
greater than 0.3 kPa at 20  deg.C;
    (2) The total concentration of the pure organic compounds 
constituents having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kPa at 20  deg.C 
is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight of the total process 
stream; and
    (3) The fluid is a liquid at operating conditions.

    Note: To definition of ``In light liquid service: Vapor pressures 
may be determined by the methods described in 40 CFR 60.485(e)(1).

    In liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic HAP 
service is not in gas/vapor service.
    In organic hazardous air pollutant or in organic HAP service means 
that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or 
gas) that is at least 5 percent by weight of total organic HAP as 
determined according to the provisions of Sec. 63.180(d) of subpart H of 
this part. The provisions of Sec. 63.180(d) of subpart H of this part 
also specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in 
organic HAP service.
    In vacuum service means that equipment is operating at an internal 
pressure which is at least 5 kPa below ambient pressure.
    In-situ sampling systems means nonextractive samplers or in-line 
samplers.
    Individual drain system means the stationary system used to convey 
wastewater streams or residuals to a waste management unit or to 
discharge or disposal. The term includes: hard piping; all process 
drains and junction boxes; and associated sewer lines, other junction 
boxes, manholes, sumps, and lift stations conveying wastewater streams 
or residuals. A segregated stormwater sewer system, which is a drain and 
collection system designed and operated for the sole purpose of 
collecting rainfall-runoff at a facility, and which is segregated from 
all other individual drain systems, is excluded from this definition.
    Instrumentation system means a group of equipment components used to 
condition and convey a sample of the process fluid to analyzers and 
instruments for the purpose of determining process operating conditions 
(e.g., composition, pressure, flow, etc.). Valves and connectors are the 
predominant type of equipment used in instrumentation systems; however, 
other types of equipment may also be included in these systems. Only 
valves nominally 0.5 inches and smaller and connectors nominally 0.75 
inches and smaller in diameter are considered instrumentation systems 
for the purposes of this subpart. Valves greater than nominally 0.5 
inches and connectors greater than nominally 0.75 inches associated with 
instrumentation systems are not considered part of instrumentation 
systems and must be monitored individually.
    Integral intermediate means an intermediate for which 50 percent or 
more of the annual production is used in on-site production of any 
PAI(s) and that is not stored before being used in the production of 
another integral intermediate or the PAI(s). For the purposes of this 
definition, an intermediate is stored if it is discharged to a storage 
vessel and at least one of the following conditions is met: the 
processing equipment that discharges to the storage vessel is shutdown 
before the processing equipment that withdraws from the storage vessel 
is started up; during an annual period, the material must be

[[Page 379]]

stored in the vessel for at least 30 days before being used to make a 
PAI; or the processing equipment that discharges to the storage vessel 
is located in a separate building (or processing area) of the plant than 
the processing equipment that uses material from the storage vessel as a 
feedstock, and control equipment is not shared by the two processing 
areas. Any process unit that produces an intermediate and is subject to 
subpart F of this part is not an integral intermediate.
    Intermediate means an organic compound that is produced by chemical 
reaction and that is further processed or modified in one or more 
additional chemical reaction steps to produce another intermediate or a 
PAI.
    Internal floating roof means a cover that rests or floats on the 
liquid surface (but not necessarily in complete contact with it) inside 
a storage tank or waste management unit that has a permanently affixed 
roof.
    Junction box means a manhole or access point to a wastewater sewer 
system line or a lift station.
    Large control device means a control device that controls process 
vents, and the total HAP emissions into the control device from all 
sources are greater than or equal to 10 tons/yr.
    Liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or liquid-filled seal mounted in 
contact with the liquid between the wall of the storage vessel or waste 
management unit and the floating roof. The seal is mounted continuously 
around the tank or unit.
    Liquids dripping means any visible leakage from the seal including 
dripping, spraying, misting, clouding, and ice formation. Indications of 
liquid dripping include puddling or new stains that are indicative of an 
existing evaporated drip.
    Maintenance wastewater means wastewater generated by the draining of 
process fluid from components in the PAI process unit into an individual 
drain system prior to or during maintenance activities. Maintenance 
wastewater can be generated through planned or unplanned shutdowns and 
during periods not associated with a shutdown. Examples of activities 
that can generate maintenance wastewaters include descaling of heat 
exchanger tubing bundles, cleaning of distillation column traps, 
draining of low legs and high point bleeds, draining of pumps into an 
individual drain system, and draining of portions of the PAI process 
unit for repair.
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable failure of air pollution control equipment, emissions 
monitoring equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a 
normal or usual manner. Failures that are caused all or in part by poor 
maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.
    Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure 
exerted by the total organic HAP in the stored or transferred liquid at 
the temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the 
liquid storage or transferred temperature for liquids stored or 
transferred above or below the ambient temperature or at the local 
maximum monthly average temperature as reported by the National Weather 
Service for liquids stored or transferred at the ambient temperature, as 
determined:
    (1) In accordance with methods described in Chapter 19.2 of the 
American Petroleum Institute's Manual of Petroleum Measurement 
Standards, Evaporative Loss From Floating-Roof Tanks (incorporated by 
reference as specified in Sec. 63.14 in subpart A of this part); or
    (2) As obtained from standard reference texts; or
    (3) As determined by the American Society for Testing and Materials 
Method D2879-97, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature Relationship 
and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope 
(incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14 of subpart A of 
this part); or
    (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
    Metallic shoe seal or mechanical shoe seal means metal sheets that 
are held vertically against the wall of the storage tank by springs, 
weighted levers, or other mechanisms and connected to the floating roof 
by braces or other means. A flexible coated fabric (envelope) spans the 
annular space between the metal sheet and the floating roof.
    Nonrepairable means that it is technically infeasible to repair a 
piece of

[[Page 380]]

equipment from which a leak has been detected without a process 
shutdown.
    Open-ended valve or line means any valve, except pressure relief 
valves, having one side of the valve seat in contact with process fluid 
and one side open to atmosphere, either directly or through open piping.
    Operating scenario, for the purposes of reporting and recordkeeping, 
means a description of a PAI process unit, including: identification of 
each wastewater point of determination (POD) and process vent, their 
associated emissions episodes and durations, and their associated level 
of control and control devices, as applicable; calculations and 
engineering analyses required to demonstrate compliance; and a 
description of operating and/or testing conditions for any associated 
control device.
    Organic compound, as used in the definitions of intermediate and 
PAI, means any compound that contains both carbon and hydrogen with or 
without other elements.
    Organic HAP means those HAP listed in section 112(b) of the CAA that 
are measured according to the procedures of Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A.
    Pesticide active ingredient or PAI means any material that is an 
active ingredient within the meaning of FIFRA section 2(a); that is used 
to produce an insecticide, herbicide, or fungicide end use pesticide 
product; that consists of one or more organic compounds; and that must 
be labeled in accordance with 40 CFR part 156 for transfer, sale, or 
distribution. These materials are typically described by North American 
Industrial Classification System (NAICS) Codes 325199 and 32532 (i.e., 
previously known as Standard Industrial Classification System Codes 2869 
and 2879). These materials are identified by product classification 
codes 01, 21, 02, 04, 44, 07, 08, and 16 in block 19 on EPA form 3540-
16, the Pesticides Report for Pesticide-Producing Establishments.
    Pesticide active ingredient manufacturing process unit (PAI process 
unit) means a process unit that is used to produce a material that is 
primarily used as a PAI or integral intermediate. A PAI process unit 
consists of: the process, as defined in this subpart; associated storage 
vessels, as determined by the procedures in Sec. 63.1360(f); equipment 
identified in Sec. 63.1362(l); connected piping and ducts; and 
components such as pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief 
devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, 
valves, connectors, and instrumentation systems. A material is primarily 
used as a PAI or integral intermediate if more than 50 percent of the 
projected annual production from a process unit in the 3 years after 
June 23, 1999 or startup, whichever is later, is used as a PAI or 
integral intermediate; recordkeeping is required if the material is used 
as a PAI or integral intermediate, but not as the primary use. If the 
primary use changes to a PAI or integral intermediate, the process unit 
becomes a PAI process unit unless it is already subject to the HON. If 
the primary use changes from a PAI or integral intermediate to another 
use, the process unit remains a PAI process unit. Any process tank 
containing an integral intermediate is part of the PAI process unit used 
to produce the integral intermediate. A process unit that produces an 
intermediate that is not an integral intermediate may be designated as a 
PAI process unit according to the procedures of Sec. 63.1360(g). 
Formulation of pesticide products is not considered part of a PAI 
process unit. Quality assurance and quality control laboratories are not 
considered part of a PAI process unit.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
    Point of determination (POD) means each point where a wastewater 
stream exits the PAI process unit.

    Note to definition of ``point of determination'': The regulation 
allows determination of the characteristics of a wastewater stream: at 
the point of determination; or downstream of the point of determination 
if corrections are made for changes in flow rate and annual average 
concentration of Table 9

[[Page 381]]

compounds as determined in Sec. 63.144 of subpart G of this part. Such 
changes include: losses by air emissions, reduction of annual average 
concentration or changes in flow rate by mixing with other water or 
wastewater streams, and reduction in flow rate or annual average 
concentration by treating or otherwise handling the wastewater stream to 
remove or destroy HAP.

    Pressure release means the emission of materials resulting from the 
system pressure being greater than the set pressure of the pressure 
relief device. This release can be one release or a series of releases 
over a short time period due to a malfunction in the process.
    Pressure relief device or valve means a safety device used to 
prevent operating pressures from exceeding the maximum allowable working 
pressure of the process equipment. A common pressure relief device is a 
spring-loaded pressure relief valve. Devices that are actuated either by 
a pressure of less than or equal to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge or 
by a vacuum are not pressure relief devices.
    Process means a logical grouping of processing equipment which 
collectively function to produce a product. For the purpose of this 
subpart, a PAI process includes all, or a combination of, reaction, 
recovery, separation, purification, treatment, cleaning, and other 
activities or unit operations, which are used to produce a PAI or 
integral intermediate. A PAI process and all integral intermediate 
processes for which 100 percent of the annual production is used in the 
production of the PAI may be linked together and defined as a single PAI 
process unit.
    Process condenser means a condenser whose primary purpose is to 
recover material as an integral part of a unit operation. The condenser 
must cause a vapor-to-liquid phase change for periods during which the 
temperature of liquid in the process equipment is at or above its 
boiling or bubble point. Examples of process condensers include 
distillation condensers, reflux condensers, and condensers used in 
stripping or flashing operation. In a series of condensers, all 
condensers up to and including the first condenser with an exit gas 
temperature below the boiling or bubble point of the liquid in the 
process equipment are considered to be process condensers. All 
condensers in line prior to the vacuum source are included in this 
definition.
    Process shutdown means a work practice or operational procedure that 
stops production from a process or part of a process during which it is 
technically feasible to clear process material from a process or part of 
a process consistent with safety constraints and during which repairs 
can be effected. An unscheduled work practice or operational procedure 
that stops production from a process or part of a process for less than 
24 hours is not a process shutdown. An unscheduled work practice or 
operational procedure that would stop production from a process or part 
of a process for a shorter period of time than would be required to 
clear the process or part of the process of materials and start up the 
process, and would result in greater emissions than delay of repair of 
leaking components until the next scheduled process shutdown, is not a 
process shutdown. The use of spare equipment and technically feasible 
bypassing of equipment without stopping production are not process 
shutdowns.
    Process tank means a tank that is used to collect material 
discharged from a feedstock storage vessel or equipment within the 
process and transfer of this material to other equipment within the 
process or a product storage vessel. Processing steps occur both 
upstream and downstream of the tank within a given process unit. Surge 
control vessels and bottoms receivers that fit these conditions are 
considered process tanks.
    Process unit means the equipment assembled and connected by pipes or 
ducts to process raw materials and to manufacture an intended product.
    Process unit group means a group of process units that manufacture 
PAI's and products other than PAI's by alternating raw materials or 
operating conditions, or by reconfiguring process equipment. Only 
process equipment that has been or could be part of a PAI process unit, 
because of its function or capacity, is included in a process unit 
group.
    Process vent means a point of emission from processing equipment to 
the atmosphere or a control device. The vent may be the release point 
for an

[[Page 382]]

emission stream associated with an individual unit operation, or it may 
be the release point for emission streams from multiple unit operations 
that have been manifolded together into a common header. Examples of 
process vents include, but are not limited to, vents on condensers used 
for product recovery, bottom receivers, surge control vessels, reactors, 
filters, centrifuges, process tanks, and product dryers. A vent is not 
considered to be a process vent for a given emission episode if the 
undiluted and uncontrolled emission stream that is released through the 
vent contains less than 20 ppmv HAP, as determined through process 
knowledge that no HAP are present in the emission stream; using an 
engineering assessment as discussed in Sec. 63.1365(b)(2)(ii); from test 
data collected using Method 1818 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or from 
test data collected using any other test method that has been validated 
according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part. 
Process vents do not include vents on storage vessels regulated under 
Sec. 63.1362(c), vents on wastewater emission sources regulated under 
Sec. 63.1362(d), or pieces of equipment regulated under Sec. 63.1363.
    Process wastewater means wastewater which, during manufacturing or 
processing, comes into direct contact with, or results from, the 
production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished 
product, by-product, or waste product. Examples include: product tank 
drawdown or feed tank drawdown; water formed during a chemical reaction 
or used as a reactant; water used to wash impurities from organic 
products or reactants; water used to clean process equipment; water used 
to cool or quench organic vapor streams through direct contact; and 
condensed steam from jet ejector systems pulling vacuum on vessels 
containing organics.
    Product means the compound(s) or chemical(s) that are produced or 
manufactured as the intended output of a process unit. Impurities and 
wastes are not considered products.
    Product dryer means equipment that is used to remove moisture or 
other liquid from granular, powdered, or other solid PAI or integral 
intermediate products prior to storage, formulation, shipment, or other 
uses. The product dryer is part of the process.
    Product dryer vent means a process vent from a product dryer through 
which a gas stream containing gaseous pollutants (i.e., organic HAP, 
HCl, or chlorine), particulate matter, or both are released to the 
atmosphere or are routed to a control device.
    Production-indexed HAP consumption factor (HAP factor) is the result 
of dividing the annual consumption of total HAP by the annual production 
rate, per process.
    Production-indexed VOC consumption factor (VOC factor) is the result 
of dividing the annual consumption of total VOC by the annual production 
rate, per process.
    Publicly owned treatment works (POTW) is defined at 40 CFR part 
403.3(0).
    Reactor means a device or vessel in which one or more chemicals or 
reactants, other than air, are combined or decomposed in such a way that 
their molecular structures are altered and one or more new organic 
compounds are formed.
    Recovery device, as used in the wastewater provisions, means an 
individual unit of equipment capable of, and normally used for the 
purpose of, recovering chemicals for fuel value (i.e., net positive 
heating value), use, reuse, or for sale for fuel value, use, or reuse. 
Examples of equipment that may be recovery devices include organic 
removal devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation 
units. To be a recovery device, a decanter and any other equipment based 
on the operating principle of gravity separation must receive only two-
phase liquid streams.
    Repaired means that equipment is adjusted, or otherwise altered, to 
eliminate a leak as defined in the applicable paragraphs of 
Sec. 63.1363.
    Research and development facility means any stationary source whose 
primary purpose is to conduct research and development, where the 
operations are under the close supervision of technically trained 
personnel, and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for 
commercial sale, except in a de minimis manner.

[[Page 383]]

    Residual means any liquid or solid material containing Table 9 
compounds (as defined in Sec. 63.111 of subpart G of this part) that is 
removed from a wastewater stream by a waste management unit or treatment 
process that does not destroy organics (nondestructive unit). Examples 
of residuals from nondestructive wastewater management units include the 
organic layer and bottom residue removed by a decanter or organic-water 
separator and the overheads from a steam stripper or air stripper. 
Examples of materials which are not residuals include: silt; mud; 
leaves; bottoms from a steam stripper or air stripper; and sludges, ash, 
or other materials removed from wastewater being treated by destructive 
devices such as biological treatment units and incinerators.
    Safety device means a closure device such as a pressure relief 
valve, frangible disc, fusible plug, or any other type of device which 
functions exclusively to prevent physical damage or permanent 
deformation to a unit or its air emission control equipment by venting 
gases or vapors directly to the atmosphere during unsafe conditions 
resulting from an unplanned, accidental, or emergency event. For the 
purposes of this subpart, a safety device is not used for routine 
venting of gases or vapors from the vapor headspace underneath a cover 
such as during filling of the unit or to adjust the pressure in this 
vapor headspace in response to normal daily diurnal ambient temperature 
fluctuations. A safety device is designed to remain in a closed position 
during normal operations and open only when the internal pressure, or 
another relevant parameter, exceeds the device threshold setting 
applicable to the air emission control equipment as determined by the 
owner or operator based on manufacturer recommendations, applicable 
regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering 
codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of 
flammable, combustible, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.
    Sampling connection system means an assembly of equipment within a 
process unit used during periods of representative operation to take 
samples of the process fluid. Equipment used to take nonroutine grab 
samples is not considered a sampling connection system.
    Sensor means a device that measures a physical quantity or the 
change in a physical quantity, such as temperature, pressure, flow rate, 
pH, or liquid level.
    Set pressure means the pressure at which a properly operating 
pressure relief device begins to open to relieve atypical process system 
operating pressure.
    Sewer line means a lateral, trunk line, branch line, or other 
conduit including, but not limited to, grates, trenches, etc., used to 
convey wastewater streams or residuals to a downstream waste management 
unit.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a continuous PAI 
process unit for any purpose. Shutdown also means the cessation of a 
batch PAI process unit or any related individual piece of equipment 
required or used to comply with this part or for emptying and degassing 
storage vessels for periodic maintenance, replacement of equipment, 
repair, or any other purpose not excluded from this definition. Shutdown 
does not apply to cessation of a batch PAI process unit at the end of a 
campaign or between batches (e.g., for rinsing or washing equipment), 
for routine maintenance, or for other routine operations.
    Small control device means a control device that controls process 
vents, and the total HAP emissions into the control device from all 
sources are less than 10 tons of HAP per year.
    Startup means the setting in operation of a continuous PAI process 
unit for any purpose, the first time a new or reconstructed batch PAI 
process unit begins production, or, for new equipment added, including 
equipment used to comply with this subpart, the first time the equipment 
is put into operation. For batch process units, startup does not apply 
to the first time the equipment is put into operation at the start of a 
campaign to produce a product that has been produced in the past, after 
a shutdown for maintenance, or when the equipment is put into operation 
as part of a batch within a campaign. As used in Sec. 63.1363, startup 
means the setting in operation of a

[[Page 384]]

piece of equipment or a control device that is subject to this subpart.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
organic liquids that contain one or more HAP and that has been assigned, 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.1360(f) or (g), to a PAI process 
unit that is subject to this subpart MMM. The following are not 
considered storage vessels for the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Vessels storing material that contains no organic HAP or 
contains organic HAP only as impurities;
    (4) Wastewater storage tanks;
    (5) Process tanks; and
    (6) Nonwastewater waste tanks.
    Supplemental gases means any nonaffected gaseous streams (streams 
that are not from process vents, storage vessels, equipment or waste 
management units) that contain less than 20 ppmv TOC and less than 20 
ppmv total HCl and chlorine, as determined through process knowledge, 
and are combined with an affected vent stream. Supplemental gases are 
often used to maintain pressures in manifolds or for fire and explosion 
protection and prevention. Air required to operate combustion device 
burner(s) is not considered a supplemental gas.
    Surface impoundment means a waste management unit which is a natural 
topographic depression, manmade excavation, or diked area formed 
primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with manmade 
materials), which is designed to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes 
or waste containing free liquids. A surface impoundment is used for the 
purpose of treating, storing, or disposing of wastewater or residuals, 
and is not an injection well. Examples of surface impoundments are 
equalization, settling, and aeration pits, ponds, and lagoons.
    Total organic compounds (TOC) means those compounds measured 
according to the procedures of Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    Treatment process means a specific technique that removes or 
destroys the organics in a wastewater or residual stream such as a steam 
stripping unit, thin-film evaporation unit, waste incinerator, 
biological treatment unit, or any other process applied to wastewater 
streams or residuals to comply with Sec. 63.138 of subpart G of this 
part. Most treatment processes are conducted in tanks. Treatment 
processes are a subset of waste management units.
    Uncontrolled HAP emissions means a gas stream containing HAP which 
has exited the process (or process condenser, if any), but which has not 
yet been introduced into an air pollution control device to reduce the 
mass of HAP in the stream. If the process vent is not routed to an air 
pollution control device, uncontrolled emissions are those HAP emissions 
released to the atmosphere.
    Unit operation means those processing steps that occur within 
distinct equipment that are used, among other things, to prepare 
reactants, facilitate reactions, separate and purify products, and 
recycle materials. Equipment used for these purposes includes, but is 
not limited to, reactors, distillation units, extraction columns, 
absorbers, decanters, dryers, condensers, and filtration equipment.
    Vapor-mounted seal means a continuous seal that completely covers 
the annular space between the wall of the storage tank or waste 
management unit and the edge of the floating roof, and is mounted such 
that there is a vapor space between the stored liquid and the bottom of 
the seal.
    Volatile organic compounds are defined in 40 CFR 51.100.
    Waste management unit means the equipment, structure(s), and/or 
device(s) used to convey, store, treat, or dispose of wastewater streams 
or residuals. Examples of waste management units include wastewater 
tanks, surface impoundments, individual drain systems, and biological 
wastewater treatment units. Examples of

[[Page 385]]

equipment that may be waste management units include containers, air 
flotation units, oil-water separators or organic-water separators, or 
organic removal devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film 
evaporation units. If such equipment is a recovery device, then it is 
part of a PAI process unit and is not a waste management unit.
    Wastewater means water that meets either of the conditions described 
in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition and is discarded from a PAI 
process unit that is at an affected source:
    (1) Is generated from a PAI process and contains either:
    (i) An annual average concentration of compounds in Table 9 of 
subpart G of this part of at least 5 ppmw and has an average flow rate 
of 0.02 L/min or greater; or
    (ii) An annual average concentration of compounds in Table 9 of 
subpart G of this part of at least 10,000 ppmw at any flow rate;
    (2) Is generated from a PAI process unit as a result of maintenance 
activities and contains at least 5.3 Mg of HAP per individual discharge 
event.
    Wastewater tank means a stationary waste management unit that is 
designed to contain an accumulation of wastewater or residuals and is 
constructed primarily of nonearthen materials (e.g., wood, concrete, 
steel, plastic) which provide structural support. Wastewater tanks used 
for flow equalization are included in this definition.
    Water seal controls means a seal pot, p-leg trap, or other type of 
trap filled with water (e.g., flooded sewers that maintain water levels 
adequate to prevent air flow through the system) that creates a water 
barrier between the sewer line and the atmosphere. The water level of 
the seal must be maintained in the vertical leg of a drain in order to 
be considered a water seal.



Sec. 63.1362  Standards.

    (a) On and after the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1364, 
each owner or operator of an affected source subject to the provisions 
of this subpart shall control HAP emissions to the levels specified in 
this section and in Sec. 63.1363, as summarized in Table 2 of this 
subpart.
    (b) Process vents. (1) The owner or operator of an existing source 
shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this 
section. The owner or operator of a new source shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section. Compliance 
with paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(5) of this section shall be 
demonstrated through the applicable test methods and initial compliance 
procedures in Sec. 63.1365 and the monitoring requirements in 
Sec. 63.1366.
    (2) Organic HAP emissions from existing sources. The owner or 
operator of an existing affected source must comply with the 
requirements in either paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section or with the 
requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The uncontrolled organic HAP emission rate shall not exceed 0.15 
Mg/yr from the sum of all process vents within a process.
    (ii) (A) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this 
section, uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from a process vent shall be 
reduced by 98 percent by weight or greater if the flow-weighted average 
flowrate for the vent as calculated using Equation 1 of this subpart is 
less than or equal to the flowrate calculated using Equation 2 of this 
subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.000

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.001

Where:

FRa=flow-weighted average flowrate for the vent, scfm
Di=duration of each emission event, min
FRi=flowrate of each emission event, scfm
n=number of emission events
FR=flowrate, scfm
HL=annual uncontrolled organic HAP emissions, lb/yr, as defined in 
          Sec. 63.1361

    (B) If the owner or operator can demonstrate that a control device, 
installed on or before November 10, 1997 on a process vent otherwise 
subject to the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, 
reduces

[[Page 386]]

inlet emissions of total organic HAP by greater than or equal to 90 
percent by weight but less than 98 percent by weight, then the control 
device must be operated to reduce inlet emissions of total organic HAP 
by 90 percent by weight or greater.
    (iii) Excluding process vents that are subject to the requirements 
in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, uncontrolled organic HAP 
emissions from the sum of all process vents within a process shall be 
reduced by 90 percent or greater by weight.
    (iv) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) 
and (iii) of this section, uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from any 
process vent may be reduced in accordance with any of the provisions in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(iv)(A) through (D) of this section. All remaining 
process vents within a process must be controlled in accordance with 
paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
    (A) To outlet concentrations less than or equal to 20 ppmv as TOC; 
or
    (B) By a flare that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b); or
    (C) By a control device specified in Sec. 63.1365(a)(4); or
    (D) In accordance with the alternative standard specified in 
paragraph (b)(6) of this section.
    (3) HCl and Cl2 emissions from existing sources. For each 
process, the owner or operator of an existing source shall comply with 
the requirements of either paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) The uncontrolled HCl and Cl2 emissions, including HCl 
generated from the combustion of halogenated process vent emissions, 
from the sum of all process vents within a process shall not exceed 6.8 
Mg/yr.
    (ii) HCl and Cl2 emissions, including HCl generated from 
combustion of halogenated process vent emissions, from the sum of all 
process vents within a process shall be reduced by 94 percent or greater 
or to outlet concentrations less than or equal to 20 ppmv.
    (4) Organic HAP emissions from new sources. For each process, the 
owner or operator of a new source shall comply with the requirements of 
either paragraph (b)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) The uncontrolled organic HAP emissions shall not exceed 0.15 Mg/
yr from the sum of all process vents within a process.
    (ii) The uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from the sum of all 
process vents within a process at a new affected source that are not 
controlled according to any of the requirements of paragraphs 
(b)(4)(ii)(A) through (C) or (b)(6) of this section shall be reduced by 
98 weight percent or greater.
    (A) To outlet concentrations less than or equal to 20 ppmv as TOC; 
or
    (B) By a flare that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b); or
    (C) By a control device specified in Sec. 63.1365(a)(4).
    (5) HCl and Cl2 emissions from new sources. For each 
process, the owner or operator of a new source shall comply with the 
requirements of either paragraph (b)(5)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) The uncontrolled HCl and Cl2 emissions, including HCl 
generated from combustion of halogenated process vent emissions, from 
the sum of all process vents within a process shall not exceed 6.8 Mg/
yr.
    (ii) If HCl and Cl2 emissions, including HCl generated 
from combustion of halogenated process vent emissions, from the sum of 
all process vents within a process are greater than or equal to 6.8 Mg/
yr and less than 191 Mg/yr, these HCl and Cl2 emissions shall 
be reduced by 94 percent or to an outlet concentration less than or 
equal to 20 ppmv.
    (iii) If HCl and Cl2 emissions, including HCl generated 
from combustion of halogenated process vent emissions, from the sum of 
all process vents within a process are greater than 191 Mg/yr, these HCl 
and Cl2 emissions shall be reduced by 99 percent or greater 
or to an outlet concentration less than or equal to 20 ppmv.
    (6) Alternative standard. As an alternative to the provisions in 
paragraphs (b) (2) through (5) of this section, the owner or operator 
may route emissions from a process vent to a control device or series of 
control devices achieving an outlet TOC concentration, as calibrated on 
methane or the predominant HAP, of 20 ppmv or less, and an outlet 
concentration of HCl and Cl2 of 20 ppmv

[[Page 387]]

or less. Any process vents within a process that are not routed to such 
a control device or series of control devices must be controlled in 
accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (b)(2)(ii), (b)(2)(iii), 
(b)(2)(iv), (b)(3)(ii), (b)(3)(iii), (b)(4)(ii), (b)(5)(ii), or 
(b)(5)(iii) of this section, as applicable.
    (c) Storage vessels. (1) The owner or operator shall either 
determine the group status of a storage vessel or designate it as a 
Group 1 storage vessel. If the owner or operator elects to designate the 
storage vessel as a Group 1 storage vessel, the owner or operator is not 
required to determine the maximum true vapor pressure of the material 
stored in the storage vessel.
    (2) Standard for existing sources. Except as specified in paragraphs 
(c) (4) and (5) of this section, the owner or operator of a Group 1 
storage vessel at an existing affected source, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1361, shall equip the affected storage vessel with one of the 
following:
    (i) A fixed roof and internal floating roof, or
    (ii) An external floating roof, or
    (iii) An external floating roof converted to an internal floating 
roof, or
    (iv) A closed vent system meeting the conditions of paragraph (k) of 
this section and a control device that meets any of the following 
conditions:
    (A) Reduces organic HAP emissions by 95 percent by weight or 
greater; or
    (B) Reduces organic HAP emissions to outlet concentrations of 20 
ppmv or less as TOC; or
    (C) Is a flare that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b); or
    (D) Is a control device specified in Sec. 63.1365(a)(4).
    (3) Standard for new sources. Except as specified in paragraphs 
(c)(4) and (5) of this section, the owner or operator of a Group 1 
storage vessel at a new source, as defined in Sec. 63.1361, shall equip 
the affected storage vessel in accordance with any one of paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (4) Alternative standard. As an alternative to the provisions in 
paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section, the owner or operator of an 
existing or new affected source may route emissions from storage vessels 
to a control device or series of control devices achieving an outlet TOC 
concentration, as calibrated on methane or the predominant HAP, of 20 
ppmv or less, and an outlet concentration of hydrogen chloride and 
chlorine of 20 ppmv or less.
    (5) Planned routine maintenance. The owner or operator is exempt 
from the specifications in paragraphs (c)(2) through (4) of this section 
during periods of planned routine maintenance of the control device that 
do not exceed 240 hr/yr.
    (6) Compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of 
this section is demonstrated using the initial compliance procedures in 
Sec. 63.1365(d) and the monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1366. 
Compliance with the outlet concentrations in paragraph (c)(4) of this 
section shall be determined by the initial compliance provisions in 
Sec. 63.1365(a)(5) and the continuous emission monitoring requirements 
of Sec. 63.1366(b)(5).
    (d) Wastewater. The owner or operator of each affected source shall 
comply with the requirements of Secs. 63.131 through 63.147 of subpart G 
of this part, with the differences noted in paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(13) of this section for the purposes of this subpart.
    (1) When the determination of equivalence criteria in Sec. 63.102(b) 
is referred to in Secs. 63.132, 63.133, and 63.137 of subpart G of this 
part, the provisions in Sec. 63.6(g) of subpart A of this part shall 
apply.
    (2) When the storage tank requirements contained in Secs. 63.119 
through 63.123 of subpart G of this part are referred to in Secs. 63.132 
through 63.148 of subpart G of this part, Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 of 
subpart G of this part are applicable, with the exception of the 
differences noted in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) When the term ``storage vessel'' is used in Secs. 63.119 through 
63.123 of subpart G of this part, the definition of the term ``storage 
vessel'' in Sec. 63.1361 shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (ii) When December 31, 1992, is referred to in Sec. 63.119 of 
subpart G of this part, November 10, 1997 shall apply for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (iii) When April 22, 1994 is referred to in Sec. 63.119 of subpart G 
of this part, June 23, 1999 shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.

[[Page 388]]

    (iv) When the phrase ``the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 
of subpart F of this part'' is referred to in Sec. 63.120 of subpart G 
of this part, the phrase ``the compliance date specified in 
Sec. 63.1364'' shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (v) When the phrase ``the maximum true vapor pressure of the total 
organic HAP in the stored liquid falls below the values defining Group 1 
storage vessels specified in Table 5 or Table 6 of this subpart'' is 
referred to in Sec. 63.120(b)(1)(iv) of subpart G of this part, the 
phrase, ``the maximum true vapor pressure of the total organic HAP in 
the stored liquid falls below the values defining Group 1 storage 
vessels specified in Sec. 63.1361'' shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (3) To request approval to monitor alternative parameters, as 
referred to in Sec. 63.146(a) of subpart G of this part, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the procedures in Sec. 63.8(f) of subpart A 
of this part, as referred to in Sec. 63.1366(b)(4), instead of the 
procedures in Sec. 63.151(f) or (g) of subpart G of this part.
    (4) When the Notification of Compliance Status report requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart G of this part are referred to in 
Sec. 63.146 of subpart G of this part, the Notification of Compliance 
Status report requirements in Sec. 63.1368(f) shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (5) When the recordkeeping requirements contained in Sec. 63.152(f) 
of subpart G of this part are referred to in Sec. 63.147(d) of subpart G 
of this part, the recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.1367 shall apply 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) When the Periodic report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) of subpart G of this part are referred to in Secs. 63.146 
and 63.147 of subpart G of this part, the Periodic report requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.1368(g) shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (7) When the term ``process wastewater'' is referred to in 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.147 of subpart G of this part, the term 
``wastewater'' as defined in Sec. 63.1361 shall apply for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (8) When the term ``Group 1 wastewater stream'' is used in 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.147 of subpart G of this part, the definition of 
the term ``Group 1 wastewater stream'' in Sec. 63.1361 shall apply for 
both new sources and existing sources for the purposes of this subpart.
    (9) The requirements in Secs. 63.132 through 63.147 for compounds 
listed on Table 8 of subpart G of this part shall not apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (10) When the total load of Table 9 compounds in the sum of all 
process wastewater from PAI process units at a new affected source is 
2,100 Mg/yr (2,300 tons/yr) or more, the owner or operator shall reduce, 
by removal or destruction, the mass flow rate of all compounds in Table 
9 of subpart G of this part in all wastewater (process and maintenance 
wastewater) by 99 percent or more. Alternatively, the owner or operator 
may treat the wastewater in a unit identified in and complying with 
Sec. 63.138(h) of subpart G of this part. The removal/destruction 
efficiency shall be determined by the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.145(c) of subpart G of this part, for noncombustion processes, 
or Sec. 63.145(d) of subpart G of this part, for combustion processes.
    (11) The compliance date for the affected source subject to the 
provisions of this section is specified in Sec. 63.1364.
    (12) The option in Sec. 63.139 of subpart G of this part to reduce 
emissions from a control device to an outlet HAP concentration of 20 
ppmv shall not apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (13) The requirement to correct outlet concentrations from 
combustion devices to 3 percent oxygen in Sec. 63.139(c)(1)(ii) of 
subpart H of this part shall apply only if supplemental gases are 
combined with affected vent streams. If emissions are controlled with a 
vapor recovery system as specified in Sec. 63.139(c)(2) of subpart H of 
this part, the owner or operator must correct for supplemental gases as 
specified in Sec. 63.1365(a)(7)(ii).
    (14) If wastewater is sent offsite for biological treatment, the 
waste management units up to the activated sludge unit must be covered, 
or the owner or operator must demonstrate that less than 5 percent of 
the total HAP on list 1 in Sec. 63.145(h) of subpart H

[[Page 389]]

of this part is emitted from these units.
    (e) Bag dumps and product dryers. (1) The owner or operator shall 
reduce particulate matter emissions to a concentration not to exceed 
0.01 gr/dscf from product dryers that dry a PAI or integral intermediate 
that is a HAP.
    (2) The owner or operator shall reduce particulate matter emissions 
to a concentration not to exceed 0.01 gr/dscf from bag dumps that 
introduce to a PAI process unit a feedstock that is a solid material and 
a HAP, excluding bag dumps where the feedstock contains HAP only as 
impurities.
    (3) Gaseous HAP emissions from product dryers and bag dumps shall be 
controlled in accordance with the provisions for process vent emissions 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (f) Heat exchange systems. Unless one or more of the conditions 
specified in Sec. 63.104(a)(1) through (6) of subpart F of this part are 
met, an owner or operator shall monitor each heat exchange system that 
is used to cool process equipment in PAI process units that are part of 
an affected source as defined in Sec. 63.1360(a) according to the 
provisions in either Sec. 63.104(b) or (c) of subpart F of this part. 
When the term ``chemical manufacturing process unit'' is used in 
Sec. 63.104(c) of subpart F of this part, the term ``PAI process unit'' 
shall apply for the purposes of this subpart. Whenever a leak is 
detected, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
Sec. 63.104(d) of subpart F of this part. Delay of repair of heat 
exchange systems for which leaks have been detected is allowed in 
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 63.104(e) of subpart F of this 
part.
    (g) Pollution prevention alternative. Except as provided in 
paragraph (g)(1) of this section, for a process that has an initial 
startup before November 10, 1997, an owner or operator may choose to 
meet the pollution prevention alternative requirement specified in 
either paragraph (g)(2) or (3) of this section for any PAI process unit, 
in lieu of the requirements specified in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and 
(e) of this section and in Sec. 63.1363. Compliance with the 
requirements of paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section shall be 
demonstrated through the procedures in Secs. 63.1365(g) and 63.1366(f).
    (1) A HAP must be controlled according to the requirements of 
paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section and Sec. 63.1363 if it 
is generated in the PAI process unit or an associated control device and 
it is not part of the production-indexed HAP consumption factor (HAP 
factor).
    (2) The HAP factor shall be reduced by at least 85 percent from a 3-
year average baseline beginning no earlier than the 1987 through 1989 
calendar years. Alternatively, for a process that has been operating for 
less than 3 years but more than 1 year, the baseline factor may be 
calculated for the time period from startup of the process until the 
present. For any reduction in the HAP factor achieved by reducing a HAP 
that is also a VOC, an equivalent reduction in the production-indexed 
VOC consumption factor (VOC factor) is also required (the equivalence is 
determined on a mass basis, not a percentage basis). For any reduction 
in the HAP factor that is achieved by reducing a HAP that is not a VOC, 
the VOC factor may not be increased.
    (3) As an alternative to the provisions in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section, the owner or operator may combine pollution prevention with 
emissions control as specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The HAP factor shall be reduced as specified in paragraph (g)(2) 
of this section except that a reduction of at least 50 percent shall 
apply for the purposes of this paragraph.
    (ii) The total annual HAP emissions from the PAI process unit shall 
be reduced by an amount that, when divided by the annual production rate 
and added to the reduction of the HAP factor yields a value of at least 
85 percent of the baseline HAP factor. The total annual VOC emissions 
from the process unit must be reduced by an amount equivalent to the 
reduction in HAP emissions for each HAP that is a VOC (the equivalence 
is determined on a mass basis). For HAP emissions reductions that are 
achieved by reducing a HAP that is not a VOC, the total annual VOC 
emissions may not be increased. The reduction in HAP air

[[Page 390]]

emissions must be achieved using one of the following control devices:
    (A) Combustion control devices such as incinerators, flares, or 
process heaters.
    (B) Control devices such as condensers and carbon adsorbers whose 
recovered product is destroyed or shipped offsite for destruction.
    (C) Any control device that does not ultimately allow for recycling 
of material back to the PAI process unit.
    (D) Any control device for which the owner or operator can 
demonstrate that the use of the device in controlling HAP emissions will 
have no effect on the HAP factor for the PAI process unit.
    (h) Emissions averaging provisions. Except as provided in paragraphs 
(h)(1) through (7) of this section, the owner or operator of an existing 
affected facility may choose to comply with the emission standards in 
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section by using emissions 
averaging procedures specified in Sec. 63.1365(h) for organic HAP 
emissions from any storage vessel, process, or waste management unit 
that is part of an affected source subject to this subpart.
    (1) A State may restrict the owner or operator of an existing source 
to use only the procedures in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this 
section to comply with the emission standards where State authorities 
prohibit averaging of HAP emissions.
    (2) Emission points that are controlled as specified in paragraphs 
(h)(2)(i) through (iii) may not be used to calculate emissions averaging 
credits, unless a nominal efficiency has been assigned according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.150(i) of subpart G of this part. The nominal 
efficiency must exceed the percent reduction required by paragraphs (b) 
and (c) of this section for process vents and storage vessels, 
respectively, and exceed the percent reduction required in 
Sec. 63.138(e) or (f) of subpart G of this part for wastewater streams.
    (i) Group 1 storage vessels controlled with an internal floating 
roof meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.119(b) of subpart G of this 
part, an external floating roof meeting the specifications of 
Sec. 63.119(c) of subpart G of this part, or an external floating roof 
converted to an internal floating meeting the specifications of 
Sec. 63.119(d) of subpart G of this part.
    (ii) Emission points controlled with a flare.
    (iii) Wastewater controlled as specified in paragraphs 
(h)(2)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) With controls specified in Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 of 
subpart G of this part;
    (B) With a steam stripper meeting the specifications of 
Sec. 63.138(d) of subpart G of this part.
    (3) Process vents and storage vessels controlled with a control 
device to an outlet concentration of 20 ppmv and wastewater streams 
controlled in a treatment unit to an outlet concentration of 50 ppmw may 
not be used in any averaging group.
    (4) Maintenance wastewater streams and wastewater streams treated in 
biological treatment units may not be included in any averaging group.
    (5) Processes which have been permanently shut down and storage 
vessels permanently taken out of HAP service may not be included in any 
averaging group.
    (6) Emission points already controlled on or before November 15, 
1990 may not be used to generate emissions averaging credits, unless the 
level of control has been increased after November 15, 1990. In these 
cases, credit will be allowed only for the increase in control after 
November 15, 1990.
    (7) Emission points controlled to comply with a State or Federal 
rule other than this subpart may not be included in an emissions 
averaging group, unless the level of control has been increased after 
November 15, 1990, above what is required by the other State or Federal 
rule. Only the control above what is required by the other State or 
Federal rule will be credited. However, if an emission point has been 
used to generate emissions averaging credit in an approved emissions 
average, and the point is subsequently made subject to a State or 
Federal rule other than this subpart, the point can continue to generate 
emissions averaging credit for the purpose of complying with the 
previously approved average.

[[Page 391]]

    (i) Opening of a safety device. Opening of a safety device, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1361, is allowed at any time conditions require it to 
avoid unsafe conditions.
    (j) Closed-vent systems. The owner or operator of a closed-vent 
system that contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away 
from a control device used to comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(b) through (d) of this section shall comply with the requirements of 
Table 3 of this subpart and paragraph (j)(1) or (2) of this section. 
Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, 
open-ended valves or lines, rupture disks and pressure relief valves 
needed for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
    (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
determines whether vent stream flow is present at least once every 15 
minutes. Records shall be maintained as specified in Sec. 63.1367(f)(1). 
The flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance to any bypass line 
that could divert the vent stream away from the control device to the 
atmosphere; or
    (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car 
seal or lock and key type configuration. A visual inspection of the seal 
or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to 
ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent 
stream is not diverted through the bypass line. Records shall be 
maintained as specified in Sec. 63.1367(f)(2).
    (k) Control requirements for certain liquid streams in open systems 
within a PAI process unit. (1) The owner or operator shall comply with 
the provisions of Table 4 of this subpart, for each item of equipment 
meeting all the criteria specified in paragraphs (k)(2) through (4) of 
this section and either paragraph (k)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (2) The item of equipment is of a type identified in Table 4 of this 
subpart;
    (3) The item of equipment is part of a PAI process unit as defined 
in Sec. 63.1361;
    (4) The item of equipment is controlled less stringently than in 
Table 4 of this subpart, and the item of equipment is not otherwise 
exempt from controls by the provisions of this subpart or subpart A of 
this part;
    (5) The item of equipment:
    (i) Is a drain, drain hub, manhole, lift station, trench, pipe, or 
oil/water separator that conveys water with a total annual average 
concentration greater than or equal to 10,000 ppm by weight of compounds 
in Table 9 of subpart G of this part at any flowrate; or a total annual 
average concentration greater than or equal to 1,000 ppm by weight of 
compounds in Table 9 of subpart G of this part at an annual average flow 
rate greater than or equal to 10 liters per minute; or
    (ii) Is a tank that receives one or more streams that contain water 
with a total annual average concentration greater than or equal to 1,000 
ppm by weight of compounds in Table 9 of subpart G of this part at an 
annual average flowrate greater than or equal to 10 liters per minute. 
The owner or operator of the source shall determine the characteristics 
of the stream as specified in paragraphs (k)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this 
section.
    (A) The characteristics of the stream being received shall be 
determined at the inlet to the tank.
    (B) The characteristics shall be determined according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.144(b) and (c) of subpart G of this part.
    (l) Exemption for RCRA treatment units. An owner or operator shall 
be exempt from the initial compliance demonstrations and monitoring 
provisions in Secs. 63.1365 and 63.1366 and the associated recordkeeping 
and reporting requirements in Secs. 63.1367 and 63.1368 for emissions 
from process vents, storage vessels, and waste management units that are 
discharged to the following devices:
    (1) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which the 
owner or operator:
    (i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
    (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (2) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part

[[Page 392]]

270 and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or 
has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR 
part 265, subpart O.



Sec. 63.1363  Standards for equipment leaks.

    (a) General equipment leak requirements. (1) The provisions of this 
section apply to ``equipment'' as defined in Sec. 63.1361 and any 
closed-vent systems and control devices required by this subpart.
    (2) Consistency with other regulations. After the compliance date 
for a process, equipment subject to both this section and either of the 
following will be required to comply only with the provisions of this 
subpart:
    (i) 40 CFR part 60.
    (ii) 40 CFR part 61.
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4) The provisions in Sec. 63.1(a)(3) of subpart A of this part do 
not alter the provisions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (5) Lines and equipment not containing process fluids are not 
subject to the provisions of this section. Utilities, and other 
nonprocess lines, such as heating and cooling systems which do not 
combine their materials with those in the processes they serve, are not 
considered to be part of a process.
    (6) The provisions of this section do not apply to bench-scale 
processes, regardless of whether the processes are located at the same 
plant site as a process subject to the provisions of this subpart MMM.
    (7) Each piece of equipment to which this section applies shall be 
identified such that it can be distinguished readily from equipment that 
is not subject to this section. Identification of the equipment does not 
require physical tagging of the equipment. For example, the equipment 
may be identified on a plant site plan, in log entries, or by 
designation of process boundaries by some form of weatherproof 
identification. If changes are made to the affected source subject to 
the leak detection requirements, equipment identification for each type 
of component shall be updated, if needed, within 15 calendar days of the 
end of each monitoring period for that component.
    (8) Equipment that is in vacuum service is excluded from the 
requirements of this section.
    (9) Equipment that is in organic HAP service, but is in such service 
less than 300 hours per calendar year, is excluded from the requirements 
of this section if it is identified as required in paragraph (g)(9) of 
this section.
    (10) When each leak is detected by visual, audible, or olfactory 
means, or by monitoring as described in Sec. 63.180(b) or (c) of subpart 
H of this part, the following requirements apply:
    (i) A weatherproof and readily visible identification, marked with 
the equipment identification number, shall be attached to the leaking 
equipment.
    (ii) The identification on a valve or connector in light liquid or 
gas/vapor service may be removed after it has been monitored as 
specified in paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section and Sec. 63.174(e) of 
subpart H of this part, and no leak has been detected during the follow-
up monitoring.
    (iii) The identification on equipment, except on a valve or 
connector in light liquid or gas/vapor service, may be removed after it 
has been repaired.
    (b) References. The owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions of subpart H of this part as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (3) of this section. When the term ``process unit'' is used in 
subpart H of this part, it shall mean any group of processes for the 
purposes of this subpart. Groups of processes as used in this subpart 
may be any individual process or combination of processes.
    (1) Sections 63.160, 63.161, 63.162, 63.163, 63.167, 63.168, 63.170, 
63.173, 63.175, 63.176, 63.181, and 63.182 of subpart H of this part 
shall not apply for the purposes of this subpart MMM. The owner or 
operator shall comply with the provisions specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) Sections 63.160 and 63.162 of subpart H of this part shall not 
apply, instead the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (a) of 
this section;
    (ii) Section 63.161 of subpart H of this part shall not apply, 
instead the owner or operator shall comply with Sec. 63.1361;

[[Page 393]]

    (iii) Sections 63.163 and 63.173 of subpart H of this part shall not 
apply, instead the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (c) of 
this section;
    (iv) Section 63.167 of subpart H of this part shall not apply, 
instead the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (d) of this 
section;
    (v) Section 63.168 of subpart H of this part shall not apply, 
instead the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (e) of this 
section;
    (vi) Section 63.170 of subpart H of this part shall not apply, 
instead the owner or operator shall comply with Sec. 63.1362(b);
    (vii) Section 63.181 of subpart H of this part shall not apply, 
instead the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (g) of this 
section; and
    (viii) Section 63.182 of subpart H of this part shall not apply, 
instead the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (h) of this 
section.
    (2) The owner or operator shall comply with Secs. 63.164, 63.165, 
63.166, 63.169, 63.177, and 63.179 of subpart H of this part in their 
entirety, except that when these sections reference other sections of 
subpart H of this part, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
revised sections as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (3) of this 
section. Section 63.164 of subpart H of this part applies to 
compressors. Section 63.165 of subpart H of this part applies to 
pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service. Section 63.166 of subpart 
H of this part applies to sampling connection systems. Section 63.169 of 
subpart H of this part applies to: pumps, valves, connectors, and 
agitators in heavy liquid service; instrumentation systems; and pressure 
relief devices in liquid service. Section 63.177 of subpart H of this 
subpart applies to general alternative means of emission limitation. 
Section 63.179 of subpart H of this part applies to alternative means of 
emission limitation for enclosed-vented process units.
    (3) The owner or operator shall comply with Secs. 63.171, 63.172, 
63.174, 63.178, and 63.180 of subpart H of this part with the 
differences specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (v) of this 
section.
    (i) Section 63.171, Delay of repair, shall apply except 
Sec. 63.171(a) shall not apply. Delay of repair of equipment for which 
leaks have been detected is allowed if one of the following conditions 
exist:
    (A) The repair is technically infeasible without a process shutdown. 
Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next scheduled 
process shutdown.
    (B) The owner or operator determines that repair personnel would be 
exposed to an immediate danger if attempting to repair without a process 
shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next 
scheduled process shutdown.
    (ii) Section 63.172, Closed-vent systems and control devices, shall 
apply for closed-vent systems used to comply with this section, and for 
control devices used to comply with this section only, except:
    (A) Section 63.172(k) and (l) shall not apply. The owner or operator 
shall instead comply with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (B) Owners or operators may, instead of complying with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.172(f), design a closed-vent system to operate at 
a pressure below atmospheric pressure. The system shall be equipped with 
at least one pressure gauge or other pressure measurement device that 
can be read from a readily accessible location to verify that negative 
pressure is being maintained in the closed-vent system when the 
associated control device is operating.
    (iii) Section 63.174, Connectors, shall apply except:
    (A) Section 63.174(f) and (g) shall not apply. Instead of 
Sec. 63.174(f) and (g), the owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraph (f) of this section.
    (B) Days that the connectors are not in organic HAP service shall 
not be considered part of the 3-month period in Sec. 63.174(e).
    (C) Section 63.174(b)(3)(ii) of subpart H of this part shall not 
apply. Instead, if the percent leaking connectors in the group of 
process units was less than 0.5 percent, but equal to or greater than 
0.25 percent, during the last required monitoring period, monitoring 
shall be performed once every 4 years. An owner or operator may comply 
with the requirements of this paragraph by monitoring at least 40 
percent of the connectors in the first 2 years and the

[[Page 394]]

remainder of the connectors within the next 2 years. The percent leaking 
connectors will be calculated for the total of all monitoring performed 
during the 4-year period.
    (D) Section 63.174(b)(3)(iv) of subpart H of this part shall not 
apply. Instead, the owner or operator shall increase the monitoring 
frequency to once every 2 years for the next monitoring period if 
leaking connectors comprise at least 0.5 percent but less than 1.0 
percent of the connectors monitored within the 4 years specified in 
paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(C) of this section, or the first 4 years specified 
in Sec. 63.174(b)(3)(iii) of subpart H of this part. At the end of that 
2-year monitoring period, the owner or operator shall monitor once per 
year while the percent leaking connectors is greater than or equal to 
0.5 percent; if the percent leaking connectors is less than 0.5 percent, 
the owner or operator may return to monitoring once every 4 years or may 
monitor in accordance with Sec. 63.174(b)(3)(iii) of subpart H of this 
part, if appropriate.
    (E) Section 63.174(b)(3)(v) of subpart H of this part shall not 
apply. Instead, if an owner or operator complying with the requirements 
of paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section or 
Sec. 63.174(b)(3)(iii) of subpart H of this part for a group of process 
units determines that 1 percent or greater of the connectors are 
leaking, the owner or operator shall increase the monitoring frequency 
to one time per year. The owner or operator may again elect to use the 
provisions of paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(C) or (D) of this section after a 
monitoring period in which less than 0.5 percent of the connectors are 
determined to be leaking.
    (F) Section 63.174(b)(3)(iii) of subpart H of this part shall not 
apply. Instead, monitoring shall be required once every 8 years, if the 
percent leaking connectors in the group of process units was less than 
0.25 percent during the last required monitoring period. An owner or 
operator shall monitor at least 50 percent of the connectors in the 
first 4 years and the remainder of the connectors within the next 4 
years. If the percent leaking connectors in the first 4 years is equal 
to or greater than 0.35 percent, the monitoring program shall revert at 
that time to the appropriate monitoring frequency specified in 
paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(C), (D), or (E) of this section.
    (iv) Section 63.178 of subpart H of this part, Alternative means of 
emission limitation: Batch processes, shall apply except that 
Sec. 63.178(b) of subpart H of this part, requirements for pressure 
testing, shall apply to all processes, not just batch processes;
    (v) Section 63.180 of subpart H of this part, Test methods and 
procedures, shall apply except Sec. 63.180(b)(4)(ii)(A) through (C) of 
subpart H of this part shall not apply. Calibration gases shall be a 
mixture of methane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less 
than, 10,000 parts per million methane for agitators, 2,000 parts per 
million for pumps, and 500 parts per million for all other equipment, 
except as provided in Sec. 63.180(b)(4)(iii) of subpart H of this part.
    (c) standards for pumps in light liquid service and agitators in 
gas/vapor service and in light liquid service. (1) The provisions of 
this section apply to each pump that is in light liquid service, and to 
each agitator in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.
    (2)(i) Monitoring. Each pump and agitator subject to this section 
shall be monitored quarterly to detect leaks by the method specified in 
Sec. 63.180(b) of subpart H of this part, except as provided in 
Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this part, paragraph (f) of this section, 
and paragraphs (c)(5) through (c)(9) of this section.
    (ii) Leak definition. The instrument reading, as determined by the 
method as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of subpart H of this part, that 
defines a leak is:
    (A) For agitators, an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million 
or greater.
    (B) For pumps, an instrument reading of 2,000 parts per million or 
greater.
    (iii) Visual inspections. Each pump and agitator shall be checked by 
visual inspection each calendar week for indications of liquids dripping 
from the pump or agitator seal. If there are indications of liquids 
dripping from the seal, a leak is detected.
    (3) Repair provisions. (i) When a leak is detected, it shall be 
repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15

[[Page 395]]

calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in paragraph 
(b)(3)(i) of this section.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after the leak is detected. First attempts at repair 
include, but are not limited to, the following practices where 
practicable:
    (A) Tightening of packing gland nuts.
    (B) Ensuring that the seal flush is operating at design pressure and 
temperature.
    (4) Calculation of percent leakers. (i) The owner or operator shall 
decide no later than the end of the first monitoring period what groups 
of processes will be developed. Once the owner or operator has decided, 
all subsequent percent calculations shall be made on the same basis.
    (ii) If, calculated on a 1 year rolling average, the greater of 
either 10 percent or three of the pumps in a group of processes leak, 
the owner or operator shall monitor each pump once per month.
    (iii) The number of pumps in a group of processes shall be the sum 
of all the pumps in organic HAP service, except that pumps found leaking 
in a continuous process within 1 quarter after startup of the pump shall 
not count in the percent leaking pumps calculation for that one 
monitoring period only.
    (iv) Percent leaking pumps shall be determined using Equation 3 of 
this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.002

where:

%PL = percent leaking pumps
PL = number of pumps found leaking as determined through 
          quarterly monitoring as required in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and 
          (ii) of this section.
PT = total pumps in organic HAP service, including those 
          meeting the criteria in paragraphs (c)(5) and (6) of this 
          section
PS = number of pumps in a continuous process leaking within 1 
          quarter of startup during the current monitoring period

    (5) Exemptions. Each pump or agitator equipped with a dual 
mechanical seal system that includes a barrier fluid system is exempt 
from the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4)(iii) of this 
section, provided the following requirements are met:
    (i) Each dual mechanical seal system is:
    (A) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all 
times greater than the pump/agitator stuffing box pressure; or
    (B) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
connected by a closed-vent system to a control device that complies with 
the requirements of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section; or
    (C) Equipped with a closed-loop system that purges the barrier fluid 
into a process stream.
    (ii) The barrier fluid is not in light liquid service.
    (iii) Each barrier fluid system is equipped with a sensor that will 
detect failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (iv) Each pump/agitator is checked by visual inspection each 
calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump/agitator 
seal.
    (A) If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump/
agitator seal at the time of the weekly inspection, the pump/agitator 
shall be monitored as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of subpart H of this 
part to determine if there is a leak of organic HAP in the barrier 
fluid.
    (B) If an instrument reading of 2,000 parts per million or greater 
is measured for pumps, or 10,000 parts per million or greater is 
measured for agitators, a leak is detected.
    (v) Each sensor as described in paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this 
section is observed daily or is equipped with an alarm unless the pump 
is located within the boundary of an unmanned plant site.
    (vi)(A) The owner or operator determines, based on design 
considerations and operating experience, criteria applicable to the 
presence and frequency of drips and to the sensor that indicate

[[Page 396]]

failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (B) If indications of liquids dripping from the pump/agitator seal 
exceed the criteria established in paragraph (c)(5)(vi)(A) of this 
section, or if, based on the criteria established in paragraph 
(c)(5)(vi)(A) of this section, the sensor indicates failure of the seal 
system, the barrier fluid system, or both, a leak is detected.
    (C) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
    (D) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after each leak is detected.
    (6) Any pump/agitator that is designed with no externally actuated 
shaft penetrating the pump/agitator housing is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section, except 
for the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section and, for 
pumps, paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section.
    (7) Any pump/agitator equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals back to 
the process or to a control device that complies with the requirements 
of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section is exempt from the requirements 
of paragraphs (c)(2) through (5) of this section.
    (8) Any pump/agitator that is located within the boundary of an 
unmanned plant site is exempt from the weekly visual inspection 
requirement of paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and (c)(5)(iv) of this section, 
and the daily requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(v) of this section, 
provided that each pump/agitator is visually inspected as often as 
practicable and at least monthly.
    (9) If more than 90 percent of the pumps in a group of processes 
meet the criteria in either paragraph (c)(5) or (6) of this section, the 
process is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this 
section.
    (d) Standards: open-ended valves or lines. (1)(i) Each open-ended 
valve or line shall be equipped with a cap, blind flange, plug, or a 
second valve, except as provided in Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this 
part and paragraphs (d)(4) through (6) of this section.
    (ii) The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall seal the 
open end at all times except during operations requiring process fluid 
flow through the open-ended valve or line, or during maintenance or 
repair. The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall be in place 
within 1 hour of cessation of operations requiring process fluid flow 
through the open-ended valve or line, or within 1 hour of cessation of 
maintenance or repair.
    (2) Each open-ended valve or line equipped with a second valve shall 
be operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid end is 
closed before the second valve is closed.
    (3) When a double block and bleed system is being used, the bleed 
valve or line may remain open during operations that require venting the 
line between the block valves but shall comply with paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section at all other times.
    (4) Open-ended valves or lines in an emergency shutdown system which 
are designed to open automatically in the event of a process upset are 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (5) Open-ended valves or lines containing materials which would 
autocatalytically polymerize are exempt from the requirements of 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (6) Open-ended valves or lines containing materials which could 
cause an explosion, serious overpressure, or other safety hazard if 
capped or equipped with a double block and bleed system as specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section are exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (e) Standards: valves in gas/vapor service and in light liquid 
service. (1) The provisions of this section apply to valves that are 
either in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.
    (2) For existing and new affected sources, all valves subject to 
this section shall be monitored, except as provided in paragraph (f) of 
this section and in Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this part, by no later 
than 1 year after the compliance date.

[[Page 397]]

    (3) Monitoring. The owner or operator of a source subject to this 
section shall monitor all valves, except as provided in paragraph (f) of 
this section and in Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this part, at the 
intervals specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section and shall comply 
with all other provisions of this section, except as provided in 
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section and Secs. 63.178 and 63.179 of 
subpart H of this part.
    (i) The valves shall be monitored to detect leaks by the method 
specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of subpart H of this part.
    (ii) An instrument reading of 500 parts per million or greater 
defines a leak.
    (4) Subsequent monitoring frequencies. After conducting the initial 
survey required in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall monitor valves for leaks at the intervals specified 
below:
    (i) For a group of processes with 2 percent or greater leaking 
valves, calculated according to paragraph (e)(6) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall monitor each valve once per month, except as 
specified in paragraph (e)(9) of this section.
    (ii) For a group of processes with less than 2 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator shall monitor each valve once each 
quarter, except as provided in paragraphs (e)(4)(iii) through (v) of 
this section.
    (iii) For a group of processes with less than 1 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 
2 quarters.
    (iv) For a group of processes with less than 0.5 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 
4 quarters.
    (v) For a group of processes with less than 0.25 percent leaking 
valves, the owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 
2 years.
    (5) Calculation of percent leakers. For a group of processes to 
which this subpart applies, the owner or operator may choose to 
subdivide the valves in the applicable group of processes and apply the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(4) of this section to each subgroup. If the 
owner or operator elects to subdivide the valves in the applicable group 
of processes, then the provisions of paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through (viii) 
of this section apply.
    (i) The overall performance of total valves in the applicable group 
of processes must be less than 2 percent leaking valves, as detected 
according to paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section and as 
calculated according to paragraphs (e)(6)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
    (ii) The initial assignment or subsequent reassignment of valves to 
subgroups shall be governed by the provisions of paragraphs (e)(5)(ii) 
(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall determine which valves are assigned 
to each subgroup. Valves with less than 1 year of monitoring data or 
valves not monitored within the last 12 months must be placed initially 
into the most frequently monitored subgroup until at least 1 year of 
monitoring data have been obtained.
    (B) Any valve or group of valves can be reassigned from a less 
frequently monitored subgroup to a more frequently monitored subgroup 
provided that the valves to be reassigned were monitored during the most 
recent monitoring period for the less frequently monitored subgroup. The 
monitoring results must be included with the less frequently monitored 
subgroup's monitoring event and associated next percent leaking valves 
calculation for that group.
    (C) Any valve or group of valves can be reassigned from a more 
frequently monitored subgroup to a less frequently monitored subgroup 
provided that the valves to be reassigned have not leaked for the period 
of the less frequently monitored subgroup (e.g., for the last 12 months, 
if the valve or group of valves is to be reassigned to a subgroup being 
monitored annually). Nonrepairable valves may not be reassigned to a 
less frequently monitored subgroup.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall determine every 6 months if the 
overall performance of total valves in the applicable group of processes 
is less than 2 percent leaking valves and so indicate the performance in 
the next Periodic report. If the overall performance of total valves in 
the applicable group of processes is 2 percent leaking valves

[[Page 398]]

or greater, the owner or operator shall revert to the program required 
in paragraphs (e)(2) through (4) of this section. The overall 
performance of total valves in the applicable group of processes shall 
be calculated as a weighted average of the percent leaking valves of 
each subgroup according to Equation 4 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.003

where:

%VLO = overall performance of total valves in the applicable 
          group of processes
%VLi = percent leaking valves in subgroup i, most recent 
          value calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs 
          (e)(6)(ii) and (iii) of this section
Vi = number of valves in subgroup i
n = number of subgroups

    (iv) Records. In addition to records required by paragraph (g) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall maintain records specified in 
paragraphs (e)(5)(iv)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Which valves are assigned to each subgroup,
    (B) Monitoring results and calculations made for each subgroup for 
each monitoring period,
    (C) Which valves are reassigned and when they were reassigned, and
    (D) The results of the semiannual overall performance calculation 
required in paragraph (e)(5)(iii) of this section.
    (v) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator no later 
than 30 days prior to the beginning of the next monitoring period of the 
decision to subgroup valves. The notification shall identify the 
participating processes and the valves assigned to each subgroup.
    (vi) Semiannual reports. In addition to the information required by 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit in 
the Periodic reports the information specified in paragraphs 
(e)(5)(vi)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) Valve reassignments occurring during the reporting period, and
    (B) Results of the semiannual overall performance calculation 
required by paragraph (e)(5)(iii) of this section.
    (vii) To determine the monitoring frequency for each subgroup, the 
calculation procedures of paragraph (e)(6)(iii) of this section shall be 
used.
    (viii) Except for the overall performance calculations required by 
paragraphs (e)(5)(i) and (iii) of this section, each subgroup shall be 
treated as if it were a process for the purposes of applying the 
provisions of this section.
    (6)(i) The owner or operator shall decide no later than the 
implementation date of this subpart or upon revision of an operating 
permit how to group the processes. Once the owner or operator has 
decided, all subsequent percentage calculations shall be made on the 
same basis.
    (ii) Percent leaking valves for each group of processes or subgroup 
shall be determined using Equation 5 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.004

Where:

%VL = percent leaking valves
VL = number of valves found leaking excluding nonrepairables 
          as provided in paragraph (e)(6)(iv)(A) of this section
VT = total valves monitored, in a monitoring period excluding 
          valves monitored as required by paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this 
          section

    (iii) When determining monitoring frequency for each group of 
processes or subgroup subject to monthly, quarterly, or semiannual 
monitoring frequencies, the percent leaking valves shall be the 
arithmetic average of the percent leaking valves from the last two 
monitoring periods. When determining monitoring frequency for each group 
of processes or subgroup subject to annual or biennial (once every 2 
years) monitoring frequencies, the percent leaking valves shall be the 
arithmetic average of the percent leaking valves from the last three 
monitoring periods.
    (iv)(A) Nonrepairable valves shall be included in the calculation of 
percent leaking valves the first time the valve is identified as leaking 
and nonrepairable and as required to comply with paragraph (e)(6)(iv)(B) 
of this section.

[[Page 399]]

Otherwise, a number of nonrepairable valves (identified and included in 
the percent leaking calculation in a previous period) up to a maximum of 
1 percent of the total number of valves in organic HAP service at a 
process may be excluded from calculation of percent leaking valves for 
subsequent monitoring periods.
    (B) If the number of nonrepairable valves exceeds 1 percent of the 
total number of valves in organic HAP service at a process, the number 
of nonrepairable valves exceeding 1 percent of the total number of 
valves in organic HAP service shall be included in the calculation of 
percent leaking valves.
    (7) Repair provisions. (i) When a leak is detected, it shall be 
repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days 
after the leak is detected, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of 
this section.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (iii) When a leak is repaired, the valve shall be monitored at least 
once within the first 3 months after its repair. Days that the valve is 
not in organic HAP service shall not be considered part of this 3-month 
period.
    (8) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the 
following practices where practicable:
    (i) Tightening of bonnet bolts,
    (ii) Replacement of bonnet bolts,
    (iii) Tightening of packing gland nuts, and
    (iv) Injection of lubricant into lubricated packing.
    (9) Any equipment located at a plant site with fewer than 250 valves 
in organic HAP service in the affected source is exempt from the 
requirements for monthly monitoring specified in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of 
this section. Instead, the owner or operator shall monitor each valve in 
organic HAP service for leaks once each quarter, or comply with 
paragraphs (e)(4)(iii) or (iv) of this section.
    (f) Unsafe to monitor, difficult to monitor, and inaccessible 
equipment. (1) Equipment that is designated as unsafe to monitor, 
difficult to monitor, or inaccessible is exempt from the requirements as 
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) (i) through (iv) of this section provided 
the owner or operator meets the requirements specified in paragraph (f) 
(2), (3), or (4) of this section, as applicable. Ceramic or ceramic-
lined connectors are subject to the same requirements as inaccessible 
connectors.
    (i) For pumps and agitators, paragraphs (c) (2), (3), and (4) of 
this section do not apply.
    (ii) For valves, paragraphs (e)(2) through (7) of this section do 
not apply.
    (iii) For closed-vent systems, Sec. 63.172(f)(1), (f)(2), and (g) of 
subpart H of this part do not apply.
    (iv) For connectors, Sec. 63.174(b) through (e) of subpart H of this 
part do not apply.
    (2) Equipment that is unsafe to monitor. (i) Equipment may be 
designated as unsafe to monitor if the owner or operator determines that 
monitoring personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as a 
consequence of complying with the monitoring requirements identified in 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (ii) The owner or operator of equipment that is designated as 
unsafe-to-monitor must have a written plan that requires monitoring of 
the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe-to-monitor times, 
but not more frequently than the periodic monitoring schedule otherwise 
applicable.
    (3) Equipment that is difficult to monitor. (i) Equipment may be 
designated as difficult to monitor if the owner or operator determines 
that the equipment cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring 
personnel more than 2 meters above a support surface or the equipment is 
not accessible at anytime in a safe manner;
    (ii) At an existing source, any equipment within a group of 
processes that meets the criteria of paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section 
may be designated as difficult to monitor. At a new affected source, an 
owner or operator may designate no more than 3 percent of each type of 
equipment as difficult to monitor.
    (iii) The owner or operator of equipment designated as difficult to 
monitor must follow a written plan that requires monitoring of the 
equipment at least once per calendar year.

[[Page 400]]

    (4) Inaccessible equipment and ceramic or ceramic-lined connectors. 
(i) A connector, agitator, or valve may be designated as inaccessible if 
it is:
    (A) Buried;
    (B) Insulated in a manner that prevents access to the equipment by a 
monitor probe;
    (C) Obstructed by equipment or piping that prevents access to the 
equipment by a monitor probe;
    (D) Unable to be reached from a wheeled scissor-lift or hydraulic-
type scaffold which would allow access to equipment up to 7.6 meters 
above the ground; or
    (E) Not able to be accessed at any time in a safe manner to perform 
monitoring. Unsafe access includes, but is not limited to, the use of a 
wheeled scissor-lift on unstable or uneven terrain, the use of a 
motorized man-lift basket in areas where an ignition potential exists, 
or access would require near proximity to hazards such as electrical 
lines, or would risk damage to equipment.
    (ii) At an existing source, any connector, agitator, or valve that 
meets the criteria of paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section may be 
designated as inaccessible. At a new affected source, an owner or 
operator may designate no more than 3 percent of each type of equipment 
as inaccessible.
    (iii) If any inaccessible equipment or ceramic or ceramic-lined 
connector is observed by visual, audible, olfactory, or other means to 
be leaking, the leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no 
later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected, except as 
provided in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
    (g) Recordkeeping requirements. (1) An owner or operator of more 
than one group of processes subject to the provisions of this section 
may comply with the recordkeeping requirements for the groups of 
processes in one recordkeeping system if the system identifies with each 
record the program being implemented (e.g., quarterly monitoring) for 
each type of equipment. All records and information required by this 
section shall be maintained in a manner that can be readily accessed at 
the plant site. This could include physically locating the records at 
the plant site or accessing the records from a central location by 
computer at the plant site.
    (2) General recordkeeping. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(5) of 
this section, the following information pertaining to all equipment 
subject to the requirements in this section shall be recorded:
    (i)(A) A list of identification numbers for equipment (except 
instrumentation systems) subject to the requirements of this section. 
Connectors, except those subject to paragraph (f) of this section, need 
not be individually identified if all connectors in a designated area or 
length of pipe subject to the provisions of this section are identified 
as a group, and the number of subject connectors is indicated. The list 
for each type of equipment shall be completed no later than the 
completion of the initial survey required for that component. The list 
of identification numbers shall be updated, if needed, to incorporate 
equipment changes within 15 calendar days of the completion of each 
monitoring survey for the type of equipment component monitored.
    (B) A schedule for monitoring connectors subject to the provisions 
of Sec. 63.174(a) of subpart H of this part and valves subject to the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
    (C) Physical tagging of the equipment is not required to indicate 
that it is in organic HAP service. Equipment subject to the provisions 
of this section may be identified on a plant site plan, in log entries, 
or by other appropriate methods.
    (ii)(A) A list of identification numbers for equipment that the 
owner or operator elects to equip with a closed-vent system and control 
device, under the provisions of paragraph (c)(7) of this section or 
Secs. 63.164(h) or 63.165(c) of subpart H of this part.
    (B) A list of identification numbers for compressors that the owner 
or operator elects to designate as operating with an instrument reading 
of less than 500 parts per million above background, under the 
provisions of Sec. 63.164(i) of subpart H of this part.
    (iii)(A) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief 
devices subject to the provisions in Sec. 63.165(a) of subpart H of this 
part.

[[Page 401]]

    (B) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief devices 
equipped with rupture disks, under the provisions of Sec. 63.165(d) of 
subpart H of this part.
    (iv) Identification of instrumentation systems subject to the 
provisions of this section. Individual components in an instrumentation 
system need not be identified.
    (v) The following information shall be recorded for each dual 
mechanical seal system:
    (A) Design criteria required by paragraph (c)(5)(vi)(A) of this 
section and Sec. 63.164(e)(2) of subpart H of this part, and an 
explanation of the design criteria; and
    (B) Any changes to these criteria and the reasons for the changes.
    (vi) A list of equipment designated as unsafe to monitor, difficult 
to monitor, or inaccessible under paragraphs (f) or (b)(3)(i)(B) of this 
section and a copy of the plan for monitoring or inspecting this 
equipment.
    (vii) A list of connectors removed from and added to the process, as 
described in Sec. 63.174(i)(1) of subpart H of this part, and 
documentation of the integrity of the weld for any removed connectors, 
as required in Sec. 63.174(j) of subpart H of this part. This is not 
required unless the net credits for removed connectors is expected to be 
used.
    (viii) For batch processes that the owner or operator elects to 
monitor as provided under Sec. 63.178(c) of subpart H of this part, a 
list of equipment added to batch product processes since the last 
monitoring period required in Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(ii) and (iii) of subpart 
H of this part. This list must be completed for each type of equipment 
within 15 calendar days of the completion of the each monitoring survey 
for the type of equipment monitored.
    (3) Records of visual inspections. For visual inspections of 
equipment subject to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and 
(c)(5)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator shall document that 
the inspection was conducted and the date of the inspection. The owner 
or operator shall maintain records as specified in paragraph (g)(4) of 
this section for leaking equipment identified in this inspection, except 
as provided in paragraph (g)(5) of this section. These records shall be 
retained for 5 years.
    (4) Monitoring records. When each leak is detected as specified in 
paragraphs (c) and (e) of this section and Secs. 63.164, 63.169, 63.172, 
and 63.174 of subpart H of this part, the owner or operator shall record 
the information specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (ix) of this 
section. All records shall be retained for 5 years, in accordance with 
the requirements of Sec. 63.10(b)(1) of subpart A of this part.
    (i) The instrument and the equipment identification number and the 
operator name, initials, or identification number.
    (ii) The date the leak was detected and the date of first attempt to 
repair the leak.
    (iii) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (iv) If postrepair monitoring is required, maximum instrument 
reading measured by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, after it is 
successfully repaired or determined to be nonrepairable.
    (v) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak is not 
repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
    (A) The owner or operator may develop a written procedure that 
identifies the conditions that justify a delay of repair. The written 
procedures may be included as part of the startup/shutdown/malfunction 
plan, required by Sec. 63.1367(a), for the source or may be part of a 
separate document that is maintained at the plant site. Reasons for 
delay of repair may be documented by citing the relevant sections of the 
written procedure.
    (B) If delay of repair was caused by depletion of stocked parts, 
there must be documentation that the spare parts were sufficiently 
stocked onsite before depletion and the reason for depletion.
    (vi) If repairs were delayed, dates of process shutdowns that occur 
while the equipment is unrepaired.
    (vii)(A) If the alternative in Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(ii) of subpart H of 
this part is not in use for the monitoring period, identification, 
either by list, location

[[Page 402]]

(area or grouping), or tagging of connectors disturbed since the last 
monitoring period required in Sec. 63.174(b) of subpart H of this part, 
as described in Sec. 63.174(c)(1) of subpart H of this part.
    (B) The date and results of follow-up monitoring as required in 
Sec. 63.174(c) of subpart H of this part. If identification of disturbed 
connectors is made by location, then all connectors within the 
designated location shall be monitored.
    (viii) The date and results of the monitoring required in 
Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(i) of subpart H of this part for equipment added to a 
batch process since the last monitoring period required in 
Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(ii) and (iii) of subpart H of this part. If no leaking 
equipment is found in this monitoring, the owner or operator shall 
record that the inspection was performed. Records of the actual 
monitoring results are not required.
    (ix) Copies of the periodic reports as specified in paragraph (h)(3) 
of this section, if records are not maintained on a computerized data 
base capable of generating summary reports from the records.
    (5) Records of pressure tests. The owner or operator who elects to 
pressure test a process equipment train and supply lines between storage 
and processing areas to demonstrate compliance with this section is 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (g)(2), (3), (4), and (6) of 
this section. Instead, the owner or operator shall maintain records of 
the following information:
    (i) The identification of each product, or product code, produced 
during the calendar year. It is not necessary to identify individual 
items of equipment in the process equipment train.
    (ii) Records demonstrating the proportion of the time during the 
calendar year the equipment is in use in the process that is subject to 
the provisions of this subpart. Examples of suitable documentation are 
records of time in use for individual pieces of equipment or average 
time in use for the process unit. These records are not required if the 
owner or operator does not adjust monitoring frequency by the time in 
use, as provided in Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(iii) of subpart H of this part.
    (iii) Physical tagging of the equipment to identify that it is in 
organic HAP service and subject to the provisions of this section is not 
required. Equipment in a process subject to the provisions of this 
section may be identified on a plant site plan, in log entries, or by 
other appropriate methods.
    (iv) The dates of each pressure test required in Sec. 63.178(b) of 
subpart H of this part, the test pressure, and the pressure drop 
observed during the test.
    (v) Records of any visible, audible, or olfactory evidence of fluid 
loss.
    (vi) When a process equipment train does not pass two consecutive 
pressure tests, the following information shall be recorded in a log and 
kept for 2 years:
    (A) The date of each pressure test and the date of each leak repair 
attempt.
    (B) Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
    (C) The reason for the delay of repair.
    (D) The expected date for delivery of the replacement equipment and 
the actual date of delivery of the replacement equipment.
    (E) The date of successful repair.
    (6) Records of compressor and pressure relief valve compliance 
tests. The dates and results of each compliance test required for 
compressors subject to the provisions in Sec. 63.164(i) of subpart H of 
this part and the dates and results of the monitoring following a 
pressure release for each pressure relief device subject to the 
provisions in Sec. 63.165(a) and (b) of subpart H of this part. The 
results shall include:
    (i) The background level measured during each compliance test.
    (ii) The maximum instrument reading measured at each piece of 
equipment during each compliance test.
    (7) Records for closed-vent systems. The owner or operator shall 
maintain records of the information specified in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) 
through (iii) of this section for closed-vent systems and control 
devices subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this 
section. The records specified in paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section 
shall be retained for the life of the equipment. The records specified 
in paragraphs (g)(7)(ii) and (iii) of this section shall be retained for 
5 years.

[[Page 403]]

    (i) The design specifications and performance demonstrations 
specified in paragraphs (g)(7)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Detailed schematics, design specifications of the control 
device, and piping and instrumentation diagrams.
    (B) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design 
specifications.
    (C) The flare design (i.e., steam assisted, air assisted, or 
nonassisted) and the results of the compliance demonstration required by 
Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
    (D) A description of the parameter or parameters monitored, as 
required in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, to ensure that control 
devices are operated and maintained in conformance with their design and 
an explanation of why that parameter (or parameters) was selected for 
the monitoring.
    (ii) Records of operation of closed-vent systems and control 
devices.
    (A) Dates and durations when the closed-vent systems and control 
devices required in paragraph (c) of this section and Secs. 63.164 
through 63.166 of subpart H of this part are not operated as designed as 
indicated by the monitored parameters, including periods when a flare 
pilot light system does not have a flame.
    (B) Dates and durations during which the monitoring system or 
monitoring device is inoperative.
    (C) Dates and durations of startups and shutdowns of control devices 
required in paragraph (c) of this section and Secs. 63.164 through 
63.166 of subpart H of this part.
    (iii) Records of inspections of closed-vent systems subject to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.172 of subpart H of this part.
    (A) For each inspection conducted in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.172(f)(1) or (2) of subpart H of this part during which no 
leaks were detected, a record that the inspection was performed, the 
date of the inspection, and a statement that no leaks were detected.
    (B) For each inspection conducted in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.172(f)(1) or (f)(2) of subpart H of this part during which 
leaks were detected, the information specified in paragraph (g)(4) of 
this section shall be recorded.
    (8) Records for components in heavy liquid service. Information, 
data, and analysis used to determine that a piece of equipment or 
process is in heavy liquid service shall be recorded. Such a 
determination shall include an analysis or demonstration that the 
process fluids do not meet the criteria of ``in light liquid or gas/
vapor service.'' Examples of information that could document this 
include, but are not limited to, records of chemicals purchased for the 
process, analyses of process stream composition, engineering 
calculations, or process knowledge.
    (9) Records of exempt components. Identification, either by list, 
location (area or group), or other method of equipment in organic HAP 
service less than 300 hr/yr subject to the provisions of this section.
    (10) Records of alternative means of compliance determination. 
Owners and operators choosing to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.179 of subpart H of this part shall maintain the following 
records:
    (i) Identification of the process(es) and the organic HAP they 
handle.
    (ii) A schematic of the process, enclosure, and closed-vent system.
    (iii) A description of the system used to create a negative pressure 
in the enclosure to ensure that all emissions are routed to the control 
device.
    (h) Reporting Requirements. (1) Each owner or operator of a source 
subject to this section shall submit the reports listed in paragraphs 
(h)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) A Notification of Compliance Status report described in 
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, and
    (ii) Periodic reports described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    (2) Notification of compliance status report. Each owner or operator 
of a source subject to this section shall submit the information 
specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report described in Sec. 63.1368(f). 
Section 63.9(j) of subpart A of this part shall not apply to the 
Notification of Compliance Status report.
    (i) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section for each group of 
processes subject to

[[Page 404]]

the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section.
    (A) Identification of the group of processes.
    (B) Approximate number of each equipment type (e.g., valves, pumps) 
in organic HAP service, excluding equipment in vacuum service.
    (C) Method of compliance with the standard (for example, ``monthly 
leak detection and repair'' or ``equipped with dual mechanical seals'').
    (ii) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section for each process 
subject to the requirements of paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section and 
Sec. 63.178(b) of subpart H of this part.
    (A) Products or product codes subject to the provisions of this 
section, and
    (B) Planned schedule for pressure testing when equipment is 
configured for production of products subject to the provisions of this 
section.
    (iii) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section for each process 
subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.179 of subpart H of this part.
    (A) Process identification.
    (B) A description of the system used to create a negative pressure 
in the enclosure and the control device used to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (3) Periodic reports. The owner or operator of a source subject to 
this section shall submit Periodic reports.
    (i) A report containing the information in paragraphs (h)(3)(ii), 
(iii), and (iv) of this section shall be submitted semiannually. The 
first Periodic report shall be submitted no later than 240 days after 
the date the Notification of Compliance Status report is due and shall 
cover the 6-month period beginning on the date the Notification of 
Compliance Status report is due. Each subsequent Periodic report shall 
cover the 6-month period following the preceding period.
    (ii) For equipment complying with the provisions of paragraphs (b) 
through (g) of this section, the Periodic report shall contain the 
summary information listed in paragraphs (h)(3)(ii)(A) through (L) of 
this section for each monitoring period during the 6-month period.
    (A) The number of valves for which leaks were detected as described 
in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the percent leakers, and the total 
number of valves monitored;
    (B) The number of valves for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in paragraph (e)(7) of this section, identifying the number of 
those that are determined nonrepairable;
    (C) The number of pumps and agitators for which leaks were detected 
as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the percent leakers, 
and the total number of pumps and agitators monitored;
    (D) The number of pumps and agitators for which leaks were not 
repaired as required in paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
    (E) The number of compressors for which leaks were detected as 
described in Sec. 63.164(f) of subpart H of this part;
    (F) The number of compressors for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in Sec. 63.164(g) of subpart H of this part;
    (G) The number of connectors for which leaks were detected as 
described in Sec. 63.174(a) of subpart H of this part, the percent of 
connectors leaking, and the total number of connectors monitored;
    (H) The number of connectors for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in Sec. 63.174(d) of subpart H of this part, identifying the 
number of those that are determined nonrepairable;
    (I) The facts that explain any delay of repairs and, where 
appropriate, why a process shutdown was technically infeasible.
    (J) The results of all monitoring to show compliance with 
Secs. 63.164(i), 63.165(a), and 63.172(f) of subpart H of this part 
conducted within the semiannual reporting period.
    (K) If applicable, the initiation of a monthly monitoring program 
under either paragraph (c)(4)(ii) or paragraph (e)(4)(i)(A) of this 
section.
    (L) If applicable, notification of a change in connector monitoring 
alternatives as described in Sec. 63.174(c)(1) of subpart H of this 
part.
    (iii) For owners or operators electing to meet the requirements of 
Sec. 63.178(b)

[[Page 405]]

of subpart H of this part, the Periodic report shall include the 
information listed in paragraphs (h)(3)(iii) (A) through (E) of this 
section for each process.
    (A) Product process equipment train identification;
    (B) The number of pressure tests conducted;
    (C) The number of pressure tests where the equipment train failed 
either the retest or two consecutive pressure tests;
    (D) The facts that explain any delay of repairs; and
    (E) The results of all monitoring to determine compliance with 
Sec. 63.172(f) of subpart H of this part.
    (iv) Any change in the information submitted under paragraph (h)(2) 
of this section shall be provided in the next Periodic report.



Sec. 63.1364  Compliance dates.

    (a) Compliance dates for existing sources. (1) An owner or operator 
of an existing affected source must comply with the provisions of this 
subpart within 3 years after June 23, 1999.
    (2) Pursuant to section 112(i)(3)(B) of the CAA, an owner or 
operator of an existing source may request an extension of up to 1 
additional year to comply with the provisions of this subpart if the 
additional time is needed for the installation of controls.
    (i) For purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall 
be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the compliance date 
specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, except as provided in 
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section. The dates specified in 
Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this part for submittal of requests for 
extensions shall not apply to sources subject to this subpart.
    (ii) An owner or operator may submit a compliance extension request 
after the date specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section provided 
the need for the compliance extension arose after that date and before 
the otherwise applicable compliance date, and the need arose due to 
circumstances beyond reasonable control of the owner or operator. This 
request shall include the data described in Sec. 63.6(i)(8)(A), (B), and 
(D) of subpart A of this part.
    (b) Compliance dates for new and reconstructed sources. An owner or 
operator of a new or reconstructed affected source must comply with the 
provisions of this subpart on June 23, 1999 or upon startup, whichever 
is later.



Sec. 63.1365  Test methods and initial compliance procedures.

    (a) General. Except as specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section, the procedures specified in paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f), and 
(g) of this section are required to demonstrate initial compliance with 
Sec. 63.1362(b), (c), (d), (f), and (g), respectively. The provisions in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section apply to design evaluations that are 
used to demonstrate compliance with the standards for process vents and 
storage vessels. The provisions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section 
apply to performance tests that are specified in paragraphs (c), (d), 
and (e) of this section. The provisions in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section describe initial compliance procedures for flares. The 
provisions in paragraph (a)(5) of this section are used to demonstrate 
initial compliance with the alternative standards specified in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) and (c)(4). The provisions in paragraph (a)(6) of 
this section are used to comply with the outlet concentration 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(iv)(A), (b)(3)(ii), 
(b)(4)(ii)(A), (b)(5)(ii), and (b)(5)(iii).
    (1) Design evaluation. To demonstrate that a control device meets 
the required control efficiency, a design evaluation must address the 
composition and HAP concentration of the vent stream entering the 
control device. A design evaluation also must address other vent stream 
characteristics and control device operating parameters as specified in 
any one of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section, depending 
on the type of control device that is used. If the vent stream is not 
the only inlet to the control device, the efficiency demonstration also 
must consider all other vapors, gases, and liquids, other than fuels, 
received by the control device.
    (i) For an enclosed combustion device used to comply with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(iv), (b)(4)(ii), (c)(2)(iv)(B), or 
(c)(3) with a minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds and a minimum

[[Page 406]]

temperature of 760  deg.C, the design evaluation must document that 
these conditions exist.
    (ii) For a combustion control device that does not satisfy the 
criteria in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the design evaluation 
must document control efficiency and address the following 
characteristics, depending on the type of control device:
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design evaluation must 
consider the autoignition temperature of the organic HAP, must consider 
the vent stream flow rate, and must establish the design minimum and 
average temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone 
residence time.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design evaluation must 
consider the vent stream flow rate and must establish the design minimum 
and average temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet.
    (C) For a boiler or process heater, the design evaluation must 
consider the vent stream flow rate, must establish the design minimum 
and average flame zone temperatures and combustion zone residence time, 
and must describe the method and location where the vent stream is 
introduced into the flame zone.
    (iii) For a condenser, the design evaluation must consider the vent 
stream flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature, and must establish 
the design outlet organic HAP compound concentration level, design 
average temperature of the condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design 
average temperatures of the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and 
outlet. The temperature of the gas stream exiting the condenser must be 
measured and used to establish the outlet organic HAP concentration.
    (iv) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly onsite in the control device such as a fixed-bed adsorber, the 
design evaluation must consider the vent stream flow rate, relative 
humidity, and temperature, and must establish the design exhaust vent 
stream organic compound concentration level, adsorption cycle time, 
number of carbon beds and their capacities, type and working capacity of 
activated carbon used for the carbon beds, design total regeneration 
stream mass or volumetric flow over the period of each complete carbon 
bed regeneration cycle, design carbon bed temperature after 
regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service 
life of carbon. For vacuum desorption, the pressure drop must be 
included.
    (v) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly onsite in the control device such as a carbon 
canister, the design evaluation must consider the vent stream mass or 
volumetric flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature, and must 
establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration 
level, capacity of the carbon bed, type and working capacity of 
activated carbon used for the carbon bed, and design carbon replacement 
interval based on the total carbon working capacity of the control 
device and source operating schedule.
    (vi) For a scrubber, the design evaluation must consider the vent 
stream composition, constituent concentrations, liquid-to-vapor ratio, 
scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration, temperature, and the 
reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The 
design evaluation must establish the design exhaust vent stream organic 
compound concentration level and must include the additional information 
in paragraphs (a)(1)(vi)(A) and (B) of this section for trays and a 
packed column scrubber.
    (A) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays;
    (B) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column, and 
for individual packed sections if column contains more than one packed 
section.
    (vii) For fabric filters, the design evaluation must include the 
pressure drop through the device and the net gas-to-cloth ratio (i.e., 
cubic feet of gas per square feet of cloth).
    (2) Calculation of TOC or total organic HAP concentration. The TOC 
concentration or total organic HAP concentration is the sum of the 
concentrations of the individual components. If compliance is being 
determined based on TOC, the owner or operator shall compute TOC for 
each run using Equation 6 of this subpart. If compliance with the

[[Page 407]]

percent reduction format of the standard is being determined based on 
total organic HAP, the owner or operator shall compute total organic HAP 
using Equation 6 of this subpart, except that only organic HAP compounds 
shall be summed; when determining compliance with the wastewater 
provisions of Sec. 63.1363(d), the organic HAP compounds shall consist 
of the organic HAP compounds in Table 9 of subpart G of this part.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.005

Where:

CGT = total concentration of TOC in vented gas stream, 
          average of samples, dry basis, ppmv
CGSi,j = concentration of sample components in vented gas 
          stream for sample j, dry basis, ppmv
n = number of compounds in the sample
m = number of samples in the sample run

    (3) Initial compliance using flares. When a flare is used to comply 
with the standards, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
    (i) The initial compliance determination shall consist of a visible 
emissions determination using Method 22 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
as described in Sec. 63.11(b)(4) of subpart A of this part, and a 
determination of net heating value of gas being combusted and exit 
velocity to comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b)(6) through (8) 
of subpart A of this part. The net heating value and exit velocity shall 
be based on the results of performance testing under the conditions 
described in paragraphs (b)(10) and (11) of this section.
    (ii) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test to determine percent emission reduction or outlet organic HAP or 
TOC concentration when a flare is used.
    (4) Exemptions from compliance demonstrations. An owner or operator 
using any control device specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (ii) 
of this section is exempt from the initial compliance provisions in 
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.
    (i) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (ii) A boiler or process heater into which the emission stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel.
    (5) Initial compliance with alternative standard. Initial compliance 
with the alternative standards in Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) and (c)(4) is 
demonstrated when the outlet TOC concentration is 20 ppmv or less, and 
the outlet HCl and chlorine concentration is 20 ppmv or less. To 
demonstrate initial compliance, the owner or operator shall be in 
compliance with the monitoring provisions in Sec. 63.1366(b)(5) on the 
initial compliance date. The owner or operator shall use Method 18 of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A to determine the predominant organic HAP in the 
emission stream if the TOC monitor is calibrated on the predominant HAP.
    (6) Initial compliance with the 20 ppmv outlet limit. Initial 
compliance with the 20 ppmv TOC and HCl and chlorine concentration is 
demonstrated when the outlet TOC concentration is 20 ppmv or less, and 
the outlet HCl and chlorine concentration is 20 ppmv or less. To 
demonstrate initial compliance, the operator shall use applicable test 
methods described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (9) of this section, and 
test under conditions described in paragraphs (b)(10) or (11) of this 
section, as applicable. The owner or operator shall comply with the 
monitoring provisions in Sec. 63.1366(b)(1) through (5) on the initial 
compliance date.
    (7) Outlet concentration correction for supplemental gases. If 
supplemental gases are added to a vent stream for which compliance with 
an outlet concentration standard in Sec. 63.1362 or 63.1363 will be 
demonstrated, the owner or operator must correct the outlet 
concentration as specified in paragraphs (a)(7)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Combustion device. If the vent stream is controlled with a 
combustion device, the owner or operator must comply with the provisions 
in paragraphs (a)(7)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) To comply with a TOC outlet concentration standard in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(iv)(A), (b)(4)(ii)(A), (b)(6), (c)(2)(iv)(B), (c)(4), 
(d)(13), or Sec. 63.172 of

[[Page 408]]

subpart H of this part, the actual TOC outlet concentration must be 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen.
    (B) If the inlet stream to the combustion device contains any HCl, 
chlorine, or halogenated compounds, and the owner or operator elects to 
comply with a total HCl and chlorine outlet concentration standard in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(3)(ii), (b)(5)(ii), (b)(5)(iii), (b)(6), or (c)(4), the 
actual total HCl and chlorine outlet concentration must be corrected to 
3 percent oxygen.
    (C) The integrated sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used to determine the actual oxygen 
concentration (%O2d). The samples shall be taken during the 
same time that the TOC and HCl and chlorine samples are taken. The 
concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen (Cd) shall be 
computed using Equation 7 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.006

Where:

Cc = concentration of TOC or total HCl and chlorine corrected 
          to 3 percent oxygen, dry basis, ppmv
Cm = total concentration of TOC or total HCl and chlorine in 
          the vented gas stream, average of samples, dry basis, ppmv
%O2d = concentration of oxygen measured in vented gas stream, 
          dry basis, percent by volume

    (ii) Noncombustion devices. If a control device other than a 
combustion device, and not in series with a combustion device, is used 
to comply with a TOC or total HCl and chlorine outlet concentration 
standard, the owner or operator must correct the actual concentration 
for supplemental gases using Equation 8 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.007

Where:

Ca = corrected outlet TOC or total HCl and chlorine 
          concentration, dry basis, ppmv
Cm = actual TOC or total HCl and chlorine concentration 
          measured at control device outlet, dry basis, ppmv
Va = total volumetric flow rate of affected streams vented to 
          the control device
Vs = total volumetric flow rate of supplemental gases

    (b) Test methods and conditions. When testing is conducted to 
measure emissions from an affected source, the test methods specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (9) of this section shall be used. Compliance 
tests shall be performed under conditions specified in paragraphs 
(b)(10) and (11) of this section. Testing requirements for condensers 
are specified in paragraph (b)(12) of this section.
    (1) Method 1 or 1A of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used for 
sample and velocity traverses.
    (2) Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be 
used for velocity and volumetric flow rates.
    (3) Method 3 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used for gas 
analysis.
    (4) Method 4 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used for stack 
gas moisture.
    (5) Concentration measurements shall be adjusted to negate the 
dilution effects of introducing nonaffected gaseous streams into the 
vent streams prior to control or measurement. The following methods are 
specified for concentration measurements of organic compounds:
    (i) Method 18 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 may be used to 
determine HAP concentration in any control device efficiency 
determination.
    (ii) Method 25 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 may be used to 
determine total gaseous nonmethane organic concentration for control 
efficiency determinations in combustion devices.
    (iii) Method 25A of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 may be used to 
determine the HAP or TOC concentration for control device efficiency 
determinations under the conditions specified in Method 25 of appendix A 
of 40 CFR part 60 for direct measurement of an effluent with a flame 
ionization detector, or in demonstrating compliance with the 20 ppmv TOC 
outlet standard. If Method 25A of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 is used 
to determine the concentration of TOC for the 20 ppmv standard, the 
instrument shall be calibrated on methane or the predominant HAP. If 
calibrating on the predominant HAP, the use of Method 25A of appendix A 
of 40

[[Page 409]]

CFR part 60 shall comply with paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) through (C) of 
this section.
    (A) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP representing 
the largest percent by volume.
    (B) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is acceptable 
if the response from the high level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (C) The span value of the analyzer must be less than 100 ppmv.
    (6) The methods in either paragraph (b)(6)(i) or (ii) of this 
section shall be used to determine the concentration, in mg/dscm, of 
total HCl and chlorine. Concentration measurements shall be adjusted to 
negate the dilution effects of introducing nonaffected gaseous streams 
into the vent streams prior to control or measurement.
    (i) Method 26 or 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    (ii) Any other method if the method or data have been validated 
according to the applicable procedures of Method 301 of appendix A of 
this part.
    (7) Method 5 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to 
determine the concentration of particulate matter in exhaust gas streams 
from bag dumps and product dryers.
    (8) Wastewater analysis shall be conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i) through (iii) of subpart G of this part.
    (9) Method 22 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to 
determine visible emissions from flares.
    (10) Testing conditions for continuous processes. Testing of process 
vents on equipment operating as part of a continuous process shall 
consist of three one-hour runs. Gas stream volumetric flow rates shall 
be measured every 15 minutes during each 1-hour run. Organic HAP 
concentration shall be determined from samples collected in an 
integrated sample over the duration of each one-hour test run, or from 
grab samples collected simultaneously with the flow rate measurements 
(every 15 minutes). If an integrated sample is collected for laboratory 
analysis, the sampling rate shall be adjusted proportionally to reflect 
variations in flow rate. For continuous gas streams, the emission rate 
used to determine compliance shall be the average emission rate of the 
three test runs.
    (11) Testing conditions for batch processes. Except as provided in 
paragraph (b)(12) of this section for condensers, testing of emissions 
on equipment where the flow of gaseous emissions is intermittent (batch 
operations) shall be conducted at absolute peak-case conditions or 
hypothetical peak-case conditions, as specified in paragraphs (b)(11)(i) 
and (ii) of this section, respectively. Gas stream volumetric flow rates 
shall be measured at 15-minute intervals. Organic HAP, TOC, or HCl and 
chlorine concentration shall be determined from samples collected in an 
integrated sample over the duration of the test, or from grab samples 
collected simultaneously with the flow rate measurements (every 15 
minutes). If an integrated sample is collected for laboratory analysis, 
the sampling rate shall be adjusted proportionally to reflect variations 
in flow rate. In all cases, a site-specific test plan shall be submitted 
to the Administrator for approval prior to testing in accordance with 
Sec. 63.7(c) of subpart A of this part. The test plan shall include the 
emissions profile described in paragraph (b)(11)(iii) of this section. 
The term ``HAP mass loading'' as used in paragraphs (b)(11)(i) through 
(iii) of this section refers to the class of HAP, either organic or HCl 
and chlorine, that the control device is intended to control.
    (i) Absolute peak-case. If the most challenging conditions for the 
control device occur under maximum HAP load, the absolute peak-case 
conditions shall be characterized by the criteria presented in paragraph 
(b)(11)(i)(A) or (B) of this section. Otherwise, absolute peak-case 
conditions are defined by the conditions in paragraph (b)(11)(i)(C) of 
this section.
    (A) The period in which the inlet to the control device will contain 
at least 50 percent of the maximum HAP mass load that may be vented to 
the control device over any 8-hour period. An emission profile as 
described in paragraph

[[Page 410]]

(b)(11)(iii)(A) of this section shall be used to identify the 8-hour 
period that includes the maximum projected HAP load.
    (B) A 1-hour period of time in which the inlet to the control device 
will contain the highest hourly HAP mass loading rate that may be vented 
to the control device. An emission profile as described in paragraph 
(b)(11)(iii)(A) of this section shall be used to identify the 1-hour 
period of maximum HAP loading.
    (C) The period of time when a condition other than the maximum HAP 
load is most challenging for the control device. These conditions 
include, but are not limited to the following:
    (1) Periods when the streams contain the highest combined VOC and 
HAP hourly load, as described by the emission profiles in paragraph 
(b)(11)(iii) of this section; or
    (2) Periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that approach 
the limits of solubility for scrubbing media; or
    (3) Periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that approach 
the limits of adsorptivity for carbon adsorption systems.
    (ii) Hypothetical peak-case. Hypothetical peak-case conditions are 
simulated test conditions that, at a minimum, contain the highest total 
average hourly HAP load of emissions that would be predicted to be 
vented to the control device from the emissions profile described in 
either paragraph (b)(11)(iii)(B) or (C) of this section.
    (iii) Emissions profile. The owner or operator may choose to perform 
tests only during those periods of the peak-case episode(s) that the 
owner or operator selects to control as part of achieving the required 
emission reduction. The owner or operator shall develop an emission 
profile for the vent to the control device that describes the 
characteristics of the vent stream at the inlet to the control device 
under either absolute or hypothetical peak-case conditions. The 
emissions profile shall be developed based on the applicable procedures 
described in paragraphs (b)(11)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section, as 
required by paragraphs (b)(11)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (A) Emissions profile by process. The emissions profile must 
consider all emission episodes that could contribute to the vent stack 
for a period of time that is sufficient to include all processes venting 
to the stack and shall consider production scheduling. The profile shall 
describe the HAP load to the device that equals the highest sum of 
emissions from the episodes that can vent to the control device during 
the period of absolute peak-case conditions specified in paragraph 
(b)(11)(i)(A), (B), or (C) as appropriate. Emissions per episode shall 
be calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section. When complying with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section, 
emissions per episode shall be divided by the duration of the episode if 
the duration of the episode is longer than 1 hour.
    (B) Emission profile by equipment. The emission profile must consist 
of emissions that meet or exceed the highest hourly HAP load that would 
be expected under actual processing conditions. The profile shall 
describe equipment configurations used to generate the emission events, 
volatility of materials processed in the equipment, and the rationale 
used to identify and characterize the emission events. The emissions may 
be based on using a compound more volatile than compounds actually used 
in the process(es), and the emissions may be generated from all 
equipment in the process(es) or only selected equipment.
    (C) Emission profile by capture and control device limitation. The 
emission profile shall consider the capture and control system 
limitations and the highest hourly emissions that can be routed to the 
control device, based on maximum flow rate and concentrations possible 
because of limitations on conveyance and control equipment (e.g., fans, 
LEL alarms and safety bypasses).
    (iv) Test duration. Three runs, at a minimum of 1 hour each, are 
required for performance testing. Each run must occur over the same 
absolute or hypothetical peak-case conditions, as defined in paragraph 
(b)(11)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (12) Testing requirements for condensers. For emission streams 
controlled using condensers, the owner or

[[Page 411]]

operator shall calculate the condenser outlet gas temperature that is 
needed to meet the required percent reduction.
    (c) Initial compliance with process vent provisions. The owner or 
operator of an affected source shall demonstrate compliance with the 
process vent standards in Sec. 63.1362(b) using the procedures described 
in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Compliance with the process vent standards in Sec. 63.1362(b) 
shall be demonstrated in accordance with the provisions specified in 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) Initial compliance with the emission limit cutoffs in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(i) and (b)(4)(i) is demonstrated when the 
uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from the sum of all process vents 
within a process are less than or equal to 0.15 Mg/yr. Uncontrolled HAP 
emissions shall be determined using the procedures described in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (ii) Initial compliance with the emission limit cutoffs in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(3)(i) and (b)(5)(i) is demonstrated when the 
uncontrolled HCl and Cl2 emissions from the sum of all 
process vents within a process are less than or equal to 6.8 Mg/yr. 
Initial compliance with the emission limit cutoffs in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(5)(ii) and (iii) is demonstrated when the uncontrolled 
HCl and Cl2 emissions are greater than or equal to 6.8 Mg/yr 
or greater than or equal to 191 Mg/yr, respectively. Uncontrolled 
emissions shall be determined using the procedures described in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (iii) Initial compliance with the organic HAP percent reduction 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(ii), (b)(2)(iii), and 
(b)(4)(ii) is demonstrated by determining controlled HAP emissions using 
the procedures described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, 
determining uncontrolled HAP emissions using the procedures described in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and calculating the applicable percent 
reduction.
    (iv) Initial compliance with the HCl and Cl2 percent 
reduction requirements specified in Sec. 63.1362(b)(3)(ii), (b)(5)(ii), 
and (b)(5)(iii) is demonstrated by determining controlled emissions of 
HCl and Cl2 using the procedures described in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section, determining uncontrolled emissions of HCl and 
Cl2 using the procedures described in paragraph (c)(2) of 
this section, and calculating the applicable percent reduction.
    (v) Initial compliance with the outlet concentration limits in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(iv)(A), (b)(3)(ii), (b)(4)(ii)(A), (b)(5)(ii), and 
(b)(5)(iii) is demonstrated when the outlet TOC concentration is 20 ppmv 
or less and the outlet HCl and chlorine concentration is 20 ppmv or 
less. The owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance by fulfilling 
the requirements in paragraph (a)(6) of this section. If an owner or 
operator elects to develop an emissions profile by process as described 
in paragraph (b)(11)(iii)(A) of this section, uncontrolled emissions 
shall be determined using the procedures in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (vi) Initial compliance with the alternative standard in 
Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) is demonstrated by fulfilling the requirements in 
paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (vii) Initial compliance when using a flare is demonstrated by 
fulfilling the requirements in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (viii) No initial compliance demonstration is required for control 
devices specified in Sec. 63.1362(l).
    (2) Uncontrolled emissions. The owner or operator referred to from 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (v) of this section shall calculate 
uncontrolled emissions according to the procedures described in 
paragraph (c)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Emission estimation procedures. The owner or operator shall 
determine uncontrolled HAP emissions using emission measurements and/or 
calculations for each batch emission episode according to the 
engineering evaluation methodology in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(A) through 
(H) of this section.
    (A) Individual HAP partial pressures in multicomponent systems shall 
be determined in accordance with the methods specified in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i)(A)(1) through (3) of this section. Chemical property data may 
be obtained from standard references.

[[Page 412]]

    (1) If the components are miscible in one another, use Raoult's law 
to calculate the partial pressures;
    (2) If the solution is a dilute aqueous mixture, use Henry's law 
constants to calculate partial pressures;
    (3) If Raoult's law or Henry's law are not appropriate or available, 
use any of the methods specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(A)(3)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Use experimentally obtained activity coefficients;
    (ii) Use models such as the group-contribution models to predict 
activity coefficients;
    (iii) Assume the components of the system behave independently and 
use the summation of all vapor pressures from the HAP as the total HAP 
partial pressure;
    (B) Charging or filling. Emissions from vapor displacement due to 
transfer of material to a vessel shall be calculated using Equation 9 of 
this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.008

Where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP
V = volume of gas displaced from the vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP

    (C) Purging. Emissions from purging shall be calculated using 
Equation 10 of this subpart, except that for purge flow rates greater 
than 100 scfm, the mole fraction of HAP will be assumed to be 25 percent 
of the saturated value.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.009

Where:

E = mass of HAP emitted
V = purge flow rate at the temperature and pressure of the vessel vapor 
          space
R = ideal gas law constant
T = temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute
Pi = partial pressure of the individual HAP
Pj = partial pressure of individual condensable VOC compounds 
          (including HAP)
PT = pressure of the vessel vapor space
MWi = molecular weight of the individual HAP
t = time of purge
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
m = number of condensable VOC compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream

    (D) Heating. Emissions caused by heating the contents of a vessel to 
a temperature less than the boiling point shall be calculated using the 
procedures in either paragraph (c)(2)(i)(D)(1), (2), or (4) of this 
section, as appropriate. If the contents of a vessel are heated to the 
boiling point, emissions while boiling are assumed to be zero if the 
owner or operator is complying with the provisions in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i)(C)(3) of this section.
    (1) If the final temperature to which the vessel contents are heated 
is lower than 50 K below the boiling point of the HAP in the vessel, 
then emissions shall be calculated using Equations 11 through 14 of this 
subpart.
    (i) The mass of HAP emitted per episode shall be calculated using 
Equation 11 of this subpart:

[[Page 413]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.010

Where:
E = mass of HAP vapor displaced from the vessel being heated
(Pi)Tn = partial pressure of each HAP in the 
          vessel headspace at initial (n = 1) and final (n = 2) 
          temperatures
Pa1 = initial noncondensable gas pressure in the vessel, as 
          calculated using Equation 13 of this subpart
Pa2 = final noncondensable gas pressure in the vessel, as 
          calculated using Equation 13 of this subpart
 = number of moles of noncondensable gas displaced, as 
          calculated using Equation 12 of this subpart
MWHAP = The average molecular weight of HAP present in the 
          vessel, as calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart:
n = number of HAP compounds in the displaced vapor

    (ii) The moles of noncondensable gas displaced shall be calculated 
using Equation 12 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.011

where:

 = number of moles of noncondensable gas displaced
V = volume of free space in the vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
Pa1 = initial noncondensable gas pressure in the vessel, as 
          calculated using Equation 13 of this subpart
Pa2 = final noncondensable gas pressure in the vessel, as 
          calculated using Equation 13 of this subpart
T1 = initial temperature of vessel contents, absolute
T2 = final temperature of vessel contents, absolute
    (iii) The initial and final pressure of the noncondensable gas in 
the vessel shall be calculated according to Equation 13 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.012

Where:

Pan = partial pressure of noncondensable gas in the vessel 
          headspace at initial (n = 1) and final (n = 2) temperatures
Patm = atmospheric pressure
(Pj)Tn = partial pressure of each condensable 
          volatile organic compound (including HAP) in the vessel 
          headspace at the initial temperature (n = 1) and final (n = 2) 
          temperature

    (iv) The average molecular weight of HAP in the displaced gas shall 
be calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.013

Where:

MWHAP = average molecular weight of HAP in the displaced gas
(Pi)Tn = partial pressure of each HAP in the 
          vessel headspace at the initial (T1) and final 
          (T2) temperatures
MWi = molecular weight of each HAP
n = number of HAP compounds in the emission stream

    (2) If the vessel contents are heated to a temperature greater than 
50 K below the boiling point, then emissions from the heating of a 
vessel shall be calculated as the sum of the emissions calculated in 
accordance with paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(D)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.

[[Page 414]]

    (i) For the interval from the initial temperature to the temperature 
50 K below the boiling point, emissions shall be calculated using 
Equation 11 of this subpart, where T2 is the temperature 50 K 
below the boiling point.
    (ii) For the interval from the temperature 50 K below the boiling 
point to the final temperature, emissions shall be calculated as the 
summation of emissions for each 5 K increment, where the emission for 
each increment shall be calculated using Equation 11 of this subpart. If 
the final temperature of the heatup is lower than 5 K below the boiling 
point, the final temperature for the last increment shall be the final 
temperature of the heatup, even if the last increment is less than 5 K. 
If the final temperature of the heatup is higher than 5 K below the 
boiling point, the final temperature for the last increment shall be the 
temperature 5 K below the boiling point, even if the last increment is 
less than 5 K.
    (3) While boiling, the vessel must be operated with a properly 
operated process condenser. An initial demonstration that a process 
condenser is properly operated is required for vessels that operate 
process condensers without secondary condensers that are air pollution 
control devices. The owner or operator must either measure the condenser 
exhaust gas temperature and show it is less than the boiling point of 
the substance(s) in the vessel, or perform a material balance around the 
vessel and condenser to show that at least 99 percent of the material 
vaporized while boiling is condensed. Uncontrolled emissions are assumed 
to be zero under these conditions. The initial demonstration shall be 
conducted for all appropriate operating scenarios and documented in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1368(f).
    (4)(i) As an alternative to the procedures described in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i)(D)(1) and (2) of this section, emissions caused by heating a 
vessel to any temperature less than the boiling point may be calculated 
using Equation 15 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.014

Where:

E = mass of HAP vapor displaced from the vessel being heated
Navg = average gas space molar volume during the heating 
          process, as calculated using Equation 16 of this subpart
PT = total pressure in the vessel
Pi,1 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          T1
Pi,2 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          T2
MWHAP = average molecular weight of the HAP compounds, as 
          calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart
nHAP,1 = number of moles of total HAP in the vessel headspace 
          at T1
nHAP,2 = number of moles of total HAP in the vessel headspace 
          at T2
m = number of condensable VOC compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream

    (ii) The average gas space molar volume during the heating process 
is calculated using Equation 16 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.015

Where:

Navg = average gas space molar volume during the heating 
          process
V = volume of free space in vessel
PT = total pressure in the vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T1 = initial temperature of the vessel contents, absolute
T2 = final temperature of the vessel contents, absolute


[[Page 415]]


    (iii) The difference in the number of moles of total HAP in the 
vessel headspace between the initial and final temperatures is 
calculated using Equation 17 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.016

Where:

nHAP,2 = number of moles of total HAP in the vessel headspace 
          at T2
HAP,1 = number of moles of total HAP in the vessel headspace 
          at T1
V = volume of free space in vessel
R = ideal gas law constant
T1 = initial temperature of the vessel contents, absolute
T2 = final temperature of the vessel contents, absolute
Pi,1 = partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          T1
Pi,2=partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          T2
n=number of HAP compounds in the emission stream

    (E) Depressurization. Emissions from depressurization shall be 
calculated using the procedures in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(E)(1) through 
(5) of this section. Alternatively, the owner or operator may elect to 
calculate emissions from depressurization using the procedures in 
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(E)(6) of this section.
    (1) The moles of HAP vapor initially in the vessel are calculated 
using Equation 18 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.017

Where:

nHAP=moles of HAP vapor in the vessel
Pi=partial pressure of each HAP in the vessel vapor space
V=free volume in the vessel being depressurized
R=ideal gas law constant
T=absolute temperature in vessel
n=number of HAP compounds in the emission stream

    (2) The initial and final moles of noncondensable gas present in the 
vessel are calculated using Equations 19 and 20 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.018

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.019

Where:

n1=initial number of moles of noncondensable gas in the 
          vessel
n2=final number of moles of noncondensable gas in the vessel
V=free volume in the vessel being depressurized
Pnc1=initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
          calculated using Equation 21 of this subpart
Pnc2=final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
          calculated using Equation 22 of this subpart
R=ideal gas law constant
T=temperature, absolute

    (3) The initial and final partial pressures of the noncondensable 
gas in the vessel are determined using Equations 21 and 22 of this 
subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.020

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.021

where:

Pnc1=initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas
Pnc2=final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas
P1 = initial vessel pressure
P2=final vessel pressure
Pj*=vapor pressure of each condensable VOC (including HAP) in 
          the emission stream
Xj=mole fraction of each condensable VOC (including HAP) in 
          the emission stream
m=number of condensable VOC compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream


[[Page 416]]


    (4) The moles of HAP emitted during the depressurization are 
calculated by taking an approximation of the average ratio of moles of 
HAP to moles of noncondensable and multiplying by the total moles of 
noncondensables released during the depressurization, using Equation 23 
of this subpart:
Where:

nHAP,e=moles of HAP emitted

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.022


nHAP,1=moles of HAP vapor in vessel at the initial pressure, 
          as calculated using Equation 18 of this subpart
nHAP,2=moles of HAP vapor in vessel at the final pressure, as 
          calculated using Equation 18 of this subpart
n1=initial number of moles of noncondensable gas in the 
          vessel, as calculated using Equation 19 of this subpart
n2=final number of moles of noncondensable gas in the vessel, 
          as calculated using Equation 19 of this subpart

    (5) Use Equation 24 of this subpart to calculate the mass of HAP 
emitted:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.023

Where:

E=mass of HAP emitted
nHAP,e=moles of HAP emitted, as calculated using Equation 23 
          of this subpart
MWHAP=average molecular weight of the HAP as calculated using 
          Equation 14 of this subpart

    (6) As an alternative to the procedures in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i)(E)(1) through (5) of this section, emissions from 
depressurization may be calculated using Equation 25 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.024

where:

V=free volume in vessel being depressurized
R=ideal gas law constant
T=temperature of the vessel, absolute
P1=initial pressure in the vessel
P2=final pressure in the vessel
Pi=partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds
Pj=partial pressure of individual condensable VOC compounds 
          (including HAP)
MWi=molecular weight of the individual HAP compounds
n=number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
m=number of condensable VOC compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream

    (F) Vacuum systems. Calculate emissions from vacuum systems using 
Equation 26 of this subpart:

[[Page 417]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.025

Where:

E=mass of HAP emitted
PT=absolute pressure of receiving vessel or ejector outlet 
          conditions, if there is no receiver
Pi=partial pressure of individual HAP at the receiver 
          temperature or the ejector outlet conditions
Pj=partial pressure of individual condensable VOC compounds 
          (including HAP) at the receiver temperature or the ejector 
          outlet conditions
La=total air leak rate in the system, mass/time
MWnc = molecular weight of noncondensable gas
t=time of vacuum operation
MWHAP=average molecular weight of HAP in the emission stream, 
          as calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart, with HAP 
          partial pressures calculated at the temperature of the 
          receiver or ejector outlet, as appropriate
n=number of HAP components in the emission stream
m=number of condensable VOC compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream

    (G) Gas evolution. Emissions from gas evolution shall be calculated 
using Equation 10 of this subpart with V calculated using Equation 27 of 
this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.026

Where:

V=volumetric flow rate of gas evolution
Wg=mass flow rate of gas evolution
R=ideal gas law constant
T=temperature at the exit, absolute
PT=vessel pressure
MWg=molecular weight of the evolved gas

    (H) Air drying. Use Equation 28 of this subpart to calculate 
emissions from air drying:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.027

Where:

E=mass of HAP emitted
B=mass of dry solids
PS1=HAP in material entering dryer, weight percent
PS2=HAP in material exiting dryer, weight percent.

    (ii) Engineering assessments. The owner or operator shall conduct an 
engineering assessment to determine uncontrolled HAP emissions for each 
emission episode that is not due to vapor displacement, purging, 
heating, depressurization, vacuum systems, gas evolution, or air drying. 
For a given emission episode caused by any of these seven types of 
activities, the owner or operator also may request approval to determine 
uncontrolled HAP emissions based on an engineering assessment. All data, 
assumptions, and procedures used in the engineering assessment shall be 
documented in the Precompliance plan in accordance with Sec. 63.1367(b). 
An engineering assessment includes, but is not limited to, the 
information and procedures described in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through 
(D) of this section:
    (A) Test results, provided the tests are representative of current 
operating practices at the process unit. If test data show a greater 
than 20 percent discrepancy between the test value and

[[Page 418]]

the estimated value, the owner or operator may estimate emissions based 
on the test data, and the results of the engineering assessment shall be 
included in the Notification of Compliance Status report.
    (B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
process under representative operating conditions.
    (C) Maximum flow rate, HAP emission rate, concentration, or other 
relevant parameter specified or implied within a permit limit applicable 
to the process vent.
    (D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to:
    (1) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
estimate maximum organic HAP concentrations;
    (2) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment 
design such as pump or blower capacities; and
    (3) Estimation of HAP concentrations based on saturation conditions.
    (3) Controlled emissions. Except for condensers, the owner or 
operator shall determine controlled emissions using the procedures in 
either paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable. For 
condensers, controlled emissions shall be calculated using the emission 
estimation equations described in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section. 
The owner or operator is not required to calculate controlled emissions 
from devices described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section or from 
flares for which compliance is demonstrated in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section. If the owner or operator is complying with an 
outlet concentration standard and the control device uses supplemental 
gases, the outlet concentrations shall be corrected in accordance with 
the procedures described in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
    (i) Small control devices, except condensers. Controlled emissions 
for each process vent that is controlled using a small control device, 
except for a condenser, shall be determined by using the design 
evaluation described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section, or by 
conducting a performance test in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of 
this section.
    (A) Design evaluation. The design evaluation shall include 
documentation demonstrating that the control device being used achieves 
the required control efficiency under absolute or hypothetical peak-case 
conditions, as determined from the emission profile described in 
paragraph (b)(11)(iii) of this section. The control efficiency 
determined from this design evaluation shall be applied to uncontrolled 
emissions to estimate controlled emissions. The documentation must be 
conducted in accordance with the provisions in paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section. The design evaluation shall also include the value(s) and basis 
for the parameter(s) monitored under Sec. 63.1366.
    (B) Whenever a small control device becomes a large control device, 
the owner or operator must comply with the provisions in paragraph 
(c)(3)(ii) of this section and submit the test report in the next 
Periodic report.
    (ii) Large control devices, except condensers. Controlled emissions 
for each process vent that is controlled using a large control device, 
except for a condenser, shall be determined by applying the control 
efficiency of the large control device to the estimated uncontrolled 
emissions. The control efficiency shall be determined by conducting a 
performance test on the control device as described in paragraphs 
(c)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section, or by using the results of a 
previous performance test as described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(D) of 
this section. If the control device is intended to control only HCl and 
chlorine, the owner or operator may assume the control efficiency of 
organic HAP is 0 percent. If the control device is intended to control 
only organic HAP, the owner or operator may assume the control 
efficiency for HCl and chlorine is 0 percent.
    (A) Except for control devices that are intended to meet outlet TOC 
or HCl and chlorine concentrations of 20 ppmv, the performance test 
shall be conducted by performing emission testing on the inlet and 
outlet of the control device following the test methods and procedures 
of paragraph (b) of this

[[Page 419]]

section. For control devices that meet outlet TOC or HCl and chlorine 
concentrations of 20 ppmv, the performance testing shall be conducted by 
performing emission testing on the outlet of the control device 
following the test methods and procedures of paragraph (b) of this 
section. Concentrations shall be calculated from the data obtained 
through emission testing according to the procedures in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section.
    (B) Performance testing shall be conducted under absolute or 
hypothetical peak-case conditions, as defined in paragraphs (b)(11)(i) 
and (ii) of this section.
    (C) The owner or operator may elect to conduct more than one 
performance test on the control device for the purpose of establishing 
more than one operating condition at which the control device achieves 
the required control efficiency.
    (D) The owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test for any control device for which a previous performance test was 
conducted, provided the test was conducted using the same procedures 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (11) of this section over 
conditions typical of the absolute or hypothetical peak-case, as defined 
in paragraphs (b)(11)(i) and (ii) of this section. The results of the 
previous performance test shall be used to demonstrate compliance.
    (iii) Condensers. The owner or operator using a condenser as a 
control device shall determine controlled emissions using exhaust gas 
temperature measurements and calculations for each batch emission 
episode according to the engineering methodology in paragraphs 
(c)(3)(iii)(A) through (G) of this section. Individual HAP partial 
pressures shall be calculated as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of 
this section.
    (A) Emissions from vapor displacement due to transfer of material to 
a vessel shall be calculated using Equation 9 of this subpart with T set 
equal to the temperature of the receiver and the HAP partial pressures 
determined at the temperature of the receiver.
    (B) Emissions from purging shall be calculated using Equation 10 of 
this subpart with T set equal to the temperature of the receiver and the 
HAP partial pressures determined at the temperature of the receiver.
    (C) Emissions from heating shall be calculated using Equation 29 of 
this subpart. In Equation 29 of this subpart,  is 
equal to the number of moles of noncondensable displaced from the 
vessel, as calculated using Equation 12 of this subpart. In Equation 29 
of this subpart, the HAP average molecular weight shall be calculated 
using Equation 14 with the HAP partial pressures determined at the 
temperature of the receiver.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.028

Where:

E=mass of HAP emitted
=moles of noncondensable gas displaced
PT=pressure in the receiver
Pi=partial pressure of the individual HAP at the receiver 
          temperature
Pj=partial pressure of the individual condensable VOC 
          (including HAP) at the receiver temperature
n=number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
MWHAP=the average molecular weight of HAP in vapor exiting 
          the receiver, as calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart
m=number of condensable VOC (including HAP) in the emission stream

    (D)(1) Emissions from depressurization shall be calculated using 
Equation 30 of this subpart.

[[Page 420]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.029

Where:

E=mass of HAP vapor emitted
Vnc1=initial volume of noncondensable in the vessel, 
          corrected to the final pressure, as calculated using Equation 
          31 of this subpart
Vnc2=final volume of noncondensable in the vessel, as 
          calculated using Equation 32 of this subpart
Pi=partial pressure of each individual HAP at the receiver 
          temperature
Pj=partial pressure of each condensable VOC (including HAP) 
          at the receiver temperature
PT=receiver pressure
T=temperature of the receiver, absolute
R=ideal gas law constant
MWHAP=the average molecular weight of HAP calculated using 
          Equation 14 of this subpart with partial pressures determined 
          at the receiver temperature
n=number of HAP compounds in the emission stream
m=number of condensable VOC (including HAP) in the emission stream

    (2) The initial and final volumes of noncondensable gas present in 
the vessel, adjusted to the pressure of the receiver, are calculated 
using Equations 31 and 32 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.030

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.031

Where:

Vnc1=initial volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel
Vnc2=final volume of noncondensable gas in the vessel
V=free volume in the vessel being depressurized
Pnc1=initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
          calculated using Equation 33 of this subpart
Pnc2=final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas, as 
          calculated using Equation 34 of this subpart
PT=pressure of the receiver

    (3) Initial and final partial pressures of the noncondensable gas in 
the vessel are determined using Equations 33 and 34 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.032

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.033

Where:

Pnc1=initial partial pressure of the noncondensable gas in 
          the vessel
Pnc2=final partial pressure of the noncondensable gas in the 
          vessel
P1=initial vessel pressure
P2=final vessel pressure
Pj=partial pressure of each condensable VOC (including HAP) 
          in the vessel
m=number of condensable VOC (including HAP) in the emission stream

    (E) Emissions from vacuum systems shall be calculated using Equation 
26 of this subpart.
    (F) Emissions from gas evolution shall be calculated using Equation 
8 with V calculated using Equation 27 of this subpart, T set equal to 
the receiver temperature, and the HAP partial pressures determined at 
the receiver temperature. The term for time, t, in Equation 10 of this 
subpart is not needed for the purposes of this calculation.
    (G) Emissions from air drying shall be calculated using Equation 9 
of this subpart with V equal to the air flow rate and Pi 
determined at the receiver temperature.
    (d) Initial compliance with storage vessel provisions. The owner or 
operator of an existing or new affected source shall demonstrate initial 
compliance with the storage vessel standards in Sec. 63.1362(c)(2) 
through (4) by fulfilling the requirements in either paragraph

[[Page 421]]

(d)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) of this section, as applicable. The 
owner or operator shall demonstrate initial compliance with the planned 
routine maintenance provision in Sec. 63.1362(c)(5) by fulfilling the 
requirements in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.
    (1) Percent reduction requirement for control devices. If the owner 
or operator equips a Group 1 storage vessel with a closed vent system 
and control device, the owner or operator shall demonstrate initial 
compliance with the percent reduction requirement of 
Sec. 63.1362(c)(2)(iv)(A) or (c)(3) either by calculating the efficiency 
of the control device using performance test data as specified in 
paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, or by preparing a design evaluation 
as specified in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Performance test option. If the owner or operator elects to 
demonstrate initial compliance based on performance test data, the 
efficiency of the control device shall be calculated as specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) At the reasonably expected maximum filling rate, Equations 35 
and 36 of this subpart shall be used to calculate the mass rate of total 
organic HAP at the inlet and outlet of the control device.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.034

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.035

Where:

Cij, Coj=concentration of sample component j of 
          the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, 
          respectively, dry basis, ppmv
Ei, Eo=mass rate of total organic HAP at the inlet 
          and outlet of the control device, respectively, dry basis, kg/
          hr
Mij, Moj=molecular weight of sample component j of 
          the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, 
          respectively, g/gmole
Qi, Qo=flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and 
          outlet of the control device, respectively, dscmm
K2=constant, 2.494 x 10-6 (parts per 
          million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
          (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where standard temperature is 
          20  deg.C

    (B) The percent reduction in total organic HAP shall be calculated 
using Equation 37 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.036

Where:

R=control efficiency of control device, percent
Ei=mass rate of total organic HAP at the inlet to the control 
          device as calculated under paragraph (d)(l)(i)(A) of this 
          section, kilograms organic HAP per hour
Eo=mass rate of total organic HAP at the outlet of the 
          control device, as calculated under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of 
          this section, kilograms organic HAP per hour

    (C) A performance test is not required to be conducted if the 
control device used to comply with Sec. 63.1362(c) (storage tank 
provisions) is also used to comply with Sec. 63.1362(b) (process vent 
provisions), provided compliance with Sec. 63.1362(b) is demonstrated in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section and the demonstrated 
percent reduction is equal to or greater than 95 percent.
    (D) A performance test is not required for any control device for 
which a previous test was conducted, provided the test was conducted 
using the same procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (ii) Design evaluation option. If the owner or operator elects to 
demonstrate initial compliance by conducting a design evaluation, the 
owner or operator shall prepare documentation in accordance with the 
design evaluation provisions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, as 
applicable. The design evaluation shall demonstrate that the control 
device being used achieves the required control efficiency when the 
storage vessel is filled at the reasonably expected maximum filling 
rate.
    (2) Outlet concentration requirement for control devices. If the 
owner or operator equips a Group 1 storage vessel with a closed vent 
system and control device,

[[Page 422]]

the owner or operator shall demonstrate initial compliance with the 
outlet concentration requirements of Sec. 63.1362(c)(2)(iv)(B) or (c)(3) 
by fulfilling the requirements of paragraph (a)(6) of this section.
    (3) Floating roof. If the owner or operator equips a Group 1 storage 
vessel with a floating roof to comply with the provisions in 
Sec. 63.1362(c)(2) or (c)(3), the owner or operator shall demonstrate 
initial compliance by complying with the procedures described in 
paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Comply with Sec. 63.119(b), (c), or (d) of subpart G of this 
part, as applicable, with the differences specified in 
Sec. 63.1362(d)(2)(i) through (iii).
    (ii) Comply with the procedures described in Sec. 63.120(a), (b), or 
(c) of subpart G of this part, as applicable, with the differences 
specified in Sec. 63.1362(d)(2)(i), (iv), and (v).
    (4) Flares. If the owner or operator controls the emissions from a 
Group 1 storage vessel with a flare, initial compliance is demonstrated 
by fulfilling the requirements in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (5) Exemptions from initial compliance. No initial compliance 
demonstration is required for control devices specified in paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section.
    (6) Initial compliance with alternative standard. If the owner or 
operator equips a Group 1 storage vessel with a closed-vent system and 
control device, the owner or operator shall demonstrate initial 
compliance with the alternative standard in Sec. 63.1362(c)(4) by 
fulfilling the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (7) Planned routine maintenance. The owner or operator shall 
demonstrate initial compliance with the planned routine maintenance 
provisions of Sec. 63.1362(c)(5) by including the anticipated periods of 
planned routine maintenance for the first reporting period in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1368(f).
    (e) Initial compliance with wastewater provisions. The owner or 
operator shall demonstrate initial compliance with the wastewater 
requirements by complying with the applicable provisions in Sec. 63.145 
of subpart G of this part, except that the owner or operator need not 
comply with the requirement to determine visible emissions that is 
specified in Sec. 63.145(j)(1) of subpart G of this part, and references 
to compounds in Table 8 of subpart G of this part are not applicable for 
the purposes of this subpart.
    (f) Initial compliance with the bag dump and product dryer 
provisions. Compliance with the particulate matter concentration limits 
specified in Sec. 63.1362(e) is demonstrated when the concentration of 
particulate matter is less than 0.01 gr/dscf, as measured using the 
method described in paragraph (b)(7) of this section.
    (g) Initial compliance with the pollution prevention alternative 
standard. The owner or operator shall demonstrate initial compliance 
with Sec. 63.1362(h)(2) and (3) for a PAI process unit by preparing the 
demonstration summary in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this 
section and by calculating baseline and target annual HAP and VOC 
factors in accordance with paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section. To 
demonstrate initial compliance with Sec. 63.1362(h)(3), the owner or 
operator must also comply with the procedures for add-on control devices 
that are specified in paragraph (g)(4) of this section.
    (1) Demonstration summary. The owner or operator shall prepare a 
pollution prevention demonstration summary that shall contain, at a 
minimum, the information in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section. The demonstration summary shall be included in the 
Precompliance report as specified in Sec. 63.1368(e)(4).
    (i) Descriptions of the methodologies and forms used to measure and 
record consumption of HAP and VOC compounds.
    (ii) Descriptions of the methodologies and forms used to measure and 
record production of the product(s).
    (iii) Supporting documentation for the descriptions provided in 
accordance with paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section including, 
but not limited to, operator log sheets and copies of daily, monthly, 
and annual inventories of materials and products. The owner or operator 
must show how this documentation will be used to calculate the annual 
factors required in Sec. 63.1366(f)(1).
    (2) Baseline factors. The baseline HAP and VOC factors shall be 
calculated by

[[Page 423]]

dividing the consumption of total HAP and total VOC by the production 
rate, per process, for the first 3-year period in which the process was 
operational, beginning no earlier than the period consisting of the 1987 
through 1989 calendar years. Alternatively, for a process that has been 
operational for less than 3 years, but more than 1 year, the baseline 
factors shall be established for the time period from startup of the 
process until the present.
    (3) Target annual factors. The owner or operator must calculate 
target annual factors in accordance with either paragraph (g)(3)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) To demonstrate initial compliance with Sec. 63.1362(h)(2), the 
target annual HAP factor must be equal to or less than 15 percent of the 
baseline HAP factor. For each reduction in a HAP that is also a VOC, the 
target annual VOC factor must be lower than the baseline VOC factor by 
an equivalent amount on a mass basis. For each reduction in a HAP that 
is not a VOC, the target annual factor must be equal to or less than the 
baseline VOC factor.
    (ii) To demonstrate initial compliance with Sec. 63.1362(h)(3)(i), 
the target annual HAP and VOC factors must be calculated as specified in 
paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section, except that when ``15 percent'' is 
referred to in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section, ``50 percent'' shall 
apply for the purposes of this paragraph.
    (4) Requirements for add-on control devices. Initial compliance with 
the requirements for add-on control devices in Sec. 63.1362(h)(3)(ii) is 
demonstrated when the requirements in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (iii) 
of this section are met.
    (i) The yearly reductions associated with add-on controls that meet 
the criteria of Sec. 63.1362(h)(3)(ii)(A) through (D), must be equal to 
or greater than the amounts calculated using Equations 38 and 39 of this 
subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.037

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.038

Where:

HAPreduced = the annual HAP emissions reduction required by 
          add-on controls, kg/yr
HFbase = the baseline HAP factor, kg HAP consumed/kg product
RP2 = the fractional reduction in the annual HAP factor 
          achieved using pollution prevention where RP2 is 
          0.5
VOCreduced = required VOC emission reduction from add-on 
          controls, kg/yr
VFbase = baseline VOC factor, kg VOC emitted/kg production
VFP2 = reduction in VOC factor achieved by pollution 
          prevention, kg VOC emitted/kg production
VFannual = target annual VOC factor, kg VOC emitted/kg 
          production
Mprod = production rate, kg/yr

    (ii) Demonstration that the criteria in Sec. 63.1362(i)(3)(ii)(A) 
through (D) are met shall be accomplished through a description of the 
control device and of the material streams entering and exiting the 
control device.
    (iii) The annual reduction achieved by the add-on control shall be 
quantified using the methods described in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (h) Compliance with emissions averaging provisions. An owner or 
operator shall demonstrate compliance with the emissions averaging 
provisions of Sec. 63.1362(h) by fulfilling the requirements of 
paragraphs (h)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall develop and submit for approval an 
Emissions Averaging Plan containing all the information required in 
Sec. 63.1367(d). The Emissions Averaging Plan shall be submitted no 
later than 18 months prior to the compliance date of the standard. The 
Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days whether the 
Emissions Averaging Plan submitted by sources using emissions averaging 
presents sufficient information. The Administrator shall either

[[Page 424]]

approve the Emissions Averaging Plan, request changes, or request that 
the owner or operator submit additional information. Once the 
Administrator receives sufficient information, the Administrator shall 
approve, disapprove, or request changes to the plan within 120 days. If 
the Emissions Averaging Plan is disapproved, the owner or operator must 
still be in compliance with the standard by the compliance date.
    (2) For all points included in an emissions average, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the procedures that are specified in 
paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Calculate and record monthly debits for all Group 1 emission 
points that are controlled to a level less stringent than the standard 
for those emission points. Equations in paragraph (h)(5) of this section 
shall be used to calculate debits.
    (ii) Calculate and record monthly credits for all Group 1 and Group 
2 emission points that are overcontrolled to compensate for the debits. 
Equations in paragraph (h)(6) of this section shall be used to calculate 
credits. All process vent, storage vessel, and wastewater emission 
points except those specified in Sec. 63.1362(h)(1) through (6) may be 
included in the credit calculation.
    (iii) Demonstrate that annual credits calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(6) of this section are greater than or equal to debits 
calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this section for the same 
annual compliance period. The initial demonstration in the Emissions 
Averaging Plan or operating permit application that credit-generating 
emission points will be capable of generating sufficient credits to 
offset the debit-generating emission points shall be made under 
representative operating conditions. After the compliance date, actual 
operating data shall be used for all debit and credit calculations.
    (iv) Demonstrate that debits calculated for a quarterly (3-month) 
period according to paragraph (h)(5) of this section are not more than 
1.30 times the credits for the same period calculated according to 
paragraph (h)(6) of this section. Compliance for the quarter shall be 
determined based on the ratio of credits and debits from that quarter, 
with 30 percent more debits than credits allowed on a quarterly basis.
    (v) Record and report quarterly and annual credits and debits as 
required in Secs. 63.1367(d) and 63.1368(d).
    (3) Credits and debits shall not include emissions during periods of 
malfunction. Credits and debits shall not include periods of startup and 
shutdown for continuous processes.
    (4) During periods of monitoring excursions, credits and debits 
shall be adjusted as specified in paragraphs (h)(4)(i) through (iii) of 
this section.
    (i) No credits shall be assigned to the credit-generating emission 
point.
    (ii) Maximum debits shall be assigned to the debit-generating 
emission point.
    (iii) The owner or operator may demonstrate to the Administrator 
that full or partial credits or debits should be assigned using the 
procedures in Sec. 63.150(l) of subpart G of this part.
    (5) Debits are generated by the difference between the actual 
emissions from a Group 1 emission point that is uncontrolled or 
controlled to a level less stringent than the applicable standard and 
the emissions allowed for the Group 1 emission point. Debits shall be 
calculated in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(h)(5)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Source-wide debits shall be calculated using Equation 40 of this 
subpart.
    Debits and all terms of Equation 40 of this subpart are in units of 
Mg/month
Where:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.039


[[Page 425]]


EPViU = uncontrolled emissions from process i calculated 
          according to the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(5)(ii) 
          of this section
EPViA = actual emissions from each Group 1 process i that is 
          uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than 
          the applicable standard. EPViA is calculated using 
          the procedures in paragraph (h)(5)(ii) of this section
ESiU = uncontrolled emissions from storage vessel i 
          calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraph 
          (h)(5)(iii) of this section
ESiA = actual emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i 
          that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less 
          stringent than the applicable standard. ESiA is 
          calculated using the procedures in paragraph (h)(5)(iii) of 
          this section
EWWiC = emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if 
          the standard had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. 
          EWWiC is calculated using the procedures in 
          paragraph (h)(5)(iv) of this section
EWWiA = actual emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream 
          i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less 
          stringent than the applicable standard. EWWiA is 
          calculated using the procedures in paragraph (h)(5)(iv) of 
          this section
n = the number of emission points being included in the emissions 
          average; the value of n is not necessarily the same for 
          process vents, storage tanks, and wastewater

    (ii) Emissions from process vents shall be calculated in accordance 
with the procedures specified in paragraphs (h)(5)(ii)(A) through (C) of 
this section.
    (A) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(5)(ii)(C) of this section, 
uncontrolled emissions for process vents shall be calculated using the 
procedures that are specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (B) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(5)(ii)(C) of this section, 
actual emissions for process vents shall be calculated using the 
procedures specified in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, as 
applicable.
    (C) As an alternative to the procedures described in paragraphs 
(h)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, for continuous processes, 
uncontrolled and actual emissions may be calculated by the procedures 
described in Sec. 63.150(g)(2) of subpart G of this part. For purposes 
of complying with this paragraph, a 90 percent reduction shall apply 
instead of the 98 percent reduction in Sec. 63.150(g)(2)(iii) of subpart 
G of this part, and the term ``process condenser'' shall apply instead 
of the term ``recovery device'' in Sec. 63.150(g)(2) for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (iii) Uncontrolled emissions from storage vessels shall be 
calculated in accordance with the procedures described in paragraph 
(d)(1) of this section. Actual emissions from storage vessels shall be 
calculated using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.150(g)(3)(ii), 
(iii), or (iv) of subpart G of this subpart, as appropriate, except that 
when Sec. 63.150(g)(3)(ii)(B) refers to the procedures in Sec. 63.120(d) 
for determining percent reduction for a control device, 
Sec. 63.1365(d)(2) or (3) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (iv) Emissions from wastewater shall be calculated using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.150(g)(5) of subpart G of this part.
    (6) Credits are generated by the difference between emissions that 
are allowed for each Group 1 and Group 2 emission point and the actual 
emissions from that Group 1 or Group 2 emission point that have been 
controlled after November 15, 1990 to a level more stringent than what 
is required in this subpart or any other State or Federal rule or 
statute. Credits shall be calculated in accordance with the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (h)(6)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Source-wide credits shall be calculated using Equation 41 of 
this subpart. Credits and all terms in Equation 41 of this subpart are 
in units of Mg/month, the baseline date is November 15, 1990, the terms 
consisting of a constant multiplied by the uncontrolled emissions are 
the emissions from each emission point subject to the standards in 
Sec. 63.1362(b) and (c) that is controlled to a level more stringent 
than the standard.
Where:


[[Page 426]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.040

EPV1iU = uncontrolled emissions from each Group 1 process i 
          calculated according to the procedures in paragraph 
          (h)(6)(iii)(A) of this section
EPV1iA = actual emissions from each Group 1 process i that is 
          controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 
          standard. EPV1iA is calculated according to the 
          procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(iii)(B) of this section
EPV2iB = emissions from each Group 2 process i at the 
          baseline date. EPV2iB is calculated according to 
          the procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(iii)(C) of this section
EPV2iA = actual emissions from each Group 2 process i that is 
          controlled. EPV2iA is calculated according to the 
          procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(iii)(C) of this section
ES1iU = uncontrolled emissions from each Group 1 storage 
          vessel i calculated according to the procedures in paragraph 
          (h)(6)(iv) of this section
ES1iA = actual emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i 
          that is controlled to a level more stringent that the 
          applicable standard. ES1iA is calculated according 
          to the procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(iv) of this section
ES2iB = emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i at the 
          baseline date. ES2iB is calculated according to the 
          procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(iv) of this section
ES2iA = actual emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i 
          that is controlled. ES2iA is calculated according 
          to the procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(iv) of this section
EWW1iC = emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if 
          the standard had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions. 
          EWW1iC is calculated according to the procedures in 
          paragraph (h)(6)(v) of this section
EWW1iA= emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i that 
          is controlled to a level more stringent that the applicable 
          standard. EWW1iA is calculated according to the 
          procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(v) of this section
EWW2iB = emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i at 
          the baseline date. EWW2iB is calculated according 
          to the procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(v) of this section
EWW2iA = actual emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream 
          i that is controlled. EWW2iA is calculated 
          according to the procedures in paragraph (h)(6)(v) of this 
          section
n = number of Group 1 emission points that are included in the emissions 
          average. The value of n is not necessarily the same for 
          process vents, storage tanks, and wastewater
m = number of Group 2 emission points included in the emissions average. 
          The value of m is not necessarily the same for process vents, 
          storage tanks, and wastewater
D = discount factor equal to 0.9 for all credit-generating emission 
          points except those controlled by a pollution prevention 
          measure, which will not be discounted

    (ii) For an emission point controlled using a pollution prevention 
measure, the nominal efficiency for calculating credits shall be as 
determined as described in Sec. 63.150(j) of subpart G of this part.
    (iii) Emissions from process vents shall be calculated in accordance 
with the procedures specified in paragraphs (h)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) 
of this section.
    (A) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 process vents shall be 
calculated according to the procedures in paragraph (h)(5)(ii)(A) or (C) 
of this section.
    (B) Actual emissions from Group 1 process vents with a nominal 
efficiency greater than the applicable standard or a pollution 
prevention measure that achieves reductions greater than the applicable 
standard shall be calculated using Equation 42 of this subpart:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23JN99.041


[[Page 427]]


Where:

EPV1iA = actual emissions from each Group 1 process i that is 
          controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 
          standard
EPV1iU = uncontrolled emissions from each Group 1 process i
Neff = nominal efficiency of control device or pollution 
          prevention measure, percent

    (C) Baseline and actual emissions from Group 2 process vents shall 
be calculated according to the procedures in Sec. 63.150(h)(2)(iii) and 
(iv) with the following modifications:
    (1) The term ``90 percent reduction'' shall apply instead of the 
term ``98 percent reduction''; and
    (2) When the phrase ``paragraph (g)(2)'' is referred to in 
Sec. 63.150(h)(2)(iii) and (iv), the provisions in paragraph (h)(5)(ii) 
of this section shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (iv) Uncontrolled emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated 
according to the procedures described in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section. Actual and baseline emissions from storage tanks shall be 
calculated according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.150(h)(3) of 
subpart G of this part, except when Sec. 63.150(h)(3) refers to 
Sec. 63.150(g)(3)(i), paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall apply for 
the purposes of this subpart.
    (v) Emissions from wastewater shall be calculated using the 
procedures in Sec. 63.150(h)(5) of subpart G of this part.



Sec. 63.1366  Monitoring and inspection requirements.

    (a) To provide evidence of continued compliance with the standard, 
the owner or operator of any existing or new affected source shall 
install, operate, and maintain monitoring devices as specified in this 
section. During the initial compliance demonstration, maximum or minimum 
operating parameter levels, or other design and operating 
characteristics, as appropriate, shall be established for emission 
sources that will indicate the source is in compliance. Test data, 
calculations, or information from the evaluation of the control device 
design, as applicable, shall be used to establish the operating 
parameter level or characteristic.
    (b) Monitoring for control devices. (1) Parameters to monitor. 
Except as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, for each 
control device, the owner or operator shall install and operate 
monitoring devices and operate within the established parameter levels 
to ensure continued compliance with the standard. Monitoring parameters 
are specified for control scenarios in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through 
(xii) of this section, and are summarized in Table 3 of this subpart.
    (i) Periodic verification. For control devices that control vent 
streams containing total HAP emissions less than 0.91 Mg/yr, before 
control, monitoring shall consist of a periodic verification that the 
device is operating properly. This verification shall include, but not 
be limited to, a daily or more frequent demonstration that the unit is 
working as designed and may include the daily measurements of the 
parameters described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (xii) of this 
section. This demonstration shall be included in the Precompliance plan, 
to be submitted 6 months prior to the compliance date of the standard.
    (ii) Scrubbers. For affected sources using liquid scrubbers, the 
owner or operator shall establish a minimum scrubber liquid flow rate or 
pressure drop as a site-specific operating parameter which must be 
measured and recorded at least once every 15 minutes during the period 
in which the scrubber is controlling HAP from an emission stream as 
required by the standards in Sec. 63.1362. If the scrubber uses a 
caustic solution to remove acid emissions, the pH of the effluent 
scrubber liquid shall also be monitored once a day. The minimum scrubber 
liquid flow rate or pressure drop shall be based on the conditions under 
which the initial compliance demonstration was conducted.
    (A) The monitoring device used to determine the pressure drop shall 
be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate to within a gage 
pressure of 10 percent of the maximum pressure drop 
measured.
    (B) The monitoring device used for measurement of scrubber liquid 
flowrate shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate to within 
10 percent of the design scrubber liquid flowrate.

[[Page 428]]

    (C) The monitoring device shall be calibrated annually.
    (iii) Condensers. For each condenser, the owner or operator shall 
establish the maximum condenser outlet gas temperature as a site-
specific operating parameter which must be measured and recorded at 
least once every 15 minutes during the period in which the condenser is 
controlling HAP from an emission stream as required by the standards in 
Sec. 63.1362.
    (A) The temperature monitoring device must be accurate to within 
2 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius or 
2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (B) The temperature monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (iv) Regenerative carbon adsorbers. For each regenerative carbon 
adsorber, the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(A) through (F) of this section.
    (A) Establish the regeneration cycle characteristics specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(A) (1) through (4) of this section under absolute 
or hypothetical peak-case conditions, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1365(b)(11)(i) or (ii).
    (1) Minimum regeneration frequency (i.e., operating time since last 
regeneration);
    (2) Minimum temperature to which the bed is heated during 
regeneration;
    (3) Maximum temperature to which the bed is cooled, measured within 
15 minutes of completing the cooling phase; and
    (4) Minimum regeneration stream flow.
    (B) Monitor and record the regeneration cycle characteristics 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B) (1) through (4) of this section 
for each regeneration cycle.
    (1) Regeneration frequency (i.e., operating time since end of last 
regeneration);
    (2) Temperature to which the bed is heated during regeneration;
    (3) Temperature to which the bed is cooled, measured within 15 
minutes of the completion of the cooling phase; and
    (4) Regeneration stream flow.
    (C) Use a temperature monitoring device that is accurate to within 
2 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius or 
2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (D) Use a regeneration stream flow monitoring device capable of 
recording the total regeneration stream flow to within 10 
percent of the established value (i.e., accurate to within 
10 percent of the reading).
    (E) Calibrate the temperature and flow monitoring devices annually.
    (F) Conduct an annual check for bed poisoning in accordance with 
manufacturer's specifications.
    (v) Nonregenerative carbon adsorbers. For each nonregenerative 
carbon adsorption system such as a carbon canister that does not 
regenerate the carbon bed directly onsite in the control device, the 
owner or operator shall replace the existing carbon bed in the control 
device with fresh carbon on a regular schedule based on one of the 
following procedures:
    (A) Monitor the TOC concentration level in the exhaust vent stream 
from the carbon adsorption system on a regular schedule, and replace the 
existing carbon with fresh carbon immediately when carbon breakthrough 
is indicated. The monitoring frequency shall be daily or at an interval 
no greater than 20 percent of the time required to consume the total 
carbon working capacity under absolute or hypothetical peak-case 
conditions as defined in Sec. 63.1365(b)(11)(i) or (ii), whichever is 
longer.
    (B) Establish the maximum time interval between replacement, and 
replace the existing carbon before this time interval elapses. The time 
interval shall be established based on the conditions anticipated under 
absolute or hypothetical peak-case, as defined in Sec. 63.1365(b)(11)(i) 
or (ii).
    (vi) Flares. For each flare, the presence of the pilot flame shall 
be monitored at least once every 15 minutes during the period in which 
the flare is controlling HAP from an emission stream subject to the 
standards in Sec. 63.1362. The monitoring device shall be calibrated 
annually.
    (vii) Thermal incinerators. For each thermal incinerator, the owner 
or operator shall monitor the temperature of the gases exiting the 
combustion chamber as the site-specific operating parameter which must 
be measured

[[Page 429]]

and recorded at least once every 15 minutes during the period in which 
the combustion device is controlling HAP from an emission stream subject 
to the standards in Sec. 63.1362.
    (A) The temperature monitoring device must be accurate to within 
0.75 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius 
or 2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (B) The monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (viii) Catalytic incinerators. For each catalytic incinerator, the 
parameter levels that the owner or operator shall establish are the 
minimum temperature of the gas stream immediately before the catalyst 
bed and the minimum temperature difference across the catalyst bed. The 
owner or operator shall monitor the temperature of the gas stream 
immediately before and after the catalyst bed, and calculate the 
temperature difference across the catalyst bed, at least once every 15 
minutes during the period in which the catalytic incinerator is 
controlling HAP from an emission stream subject to the standards in 
Sec. 63.1362.
    (A) The temperature monitoring devices must be accurate to within 
0.75 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius 
or 2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (B) The temperature monitoring devices must be calibrated annually.
    (ix) Process heaters and boilers. (A) Except as specified in 
paragraph (b)(1)(ix)(B) of this section, for each boiler or process 
heater, the owner or operator shall monitor the temperature of the gases 
exiting the combustion chamber as the site-specific operating parameter 
which must be monitored and recorded at least every 15 minutes during 
the period in which the boiler or process heater is controlling HAP from 
an emission stream subject to the standards in Sec. 63.1362.
    (1) The temperature monitoring device must be accurate to within 
0.75 percent of the temperature measured in degrees Celsius 
or 2.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (2) The temperature monitoring device must be calibrated annually.
    (B) The owner or operator is exempt from the monitoring requirements 
specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ix)(A) of this section if either:
    (1) All vent streams are introduced with primary fuel; or
    (2) The design heat input capacity of the boiler or process heater 
is 44 megawatts or greater.
    (x) Continuous emission monitor. As an alternative to the parameters 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this section, an 
owner or operator may monitor and record the outlet HAP concentration or 
both the outlet TOC concentration and outlet total HCl and chlorine 
concentration at least every 15 minutes during the period in which the 
control device is controlling HAP from an emission stream subject to the 
standards in Sec. 63.1362. The owner or operator need not monitor the 
total HCl and chlorine concentration if the owner or operator determines 
that the emission stream does not contain HCl or chlorine. The owner or 
operator need not monitor the TOC concentration if the owner or operator 
determines the emission stream does not contain organic compounds. The 
HAP or TOC monitor must meet the requirements of Performance 
Specification 8 or 9 of appendix B of part 60 and must be installed, 
calibrated, and maintained, according to Sec. 63.8 of subpart A of this 
part. As part of the QA/QC Plan, calibration of the device must include, 
at a minimum, quarterly cylinder gas audits. If supplemental gases are 
introduced before the control device, the monitored concentration shall 
be corrected as specified in Sec. 63.1365(a)(7).
    (xi) Fabric filters. For each fabric filter used to control 
particulate matter emissions from bag dumps and product dryers subject 
to Sec. 63.1362(e), the owner or operator shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and continuously operate a bag leak detection system that 
meets the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(xi)(A) through (G) of this 
section.
    (A) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative particulate matter emissions.
    (B) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when an increase in particulate matter emissions 
over a preset level is detected.

[[Page 430]]

    (C) For positive pressure fabric filters, a bag leak detector must 
be installed in each fabric filter compartment or cell. If a negative 
pressure or induced air filter is used, the bag leak detector must be 
installed downstream of the fabric filter. Where multiple bag leak 
detectors are required (for either type of fabric filter), the system 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (D) The bag leak detection system shall be installed, operated, 
calibrated and maintained in a manner consistent with available guidance 
from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or, in the absence of such 
guidance, the manufacturer's written specifications and instructions.
    (E) Calibration of the system shall, at a minimum, consist of 
establishing the relative baseline output level by adjusting the range 
and the averaging period of the device and establishing the alarm set 
points and the alarm delay time.
    (F) Following initial adjustment, the owner or operator shall not 
adjust the sensitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or 
alarm delay time, except as established in an operation and maintenance 
plan that is to be submitted with the Precompliance plan. In no event 
shall the sensitivity be increased more than 100 percent or decreased by 
more than 50 percent over a 365-day period unless such adjustment 
follows a complete baghouse inspection which demonstrates the baghouse 
is in good operating condition.
    (G) If the alarm on a bag leak detection system is triggered, the 
owner or operator shall, within 1 hour of an alarm, initiate the 
procedures to identify the cause of the alarm and take corrective action 
as specified in the corrective action plan.
    (xii) For each waste management unit, treatment process, or control 
device used to comply with Sec. 63.1362(d), the owner or operator shall 
comply with the procedures specified in Sec. 63.143 of subpart G of this 
part, except that when the procedures to request approval to monitor 
alternative parameters according to the procedures in Sec. 63.151(f) are 
referred to in Sec. 63.143(d)(3), the procedures in paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (xiii) Closed-vent system visual inspections. The owner or operator 
shall perform monthly visual inspections of each closed vent system as 
specified in Sec. 63.1362(j).
    (2) Averaging periods. Averaging periods for parametric monitoring 
levels shall be established according to paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, a 
daily (24-hour) or block average shall be calculated as the average of 
all values for a monitored parameter level set according to the 
procedures in (b)(3)(iii) of this section recorded during the operating 
day or block.
    (ii) The operating day or block shall be defined in the Notification 
of Compliance Status report. The operating day may be from midnight to 
midnight or another continuous 24-hour period. The operating block may 
be used as an averaging period only for vents from batch operations, and 
is limited to a period of time that is, at a maximum, equal to the time 
from the beginning to end of a series of consecutive batch operations.
    (iii) Monitoring values taken during periods in which the control 
devices are not controlling HAP from an emission stream subject to the 
standards in Sec. 63.1362, as indicated by periods of no flow or periods 
when only streams that are not subject to the standards in Sec. 63.1362 
are controlled, shall not be considered in the averages. Where flow to 
the device could be intermittent, the owner or operator shall install, 
calibrate and operate a flow indicator at the inlet or outlet of the 
control device to identify periods of no flow.
    (3) Procedures for setting parameter levels for control devices used 
to control emissions from process vents. (i) Small control devices. 
Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, for devices 
controlling less than 10 tons/yr of HAP for which a performance test is 
not required, the parameteric levels shall be set based on the design 
evaluation required in Sec. 63.1365(c)(3)(i)(A). If a performance test 
is conducted, the

[[Page 431]]

monitoring parameter level shall be established according to the 
procedures in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Large control devices. For devices controlling greater than or 
equal to 10 tons/yr of HAP for which a performance test is required, the 
parameter level must be established as follows:
    (A) If the operating parameter level to be established is a maximum 
or minimum, it must be based on the average of the average values from 
each of the three test runs.
    (B) The owner or operator may establish the parametric monitoring 
level(s) based on the performance test supplemented by engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing 
is not required to be conducted over the entire range of expected 
parameter values. The rationale for the specific level for each 
parameter, including any data and calculations used to develop the 
level(s) and a description of why the level indicates proper operation 
of the control device shall be provided in the Precompliance plan. 
Determination of the parametric monitoring level using these procedures 
is subject to review and approval by the Administrator.
    (iii) Parameter levels for control devices controlling batch process 
vents. For devices controlling batch process vents alone or in 
combination with other streams, the level(s) shall be established in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) A single level for the batch process(es) shall be calculated 
from the initial compliance demonstration.
    (B) The owner or operator may establish separate levels for each 
batch emission episode or combination of emission episodes selected to 
be controlled. If separate monitoring levels are established, the owner 
or operator must provide a record indicating at what point in the daily 
schedule or log of processes required to be recorded per the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1367(b)(7), the parameter being monitored 
changes levels and must record at least one reading of the new parameter 
level, even if the duration of monitoring for the new parameter level is 
less than 15 minutes.
    (4) Requesting approval to monitor alternative parameters. The owner 
or operator may request approval to monitor parameters other than those 
required by paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (xiii) of this section. The 
request shall be submitted according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.8(f) of subpart A of this part or in the Precompliance report 
(as specified in Sec. 63.1368(e)).
    (5) Monitoring for the alternative standards. For control devices 
that are used to comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) and 
(c)(4), the owner or operator shall monitor and record the outlet TOC 
concentration and the outlet total HCl and chlorine concentration at 
least once every 15 minutes during the period in which the device is 
controlling HAP from emission streams subject to the standards in 
Sec. 63.1362. A TOC monitor meeting the requirements of Performance 
Specification 8 or 9 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60 shall be installed, 
calibrated, and maintained, according to Sec. 63.8 of subpart A of this 
part. The owner or operator need not monitor the total HCl and chlorine 
concentration if the owner or operator determines that the emission 
stream does not contain HCl or chlorine. The owner or operator need not 
monitor for TOC concentration if the owner or operator determines that 
the emission stream does not contain organic compounds. If supplemental 
gases are introduced before the control device, the monitored 
concentration shall be corrected as specified in Sec. 63.1365(a)(7).
    (6) Exceedances of operating parameters. An exceedance of an 
operating parameter is defined as one of the following:
    (i) If the parameter level, averaged over the operating day or 
block, is below a minimum value established during the initial 
compliance demonstration.
    (ii) If the parameter level, averaged over the operating day or 
block, is above the maximum value established during the initial 
compliance demonstration.
    (iii) A loss of all pilot flames for a flare during an operating day 
or block. Multiple losses of all pilot flames during an operating day 
constitutes one exceedance.

[[Page 432]]

    (iv) Each operating day or block for which the time interval between 
replacement of a nonregenerative carbon adsorber exceeds the interval 
established in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section.
    (v) Each instance in which procedures to initiate the response to a 
bag leak detector alarm within 1 hour of the alarm as specified in the 
corrective action plan.
    (7) Excursions. Excursions are defined by either of the two cases 
listed in paragraph (b)(7)(i) or (ii) of this section. An excursion also 
occurs if the periodic verification for a small control device is not 
conducted as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
    (i) When the period of control device operation is 4 hours or 
greater in an operating day or block and monitoring data are 
insufficient to constitute a valid hour of data, as defined in paragraph 
(b)(7)(iii) of this section, for at least 75 percent of the operating 
hours.
    (ii) When the period of control device operation is less than 4 
hours in an operating day or block and more than 1 of the hours during 
the period of operation does not constitute a valid hour of data due to 
insufficient monitoring data.
    (iii) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of 
data, as used in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section, if 
measured values are unavailable for any of the required 15-minute 
periods within the hour.
    (8) Violations. Exceedances of parameters monitored according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and (b)(1) (iv) through (ix) of this 
section or excursions as defined by paragraphs (b)(7) (i) and (ii) of 
this section constitute violations of the operating limit according to 
paragraphs (b)(8) (i), (ii), and (iv) of this section. Exceedances of 
the temperature limit monitored according to the provisions of paragraph 
(b)(1)(iii) of this section or exceedances of the outlet concentrations 
monitored according to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(x) of this 
section constitute violations of the emission limit according to 
paragraphs (b)(8) (i), (ii), and (iv) of this section. Exceedances of 
the outlet concentrations monitored according to the provisions of 
paragraph (b)(5) of this section constitute violations of the emission 
limit according to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(8) (iii) and (iv) of 
this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section, for 
episodes occurring more than once per day, exceedances of established 
parameter limits or excursions will result in no more than one violation 
per operating day for each monitored item of equipment utilized in the 
process.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section, for 
control devices used for more than one process in the course of an 
operating day, exceedances or excursions will result in no more than one 
violation per operating day, per control device, for each process for 
which the control device is in service.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section, 
exceedances of the 20 ppmv TOC outlet emission limit, averaged over the 
operating day, will result in no more than one violation per day per 
control device. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this 
section, exceedances of the 20 ppmv HCl and chlorine outlet emission 
limit, averaged over the operating day, will result in no more than one 
violation per day per control device.
    (iv) Periods of time when monitoring measurements exceed the 
parameter values as well as periods of inadequate monitoring data do not 
constitute a violation if they occur during a startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction, and the facility follows its startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan.
    (c) Monitoring for uncontrolled emission rates. The owner or 
operator shall demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limit 
in Sec. 63.1362 (b)(2)(i) or (b)(4)(i) by calculating daily a 365-day 
rolling summation of uncontrolled emissions based on the uncontrolled 
emissions per emission episode, as calculated using the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1365(c)(2), and records of the number of batches produced. Each 
day that the summation for a process exceeds 0.15 Mg/yr is considered a 
violation of the emission limit.
    (d) Monitoring for equipment leaks. The standard for equipment leaks 
is based

[[Page 433]]

on monitoring. All monitoring requirements for equipment leaks are 
specified in Sec. 63.1363.
    (e) Monitoring for heat exchanger systems. The standard for heat 
exchanger systems is based on monitoring. All monitoring requirements 
for heat exchanger systems are specified in Sec. 63.1362(f).
    (f) Monitoring for the pollution prevention alternative standard. 
The owner or operator of an affected source that chooses to comply with 
the requirements of Sec. 63.1362(g) (2) or (3) shall calculate annual 
rolling average values of the HAP and VOC factors in accordance with the 
procedures specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. If complying 
with Sec. 63.1362(g)(3), the owner or operator shall also comply with 
the monitoring requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section 
for the applicable add-on air pollution control device.
    (1) Annual factors. The annual HAP and VOC factors shall be 
calculated in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(f)(1) (i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The consumption of both total HAP and total VOC shall be divided 
by the production rate, per process, for 12-month periods at the 
frequency specified in either paragraph (f)(1) (ii) or (iii) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (ii) For continuous processes, the annual factors shall be 
calculated every 30 days for the 12-month period preceding the 30th day 
(annual rolling average calculated every 30 days). A process with both 
batch and continuous operations is considered a continuous process for 
the purposes of this section.
    (iii) For batch processes, the annual factors shall be calculated 
every 10 batches for the 12-month period preceding the 10th batch 
(annual rolling average calculated every 10 batches). Additional annual 
factors shall be calculated every 12 months during the period before the 
10th batch if more than 12 months elapse before the 10th batch is 
produced.
    (2) Violations. Each rolling average that exceeds the target value 
established in Sec. 63.1365(g)(3) is considered a violation of the 
emission limit.
    (g) Monitoring for emissions averaging. The owner or operator of an 
affected source that chooses to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1362(h) shall meet all monitoring requirements specified in 
paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable, for all processes, storage 
tanks, and waste management units included in the emissions average.



Sec. 63.1367  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Requirements of subpart A of this part. The owner or operator of 
an affected source shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements in 
subpart A of this part as specified in Table 1 of this subpart and in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Data retention. Each owner or operator of an affected source 
shall keep copies of all records and reports required by this subpart 
for at least 5 years, as specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1) of subpart A of 
this part.
    (2) Records of applicability determinations. The owner or operator 
of a stationary source that is not subject to this subpart shall keep a 
record of the applicability determination, as specified in 
Sec. 63.10(b)(3) of subpart A of this part.
    (3) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan. The owner or operator 
of an affected source shall develop and implement a written startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of 
subpart A of this part. This plan shall describe, in detail, procedures 
for operating and maintaining the affected source during periods of 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction and a program for corrective action 
for a malfunctioning process, air pollution control, and monitoring 
equipment used to comply with this subpart. The owner or operator of an 
affected source shall keep the current and superseded versions of this 
plan onsite, as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(v) of subpart A of this 
part. The owner or operator shall keep the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction records specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of 
this section. Reports related to the plan shall be submitted as 
specified in Sec. 63.1368(i).
    (i) The owner or operator shall record the occurrence and duration 
of each malfunction of air pollution control equipment used to comply 
with this subpart, as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) of subpart A of 
this part.

[[Page 434]]

    (ii) The owner or operator shall record the occurrence and duration 
of each malfunction of continuous monitoring systems used to comply with 
this subpart.
    (iii) For each startup, shutdown, or malfunction, the owner or 
operator shall record all information necessary to demonstrate that the 
procedures specified in the affected source's startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan were followed, as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) of 
subpart A of this part; alternatively, the owner or operator shall 
record any actions taken that are not consistent with the plan, as 
specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iv) of subpart A of this part.
    (4) Recordkeeping requirements for sources with continuous 
monitoring systems. The owner or operator of an affected source who 
installs a continuous monitoring system to comply with the alternative 
standards in Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) or (c)(4) shall maintain records 
specified in Sec. 63.10(c)(1) through (14) of subpart A of this part.
    (5) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. For 
new affected sources, each owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions regarding construction and reconstruction in Sec. 63.5 of 
subpart A of this part.
    (b) Records of equipment operation. The owner or operator must keep 
the following records up-to-date and readily accessible:
    (1) Each measurement of a control device operating parameter 
monitored in accordance with Sec. 63.1366 and each measurement of a 
treatment process parameter monitored in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 63.1362(d).
    (2) For processes subject to Sec. 63.1362(g), records of 
consumption, production, and the rolling average values of the HAP and 
VOC factors.
    (3) For each continuous monitoring system used to comply with the 
alternative standards in Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) and (c)(4), records 
documenting the completion of calibration checks and maintenance of the 
continuous monitoring systems.
    (4) For processes in compliance with the 0.15 Mg/yr emission limit 
of Sec. 63.1362(b)(2)(i) or (b)(4)(i), records of the rolling annual 
calculations of uncontrolled emissions.
    (5) For each bag leak detector used to monitor particulate HAP 
emissions from a fabric filter, the owner or operator shall maintain 
records of any bag leak detection alarm, including the date and time, 
with a brief explanation of the cause of the alarm and the corrective 
action taken.
    (6) The owner or operator of an affected source that complies with 
the standards for process vents, storage tanks, and wastewater systems 
shall maintain up-to-date, readily accessible records of the information 
specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) through (vii) of this section to 
document that HAP emissions or HAP loadings (for wastewater) are below 
the limits specified in Sec. 63.1362:
    (i) The initial calculations of uncontrolled and controlled 
emissions of gaseous organic HAP and HCl per batch for each process.
    (ii) The wastewater concentrations and flow rates per POD and 
process.
    (iii) The number of batches per year for each batch process.
    (iv) The operating hours per year for continuous processes.
    (v) The number of batches and the number of operating hours for 
processes that contain both batch and continuous operations.
    (vi) The number of tank turnovers per year, if used in an emissions 
average or for determining applicability of a new PAI process unit.
    (vii) A description of absolute or hypothetical peak-case operating 
conditions as determined using the procedures in Sec. 63.1365(b)(11).
    (viii) Periods of planned routine maintenance as described in 
Sec. 63.1362(c)(5).
    (7) Daily schedule or log of each operating scenario prior to its 
operation.
    (c) Records of equipment leak detection and repair. The owner or 
operator of an affected source subject to the equipment leak standards 
in Sec. 63.1363 shall implement the recordkeeping requirements specified 
in Sec. 63.1363(g). All records shall be retained for a period of 5 
years, in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.10(b)(1) of 
subpart A of this part.
    (d) Records of emissions averaging. The owner or operator of an 
affected source

[[Page 435]]

that chooses to comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.1362(h) shall 
maintain up-to-date records of the following information:
    (1) An Emissions Averaging Plan which shall include in the plan, for 
all emission points included in each of the emissions averages, the 
information listed in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) The identification of all emission points in each emissions 
average.
    (ii) The values of all parameters needed for input to the emission 
debits and credits equations in Sec. 63.1365(h).
    (iii) The calculations used to obtain the debits and credits.
    (iv) The estimated values for all parameters required to be 
monitored under Sec. 63.1366(g) for each emission point included in an 
average. These parameter values, or as appropriate, limited ranges for 
parameter values, shall be specified as enforceable operating conditions 
for the operation of the process, storage vessel, or waste management 
unit, as appropriate. Changes to the parameters must be reported as 
required by Sec. 63.1368(k).
    (v) A statement that the compliance demonstration, monitoring, 
inspection, recordkeeping and reporting provisions in Sec. 63.1365(h), 
Sec. 63.1366(g), and Sec. 63.1368(k) that are applicable to each 
emission point in the emissions average will be implemented beginning on 
the date of compliance.
    (2) The Emissions Averaging Plan shall demonstrate that the 
emissions from the emission points proposed to be included in the 
average will not result in greater hazard or, at the option of the 
operating permit authority, greater risk to human health or the 
environment than if the emission points were controlled according to the 
provisions in Sec. 63.1362(b) through (d).
    (i) This demonstration of hazard or risk equivalency shall be made 
to the satisfaction of the operating permit authority.
    (A) The Administrator may require an owner or operator to use 
specific methodologies and procedures for making a hazard or risk 
determination.
    (B) The demonstration and approval of hazard or risk equivalency 
shall be made according to any guidance that the Administrator makes 
available for use or any other technically sound information or methods.
    (ii) An Emissions Averaging Plan that does not demonstrate hazard or 
risk equivalency to the satisfaction of the Administrator shall not be 
approved. The Administrator may require such adjustments to the 
Emissions Averaging Plan as are necessary in order to ensure that the 
average will not result in greater hazard or risk to human health or the 
environment than would result if the emission points were controlled 
according to Sec. 63.1362(b) through (d).
    (iii) A hazard or risk equivalency demonstration must satisfy the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(2)(iii) (A) through (C) of this 
section.
    (A) Be a quantitative, comparative chemical hazard or risk 
assessment;
    (B) Account for differences between averaging and nonaveraging 
options in chemical hazard or risk to human health or the environment; 
and
    (C) Meet any requirements set by the Administrator for such 
demonstrations.
    (3) Records as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (4) A calculation of the debits and credits as specified in 
Sec. 63.1365(h) for the last quarter and the prior four quarters.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected source subject to the 
requirements for heat exchanger systems in Sec. 63.1362(g) shall retain 
the records as specified in Sec. 63.104(f)(1)(i) through (iv) of subpart 
G of this part.
    (f) For each vapor collection system or closed-vent system that 
contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away from the 
control device and to the atmosphere, the owner or operator shall keep a 
record of the information specified in either paragraph (f) (1) or (2) 
of this section.
    (1) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
Sec. 63.1362(j)(1) was operating and whether a diversion was detected at 
any time during the hour, as well as records of the times and durations 
of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control device 
or the flow indicator is not operating.

[[Page 436]]

    (2) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1362(j)(2), hourly records of flow are not required. In such 
cases, the owner or operator shall record that the monthly visual 
inspection of the seals or closure mechanism has been done, and shall 
record the occurrence of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
the bypass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
key type lock has been checked out, and records of any car-seal that has 
broken.
    (g) Records of primary use. For a PAI process unit that is used to 
produce a given material for use as a PAI as well as for other purposes, 
the owner or operator shall keep records of the total production and the 
production for use as a PAI on a semiannual or more frequent basis if 
the use as a PAI is not the primary use.



Sec. 63.1368  Reporting requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 
the reporting requirements of paragraphs (b) through (l) of this 
section. The owner or operator shall also comply with applicable 
paragraphs of Secs. 63.9 and 63.10 of subpart A of this part, as 
specified in Table 1 of this subpart.
    (b) Initial notification. The owner or operator shall submit the 
applicable initial notification in accordance with Sec. 63.9(b) or (d) 
of subpart A of this part.
    (c) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. The 
owner or operator who is subject to Sec. 63.5(b)(3) of subpart A of this 
part shall submit to the Administrator an application for approval of 
the construc-tion of a new major source, the reconstruction of a major 
affected source, or the reconstruction of a major affected source 
subject to the standards. The application shall be prepared in 
accordance with Sec. 63.5(d) of subpart A of this part.
    (d) Notification of continuous monitoring system performance 
evaluation. An owner or operator who is required by the Administrator to 
conduct a performance evaluation for a continuous monitoring system that 
is used to comply with the alternative standard in Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) or 
(c)(4) shall notify the Administrator of the date of the performance 
evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.8(e)(2) of subpart A of this part.
    (e) Precompliance plan. The Precompliance plan shall be submitted at 
least 6 months prior to the compliance date of the standard. For new 
sources, the Precompliance plan shall be submitted to the Administrator 
with the application for approval of construction or reconstruction. The 
Administrator shall have 90 days to approve or disapprove the 
Precompliance plan. The Precompliance plan shall be considered approved 
if the Administrator either approves it in writing, or fails to 
disapprove it in writing within the 90-day time period. The 90-day 
period shall begin when the Administrator receives the Precompliance 
plan. If the Precompliance plan is disapproved, the owner or operator 
must still be in compliance with the standard by the compliance date. To 
change any of the information submitted in the Precompliance plan, the 
owner or operator shall notify the Administrator at least 90 days before 
the planned change is to be implemented; the change shall be considered 
approved if the Administrator either approves the change in writing, or 
fails to disapprove the change in writing within 90 days of receipt of 
the change. The Precompliance plan shall include the information 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Requests for approval to use alternative monitoring parameters 
or requests to set monitoring parameters according to 
Sec. 63.1366(b)(4).
    (2) Descriptions of the daily or per batch demonstrations to verify 
that control devices subject to Sec. 63.1366(b)(1)(i) are operating as 
designed.
    (3) Data and rationale used to support the parametric monitoring 
level(s) that are set according to Sec. 63.1366(b)(3)(ii)(B).
    (4) For owners and operators complying with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1362(i), the pollution prevention demonstration summary required 
in Sec. 63.1365(g)(3).
    (5) Data and rationale used to support an engineering assessment to 
calculate uncontrolled emissions from process vents as required in 
Sec. 63.1365(c)(2)(ii).

[[Page 437]]

    (6) For fabric filters that are monitored with bag leak detectors, 
an operation and maintenance plan that describes proper operation and 
maintenance procedures, and a corrective action plan that describes 
corrective actions to be taken, and the timing of those actions, when 
the particulate matter concentration exceeds the setpoint and activates 
the alarm.
    (f) Notification of compliance status report. The Notification of 
Compliance Status report required under Sec. 63.9(h) shall be submitted 
no later than 150 calendar days after the compliance date and shall 
include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (7) of 
this section.
    (1) The results of any applicability determinations, emission 
calculations, or analyses used to identify and quantify HAP emissions 
from the affected source.
    (2) The results of emissions profiles, performance tests, 
engineering analyses, design evaluations, or calculations used to 
demonstrate compliance. For performance tests, results should include 
descriptions of sampling and analysis procedures and quality assurance 
procedures.
    (3) Descriptions of monitoring devices, monitoring frequencies, and 
the values of monitored parameters established during the initial 
compliance determinations, including data and calculations to support 
the levels established.
    (4) Operating scenarios.
    (5) Descriptions of absolute or hypothetical peak-case operating 
and/or testing conditions for control devices.
    (6) Identification of emission points subject to overlapping 
requirements described in Sec. 63.1360(h) and the authority under which 
the owner or operator will comply, and identification of emission 
sources discharging to devices described by Sec. 63.1362(l).
    (7) Anticipated periods of planned routine maintenance during which 
the owner or operator would not be in compliance with the provisions in 
Sec. 63.1362(c)(1) through (4).
    (8) Percentage of total production from a PAI process unit that is 
anticipated to be produced for use as a PAI in the 3 years after either 
June 23, 1999 or startup, whichever is later.
    (g) Periodic reports. The owner or operator shall prepare Periodic 
reports in accordance with paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section and 
submit them to the Administrator.
    (1) Submittal schedule. Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) 
and (ii) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit Periodic 
reports semiannually, beginning 60 operating days after the end of the 
applicable reporting period. The first report shall be submitted no 
later than 240 days after the date the Notification of Compliance Status 
report is due and shall cover the 6-month period beginning on the date 
the Notification of Compliance Status report is due.
    (i) The Administrator may determine on a case-by-case basis that 
more frequent reporting is necessary to accurately assess the compliance 
status of the affected source.
    (ii) Quarterly reports shall be submitted when the monitoring data 
are used to comply with the alternative standards in Sec. 63.1362(b)(6) 
or (c)(4) and the source experiences excess emissions. Once an affected 
source reports excess emissions, the affected source shall follow a 
quarterly reporting format until a request to reduce reporting frequency 
is approved. If an owner or operator submits a request to reduce the 
frequency of reporting, the provisions in Sec. 63.10(e)(3) (ii) and 
(iii) of subpart A of this part shall apply, except that the term 
``excess emissions and continuous monitoring system performance report 
and/or summary report'' shall mean ``Periodic report'' for the purposes 
of this section.
    (2) Content of periodic report. The owner or operator shall include 
the information in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section, as 
applicable.
    (i) Each Periodic report must include the information in 
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(vi)(A) through (M) of subpart A of this part, as 
applicable.
    (ii) If the total duration of excess emissions, parameter 
exceedances, or excursions for the reporting period is 1 percent or 
greater of the total operating time for the reporting period, or the 
total continuous monitoring system downtime for the reporting period

[[Page 438]]

is 5 percent or greater of the total operating time for the reporting 
period, the Periodic report must include the information in paragraphs 
(g)(2)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Monitoring data, including 15-minute monitoring values as well 
as daily average values of monitored parameters, for all operating days 
when the average values were outside the ranges established in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report or operating permit.
    (B) Duration of excursions, as defined in Sec. 63.1366(b)(7).
    (C) Operating logs and operating scenarios for all operating days 
when the values are outside the levels established in the Notification 
of Compliance Status report or operating permit.
    (D) When a continuous monitoring system is used, the information 
required in Sec. 63.10(c)(5) through (13) of subpart A of this part.
    (iii) For each vapor collection system or closed vent system with a 
bypass line subject to Sec. 63.1362(j)(1), records required under 
Sec. 63.1366(f) of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
control device through a bypass line. For each vapor collection system 
or closed vent system with a bypass line subject to Sec. 63.1362(j)(2), 
records required under Sec. 63.1366(f) of all periods in which the seal 
mechanism is broken, the bypass valve position has changed, or the key 
to unlock the bypass line valve was checked out.
    (iv) The information in paragraphs (g)(2)(iv)(A) through (D) of this 
section shall be stated in the Periodic report, when applicable.
    (A) No excess emissions.
    (B) No exceedances of a parameter.
    (C) No excursions.
    (D) No continuous monitoring system has been inoperative, out of 
control, repaired, or adjusted.
    (v) For each storage vessel subject to control requirements:
    (A) Actual periods of planned routine maintenance during the 
reporting period in which the control device does not meet the 
specifications of Sec. 63.1362(c)(5); and
    (B) Anticipated periods of planned routine maintenance for the next 
reporting period.
    (vi) For each PAI process unit that does not meet the definition of 
primary use, the percentage of the production in the reporting period 
produced for use as a PAI.
    (viii) Updates to the corrective action plan.
    (h) Notification of process change. (1) Except as specified in 
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, whenever a process change is made, or 
any of the information submitted in the Notification of Compliance 
Status report changes, the owner or operator shall submit a report 
quarterly. The report may be submitted as part of the next Periodic 
report required under paragraph (g) of this section. The report shall 
include:
    (i) A brief description of the process change;
    (ii) A description of any modifications to standard procedures or 
quality assurance procedures;
    (iii) Revisions to any of the information reported in the original 
Notification of Compliance Status report under paragraph (f) of this 
section; and
    (iv) Information required by the Notification of Compliance Status 
report under paragraph (f) of this section for changes involving the 
addition of processes or equipment.
    (2) The owner or operator must submit a report 60 days before the 
scheduled implementation date of either of the following:
    (i) Any change in the activity covered by the Precompliance report.
    (ii) A change in the status of a control device from small to large.
    (i) Reports of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. For the purposes 
of this subpart, the startup, shutdown, and malfunction reports shall be 
submitted on the same schedule as the Periodic reports required under 
paragraph (g) of this section instead of the schedule specified in 
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i) of subpart A of this part. These reports shall 
include the information specified in Sec. 63.1367(a)(3)(i) through (iii) 
and shall contain the name, title, and signature of the owner or 
operator or other responsible official who is certifying its accuracy. 
Reports are only required if a startup, shutdown, or malfunction 
occurred during the reporting period. Any time an owner or operator 
takes an action that is not consistent with

[[Page 439]]

the procedures specified in the affected source's startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, the owner or operator shall submit an immediate 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction report as specified in 
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(ii) of subpart A of this part.
    (j) Reports of equipment leaks. The owner or operator of an affected 
source subject to the standards in Sec. 63.1363, shall implement the 
reporting requirements specified in Sec. 63.1363(h). Copies of all 
reports shall be retained as records for a period of 5 years, in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.10(b)(1) of subpart A of 
this part.
    (k) Reports of emissions averaging. The owner or operator of an 
affected source that chooses to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1362(h) shall submit all information as specified in 
Sec. 63.1367(d) for all emission points included in the emissions 
average. The owner or operator shall also submit to the Administrator 
all information specified in paragraph (g) of this section for each 
emission point included in the emissions average.
    (1) The reports shall also include the information listed in 
paragraphs (k)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section:
    (i) Any changes to the processes, storage tanks, or waste management 
unit included in the average.
    (ii) The calculation of the debits and credits for the reporting 
period.
    (iii) Changes to the Emissions Averaging Plan which affect the 
calculation methodology of uncontrolled or controlled emissions or the 
hazard or risk equivalency determination.
    (iv) Any changes to the parameters monitored according to 
Sec. 63.1366(g).
    (2) Every second semiannual or fourth quarterly report, as 
appropriate, shall include the results according to Sec. 63.1367(d)(4) 
to demonstrate the emissions averaging provisions of Sec. 63.1362(h), 
Sec. 63.1365(h), Sec. 63.1366(g), and Sec. 63.1367(d) are satisfied.
    (l) Reports of heat exchange systems. The owner or operator of an 
affected source subject to the requirements for heat exchange systems in 
Sec. 63.1362(f) shall submit information about any delay of repairs as 
specified in Sec. 63.104(f)(2) of subpart F of this part, except that 
when the phrase ``periodic reports required by Sec. 63.152(c) of subpart 
G of this part'' is referred to in Sec. 63.104(f)(2) of subpart F of 
this part, the periodic reports required in paragraph (g) of this 
section shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (m) Notification of performance test and test Plan. The owner or 
operator of an affected source shall notify the Administrator of the 
planned date of a performance test at least 60 days before the test in 
accordance with Sec. 63.7(b) of subpart A of this part. The owner or 
operator also must submit the test Plan required by Sec. 63.7(c) of 
subpart A of this part and the emission profile required by 
Sec. 63.1365(b)(10)(ii) with the notification of the performance test.
    (n) Request for extension of compliance. The owner or operator may 
submit to the Administrator a request for an extension of compliance in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1364(a)(2).
    (o) The owner or operator who submits an operating permit 
application before the date the Emissions Averaging Plan is due shall 
submit the information specified in paragraphs (o)(1) through (3) of 
this section with the operating permit application instead of the 
Emissions Averaging Plan.
    (1) The information specified in Sec. 63.1367(d) for emission points 
included in the emissions average;
    (2) The information specified in Sec. 63.9(h) of subpart A of this 
part, as applicable; and
    (3) The information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, as 
applicable.



Sec. 63.1369  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the CAA, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) The authority conferred in Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this 
part, the authority to approve applications for determination of 
equivalent means of emission limitation, and the authority to approve 
alternative test methods shall not be delegated to any State.

[[Page 440]]



               Table 1 to Subpart MMM of Part 63--General Provisions Applicability to Subpart MMM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Reference to subpart A          Applies to  subpart MMM                     Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1(a)(1)....................  Yes.....................  Additional terms are defined in Sec.  63.1361.
Sec.  63.1(a)(2)-(3)................  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(4)....................  Yes.....................  Subpart MMM (this table) specifies applicability
                                                                 of each paragraph in subpart A to subpart MMM.
Sec.  63.1(a)(5)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.1(a)(6)-(7)................  Yes
Sec.  63.1(a)(8)....................  No......................  Discusses State programs.
Sec.  63.1(a)(9)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.1(a)(10)-(14)..............  Yes
Sec.  63.1(b)(1)....................  No......................  Sec.  63.1360 specifies applicability.
Sec.  63.1(b)(2)-(3)................  Yes
Sec.  63.1(c)(1)....................  Yes.....................  Subpart MMM (this table) specifies the
                                                                 applicability of each paragraph in subpart A to
                                                                 sources subject to subpart MMM.
Sec.  63.1(c)(2)....................  No......................  Area sources are not subject to subpart MMM.
Sec.  63.1(c)(3)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.1(c)(4)-(5)................  Yes
Sec.  63.1(d).......................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.1(e).......................  Yes
Sec.  63.2..........................  Yes.....................  Additional terms are defined in Sec.  63.1361;
                                                                 when overlap between subparts A and MMM occurs,
                                                                 subpart MMM takes precedence.
Sec.  63.3..........................  Yes.....................  Other units used in subpart MMM are defined in
                                                                 that subpart.
Sec.  63.4(a)(1)-(3)................  Yes
Sec.  63.4(a)(4)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.4(a)(5)-(c)................  Yes
Sec.  63.5(a).......................  Yes.....................  Except the term ``affected source'' shall apply
                                                                 instead of the terms ``source'' and
                                                                 ``stationary source'' in Sec.  63.5(a)(1) of
                                                                 subpart A.
Sec.  63.5(b)(1)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.5(b)(2)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.5(b)(3)-(5)................  Yes
Sec.  63.5(b)(6)....................  No......................  Sec.  63.1360(g) specifies requirements for
                                                                 determining applicability of added PAI
                                                                 equipment.
Sec.  63.5(c).......................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.5(d)-(e)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.5(f)(1)....................  Yes.....................  Except ``affected source'' shall apply instead
                                                                 of ``source'' in Sec.  63.5(f)(1) of subpart A.
Sec.  63.5(f)(2)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(a).......................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(1)-(2)................  No......................  Sec.  63.1364 specifies compliance dates.
Sec.  63.6(b)(3)-(4)................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(b)(5)....................  Yes.....................
Sec.  63.6(b)(6)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.6(b)(7)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(c)(1)-(2)................  Yes.....................  Except ``affected source'' shall apply instead
                                                                 of ``source'' in Sec.  63.6(c)(1)-(2) of
                                                                 subpart A.
Sec.  63.6(c)(3)-(4)................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.6(c)(5)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(d).......................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.6(e).......................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1360 specifies that the
                                                                 standards in subpart MMM apply during startup
                                                                 and shutdown for batch processes; therefore,
                                                                 these activities would not be covered in the
                                                                 startup, shutdown, and malfunction Plan.
Sec.  63.6(f).......................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1360 specifies that the
                                                                 standards in subpart MMM also apply during
                                                                 startup and shutdown for batch processes.
Sec.  63.6(g).......................  Yes.....................  An alternative standard has been proposed;
                                                                 however, affected sources will have the
                                                                 opportunity to demonstrate other alternatives
                                                                 to the Administrator.
Sec.  63.6(h).......................  No......................  Subpart MMM does not contain any opacity or
                                                                 visible emissions standards.
Sec.  63.6(i)(1)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(i)(2)....................  Yes.....................  Except ``affected source'' shall apply instead
                                                                 of ``source'' in Sec.  63.6(i)(2)(i) and (ii)
                                                                 of subpart A.
Sec.  63.6(i)(3)-(14)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.6(i)(15)...................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.6(i)(16)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.6(j).......................  Yes
Sec.  63.7(a)(1)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.7(a)(2)(i)-(vi)............  Yes.....................  Sec.  63.1368 specifies that test results must
                                                                 be submitted in the Notification of Compliance
                                                                 Status due 150 days after the compliance date.
Sec.  63.7(a)(2)(vii)-(viii)........  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.7(a)(2)(ix)-(c)............  Yes
Sec.  63.7(d).......................  Yes.....................  Except ``affected source'' shall apply instead
                                                                 of ``source'' in Sec.  63.7(d) of subpart A.
Sec.  63.7(e)(1)....................  Yes.....................  Sec.  63.1365 contains test methods specific to
                                                                 PAI sources.
Sec.  63.7(e)(2)....................  Yes

[[Page 441]]

 
Sec.  63.7(e)(3)....................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1365 specifies less than 3 runs
                                                                 for certain tests.
Sec.  63.7(e)(4)....................  Yes.
Sec.  63.7(f).......................  Yes
Sec.  63.7(g)(1)....................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1368(a) specifies that the
                                                                 results of the performance test be submitted
                                                                 with the Notification of Compliance Status
                                                                 report
Sec.  63.7(g)(2)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.7(g)(3)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.7(h).......................  Yes
Sec.  63.8(a)(1)-(2)................  Yes
Sec.  63.8(a)(3)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.8(a)(4)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.8(b)(1)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.8(b)(2)....................  No......................  Sec.  63.1366 specifies CMS requirements.
Sec.  63.8(b)(3)-(c)(3).............  Yes.....................  Except the submittal date of the immediate
                                                                 startup, shutdown, and malfunction reports for
                                                                 CMS events shall be 2 days as in Sec.
                                                                 63.6(e)(3)(iv).
Sec.  63.8(c)(4)....................  No......................  Sec.  63.1366 specifies monitoring frequencies.
Sec.  63.8(c)(5)-(8)................  No
Sec.  63.8(d)-(f)(3)................  Yes
Sec.  63.8(f)(4)....................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1368(b) specifies that requests
                                                                 may also be included in the Precompliance
                                                                 report.
Sec.  63.8(f)(5)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.8(f)(6)....................  No......................  Subpart MMM does not require CEM's.
Sec.  63.8(g).......................  No......................  Sec.  63.1366 specifies data reduction
                                                                 procedures.
Sec.  63.9(a)-(d)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.9(e).......................  No
Sec.  63.9(f).......................  No......................  Subpart MMM does not contain opacity and visible
                                                                 emission standards.
Sec.  63.9(g).......................  No
Sec.  63.9(h)(1)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.9(h)(2)(i).................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.1368(a)(1) specifies additional
                                                                 information to include in the Notification of
                                                                 Compliance Status report.
Sec.  63.9(h)(2)(ii)................  No......................  Sec.  63.1368 specifies the Notification of
                                                                 Compliance Status report is to be submitted
                                                                 within 150 days after the compliance date.
Sec.  63.9(h)(3)....................  Yes
Sec.  63.9(h)(4)....................  N/A.....................  Reserved.
Sec.  63.9(h)(5)-(6)................  Yes
Sec.  63.9(i)-(j)...................  Yes.....................  Except Sec.  63.9(j) does not apply for changes
                                                                 in information in the notification of
                                                                 compliance status report on equipment leaks as
                                                                 specified in Sec.  63.1363(h)(2).
Sec.  63.10(a)-(b)(1)...............  Yes
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)...................  No......................  Sec.  63.1367 specifies recordkeeping
                                                                 requirements.
 Sec.  63.10(b)(3)..................  Yes
Sec.  63.10(c)......................  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(1)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(2)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(3)...................  No......................  Subpart MMM does not include opacity and visible
                                                                 emission standards.
Sec.  63.10(d)(4)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.10(d)(5)...................  Yes.....................  Except that actions and reporting for batch
                                                                 processes do not apply during startup and
                                                                 shutdown.
Sec.  63.10(e)(1)-(2)(i)............  Yes
Sec.  63.10(e)(2)(ii)...............  No......................  Subpart MMM does not include opacity monitoring
                                                                 requirements.
Sec.  63.10(e)(3)...................  Yes
Sec.  63.10(e)(4)...................  No......................  Subpart MMM does not include opacity monitoring
                                                                 requirements.
Sec.  63.10(f)......................  Yes
Sec.  63.11-Sec.  63.15.............  Yes.....................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Table 2 to Subpart MMM of Part 63--Standards for New and Existing PAI
                                 Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Emission source           Applicability           Requirement
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Process vents.............  Existing:
                              Processes having     90% for organic HAP
                             uncontrolled organic   per process or to
                             HAP emissions 0.15 Mg/yr.     of 20
                                                    ppmv TOC.
                              Processes having     94% for HCl and
                             uncontrolled HCl and   chlorine per process
                             chlorine emissions     or to outlet HCl and
                             6.8 Mg/yr.  chlorine
                                                    concentration of 20 ppmv.

[[Page 442]]

 
                              Individual process   98% gaseous organic
                             vents meeting flow     HAP control per vent
                             and mass emissions     or 20
                             criteria that have     ppmv TOC outlet
                             gaseous organic HAP    limit.
                             emissions controlled
                             to less than 90% on
                             or after November
                             10, 1997.
                            New:
                              Processes having     98% for organic HAP
                             uncontrolled organic   per process or 20 ppmv TOC.
                             thn-eq>0.15 Mg/yr.
                              Processes having     94% for HCl and
                             uncontrolled HCl and   chlorine per process
                             chlorine emissions     or to outlet
                             6.8 Mg/yr   concentration of 20 ppmv HCl
                                                    and chlorine.
                            Processes having       99% for HCl and
                             uncontrolled HCl and   chlorine per process
                             chlorine emissions     or to outlet
                             191 Mg/yr.  concentration of 20 ppmv HCl
                                                    and chlorine.
Storage vessels...........  Existing: 75 m\3\ capacity    roof, reduce HAP by
                             and vapor pressure     95% per vessel, or
                             3.45 kPa.   to outlet
                                                    concentration of 20 ppmv TOC.
                            New: 38     Same as for existing
                             m\3\ capacity and      sources.
                             vapor pressure 16.5 kPa.
                            75 m\3\     Same as for existing
                             capacity and vapor     sources.
                             pressure 3.45 kPa.
Wastewater a..............  Existing: Process      Reduce concentration
                             wastewater with 10,000 ppmw     compounds to 50 ppmw
                             Table 9 compounds at   (or other options).
                             any flowrate or 1,000 ppmw
                             Table 9 compounds at
                             10 L/min,
                             and maintenance
                             wastewater with HAP
                             load 5.3
                             Mg per discharge
                             event.
                            New:
                              Same criteria as     Reduce concentration
                             for existing sources.  of total Table 9
                                                    compounds to 50 ppmw
                                                    (or other options).
                              Total HAP load in    99% reduction of
                             wastewater POD         Table 9 compounds
                             streams 2,100 Mg/yr..
Equipment leaks...........  Subpart H............  Subpart H with minor
                                                    changes, including
                                                    monitoring
                                                    frequencies
                                                    consistent with the
                                                    proposed CAR.
Product dryers and bag      Dryers used to dry     Particulate matter
 dumps.                      PAI that is also a     concentration not to
                             HAP, and bag dumps     exceed 0.01 gr/dscf.
                             used to introduce
                             feedstock that is a
                             solid and a HAP.
Heat exchange systems.....  Each heat exchange     Monitoring and leak
                             system used to cool    repair program as in
                             process equipment in   HON.
                             PAI manufacturing
                             operations.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Table 9 is listed in the appendix to subpart G of 40 CFR part 63.


                Table 3 to Subpart MMM of Part 63--Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Monitoring equipment       Parameters to be
            Control device                     required                monitored                Frequency
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All control devices..................  1. Flow indicator        1. Presence of flow      Hourly records of
                                        installed at all         diverted from the        whether the flow
                                        bypass lines to the      control device to the    indicator was
                                        atmosphere and           atmosphere or.           operating and whether
                                        equipped with                                     a diversion was
                                        continuous recorder or.                           detected at any time
                                                                                          during each hour.
                                       2. Valves sealed closed  2. Monthly inspections   Monthly.
                                        with car-seal or lock-   of sealed valves.
                                        and-key configuration.
Scrubber.............................  Liquid flow rate or      1. Liquid flow rate      1. Every 15 minutes.
                                        pressure drop mounting   into or out of the
                                        device. Also a pH        scrubber or the
                                        monitor if the           pressure drop across
                                        scrubber is used to      the scrubber..
                                        control acid
                                        emissions..
                                                                2. pH of effluent        2. Once a day.
                                                                 scrubber liquid.
Thermal incinerator..................  Temperature monitoring   Firebox temperature....  Every 15 minutes.
                                        device installed in
                                        firebox or in ductwork
                                        immediately downstream
                                        of firebox b.
Catalytic incinerator................  Temperature monitoring   Temperature difference   Every 15 minutes.
                                        device installed in      across catalyst bed.
                                        gas stream immediately
                                        before and after
                                        catalyst bed.

[[Page 443]]

 
Flare................................  Heat sensing device      Presence of a flame at   Every 15 minutes.
                                        installed at the pilot   the pilot light.
                                        light.
Boiler or process heater 44 megawatts  Temperature monitoring   Combustion temperature.  Every 15 minutes.
 and vent stream is not mixed with      device installed in
 the primary fuel.                      firebox b.
Condenser............................  Temperature monitoring   Condenser exit (product  Every 15 minutes.
                                        device installed at      side) temperature.
                                        condenser exit.
Carbon adsorber (nonregenerative)....  None...................  Operating time since     N/A.
                                                                 last replacement.
Carbon adsorber (regenerative).......  Stream flow monitoring   1. Total regeneration    1. For each
                                        device, and.             stream mass or           regeneration cycle,
                                                                 volumetric flow during   record the total
                                                                 carbon bed               regeneration stream
                                                                 regeneration cycle(s).   mass or volumetric
                                                                                          flow.
                                       Carbon bed temperature   2. Temperature of        2. For each
                                        monitoring device.       carbon bed after         regeneration cycle,
                                                                 regeneration.            record the maximum
                                                                                          carbon bed-
                                                                                          temperature.
                                                                3. Temperature of        3. Within 15 minutes of
                                                                 carbon bed within 15     completing any cooling
                                                                 minutes of completing    cycle, record the
                                                                 any cooling cycle(s).    carbon bed
                                                                                          temperature.
                                                                4. Operating time since  4. Operating time to be
                                                                 end of last              based on worst-case
                                                                 regeneration.            conditions.
                                                                5. Check for bed         5. Yearly.
                                                                 poisoning.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a As an alternative to the monitoring requirements specified in this table, the owner or operator may use a CEM
  meeting the requirements of Performance Specifications 8 or 9 of appendix B of part 60 to monitor TOC every 15
  minutes.
b Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any
  substantial heat exchange is encountered.


  Table 4 to Subpart MMM of Part 63--Control Requirements for Items of
          Equipment That Meet the Criteria of Sec.  63.1362(k)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Item of equipment                  Control requirement a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drain or drain hub............  (a) Tightly fitting solid cover (TFSC);
                                 or
                                (b) TFSC with a vent to either a
                                 process, or to a control device meeting
                                 the requirements of Sec.
                                 63.1256(h)(2); or
                                (c) Water seal with submerged discharge
                                 or barrier to protect discharge from
                                 wind.
Manhole b.....................  (a) TFSC; or
                                (b) TFSC with a vent to either a
                                 process, or to a fuel gas system, or to
                                 a control device meeting the
                                 requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                                (c) If the item is vented to the
                                 atmosphere, use a TFSC with a properly
                                 operating water seal at the entrance or
                                 exit to the item to restrict
                                 ventilation in the collection system.
                                 The vent pipe shall be at least 90 cm
                                 in length and not exceeding 10.2 cm in
                                 nominal inside diameter.
Lift station..................  (a) TFSC; or
                                (b) TFSC with a vent to either a
                                 process, or to a control device meeting
                                 the requirements of Sec.
                                 63.1256(h)(2); or
                                (c) If the lift station is vented to the
                                 atmosphere, use a TFSC with a properly
                                 operating water seal at the entrance or
                                 exit to the item to restrict
                                 ventilation in the collection system.
                                 The vent pipe shall be at least 90 cm
                                 in length and not exceeding 10.2 cm in
                                 nominal inside diameter. The lift
                                 station shall be level controlled to
                                 minimize changes in the liquid level.
Trench........................  (a) TFSC; or
                                (b) TFSC with a vent to either a
                                 process, or to a control device meeting
                                 the requirements of Sec.
                                 63.1256(h)(2); or
                                (c) If the item is vented to the
                                 atmosphere, use a TFSC with a properly
                                 operating water seal at the entrance or
                                 exit to the item to restrict
                                 ventilation in the collection system.
                                 The vent pipe shall be at least 90 cm
                                 in length and not exceeding 10.2 cm in
                                 nominal inside diameter.
Pipe..........................  Each pipe shall have no visible gaps in
                                 joints, seals, or other emission
                                 interfaces.
Oil/Water separator...........  (a) Equip with a fixed roof and route
                                 vapors to a process, or equip with a
                                 closed-vent system that routes vapors
                                 to a control device meeting the
                                 requirements of Sec.  63.1256(h)(2); or
                                (b) Equip with a floating roof that
                                 meets the equipment specifications of
                                 Sec.  60.693 (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii),
                                 (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4).

[[Page 444]]

 
Tank..........................  Maintain a fixed roof.c If the tank is
                                 sparged d or used for heating or
                                 treating by means of an exothermic
                                 reaction, a fixed roof and a system
                                 shall be maintained that routes the
                                 organic hazardous air pollutants vapors
                                 to other process equipment or a fuel
                                 gas system, or a closed-vent system
                                 that routes vapors to a control device
                                 that meets the requirements of 40 CFR
                                 Sec.  63.119(e)(1) or (e)(2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Where a tightly fitting solid cover is required, it shall be
  maintained with no visible gaps or openings, except during periods of
  sampling, inspection, or maintenance.
b Manhole includes sumps and other points of access to a conveyance
  system.
c A fixed roof may have openings necessary for proper venting of the
  tank, such as pressure/vacuum vent, j-pipe vent.
d The liquid in the tank is agitated by injecting compressed air or gas.



 Subpart NNN--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                    for Wool Fiberglass Manufacturing

    Source: 64 FR 31709, June 14, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1380  Applicability.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
the requirements of this subpart apply to the owner or operator of each 
wool fiberglass manufacturing facility that is a major source or is 
located at a facility that is a major source.
    (b) The requirements of this subpart apply to emissions of hazardous 
air pollutants (HAPs), as measured according to the methods and 
procedures in this subpart, emitted from the following new and existing 
sources at a wool fiberglass manufacturing facility subject to this 
subpart:
    (1) Each new and existing glass-melting furnace located at a wool 
fiberglass manufacturing facility;
    (2) Each new and existing rotary spin wool fiberglass manufacturing 
line producing a bonded wool fiberglass building insulation product; and
    (3) Each new and existing flame attenuation wool fiberglass 
manufacturing line producing a bonded pipe product and each new flame 
attenuation wool fiberglass manufacturing line producing a bonded heavy-
density product.
    (c) The requirements of this subpart do not apply to a wool 
fiberglass manufacturing facility that the owner or operator 
demonstrates to the Administrator is not a major source as defined in 
Sec. 63.2.
    (d) The provisions of this part 63, subpart A that apply and those 
that do not apply to this subpart are specified in Table 1 of this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.1381  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, or in this section as follows:
    Bag leak detection system means systems that include, but are not 
limited to, devices using triboelectric, light scattering, and other 
effects to monitor relative or absolute particulate matter (PM) 
emissions.
    Bonded means wool fiberglass to which a phenol-formaldehyde binder 
has been applied.
    Building insulation means bonded wool fiberglass insulation, having 
a loss on ignition of less than 8 percent and a density of less than 32 
kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3) (2 pounds per cubic foot 
[lb/ft3]).
    Cold top electric furnace means an all-electric glass-melting 
furnace that operates with a temperature of 120  deg.C (250  deg.F) or 
less as measured at a location 46 to 61 centimeters (18 to 24 inches) 
above the molten glass surface.
    Flame attenuation means a process used to produce wool fiberglass 
where molten glass flows by gravity from melting furnaces, or pots, to 
form filaments that are drawn down and attenuated by passing in front of 
a high-velocity gas burner flame.
    Glass-melting furnace means a unit comprising a refractory vessel in 
which raw materials are charged, melted at high temperature, refined, 
and conditioned to produce molten glass. The

[[Page 445]]

unit includes foundations, superstructure and retaining walls, raw 
material charger systems, heat exchangers, melter cooling system, 
exhaust system, refractory brick work, fuel supply and electrical 
boosting equipment, integral control systems and instrumentation, and 
appendages for conditioning and distributing molten glass to forming 
processes. The forming apparatus, including flow channels, is not 
considered part of the glass-melting furnace.
    Glass pull rate means the mass of molten glass that is produced by a 
single glass-melting furnace or that is used in the manufacture of wool 
fiberglass at a single manufacturing line in a specified time period.
    Hazardous Air Pollutant (HAP) means any air pollutant listed in or 
pursuant to section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act.
    Heavy-density product means bonded wool fiberglass insulation 
manufactured on a flame attenuation manufacturing line and having a loss 
on ignition of 11 to 25 percent and a density of 8 to 48 kg/m\3\ (0.5 to 
3 lb/ft \3\).
    Incinerator means an enclosed air pollution control device that uses 
controlled flame combustion to convert combustible materials to 
noncombustible gases.
    Loss on ignition (LOI) means the percent decrease in weight of wool 
fiberglass after it has been ignited. The LOI is used to monitor the 
weight percent of binder in wool fiberglass.
    Manufacturing line means the manufacturing equipment for the 
production of wool fiberglass that consists of a forming section where 
molten glass is fiberized and a fiberglass mat is formed and which may 
include a curing section where binder resin in the mat is thermally set 
and a cooling section where the mat is cooled.
    New source means any affected source the construction or 
reconstruction of which is commenced after March 31, 1997.
    Pipe product means bonded wool fiberglass insulation manufactured on 
a flame attenuation manufacturing line and having a loss on ignition of 
8 to 14 percent and a density of 48 to 96 kg/m \3\ (3 to 6 lb/ft\3\).
    Rotary spin means a process used to produce wool fiberglass building 
insulation by forcing molten glass through numerous small orifices in 
the side wall of a spinner to form continuous glass fibers that are then 
broken into discrete lengths by high-velocity air flow. Any process used 
to produce bonded wool fiberglass building insulation by a process other 
than flame attenuation is considered rotary spin.
    Wool fiberglass means insulation materials composed of glass fibers 
made from glass produced or melted at the same facility where the 
manufacturing line is located.
    Wool fiberglass manufacturing facility means any facility 
manufacturing wool fiberglass on a rotary spin manufacturing line or on 
a flame attenuation manufacturing line.



Sec. 63.1382  Emission standards

    (a) Emission limits--(1) Glass-melting furnaces. On and after the 
date the initial performance test is completed or required to be 
completed under Sec. 63.7 of this part, whichever date is earlier, the 
owner or operator shall not discharge or cause to be discharged into the 
atmosphere in excess of 0.25 kilogram (kg) of particulate matter (PM) 
per megagram (Mg) (0.5 pound [lb] of PM per ton) of glass pulled for 
each new or existing glass-melting furnace.
    (2) Rotary spin manufacturing lines. On and after the date the 
initial performance test is completed or required to be completed under 
Sec. 63.7 of this part, whichever date is earlier, the owner or operator 
shall not discharge or cause to be discharged into the atmosphere in 
excess of:
    (i) 0.6 kg of formaldehyde per megagram (1.2 lb of formaldehyde per 
ton) of glass pulled for each existing rotary spin manufacturing line; 
and
    (ii) 0.4 kg of formaldehyde per megagram (0.8 lb of formaldehyde per 
ton) of glass pulled for each new rotary spin manufacturing line.
    (3) Flame attenuation manufacturing lines. On and after the date the 
initial performance test is completed or required to be completed under 
Sec. 63.7 of this part, whichever date is earlier, the owner or operator 
shall not discharge or cause to be discharged into the atmosphere in 
excess of:
    (i) 3.9 kg of formaldehyde per megagram (7.8 lb of formaldehyde per

[[Page 446]]

ton) of glass pulled for each new flame attenuation manufacturing line 
that produces heavy-density wool fiberglass; and
    (ii) 3.4 kg of formaldehyde per megagram (6.8 lb of formaldehyde per 
ton) of glass pulled from each existing or new flame attenuation 
manufacturing line that produces pipe product wool fiberglass.
    (b) Operating limits. On and after the date on which the performance 
test required to be conducted by Secs. 63.7 and 63.1384 is completed, 
the owner or operator must operate all affected control equipment and 
processes according to the following requirements.
    (1)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour of an alarm from a bag leak detection system and complete 
corrective actions in a timely manner according to the procedures in the 
operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator must implement a Quality Improvement Plan 
(QIP) consistent with the compliance assurance monitoring provisions of 
40 CFR part 64, subpart D when the bag leak detection system alarm is 
sounded for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month 
block reporting period.
    (2)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour when any 3-hour block average of the monitored electrostatic 
precipitator (ESP) parameter is outside the limit(s) established during 
the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 and complete 
corrective actions in a timely manner according to the procedures in the 
operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator must implement a QIP consistent with the 
compliance assurance monitoring provisions of 40 CFR part 64 subpart D 
when the monitored ESP parameter is outside the limit(s) established 
during the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 5 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (iii) The owner or operator must operate the ESP such that the 
monitored ESP parameter is not outside the limit(s) established during 
the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 10 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (3)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour when any 3-hour block average temperature of a cold top electric 
furnace as measured at a location 46 to 61 centimeters (18 to 24 inches) 
above the molten glass surface, exceeds 120  deg.C (250  deg.F) and 
complete corrective actions in a timely manner according to the 
procedures in the operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator of a cold top electric furnace must 
implement a QIP consistent with the compliance assurance monitoring 
provisions of 40 CFR part 64, subpart D when the temperature, as 
measured at a location 46 to 61 centimeters (18 to 24 inches) above the 
molten glass surface, exceeds 120  deg.C (250  deg.F) for more than 5 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (iii) The owner or operator must operate the cold top electric 
furnace such that the temperature does not exceed 120  deg.C (250 
deg.F) as measured at a location 46 to 61 centimeters (18 to 24 inches) 
above the molten glass surface, for more than 10 percent of the total 
operating time in a 6-month reporting period.
    (4)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour when any 3-hour block average value for the monitored 
parameter(s) for a glass-melting furnace, which uses no add-on controls 
and which is not a cold top electric furnace, is outside the limit(s) 
established during the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 and 
complete corrective actions in a timely manner according to the 
procedures in the operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator must implement a QIP consistent with the 
compliance assurance monitoring provisions of 40 CFR Part 64 subpart D 
when the monitored parameter(s) is outside the limit(s) established 
during the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 5 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (iii) The owner or operator must operate a glass-melting furnace, 
which

[[Page 447]]

uses no add-on controls and which is not a cold top electric furnace, 
such that the monitored parameter(s) is not outside the limit(s) 
established during the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for 
more than 10 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block 
reporting period.
    (5)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour when the average glass pull rate of any 4-hour block period for 
glass melting furnaces equipped with continuous glass pull rate 
monitors, or daily glass pull rate for glass melting furnaces not so 
equipped, exceeds the average glass pull rate established during the 
performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384, by greater than 20 
percent and complete corrective actions in a timely manner according to 
the procedures in the operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator must implement a QIP consistent with the 
compliance assurance monitoring provisions of 40 CFR part 64, subpart D 
when the glass pull rate exceeds, by more than 20 percent, the average 
glass pull rate established during the performance test as specified in 
Sec. 63.1384 for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in a 6-
month block reporting period.
    (iii) The owner or operator must operate each glass-melting furnace 
such that the glass pull rate does not exceed, by more than 20 percent, 
the average glass pull rate established during the performance test as 
specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 10 percent of the total 
operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (6) The owner or operator must operate each incinerator used to 
control formaldehyde emissions from forming or curing such that any 3-
hour block average temperature in the firebox does not fall below the 
average established during the performance test as specified in 
Sec. 63.1384.
    (7)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour when the average pressure drop, liquid flow rate, or chemical 
feed rate for any 3-hour block period is outside the limits established 
during the performance tests as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for each wet 
scrubbing control device and complete corrective actions in a timely 
manner according to the procedures in the operations, maintenance, and 
monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator must implement a QIP consistent with the 
compliance assurance monitoring provisions of 40 CFR part 64, subpart D 
when any scrubber parameter is outside the limit(s) established during 
the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 5 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (iii) The owner or operator must operate each scrubber such that 
each monitored parameter is not outside the limit(s) established during 
the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 10 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (8)(i) The owner or operator must initiate corrective action within 
1 hour when the monitored process parameter level(s) is outside the 
limit(s) established during the performance test as specified in 
Sec. 63.1384 for the process modification(s) used to control 
formaldehyde emissions and complete corrective actions in a timely 
manner according to the procedures in the operations, maintenance, and 
monitoring plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator must implement a QIP consistent with the 
compliance assurance monitoring provisions of 40 CFR part 64, subpart D 
when the process parameter(s) is outside the limit(s) established during 
the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for more than 5 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.
    (iii) The owner or operator must operate the process modifications 
such that the monitored process parameter(s) is not outside the limit(s) 
established during the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384 for 
more than 10 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block 
reporting period.
    (9) The owner or operator must use a resin in the formulation of 
binder such that the free-formaldehyde content of the resin used does 
not exceed the free-formaldehyde range contained in the specification 
for the resin used during

[[Page 448]]

the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384.
    (10) The owner or operator must use a binder formulation that does 
not vary from the specification and operating range established and used 
during the performance test as specified in Sec. 63.1384. For the 
purposes of this standard, adding or increasing the quantity of urea 
and/or lignin in the binder formulation does not constitute a change in 
the binder formulation.



Sec. 63.1383  Monitoring requirements.

    On and after the date on which the performance test required to be 
conducted by Secs. 63.7 and 63.1384 is completed, the owner or operator 
must monitor all affected control equipment and processes according to 
the following requirements.
    (a) The owner or operator of each wool fiberglass manufacturing 
facility must prepare for each glass-melting furnace, rotary spin 
manufacturing line, and flame attenuation manufacturing line subject to 
the provisions of this subpart, a written operations, maintenance, and 
monitoring plan. The plan must be submitted to the Administrator for 
review and approval as part of the application for a part 70 permit. The 
plan must include the following information:
    (1) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of process 
modifications and add-on control devices used to meet the emission 
limits in Sec. 63.1382;
    (2) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of 
monitoring devices used to determine compliance, including quarterly 
calibration and certification of accuracy of each monitoring device 
according to the manufacturers's instructions; and
    (3) Corrective actions to be taken when process parameters or add-on 
control device parameters deviate from the limit(s) established during 
initial performance tests.
    (b)(1) Where a baghouse is used to control PM emissions from a 
glass-melting furnace, the owner or operator shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and continuously operate a bag leak detection system.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains per actual cubic 
foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must produce output of 
relative PM emissions.
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound automatically when an increase in relative PM 
emissions over a preset level is detected and the alarm must be located 
such that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) For positive pressure fabric filter systems, a bag leak 
detection system must be installed in each baghouse compartment or cell. 
If a negative pressure or induced air baghouse is used, the bag leak 
detection system must be installed downstream of the baghouse. Where 
multiple bag leak detection systems are required (for either type of 
baghouse), the system instrumentation and alarm may be shared among the 
monitors.
    (v) A triboelectric bag leak detection system shall be installed, 
operated, adjusted, and maintained in a manner consistent with the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency guidance, ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak 
Detection Guidance'' (EPA-454/R-98-015, September 1997). Other bag leak 
detection systems shall be installed, operated, adjusted, and maintained 
in a manner consistent with the manufacturer's written specifications 
and recommendations.
    (vi) Initial adjustment of the system shall, at a minimum, consist 
of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the range and the 
averaging period of the device and establishing the alarm set points and 
the alarm delay time.
    (vii) Following the initial adjustment, the owner or operator shall 
not adjust the range, averaging period, alarm setpoints, or alarm delay 
time except as detailed in the approved operations, maintenance, and 
monitoring plan required under paragraph (a) of this section. In no 
event shall the range be increased by more than 100 percent or decreased 
more than 50 percent over a 365-day period unless a responsible official 
as defined in Sec. 63.2 of

[[Page 449]]

the general provisions in subpart A of this part certifies that the 
baghouse has been inspected and found to be in good operating condition.
    (2) The operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan required by 
paragraph (a) of this section must specify corrective actions to be 
followed in the event of a bag leak detection system alarm. Example 
corrective actions that may be included in the plan include the 
following:
    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other conditions that may cause an increase in 
emissions.
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media.
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media, or otherwise 
repairing the control device.
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment.
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system.
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (c)(1) Where an ESP is used to control PM emissions from a glass-
melting furnace, the owner or operator must monitor the ESP according to 
the procedures in the operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan. 
(2)The operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan for the ESP must 
contain the following information:
    (i) The ESP operating parameter(s), such as secondary voltage of 
each electrical field, to be monitored and the minimum and/or maximum 
value(s) that will be used to identify any operational problems;
    (ii) A schedule for monitoring the ESP operating parameter(s);
    (iii) Recordkeeping procedures, consistent with the recordkeeping 
requirements of Sec. 63.1386, to show that the ESP operating 
parameter(s) is within the limit(s) established during the performance 
test; and
    (iv) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of the ESP.
    (d) The owner or operator must measure and record at least once per 
shift the temperature 46 to 61 centimeters (18 to 24 inches) above the 
surface of the molten glass in a cold top electric furnace that does not 
use any add-on controls to control PM emissions.
    (e)(1) Where a glass-melting furnace is operated without an add-on 
control device to control PM emissions, the owner or operator must 
monitor the glass-melting furnace according to the procedures in the 
operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
    (2) The operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan for the glass-
melting furnace must contain the following information:
    (i) The operating parameter(s) to be monitored and the minimum and/
or maximum value(s) that will be used to identify any operational 
problems;
    (ii) A schedule for monitoring the operating parameter(s) of the 
glass-melting furnace;
    (iii) Recordkeeping procedures, consistent with the recordkeeping 
requirements of Sec. 63.1386, to show that the glass-melting furnace 
parameter(s) is within the limit(s) established during the performance 
test; and
    (iv) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of the 
glass-melting furnace.
    (f)(1) The owner or operator of an existing glass-melting furnace 
equipped with continuous glass pull rate monitors must monitor and 
record the glass pull rate on an hourly basis. For glass-melting 
furnaces that are not equipped with continuous glass pull rate monitors, 
the glass pull rate must be monitored and recorded once per day.
    (2) On any new glass-melting furnace, the owner or operator must 
install, calibrate, and maintain a continuous glass pull rate monitor 
that monitors and records on an hourly basis the glass pull rate.
    (g)(1) The owner or operator who uses an incinerator to control 
formaldehyde emissions from forming or curing shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and operate a monitoring device that continuously measures and 
records the operating temperature in the firebox of each incinerator.
    (2) The owner or operator must inspect each incinerator at least 
once per year according to the procedures in the operations, 
maintenance, and monitoring plan. At a minimum, an inspection must 
include the following:

[[Page 450]]

    (i) Inspect all burners, pilot assemblies, and pilot sensing devices 
for proper operation and clean pilot sensor, as necessary;
    (ii) Ensure proper adjustment of combustion air and adjust, as 
necessary;
    (iii) Inspect, when possible, internal structures, for example, 
baffles, to ensure structural integrity per the design specifications;
    (iv) Inspect dampers, fans, and blowers for proper operation;
    (v) Inspect for proper sealing;
    (vi) Inspect motors for proper operation;
    (vii) Inspect combustion chamber refractory lining and clean and 
repair/replace lining, as necessary;
    (viii) Inspect incinerator shell for corrosion and/or hot spots;
    (ix) For the burn cycle that follows the inspection, document that 
the incinerator is operating properly and make any necessary 
adjustments; and
    (x) Generally observe that the equipment is maintained in good 
operating condition.
    (xi) Complete all necessary repairs as soon as practicable.
    (h) The owner or operator who uses a wet scrubbing control device to 
control formaldehyde emissions must install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate monitoring devices that continuously monitor and record the gas 
pressure drop across each scrubber and scrubbing liquid flow rate to 
each scrubber according to the procedures in the operations, 
maintenance, and monitoring plan. The pressure drop monitor is to be 
certified by its manufacturer to be accurate within 250 
pascals (1 inch water gauge) over its operating range, and 
the flow rate monitor is to be certified by its manufacturer to be 
accurate within 5 percent over its operating range. The 
owner or operator must also continuously monitor and record the feed 
rate of any chemical(s) added to the scrubbing liquid.
    (i)(1) The owner or operator who uses process modifications to 
control formaldehyde emissions must establish a correlation between 
formaldehyde emissions and a process parameter(s) to be monitored.
    (2) The owner or operator must monitor the established parameter(s) 
according to the procedures in the operations, maintenance, and 
monitoring plan.
    (3) The owner or operator must include as part of their operations, 
maintenance, and monitoring plan the following information:
    (i) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of the 
process;
    (ii) Process parameter(s) to be monitored to demonstrate compliance 
with the applicable emission limits in Sec. 63.1382. Examples of process 
parameters include LOI, binder solids content, and binder application 
rate;
    (iii) Correlation(s) between process parameter(s) to be monitored 
and formaldehyde emissions;
    (iv) A schedule for monitoring the process parameter(s); and
    (v) Recordkeeping procedures, consistent with the recordkeeping 
requirements of Sec. 63.1386, to show that the process parameter 
value(s) established during the performance test is not exceeded.
    (j) The owner or operator must monitor and record the free-
formaldehyde content of each resin shipment received and used in the 
formulation of binder.
    (k) The owner or operator must monitor and record the formulation of 
each batch of binder used.
    (l) The owner or operator must monitor and record at least once 
every 8 hours, the product LOI and product density of each bonded wool 
fiberglass product manufactured.
    (m) For all control device and process operating parameters measured 
during the initial performance tests, the owners or operators of glass-
melting furnaces, rotary spin manufacturing lines or flame attenuation 
manufacturing lines subject to this subpart may change the limits 
established during the initial performance tests if additional 
performance testing is conducted to verify that, at the new control 
device or process parameter levels, they comply with the applicable 
emission limits in Sec. 63.1382. The owner or operator shall conduct all 
additional performance tests according to the procedures in this part 
63, subpart A and in Sec. 63.1384.

[[Page 451]]



Sec. 63.1384  Performance test requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable emission limits in Sec. 63.1382. Compliance is demonstrated 
when the emission rate of the pollutant is equal to or less than each of 
the applicable emission limits in Sec. 63.1382. The owner or operator 
shall conduct the performance test according to the procedures in 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart A and in this section.
    (1) All monitoring systems and equipment must be installed, 
operational, and calibrated prior to the performance test.
    (2) Unless a different frequency is specified in this section, the 
owner or operator must monitor and record process and/or add-on control 
device parameters at least every 15 minutes during the performance 
tests. The arithmetic average for each parameter must be calculated 
using all of the recorded measurements for the parameter.
    (3) During each performance test, the owner or operator must monitor 
and record the glass pull rate for each glass-melting furnace and, if 
different, the glass pull rate for each rotary spin manufacturing line 
and flame attenuation manufacturing line. Record the glass pull rate 
every 15 minutes during any performance test required by this subpart 
and determine the arithmetic average of the recorded measurements for 
each test run and calculate the average of the three test runs.
    (4) The owner or operator shall conduct a performance test for each 
existing and new glass-melting furnace.
    (5) During the performance test, the owner or operator of a glass-
melting furnace controlled by an ESP shall monitor and record the ESP 
parameter level(s), as specified in the operations, maintenance, and 
monitoring plan, and establish the minimum and/or maximum value(s) that 
will be used to demonstrate compliance after the initial performance 
test.
    (6) During the performance test, the owner or operator of a cold top 
electric furnace that is not equipped with an add-on control device for 
PM emissions control, must monitor and record the temperature 46 to 61 
centimeters (18 to 24 inches) above the molten glass surface to ensure 
that the maximum temperature does not exceed 120  deg.C (250  deg.F).
    (7) During the performance test, the owner or operator of a glass 
melting furnace (other than a cold top electric furnace) that is not 
equipped with an add-on control device for PM emissions control, must 
monitor and record the furnace parameter level, and establish the 
minimum and/or maximum value(s) that will be used to demonstrate 
compliance after the initial performance test.
    (8) The owner or operator must conduct a performance test for each 
rotary spin manufacturing line, subject to this subpart, while producing 
the building insulation with the highest LOI expected to be produced on 
that line; and for each flame attenuation manufacturing line, subject to 
this subpart, while producing the heavy-density product or pipe product 
with the highest LOI expected to be produced on the affected line.
    (9) The owner or operator of each rotary spin manufacturing line and 
flame attenuation manufacturing line regulated by this subpart must 
conduct performance tests using the resin with the highest free-
formaldehyde content. During the performance test of each rotary spin 
manufacturing line and flame attenuation manufacturing line regulated by 
this subpart, the owner or operator shall monitor and record the free-
formaldehyde content of the resin, the binder formulation used, and the 
product LOI and density.
    (10) During the performance test, the owner or operator of a rotary 
spin manufacturing line or flame attenuation manufacturing line who 
plans to use process modifications to comply with the emission limits in 
Sec. 63.1382 must monitor and record the process parameter level(s), as 
specified in the operations, maintenance, and monitoring plan, which 
will be used to demonstrate compliance after the initial performance 
test.
    (11) During the performance test, the owner or operator of a rotary 
spin manufacturing line or flame attenuation manufacturing line who 
plans to use a wet scrubbing control device to

[[Page 452]]

comply with the emission limits in Sec. 63.1382 must continuously 
monitor and record the pressure drop across the scrubber, the scrubbing 
liquid flow rate, and addition of any chemical to the scrubber, 
including the chemical feed rate, and establish the minimum and/or 
maximum value(s) that will be used to determine compliance after the 
initial performance test.
    (12) During the performance test, the owner or operator of a rotary 
spin manufacturing line or affected flame attenuation manufacturing line 
shall continuously record the operating temperature of each incinerator 
and record the average during each 1-hour test; the average operating 
temperature of the three 1-hour tests shall be used to monitor 
compliance.
    (13) Unless disapproved by the Administrator, an owner or operator 
of a rotary spin or flame attenuation manufacturing line regulated by 
this subpart may conduct short-term experimental production runs using 
binder formulations or other process modifications where the process 
parameter values would be outside those established during performance 
tests without first conducting performance tests. Such runs must not 
exceed 1 week in duration unless the Administrator approves a longer 
period. The owner or operator must notify the Administrator and postmark 
or deliver the notification at least 15 days prior to commencement of 
the short-term experimental production runs. The Administrator must 
inform the owner or operator of a decision to disapprove or must request 
additional information prior to the date of the short-term experimental 
production runs. Notification of intent to perform an experimental 
short-term production run shall include the following information:
    (i) The purpose of the experimental production run;
    (ii) The affected line;
    (iii) How the established process parameters will deviate from 
previously approved levels;
    (iv) The duration of the experimental production run;
    (v) The date and time of the experimental production run; and
    (vi) A description of any emission testing to be performed during 
the experimental production run.
    (b) To determine compliance with the PM emission limit for glass-
melting furnaces, use the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.040

Where:

E = Emission rate of PM, kg/Mg (lb/ton) of glass pulled;
C = Concentration of PM, g/dscm 
          (gr/dscf);
Q = Volumetric flow rate of exhaust gases, dscm/h (dscf/h);
K1 = Conversion factor, 1 kg/1,000 g (1 lb/7,000 gr); and
P = Average glass pull rate, Mg/h (tons/h).

    (c) To determine compliance with the emission limit for formaldehyde 
for rotary spin manufacturing lines and flame attenuation forming 
processes, use the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.041

Where:

    E = Emission rate of formaldehyde, kg/Mg (lb/ton) of glass pulled;
C = Measured volume fraction of formaldehyde, ppm;
MW = Molecular weight of formaldehyde, 30.03 g/g-mol;
Q = Volumetric flow rate of exhaust gases, dscm/h (dscf/h);
K1 = Conversion factor, 1 kg/1,000 g (1 lb/453.6 g);
K2 = Conversion factor, 1,000 L/m3 (28.3 L/
          ft3);
K3 = Conversion factor, 24.45 L/g-mol; and
P = Average glass pull rate, Mg/h (tons/h).



Sec. 63.1385  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) The owner or operator shall use the following methods to 
determine compliance with the applicable emission limits:
    (1) Method 1 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) for the selection of the 
sampling port location and number of sampling ports;
    (2) Method 2 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) for volumetric flow rate;
    (3) Method 3 or 3A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) for O2 
and CO2 for diluent measurements needed to correct the 
concentration measurements to a standard basis;

[[Page 453]]

    (4) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) for moisture content of 
the stack gas;
    (5) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) for the concentration of 
PM. Each run shall consist of a minimum run time of 2 hours and a 
minimum sample volume of 60 dry standard cubic feet (dscf). The probe 
and filter holder heating system may be set to provide a gas temperature 
no greater than 177 14  deg.C (350 25  deg.F);
    (6) Method 316 or Method 318 (appendix A of this part) for the 
concentration of formaldehyde. Each run shall consist of a minimum run 
time of 1 hour;
    (7) Method contained in appendix A of this subpart for the 
determination of product LOI;
    (8) Method contained in appendix B of this subpart for the 
determination of the free-formaldehyde content of resin;
    (9) Method contained in appendix C of this subpart for the 
determination of product density;
    (10) An alternative method, subject to approval by the 
Administrator.
    (b) Each performance test shall consist of 3 runs. The owner or 
operator shall use the average of the three runs in the applicable 
equation for determining compliance.



Sec. 63.1386  Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.

    (a) Notifications. As required by Sec. 63.9(b) through (h) of this 
part, the owner or operator shall submit the following written initial 
notifications to the Administrator:
    (1) Notification for an area source that subsequently increases its 
emissions such that the source is a major source subject to the 
standard;
    (2) Notification that a source is subject to the standard, where the 
initial startup is before June 14, 2002.
    (3) Notification that a source is subject to the standard, where the 
source is new or has been reconstructed, the initial startup is after 
June 14, 2002, and for which an application for approval of construction 
or reconstruction is not required;
    (4) Notification of intention to construct a new major source or 
reconstruct a major source; of the date construction or reconstruction 
commenced; of the anticipated date of startup; of the actual date of 
startup, where the initial startup of a new or reconstructed source 
occurs after June 14, 2002, and for which an application for approval or 
construction or reconstruction is required (See Sec. 63.9(b)(4) and (5) 
of this part);
    (5) Notification of special compliance obligations;
    (6) Notification of performance test; and (7) Notification of 
compliance status.
    (b) Performance test report. As required by Sec. 63.10(d)(2) of the 
general provisions, the owner or operator shall report the results of 
the initial performance test as part of the notification of compliance 
status required in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
    (c) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan and reports. (1) The 
owner or operator shall develop and implement a written plan as 
described in Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of this part that contains specific 
procedures to be followed for operating the source and maintaining the 
source during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction and a 
program of corrective action for malfunctioning process modifications 
and control systems used to comply with the standard. In addition to the 
information required in Sec. 63.6(e)(3), the plan shall include:
    (i) Procedures to determine and record the cause of the malfunction 
and the time the malfunction began and ended;
    (ii) Corrective actions to be taken in the event of a malfunction of 
a control device or process modification, including procedures for 
recording the actions taken to correct the malfunction or minimize 
emissions; and
    (iii) A maintenance schedule for each control device and process 
modification that is consistent with the manufacturer's instructions and 
recommendations for routine and long-term maintenance.
    (2) The owner or operator shall also keep records of each event as 
required by Sec. 63.10(b) of this part and record and report if an 
action taken during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction is not 
consistent with the procedures in the plan as described in 
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(iv) of this part.

[[Page 454]]

    (d) Recordkeeping. (1) As required by Sec. 63.10(b) of this part, 
the owner or operator shall maintain files of all information (including 
all reports and notifications) required by the general provisions and 
this subpart:
    (i) The owner or operator must retain each record for at least 5 
years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record. The most recent 2 years of records 
must be retained at the facility. The remaining 3 years of records may 
be retained off site;
    (ii) The owner or operator may retain records on microfilm, on a 
computer, on computer disks, on magnetic tape, or on microfiche; and
    (iii) The owner or operator may report required information on paper 
or on a labeled computer disk using commonly available and EPA-
compatible computer software.
    (2) In addition to the general records required by Sec. 63.10(b)(2) 
of this part, the owner or operator shall maintain records of the 
following information:
    (i) Any bag leak detection system alarms, including the date and 
time of the alarm, when corrective actions were initiated, the cause of 
the alarm, an explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the 
cause of the alarm was corrected;
    (ii) ESP parameter value(s) used to monitor ESP performance, 
including any period when the value(s) deviated from the established 
limit(s), the date and time of the deviation, when corrective actions 
were initiated, the cause of the deviation, an explanation of the 
corrective actions taken, and when the cause of the deviation was 
corrected;
    (iii) Air temperature above the molten glass in an uncontrolled cold 
top electric furnace, including any period when the temperature exceeded 
120  deg.C (250  deg.F) at a location 46 to 61 centimeters (18 to 24 
inches) above the molten glass surface, the date and time of the 
exceedance, when corrective actions were initiated, the cause of the 
exceedance, an explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the 
cause of the exceedance was corrected;
    (iv) Uncontrolled glass-melting furnace (that is not a cold top 
electric furnace) parameter value(s) used to monitor furnace 
performance, including any period when the value(s) exceeded the 
established limit(s), the date and time of the exceedance, when 
corrective actions were initiated, the cause of the exceedance, an 
explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the cause of the 
exceedance was corrected;
    (v) The formulation of each binder batch and the LOI and density for 
each product manufactured on a rotary spin manufacturing line or flame 
attenuation manufacturing line subject to the provisions of this 
subpart, and the free formaldehyde content of each resin shipment 
received and used in the binder formulation;
    (vi) Process parameter level(s) for RS and FA manufacturing lines 
that use process modifications to comply with the emission limits, 
including any period when the parameter level(s) deviated from the 
established limit(s), the date and time of the deviation, when 
corrective actions were initiated, the cause of the deviation, an 
explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the cause of the 
deviation was corrected;
    (vii) Scrubber pressure drop, scrubbing liquid flow rate, and any 
chemical additive (including chemical feed rate to the scrubber), 
including any period when a parameter level(s) deviated from the 
established limit(s), the date and time of the deviation, when 
corrective actions were initiated, the cause of the deviation, an 
explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the cause of the 
deviation was corrected;
    (viii) Incinerator operating temperature and results of periodic 
inspection of incinerator components, including any period when the 
temperature fell below the established average or the inspection 
identified problems with the incinerator, the date and time of the 
problem, when corrective actions were initiated, the cause of the 
problem, an explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the 
cause of the problem was corrected;
    (ix) Glass pull rate, including any period when the pull rate 
exceeded the average pull rate established during the performance test 
by more than 20 percent, the date and time of the exceedance, when 
corrective actions were initiated, the cause of the exceedance,

[[Page 455]]

an explanation of the corrective actions taken, and when the cause of 
the exceedance was corrected.
    (e) Excess emissions report. As required by Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(v) of 
this part, the owner or operator shall report semiannually if measured 
emissions are in excess of the applicable standard or a monitored 
parameter deviates from the levels established during the performance 
test. The report shall contain the information specified in 
Sec. 63.10(c) of this part as well as the additional records required by 
the recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (d) of this section. When no 
deviations have occurred, the owner or operator shall submit a report 
stating that no excess emissions occurred during the reporting period.



Sec. 63.1387  Compliance dates.

    (a) Compliance dates. The owner or operator subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall demonstrate compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart by no later than:
    (1) June 14, 2002, for an existing glass-melting furnace, rotary 
spin manufacturing line, or flame attenuation manufacturing line; or
    (2) Upon startup for a new glass-melting furnace, rotary spin 
manufacturing line, or flame attenuation manufacturing line.
    (b) Compliance extension. The owner or operator of an existing 
source subject to this subpart may request from the Administrator an 
extension of the compliance date for the emission standards for one 
additional year if such additional period is necessary for the 
installation of controls. The owner or operator shall submit a request 
for an extension according to the procedures in Sec. 63.6(i)(3) of this 
part.



Secs. 63.1388--63.1399  [Reserved]

[[Page 456]]



                   Table 1 to Subpart NNN of Part 63.--Applicability of General Provisions (40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A) to Subpart NNN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Applies to  subpart
   General provisions citation           Requirement                 NNN                                        Explanation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)-(a)(4)...............  Applicability...........  Yes.
63.1(a)(5)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.1(a)(6)-(a)(8)...............  ........................  Yes.
63.1(a)(9)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.1(a)(10)-(a)(14).............  ........................  Yes.
63.1(b)(1)-(b)(3)...............  Initial Applicability     Yes.
                                   Determination.
63.1(c)(1)-(c)(2)...............  Applicability After       Yes.
                                   Standard Established.
63.1(c)(3)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.1(c)(4)-(c)(5)...............  ........................  Yes.
63.1(d).........................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.1(e).........................  Applicability of Permit   Yes.
                                   Program.
63.2............................  Definitions.............  Yes.................  Additional definitions in Sec.  63.1381.
63.3(a)-(c).....................  Units and Abbreviations.  Yes.
63.4(a)(1)-(a)(3)...............  Prohibited Activities...  Yes.
63.4(a)(4)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.4(a)(5)......................  ........................  Yes.
63.4(b)-(c).....................  ........................  Yes.
63.5(a)(1)-(a)(2)...............  Construction/             Yes.
                                   Reconstruction.
63.5(b)(1)......................  Existing, New,            Yes.
                                   Reconstructed.
63.5(b)(2)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.5(b)(3)-(b)(6)...............  ........................  Yes.
63.5(c).........................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.5(d).........................  Approval of Construction/ Yes.
                                   Reconstruction.
63.5(e).........................  ........................  Yes.
63.5(f).........................  ........................  Yes.
63.6(a).........................  Compliance with           Yes.
                                   Standards and
                                   Maintenance
                                   Requirements.
63.6(b)(1)-(b)(5)...............  ........................  Yes.
63.6(b)(6)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.6(b)(7)......................  ........................  Yes.
63.6(c)(1)......................  Compliance Date for       Yes.................  Sec. 63.1387 specifies compliance dates.
                                   Existing Sources.
63.6(c)(2)......................  ........................  Yes.
63.6(c)(3)-(c)(4)...............  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.6(c)(5)......................  ........................  Yes.
63.6(d).........................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.6(e)(1)-(e)(2)...............  Operation & Maintenance.  Yes.................  Sec.  63.1383 specifies operations/maintenance plan.
63.6(e)(3)......................  Startup, Shutdown         Yes.
                                   Malfunction Plan.
63.6(f)(1)-(f)(3)...............  Compliance with           Yes.
                                   Nonopacity Emission
                                   Standards.
63.6(g)(1)-(g)(3)...............  Alternative Nonopacity    Yes.
                                   Standard.
63.6(h).........................  Opacity/VE Standards....  No..................  Subpart NNN-no COMS, VE or opacity standards.
63.6(i)(1)-(i)(14)..............  Extension of Compliance.  Yes.
63.6(i)(15).....................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.6(i)(16).....................  ........................  Yes.
63.6(j).........................  Exemption from            Yes.
                                   Compliance.

[[Page 457]]

 
63.7(a).........................  Performance Testing       Yes                   Sec.  63.1384 has specific requirements.
                                   Requirements.
63.7(b).........................  Notification............  Yes.
63.7(c).........................  Quality Assurance         Yes.
                                   Program/Test Plan.
63.7(d).........................  Performance Testing       Yes.
                                   Facilities.
63.7(e)(1)-(e)(4)...............  Conduct of Performance    Yes.
                                   Tests.
63.7(f).........................  Alternative Test Method.  Yes.
63.7(g).........................  Data Analysis...........  Yes.
63.7(h).........................  Waiver of Performance     Yes.
                                   Tests.
63.8(a)(1)-(a)(2)...............  Monitoring Requirements.  Yes.
63.8(a)(3)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.8(a)(4)......................  ........................  Yes.
63.8(b).........................  Conduct of Monitoring...  Yes.
63.8(c).........................  CMS Operation/            Yes.
                                   Maintenance.
63.8(d).........................  Quality Control Program.  Yes.
63.8(e).........................  Performance Evaluation    Yes.
                                   for CMS.
63.8(f).........................  Alternative Monitoring    Yes.
                                   Method.
63.8(g).........................  Reduction of Monitoring   Yes.
                                   Data.
63.9(a).........................  Notification              Yes.
                                   Requirements.
63.9(b).........................  Initial Notifications...  Yes.
63.9(c).........................  Request for Compliance    Yes.
                                   Extension.
63.9(d).........................  New Source Notification   Yes.
                                   for Special Compliance
                                   Requirements.
63.9(e).........................  Notification of           Yes.
                                   Performance Test.
63.9(f).........................  Notification of VE/       No..................  Opacity/VE tests not required.
                                   Opacity Test.
63.9(g).........................  Additional CMS            Yes.
                                   Notifications.
63.9(h)(1)-(h)(3)...............  Notification of           Yes.
                                   Compliance Status.
63.9(h)(4)......................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.9(h)(5)-(h)(6)...............  ........................  Yes.
63.9(i).........................  Adjustment of Deadlines.  Yes.
63.9(j).........................  Change in Previous        Yes.
                                   Information.
63.10(a)........................  Recordkeeping/Reporting.  Yes.
63.10(b)........................  General Requirements....  Yes.
63.10(c)(1).....................  Additional CMS            Yes.
                                   Recordkeeping.
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4)..............  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.10(c)(5)-(c)(8)..............  ........................  Yes.
63.10(c)(9).....................  ........................  No..................  [Reserved].
63.10(c)(10)-(15)...............  ........................  Yes.
63.10(d)(1).....................  General Reporting         Yes.
                                   Requirements.
63.10(d)(2).....................  Performance Test Results  Yes.
63.10(d)(3).....................  Opacity or VE             No..................  No limits for VE/opacity.
                                   Observations.
63.10(d)(4).....................  Progress Reports........  Yes.
63.10(d)(5).....................  Startup, Shutdown,        Yes.
                                   Malfunction Reports.
63.10(e)(1)-(e)(3)..............  Additional CMS Reports..  Yes.
63.10(e)(4).....................  Reporting COM Data......  No..................  COM not required.
63.10(f)........................  Waiver of Recordkeeping/  Yes.
                                   Reporting.
63.11(a)........................  Control Device            Yes.
                                   Requirements.
63.11(b)........................  Flares..................  No..................  Flares not applicable.
63.12...........................  State Authority and       Yes.
                                   Delegations.
63.13...........................  State/Regional Addresses  Yes.
63.14...........................  Incorporation by          No..................
                                   Reference.

[[Page 458]]

 
63.15...........................  Availability of           Yes.
                                   Information.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 459]]

 Appendix A to Subpart NNN of Part 63--Method for the Determination of 
                                   LOI

                               1. Purpose

    The purpose of this test is to determine the LOI of cured blanket 
insulation. The method is applicable to all cured board and blanket 
products.

                              2. Equipment

    2.1  Scale sensitive to 0.1 gram.
    2.2  Furnace designed to heat to at least 540  deg.C (1,000  deg.F) 
and controllable to 10  deg.C (50  deg.F).
    2.3  Wire tray for holding specimen while in furnace.

                              3. Procedure

    3.1  Cut a strip along the entire width of the product that will 
weigh at least 10.0 grams. Sample should be free of dirt or foreign 
matter.

    Note: Remove all facing from sample.

    3.2  Cut the sample into pieces approximately 12 inches long, weigh 
to the nearest 0.1 gram and record. Place in wire tray. Sample should 
not be compressed or overhang on tray edges.

    Note: On air duct products, remove shiplaps and overspray.

    3.3  Place specimen in furnace at 540  deg.C (1,000  deg.F), 
10  deg.C (50  deg.F) for 15 to 20 minutes to insure 
complete oxidation. After ignition, fibers should be white and should 
not be fused together.
    3.4  Remove specimen from the furnace and cool to room temperature.
    3.5  Weigh cooled specimen and wire tray to the nearest 0.1 gram. 
Deduct the weight of the wire tray and then calculate the loss in weight 
as a percent of the original specimen weight.

  Appendix B to Subpart NNN of Part 63--Free Formaldehyde Analysis of 
            Insulation Resins by Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride

                                1. Scope

    This method was specifically developed for water-soluble phenolic 
resins that have a relatively high free-formaldehyde (FF) content such 
as insulation resins. It may also be suitable for other phenolic resins, 
especially those with a high FF content.

                              2. Principle

    2.1  a. The basis for this method is the titration of the 
hydrochloric acid that is liberated when hydroxylamine hydrochloride 
reacts with formaldehyde to form formaldoxine:

HCHO + NH2OH:HCl  CH2:NOH + H2O + HCl

    b. Free formaldehyde in phenolic resins is present as monomeric 
formaldehyde, hemiformals, polyoxymethylene hemiformals, and 
polyoxymethylene glycols. Monomeric formaldehyde and hemiformals react 
rapidly with hydroxylamine hydrochloride, but the polymeric forms of 
formaldehyde must hydrolyze to the monomeric state before they can 
react. The greater the concentration of free formaldehyde in a resin, 
the more of that formaldehyde will be in the polymeric form. The 
hydrolysis of these polymers is catalyzed by hydrogen ions.
    2.2  The resin sample being analyzed must contain enough free 
formaldehyde so that the initial reaction with hydroxylamine 
hydrochloride will produce sufficient hydrogen ions to catalyze the 
depolymerization of the polymeric formaldehyde within the time limits of 
the test method. The sample should contain approximately 0.3 grams free 
formaldehyde to ensure complete reaction within 5 minutes.

                              3. Apparatus

    3.1  Balance, readable to 0.01 g or better.
    3.2  pH meter, standardized to pH 4.0 with pH 4.0 buffer and pH 7 
with pH 7.0 buffer.
    3.3  50-mL burette for 1.0 N sodium hydroxide.
    3.4  Magnetic stirrer and stir bars.
    3.5  250-mL beaker.
    3.6  50-mL graduated cylinder.
    3.7  100-mL graduated cylinder.
    3.8  Timer.

                               4. Reagents

    4.1  Standardized 1.0 N sodium hydroxide solution.
    4.2  Hydroxylamine hydrochloride solution, 100 grams per liter, pH 
adjusted to 4.00.
    4.3  Hydrochloric acid solution, 1.0 N and 0.1 N.
    4.4  Sodium hydroxide solution, 0.1 N.
    4.5  50/50 v/v mixture of distilled water and methyl alcohol.

                              5. Procedure

    5.1  Determine the sample size as follows:
    a. If the expected FF is greater than 2 percent, go to Part A to 
determine sample size.
    b. If the expected FF is less than 2 percent, go to Part B to 
determine sample size.
    c. Part A: Expected FF  2 percent.

Grams resin = 60/expected percent FF

    i. The following table shows example levels:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Sample
                Expected % free formaldehyde                 size, grams
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2..........................................................         30.0
5..........................................................         12.0
8..........................................................          7.5
10.........................................................          6.0
12.........................................................          5.0

[[Page 460]]

 
15.........................................................          4.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    ii. It is very important to the accuracy of the results that the 
sample size be chosen correctly. If the milliliters of titrant are less 
than 15 mL or greater than 30 mL, reestimate the needed sample size and 
repeat the tests.
    d. Part B: Expected FF  2 percent

Grams resin = 30/expected percent FF

    i. The following table shows example levels:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Sample
                Expected % free formaldehyde                 size, grams
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2..........................................................           15
1..........................................................           30
0.5........................................................           60
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    ii. If the milliliters of titrant are less than 5 mL or greater than 
30 mL, reestimate the needed sample size and repeat the tests.
    5.2  Weigh the resin sample to the nearest 0.01 grams into a 250-mL 
beaker. Record sample weight.
    5.3  Add 100 mL of the methanol/water mixture and stir on a magnetic 
stirrer. Confirm that the resin has dissolved.
    5.4  Adjust the resin/solvent solution to pH 4.0, using the 
prestandardized pH meter, 1.0 N hydrochloric acid, 0.1 N hydrochloric 
acid, and 0.1 N sodium hydroxide.
    5.5  Add 50 mL of the hydroxylamine hydrochloride solution, measured 
with a graduated cylinder. Start the timer.
    5.6  Stir for 5 minutes. Titrate to pH 4.0 with standardized 1.0 N 
sodium hydroxide. Record the milliliters of titrant and the normality.

                             6. Calculations

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.042

                    7. Method Precision and Accuracy

    Test values should conform to the following statistical precision:

Variance = 0.005
Standard deviation = 0.07
95% Confidence Interval, for a single determination = 0.2

                                8. Author

    This method was prepared by K. K. Tutin and M. L. Foster, Tacoma R&D 
Laboratory, Georgia-Pacific Resins, Inc. (Principle written by R. R. 
Conner.)

                              9. References

    9.1  GPAM 2221.2.
    9.2  PR&C TM 2.035.
    9.3  Project Report, Comparison of Free Formaldehyde Procedures, 
January 1990, K. K. Tutin.

 Appendix C to Subpart NNN of Part 63--Method for the Determination of 
                             Product Density

                               1. Purpose

    The purpose of this test is to determine the product density of 
cured blanket insulation. The method is applicable to all cured board 
and blanket products.

                              2. Equipment

    One square foot (12 in. by 12 in.) template, or templates that are 
multiples of one square foot, for use in cutting insulation samples.

                              3. Procedure

    3.1  Obtain a sample at least 30 in. long across the machine width. 
Sample should be free of dirt or foreign matter.
    3.2  Lay out the cutting pattern according to the plant's written 
procedure for the designated product.
    3.2  Cut samples using one square foot (or multiples of one square 
foot) template.
    3.3  Weigh product and obtain area weight (lb/ft2).
    3.4  Measure sample thickness.
    3.5  Calculate the product density:
Density (lb/ft3) = area weight (lb/ft2)/thickness 
          (ft)



  Subpart OOO--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
             Emissions: Manufacture of Amino/Phenolic Resins

    Source: 65 FR 3290, Jan. 20, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1400  Applicability and designation of affected sources.

    (a) Applicability. The provisions of this subpart apply to the owner 
or operator of processes that produce amino/phenolic resins and that are 
located at a plant site that is a major source as defined in Sec. 63.2.

[[Page 461]]

    (b) Affected source. The affected source is:
    (1) The total of all amino/phenolic resin process units (APPU);
    (2) The associated heat exchange systems;
    (3) Equipment required by, or utilized as a method of compliance 
with, this subpart which may include control devices and recovery 
devices;
    (4) Equipment that does not contain organic hazardous air pollutants 
(HAPs) and is located within an APPU that is part of an affected source;
    (5) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material that 
contain no organic HAP and/or organic HAP as impurities only;
    (6) Equipment that is intended to operate in organic HAP service for 
less than 300 hours during the calendar year;
    (7) Each waste management unit; and
    (8) Maintenance wastewater.
    (c) Existing affected source. The affected source to which the 
existing source provisions of this subpart apply is defined in paragraph 
(b) of this section.
    (d) New affected source. The affected source to which the new source 
provisions of this subpart apply is:
    (1) Each affected source defined in paragraph (b) of this section 
that commences construction or reconstruction after December 14, 1998;
    (2) Each additional group of one or more APPU and associated heat 
exchange systems that has the potential to emit 10 tons per year or more 
of any organic HAP or 25 tons per year or more of any combination of 
organic HAP that commences construction after December 14, 1998; or
    (3) Each group of one or more process units and associated heat 
exchange systems that are converted to APPUs after December 14, 1998, 
that has the potential to emit 10 tons per year or more of any organic 
HAP or 25 tons per year or more of any combination of organic HAP.
    (e) APPUs without organic HAP. An APPU that is part of an affected 
source, as defined in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, but that 
does not use or manufacture any organic HAP, is not subject to any other 
provisions of this subpart and is not required to comply with the 
provisions of subpart A of this part. When requested by the 
Administrator, the owner or operator shall demonstrate that the APPU 
does not use or manufacture any organic HAP. Types of information that 
could document this determination include, but are not limited to, 
records of chemicals purchased for the process, analyses of process 
stream composition, engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
    (f) Exemption from equipment leak provisions. Affected sources with 
actual annual production of amino/phenolic resin equal to or less than 
800 megagrams per year (Mg/yr) for the 12-month period preceding 
December 14, 1998 are exempt from the equipment leak provisions 
specified in Sec. 63.1410. The owner or operator utilizing this 
exemption shall recheck the actual annual production of amino/phenolic 
resins for each 12-month period following December 14, 1998. The 
beginning of each 12-month period shall be the anniversary of December 
14, 1998. If the actual annual production of amino/phenolic resins is 
greater than 800 Mg/yr for any 12-month period, the owner or operator 
shall comply with Sec. 63.1410 for the life of the affected source or 
until the affected source is no longer subject to the provisions of this 
subpart.
    (g) Primary product determination and applicability. For purposes of 
this paragraph, amino resins and phenolic resins shall be considered to 
be the same product and production time or production mass of amino and 
phenolic resins shall be combined for purposes of determining the 
primary product under this paragraph (g). If the owner or operator 
determines that a process unit is not an APPU under paragraphs (g)(1) 
through (4) of this section, the owner or operator shall, when requested 
by the Administrator, demonstrate that the process unit is not an APPU.
    (1) Applicability determinations for process units producing 
multiple products. A process unit that produces more than one intended 
product at the same time is an APPU if amino/phenolic resin production 
accounts for the greatest percent of the annual design capacity on a 
mass basis. If a process unit has the same annual design capacity on a 
mass basis for two or more products, the

[[Page 462]]

process unit shall be an APPU if amino/phenolic resins are one of those 
products.
    (2) Flexible operations process unit determination based on 
operating time. A flexible operations process unit is an APPU if amino/
phenolic resins will be produced for the greatest operating time over 
the 5 years following December 14, 1998 at existing process units, or 
for the first year after the process unit begins production of any 
product for new process units.
    (3) Flexible operations process unit determination based on mass 
production basis. A flexible operations process unit that will 
manufacture multiple products equally based on operating time is an APPU 
if amino/phenolic resins account for the greatest percentage of the 
expected production on a mass basis over the 5 years following December 
14, 1998 at existing process units, or for the first year after the 
process unit begins production of any product for new process units.
    (4) Flexible operations process unit default determination. If the 
owner or operator cannot determine whether or not amino/phenolic resins 
are the primary product of a flexible operations process unit in 
accordance with paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section, the flexible 
operations process unit shall be designated as an APPU if amino/phenolic 
resins were produced for 5 percent or greater of the total operating 
time since December 14, 1998 for existing process units. The flexible 
operations process unit shall be designated as an APPU if the owner or 
operator anticipates that amino/phenolic resins will be manufactured in 
the flexible operations process unit at any time in the first year after 
the date the unit begins production of any product for new process 
units.
    (5) Annual applicability determination for non-APPUs that have 
produced amino/phenolic resins. Once per year beginning December 14, 
2003, the owner or operator of each flexible operations process unit 
that is not designated as an APPU, but that has produced amino/phenolic 
resins at any time in the preceding 5-year period or since the date that 
the unit began production of any product, whichever is shorter, shall 
perform an evaluation to determine whether the process unit has become 
an APPU. A flexible operations process unit has become an APPU if amino/
phenolic resins were produced for the greatest operating time over the 
preceding 5-year period or since the date that the process unit began 
production of any product, whichever is shorter.
    (6) Applicability determination for non-APPUs that have not produced 
amino/phenolic resins. The owner or operator that anticipates the 
production of amino/phenolic resins in a process unit that is not 
designated as an APPU, and in which no amino/phenolic resins have been 
produced in the previous 5-year period or since the date that the 
process unit began production of any product, whichever is shorter, 
shall determine if the process unit will become an APPU. The owner or 
operator shall use the procedures in paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of 
this section to determine if the process unit is designated as an APPU, 
with the following exception: for existing process units, production 
shall be projected for the 5 years following the date that the owner or 
operator anticipates initiating the production of amino/phenolic resins, 
instead of the 5 years following December 14, 1998.
    (7) Redetermination of applicability to APPU that are flexible 
operations process units. Whenever changes in production occur that 
could reasonably be expected to cause a flexible operations process unit 
to no longer be an APPU (i.e., amino/phenolic resins will no longer be 
the primary product according to the determination procedures in 
paragraphs (g)(2) through (4) of this section), the owner or operator 
shall reevaluate the status of the process unit as an APPU. A flexible 
operations process unit has ceased to be an APPU subject to this subpart 
if the following criteria are met:
    (i) If amino/phenolic resins were not produced for the greatest 
operating time over the preceding 5-year period or since the date that 
the process unit began production of any product, whichever is shorter;
    (ii) If the new primary product, which is not amino/phenolic resins, 
is subject to another subpart of this part; and

[[Page 463]]

    (iii) If the owner or operator has notified the Administrator of the 
pending change in status for the flexible operations process unit, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1417(h)(4).
    (8) APPU terminating production of all amino/phenolic resins. If an 
APPU terminates the production of all amino/phenolic resins and does not 
anticipate the production of any amino/phenolic resins in the future, 
the process unit is no longer an APPU and is not subject to this subpart 
after notification is made to the Administrator, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1417(h)(4).
    (h) Storage vessel applicability determination. The owner or 
operator of a storage vessel at a new affected source shall determine 
assignment to a process unit as follows:
    (1) If a storage vessel is already subject to another subpart of 
part 63 on January 20, 2000, said storage vessel shall continue to be 
assigned to the process unit subject to the other subpart.
    (2) If a storage vessel is dedicated to a single process unit, the 
storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit.
    (3) If a storage vessel is shared among process units, then the 
storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit located on the 
same plant site as the storage vessel that has the greatest input into 
or output from the storage vessel (i.e., said process unit has the 
predominant use of the storage vessel).
    (4) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage vessel 
that is shared among process units, and if one or more of those process 
units is an APPU subject to this subpart, the storage vessel shall be 
assigned to any of the APPUs.
    (5) [Reserved]
    (6) If the predominant use of a storage vessel varies from year to 
year, then predominant use shall be determined based on the use as 
follows:
    (i) For existing affected sources, use shall be determined based on 
the following:
    (A) The year preceding January 20, 2000; or
    (B) The expected use for the 5 years following January 20, 2000.
    (ii) For new affected sources, use shall be determined based on the 
first 5 years after initial start-up.
    (7) Where the storage vessel is located in a tank farm (including a 
marine tank farm), the assignment of the storage vessel shall be 
determined according to paragraphs (h)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section. 
Only those storage vessels where a portion or all of the input into or 
output from the storage vessel is hardpiped directly to one or more 
process units are covered by this paragraph.
    (i) The storage vessel is assigned to a process unit if the product 
or raw material entering or leaving the process unit flows directly into 
(or from) the storage vessel in the tank farm without passing through 
any intervening storage vessel. An intervening storage vessel means a 
storage vessel connected by hardpiping both to the process unit and to 
the storage vessel in the tank farm.
    (ii) If there are two or more process units that meet the criteria 
of paragraph (h)(7)(i) of this section with respect to a storage vessel, 
the storage vessel shall be assigned to one of those process units 
according to the provisions of paragraphs (h)(3) through (6) of this 
section.
    (8) If the storage vessel begins receiving material from (or sending 
material to) a process unit that was not included in the initial 
determination, or ceases to receive material from (or send material to) 
a process unit, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the applicability 
of this subpart to the storage vessel according to the procedures in 
paragraphs (h)(3) through (7) of this section.
    (i) Applicability of other subparts to this subpart. Paragraphs 
(i)(1) through (5) describe the applicability of other subparts to this 
subpart.
    (1) After the compliance dates specified in this section, a storage 
vessel that is assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart 
that is also subject to and complying with the provisions of 40 CFR part 
60, subpart Kb, shall continue to comply with 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Kb. After the compliance dates specified in this section, a storage 
vessel that is assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart 
that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb, 
but the

[[Page 464]]

owner or operator has not been required to apply controls as part of 
complying with 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb, is required to comply only 
with the provisions of this subpart. After the compliance dates 
specified in this section, said storage vessel shall no longer be 
subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb.
    (2) Affected sources subject to this subpart that are also subject 
to the provisions of subpart Q of this part shall comply with both 
subparts.
    (3) After the compliance dates specified in this section, an 
affected source subject to this subpart that is also subject to the 
provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV, or the provisions of subpart H 
of this part, is required to comply only with the provisions of this 
subpart. After the compliance dates specified in this section, said 
source shall no longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV, or 
subpart H of this part, as appropriate.
    (4) After the applicable compliance date specified in this subpart, 
if a heat exchange system subject to this subpart is also subject to a 
standard identified in paragraph (i)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section, 
compliance with the applicable provisions of the standard identified in 
paragraph (i)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section shall constitute compliance 
with the applicable provisions of this subpart with respect to that heat 
exchange system.
    (i) Subpart F of this part.
    (ii) A subpart of this part that requires compliance with 
Sec. 63.104 (e.g., subpart U of this part).
    (5) After the compliance dates specified in this subpart, if any 
combustion device, recovery device or recapture device subject to this 
subpart is also subject to monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements in 40 CFR part 264, subparts AA, BB, or CC, or is subject 
to monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR part 265, 
subparts AA, BB, or CC, and the owner or operator complies with the 
periodic reporting requirements under 40 CFR part 264, subparts AA, BB, 
or CC, that would apply to the device if the facility had final-
permitted status, the owner or operator may elect to comply either with 
the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this 
subpart, or with the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, as described in this 
paragraph, which shall constitute compliance with the monitoring, 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this subpart. If the owner 
or operator elects to comply with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, the owner or 
operator shall report all information required by Sec. 63.1417(f), 
Periodic Reports, as part of complying with the requirements of 40 CFR 
parts 264 and/or 265.
    (j) Applicability of General Provisions. Table 1 of this subpart 
specifies the provisions of subpart A of this part that apply and do not 
apply to owners and operators of affected sources subject to this 
subpart.
    (k) Applicability of this subpart during periods of start-up, 
shutdown, malfunction, or non-operation. Paragraphs (k)(1) through (4) 
of this section shall be followed during periods of start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or non-operation of the affected source or any part 
thereof.
    (1) The emission limitations set forth in this subpart and the 
emission limitations referred to in this subpart shall apply at all 
times except during periods of non-operation of the affected source (or 
specific portion thereof) resulting in cessation of the emissions to 
which this subpart applies. The emission limitations of this subpart and 
the emission limitations referred to in this subpart shall not apply 
during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction. During periods of 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, the owner or operator shall follow 
the applicable provisions of the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3). However, if a start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or period of non-operation of one portion of an affected 
source does not affect the ability of a particular emission point to 
comply with the emission limitations to which it is subject, then that 
emission point shall still be required to comply with the applicable 
emission limitations of this subpart during the start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or period of non-operation. For example, if there is an 
overpressure in the reactor area, a storage vessel that is part of the 
affected

[[Page 465]]

source would still be required to be controlled in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1404.
    (2) The emission limitations set forth in 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
UU, as referred to in Sec. 63.1410, shall apply at all times except 
during periods of non-operation of the affected source (or specific 
portion thereof) in which the lines are drained and depressurized 
resulting in cessation of the emissions to which Sec. 63.1410 applies, 
or during periods of start-up, shutdown, malfuncton, or process unit 
shutdown. During periods of start-up, shutdown, malfunction, or process 
unit shutdown, the owner or operator shall follow the applicable 
provisions of the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan required by 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with this subpart during 
periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction; or during times when 
emissions are being routed to such items of equipment if the shutdown 
would contravene requirements of this subpart applicable to such items 
of equipment. This paragraph does not apply if the item of equipment is 
malfunctioning. This paragraph also does not apply if the owner or 
operator shuts down the compliance equipment (other than monitoring 
systems) to avoid damage due to a contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction of the affected source or portion thereof. If the owner or 
operator has reason to believe that monitoring equipment would be 
damaged due to a contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of 
the affected source or portion thereof, the owner or operator shall 
provide documentation supporting such a claim in the Precompliance 
Report as provided in Sec. 63.1417(d)(9) or in a supplement to the 
Precompliance Report. Once approved by the Administrator in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1417(d)(9), the provision for ceasing to collect, during a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data that would otherwise 
be required by the provisions of this subpart shall be incorporated into 
the start-up, shutdown, malfunction plan for the affected source, as 
stated in paragraph (k) of this section.
    (4) During start-ups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the emission 
limitations of this subpart do not apply pursuant to paragraphs (k)(1) 
through (3) of this section, the owner or operator shall implement, to 
the extent reasonably available, measures to prevent or minimize excess 
emissions to the extent practical. For purposes of this paragraph, the 
term ``excess emissions'' means emissions in excess of those that would 
have occurred if there were no start-up, shutdown, or malfunction and 
the owner or operator complied with the relevant provisions of this 
subpart. The measures to be taken shall be identified in the applicable 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan, and may include, but are not 
limited to, air pollution control technologies, recovery technologies, 
work practices, pollution prevention, monitoring, and/or changes in the 
manner of operation of the affected source. Back-up control devices are 
not required, but may be used if available.



Sec. 63.1401  Compliance schedule.

    (a) New affected sources that commence construction or 
reconstruction after December 14, 1998, shall be in compliance with this 
subpart upon initial start-up or January 20, 2000, whichever is later.
    (b) Existing affected sources shall be in compliance with this 
subpart no later than 3 years after January 20, 2000.
    (c) If an affected source using the exemption provided in 
Sec. 63.1400(f) has an actual annual production of amino/phenolic resins 
exceeding 800 Mg/yr for any 12-month period, the owner or operator shall 
comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.1410 for the affected source 
within 3 years. The starting point for the 3-year compliance time period 
shall be the end of the 12-month period in which actual annual 
production for amino/phenolic resins exceeds 800 Mg/yr.
    (d) Pursuant to section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Clean Air Act, an owner 
or operator may request an extension allowing the existing affected 
source up to 1 additional year to comply with section 112(d) standards. 
For purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall be 
submitted to the permitting

[[Page 466]]

authority as part of the operating permit application or to the 
Administrator as a separate submittal or as part of the Precompliance 
Report.
    (1) Requests for extensions shall be submitted no later than 120 
days prior to the compliance dates specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) 
of this section and shall include the data described in 
Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D). The dates specified in Sec. 63.6(i) 
for submittal of requests for extensions shall not apply to this 
subpart.
    (2) An owner or operator may submit a compliance extension request 
less than 120 days prior to the compliance dates specified in paragraphs 
(a) and (b) of this section provided that the need for the compliance 
extension arose after that date, and the need arose due to circumstances 
beyond reasonable control of the owner or operator. This request shall 
include, in addition to the information specified in 
Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D), a statement of the reasons 
additional time is needed and the date when the owner or operator first 
learned of the circumstances necessitating a request for compliance 
extension.
    (e) All terms in this subpart that define a period of time for 
completion of required tasks (e.g., weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual), 
unless specified otherwise, refer to the standard calendar periods.
    (1) Notwithstanding time periods specified in this subpart for 
completion of required tasks, such time periods may be changed by mutual 
agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator, as 
specified in subpart A of this part (e.g., a period could begin on the 
compliance date or another date, rather than on the first day of the 
standard calendar period). For each time period that is changed by 
agreement, the revised period shall remain in effect until it is 
changed. A new request is not necessary for each recurring period.
    (2) Where the period specified for compliance is a standard calendar 
period, if the initial compliance date occurs after the beginning of the 
period, compliance shall be required according to the schedule specified 
in paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as appropriate:
    (i) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the compliance deadline occurs, if there 
remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be performed weekly, at least 
2 weeks for tasks that must be performed monthly, at least 1 month for 
tasks that must be performed each quarter, or at least 3 months for 
tasks that must be performed annually; or
    (ii) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the end 
of the first full standard calendar period after the period within which 
the initial compliance deadline occurs.
    (3) In all instances where a provision of this subpart requires 
completion of a task during each of multiple successive periods, an 
owner or operator may perform the required task at any time during the 
specified period, provided that the task is conducted at a reasonable 
interval after completion of the task during the previous period.



Sec. 63.1402  Definitions.

    (a) The following terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in Secs. 63.2, 63.101, 63.111, and 63.161 as specified after 
each term:

Act (Sec. 63.2)
    Administrator (Sec. 63.2)
    Annual average concentration (Sec. 63.111)
    Annual average flow rate (Sec. 63.111)
    Automated monitoring and recording system (Sec. 63.111)
    Boiler (Sec. 63.111)
    Bottoms receiver (Sec. 63.161)
    By compound (Sec. 63.111)
    By-product (Sec. 63.101)
    Car-seal (Sec. 63.111)
Closed-vent system (Sec. 63.111)
    Combustion device (Sec. 63.111)
    Commenced (Sec. 63.2)
    Compliance date (Sec. 63.2)
    Connector (Sec. 63.161)
    Construction (Sec. 63.2)
    Continuous monitoring system (Sec. 63.2)
    Distillation unit (Sec. 63.111)
    Duct work (Sec. 63.161)
    Emission standard (Sec. 63.2)
    EPA (Sec. 63.2)
    External floating roof (Sec. 63.111)
    First attempt at repair (Sec. 63.111)
    Flame zone (Sec. 63.111)
    Floating roof (Sec. 63.111)
    Flow indicator (Sec. 63.111)
    Fuel gas (Sec. 63.101)
    Fuel gas system (Sec. 63.101)
    Hard-piping (Sec. 63.111)
    Hazardous air pollutant (Sec. 63.2)

[[Page 467]]

    Impurity (Sec. 63.101)
    Inorganic hazardous air pollutant service (Sec. 63.161)
    Incinerator (Sec. 63.111)
    Instrumentation system (Sec. 63.161)
Internal floating roof (Sec. 63.111)
Lesser quantity (Sec. 63.2)
Major source (Sec. 63.2)
Open-ended valve or line (Sec. 63.161)
Operating permit (Sec. 63.101)
Organic monitoring device (Sec. 63.111)
Owner or operator (Sec. 63.2)
Performance evaluation (Sec. 63.2)
Performance test (Sec. 63.2)
Permitting authority (Sec. 63.2)
Plant site (Sec. 63.101)
Potential to emit (Sec. 63.2)
Primary fuel (Sec. 63.111)
Process heater (Sec. 63.111)
Process unit shutdown (Sec. 63.161)
Process wastewater (Sec. 63.111)
Reactor (Sec. 63.111)
Reconstruction (Sec. 63.2)
Routed to a process or route to a process (Sec. 63.161)
Run (Sec. 63.2)
Secondary fuel (Sec. 63.111)
Sensor (Sec. 63.161)
Specific gravity monitoring device (Sec. 63.111)
Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan (Sec. 63.101)
State (Sec. 63.2)
Surge control vessel (Sec. 63.161)
Temperature monitoring device (Sec. 63.111)
Test method (Sec. 63.2)
Total resource effectiveness (TRE) index value (Sec. 63.111)
Treatment process (Sec. 63.111)
Unit operation (Sec. 63.101)
Visible emission (Sec. 63.2)

    (b) All other terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in this section. If a term is defined in Secs. 63.2, 63.101, 
63.111, or 63.161 or defined in 40 CFR part 63, subparts SS, UU, or WW 
and in this section, it shall have the meaning given in this section for 
purposes of this subpart.
    Aggregate batch vent stream means a process vent containing 
emissions from at least one reactor batch process vent and at least one 
additional reactor or non-reactor batch process vent where the emissions 
are ducted, hardpiped, or otherwise connected together for a continuous 
flow.
    Amino resin means a thermoset resin produced through the reaction of 
formaldehyde, or a formaldehyde containing solution (e.g., aqueous 
formaldehyde), with compound(s) that contain the amino group; these 
compounds include melamine, urea, and urea derivatives. Formaldehyde 
substitutes are exclusively aldehydes.
    Amino/phenolic resin means one or both of the following:
    (1) Amino resin; or
    (2) Phenolic resin.
    Amino/phenolic resin. Process unit (APPU) means a collection of 
equipment assembled and connected by hardpiping or ductwork used to 
process raw materials and to manufacture an amino/phenolic resin as its 
primary product. This collection of equipment includes unit operations; 
process vents; storage vessels, as determined in Sec. 63.1400(h); and 
the equipment that is subject to the equipment leak provisions as 
specified in Sec. 63.1410. Utilities, lines and equipment not containing 
process fluids, and other non-process lines, such as heating and cooling 
systems which do not combine their materials with those in the processes 
they serve, are not part of the amino/phenolic resin process unit. An 
amino/phenolic resin process unit consists of more than one unit 
operation.
    Batch cycle means the operational step or steps, from start to 
finish, that occur as part of a batch unit operation.
    Batch emission episode means a discrete emission venting episode 
associated with a single batch unit operation. Multiple batch emission 
episodes may occur from a single batch unit operation.
    Batch mode means the discontinuous bulk movement of material through 
a unit operation. Mass, temperature, concentration, and other properties 
may vary with time. For a unit operation operated in a batch mode (i.e., 
batch unit operation), the addition of material and withdrawal of 
material do not typically occur simultaneously.
    Batch process vent means a process vent from a batch unit operation 
within an affected source. Batch process vents are either reactor batch 
process vents or non-reactor batch process vents.
    Batch unit operation means a unit operation operated in a batch 
mode.
    Block means the time period that comprises a single batch cycle.
    Combustion device burner means a device designed to mix and ignite 
fuel and air to provide a flame to heat and

[[Page 468]]

oxidize waste organic vapors in a combustion device.
    Continuous mode means the continuous movement of material through a 
unit operation. Mass, temperature, concentration, and other properties 
typically approach steady-state conditions. For a unit operation 
operated in a continuous mode (i.e., continuous unit operation), the 
simultaneous addition of raw material and withdrawal of product is 
typical.
    Continuous process vent means a process vent from a continuous unit 
operation within an affected source. Process vents that are serving as 
control devices are not subject to additional control requirements.
    Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or 
computer readable form, of data values measured at least once every 15 
minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in Sec. 63.1416(c) or 
(h).
    Continuous recorder means a data recording device that either 
records an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or 
records 1 hour or more frequent block average values.
    Continuous unit operation means a unit operation operated in a 
continuous mode.
    Control device means any combustion device, recovery device, or 
recapture device. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, 
absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, flares, boilers, 
and process heaters. For continuous process vents, recapture devices are 
considered control devices but recovery devices are not considered 
control devices. Condensers operating as process condensers are not 
considered control devices. For a condenser that sometimes operates as a 
process condenser to be considered a control device, it shall not be 
operating as a process condenser for a given batch emission episode, and 
it shall recycle of the recovered material within the process.
    Control technology means any process modification or use of 
equipment that reduces organic HAP emissions. Examples include, but are 
not limited to, product reformulation to reduce solvent content and/or 
use, batch cycle time reduction to reduce the duration of emissions, 
reduction of nitrogen purge rate, and the lowering of process condenser 
coolant temperatures.
    Controlled organic HAP emissions means the quantity of organic HAP 
discharged to the atmosphere from a control device.
    Emission point means an individual continuous process vent, batch 
process vent, aggregate batch vent stream, storage vessel, equipment 
leak, or heat exchange system.
    Equipment means , for the purposes of the provisions in 
Sec. 63.1410, each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, 
sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, 
and instrumentation system in organic HAP service; and any control 
devices or systems required by Sec. 63.1410. For purposes of this 
subpart, surge control vessels and bottom receivers are not equipment 
for purposes of regulating equipment leak emissions. Surge control 
vessels and bottoms receivers are regulated as non-reactor batch process 
vents for the purposes of this subpart.
    Equipment leak means emissions of organic HAP from a pump, 
compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection 
system, open-ended valve or line, valve, or instrumentation system that 
either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) that is at least 5 
percent by weight of total organic HAP.
    Existing process unit means any process unit that is not a new 
process unit.
    Flexible operations process unit means a process unit that 
periodically manufactures different chemical products, polymers, or 
resins by alternating raw materials or operating conditions. These units 
are also referred to as campaign plants or blocked operations.
    Heat exchange system means any cooling tower system or once-through 
cooling water system (e.g., river or pond water) designed and intended 
to operate to not allow contact between the cooling medium and process 
fluid or gases (i.e., a noncontact system). A heat exchange system may 
include more than one heat exchanger and may include recirculating or 
once-through cooling systems.
    Highest-HAP recipe for a product means the recipe of the product 
with the highest total mass of organic HAP

[[Page 469]]

charged to the reactor during the production of a single batch of 
product.
    Initial start-up means the first time a new or reconstructed 
affected source begins production, or, for equipment added or changed, 
the first time the equipment is put into operation. Initial start-up 
does not include operation solely for testing equipment. Initial start-
up does not include subsequent start-ups of an affected source or 
portion thereof following malfunctions or shutdowns, or following 
changes in product for flexible operation process units, or following 
recharging of equipment in batch operation. Further, for purposes of 
Secs. 63.1401 and 63.1410, initial start-up does not include subsequent 
start-ups of affected sources or portions thereof following malfunctions 
or process unit shutdowns.
    Inprocess recycling means a recycling operation in which recovered 
material is used by a unit operation within the same affected source. It 
is not necessary for recovered material to be used by the unit operation 
from which they were recovered.
    Maintenance wastewater means wastewater generated by the draining of 
process fluid from components in the APPU into an individual drain 
system prior to or during maintenance activities. Maintenance wastewater 
can be generated during planned and unplanned shutdowns and during 
periods not associated with a shutdown. Examples of activities that can 
generate maintenance wastewaters include descaling of heat exchanger 
tubing bundles, cleaning of distillation column traps, draining of low 
legs and high point bleeds, draining of pumps into an individual drain 
system, and draining of portions of the APPU for repair. The generation 
of wastewater from the routine rinsing or washing of equipment in batch 
operation between batches is not maintenance wastewater for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable failure of air pollution control equipment or process 
equipment, or failure of a process to operate in a normal or usual 
manner, or opening of a safety device. Failures that are caused in part 
by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.
    Maximum representative operating conditions means, for purposes of 
testing or measurements required by Sec. 63.1413, those conditions which 
reflect the highest organic HAP emissions reasonably expected to be 
vented to the control device or emitted to the atmosphere. For affected 
sources that produce the same product(s) using multiple recipes, the 
production of the highest-HAP recipe is reflective of maximum 
representative operating conditions.
    Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure 
exerted by the total organic HAP in the stored liquid at the temperature 
equal to the highest calendar-month average of the liquid storage 
temperature for liquids stored above or below the ambient temperature, 
or at the local maximum monthly average temperature as reported by the 
National Weather Service for liquids stored at the ambient temperature, 
as determined:
    (1) In accordance with methods described in American Petroleum 
Institute Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss From External Floating-Roof 
Tanks (incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14); or
    (2) As obtained from standard reference texts; or
    (3) As determined by the American Society for Testing and Materials 
Method D2879-83 (incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14); 
or
    (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
    Multicomponent system means, as used in conjunction with batch 
process vents, a stream whose liquid and/or vapor contains more than one 
compound.
    Net heating value means the difference between the heat value of the 
recovered chemical stream and the minimum heat value required to ensure 
a stable flame in the combustion device. This difference must have a 
positive value when used in the context of ``recovering chemicals for 
fuel value'' (e.g., in the definition of ``recovery device'' in this 
section).
    New process unit means a process unit for which the construction or 
reconstruction commenced after December 14, 1998.

[[Page 470]]

    Non-reactor batch process vent means a batch process vent 
originating from a unit operation other than a reactor. Non-reactor 
batch process vents include, but are not limited to, batch process vents 
from filter presses, surge control vessels, bottoms receivers, weigh 
tanks, and distillation systems.
    Non-solvent-based resin means an amino/phenolic resin manufactured 
without the use of a solvent as described in the definition of solvent-
based resin.
    On-site or On site means, with respect to records required to be 
maintained by this subpart or required by another subpart referenced by 
this subpart, records are stored at a location within a major source 
which encompasses the affected source. On-site includes, but is not 
limited to, storage at the affected source or APPU to which the records 
pertain, or storage in central files elsewhere at the major source.
    Operating day means the period defined by the owner or operator in 
the Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1417(e). The 
operating day is the period for which daily average monitoring values 
and batch cycle daily average monitoring values are determined.
    Organic hazardous air pollutant(s) (organic HAP) means one or more 
of the chemicals listed in Table 2 of this subpart or any other chemical 
which is:
    (1) Knowingly produced or introduced into the manufacturing process 
other than as an impurity; and
    (2) Listed in Table 2 of subpart F of this part.
    Phenolic resin means a thermoset resin that is a condensation 
product of formaldehyde and phenol, or a formaldehyde substitute and/or 
a phenol substitute. Substitutes for formaldehyde are exclusively 
aldehydes and include acetaldehyde or furfuraldehyde. Substitutes for 
phenol include other phenolic starting compounds such as cresols, 
xylenols, p-tert-butylphenol, p-phenylphenol, nonylphenol, and 
resorcinols.
    Process condenser means a condenser functioning so as to recover 
material as an integral part of a unit operation(s). A process condenser 
shall support a vapor-to-liquid phase change for periods of equipment 
operation that are at or above the boiling or bubble point of 
substance(s) at the liquid surface. Examples of process condensers 
include distillation condensers, reflux condensers, and condensers used 
in stripping or flashing operations. In a series of condensers, all 
condensers up to and including the first condenser with an exit gas 
temperature below the boiling or bubble point of the substance(s) at the 
liquid surface are considered to be process condensers. All condensers 
in line prior to a vacuum source are considered process condensers when 
the vacuum source is being operated. A condenser may be a process 
condenser for some batch emission episodes and, when meeting certain 
conditions, may be a control device for other batch emission episodes.
    Process unit means a collection of equipment assembled and connected 
by hardpiping or ductwork used to process raw materials and to 
manufacture a product.
    Process vent means a gaseous emission stream from a unit operation 
where the gaseous emission stream is discharged to the atmosphere either 
directly or after passing through one or more control, recovery, or 
recapture devices. Unit operations that may have process vents are 
condensers, distillation units, reactors, or other unit operations 
within the APPU. Emission streams that are undiluted and uncontrolled 
containing less than 50 parts per million volume (ppmv) organic HAP, as 
determined through process knowledge that no organic HAP are present in 
the emission stream or using an engineering assessment as discussed in 
Sec. 63.1414(d)(6); test data using the test methods specified in 
Sec. 63.1414(a); or any other test method that has been validated 
according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part are 
not considered process vents. Process vents exclude relief valve 
discharges, gaseous streams routed to a fuel gas system(s), and leaks 
from equipment regulated under Sec. 63.1410. Process vents that are 
serving as control devices are not subject to additional control 
requirements.
    Product means a resin, produced using the same monomers and varying

[[Page 471]]

in additives (e.g., initiators, terminators, etc.), catalysts, or in the 
relative proportions of monomers, that is manufactured by a process 
unit. With respect to resins, more than one recipe may be used to 
produce the same product. Product also means a chemical that is not a 
resin that is manufactured by a process unit. By-products, isolated 
intermediates, impurities, wastes, and trace contaminants are not 
considered products.
    Reactor batch process vent means a batch process vent originating 
from a reactor.
    Recapture device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals, but not normally for 
use, reuse, or sale. For example, a recapture device may recover 
chemicals primarily for disposal. Recapture devices include, but are not 
limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, and condensers.
    Recipe means a specific composition from among the range of possible 
compositions that may occur within a product, as defined in this 
section. A recipe is determined by the proportions of monomers and, if 
present, other reactants and additives that are used to make the recipe. 
For example, a methylated amino resin and a non-methylated amino resin 
are both different recipes of the same product, amino resin.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of and 
normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for use, reuse, 
fuel value (i.e., net heating value); or for sale for use, reuse, or 
fuel value (i.e., net heating value). Examples of equipment that may be 
recovery devices include absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, oil-
water separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal devices 
such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. For the 
purposes of the monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting requirements of 
this subpart, recapture devices are considered recovery devices.
    Safety device means a closure device such as a pressure relief 
valve, frangible disc, fusible plug, or any other type of device which 
functions exclusively to prevent physical damage or permanent 
deformation to a unit or its air emission control equipment by venting 
gases or vapors directly to the atmosphere during unsafe conditions 
resulting from an unplanned, accidental, or emergency event. For the 
purposes of this subpart, a safety device is not used for routine 
venting of gases or vapors from the vapor headspace underneath a cover 
such as during filling of the unit or to adjust the pressure in this 
vapor headspace in response to normal daily diurnal ambient temperature 
fluctuations. A safety device is designed to remain in a closed position 
during normal operations and open only when the internal pressure, or 
another relevant parameter, exceeds the device threshold setting 
applicable to the air emission control equipment as determined by the 
owner or operator based on manufacturer recommendations, applicable 
regulations, fire protection and prevention codes, standard engineering 
codes and practices, or other requirements for the safe handling of 
flammable, combustible, explosive, reactive, or hazardous materials.
    Shutdown means for purposes including, but not limited to, periodic 
maintenance, replacement of equipment, or repair, the cessation of 
operation of an affected source, an APPU(s) within an affected source, 
or equipment required or used to comply with this subpart, or the 
emptying or degassing of a storage vessel. For purposes of the batch 
process vent provisions in Secs. 63.1406 through 63.1408, the cessation 
of equipment in batch operations is not a shutdown, unless the equipment 
undergoes maintenance, is replaced, or is repaired.
    Solvent-based resin means an amino/phenolic resin that consumes a 
solvent (i.e., methanol, xylene) as a reactant in the resin producing 
reaction. The use of a solvent as a carrier (i.e., adding methanol to 
the product/water solution after the reaction is complete) does not meet 
this definition.
    Start-up means the setting into operation of an affected source, an 
APPU(s) within an affected source, a unit operation within an affected 
source, or equipment required or used to comply with this subpart, or a 
storage vessel after emptying and degassing. For both continuous and 
batch unit operations, start-up includes initial start-up and operation 
solely for testing equipment.

[[Page 472]]

For both continuous and batch unit operations, start-up does not include 
the recharging of equipment in batch operation. For continuous unit 
operations, start-up includes transitional conditions due to changes in 
product for flexible operation process units. For batch unit operations, 
start-up does not include transitional conditions due to changes in 
product for flexible operation process units.
    Steady-state conditions means that all variables (temperatures, 
pressures, volumes, flow rates, etc.) in a process do not vary 
significantly with time; minor fluctuations about constant mean values 
may occur.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
liquids that contain one or more organic HAP. Storage vessels do not 
include:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 38 cubic meters;
    (4) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material that 
contains no organic HAP and/or organic HAP as impurities only;
    (5) Wastewater storage tanks;
    (6) Surge control vessels or bottoms receivers; and
    (7) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling amino/phenolic 
resin.
    Supplemental combustion air means the air that is added to a vent 
stream after the vent stream leaves the unit operation. Air that is part 
of the vent stream as a result of the nature of the unit operation is 
not considered supplemental combustion air. Air required to operate 
combustion device burner(s) is not considered supplemental combustion 
air.
    Uncontrolled organic HAP emissions means the organic HAP emitted 
from a unit operation prior to introduction of the emission stream into 
a control device. Uncontrolled HAP emissions are determined after any 
condenser that is operating as a process condenser. If an emission 
stream is not routed to a control device, uncontrolled organic HAP 
emissions are those organic HAP emissions released to the atmosphere.
    Vent stream, as used in reference to batch process vents, aggregate 
batch vent streams, continuous process vents, and storage vessels, means 
the emissions from that emission point.
    Waste management unit means the equipment, structure(s), and/or 
device(s) used to convey, store, treat, or dispose of wastewater streams 
or residuals. Examples of waste management units include: wastewater 
tanks, surface impoundments, individual drain systems, and biological 
wastewater treatment units. Examples of equipment that may be waste 
management units include containers, air flotation units, oil-water 
separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal devices such 
as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. If such 
equipment is used for recovery, then it is part of an APPU and is not a 
waste management unit.
    Wastewater is either a process wastewater or maintenance wastewater 
and means water that:
    (1) Contains either:
    (i) An annual average concentration of organic HAP, as indicated on 
Table 2 of this subpart, of at least 5 parts per million by weight and 
has an annual average flow rate of 0.02 liter per minute or greater; or
    (ii) An annual average concentration of organic HAP, as indicated on 
Table 2 of this subpart, of at least 10,000 parts per million by weight 
at any flow rate.
    (2) Is discarded from an APPU that is part of an affected source.
    (3) Does not include:
    (i) Stormwater from segregated sewers;
    (ii) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems in segregated 
sewers;
    (iii) Spills;
    (iv) Water from safety showers;
    (v) Water from testing of deluge systems; and
    (vi) Water from testing of firefighting systems.
    Wastewater stream means a stream that contains wastewater as defined 
in this section.



Sec. 63.1403  Emission standards.

    (a) Provisions of this subpart. Except as allowed under paragraph 
(b) of this section, the owner or operator of an affected source shall 
comply with the

[[Page 473]]

provisions of Secs. 63.1404 through 63.1410, as appropriate. When 
emissions are vented to a control device or control technology as part 
of complying with this subpart, emissions shall be vented through a 
closed vent system meeting the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
SS (national emission standards for closed vent systems, control 
devices, recovery devices).
    (b) Combined emission streams. When emissions of different kinds 
(e.g., emissions from continuous process vents, storage vessels, etc.) 
are combined at a new affected source, and at least one of the emission 
streams would be required by this subpart to apply controls in the 
absence of combination with other emission streams, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (2) 
of this section, as appropriate.
    (1) For any combined vent stream that includes one or more aggregate 
batch vent streams, comply with the provisions for aggregate batch vent 
streams.
    (2) For any combined vent stream that does not include one or more 
aggregate batch vent streams:
    (i) Reactor batch process vents and non-reactor batch process vents 
shall comply with the provisions for reactor batch process vents and 
non-reactor batch process vents, as appropriate.
    (ii) The remaining emissions (i.e., storage vessel and/or continuous 
process vent emissions) included in the combined vent stream shall 
comply the provisions for storage vessels when storage vessel emissions 
are included and shall comply with the provisions for continuous process 
vents in the absence of storage vessel emissions (i.e., when only 
continuous process vents are included).
    (c) Compliance for flexible operations process units. With the 
exceptions specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, 
owners or operators of APPUs that are flexible operations process units 
shall comply with the provisions of this subpart at all times, 
regardless of the product being manufactured. Once it has been 
determined that an emission point requires control during manufacture of 
amino/phenolic resins, that emission point shall be controlled at all 
times regardless of the product being manufactured.
    (1) When a flexible operations process unit is manufacturing a 
product in which no organic HAP are used or manufactured, the owner or 
operator is not required to comply with the provisions of this subpart 
or with the provisions of subpart A of this part during manufacture of 
that product. When requested by the Administrator, the owner or operator 
shall demonstrate that no organic HAP are used or manufactured.
    (2) When a flexible operations process unit is manufacturing a 
product subject to subpart GGG of this part, the owner or operator is 
not required to comply with the provisions of this subpart during 
manufacture of that product (i.e., a pharmaceutical).



Sec. 63.1404  Storage vessel provisions.

    (a) Emission standards. For each storage vessel located at a new 
affected source that has a capacity of 50,000 gallons or greater and 
vapor pressure of 2.45 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) or greater 
or has a capacity of 90,000 gallons or greater and vapor pressure of 
0.15 psia or greater, the owner or operator shall comply with either 
paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section. As an alternative to complying 
with paragraph (a) of this section, an owner or operator may comply with 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) Reduce emissions of total organic HAP by 95 weight-percent. 
Control shall be achieved by venting emissions through a closed vent 
system to any combination of control devices meeting the requirements of 
40 CFR part 63, subpart SS (national emission standards for closed vent 
systems, control devices, recovery devices). When complying with the 
requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS, the following apply for 
purposes of this subpart:
    (i) Design evaluations are allowed for control devices that control 
emission points with total emissions less than 10 tons of organic HAP 
per year before control (i.e., small control devices).
    (ii) When 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS refers to specific test methods 
for the measurement of organic HAP concentration, the test methods 
presented in Sec. 63.1414(a) shall be used.

[[Page 474]]

    (iii) The option to measure TOC instead of organic HAP, as a basis 
for demonstrating compliance, is not allowed.
    (iv) Excused excursions are not allowed.
    (v) The provisions in Sec. 63.1403(b), rather than the provisions in 
Sec. 63.982(f), are to be followed for combined vent streams.
    (vi) When a scrubber is used as a control device, the owner or 
operator shall follow the guidance provided in this subpart for design 
evaluations or performance tests, as appropriate, and for monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting.
    (vii) When there are conflicts between the due dates for reports 
presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and this subpart, reports shall 
be submitted according to the due dates presented in this subpart.
    (viii) When there are conflicts between the recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall either follow both sets of 
requirements (i.e., follow the requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
SS for emission points covered by 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and follow 
the requirements of this subpart for emission points covered by this 
subpart) or shall follow the set of requirements they prefer. If an 
owner or operator chooses to follow just one set of requirements, the 
owner or operator shall identify which set of requirements are being 
followed and which set of requirements are being disregarded in the 
appropriate report.
    (2) Comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW 
(national emission standards for storage vessels (control level 2)). 
When complying with the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW, the 
following apply for purposes of this subpart:
    (i) When there are conflicts between the due dates for reports 
presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW and this subpart, reports shall 
be submitted according to the due dates presented in this subpart.
    (ii) When there are conflicts between the recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW and this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall either follow both sets of 
requirements (i.e., follow the requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
WW for emission points covered by 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW and follow 
the requirements of this subpart for emission points covered by this 
subpart) or shall follow the set of requirements they prefer. If an 
owner or operator chooses to follow just one set of requirements, the 
owner or operator shall identify which set of requirements are being 
followed and which set of requirements are being disregarded in the 
appropriate report.
    (b) Alternative standard. Vent all organic HAP emissions from a 
storage vessel meeting either of the capacity and vapor pressure 
criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section to a combustion 
control device achieving an outlet organic HAP concentration of 20 ppmv 
or less or to a non-combustion control device achieving an outlet 
organic HAP concentration of 50 ppmv or less. Any storage vessels that 
are not vented to a control device meeting these conditions shall be 
controlled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) or (2) 
of this section.



Sec. 63.1405  Continuous process vent provisions.

    (a) Emission standards. For each continuous process vent located at 
a new affected source with a Total Resource Effectiveness (TRE) index 
value, as determined following the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1412(j), less than or equal to 1.2, the owner or operator shall 
comply with either paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section. As an 
alternative to complying with paragraph (a) of this section, an owner or 
operator may comply with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare.
    (2) Reduce emissions of total organic HAP by 85 weight-percent or to 
a concentration of 20 ppmv when using a combustion control device or to 
a concentration of 50 ppmv when using a non-combustion control device, 
whichever is less stringent. Control shall be achieved by venting 
emissions through a closed vent system to any combination of control 
devices meeting the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart

[[Page 475]]

SS (national emission standards for closed vent systems, control 
devices, recovery devices). When complying with the requirements of 40 
CFR part 63, subpart SS, the following apply for purposes of this 
subpart:
    (i) Design evaluations are allowed for control devices that control 
emission points with total emissions less than 10 tons of organic HAP 
per year before control (i.e., small control devices).
    (ii) When 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS refers to specific test methods 
for the measurement of organic HAP concentration, the test methods 
presented in Sec. 63.1414(a) shall be used.
    (iii) The option to measure TOC instead of organic HAP, as a basis 
for demonstrating compliance, is not allowed.
    (iv) Excused excursions are not allowed.
    (v) The provisions in Sec. 63.1403(b), rather than the provisions in 
Sec. 63.982(f), are to be followed for combined vent streams.
    (vi) When a scrubber is used as a control device, the owner or 
operator shall follow the guidance provided in this subpart for design 
evaluations or performance tests, as appropriate, and for monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting.
    (vii) When there are conflicts between the due dates for reports 
presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and this subpart, reports shall 
be submitted according to the due dates presented in this subpart.
    (viii) When there are conflicts between the recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall either follow both sets of 
requirements (i.e., follow the requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
SS for emission points covered by 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and follow 
the requirements of this subpart for emission points covered by this 
subpart) or shall follow the set of requirements they prefer. If an 
owner or operator chooses to follow just one set of requirements, the 
owner or operator shall identify which set of requirements are being 
followed and which set of requirements are being disregarded in the 
appropriate report.
    (b) Alternative standard. Vent all organic HAP emissions from a 
continuous process vent meeting the TRE value specified in paragraph (a) 
of this section to a combustion control device achieving an outlet 
organic HAP concentration of 20 ppmv or less or to a non-combustion 
control device achieving an outlet organic HAP concentration of 50 ppmv 
or less. Any continuous process vents that are not vented to a control 
device meeting these conditions shall be controlled in accordance with 
the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this section.



Sec. 63.1406  Reactor batch process vent provisions.

    (a) Emission standards. Owners or operators of reactor batch process 
vents located at new or existing affected sources shall comply with 
paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, as appropriate. As an 
alternative to complying with paragraph (a) of this section, an owner or 
operator may comply with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of a reactor batch process vent located at 
a new affected source shall control organic HAP emissions by complying 
with either paragraph (a)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
    (i) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare.
    (ii) Reduce organic HAP emissions for the batch cycle by 95 weight 
percent using a control device or control technology.
    (iii) Reduce organic HAP emissions from the collection of all 
reactor batch process vents within the affected source, as a whole, to 
0.0045 kilogram of organic HAP per megagram of product or less for 
solvent-based resin production, or to 0.0004 kilogram of organic HAP per 
megagram of product or less for non-solvent-based resin production.
    (2) The owner or operator of a reactor batch process vent located at 
an existing affected source shall control organic HAP emissions by 
complying with either paragraph (a)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare.

[[Page 476]]

    (ii) Reduce organic HAP emissions for the batch cycle by 83 weight 
percent using a control device or control technology.
    (iii) Reduce organic HAP emissions from the collection of all 
reactor batch process vents within the affected source, as a whole, to 
0.0567 kilogram of organic HAP per megagram of product or less for 
solvent-based resin production, or to 0.0057 kilogram of organic HAP per 
megagram of product or less for non-solvent-based resin production.
    (b) Alternative standard. Vent all organic HAP emissions from a 
reactor batch process vent to a combustion control device achieving an 
outlet organic HAP concentration of 20 ppmv or less or to a non-
combustion control device achieving an outlet organic HAP concentration 
of 50 ppmv or less. Any reactor batch process vents that are not vented 
to a control device meeting these conditions shall be controlled in 
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(ii), or paragraph 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (c) Use of boiler or process heater. If a boiler or process heater 
is used to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii), 
or paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, the reactor batch 
process vent shall be introduced into the flame zone of such a device.



Sec. 63.1407  Non-reactor batch process vent provisions.

    (a) Emission standards. (1) Owners or operators of non-reactor batch 
process vents located at new or existing affected sources with 0.25 tons 
per year (0.23 megagrams per year) of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions 
or greater from the collection of non-reactor batch process vents within 
the affected source shall comply with the requirements in paragraph 
(a)(2) or (3) of this section, as appropriate. As an alternative to 
complying with paragraph (a)(2) or (3) of this section, an owner or 
operator may comply with paragraph (b) of this section. Owners or 
operators shall determine uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from the 
collection of non-reactor batch process vents within the affected source 
as specified in paragraph (d) of this section. If the owner or operator 
finds that uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from the collection of 
non-reactor batch process vents within the affected source are less than 
0.25 tons per year (0.23 megagrams per year), non-reactor batch process 
vents are not subject to the control requirements of this section. 
Further, the owner or operator shall, when requested by the 
Administrator, demonstrate that organic HAP emissions for the collection 
of non-reactor batch process vents within the affected source are less 
than 0.25 tons per year (0.23 megagrams per year).
    (2) The owner or operator of a non-reactor batch process vent 
located at a new affected source shall:
    (i) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare; or
    (ii) For the collection of non-reactor batch process vents within 
the affected source, reduce organic HAP emissions for the batch cycle by 
76 weight percent using a control device or control technology.
    (3) The owner or operator of a non-reactor batch process vent 
located at an existing affected source shall:
    (i) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare; or
    (ii) For the collection of non-reactor batch process vents within 
the affected source, reduce organic HAP emissions for the batch cycle by 
62 weight percent using a control device or control technology.
    (b) Alternative standard. Comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) 
of this section.
    (1) Control device outlet concentration. Vent all organic HAP 
emissions from a non-reactor batch process vent to a combustion control 
device achieving an outlet organic HAP concentration of 20 ppmv or less 
or to a non-combustion control device achieving an outlet organic HAP 
concentration or 50 ppmv or less. Any reactor batch process vents that 
are not vented to a control device meeting these conditions shall be 
controlled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) or (3) 
of this section.
    (2) Mass emission limit. Include the emissions from all non-reactor 
batch process vents in the compliance demonstration required for reactor 
batch process vents complying with the mass emission limits specified in

[[Page 477]]

Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(iii), as appropriate. This compliance 
option may only be used when the owner or operator has elected to comply 
with the mass emission limit for reactor batch process vents.
    (c) Use of boiler or process heater. If a boiler or process heater 
is used to comply with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) or (a)(3)(ii) of this 
section, the reactor batch process vent shall be introduced into the 
flame zone of such a device.
    (d) Determining uncontrolled organic HAP emissions. Owners or 
operators shall determine uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from the 
collection of non-reactor batch process vents within the affected source 
based on engineering assessment as described in Sec. 63.1414(d)(6).



Sec. 63.1408  Aggregate batch vent stream provisions.

    (a) Emission standards. Owners or operators of aggregate batch vent 
streams at a new or existing affected source shall comply with either 
paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, as appropriate. As an 
alternative to complying with paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, 
an owner or operator may comply with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream located 
at a new affected source shall:
    (i) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare; or
    (ii) Reduce organic HAP emissions by 95 weight percent or to a 
concentration of 20 ppmv when using a combustion control device or to a 
concentration of 50 ppmv when using a non-combustion control device, 
whichever is less stringent, on a continuous basis.
    (2) The owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream located 
at an existing affected source shall:
    (i) Vent all emissions of organic HAP to a flare; or
    (ii) Reduce organic HAP emissions by 83 weight percent or to a 
concentration of 20 ppmv when using a combustion control device or to a 
concentration of 50 ppmv when using a non-combustion control device, 
whichever is less stringent, on a continuous basis.
    (b) Alternative standard. Comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) 
of this section.
    (1) Control device outlet concentration. Vent all organic HAP 
emissions from an aggregate batch vent stream to a combustion control 
device achieving an outlet organic HAP concentration of 20 ppmv or less 
or to a non-combustion control device achieving an outlet organic HAP 
concentration of 50 ppmv or less. Any aggregate batch vent streams that 
are not vented to a control device meeting these conditions shall be 
controlled in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) or 
(a)(2) of this section.
    (2) Mass emission limit. Include the emissions from all aggregate 
batch vent streams in the compliance demonstration required for reactor 
batch process vents complying with the mass emission limits specified in 
Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(iii), as appropriate. This compliance 
option may only be used when the owner or operator has elected to comply 
with the mass emission limit for reactor batch process vents.



Sec. 63.1409  Heat exchange system provisions.

    (a) Unless one or more of the conditions specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (6) of this section are met, owners and operators of 
sources subject to this subpart shall monitor each heat exchange system 
used to cool process equipment in an affected source, according to the 
provisions in either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section. Whenever a 
leak is detected, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (1) The heat exchange system is operated with the minimum pressure 
on the cooling water side at least 35 kilopascals greater than the 
maximum pressure on the process side.
    (2) There is an intervening cooling fluid, containing less than 5 
percent by weight of total HAP listed in column A of Table 2 of this 
subpart, between the process and the cooling water. This intervening 
fluid serves to isolate the cooling water from the process fluid, and 
the intervening fluid is not sent through a cooling tower or discharged.

[[Page 478]]

For purposes of this section, discharge does not include emptying for 
maintenance purposes.
    (3) The once-through heat exchange system is subject to a National 
Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit with an allowable 
discharge limit of 1 part per million or less above influent 
concentration or 10 percent or less above influent concentration, 
whichever is greater.
    (4) The once-through heat exchange system is subject to an NPDES 
permit that:
    (i) Requires monitoring of a parameter(s) or condition(s) to detect 
a leak of process fluids into cooling water;
    (ii) Specifies or includes the normal range of the parameter or 
condition;
    (iii) Requires monitoring for the parameters selected as leak 
indicators no less frequently than monthly for the first 6 months and 
quarterly thereafter; and
    (iv) Requires the owner or operator to report and correct leaks to 
the cooling water when the parameter or condition exceeds the normal 
range.
    (5) The recirculating heat exchange system is used to cool process 
fluids that contain less than 5 percent by weight of total HAP listed in 
column A of Table 2 of this subpart.
    (6) The once-through heat exchange system is used to cool process 
fluids that contain less than 5 percent by weight of total HAP listed in 
column B of Table 2 of this subpart.
    (b) The owner or operator who elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (a) of this section by monitoring the cooling water for the 
presence of one or more organic HAP or other representative substances 
whose presence in cooling water indicate a leak shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section. 
The cooling water shall be monitored for total HAP, total volatile 
organic compounds, total organic carbon, one or more speciated HAP 
compounds, or other representative substances that would indicate the 
presence of a leak in the heat exchange system.
    (1) The cooling water shall be monitored monthly for the first 6 
months and quarterly thereafter to detect leaks.
    (2)(i) For recirculating heat exchange systems (cooling tower 
systems), the monitoring of speciated HAP or total HAP refers to the HAP 
listed in column A of Table 2 of this subpart.
    (ii) For once-through heat exchange systems, the monitoring of 
speciated HAP or total HAP refers to the HAP listed in column B of Table 
2 of this subpart.
    (3) The concentration of the monitored substance(s) in the cooling 
water shall be determined using any EPA-approved method listed in part 
136 of this chapter, as long as the method is sensitive to 
concentrations as low as 10 parts per million and the same method is 
used for both entrance and exit samples. Alternative methods may be used 
upon approval by the Administrator.
    (4) The samples shall be collected either at the entrance and exit 
of each heat exchange system or at locations where the cooling water 
enters and exits each heat exchanger or any combination of heat 
exchangers.
    (i) For samples taken at the entrance and exit of recirculating heat 
exchange systems, the entrance is the point at which the cooling water 
leaves the cooling tower prior to being returned to the process 
equipment, and the exit is the point at which the cooling water is 
introduced to the cooling tower after being used to cool the process 
fluid.
    (ii) For samples taken at the entrance and exit of once-through heat 
exchange systems, the entrance is the point at which the cooling water 
enters, and the exit is the point at which the cooling water exits the 
plant site or chemical manufacturing process units.
    (iii) For samples taken at the entrance and exit of each heat 
exchanger or any combination of heat exchangers, the entrance is the 
point at which the cooling water enters the individual heat exchanger or 
group of heat exchangers, and the exit is the point at which the cooling 
water exits the heat exchanger or group of heat exchangers.
    (5) A minimum of three sets of samples shall be taken at each 
entrance and exit as defined in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. The 
average entrance and exit concentrations shall then be calculated. The 
concentration shall be

[[Page 479]]

corrected for the addition of any makeup water or for any evaporative 
losses, as applicable.
    (6) A leak is detected if the exit mean concentration is found to be 
greater than the entrance mean concentration using a one-sided 
statistical procedure at the 0.05 level of significance, and the amount 
by which it is greater is at least 1 part per million or 10 percent of 
the entrance mean, whichever is greater.
    (c) The owner or operator who elects to comply with the requirement 
of paragraph (a) of this section by monitoring using a surrogate 
indicator of heat exchange system leaks shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section. 
Surrogate indicators that could be used to develop an acceptable 
monitoring program are ion specific electrode monitoring, pH, 
conductivity or other representative indicators.
    (1) The owner or operator shall prepare and implement a monitoring 
plan that documents the procedures that will be used to detect leaks of 
process fluids into cooling water. The plan shall require monitoring of 
one or more surrogate indicators or monitoring of one or more process 
parameters or other conditions that indicate a leak. Monitoring that is 
already being conducted for other purposes may be used to satisfy the 
requirements of this section. The plan shall include the information 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) A description of the parameter or condition to be monitored and 
an explanation of how the selected parameter or condition will reliably 
indicate the presence of a leak.
    (ii) The parameter level(s) or conditions(s) that constitute a leak. 
This shall be documented by data or calculations showing that the 
selected levels or conditions will reliably identify leaks. The 
monitoring must be sufficiently sensitive to determine the range of 
parameter levels or conditions when the system is not leaking. When the 
selected parameter level or condition is outside that range, a leak is 
indicated.
    (iii) The monitoring frequency which shall be no less frequent than 
monthly for the first 6 months and quarterly thereafter to detect leaks.
    (iv) The records that will be maintained to document compliance with 
the requirements of this section.
    (2) If a substantial leak is identified by methods other than those 
described in the monitoring plan and the method(s) specified in the plan 
could not detect the leak, the owner or operator shall revise the plan 
and document the basis for the changes. The owner or operator shall 
complete the revisions to the plan no later than 180 days after 
discovery of the leak.
    (3) The owner or operator shall maintain, at all times, the 
monitoring plan that is currently in use. The current plan shall be 
maintained on-site, or shall be accessible from a central location by 
computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. If the monitoring plan is superseded, the owner or operator 
shall retain the most recent superseded plan at least until 5 years from 
the date of its creation. The superseded plan shall be retained on-site 
(or accessible from a central location by computer or other means that 
provides access within 2 hours after a request) for at least 6 months 
after its creation.
    (d) If a leak is detected according to the criteria of paragraph (b) 
or (c) of this section, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (1) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practical but not later 
than 45 calendar days after the owner or operator receives results of 
monitoring tests indicating a leak. The leak shall be repaired unless 
the owner or operator demonstrates that the results are due to a 
condition other than a leak.
    (2) Once the leak has been repaired, the owner or operator shall 
confirm that the heat exchange system has been repaired within 7 
calendar days of the repair or startup, whichever is later.
    (e) Delay of repair of heat exchange systems for which leaks have 
been detected is allowed if the equipment is isolated from the process. 
Delay of repair is also allowed if repair is technically infeasible 
without a shutdown

[[Page 480]]

and any one of the conditions in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section 
are met. All time periods in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section 
shall be determined from the date when the owner or operator determines 
that delay of repair is necessary.
    (1) If a shutdown is expected within the next 2 months, a special 
shutdown before that planned shutdown is not required.
    (2) If a shutdown is not expected within the next 2 months, the 
owner or operator may delay repair as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(i) or 
(ii) of this section. Documentation of a decision to delay repair shall 
state the reasons repair was delayed and shall specify a schedule for 
completing the repair as soon as practical.
    (i) If a shutdown for repair would cause greater emissions than the 
potential emissions from delaying repair, the owner or operator may 
delay repair until the next shutdown of the process equipment associated 
with the leaking heat exchanger. The owner or operator shall document 
the basis for the determination that a shutdown for repair would cause 
greater emissions than the emissions likely to result from delaying 
repair as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall calculate the potential emissions 
from the leaking heat exchanger by multiplying the concentration of 
total HAP listed in column A of Table 2 of this subpart in the cooling 
water from the leaking heat exchanger by the flowrate of the cooling 
water from the leaking heat exchanger by the expected duration of the 
delay. The owner or operator may calculate potential emissions using 
total organic carbon concentration instead of total HAP listed in column 
A of Table 2 of this subpart.
    (B) The owner or operator shall determine emissions from purging and 
depressurizing the equipment that will result from the unscheduled 
shutdown for the repair.
    (ii) If repair is delayed for reasons other than those specified in 
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, the owner or operator may delay 
repair up to a maximum of 120 calendar days. The owner shall demonstrate 
that the necessary parts or personnel were not available.



Sec. 63.1410  Equipment leak provisions.

    The owner or operator of each affected source shall comply with the 
requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart UU (national emission standards 
for equipment leaks (control level 2)) for all equipment, as defined 
under Sec. 63.1402, that contains or contacts 5 weight-percent HAP or 
greater and operates 300 hours per year or more. The weight-percent HAP 
is determined for equipment using the organic HAP concentration 
measurement methods specified in Sec. 63.1414(a). When complying with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS, as referred to by 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart UU, the following apply for purposes of this subpart:
    (a) Design evaluations are allowed for control devices that control 
emission points with total emissions less than 10 tons of organic HAP 
per year before control (i.e., small control devices).
    (b) When 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS refers to specific test methods 
for the measurement of organic HAP concentration, the test methods 
presented in Sec. 63.1414(a) shall be used.
    (c) The option to measure TOC instead of organic HAP, as a basis for 
demonstrating compliance, is not allowed.
    (d) Excused excursions are not allowed.
    (e) The provisions in Sec. 63.1403(b), rather than the provisions in 
Sec. 63.982(f), are to be followed for combined vent streams.
    (f) When a scrubber is used as a control device, the owner or 
operator shall follow the guidance provided in this subpart for design 
evaluations or performance tests, as appropriate, and for monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting.
    (g) When there are conflicts between the due dates for reports 
presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and this subpart, reports shall 
be submitted according to the due dates presented in this subpart.
    (h) When there are conflicts between the recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements presented in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and this subpart, 
the owner or operator shall either follow both sets of requirements 
(i.e., follow the requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS for 
emission points covered

[[Page 481]]

by 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS and follow the requirements of this 
subpart for emission points covered by this subpart) or shall follow the 
set of requirements they prefer. If an owner or operator chooses to 
follow just one set of requirements, the owner or operator shall 
identify which set of requirements are being followed and which set of 
requirements are being disregarded in the appropriate report.



Sec. 63.1411  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1412  Continuous process vent applicability assessment procedures and methods.

    (a) General. The provisions of this section provide procedures and 
methods for determining the applicability of the control requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.1405 to continuous process vents.
    (b) Sampling sites. Sampling sites shall be located as follows:
    (1) Sampling site location. The sampling site for determining 
volumetric flow rate, regulated organic HAP concentration, total organic 
HAP, net heating value, and TRE index value, shall be after the final 
recovery device (if any recovery devices are present) but prior to the 
inlet of any control device that is present and prior to release to the 
atmosphere.
    (2) Sampling site selection method. Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, as appropriate, shall be used for selection of the 
sampling site. No traverse site selection method is needed for process 
vents smaller than 0.33 foot (0.10 meter) in nominal inside diameter.
    (c) Applicability assessment requirement. The organic HAP 
concentrations, volumetric flow rates, heating values, organic HAP 
emission rates, TRE index values, and engineering assessment control 
applicability assessment requirements are to be determined during 
maximum representative operating conditions for the process, except as 
provided in paragraph (d) of this section, or unless the Administrator 
specifies or approves alternate operating conditions. Operations during 
periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall not constitute 
representative conditions for the purpose of an applicability test.
    (d) Exceptions. The owner or operator is not required to conduct a 
test that will cause any of the following situations:
    (1) Causing damage to equipment;
    (2) Necessitating that the owner or operator make a product that 
does not meet an existing specification for sale to a customer; or
    (3) Necessitating that the owner or operator make a product in 
excess of demand.
    (e) Organic HAP concentration. The organic HAP concentrations, used 
for TRE index value calculations in paragraph (j) of this section, shall 
be determined using the procedures specified in either Sec. 63.1414(a) 
or by using the engineering assessment procedures in paragraph (k) of 
this section.
    (f) Volumetric flow rate. The volumetric flow rate shall be 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1414(a), or by 
using the engineering assessment procedures in paragraph (k) of this 
section.
    (g) Heating value. The net heating value shall be determined as 
specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section, or by using the 
engineering assessment procedures in paragraph (k) of this section.
    (1) The net heating value of the continuous process vent shall be 
calculated using Equation 1:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.000


Where:

HT=Net heating value of the sample, megaJoules per standard 
          cubic meter, where the net enthalpy per mole of process vent 
          is based on combustion at 25  deg.C and 760 millimeters of 
          mercury, but the standard temperature for determining the 
          volume corresponding to 1 mole is 20  deg.C, as in the 
          definition of QS (process vent volumetric flow 
          rate).
K1 = Constant, 1.740 x 10-7 (parts per 
          million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
          (megaJoules per kilocalorie), where standard temperature for 
          (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20  deg.C.
Dj=Organic HAP concentration on a wet basis of compound j in 
          parts per million, as measured by procedures indicated in 
          paragraph (e) of this section. For process vents that pass 
          through a final stream

[[Page 482]]

          jet and are not condensed, the moisture is assumed to be 2.3 
          percent by volume.
Hj=Net heat of combustion of compound j, kilocalorie per 
          gram-mole, based on combustion at 25  deg.C and 760 
          millimeters of mercury.

    (2) The molar composition of the process vent (Dj) shall 
be determined using the methods specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) 
through (iii) of this section:
    (i) The methods specified in Sec. 63.1414(a) to measure the 
concentration of each organic compound.
    (ii) American Society for Testing and Materials D1946-90 to measure 
the concentration of carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
    (iii) Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure the moisture 
content of the stack gas.
    (h) Organic HAP emission rate. The emission rate of organic HAP in 
the continuous process vent, as required by the TRE index value equation 
specified in paragraph (j) of this section, shall be calculated using 
Equation 2:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.001


Where:

E=Emission rate of organic HAP in the sample, kilograms per hour.
K2=Constant, 2.494 x 10-6 (parts per 
          million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
          (kilogram/gram) (minutes/hour), where standard temperature for 
          (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20  deg.C.
n=Number of components in the sample.
CJ=Organic HAP concentration on a dry basis of organic 
          compound j in parts per million as determined by the methods 
          specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
Mj=Molecular weight of organic compound j, gram/gram-mole.
QS=Continuous process vent flow rate, dry standard cubic 
          meter per minute, at a temperature of 20  deg.C.

    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) TRE index value. The owner or operator shall calculate the TRE 
index value of the continuous process vent using the equations and 
procedures in this paragraph, as applicable, and shall maintain records 
specified in Sec. 63.1416(f).
    (1) TRE index value equation. The equation for calculating the TRE 
index value is Equation 3:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.002


Where:

TRE=TRE index value.
A, B, C=Coefficients presented in table 7 of this subpart.
EHAP=Emission rate of total organic HAP, kilograms per hour, 
          as calculated according to paragraph (h) or (k) of this 
          section.
QS=Continuous process vent volumetric flow rate, standard 
          cubic meters per minute, at a standard temperature of 20 
          deg.C, as calculated according to paragraph (f) or (k) of this 
          section.
HT=Continuous process vent net heating value, megaJoules per 
          standard cubic meter, as calculated according to paragraph (g) 
          or (k) of this section.

    (2) TRE index calculation. The owner or operator of a continuous 
process vent shall calculate the TRE index value by using the equation 
and appropriate coefficients in Table 6 of this subpart. The owner or 
operator shall calculate the TRE index value for each control device 
scenario (i.e., flare, thermal incinerator with 0 percent recovery, 
thermal incinerator with 70 percent recovery). The lowest TRE index 
value is to be compared to the applicability criteria specified in 
Sec. 63.1405(a).
    (k) Engineering assessment. For purposes of TRE index value 
determinations, engineering assessments may be used to determine 
continuous process vent flow rate, net heating value, and total organic 
HAP emission rate for the representative operating condition expected to 
yield the lowest TRE index value. Engineering assessments shall meet the 
requirements of paragraphs (k)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) If the TRE index value calculated using engineering assessment 
is greater than 4.0, the owner or operator is not required to perform 
the measurements specified in paragraphs (e) through (h) of this 
section.
    (2) If the TRE index value calculated using engineering assessment 
is less than or equal to 4.0, the owner or operator is required either 
to perform the measurements specified in paragraphs

[[Page 483]]

(e) through (h) of this section for control applicability assessment or 
comply with the control requirements specified in Sec. 63.1405.
    (3) Engineering assessment includes, but is not limited to, the 
following examples:
    (i) Previous test results, provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices.
    (ii) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
process under representative operating conditions.
    (iii) Maximum volumetric flow rate, organic HAP emission rate, 
organic HAP concentration, or net heating value limit specified or 
implied within a permit limit applicable to the continuous process vent.
    (iv) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to, the following:
    (A) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
estimate maximum organic HAP concentrations;
    (B) Estimation of maximum volumetric flow rate based on physical 
equipment design such as pump or blower capacities;
    (C) Estimation of organic HAP concentrations based on saturation 
conditions; and
    (D) Estimation of maximum expected net heating value based on the 
stream concentration of each organic compound.



Sec. 63.1413  Compliance demonstration procedures.

    (a) General. For each emission point, the owner or operator shall 
meet three stages of compliance, with exceptions specified in this 
subpart. First, the owner or operator shall conduct a performance test 
or design evaluation to demonstrate the performance of the control 
device or control technology being used. Second, the owner or operator 
shall meet the requirements for demonstrating initial compliance (e.g., 
a demonstration that the required percent reduction is achieved). Third, 
the owner or operator shall meet the requirements for demonstrating 
continuous compliance through some form of monitoring (e.g., continuous 
monitoring of operating parameters).
    (1) Large control devices and small control devices. A large control 
device is a control device that controls emission points with total 
emissions of 10 tons of organic HAP per year or more before control. A 
small control device is a control device that controls emission points 
with total emissions less than 10 tons of organic HAP per year before 
control.
    (i) Large control devices. Owners or operators are required to 
conduct a performance test for a large control device. The establishment 
of parameter monitoring levels shall be based on data obtained during 
the required performance test.
    (ii) Small control devices. Owners or operators are required to 
conduct a design evaluation for a small control device. An owner or 
operator may choose to conduct a performance test for a small control 
device and such a performance test shall follow the procedures specified 
in this section, as appropriate. Whenever a small control device becomes 
a large control device, the owner or operator shall conduct a 
performance test following the procedures specified in this section, as 
appropriate. Notification that such a performance test is required, the 
site-specific test plan, and the results of the performance test shall 
be provided to the Administrator as specified in Sec. 63.1417. Except as 
provided in Sec. 63.1415(a)(2), the parameter monitoring levels for 
small control devices shall be set based on the design evaluation 
required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Further, when setting the 
parameter monitoring level(s) based on the design evaluation, the owner 
or operator shall submit the information specified in Sec. 63.1417(d)(7) 
for review and approval as part of the Precompliance Report.
    (2) Performance tests. Performance testing shall be conducted in 
accordance with the General Provisions at Sec. 63.7(a)(1), (a)(3), (d), 
(e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(4), (g), and (h), with the exceptions specified in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Data shall be reduced in accordance 
with the EPA approved methods specified in this subpart or, if other 
test

[[Page 484]]

methods are used, the data and methods shall be validated according to 
the protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
    (i) Additional control devices not requiring performance tests. An 
owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance test when 
using one of the following control devices:
    (A) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (B) A boiler or process heater into which the vent stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel or is used as the primary fuel.
    (C) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which the 
owner or operator:
    (1) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
    (2) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements of 
40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (D) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.
    (E) A control device for which a performance test was already 
conducted for determining compliance with another regulation promulgated 
by the EPA, provided the test was conducted using the same Methods 
specified in this section, and either no deliberate process changes have 
been made since the test, or the owner or operator can demonstrate that 
the results of the performance test, with or without adjustments, 
reliably demonstrate compliance despite process changes. Parameter 
monitoring levels established based on such a performance test may be 
used for purposes of demonstrating continuous compliance with this 
subpart.
    (ii) Exceptions to performance test requirements in the General 
Provisions. (A) Performance tests shall be conducted at maximum 
representative operating conditions achievable during either the 6-month 
period ending 2 months before the Notification of Compliance Status 
required by Sec. 63.1417(e) is due, or during the 6-month period 
surrounding the date of the performance test (i.e., the period beginning 
3 months prior to the performance test and ending 3 months after the 
performance test). In achieving maximum representative operating 
conditions, an owner or operator is not required to cause damage to 
equipment, make a product that does not meet an existing specification 
for sale to a customer, or make a product in excess of demand.
    (B) When Sec. 63.7(g) references the Notification of Compliance 
Status requirements in Sec. 63.9(h), the requirements in Sec. 63.1417(e) 
shall apply for purposes of this subpart.
    (C) Performance tests shall be performed no later than 150 days 
after the compliance dates specified in this subpart (i.e., in time for 
the results to be included in the Notification of Compliance Status), 
rather than according to the time periods in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).
    (3) Design evaluations. To demonstrate the organic HAP removal 
efficiency for a control device or control technology, a design 
evaluation shall address the composition and organic HAP concentration 
of the vent stream(s) entering the control device or control technology, 
the operating parameters of the control device or control technology, 
and other conditions or parameters that reflect the performance of the 
control device or control technology. A design evaluation also shall 
address other vent stream characteristics and control device operating 
parameters as specified in any one of paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (vi) 
of this section, depending on the type of control device that is used. 
If the vent stream(s) is not the only inlet to the control device, the 
efficiency demonstration also shall consider all other vapors, gases, 
and liquids, other than fuels, received by the control device.
    (i) For a scrubber, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
stream composition, constituent concentrations, liquid-to-vapor ratio, 
scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration, temperature, and the 
reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The 
design evaluation shall establish the design exhaust vent stream

[[Page 485]]

organic compound concentration level and include the additional 
information in paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section for trays 
and a packed column scrubber:
    (A) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays; and
    (B) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column, and 
for individual packed sections if column contains more than one packed 
section.
    (ii) For a condenser, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
stream flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature and shall establish 
the design outlet organic HAP compound concentration level, design 
average temperature of the condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design 
average temperatures of the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and 
outlet. The temperature of the gas stream exiting the condenser shall be 
measured and used to establish the outlet organic HAP concentration.
    (iii) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly onsite in the control device, such as a fixed-bed adsorber, the 
design evaluation shall consider the vent stream flow rate, relative 
humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent 
stream organic compound concentration level, adsorption cycle time, 
number and capacity of carbon beds, type and working capacity of 
activated carbon used for carbon beds, design total regeneration stream 
mass or volumetric flow over the period of each complete carbon bed 
regeneration cycle, design carbon bed temperature after regeneration, 
design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service life of carbon. 
For vacuum desorption, the pressure drop shall be included.
    (iv) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly onsite in the control device, such as a carbon 
canister, the design evaluation shall consider the vent stream mass or 
volumetric flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature and shall 
establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration 
level, capacity of carbon bed, type and working capacity of activated 
carbon used for carbon bed, and design carbon replacement interval based 
on the total carbon working capacity of the control device and source 
operating schedule.
    (v) For an enclosed combustion device with a minimum residence time 
of 0.5 seconds and a minimum temperature of 760 C, the design evaluation 
shall document that these conditions exist.
    (vi) For a combustion control device that does not satisfy the 
criteria in paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section, the design evaluation 
shall address the following characteristics, depending on the type of 
control device:
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
consider the autoignition temperature of the organic HAP, shall consider 
the vent stream flow rate, and shall establish the design minimum and 
average temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone 
residence time.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream flow rate and shall establish the design 
minimum and average temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and 
outlet.
    (C) For a boiler or process heater, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream flow rate, shall establish the design minimum 
and average flame zone temperatures and combustion zone residence time, 
and shall describe the method and location where the vent stream is 
introduced into the flame zone.
    (4) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. The owner or 
operator of a control device that has one or more parameter monitoring 
level requirements specified under this subpart, or specified under 
subparts referenced by this subpart, shall establish a maximum or 
minimum level, as denoted on Table 4 of this subpart, for each measured 
parameter using the procedures specified in paragraph (a)(4)(i) or (ii) 
of this section. Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the owner 
or operator shall operate control devices such that the daily average, 
batch cycle daily average, or block average of monitored parameters, 
established as specified in this paragraph, remains above the minimum 
level or below the maximum level, as appropriate.

[[Page 486]]

    (i) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based on 
performance tests. (A) Emission points other than batch process vents. 
During initial compliance testing, the appropriate parameter shall be 
continuously monitored during the required 1-hour test runs. The 
monitoring level(s) shall then be established as the average of the 
maximum (or minimum) point values from the three test runs. The average 
of the maximum values shall be used when establishing a maximum level, 
and the average of the minimum values shall be used when establishing a 
minimum level.
    (B) Aggregate batch vent streams. For aggregate batch vent streams 
the monitoring level shall be established in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(4)(i)(A) of this section.
    (C) Batch process vents. The monitoring level(s) shall be 
established using the procedures specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(C)(1) 
or (2) of this section. For batch process vents complying with the 
percent reduction standards specified in Sec. 63.1406 or Sec. 63.1407, 
parameter monitoring levels shall be established by the design 
evaluation, or during the performance test so that the specified percent 
reduction from Sec. 63.1406 or Sec. 63.1407, as appropriate, is met.
    (1) If more than one batch emission episode or more than one portion 
of a batch emission episode has been selected to be controlled, a single 
level for the batch cycle shall be calculated as follows:
    (i) During initial compliance testing, the appropriate parameter 
shall be monitored continuously and recorded once every 15 minutes at 
all times when batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, selected to 
be controlled are vented to the control device. A minimum of three 
recorded values shall be obtained for each batch emission episode, or 
portion thereof, regardless of the length of time emissions are 
occurring.
    (ii) The average monitored parameter value shall be calculated for 
each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, in the batch cycle 
selected to be controlled. The average shall be based on all values 
measured during the required performance test.
    (iii) If the level to be established is a maximum operating 
parameter, the level shall be defined as the minimum of the average 
parameter values from each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, 
in the batch cycle selected to be controlled (i.e., identify the batch 
emission episode, or portion thereof, which requires the lowest 
parameter value in order to assure compliance; the average parameter 
value that is necessary to assure compliance for that batch emission 
episode, or portion thereof, shall be the level for all batch emission 
episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch cycle that are selected to 
be controlled).
    (iv) If the level to be established is a minimum operating 
parameter, the level shall be defined as the maximum of the average 
parameter values from each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, 
in the batch cycle selected to be controlled (i.e., identify the batch 
emission episode, or portion thereof, which requires the highest 
parameter value in order to assure compliance; the average parameter 
value that is necessary to assure compliance for that batch emission 
episode, or portion thereof, shall be the level for all batch emission 
episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch cycle that are selected to 
be controlled).
    (v) Alternatively, an average monitored parameter value shall be 
calculated for the entire batch cycle based on all values recorded 
during each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, selected to be 
controlled.
    (2) Instead of establishing a single level for the batch cycle, as 
described in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(C)(1) of this section, an owner or 
operator may establish separate levels for each batch emission episode, 
or portion thereof, selected to be controlled. Each level shall be 
determined as specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(C)(1)(i) through (v) of 
this section.
    (3) The batch cycle shall be defined in the Notification of 
Compliance Status, as specified in Sec. 63.1417(e)(2). Said definition 
shall include an identification of each batch emission episode. The 
definition of batch cycle shall also include the information required to 
determine parameter monitoring compliance for partial batch cycles 
(i.e., when part of

[[Page 487]]

a batch cycle is accomplished during 2 different operating days) for 
those parameters averaged on a batch cycle daily average basis.
    (ii) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based on 
performance tests, engineering assessments, and/or manufacturer's 
recommendations. Parameter monitoring levels may be established based on 
the parameter values measured during the performance test supplemented 
by engineering assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. 
Performance testing is not required to be conducted over the entire 
range of expected parameter values. When setting the parameter 
monitoring level(s) using the procedures specified in this paragraph, 
the owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
Sec. 63.1417(d)(7) for review and approval as part of the Precompliance 
Report.
    (b) Initial and continuous compliance for storage vessels. (1) 
Initial compliance with the percent reduction standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1404(a)(1) shall be demonstrated following the procedures in 40 
CFR part 63, subpart SS.
    (2) Initial compliance with the work practice standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1404(a)(2) shall be demonstrated following the procedures in 40 
CFR part 63, subpart WW.
    (3) Continuous compliance with the percent reduction standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1404(a)(1) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS.
    (4) Continuous compliance with the work practice standard specified 
in Sec. 63.1404(a)(2) shall be demonstrated following the procedures in 
40 CFR part 63, subpart WW.
    (5) Initial and continuous compliance with the alternative standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1404(b) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (c) Initial and continuous compliance for continuous process vents. 
(1) Initial compliance with the percent reduction standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1405(a)(2) shall be demonstrated following the procedures in 40 
CFR part 63, subpart SS.
    (2) Initial compliance with Sec. 63.1405(a)(1) (venting of emissions 
to a flare) shall be demonstrated following the procedures specified in 
paragraph (g) of this section.
    (3) Continuous compliance with the percent reduction standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1405(a)(2) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS.
    (4) Continuous compliance with Sec. 63.1405(a)(1) (venting of 
emissions to a flare) shall be demonstrated following the continuous 
monitoring procedures specified in Sec. 63.1415.
    (5) Initial and continuous compliance with the alternative standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1405(b) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (d) Initial and continuous compliance for aggregate batch vent 
streams. (1) Initial compliance with the percent reduction standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(ii) and (2)(ii) shall be demonstrated 
following the procedures for continuous process vents specified in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (2) Initial compliance with Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(i) and (2)(i) 
(venting of emissions to a flare) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (3) Continuous compliance with the percent reduction standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(ii) and (2)(ii) shall be demonstrated 
following the procedures for continuous process vents specified in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (4) Continuous compliance with Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(i) and (a)(2)(i) 
(venting of emissions to a flare) shall be demonstrated following the 
continuous monitoring procedures specified in Sec. 63.1415.
    (5) Initial and continuous compliance with the alternative standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1408(b)(1) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (6) Initial and continuous compliance with the mass emission limit 
specified in Sec. 63.1408(b)(2) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (e) Initial and continuous compliance for batch process vents. (1) 
Compliance with percent reduction standards. Owners or operators opting 
to comply with the percent reduction standards specified in 
Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(ii) and (a)(2)(ii) or

[[Page 488]]

Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(ii) and (a)(3)(ii) shall select portions of the batch 
process vent emissions (i.e., select batch emission episodes or portions 
of batch emission episodes) to be controlled such that the specified 
percent reduction is achieved for the batch cycle. Paragraphs (e)(1)(i) 
and (ii) of this section specify how the performance of a control device 
or control technology is to be determined. Paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this 
section specifies how to demonstrate that the required percent emission 
reduction is achieved for the batch cycle.
    (i) Design evaluation. The design evaluation shall comply with the 
provisions in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The design evaluation 
shall include the value(s) and basis for the parameter monitoring 
level(s) required by Sec. 63.1415. The design evaluation shall determine 
either of the following:
    (A) Each batch emission episode. The control device efficiency for 
each batch emission episode that the owner or operator selects to 
control.
    (B) One or more representative batch emission episodes. The control 
device efficiency for one or more batch emission episodes provided that 
the owner or operator demonstrates that the control device achieves the 
same or higher efficiency for all other batch emission episodes that the 
owner or operator selects to control.
    (ii) Performance test. An owner or operator shall conduct 
performance tests following the procedures in paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) of 
this section, the procedures in paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, 
or a combination of the two procedures. Under paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) of 
this section, a performance test is conducted for each batch emission 
episode selected for control. Under paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(B) of this 
section, an owner or operator groups together several batch emission 
episodes and conducts a single performance test for the batch emission 
episode that is the most challenging, in terms of achieving emission 
reductions, for the control device or control technology; thereby 
demonstrating that the achieved emission reduction for the tested batch 
emission episode is the minimum control device or control technology 
performance expected for each batch emission episode in the group. An 
owner or operator may use the concept provided by paragraph 
(e)(1)(ii)(B) of this section for several different groups of batch 
emission episodes.
    (A) Testing each batch emission episode. A performance test shall be 
performed for each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, that the 
owner or operator selects to control. Performance tests shall be 
conducted using the testing procedures specified in Sec. 63.1414(a) and 
(b) and the following procedures:
    (1) Only one test (i.e., only one run) is required for each batch 
emission episode selected by the owner or operator for control.
    (2) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A)(3) of this 
section, the performance test shall be conducted over the entire period 
of emissions selected by the owner or operator for control.
    (3) An owner or operator may choose to test only those periods of 
the batch emission episode during which the emission rate for the entire 
batch emission episode can be determined or during which the organic HAP 
emissions are greater than the average emission rate of the batch 
emission episode. The owner or operator choosing either of these options 
shall develop an emission profile illustrating the emission rate 
(kilogram per unit time) over the entire batch emission episode, based 
on either process knowledge or test data, to demonstrate that test 
periods are representative. Examples of information that could 
constitute process knowledge include calculations based on material 
balances and process stoichiometry. Previous test results may be used to 
develop the emission profile provided the results are still relevant to 
the current batch process vent conditions. The emission profile shall be 
included in the site-specific test plan required by Sec. 63.1417(h)(2).
    (4) When choosing sampling sites using the methods specified in 
Sec. 63.1414(a)(1), inlet sampling sites shall be located as specified 
in paragraphs (e)(1)(ii)(A)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section. Outlet 
sampling sites shall be located at the outlet of the control device 
prior to release to the atmosphere.
    (i) The control device inlet sampling site shall be located at the 
exit from

[[Page 489]]

the batch unit operation after any condensers operating as process 
condensers and before any control device.
    (ii) If a batch process vent is introduced with the combustion air 
or as a secondary fuel into a boiler or process heater with a design 
capacity less than 44 megawatts, selection of the location of the inlet 
sampling sites shall ensure the measurement of total organic HAP 
concentrations in all batch process vents and primary and secondary 
fuels introduced into the boiler or process heater.
    (B) Testing only the most challenging batch emission episode. Under 
this paragraph, an owner or operator groups together several batch 
emission episodes and conducts a single performance test for the batch 
emission episode that is the most challenging, in terms of achieving 
emission reductions, for the control device or control technology; 
thereby demonstrating that the achieved emission reduction for the 
tested batch emission episode is the minimum control device or control 
technology performance expected for each batch emission episode in the 
group. The owner or operator shall use the control device efficiency 
determined from the performance test for all the other batch emission 
episodes in that group for purposes of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this 
section. Performance tests shall be conducted using the testing 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1414(a) and (b) and the following 
procedures:
    (1) The procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(A)(2) through 
(4) of this section.
    (2) Develop an emission profile illustrating the emission rate 
(kilogram/unit time) for each period of emissions to be addressed by the 
performance test. The emission profile shall be based on either process 
knowledge or test data. Examples of information that could constitute 
process knowledge include calculations based on material balances and 
process stoichiometry. Previous test results may be used to develop the 
emission profile provided the results are still relevant to the current 
batch process vent conditions. The emission profile shall be included in 
the site-specific test plan required by Sec. 63.1417(h)(2).
    (3) Provide rationale for why the control device efficiency for all 
the other batch emission episodes in the group will be greater than or 
equal to the control device efficiency achieved during the tested period 
of the most challenging batch emission episode in the group, as 
specified in the Notification of Compliance Status Report required by 
Sec. 63.1417(e).
    (iii) Batch cycle percent reduction. The percent reduction for the 
batch cycle for an individual reactor batch process vent and the overall 
percent reduction for the collection of non-reactor batch process vents 
within the affected source shall be determined using Equation 1 of this 
section and the control device efficiencies specified in paragraphs 
(e)(1)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section. All information used to 
calculate the batch cycle percent reduction for an individual reactor 
batch process vent, including a definition of the batch cycle 
identifying all batch emission episodes, shall be recorded as specified 
in Sec. 63.1416 (d)(1)(ii). All information used to calculate the 
overall percent reduction for the collection of non-reactor batch 
process vents within the affected source, including a list of all batch 
emission episodes from the collection of non-reactor batch process vents 
within the affected source, shall be recorded as specified in 
Sec. 63.1416 (d)(1)(ii). This information shall include identification 
of those batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, selected for 
control. This information shall include estimates of uncontrolled 
organic HAP emissions for those batch emission episodes, or portions 
thereof, that are not selected for control, determined as specified in 
paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(D) or (E) of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.003

Where:

PR = Percent reduction.
Eunc = Mass rate of total organic HAP for uncontrolled batch 
          emission episode i, kg/hr.
Einlet,con = Mass rate of total organic HAP for controlled 
          batch emission episode i at the inlet to the control device, 
          kg/hr.
R = Control efficiency of control device as specified in paragraphs 
          (e)(1)(iii)(A)

[[Page 490]]

          through (e)(1)(iii)(C) of this section. The value of R may 
          vary between batch emission episodes.
n=Number of uncontrolled batch emission episodes, controlled batch 
          emission episodes, and control devices. The value of n is not 
          necessarily the same for these three items.

    (A) When conducting a performance test, the control efficiency of 
the control device shall be determined following the procedures in 
Sec. 63.1414(b)(4).
    (B) For combustion control devices listed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) 
and (B) of this section and for flares, the control efficiency in 
Equation 1 of this section shall be 98 percent.
    (C) If a performance test is not required, the control efficiency 
shall be based on the design evaluation specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) 
of this section.
    (D) For batch process vents estimated through engineering 
assessment, as described in Sec. 63.1414(f)(6), to emit less than 10 
tons per year of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions, the owner or 
operator may use in Equation 1 of this section the emissions determined 
using engineering assessment or may determine organic HAP emissions 
using any of the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1414(d).
    (E) For batch process vents estimated through engineering 
assessment, as described in Sec. 63.1414(d)(6), to emit 10 tons per year 
or greater of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions, organic HAP emissions 
shall be estimated following the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1414(d).
    (F) Owners or operators designating a condenser, sometimes operated 
as a process condenser, as a control device shall conduct inprocess 
recycling and follow the recordkeeping requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.1416(d)(1)(vi).
    (iv) Initial compliance with percent reduction standards. Initial 
compliance with the percent reduction standards specified in 
Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(ii) and (2)(ii) and Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(ii) and 
(3)(ii) is achieved when the owner or operator demonstrates, following 
the procedures in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, 
that the required percent reduction is achieved.
    (v) Continuous compliance with percent reduction standards. 
Continuous compliance with the percent reduction standards specified in 
Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(ii) and (2)(ii) and Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(ii) and 
(3)(ii) shall be demonstrated following the continuous monitoring 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1415.
    (2) Compliance with mass emission limit standards. Each owner or 
operator shall determine initial and continuous compliance with the mass 
emission limits specified in Sec. 63.1406 (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(iii), 
according to the following procedures, as appropriate:
    (i) If production at an affected source is exclusively non-solvent-
based amino/phenolic resin or is exclusively solvent-based amino/
phenolic resin, or an owner or operator chooses to meet the non-solvent-
based emission limit, the owner or operator shall demonstrate initial 
and continuous compliance as follows:
    (A) Initial compliance. Initial compliance shall be based on the 
average of the first 6 monthly average emission rate data points. The 6-
month average shall be compared to the mass emission limit specified in 
Sec. 63.1406 (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(iii), as appropriate.
    (B) Continuous compliance. For the first year of compliance, 
continuous compliance shall be based on a cumulative average monthly 
emission rate calculated each month based on the available monthly 
emission rate data points (e.g., 7 data points after 7 months of 
operation, 8 data points after 8 months of operation) beginning the 
first month after initial compliance is demonstrated. The first 
continuous compliance cumulative average monthly emission rate shall be 
calculated using the first 7 monthly average emission rate data points. 
After the first year of compliance, a 12-month rolling average monthly 
emission rate shall be calculated each month based on the previous 12 
monthly emission rate data points. Continuous compliance shall be 
determined by comparing the cumulative average monthly emission rate or 
the 12-month rolling average monthly emission rate to the mass emission 
limit specified in Sec. 63.1406 (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(iii), as 
appropriate.
    (C) Procedures to determine the monthly emission rate. The monthly 
emission rate, kilograms of organic HAP per

[[Page 491]]

megagram of product, shall be determined at the end of each month using 
Equation 2 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.004


Where:

ER=Emission rate of organic HAP from reactor batch process vents, kg of 
          HAP/Mg product.
Ei=Emission rate of organic HAP from reactor batch process 
          vent i as determined using the procedures specified in 
          paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(1) of this section, kg/month.
RPm=Amount of resin produced in one month as determined using 
          the procedures specified in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(4) of this 
          section, Mg/month.
n=Number of batch process vents.

    (1) The monthly emission rate of organic HAP, in kilograms per 
month, from an individual batch process vent (Ei) shall be 
determined using Equation 3 of this section. Once organic HAP emissions 
for a batch cycle (Ecyclei) have been estimated, as specified 
in either paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(2) or (3) of this section, the owner or 
operator may use the estimated organic HAP emissions 
(Ecyclei) to determine Ei using Equation 3 of this 
section until the estimated organic HAP emissions (Ecyclei) 
are no longer representative due to a process change or other reasons 
known to the owner or operator. If organic HAP emissions for a batch 
cycle (Ecyclei) are determined to no longer be 
representative, the owner or operator shall redetermine organic HAP 
emissions for the batch cycle (Ecyclei) following the 
procedures in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(2) or (3) of this section, as 
appropriate.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.005


Where:

Ei=Monthly emissions from a batch process vent, kg/month.
Ni=Number of type i batch cycles performed monthly, cycles/
          month.
Ecyclei=Emissions from the batch process vent associated with 
          a single type i batch cycle, as determined using the 
          procedures specified in either paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(2) or 
          (3) of this section, kg/batch cycle.
n=Number of different types of batch cycles that cause the emission of 
          organic HAP from the batch process vent.

    (2) For reactor batch process vents estimated through engineering 
assessment, as described in Sec. 63.1414(d)(6), to emit less than 10 
tons per year of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions, the owner or 
operator may use the emissions determined using engineering assessment 
in Equation 3 of this section or may determine organic HAP emissions 
using any of the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1414(d). For reactor 
batch process vents estimated through engineering assessment, as 
described in Sec. 63.1414(d)(6), to emit 10 tons per year or greater of 
uncontrolled organic HAP emissions, uncontrolled organic HAP emissions 
from the batch emission episodes making up the batch cycle shall be 
estimated following the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1414(d).
    (3) For reactor batch process vents vented to a control device or 
control technology, controlled organic HAP emissions shall be determined 
as follows:
    (i) Uncontrolled organic HAP emissions shall be determined following 
the procedures in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(2) of this section.
    (ii) Control device or control technology efficiency shall be 
determined using the procedures in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
for small control devices or the procedures in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of 
this section for large control devices.
    (iii) Controlled organic HAP emissions shall be determined by 
applying the control device or control technology efficiency, determined 
in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(3)(ii) of this section, to the uncontrolled 
organic HAP emissions, determined in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(C)(3)(i) of 
this section.
    (4) The rate of resin produced, RPM (Mg/month), shall be 
determined based on production records certified by the owner or 
operator to represent actual production for the month. A sample of the 
records selected by the owner or operator for this purpose shall be 
provided to the Administrator in the Precompliance Report as required by 
Sec. 63.1417(d).

[[Page 492]]

    (ii) If production at an affected source reflects a mix of solvent-
based and non-solvent-based resin and the owner or operator does not 
choose to meet the non-solvent-based emission limit specified in 
Sec. 63.1406 (a)(1)(iii) or (a)(2)(iii), as applicable, the owner or 
operator shall demonstrate initial and continuous compliance as follows:
    (A) Procedures for determining a site-specific emission limit. A 
site-specific emission limit shall be determined using Equation 4 of 
this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.006


Where:

SSEL=Site specific emission limit, kg of organic HAP/Mg of product.
MGs=Megagrams of solvent-based resin product produced, megagrams.
MGns=Megagrams of non-solvent-based resin product produced, megagrams.
ELs=Emission limit for solvent-based resin product, kg organic HAP/Mg 
          solvent-based resin product.
ELns=Emission limit for non-solvent-based resin product, kg organic HAP/
          Mg non-solvent-based resin product.

    (B) Initial compliance. For purposes of determining initial 
compliance, the site-specific emission limit shall be based on 
production for the first 6 months beginning January 20, 2000 or the 
first 6 months after initial start-up, whichever is later. Using the 
site-specific emission limit, initial compliance shall be demonstrated 
using the procedures in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) of this section, as 
appropriate.
    (C) Continuous compliance. For purposes of determining continuous 
compliance for the period of operation starting at the beginning of the 
7th month and ending after the 12th month, the site-specific emission 
limit shall be determined each month based on production for the 
cumulative period. For purposes of determining continuous compliance 
after the first year of production, the site-specific emission limit 
shall be determined each month based on production for a 12-month 
rolling period. Using the site-specific emission limit, continuous 
compliance shall be demonstrated using the procedures in paragraph 
(e)(2)(i)(B) of this section, as appropriate.
    (3) Compliance by venting to a flare. Initial compliance with the 
standards specified in Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(i) and (a)(2)(i) and 
Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(i) and (a)(3)(i) shall be demonstrated following the 
procedures specified in paragraph (g) of this section. Continuous 
compliance with these standards shall be demonstrated following the 
continuous monitoring procedures specified in Sec. 63.1415.
    (4) Compliance with alternative standard. Initial and continuous 
compliance with the alternative standard specified in Secs. 63.1406(b) 
and 63.1407(b)(1) shall be demonstrated following the procedures in 
paragraph (f) of this section.
    (f) Compliance with alternative standard. Initial and continuous 
compliance with the alternative standards in Secs. 63.1404(b), 
63.1405(b), 63.1406(b), 63.1407(b)(1), and 63.1408(b)(1) are 
demonstrated when the daily average outlet organic HAP concentration is 
20 ppmv or less when using a combustion control device or 50 ppmv or 
less when using a non-combustion control device. To demonstrate initial 
and continuous compliance, the owner or operator shall follow the test 
method specified in Sec. 63.1414(a)(6) and shall be in compliance with 
the monitoring provisions in Sec. 63.1415(e) no later than the initial 
compliance date and on each day thereafter.
    (g) Flare compliance demonstrations. Notwithstanding any other 
provision of this subpart, if an owner or operator of an affected source 
uses a flare to comply with any of the requirements of this subpart, the 
owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of 
this section. When using a flare to comply, the owner or operator is not 
required to conduct a performance test to determine percent emission 
reduction or outlet organic HAP concentration. If a compliance

[[Page 493]]

demonstration has been conducted previously for a flare, using the 
techniques specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of this section, 
that compliance demonstration may be used to satisfy the requirements of 
this paragraph if either no deliberate process changes have been made 
since the compliance demonstration, or the results of the compliance 
demonstration reliably demonstrate compliance despite process changes.
    (1) Conduct a visible emission test using the techniques specified 
in Sec. 63.11(b)(4).
    (2) Determine the net heating value of the gas being combusted using 
the techniques specified in Sec. 63.11(b)(6).
    (3) Determine the exit velocity using the techniques specified in 
either Sec. 63.11(b)(7)(i) (and Sec. 63.11(b)(7)(iii), where applicable) 
or Sec. 63.11(b)(8), as appropriate.
    (h) Deviations. Paragraphs (h)(1) through (4) of this section 
describe deviations from the emission limits, the operating limits, the 
work practice standards, and the emission standard, respectively. 
Paragraph (h)(5) of this section describes situations that are not 
deviations. Paragraph (h)(6) of this section describes periods that are 
excluded from compliance determinations.
    (1) Deviations from the emission limit. The following are deviations 
from the emission limit:
    (i) Exceedance of the condenser outlet gas temperature limit (i.e., 
having an average value higher than the established maximum level) 
monitored according to the provisions of Sec. 63.1415(b)(3);
    (ii) Exceedance of the outlet concentration (i.e., having an average 
value higher than the established maximum level) monitored according to 
the provisions of Sec. 63.1415(b)(8);
    (iii) Exceedance of the mass emission limit (i.e., having an average 
value higher than the specified limit) monitored according to the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(2) of this section; and
    (iv) Exceedance of the organic HAP outlet concentration limit (i.e., 
having an average value higher than the specified limit) monitored 
according to the provisions of Sec. 63.1415(e).
    (2) Deviations from the operating limit. Exceedance of the 
parameters monitored according to Sec. 63.1415(b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(4) 
through (7) are considered deviations from the operating limit. An 
exceedance of the monitored parameter has occurred if:
    (i) The parameter, averaged over the operating day or block, is 
below a minimum value established during the initial compliance 
demonstration; or (ii) The parameter, averaged over the operating day or 
block, is above the maximum value established during the initial 
compliance demonstration.
    (3) Deviations from the work practice standard. If all flames at the 
pilot light of a flare are absent, there has been a deviation from the 
work practice standard.
    (4) Deviation from the emission standard. If an affected source is 
not operated during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction in 
accordance with the affected source's Start-up, Shutdown, and 
Malfunction Plan, there has been a deviation from the emission standard. 
If monitoring data are insufficient, as described in paragraphs 
(h)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, there has been a deviation from 
the emission standard.
    (i) The period of control device or control technology operation is 
4 hours or greater in an operating day, and monitoring data are 
insufficient to constitute a valid hour of data, as defined in paragraph 
(h)(4)(iii) of this section, for at least 75 percent of the operating 
hours;
    (ii) The period of control device or control technology operation is 
less than 4 hours in an operating day, and more than one of the hours 
during the period of operation does not constitute a valid hour of data 
due to insufficient monitoring data; and
    (iii) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of 
data, as used in paragraphs (h)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section, if 
measured values are unavailable for any of the 15-minute periods within 
the hour. For data compression systems approved under 
Sec. 63.1417(k)(3), monitoring data are insufficient to calculate a 
valid hour of data if there are less than four data measurements made 
during the hour.

[[Page 494]]

    (5) Situations that are not deviations. If an affected source is 
operated during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction in 
accordance with the affected source's Start-up, Shutdown, and 
Malfunction Plan, and any of the situations listed in paragraphs 
(h)(5)(i) through (iv) of this section occur, such situations shall not 
be considered to be deviations.
    (i) The daily average value of a monitored parameter is above the 
maximum level or below the minimum level established;
    (ii) Monitoring data cannot be collected during monitoring device 
calibration check or monitoring device malfunction;
    (iii) Monitoring data are not collected during periods of start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction; and
    (iv) Monitoring data are not collected during periods of 
nonoperation of the affected source or portion thereof (resulting in 
cessation of the emissions to which the monitoring applies).
    (6) Periods not considered to be part of the period of control or 
recovery device operation. The periods listed in paragraphs (h)(6)(i) 
through (v) of this section are not considered to be part of the period 
of control or recovery device operation for purposes of determining 
averages or periods of control device or control technology operation.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions; or
    (v) Periods of nonoperation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.

[65 FR 3290, Jan. 20, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 8768, Feb. 22, 2000]



Sec. 63.1414  Test methods and emission estimation equations.

    (a) Test methods. When required to conduct a performance test, the 
owner or operator shall use the test methods specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (6) of this section, except where another section of this 
subpart requires either the use of a specific test method or the use of 
requirements in another subpart containing specific test method 
requirements.
    (1) Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used for 
selection of the sampling sites if the flow measuring device is a pitot 
tube, except that references to particulate matter in Method 1A do not 
apply for the purposes of this subpart. No traverse is necessary when 
Method 2A or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used to determine gas 
stream volumetric flow rate.
    (2) Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is used for 
velocity and volumetric flow rates.
    (3) Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is used for gas analysis.
    (4) Method 4, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is used for stack gas 
moisture.
    (5) The following methods shall be used to determine the organic HAP 
concentration.
    (i) Method 316 or Method 320, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be 
used to determine the concentration of formaldehyde.
    (ii) Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used to 
determine the concentration of all organic HAP other than formaldehyde.
    (iii) Method 308, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, may be used as an 
alternative to Method 18 to determine the concentration of methanol.
    (6) When complying with the alternative standard, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1413(f), the owner or operator shall use a Fourier Transform 
Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) instrument following Method PS-15, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix B.
    (b) Batch process vent performance testing procedures.
    (1) Average batch vent flow rate determination. The average batch 
vent flow rate for a batch emission episode shall be calculated using 
Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.007



Where:
AFRepisode=Average batch vent flow rate for the batch 
          emission episode, scmm.

[[Page 495]]

FRi=Volumetric flow rate for individual measurement i, taken 
          every 15 minutes using the procedures in paragraph (a)(2) of 
          this section, scmm.
n=Number of flow rate measurements taken during the batch emission 
          episode.

    (2) Average batch vent concentration determination using an 
integrated sample. If an integrated sample is taken over the entire 
batch emission episode to determine the average batch vent concentration 
of total organic HAP, organic HAP emissions shall be calculated using 
Equation 2 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.008



Where:
Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.
K=Constant, 2.494 x  10-6 (ppmv)-1 (gm-mole/scm) 
          (kg/gm) (min/hr), where standard temperature is 20  deg.C.
Cj=Average batch vent concentration of sample organic HAP 
          component j of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.
Mj=Molecular weight of sample organic HAP component j of the 
          gas stream, gm/gm-mole.
AFR=Average batch vent flow rate of gas stream, dry basis, scmm.
Th=Hours/episode.
n=Number of organic HAP in stream.

    (3) Average batch vent concentration determination using grab 
samples. If grab samples are taken to determine the average batch vent 
concentration of total organic HAP, organic HAP emissions shall be 
calculated as follows:
    (i) For each measurement point, the emission rate shall be 
calculated using Equation 3 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.009



Where:
Epoint=Emission rate for individual measurement point, kg/hr.
K=Constant, 2.494 x  10-6 (ppmv)-1 (gm-mole/scm) 
          (kg/gm) (min/hr), where standard temperature is 20  deg.C.
Cj=Concentration of sample organic HAP component j of the gas 
          stream, dry basis, ppmv.
Mj=Molecular weight of sample organic HAP component j of the 
          gas stream, gm/gm-mole.
FR=Flow rate of gas stream for the measurement point, dry basis, scmm.
n=Number of organic HAP in stream.

    (ii) The organic HAP emissions per batch emission episode shall be 
calculated using Equation 4 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.010



Where:
    episode=Emissions, kg/episode.
DUR=Duration of the batch emission episode, hr/episode.
Ei=Emissions for measurement point i, kg/hr.
n=Number of measurements.

    (4) Control device efficiency determination for a batch emission 
episode. The control efficiency for the control device shall be 
calculated using Equation 5 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.011

Where:

R=Control efficiency of control device, percent.
Einlet=Mass rate of total organic HAP for batch emission 
          episode i at the inlet to the control device as calculated 
          under paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, kg/episode.
Eoutlet=Mass rate of total organic HAP for batch emission 
          episode i at the outlet of the control device, as calculated 
          under paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, kg/episode.
n=Number of batch emission episodes in the batch cycle selected to be 
          controlled.

    (c) Percent oxygen correction for combustion control devices. If the 
control device is a combustion device, total organic HAP concentrations 
shall be corrected to 3 percent oxygen when supplemental combustion air 
is used to combust the emissions. The integrated sampling and analysis 
procedures of Method 3B, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used to 
determine the actual oxygen concentration (%020). The samples 
shall be taken during the same time that the total organic HAP samples 
are taken. The concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen 
(Cc) shall be

[[Page 496]]

computed using Equation 6 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.012



Where:
Cc=Concentration of total organic HAP corrected to 3 percent 
          oxygen, dry basis, ppmv.
Cm=Total concentration of TOC in vented gas stream, average 
          of samples, dry basis, ppmv.
%02d=Concentration of oxygen measured in vented gas stream, 
          dry basis, percent by volume.

    (d) Uncontrolled organic HAP emissions. Uncontrolled organic HAP 
emissions for individual reactor batch process vents or individual non-
reactor batch process vents shall be determined using the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (8) of this section. To estimate 
organic HAP emissions from a batch emissions episode, owners or 
operators may use either the emissions estimation equations in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section, or direct measurement as 
specified in paragraph (d)(5) of this section. Engineering assessment 
may be used to estimate organic HAP emissions from a batch emission 
episode only under the conditions described in paragraph (d)(6) of this 
section. In using the emissions estimation equations in paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (4) of this section, individual component vapor pressure 
and molecular weight may be obtained from standard references. Methods 
to determine individual HAP partial pressures in multicomponent systems 
are described in paragraph (d)(9) of this section. Other variables in 
the emissions estimation equations may be obtained through direct 
measurement, as defined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section; through 
engineering assessment, as defined in paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this 
section; by process knowledge; or by any other appropriate means. 
Assumptions used in determining these variables shall be documented as 
specified in Sec. 63.1417. Once organic HAP emissions for the batch 
emission episode have been determined using either the emissions 
estimation equations, direct measurement, or engineering assessment, 
organic HAP emissions from a single batch cycle shall be calculated in 
accordance with paragraph (d)(7) of this section, and annual organic HAP 
emissions from the batch process vent shall be calculated in accordance 
with paragraph (d)(8) of this section.
    (1) Emissions from purging of empty vessels. Organic HAP emissions 
from the purging of an empty vessel shall be calculated using Equation 7 
of this section. Equation 7 of this section does not take into account 
evaporation of any residual liquid in the vessel:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.013



Where:
Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
Vves=Volume of vessel, m3.
P=Total organic HAP partial pressure, kPa.
MWwavg=Weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP in 
          vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)(i)(D) of 
          this section, kg/kmol.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
T=Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.
m=Number of volumes of purge gas used.

    (2) Emissions from purging of filled vessels. Organic HAP emissions 
from the purging of a filled vessel shall be calculated using Equation 8 
of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.014



Where:
Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
y=Saturated mole fraction of all organic HAP in vapor phase.
Vdr=Volumetric gas displacement rate, m3/min.
P=Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.

[[Page 497]]

MWwavg=Weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP in 
          vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)(i)(D) of 
          this section, kg/kmol.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
T=Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.
Pi=Vapor pressure of individual organic HAP i, kPa.
xi=Mole fraction of organic HAP i in the liquid.
n=Number of organic HAP in stream.
Tm=Minutes/episode.

    (3) Emissions from vapor displacement. Organic HAP emissions from 
vapor displacement due to transfer of material into or out of a vessel 
shall be calculated using Equation 9 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.015



Where:
Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
y=Saturated mole fraction of all organic HAP in vapor phase.
V=Volume of gas displaced from the vessel, m3.
P=Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.
MWwavg=Weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP in 
          vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)(i)(D) of 
          this section, kg/kmol.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
T=Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.

    (4) Emissions from heating of vessels. Organic HAP emissions caused 
by the heating of a vessel shall be calculated using the procedures in 
either paragraph (d)(4)(i),(ii), or (iii) of this section, as 
appropriate.
    (i) If the final temperature to which the vessel contents is heated 
is lower than 50 K below the boiling point of the HAP in the vessel, 
then organic HAP emissions shall be calculated using the equations in 
paragraphs (d)(4)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Organic HAP emissions caused by heating of a vessel shall be 
calculated using Equation 10 of this section. The assumptions made for 
this calculation are atmospheric pressure of 760 millimeters of mercury 
(mm Hg) and the displaced gas is always saturated with volatile organic 
compounds (VOC) vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.016



Where:
Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
(Pi)T1, (Pi)T2=Partial 
          pressure (kPa) of each organic HAP i in the vessel headspace 
          at initial (T1) and final (T2) temperature.
n=Number of organic HAP in stream.
=Number of kilogram-moles (kg-moles) of gas 
          displaced, determined in accordance with paragraph 
          (d)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
101.325=Constant, kPa.
(MWWAVG,T1), (MWWAVG,T2)=Weighted average 
          molecular weight of total organic HAP in the displaced gas 
          stream, determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)(i)(D) 
          of this section, kg/kmol.

    (B) The moles of gas displaced, , is calculated using 
Equation 11 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.017



Where:
=Number of kg-moles of gas displaced.
Vfs=Volume of free space in the vessel, m3.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
Pa1=Initial noncondensible gas partial pressure in the 
          vessel, kPa.

[[Page 498]]

Pa2=Final noncondensible gas partial pressure in the vessel, 
          kPa.
T1=Initial temperature of vessel, K.
T2=Final temperature of vessel, K.

    (C) The initial and final pressure of the noncondensible gas in the 
vessel shall be calculated using Equation 12 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.018


Where:

Pa=Initial or final partial pressure of noncondensible gas in the vessel 
          headspace, kPa.
101.325=Constant, kPa.
(Pi)T=Partial pressure of each organic HAP i in 
          the vessel headspace, kPa, at the initial or final temperature 
          (T1 or T2).
n=Number of organic HAP in stream.

    (D) The weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP in the 
displaced gas, MWwavg, shall be calculated using Equation 13 
of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.019


Where:

C=Organic HAP component
n=Number of organic HAP components in stream.

    (ii) If the vessel contents are heated to a temperature greater than 
50 K below the boiling point, then organic HAP emissions from the 
heating of a vessel shall be calculated as the sum of the organic HAP 
emissions calculated in accordance with paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)(A) and (B) 
of this section.
    (A) For the interval from the initial temperature to the temperature 
50 K below the boiling point, organic HAP emissions shall be calculated 
using Equation 10 of this section, where T2 is the 
temperature 50 K below the boiling point.
    (B) For the interval from the temperature 50 K below the boiling 
point to the final temperature, organic HAP emissions shall be 
calculated as the summation of emissions for each 5 K increment, where 
the emissions for each increment shall be calculated using Equation 10 
of this section.
    (1) If the final temperature of the heatup is at or lower than 5 K 
below the boiling point, the final temperature for the last increment 
shall be the final temperature for the heatup, even if the last 
increment is less than 5 K.
    (2) If the final temperature of the heatup is higher than 5 K below 
the boiling point, the final temperature for the last increment shall be 
the temperature 5 K below the boiling point, even if the last increment 
is less than 5 K.
    (3) If the vessel contents are heated to the boiling point and the 
vessel is not operating with a condenser, the final temperature for the 
final increment shall be the temperature 5 K below the boiling point, 
even if the last increment is less than 5 K.
    (iii) If the vessel is operating with a condenser, and the vessel 
contents are heated to the boiling point, the process condenser, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1402, is considered part of the process. Organic HAP 
emissions shall be calculated as the sum of emissions calculated using 
Equation 10 of this section, which calculates organic HAP emissions due 
to heating the vessel contents to the temperature of the gas exiting the 
condenser, and emissions calculated using Equation 9 of this section, 
which calculates emissions due to the displacement of the remaining 
saturated noncondensible gas in the vessel. The final temperature in 
Equation 10 of this section shall be set equal to the exit gas 
temperature of the condenser. Equation 9 of this section shall be used 
as written below in Equation 14 of this

[[Page 499]]

section, using free space volume, and T is set equal to the condenser 
exit gas temperature:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.020


Where:

Eepisode=Emissions, kg/episode.
y=Saturated mole fraction of all organic HAP in vapor phase.
Vfs=Volume of the free space in the vessel, m3.
P=Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.
MWwavg=Weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP in 
          vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)(i)(D) of 
          this section, kg/kmol.
R=Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3kPa/kmolK.
T=Temperature of condenser exit stream, K.

    (5) Emissions determined by direct measurement. The owner or 
operator may estimate annual organic HAP emissions for a batch emission 
episode by direct measurement. The test methods and procedures specified 
in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be used for direct 
measurement. If direct measurement is used, the owner or operator shall 
perform a test for the duration of a representative batch emission 
episode. Alternatively, the owner or operator may perform a test during 
only those periods of the batch emission episode for which the emission 
rate for the entire episode can be determined or for which the emissions 
are greater than the average emission rate of the batch emission 
episode. The owner or operator choosing either of these options shall 
develop an emission profile illustrating the emission rate (kilogram per 
unit time) over the entire batch emission episode, based on either 
process knowledge or test data, to demonstrate that test periods are 
representative. Examples of information that could constitute process 
knowledge include calculations based on material balances and process 
stoichiometry. Previous test results may be used to develop the emission 
profile provided the results are still relevant to the current batch 
process vent conditions. The emission profile shall be included in the 
site-specific test plan required by Sec. 63.1417(h)(2).
    (6) Emissions determined by engineering assessment. To use 
engineering assessment to estimate organic HAP emissions from a batch 
emission episode, owners or operators shall comply with paragraphs 
(d)(6)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) If the criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(6)(i)(A), (B), and 
(C) of this section are met for a specific batch emission episode, the 
owner or operator may use engineering assessment to estimate organic HAP 
emissions from that batch emission episode.
    (A) Previous test data, where the measurement of organic HAP 
emissions was an outcome of the test, that show a greater than 20 
percent discrepancy between the test value and the value estimated using 
the applicable equations in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this 
section. Paragraphs (d)(6)(i)(A)(1) and (2) of this section describe 
test data that will be acceptable under this paragraph.
    (1) Test data for the batch emission episode obtained during 
production of the product for which the demonstration is being made.
    (2) Test data obtained for a batch emission episode from another 
process train where the test data were obtained during production of the 
product for which the demonstration is being made. Test data from 
another process train may be used only if the owner or operator can 
demonstrate that the data are representative of the batch emission 
episode for which the demonstration is being made, taking into account 
the nature, size, operating conditions, production rate, and sequence of 
process steps (e.g., reaction, distillation, etc.) of the equipment in 
the other process train.

[[Page 500]]

    (B) Previous test data for the batch emission episode with the 
highest organic HAP emissions on a mass basis where the measurement of 
organic HAP emissions was an outcome of the test, where data were 
obtained during the production of the product for which the 
demonstration is being made, and where the data show a greater than 20 
percent discrepancy between the test value and the value estimated using 
the applicable equations in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this 
section. If the criteria in this paragraph are met, then engineering 
assessment may be used for all batch emission episodes associated with 
that batch cycle for the batch unit operation.
    (C) The owner or operator has requested and been granted approval to 
use engineering assessment to estimate organic HAP emissions from a 
batch emissions episode. The request to use engineering assessment to 
estimate organic HAP emissions from a batch emissions episode shall 
contain sufficient information and data to demonstrate to the 
Administrator that engineering assessment is an accurate means of 
estimating organic HAP emissions for that particular batch emissions 
episode. The request to use engineering assessment to estimate organic 
HAP emissions for a batch emissions episode shall be submitted in the 
Precompliance Report, as required by Sec. 63.1417(d).
    (ii) Engineering assessment includes, but is not limited to, the 
following:
    (A) Previous test results, provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices;
    (B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data obtained under conditions 
representative of current process operating conditions;
    (C) Flow rate or organic HAP emission rate specified or implied 
within a permit limit applicable to the batch process vent; and
    (D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to:
    (1) Use of material balances;
    (2) Estimation of flow rate based on physical equipment design such 
as pump or blower capacities;
    (3) Estimation of organic HAP concentrations based on saturation 
conditions; and
    (4) Estimation of organic HAP concentrations based on grab samples 
of the liquid or vapor.
    (iii) Data or other information used to demonstrate that the 
criteria in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section have been met shall be 
reported as specified in paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) and (B) of this 
section.
    (A) Data or other information used to demonstrate that the criteria 
in paragraphs (d)(6)(i)(A) and (B) of this section have been met shall 
be reported in the Notification of Compliance Status, as required by 
Sec. 63.1417(e)(9).
    (B) The request for approval to use engineering assessment to 
estimate organic HAP emissions from a batch emissions episode as allowed 
under paragraph (d)(6)(i)(C) of this section, and sufficient data or 
other information for demonstrating to the Administrator that 
engineering assessment is an accurate means of estimating organic HAP 
emissions for that particular batch emissions episode shall be submitted 
with the Precompliance Report, as required by Sec. 63.1417(d).
    (7) Emissions for a single batch cycle. For each batch process vent, 
the organic HAP emissions associated with a single batch cycle shall be 
calculated using Equation 15 of this section:

Where:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.021

Ecycle=Emissions for an individual batch cycle, kg/batch 
          cycle.
Eepisodei=Emissions from batch emission episode i, kg/
          episode.
n=Number of batch emission episodes for the batch cycle.

    (8) Annual emissions from a batch process vent. Annual organic HAP 
emissions from a batch process vent shall be calculated using Equation 
16 of this section:

[[Page 501]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JA00.022


Where:

AE=Annual emissions from a batch process vent, kg/yr.
Ni=Number of type i batch cycles performed annually, cycles/
          year.
Ecyclei=Emissions from the batch process vent 
          associated with a single type i batch cycle, as determined in 
          paragraph (d)(7) of this section, kg/batch cycle.
n=Number of different types of batch cycles that cause the emission of 
          organic HAP from the batch process vent.

    (9) Partial pressures in multicomponent systems. Individual HAP 
partial pressures in multicomponent systems shall be determined using 
the appropriate method specified in paragraphs (d)(9)(i) through (iii) 
of this section.
    (i) If the components are miscible, use Raoult's law to calculate 
the partial pressures;
    (ii) If the solution is a dilute aqueous mixture, use Henry's law 
constants to calculate partial pressures;
    (iii) If Raoult's law or Henry's law is not appropriate or 
available, the owner or operator may use any of the options in paragraph 
(d)(9)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section.
    (A) Experimentally obtained activity coefficients, Henry's law 
constants, or solubility data;
    (B) Models, such as group-contribution models, to predict activity 
coefficients; or
    (C) Assume the components of the system behave independently and use 
the summation of all vapor pressures from the HAPs as the total HAP 
partial pressure.



Sec. 63.1415  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) General requirements. Each owner or operator of an emission 
point located at an affected source that uses a control device to comply 
with the requirements of this subpart and has one or more parameter 
monitoring level requirement specified under this subpart, shall install 
the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (b) of this section in 
order to demonstrate continued compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart. All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, 
maintained, and operated according to manufacturer's specifications or 
other written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the 
equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
    (1) This monitoring equipment shall be in operation at all times 
when organic HAP emissions that are required to be controlled as part of 
complying with the emission limits specified in Secs. 63.1404, 63.1405, 
63.1406, 63.1407, and 63.1408 are vented to the control device.
    (2) For control devices controlling less than 1 ton per year of 
uncontrolled organic HAP emissions, monitoring shall consist of a daily 
verification that the control device is operating properly. If the 
control device is used to control batch process vents alone or in 
combination with other emission points, the verification may be on a per 
batch cycle basis. This verification shall include, but not be limited 
to, a daily or per batch demonstration that the control device is 
working as designed. The procedure for this demonstration shall be 
submitted for review and approval as part of the Precompliance Report, 
as required by Sec. 63.1417(d)(10).
    (3) Nothing in this section shall be construed to allow a monitoring 
parameter excursion caused by an activity that violates other applicable 
provisions of subpart A, F, or G of this part.
    (b) Monitoring equipment. The monitoring equipment specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section shall be installed as 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section. The parameters to be 
monitored are specified in Table 3 of this subpart.
    (1) Where a scrubber is used, the following monitoring equipment is 
required.
    (i) A pH monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to 
monitor the pH of the scrubber effluent.
    (ii) A flow measurement device equipped with a continuous recorder 
shall be located at the scrubber influent for liquid flow. Gas stream 
flow shall be determined using one of the following procedures:
    (A) The owner or operator may determine gas stream flow using the 
design

[[Page 502]]

blower capacity with appropriate adjustments for pressure drop.
    (B) If the scrubber is subject to regulations in 40 CFR parts 264 
through 266 that required a determination of the liquid to gas (L/G) 
ratio prior to the applicable compliance date for this subpart, the 
owner or operator may determine gas stream flow by the method that had 
been utilized to comply with those regulations. A determination that was 
conducted prior to the compliance date for this subpart may be utilized 
to comply with this subpart if it is still representative.
    (C) The owner or operator may prepare and implement a gas stream 
flow determination plan that documents an appropriate method which will 
be used to determine the gas stream flow. The plan shall require 
determination of gas stream flow by a method which will at least provide 
a value for either a representative or the highest gas stream flow 
anticipated in the scrubber during representative operating conditions 
other than start-ups, shutdowns, or malfunctions. The plan shall include 
a description of the methodology to be followed and an explanation of 
how the selected methodology will reliably determine the gas stream 
flow, and a description of the records that will be maintained to 
document the determination of gas stream flow. The owner or operator 
shall maintain the plan as specified in Sec. 63.1416(a).
    (2) Where an absorber is used, a scrubbing liquid temperature 
monitoring device and a specific gravity monitoring device are required, 
each equipped with a continuous recorder.
    (3) Where a condenser is used, a condenser exit temperature (product 
side) monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
    (4) Where a carbon adsorber is used, an integrating regeneration 
steam flow or nitrogen flow, or pressure monitoring device having an 
accuracy of 10 percent of the flow rate, level, or pressure, 
or better, capable of recording the total regeneration steam flow or 
nitrogen flow, or pressure (gauge or absolute) for each regeneration 
cycle; and a carbon bed temperature monitoring device, capable of 
recording the carbon bed temperature after each regeneration and within 
15 minutes of completing any cooling cycle are required.
    (5) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
    (i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, 
the temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox or 
in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox in a position 
before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring 
devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and 
after the catalyst bed.
    (6) Where a flare is used, a device (including but not limited to a 
thermocouple, ultra-violet beam sensor, or infrared sensor) capable of 
continuously detecting the presence of a pilot flame is required.
    (7) Where a boiler or process heater of less than 44 megawatts 
design heat input capacity is used, a temperature monitoring device in 
the firebox equipped with a continuous recorder is required. Any boiler 
or process heater in which all vent streams are introduced with the 
primary fuel or are used as the primary fuel is exempt from this 
requirement.
    (8) As an alternate to paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this 
section, the owner or operator may install an organic monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder. Said organic monitoring device 
shall meet the requirements of Performance Specification 8 or 9 of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix B, and shall be installed, calibrated, and 
maintained according to Sec. 63.6.
    (c) Alternative monitoring parameters. An owner or operator may 
request approval to monitor parameters other than those specified in 
Table 3 of this subpart. The request shall be submitted according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.1417(j). Approval shall be requested if 
the owner or operator:
    (1) Uses a control device or control technology other than those 
included in paragraph (b) of this section; or
    (2) Uses one of the control devices included in paragraph (b) of 
this section, but seeks to monitor a parameter other

[[Page 503]]

than those specified in Table 3 of this subpart.
    (d) Monitoring of bypass lines. Owners or operators using a vent 
system that contains bypass lines that could divert emissions away from 
a control device or control technology used to comply with the 
provisions of this subpart shall comply with either paragraph (d)(1) or 
(2) of this section. Equipment such as low leg drains, high point 
bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure relief 
valves needed for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
    (1) Properly install, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
takes a reading at least once every 15 minutes. Records shall be 
generated as specified in Sec. 63.1416(d)(3). The flow indicator shall 
be installed at the entrance to any bypass line that could divert 
emissions away from the control device or control technology and to the 
atmosphere; or
    (2) Secure the bypass line damper or valve in the non-diverting 
position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual 
inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least 
once every month to ensure that the damper or valve is maintained in the 
non-diverting position and emissions are not diverted through the bypass 
line. Records shall be generated as specified in Sec. 63.1416(d)(3).
    (e) Monitoring for the alternative standards. For control devices 
that are used to comply with the provisions of Secs. 63.1404(b), 
63.1405(b), 63.1406(b), 63.1407(b), or 63.1408(b) the owner or operator 
shall conduct continuous monitoring of the outlet organic HAP 
concentration whenever emissions are vented to the control device. 
Continuous monitoring of outlet organic HAP concentration shall be 
accomplished using an FTIR instrument following Method PS-15 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix B. The owner or operator shall calculate a daily 
average outlet organic HAP concentration.



Sec. 63.1416  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Data retention. Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, each 
owner or operator of an affected source shall keep copies of all 
applicable records and reports required by this subpart for at least 5 
years, as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, with the 
exception listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner that 
they can be readily accessed. The most recent 6 months of records shall 
be retained on site or shall be accessible from a central location by 
computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. The remaining 4 and one-half years of records may be retained 
offsite. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-readable 
form including, but not limited to, on paper, microfilm, computer, 
floppy disk, CD-ROM, optical disc, magnetic tape, or microfiche.
    (2) If an owner or operator submits copies of reports to the 
appropriate EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator is not required 
to maintain copies of reports. If the EPA Regional Office has waived the 
requirement of Sec. 63.10(a)(4)(ii) for submittal of copies of reports, 
the owner or operator is not required to maintain copies of those 
reports.
    (b) Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan and records. The owner 
or operator of an affected source shall develop and implement a start-
up, shutdown, and malfunction plan as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3) and 
shall keep the plan on-site. Records shall be kept as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section. Records are not required for 
emission points that do not require control under this subpart.
    (1) Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction of operation of process equipment, or control 
devices, or recovery devices, or continuous monitoring systems, or 
control technologies used to comply with this subpart during which 
excess emissions (as defined in Sec. 63.1400(k)(4)) occur.
    (2) For each start-up, shutdown, or malfunction during which excess 
emissions (as defined in Sec. 63.1400(k)(4)) occur, records reflecting 
whether the procedures specified in the affected source's start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan were followed and documentation of 
actions taken that are

[[Page 504]]

not consistent with the plan. For example, if a start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan includes procedures for routing a control device to a 
backup control device (e.g., a halogenated stream could be routed to a 
flare during periods when the primary control device is out of service), 
records shall be kept of whether the plan was followed. These records 
may take the form of a ``checklist'' or other form of recordkeeping that 
confirms conformance with the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
for the event.
    (c) Monitoring records. Owners or operators required to comply with 
Sec. 63.1415 and, therefore, required to keep continuous records shall 
keep records as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this 
section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall record either each measured data 
value or average values for 1 hour or shorter periods calculated from 
all measured data values during each period. If values are measured more 
frequently than once per minute, a single value for each minute may be 
used to calculate the hourly (or shorter period) average instead of all 
measured values. Owners or operators of batch process vents shall record 
each measured data value; if values are measured more frequently than 
once per minute, a single value for each minute may be recorded instead 
of all measured values.
    (2) Daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block average 
values of each continuously monitored parameter shall be calculated for 
each operating day as specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 
section, except as specified in paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) of this 
section. The option of conducting parameter monitoring for batch process 
vents on a batch cycle daily average basis or a block average basis is 
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
    (i) The daily average value, batch cycle daily average, or block 
average shall be calculated as the average of all parameter values 
recorded during the operating day, or batch cycle, as appropriate, 
except as specified in paragraph (c)(4) of this section. For batch 
process vents, only parameter values recorded during those batch 
emission episodes, or portions thereof, in the batch cycle that the 
owner or operator has selected to control in order to comply shall be 
used to calculate the average. The calculated average shall cover a 24-
hour period if operation is continuous, or the number of hours of 
operation per operating day if operation is not continuous for daily 
average values or batch cycle daily average values. The calculated 
average shall cover the entire period of the batch cycle for block 
average values. As specified in Sec. 63.1413(a)(4)(i)(C)(3), the owner 
or operator shall provide the information needed to calculate batch 
cycle daily averages for operating days that include partial batch 
cycles.
    (ii) The operating day shall be the period the owner or operator 
specifies in the operating permit or the Notification of Compliance 
Status for purposes of determining daily average values or batch cycle 
daily average values of monitored parameters. The block shall be the 
entire period of the batch cycle, as specified by the owner or operator 
in the operating permit or the Notification of Compliance Status for 
purposes of determining block average values of monitored parameters.
    (3) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
operating day or block are above the minimum level or below the maximum 
level established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
permit, the owner or operator may record that all values were above the 
minimum level or below the maximum level rather than calculating and 
recording a daily average, or block average, for that operating day. For 
these operating days or blocks, the records required in paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section shall also be retained for 5 years.
    (4) Monitoring data recorded during periods identified in paragraphs 
(c)(4)(i) through (v) of this section shall not be included in any 
average computed under this subpart. Records shall be kept of the times 
and durations of all such periods and any other periods during process 
or control device or recovery device or control technology operation 
when monitors are not operating:
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;

[[Page 505]]

    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions; and
    (v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof) resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the monitoring 
applies.
    (5) The owner or operator who has received approval to monitor 
different parameters, under Sec. 63.1417(j) as allowed under 
Sec. 63.1415(e), than those specified for storage vessels, continuous 
process vents, or batch process vents shall retain for a period of 5 
years each record specified in their approved Alternative Monitoring 
Parameters request.
    (6) The owner or operator who has received approval to use 
alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping provisions as 
specified in Sec. 63.1417(k) shall retain for a period of 5 years each 
record specified in their approved Alternative Continuous Monitoring 
request.
    (d) Batch process vent records. (1) Compliance demonstration 
records. Each owner or operator of a batch process vent complying with 
Sec. 63.1406 or Sec. 63.1407 shall keep the following records, as 
applicable, readily accessible.
    (i) If a batch process vent is seeking to demonstrate compliance 
with the alternative standard specified in Sec. 63.1406(b) or 
Sec. 63.1407(b), results of the initial compliance demonstration 
specified in Sec. 63.1413(f).
    (ii) If a batch process vent is seeking to demonstrate compliance 
with the percent reduction requirements of Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(ii) or 
Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(ii), records documenting the batch cycle percent 
reduction or overall percent reduction, as appropriate, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1413(e)(1)(iii).
    (iii) When using a flare to comply with Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(i) or 
Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(i):
    (A) The flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted or non-
assisted);
    (B) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, flow 
rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the 
compliance determination required by Sec. 63.1413(g); and
    (C) Periods when all pilot flames were absent during the compliance 
determination required by Sec. 63.1413(g).
    (iv) The following information when using a control device or 
control technology, other than a flare, to achieve compliance with the 
percent reduction requirement of Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(ii) or 
Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(ii):
    (A) For an incinerator, non-combustion control device, or other 
control technology, the percent reduction of organic HAP achieved for 
emissions vented to the control device or control technology, as 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(1);
    (B) For a boiler or process heater, a description of the location at 
which the vent stream is introduced into the boiler or process heater; 
and
    (C) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity 
of less than 44 megawatts and where the vent stream is not introduced 
with the primary fuel or used as the primary fuel, the percent reduction 
of organic HAP achieved for emissions vented to the control device, as 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(1).
    (v) If a batch process vent is seeking to demonstrate compliance 
with the mass emission limits specified in Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(iii) or 
(a)(2)(iii) or specified in Sec. 63.1407(b)(2), the following 
information:
    (A) Results of the initial compliance demonstration specified in 
Sec. 63.1413(e)(2).
    (B) The organic HAP emissions from the batch process vent associated 
with each single type of batch cycle (Ecycle i) 
determined as specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2).
    (C) The site-specific emission limit required by Sec. 63.1413(e)(2), 
as appropriate.
    (vi) If an owner or operator designates a condenser sometimes 
operated as a process condenser as a control device, comply with either 
paragraph (d)(1)(vi)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) Retain information, data, analyses to document inprocess 
recycling of the material recovered when the condenser is operating as a 
control device.
    (B) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that material 
recovered by the condenser operating as a control device is reused in a 
manner meeting the definition of inprocess recycling.

[[Page 506]]

    (2) Establishment of parameter monitoring level records. For each 
parameter monitored according to Sec. 63.1415(b) and Table 3 of this 
subpart, or for alternate parameters and/or parameters for alternate 
control devices or control technologies monitored according to 
Sec. 63.1417(j) as allowed under Sec. 63.1415(e), maintain documentation 
showing the establishment of the level that indicates proper operation 
of the control device or control technology as required by 
Sec. 63.1415(c) for parameters specified in Sec. 63.1415(b) and as 
required by Sec. 63.1417(j) for alternate parameters. An owner or 
operator may choose to monitor operating parameters for batch process 
vents on a batch cycle daily average basis or on a block average basis. 
The batch cycle daily average is based on parameter monitoring 
accomplished during the operating day (i.e., a 24-hour basis). The block 
average is based on the parameter monitoring accomplished during a 
single batch cycle. As defined in Sec. 63.1402, the block shall be the 
period of time equal to a single batch cycle. Monitored parameter 
documentation shall include the following:
    (i) Parameter monitoring data used to establish the level.
    (ii) Identification that the parameter monitoring level is 
associated with a batch cycle daily average or a block average.
    (iii) A definition of the batch cycle or block, as appropriate.
    (3) Controlled batch process vent continuous compliance records. 
Continuous compliance records shall be kept as follows:
    (i) Each owner or operator of a batch process vent that uses a 
control device or control technology to comply with the percent 
reduction requirements of Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(ii) or 
Sec. 63.1407(a)(2)(ii) shall keep the following records, as applicable, 
readily accessible:
    (A) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.1415(b) as applicable, and 
listed in Table 3 of this subpart, or specified by the Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1417(f) as allowed under Sec. 63.1415(e). Said 
records shall be kept as specified under paragraph (c) of this section, 
except as follows:
    (1) For carbon adsorbers, the records specified in Table 3 of this 
subpart shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (2) For flares, the records specified in Table 4 of this subpart 
shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (B) Records of the batch cycle daily average value or block average 
value of each continuously monitored parameter, as specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (ii) Each owner or operator of a batch process vent that uses a 
control device or control technology to comply with Sec. 63.1406 or 
Sec. 63.1407 shall keep the following records, as applicable, readily 
accessible:
    (A) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator for bypass lines 
specified in Sec. 63.1415(d) was operating and whether a diversion was 
detected at any time during the hour. Also, records of the time and 
duration periods when the vent is diverted from the control device or 
control technology or the flow indicator specified in Sec. 63.1415(d) is 
not operating.
    (B) Where a seal or closure mechanism is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1415(d), hourly records of whether a diversion was detected at 
any time are not required. The owner or operator shall record whether 
the monthly visual inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has 
been done and shall record the occurrence of all periods when the seal 
mechanism is broken, the bypass line damper or valve position has 
changed, or the key for a lock-and-key type configuration has been 
checked out, and records of any car-seal that has broken.
    (C) Records specifying the times and duration of periods of 
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero 
(low-level) and high-level adjustments. In addition, records specifying 
any other periods of process or control device operation or control 
technology operation when monitors are not operating.
    (iii) Each owner or operator of a batch process vent seeking to 
demonstrate compliance with the alternative standard, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1406(b) or Sec. 63.1407(b), shall keep the records of continuous 
emissions monitoring described in Sec. 63.1416(c).

[[Page 507]]

    (iv) Each owner or operator of a batch process vent seeking to 
demonstrate compliance with the mass emission limits, specified in 
Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(iii) or (a)(2)(iii), shall keep the following 
records, as applicable, readily accessible.
    (A) The cumulative average monthly emission rate or the 12-month 
rolling average monthly emission rate, as appropriate.
    (B) If there is a deviation from the mass emission limit, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1413(h), the individual monthly emission rate data 
points making up the cumulative average monthly emission rate or the 12-
month rolling average monthly emission rate, as appropriate.
    (C) If it becomes necessary to redetermine (Ecycle 
i) for a reactor batch process vent, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1413(e)(2), the new value(s) for (Ecycle i).
    (D) If an owner or operator is demonstrating compliance using the 
procedures in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2), the monthly value of the site-specific 
emission limit developed under Sec. 63.1413(e)(2).
    (e) Aggregate batch vent stream records. (1) Compliance 
demonstration records. Each owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent 
stream complying with Sec. 63.1408(a)(1) or (2) shall keep the following 
records, as applicable, readily accessible:
    (i) If an aggregate batch vent stream is in compliance with the 
percent reduction requirements of Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(ii) or (a)(2)(ii), 
owners or operators shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements for 
continuous process vents specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS.
    (ii) If an aggregate batch vent stream is in compliance with the 
alternative standard specified in Sec. 63.1408(b), results of the 
initial compliance demonstration specified in Sec. 63.1413(f).
    (iii) When using a flare to comply with Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(i) or 
(a)(2)(i):
    (A) The flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted or non-
assisted).
    (B) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, flow 
rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the 
compliance determination required by Sec. 63.1413(g).
    (C) Periods when all pilot flames were absent during the compliance 
determination required by Sec. 63.1413(g).
    (iv) If an aggregate batch vent stream is seeking to comply with the 
mass emission limits specified in Sec. 63.1408(b)(2), results of the 
initial compliance demonstration specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2). In 
addition, for each batch process vent, the emissions associated with 
each single type of batch cycle (Ecycle i), determined 
as specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2), shall be recorded.
    (2) Establishment of parameter monitoring level records. For each 
parameter monitored according to Sec. 63.1415(b) and Table 3 of this 
subpart, or for alternate parameters and/or parameters for alternate 
control devices monitored according to Sec. 63.1417(j) as allowed under 
Sec. 63.1415(e), maintain documentation showing the establishment of the 
level that indicates proper operation of the control device as required 
by Sec. 63.1415(c) for parameters specified in Sec. 63.1415(b) and as 
required by Sec. 63.1417(j) for alternate parameters. Monitored 
parameter documentation shall include the parameter monitoring data used 
to establish the level.
    (3) Controlled aggregate batch vent streams continuous compliance 
records. The following continuous compliance records shall be kept, as 
applicable:
    (i) Each owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream that 
uses a control device to comply with the percent reduction requirement 
of Sec. 63.1408(a)(1)(ii) or (a)(2)(ii) shall keep the following 
records, as applicable, readily accessible:
    (A) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.1415(b) as applicable, and 
listed in Table 3 of this subpart, or specified by the Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1417(j) as allowed under Sec. 63.1415(e). 
Records shall be kept as specified under paragraph (c) of this section, 
except as follows:
    (1) For carbon adsorbers, the records specified in Table 3 of this 
subpart shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (2) For flares, the records specified in Table 3 of this subpart 
shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (B) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
monitored

[[Page 508]]

parameter, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (ii) Each owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream that 
uses a control device to comply with paragraph Sec. 63.1408(a)(1) or (2) 
of this section shall keep the following records, as applicable, readily 
accessible:
    (A) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator for bypass lines 
specified in Sec. 63.1415(d) was operating and whether a diversion was 
detected at any time during the hour. Also, records of the times and 
durations of periods when the vent is diverted from the control device 
or the flow indicator specified in Sec. 63.1415(d) is not operating.
    (B) Where a seal or closure mechanism is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1415(d), hourly records of whether a diversion was detected at 
any time are not required. The owner or operator shall record whether 
the monthly visual inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has 
been done, and shall record the occurrence of all periods when the seal 
mechanism is broken, the bypass line damper or valve position has 
changed, or the key for a lock-and-key type configuration has been 
checked out, and records of any car-seal that has broken.
    (C) Records specifying the times and duration of periods of 
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero 
(low-level) and high-level adjustments. In addition, records specifying 
any other periods of process or control device operation when monitors 
are not operating.
    (iii) Each owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream 
seeking to demonstrate compliance with the alternative standard, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1408(b), shall keep the records of continuous 
emissions monitoring described in Sec. 63.1416(c).
    (iv) Each owner or operator of an aggregate batch vent stream 
seeking to demonstrate compliance with the mass emission limits, 
specified in Sec. 63.1408(b)(2), shall keep the following records, as 
applicable, readily accessible:
    (A) The rolling average monthly emission rate or the 12-month 
rolling average monthly emission rate, as appropriate.
    (B) If there is a deviation from the emission limit, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1413(h)(1), the individual monthly emission rate data points 
making up the rolling average monthly emission rate or the 12-month 
rolling average monthly emission rate, as appropriate.
    (C) If it becomes necessary to redetermine 
(Ecyclei) for a reactor batch process vent, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2), the new value(s) for 
(Ecyclei).
    (f) Continuous process vent records. (1) TRE index value records. 
Each owner or operator of a continuous process vent shall maintain 
records of measurements, engineering assessments, and calculations 
performed according to the procedures of Sec. 63.1412(j) to determine 
the TRE index value. Documentation of engineering assessments, described 
in Sec. 63.1412(k), shall include all data, assumptions, and procedures 
used for the engineering assessments.
    (2) Volumetric flow rate records. Each owner or operator of a 
continuous process vent shall record the volumetric flow rate as 
measured using the sampling site and volumetric flow rate determination 
procedures (if applicable) specified in Sec. 63.1412(b) and (f) or 
determined through engineering assessment as specified in 
Sec. 63.1412(k).
    (3) Organic HAP concentration records. Each owner or operator shall 
record the organic HAP concentration as measured using the sampling site 
and organic HAP concentration determination procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1412(b)and (e), or determined through engineering assessment as 
specified in Sec. 63.1412(k).
    (4) Process change records. Each owner or operator of a continuous 
process vent shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible records of any 
process changes that change the control applicability for a continuous 
process vent. Records are to include any recalculation or measurement of 
the flow rate, organic HAP concentration, and TRE index value.
    (g) Other records or documentation. (1) For continuous monitoring 
systems used to comply with this subpart, owners or operators shall keep 
records documenting the completion of calibration checks and records 
documenting the maintenance of continuous monitoring

[[Page 509]]

systems that are specified in the manufacturer's instructions or that 
are specified in other written procedures that provide adequate 
assurance that the equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor 
accurately.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected source granted a waiver 
under Sec. 63.10(f) shall maintain any information demonstrating whether 
an affected source is meeting the requirements for a waiver of 
recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
    (3) Owners or operators using the exemption from the equipment leak 
provisions provided by Sec. 63.1400(f) shall comply with either 
paragraph (g)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall retain information, data, and 
analysis used to document the basis for using the exemption provided by 
Sec. 63.1400(f). Such information, data, and analysis shall be retained 
for the 12-month period preceding December 14, 1998 and for each 12-
month period the affected source is in operation and using the exemption 
provided by Sec. 63.1400(f). The beginning of each 12-month period shall 
be the anniversary of December 14, 1998.
    (ii) When requested by the Administrator, the owner or operator 
shall demonstrate that actual annual production is equal to or less than 
800 megagrams per year of amino/phenolic resin for the 12-month period 
preceding December 14, 1998, and for each 12-month period the affected 
source has been in operation and using the exemption provided by 
Sec. 63.1400(f). The beginning of each 12-month period shall be the 
anniversary of December 14, 1998.
    (4) The owner or operator of a heat exchange system located at an 
affected source shall retain the following records:
    (i) Monitoring data required by Sec. 63.1409 indicating a leak and 
the date when the leak was detected, and if demonstrated not to be a 
leak, the basis for that determination.
    (ii) Records of any leaks detected by procedures subject to 
Sec. 63.1409(c)(2) and the date the leak was detected.
    (iii) The dates of efforts to repair leaks.
    (iv) The method or procedure used to confirm repair of a leak and 
the date repair was confirmed.
    (h) Reduced recordkeeping program. For any parameter with respect to 
any item of equipment, the owner or operator may implement the 
recordkeeping requirements specified in paragraph (h)(1) or (2) of this 
section as alternatives to the provisions specified in this subpart for 
storage vessels, continuous process vents, batch process vents, or 
aggregate batch vent streams. The owner or operator shall retain for a 
period of 5 years each record required by paragraph (h)(1) or (2) of 
this section.
    (1) The owner or operator may retain only the daily average, batch 
cycle daily average, or block average value, and is not required to 
retain more frequent values, for a parameter with respect to an item of 
equipment, if the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (vi) of 
this section are met. An owner or operator electing to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section shall notify the 
Administrator in the Notification of Compliance Status Report required 
under Sec. 63.1417(e) or, if the Notification of Compliance Status has 
already been submitted, in the Periodic Report immediately preceding 
implementation of the requirements of this paragraph as specified in 
Sec. 63.1417(f)(10).
    (i) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unrealistic or 
impossible data during periods of operation other than start-ups, 
shutdowns, or malfunctions (e.g., a temperature reading of -200  deg.C 
on a boiler) and will alert the operator by alarm or other means. The 
owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances of the 
alarm or other alert in an operating day or block constitute a single 
occurrence.
    (ii) The monitoring system generates, updated at least hourly 
throughout each operating day, a running average of the parameter values 
that have been obtained during that operating day or block, and the 
capability to observe this running average is readily available on-site 
to the Administrator during the operating day. The owner or operator 
shall record the occurrence of any period meeting the criteria in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(A)

[[Page 510]]

through (C) of this section. All instances in an operating day or block 
constitute a single occurrence:
    (A) The running average is above the maximum or below the minimum 
established limits;
    (B) The running average is based on at least six 1-hour average 
values; and
    (C) The running average reflects a period of operation other than a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iii) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unchanging data 
during periods of operation other than start-ups, shutdowns, or 
malfunctions, except in circumstances where the presence of unchanging 
data is the expected operating condition based on past experience (e.g., 
pH in some scrubbers) and will alert the operator by alarm or other 
means. The owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances 
of the alarm or other alert in an operating day or block constitute a 
single occurrence.
    (iv) The monitoring system will alert the owner or operator by an 
alarm or other means if the running average parameter value calculated 
under paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section reaches a set point that is 
appropriately related to the established limit for the parameter that is 
being monitored.
    (v) The owner or operator shall verify the proper functioning of the 
monitoring system, including its ability to comply with the requirements 
of paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, at the times 
specified in paragraphs (h)(1)(v)(A) through (C). The owner or operator 
shall document that the required verifications occurred.
    (A) Upon initial installation.
    (B) Annually after initial installation.
    (C) After any change to the programming or equipment constituting 
the monitoring system which might reasonably be expected to alter the 
monitoring system's ability to comply with the requirements of this 
section.
    (vi) The owner or operator shall retain the records identified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(vi)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Identification of each parameter for each item of equipment for 
which the owner or operator has elected to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (B) A description of the applicable monitoring system(s) and how 
compliance will be achieved with each requirement of paragraphs 
(h)(1)(i) through (v) of this section. The description shall identify 
the location and format (e.g., on-line storage, log entries) for each 
required record. If the description changes, the owner or operator shall 
retain, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, except as provided 
in paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this section, both the current and the 
most recent superseded description.
    (C) A description and the date of any change to the monitoring 
system that would reasonably be expected to impair its ability to comply 
with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (D) Owners and operators subject to paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(B) of this 
section shall retain the current description of the monitoring system as 
long as the description is current. The current description shall, at 
all times, be retained on-site or be accessible from a central location 
by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. The owner or operator shall retain all superseded descriptions 
for at least 5 years after the date of their creation. Superseded 
descriptions shall be retained on-site (or accessible from a central 
location by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours 
after a request) for at least 6 months after their creation. Thereafter, 
superseded descriptions may be stored off-site.
    (2) If an owner or operator has elected to implement the 
requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section for a parameter with 
respect to an item of equipment and a period of 6 consecutive months has 
passed without any deviation as defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this 
section, the owner or operator is no longer required to record the daily 
average, batch cycle daily average, or block average value for any 
operating day when the daily average, batch cycle daily average, or 
block average value is less than the maximum or greater than the minimum 
established limit. With approval by the Administrator, monitoring data 
generated prior to the compliance date of

[[Page 511]]

this subpart shall be credited toward the period of 6 consecutive months 
if the parameter limit and the monitoring accomplished during the period 
prior to the compliance date were required and/or approved by the 
Administrator.
    (i) If the owner or operator elects not to retain the daily average, 
batch cycle daily average, or block average values, the owner or 
operator shall notify the Administrator in the next Periodic Report as 
specified in Sec. 63.1417(f)(11). The notification shall identify the 
parameter and unit of equipment.
    (ii) If, on any operating day or during any block after the owner or 
operator has ceased recording the daily average, batch cycle daily 
average, or block average values as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this 
section, there is a deviation as defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall immediately resume retaining the 
daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block average value for 
each operating day and shall notify the Administrator in the next 
Periodic Report. The owner or operator shall continue to retain each 
daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block average value until 
another period of 6 consecutive months has passed without a deviation as 
defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall retain the records specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section for the duration 
specified in paragraph (h) of this section. For any calendar week, if 
compliance with paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section does 
not result in retention of a record of at least one occurrence or 
measured parameter value, the owner or operator shall record and retain 
at least one value during a period of operation other than a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iv) For purposes of paragraph (h)(2) of this section, a deviation 
means that the daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block 
average value of monitoring data for a parameter is greater than the 
maximum, or less than the minimum established value, except that the 
daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block average value during 
any start-up, shutdown, or malfunction shall not be considered a 
deviation for purposes of paragraph (h)(2) of this section, if the owner 
or operator follows the applicable provisions of the start-up, shutdown, 
and malfunction plan required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3).



Sec. 63.1417  Reporting requirements.

    (a) Reporting and notification. In addition to the reports and 
notifications required by subpart A of this part as specified in Table 1 
of this subpart, the owner or operator of an affected source shall 
prepare and submit the reports listed in paragraphs (d) through (i) of 
this section as applicable. All reports required by this subpart and the 
schedule for their submittal are listed in Table 5 of this subpart.
    (b) General. Owners and operators are required to meet the reporting 
requirements of this subpart unless they can demonstrate that failure to 
submit information required to be included in a specified report was due 
to the circumstances described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this 
section. Examples of circumstances where this paragraph may apply 
include information related to newly-added equipment or emission points, 
changes in the process, changes in equipment required or utilized for 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart, or changes in methods 
or equipment for monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting.
    (1) The information was not known in time for inclusion in the 
report specified by this subpart.
    (2) The owner or operator has been diligent in obtaining the 
information.
    (3) The owner or operator submits a report according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section, as 
appropriate.
    (i) If this subpart expressly provides for supplements to the report 
in which the information is required, the owner or operator shall submit 
the information as a supplement to that report. The information shall be 
submitted no later than 60 days after it is obtained, unless otherwise 
specified in this subpart.
    (ii) If this subpart does not expressly provide for supplements, but 
the owner or operator must submit a request for revision of an operating 
permit pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or part 71 due to

[[Page 512]]

circumstances to which the information pertains, the owner or operator 
shall submit the information with the request for revision to the 
operating permit.
    (iii) In any case not addressed by paragraph (b)(3)(i) or paragraph 
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit the 
information with the first Periodic Report, as required by this subpart, 
which has a submission deadline at least 60 days after the information 
is obtained.
    (c) Submittals. All reports required under this subpart shall be 
sent to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in 
Sec. 63.13. If acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or 
operator of an affected source, reports may be submitted on electronic 
media.
    (d) Precompliance Report. Owners or operators of affected sources 
requesting an extension for compliance; requesting approval to use 
alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous monitoring and 
recordkeeping, or alternative controls; requesting approval to use 
engineering assessment to estimate organic HAP emissions from a batch 
emissions episode as described in Sec. 63.1414(d)(6)(i)(C); wishing to 
establish parameter monitoring levels according to the procedures 
contained in Sec. 63.1413(a)(4)(ii); establishing parameter monitoring 
levels based on a design evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.1413(a)(3); 
following the procedures in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2); or requesting approval 
to incorporate a provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data during 
a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction into the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it 
did not cease to collect monitoring data, as permitted under 
Sec. 63.1417(d)(9), shall submit a Precompliance Report according to the 
schedule described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The 
Precompliance Report shall contain the information specified in 
paragraphs (d)(2) through (11) of this section, as appropriate.
    (1) The Precompliance Report shall be submitted to the Administrator 
no later than 12 months prior to the compliance date. Unless the 
Administrator objects to a request submitted in the Precompliance Report 
within 45 days after its receipt, the request shall be deemed approved. 
For new affected sources, the Precompliance Report shall be submitted to 
the Administrator with the application for approval of construction or 
reconstruction required by Sec. 63.5(d), as specified on Table 1 of this 
subpart. Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted as 
specified in paragraph (d)(11) of this section.
    (2) A request for an extension for compliance, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1401(d), may be submitted in the Precompliance Report. The 
request for a compliance extension will include the data outlined in 
Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D), as required in Sec. 63.1401(d)(1).
    (3) The alternative monitoring parameter information required in 
paragraph (j) of this section shall be submitted in the Precompliance 
Report if, for any emission point, the owner or operator of an affected 
source seeks to comply through the use of a control technique other than 
those for which monitoring parameters are specified in this subpart or 
seeks to comply by monitoring a different parameter than those specified 
in this subpart.
    (4) If the affected source seeks to comply using alternative 
continuous monitoring and recordkeeping as specified in paragraph (k) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
requested in paragraph (d)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section in the 
Precompliance Report:
    (i) The owner or operator shall submit notification of the intent to 
use the provisions specified in paragraph (k) of this section; or
    (ii) The owner or operator shall submit a request for approval to 
use alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping provisions as 
specified in paragraph (k) of this section.
    (5) The owner or operator shall report the intent to use alternative 
controls to comply with the provisions of this subpart in the 
Precompliance Report. The Administrator may deem the alternative 
controls to be equivalent to the controls required by the standard under 
the procedures outlined in Sec. 63.6(g).

[[Page 513]]

    (6) If a request for approval to use engineering assessment to 
estimate organic HAP emissions from a batch emissions episode, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1414(d)(6)(i)(C), is being made, the information 
required by Sec. 63.1414(d)(6)(iii)(B) shall be submitted in the 
Precompliance Report.
    (7) If an owner or operator elects to establish parameter monitoring 
levels according to the procedures contained in Sec. 63.1413(a)(4)(ii), 
or will be establishing parameter monitoring levels based on a design 
evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.1413(a)(3), the following information 
shall be submitted in the Precompliance Report:
    (i) Identification of which procedures (i.e., Sec. 63.1413(a)(1)(i) 
or (ii)) are to be used; and
    (ii) A description of how the parameter monitoring level is to be 
established. If the procedures in Sec. 63.1413(a)(4)(ii) are to be used, 
a description of how performance test data will be used shall be 
included.
    (8) If an owner or operator is complying with the mass emission 
limit specified in Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(iii) or (a)(2)(iii), 
Sec. 63.1407(b)(2), or Sec. 63.1408(b)(2), the sample of production 
records specified in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2) shall be submitted in the 
Precompliance Report.
    (9) If the owner or operator is requesting approval to incorporate a 
provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data during a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction into the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it did not cease 
to collect monitoring data, the information specified in paragraphs 
(d)(9)(i) and (ii) of this section shall be supplied in the 
Precompliance Report or in a supplement to the Precompliance Report. The 
Administrator shall evaluate the supporting documentation and shall 
approve the request only if, in the Administrator's judgment, the 
specific monitoring equipment would be damaged by the contemporaneous 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (i) Documentation supporting a claim that the monitoring equipment 
would be damaged by the contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction.
    (ii) A request to incorporate such a provision for ceasing to 
collect monitoring data during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction into 
the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan.
    (10) The procedure for a control device controlling less than 1 ton 
per year of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions shall be submitted, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1415(a)(2). Such a procedure shall meet the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1415(a)(2).
    (11) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted as 
specified in paragraph (d)(11)(i) or (ii) of this section. Unless the 
Administrator objects to a request submitted in a supplement to the 
Precompliance Report within 45 days after its receipt, the request shall 
be deemed approved.
    (i) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted to 
clarify or modify information previously submitted.
    (ii) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted to 
request approval to use alternative monitoring parameters, as specified 
in paragraph (j) of this section; to use alternative continuous 
monitoring and recordkeeping, as specified in paragraph (k) of this 
section; to use alternative controls, as specified in paragraph (d)(5) 
of this section; to use engineering assessment to estimate organic HAP 
emissions from a batch emissions episode, as specified in paragraph 
(d)(6) of this section; to establish parameter monitoring levels 
according to the procedures contained in Sec. 63.1413(a)(4)(ii) or 
(a)(3), as specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section; or to include 
a provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data during a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction in the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it did not cease to 
collect monitoring data, as specified in paragraph (d)(9) of this 
section.
    (e) Notification of Compliance Status. For existing and new affected 
sources, a Notification of Compliance Status shall be submitted within 
150 days after the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1401. For 
equipment leaks, the Notification of Compliance Status shall contain the 
information specified in 40

[[Page 514]]

CFR part 63, subpart UU. For storage vessels, continuous process vents, 
batch process vents, and aggregate batch vent streams, the Notification 
of Compliance Status shall contain the information listed in paragraphs 
(e)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) The results of any emission point applicability determinations, 
performance tests, design evaluations, inspections, continuous 
monitoring system performance evaluations, any other information used to 
demonstrate compliance, and any other information, as appropriate, 
required to be included in the Notification of Compliance Status under 
40 CFR part 63, subpart WW and subpart SS, as referred to in 
Sec. 63.1404 for storage vessels; under 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS, as 
referred to in Sec. 63.1405 for continuous process vents; under 
Sec. 63.1416(f)(1) through (3) for continuous process vents; under 
Sec. 63.1416(d)(1) for batch process vents; and under Sec. 63.1416(e)(1) 
for aggregate batch vent streams. In addition, each owner or operator 
shall comply with paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) For performance tests, applicability determinations, and 
estimates of organic HAP emissions that are based on measurements, the 
Notification of Compliance Status shall include one complete test 
report, as described in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, for each 
test method used for a particular kind of emission point. For additional 
tests performed for the same kind of emission point using the same 
method, the results and any other required information shall be 
submitted, but a complete test report is not required.
    (ii) A complete test report shall include a brief process 
description, sampling site description, description of sampling and 
analysis procedures and any modifications to standard procedures, 
quality assurance procedures, record of operating conditions during the 
test, record of preparation of standards, record of calibrations, raw 
data sheets for field sampling, raw data sheets for field and laboratory 
analyses, documentation of calculations, and any other information 
required by the test method.
    (2) For each monitored parameter for which a maximum or minimum 
level is required to be established, the Notification of Compliance 
Status shall contain the information specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) 
through (iv) of this section, unless this information has been 
established and provided in the operating permit.
    (i) The required information shall include the specific maximum or 
minimum level of the monitored parameter(s) for each emission point.
    (ii) The required information shall include the rationale for the 
specific maximum or minimum level for each parameter for each emission 
point, including any data and calculations used to develop the level and 
a description of why the level indicates proper operation of the control 
device or control technology.
    (iii) The required information shall include a definition of the 
affected source's operating day, as specified in Sec. 63.1416(c)(2)(ii), 
for purposes of determining daily average values or batch cycle daily 
average values of monitored parameters. The required information shall 
include a definition of the affected source's block(s), as specified in 
Sec. 63.1416(c)(2)(ii), for purposes of determining block average values 
of monitored parameters.
    (iv) For batch process vents, the required information shall include 
a definition of each batch cycle that requires the control of one or 
more batch emission episodes during the cycle, as specified in 
Secs. 63.1413(e)(1)(iii) and 63.1416(c)(2)(ii).
    (3) When the determination of applicability for process units, as 
made following the procedures in Sec. 63.1400(g), indicates that a 
process unit is an APPU, an identification of the APPU and a statement 
indicating that the APPU is an APPU that produces more than one intended 
product at the same time, as specified in Sec. 63.1400(g)(1), or is a 
flexible operations process unit as specified in Sec. 63.1400(g)(2) 
through (4).
    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) The results for each predominant use determination for storage 
vessels belonging to an affected source subject to this subpart that is 
made under Sec. 63.1400(h)(6).
    (6) Notification that the owner or operator has elected to comply 
with Sec. 63.1416(h), Reduced Recordkeeping Program.

[[Page 515]]

    (7) Notification that an affected source is exempt from the 
equipment leak provisions of Sec. 63.1410 according to the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1400(f), and the affected source's actual annual production of 
amino/phenolic resins for the 12-month period preceding December 14, 
1998.
    (8) An owner or operator with a combustion device, recovery device, 
or recapture device affected by the situation described in 
Sec. 63.1400(i)(5) shall identify which rule shall be complied with for 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements, as allowed under 
Sec. 63.1400(i)(5).
    (9) Data or other information used to demonstrate that an owner or 
operator may use engineering assessment to estimate emissions for a 
batch emission episode, as specified in Sec. 63.1413(d)(6)(iii)(A).
    (f) Periodic Reports. For existing and new affected sources, each 
owner or operator shall submit Periodic Reports as specified in 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section. In addition, for equipment leaks 
subject to Sec. 63.1410, the owner or operator shall submit the 
information specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart UU, and for heat 
exchange systems subject to Sec. 63.1409, the owner or operator shall 
submit the information specified in Sec. 63.1409. Section 63.1415 shall 
govern the use of monitoring data to determine compliance for emissions 
points required to apply controls by the provisions of this subpart.
    (1) Except as specified in paragraph (f)(12) of this section, a 
report containing the information in paragraph (f)(2) of this section or 
containing the information in paragraphs (f)(3) through (11) of this 
section, as appropriate, shall be submitted semiannually no later than 
60 days after the end of each 180 day period. The first report shall be 
submitted no later than 240 days after the date the Notification of 
Compliance Status is due and shall cover the 6-month period beginning on 
the date the Notification of Compliance Status is due. Subsequent 
reports shall cover each preceding 6-month period.
    (2) If none of the compliance exceptions specified in paragraphs 
(f)(3) through (11) of this section occurred during the 6-month period, 
the Periodic Report required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall 
be a statement that the affected source was in compliance for the 
preceding 6-month period and no activities specified in paragraphs 
(f)(3) through (11) of this section occurred during the preceding 6-
month period.
    (3) For an owner or operator of an affected source complying with 
the provisions of Secs. 63.1404 through 63.1409 for any emission point, 
Periodic Reports shall include:
    (i) All information specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW and 
subpart SS for storage vessels; 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS for 
continuous process vents; Sec. 63.1416(d)(3)(ii) for batch process 
vents; and Sec. 63.1416(e) for aggregate batch vent stream.
    (ii) The daily average values, batch cycle daily average values, or 
block average values of monitored parameters for deviations, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1413(h), of operating parameters. In addition, the 
periods and duration of periods when monitoring data were not collected 
shall be specified.
    (4) Notification if one or more emission point(s) or one or more 
APPU is added to an affected source. The owner or operator shall submit 
the following information:
    (i) A description of the addition to the affected source;
    (ii) Notification of applicability status (i.e., does the emission 
point require control) of the additional emission point, if appropriate, 
or notification of all emission points in the added APPU.
    (5) If there is a deviation from the mass emission limit specified 
in Sec. 63.1406(a)(1)(iii) or (a)(2)(iii), Sec. 63.1407(b)(2), or 
Sec. 63.1408(b)(2), the following information, as appropriate, shall be 
included:
    (i) The cumulative average monthly emission rate or the 12-month 
rolling average monthly emission rate, as appropriate.
    (ii) The individual monthly emission rate data points making up the 
cumulative average monthly emission rate or the 12-month rolling average 
monthly emission rate, as appropriate.
    (iii) If an owner or operator is demonstrating compliance using the 
procedures in Sec. 63.1413(e)(2)(ii), the monthly

[[Page 516]]

value of the site-specific emission limit.
    (6) If any performance tests are reported in a Periodic Report, the 
following information shall be included:
    (i) One complete test report shall be submitted for each test method 
used for a particular kind of emission point tested. A complete test 
report shall contain the information specified in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) 
of this section.
    (ii) For additional tests performed for the same kind of emission 
point using the same method, results and any other information required 
shall be submitted, but a complete test report is not required.
    (7) The Periodic Report shall include the results for each change 
made to a primary product determination for amino/phenolic resins made 
under Sec. 63.1400(g).
    (8) The Periodic Report shall include the results for each change 
made to a predominant use determination for a storage vessel belonging 
to an affected source subject to this subpart that is made under 
Sec. 63.1400(h)(6).
    (9) If an owner or operator invokes the delay of repair provisions 
for a heat exchange system, the following information shall be 
submitted, as appropriate. If the leak remains unrepaired, the 
information shall also be submitted in each subsequent periodic report 
until repair of the leak is reported.
    (i) The presence of the leak and the date that the leak was 
detected.
    (ii) Whether or not the leak has been repaired. If the leak is 
repaired, the date the leak was successfully repaired. If the leak 
remains unrepaired, the expected date of repair.
    (iii) The reason(s) for delay of repair. If delay of repair is 
invoked due to the reasons described in Sec. 63.1409(e)(2), 
documentation of emissions estimates shall be included.
    (10) Notification that the owner or operator has elected to comply 
with Sec. 63.1416(h), Reduced Recordkeeping Program.
    (11) Notification that the owner or operator has elected to not 
retain the daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block average 
values, as appropriate, as specified in Sec. 63.1416(h)(2)(i).
    (12) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for particular emission points as specified in 
paragraphs (f)(12)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for a period of 1 year for an emission point if the 
Administrator requests the owner or operator to submit quarterly reports 
for the emission point.
    (ii) The quarterly reports shall include all information specified 
in paragraphs (f)(3) through (11) of this section applicable to the 
emission point for which quarterly reporting is required under paragraph 
(f)(12)(i) of this section. Information applicable to other emission 
points within the affected source shall be submitted in the semiannual 
reports required under paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 days 
after the end of each quarter.
    (iv) After quarterly reports have been submitted for an emission 
point for 1 year, the owner or operator may return to semiannual 
reporting for the emission point unless the Administrator requests the 
owner or operator to continue to submit quarterly reports.
    (g) Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction reports. For the purposes of 
this subpart, the semiannual start-up, shutdown, and malfunction reports 
shall be submitted on the same schedule as the Periodic Reports required 
under paragraph (f) of this section instead of being submitted on the 
schedule specified in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i). Said reports shall include 
the information specified in Sec. 63.1416(b)(1) and (2) and shall 
contain the name, title, and signature of the owner or operator or other 
responsible official who is certifying its accuracy.
    (h) Other reports. Other reports shall be submitted as specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) For storage vessels, the notifications of inspections required 
by 40 CFR part 63, subpart WW shall be submitted.
    (2) A site-specific test plan shall be submitted no later than 90 
days before the planned date for a performance test. Unless the 
Administrator requests changes to the site-specific test plan within 45 
days after its receipt, the site-specific test plan shall be deemed

[[Page 517]]

approved. The test plan shall include a description of the planned test 
and rationale for why the planned performance test will provide adequate 
and representative results for demonstrating the performance of the 
control device. If required by Sec. 63.1413(e)(1) or Sec. 63.1414(d)(5), 
the test plan shall include an emission profile and rationale for why 
the selected test period is representative.
    (3) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the 
intention to conduct a performance test at least 30 days before the 
performance test is scheduled in order to allow the Administrator the 
opportunity to have an observer present during the test. If after 30 
days notice for an initially scheduled performance test, there is delay 
(due to operational problems, etc.) in conducting the scheduled 
performance test, the owner or operator of an affected source shall 
notify the Administrator as soon as possible of any delay in the 
original test date, either by providing at least 7 days prior notice of 
the rescheduled date of the performance test, or by arranging a 
rescheduled date with the Administrator by mutual agreement.
    (4) When the conditions of Sec. 63.1400(g)(7) or the conditions of 
Sec. 63.1400(g)(8) are met, notification of changes to the primary 
product for an APPU or process unit shall be submitted. When a 
notification is made in response to a change in the primary product 
under Sec. 63.1400(g)(7), rationale for why it is anticipated that no 
amino/phenolic resins will be produced in the process unit in the future 
shall be included.
    (5) Owners or operators of APPU or emission points (other than 
equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1410) that are added to the 
affected source under the provisions of Sec. 63.1400(d)(2) or (3) or 
under the provisions of Sec. 63.5(b)(6) shall submit reports as 
specified in paragraphs (h)(5)(i) through (ii) of this section.
    (i) Reports shall include:
    (A) A description of the process change or addition, as appropriate;
    (B) The planned start-up date and the appropriate compliance date; 
and
    (C) Identification of the emission points (except equipment leak 
components subject to Sec. 63.1410) specified in paragraphs 
(h)(5)(i)(C)(1) through (3) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) All the emission points in an added APPU.
    (2) All the emission points in an affected source that becomes a new 
affected source.
    (3) All the added or created emission points resulting from a 
process change.
    (ii) If the owner or operator wishes to request approval to use 
alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous monitoring or 
recordkeeping, alternative controls, engineering assessment to estimate 
organic HAP emissions from a batch emissions episode, or wishes to 
establish parameter monitoring levels according to the procedures 
contained in Sec. 63.1413(a)(1)(ii) or (ii), a Precompliance Report 
shall be submitted no later than 180 days prior to the appropriate 
compliance date.
    (6) The information specified in paragraphs (h)(6)(i) and (ii) of 
this section shall be submitted when a small control device becomes a 
large control device, as specified in Sec. 63.1413(a)(1)(ii).
    (i) Notification that a small control device has become a large 
control device and the site-specific test plan shall be submitted within 
60 days of the date the small control device becomes a large control 
device. The site-specific test plan shall include the information 
specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section. Approval of the site-
specific test plan shall follow paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
    (ii) Results of the performance test required by 
Sec. 63.1413(a)(1)(ii) shall be submitted within 150 days of the date 
the small control device becomes a large control device.
    (7) Whenever a continuous process vent becomes subject to control 
requirements under 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS, as a result of a process 
change, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 60 days after 
the performance test or applicability assessment, whichever is sooner. 
The report may be submitted as part of the next Periodic Report required 
by paragraph (f) of this section.
    (i) The report shall include the following information:

[[Page 518]]

    (A) A description of the process change;
    (B) The results of the recalculation of the organic HAP 
concentration, volumetric flow rate, and or TRE index value required 
under Sec. 63.1412 and recorded under Sec. 63.1416(f).
    (C) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.1405.
    (ii) If a performance test is required as a result of a process 
change, the owner or operator shall specify that the performance test 
has become necessary due to a process change. This specification shall 
be made in the performance test notification to the Administrator, as 
specified in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    (iii) If a process change does not result in additional applicable 
requirements, then the owner or operator shall include a statement 
documenting this in the next Periodic Report required by paragraph (f) 
of this section.
    (i) Operating permit application. An owner or operator who submits 
an operating permit application instead of a Precompliance Report shall 
submit the information specified in paragraph (d) of this section, 
Precompliance Report, as applicable.
    (j) Alternative monitoring parameters. The owner or operator who has 
been directed by any section of this subpart or any section of another 
subpart referenced by this subpart that expressly referenced this 
paragraph (j) to set unique monitoring parameters, or who requests 
approval to monitor a different parameter than those specified in 
Sec. 63.1415(b), shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 
(j)(1) through (3) of this section in the Precompliance Report, as 
required by paragraph (d) of this section.
    (1) The required information shall include a description of the 
parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the recovery device, control 
device, or control technology is operated in conformance with its design 
and achieves the specified emission limit or percent reduction and an 
explanation of the criteria used to select the parameter(s).
    (2) The required information shall include a description of the 
methods and procedures that will be used to demonstrate that the 
parameter indicates proper operation, the schedule for this 
demonstration, and a statement that the owner or operator will establish 
a level for the monitored parameter as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status report required in paragraph (e) of this section, 
unless this information has already been included in the operating 
permit application.
    (3) The required information shall include a description of the 
proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting system to include the 
frequency and content of monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting. 
Further, the rationale for the proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting system shall be included if either condition in paragraph 
(j)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section is met:
    (i) If monitoring and recordkeeping is not continuous; or
    (ii) If reports of daily average values will not be included in 
Periodic Reports when the monitored parameter value is above the maximum 
level or below the minimum level as established in the operating permit 
or the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (k) Alternative continuous monitoring. An owner or operator choosing 
not to implement the monitoring provisions specified in Sec. 63.1415 for 
storage vessels, continuous process vents, batch process vents, or 
aggregate batch vent streams may instead request approval to use 
alternative continuous monitoring provisions according to the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (4) of this section. Requests 
shall be submitted in the Precompliance Report as specified in paragraph 
(d)(4) of this section if not already included in the operating permit 
application and shall contain the information specified in paragraphs 
(k)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) The provisions in Sec. 63.8(f)(5)(i) shall govern the review and 
approval of requests.
    (2) An owner or operator of an affected source that does not have an 
automated monitoring and recording system capable of measuring parameter 
values at least once every 15 minutes and that does not generate 
continuous records may request approval to use a nonautomated system 
with less

[[Page 519]]

frequent monitoring in accordance with paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) The requested system shall include manual reading and recording 
of the value of the relevant operating parameter no less frequently than 
once per hour. Daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values shall 
be calculated from these hourly values and recorded.
    (ii) The request shall contain:
    (A) A description of the planned monitoring and recordkeeping 
system;
    (B) Documentation that the affected source does not have an 
automated monitoring and recording system;
    (C) Justification for requesting an alternative monitoring and 
recordkeeping system; and
    (D) Demonstration to the Administrator's satisfaction that the 
proposed monitoring frequency is sufficient to represent control or 
recovery device operating conditions, considering typical variability of 
the specific process and control or recovery device operating parameter 
being monitored.
    (3) An owner or operator may request approval to use an automated 
data compression recording system that does not record monitored 
operating parameter values at a set frequency (for example, once every 
15 minutes) but records all values that meet set criteria for variation 
from previously recorded values, in accordance with paragraphs (k)(3)(i) 
and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The requested system shall be designed to:
    (A) Measure the operating parameter value at least once every 15 
minutes;
    (B) Except for the monitoring of batch process vents, calculate 
hourly average values each hour during periods of operation;
    (C) Record the date and time when monitors are turned off or on;
    (D) Recognize unchanging data that may indicate the monitor is not 
functioning properly, alert the operator, and record the incident;
    (E) Calculate daily average, batch cycle daily average, or block 
average values of the monitored operating parameter based on all 
measured data; and
    (F) If the daily average is not a deviation, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1413(h), from the operating parameter, the data for that 
operating day may be converted to hourly average values, and the four or 
more individual records for each hour in the operating day may be 
discarded.
    (ii) The request shall contain:
    (A) A description of the monitoring system and data compression 
recording system, including the criteria used to determine which 
monitored values are recorded and retained;
    (B) The method for calculating daily averages and batch cycle daily 
averages; and
    (C) A demonstration that the system meets all criteria in paragraph 
(k)(3)(i) of this section.
    (4) An owner or operator may request approval to use other 
alternative monitoring systems according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.8(f)(4).



Sec. 63.1418  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1419  Delegation of authority.

    (a) This regulation can be administered by the US EPA, or a 
delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the US 
EPA Administrator has delegated this regulation to a State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to administer and 
enforce this regulation. To find out if this regulation is delegated to 
a State, local, or tribal agency, contact the appropriate EPA Regional 
Office.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
regulation to a State, local, or tribal agency under section 40 CFR part 
63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this 
section are retained by the Administrator of US EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are as follows.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the non-opacity emission standards 
in Sec. 63.1403 through Sec. 63.1410; Sec. 63.1022 through Sec. 63.1034, 
Sec. 63.1062, Sec. 63.1063(a) and (b), and Sec. 63.1064 under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).

[[Page 520]]

    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under Sec. 63.997 
and Sec. 63.1414 as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.996 
and Sec. 63.1415 as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.998, Sec. 63.999, Sec. 63.1038, Sec. 63.1039, 
Sec. 63.1065, Sec. 63.1066, Sec. 63.1416, and Sec. 63.1417 as defined in 
Sec. 63.90 of this chapter.

 Table 1 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions
                     to Subpart OOO Affected Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Applies to
           Reference               subpart OOO          Explanation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)....................  Yes..............  Sec.  63.1402
                                                    specifies
                                                    definitions in
                                                    addition to or that
                                                    supersede
                                                    definitions in Sec.
                                                    63.2.
63.1(a)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.1(a)(3)....................  Yes..............  Sec.  63.1401(i)
                                                    identifies those
                                                    standards which
                                                    overlap with the
                                                    requirements of
                                                    subpart OOO of this
                                                    part and specify how
                                                    compliance shall be
                                                    achieved.
63.1(a)(4)....................  Yes..............  Subpart OOO (this
                                                    table) specifies the
                                                    applicability of
                                                    each paragraph in
                                                    subpart A of this
                                                    part.
63.1(a)(5)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.1(a)(6)-63.1(a)(8).........  Yes..............
63.1(a)(9)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.1(a)(10)...................  Yes..............
63.1(a)(11)...................  Yes..............
63.1(a)(12)-63.1(a)(14).......  Yes..............
63.1(b)(1)....................  No...............
63.1(b)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.1(b)(3)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1400(e)
                                                    provides
                                                    documentation
                                                    requirements for
                                                    APPUs not considered
                                                    affected sources.
63.1(c)(1)....................  Yes..............  Subpart OOO (this
                                                    table) specifies the
                                                    applicability of
                                                    each paragraph in
                                                    subpart A of this
                                                    part.
63.1(c)(2)....................  No...............  Area sources are not
                                                    subject to this
                                                    subpart.
63.1(c)(3)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.1(c)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.1(c)(5)....................  Yes..............  Except that affected
                                                    sources are not
                                                    required to submit
                                                    notifications
                                                    overridden by this
                                                    table.
63.1(d).......................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.1(e).......................  Yes..............
63.2..........................  Yes..............  Sec.  63.1402
                                                    specifies the
                                                    definitions from
                                                    subpart A of this
                                                    part that apply to
                                                    this subpart.
63.3..........................  Yes..............
63.4(a)(1)-63.4(a)(3).........  Yes..............
63.4(a)(4)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.4(a)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.4(b).......................  Yes..............
63.4(c).......................  Yes..............
63.5(a)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except the terms
                                                    ``source'' and
                                                    ``stationary
                                                    source'' should be
                                                    interpreted as
                                                    having the same
                                                    meaning as
                                                    ``affected source.''
63.5(a)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.5(b)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except Sec.
                                                    63.1400(d) specifies
                                                    when construction or
                                                    reconstruction is
                                                    subject to new
                                                    source standards.
63.5(b)(2)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.5(b)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.5(b)(4)....................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    Initial Notification
                                                    and Sec.  63.9(b)
                                                    requirements do not
                                                    apply.
63.5(b)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.5(b)(6)....................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.1400(d) specifies
                                                    when construction or
                                                    reconstruction is
                                                    subject to new
                                                    source standards.
63.5(c).......................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.5(d)(1)(i).................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    references to the
                                                    Initial Notification
                                                    and Sec.  63.9(b)(5)
                                                    do not apply.
63.5(d)(1)(ii)................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H)
                                                    does not apply.
63.5(d)(1)(iii)...............  No...............  Sec.  63.1417(e)
                                                    specifies
                                                    Notification of
                                                    Compliance Status
                                                    requirements.

[[Page 521]]

 
63.5(d)(2)....................  No...............
63.5(d)(3)....................  Yes..............  Except Sec.
                                                    63.5(d)(3)(ii) does
                                                    not apply, and
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    subject to Sec.
                                                    63.1410 are exempt.
63.5(d)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.5(e).......................  Yes..............
63.5(f)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.5(f)(2)....................  Yes..............  Except that where
                                                    Sec.  63.9(b)(2) is
                                                    referred to, the
                                                    owner or operator
                                                    need not comply.
63.6(a).......................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.6(b)(6)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.6(b)(7)....................  No...............
63.6(c)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except that Sec.
                                                    63.1401 specifies
                                                    the compliance date.
63.6(c)(2)....................  No...............
63.6(c)(3)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.6(c)(4)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.6(c)(5)....................  Yes..............
63.6(d).......................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.6(e).......................  Yes..............  Except as otherwise
                                                    specified in this
                                                    table, Sec.  63.6(e)
                                                    does not apply to
                                                    emission points that
                                                    do not require
                                                    control under this
                                                    subpart.a
63.6(e)(1)(i).................  No...............  This is addressed by
                                                    Sec.  63.1400(k)(4).
63.6(e)(1)(ii)................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(1)(iii)...............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(i).................  Yes..............  For equipment leaks
                                                    (subject to Sec.
                                                    63.1410), the start-
                                                    up, shutdown, and
                                                    malfunction plan
                                                    requirement of Sec.
                                                    63.6(e)(3)(i) is
                                                    limited to control
                                                    devices and is
                                                    optional for other
                                                    equipment. The start-
                                                    up, shutdown,
                                                    malfunction plan may
                                                    include written
                                                    procedures that
                                                    identify conditions
                                                    that justify a delay
                                                    of repair.
63.6(e)(3)(i)(A)..............  No...............  This is addressed by
                                                    Sec.  63.1400(k)(4).
63.6(e)(3)(i)(B)..............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(i)(C)..............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(ii)................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(iii)...............  No...............  Recordkeeping and
                                                    reporting are
                                                    specified in Secs.
                                                    63.1416 and 63.1417.
63.6(e)(3)(iv)................  No...............  Recordkeeping and
                                                    reporting are
                                                    specified in Secs.
                                                    63.1416 and 63.1417.
63.6(e)(3)(v).................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vi)................  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vii)...............  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (A)...........  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (B)...........  Yes..............  Except the plan shall
                                                    provide for
                                                    operation in
                                                    compliance with Sec.
                                                     63.1400(k)(4).
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (C)...........  Yes..............
63.6(e)(3)(viii)..............  Yes..............
63.6(f)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.6(f)(2)....................  Yes..............  Except Sec.  63.7(c),
                                                    as referred to in
                                                    Sec.  63.6(f)(2)(iii
                                                    )(D), does not
                                                    apply, and except
                                                    that Sec.
                                                    63.6(f)(2)(ii) does
                                                    not apply to
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    subject to Sec.
                                                    63.1410.
63.6(f)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.6(g).......................  Yes..............
63.6(h).......................  No...............  This subpart OOO does
                                                    not require opacity
                                                    and visible emission
                                                    standards.
63.6(i)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.6(i)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.6(i)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.6(i)(4)(i)(A)..............  Yes..............
63.6(i)(4)(i)(B)..............  No...............  Dates are specified
                                                    in Secs.  63.1401(e)
                                                    and 63.1417(d)(1).

[[Page 522]]

 
63.6(i)(4)(ii)................  No...............
63.6(i)(5)-(14)...............  Yes..............
63.6(i)(15)...................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.6(i)(16)...................  Yes..............
63.6(j).......................  Yes..............
63.7(a)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.7(a)(2)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1417(e)
                                                    specifies the
                                                    submittal dates of
                                                    performance test
                                                    results for all
                                                    emission points
                                                    except equipment
                                                    leaks; for equipment
                                                    leaks, compliance
                                                    demonstration
                                                    results are reported
                                                    in the Periodic
                                                    Reports.
63.7(a)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.7(b).......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1417
                                                    specifies
                                                    notification
                                                    requirements.
63.7(c).......................  No...............
63.7(d).......................  Yes..............
63.7(e)(1)....................  Yes..............  Except that all
                                                    performance tests
                                                    shall be conducted
                                                    at maximum
                                                    representative
                                                    operating conditions
                                                    achievable at the
                                                    time without
                                                    disruption of
                                                    operations or damage
                                                    to equipment.
63.7(e)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.7(e)(3)....................  No...............  Subpart OOO specifies
                                                    requirements.
63.7(e)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.7(f).......................  Yes..............  Except that if a site
                                                    specific test plan
                                                    is not required, the
                                                    notification
                                                    deadline in Sec.
                                                    63.7(f)(2)(i) shall
                                                    be 60 days prior to
                                                    the performance
                                                    test, and in Sec.
                                                    63.7(f)(3), approval
                                                    or disapproval of
                                                    the alternative test
                                                    method shall not be
                                                    tied to the site
                                                    specific test plan.
63.7(g).......................  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    requirements in Sec.
                                                     63.1417(e) shall
                                                    apply instead of the
                                                    references to the
                                                    Notification of
                                                    Compliance Status
                                                    report in Sec.
                                                    63.9(h). In
                                                    addition, equipment
                                                    leaks subject to
                                                    Sec.  63.1410 are
                                                    not required to
                                                    conduct performance
                                                    tests.
63.7(h).......................  Yes..............  Except Sec.
                                                    63.7(h)(4)(ii) may
                                                    not be applicable,
                                                    if the site-specific
                                                    test plan in Sec.
                                                    63.7(c)(2) is not
                                                    required.
63.8(a)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.8(a)(2)....................  No...............
63.8(a)(3)....................  No...............  [Reserved].
63.8(a)(4)....................  Yes..............
63.8(b)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.8(b)(2)....................  No...............  Subpart OOO specifies
                                                    locations to conduct
                                                    monitoring.
63.8(b)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(1)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(1)(i).................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(1)(ii)................  No...............  For all emission
                                                    points except
                                                    equipment leaks,
                                                    comply with Sec.
                                                    63.1416(b)(2); for
                                                    equipment leaks,
                                                    comply with
                                                    requirements in 40
                                                    CFR part 63, subpart
                                                    UU.
63.8(c)(1)(iii)...............  Yes..............
63.8(c)(2)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(3)....................  Yes..............
63.8(c)(4)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.1415
                                                    specifies monitoring
                                                    frequency; not
                                                    applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    because Sec.
                                                    63.1410 does not
                                                    require continuous
                                                    monitoring systems.
63.8(c)(5)-63.8(c)(8).........  No...............
63.8(d).......................  No...............
63.8(e).......................  No...............
63.8(f)(1)-63.8(f)(3).........  Yes..............
63.8(f)(4)(i).................  No...............  Timeframe for
                                                    submitting request
                                                    is specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1417 (j) or (k);
                                                    not applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks
                                                    because Sec.
                                                    63.1410 (through
                                                    reference to 40 CFR
                                                    part 63, subpart UU)
                                                    specifies acceptable
                                                    alternative methods.

[[Page 523]]

 
63.8(f)(4)(ii)................  No...............  Contents of request
                                                    are specified in
                                                    Sec.  63.1417(j) or
                                                    (k).
63.8(f)(4)(iii)...............  No...............
63.8(f)(5)(i).................  Yes..............
63.8(f)(5)(ii)................  No...............
63.8(f)(5)(iii)...............  Yes..............
63.8(f)(6)....................  No...............  Subpart OOO does not
                                                    require continuous
                                                    emission monitors.
63.8(g).......................  No...............  Data reduction
                                                    procedures specified
                                                    in Sec.  63.1416(a)
                                                    and (h); not
                                                    applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks.
63.9(a).......................  Yes..............
63.9(b).......................  No...............  Subpart OOO does not
                                                    require an initial
                                                    notification.
63.9(c).......................  Yes..............
63.9(d).......................  Yes..............
63.9(e).......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1417
                                                    specifies
                                                    notification
                                                    deadlines.
63.9(f).......................  No...............  Subpart OOO does not
                                                    require opacity and
                                                    visible emission
                                                    standards.
63.9(g).......................  No...............
63.9(h).......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1417(e)
                                                    specifies
                                                    Notification of
                                                    Compliance Status
                                                    requirements.
63.9(i).......................  Yes..............
63.9(j).......................  No...............
63.10(a)......................  Yes..............
63.10(b)(1)...................  No...............  Sec.  63.1416(a)
                                                    specifies record
                                                    retention
                                                    requirements.
63.10(b)(2)...................  No...............  Subpart OOO specifies
                                                    recordkeeping
                                                    requirements.
63.10(b)(3)...................  No...............  Sec.  63.1400(e)
                                                    requires
                                                    documentation of
                                                    sources that are not
                                                    affected sources.
63.10(c)......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1416
                                                    specifies
                                                    recordkeeping
                                                    requirements.
63.10(d)(1)...................  Yes..............
63.10(d)(2)...................  No...............  Sec.  63.1417
                                                    specifies
                                                    performance test
                                                    reporting
                                                    requirements; not
                                                    applicable to
                                                    equipment leaks.
63.10(d)(3)...................  No...............  Subpart OOO does not
                                                    require opacity and
                                                    visible emission
                                                    standards.
63.10(d)(4)...................  Yes..............
63.10(d)(5)...................  Yes..............  Except that reports
                                                    required by Sec.
                                                    63.10(d)(5)(i) may
                                                    be submitted at the
                                                    same time as
                                                    Periodic Reports
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1417(f). The
                                                    start-up, shutdown,
                                                    and malfunction
                                                    plan, and any
                                                    records or reports
                                                    of start-up,
                                                    shutdown, and
                                                    malfunction do not
                                                    apply to emission
                                                    points that do not
                                                    require control
                                                    under this subpart.
63.10(e)......................  No...............  Sec.  63.1417
                                                    specifies reporting
                                                    requirements.
63.10(f)......................  Yes..............
63.11.........................  Yes..............  Except that instead
                                                    of Sec.  63.11(b),
                                                    Sec.  63.1413(g)
                                                    shall apply.
63.12.........................  Yes..............
63.13-63.15...................  Yes .............
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a The plan and any records or reports of start-up, shutdown, and
  malfunction do not apply to emission points that do not require
  control under this subpart.


 Table 2 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Known Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAP) From the Manufacture of Amino/
                                                 Phenolic Resins
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Organic HAP subject to cooling tower monitoring
                                                                      requirements in Sec.  63.1409 (Yes/No)
             Organic HAP                      CAS Number        ------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Column A                Column B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acrylamide..........................  79-06-1..................  No.....................  No
Aniline.............................  62-53-3..................  Yes....................  No

[[Page 524]]

 
Biphenyl............................  92-52-4..................  Yes....................  Yes
Cresol and cresylic acid (mixed)....  1319-77-3................  Yes....................  No
Cresol and cresylic acid (m-).......  108-39-4.................  Yes....................  No
Cresol and cresylic acid (o-).......  95-48-7..................  Yes....................  No
Cresol and cresylic acid (p-).......  106-44-5.................  Yes....................  No
Diethanolamine......................  111-42-2.................  No.....................  No
Dimethylformamide...................  68-12-2..................  No.....................  No
Ethylbenzene........................  100-41-4.................  Yes....................  Yes
Ethylene glycol.....................  107-21-1.................  No.....................  No
Formaldehyde........................  50-00-0..................  Yes....................  No
Glycol ethers.......................  0........................  No.....................  No
Methanol............................  67-56-1..................  Yes....................  Yes
Methyl ethyl ketone.................  78-93-3..................  Yes....................  Yes
Methyl isobutyl ketone..............  108-10-1.................  Yes....................  Yes
Naphthalene.........................  91-20-3..................  Yes....................  Yes
Phenol..............................  108-95-2.................  Yes....................  No
Styrene.............................  100-42-5.................  Yes....................  Yes
Toluene.............................  108-88-3.................  No.....................  Yes
Xylenes (NOS).......................  1330-20-7................  Yes....................  Yes
Xylene (m-).........................  108-38-3.................  Yes....................  Yes
Xylene (o-).........................  95-47-6..................  Yes....................  Yes
Xylene (p-).........................  106-42-3.................  Yes....................  Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAS No. = Chemical Abstract Registry Number.


    Table 3 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Batch Process Vent Monitoring
                              Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Frequency/
       Control device           Parameters to be        recordkeeping
                                    monitored           requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scrubber a..................  pH of scrubber        Continuous records
                               effluent, and.        as specified in
                                                     Sec.  63.1416(d).b
                              Scrubber liquid and   Continuous records
                               gas flow rates.       as specified in
                                                     Sec.  63.1416(d).b
Absorber a..................  Exit temperature of   Continuous records
                               the absorbing         as specified in
                               liquid, and.          Sec.  63.1416(d).b
                              Exit specific         Continuous records
                               gravity for the       as specified in
                               absorbing liquid.     Sec.  63.1416(d).b
Condenser a.................  Exit (product side)   Continuous records
                               temperature.          as specified in
                                                     Sec.  63.1416(d). a
Carbon adsorber a...........  Total regeneration    Record the total
                               steam flow or         regeneration steam
                               nitrogen flow, or     flow or nitrogen
                               pressure (gauge or    flow, or pressure
                               absolute) during      for each carbon bed
                               carbon bed            regeneration cycle.
                               regeneration
                               cycle(s), and.
                              Temperature of the    Record the
                               carbon bed after      temperature of the
                               regeneration and      carbon bed after
                               within 15 minutes     each regeneration
                               of completing any     and within 15
                               cooling cycle(s).     minutes of
                                                     completing any
                                                     cooling cycle(s).
Thermal incinerator.........  Firebox temperature   Continuous records
                               c.                    as specified in
                                                     Sec.  63.1416(d).b
Catalytic incinerator.......  Temperature upstream  Continuous records
                               and downstream of     as specified in
                               the catalyst bed.     Sec.  63.1416(d).b
Boiler or process heater      Firebox temperature   Continuous records
 with a design heat input      c.                    as specified in
 capacity less than 44                               Sec.  63.1416(d).b
 megawatts and where the
 batch process vents or
 aggregate batch vent
 streams are not introduced
 with or used as the primary
 fuel.
Flare.......................  Presence of a flame   Hourly records of
                               at the pilot light.   whether the monitor
                                                     was continuously
                                                     operating during
                                                     batch emission
                                                     episodes, or
                                                     portions thereof,
                                                     selected for
                                                     control and whether
                                                     a flame was
                                                     continuously
                                                     present at the
                                                     pilot light during
                                                     said periods.

[[Page 525]]

 
All control devices.........  Diversion to the      Hourly records of
                               atmosphere from the   whether the flow
                               control device or.    indicator was
                                                     operating during
                                                     batch emission
                                                     episodes, or
                                                     portions thereof,
                                                     selected for
                                                     control and whether
                                                     a diversion was
                                                     detected at any
                                                     time during said
                                                     periods as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1416(d).
                              Monthly inspections   Records that monthly
                               of sealed valves.     inspections were
                                                     performed as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1416(d).
Scrubber, absorber,           Concentration level   Continuous records
 condenser, and carbon         or reading            as specified in
 adsorber (as an alternative   indicated by an       Sec.  63.1416(d).b
 to the requirements           organic monitoring
 previously presented in       device at the
 this table).                  outlet of the
                               control device.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Alternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring
  device provisions listed at the end of this table.
b ``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec.  63.111.
c Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately
  downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange is
  encountered.


      Table 4 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Operating Parameter Levels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Established
           Device               Parameters to be          operating
                                    monitored           parameter(s)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scrubber....................  pH of scrubber        Minimum pH; and
                               effluent; and         minimum liquid/gas
                               scrubber liquid and   ratio
                               gas flow rates.
Absorber....................  Exit temperature of   Maximum temperature;
                               the absorbing         and maximum
                               liquid; and exit      specific gravity
                               specific gravity of
                               the absorbing
                               liquid.
Condenser...................  Exit temperature....  Maximum temperature
Carbon absorber.............  Total regeneration    Maximum flow or
                               steam or nitrogen     pressure; and
                               flow, or pressure     maximum temperature
                               (gauge or absolute)
                               a during carbon bed
                               regeneration cycle;
                               and temperature of
                               the carbon bed
                               after regeneration
                               (and within 15
                               minutes of
                               completing any
                               cooling cycle(s)).
Thermal incinerator.........  Firebox temperature.  Minimum temperature
Catalytic incinerator.......  Temperature upstream  Minimum upstream
                               and downstream of     temperature; and
                               the catalyst bed.     minimum temperature
                                                     difference across
                                                     the catalyst bed
Boiler or process heater....  Firebox temperature.  Minimum temperature
Other devices (or as an       Organic HAP           Maximum organic HAP
 alternate to the              concentration level   concentration or
 requirements previously       or reading at         reading
 presented in this table) b.   outlet of device.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a 25 to 50 mm (absolute) is a common pressure level obtained by pressure
  swing absorbers.
b Concentration is measured instead of an operating parameter.


   Table 5 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Reports Required by This Subpart
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Description of
          Reference                  report               Due date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1400(j) and Subpart  Refer to Table 1 and  Refer to Subpart A
 A of this part.               Subpart A of this     of this part.
                               part.
63.1417(d)..................  Precompliance Report  Existing affected
                                                     sources--12 months
                                                     prior to the
                                                     compliance date.
                                                     New affected
                                                     sources--with
                                                     application for
                                                     approval of
                                                     construction or
                                                     reconstruction.
63.1417(e)..................  Notification of       Within 150 days
                               Compliance Status.    after the
                                                     compliance date.
63.1417(f)..................  Periodic Reports....  Semiannually, no
                                                     later than 60 days
                                                     after the end of
                                                     each 6-month
                                                     period. See Sec.
                                                     63.1417(f)(1) for
                                                     the due date for
                                                     the first report.

[[Page 526]]

 
63.1417(f)(12)..............  Quarterly reports     No later than 60
                               upon request of the   days after the end
                               administrator.        of each quarter.
63.1417(g)..................  Start-up, shutdown,   Semiannually (same
                               and malfunction       schedule as
                               reports.              Periodic reports).
63.1417(h)(1)...............  Notification of       As specified in 40
                               storage vessel        CFR part 63,
                               inspection.           subpart WW.
63.1417(h)(2)...............  Site-specific test    90 days prior to
                               plan.                 planned date of
                                                     test.
63.1417(h)(3)...............  Notification of       30 days prior to
                               planned performance   planned date of
                               test.                 test.
63.1417(h)(4)...............  Notification of       As specified in Sec.
                               change in primary      63.1400 (g)(7) or
                               product.              (g)(8).
63.1417(h)(5)...............  Notification of       180 days prior to
                               added emission        the appropriate
                               points.               compliance date.
63.1417(h)(6)...............  Notification that a   Within 60 days of
                               small control         the redesignation
                               device has been       of control device
                               redesignated as a     size.
                               large control
                               device.
63.1417(h)(7)...............  Notification of       Within 60 days after
                               process change.       performance test or
                                                     applicability
                                                     assessment,
                                                     whichever is
                                                     sooner.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Note that the APPU remains subject to this subpart until the
  notification under Sec.  63.1400(g)(7) is made.


   TABLE 6 to Subpart OOO of Part 63--Coefficients for Total Resource
                             Effectiveness a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Values of coefficients
       Control device basis       --------------------------------------
                                        A            B            C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flare............................  5.276 x 10-  9.98 x 10-2  2.096 x 10-
                                             1                         3
Thermal Incinerator 0 Percent      4.068 x 10-  1.71 x 10-2  8.664 x 10-
 Recovery........................            1                         3
Thermal Incinerator 70 Percent     6.868 x 10-  3.21 x 10-3  3.546 x 10-
 Recovery........................            1                        3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Use according to procedures outlined in this section.
MJ/scm = MegaJoules per standard cubic meter.
scm/min = Standard cubic meters per minute.



  Subpart PPP--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
               Emissions for Polyether Polyols Production

    Source: 64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 63.1420  Applicability and designation of affected sources.

    (a) Definition of affected source. The provisions of this subpart 
apply to each affected source. Affected sources are described in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) An affected source is either an existing affected source or a 
new affected source. Existing affected source is defined in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, and new affected source is defined in paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section.
    (2) An existing affected source is defined as the group of one or 
more polyether polyol manufacturing process units (PMPUs) and associated 
equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, that is not 
part of a new affected source, as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section, and that is located at a plant site that is a major source.
    (3) A new affected source is defined as a source that meets the 
criteria of paragraph (a)(3)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. The 
situation described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section is distinct 
from those situations described in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (iii) of 
this section.
    (i) At a site without organic HAP emission points before September 
4, 1997 (i.e., a ``greenfield'' site), the group of one or more PMPUs 
and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, 
that is part of a major source, and on which construction for the 
PMPU(s) commenced after September 4, 1997;
    (ii) The group of one or more PMPUs meeting the criteria in 
paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section; or
    (iii) A reconstructed affected source meeting the criteria in 
paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section.

[[Page 527]]

    (4) The affected source also includes the emission points and 
equipment specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (vi) of this section 
that are associated with a PMPU (or a group of PMPUs) making up an 
affected source, as defined in Sec. 63.1423.
    (i) Each waste management unit.
    (ii) Maintenance wastewater.
    (iii) Each heat exchange system.
    (iv) Equipment required by or utilized as a method of compliance 
with this subpart which may include control techniques and recovery 
devices.
    (v) Product finishing operation.
    (vi) Each feed or catalyst operation.
    (b) PMPUs without organic HAP. The owner or operator of a PMPU that 
is part of an affected source, as defined in paragraph (a) of this 
section, but that does not use or manufacture any organic HAP during the 
production of one or more products is only subject to the provisions of 
this subpart as specified in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section, as 
applicable. Products or raw material(s) containing organic HAP as 
impurities only are not considered organic HAP for the purposes of this 
paragraph.
    (1) If an organic HAP is not used or manufactured in the production 
of polyether polyols, the PMPU is not subject to any provisions of this 
subpart, except that the owner or operator shall comply with either 
paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section. The owner or operator is 
not required to comply with the provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart A 
(the General Provisions) for that PMPU.
    (i) Retain information, data, and analyses used to document the 
basis for the determination that the PMPU does not use or manufacture 
any organic HAP. Types of information that could document this 
determination include, but are not limited to, records of chemicals 
purchased for the process, analyses of process stream composition, 
engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
    (ii) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the PMPU 
does not use or manufacture any organic HAP.
    (2) If an organic HAP is used or manufactured in the production of 
polyether polyols, but an organic HAP is not used in the production of 
one or more products that are not polyether polyols, the PMPU is not 
subject to any provision of this subpart other than paragraph (b)(1)(i) 
or (ii) of this section during the production of the non-polyether 
polyol products that do not use or manufacture any organic HAP.
    (c) Emission points included in the affected source but not subject 
to the provisions of this subpart. The affected source includes the 
emission points listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (12) of this 
section, but these emission points are not subject to the requirements 
of this subpart or the provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart A.
    (1) Equipment that does not contain organic HAP or that contains 
organic HAP as impurities only and is located at a PMPU that is part of 
an affected source.
    (2) Stormwater managed in segregated sewers.
    (3) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems in segregated 
sewers.
    (4) Spills.
    (5) Water from safety showers.
    (6) Water from testing of deluge systems.
    (7) Water from testing of firefighting systems.
    (8) Vessels that store and/or handle material that contains no 
organic HAP or organic HAP as impurities only.
    (9) Equipment that operates in organic HAP service for less than 300 
hours during the calendar year.
    (10) Loading racks, loading arms, or loading hoses that only 
transfer liquids containing HAP as impurities.
    (11) Loading racks, loading arms, or loading hoses that vapor 
balance during all loading operations.
    (12) Utility fluids, such as heat transfer fluids.
    (d) Processes exempted from the affected source. The processes 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section are not part 
of the affected source and are exempted from the requirements of both 
this subpart and subpart A of this part.
    (1) Research and development facilities.
    (2) Solvent reclamation, recovery, or recycling operations at 
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal

[[Page 528]]

facilities (TSDF) requiring a permit under 40 CFR part 270 that are not 
part of a PMPU to which this subpart applies.
    (3) Reactions or processing that occur after the epoxide 
polymerization is complete and after all catalyst removal steps, if any, 
are complete.
    (e) Primary product determination and applicability. An owner or 
operator of a process unit that produces or plans to produce a polyether 
polyol shall determine if the process unit is subject to this subpart in 
accordance with this paragraph.
    (1) Initial primary product determination. The owner or operator 
shall initially determine the primary product of each process unit in 
accordance with paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) If a process unit manufactures only one product, then that 
product shall represent the primary product of the process unit.
    (ii) If a process unit produces more than one intended product at 
the same time, the primary product shall be determined in accordance 
with paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) The product for which the process unit has the greatest annual 
design capacity on a mass basis shall represent the primary product of 
the process unit, or
    (B) If a process unit has the same maximum annual design capacity on 
a mass basis for two or more products and if one of those products is a 
polyether polyol, then the polyether polyol shall represent the primary 
product of the process unit.
    (iii) If a process unit is designed and operated as a flexible 
operation unit, the primary product shall be determined as specified in 
paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section based on the anticipated 
operations for the 5 years following September 4, 1997 for existing 
process units, or for the first year after the process unit begins 
production of any product for the new process units. If operations 
cannot be anticipated sufficiently to allow the determination of the 
primary product for the specified period, applicability shall be 
determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (A) If the flexible operation unit will manufacture one product for 
the greatest operating time over the specified 5-year period for 
existing process units, or the specified 1-year period for new process 
units, then that product shall represent the primary product of the 
flexible operation unit.
    (B) If the flexible operation unit will manufacture multiple 
products equally based on operating time, then the product with the 
greatest expected production on a mass basis over the specified 5-year 
period for existing process units, or the specified 1-year period for 
new process units shall represent the primary product of the flexible 
operation unit.
    (iv) If, according to paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this 
section, the primary product of a process unit is a polyether polyol, 
then that process unit shall be designated as a PMPU. If the plant site 
is a major source, that PMPU and associated equipment, as listed in 
paragraph (a)(4) of this section, is either an affected source or part 
of an affected source comprised of one or more other PMPUs and 
associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, and 
subject to this subpart. If the primary product of a process unit is not 
a polyether polyol, then that process unit is not a PMPU.
    (2) Provisions if primary product cannot be determined. If the 
primary product cannot be determined for a flexible operation unit in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, applicability 
shall be determined in accordance with this paragraph.
    (i) If the owner or operator can determine that a polyether polyol 
is not the primary product, then that flexible operation unit is not a 
PMPU.
    (ii) If the owner or operator cannot determine that a polyether 
polyol is not the primary product as specified in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of 
this section, applicability shall be determined in accordance with 
paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) If the flexible operation unit is an existing process unit, the 
flexible operation unit shall be designated as a PMPU if a polyether 
polyol was produced for 5 percent or greater of the

[[Page 529]]

total operating time of the flexible operation unit since September 4, 
1997.
    (B) If the flexible operation unit is a new process unit, the 
flexible operation unit shall be designated as a PMPU if the owner or 
operator anticipates that a polyether polyol will be manufactured in the 
flexible operation unit at any time in the first year after the date the 
unit begins production of any product.
    (3) Annual applicability determination for non-PMPUs that have 
produced a polyether polyol. Once per year beginning June 1, 2004, the 
owner or operator of each flexible operation unit that is not designated 
as a PMPU, but that has produced a polyether polyol at any time in the 
preceding 5-year period or since the date that the unit began production 
of any product, whichever is shorter, shall perform the evaluation 
described in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section. 
However, an owner or operator that does not intend to produce any 
elastomer product in the future, in accordance with paragraph (e)(9) of 
this section, is not required to perform the evaluation described in 
paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) For each product produced in the flexible operation unit, the 
owner or operator shall calculate the percentage of total operating time 
over which the product was produced during the preceding 5-year period.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall identify the primary product as the 
product with the highest percentage of total operating time for the 
preceding 5-year period.
    (iii) If the primary product identified in paragraph (e)(3)(ii) is a 
polyether polyol, the flexible operation unit shall be designated as a 
PMPU. The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator no later than 
45 days after determining that the flexible operation unit is a PMPU, 
and shall comply with the requirements of this subpart in accordance 
with paragraph (g)(1) of this section for the flexible operation unit.
    (4) Applicability determination for non-PMPUs that have not produced 
a polyether polyol. The owner or operator that anticipates the 
production of a polyether polyol in a process unit that is not 
designated as a PMPU, and in which no polyether polyol products have 
been produced in the previous 5-year period or since the date that the 
process unit began production of any product, whichever is shorter, 
shall use the procedures in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section to 
determine if the process unit is designated as a PMPU, with the 
exception that for existing process units, owners or operators shall 
project production for the 5 years following the date that the owner or 
operator anticipates initiating the production of a polyether polyol, 
instead of the 5 years following September 4, 1997. If the unit is 
designated as a PMPU, the owner or operator shall comply in accordance 
with paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
    (5) Applicability of requirements for PMPUs that are flexible 
operation units. The owner or operator of PMPUs that are flexible 
operation units shall comply with the provisions of this subpart in 
accordance with paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Control requirements. The owner or operator shall comply with 
the control requirements of this subpart in accordance with paragraphs 
(e)(5)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) During periods when the PMPU produces polyether polyols, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of this subpart.
    (B) During periods when the PMPU produces products other than 
polyether polyols, the owner or operator is not required to install 
additional combustion, recovery, or recapture devices (to otherwise 
demonstrate compliance). However, the owner or operator shall continue 
to operate any existing combustion, recovery, or recapture devices that 
are required for compliance during the production of polyether polyols, 
with the exceptions provided in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section. If 
extended cookout (ECO) is the control technique chosen for epoxide 
emission reduction, then ECO or a control technique providing an 
equivalent reduction in epoxide emissions should continue to be used for 
epoxide emission reduction, if the non-polyether polyol being produced 
uses epoxide monomers.
    (ii) Monitoring requirements. The owner or operator shall comply 
with the monitoring requirements of this subpart in accordance with 
paragraphs

[[Page 530]]

(e)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, and paragraph (e)(5)(ii)(C) of 
this section if applicable.
    (A) The owner or operator shall establish a single parameter 
monitoring level (for each parameter required to be monitored at each 
device subject to monitoring requirements) in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1438(a) based on emission point and control technique 
characteristics when polyether polyol is being produced.
    (B) The owner or operator shall monitor each parameter at each 
device subject to monitoring requirements at all times (during periods 
when the PMPU produces polyether polyols, and during periods when the 
PMPU produces products other than polyether polyols), with the 
exceptions provided in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section.
    (C) If ECO is used to reduce epoxide emissions, a parameter 
monitoring level shall be established for the production of non-
polyether polyol products as the average of the established parameter 
levels for all product classes produced. During periods when products 
other than polyether polyols are produced, the ECO shall be performed so 
that the parameter monitoring level established for the production of 
non-polyether polyol products is maintained when the ECO is used as a 
control technique.
    (iii) Group determinations. For emission points where the owner or 
operator is required to determine if the emission point is Group 1 
according the definitions in Sec. 63.1423 (storage vessels, process 
vents for nonepoxide organic HAP emissions used to make or modify the 
product, and wastewater), the owner or operator shall determine the 
group status based on emission point characteristics when polyether 
polyol is being manufactured. Group 1 emission points shall be 
controlled in accordance with paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section.
    (iv) Exceptions. During periods when products described in 
paragraphs (e)(5)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section are produced, the owner 
or operator is not required to comply with the provisions of this 
subpart.
    (A) Products in which no organic HAP is used or manufactured, 
provided that the owner or operator comply with paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section.
    (B) Products that make the PMPU subject to 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
GGG (Pharmaceuticals Production NESHAP).
    (6)-(7) [Reserved]
    (8) Requirements for process units that are not PMPUs. If it is 
determined that a process unit is not subject to this subpart, the owner 
or operator shall either retain all information, data, and analysis used 
to document the basis for the determination that the process unit is not 
a PMPU, or, when requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the 
process unit is not a PMPU.
    (9) PMPUs terminating production of all polyether polyols. If a PMPU 
terminates the production of all polyether polyols, and the owner or 
operator does not anticipate the production of any polyether polyols in 
the future in that PMPU, the process unit is no longer a PMPU and is not 
subject to this subpart after notification is made to the Administrator. 
This notification shall be accompanied by a rationale for why it is 
anticipated that no polyether polyols will be produced in the process 
unit in the future.
    (10) Redetermination of applicability to PMPUs that are flexible 
operation units. Whenever changes in production occur that could 
reasonably be expected to change the primary product of a PMPU that is 
operating as a flexible operation unit from a polyether polyol to a 
product that would make the process unit subject to another subpart of 
this part, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the primary product, 
in accordance with paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. If the 
conditions in paragraphs (e)(10)(i) through (iii) of this section are 
met, the flexible operation unit shall no longer be designated as a PMPU 
after the compliance date of the other subpart, and shall no longer be 
subject to the provisions of this subpart after the date that the 
process unit is required to be in compliance with the provisions of the 
other subpart. If the conditions in paragraphs (e)(10)(i) through (iii) 
of this section are not met, the flexible operation unit shall continue 
to be considered a PMPU and subject to the requirements of this subpart.

[[Page 531]]

    (i) The product identified as the primary product is not polyether 
polyol;
    (ii) The production of the product identified as the primary product 
is subject to another subpart of this part; and
    (iii) The owner or operator submits a notification to the 
Administrator of the pending change in applicability.
    (f) Storage vessel ownership determination. The owner or operator 
shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (7) 
of this section to determine to which process unit a storage vessel 
shall be assigned.
    (1) If a storage vessel is already subject to another subpart of 40 
CFR part 63 (National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
for Source Categories) on June 1, 1999, that storage vessel shall be 
assigned to the process unit subject to the other subpart, and none of 
the other provisions in this subpart shall apply to that storage vessel.
    (2) If a storage vessel is dedicated to a single process unit, the 
storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit.
    (3) If a storage vessel is shared among process units, then the 
storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit located on the 
same plant site as the storage vessel that has the greatest input into 
or output from the storage vessel (i.e., the process unit that has the 
predominant use of the storage vessel.)
    (4) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage vessel 
that is shared among process units and if only one of those process 
units is a PMPU subject to this subpart, the storage vessel shall be 
assigned to that PMPU.
    (5) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage vessel 
that is shared among process units and if more than one of the process 
units are PMPUs that have different primary products and that are 
subject to this subpart, then the owner or operator shall assign the 
storage vessel to any one of the PMPUs sharing the storage vessel.
    (6) If the predominant use of a storage vessel varies from year to 
year, then predominant use shall be determined based on the utilization 
that occurred during the year preceding June 1, 1999 or based on the 
expected utilization for the 5 years following June 1, 1999 for existing 
affected sources, whichever is more representative of the expected 
operations for that storage vessel, and based on the expected 
utilization for the 5 years after initial start-up for new affected 
sources. The determination of predominant use shall be reported in the 
Notification of Compliance Status, as required by Sec. 63.1439(e)(5)(v).
    (7) Where a storage vessel is located at a major source that 
includes one or more process units which place material into or receive 
material from the storage vessel, but the storage vessel is located in a 
tank farm (including a marine tank farm), the applicability of this 
subpart shall be determined according to the provisions in paragraphs 
(f)(7)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The storage vessel may only be assigned to a process unit that 
utilizes the storage vessel and does not have an intervening storage 
vessel for that product (or raw materials, as appropriate). With respect 
to any process unit, an intervening storage vessel means a storage 
vessel connected by hard-piping to both the process unit and the storage 
vessel in the tank farm so that product or raw material entering or 
leaving the process unit flows into (or from) the intervening storage 
vessel and does not flow directly into (or from) the storage vessel in 
the tank farm.
    (ii) If there is no process unit at the major source that meets the 
criteria of paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section with respect to a 
storage vessel, this subpart does not apply to the storage vessel.
    (iii) If there is only one process unit at the major source that 
meets the criteria of paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section with respect 
to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be assigned to that 
process unit.
    (iv) If there are two or more process units at the major source that 
meet the criteria of paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section with respect to 
a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be assigned to one of those 
process units according to the provisions of paragraphs (f)(3) through 
(6) of this section. The predominant use shall be determined among only 
those process units that

[[Page 532]]

meet the criteria of paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section.
    (8) If the storage vessel begins receiving material from (or sending 
material to) a process unit that was not included in the initial 
determination, or ceases to receive material from (or send material to) 
a process unit that was included in the initial determination, the owner 
or operator shall reevaluate the applicability of this subpart to that 
storage vessel.
    (g) Changes or additions to plant sites. The provisions of this 
paragraph apply to the owner or operator that changes or adds to their 
plant site or affected source.
    (1) Adding a PMPU to a plant site. The provisions of paragraphs 
(g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section apply to the owner or operator that 
adds one or more PMPUs to a plant site. A PMPU may be added to a plant 
site by constructing or reconstructing a process unit to produce 
polyether polyols. A PMPU may also be added to a plant site due to 
changes in production (anticipated production or actual past production) 
such that a polyether polyol becomes the primary product of a process 
unit that was not previously a PMPU.
    (i) If a group of one or more PMPUs is added to a plant site, the 
added group of one or more PMPUs and their associated equipment, as 
listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, shall be a new affected 
source and shall comply with the requirements for a new affected source 
in this subpart upon initial start-up or by June 1, 1999, whichever is 
later, if the added group of one or more PMPUs meets the criteria 
specified in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section and either meets the 
criteria in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(B) or (C) of this section.
    (A) The process units are new process units, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1423.
    (B) The added group of one or more PMPUs and associated equipment, 
as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, has the potential to emit 
10 tons per year (9.1 megagrams per year) or more of any organic HAP or 
25 tons per year (22.7 megagrams per year) or more of any combination of 
organic HAP, and polyether polyols are currently produced at the plant 
site as the primary product of an affected source.
    (C) A polyether polyol is not currently produced at the plant site 
as the primary product of an affected source, and the plant site meets, 
or after the addition is constructed will meet, the General Provisions' 
definition of a major source in Sec. 63.2.
    (ii) If a group of one or more PMPUs is added to a plant site, and 
the added group of one or more PMPUs does not meet the criteria 
specified in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section and one of the 
criteria specified in either paragraph (g)(1)(i)(B) or (C) of this 
section, and the plant site meets, or after the addition will meet, the 
definition of a major source, the owner or operator of the added group 
of one or more PMPUs and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section, shall comply with the requirements for an 
existing affected source in this subpart upon initial start-up; by June 
1, 2002; or by 6 months after notifying the Administrator that a process 
unit has been designated as a PMPU (in accordance with paragraph (g)(3) 
of this section), whichever is later.
    (2) Adding emission points or making process changes to existing 
affected sources. The provisions of paragraphs (g)(2)(i), (ii), and 
(iii) of this section apply to the owner or operator that adds emission 
points or makes process changes to an existing affected source.
    (i) If any components are replaced at an existing affected source 
such that the criteria specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of 
this section are met, the entire affected source shall be a new affected 
source and shall comply with the requirements for a new affected source 
upon initial start-up or by June 1, 1999, whichever is later.
    (A) The replacement of components meets the definition of 
reconstruction in Sec. 63.1423(b). For purposes of determining whether 
the fixed capital cost of the new components exceeds 50 percent of the 
fixed capital cost that would be required to construct an entire 
affected source, the equivalent capital cost shall be the entire 
potentially affected source; and
    (B) Such reconstruction commenced after September 4, 1997.

[[Page 533]]

    (ii) If any components are replaced at an existing affected source 
such that the criteria specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of 
this section are not met and that replacement of components creates one 
or more emission points (i.e., either newly created Group 1 emission 
points or emission points that change from Group 2 to Group 1) or causes 
any other emission point to be added (i.e., Group 2 emission points, 
heat exchange systems subject to Sec. 63.1435, or equipment leak 
components subject Sec. 63.1434), the resulting emission point(s) shall 
be subject to the applicable requirements for an existing affected 
source. The resulting emission point(s) shall be in compliance upon 
initial start-up or by the appropriate compliance date specified in 
Sec. 63.1422 (i.e., December 1, 1999 for most equipment leak components 
subject to Sec. 63.1434, and June 1, 2002 for emission points other than 
equipment leaks), whichever is later.
    (iii) If an addition or process change (not including a process 
change that solely replaces components) is made that creates one or more 
Group 1 emission points (i.e., either newly created Group 1 emission 
points or emission points that change group status from Group 2 to Group 
1) or causes any other emission point to be added (i.e., Group 2 
emission points, heat exchange systems subject to Sec. 63.1435, or 
equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1434), the resulting 
emission point(s) shall be subject to the applicable requirements for an 
existing affected source. The resulting emission point(s) shall be in 
compliance by initial start-up or by the appropriate compliance date 
specified in Sec. 63.1422 (i.e., December 1, 1999 for most equipment 
leak components subject to Sec. 63.1434, and June 1, 2002 for emission 
points other than equipment leaks), whichever is later.
    (3) Determining what are and are not process changes. For purposes 
of paragraph (g) of this section, examples of process changes include, 
but are not limited to, additions in process equipment resulting in 
changes in production capacity; production of a product outside the 
scope of the compliance demonstration; or whenever there is a 
replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment. For purposes of 
paragraph (g) of this section, process changes do not include: process 
upsets, unintentional temporary process changes, and changes that do not 
alter the equipment configuration and operating conditions.
    (4) Reporting requirements for owners or operators that change or 
add to their plant site or affected source. An owner or operator that 
changes or adds to their plant site or affected source, as discussed in 
paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section, shall submit a report as 
specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(7)(iii).
    (h) Applicability of this subpart during periods of start-up, 
shutdown, malfunction, or non-operation. Paragraphs (h)(1) through (4) 
of this section shall be followed during periods of start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, and non-operation of the affected source or any part 
thereof.
    (1) The emission limitations set forth in this subpart and the 
emission limitations referred to in this subpart shall apply at all 
times except during periods of nonoperation of the affected source (or 
specific portion thereof) resulting in cessation of the emissions to 
which this subpart applies. These emission limitations shall not apply 
during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, except as provided 
in paragraphs (h)(3) and (4) of this section. During periods of start-
up, shutdown, or malfunction, the owner or operator shall follow the 
applicable provisions of the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3). However, if a start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or period of nonoperation of one portion of an affected 
source does not affect the ability of a particular emission point to 
comply with the emission limitations to which it is subject, then that 
emission point shall still be required to comply with the applicable 
emission limitations of this subpart during the start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or period of nonoperation. For example, if there is an 
overpressure in the reactor area, a storage vessel that is part of the 
affected source would still be required to be controlled in accordance 
with the storage tank provisions in Sec. 63.1432. Similarly, the 
degassing of a storage vessel

[[Page 534]]

would not affect the ability of a process vent to meet the emission 
limitations for process vents in Secs. 63.1425 through 63.1430.
    (2) The emission limitations set forth in 40 CFR part 63, subpart H, 
as referred to in the equipment leak provisions in Sec. 63.1434, shall 
apply at all times except during periods of non-operation of the 
affected source (or specific portion thereof) in which the lines are 
drained and depressurized resulting in cessation of the emissions to 
which Sec. 63.1434 applies, or during periods of start-up, shutdown, 
malfunction, or process unit shutdown (as defined in Sec. 63.161).
    (3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with this subpart during 
periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction during times when 
emissions (or, where applicable, wastewater streams or residuals) are 
being routed to such items of equipment if the shutdown would contravene 
requirements applicable to such items of equipment. This paragraph does 
not apply if the item of equipment is malfunctioning. This paragraph 
also does not apply if the owner or operator shuts down the compliance 
equipment (other than monitoring systems) to avoid damage due to a 
contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of the affected 
source or portion thereof. If the owner or operator has reason to 
believe that monitoring equipment would be damaged due to a 
contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of the affected 
source or portion thereof, the owner or operator shall provide 
documentation supporting such a claim in the Precompliance Report or in 
a supplement to the Precompliance Report, as provided for in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(4). Once approved by the Administrator in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1439(e)(4)(vii), the provision for ceasing to collect, 
during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data that would 
otherwise be required by the provisions of this subpart shall be 
incorporated into the start-up, shutdown, malfunction plan for that 
affected source, as stated in Sec. 63.1439(b)(1).
    (4) During start-ups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the emission 
limitations of this subpart do not apply pursuant to paragraphs (h)(1) 
through (3) of this section, the owner or operator shall implement, to 
the extent reasonably available, measures to prevent or minimize excess 
emissions to the extent practical. For purposes of this paragraph, the 
term ``excess emissions'' means emissions greater than those allowed by 
the emissions limitation which would apply during operational periods 
other than start-up, shutdown, and malfunction. The measures to be taken 
shall be identified in the applicable start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, and may include, but are not limited to, air pollution 
control technologies, recovery technologies, work practices, pollution 
prevention, monitoring, and/or changes in the manner of operation of the 
affected source. Use of back-up control techniques is not required, but 
is allowed, if available.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26498, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1421  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(l) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities which will not be delegated to the States: the 
permission to use an alternative means of emission limitation, from 
Sec. 63.6(g), and the authority of Sec. 63.177.



Sec. 63.1422  Compliance dates and relationship of this rule to existing applicable rules.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) New affected sources that commence construction or 
reconstruction after September 4, 1997 shall be in compliance with this 
subpart upon initial start-up or by June 1, 1999, whichever is later.
    (c) Existing affected sources shall be in compliance with this 
subpart (except for Sec. 63.1434 for which compliance is covered by 
paragraph (d) of this section) no later than June 1, 2002, as provided 
in Sec. 63.6(c), unless an extension has been granted as specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section.

[[Page 535]]

    (d) Except as provided for in paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this 
section, existing affected sources shall be in compliance with 
Sec. 63.1434 no later than December 1, 1999 unless an extension has been 
granted as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (1) Compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 shall 
occur no later than June 1, 2000 for any compressor meeting one or more 
of the criteria in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, if 
the work can be accomplished without a process unit shutdown, as defined 
in Sec. 63.161.
    (i) The seal system will be replaced.
    (ii) A barrier fluid system will be installed.
    (iii) A new barrier fluid will be utilized which requires changes to 
the existing barrier fluid system.
    (iv) The compressor shall be modified to permit connecting the 
compressor to a closed vent system.
    (2) Compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 shall 
occur no later than December 1, 2000, for any compressor meeting all the 
criteria in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The compressor meets one or more of the criteria specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (ii) The work can be accomplished without a process unit shutdown as 
defined in Sec. 63.161.
    (iii) The additional time is necessary, due to the unavailability of 
parts beyond the control of the owner or operator.
    (iv) The owner or operator submits the request for a compliance 
extension to the appropriate U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
Regional Office at the addresses listed in Sec. 63.13 no later than 45 
days before December 1, 1999. The request for a compliance extension 
shall contain the information specified in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), 
and (D). Unless the EPA Regional Office objects to the request for a 
compliance extension within 30 days after receipt of the request, the 
request shall be deemed approved.
    (3) If compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 
cannot reasonably be achieved without a process unit shutdown, as 
defined in Sec. 63.161, the owner or operator shall achieve compliance 
no later than June 1, 2001. The owner or operator who elects to use this 
provision shall submit a request for an extension of compliance in 
accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this 
section.
    (4) Compliance with the compressor provisions of Sec. 63.164 shall 
occur not later than June 1, 2002 for any compressor meeting one or more 
of the criteria in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section. 
The owner or operator who elects to use these provisions shall submit a 
request for an extension of compliance in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Compliance cannot be achieved without replacing the compressor.
    (ii) Compliance cannot be achieved without recasting the distance 
piece.
    (iii) Design modifications are required to connect to a closed-vent 
system.
    (5) Compliance with the surge control vessel and bottoms receiver 
provisions of Sec. 63.170 shall occur no later than June 1, 2002.
    (e) Pursuant to section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, an owner or 
operator may request an extension allowing the existing affected source 
up to 1 additional year to comply with section 112(d) standards. For 
purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall be submitted 
to the permitting authority as part of the operating permit application, 
or to the Administrator as a separate submittal, or as part of the 
Precompliance Report. Requests for extensions shall be submitted no 
later than 120 days prior to the compliance dates specified in 
paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, or as specified elsewhere in 
this subpart. The dates specified in Sec. 63.6(i) for submittal of 
requests for extensions shall not apply to this subpart.
    (1) A request for an extension of compliance shall include the data 
described in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D).
    (2) The requirements in Sec. 63.6(i)(8) through (14) shall govern 
the review and approval of requests for extensions of compliance with 
this subpart.
    (3) An owner or operator may submit a compliance extension request 
after the date specified in paragraph (e) of this section, provided that 
the need for

[[Page 536]]

the compliance extension arose after that date, and the need arose due 
to circumstances beyond reasonable control of the owner or operator. 
This request shall include, in addition to the information specified in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a statement of the reasons additional 
time is needed and the date when the owner or operator first learned of 
the problem.
    (f) Table 1 of this subpart specifies the requirements in 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart A (the General Provisions) that apply and those that do 
not apply to owners and operators of affected sources subject to this 
subpart. For the purposes of this subpart, Table 3 of 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart F is not applicable.
    (g) Table 2 of this subpart summarizes the provisions of 40 CFR part 
63, subparts F, G, and H (collectively known as the ``HON'') that apply 
and those that do not apply to owners and operators of affected sources 
subject to this subpart.
    (h) [Reserved]
    (i) After the compliance dates specified in this section, a storage 
vessel that is assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart 
that is also subject to the 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb (Standards of 
Performance for Volatile Organic Liquid Storage Vessels (Including 
Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels) for Which Construction, 
Reconstruction, or Modification Commenced after July 23, 1984) is 
required to comply only with the provisions of this subpart. After the 
compliance dates specified in this section, that storage vessel shall no 
longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb.
    (j) After the compliance dates specified in this subpart, if any 
combustion device, recovery device or recapture device subject to this 
subpart is also subject to monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements for hazardous waste, disposal, and treatment facilities in 
40 CFR part 264, subpart AA (Air Emission Standards for Process Vents) 
or subpart CC (Air Emission Standards for Tanks, Surface Impoundment, 
and Containers), the owner or operator may comply with either paragraph 
(j)(1) or (2) of this section. If, after the compliance dates specified 
in this subpart, any combustion device, recovery device, or recapture 
device subject to this subpart is subject to monitoring and 
recordkeeping requirements hazardous waste treatment, storage, and 
disposal facilities in 40 CFR part 265, subpart AA (Air Emission 
Standards for Process Vents) or subpart CC (Air Emission Standards for 
Tanks, Surface Impoundments, and Containers), the owner or operator may 
comply with either paragraph (j)(1) or (3) of this section. If the owner 
or operator elects to comply with either paragraph (j)(2) or (3) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of this 
choice in the Notification of Compliance Status required by 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring, 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this subpart.
    (2) The owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring, 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements in 40 CFR part 264, with the 
following exception. All excursions, as defined in Sec. 63.1438(f), 
shall be reported in the periodic report. Compliance with this paragraph 
shall constitute compliance with the monitoring, recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements of this subpart.
    (3) The owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring and 
recordkeeping requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart AA or subpart CC, 
and the periodic reporting requirements under 40 CFR part 264, subpart 
AA or subpart CC, that would apply to the device if the facility had 
final-permitted status, with the following exception. All excursions, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1438(f), shall be reported in the periodic report. 
Compliance with this paragraph shall constitute compliance with the 
monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this subpart.
    (k) Paragraphs (k)(1) and (2) of this section address instances in 
which requirements from other regulations overlap for the same heat 
exchange system(s) or waste management unit(s) that are subject to this 
subpart.
    (1) After the applicable compliance date specified in this subpart, 
if a heat exchange system subject to this subpart is also subject to a 
standard identified in paragraph (k)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, 
compliance with the applicable provisions of the standard

[[Page 537]]

identified in paragraph (k)(1)(i) or (ii) shall constitute compliance 
with the applicable provisions of this subpart with respect to that heat 
exchange system.
    (i) 40 CFR part 63, subpart F.
    (ii) A subpart of this part which requires compliance with the HON 
heat exchange system requirements in Sec. 63.104 (e.g., 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart JJJ or U).
    (2) After the applicable compliance date specified in this subpart, 
if any waste management unit subject to this subpart is also subject to 
a standard identified in paragraph (k)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, 
compliance with the applicable provisions of the standard identified in 
paragraph (k)(2)(i) or (ii) shall constitute compliance with the 
applicable provisions of this subpart with respect to that waste 
management unit.
    (i) 40 CFR part 63, subpart G.
    (ii) A subpart of this part which requires compliance with the HON 
process wastewater provisions in Secs. 63.132 through 63.147 (e.g., 
subpart JJJ or U).
    (l) All terms in this subpart that define a period of time for 
completion of required tasks (e.g., monthly, quarterly, annual), unless 
specified otherwise in the section or subsection that imposes the 
requirement, refer to the standard calendar periods, unless altered by 
mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator in 
accordance with paragraph (l)(1) of this section.
    (1) Notwithstanding time periods specified in this subpart for 
completion of required tasks, such time periods may be changed by mutual 
agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator, as 
specified in the General Provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A (e.g., 
a period could begin on the compliance date or another date, rather than 
on the first day of the standard calendar period). For each time period 
that is changed by agreement, the revised period shall remain in effect 
until it is changed. A new request is not necessary for each recurring 
period.
    (2) Where the period specified for compliance is a standard calendar 
period, if the initial compliance date occurs after the beginning of the 
period, compliance shall be required according to the schedule specified 
in paragraphs (l)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the compliance deadline occurs, if there 
remains at least 2 weeks for tasks that shall be performed monthly, at 
least 1 month for tasks that shall be performed each quarter, or at 
least 3 months for tasks that shall be performed annually; or
    (ii) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the end 
of the first full standard calendar period after the period within which 
the initial compliance deadline occurs.
    (3) In all instances where a provision of this subpart requires 
completion of a task during each of multiple successive periods, an 
owner or operator may perform the required task at any time during the 
specified period, provided that the task is conducted at a reasonable 
interval after completion of the task during the previous period.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26499, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1423  Definitions.

    (a) The following terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in subparts A (Sec. 63.2), F (Sec. 63.101), G (Sec. 63.111), 
and H (Sec. 63.161) as specified after each term:

Act (subpart A)
Administrator (subpart A)
Automated monitoring and recording system (subpart G)
Boiler (subpart G)
Bottoms receiver (subpart H)
By-product (subpart F)
Car-seal (subpart G)
Closed-vent system (subpart G)
Combustion device (subpart G)
Commenced (subpart A)
Compliance date (subpart A)
Continuous monitoring system (subpart A)
Emission standard (subpart A)
EPA (subpart A)
Equipment (subpart H)
Flow indicator (subpart G)
Fuel gas (subpart F)
Fuel gas system (subpart F)
Hard-piping (subpart G)
Heat exchange system (subpart F)
Impurity (subpart F)
Incinerator (subpart G)

[[Page 538]]

Major source (subpart A)
Malfunction (subpart A)
Oil-water separator or organic-water separator (subpart G)
Open-ended valve or line (subpart H)
Operating permit (subpart F)
Organic monitoring device (subpart G)
Owner or operator (subpart A)
Performance evaluation (subpart A)
Performance test (subpart A)
Permitting authority (subpart A)
Plant site (subpart F)
Potential to emit (subpart A)
Primary fuel (subpart G)
Process heater (subpart G)
Process unit shutdown (subpart H)
Reactor (subpart G)
Recapture device (subpart G)
Relief valve (subpart G)
Research and development facility (subpart F)
Responsible official (subpart A)
Run (subpart A)
Secondary fuel (subpart G)
Sensor (subpart H)
Specific gravity monitoring device (subpart G)
Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan (subpart F)
State (subpart A)
Surge control vessel (subpart H)
Temperature monitoring device (subpart G)
Test method (subpart A)
Total resource effectiveness index value (subpart G)
Treatment process (subpart G)
Visible emission (subpart A)

    (b) All other terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in this section.
    Annual average concentration, as used in conjunction with the 
wastewater provisions, means the flow-weighted annual average 
concentration and is determined by the procedures in Sec. 63.144(b), 
except as provided in Sec. 63.1433(a)(2).
    Annual average flow rate, as used in conjunction with the wastewater 
provisions, is determined by the procedures in Sec. 63.144(c).
    Batch cycle means the step or steps, from start to finish, that 
occur in a batch unit operation.
    Batch unit operation means a unit operation involving intermittent 
or discontinuous feed into equipment, and, in general, involves the 
emptying of equipment after the batch cycle ceases and prior to 
beginning a new batch cycle. Mass, temperature, concentration and other 
properties of the process may vary with time. Addition of raw material 
and withdrawal of product do not simultaneously occur in a batch unit 
operation.
    Catalyst extraction means the removal of the catalyst using either 
solvent or physical extraction method.
    Construction means the on-site fabrication, erection, or 
installation of an affected source. Construction also means the on-site 
fabrication, erection, or installation of a process unit or a 
combination of process units which subsequently becomes an affected 
source or part of an affected source due to a change in primary product.
    Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or 
computer readable form, of data values measured at least once during 
approximately equal intervals of 15 minutes and recorded at the 
frequency specified in Sec. 63.1439(d).
    Continuous recorder is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that when the 
definition in Sec. 63.111 reads ``or records 15-minute or more frequent 
block average values,'' the phrase ``or records 1-hour or more frequent 
block average values'' shall apply for purposes of this subpart.
    Continuous unit operation means a unit operation where the inputs 
and outputs flow continuously. Continuous unit operations typically 
approach steady-state conditions. Continuous unit operations typically 
involve the simultaneous addition of raw material and withdrawal of the 
product.
    Control technique means any equipment or process control used for 
capturing, recovering, or oxidizing organic hazardous air pollutant 
vapors. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, absorbers, 
adsorbers, boilers, condensers, flares, incinerators, process heaters, 
and scrubbers, or any combination thereof. Process control includes 
extended cookout (as defined in this section). Condensers operating as 
reflux condensers that are necessary for processing, such as liquid 
level control, temperature control, or distillation operation, shall be 
considered inherently part of the process and will not be considered 
control techniques.

[[Page 539]]

    Emission point means an individual process vent, storage vessel, 
wastewater stream, or equipment leak.
    Epoxide means a chemical compound consisting of a three-membered 
cyclic ether. Only emissions of epoxides listed in Table 4 of this 
subpart (i.e., ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and epichlorohydrin) are 
regulated by the provisions of this subpart.
    Equipment leak means emissions of organic HAP from a connector, 
pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection 
system, open-ended valve or line, valve, surge control vessel, bottoms 
receiver, or instrumentation system in organic HAP service.
    Extended Cookout (ECO) means a control technique that reduces the 
amount of unreacted ethylene oxide (EO) and/or propylene oxide (PO) 
(epoxides) in the reactor. This is accomplished by allowing the product 
to react for a longer time period, thereby having less unreacted 
epoxides and reducing epoxides emissions that may have otherwise 
occurred.
    Flexible operation unit means a process unit that manufactures 
different chemical products by periodically alternating raw materials 
fed to the process unit or operating conditions at the process unit. 
These units are also referred to as campaign plants or blocked 
operations.
    Group 1 combination of batch process vents means a collection of 
process vents in a PMPU from batch unit operations that are associated 
with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product 
that meet all of the following conditions:
    (1) Has annual nonepoxide organic HAP emissions, determined in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1428(b), of 11,800 kg/yr or greater, and
    (2) Has a cutoff flow rate, determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.1428(e), that is greater than or equal to the annual average 
flow rate, determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1428(d).
    Group 2 combination of batch process vents means a collection of 
process vents in a PMPU from batch unit operations that are associated 
with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product 
that is not classified as a Group 1 combination of batch process vents.
    Group 1 continuous process vent means a process vent from a 
continuous unit operation that is associated with the use of a 
nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product that meets all of 
the following conditions:
    (1) Has a flow rate greater than or equal to 0.005 standard cubic 
meters per minute,
    (2) Has a total organic HAP concentration greater than or equal to 
50 parts per million by volume, and
    (3) Has a total resource effectiveness index value, calculated in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1428(h)(1), less than or equal to 1.0.
    Group 2 continuous process vent means a process vent from a 
continuous unit operation that is associated with the use of a 
nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product that is not 
classified as a Group 1 continuous process vent.
    Group 1 storage vessel means a storage vessel that meets the 
applicability criteria specified in Table 3 of this subpart.
    Group 2 storage vessel means a storage vessel that does not fall 
within the definition of a Group 1 storage vessel.
    Group 1 wastewater stream means a process wastewater stream at an 
existing or new affected source that meets the criteria for Group 1 
status in Sec. 63.132(c), with the exceptions listed in 
Sec. 63.1433(a)(2) for the purposes of this subpart (i.e., for organic 
HAP listed on Table 4 of this subpart only).
    Group 2 wastewater stream means any process wastewater stream at an 
existing affected source or new affected source that does not meet the 
definition (in this section) of a Group 1 wastewater stream.
    In organic hazardous air pollutant service or in organic HAP service 
means that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a fluid 
(liquid or gas) that is at least 5 percent by weight of total organic 
HAP (as defined in this section), as determined according to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.180(d). The provisions of Sec. 63.180(d) also 
specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in organic HAP 
service.
    Initial start-up means the first time a new or reconstructed 
affected source

[[Page 540]]

begins production, or, for equipment added or changed as described in 
Sec. 63.1420(g), the first time the equipment is put into operation to 
produce a polyether polyol. Initial start-up does not include operation 
solely for testing equipment. Initial start-up does not include 
subsequent start-ups of an affected source or portion thereof following 
malfunctions or shutdowns or following changes in product for flexible 
operation units. Further, for purposes of Sec. 63.1422, initial start-up 
does not include subsequent start-ups of affected sources or portions 
thereof following malfunctions or process unit shutdowns.
    Maintenance wastewater is defined in Sec. 63.101, except that the 
term ``polyether polyol manufacturing process unit'' shall apply 
whenever the term ``chemical manufacturing process unit'' is used. 
Further, the generation of wastewater from the routine rinsing or 
washing of equipment in batch operation between batches is not 
maintenance wastewater, but is considered to be process wastewater, for 
the purposes of this subpart.
    Make or modify the product means to produce the polyether polyol by 
polymerization of epoxides or other cyclic ethers with compounds having 
one or more reactive hydrogens, and to incorporate additives (e.g., 
preservatives, antioxidants, or diluents) in order to maintain the 
quality of the finished products before shipping. Making and modifying 
the product for this regulation does not include grafting, polymerizing 
the polyol, or reacting it with compounds other than EO or PO.
    Maximum true vapor pressure is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that 
the terms ``transfer'' and ``transferred'' shall not apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    New process unit means a process unit for which the construction or 
reconstruction commenced after September 4, 1997.
    On-site or on site means, with respect to records required to be 
maintained by this subpart or required by another subpart referenced by 
this subpart, a location within the plant site where the affected source 
is located. On-site storage of records includes, but is not limited to, 
a location at the affected source or PMPU to which the records pertain 
or a location elsewhere at the plant site where the affected source is 
located.
    Operating day refers to the 24-hour period defined by the owner or 
operator in the Notification of Compliance Status required by 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(5). That 24-hour period may be from midnight to midnight 
or another 24-hour period. The operating day is the 24-hour period for 
which daily average monitoring values are determined.
    Organic hazardous air pollutant(s) (organic HAP) means one or more 
of the chemicals listed in Table 4 of this subpart, or any other 
chemical which:
    (1) Is knowingly produced or introduced into the manufacturing 
process other than as an impurity; and
    (2) Is listed in Table 2 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart F in the HON.
    Polyether polyol means a compound formed through the polymerization 
of EO or PO or other cyclic ethers with compounds having one or more 
reactive hydrogens (i.e., a hydrogen atom bonded to nitrogen, oxygen, 
phosphorus, sulfur, etc.) to form polyethers (i.e., compounds with two 
or more ether bonds). This definition of polyether polyol excludes 
cellulose ethers (such as methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, 
hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxy ethyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl 
methyl cellulose) and materials regulated under 40 CFR part 63, subparts 
F, G, and H (the HON), such as glycols and glycol ethers.
    Polyether polyol manufacturing process unit (PMPU) means a process 
unit that manufactures a polyether polyol as its primary product, or a 
process unit designated as a polyether polyol manufacturing unit in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1420(e)(2). A polyether polyol manufacturing 
process unit consists of more than one unit operation. This collection 
of equipment includes purification systems, reactors and their 
associated product separators and recovery devices, distillation units 
and their associated distillate receivers and recovery devices, other 
associated unit operations, storage vessels, surge control vessels, 
bottoms receivers, product transfer racks, connected ducts and

[[Page 541]]

piping, combustion, recovery, or recapture devices or systems, and the 
equipment (i.e., all pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief 
devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, 
valves, connectors, and instrumentation systems that are associated with 
the PMPU) that are subject to the equipment leak provisions as specified 
in Sec. 63.1434.
    Pressure decay curve is the graph of the reactor pressure versus 
time from the point when epoxide feed is stopped until the reactor 
pressure is constant, indicating that most of the epoxide has reacted 
out of the vapor and liquid phases. This curve shall be determined with 
no leaks or vents from the reactor.
    Primary product is defined in and determined by the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.1420(e).
    Process unit means a collection of equipment assembled and connected 
by pipes or ducts to process raw materials and to manufacture a product.
    Process vent means a point of emission from a unit operation having 
a gaseous stream that is discharged to the atmosphere either directly or 
after passing through one or more combustion, recovery, or recapture 
devices. A process vent from a continuous unit operation is a gaseous 
emission stream containing more than 0.005 weight-percent total organic 
HAP. A process vent from a batch unit operation is a gaseous emission 
stream containing more than 225 kilograms per year (500 pounds per year) 
of organic HAP emissions. Unit operations that may have process vents 
are condensers, distillation units, reactors, or other unit operations 
within the PMPU. Process vents exclude pressure relief valve discharges, 
gaseous streams routed to a fuel gas system(s), and leaks from equipment 
regulated under Sec. 63.1434. A gaseous emission stream is no longer 
considered to be a process vent after the stream has been controlled and 
monitored in accordance with the applicable provisions of this subpart.
    Process wastewater means wastewater which, during manufacturing or 
processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the 
production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished 
product, by-product, or waste product. Examples are product tank 
drawdown or feed tank drawdown; water formed during a chemical reaction 
or used as a reactant; water used to wash impurities from organic 
products or reactants; equipment washes between batches in a batch 
process; water used to cool or quench organic vapor streams through 
direct contact; and condensed steam from jet ejector systems pulling 
vacuum on vessels containing organics.
    Product means a compound or material which is manufactured by a 
process unit. By-products, isolated intermediates, impurities, wastes, 
and trace contaminants are not considered products.
    Product class means a group of polyether polyols with a similar 
pressure decay curve (or faster pressure decay curves) that are 
manufactured within a given set of operating conditions representing the 
decline in pressure versus time. All products within a product class 
shall have an essentially similar pressure decay curve, and operate 
within a given set of operating conditions. These operating conditions 
are: a minimum reaction temperature; the number of -OH groups in the 
polyol; a minimum catalyst concentration; the type of catalyst (e.g., 
self-catalyzed, base catalyst, or acid catalyst); the epoxide ratio, or 
a range for that ratio; and the reaction conditions of the system (e.g., 
the size of the reactor, or the size of the batch).
    Reactor liquid means the compound or material made in the reactor, 
even though the substance may be transferred to another vessel. This 
material may require further modifications before becoming a final 
product, in which case the reactor liquid is classified as an 
``intermediate.'' This material may be complete at this stage, in which 
case the reactor liquid is classified as a ``product.''
    Reconstruction means the replacement of components of an affected 
source or of a previously unaffected stationary source that becomes an 
affected source as a result of the replacement, to such an extent that:
    (1) The fixed capital cost of the new components exceeds 50 percent 
of the

[[Page 542]]

fixed capital cost that would be required to construct a comparable new 
source; and
    (2) It is technologically and economically feasible for the 
reconstructed source to meet the provisions of this subpart.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of and 
normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for fuel value 
(i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse, or for sale for fuel 
value, use, or reuse. Examples of equipment that may be recovery devices 
include absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers (except reflux 
condensers), oil-water separators or organic-water separators, or 
organic removal devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin film 
evaporation units. For the purposes of the monitoring, recordkeeping, or 
reporting requirements of this subpart, recapture devices are considered 
to be recovery devices.
    Residual is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that when the definition 
in Sec. 63.111 uses the term ``Table 9 compounds,'' the term ``organic 
HAP listed in Table 9 of subpart G'' shall apply, for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of an affected source, a 
PMPU within an affected source, a waste management unit or unit 
operation within an affected source, equipment required or used to 
comply with this subpart, or the emptying or degassing of a storage 
vessel. The purposes for a shutdown may include, but are not limited to, 
periodic maintenance, replacement of equipment, or equipment repairs. 
Shutdown does not include the normal periods between batch cycles. For 
continuous unit operations, shutdown includes transitional conditions 
due to changes in product for flexible operation units. For batch unit 
operations, shutdown does not include transitional conditions due to 
changes in product for flexible operation units. For purposes of the 
wastewater provisions, shutdown does not include the routine rinsing or 
washing of equipment between batch cycles.
    Start-up means the setting into operation of an affected source, a 
PMPU within the affected source, a waste management unit or unit 
operation within an affected source, equipment required or used to 
comply with this subpart, or a storage vessel after emptying and 
degassing. For all processes, start-up includes initial start-up and 
operation solely for testing equipment. Start-up does not include the 
recharging of batch unit operations. For continuous unit operations, 
start-up includes transitional conditions due to changes in product for 
flexible operation units. For batch unit operations, start-up does not 
include transitional conditions due to changes in product for flexible 
operation units.
    Steady-state conditions means that all variables (temperatures, 
pressures, volumes, flow rates, etc.) in a process do not vary 
significantly with time; minor fluctuations about constant mean values 
may occur.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
liquids that contain one or more organic HAP. Storage vessels do not 
include:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 38 cubic meters;
    (4) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material that 
contains no organic HAP, or organic HAP as impurities only;
    (5) Surge control vessels and bottoms receiver tanks;
    (6) Wastewater storage tanks; and
    (7) Storage vessels assigned to another process unit regulated under 
another subpart of part 63.
    Total organic compounds (TOC) are those compounds, excluding methane 
and ethane, measured according to the procedures of Method 18 or Method 
25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    Unit operation means one or more pieces of process equipment used to 
make a single change to the physical or chemical characteristics of one 
or more process streams. Unit operations include, but are not limited 
to, reactors, distillation units, extraction columns, absorbers, 
decanters, condensers, and filtration equipment.

[[Page 543]]

    Vent stream, as used in reference to process vents, means the 
emissions from a process vent.
    Waste management unit is defined in Sec. 63.111, except that when 
the definition in Sec. 63.111 uses the term ``chemical manufacturing 
process unit,'' the term ``PMPU'' shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    Wastewater means water that:
    (1) Contains either
    (i) An annual average concentration of organic HAP listed in Table 4 
of this subpart of at least 5 parts per million by weight and has an 
annual average flow rate of 0.02 liter per minute or greater, or
    (ii) An annual average concentration of organic HAP listed on Table 
4 of this subpart of at least 10,000 parts per million by weight at any 
flow rate; and that
    (2) Is discarded from a PMPU that is part of an affected source. 
Wastewater is process wastewater or maintenance wastewater.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26499, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1424  Emission standards.

    (a) Except as provided under paragraph (b) of this section, the 
owner or operator of an existing or new affected source shall comply 
with the provisions in:
    (1) Sections 63.1425 through 63.1430 for process vents;
    (2) Section 63.1432 for storage vessels;
    (3) Section 63.1433 for wastewater;
    (4) Section 63.1434 for equipment leaks;
    (5) Section 63.1435 for heat exchangers;
    (6) Section 63.1437 for additional test methods and procedures;
    (7) Section 63.1438 for monitoring levels and excursions; and
    (8) Section 63.1439 for general reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.
    (b) When emissions of different kinds (i.e., emissions from process 
vents subject to Secs. 63.1425 through 63.1430, storage vessels subject 
to Sec. 63.1432, process wastewater, and/or in-process equipment subject 
to Sec. 63.149) are combined, and at least one of the emission streams 
would require control according to the applicable provision in the 
absence of combination with other emission streams, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the requirements of either paragraph (b)(1) 
or (2) of this section.
    (1) Comply with the applicable requirements of this subpart for each 
kind of emission in the stream as specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(5) of this section; or
    (2) Comply with the most stringent set of requirements that applies 
to any individual emission stream that is included in the combined 
stream, where either that emission stream would be classified as 
requiring control in the absence of combination with other emission 
streams, or the owner chooses to consider that emission stream to 
require control for the purposes of this paragraph.



Sec. 63.1425  Process vent control requirements.

    (a) Applicability of process vent control requirements. For each 
process vent at an affected source, the owner or operator shall comply 
with the provisions of this section. Owners and operators of all 
affected sources using epoxides in the production of polyether polyols 
are subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. Owners 
or operators are subject to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this 
section only if epoxides are used in the production of polyether polyols 
and nonepoxide organic HAP are used to make or modify the product. 
Similarly, owners or operators are subject to the requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section only if epoxides are used in the 
production of polyether polyols and organic HAP are used in catalyst 
extraction. The owner or operator of an affected source where polyether 
polyol products are produced using tetrahydrofuran shall comply with 
paragraph (f) of this section.
    (b) Requirements for epoxide emissions. The owner or operator of an 
affected source where polyether polyol products are produced using 
epoxides shall reduce epoxide emissions from process vents from batch 
unit operations and continuous unit operations within each PMPU in 
accordance with either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) For new affected sources, the owner or operator shall comply 
with

[[Page 544]]

paragraph (b)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) this section. The owner or operator 
also has the option of complying with a combination of paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. If the owner or operator chooses to 
comply with a combination of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section, each process vent not controlled in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section shall be part of the group of applicable 
process vents that shall then comply with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this 
section.
    (i) Reduce the total epoxide emissions from the group of applicable 
process vents by an aggregated 99.9 percent;
    (ii) Maintain an outlet concentration of total epoxides or TOC after 
each combustion, recapture, or recovery device of 20 ppmv or less; or
    (iii) Maintain an emission factor of no greater than 4.43  x  
10-3 kilogram epoxide emissions per megagram of product (4.43 
 x  10-3 pounds epoxide emissions per 1,000 pounds of 
product) for all process vents in the PMPU.
    (2) For existing affected sources, the owner or operator shall 
comply with either paragraph (b)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this 
section. The owner or operator also has the option of complying with a 
combination of paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section. If the 
owner or operator chooses to comply with a combination of paragraphs 
(b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, each process vent that is not 
controlled in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section 
shall be part of the group of applicable process vents that shall then 
comply with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. The owner or operator 
also has the option of complying with a combination of paragraphs 
(b)(2)(i) and (iii) of this section.
    (i) Reduce the total epoxide emissions from each process vent using 
a flare;
    (ii) Reduce the total epoxide emissions from the group of applicable 
process vents by an aggregated 98 percent;
    (iii) Maintain an outlet concentration of total epoxides or TOC 
after each combustion, recapture or recovery devices of 20 ppmv or less; 
or
    (iv) Maintain an emission factor of no greater than 1.69  x  
10-2 kilogram epoxide emissions per megagram of product (1.69 
 x  10-2 pounds epoxide emissions per 1,000 pounds of 
product) for all process vents in the PMPU.
    (c) Requirements for nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from making or 
modifying the product. The owner or operator of a new or existing source 
where polyether polyols are produced using epoxides, and where 
nonepoxide organic HAP are used to make or modify the product, shall 
comply with this paragraph. For each process vent from a continuous unit 
operation that is associated with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP to 
make or modify the product, the owner or operator shall determine if the 
process vent is a Group 1 continuous process vent, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1423. For the combination of process vents from batch unit 
operations that are associated with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP 
to make or modify the product, the owner or operator shall determine if 
the combination of process vents is a Group 1 combination of batch 
process vents, as defined in Sec. 63.1423.
    (1) Requirements for Group 1 combinations of batch process vents. 
For each Group 1 combination of batch process vents, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1423, the owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph 
(c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Reduce nonepoxide organic HAP emissions using a flare.
    (ii) Reduce nonepoxide organic HAP emissions by 90 percent using a 
combustion, recovery, or recapture device.
    (2) Requirements for Group 2 combinations of batch process vents. 
For each Group 2 combination of batch process vents, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1423, the owner or operator reassess the group status when 
process changes occur, in accordance with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1428(g). No control requirements apply to these process vents.
    (3) Requirements for Group 1 continuous process vents. For each 
Group 1 continuous process vent, as defined in Sec. 63.1423, the owner 
or operator shall comply with either paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Reduce nonepoxide organic HAP emissions using a flare.

[[Page 545]]

    (ii) Reduce nonepoxide organic HAP emissions by 98 percent using a 
combustion, recovery, or recapture device.
    (4) Requirements for Group 2 continuous process vents. For each 
Group 2 continuous process vent, as defined in Sec. 63.1423, the owner 
or operator shall comply with either paragraph (c)(4)(i) or (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) If the TRE for the process vent is greater than 1.0 but less 
than 4.0, the owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring 
provisions in Sec. 63.1429, the recordkeeping provisions in 
Sec. 63.1430(d), and recalculate the TRE index value when process 
changes occur, in accordance with the provisions in Sec. 63.1428(h)(2).
    (ii) If the TRE for the process vent is greater than 4.0, the owner 
or operator shall recalculate the TRE index value when process changes 
occur, in accordance with the provisions in Sec. 63.1428(h)(2).
    (d) Requirements for nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from catalyst 
extraction. The owner or operator of a new or existing affected source 
where polyether polyol products are produced using epoxide compounds 
shall comply with either paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section. A PMPU 
that does not use any nonepoxide organic HAP in catalyst extraction is 
exempt from the requirements of this paragraph.
    (1) Reduce emissions of nonepoxide organic HAP from all process 
vents associated with catalyst extraction using a flare; or
    (2) Reduce emissions of nonepoxide organic HAP from the sum total of 
all process vents associated with catalyst extraction by an aggregated 
90 percent for each PMPU.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Requirements for process vents at PMPUs that produce polyether 
polyol products using tetrahydrofuran. For each process vent in a PMPU 
that uses tetrahydrofuran (THF) to produce one or more polyether polyol 
products that is, or is part of, an affected source, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the HON process vent requirements in 
Secs. 63.113 through 63.118, except as provided for in paragraphs (f)(1) 
through (10) of this section.
    (1) When December 31, 1992 is referred to in the HON process vent 
requirements in Sec. 63.113, it shall be replaced with September 4, 
1997, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (2) When Sec. 63.151(f), alternative monitoring parameters, and 
Sec. 63.152(e), submission of an operating permit application, are 
referred to in Secs. 63.114(c) and 63.117(e), Sec. 63.1439(f), 
alternative monitoring parameters, and Sec. 63.1439(e)(8), submission of 
an operating permit application, respectively, shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (3) When the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) are referred to in Secs. 63.114, 63.117, and 
63.118, the Notification of Compliance Status requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (4) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) are referred to in Secs. 63.117 and 63.118, the Periodic 
Report requirements contained in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6) shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (5) When the definition of excursion in Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) is 
referred to in Sec. 63.118(f)(2), the definition of excursion in 
Sec. 63.1438(f) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) When Sec. 63.114(e) specifies that an owner or operator shall 
submit the information required in Sec. 63.152(b) in order to establish 
the parameter monitoring range, the owner or operator shall comply with 
the provisions of Sec. 63.1438 for establishing the parameter monitoring 
level and shall comply with Sec. 63.1439(e)(5)(ii) or Sec. 63.1439(e)(8) 
for the purposes of reporting information related to the establishment 
of the parameter monitoring level, for the purposes of this subpart. 
Further, the term ``level'' shall apply whenever the term ``range'' is 
used in Secs. 63.114, 63.117, and 63.118.
    (7) When reports of process changes are required under 
Sec. 63.118(g), (h), (i), or (j), paragraphs (f)(7)(i) through (iv) of 
this section shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (i) For the purposes of this subpart, whenever a process change, as 
defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is made that causes a Group 2 process vent to 
become a Group 1 process vent, the owner or operator shall submit a 
report within 180 days after the process change is made

[[Page 546]]

or the information regarding the process change is known to the owner or 
operator. This report may be included in the next Periodic Report. A 
description of the process change shall be included in this report.
    (ii) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is 
made that causes a Group 2 process vent with a TRE greater than 4.0 to 
become a Group 2 process vent with a TRE less than 4.0, the owner or 
operator shall submit a report within 180 days after the process change 
is made or the information regarding the process change is known to the 
owner or operator, unless the flow rate is less than 0.005 standard 
cubic meters per minute. This report may be included in the next 
Periodic Report. A description of the process change shall be included 
in this report.
    (iii) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is 
made that causes a Group 2 process vent with a flow rate less than 0.005 
standard cubic meter per minute (scmm) to become a Group 2 process vent 
with a flow rate of 0.005 scmm or greater and a TRE index value less 
than or equal to 4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 
180 days after the process change is made or the information regarding 
the process change is known to the owner or operator, unless the organic 
HAP concentration is less than 50 ppmv. This report may be included in 
the next Periodic Report. A description of the process change shall be 
submitted with the report.
    (iv) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e), is 
made that causes a Group 2 process vent with an organic HAP 
concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume (ppmv) to become 
a Group 2 process vent with an organic HAP concentration of 50 ppmv or 
greater and a TRE index value less than or equal to 4.0, the owner or 
operator shall submit a report within 180 days after the process change 
is made or the information regarding the process change is known to the 
owner or operator, unless the flow rate is less than 0.005 standard 
cubic meters per minute. This report may be included in the next 
Periodic Report. A description of the process change shall be submitted 
with this report.
    (8) When Sec. 63.118 refers to Sec. 63.152(f), the recordkeeping 
requirements in Sec. 63.1439(d) shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (9) When Secs. 63.115 and 63.116 refer to Table 2 of 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart F, the owner or operator shall only consider organic HAP as 
defined in this subpart.
    (10) When the provisions of Sec. 63.116(c)(3) and (4) specify that 
Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used, Method 18 or Method 
25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be used for the purposes of this 
subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall comply 
with paragraphs (f)(10)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.



Sec. 63.1426  Process vent requirements for determining organic HAP concentration, control efficiency, and aggregated organic HAP emission reduction for a PMPU.

    (a) Use of a flare. When a flare is used to comply with 
Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i) (in combination with other control techniques), 
(b)(2)(i), (c)(1)(i), (c)(3)(i), or (d)(1), the owner or operator shall 
comply with Sec. 63.1437(c), and is not required to demonstrate the 
control efficiency for the flare, if the owner or operator chooses to 
assume a 98 percent control efficiency for that flare, as allowed under 
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section. In order to use only a flare to 
comply with Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i), or to use a flare and apply a control 
efficiency greater than 98 percent, an owner or operator shall submit a 
request in accordance with Sec. 63.6(g) in either the Precompliance 
Report described in Sec. 63.1439(e)(4), or in a supplement to the 
precompliance report, as described in Sec. 63.1439(e)(4)(vii).
    (b) Exceptions to performance tests. An owner or operator is not 
required to

[[Page 547]]

conduct a performance test when a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section is 
used to comply with Sec. 63.1425(b), (c), or (d).
    (1) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (2) A boiler or process heater where the process vent stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel or is used as the primary fuel.
    (3) A combustion, recovery, or recapture device for which a 
performance test was conducted within the preceding 5-year period, using 
the same Methods specified in this section and either no deliberate 
process changes have been made since the test, or the owner or operator 
can demonstrate that the results of the performance test, with or 
without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance despite process 
changes. The operating parameters reported under the previous 
performance test shall be sufficient to meet the parameter monitoring 
requirements in this subpart.
    (4) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which the 
owner or operator:
    (i) Has been issued a final hazardous waste permit under 40 CFR part 
270 and complies with the requirements for hazardous waste burned in 
boilers and industrial furnaces in 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
    (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
for hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces in of 40 
CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (5) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements for incinerators in 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has 
certified compliance with the interim status requirements for 
incinerators in 40 CFR part 265, subpart O.
    (6) Combustion, recovery or recapture device (except for condensers) 
performance may be determined by using the design evaluation described 
in paragraph (f) of this section, provided that the combustion, recovery 
or recapture device receives less than 10 tons per year (9.1 megagrams 
per year) of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from one or more PMPUs, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. If a 
combustion, recovery or recapture device exempted from testing in 
accordance with this paragraph receives more than 10 tons per year (9.1 
megagrams per year) of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from one or 
more PMPUs, the owner or operator shall comply with the performance test 
requirements in paragraph (c) of this section and shall submit the test 
report in the next Periodic Report.
    (c) Determination of organic HAP concentration and control 
efficiency. Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section, an owner or operator using a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device to comply with an epoxide or organic HAP percent reduction 
efficiency requirement in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i), (b)(2)(ii), (c)(1)(ii), 
(c)(3)(ii), or (d)(2); an epoxide concentration limitation in 
Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(ii) or (b)(2)(ii); or an annual epoxide emission 
limitation in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or (b)(2)(iv), shall conduct a 
performance test using the applicable procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (4) of this section. The organic HAP or epoxide concentration 
and percent reduction may be measured as total epoxide, total organic 
HAP, or as TOC minus methane and ethane according to the procedures 
specified. When conducting testing in accordance with this section, the 
owner or operator is only required to measure HAP of concern for the 
specific requirement for which compliance is being determined. For 
instance, to determine compliance with the epoxide emission requirement 
of Sec. 63.1425(b), the owner or operator is only required to measure 
epoxide control efficiency or outlet concentration.
    (1) Sampling site location. The sampling site location shall be 
determined as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) For determination of compliance with a percent reduction of 
total epoxide requirement in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or a 
percent reduction of total organic HAP requirement in 
Sec. 63.1425(c)(1)(ii), (c)(3)(ii), or (d)(2), sampling sites shall be 
located at the inlet of the combustion, recovery, or

[[Page 548]]

recapture device as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A), (B), and (C) 
of this section, and at the outlet of the combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device.
    (A) For process vents from continuous unit operations, the inlet 
sampling site shall be determined in accordance with either paragraph 
(c)(1)(i)(A)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) To demonstrate compliance with either the provisions for epoxide 
emissions in Sec. 63.1425(b) or the provisions for nonepoxide organic 
HAP emissions from catalyst extraction in Sec. 63.1425(d), the inlet 
sampling site shall be located after the exit from the continuous unit 
operation but before any recovery devices, or
    (2) To demonstrate compliance with the requirements for nonepoxide 
organic HAP emissions from the use of nonepoxide organic HAP in making 
or modifying the product in Sec. 63.1425(c), the inlet sampling site 
shall be located after all control techniques to reduce epoxide 
emissions and after the final nonepoxide organic HAP recovery device.
    (B) For process vents from batch unit operations, the inlet sampling 
site shall be determined in accordance with either paragraph 
(c)(1)(i)(B)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) To demonstrate compliance with either the provisions for epoxide 
emissions in Sec. 63.1425(b) or the provisions for nonepoxide organic 
HAP emissions from catalyst extraction in Sec. 63.1425(d), the inlet 
sampling site shall be located after the exit from the batch unit 
operation but before any recovery device.
    (2) To demonstrate compliance with the requirements for nonepoxide 
organic HAP emissions in making or modifying the product in 
Sec. 63.1425(c), the inlet sampling site shall be located after all 
control techniques to reduce epoxide emissions but before any nonepoxide 
organic HAP recovery device.
    (C) If a process vent stream is introduced with the combustion air 
or as a secondary fuel into a boiler or process heater with a design 
capacity less than 44 megawatts, selection of the location of the inlet 
sampling sites shall ensure the measurement of total organic HAP or TOC 
(minus methane and ethane) concentrations in all process vent streams 
and primary and secondary fuels introduced into the boiler or process 
heater.
    (ii) To determine compliance with a parts per million by volume 
total epoxide or TOC limit in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(ii) or (b)(2)(iii), the 
sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the combustion, 
recovery, or recapture device.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) Testing conditions and calculation of TOC or total organic HAP 
concentration. (i) Testing conditions shall be as specified in 
paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(A) through (E) of this section, as appropriate.
    (A) Testing of process vents from continuous unit operations shall 
be conducted at maximum representative operating conditions, as 
described in Sec. 63.1437(a)(1). Each test shall consist of three l-hour 
runs. Gas stream volumetric flow rates shall be measured at 
approximately equal intervals of about 15 minutes during each 1-hour 
run. The organic HAP concentration (of the HAP of concern) shall be 
determined from samples collected in an integrated sample over the 
duration of each l-hour test run, or from grab samples collected 
simultaneously with the flow rate measurements (at approximately equal 
intervals of about 15 minutes). If an integrated sample is collected for 
laboratory analysis, the sampling rate shall be adjusted proportionally 
to reflect variations in flow rate. For gas streams from continuous unit 
operations, the organic HAP concentration or control efficiency used to 
determine compliance shall be the average organic HAP concentration or 
control efficiency of the three test runs.
    (B) Testing of process vents from batch unit operations shall be 
conducted at absolute worst-case conditions or hypothetical worst-case 
conditions, as defined in paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(B)(1) through (5) of this 
section. Worst-case conditions are limited to the maximum production 
allowed in a State or Federal permit or regulation and the conditions 
specified in Sec. 63.1437(a)(1). Gas stream volumetric flow rates shall 
be measured at 15-minute intervals, or at least once during the emission 
episode. The organic HAP or TOC concentration shall be determined from 
samples collected in an

[[Page 549]]

integrated sample over the duration of the test, or from grab samples 
collected simultaneously with the flow rate measurements (at 
approximately equal intervals of about 15 minutes). If an integrated 
sample is collected for laboratory analysis, the sampling rate shall be 
adjusted proportionally to reflect variations in flow rate.
    (1) Absolute worst-case conditions are defined by the criteria 
presented in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section if the 
maximum load is the most challenging condition for the control device. 
Otherwise, absolute worst-case conditions are defined by the conditions 
in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The period in which the inlet to the control device will contain 
at least 50 percent of the maximum HAP load (in lbs) capable of being 
vented to the control device over any 8-hour period. An emission profile 
as described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)(3)(i) of this section shall be 
used to identify the 8-hour period that includes the maximum projected 
HAP load.
    (ii) A period of time in which the inlet to the control device will 
contain the highest HAP mass loading rate capable of being vented to the 
control device. An emission profile as described in paragraph 
(c)(3)(i)(B)(3)(i) of this section shall be used to identify the period 
of maximum HAP loading.
    (iii) The period of time when the HAP loading or stream composition 
(including non-HAP) is most challenging for the control device. These 
conditions include, but are not limited to the following: periods when 
the stream contains the highest combined VOC and HAP load described by 
the emission profiles in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)(3) of this section; 
periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that approach limits 
of solubility for scrubbing media; or periods when the streams contain 
HAP constituents that approach limits of adsorptivity for carbon 
adsorption systems.
    (2) Hypothetical worst-case conditions are simulated test conditions 
that, at a minimum, contain the highest hourly HAP load of emissions 
that would be predicted to be vented to the control device from the 
emissions profile described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)(3)(ii) or (iii) of 
this section.
    (3) The owner or operator shall develop an emission profile for the 
vent to the control device that describes the characteristics of the 
vent stream at the inlet to the control device under worst case 
conditions. The emission profile shall be developed based on any one of 
the procedures described in paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(B)(3) (i) through (iii) 
of this section, as required by paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
    (i) The emission profile shall consider all emission episodes that 
could contribute to the vent stack for a period of time that is 
sufficient to include all processes venting to the stack and shall 
consider production scheduling. The profile shall describe the HAP load 
to the device that equals the highest sum of emissions from the episodes 
that can vent to the control device in any given period, not to exceed 1 
hour. Emissions per episode shall be divided by the duration of the 
episode only if the duration of the episode is longer than 1 hour, and 
emissions per episode shall be calculated using the procedures specified 
in Equation 1:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.002

Where:

E = Mass of HAP emitted.
V = Purge flow rate at the temperature and pressure of the vessel vapor 
          space.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T = Temperature of the vessel vapor space (absolute).
Pi = Partial pressure of the individual HAP.
Pj = Partial pressure of individual condensable VOC compounds 
          (including HAP).
PT = Pressure of the vessel vapor space.

[[Page 550]]

MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP.
t = Time of purge.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.
j = Identifier for a condensable compound.
m = Number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream.

    (ii) The emission profile shall consist of emissions that meet or 
exceed the highest emissions that would be expected under actual 
processing conditions. The profile shall describe equipment 
configurations used to generate the emission events, volatility of 
materials processed in the equipment, and the rationale used to identify 
and characterize the emission events. The emissions may be based on 
using compounds more volatile than compounds actually used in the 
process(es), and the emissions may be generated from all equipment in 
the process(es) or only selected equipment.
    (iii) The emission profile shall consider the capture and control 
system limitations and the highest emissions that can be routed to the 
control device, based on maximum flow rate and concentrations possible 
because of limitations on conveyance and control equipment (e.g., fans, 
LEL alarms and safety bypasses).
    (4) Three runs, each at a minimum of the complete duration of the 
batch venting episode or 1 hour, whichever is shorter, and a maximum of 
8 hours, are required for performance testing. Each run shall occur over 
the same worst-case conditions, as defined in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B) of 
this section.
    (5) If a condenser is used to control the process vent stream(s), 
the worst case emission episode(s) shall represent a period of time in 
which a process vent from the batch cycle or combination of cycles (if 
more than one cycle is vented through the same process vent) will 
require the maximum heat removal capacity, in Btu/hr, to cool the 
process vent stream to a temperature that, upon calculation of HAP 
concentration, will yield the required removal efficiency for the entire 
cycle. The calculation of maximum heat load shall be based on the 
emission profile described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)(3) of this section 
that will allow calculation of sensible and latent heat loads.
    (ii) The concentration of either TOC (minus methane or ethane) or 
total organic HAP (of the HAP of concern) shall be calculated according 
to paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the 
concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for 
each run using Equation 2:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.003

Where:

CTOC = Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane), dry 
          basis, parts per million by volume.
Cji = Concentration of sample components j of sample i, dry 
          basis, parts per million by volume.
n = Number of components in the sample.
x = Number of samples in the sample run.

    (B) The total organic HAP concentration (CHAP) shall be 
computed according to Equation 2, except that only the organic HAP 
species shall be summed.
    (iii) The concentration of TOC or total organic HAP shall be 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen if a combustion device is used.
    (A) The emission rate correction factor or excess air, integrated 
sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A shall be used to determine the oxygen concentration 
(%02d). The samples shall be taken during the same time that 
the TOC (minus methane or ethane) or total organic HAP samples are 
taken.
    (B) The concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen shall be 
computed using Equation 3, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.002

Where:

Cc = Concentration of TOC or organic HAP corrected to 3 
          percent oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
Cm = Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
          organic HAP, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
%02d = Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percent by volume.

    (4) Test methods. When testing is conducted to measure emissions 
from an

[[Page 551]]

affected source, the test methods specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) 
through (iv) of this section shall be used, as applicable.
    (i) For sample and velocity traverses, Method 1 or 1A of appendix A 
of part 60 shall be used, as appropriate, except that references to 
particulate matter in Method 1A do not apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (ii) The velocity and gas volumetric flow rate shall be determined 
using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as 
appropriate.
    (iii) The concentration measurements shall be determined using the 
methods described in paragraphs (c)(4)(iii) (A) through (C) of this 
section.
    (A) Method 18 of appendix A of part 60 may be used to determine the 
HAP concentration in any control device efficiency determination.
    (B) Method 25 of appendix A of part 60 may be used to determine 
total gaseous nonmethane organic concentration for control efficiency 
determinations in combustion devices.
    (C) Method 25A of appendix A of part 60 may be used to determine the 
HAP or TOC concentration for control device efficiency determinations 
under the conditions specified in Method 25 of appendix A of part 60 for 
direct measurements of an effluent with a flame ionization detector, or 
in demonstrating compliance with the 20 ppmv standard, the instrument 
shall be calibrated on methane or the predominant HAP. If calibrating on 
the predominant HAP, the use of Method 25A of appendix A of part 60 
shall comply with paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(C) (1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A of 
appendix A of part 60 shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume.
    (2) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is acceptable 
if the response from the high level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (3) The span value of the analyzer shall be less than 100 ppmv.
    (iv) Alternatively, any other method or data that have been 
validated according to the applicable procedures in 40 CFR part 63, 
appendix A, Method 301 may be used.
    (5) Calculation of percent reduction efficiency. The following 
procedures shall be used to calculate percent reduction efficiency:
    (i) Test duration shall be as specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) (A) 
through (B) of this section, as appropriate.
    (ii) The mass rate of either TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
organic HAP of the HAP of concern (Ei, Eo) shall 
be computed.
    (A) The following equations shall be used:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.004
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.005
    
Where:

Cij, Coj = Concentration of sample component j of 
          the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the combustion, 
          recovery, or recapture device, respectively, dry basis, parts 
          per million by volume.
Ei, Eo = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and 
          ethane) or total organic HAP at the inlet and outlet of the 
          combustion, recovery, or recapture device, respectively, dry 
          basis, kilogram per hour.
Mij, Moj = Molecular weight of sample component j 
          of the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the combustion, 
          recovery, or recapture device, respectively, gram/gram-mole.
Qi, Qo = Flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and 
          outlet of the combustion, recovery, or recapture device, 
          respectively, dry standard cubic meter per minute.
K2 = Constant, 2.494  x  10 -6 (parts per million) 
          -1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/
          gram) (minute/hour), where standard temperature (gram-mole per 
          standard cubic meter) is 20  deg.C.

    (B) Where the mass rate of TOC is being calculated, all organic 
compounds (minus methane and ethane) measured by Method 18 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A are summed using Equations 4 and 5 in paragraph 
(c)(5)(ii)(A) of this section.
    (C) Where the mass rate of total organic HAP is being calculated, 
only the

[[Page 552]]

organic HAP species shall be summed using Equations 4 and 5 in paragraph 
(c)(5)(ii)(A) of this section.
    (iii) The percent reduction in TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total organic HAP shall be calculated using Equation 6 as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.005

Where:

    R = Control efficiency of combustion, recovery, or recapture device, 
percent.
    Ei = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
organic HAP at the inlet to the combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device as calculated under paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, 
kilograms TOC per hour or kilograms organic HAP per hour.
Eo = Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
          organic HAP at the outlet of the combustion, recovery, or 
          recapture device, as calculated under paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of 
          this section, kilograms TOC per hour or kilograms organic HAP 
          per hour.

    (iv) If the process vent stream entering a boiler or process heater 
with a design capacity less than 44 megawatts is introduced with the 
combustion air or as a secondary fuel, the weight-percent reduction of 
total organic HAP or TOC (minus methane and ethane) across the device 
shall be determined by comparing the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total organic HAP in all combusted process vent streams and primary and 
secondary fuels with the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total organic 
HAP, respectively, exiting the combustion device.
    (d) Determination of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions. For each 
process vent at a PMPU that is complying with the process vent control 
requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(iii), (b)(2)(ii), 
(b)(2)(iv), (c)(1)(ii), or (d)(2) using a combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device, the owner or operator shall determine the uncontrolled 
organic HAP emissions in accordance with the provisions of this 
paragraph, with the exceptions noted in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section. The provisions of Sec. 63.1427(c)(1) shall be used to calculate 
uncontrolled epoxide emissions prior to the onset of an extended cook 
out.
    (1) Exemptions. The owner or operator is not required to determine 
uncontrolled organic HAP emissions for process vents in a PMPU if the 
conditions in paragraph (d)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section are 
met.
    (i) For PMPUs where all process vents subject to the epoxide 
emission reduction requirements of Sec. 63.1425(b) are controlled at all 
times using a combustion, recovery, or recapture device, or extended 
cookout, the owner or operator is not required to determine uncontrolled 
epoxide emissions.
    (ii) For PMPUs where the combination of process vents from batch 
unit operations associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to 
make or modify the product is subject to the Group 1 requirements of 
Sec. 63.1425(c)(1), the owner or operator is not required to determine 
uncontrolled nonepoxide organic HAP emissions for those process vents if 
every process vent from a batch unit operation associated with the use 
of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product in the PMPU is 
controlled at all times using a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device.
    (iii) For PMPUs where all process vents associated with catalyst 
extraction that are subject to the organic emission reduction 
requirements of Sec. 63.1425(d)(2) are controlled at all times using a 
combustion, recovery, or recapture device, the owner or operator is not 
required to determine uncontrolled organic HAP emissions for those 
process vents.
    (2) Process vents from batch unit operations. The uncontrolled 
organic HAP emissions from an individual batch cycle for each process 
vent from a batch unit operation shall be determined using the 
procedures in the NESHAP for Group I Polymers and Resins (40 CFR part 
63, subpart U), Sec. 63.488(b)(1) through (9). Uncontrolled emissions 
from process vents from batch unit operations shall be determined after 
the exit from the batch unit operation but before any recovery device.
    (3) Process vents from continuous unit operations. The uncontrolled 
organic HAP emissions for each process vent from a continuous unit 
operation in a PMPU shall be determined at the location specified in 
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section, using the procedures in paragraph 
(d)(3)(ii) of this section.

[[Page 553]]

    (i) For process vents subject to either the provisions for epoxide 
emissions in Sec. 63.1425(b) or the provisions for organic HAP emissions 
from catalyst extraction in Sec. 63.1425(d), uncontrolled emissions 
shall be determined after the exit from the continuous unit operation 
but before any recovery device.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall determine the hourly uncontrolled 
organic HAP emissions from each process vent from a continuous unit 
operation in accordance with paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, 
except that the emission rate shall be determined at the location 
specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
    (e) Determination of organic HAP emission reduction for a PMPU. (1) 
The owner or operator shall determine the organic HAP emission reduction 
for process vents in a PMPU that are complying with 
Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i), (b)(2)(ii), (c)(1)(ii), or (d)(2) using Equation 
7. The organic HAP emission reduction shall be determined for each group 
of process vents subject to the same paragraph (i.e., paragraph (b), 
(c), or (d)) of Sec. 63.1425. For instance, process vents that emit 
epoxides are subject to paragraph (b) of Sec. 63.1425. Therefore, if the 
owner or operator of an existing affected source is complying with the 
98 percent reduction requirement in Sec. 63.1425(b)(2)(ii), the organic 
HAP (i.e., epoxide) emission reduction shall be determined for the group 
of vents in a PMPU that are subject to this paragraph.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.006

Where:

    REDPMPU = Organic HAP emission reduction for the group of 
process vents subject to the same paragraph of Sec. 63.1425, percent.
    Eunc,i = Uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from process 
vent i that is controlled using a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device, or extended cookout, kg/batch cycle for process vents from batch 
unit operations, kg/hr for process vents from continuous unit 
operations.
n = Number of process vents in the PMPU that are subject to the same 
          paragraph of Sec. 63.1425 and that are controlled using a 
          combustion, recovery, or recapture device, or extended 
          cookout.
    Ri = Control efficiency of the combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device, or extended cookout, used to control organic HAP 
emissions from vent i, determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of 
this section.
    Eunc,j = Uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from process 
vent j that is not controlled using a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device, kg/batch cycle for process vents from batch unit operations, kg/
hr for process vents from continuous unit operations.
m = Number of process vents in the PMPU that are subject to the same 
          paragraph of Sec. 63.1425 and that are not controlled using a 
          combustion, recovery, or recapture device.
    (2) The control efficiency, Ri, shall be assigned as 
specified below in paragraph (e)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this 
section.
    (i) If the process vent is controlled using a flare (and the owner 
or operator has not previously obtained approval to assume a control 
efficiency greater than 98 percent in accordance with Sec. 63.6(g)) or a 
combustion device specified in paragraph (b)(1), (2), (4), or (5) of 
this section, and a performance test has not been conducted, the control 
efficiency shall be assumed to be 98 percent.
    (ii) If the process vent is controlled using a combustion, recovery, 
or recapture device for which a performance test has been conducted in 
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, or for 
which a performance test that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) 
of this section has been previously performed, the control efficiency 
shall be the efficiency determined by the performance test.

[[Page 554]]

    (iii) If epoxide emissions from the process vent are controlled 
using extended cookout, the control efficiency shall be the efficiency 
determined in accordance with Sec. 63.1427(e).
    (iv) If the process vent is controlled using a flare, and the owner 
or operator has obtained approval to assume a control efficiency greater 
than 98 percent in accordance with Sec. 63.6(g), the control efficiency 
shall be the efficiency approved in accordance with Sec. 63.6(g).
    (f) Design evaluation. A design evaluation is required for those 
control techniques that receive less than 10 tons per year (9.1 
megagrams per year) of uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from one or 
more PMPU, if the owner or operator has chosen not to conduct a 
performance test for those control techniques in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(6) of this section. The design evaluation shall include 
documentation demonstrating that the control technique being used 
achieves the required control efficiency under worst-case conditions, as 
determined from the emission profile described in 
Sec. 63.1426(c)(3)(i)(B)(3)(i).
    (1) Except for ECO whose design evaluation is presented in paragraph 
(f)(2) of this section, to demonstrate that a control technique meets 
the required control efficiency, a design evaluation shall address the 
composition and organic HAP concentration of the vent stream, 
immediately preceding the use of the control technique. A design 
evaluation shall also address other vent stream characteristics and 
control technique operating parameters, as specified in any one of 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section, depending on the type 
of control technique that is used. If the vent stream is not the only 
inlet to the control technique, the owner or operator shall also account 
for all other vapors, gases, and liquids, other than fuels, received 
into the control technique from one or more PMPUs, for purposes of the 
efficiency determination.
    (i) For an enclosed combustion technique used to comply with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.1425(b)(1), (c)(1), or (d), with a minimum 
residence time of 0.5 seconds and a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C, 
the design evaluation shall document that these conditions exist.
    (ii) For a combustion control technique that does not satisfy the 
criteria in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, the design evaluation 
shall document the control efficiency and address the characteristics 
listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section, 
depending on the type of control technique.
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, in the design evaluation the 
owner or operator shall consider the autoignition temperature of the 
organic HAP, shall consider the vent stream flow rate, and shall 
establish the design minimum and average temperatures in the combustion 
zone and the combustion zone residence time.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, in the design evaluation the 
owner or operator shall consider the vent stream flow rate and shall 
establish the design minimum and average temperatures across the 
catalyst bed inlet and outlet.
    (C) For a boiler or process heater, in the design evaluation the 
owner or operator shall consider the vent stream flow rate; shall 
establish the design minimum and average flame zone temperatures and 
combustion zone residence time; and shall describe the method and 
location where the vent stream is introduced into the flame zone.
    (iii) For a condenser, in the design evaluation the owner or 
operator shall consider the vent stream flow rate, relative humidity, 
and temperature, and shall establish the design outlet organic HAP 
compound concentration level, design average temperature of the exhaust 
vent stream, and the design average temperatures of the coolant fluid at 
the condenser inlet and outlet. The temperature of the gas stream 
exiting the condenser shall be measured and used to establish the outlet 
organic HAP concentration.
    (iv) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly onsite as part of the control technique (such as a fixed-bed 
adsorber), in the design evaluation the owner or operator shall consider 
the

[[Page 555]]

vent stream flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature, and shall 
establish the design exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration 
level, adsorption cycle time, number and capacity of carbon beds, type 
and working capacity of activated carbon used for the carbon beds, 
design total regeneration stream mass or volumetric flow over the period 
of each complete carbon bed regeneration cycle, design carbon bed 
temperature after regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration time, and 
design service life of the carbon. For vacuum desorption, the pressure 
drop shall also be included.
    (v) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly onsite as part of the control technique (such as a 
carbon canister), in the design evaluation the owner or operator shall 
consider the vent stream mass or volumetric flow rate, relative 
humidity, and temperature, and shall establish the design exhaust vent 
stream organic compound concentration level, capacity of the carbon bed, 
type and working capacity of activated carbon used for the carbon bed, 
and design carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working 
capacity of the control technique and source operating schedule.
    (vi) For a scrubber, in the design evaluation the owner or operator 
shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, 
liquid-to-vapor ratio, scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration, 
temperature, and the reaction kinetics of the constituents with the 
scrubbing liquid. The design evaluation shall establish the design 
exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level and shall 
include the additional information in paragraphs (f)(1)(vi) (A) and (B) 
of this section for trays and a packed column scrubber.
    (A) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays.
    (B) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column and for 
individual packed sections, if the column contains more than one packed 
section.
    (2) For ECO, the design evaluation shall establish the minimum 
duration (time) of the ECO, the maximum pressure at the end of the ECO, 
or the maximum epoxide concentration in the reactor liquid at the end of 
the ECO for each product class.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26499, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1427  Process vent requirements for processes using extended cookout as an epoxide emission reduction technique.

    (a) Applicability of extended cookout requirements. Owners or 
operators of affected sources that produce polyether polyols using 
epoxides, and that are using ECO as a control technique to reduce 
epoxide emissions in order to comply with percent emission reduction 
requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i) or (b)(2)(ii) shall comply with 
the provisions of this section. The owner or operator that is using ECO 
in order to comply with the emission factor requirements in 
Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or Sec. 63.1425(b)(2)(iv) shall demonstrate that 
the specified emission factor is achieved by following the requirements 
in Sec. 63.1431. If additional control devices are used to further 
reduce the HAP emissions from a process vent already controlled by ECO, 
then the owner or operator shall also comply with the testing, 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements associated with 
the additional control device, as specified in Secs. 63.1426, 63.1429, 
and 63.1430, respectively.
    (1) For each product class, the owner or operator shall determine 
the batch cycle percent epoxide emission reduction for the most 
difficult to control product in the product class, where the most 
difficult to control product is the polyether polyol that is 
manufactured with the slowest pressure decay curve.
    (2) The owner or operator may determine the batch cycle percent 
epoxide emission reduction by directly measuring the concentration of 
the unreacted epoxide, or by using process knowledge, reaction kinetics, 
and engineering knowledge, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of 
this section.
    (i) If the owner or operator elects to use any method other than 
direct measurement, the epoxide concentration shall be determined by 
direct measurement for one product from each product class and compared 
with the epoxide concentration determined using the selected estimation 
method,

[[Page 556]]

with the exception noted in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section. If the 
difference between the directly determined epoxide concentration and the 
calculated epoxide concentration is less than 25 percent, then the 
selected estimation method will be considered to be an acceptable 
alternative to direct measurement for that class.
    (ii) If uncontrolled epoxide emissions prior to the end of the ECO 
are less than 10 tons per year (9.1 megagrams per year), the owner or 
operator is not required to perform the direct measurement required in 
paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section. Uncontrolled epoxide emissions 
prior to the end of the ECO shall be determined by the procedures in 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (b) Define the end of epoxide feed. The owner or operator shall 
define the end of the epoxide feed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) 
or (2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall determine the concentration of 
epoxide in the reactor liquid at the point in time when all epoxide has 
been added to the reactor and prior to any venting. This concentration 
shall be determined in accordance with the procedures in paragraph 
(f)(1)(i) of this section.
    (2) If the conditions in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of 
this section are met, the end of the epoxide feed may be defined by the 
reactor epoxide partial pressure at the point in time when all epoxide 
reactants have been added to the reactor. This reactor epoxide partial 
pressure shall be determined in accordance with the procedures in 
paragraph (g) of this section.
    (i) No epoxide is emitted before the end of the ECO;
    (ii) Extended cookout is the only control technique to reduce 
epoxide emissions; and
    (iii) The owner or operator elects to determine the percent epoxide 
emission reduction for the ECO using reactor epoxide partial pressure in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (c) Define the onset of the ECO. The owner or operator shall 
calculate the uncontrolled emissions for the batch cycle by calculating 
the epoxide emissions, if any, prior to the onset of the ECO, plus the 
epoxide emissions at the onset of the ECO. The onset of the ECO is 
defined as the point in time when the combined unreacted epoxide 
concentration in the reactor liquid is equal to 25 percent of the 
concentration of epoxides at the end of the epoxide feed, which was 
determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) The uncontrolled epoxide emissions for the batch cycle shall be 
determined using Equation 8.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.007

Where:

Ee,u = Uncontrolled epoxide emissions at the onset of the 
          ECO, kilograms per (kg/)batch.
Cliq,i = Concentration of epoxide in the reactor liquid at 
          the onset of the ECO, which is equal to 25 percent of the 
          concentration of epoxide at the end of the epoxide feed, 
          determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this 
          section, weight percent.
Vliq,i = Volume of reactor liquid at the onset of the ECO, 
          liters.
Dliq,i = Density of reactor liquid, kg/liter.
Cvap,i = Concentration of epoxide in the reactor vapor space 
          at the onset of the ECO, determined in accordance with 
          paragraph (f)(2) of this section, weight percent.
Vvap,i = Volume of the reactor vapor space at the onset of 
          the ECO, liters.
Dvap,i = Vapor density of reactor vapor space at the onset of 
          the ECO, kg/liter.
Eepox,bef = Epoxide emissions that occur prior to the onset 
          of the ECO, determined in accordance with the provisions of 
          Sec. 63.1426(d), kilograms.

    (2) If the conditions in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of 
this section are met, the owner or operator may define the onset of the 
ECO as the point in time when the reactor epoxide partial pressure 
equals 25 percent of the reactor epoxide partial pressure at the end of 
the epoxide feed, and is not required to determine the uncontrolled 
epoxide emissions in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

[[Page 557]]

    (d) Determine emissions at the end of the ECO. The owner or operator 
shall calculate the epoxide emissions at the end of the ECO, where the 
end of the ECO is defined as the point immediately before the time when 
the reactor contents are emptied and/or the reactor vapor space purged 
to the atmosphere or to a combustion, recovery, or recapture device.
    (1) The epoxide emissions at the end of the ECO shall be determined 
using Equation 9.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.008

Where:

Ee,E = Epoxide emissions at the end of the ECO, kg.
Cliq,f = Concentration of epoxide in the reactor liquid at 
          the end of the ECO, determined in accordance with paragraph 
          (f)(1) of this section, weight percent.
Vliq,f = Volume of reactor liquid at the end of the ECO, 
          liters.
Dliq,f = Density of reactor liquid, kg/liter.
Cvap,f = Concentration of epoxide in the reactor vapor space 
          as it exits the reactor at the end of the ECO, determined in 
          accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section, weight 
          percent.
Vvap,f = Volume of the reactor vapor space as it exits the 
          reactor at the end of the ECO, liters.
Dvap,f = Vapor density of reactor vapor space at the end of 
          the ECO, kg/liter.

    (2) If the conditions in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of 
this section are met, the owner or operator may determine the reactor 
epoxide partial pressure at the end of the ECO instead of determining 
the uncontrolled epoxide emissions at the end of the ECO in accordance 
with paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (e) Determine percent epoxide emission reduction. (1) The owner or 
operator shall determine the percent epoxide emission reduction for the 
batch cycle using Equation 10.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.007

Where:

Rbatchcycle = Epoxide emission reduction for the batch cycle, 
          percent.
Ee,E = Epoxide emissions at the end of the ECO determined in 
          accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, kilograms.
Raddon,i = Control efficiency of combustion, recovery, or 
          recapture device that is used to control epoxide emissions 
          after the ECO, determined in accordance with the provisions of 
          Sec. 63.1426(c), percent.
Ee,o = Epoxide emissions that occur before the end of the 
          ECO, determined in accordance with the provisions of 
          Sec. 63.1426(d), kilograms.
Raddon,j = Control efficiency of combustion, recovery, or 
          recapture device that is used to control epoxide emissions 
          that occur before the end of the ECO, determined in accordance 
          with the provisions of Sec. 63.1426(c), percent.
Ee,u = Uncontrolled epoxide emissions determined in 
          accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, kilograms.

    (2) If the conditions in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of 
this section are met, the owner or operator may determine the percent 
epoxide emission reduction for the batch cycle using reactor epoxide 
partial pressure and Equation 11, instead of using the procedures in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

[[Page 558]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN94.000

Where:

    Rbatchcycle = Epoxide emission reduction for the batch 
cycle, percent.
    Pepox,i = Reactor epoxide partial pressure at the onset 
of the ECO, determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section, mm Hg.
    Pepox,f = Reactor epoxide partial pressure at the end of 
the ECO, determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, 
mm Hg.
    (f) Determination of epoxide concentrations. The owner or operator 
shall determine the epoxide concentrations in accordance with the 
procedures in this paragraph.
    (1) The owner or operator shall determine the concentration of 
epoxide in the reactor liquid using either direct measurement in 
accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, or reaction 
kinetics in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section. An 
owner or operator may also request to use an alternative methodology in 
accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall submit a standard operating 
procedure for obtaining the liquid sample, along with the test method 
used to determine the epoxide concentration. This information shall be 
submitted in the Precompliance Report.
    (ii) Determine the epoxide concentration in the reactor liquid using 
Equation 12. [Equation 12]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.011

    Cliq,f = Concentration of epoxide in the reactor liquid 
at the end of the time period, weight percent.
    Cliq,i = Concentration of epoxide in the reactor liquid 
at the beginning of the time period, weight percent.
k = Reaction rate constant, 1/hr.
t = Time, hours.

    Note: This equation assumes a first order reaction with respect to 
epoxide concentration. where:

    (iii) If the owner/operator deems that the methods listed in 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section are not appropriate for 
the reaction system for a PMPU, then the owner/operator may submit a 
request for the use of an alternative method.
    (2) The owner or operator shall determine the concentration of 
epoxide in the reactor vapor space using either direct measurement in 
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, or by engineering 
estimation in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section. An 
owner or operator may also request to use an alternative methodology in 
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall take two representative samples from 
a bleed valve off the reactor's process vent. The owner or operator 
shall determine the total epoxide concentration using 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, Method 18.
    (ii) Determine the epoxide concentration in the vapor space using 
Raoult's Law or another appropriate phase equilibrium equation and the 
liquid epoxide concentration, determined in accordance with paragraph 
(f)(1) of this section.
    (iii) If the owner/operator deems that the methods listed in 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section are not appropriate for 
the reaction system for a PMPU, then the owner/operator may submit a 
request for the use of an alternative method.
    (g) Determination of pressure. The owner or operator shall determine 
the total pressure of the system using standard pressure measurement 
devices calibrated according to the manufacturer's specifications or 
other written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the 
equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
    (h) Determination if pressure decay curves are similar. The owner or 
operator shall determine the pressure decay curve as defined in 
Sec. 63.1423. Products with similar pressure decay curves constitute a 
product class. To determine if

[[Page 559]]

two pressure decay curves are similar when the pressure decay curves for 
products have different starting and finishing pressures, the owner or 
operator shall determine the time when the pressure has fallen to half 
its total pressure by using Equation 13:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08MY00.008

Where:

Phalf1 = Half the total pressure of the epoxide for product 
          1.
Time (Phalf1) = Time when the pressure has fallen to half its 
          total pressure for product 1.
Phalf2 = Half the total pressure of the epoxide for product 
          2.
Time (Phalf2) = Time when the pressure has fallen to half its 
          total pressure for product 2.
TAVG = The average time to cookout to the point where the 
          epoxide pressure is 25 percent of the epoxide pressure at the 
          end of the feed step for products 1 and 2.

    (i) ECO monitoring requirements. The owner or operator using ECO 
shall comply with the monitoring requirements of this paragraph to 
demonstrate continuous compliance with this subpart. Paragraphs (i)(1) 
through (3) of this section address monitoring of the extended cookout.
    (1) To comply with the provisions of this section, the owner or 
operator shall monitor one of the parameters listed in paragraphs 
(i)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, or may utilize the provision in 
paragraph (i)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Time from the end of the epoxide feed;
    (ii) The epoxide partial pressure in the closed reactor;
    (iii) Direct measurement of epoxide concentration in the reactor 
liquid at the end of the ECO, when the reactor liquid is still in the 
reactor, or after the reactor liquid has been transferred to another 
vessel; or
    (iv) An owner or operator may submit a request to the Administrator 
to monitor a parameter other than the parameters listed in paragraphs 
(i)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, as described in 
Sec. 63.1439(f).
    (2) During the determination of the percent epoxide emission 
reduction in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall establish, as a level that shall be maintained during 
periods of operation, one of the parameters in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) 
through (iii) of this section, or may utilize the procedure in paragraph 
(i)(2)(iv) of this section, for each product class.
    (i) The time from the end of the epoxide feed to the end of the ECO;
    (ii) The reactor epoxide partial pressure at the end of the ECO;
    (iii) The epoxide concentration in the reactor liquid at the end of 
the ECO, when the reactor liquid is still in the reactor, or after the 
reactor liquid has been transferred to another vessel; or
    (iv) An owner or operator may submit a request to the Administrator 
to monitor a parameter other than the parameters listed in paragraphs 
(i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section, as described in 
Sec. 63.1439(f).
    (3) For each batch cycle where ECO is used to reduce epoxide 
emissions, the owner or operator shall record the value of the monitored 
parameter at the end of the ECO. This parameter is then compared with 
the level established in accordance with paragraph (i)(2) of this 
section to determine if an excursion has occurred. An ECO excursion is 
defined as one of the situations described in paragraphs (i)(3)(i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) When the time from the end of the epoxide feed to the end of the 
ECO is less than the time established in paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this 
section;
    (ii) When the reactor epoxide partial pressure at the end of the ECO 
is greater than the partial pressure established in paragraph (i)(2)(ii) 
of this section;
    (iii) When the epoxide concentration in the reactor liquid at the 
end of the ECO is greater than the epoxide concentration established in 
paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section;

[[Page 560]]

    (iv) When the parameter is not measured and recorded at the end of 
the ECO; or
    (v) When the alternative monitoring parameter is outside the range 
established under Sec. 63.1439(f) for proper operation of the ECO as a 
control technique.
    (j) Recordkeeping requirements. (1) The owner or operator shall 
maintain the records specified in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section, for each product class. The owner or operator shall also 
maintain the records related to the initial determination of the percent 
epoxide emission reduction specified in paragraphs (j)(1)(iii) through 
(x) of this section, as applicable, for each product class.
    (i) Operating conditions of the product class, including:
    (A) Pressure decay curve;
    (B) Minimum reaction temperature;
    (C) Number of reactive hydrogens in the raw material;
    (D) Minimum catalyst concentration;
    (E) Ratio of EO/PO at the end of the epoxide feed; and
    (F) Reaction conditions, including the size of the reactor or batch.
    (ii) A listing of all products in the product class, along with the 
information specified in paragraphs (j)(1)(i)(A) through (F) of this 
section, for each product.
    (iii) The concentration of epoxide at the end of the epoxide feed, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (iv) The concentration of epoxide at the onset of the ECO, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (v) The uncontrolled epoxide emissions at the onset of the ECO, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The 
records shall also include all the background data, measurements, and 
assumptions used to calculate the uncontrolled epoxide emissions.
    (vi) The epoxide emissions at the end of the ECO, determined in 
accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The records shall also 
include all the background data, measurements, and assumptions used to 
calculate the epoxide emissions.
    (vii) The percent epoxide reduction for the batch cycle, determined 
in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section. The records shall 
also include all the background data, measurements, and assumptions used 
to calculate the percent reduction.
    (viii) The parameter level, established in accordance with paragraph 
(i)(3) of this section.
    (ix) If epoxide emissions occur before the end of the ECO, the owner 
or operator shall maintain records of the time and duration of all such 
emission episodes that occur during the initial demonstration of batch 
cycle efficiency.
    (x) If the conditions in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of 
this section are met, the owner or operator is not required to maintain 
the records specified in paragraphs (j)(1)(iii) through (iv) of this 
section, but shall maintain the records specified in paragraphs 
(j)(1)(x)(A), (B), and (C) of this section.
    (A) The reactor epoxide partial pressure at the following times:
    (1) At end of the epoxide feed, determined in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
    (2) At the onset of the ECO, established in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section; or
    (3) At the end of the ECO, determined in accordance with paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section.
    (B) The percent epoxide reduction for the batch cycle, determined in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The records shall also 
include all the measurements and assumptions used to calculate the 
percent reduction.
    (C) The reactor epoxide partial pressure at the end of the ECO.
    (2) The owner or operator shall maintain the records specified in 
paragraphs (j)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) For each batch cycle, the product being produced and the product 
class to which it belongs.
    (ii) For each batch cycle, the owner or operator shall record the 
value of the parameter monitored in accordance with paragraph (i)(3) of 
this section.
    (iii) If a combustion, recovery, or recapture device is used to 
reduce emission in conjunction with ECO, the

[[Page 561]]

owner or operator shall record the information specified in 
Sec. 63.1430(d) and comply with the monitoring provisions in 
Sec. 63.1429.
    (iv) [Reserved]
    (v) If epoxide emissions occur before the end of the ECO, the owner 
or operator shall maintain records of the time and duration of all such 
emission episodes.
    (k) Reporting requirements. The owner or operator shall comply with 
the reporting requirements in this paragraph.
    (1) The information specified in paragraphs (k)(1)(i) through (ii) 
of this section shall be provided in the Precompliance Report, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(4).
    (i) A standard operating procedure for obtaining the reactor liquid 
sample and a method that will be used to determine the epoxide 
concentration in the liquid, in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(i) of 
this section.
    (ii) A request to monitor a parameter other than those specified in 
paragraph (i)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section, as provided for in 
paragraph (i)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (2) The information specified in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) through (iv) 
of this section shall be provided in the Notification of Compliance 
Status, as specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (i) For each product class, the information specified in paragraphs 
(k)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) The operating conditions of this product class, as specified in 
paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section.
    (B) A list of all products in the product class.
    (C) The percent epoxide emission reduction, determined in accordance 
with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) The parameter for each product class, as determined in 
accordance with paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
    (iii) If a combustion, recovery, or recapture device is used in 
addition to ECO to reduce emissions, the information specified in 
Sec. 63.1430(g)(1).
    (iv) If epoxide emissions occur before the end of the ECO, a listing 
of the time and duration of all such emission episodes that occur during 
the initial demonstration of batch cycle efficiency.
    (3) The information specified in paragraphs (k)(3)(i) through (iii) 
of this section shall be provided in the Periodic Report, as specified 
in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6).
    (i) Reports of each batch cycle for which an ECO excursion occurred, 
as defined in paragraph (i)(3) of this section.
    (ii) Notification of each batch cycle when the time and duration of 
epoxide emissions before the end of the ECO, recorded in accordance with 
paragraph (j)(2)(iv) of this section, exceed the time and duration of 
the emission episodes during the initial epoxide emission percentage 
reduction determination, as recorded in paragraph (j)(1)(viii) of this 
section.
    (iii) If a combustion, recovery, or recapture device is used to 
reduce emissions, the information specified in Sec. 63.1430(h).
    (l) New polyether polyol products. If an owner or operator wishes to 
utilize ECO as a control option for a polyether polyol not previously 
assigned to a product class and reported to the Agency in accordance 
with either paragraph (k)(2)(i)(B), (l)(1)(ii), or (l)(2)(iii) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of 
paragraph (l)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) If the operating conditions of the new polyether polyol are 
consistent with the operating conditions for an existing product class, 
the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(l)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall update the list of products for the 
product class required by paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section, and 
shall record the information in paragraphs (j)(1)(i)(A) through (F) of 
this section for the new product.
    (ii) Within 180 days after the production of the new polyether 
polyol, the owner or operator shall submit a report updating the product 
list previously submitted for the product class. This information may be 
submitted along with the next Periodic Report.
    (2) If the operating conditions of the new polyether polyol do not 
conform with the operating characteristics of an existing product class, 
the owner or operator shall establish a new product class and shall 
comply with provisions

[[Page 562]]

of paragraphs (l)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall establish the batch cycle percent 
epoxide emission reduction in accordance with paragraphs (b) through (g) 
of this section for the product class.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall establish the records specified in 
paragraph (j)(1) of this section for the product class.
    (iii) Within 180 days of the production of the new polyether polyol, 
the owner or operator shall submit a report containing the information 
specified in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (m) Polyether polyol product changes. If a change in operation, as 
defined in paragraph (m)(1) of this section, occurs for a polyether 
polyol that has been assigned to a product class and reported to the 
Agency in accordance with paragraph (k)(2)(i)(B), (l)(1)(ii), or 
(l)(2)(iii) of this section, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
provisions of paragraphs (m)(2) through (3) of this section.
    (1) A change in operation for a polyether polyol is defined as a 
change in any one of the parameters listed in paragraphs (m)(1)(i) 
through (ix) of this section.
    (i) A significant change in reaction kinetics;
    (ii) Use of a different oxide reactant;
    (iii) Use of a different EO/PO ratio;
    (iv) A lower reaction temperature;
    (v) A lower catalyst feed on a mole/mole fraction OH basis;
    (vi) A shorter cookout;
    (vii) A lower reactor pressure;
    (viii) A different type of reaction, (e.g., a self-catalyzed vs. 
catalyzed reaction); or
    (ix) A marked change in reaction conditions (e.g., a markedly 
different liquid level).
    (2) If the operating conditions of the product after the change in 
operation remain within the operation conditions of the product class to 
which the product was assigned, the owner or operator shall update the 
records specified in paragraphs (j)(1)(i)(A) through (F) of this section 
for the product.
    (3) If the operating conditions of the product after the change in 
operation are outside of the operating conditions of the product class 
to which the product was assigned, the owner or operator shall comply 
with the requirements in paragraph (m)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section, as 
appropriate.
    (i) If the new operating conditions of the polyether polyol are 
consistent with the operating conditions for another existing product 
class, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (m)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall update the list of products for the 
product class that the product is leaving, and for the product class 
that the product is entering, and shall record the new information in 
paragraphs (j)(1)(i)(A) through (F) of this section for the product.
    (B) Within 180 days after the change in operating conditions for the 
polyether polyol product, the owner or operator shall submit a report 
updating the product lists previously submitted for the product class. 
This information may be submitted along with the next Periodic Report.
    (ii) If the new operating conditions of the polyether polyol product 
do not conform with the operating characteristics of an existing product 
class, the owner or operator shall establish a new product class and 
shall comply with provisions of paragraphs (m)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of 
this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall establish the batch cycle percent 
epoxide emission reduction in accordance with paragraphs (b) through (g) 
of this section for the product class.
    (B) The owner or operator shall establish the records specified in 
paragraph (j)(1) of this section for the product class.
    (C) Within 180 days of the change in operating conditions for the 
polyether polyol, the owner or operator shall submit a report containing 
the information specified in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999; 64 FR 31895, June 14, 1999, as amended at 65 
FR 26500, May 8, 2000]

[[Page 563]]



Sec. 63.1428  Process vent requirements for group determination of PMPUs using a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product.

    (a) Process vents from batch unit operations. The owner or operator 
shall determine, for each PMPU located at an affected source, if the 
combination of all process vents from batch unit operations that are 
associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the 
product is a Group 1 combination of batch process vents, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1423. The annual uncontrolled nonepoxide organic HAP emissions, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, and annual 
average flow rate, determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this 
section, shall be determined for all process vents from batch unit 
operations associated with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP to make 
or modify the product, with the exception of those vents specified in 
paragraph (i) of this section, at the location after all applicable 
control techniques have been applied to reduce epoxide emissions in 
accordance with paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) If the owner or operator is using a combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device to reduce epoxide emissions, this location shall be at 
the exit of the combustion, recovery, or recapture device.
    (2) If the owner or operator is using ECO to reduce epoxide 
emissions, this location shall be at the exit from the batch unit 
operation. For the purpose of these determinations, the primary 
condenser operating as a reflux condenser on a reactor or distillation 
column shall be considered part of the unit operation.
    (b) Determination of annual nonepoxide organic HAP emissions. The 
owner or operator shall determine, for each PMPU, the total annual 
nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from the combination of all process 
vents from batch unit operations that are associated with the use of a 
nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product in accordance with 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The annual nonepoxide organic HAP emissions for each process 
vent from a batch unit operation associated with the use of a nonepoxide 
organic HAP to make or modify the product shall be determined using the 
batch process vent procedures in the NESHAP for Group I Polymers and 
Resins (40 CFR part 63, subpart U), Sec. 63.488(b).
    (2) The owner or operator shall sum the annual nonepoxide organic 
HAP emissions from all individual process vents from batch unit 
operations in a PMPU, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section, to obtain the total nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from 
the combination of process vents associated with the use of a nonepoxide 
organic HAP to make or modify the product, for the PMPU.
    (c) Minimum emission level exemption. If the annual emissions of TOC 
or nonepoxide organic HAP from the combination of process vents from 
batch unit operations that are associated with the use of nonepoxide 
organic HAP to make or modify a polyether polyol for a PMPU are less 
than 11,800 kg/yr, the owner or operator of that PMPU is not required to 
comply with the provisions in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
    (d) Determination of average flow rate and annual average flow rate. 
The owner or operator shall determine, for each PMPU, the total annual 
average flow rate for the combination of all process vents from batch 
unit operations that are associated with the use of a nonepoxide organic 
HAP to make or modify a product in accordance with paragraphs (d)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) The annual average flow rate for each process vent from batch 
unit operations that is associated with the use of nonepoxide organic 
HAP to make or modify the product shall be determined using the batch 
process vent procedures in the NESHAP for Group I Polymers and Resins 
(40 CFR part 63, subpart U), Sec. 63.488(e).
    (2) The owner or operator shall sum the annual average flow rates 
from the individual process vents from batch unit operations in a PMPU, 
determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, to 
obtain the total annual average flow rate for the combination of process 
vents associated with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or 
modify the product, for the PMPU.

[[Page 564]]

    (e) Determination of cutoff flow rate. For each PMPU at an affected 
source that uses nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product, 
the owner or operator shall calculate the cutoff flow rate using 
Equation 14.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.013

Where:

CFR = Cutoff flow rate, standard cubic meters per minute (scmm).
AE = Annual TOC or nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from the combination 
          of process vents from batch unit operations that are 
          associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or 
          modify the product, as determined in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
          section, kg/yr.

    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Process changes affecting Group 2 combinations of process vents 
in a PMPU that are from batch unit operations. Whenever process changes, 
as described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, are made that affect a 
Group 2 combination of batch process vents and that could reasonably be 
expected to change the group status from Group 2 to Group 1, the owner 
or operator shall comply with paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section.
    (1) Examples of process changes include, but are not limited to, 
increases in production capacity or production rate, changes in 
feedstock type or catalyst type; or whenever there is replacement, 
removal, or modification of recovery equipment considered part of the 
batch unit operation. Any change that results in an increase in the 
annual nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from the estimate used in the 
previous group determination constitutes a process change for the 
purpose of these provisions. Process changes do not include: process 
upsets; unintentional, temporary process changes; and changes that are 
within the margin of variation on which the original group determination 
was based.
    (2) For each process affected by a process change, the owner or 
operator shall redetermine the group status by repeating the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, as applicable, 
and determining if the combination of process vents is a Group 1 
combination of batch process vents, as defined in Sec. 63.1423. 
Alternatively, engineering assessment, as described in 
Sec. 63.488(b)(6)(i), may be used to determine the effects of the 
process change.
    (3) Based on the results of paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph (g)(3)(i) or (ii) 
of this section.
    (i) If the redetermination described in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section indicates that the group status of the combination of process 
vents from batch unit operations in a PMPU that are associated with the 
use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product changes from 
Group 2 to Group 1 as a result of the process change, the owner or 
operator shall submit a report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(6)(iii)(D)(1) and shall comply with Group 1 combination 
of batch process vents provisions in this subpart, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1425(c)(1).
    (ii) If the redetermination described in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section indicates no change in group status, the owner or operator is 
not required to submit a report.
    (h) Process vents from continuous unit operations. (1) The owner or 
operator shall determine the total resource effectiveness (TRE) index 
value for each process vent from a continuous unit operation that is 
associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the 
product. To determine the TRE index value, the owner or operator shall 
conduct a TRE determination and calculate the TRE index value according 
to the HON process vent group determination procedures in 
Sec. 63.115(d)(1) or (2) and the TRE equation in Sec. 63.115(d)(3). The 
TRE index value shall be determined at the location after all applicable 
control techniques have been applied to reduce epoxide emissions in 
accordance with paragraph (h)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.

[[Page 565]]

    (i) If the owner or operator uses one or more nonepoxide recovery 
devices after all control techniques to reduce epoxide emissions, this 
location shall be after the last nonepoxide recovery device.
    (ii) If the owner or operator does not use a nonepoxide recovery 
device after a combustion, recovery, or recapture device to reduce 
epoxide emissions, this location shall be at the exit of the combustion, 
recovery, or recapture device.
    (iii) If the owner or operator does not use a nonepoxide recovery 
device after extended cookout to reduce epoxide emissions, this location 
shall be at the exit from the continuous unit operation. For the purpose 
of these determinations, the primary condenser operating as a reflux 
condenser on a reactor or distillation column shall be considered part 
of the unit operation.
    (2) The owner or operator of a Group 2 continuous process vent shall 
recalculate the TRE index value as necessary to determine whether the 
process vent is Group 1 or Group 2, whenever process changes are made 
that could reasonably be expected to change the process vent to Group 1. 
Examples of process changes include, but are not limited to, increases 
in production capacity or production rate, changes in feedstock type or 
catalyst type, or whenever there is replacement, removal, or addition of 
recovery equipment. For purposes of this paragraph, process changes do 
not include: process upsets; unintentional, temporary process changes; 
and changes that are within the range on which the original TRE 
calculation was based.
    (i) The TRE index value shall be recalculated based on measurements 
of process vent stream flow rate, TOC, and nonepoxide organic HAP 
concentrations, and heating values as specified in the HON process vent 
group determination procedures in Sec. 63.115(a), (b), (c), and (d), as 
applicable, or on best engineering assessment of the effects of the 
change. Engineering assessments shall meet the specifications in 
Sec. 63.115(d)(1).
    (ii) Where the recalculated TRE index value is less than or equal to 
1.0, or, where the TRE index value before the process change was greater 
than 4.0 and the recalculated TRE index value is less than or equal to 
4.0 but greater than 1.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report as 
specified in the process vent reporting and recordkeeping provisions in 
Sec. 63.1430(j) or (k), and shall comply with the appropriate provisions 
in the process vent control requirements in Sec. 63.1425 by the dates 
specified in Sec. 63.1422 (the section describing compliance dates for 
sources subject to this subpart).
    (iii) Where the recalculated TRE index value is greater than 4.0, 
the owner or operator is not required to submit a report.
    (i) Combination of process vents from batch unit operations and 
process vents from continuous unit operations. If an owner or operator 
combines a process vent from a batch unit operation that is associated 
with the use of a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product 
with a process vent from a continuous unit operation that is associated 
with the use of a nonepoxide prior to the epoxide control technique, or 
prior to a nonepoxide recovery device that is after the epoxide control 
technique, then the provisions in paragraphs (i)(1) and (2) of this 
section shall apply.
    (1) The process vent from the batch unit operation is not required 
to be included in the group determination required by paragraphs (a) 
through (e) of this section.
    (2) The TRE index value of the combined stream shall be determined 
in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, and the TRE index 
value shall be calculated during a period when nonepoxide organic HAP 
emissions are being generated by the batch unit operation.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1429  Process vent monitoring requirements.

    (a) Monitoring equipment requirements. The owner or operator of a 
process vent that uses a combustion, recovery, or recapture device to 
comply with the process vent control requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1), 
(b)(2), (c)(1), (c)(3), or (d) shall install monitoring equipment 
specified in paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of this 
section, depending

[[Page 566]]

on the type of device used. Also, the owner or operator that uses a 
recovery or recapture device to comply with Sec. 63.1425(c)(4) shall 
install monitoring equipment as specified in paragraph (a)(4), (5), (6), 
or (7) of this section. All monitoring equipment shall be installed, 
calibrated, maintained, and operated according to manufacturers' 
specifications or other written procedures that provide adequate 
assurance that the equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor 
accurately.
    (1) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
    (i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, 
a temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox or in 
the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox in a position before 
any substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring 
devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and 
after the catalyst bed.
    (2) Where a flare is used, the following monitoring equipment is 
required: a device (including but not limited to a thermocouple, ultra-
violet beam sensor, or infrared sensor) capable of continuously 
detecting the presence of a pilot flame.
    (3) Where a boiler or process heater of less than 44 megawatts 
design heat input capacity is used, the following monitoring equipment 
is required: a temperature monitoring device in the firebox equipped 
with a continuous recorder. Any boiler or process heater in which all 
process vent streams are introduced with primary fuel or are used as the 
primary fuel is exempt from this requirement.
    (4) Where an absorber is used, a scrubbing liquid flow rate meter or 
a pressure monitoring device is required and should be equipped with a 
continuous recorder. If an acid or base absorbent is used, a pH 
monitoring device to monitor scrubber effluent is also required. If two 
or more absorbers in series are used, a scrubbing liquid flow rate 
meter, or a pressure monitoring device, equipped with a continuous 
recorder, is required for each absorber in the series. An owner or 
operator may submit a request to instead install the scrubbing liquid 
flow rate meter, or a pressure monitoring device, equipped with a 
continuous recorder, on only the final absorber in a series, in 
accordance with the alternative parameter monitoring reporting 
requirements in Sec. 63.1439(f).
    (5) Where a condenser is used, a condenser exit temperature (product 
side) monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
    (6) Where a carbon adsorber is used, an integrating regeneration 
stream flow monitoring device having an accuracy of +10 percent or 
better, capable of recording the total regeneration stream mass or 
volumetric flow for each regeneration cycle, and a carbon bed 
temperature monitoring device, capable of recording the carbon bed 
temperature after each regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing 
any cooling cycle are required.
    (7) As an alternative to paragraphs (a)(4) through (6) of this 
section, the owner or operator may install an organic monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder.
    (b) Alternative parameters. An owner or operator of a process vent 
may request approval to monitor parameters other than those listed in 
paragraph (a) of this section. The request shall be submitted according 
to the procedures specified in the process vent reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.1430(j) and the alternative 
parameter monitoring reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1439(f). Approval 
shall be requested if the owner or operator:
    (1) Uses a combustion device other than an incinerator, boiler, 
process heater, or flare; or
    (2) For a Group 2 continuous process vent, maintains a TRE greater 
than 1.0 but less than or equal to 4.0 without a recovery device or with 
a recovery device other than the recovery devices listed in paragraph 
(a) of this section; or
    (3) Uses one of the combustion, recovery, or recapture devices 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section, but seeks to monitor a 
parameter other than those specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

[[Page 567]]

    (c) Monitoring of bypass lines. The owner or operator of a process 
vent using a process vent system that contains bypass lines that could 
divert a process vent stream away from the combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device used to comply with the process vent control 
requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b), (c), or (d) shall comply with paragraph 
(c)(1) or (2) of this section. Equipment such as low leg drains, high 
point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure 
relief valves needed for safety purposes are not subject to paragraphs 
(c)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) Properly install, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
takes a reading at least once at approximately equal intervals of about 
15 minutes. Records shall be generated as specified in the process vent 
reporting and recordkeeping provisions in Sec. 63.1430(d)(3). The flow 
indicator shall be installed at the entrance to any bypass line that 
could divert emissions away from the combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device and to the atmosphere; or
    (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the non-diverting position with 
a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of 
the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every 
month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the non-diverting 
position and emissions are not diverted through the bypass line. Records 
shall be generated as specified in the process vent reporting and 
recordkeeping provisions in Sec. 63.1430(d)(4)(i).
    (d) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. Parameter 
monitoring levels for process vents from continuous or batch unit 
operations using a combustion, recovery, or recapture device to comply 
with the process vent control requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b), (c), or 
(d) shall be established as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) 
of this section.
    (1) For each parameter monitored under paragraph (a) or (b) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall establish a level, defined as 
either a maximum or minimum operating parameter as denoted in Table 5 of 
this subpart (the table listing the monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements for process vents from batch unit operations), 
that indicates that the combustion, recovery, or recapture device is 
operated in a manner to ensure compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart. The level shall be established in accordance with the 
procedures specified in the process vent control requirements in 
Sec. 63.1430(d). The level may be based upon a prior performance test 
conducted for determining compliance with a regulation promulgated by 
the EPA, and the owner or operator is not required to conduct a 
performance test under the process vent requirements for determining 
organic HAP concentration, control efficiency, and aggregated organic 
HAP emission reductions in Sec. 63.1426, provided that the prior 
performance test meets the conditions of Sec. 63.1426(b)(3).
    (2) The established level, along with supporting documentation, 
shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status or the 
operating permit application as required in the Notification of 
Compliance Status requirements in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5) or in the operating 
permit application requirements in Sec. 63.1439(e)(8), respectively.
    (3) The operating day shall be defined as part of establishing the 
parameter monitoring level and shall be submitted with the information 
in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. The definition of operating day 
shall specify the time(s) at which an operating day begins and ends.



Sec. 63.1430  Process vent reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) Records to demonstrate compliance. The owner or operator 
complying with the process vent control requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b), 
(c), or (d) shall keep the following records, as applicable, readily 
accessible:
    (1) When using a flare to comply with the process vent control 
requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b)(2)(i), (c)(1)(i), (c)(3)(i), or (d)(1):
    (i) The flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
assisted);
    (ii) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
flow rate determinations, and exit velocity determinations made during 
the flare

[[Page 568]]

specification determination required by Sec. 63.1437(c); and
    (iii) All periods during the flare specification determination 
required by Sec. 63.1437(c) when all pilot flames are absent.
    (2) The following information when using a combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device (other than a flare) to achieve compliance with the 
process vent control requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b), (c), or (d):
    (i) For a combustion, recovery, or recapture device being used to 
comply with a percent reduction requirement of Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(i), 
(b)(2)(ii), (c)(1)(ii), (c)(3)(ii), or (d)(2), or the annual epoxide 
emission limitation in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or (b)(2)(iv), the 
percent reduction of organic HAP or TOC achieved, as determined using 
the procedures specified in the process vent requirements in 
Sec. 63.1426;
    (ii) For a combustion device being used to comply with an outlet 
concentration limitation of Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(ii) or (b)(2)(iii), the 
concentration of organic HAP or TOC outlet of the combustion device, as 
determined using the procedures specified in the process vent 
requirements in Sec. 63.1426;
    (iii) For a boiler or process heater, a description of the location 
at which the process vent stream is introduced into the boiler or 
process heater;
    (iv) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
capacity of less than 44 megawatts and where the process vent stream is 
introduced with combustion air or is used as a secondary fuel and is not 
mixed with the primary fuel, the percent reduction of organic HAP or TOC 
achieved, as determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.1426.
    (c) Records related to the establishment of parameter monitoring 
levels. For each parameter monitored according to the process vent 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1429(a) and Table 5 of this subpart, 
or for alternate parameters and/or parameters for alternate control 
techniques monitored according to the alternative parameter monitoring 
reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1439(f) as allowed under 
Sec. 63.1429(b), maintain documentation showing the establishment of the 
level that indicates that the combustion, recovery, or recapture device 
is operated in a manner to ensure compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart, as required by the process vent monitoring requirements in 
Sec. 63.1429(d).
    (d) Records to demonstrate continuous compliance. The owner or 
operator that uses a combustion, recovery, or recapture device to comply 
with the process vent control requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b), (c), or 
(d) shall keep the following records readily accessible:
    (1) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under the process vent monitoring requirements 
in Sec. 63.1429(a) as applicable, and listed in Table 5 of this subpart, 
or specified by the Administrator in accordance with the alternative 
parameter monitoring reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1439(f), as 
allowed under Sec. 63.1429(b). These records shall be kept as specified 
under Sec. 63.1439(d), except as specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) For flares, the records specified in Table 5 of this subpart 
shall be maintained in place of continuous records.
    (ii) For carbon adsorbers used for process vents from batch unit 
operations, the records specified in Table 5 of this subpart shall be 
maintained in place of daily averages.
    (2) Records of the daily average value for process vents from 
continuous unit operations or batch unit operations of each continuously 
monitored parameter, except as provided in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) 
of this section.
    (i) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
level adjustments shall not be included in computing the daily averages. 
In addition, monitoring data recorded during periods of non-operation of 
the process (or specific portion thereof) resulting in cessation of 
organic HAP emissions, (or periods of start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction) shall not be included in computing the daily averages.
    (ii) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
operating day are above the minimum or below the maximum parameter 
monitoring level established in accordance with

[[Page 569]]

the process vent monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1429(d), the owner 
or operator may record that all values were above the minimum or below 
the maximum level established, rather than calculating and recording a 
daily average for that operating day.
    (3) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator for bypass lines 
specified under Sec. 63.1429(c)(1) was operating and whether a diversion 
was detected at any time during the hour. Also, records of the time(s) 
of all periods when the process vent was diverted from the combustion, 
recovery, or recapture device, or the flow indicator specified in 
Sec. 63.1429(c)(1) was not operating.
    (4) Where a seal or closure mechanism is used to comply with the 
process vent monitoring requirements for bypass lines in 
Sec. 63.1429(c)(2), hourly records of flow are not required. For 
compliance with Sec. 63.1429(c)(2), the owner or operator shall record 
whether the monthly visual inspection of the seals or closure mechanism 
has been done, and shall record the occurrence of all periods when the 
seal mechanism is broken, the bypass line valve position has changed, or 
the key for a lock-and-key type configuration has been checked out, and 
records of any car-seal that has been broken.
    (5) Records specifying the times and duration of periods of 
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero 
(low-level) and high level adjustments. In addition, records specifying 
any other periods of process or combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device operation when monitors are not operating.
    (e) Records related to the group determination for process vents 
that are associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or 
modify the product. (1) Process vents from batch unit operations. Except 
as provided in paragraphs (e)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section, the 
owner or operator of an affected source shall maintain the records 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (v) of this section for each 
PMPU that uses a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product in 
batch unit operations. The records required to be maintained by this 
paragraph are limited to the information developed and used to make the 
group determination under the process vent requirements for processes 
using a nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product in 
Sec. 63.1428(a) through (e), as appropriate. If an owner or operator did 
not need to develop certain information (e.g., annual average flow rate) 
to determine the group status, the owner or operator is not required to 
develop additional information. The owner or operator may elect Group 1 
status for process vents without making a Group 1/Group 2 determination. 
In such event, none of the records specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) 
through (v) are required.
    (i) A description of, and an emission estimate for, each batch 
emission episode, and the total emissions associated with one batch 
cycle for each unique product class made in the PMPU.
    (ii) Total annual uncontrolled TOC or nonepoxide organic HAP 
emissions from the combination of process vents from batch unit 
operations associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or 
modify the product, as determined in accordance with the process vent 
requirements for group determinations in Sec. 63.1428(b).
    (iii) The annual average flow rate for the combination of process 
vents from batch unit operations associated with the use of organic HAP 
to make or modify the product, as determined in accordance with the 
process vent requirements for group determinations in Sec. 63.1428(d).
    (iv) The cutoff flow rate, determined in accordance with the process 
vent requirements for group determinations in Sec. 63.1428(e).
    (v) The results of the PMPU group determination (i.e., whether the 
combination of process vents is Group 1 or Group 2).
    (vi) If the combination of all process vents from batch unit 
operations associated with the use of an organic HAP to make or modify 
the product is subject to the Group 1 batch process vent control 
requirements for nonepoxide HAP emissions from making or modifying the 
product in Sec. 63.1425((c)(1), none of the records in paragraphs 
(e)(1)(i) through (v) of this section are required.

[[Page 570]]

    (vii) If the total annual emissions from the combination of process 
vents from batch unit operations associated with the use of an organic 
HAP to make or modify the product are less than 11,800 kg per year, only 
the records in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section are 
required.
    (2) Process vents from continuous unit operations. The owner or 
operator of an affected source that uses nonepoxide organic HAP to make 
or modify the product in continuous unit operations shall keep records 
regarding the measurements and calculations performed to determine the 
TRE index value of each process vent stream. The owner or operator of 
Group 1 continuous process vents that are subject to the control 
requirements of Sec. 63.1425(c)(3) is not required to keep these 
records.
    (f) Records for Group 2 process vents that are associated with the 
use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product. The 
following records shall be maintained for PMPUs with a Group 2 
combination of batch process vents and/or one or more Group 2 continuous 
process vents.
    (1) Process vents from batch unit operations--emission records. The 
owner or operator shall maintain records of the combined total annual 
nonepoxide organic HAP emissions from process vents associated with the 
use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product for each 
PMPU where the combination of these process vents is classified as Group 
2.
    (2) Process vents from continuous unit operations--monitoring 
records for vents with TRE between 1.0 and 4.0. The owner or operator 
using a recovery device or other means to achieve and maintain a TRE 
index value greater than 1.0 but less than 4.0 as specified in the HON 
process vent requirements in Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) shall 
keep the following records readily accessible:
    (i) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.114(b) and listed in Table 5 of 
this subpart or specified by the Administrator in accordance with 
Sec. 63.114(c) and Sec. 63.117(e); and
    (ii) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
monitored parameter for each operating day determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.152(f). If carbon adsorber regeneration 
stream flow and carbon bed regeneration temperature are monitored, the 
records specified in Table 5 of this subpart shall be kept instead of 
the daily averages.
    (3) Process vents from continuous unit operations--records related 
to process changes. The owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
this subpart who has elected to demonstrate compliance with the TRE 
index value greater than 4.0 under Sec. 63.113(e) or greater than 1.0 
under Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) shall keep readily accessible 
records of:
    (i) Any process changes as defined in Sec. 63.115(e); and
    (ii) Any recalculation of the TRE index value pursuant to 
Sec. 63.115(e).
    (4) Process vents from continuous unit operations--records for vents 
with a flow rate less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute. The 
owner or operator who elects to comply by maintaining a flow rate less 
than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute under Sec. 63.113(f), shall 
keep readily accessible records of:
    (i) Any process changes as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) that increase 
the process vent stream flow rate;
    (ii) Any recalculation or measurement of the flow rate pursuant to 
Sec. 63.115(e); and
    (iii) If the flow rate increases to 0.005 standard cubic meter per 
minute or greater as a result of the process change, the TRE 
determination performed according to the procedures of Sec. 63.115(d).
    (5) Process vents from continuous unit operations--records for vents 
with an organic HAP concentration less than 50 parts per million. The 
owner or operator who elects to comply by maintaining an organic HAP 
concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume organic HAP 
concentration under Sec. 63.113(g) shall keep readily accessible records 
of:
    (i) Any process changes as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) that increase 
the organic HAP concentration of the process vent stream;
    (ii) Any recalculation or measurement of the concentration pursuant 
to Sec. 63.115(e); and
    (iii) If the organic HAP concentration increases to 50 parts per 
million by volume or greater as a result of the

[[Page 571]]

process change, the TRE determination performed according to the 
procedures of Sec. 63.115(d).
    (g) Notification of Compliance Status. The owner or operator of an 
affected source shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 
(g)(1) through (3) of this section, as appropriate, as part of the 
Notification of Compliance Status specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (1) For the owner or operator complying with the process vent 
control requirements in Sec. 63.1425(b), (c)(1), (c)(3), or (d), the 
information specified in paragraph (b) of this section related to the 
compliance demonstration, and the information specified in paragraph (c) 
of this section related to the establishment of parameter monitoring 
levels,
    (2) For each PMPU where the combination of process vents from batch 
unit operations that are associated with the use of nonepoxide organic 
HAP to make or modify the product is Group 2, the information related to 
the group determination specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
    (3) For each process vent from a continuous unit operation that is 
associated with the use of nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the 
product that is Group 2, the information related to the group 
determination specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (h) Periodic Reports. The owner or operator of an affected source 
shall submit Periodic Reports of the recorded information specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1) through (6) of this section, as appropriate, according 
to the schedule for submitting Periodic Reports in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(6)(i).
    (1) Reports of daily average values of monitored parameters for all 
operating days when the daily average values recorded under paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section were above the maximum, or below the minimum, 
level established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
permit.
    (2) Reports of the duration of periods when monitoring data are not 
collected for each excursion caused by insufficient monitoring data as 
defined in Sec. 63.1438(f)(1)(iv), (f)(2)(i)(B), or (f)(3)(ii).
    (3) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded under 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section when the process vent stream is 
diverted from the combustion, recovery, or recapture device through a 
bypass line.
    (4) Reports of all periods recorded under paragraph (d)(4) of this 
section in which the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass line valve 
position has changed, or the key to unlock the bypass line valve was 
checked out.
    (5) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded under 
paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section in which all pilot flames of a flare 
were absent.
    (6) Reports of all carbon bed regeneration cycles during which the 
parameters recorded under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section were 
above the maximum, or below the minimum, levels established in the 
Notification of Compliance Status or operating permit.
    (i) Reports of process changes. Whenever a process change, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1420(g)(3), is made that causes a Group 2 combination 
of batch process vents at a PMPU that are associated with the use of 
nonepoxide organic HAP to make or modify the product to become Group 1, 
the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 days after the 
process change is made or the information regarding the process change 
is known to the owner or operator. This report may be included in the 
next Periodic Report or in a separate submittal to the Administrator, as 
specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6)(iii)(D)(1). A description of the process 
change shall be submitted with the report.
    (j) Reporting requirements for Group 2 continuous process vents. (1) 
Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.1420(g)(3), is made 
that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with a TRE greater than 
4.0 to become a Group 2 continuous process vent with a TRE less than 
4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 calendar 
days after the process change is made or the information regarding the 
process change is known, unless the flow rate is less than 0.005 
standard cubic meters per minute. The report may be submitted as part of 
the next periodic report. The report shall include:
    (i) A description of the process change;

[[Page 572]]

    (ii) The results of the recalculation of the TRE index value 
required under Sec. 63.1428(h)(2), and recorded under paragraph (f)(3) 
of this section; and
    (iii) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
process vent monitoring requirements specified in Sec. 63.1429, as 
appropriate.
    (2) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.1420(g)(3), is 
made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with a flow rate less 
than 0.005 standard cubic meters per minute to become a Group 2 
continuous process vent with a flow rate of 0.005 standard cubic meters 
per minute or greater, the owner or operator shall submit a report 
within 180 calendar days after the process change is made or the 
information regarding the process change is known, unless the organic 
HAP concentration is less than 50 ppmv. The report may be submitted as 
part of the next periodic report. The report shall include:
    (i) A description of the process change;
    (ii) The results of the calculation of the TRE index value required 
under Sec. 63.1428(h)(2), and recorded under paragraph (f)(3) of this 
section; and
    (iii) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
process vent monitoring requirements specified in Sec. 63.1429, as 
appropriate.
    (3) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.1420(g)(3), is 
made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with an organic HAP 
concentration less than 50 ppmv to become a Group 2 continuous process 
vent with an organic HAP concentration of 50 ppmv or greater and a TRE 
index value less than 4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report 
within 180 calendar days after the process change is made or the 
information regarding the process change is known, unless the flow rate 
is less than 0.005 standard cubic meters per minute. The report may be 
submitted as part of the next periodic report. The report shall include:
    (i) A description of the process change;
    (ii) The results of the calculation of the TRE index value required 
under Sec. 63.1428(h)(2), and recorded under paragraph (f)(3) of this 
section; and
    (iii) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
process vent monitoring requirements specified in Sec. 63.1429, as 
appropriate.
    (k) Alternative requests. If an owner or operator uses a combustion, 
recovery, or recapture device other than those specified in the process 
vent monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1429(a)(1) through (7) and 
listed in Table 5 of this subpart; requests approval to monitor a 
parameter other than those specified in Sec. 63.1429(a)(1) through (7) 
and listed in Table 5 of this subpart; or uses ECO and requests to 
monitor a parameter other than those listed in Sec. 63.1427(i)(1)(i) 
through (iii), as allowed under Sec. 63.1427(i)(1)(iv), the owner or 
operator shall submit a description of planned reporting and 
recordkeeping procedures, as specified in Sec. 63.1439(f)(3), as part of 
the Precompliance Report as required under Sec. 63.1439(e)(4), or to the 
Administrator as a separate submittal. The Administrator will specify 
appropriate reporting and recordkeeping requirements as part of the 
review of the Precompliance Report.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1431  Process vent annual epoxides emission factor plan requirements.

    (a) Applicability of emission factor plan requirements. An owner or 
operator electing to comply with an annual epoxide emission factor 
limitation in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or (b)(2)(iv) shall develop and 
implement an epoxides emission factor plan in accordance with the 
provisions of this section.
    (b) Emission factor plan requirements. The owner or operator shall 
develop an epoxides emission factor plan.
    (1) If epoxide emissions are maintained below the epoxide emission 
factor limitation through the use of a combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device (without extended cookout), the owner or operator shall 
develop and implement the plan in accordance with paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (2) If epoxide emissions are maintained below the epoxide emission 
factor limitation through the use of extended cookout (without a 
combustion, recovery, or recapture device), the owner or operator shall 
develop and

[[Page 573]]

implement the plan in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
    (3) If epoxide emissions are maintained below the epoxide emission 
factor limitation through the use of extended cookout in conjunction 
with a combustion, recovery, or recapture device, the owner or operator 
shall develop and implement the plan in accordance with paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (c) Compliance with epoxide emission factor limitation using a 
combustion, recovery, or recapture device. (1) The owner or operator 
shall notify the Agency of the intent to use a combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device to comply with the epoxide emission factor limitation 
in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or (b)(2)(iv). The owner or operator shall 
prepare an estimate of the annual epoxide emissions and the actual 
production rate in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of 
this section. This notification and emission estimate shall be submitted 
in the Precompliance Report as specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(4), or in 
the operating permit application, as allowed in Sec. 63.1439(e)(8).
    (i) Annual uncontrolled epoxide emissions. These emission estimates 
shall be determined in accordance with the batch process vent group 
determination procedures in the NESHAP for Group I Polymers and Resins 
(40 CFR part 63, subpart U, Sec. 63.488(b)) and shall be based on 
anticipated production.
    (ii) A description of the combustion, recovery, or recapture device, 
along with the expected percent efficiency.
    (iii) Annual emissions after the combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device. The expected annual emissions after control shall be determined 
using Equation 15.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JN99.014

Where:

AEcontrol = Annual epoxide emissions after control, kg/yr.
AEuncontrolled = Annual uncontrolled epoxide emissions, 
          determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this 
          section, kg/yr.
R = Expected control efficiency of the combustion, recovery, or 
          recapture device, percent, as determined in Sec. 63.1426(c).

    (iv) The actual annual production rate means the annual mass of 
polyether polyol product produced from the applicable PMPU. This 
production rate shall be for the same annual time period as the annual 
emission estimate as calculated in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(iii) 
of this section.
    (2) The owner or operator shall conduct a performance test in 
accordance with Sec. 63.1426(c) to determine the epoxide control 
efficiency of the combustion, recovery, or recapture device. The owner 
or operator shall then recalculate the annual epoxide emissions after 
control using Equation 15, except that the control efficiency, R, shall 
be the measured control efficiency. This information shall be submitted 
as part of the Notification of Compliance Status, as provided in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (3) The owner or operator shall comply with the process vent 
monitoring provisions in Sec. 63.1429.
    (4) The owner or operator shall comply with the process vent 
recordkeeping requirements in paragraphs Sec. 63.1430(b) through (d), 
and the process vent reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1430(g)(1) and 
(h).
    (d) Compliance with epoxide emission factor limitation using 
extended cookout. (1) The owner or operator shall notify the Agency of 
the intent to use extended cookout to comply with the epoxide emission 
factor limitation in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or (b)(2)(iv). The owner or 
operator shall prepare an estimate of the annual epoxide emissions after 
the extended cookout. This notification and emission estimate shall be 
submitted in the Precompliance Report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(4), or in the operating permit application, as allowed 
in Sec. 63.1439(e)(8).

[[Page 574]]

    (2) The owner or operator shall determine the annual epoxide 
emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.1427(d), based on anticipated 
production. This information shall be submitted as part of the 
Notification of Compliance Status, as provided in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (3) The owner or operator shall comply with the ECO monitoring 
provisions in Sec. 63.1427(i).
    (4) The owner or operator shall comply with the process vent 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1430.
    (e) Compliance with the epoxide emission factor limitation through 
the use of extended cookout in conjunction with one or more combustion, 
recovery, and/or recapture device. (1) The owner or operator shall 
notify the Agency of the intent to use extended cookout in conjunction 
with one or more combustion, recovery, and/or recapture device to comply 
with the annual epoxide emission factor limitation in 
Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or (b)(2)(iv). The owner or operator shall 
prepare an estimate of the annual epoxide emissions after control. This 
notification and emission estimate shall be submitted in the 
Precompliance Report as specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(4), or in the 
operating permit application, as allowed under Sec. 63.1439(e)(8).
    (2) The owner or operator shall determine the annual epoxide 
emissions after control. This information shall be submitted as part of 
the Notification of Compliance Status, as provided in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (3) The owner or operator shall comply with the ECO monitoring 
provisions in Sec. 63.1427(i).
    (4) The owner or operator shall comply with the ECO recordkeeping 
and reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1427(j) and (k).
    (f) Compliance with epoxide emission factor limitation without using 
extended cookout or a combustion, recovery, or recapture device. (1) The 
owner or operator shall notify the Agency of the intent to comply with 
the epoxide emission factor limitation in Sec. 63.1425(b)(1)(iii) or 
(b)(2)(iv) without the use of ECO or a combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device. The owner or operator shall prepare an estimate of the 
annual epoxide emissions. This notification and emission estimate shall 
be submitted in the Precompliance Report as specified in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(4), or in the operating permit application, as allowed 
in Sec. 63.1439(e)(8).
    (2) Each year after the compliance date, the owner or operator shall 
calculate the epoxides emission factor for the previous year. This 
information shall be submitted in the second Periodic Report submitted 
each year, as specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6).



Sec. 63.1432  Storage vessel provisions.

    (a) For each storage vessel located at an affected source, the owner 
or operator shall comply with the HON storage vessel requirements of 
Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 and the HON leak inspection provisions in 
Sec. 63.148, with the differences noted in paragraphs (b) through (p) of 
this section, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (b) When the term ``storage vessel'' is used in the HON storage 
vessel requirements in Secs. 63.119 through 63.123, the definition of 
this term in Sec. 63.1423 shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (c) When the term ``Group 1 storage vessel'' is used in the HON 
storage vessel requirements in Secs. 63.119 through 63.123, the 
definition of this term in Sec. 63.1423 shall apply for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (d) When the term ``Group 2 storage vessel'' is used in the HON 
storage vessel requirements in Secs. 63.119 through 63.123, the 
definition of this term in Sec. 63.1423 shall apply for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (e) When the HON storage vessel requirements in Sec. 63.119 refer to 
``December 31, 1992,'' the phrase ``September 4, 1997'' shall apply 
instead, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (f) When the HON storage vessel requirements in Sec. 63.119 refer to 
``April 22, 1994,'' the phrase ``June 1, 1999,'' shall apply instead, 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (g) The owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 
this paragraph instead of Sec. 63.120(d)(1)(ii) for the purposes of this 
subpart. If the combustion, recovery, or recapture device used to comply 
with Sec. 63.119(e) is also used to comply with any of the requirements 
found in Secs. 63.1425 through 63.1431 and/or Sec. 63.1433, the 
performance

[[Page 575]]

test required in or accepted by Secs. 63.1425 through 63.1431 and/or 
Sec. 63.1433 is acceptable for demonstrating compliance with the HON 
storage vessel requirements in Sec. 63.119(e), for the purposes of this 
subpart. The owner or operator will not be required to prepare a design 
evaluation for the combustion, recovery, or recapture device as 
described in Sec. 63.120(d)(1)(i), if the performance test meets the 
criteria specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The performance test demonstrates that the combustion, recovery, 
or recapture device achieves greater than or equal to the required 
control efficiency specified in the HON storage vessel requirements in 
Sec. 63.119(e)(1) or (2), as applicable; and
    (2) The performance test is submitted as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (h) When the HON storage vessel requirements in 
Secs. 63.120(d)(3)(i), 63.120(d)(5), and 63.122(g)(2) use the term 
``range,'' the term ``level'' shall apply instead for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (i) For purposes of this subpart, the monitoring plan required by 
the HON storage vessel requirements in Sec. 63.120(d)(2) shall specify 
for which combustion, recovery, or recapture device the owner or 
operator has selected to follow the procedures for continuous monitoring 
specified in Sec. 63.1438. For the combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device(s) for which the owner or operator has selected not to follow the 
procedures for continuous monitoring specified in Sec. 63.1438, the 
monitoring plan shall include a description of the parameter(s) to be 
monitored to ensure that the combustion, recovery, or recapture device 
is being properly operated and maintained, an explanation of the 
criteria used for selection of that parameter(s), and the frequency with 
which monitoring will be performed (e.g., when the liquid level in the 
storage vessel is being raised), as specified in Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(i).
    (j) For purposes of this subpart, the monitoring plan required by 
Sec. 63.122(b) shall be included in the Notification of Compliance 
Status required by Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (k) When the HON Notification of Compliance Status requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) are referred to in Secs. 63.120, 63.122, and 
63.123, the Notification of Compliance Status requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (l) When the HON Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) are referred to in Secs. 63.120 and 63.122, the Periodic 
Report requirements contained in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6) shall apply for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (m) When other reports as required in Sec. 63.152(d) are referred to 
in Sec. 63.122, the reporting requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(7) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (n) When the HON Initial Notification requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.151(b) are referred to in Sec. 63.119 through Sec. 63.123, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the Initial Notification 
requirements contained in Sec. 63.1439(e)(3), for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (o) When the determination of equivalence criteria in Sec. 63.102(b) 
are referred to in the HON storage vessel requirements in 
Sec. 63.121(a), the General Provisions' alternative nonopacity emission 
provisions in Sec. 63.6(g) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (p) The compliance date for storage vessels at affected sources 
subject to the provisions of this section is specified in Sec. 63.1422.
    (q) In addition to the records required by Sec. 63.123, the owner or 
operator of each storage vessel that is complying with Sec. 63.119(e) 
and that has an applicable monitoring plan in accordance with 
Sec. 63.120(d)(2) that does not specify continuous monitoring, shall 
maintain records of all times when the storage tank is being filled 
(i.e., when the liquid level in the storage vessel is being raised). 
These records shall consist of documentation of the time when each 
filling period begins and ends.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1433  Wastewater provisions.

    (a) Process wastewater. Except as specified in paragraph (c) of this 
section, the owner or operator of each affected source shall comply with 
the HON wastewater requirements in Secs. 63.132 through 63.147 for each 
process wastewater stream originating at an affected

[[Page 576]]

source, with the HON leak inspection requirements in Sec. 63.148, and 
with the HON requirements in Sec. 63.149 for equipment that is subject 
to Sec. 63.149, with the differences noted in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(20) of this section. Further, the owner or operator of each affected 
source shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.105(a) for 
maintenance wastewater, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) Owners and operators of affected sources are not required to 
comply with the HON new source wastewater requirements in 
Sec. 63.132(b)(1) and Sec. 63.132(d) for the purposes of this subpart. 
Owners or operators of all new affected sources, as defined in this 
subpart, shall comply with the HON requirements for existing sources in 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.149, with the exceptions noted in paragraphs 
(a)(2) through (20) of this section.
    (2) The provisions of paragraphs (a)(2)(i), (ii), and (a)(10)(iii) 
of this section clarify the organic HAP that an owner or operator shall 
consider when complying with the requirements of Secs. 63.132 through 
63.149.
    (i) Owners and operators are exempt from all requirements in 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 that pertain solely and exclusively to 
organic HAP listed on Table 8 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G.
    (ii) When the HON requirements in Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer 
to Table 9 compounds, the owner or operator is only required to consider 
compounds that meet the definition of organic HAP in Sec. 63.1423 and 
that are listed in Table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (iii) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to compounds in Table 
36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, or compounds in List 1 or List 2 of 
Table 36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, the owner or operator is only 
required to consider compounds that meet the definition of organic HAP 
in Sec. 63.1423 and that are listed on Table 36 of 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart G, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (3) When the determination of equivalence criteria in Sec. 63.102(b) 
is referred to in Secs. 63.132, 63.133, and 63.137, the General 
Provisions' alternative nonopacity emission standard provisions in 
Sec. 63.6(g) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (4) When the HON storage vessel requirements contained in 
Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 are referred to in Secs. 63.132 through 
63.148, the HON storage vessel requirements in Secs. 63.119 through 
63.123 are applicable, with the exception of the differences referred to 
in the storage vessel requirements in Sec. 63.1432, for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (5) When the HON process wastewater reporting requirements in 
Sec. 63.146(a) require the submission of a request for approval to 
monitor alternative parameters according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.151(f) or (g), the owner or operator requesting to monitor 
alternative parameters shall follow the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.1439(f) for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) When the HON process wastewater recordkeeping requirements in 
Sec. 63.147(d) require the owner or operator to keep records of the 
daily average value of each continuously monitored parameter for each 
operating day as specified in the HON recordkeeping provisions in 
Sec. 63.152(f), the owner or operator shall instead keep records of the 
daily average value of each continuously monitored parameter as 
specified in Sec. 63.1439(d), for the purposes of this subpart.
    (7) When Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer to an ``existing 
source,'' the term existing affected source, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1420(a)(2), shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (8) When the HON requirements in Secs. 63.132 through 63.149 refer 
to a ``new source,'' the term new affected source, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1420(a)(3), shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (9) When the HON process wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.132 (a) 
and (b) refer to the ``applicable dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of 
subpart F of this part,'' the applicable compliance dates specified in 
Sec. 63.1422 shall apply, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (10) Whenever the HON process wastewater provisions in Secs. 63.132 
through 63.147 refer to a Group 1 wastewater stream or a Group 2 
wastewater stream, the definitions of these terms contained in 
Sec. 63.1423 shall apply, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (11) When the HON control requirements for certain liquid streams in 
open systems, in Sec. 63.149(d), refer to

[[Page 577]]

``Sec. 63.100(f) of subpart F,'' the phrase ``Sec. 63.1420(c),'' shall 
apply for the purposes of this subpart. In addition, where 
Sec. 63.149(d) states ``and the item of equipment is not otherwise 
exempt from controls by the provisions of subparts A, F, G, or H of this 
part,'' the phrase ``and the item of equipment is not otherwise exempt 
from controls by the provisions of subparts A, F, G, H, or PPP of this 
part,'' shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (12) When the HON control requirements for certain liquid streams in 
open systems, in Sec. 63.149(e) (1) and (2), refer to ``a chemical 
manufacturing process unit subject to the new source requirements of 40 
CFR 63.100(l) (1) or (2),'' the phrase ``a new affected source as 
described in Sec. 63.1420(a)(4),'' shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (13) When the HON Notification of Compliance Status requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.152(b) are referred to in the HON process 
wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.138 or Sec. 63.146, the Notification of 
Compliance Status requirements contained in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5) shall 
apply for the purposes of this subpart. In addition, when the HON 
process wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.138 or Sec. 63.146 require that 
information be reported according to Sec. 63.152(b) in the HON 
Notification of Compliance Status, owners or operators of affected 
sources shall report the specified information in the Notification of 
Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.1439(e)(5), for the purposes of 
this subpart.
    (14) When the HON Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.152(c) are referred to in the HON process wastewater provisions 
in Sec. 63.146, the Periodic Report requirements contained in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(6) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart. In 
addition, when Sec. 63.146 requires that information be reported in the 
HON Periodic Reports required in Sec. 63.152(c), owners or operators of 
affected sources shall report the specified information in the Periodic 
Reports required in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6), for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (15) When the term ``range'' is used in the HON requirements in 
Secs. 63.132 through 63.149, the term ``level'' shall be used instead, 
for the purposes of this subpart. This level shall be determined using 
the procedures specified in parameter monitoring procedures in 
Sec. 63.1438.
    (16) When the HON process wastewater monitoring and inspection 
provisions in Sec. 63.143(f) specify that the owner or operator shall 
establish the range that indicates proper operation of the treatment 
process or control technique, the owner or operator shall instead comply 
with the requirements Sec. 63.1438 (c) or (d) for establishing parameter 
level maximums/minimums, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (17) When the HON process wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.146(b) 
(7) and (8) require that ``the information on parameter ranges specified 
in Sec. 63.152(b)(2)'' be reported in the HON Notification of Compliance 
Status, owners and operators of affected sources are instead required to 
report the information on parameter levels in the Notification of 
Compliance Status as specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5)(ii), for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    (18) For the purposes of this subpart, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the HON process wastewater emission reduction 
provisions in Sec. 63.138(g).
    (19) When the provisions of HON process wastewater provisions in 
Sec. 63.139(c)(1)(ii), Sec. 63.145(d)(4), or Sec. 63.145(i)(2) specify 
that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used, Method 18 or 
Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be used for the purposes of 
this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall 
comply with paragraphs (a)(19) (i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP representing the 
largest percent by volume of the emissions.
    (ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (20) The owner or operator of a facility which receives a Group 1 
wastewater stream, or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
stream, for

[[Page 578]]

treatment pursuant to the HON provisions in Sec. 63.132(g) is subject to 
the requirements of Sec. 63.132(g), with the differences identified in 
this section, and is not subject to the NESHAP from off-site waste and 
recovery operations in 40 CFR part 63, subpart DD, with respect to the 
received material.
    (b) Maintenance wastewater. The owner or operator of each affected 
source shall comply with the HON maintenance wastewater requirements in 
Sec. 63.105, with the exceptions noted in paragraphs (b) (1), (2), and 
(3) of this section.
    (1) When the HON maintenance wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.105(a) 
refer to ``organic HAPs listed in Table 9 of subpart G of this part,'' 
the owner or operator is only required to consider compounds that meet 
the definition of organic HAP in Sec. 63.1423 and that are listed in 
Table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (2) When the term ``maintenance wastewater'' is used in the HON 
maintenance wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.105, the definition of 
``maintenance wastewater'' in Sec. 63.1423 shall apply, for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (3) When the term ``wastewater'' is used in the HON maintenance 
wastewater provisions in Sec. 63.105, the definition of ``wastewater'' 
in Sec. 63.1423 shall apply, for the purposes of this subpart.
    (c) Compliance date. The compliance date for the affected source 
subject to the provisions of this section is specified in Sec. 63.1422.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1434  Equipment leak provisions.

    (a) The owner or operator of each affected source shall comply with 
the HON equipment leak requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart H for all 
equipment in organic HAP service, except as specified in paragraphs (b) 
through (g) of this section.
    (b) The compliance date for the equipment leak provisions in this 
section is provided in Sec. 63.1422(d).
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) When the HON equipment leak Initial Notification requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.182(a)(1) and Sec. 63.182(b) are referred to in 40 
CFR part 63, subpart H, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
Initial Notification requirements contained in Sec. 63.1439(e)(3), for 
the purposes of this subpart. The Initial Notification shall be 
submitted no later than June 1, 2000 for existing sources, as stated in 
Sec. 63.1439(e)(3)(ii)(A).
    (e) The HON equipment leak Notification of Compliance Status 
required by Sec. 63.182(a)(2) and Sec. 63.182(c) shall be submitted 
within 150 days (rather than 90 days) of the applicable compliance date 
specified in Sec. 63.1422 for the equipment leak provisions. The 
notification may be submitted as part of the Notification of Compliance 
Status required by Sec. 63.1439(e)(5).
    (f) The Periodic Reports required by Sec. 63.182(a)(3) and 
Sec. 63.182(d) may be submitted as part of the Periodic Reports required 
by Sec. 63.1439(e)(6).
    (g) If specific items of equipment, comprising part of a process 
unit subject to this subpart, are managed by different administrative 
organizations (e.g., different companies, affiliates, departments, 
divisions, etc.), those items of equipment may be aggregated with any 
PMPU within the affected source for all purposes under subpart H, 
providing there is no delay in achieving the applicable compliance date.
    (h) The phrase ``the provisions of subparts F, I, or PPP of this 
part'' shall apply instead of the phrase ``the provisions of subparts F 
or I of this part,'' and instead of the phrase ``the provisions of 
subpart F or I of this part'' throughout Secs. 63.163 and 63.168, for 
the purposes of this subpart. In addition, the phrase ``subparts F, I, 
and PPP'' shall apply instead of the phrase ``subparts F and I'' in 
Sec. 63.174(c)(2)(iii), for the purposes of this subpart.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1435  Heat exchanger provisions.

    (a) The owner or operator of each affected source shall comply with 
the requirements of Sec. 63.104 for heat exchange systems, with the 
exceptions noted in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
    (b) When the term ``chemical manufacturing process unit'' is used in 
Sec. 63.104, the term ``polyether polyols manufacturing process unit'' 
shall

[[Page 579]]

apply for the purposes of this subpart. Further, when the phrase ``a 
chemical manufacturing process unit meeting the conditions of 
Sec. 63.100(b)(1) through (3) of this subpart, except for chemical 
manufacturing process units meeting the condition specified in 
Sec. 63.100(c) of this subpart'' is used in Sec. 63.104(a), the term 
``PMPU, except for PMPU meeting the conditions specified in 
Sec. 63.1420(b)'' shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (c) When the HON heat exchange system requirements in 
Sec. 63.104(c)(3) specify the monitoring plan retention requirements, 
and when Sec. 63.104(f)(1) refers to the record retention requirements 
in Sec. 63.103(c)(1), the provisions of the general recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1439(a) and the applicable provisions 
of the General Provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, as specified in 
Table 1 of this subpart, shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (d) When the HON heat exchange system requirements in 
Sec. 63.104(f)(2) require information to be reported in the Periodic 
Reports required by the HON general reporting provisions in 
Sec. 63.152(c), the owner or operator shall instead report the 
information specified in Sec. 63.104(f)(2) in the Periodic Reports 
required by the general reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1439(e)(6), 
for the purposes of this subpart.
    (e) When the HON heat exchange system requirements in Sec. 63.104 
refer to Table 4 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart F or Table 9 of 40 CFR part 
63, subpart G, the owner or operator is only required to consider 
organic HAP listed in Table 4 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart F or 40 CFR 
part 63, Table 9 of subpart G that are also listed on Table 4 of this 
subpart, for the purposes of this subpart.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1436  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1437  Additional requirements for performance testing.

    (a) Performance testing shall be conducted in accordance with 
Sec. 63.7(a)(1), (a)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(4), (g), and (h), with 
the exceptions specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this 
section and the additions specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) Performance tests shall be conducted according to the general 
provisions' performance testing requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and (2), 
except that for all emission sources except process vents from batch 
unit operations, performance tests shall be conducted during maximum 
representative operating conditions for the process achievable during 
one of the time periods described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this 
section, without causing any of the situations described in paragraph 
(a)(1)(ii) or (iii) of this section to occur. For process vents from 
batch unit operations, performance tests shall be conducted either at 
absolute worst-case conditions or hypothetical worst-case conditions, as 
defined in Sec. 63.1426(c)(3)(i)(B), that are achievable during one of 
the time periods described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, 
without causing any of the situations described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) 
or (iii) of this section to occur.
    (i) The 6-month period that ends 2 months before the Notification of 
Compliance Status is due, according to Sec. 63.1439(e)(5); or the 6-
month period that begins 3 months before the performance test and ends 3 
months after the performance test.
    (ii) Causing damage to equipment; necessitating that the owner or 
operator make a product that does not meet an existing specification for 
sale to a customer; or necessitating that the owner or operator make a 
product in excess of demand.
    (iii) Causing plant or testing personnel to be subject to unsafe 
conditions. Owners or operators that limit testing based on this 
paragraph shall maintain documentation that demonstrates the nature of 
the unsafe conditions and explains measures considered by the owner or 
operator to overcome these conditions. If requested, this documentation 
shall be provided to the Administrator.
    (2) When the General Provisions' data analysis, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in Sec. 63.7(g) refer to the Notification of 
Compliance Status requirements in Sec. 63.9(h), the Notification of 
Compliance Status requirements in

[[Page 580]]

Sec. 63.1439(e)(5) shall instead apply, for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (3) Because the General Provisions' site-specific test plan in 
Sec. 63.7(c)(3) is not required, the General Provisions' requirement for 
the Administrator to approve or deny site-specific test plans, in 
Sec. 63.7(h)(4)(ii), is not applicable for the purposes of this subpart.
    (4) The owner or operator of an affected source shall provide the 
Administrator at least 30 days prior notice of any performance test, 
except as specified under other subparts, to afford the Administrator 
the opportunity to have an observer present. If after 30 days notice for 
an initially scheduled performance test, there is a delay (due to 
operational problems, etc.) in conducting the scheduled performance 
test, the owner or operator of an affected source shall notify the 
Administrator (or delegated State or local agency) as soon as possible 
of any delay in the original test date, either by providing at least 7 
days prior notice of the rescheduled test date of the performance test, 
or by arranging a rescheduled date with the Administrator (or delegated 
State or local agency) by mutual agreement.
    (b) Data shall be reduced in accordance with the EPA approved 
methods specified in the applicable subpart or, if other test methods 
are used, the data and methods shall be validated according to the 
protocol in Method 301, 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.
    (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, if an owner 
or operator of an affected source uses a flare to comply with any of the 
requirements of this subpart, the owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section. The owner or operator is 
not required to conduct a performance test to determine percent emission 
reduction or outlet organic HAP or TOC concentration. If a compliance 
demonstration has been conducted previously for a flare, using the 
techniques specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section, 
that compliance demonstration may be used to satisfy the requirements of 
this paragraph if either no deliberate process changes have been made 
since the compliance demonstration, or the results of the compliance 
demonstration reliably demonstrate compliance despite process changes.
    (1) Conduct a visible emission test using the techniques specified 
in Sec. 63.11(b)(4) of the General Provisions;
    (2) Determine the net heating value of the gas being combusted, 
using the techniques specified in Sec. 63.11(b)(6) of the General 
Provisions; and
    (3) Determine the exit velocity using the techniques specified in 
either Sec. 63.11(b)(7)(i) (and Sec. 63.11(b)(7)(iii), where applicable) 
or Sec. 63.11(b)(8) of the General Provisions, as appropriate.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26501, May 8, 2000]



Sec. 63.1438  Parameter monitoring levels and excursions.

    (a) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. The owner or 
operator of a combustion, recovery, or recapture device that has one or 
more parameter monitoring level requirements specified under this 
subpart shall establish a maximum or minimum level for each measured 
parameter. If a performance test is required by this subpart for a 
combustion, recovery, or recapture device, the owner or operator shall 
use the procedures in either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section to 
establish the parameter monitoring level(s). If a performance test is 
not required by this subpart for a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device, the owner or operator may use the procedures in paragraph (b), 
(c), or (d) of this section to establish the parameter monitoring 
levels. When using the procedures specified in paragraph (c) or (d) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(4)(viii) for review and approval, as part 
of the Precompliance Report.
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate combustion, recovery, and 
recapture devices such that the daily average value of monitored 
parameters remains at or above the minimum established level, or remains 
at or below the maximum established level, except as otherwise provided 
in this subpart.
    (2) As specified in Sec. 63.1439(e)(5)(ii), all established levels, 
along with their supporting documentation and the definition of an 
operating day, shall be

[[Page 581]]

submitted as part of the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (3) Nothing in this section shall be construed to allow a monitoring 
parameter excursion caused by an activity that violates other applicable 
provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subparts A, F, G, or H.
    (b) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based exclusively 
on performance tests. In cases where a performance test is required by 
this subpart, or the owner or operator of the affected source elects to 
do a performance test in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, 
and an owner or operator elects to establish a parameter monitoring 
level for a combustion, recovery, or recapture device based exclusively 
on parameter values measured during the performance test, the owner or 
operator of the affected source shall comply with the procedures in 
paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) Process vents from continuous unit operations. During initial 
compliance testing, the appropriate parameter shall be continuously 
monitored during the required 1-hour runs for process vents from 
continuous unit operations. The monitoring level(s) shall then be 
established as the average of the maximum (or minimum) point values from 
the three 1-hour test runs. The average of the maximum values shall be 
used when establishing a maximum level, and the average of the minimum 
values shall be used when establishing a minimum level.
    (2) Process vents from batch unit operations. For process vents from 
batch unit operations, during initial compliance testing, the 
appropriate parameter shall be monitored continuously during the entire 
test period. The monitoring level(s) shall be those established during 
from the compliance test.
    (c) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based on 
performance tests, supplemented by engineering assessments and/or 
manufacturer's recommendations. Parameter monitoring levels established 
under this paragraph shall be based on the parameter values measured 
during the performance test supplemented by engineering assessments and/
or manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing is not required 
to be conducted over the entire range of expected parameter values. The 
information specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section shall 
be provided in the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (1) The specific level of the monitored parameter(s) for each 
emission point.
    (2) The rationale for the specific level for each parameter for each 
emission point, including any data and calculations used to develop the 
level and a description of why the level indicates proper operation of 
the combustion, recovery, or recapture device.
    (d) Establishment of parameter monitoring based on engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. If a performance test 
is not required by this subpart for a combustion, recovery, or recapture 
device, the maximum or minimum level may be based solely on engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturers' recommendations. As required in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the determined level and all 
supporting documentation shall be provided in the Notification of 
Compliance Status.
    (e) Monitoring violations. (1) With the exception of excursions 
excused in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section, each 
excursion, as defined in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (f)(2)(i)(A), (f)(2)(ii), 
(f)(3)(i), and (f)(4) of this section, constitutes a violation of the 
provisions of this subpart in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), 
or (iii) of this section.
    (i) For each condenser, each excursion constitutes a violation of 
the emission limit.
    (ii) For each recovery or recapture device other than a condenser, 
where an organic monitoring device is used to monitor concentration, 
each excursion constitutes a violation of the emission limit.
    (iii) For each combustion, recovery, or recapture device other than 
a condenser, each excursion constitutes a violation of the operating 
limit.
    (2) With the exception of excursions excused in accordance with 
paragraph (g) of this section, each excursion, as defined in paragraphs 
(f)(1)(ii), (f)(1)(iii), (f)(2)(i)(B), and (f)(3)(ii) of

[[Page 582]]

this section constitutes a violation of the operating limit.
    (f) Parameter monitoring excursion definitions. Parameter monitoring 
excursions are defined in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) With respect to storage vessels (where the applicable monitoring 
plan specifies continuous monitoring), process vents from continuous 
unit operations using combustion, recovery, or recapture devices for 
purposes of compliance, and for process wastewater streams, an excursion 
means any of the three cases listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) The daily average value of one or more monitored parameters is 
above the maximum level or below the minimum level established for the 
given parameters.
    (ii) The period of combustion, recovery, or recapture device 
operation, with the exception noted in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this 
section, is 4 hours or greater in an operating day and monitoring data 
are insufficient, as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section, to 
constitute a valid hour of data for at least 75 percent of the operating 
hours.
    (iii) The period of combustion, recovery, or recapture device 
operation, with the exception noted in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this 
section, is less than 4 hours in an operating day and more than 2 of the 
hours during the period of operation do not constitute a valid hour of 
data due to insufficient monitoring data, as defined in paragraph 
(f)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (iv) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of 
data, as used in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, if 
measured values are unavailable due to monitoring system breakdowns, 
repairs, calibrated checks, or zero (low-level) and high level 
adjustments, for any of the 15-minute periods within the hour. For data 
compression systems approved under Sec. 63.1439(g)(3), monitoring data 
are insufficient to calculate a valid hour of data if there are less 
than four data measurements made during the hour.
    (v) The periods listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(v)(A) through (D) of 
this section are not considered to be part of the period of combustion, 
recovery, or recapture device operation, for the purposes of paragraphs 
(f)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
    (A) Start-ups;
    (B) Shutdowns;
    (C) Malfunctions; or
    (D) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (2) For storage vessels where the applicable monitoring plan does 
not specify continuous monitoring, an excursion is defined in paragraph 
(f)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) If the monitoring plan specifies monitoring a parameter and 
recording its value at specific intervals (such as every 15 minutes or 
every hour), either of the cases listed in paragraph (f)(2)(i)(A) or (B) 
of this section is considered a single excursion for the combustion 
device.
    (A) When the average value of one or more parameters, averaged over 
the time during which the storage vessel is being filled (i.e., when the 
liquid level in the storage vessel is being raised), is above the 
maximum level or below the minimum level established for the given 
parameters.
    (B) When monitoring data are insufficient. Monitoring data shall be 
considered insufficient when measured values are not available, due to 
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, or zero (low-
level) and high-level adjustments, for at least 75 percent of the 
specific intervals at which parameters are to be monitored and recorded, 
according to the storage vessel's monitoring plan, during which the 
storage vessel is being filled.
    (ii) If the monitoring plan does not specify monitoring a parameter 
and recording its value at specific intervals (for example, if the 
relevant operating requirement is to exchange a disposable carbon 
canister before expiration of its rated service life), the monitoring 
plan shall define an excursion in terms of the relevant operating 
requirement.
    (3) With respect to process vents from batch unit operations, an 
excursion means one of the two cases listed in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) When the daily average value of one or more monitored parameters 
is

[[Page 583]]

above the maximum or below the minimum established level for the given 
parameters.
    (ii) When monitoring data are insufficient for an operating day. 
Monitoring data shall be considered insufficient when measured values 
are not available, due to monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, 
calibration checks, or zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments, for 
at least 75 percent of the 15-minute periods when batch emission 
episodes selected to be controlled are being vented to the control 
device during the operating day, using the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (f)(3)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Determine the total amount of time during the operating day when 
batch emission episodes selected to be controlled are being vented to 
the control device.
    (B) Subtract the time during the periods listed in paragraphs 
(f)(3)(ii)(B)(1) through (4) of this section from the total amount of 
time determined above in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, to 
obtain the operating time used to determine if monitoring data are 
insufficient.
    (1) Start-ups;
    (2) Shutdowns;
    (3) Malfunctions; or
    (4) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (C) Determine the total number of 15-minute periods in the operating 
time used to determine if monitoring data are insufficient, as was 
determined in accordance with paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (D) If measured values are not available for at least 75 percent of 
the total number of 15-minute periods determined in paragraph 
(f)(3)(ii)(C) of this section, the monitoring data are insufficient for 
the operating day.
    (4) With respect to process vents using ECO to reduce epoxide 
emissions, an excursion means any of the situations described in 
Sec. 63.1427(i)(3)(i) through (v). For each excursion, the owner or 
operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (g) Excused excursions. A number of excused excursions shall be 
allowed for each combustion, recovery, or recapture device for each 
semiannual period. The number of excused excursions for each semiannual 
period is specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section. 
This paragraph applies to affected sources required to submit Periodic 
Reports semiannually or quarterly. The first semiannual period is the 6-
month period starting the date the Notification of Compliance Status is 
due.
    (1) For the first semiannual period--six excused excursions.
    (2) For the second semiannual period--five excused excursions.
    (3) For the third semiannual period--four excused excursions.
    (4) For the fourth semiannual period--three excused excursions.
    (5) For the fifth semiannual period--two excused excursions.
    (6) For the sixth and all subsequent semiannual periods--one excused 
excursion.



Sec. 63.1439  General recordkeeping and reporting provisions.

    (a) Data retention. Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the 
owner or operator of an affected source shall keep copies of all 
applicable records and reports required by this subpart for at least 5 
years. All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner that 
they can be readily accessed. The most recent 6 months of records shall 
be retained on site or shall be accessible from a central location by 
computer or other means that provide access within 2 hours after a 
request. The remaining 4 and one-half years of records may be retained 
offsite. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-readable 
form including, but not limited to, on microfilm, computer, floppy disk, 
magnetic tape, or microfiche. If an owner or operator submits copies of 
reports to the applicable EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator is 
not required to maintain copies of reports. If the EPA Regional Office 
has waived the requirement of Sec. 63.10(a)(4)(ii) for submittal of 
copies of reports, the owner or operator is not required to maintain 
copies of reports.

[[Page 584]]

    (b) Subpart A requirements. The owner or operator of an affected 
source shall comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A (the General Provisions) as 
specified in Table 1 of this subpart. These requirements include, but 
are not limited to, the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan. The owner or operator 
of an affected source shall develop and implement a written start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan as specified in the General Provisions' 
requirements for a Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Plan in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3). This plan shall describe, in detail, procedures for 
operating and maintaining the affected source during periods of start-
up, shutdown, and malfunction and a program for corrective action for 
malfunctioning process and air pollution control equipment used to 
comply with this subpart. A provision for ceasing to collect, during a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data that would otherwise 
be required by the provisions of this subpart may be included in the 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan only if the owner or operator 
has demonstrated to the Administrator, through the Precompliance Report 
or a supplement to the Precompliance Report, that the monitoring system 
would be damaged or destroyed if it were not shut down during the start-
up, shutdown, or malfunction. The owner or operator of the affected 
source shall keep the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan on site. 
In addition, if the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan is revised, 
the owner or operator shall keep previous (i.e., superseded) versions of 
the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan for a period of 5 years 
after each revision to the plan. If the new version of the start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan includes a provision for ceasing to 
collect, during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data 
that would otherwise be required, the owner or operator shall submit a 
supplement to the Precompliance Report to the Administrator for the 
Administrator's approval, documenting that the monitoring system would 
be damaged or destroyed if it were not shut down during the start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction. Records associated with the plan shall be kept 
as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section. Reports 
related to the plan shall be submitted as specified in paragraph 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator shall keep the records specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction of operation of process equipment or 
combustion, recovery, or recapture devices or continuous monitoring 
systems used to comply with this subpart during which excess emissions 
(as defined in Sec. 63.1420(h)(4)) occur.
    (B) For each start-up, shutdown, or malfunction during which excess 
emissions (as defined in Sec. 63.1420(h)(4)) occur, records reflecting 
whether the procedures specified in the affected source's start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan were followed, and documentation of 
actions taken that are not consistent with the plan. For example, if a 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan includes procedures for routing 
a combustion, recovery, or recapture device to a backup combustion, 
recovery, or recapture device, records shall be kept of whether the plan 
was followed. These records may take the form of a ``checklist,'' or 
other form of recordkeeping that confirms conformance with the start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan for the event.
    (ii) Reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction. For the 
purposes of this subpart, the semiannual start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction reports shall be submitted on the same schedule as the 
Periodic Reports required under paragraph (e)(6) of this section instead 
of according to the general provisions' Periodic Reporting schedule 
specified in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i). The reports shall include the 
information specified in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (2) Application for approval of construction or reconstruction. For 
new affected sources, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
General Provisions' requirements for the application

[[Page 585]]

for approval of construction or reconstruction, as specified in 
Sec. 63.5, excluding the provisions specified in Sec. 63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H), 
(d)(1)(iii), (d)(2), and (d)(3)(ii).
    (c) Subpart H requirements. The owner or operator of an affected 
source shall comply with the HON equipment leak reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart H, except as 
specified in Sec. 63.1434(b) through (g).
    (d) Recordkeeping and documentation. The owner or operator required 
to keep continuous records shall keep records as specified in paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (7) of this section, unless an alternative recordkeeping 
system has been requested and approved as specified in paragraph (g) of 
this section, and except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section. 
If a monitoring plan for storage vessels pursuant to Sec. 63.1432(i) 
requires continuous records, the monitoring plan shall specify which 
provisions, if any, of paragraphs (d)(1) through (7) of this section 
apply. As described in Sec. 63.1432(i), certain storage vessels are not 
required to keep continuous records as specified in this paragraph. The 
owner or operator of such storage vessels shall keep records as 
specified in the monitoring plan required by Sec. 63.1432(i).
    (1) The monitoring system shall measure data values at least once 
during approximately equal 15-minute intervals.
    (2) The owner or operator shall record either each measured data 
value or block average values for 1 hour or shorter periods calculated 
from all measured data values during each period. If values are measured 
more frequently than once per minute, a single value for each minute may 
be used to calculate the hourly (or shorter period) block average 
instead of all measured values. The owner or operator of process vents 
from batch unit operations shall record each measured data value.
    (3) Daily average values of each continuously monitored parameter 
shall be calculated for each operating day as specified in paragraphs 
(d)(3)(i) through (ii) of this section, except as specified in 
paragraphs (d)(6) and (7) of this section.
    (i) The daily average value shall be calculated as the average of 
all parameter values recorded during the operating day, except as 
specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section. The calculated average 
shall cover a 24-hour period if operation is continuous. If intermittent 
emissions episodes occur resulting in emissions being vented to a 
combustion, recapture, or recovery device for a period of less than 24 
hours in the operating day, the daily average shall be calculated based 
only on the period when emissions are being vented to the combustion, 
recapture, or recovery device. For example, if a batch unit operation 
operates such that emissions are vented to a combustion device for 6 
hours, then the daily average is the average of the temperature 
measurements taken during those 6 hours.
    (ii) The operating day shall be the 24-hour period that the owner or 
operator specifies in the operating permit or the Notification of 
Compliance Status, for purposes of determining daily average values.
    (4)-(5) [Reserved]
    (6) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
operating day are above the minimum level or below the maximum level 
established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
permit, the owner or operator may record that all values were above the 
minimum level or below the maximum level rather than calculating and 
recording a daily average for that operating day.
    (7) Monitoring data recorded during periods identified in paragraphs 
(d)(7)(i) through (v) of this section shall not be included in any 
average computed under this subpart. Records shall be kept of the times 
and durations of all such periods and any other periods during process 
or combustion, recovery, or recapture device operation when monitors are 
not operating.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions; or
    (v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.

[[Page 586]]

    (8) For continuous monitoring systems used to comply with this 
subpart, records documenting the completion of calibration checks, and 
records documenting the maintenance of continuous monitoring systems 
that are specified in the manufacturer's instructions or that are 
specified in other written procedures that provide adequate assurance 
that the equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
    (9) The owner or operator of an affected source granted a waiver of 
recordkeeping or reporting requirements under the General Provisions' 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements in Sec. 63.10(f) shall maintain 
the information, if any, specified by the Administrator as a condition 
of the waiver of recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
    (e) Reporting and notification. In addition to the reports and 
notifications required by 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, as specified in 
this subpart, the owner or operator of an affected source shall prepare 
and submit the reports listed in paragraphs (e)(3) through (8) of this 
section, as applicable. All reports required by this subpart, and the 
schedule for their submittal, are listed in Table 8 of this subpart.
    (1) Violation of reporting requirements. Owners and operators shall 
not be in violation of the reporting requirements of this paragraph (e) 
for failing to submit information required to be included in a specified 
report if the owner or operator meets the requirements in paragraphs 
(e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. Examples of circumstances where 
this paragraph may apply include information related to newly-added 
equipment or emission points, changes in the process, changes in 
equipment required or utilized for compliance with the requirements of 
this subpart, or changes in methods or equipment for monitoring, 
recordkeeping, or reporting.
    (i) The information was not known in time for inclusion in the 
report specified by this subpart.
    (ii) The owner or operator has been diligent in obtaining the 
information.
    (iii) The owner or operator submits a report according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (e)(1)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) If this subpart expressly provides for supplements to the report 
in which the information is required, the owner or operator shall submit 
the information as a supplement to that report. The information shall be 
submitted no later than 60 days after it is obtained, unless otherwise 
specified in this subpart.
    (B) If this subpart does not expressly provide for supplements, but 
the owner or operator must submit a request for revision of an operating 
permit pursuant to the State operating permit programs in part 70 or the 
Federal operating permit programs in part 71, due to circumstances to 
which the information pertains, the owner or operator shall submit the 
information with the request for revision to the operating permit.
    (C) In any case not addressed by paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall submit the information with 
the first Periodic Report, as required by this subpart, which has a 
submission deadline at least 60 days after the information is obtained.
    (2) Submittal of reports. All reports required under this subpart 
shall be sent to the Administrator at the applicable address listed in 
the General Provisions' list of addresses of State air pollution control 
agencies and EPA Regional Offices, in Sec. 63.13. If acceptable to both 
the Administrator and the owner or operator of a source, reports may be 
submitted on electronic media.
    (3) Initial Notification. The owner or operator of a new affected 
source shall submit a written Initial Notification to the Administrator 
containing the information described in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this 
section according to the schedule in paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this 
section. The General Provisions' Initial Notification requirements in 
Sec. 63.9(b)(2), (3), and (6) shall not apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (i) The Initial Notification shall include the following 
information:
    (A) The name and address of the owner or operator;
    (B) The address (physical location) of the affected source;

[[Page 587]]

    (C) An identification of the kinds of emission points within the 
affected source;
    (D) An identification of the relevant standard, or other 
requirement, that is the basis of the notification and the source's 
compliance date; and
    (E) A statement of whether or not the affected source is a major 
source.
    (ii) The Initial Notification shall be submitted according to the 
schedule in paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section, as 
applicable.
    (A) [Reserved]
    (B) For a new source that has an initial start-up on or after August 
30, 1999, the application for approval of construction or reconstruction 
required by the General Provisions in Sec. 63.5(d) shall be submitted in 
lieu of the Initial Notification. The application shall be submitted as 
soon as practical before construction or reconstruction is planned to 
commence (but it need not be sooner than August 30, 1999).
    (C) For a new source that has an initial start-up prior to August 
30, 1999, the Initial Notification shall be submitted no later than 
August 30, 1999. The application for approval of construction or 
reconstruction described in the General Provisions' requirements in 
Sec. 63.5(d) is not required for these sources.
    (4) Precompliance Report. The owner or operator of an affected 
source requesting an extension for compliance; requesting approval to 
use alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous monitoring 
and recordkeeping, or alternative controls; requesting approval to 
incorporate a provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data, during a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, into the start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it 
did not cease to collect monitoring data, as permitted under 
Sec. 63.1420(h)(3); or requesting approval to establish parameter 
monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 
Sec. 63.1438(c) or (d) shall submit a Precompliance Report according to 
the schedule described in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section. The 
Precompliance Report shall contain the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(4)(ii) through (viii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) The Precompliance Report shall be submitted to the Administrator 
no later than 12 months prior to the compliance date. Unless the 
Administrator objects to a request submitted in the Precompliance Report 
within 45 days after its receipt, the request shall be deemed approved. 
For new affected sources, the Precompliance Report shall be submitted to 
the Administrator with the application for approval of construction or 
reconstruction required in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Supplements 
to the Precompliance Report may be submitted as specified in paragraph 
(e)(4)(vii) of this section.
    (ii) A request for an extension for compliance, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1422(e), may be submitted in the Precompliance Report. The 
request for a compliance extension shall include the data outlined in 
the General Provisions' compliance requirements in 
Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D), as required in Sec. 63.1422(e)(1).
    (iii) The alternative monitoring parameter information required in 
paragraph (f) of this section shall be submitted in the Precompliance 
Report if, for any emission point, the owner or operator of an affected 
source seeks to comply through the use of a control technique other than 
those for which monitoring parameters are specified in this subpart or 
in 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, or seeks to comply by monitoring a 
different parameter than those specified in this subpart or in 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart G.
    (iv) If the affected source seeks to comply using alternative 
continuous monitoring and recordkeeping as specified in paragraph (g) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall submit a request for approval 
in the Precompliance Report.
    (v) The owner or operator shall report the intent to use alternative 
controls to comply with the provisions of this subpart in the 
Precompliance Report. The Administrator may deem alternative controls to 
be equivalent to the controls required by the standard, under the 
procedures outlined in the General Provisions' requirements for

[[Page 588]]

use of an alternative nonopacity emission standard, in Sec. 63.6(g).
    (vi) If the owner or operator is requesting approval to incorporate 
a provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data, during a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction, into the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan, when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it did not 
cease to collect monitoring data, the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(4)(vi)(A) and (B) of this section shall be supplied in 
the Precompliance Report or in a supplement to the Precompliance Report. 
The Administrator shall evaluate the supporting documentation and shall 
approve the request only if, in the Administrator's judgment, the 
specific monitoring equipment would be damaged by the contemporaneous 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (A) Documentation supporting a claim that the monitoring equipment 
would be damaged by the contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction; and
    (B) A request to incorporate such a provision for ceasing to collect 
monitoring data during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, into the 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan.
    (vii) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted as 
specified in paragraph (e)(4)(vii)(A) of this section, or as specified 
in paragraph (e)(4)(vii)(B) of this section. Unless the Administrator 
objects to a request submitted in a supplement to the Precompliance 
Report within 45 days after its receipt, the request shall be deemed 
approved.
    (A) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted to 
clarify or modify information previously submitted.
    (B) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted to 
request approval to use alternative monitoring parameters, as specified 
in paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section; to use alternative continuous 
monitoring and recordkeeping, as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of 
this section; to use alternative controls, as specified in paragraph 
(e)(4)(v) of this section; or to include a provision for ceasing to 
collect monitoring data during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, in 
the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan, when that monitoring 
equipment would be damaged if it did not cease to collect monitoring 
data, as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(vi) of this section.
    (viii) If an owner or operator establishes parameter monitoring 
levels according to the procedures contained in the parameter monitoring 
provisions in Sec. 63.1438(c) or (d), the following information shall be 
submitted in the Precompliance Report:
    (A) Identification of which procedures (i.e., Sec. 63.1438(c) or 
(d)) are to be used; and
    (B) A description of how the parameter monitoring level is to be 
established. If the procedures in Sec. 63.1438(c) are to be used, a 
description of how performance test data will be used shall be included.
    (5) Notification of Compliance Status. For existing and new affected 
sources, a Notification of Compliance Status shall be submitted within 
150 days after the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1422. For 
equipment leaks subject to Sec. 63.1434, the owner or operator shall 
submit the information specified in the HON equipment leak Notification 
of Compliance Status requirements in Sec. 63.182(c), in the Notification 
of Compliance Status required by this paragraph. For all other emission 
points, including heat exchange systems, the Notification of Compliance 
Status shall contain the information listed in paragraphs (e)(5)(i) 
through (vii) of this section.
    (i) The results of any emission point group determinations, process 
section applicability determinations, performance tests, inspections, 
continuous monitoring system performance evaluations, any other 
information required by the test method to be in the test report used to 
demonstrate compliance, values of monitored parameters established 
during performance tests, and any other information required to be 
included in a Notification of Compliance Status under the requirements 
for overlapping regulations in Sec. 63.1422(j), the HON storage vessel 
reporting provisions in Sec. 63.122 and the storage vessel provisions in 
Sec. 63.1432,

[[Page 589]]

and the HON process wastewater reporting provisions in Sec. 63.146. In 
addition, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs 
(e)(5)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) For performance tests, group determinations, or determination 
that controls are needed, the Notification of Compliance Status shall 
include one complete test report, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(B) 
of this section, for each test method used for a particular kind of 
emission point. For additional tests performed for the same kind of 
emission point using the same method, the results and any other 
information required by the test method to be in the test report shall 
be submitted, but a complete test report is not required.
    (B) A complete test report shall include a brief process 
description, sampling site description, description of sampling and 
analysis procedures and any modifications to standard procedures, 
quality assurance procedures, record of operating conditions during the 
test, record of preparation of standards (if the owner or operator 
prepares the standards), record of calibrations, raw data sheets for 
field sampling, raw data sheets for field and laboratory analyses, 
documentation of calculations, and any other information required by the 
test method to be in the test report.
    (ii) For each monitored parameter for which a maximum or minimum 
level is required to be established under the HON process vent 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.114(e) and the process vent 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1429(d), the HON process wastewater 
parameter monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.143(f), paragraph (e)(8) of 
this section, or paragraph (f) of this section, the information 
specified in paragraphs (e)(5)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section shall 
be submitted. Further, as described in the storage vessel provisions in 
Sec. 63.1432(k), for those storage vessels for which the parameter 
monitoring plan (required to be submitted under the HON Notification of 
Compliance Status requirements for storage vessels in Sec. 63.120(d)(3)) 
specifies compliance with the parameter monitoring provisions of 
Sec. 63.1438, the owner or operator shall provide the information 
specified in paragraphs (e)(5)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section for 
each monitoring parameter. For those storage vessels for which the 
parameter monitoring plan required to be submitted under the HON 
Notification of Compliance Status requirements for storage vessels in 
Sec. 63.120(d)(2) does not require compliance with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1438, the owner or operator shall provide the information 
specified in Sec. 63.120(d)(3) as part of the Notification of Compliance 
Status.
    (A) The required information shall include the specific maximum or 
minimum level of the monitored parameter(s) for each emission point.
    (B) The required information shall include the rationale for the 
specific maximum or minimum level for each parameter for each emission 
point, including any data and calculations used to develop the level and 
a description of why the level indicates that the combustion, recovery, 
or recapture device is operated in a manner to ensure compliance with 
the provisions of this subpart.
    (C) The required information shall include a definition of the 
affected source's operating day, as specified in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of 
this section, for purposes of determining daily average values of 
monitored parameters.
    (iii) The determination of applicability for flexible operation 
units as specified in Sec. 63.1420(e)(1)(iii).
    (iv) The parameter monitoring levels for flexible operation units, 
and the basis on which these levels were selected, or a demonstration 
that these levels are appropriate at all times, as specified in 
Sec. 63.1420(e)(5)(ii)(A).
    (v) The results for each predominant use determination made under 
Sec. 63.1420(f)(1) through (7), for storage vessels assigned to an 
affected source subject to this subpart.
    (vi) If any emission point is subject to this subpart and to other 
standards as specified in Sec. 63.1422(j), and if the provisions of 
Sec. 63.1422(j) allow the owner or operator to choose which testing, 
monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions will be followed, 
then the Notification of Compliance Status shall indicate which rule's 
requirements will be followed for testing,

[[Page 590]]

monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping.
    (vii) An owner or operator who transfers a Group 1 wastewater stream 
or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream for treatment 
pursuant to Sec. 63.132(g) shall include in the Notification of 
Compliance Status the name and location of the transferee and a 
description of the Group 1 wastewater stream or residual sent to the 
treatment facility.
    (6) Periodic Reports. For existing and new affected sources, the 
owner or operator shall submit Periodic Reports as specified in 
paragraphs (e)(6)(i) through (viii) of this section. In addition, for 
equipment leaks subject to Sec. 63.1434, the owner or operator shall 
submit the information specified in the HON periodic reporting 
requirements in Sec. 63.182(d), and for heat exchange systems subject to 
Sec. 63.1434, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
specified in the HON heat exchange system reporting requirements in 
Sec. 63.104(f)(2), as part of the Periodic Report required by this 
paragraph (e)(6).
    (i) Except as specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(viii) of this section, 
a report containing the information in paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this 
section or paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (vii) of this section, as 
appropriate, shall be submitted semiannually no later than 60 days after 
the end of each 180-day period. The first report shall be submitted no 
later than 240 days after the date the Notification of Compliance Status 
is due and shall cover the 6-month period beginning on the date the 
Notification of Compliance Status is due. Subsequent reports shall cover 
each preceding 6-month period.
    (ii) If none of the compliance exceptions in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) 
through (vii) of this section occurred during the 6-month period, the 
Periodic Report required by paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section shall be 
a statement that there were no compliance exceptions, as described in 
this paragraph, for the 6-month period covered by that report and that 
none of the activities specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (vii) 
of this section occurred during the period covered by that report.
    (iii) For an owner or operator of an affected source complying with 
the provisions of Secs. 63.1432 through 63.1433 for any emission point, 
Periodic Reports shall include:
    (A) All information specified in the HON periodic reporting 
requirements in Sec. 63.122(a)(4) for storage vessels and in 
Sec. 63.146(c) through Sec. 63.146(f) for process wastewater.
    (B) The daily average values of monitored parameters for all 
excursions, as defined in Sec. 63.1438(f).
    (C) The periods when monitoring data were not collected shall be 
specified; and
    (D) The information in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii)(D)(1) through (3) of 
this section, as applicable:
    (1) Notification if a process change is made such that the group 
status of any emission point changes from Group 2 to Group 1. The owner 
or operator is not required to submit a notification of a process change 
if that process change caused the group status of an emission point to 
change from Group 1 to Group 2. However, until the owner or operator 
notifies the Administrator that the group status of an emission point 
has changed from Group 1 to Group 2, the owner or operator is required 
to continue to comply with the Group 1 requirements for that emission 
point. This notification may be submitted at any time.
    (2) Notification if one or more emission points (other than 
equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1434), or one or more PMPU 
is added to an affected source. The owner or operator shall submit the 
information contained in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii)(D)(2)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) A description of the addition to the affected source.
    (ii) Notification of the group status or control requirement for the 
additional emission point or all emission points in the PMPU.
    (3) For process wastewater streams sent for treatment pursuant to 
Sec. 63.132(g), reports of changes in the identity of the treatment 
facility or transferee.
    (E) The information in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section for 
reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (iv) If any performance tests are reported in a Periodic Report, the 
following information shall be included:

[[Page 591]]

    (A) One complete test report shall be submitted for each test method 
used for a particular kind of emission point tested. A complete test 
report shall contain the information specified in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(B) 
of this section.
    (B) For additional tests performed for the same kind of emission 
point using the same method, results and any other information required 
by the test method to be in the test report shall be submitted, but a 
complete test report is not required.
    (v) The results for each change made to a primary product 
determination for a PMPU made under Sec. 63.1420(e)(3) or (10).
    (vi) The results for each reevaluation of the applicability of this 
subpart to a storage vessel that begins receiving material from (or 
sending material to) a process unit that was not included in the initial 
determination, or a storage vessel that ceases to receive material from 
(or send material to) a process unit that was included in the initial 
determination, in accordance with Sec. 63.1420(f)(8).
    (vii) The Periodic Report required by the equipment leak provisions 
in Sec. 63.1434(f) shall be submitted as part of the Periodic Report 
required by paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
    (viii) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for particular emission points and process sections as 
specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(viii)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator of an affected source shall submit 
quarterly reports for a period of 1 year for an emission point or 
process section if the emission point or process section meets the 
conditions in paragraph (e)(6)(viii)(A)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) A combustion, recovery, or recapture device for a particular 
emission point or process section has more excursions, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1438(f), than the number of excused excursions allowed under 
Sec. 63.1438(g) for a semiannual reporting period; or
    (2) The Administrator requests the owner or operator to submit 
quarterly reports for that emission point or process section.
    (B) The quarterly reports shall include all information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (vii) of this section, as applicable to 
the emission point or process section for which quarterly reporting is 
required under paragraph (e)(6)(viii)(A) of this section. Information 
applicable to other emission points within the affected source shall be 
submitted in the semiannual reports required under paragraph (e)(6)(i) 
of this section.
    (C) Quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 days after 
the end of each quarter.
    (D) After quarterly reports have been submitted for an emission 
point for 1 year without more excursions occurring (during that year) 
than the number of excused excursions allowed under Sec. 63.1438(g), the 
owner or operator may return to semiannual reporting for the emission 
point or process section.
    (7) Other reports. Other reports shall be submitted as specified in 
paragraphs (e)(7)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) For storage vessels, the notifications of inspections required 
by Sec. 63.1432 shall be submitted, as specified in the HON storage 
vessel provisions in Sec. 63.122(h)(1) and (2).
    (ii) When the conditions at Sec. 63.1420(e)(3)(iii), (e)(9), or 
(e)(10) are met, reports of changes to the primary product for a PMPU or 
process unit, as required by Sec. 63.1420(e)(3)(iii), (e)(9), or 
(e)(10)(iii), respectively, shall be submitted.
    (iii) Owners or operators of PMPU or emission points (other than 
equipment leak components subject to Sec. 63.1434) that are subject to 
provisions for changes or additions to plant sites in Sec. 63.1420(g)(1) 
or (2) shall submit a report as specified in paragraphs (e)(7)(iii)(A) 
and (B) of this section.
    (A) Reports shall include:
    (1) A description of the process change or addition, as appropriate;
    (2) The planned start-up date and the appropriate compliance date, 
according to Sec. 63.1420(g)(1) or (2); and
    (3) Identification of the group status of emission points (except 
equipment leak components subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.1434) 
specified in paragraphs (e)(7)(iii)(A)(3)(i) through (iii) of this 
section, as applicable.

[[Page 592]]

    (i) All the emission points in the added PMPU, as described in 
Sec. 63.1420(g)(1).
    (ii) All the emission points in an affected source designated as a 
new affected source under Sec. 63.1420(g)(2)(i).
    (iii) All the added or created emission points as described in 
Sec. 63.1420(g)(2)(ii) or (iii).
    (4) If the owner or operator wishes to request approval to use 
alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous monitoring or 
recordkeeping, alternative controls, or wishes to establish parameter 
monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 
Sec. 63.1438(c) or (d), a Precompliance Report shall be submitted in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(7)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (B) Reports shall be submitted as specified in paragraphs 
(e)(7)(iii)(B)(1) through (3) of this section, as appropriate.
    (1) Owners or operators of an added PMPU subject to 
Sec. 63.1420(g)(1) shall submit a report no later than 180 days prior to 
the compliance date for the PMPU.
    (2) Owners or operators of an affected source designated as a new 
affected source under Sec. 63.1420(g)(2)(i) shall submit a report no 
later than 180 days prior to the compliance date for the affected 
source.
    (3) Owners and operators of any emission point (other than equipment 
leak components subject to Sec. 63.1434) subject to 
Sec. 63.1420(g)(2)(ii) or (iii) shall submit a report no later than 180 
days prior to the compliance date for those emission points.
    (8) Operating permit application. An owner or operator who submits 
an operating permit application instead of a Precompliance Report shall 
submit the information specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, as 
applicable, with the operating permit application.
    (f) Alternative monitoring parameters. The owner or operator who has 
been directed by any section of this subpart, or any section of another 
subpart referenced by this subpart, that specifically references this 
paragraph to set unique monitoring parameters, or who requests approval 
to monitor a different parameter than those listed in Sec. 63.1432 for 
storage vessels, Sec. 63.1427 for ECO, Sec. 63.1429 for process vents, 
or Sec. 63.143 for process wastewater shall submit the information 
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section in the 
Precompliance Report, as required by paragraph (e)(4) of this section. 
The owner or operator shall retain for a period of 5 years each record 
required by paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) The required information shall include a description of the 
parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the combustion, recovery, or 
recapture device; control technique; or pollution prevention measure is 
operated in conformance with its design and achieves the specified 
emission limit, percent reduction, or nominal efficiency, and an 
explanation of the criteria used to select the parameter(s).
    (2) The required information shall include a description of the 
methods and procedures that will be used to demonstrate that the 
parameter indicates proper operation, the schedule for this 
demonstration, and a statement that the owner or operator will establish 
a level for the monitored parameter as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status report required in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, 
unless this information has already been included in the operating 
permit application.
    (3) The required information shall include a description of the 
proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting system, to include the 
frequency and content of monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting. 
Further, the rationale for the proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting system shall be included if either condition in paragraph 
(f)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section is met:
    (i) If monitoring and recordkeeping is not continuous; or
    (ii) If reports of daily average values will not be included in 
Periodic Reports when the monitored parameter value is above the maximum 
level or below the minimum level as established in the operating permit 
or the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (g) Alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping. An owner or 
operator choosing not to implement the continuous parameter operating 
and recordkeeping provisions listed in

[[Page 593]]

Sec. 63.1429 for process vents, and Sec. 63.1433 for wastewater, may 
instead request approval to use alternative continuous monitoring and 
recordkeeping provisions according to the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of this section. Requests shall be 
submitted in the Precompliance Report as specified in paragraph 
(e)(4)(iv) of this section, and shall contain the information specified 
in paragraphs (g)(2)(ii) and (g)(3)(ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) The provisions in the General Provisions requirements for the 
use of an alternative monitoring method in Sec. 63.8(f)(5)(i) shall 
govern the review and approval of requests.
    (2) An owner or operator of an affected source that does not have an 
automated monitoring and recording system capable of measuring parameter 
values at least once during approximately equal 15-minute intervals and 
that does not generate continuous records may request approval to use a 
nonautomated system with less frequent monitoring, in accordance with 
paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The requested system shall include visual reading and recording 
of the value of the relevant operating parameter no less frequently than 
once per hour. Daily averages shall be calculated from these hourly 
values and recorded.
    (ii) The request shall contain:
    (A) A description of the planned monitoring and recordkeeping 
system;
    (B) Documentation that the affected source does not have an 
automated monitoring and recording system;
    (C) Justification for requesting an alternative monitoring and 
recordkeeping system; and
    (D) Demonstration that the proposed monitoring frequency is 
sufficient to represent combustion, recovery, or recapture device 
operating conditions, considering typical variability of the specific 
process and combustion, recovery, or recapture device operating 
parameter being monitored.
    (3) An owner or operator may request approval to use an automated 
data compression recording system that does not record monitored 
operating parameter values at a set frequency (for example, once at 
approximately equal intervals of about 15 minutes), but that records all 
values that meet set criteria for variation from previously recorded 
values, in accordance with paragraphs (g)(3)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) The requested system shall be designed to:
    (A) Measure the operating parameter value at least once during 
approximately equal 15-minute intervals;
    (B) Record at least four values each hour during periods of 
operation;
    (C) Record the date and time when monitors are turned off or on;
    (D) Recognize unchanging data that may indicate the monitor is not 
functioning properly, alert the operator, and record the incident;
    (E) Calculate daily average values of the monitored operating 
parameter based on all measured data; and
    (F) If the daily average is not an excursion, as defined in 
Sec. 63.1438(f), the data for that operating day may be converted to 
hourly average values and the four or more individual records for each 
hour in the operating day may be discarded.
    (ii) The request shall contain:
    (A) A description of the monitoring system and data compression 
recording system, including the criteria used to determine which 
monitored values are recorded and retained;
    (B) The method for calculating daily averages; and
    (C) A demonstration that the system meets all criteria in paragraph 
(g)(3)(i) of this section.
    (4) An owner or operator may request approval to use other 
alternative monitoring systems according to the procedures specified in 
the General Provisions' requirements for using an alternative monitoring 
method in Sec. 63.8(f)(4).
    (h) Reduced recordkeeping program. For any parameter with respect to 
any item of equipment, the owner or operator may implement the 
recordkeeping requirements in paragraph (h)(1) or (2) of this section as 
alternatives to the continuous operating parameter monitoring and 
recordkeeping provisions that would otherwise apply under this subpart. 
The owner or operator shall retain for a period of 5 years each

[[Page 594]]

record required by paragraph (h)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator may retain only the daily average value, 
and is not required to retain more frequent monitored operating 
parameter values, for a monitored parameter with respect to an item of 
equipment, if the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (iv) of 
this section are met. An owner or operator electing to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section shall notify the 
Administrator in the Notification of Compliance Status or, if the 
Notification of Compliance Status has already been submitted, in the 
Periodic Report immediately preceding implementation of the requirements 
of paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (i) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unrealistic or 
impossible data during periods of operation other than start-ups, 
shutdowns or malfunctions (e.g., a temperature reading of -200  deg.C on 
a boiler), and will alert the operator by alarm or other means. The 
owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances of the 
alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a single occurrence.
    (ii) The monitoring system generates, updated at least hourly 
throughout each operating day, a running average of the monitoring 
values that have been obtained during that operating day, and the 
capability to observe this running average is readily available to the 
Administrator on-site during the operating day. The owner or operator 
shall record the occurrence of any period meeting the criteria in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section. All instances in 
an operating day constitute a single occurrence.
    (A) The running average is above the maximum or below the minimum 
established limits;
    (B) The running average is based on at least six 1-hour average 
values; and
    (C) The running average reflects a period of operation other than a 
start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iii) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unchanging data 
during periods of operation other than start-ups, shutdowns or 
malfunctions, except in circumstances where the presence of unchanging 
data are the expected operating condition based on past experience 
(e.g., pH in some scrubbers), and will alert the operator by alarm or 
other means. The owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All 
instances of the alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a 
single occurrence.
    (iv) The monitoring system will alert the owner or operator by an 
alarm or other means, if the running average parameter value calculated 
under paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section reaches a set point that is 
appropriately related to the established limit for the parameter that is 
being monitored.
    (v) The owner or operator shall verify the proper functioning of the 
monitoring system, including its ability to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (h)(1) of this section, at the times specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(v)(A) through (C) of this section. The owner or 
operator shall document that the required verifications occurred.
    (A) Upon initial installation.
    (B) Annually after initial installation.
    (C) After any change to the programming or equipment constituting 
the monitoring system, which might reasonably be expected to alter the 
monitoring system's ability to comply with the requirements of this 
section.
    (vi) The owner or operator shall retain the records identified in 
paragraphs (h)(1)(vi)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Identification of each parameter, for each item of equipment, 
for which the owner or operator has elected to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (B) A description of the applicable monitoring system(s), and how 
compliance will be achieved with each requirement of paragraphs 
(h)(1)(i) through (v) of this section. The description shall identify 
the location and format (e.g., on-line storage, log entries) for each 
required record. If the description changes, the owner or operator shall 
retain both the current and the most recent superseded description, as 
specified in paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this section.

[[Page 595]]

    (C) A description, and the date, of any change to the monitoring 
system that would reasonably be expected to affect its ability to comply 
with the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (D) The owner or operator subject to paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(B) of this 
section shall retain the current description of the monitoring system as 
long as the description is current. The current description shall, at 
all times, be retained on-site or be accessible from a central location 
by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. The owner or operator shall retain all superseded descriptions 
for at least 5 years after the date of their creation. Superseded 
descriptions shall be retained on-site (or accessible from a central 
location by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours 
after a request) for at least 6 months after their creation. Thereafter, 
superseded descriptions may be stored off-site.
    (2) If an owner or operator has elected to implement the 
requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section for a monitored 
parameter with respect to an item of equipment and a period of 6 
consecutive months has passed without an excursion as defined in 
paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator is no longer 
required to record the daily average value, for any operating day when 
the daily average is less than the maximum, or greater than the minimum 
established limit. With approval by the Administrator, monitoring data 
generated prior to the compliance date of this subpart shall be credited 
toward the period of 6 consecutive months, if the parameter limit and 
the monitoring accomplished during the period prior to the compliance 
date was required and/or approved by the Administrator.
    (i) If the owner or operator elects not to retain the daily average 
values, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in the next 
Periodic Report. The notification shall identify the parameter and unit 
of equipment.
    (ii) If, on any operating day after the owner or operator has ceased 
recording daily average values as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this 
section, there is an excursion as defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall immediately resume retaining 
the daily average value for each operating day and shall notify the 
Administrator in the next Periodic Report. The owner or operator shall 
continue to retain each daily average value until another period of 6 
consecutive months has passed without an excursion as defined in 
paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall retain the records specified in 
paragraph (h)(1) of this section, for the duration specified in 
paragraph (h) of this section. For any calendar week, if compliance with 
paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section does not result in 
retention of a record of at least one occurrence or measured parameter 
value, the owner or operator shall record and retain at least one 
parameter value during a period of operation other than a start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iv) For the purposes of paragraph (h) of this section, an excursion 
means that the daily average of monitoring data for a parameter is 
greater than the maximum, or less than the minimum established value, 
except as provided in paragraphs (h)(2)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) The daily average value during any start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction shall not be considered an excursion for purposes of 
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, if the owner or operator follows the 
applicable provisions of the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
required by the General Provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (B) An excused excursion, as described in Sec. 63.1438(g), shall not 
be considered an excursion for the purposes of paragraph (h)(2) of this 
section.

[64 FR 29439, June 1, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 26502, May 8, 2000]

[[Page 596]]



 Table 1 of Subpart PPP.--Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart
                          PPP Affected Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Applies to  subpart
       Reference                 PPP                  Explanation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)............  Yes..................  Sec.  63.1423 specifies
                                                definitions in addition
                                                to or that supersede
                                                definitions in Sec.
                                                63.2.
63.1(a)(2)............  Yes.
63.1(a)(3)............  Yes..................  Sec.  63.1422(f) through
                                                (k) of this subpart and
                                                Sec.  63.160(b) identify
                                                those standards which
                                                overlap with the
                                                requirements of subparts
                                                PPP and H and specify
                                                how compliance shall be
                                                achieved.
63.1(a)(4)............  Yes..................  Subpart PPP (this table)
                                                specifies the
                                                applicability of each
                                                paragraph in subpart A
                                                to subpart PPP.
63.1(a)(5)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.1(a)(6)-(8)........  Yes.
63.1(a)(9)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.1(a)(10)...........  Yes.
63.1(a)(11)...........  Yes.
63.1(a)(12)-(14)......  Yes.
63.1(b)(1)............  No...................  Sec.  63.1420(a) contains
                                                specific applicability
                                                criteria.
63.1(b)(2)............  Yes.
63.1(b)(3)............  Yes.
63.1(c)(1)............  Yes..................  Subpart PPP (this table)
                                                specifies the
                                                applicability of each
                                                paragraph in subpart A
                                                to subpart PPP.
63.1(c)(2)............  No...................  Area sources are not
                                                subject to subpart PPP.
63.1(c)(3)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.1(c)(4)............  Yes.
63.1(c)(5)............  Yes..................  Except that affected
                                                sources are not required
                                                to submit notifications
                                                overridden by this
                                                table.
63.1(d)...............  No...................  Reserved.
63.1(e)...............  Yes.
63.2..................  Yes..................  Sec.  63.1423 specifies
                                                those subpart A
                                                definitions that apply
                                                to subpart PPP.
63.3..................  Yes.
63.4(a)(1)-(3)........  Yes.
63.4(a)(4)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.4(a)(5)............  Yes.
63.4(b)...............  Yes.
63.4(c)...............  Yes.
63.5(a)(1)............  Yes..................  Except the terms
                                                ``source'' and
                                                ``stationary source''
                                                should be interpreted as
                                                having the same meaning
                                                as ``affected source.''
63.5(a)(2)............  Yes.
63.5(b)(1)............  Yes..................  Except Sec.  63.1420(g)
                                                defines when
                                                construction or
                                                reconstruction is
                                                subject to new source
                                                standards.
63.5(b)(2)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.5(b)(3)............  Yes.
63.5(b)(4)............  Yes..................  Except that the initial
                                                notification
                                                requirements in Sec.
                                                63.1439(e)(3) shall
                                                apply instead of the
                                                requirements in Sec.
                                                63.9(b).
63.5(b)(5)............  Yes.
63.5(b)(6)............  Yes..................  Except that Sec.
                                                63.1420(g) defines when
                                                construction or
                                                reconstruction is
                                                subject to the new
                                                source standards.
63.5(c)...............  No...................  Reserved.
63.5(d)(1)(i).........  Yes.
63.5(d)(1)(ii)........  Yes..................  Except that Sec.
                                                63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H) does
                                                not apply.
63.5(d)(1)(iii).......  No...................  Sec.  63.1439(e)(5) and
                                                Sec.  63.1434(e) specify
                                                notification of
                                                compliance status
                                                requirements.
63.5(d)(2)............  No.
63.5(d)(3)............  Yes..................  Except Sec.
                                                63.5(d)(3)(ii) does not
                                                apply, and equipment
                                                leaks subject to Sec.
                                                63.1434 are exempt.
63.5(d)(4)............  Yes.
63.5(e)...............  Yes.
63.5(f)(1)............  Yes.
63.5(f)(2)............  Yes..................  Except that where Sec.
                                                63.9(b)(2) is referred
                                                to, the owner or
                                                operator need not
                                                comply.
63.6(a)...............  Yes.
63.6(b)(1)............  Yes.
63.6(b)(2)............  Yes.
63.6(b)(3)............  Yes.
63.6(b)(4)............  Yes.
63.6(b)(5)............  Yes.
63.6(b)(6)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.6(b)(7)............  No.
63.6(c)(1)............  Yes..................  Sec.  63.1422 specifies
                                                the compliance date.
63.6(c)(2)............  No.
63.6(c)(3)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.6(c)(4)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.6(c)(5)............  Yes.
63.6(d)...............  No...................  Reserved.

[[Page 597]]

 
63.6(e)...............  Yes..................  Except as otherwise
                                                specified for individual
                                                paragraphs (below), and
                                                Sec.  63.6(e) does not
                                                apply to Group 2
                                                emission points.
63.6(e)(1)(i).........  No...................  This is addressed by Sec.
                                                 63.1420(h)(4).
63.6(e)(1)(ii)........  Yes.
63.6(e)(1)(iii).......  Yes.
63.6(e)(2)............  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(i).........  Yes..................  For equipment leaks
                                                (subject to Sec.
                                                63.1434), the start-up,
                                                shutdown, and
                                                malfunction plan
                                                requirement of Sec.
                                                63.6(e)(3)(i) is limited
                                                to combustion, recovery,
                                                or recapture devices and
                                                is optional for other
                                                equipment. The start-up,
                                                shutdown, and
                                                malfunction plan may
                                                include written
                                                procedures that identify
                                                conditions that justify
                                                a delay of repair.\a\
63.6(e)(3)(i)(A)......  Yes..................  This is also addressed by
                                                Sec.  63.1420(h)(4).
63.6(e)(3)(i)(B)......  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(i)(C)......  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(ii)........  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(iii).......  No...................  Recordkeeping and
                                                reporting are specified
                                                in Sec.  63.1439(b)(1).
63.6(e)(3)(iv)........  No...................  Recordkeeping and
                                                reporting are specified
                                                in Sec.  63.1439(b)(1).
63.6(e)(3)(v).........  No...................  Requirement is specified
                                                in Sec.  63.1439(b)(1).
63.6(e)(3)(vi)........  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(vii).......  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (A)...  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (B)...  Yes..................  Except the plan shall
                                                provide for operation in
                                                compliance with Sec.
                                                63.1420(i)(4).
63.6(e)(3)(vii) (C)...  Yes.
63.6(e)(3)(viii)......  Yes.
63.6(f)(1)............  Yes.
63.6(f)(2)............  Yes..................  Except 63.7(c), as
                                                referred to in Sec.
                                                63.6(f)(2)(iii)(D) does
                                                not apply, and except
                                                that Sec.
                                                63.6(f)(2)(ii) does not
                                                apply to equipment leaks
                                                subject to Sec.
                                                63.1434.
63.6(f)(3)............  Yes.
63.6(g)...............  Yes.
63.6(h)...............  No...................  Subpart PPP does not
                                                require opacity and
                                                visible emission
                                                standards.
63.6(i)(1)............  Yes.
63.6(i)(2)............  Yes.
63.6(i)(3)............  Yes.
63.6(i)(4)(i)(A)......  Yes.
63.6(i)(4)(i)(B)......  No...................  Dates are specified in
                                                Sec.  63.1422(e) and
                                                Sec.  63.1439(e)(4)(i)
                                                for all emission points
                                                except equipment leaks,
                                                which are covered under
                                                Sec.  63.182(a)(6)(i).
63.6(i)(4)(ii)........  No.
63.6(i)(5)-(14).......  Yes.
63.6(i)(15)...........  No...................  Reserved.
63.6(i)(16)...........  Yes.
63.6(j)...............  Yes.
63.7(a)(1)............  Yes.
63.7(a)(2)............  No...................  Sec.  63.1439(e) (5) and
                                                (6) specify the
                                                submittal dates of
                                                performance test results
                                                for all emission points
                                                except equipment leaks;
                                                for equipment leaks,
                                                compliance demonstration
                                                results are reported in
                                                the Periodic Reports.
63.7(a)(3)............  Yes.
63.7(b)...............  No...................  Sec.  63.1437(a)(4)
                                                specifies notification
                                                requirements.
63.7(c)...............  No...................  Except if the owner or
                                                operator chooses to
                                                submit an alternative
                                                nonopacity emission
                                                standard for approval
                                                under Sec.  63.6(g).
63.7(d)...............  Yes.
63.7(e)(1)............  Yes..................  Except that all
                                                performance tests shall
                                                be conducted during
                                                worst case operating
                                                conditions.
63.7(e)(2)............  Yes.
63.7(e)(3)............  No...................  Subpart PPP specifies
                                                requirements.
63.7(e)(4)............  Yes.
63.7(f)...............  Yes..................  Since a site-specific
                                                test plan is not
                                                required, the
                                                notification deadline in
                                                Sec.  63.7(f)(2)(i)
                                                shall be 60 days prior
                                                to the performance test,
                                                and in Sec.  63.7(f)(3)
                                                approval or disapproval
                                                of the alternative test
                                                method shall not be tied
                                                to the site-specific
                                                test plan.
63.7(g)...............  Yes..................  Except the notification
                                                of compliance status
                                                report requirements in
                                                Sec.  63.1439(e)(5)
                                                shall apply instead of
                                                those in Sec.  63.9(h).
                                                In addition, equipment
                                                leaks subject to Sec.
                                                63.1434 are not required
                                                to conduct performance
                                                tests.
63.7(h)...............  Yes..................  Except Sec.
                                                63.7(h)(4)(ii) is not
                                                applicable, since the
                                                site-specific test plans
                                                in Sec.  63.7(c)(2) are
                                                not required.
63.8(a)(1)............  Yes.
63.8(a)(2)............  No.
63.8(a)(3)............  No...................  Reserved.
63.8(a)(4)............  Yes.
63.8(b)(1)............  Yes.
63.8(b)(2)............  No...................  Subpart PPP specifies
                                                locations to conduct
                                                monitoring.
63.8(b)(3)............  Yes.

[[Page 598]]

 
63.8(c)(1)............  Yes.
63.8(c)(1)(i).........  Yes.
63.8(c)(1)(ii)........  No...................  For all emission points
                                                except equipment leaks,
                                                comply with Sec.
                                                63.1439(b)(1)(i)(B);
                                                for equipment leaks,
                                                comply with Sec.
                                                63.181(g)(2)(ii).
63.8(c)(1)(iii).......  Yes.
63.8(c)(2)............  Yes.
63.8(c)(3)............  Yes.
63.8(c)(4)............  No...................  Sec.  63.1438 specifies
                                                monitoring requirements;
                                                not applicable to
                                                equipment leaks, because
                                                Sec.  63.1434 does not
                                                require continuous
                                                monitoring systems.
63.8(c)(5)-(8)........  No.
63.8(d)...............  No.
63.8(e)...............  No.
63.8(f)(1)-(3)........  Yes.
63.8(f)(4)(i).........  Yes..................  Except the timeframe for
                                                submitting request is
                                                specified in Sec.
                                                63.1439(f) or (g); not
                                                applicable to equipment
                                                leaks, because Sec.
                                                63.1434 (through subpart
                                                H of this part)
                                                specifies acceptable
                                                alternative methods.
63.8(f)(4)(ii)........  Yes.
63.8(f)(4)(iii).......  Yes.
63.8(f)(5)(i).........  Yes.
63.8(f)(5)(ii)........  No.
63.8(f)(5)(iii).......  Yes.
63.8(f)(6)............  No...................  Subpart PPP does not
                                                require CEMs.
63.8(g)...............  No...................  Data reduction procedures
                                                specified in Sec.
                                                63.1439(d) and (h); not
                                                applicable to equipment
                                                leaks.
63.9(a)...............  Yes.
63.9(b)...............  No...................  The initial notification
                                                requirements are
                                                specified in Sec.
                                                63.1439(e)(3).
63.9(c)...............  Yes.
63.9(d)...............  Yes.
63.9(e)...............  No...................  Sec.  63.1437(a)(4)
                                                specifies notification
                                                deadline.
63.9(f)...............  No...................  Subpart PPP does not
                                                require opacity and
                                                visible emission
                                                standards.
63.9(g)...............  No.
63.9(h)...............  No...................  Sec.  63.1439(e)(5)
                                                specifies notification
                                                of compliance status
                                                requirements.
63.9(i)...............  Yes.
63.9(j)...............  No.
63.10(a)..............  Yes.
63.10(b)(1)...........  No...................  Sec.  63.1439(a)
                                                specifies record
                                                retention requirements.
63.10(b)(2)...........  No...................  Subpart PPP specifies
                                                recordkeeping
                                                requirements.
63.10(b)(3)...........  Yes.
63.10(c)..............  No...................  Sec.  63.1439 specifies
                                                recordkeeping
                                                requirements.
63.10(d)(1)...........  Yes.
63.10(d)(2)...........  No...................  Sec.  63.1439(e)(5) and
                                                (6) specify performance
                                                test reporting
                                                requirements; not
                                                applicable to equipment
                                                leaks.
63.10(d)(3)...........  No...................  Subpart PPP does not
                                                require opacity and
                                                visible emission
                                                standards.
63.10(d)(4)...........  Yes.
63.10(d)(5)(i)........  Yes..................  Except that reports
                                                required by Sec.
                                                63.10(d)(5)(i) shall be
                                                submitted at the same
                                                time as Periodic Reports
                                                specified in Sec.
                                                63.1439(e)(6). The start-
                                                up, shutdown, and
                                                malfunction plan, and
                                                any records or reports
                                                of start-up, shutdown,
                                                and malfunction do not
                                                apply to Group 2
                                                emission points.
63.10(d)(5)(ii).......  No.
63.10(e)..............  No...................  Sec.  63.1439 specifies
                                                reporting requirements.
63.10(f)..............  Yes.
63.11.................  Yes.
63.12.................  Yes..................  Except that the authority
                                                of Sec.  63.177 (for
                                                equipment leaks) will
                                                not be delegated to
                                                States.
63.13-63.15...........  Yes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The plan, and any records or reports of start-up, shutdown, and
  malfunction do not apply to Group 2 emission points.

[65 FR 26502, May 8, 2000]

  Table 2 to Subpart PPP of Part 63.--Applicability of Subparts F, G, H, and U to Subpart PPP Affected Sources
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Applicable section of
             Reference                Applies to subpart PPP          Explanation               subpart PPP
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subpart F:
    63.100.........................  No.....................

[[Page 599]]

 
    63.101.........................  Yes....................  Several definitions from     63.1423.
                                                               63.101 are referenced at
                                                               63.1423.
    63.102-63.103..................  No.....................
    63.104.........................  Yes....................  With the differences noted   63.1435.
                                                               in 63.1435(b) through (d).
    63.105.........................  Yes....................  With the differences noted   63.1433.
                                                               in 63.1433(b).
    63.106.........................  No.....................
Subpart G:
    63.110.........................  No.....................
    63.111.........................  Yes....................  Several definitions from     63.1423.
                                                               63.111 are incorporated by
                                                               reference into 63.1423.
    63.112.........................  No.....................
    63.113-63.118..................  Yes....................  For THF facilities, with     63.1425.
                                                               the differences noted in
                                                               63.1425(f)(1) through
                                                               (f)(10).
                                     No.....................  For epoxide facilities,      63.1428.
                                                               except that 63.115(d) is
                                                               used for TRE
                                                               determinations.
    63.119-63.123..................  Yes....................  With the differences noted   63.1432.
                                                               in 63.1432(b) through
                                                               63.1432(p).
    63.124-63.125..................  No.....................  Reserved...................
    63.126-63.130..................  No.....................
    63.131.........................  No.....................  Reserved...................
    63.132-63.147..................  Yes....................  With the differences noted   63.1433.
                                                               in 63.1433(a)(1) through
                                                               63.1433(a)(19).
    63.148-63.149..................  Yes....................  With the differences noted   63.1432 and 63.1433.
                                                               in 63.1432(b) through
                                                               63.1432(p) and
                                                               63.1433(a)(1) through
                                                               63.1433(a)(19).
    63.150.........................  No.....................
    63.151-63.152..................  No.....................
Subpart H:
    63.160-63.182..................  Yes....................  Subpart PPP affected         63.1434.
                                                               sources shall comply with
                                                               all requirements of
                                                               subpart H, with the
                                                               differences noted in
                                                               63.1422(d), 63.1422(h),
                                                               and 63.1434(b) through (g).
Subpart U:
    63.480-63.487..................  No.....................
    63.488.........................  Yes....................  Portions of 63.488(b) and
                                                               (e) are cross-referenced
                                                               in subpart PPP..
    63.489-63.506..................  No.....................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 Table 3 to Subpart PPP of Part 63.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing
                        and New Affected Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Vapor Pressure a
           Vessel capacity  (cubic meters)               (kilopascals)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
75  capacity  151.........................    13.1
  capacity  151...........................     5.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage
  temperature.


    Table 4 of Subpart PPP.--Known Organic HAP From Polyether Polyol
                                Products
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Organic HAP/chemical name  [CAS No.]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             1,3 Butadiene
                                (106990)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Epichlorohydrin
                                (106898)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Ethylene Oxide
                                 (75218)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                n-Hexane
                                (110543)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Methanol

[[Page 600]]

 
                                 (67561)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Propylene Oxide
                                 (75569)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Toluene
                                (108883)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAS No. = Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number.


[65 FR 26505, May 8, 2000]

    Table 5 to Subpart PPP of Part 63.--Process Vents From Batch Unit
    Operations--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Recordkeeping and
                                 Parameter to be         reporting
       Control technique            monitored         requirements for
                                                    monitored parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal Incinerator...........  Firebox            1. Continuous records
                                 temperature a.     as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average firebox
                                                    temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
 
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average firebox
                                                    temperature as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
 
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average temperatures
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--
                                                    PR.nspe
Catalytic Incinerator.........  Temperature        1. Continuous records
                                 upstream and       as specified in Sec.
                                 downstream of       63.1429.b
                                 the catalyst bed. 2. Record and report
                                                    the average upstream
                                                    and downstream
                                                    temperatures and the
                                                    average temperature
                                                    difference across
                                                    the catalyst bed
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average upstream
                                                    temperature and
                                                    temperature
                                                    difference across
                                                    catalyst bed as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average upstream
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are below the
                                                    minimum upstream
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
                                                   5. Report all daily
                                                    average temperature
                                                    differences across
                                                    the catalyst bed
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum difference
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
                                                   6. Report all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected.e
Boiler or Process Heater with   Firebox            1. Continuous records
 a design heat input capacity    temperature a.     as specified in Sec.
 less than 44 megawatts and                          63.1429.b
 where the process vents are                       2. Record and report
 not introduced with or used                        the average firebox
 as the primary fuel.                               temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS c
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average firebox
                                                    temperature as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.d
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average temperatures
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d
                                                    e
Flare.........................  Presence of a      1. Hourly records of
                                 flame at the       whether the monitor
                                 pilot light.       was continuously
                                                    operating during
                                                    batch emission
                                                    episodes selected
                                                    for control and
                                                    whether a flame was
                                                    continuously present
                                                    at the pilot light
                                                    during each hour.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the presence of a
                                                    flame at the pilot
                                                    light over the full
                                                    period of the
                                                    compliance
                                                    determination--NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the times
                                                    and durations of all
                                                    periods during batch
                                                    emission episodes
                                                    when all flames at
                                                    the pilot light of a
                                                    flare are absent or
                                                    the monitor is not
                                                    operating.
                                                   4. Report the times
                                                    and durations of all
                                                    periods during batch
                                                    emission episodes
                                                    selected for control
                                                    when all flames at
                                                    the pilot light of a
                                                    flare are absent--
                                                    Pr.d
Absorber f....................  Liquid flow rate   1. Records every 15
                                 into or out of     minutes, as
                                 the scrubber, or   specified in Sec.
                                 the pressure       63.1429.b
                                 drop across the   2. Record and report
                                 scrubber.          the average liquid
                                                    flow rate into or
                                                    out of the scrubber,
                                                    or the pressure drop
                                                    across the scrubber,
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.

[[Page 601]]

 
                                                   3. Record the liquid
                                                    flow rate into or
                                                    out of the scrubber,
                                                    or the pressure drop
                                                    across the scrubber,
                                                    every 15 minutes, as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
                                                   4. Report all
                                                    scrubber flow rates
                                                    or pressure drop
                                                    values that are
                                                    below the minimum
                                                    operating value
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR..d
                                                    e
                                pH of the          1. Once daily records
                                 scrubber.          as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average pH of
                                                    the scrubber
                                                    effluent measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record at least
                                                    once daily the pH of
                                                    the scrubber
                                                    effluent.
                                                   4. Report all pH
                                                    scrubber effluent
                                                    readings out of the
                                                    range established in
                                                    the NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--
                                                    PR.d,e If a base
                                                    absorbent is used,
                                                    report all pH values
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    values. If an acid
                                                    absorbent is used,
                                                    report all pH values
                                                    that are above the
                                                    maximum operating
                                                    values.
Condenser f...................  Exit (product      1. Continuous records
                                 side)              as specified in Sec.
                                 temperature.        63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average exit
                                                    temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    temperature as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are above the
                                                    maximum operating
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d
                                                    e
Carbon Adsorber f.............  Total              1. Record of total
                                 regeneration       regeneration stream
                                 stream mass or     mass or volumetric
                                 volumetric flow    flow for each carbon
                                 during carbon      bed regeneration
                                 bed regeneration   cycle.
                                 cycle(s), and.    2. Record and report
                                                    the total
                                                    regeneration stream
                                                    mass or volumetric
                                                    flow during each
                                                    carbon bed
                                                    regeneration cycle
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Report all carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycles when the
                                                    total regeneration
                                                    stream mass or
                                                    volumetric flow is
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    flow rate
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
                                Temperature of     1. Record the
                                 the carbon bed     temperature of the
                                 after              carbon bed after
                                 regeneration and   each regeneration
                                 within 15          and within 15
                                 minutes of         minutes of
                                 completing any     completing any
                                 cooling cycle(s).  cooling cycle(s).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the temperature of
                                                    the carbon bed after
                                                    each regeneration
                                                    and within 15
                                                    minutes of
                                                    completing any
                                                    cooling cycle(s)
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Report all carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycles when the
                                                    temperature of the
                                                    carbon bed after
                                                    regeneration, or
                                                    within 15 minutes of
                                                    completing any
                                                    cooling cycle(s), is
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
Absorber, Condenser, and        Concentration      1. Continuous records
 Carbon Adsorber (as an          level or reading   as specified in Sec.
 alternative to the above).      indicated by an     63.1429.b
                                 organic           2. Record and report
                                 monitoring         the average
                                 device at the      concentration level
                                 outlet of the      or reading measured
                                 recovery device.   during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average
                                                    concentration level
                                                    or reading as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average
                                                    concentration levels
                                                    or readings that are
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    concentration or
                                                    reading established
                                                    in the NCS or
                                                    operating permit and
                                                    all instances when
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d
                                                    e
All Combustion, recovery, or    Diversion to the   1. Hourly records of
 recapture devices.              atmosphere from    whether the flow
                                 the combustion,    indicator was
                                 recovery, or       operating during
                                 recapture device   batch emission
                                 or.                episodes selected
                                                    for control and
                                                    whether a diversion
                                                    was detected at any
                                                    time during the
                                                    hour, as specified
                                                    in Sec.  63.1429.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the times of all
                                                    periods during batch
                                                    emission episodes
                                                    selected for control
                                                    when emissions are
                                                    diverted through a
                                                    bypass line, or the
                                                    flow indicator is
                                                    not operating--PR.d

[[Page 602]]

 
                                Monthly            1. Records that
                                 inspections of     monthly inspections
                                 sealed valves.     were performed as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    all monthly
                                                    inspections that
                                                    show that valves are
                                                    in the diverting
                                                    position or that a
                                                    seal has been
                                                    broken--PR.d
ECO...........................  Time from the end  1. Records at the end
                                 of the epoxide     of each batch, as
                                 feed, or the       specified in Sec.
                                 epoxide partial    63.1427(i).
                                 pressure in the   2. Record and report
                                 reactor or         the average
                                 direct             parameter value of
                                 measurement of     the parameters
                                 epoxide            chosen, measured
                                 concentration in   during the
                                 the reactor        performance test.
                                 liquid at the     3. Record the batch
                                 end of the ECO.    cycle ECO duration,
                                                    epoxide partial
                                                    pressure, or epoxide
                                                    concentration in the
                                                    liquid at the end of
                                                    the ECO
                                                   4. Report all batch
                                                    cycle parameter
                                                    values outside of
                                                    the ranges
                                                    established in
                                                    accordance with Sec.
                                                     63.1427(i)(3) and
                                                    all instances when
                                                    monitoring data were
                                                    not collected--PR.d
                                                    e
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately
  downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange is
  encountered.
b ``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec.  63.111.
c NCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.  63.1429.
d PR = Periodic Reports described in Sec.  63.1429.
e The periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when
  monitoring data are not collected as specified in Sec.  63.1439.
f Alternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring
  device provisions listed at the end of this table.


 Table 6 to Subpart PPP of Part 63.--Process Vents From Continuous Unit
    Operations--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Recordkeeping and
                                 Parameter to be         reporting
       Control technique            monitored         requirements for
                                                    monitored parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal Incinerator...........  Firebox            1. Continuous records
                                 temperaturea.      as specified in Sec.
                                                     63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the average firebox
                                                    temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average firebox
                                                    temperature for each
                                                    operating day.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average temperatures
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    sufficient
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    not collected--PR.d
                                                    e
Catalytic Incinerator.........  Temperature        1. Continuous records
                                 upstream and       as specified in Sec.
                                 downstream of       63.1429.b
                                 the catalyst bed. 2. Record and report
                                                    the average upstream
                                                    and downstream
                                                    temperatures and the
                                                    average temperature
                                                    difference across
                                                    the catalyst bed
                                                    measured during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS c
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average upstream
                                                    temperature and
                                                    temperature
                                                    difference across
                                                    catalyst bed for
                                                    each operating day.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average upstream
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are below the
                                                    minimum upstream
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
                                                   5. Report all daily
                                                    average temperature
                                                    differences across
                                                    the catalyst bed
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum difference
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
                                                   6. Report all
                                                    operating days when
                                                    insufficient
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    collected.e
Boiler or Process Heater with   Firebox            1. Continuous records
 a design heat input capacity    temperature a.     as specified in Sec.
 less than 44 megawatts and                          63.1429.b
 where the process vents are                       2. Record and report
 not introduced with or used                        the average firebox
 as the primary fuel.                               temperature measured
                                                    during the
                                                    performance test--
                                                    NCS c
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average firebox
                                                    temperature for each
                                                    operating day.d
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average temperatures
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit and all
                                                    instances when
                                                    insufficient
                                                    monitoring data are
                                                    collected--PR.d e

[[Page 603]]

 
Flare.........................  Presence of a      1. Hourly records of
                                 flame at the       whether the monitor
                                 pilot light.       was continuously
                                                    operating and
                                                    whether a flame was
                                                    continuously present
                                                    at the pilot light
                                                    during each hour.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the presence of a
                                                    flame at the pilot
                                                    light over the full
                                                    period of the
                                                    compliance
                                                    determination--NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the times
                                                    and durations of all
                                                    periods when all
                                                    flames at the pilot
                                                    light of a flare are
                                                    absent or the
                                                    monitor is not
                                                    operating.
                                                   4. Report the times
                                                    and durations of all
                                                    periods when all
                                                    flames at the pilot
                                                    light of a flare are
                                                    absent--Pr.d
Absorber f....................  Exit temperature   1. Continuous records
                                 of the absorbing   as specified in Sec.
                                 liquid, and.        63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the exit temperature
                                                    of the absorbing
                                                    liquid averaged over
                                                    the full period of
                                                    the TRE
                                                    determination--NCS.c
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    temperature of the
                                                    absorbing liquid for
                                                    each operating day.
                                                   4. Report all the
                                                    daily average exit
                                                    temperatures of the
                                                    absorbing liquid
                                                    that are below the
                                                    minimum operating
                                                    value established in
                                                    the NCS or
                                                    operating--PR.d e
                                Exit specific      1. Continuous records
                                 gravity for the    as specified in Sec.
                                 absorbing liquid.   63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the exit specific
                                                    gravity averaged
                                                    over the full period
                                                    of the TRE
                                                    determination--NCS.
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    specific gravity for
                                                    each operating day.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    specific gravity
                                                    values that are
                                                    below the minimum
                                                    operating value
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating--
                                                    PR.d e
Condenser f...................  Exit (product      1. Continuous records
                                 side)              as specified in Sec.
                                 temperature.        63.1429.b
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the exit temperature
                                                    averaged over the
                                                    full period of the
                                                    TRE determination--
                                                    NCS.
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    temperature for each
                                                    operating day.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average exit
                                                    temperatures that
                                                    are above the
                                                    maximum operating
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating--
                                                    PR.d e
Carbon Adsorber f.............  Total              1. Record of total
                                 regeneration       regeneration stream
                                 stream mass or     mass or volumetric
                                 volumetric flow    flow for each carbon
                                 during carbon      bed regeneration
                                 bed regeneration   cycle.
                                 cycle(s), and.    2. Record and report
                                                    the total
                                                    regeneration stream
                                                    mass or volumetric
                                                    flow during each
                                                    carbon bed
                                                    regeneration cycle
                                                    during the period of
                                                    the TRE
                                                    determination--NCS.c
                                                   3. Report all carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycles when the
                                                    total regeneration
                                                    stream mass or
                                                    volumetric flow is
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    flow rate
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d e
                                Temperature of     1. Record the
                                 the carbon bed     temperature of the
                                 after              carbon bed after
                                 regeneration and   each regeneration
                                 within 15          and within 15
                                 minutes of         minutes of
                                 completing any     completing any
                                 cooling cycle(s).  cooling cycle(s).
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the temperature of
                                                    the carbon bed after
                                                    each regeneration
                                                    during the period of
                                                    the TRE
                                                    determination--NCSc
                                                   3. Report all carbon
                                                    bed regeneration
                                                    cycles when the
                                                    temperature of the
                                                    carbon bed after
                                                    regeneration is
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    temperature
                                                    established in the
                                                    NCS or operating
                                                    permit--PR.d,e
Absorber, Condenser, and        Concentration      1. Continuous records
 Carbon Adsorber (as an          level or reading   as specified in Sec.
 alternative to the above).      indicated by an     63.1429.b
                                 organic           2. Record and report
                                 monitoring         the concentration
                                 device at the      level or reading
                                 outlet of the      averaged over the
                                 recovery device.   full period of the
                                                    TRE determination--
                                                    NCS.
                                                   3. Record the daily
                                                    average
                                                    concentration level
                                                    or reading for each
                                                    operating day.
                                                   4. Report all daily
                                                    average
                                                    concentration levels
                                                    or readings that are
                                                    above the maximum
                                                    concentration or
                                                    reading established
                                                    in the NCS or
                                                    operating--PR.d e
All Combustion, recovery, or    Diversion to the   1. Hourly records of
 recapture devices.              atmosphere from    whether the flow
                                 the combustion,    indicator was
                                 recovery, or       operating and
                                 recapture device   whether a diversion
                                 or.                was detected at any
                                                    time during each
                                                    hour.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    the times of all
                                                    periods when the
                                                    vent stream is
                                                    diverted through a
                                                    bypass line, or the
                                                    flow indicator is
                                                    not operating--PR.d

[[Page 604]]

 
                                Monthly            1. Records that
                                 inspections of     monthly inspections
                                 sealed valves.     were performed as
                                                    specified in Sec.
                                                    63.1429.
                                                   2. Record and report
                                                    all monthly
                                                    inspections that
                                                    show that valves are
                                                    in the diverting
                                                    position or that a
                                                    seal has been
                                                    broken--PR.d
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately
  downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange is
  encountered.
b ``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec.  63.111.
c NCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.  63.1429.
d PR = Periodic Reports described in Sec.  63.1429.
e The periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when
  monitoring data are not collected as specified in Sec.  63.1439.
f Alternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring
  device provisions listed at the end of this table.


   Table 7 to Subpart PPP of Part 63.--Operating Parameters For Which
   Monitoring Levels Are Required To Be Established For Process Vents
                                 Streams
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Established
      Control technique         Parameters to be          operating
                                    monitored           parameter(s)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal incinerator.........  Firebox temperature.  Minimum temperature.
Catalytic incinerator.......  Temperature upstream  Minimum upstream
                               and downstream of     temperature; and
                               the catalyst bed.     minimum temperature
                                                     difference across
                                                     the catalyst bed.
Boiler or process heater....  Firebox temperature.  Minimum temperature.
Absorber....................  Liquid flow rate or   Minimum flow rate or
                               pressure drop; and    pressure drop; and
                               pH of scrubber        maximum pH if an
                               effluent, if an       acid absorbent is
                               acid or base          used, or minimum pH
                               absorbent is used.    if a base absorbent
                                                     is used.
Condenser...................  Exit temperature....  Maximum temperature.
Carbon adsorber.............  Total regeneration    Maximum mass or
                               stream mass or        volumetric flow;
                               volumetric flow       and maximum
                               during carbon bed     temperature.
                               regeneration cycle;
                               and temperature of
                               the carbon bed
                               after regeneration
                               (and within 15
                               minutes of
                               completing any
                               cooling cycle(s)).
Extended Cookout (ECO)......  Time from the end of  Minimum duration, or
                               the epoxide feed to   maximum partial
                               the end of the ECO,   pressure at the end
                               or the reactor        of ECO, or maximum
                               epoxide partial       epoxide
                               pressure at the end   concentration in
                               of the ECO, or the    the reactor liquid
                               epoxide               at the end of ECO.
                               concentration in
                               the reactor liquid
                               at the end of the
                               ECO.
Other devices (or as an       HAP concentration     Maximum HAP
 alternate to the above). a    level or reading at   concentration or
                               outlet of device.     reading.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Concentration is measured instead of an operating parameter.


    Table 8 to Subpart PPP--Routine Reports Required by This Subpart
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Description of
           Reference                  report              Due date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1439(b) and subpart A  Refer to Sec.      Refer to subpart A of
 of this part.                   63.1439(b),        this part.
                                 Table 1 of this
                                 subpart, and to
                                 subpart A of
                                 this part.
Sec.  63.1439(e)(3)...........  Initial            New affected sources
                                 notification.      w/ initial start-up
                                                    at least 90 days
                                                    after June 1, 1999:
                                                    submit the
                                                    application for
                                                    approval of
                                                    construction or
                                                    reconstruction in
                                                    lieu of the initial
                                                    notification report.
                                                   New affected sources
                                                    w/ initial start-up
                                                    prior to 90 days
                                                    after June 1,
                                                    1999:by 90 days
                                                    after June 1, 1999.
Sec.  63.1439(e)(4)...........  Precompliance      Existing affected
                                 Report a.          sources: 12 months
                                                    prior to compliance
                                                    date.
                                                   New affected sources:
                                                    with the application
                                                    for approval of
                                                    construction or
                                                    reconstruction.
Sec.  63.1439(e)(5)...........  Notification of    Within 150 days after
                                 Compliance         the compliance date.
                                 Status b.

[[Page 605]]

 
Sec.  63.1439(e)(6)...........  Periodic Reports.  Semiannually, no
                                                    later than 60 days
                                                    after the end of
                                                    each 6-month period.
                                                    See Sec.
                                                    63.1439(e)(6)(i) for
                                                    the due date for
                                                    this report.
Sec.  63.1439(e)(6)(iii)......  Quarterly reports  No later than 60 days
                                 for sources with   after the end of
                                 excursions (upon   each quarter.
                                 request of the
                                 Administrator).
Sec.  63.506(e)(7)(i).........  Storage Vessels    At least 30 days
                                 Notification of    prior to the
                                 Inspection.        refilling of each
                                                    storage vessel or
                                                    the inspection of
                                                    each storage vessel.
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a There may be two versions of this report due at different times; one
  for equipment subject to Sec.  63.1434 and one for other emission
  points subject to this subpart.
b There will be two versions of this report due at different times; one
  for equipment subject to Sec.  63.1434 and one for other emission
  points subject to this subpart.

[65 FR 26506, May 8, 2000]

Subpart QQQ  [Reserved]



 Subpart RRR--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                    for Secondary Aluminum Production

    Source: 65 FR 15710, Mar. 23, 2000, unless otherwise noted.

                                 General



Sec. 63.1500  Applicability.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart apply to the owner or operator 
of each secondary aluminum production facility.
    (b) The requirements of this subpart apply to the following affected 
sources, located at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major source of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) as defined in Sec. 63.2:
    (1) Each new and existing aluminum scrap shredder;
    (2) Each new and existing thermal chip dryer;
    (3) Each new and existing scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating 
kiln;
    (4) Each new and existing group 2 furnace;
    (5) Each new and existing sweat furnace;
    (6) Each new and existing dross-only furnace;
    (7) Each new and existing rotary dross cooler; and
    (8) Each new and existing secondary aluminum processing unit.
    (c) The requirements of this subpart pertaining to dioxin and furan 
(D/F) emissions and associated operating, monitoring, reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements apply to the following affected sources, 
located at a secondary aluminum production facility that is an area 
source of HAPs as defined in Sec. 63.2:
    (1) Each new and existing thermal chip dryer;
    (2) Each new and existing scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating 
kiln;
    (3) Each new and existing sweat furnace;
    (4) Each new and existing secondary aluminum processing unit, 
containing one or more group 1 furnace emission units processing other 
than clean charge.
    (d) The requirements of this subpart do not apply to manufacturers 
of aluminum die castings, aluminum foundries, or aluminum extruders that 
melt no materials other than clean charge and materials generated within 
the facility; and that also do not operate a thermal chip dryer, sweat 
furnace or scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln.
    (e) The requirements of this subpart do not apply to facilities and 
equipment used for research and development that are not used to produce 
a saleable product.
    (f) The owner or operator of a secondary aluminum production 
facility subject to the provisions of this subpart, is subject to the 
title V permitting requirements under 40 CFR parts 70 and 71, as 
applicable. The permitting authority may defer the affected facility 
from the title V permitting requirements until December 9, 2004, if the

[[Page 606]]

secondary aluminum production facility is not a major source and is not 
located at a major source as defined under 40 CFR 63.2, 70.2, or 71.2, 
and is not otherwise required to obtain a title V permit. If an affected 
facility receives a deferral from title V permitting requirements under 
this section, the source must submit a title V permit application by 
December 9, 2005. The affected facility must continue to comply with the 
provisions of this subpart applicable to area sources, even if a 
deferral from title V permitting requirements has been granted to the 
facility by the permitting authority.



Sec. 63.1501  Dates.

    (a) The owner or operator of an existing affected source must comply 
with the requirements of this subpart by March 24, 2003.
    (b) The owner or operator of a new affected source that commences 
construction or reconstruction after February 11, 1999 must comply with 
the requirements of this subpart by March 23, 2000 or upon startup, 
whichever is later.



Sec. 63.1502  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following material is incorporated by reference in the 
corresponding sections noted. The incorporation by reference (IBR) of 
certain publications listed in the rule will be approved by the Director 
of the Office of the Federal Register as of the date of publication of 
the final rule in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. 
This material is incorporated as it exists on the date of approval:
    (1) Chapters 3 and 5 of ``Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of 
Recommended Practice,'' American Conference of Governmental Industrial 
Hygienists, (23rd edition, 1998), IBR approved for Sec. 63.1506(c), and
    (2) ``Interim Procedures for Estimating Risks Associated with 
Exposures to Mixtures of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and -
Dibenzofurans (CDDs and CDFs) and 1989 Update'' (EPA/625/3-89/016).
    (b) The material incorporated by reference is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW, Suite 700, Washington, DC; and at the Air and Radiation 
Docket and Information Center, U.S. EPA, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., 
Washington, DC. The material is also available for purchase from the 
following addresses:
    (1) Customer Service Department, American Conference of Governmental 
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), 1330 Kemper Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, OH 
45240-1634, telephone number (513) 742-2020; and
    (2) The National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port 
Royal Road, Springfield, VA, NTIS no. PB 90-145756.



Sec. 63.1503  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act as 
amended (CAA), in Sec. 63.2, or in this section as follows:
    Add-on air pollution control device means equipment installed on a 
process vent that reduces the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted to 
the air.
    Afterburner means an air pollution control device that uses 
controlled flame combustion to convert combustible materials to 
noncombustible gases; also known as an incinerator or a thermal 
oxidizer.
    Aluminum scrap shredder means a unit that crushes, grinds, or breaks 
aluminum scrap into a more uniform size prior to processing or charging 
to a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln, or furnace. A bale 
breaker is not an aluminum scrap shredder.
    Bag leak detection system means an instrument that is capable of 
monitoring particulate matter loadings in the exhaust of a fabric filter 
(i.e., baghouse) in order to detect bag failures. A bag leak detection 
system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on 
triboelectric, light scattering, light transmittance, or other effect to 
monitor relative particulate matter loadings.
    Chips means small, uniformly-sized, unpainted pieces of aluminum 
scrap, typically below 1\1/4\ inches in any dimension, primarily 
generated by turning, milling, boring, and machining of aluminum parts.
    Clean charge means furnace charge materials including molten 
aluminum; T-bar; sow; ingot; billet; pig; alloying

[[Page 607]]

elements; uncoated/unpainted thermally dried aluminum chips; aluminum 
scrap dried at 343  deg.C (650  deg.F) or higher; aluminum scrap 
delacquered/decoated at 482  deg.C (900  deg.F) or higher; other oil- 
and lubricant-free unpainted/uncoated gates and risers; oil-and 
lubricant-free unpainted/uncoated aluminum scrap, shapes, or products 
(e.g., pistons) that have not undergone any process (e.g., machining, 
coating, painting, etc.) that would cause contamination of the aluminum 
(with oils, lubricants, coatings, or paints); and internal runaround.
    Cover flux means salt added to the surface of molten aluminum in a 
group 1 or group 2 furnace, without agitation of the molten aluminum, 
for the purpose of preventing oxidation.
    D/F means dioxins and furans.
    Dioxins and furans means tetra-, penta-, hexa-, and octachlorinated 
dibenzo dioxins and furans.
    Dross means the slags and skimmings from aluminum melting and 
refining operations consisting of fluxing agent(s), impurities, and/or 
oxidized and non-oxidized aluminum, from scrap aluminum charged into the 
furnace.
    Dross-only furnace means a furnace, typically of rotary barrel 
design, dedicated to the reclamation of aluminum from dross formed 
during melting, holding, fluxing, or alloying operations carried out in 
other process units. Dross and salt flux are the sole feedstocks to this 
type of furnace.
    Emission unit means a group 1 furnace or in-line fluxer at a 
secondary aluminum production facility.
    Fabric filter means an add-on air pollution control device used to 
capture particulate matter by filtering gas streams through filter 
media; also known as a baghouse.
    Feed/charge means, for a furnace or other process unit that operates 
in batch mode, the total weight of material (including molten aluminum, 
T-bar, sow, ingot, etc.) and alloying agents that enter the furnace 
during an operating cycle. For a furnace or other process unit that 
operates continuously, feed/charge means the weight of material 
(including molten aluminum, T-bar, sow, ingot, etc.) and alloying agents 
that enter the process unit within a specified time period (e.g., a time 
period equal to the performance test period). The feed/charge for a 
dross only furnace includes the total weight of dross and solid flux.
    Fluxing means refining of molten aluminum to improve product 
quality, achieve product specifications, or reduce material loss, 
including the addition of solvents to remove impurities (solvent flux); 
and the injection of gases such as chlorine, or chlorine mixtures, to 
remove magnesium (demagging) or hydrogen bubbles (degassing). Fluxing 
may be performed in the furnace or outside the furnace by an in-line 
fluxer.
    Furnace hearth means the combustion zone of a furnace in which the 
molten metal is contained.
    Group 1 furnace means a furnace of any design that melts, holds, or 
processes aluminum that contains paint, lubricants, coatings, or other 
foreign materials with or without reactive fluxing, or processes clean 
charge with reactive fluxing.
    Group 2 furnace means a furnace of any design that melts, holds, or 
processes only clean charge and that performs no fluxing or performs 
fluxing using only nonreactive, non-HAP-containing/non-HAP-generating 
gases or agents.
    HCl means, for the purposes of this subpart, emissions of hydrogen 
chloride that serve as a surrogate measure of the total emissions of the 
HAPs hydrogen chloride, hydrogen fluoride and chlorine.
    In-line fluxer means a device exterior to a furnace, located in a 
transfer line from a furnace, used to refine (flux) molten aluminum; 
also known as a flux box, degassing box, or demagging box.
    Internal runaround means scrap material generated on-site by 
aluminum extruding, rolling, scalping, forging, forming/stamping, 
cutting, and trimming operations that do not contain paint or solid 
coatings. Aluminum chips generated by turning, boring, milling, and 
similar machining operations that have not been dried at 343  deg.C (650 
 deg.F) or higher, or by an equivalent non-thermal drying process, are 
not considered internal runaround.
    Lime means calcium oxide or other alkaline reagent.

[[Page 608]]

    Lime-injection means the continuous addition of lime upstream of a 
fabric filter.
    Melting/holding furnace, or melter/holder, means a group 1 furnace 
that processes only clean charge, performs melting, holding, and fluxing 
functions, and does not transfer molten aluminum to or from another 
furnace.
    Operating cycle means for a batch process, the period beginning when 
the feed material is first charged to the operation and ending when all 
feed material charged to the operation has been processed. For a batch 
melting or holding furnace process, operating cycle means the period 
including the charging and melting of scrap aluminum and the fluxing, 
refining, alloying, and tapping of molten aluminum (the period from tap-
to-tap).
    PM means, for the purposes of this subpart, emissions of particulate 
matter that serve as a measure of total particulate emissions and as a 
surrogate for metal HAPs contained in the particulates, including but 
not limited to, antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, 
lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, and selenium.
    Pollution prevention means source reduction as defined under the 
Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (e.g., equipment or technology 
modifications, process or procedure modifications, reformulation or 
redesign of products, substitution of raw materials, and improvements in 
housekeeping, maintenance, training, or inventory control), and other 
practices that reduce or eliminate the creation of pollutants through 
increased efficiency in the use of raw materials, energy, water, or 
other resources, or protection of natural resources by conservation.
    Reactive fluxing means the use of any gas, liquid, or solid flux 
(other than cover flux) that results in a HAP emission. Argon and 
nitrogen are not reactive and do not produce HAPs.
    Reconstruction means the replacement of components of an affected 
source or emission unit such that the fixed capital cost of the new 
components exceeds 50 percent of the fixed capital cost that would be 
required to construct a comparable new affected source, and it is 
technologically and economically feasible for the reconstructed source 
to meet relevant standard(s) established in this subpart. Replacement of 
the refractory in a furnace is routine maintenance and is not a 
reconstruction. The repair and replacement of in-line fluxer components 
(e.g., rotors/shafts, burner tubes, refractory, warped steel) is 
considered to be routine maintenance and is not considered a 
reconstruction. In-line fluxers are typically removed to a maintenance/
repair area and are replaced with repaired units. The replacement of an 
existing in-line fluxer with a repaired unit is not considered a 
reconstruction.
    Residence time means, for an afterburner, the duration of time 
required for gases to pass through the afterburner combustion zone. 
Residence time is calculated by dividing the afterburner combustion zone 
volume in cubic feet by the volumetric flow rate of the gas stream in 
actual cubic feet per second.
    Rotary dross cooler means a water-cooled rotary barrel device that 
accelerates cooling of dross.
    Scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln means a unit used 
primarily to remove various organic contaminants such as oil, paint, 
lacquer, ink, plastic, and/or rubber from aluminum scrap (including used 
beverage containers) prior to melting.
    Secondary aluminum processing unit (SAPU): an existing SAPU means 
all existing group 1 furnaces and all existing in-line fluxers within a 
secondary aluminum production facility. Each existing group 1 furnace or 
existing in-line fluxer is considered an emission unit within a 
secondary aluminum processing unit. A new SAPU means any combination of 
group 1 furnaces and in-line fluxers which are simultaneously 
constructed after February 11, 1999. Each of the group 1 furnaces or in-
line fluxers within a new SAPU is considered an emission unit within 
that secondary aluminum processing unit.
    Secondary aluminum production facility means any establishment using 
clean charge, post-consumer aluminum scrap, aluminum scrap, aluminum 
ingots, aluminum foundry returns, dross from aluminum production, or 
molten aluminum as the raw material and performing one or more of the 
following processes: scrap shredding,

[[Page 609]]

scrap drying/delacquering/decoating, thermal chip drying, furnace 
operations (i.e., melting, holding, refining, fluxing, or alloying), in-
line fluxing, or dross cooling. A secondary aluminum production facility 
may be independent or part of a primary aluminum production facility. A 
facility is a secondary aluminum production facility if it includes any 
of the affected sources listed in Sec. 63.1500(b) or (c). Aluminum die 
casting facilities, aluminum foundries and aluminum extrusion facilities 
that process no materials other than materials generated within the 
facility, or clean charge purchased or otherwise obtained from outside 
the facility, and that do not operate sweat furnaces, thermal chip 
dryers, or scrap dryers/delacquering kilns/decoating kilns are not 
secondary aluminum production facilities.
    Sidewell means an open well adjacent to the hearth of a furnace with 
connecting arches between the hearth and the open well through which 
molten aluminum is circulated between the hearth, where heat is applied 
by burners, and the open well, which is used for charging scrap and 
solid flux or salt to the furnace, injecting fluxing agents, and 
skimming dross.
    Sweat furnace means a furnace used exclusively to reclaim aluminum 
from scrap that contains substantial quantities of iron by using heat to 
separate the low-melting point aluminum from the scrap while the higher 
melting-point iron remains in solid form.
    TEQ means the international method of expressing toxicity 
equivalents for dioxins and furans as defined in ``Interim Procedures 
for Estimating Risks Associated with Exposures to Mixtures of 
Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and -Dibenzofurans (CDDs and CDFs) and 
1989 Update'' (EPA-625/3-89-016), available from the National Technical 
Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 
22161, NTIS no. PB 90-145756.
    THC means, for the purposes of this subpart, total hydrocarbon 
emissions that also serve as a surrogate for the emissions of organic 
HAP compounds.
    Thermal chip dryer means a device that uses heat to evaporate water, 
oil, or oil/water mixtures from unpainted/uncoated aluminum chips.
    Three-day, 24-hour rolling average means daily calculations of the 
average 24-hour emission rate (lbs/ton of feed/charge), over the 3 most 
recent consecutive 24-hour periods, for a secondary aluminum processing 
unit.
    Total reactive chlorine flux injection rate means the sum of the 
total weight of chlorine in the gaseous or liquid reactive flux and the 
total weight of chlorine in the solid reactive chloride flux, divided by 
the total weight of feed/charge, as determined by the procedure in 
Sec. 63.1512(o).



Sec. 63.1504  [Reserved]

              Emission Standards and Operating Requirements



Sec. 63.1505  Emission standards for affected sources and emission units.

    (a) Summary. The owner or operator of a new or existing affected 
source must comply with each applicable limit in this section. Table 1 
to this subpart summarizes the emission standards for each type of 
source.
    (b) Aluminum scrap shredder. On and after the date the initial 
performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever 
date is earlier, the owner or operator of an aluminum scrap shredder at 
a secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source must not 
discharge or cause to be discharged to the atmosphere:
    (1) Emissions in excess of 0.023 grams (g) of PM per dry standard 
cubic meter (dscm) (0.010 grain (gr) of PM per dry standard cubic foot 
(dscf)); and
    (2) Visible emissions (VE) in excess of 10 percent opacity from any 
PM add-on air pollution control device if a continuous opacity monitor 
(COM) or visible emissions monitoring is chosen as the monitoring 
option.
    (c) Thermal chip dryer. On and after the date the initial 
performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever 
date is earlier, the owner or operator of a thermal chip dryer must not 
discharge or cause to be discharged to the atmosphere emissions in 
excess of:
    (1) 0.40 kilogram (kg) of THC, as propane, per megagram (Mg) (0.80 
lb of THC, as propane, per ton) of feed/charge from a thermal chip dryer 
at a

[[Page 610]]

secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source; and
    (2) 2.50 micrograms (g) of D/F TEQ per Mg (3.5  x  
10-5 gr per ton) of feed/charge from a thermal chip dryer at 
a secondary aluminum production facility that is a major or area source.
    (d) Scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln. On and after the 
date the initial performance test is conducted or required to be 
conducted, whichever date is earlier:
    (1) The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln must not discharge or cause to be discharged to the 
atmosphere emissions in excess of:
    (i) 0.03 kg of THC, as propane, per Mg (0.06 lb of THC, as propane, 
per ton) of feed/charge from a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating 
kiln at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source;
    (ii) 0.04 kg of PM per Mg (0.08 lb per ton) of feed/charge from a 
scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is a major source;
    (iii) 0.25 g of D/F TEQ per Mg (3.5  x  10-6 gr 
of D/F TEQ per ton) of feed/charge from a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major or area source; and
    (iv) 0.40 kg of HCl per Mg (0.80 lb per ton) of feed/charge from a 
scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is a major source.
    (2) The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major source must not discharge or cause to be discharged to the 
atmosphere visible emissions in excess of 10 percent opacity from any PM 
add-on air pollution control device if a COM is chosen as the monitoring 
option.
    (e) Scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln: alternative 
limits. The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln may choose to comply with the emission limits in this 
paragraph as an alternative to the limits in paragraph (d) of this 
section if the scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln is equipped 
with an afterburner having a design residence time of at least 1 second 
and the afterburner is operated at a temperature of at least 750  deg.C 
(1400  deg.F) at all times. On and after the date the initial 
performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever 
date is earlier:
    (1) The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln must not discharge or cause to be discharged to the 
atmosphere emissions in excess of:
    (i) 0.10 kg of THC, as propane, per Mg (0.20 lb of THC, as propane, 
per ton) of feed/charge from a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating 
kiln at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source;
    (ii) 0.15 kg of PM per Mg (0.30 lb per ton) of feed/charge from a 
scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is a major source;
    (iii) 5.0 g of D/F TEQ per Mg (7.0  x  10-5 gr 
of D/F TEQ per ton) of feed/charge from a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major or area source; and
    (iv) 0.75 kg of HCl per Mg (1.50 lb per ton) of feed/charge from a 
scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is a major source.
    (2) The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/ delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major source must not discharge or cause to be discharged to the 
atmosphere visible emissions in excess of 10 percent opacity from any PM 
add-on air pollution control device if a COM is chosen as the monitoring 
option.
    (f) Sweat furnace. The owner or operator of a sweat furnace shall 
comply with the emission standard of paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test to demonstrate compliance with the emission standard of paragraph 
(f)(2) of this section, provided that, on and after the compliance date 
of this rule, the owner or operator operates and maintains an 
afterburner with a design residence time of two seconds or greater and 
an operating temperature of 1600  deg.F or greater.

[[Page 611]]

    (2) On and after the date the initial performance test is conducted 
or required to be conducted, or if no compliance test is required, on 
and after the compliance date of this rule, whichever date is earlier, 
the owner or operator of a sweat furnace at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is a major or area source must not discharge or 
cause to be discharged to the atmosphere emissions in excess of 0.80 
nanogram (ng) of D/F TEQ per dscm (3.5 x 10-10 gr per dscf) 
at 11 percent oxygen (O2).
    (g) Dross-only furnace. On and after the date the initial 
performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever 
date is earlier, the owner or operator of a dross-only furnace at a 
secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source must not 
discharge or cause to be discharged to the atmosphere:
    (1) Emissions in excess of 0.15 kg of PM per Mg (0.30 lb of PM per 
ton) of feed/charge.
    (2) Visible emissions in excess of 10 percent opacity from any PM 
add-on air pollution control device if a COM is chosen as the monitoring 
option.
    (h) Rotary dross cooler. On and after the date the initial 
performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever 
date is earlier, the owner or operator of a rotary dross cooler at a 
secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source must not 
discharge or cause to be discharged to the atmosphere:
    (1) Emissions in excess of 0.09 g of PM per dscm (0.04 gr per dscf).
    (2) Visible emissions in excess of 10 percent opacity from any PM 
add-on air pollution control device if a COM is chosen as the monitoring 
option.
    (i) Group 1 furnace. The owner or operator of a group 1 furnace must 
use the limits in this paragraph to determine the emission standards for 
a SAPU.
    (1) 0.20 kg of PM per Mg (0.40 lb of PM per ton) of feed/charge from 
a group 1 furnace, that is not a melting/holding furnace processing only 
clean charge, at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major source;
    (2) 0.40 kg of PM per Mg (0.80 lb of PM per ton) of feed/charge from 
a group 1 melting/holding furnace processing only clean charge at a 
secondary aluminum production facility that is a major source;
    (3) 15 g of D/F TEQ per Mg (2.1  x  10-4 gr of 
D/F TEQ per ton) of feed/charge from a group 1 furnace at a secondary 
aluminum production facility that is a major or area source. This limit 
does not apply if the furnace processes only clean charge; and
    (4) 0.20 kg of HCl per Mg (0.40 lb of HCl per ton) of feed/charge 
or, if the furnace is equipped with an add-on air pollution control 
device, 10 percent of the uncontrolled HCl emissions, by weight, for a 
group 1 furnace at a secondary aluminum production facility that is a 
major source.
    (5) The owner or operator of a group 1 furnace at a secondary 
aluminum production facility that is a major source must not discharge 
or cause to be discharged to the atmosphere visible emissions in excess 
of 10 percent opacity from any PM add-on air pollution control device if 
a COM is chosen as the monitoring option.
    (6) The owner or operator may determine the emission standards for a 
SAPU by applying the group 1 furnace limits on the basis of the aluminum 
production weight in each group 1 furnace, rather than on the basis of 
feed/charge.
    (7) The owner or operator of a sidewell group 1 furnace that 
conducts reactive fluxing (except for cover flux) in the hearth, or that 
conducts reactive fluxing in the sidewell at times when the level of 
molten metal falls below the top of the passage between the sidewell and 
the hearth, must comply with the emission limits of paragraphs (j)(1) 
through (j)(4) of this section on the basis of the combined emissions 
from the sidewell and the hearth.
    (j) In-line fluxer. Except as provided in paragraph (j)(3) of this 
section for an in-line fluxer using no reactive flux material, the owner 
or operator of an in-line fluxer must use the limits in this paragraph 
to determine the emission standards for a SAPU.
    (1) 0.02 kg of HCl per Mg (0.04 lb of HCl per ton) of feed/charge;
    (2) 0.005 kg of PM per Mg (0.01 lb of PM per ton) of feed/charge.
    (3) The emission limits in paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(2) of this 
section do not

[[Page 612]]

apply to an in-line fluxer that uses no reactive flux materials.
    (4) The owner or operator of an in-line fluxer at a secondary 
aluminum production facility that is a major source must not discharge 
or cause to be discharged to the atmosphere visible emissions in excess 
of 10 percent opacity from any PM add-on air pollution control device 
used to control emissions from the in-line fluxer, if a COM is chosen as 
the monitoring option.
    (5) The owner or operator may determine the emission standards for a 
SAPU by applying the in-line fluxer limits on the basis of the aluminum 
production weight in each in-line fluxer, rather than on the basis of 
feed/charge.
    (k) Secondary aluminum processing unit. On and after the date of 
approval of the operation, maintenance and monitoring (OM&M) plan, the 
owner or operator must comply with the emission limits calculated using 
the equations for PM and HCl in paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(2) of this 
section for each secondary aluminum processing unit at a secondary 
aluminum production facility that is a major source. The owner or 
operator must comply with the emission limit calculated using the 
equation for D/F in paragraph (k)(3) of this section for each secondary 
aluminum processing unit at a secondary aluminum production facility 
that is a major or area source.
    (1) The owner or operator must not discharge or allow to be 
discharged to the atmosphere any 3-day, 24-hour rolling average 
emissions of PM in excess of:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.000


Where,

LtiPM = The PM emission limit for individual emission unit i 
in paragraph (i)(1) and (2) of this section for a group 1 furnace or in 
paragraph (j)(2) of this section for an in-line fluxer;
Tti = The feed/charge rate for individual emission unit I; 
and
LcPM = The PM emission limit for the secondary aluminum 
processing unit.

    Note: In-line fluxers using no reactive flux materials cannot be 
included in this calculation since they are not subject to the PM limit.
    (2) The owner or operator must not discharge or allow to be 
discharged to the atmosphere any 3-day, 24-hour rolling average 
emissions of HCl in excess of:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.001


Where,

LtiHCl = The HCl emission limit for individual emission unit 
i in paragraph (i)(4) of this section for a group 1 furnace or in 
paragraph (j)(1) of this section for an in-line fluxer; and
LcHCl = The HCl emission limit for the secondary aluminum 
processing unit.

    Note: In-line fluxers using no reactive flux materials cannot be 
included in this calculation since they are not subject to the HCl 
limit.
    (3) The owner or operator must not discharge or allow to be 
discharged to the atmosphere any 3-day, 24-hour rolling average 
emissions of D/F in excess of:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.002


Where,

LtiD/F = The D/F emission limit for individual emission unit 
i in paragraph (i)(3) of this section for a group 1 furnace; and
LcD/F = The D/F emission limit for the secondary aluminum 
processing unit.

    Note: Clean charge furnaces cannot be included in this calculation 
since they are not subject to the D/F limit.
    (4) The owner or operator of a SAPU at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is a major source may demonstrate compliance 
with the emission limits of paragraphs (k)(1) through (3) of this 
section by demonstrating that each emission unit within the

[[Page 613]]

SAPU is in compliance with the applicable emission limits of paragraphs 
(i) and (j) of this section.
    (5) The owner or operator of a SAPU at a secondary aluminum 
production facility that is an area source may demonstrate compliance 
with the emission limits of paragraph (k)(3) of this section by 
demonstrating that each emission unit within the SAPU is in compliance 
with the emission limit of paragraph (i)(3) of this section.



Sec. 63.1506  Operating requirements.

    (a) Summary. (1) On and after the date on which the initial 
performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever 
date is earlier, the owner or operator must operate all new and existing 
affected sources and control equipment according to the requirements in 
this section.
    (2) The completion of the initial performance tests for SAPUs shall 
be considered to be the date of approval of the OM&M plan by the 
permitting authority.
    (3) The owner or operator of an existing sweat furnace that meets 
the specifications of Sec. 63.1505(f)(1) must operate the sweat furnace 
and control equipment according to the requirements of this section on 
and after the compliance date of this standard.
    (4) The owner or operator of a new sweat furnace that meets the 
specifications of Sec. 63.1505(f)(1) must operate the sweat furnace and 
control equipment according to the requirements of this section by March 
23, 2000 or upon startup, whichever is later.
    (5) Operating requirements are summarized in Table 2 to this 
subpart.
    (b) Labeling. The owner or operator must provide and maintain easily 
visible labels posted at each group 1 furnace, group 2 furnace, in-line 
fluxer and scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln that identifies 
the applicable emission limits and means of compliance, including:
    (1) The type of affected source or emission unit (e.g., scrap dryer/
delacquering kiln/decoating kiln, group 1 furnace, group 2 furnace, in-
line fluxer).
    (2) The applicable operational standard(s) and control method(s) 
(work practice or control device). This includes, but is not limited to, 
the type of charge to be used for a furnace (e.g., clean scrap only, all 
scrap, etc.), flux materials and addition practices, and the applicable 
operating parameter ranges and requirements as incorporated in the OM&M 
plan.
    (3) The afterburner operating temperature and design residence time 
for a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln.
    (c) Capture/collection systems. For each affected source or emission 
unit equipped with an add-on air pollution control device, the owner or 
operator must:
    (1) Design and install a system for the capture and collection of 
emissions to meet the engineering standards for minimum exhaust rates as 
published by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial 
Hygienists in chapters 3 and 5 of ``Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of 
Recommended Practice'' (incorporated by reference in Sec. 63.1502 of 
this subpart);
    (2) Vent captured emissions through a closed system, except that 
dilution air may be added to emission streams for the purpose of 
controlling temperature at the inlet to a fabric filter; and
    (3) Operate each capture/collection system according to the 
procedures and requirements in the OM&M plan.
    (d) Feed/charge weight. The owner or operator of each affected 
source or emission unit subject to an emission limit in kg/Mg (lb/ton) 
of feed/charge must:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, install 
and operate a device that measures and records or otherwise determine 
the weight of feed/charge (or throughput) for each operating cycle or 
time period used in the performance test; and
    (2) Operate each weight measurement system or other weight 
determination procedure in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (3) The owner or operator may chose to measure and record aluminum 
production weight from an affected source or emission unit rather than 
feed/charge weight to an affected source or emission unit, provided 
that:

[[Page 614]]

    (i) The aluminum production weight, rather than feed/charge weight 
is measured and recorded for all emission units within a SAPU; and
    (ii) All calculations to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
limits for SAPUs are based on aluminum production weight rather than 
feed/charge weight.
    (e) Aluminum scrap shredder. The owner or operator of a scrap 
shredder with emissions controlled by a fabric filter must operate a bag 
leak detection system, or a continuous opacity monitor, or conduct 
visible emissions observations.
    (1) If a bag leak detection system is used to meet the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510, the owner or operator must:
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1-hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance 
with the OM&M plan.
    (ii) Operate each fabric filter system such that the bag leak 
detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the 
operating time during a 6-month block reporting period. In calculating 
this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter 
demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is 
counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted 
as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 
hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as 
the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate 
corrective action.
    (2) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used to meet the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510, the owner or operator must 
initiate corrective action within 1-hour of any 6-minute average reading 
of 5 percent or more opacity and complete the corrective action 
procedures in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (3) If visible emission observations are used to meet the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510, the owner or operator must initiate 
corrective action within 1-hour of any observation of visible emissions 
during a daily visible emissions test and complete the corrective action 
procedures in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (f) Thermal chip dryer. The owner or operator of a thermal chip 
dryer with emissions controlled by an afterburner must:
    (1) Maintain the 3-hour block average operating temperature of each 
afterburner at or above the average temperature established during the 
performance test.
    (2) Operate each afterburner in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (3) Operate each thermal chip dryer using only unpainted aluminum 
chips as the feedstock.
    (g) Scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln. The owner or 
operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln with 
emissions controlled by an afterburner and a lime-injected fabric filter 
must:
    (1) For each afterburner,
    (i) Maintain the 3-hour block average operating temperature of each 
afterburner at or above the average temperature established during the 
performance test.
    (ii) Operate each afterburner in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (2) If a bag leak detection system is used to meet the fabric filter 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510,
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1-hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm and complete any necessary corrective action procedures in 
accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (ii) Operate each fabric filter system such that the bag leak 
detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the 
operating time during a 6-month block reporting period. In calculating 
this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter 
demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is 
counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted 
as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 
hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as 
the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate 
corrective action.
    (3) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used to meet the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510, initiate corrective action 
within 1-hour of

[[Page 615]]

any 6-minute average reading of 5 percent or more opacity and complete 
the corrective action procedures in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (4) Maintain the 3-hour block average inlet temperature for each 
fabric filter at or below the average temperature established during the 
performance test, plus 14  deg.C (plus 25  deg.F).
    (5) For a continuous injection device, maintain free-flowing lime in 
the hopper to the feed device at all times and maintain the lime feeder 
setting at the same level established during the performance test.
    (h) Sweat furnace. The owner or operator of a sweat furnace with 
emissions controlled by an afterburner must:
    (1) Maintain the 3-hour block average operating temperature of each 
afterburner at or above:
    (i) The average temperature established during the performance test; 
or
    (ii) 1600  deg.F if a performance test was not conducted, and the 
afterburner meets the specifications of Sec. 63.1505(f)(1).
    (2) Operate each afterburner in accordance with the OM&M plan.
    (i) Dross-only furnace. The owner or operator of a dross-only 
furnace with emissions controlled by a fabric filter must:
    (1) If a bag leak detection system is used to meet the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510,
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1-hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance 
with the OM&M plan.
    (ii) Operate each fabric filter system such that the bag leak 
detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the 
operating time during a 6-month block reporting period. In calculating 
this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter 
demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is 
counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted 
as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 
hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as 
the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate 
corrective action.
    (2) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used to meet the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510, initiate corrective action 
within 1-hour of any 6-minute average reading of 5 percent or more 
opacity and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance with 
the OM&M plan.
    (3) Operate each furnace using dross as the sole feedstock.
    (j) Rotary dross cooler. The owner or operator of a rotary dross 
cooler with emissions controlled by a fabric filter must:
    (1) If a bag leak detection system is used to meet the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510,
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1-hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance 
with the OM&M plan.
    (ii) Operate each fabric filter system such that the bag leak 
detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the 
operating time during a 6-month block reporting period. In calculating 
this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter 
demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is 
counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted 
as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 
hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as 
the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate 
corrective action.
    (2) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used to meet the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510, initiate corrective action 
within 1 hour of any 6-minute average reading of 5 percent or more 
opacity and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance with 
the OM&M plan.
    (k) In-line fluxer. The owner or operator of an in-line fluxer with 
emissions controlled by a lime-injected fabric filter must:
    (1) If a bag leak detection system is used to meet the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510,
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1-hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance 
with the OM&M plan.

[[Page 616]]

    (ii) Operate each fabric filter system such that the bag leak 
detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the 
operating time during a 6-month block reporting period. In calculating 
this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter 
demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is 
counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted 
as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 
hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as 
the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate 
corrective action.
    (2) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used to meet the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510, initiate corrective action 
within 1 hour of any 6-minute average reading of 5 percent or more 
opacity and complete the corrective action procedures in accordance with 
the OM&M plan.
    (3) For a continuous injection system, maintain free-flowing lime in 
the hopper to the feed device at all times and maintain the lime feeder 
setting at the same level established during the performance test.
    (4) Maintain the total reactive chlorine flux injection rate for 
each operating cycle or time period used in the performance test at or 
below the average rate established during the performance test.
    (l) In-line fluxer using no reactive flux material. The owner or 
operator of a new or existing in-line fluxer using no reactive flux 
materials must operate each in-line fluxer using no reactive flux 
materials.
    (m) Group 1 furnace with add-on air pollution control devices. The 
owner or operator of a group 1 furnace with emissions controlled by a 
lime-injected fabric filter must:
    (1) If a bag leak detection system is used to meet the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510, the owner or operator must:
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1 hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm.
    (ii) Complete the corrective action procedures in accordance with 
the OM&M plan.
    (iii) Operate each fabric filter system such that the bag leak 
detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the 
operating time during a 6-month block reporting period. In calculating 
this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter 
demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is 
counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted 
as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 
hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as 
the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate 
corrective action.
    (2) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used to meet the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1510, the owner or operator must:
    (i) Initiate corrective action within 1 hour of any 6-minute average 
reading of 5 percent or more opacity; and
    (ii) Complete the corrective action procedures in accordance with 
the OM&M plan.
    (3) Maintain the 3-hour block average inlet temperature for each 
fabric filter at or below the average temperature established during the 
performance test, plus 14  deg.C (plus 25  deg.F).
    (4) For a continuous lime injection system, maintain free-flowing 
lime in the hopper to the feed device at all times and maintain the lime 
feeder setting at the same level established during the performance 
test.
    (5) Maintain the total reactive chlorine flux injection rate for 
each operating cycle or time period used in the performance test at or 
below the average rate established during the performance test.
    (6) Operate each sidewell furnace such that:
    (i) The level of molten metal remains above the top of the passage 
between the side-well and hearth during reactive flux injection, unless 
the hearth also is equipped with an add-on control device.
    (ii) Reactive flux is added only in the sidewell unless the hearth 
also is equipped with an add-on control device.
    (n) Group 1 furnace without add-on air pollution control devices. 
The owner or operator of a group 1 furnace (including

[[Page 617]]

a group 1 furnace that is part of a secondary aluminum processing unit) 
without add-on air pollution control devices must:
    (1) Maintain the total reactive chlorine flux injection rate for 
each operating cycle or time period used in the performance test at or 
below the average rate established during the performance test.
    (2) Operate each furnace in accordance with the work practice/
pollution prevention measures documented in the OM&M plan and within the 
parameter values or ranges established in the OM&M plan.
    (3) Operate each group 1 melting/holding furnace subject to the 
emission standards in Sec. 63.1505(i)(2) using only clean charge as the 
feedstock.
    (o) Group 2 furnace. The owner or operator of a new or existing 
group 2 furnace must:
    (1) Operate each furnace using only clean charge as the feedstock.
    (2) Operate each furnace using no reactive flux.
    (p) Corrective action. When a process parameter or add-on air 
pollution control device operating parameter deviates from the value or 
range established during the performance test and incorporated in the 
OM&M plan, the owner or operator must initiate corrective action. 
Corrective action must restore operation of the affected source or 
emission unit (including the process or control device) to its normal or 
usual mode of operation as expeditiously as practicable in accordance 
with good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. 
Corrective actions taken must include follow-up actions necessary to 
return the process or control device parameter level(s) to the value or 
range of values established during the performance test and steps to 
prevent the likely recurrence of the cause of a deviation.



Secs. 63.1507-63.1509  [Reserved]

                 Monitoring and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.1510  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Summary. On and after the date the initial performance test is 
completed or required to be completed, whichever date is earlier, the 
owner or operator of a new or existing affected source or emission unit 
must monitor all control equipment and processes according to the 
requirements in this section. Monitoring requirements for each type of 
affected source and emission unit are summarized in Table 3 to this 
subpart.
    (b) Operation, maintenance, and monitoring (OM&M) plan. The owner or 
operator must prepare and implement for each new or existing affected 
source and emission unit, a written operation, maintenance, and 
monitoring (OM&M) plan. The owner or operator must submit the plan to 
the applicable permitting authority for review and approval as part of 
the application for a part 70 or part 71 permit. Any subsequent changes 
to the plan must be submitted to the applicable permitting authority for 
review and approval. Pending approval by the applicable permitting 
authority of an initial or amended plan, the owner or operator must 
comply with the provisions of the submitted plan. Each plan must contain 
the following information:
    (1) Process and control device parameters to be monitored to 
determine compliance, along with established operating levels or ranges, 
as applicable, for each process and control device.
    (2) A monitoring schedule for each affected source and emission 
unit.
    (3) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of each 
process unit and add-on control device used to meet the applicable 
emission limits or standards in Sec. 63.1505.
    (4) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of 
monitoring devices or systems used to determine compliance, including:
    (i) Calibration and certification of accuracy of each monitoring 
device, at least once every 6 months, according to the manufacturer's 
instructions; and
    (ii) Procedures for the quality control and quality assurance of 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems as required by the 
general provisions in subpart A of this part.
    (5) Procedures for monitoring process and control device parameters, 
including procedures for annual inspections of afterburners, and if 
applicable, the procedure to be used for determining

[[Page 618]]

charge/feed (or throughput) weight if a measurement device is not used.
    (6) Corrective actions to be taken when process or operating 
parameters or add-on control device parameters deviate from the value or 
range established in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, including:
    (i) Procedures to determine and record the cause of an deviation or 
excursion, and the time the deviation or excursion began and ended; and
    (ii) Procedures for recording the corrective action taken, the time 
corrective action was initiated, and the time/date corrective action was 
completed.
    (7) A maintenance schedule for each process and control device that 
is consistent with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations 
for routine and long-term maintenance.
    (8) Documentation of the work practice and pollution prevention 
measures used to achieve compliance with the applicable emission limits 
and a site-specific monitoring plan as required in paragraph (o) of this 
section for each group 1 furnace not equipped with an add-on air 
pollution control device.
    (c) Labeling. The owner or operator must inspect the labels for each 
group 1 furnace, group 2 furnace, in-line fluxer and scrap dryer/
delacquering kiln/decoating kiln at least once per calendar month to 
confirm that posted labels as required by the operational standard in 
Sec. 63.1506(b) are intact and legible.
    (d) Capture/collection system. The owner or operator must:
    (1) Install, operate, and maintain a capture/collection system for 
each affected source and emission unit equipped with an add-on air 
pollution control device; and
    (2) Inspect each capture/collection and closed vent system at least 
once each calendar year to ensure that each system is operating in 
accordance with the operating requirements in Sec. 63.1506(c) and record 
the results of each inspection.
    (e) Feed/charge weight. The owner or operator of an affected source 
or emission unit subject to an emission limit in kg/Mg (lb/ton) or 
g/Mg (gr/ton) of feed/charge must install, calibrate, operate, 
and maintain a device to measure and record the total weight of feed/
charge to, or the aluminum production from, the affected source or 
emission unit over the same operating cycle or time period used in the 
performance test. Feed/charge or aluminum production within SAPUs must 
be measured and recorded on an emission unit-by-emission unit basis. As 
an alternative to a measurement device, the owner or operator may use a 
procedure acceptable to the applicable permitting authority to determine 
the total weight of feed/charge or aluminum production to the affected 
source or emission unit.
    (1) The accuracy of the weight measurement device or procedure must 
be 1 percent of the weight being measured. The owner or 
operator may apply to the permitting agency for approval to use a device 
of alternative accuracy if the required accuracy cannot be achieved as a 
result of equipment layout or charging practices. A device of 
alternative accuracy will not be approved unless the owner or operator 
provides assurance through data and information that the affected source 
will meet the relevant emission standard.
    (2) The owner or operator must verify the calibration of the weight 
measurement device in accordance with the schedule specified by the 
manufacturer, or if no calibration schedule is specified, at least once 
every 6 months.
    (f) Fabric filters and lime-injected fabric filters. The owner or 
operator of an affected source or emission unit using a fabric filter or 
lime-injected fabric filter to comply with the requirements of this 
subpart must install, calibrate, maintain, and continuously operate a 
bag leak detection system as required in paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section or a continuous opacity monitoring system as required in 
paragraph (f)(2) of this section. The owner or operator of an aluminum 
scrap shredder must install and operate a bag leak detection system as 
required in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, install and operate a 
continuous opacity monitoring system as required in paragraph (f)(2) of 
this section, or conduct visible emission observations as required in 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
    (1) These requirements apply to the owner or operator of a new or 
existing

[[Page 619]]

affected source or existing emission unit using a bag leak detection 
system.
    (i) The owner or operator must install and operate a bag leak 
detection system for each exhaust stack of a fabric filter.
    (ii) Each triboelectric bag leak detection system must be installed, 
calibrated, operated, and maintained according to the ``Fabric Filter 
Bag Leak Detection Guidance,'' (September 1997). This document is 
available from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Air 
Quality Planning and Standards; Emissions, Monitoring and Analysis 
Division; Emission Measurement Center (MD-19), Research Triangle Park, 
NC 27711. This document also is available on the Technology Transfer 
Network (TTN) under Emission Measurement Technical Information (EMTIC), 
Continuous Emission Monitoring. Other bag leak detection systems must be 
installed, operated, calibrated, and maintained in a manner consistent 
with the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations.
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains per actual cubic 
foot) or less.
    (iv) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative or absolute PM loadings.
    (v) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with a device to 
continuously record the output signal from the sensor.
    (vi) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound automatically when an increase in relative PM 
emissions over a preset level is detected. The alarm must be located 
where it is easily heard by plant operating personnel.
    (vii) For positive pressure fabric filter systems, a bag leak 
detection system must be installed in each baghouse compartment or cell. 
For negative pressure or induced air fabric filters, the bag leak 
detector must be installed downstream of the fabric filter.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (ix) The baseline output must be established by adjusting the range 
and the averaging period of the device and establishing the alarm set 
points and the alarm delay time.
    (x) Following initial adjustment of the system, the owner or 
operator must not adjust the sensitivity or range, averaging period, 
alarm set points, or alarm delay time except as detailed in the OM&M 
plan. In no case may the sensitivity be increased by more than 100 
percent or decreased more than 50 percent over a 365-day period unless 
such adjustment follows a complete fabric filter inspection which 
demonstrates that the fabric filter is in good operating condition.
    (2) These requirements apply to the owner or operator of a new or 
existing affected source or an existing emission unit using a continuous 
opacity monitoring system.
    (i) The owner or operator must install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate a continuous opacity monitoring system to measure and record the 
opacity of emissions exiting each exhaust stack.
    (ii) Each continuous opacity monitoring system must meet the design 
and installation requirements of Performance Specification 1 in appendix 
B to 40 CFR part 60.
    (3) These requirements apply to the owner or operator of a new or 
existing aluminum scrap shredder who conducts visible emission 
observations. The owner or operator must:
    (i) Perform a visible emissions test for each aluminum scrap 
shredder using a certified observer at least once a day according to the 
requirements of Method 9 in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Each Method 9 
test must consist of five 6-minute observations in a 30-minute period; 
and
    (ii) Record the results of each test.
    (g) Afterburner. These requirements apply to the owner or operator 
of an affected source using an afterburner to comply with the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (1) The owner or operator must install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate a device to continuously monitor and record the operating 
temperature of

[[Page 620]]

the afterburner consistent with the requirements for continuous 
monitoring systems in subpart A of this part.
    (2) The temperature monitoring device must meet each of these 
performance and equipment specifications:
    (i) The temperature monitoring device must be installed at the exit 
of the combustion zone of each afterburner.
    (ii) The monitoring system must record the temperature in 15-minute 
block averages and determine and record the average temperature for each 
3-hour block period.
    (iii) The recorder response range must include zero and 1.5 times 
the average temperature established according to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.1512(m).
    (iv) The reference method must be a National Institute of Standards 
and Technology calibrated reference thermocouple-potentiometer system or 
alternate reference, subject to approval by the Administrator.
    (3) The owner or operator must conduct an inspection of each 
afterburner at least once a year and record the results. At a minimum, 
an inspection must include:
    (i) Inspection of all burners, pilot assemblies, and pilot sensing 
devices for proper operation and clean pilot sensor;
    (ii) Inspection for proper adjustment of combustion air;
    (iii) Inspection of internal structures (e.g., baffles) to ensure 
structural integrity;
    (iv) Inspection of dampers, fans, and blowers for proper operation;
    (v) Inspection for proper sealing;
    (vi) Inspection of motors for proper operation;
    (vii) Inspection of combustion chamber refractory lining and clean 
and replace lining as necessary;
    (viii) Inspection of afterburner shell for corrosion and/or hot 
spots;
    (ix) Documentation, for the burn cycle that follows the inspection, 
that the afterburner is operating properly and any necessary adjustments 
have been made; and
    (x) Verification that the equipment is maintained in good operating 
condition.
    (xi) Following an equipment inspection, all necessary repairs must 
be completed in accordance with the requirements of the OM&M plan.
    (h) Fabric filter inlet temperature. These requirements apply to the 
owner or operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln or a 
group 1 furnace using a lime-injected fabric filter to comply with the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (1) The owner or operator must install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate a device to continuously monitor and record the temperature of 
the fabric filter inlet gases consistent with the requirements for 
continuous monitoring systems in subpart A of this part.
    (2) The temperature monitoring device must meet each of these 
performance and equipment specifications:
    (i) The monitoring system must record the temperature in 15-minute 
block averages and calculate and record the average temperature for each 
3-hour block period.
    (ii) The recorder response range must include zero and 1.5 times the 
average temperature established according to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.1512(n).
    (iii) The reference method must be a National Institute of Standards 
and Technology calibrated reference thermocouple-potentiometer system or 
alternate reference, subject to approval by the Administrator.
    (i) Lime injection. These requirements apply to the owner or 
operator of an affected source or emission unit using a lime-injected 
fabric filter to comply with the requirements of this subpart.
    (1) The owner or operator of a continuous lime injection system must 
verify that lime is always free-flowing by either:
    (i) Inspecting each feed hopper or silo at least once each 8-hour 
period and recording the results of each inspection. If lime is found 
not to be free-flowing during any of the 8-hour periods, the owner or 
operator must increase the frequency of inspections to at least once 
every 4-hour period for the next 3 days. The owner or operator may 
return to inspections at least once every 8 hour period if corrective 
action results in no further blockages of lime during the 3-day period; 
or

[[Page 621]]

    (ii) Subject to the approval of the permitting agency, installing, 
operating and maintaining a load cell, carrier gas/lime flow indicator, 
carrier gas pressure drop measurement system or other system to confirm 
that lime is free-flowing. If lime is found not to be free-flowing, the 
owner or operator must promptly initiate and complete corrective action, 
or
    (iii) Subject to the approval of the permitting agency, installing, 
operating and maintaining a device to monitor the concentration of HCl 
at the outlet of the fabric filter. If an increase in the concentration 
of HCl indicates that the lime is not free-flowing, the owner or 
operator must promptly initiate and complete corrective action.
    (2) The owner or operator of a continuous lime injection system must 
record the lime feeder setting once each day of operation.
    (3) An owner or operator who intermittently adds lime to a lime 
coated fabric filter must obtain approval from the permitting authority 
for a lime addition monitoring procedure. The permitting authority will 
not approve a monitoring procedure unless data and information are 
submitted establishing that the procedure is adequate to ensure that 
relevant emission standards will be met on a continuous basis.
    (j) Total reactive flux injection rate. These requirements apply to 
the owner or operator of a group 1 furnace (with or without add-on air 
pollution control devices) or in-line fluxer. The owner or operator 
must:
    (1) Install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a device to 
continuously measure and record the weight of gaseous or liquid reactive 
flux injected to each affected source or emission unit.
    (i) The monitoring system must record the weight for each 15-minute 
block period, during which reactive fluxing occurs, over the same 
operating cycle or time period used in the performance test.
    (ii) The accuracy of the weight measurement device must be 
1 percent of the weight of the reactive component of the 
flux being measured. The owner or operator may apply to the permitting 
authority for permission to use a weight measurement device of 
alternative accuracy in cases where the reactive flux flow rates are so 
low as to make the use of a weight measurement device of 1 
percent impracticable. A device of alternative accuracy will not be 
approved unless the owner or operator provides assurance through data 
and information that the affected source will meet the relevant emission 
standards.
    (iii) The owner or operator must verify the calibration of the 
weight measurement device in accordance with the schedule specified by 
the manufacturer, or if no calibration schedule is specified, at least 
once every 6 months.
    (2) Calculate and record the gaseous or liquid reactive flux 
injection rate (kg/Mg or lb/ton) for each operating cycle or time period 
used in the performance test using the procedure in Sec. 63.1512(o).
    (3) Record, for each 15-minute block period during each operating 
cycle or time period used in the performance test during which reactive 
fluxing occurs, the time, weight, and type of flux for each addition of:
    (i) Gaseous or liquid reactive flux other than chlorine; and
    (ii) Solid reactive flux.
    (4) Calculate and record the total reactive flux injection rate for 
each operating cycle or time period used in the performance test using 
the procedure in Sec. 63.1512(o).
    (5) The owner or operator of a group 1 furnace or in-line fluxer 
performing reactive fluxing may apply to the Administrator for approval 
of an alternative method for monitoring and recording the total reactive 
flux addition rate based on monitoring the weight or quantity of 
reactive flux per ton of feed/charge for each operating cycle or time 
period used in the performance test. An alternative monitoring method 
will not be approved unless the owner or operator provides assurance 
through data and information that the affected source will meet the 
relevant emission standards on a continuous basis.
    (k) Thermal chip dryer. These requirements apply to the owner or 
operator of a thermal chip dryer with emissions controlled by an 
afterburner. The owner or operator must:

[[Page 622]]

    (1) Record the type of materials charged to the unit for each 
operating cycle or time period used in the performance test.
    (2) Submit a certification of compliance with the applicable 
operational standard for charge materials in Sec. 63.1506(f)(3) for each 
6-month reporting period. Each certification must contain the 
information in Sec. 63.1516(b)(2)(i).
    (l) Dross-only furnace. These requirements apply to the owner or 
operator of a dross-only furnace. The owner or operator must:
    (1) Record the materials charged to each unit for each operating 
cycle or time period used in the performance test.
    (2) Submit a certification of compliance with the applicable 
operational standard for charge materials in Sec. 63.1506(i)(3) for each 
6-month reporting period. Each certification must contain the 
information in Sec. 63.1516(b)(2)(ii).
    (m) In-line fluxers using no reactive flux. The owner or operator of 
an in-line fluxer that uses no reactive flux materials must submit a 
certification of compliance with the operational standard for no 
reactive flux materials in Sec. 63.1506(l) for each 6-month reporting 
period. Each certification must contain the information in 
Sec. 63.1516(b)(2)(vi).
    (n) Sidewell group 1 furnace with add-on air pollution control 
devices. These requirements apply to the owner or operator of a sidewell 
group 1 furnace using add-on air pollution control devices. The owner or 
operator must:
    (1) Record in an operating log for each charge of a sidewell furnace 
that the level of molten metal was above the top of the passage between 
the sidewell and hearth during reactive flux injection, unless the 
furnace hearth was also equipped with an add-on control device.
    (2) Submit a certification of compliance with the operational 
standards in Sec. 63.1506(m)(7) for each 6-month reporting period. Each 
certification must contain the information in Sec. 63.1516(b)(2)(iii).
    (o) Group 1 furnace without add-on air pollution control devices. 
These requirements apply to the owner or operator of a group 1 furnace 
that is not equipped with an add-on air pollution control device.
    (1) The owner or operator must develop, in consultation with the 
applicable permitting authority, a written site-specific monitoring 
plan. The site-specific monitoring plan must be part of the OM&M plan 
that addresses monitoring and compliance requirements for PM, HCl, and 
D/F emissions.
    (i) The owner or operator of an existing affected source must submit 
the site-specific monitoring plan to the applicable permitting authority 
for review at least 6 months prior to the compliance date.
    (ii) The permitting authority will review and approve or disapprove 
a proposed plan, or request changes to a plan, based on whether the plan 
contains sufficient provisions to ensure continuing compliance with 
applicable emission limits and demonstrates, based on documented test 
results, the relationship between emissions of PM, HCl, and D/F and the 
proposed monitoring parameters for each pollutant. Test data must 
establish the highest level of PM, HCl, and D/F that will be emitted 
from the furnace. Subject to permitting agency approval of the OM&M 
plan, this may be determined by conducting performance tests and 
monitoring operating parameters while charging the furnace with feed/
charge materials containing the highest anticipated levels of oils and 
coatings and fluxing at the highest anticipated rate.
    (2) Each site-specific monitoring plan must document each work 
practice, equipment/design practice, pollution prevention practice, or 
other measure used to meet the applicable emission standards.
    (3) Each site-specific monitoring plan must include provisions for 
unit labeling as required in paragraph (c) of this section, feed/charge 
weight measurement (or production weight measurement) as required in 
paragraph (e) of this section and flux weight measurement as required in 
paragraph (j) of this section.
    (4) Each site-specific monitoring plan for a melting/holding furnace 
subject to the clean charge emission standard in Sec. 63.1505(i)(3) must 
include these requirements:

[[Page 623]]

    (i) The owner or operator must record the type of feed/ charge 
(e.g., ingot, thermally dried chips, dried scrap, etc.) for each 
operating cycle or time period used in the performance test; and
    (ii) The owner or operator must submit a certification of compliance 
with the applicable operational standard for clean charge materials in 
Sec. 63.1506(n)(3) for each 6-month reporting period. Each certification 
must contain the information in Sec. 63.1516(b)(2)(iv).
    (5) If a continuous emission monitoring system is included in a 
site-specific monitoring plan, the plan must include provisions for the 
installation, operation, and maintenance of the system to provide 
quality-assured measurements in accordance with all applicable 
requirements of the general provisions in subpart A of this part.
    (6) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is included in a site-
specific monitoring plan, the plan must include provisions for the 
installation, operation, and maintenance of the system to provide 
quality-assured measurements in accordance with all applicable 
requirements of this subpart.
    (7) If a site-specific monitoring plan includes a scrap inspection 
program for monitoring the scrap contaminant level of furnace feed/
charge materials, the plan must include provisions for the demonstration 
and implementation of the program in accordance with all applicable 
requirements in paragraph (p) of this section.
    (8) If a site-specific monitoring plan includes a calculation method 
for monitoring the scrap contaminant level of furnace feed/charge 
materials, the plan must include provisions for the demonstration and 
implementation of the program in accordance with all applicable 
requirements in paragraph (q) of this section.
    (p) Scrap inspection program for group 1 furnace without add-on air 
pollution control devices. A scrap inspection program must include:
    (1) A proven method for collecting representative samples and 
measuring the oil and coatings content of scrap samples;
    (2) A scrap inspector training program;
    (3) An established correlation between visual inspection and 
physical measurement of oil and coatings content of scrap samples;
    (4) Periodic physical measurements of oil and coatings content of 
randomly-selected scrap samples and comparison with visual inspection 
results;
    (5) A system for assuring that only acceptable scrap is charged to 
an affected group 1 furnace; and
    (6) Recordkeeping requirements to document conformance with plan 
requirements.
    (q) Monitoring of scrap contamination level by calculation method 
for group 1 furnace without add-on air pollution control devices. The 
owner or operator of a group 1 furnace dedicated to processing a 
distinct type of furnace feed/charge composed of scrap with a uniform 
composition (such as rejected product from a manufacturing process for 
which the coating-to-scrap ratio can be documented) may include a 
program in the site-specific monitoring plan for determining, 
monitoring, and certifying the scrap contaminant level using a 
calculation method rather than a scrap inspection program. A scrap 
contaminant monitoring program using a calculation method must include:
    (1) Procedures for the characterization and documentation of the 
contaminant level of the scrap prior to the performance test.
    (2) Limitations on the furnace feed/charge to scrap of the same 
composition as that used in the performance test. If the performance 
test was conducted with a mixture of scrap and clean charge, limitations 
on the proportion of scrap in the furnace feed/charge to no greater than 
the proportion used during the performance test.
    (3) Operating, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements 
to ensure that no scrap with a contaminant level higher than that used 
in the performance test is charged to the furnace.
    (r) Group 2 furnace. These requirements apply to the owner or 
operator of a new or existing group 2 furnace. The owner or operator 
must:
    (1) Record a description of the materials charged to each furnace, 
including any nonreactive, non-HAP-containing/

[[Page 624]]

non-HAP-generating fluxing materials or agents.
    (2) Submit a certification of compliance with the applicable 
operational standard for charge materials in Sec. 63.1506(o) for each 6-
month reporting period. Each certification must contain the information 
in Sec. 63.1516(b)(2)(v).
    (s) Site-specific requirements for secondary aluminum processing 
units. (1) An owner or operator of a secondary aluminum processing unit 
at a facility must include, within the OM&M plan prepared in accordance 
with Sec. 63.1510(b), the following information:
    (i) The identification of each emission unit in the secondary 
aluminum processing unit;
    (ii) The specific control technology or pollution prevention measure 
to be used for each emission unit in the secondary aluminum processing 
unit and the date of its installation or application;
    (iii) The emission limit calculated for each secondary aluminum 
processing unit and performance test results with supporting 
calculations demonstrating initial compliance with each applicable 
emission limit;
    (iv) Information and data demonstrating compliance for each emission 
unit with all applicable design, equipment, work practice or operational 
standards of this subpart; and
    (v) The monitoring requirements applicable to each emission unit in 
a secondary aluminum processing unit and the monitoring procedures for 
daily calculation of the 3-day, 24-hour rolling average using the 
procedure in Sec. 63.1510(t).
    (2) The SAPU compliance procedures within the OM&M plan may not 
contain any of the following provisions:
    (i) Any averaging among emissions of differing pollutants;
    (ii) The inclusion of any affected sources other than emission units 
in a secondary aluminum processing unit;
    (iii) The inclusion of any emission unit while it is shutdown; or
    (iv) The inclusion of any periods of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction in emission calculations.
    (3) To revise the SAPU compliance provisions within the OM&M plan 
prior to the end of the permit term, the owner or operator must submit a 
request to the applicable permitting authority containing the 
information required by paragraph (s)(1) of this section and obtain 
approval of the applicable permitting authority prior to implementing 
any revisions.
    (t) Secondary aluminum processing unit. Except as provided in 
paragraph (u) of this section, the owner or operator must calculate and 
record the 3-day, 24-hour rolling average emissions of PM, HCl, and D/F 
for each secondary aluminum processing unit on a daily basis. To 
calculate the 3-day, 24-hour rolling average, the owner or operator 
must:
    (1) Calculate and record the total weight of material charged to 
each emission unit in the secondary aluminum processing unit for each 
24-hour day of operation using the feed/charge weight information 
required in paragraph (e) of this section. If the owner or operator 
chooses to comply on the basis of weight of aluminum produced by the 
emission unit, rather than weight of material charged to the emission 
unit, all performance test emissions results and all calculations must 
be conducted on the aluminum production weight basis.
    (2) Multiply the total feed/charge weight to the emission unit, or 
the weight of aluminum produced by the emission unit, for each emission 
unit for the 24-hour period by the emission rate (in lb/ton of feed/
charge) for that emission unit (as determined during the performance 
test) to provide emissions for each emission unit for the 24-hour 
period, in pounds.
    (3) Divide the total emissions for each SAPU for the 24-hour period 
by the total material charged to the SAPU, or the weight of aluminum 
produced by the SAPU over the 24-hour period to provide the daily 
emission rate for the SAPU.
    (4) Compute the 24-hour daily emission rate using Equation 4:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.003
    

Where,


[[Page 625]]


Eday = The daily PM, HCl, or D/F emission rate for the 
secondary aluminum processing unit for the 24-hour period;
Ti = The total amount of feed, or aluminum produced, for 
emission unit i for the 24-hour period (tons);
ERi = The measured emission rate for emission unit i as 
determined in the performance test (lb/ton or g/Mg of feed/
charge); and
n = The number of emission units in the secondary aluminum processing 
unit.

    (5) Calculate and record the 3-day, 24-hour rolling average for each 
pollutant each day by summing the daily emission rates for each 
pollutant over the 3 most recent consecutive days and dividing by 3.
    (u) Secondary aluminum processing unit compliance by individual 
emission unit demonstration. As an alternative to the procedures of 
paragraph (t) of this section, an owner or operator may demonstrate, 
through performance tests, that each individual emission unit within the 
secondary aluminum production unit is in compliance with the applicable 
emission limits for the emission unit.
    (v) Alternative monitoring method for lime addition. The owner or 
operator of a lime-coated fabric filter that employs intermittent or 
noncontinuous lime addition may apply to the Administrator for approval 
of an alternative method for monitoring the lime addition schedule and 
rate based on monitoring the weight of lime added per ton of feed/charge 
for each operating cycle or time period used in the performance test. An 
alternative monitoring method will not be approved unless the owner or 
operator provides assurance through data and information that the 
affected source will meet the relevant emission standards on a 
continuous basis.
    (w) Alternative monitoring methods. An owner or operator may submit 
an application to the Administrator for approval of alternate monitoring 
requirements to demonstrate compliance with the emission standards of 
this subpart, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (w)(1) through (6) 
of this section.
    (1) The Administrator will not approve averaging periods other than 
those specified in this section.
    (2) The owner or operator must continue to use the original 
monitoring requirement until necessary data are submitted and approval 
is received to use another monitoring procedure.
    (3) The owner or operator shall submit the application for approval 
of alternate monitoring methods no later than the notification of the 
performance test. The application must contain the information specified 
in paragraphs (w)(3) (i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) Data or information justifying the request, such as the 
technical or economic infeasibility, or the impracticality of using the 
required approach;
    (ii) A description of the proposed alternative monitoring 
requirements, including the operating parameters to be monitored, the 
monitoring approach and technique, and how the limit is to be 
calculated; and
    (iii) Data and information documenting that the alternative 
monitoring requirement(s) would provide equivalent or better assurance 
of compliance with the relevant emission standard(s).
    (4) The Administrator will not approve an alternate monitoring 
application unless it would provide equivalent or better assurance of 
compliance with the relevant emission standard(s). Before disapproving 
any alternate monitoring application, the Administrator will provide:
    (i) Notice of the information and findings upon which the intended 
disapproval is based; and
    (ii) Notice of opportunity for the owner or operator to present 
additional supporting information before final action is taken on the 
application. This notice will specify how much additional time is 
allowed for the owner or operator to provide additional supporting 
information.
    (5) The owner or operator is responsible for submitting any 
supporting information in a timely manner to enable the Administrator to 
consider the application prior to the performance test. Neither 
submittal of an application nor the Administrator's failure to approve 
or disapprove the application relieves the owner or operator of the 
responsibility to comply with any provisions of this subpart.
    (6) The Administrator may decide at any time, on a case-by-case 
basis, that additional or alternative operating

[[Page 626]]

limits, or alternative approaches to establishing operating limits, are 
necessary to demonstrate compliance with the emission standards of this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.1511  Performance test/compliance demonstration general requirements.

    (a) Site-specific test plan. Prior to conducting a performance test 
required by this subpart, the owner or operator must prepare and submit 
a site-specific test plan meeting the requirements in Sec. 63.7(c).
    (b) Initial performance test. Following approval of the site-
specific test plan, the owner or operator must demonstrate initial 
compliance with each applicable emission, equipment, work practice, or 
operational standard for each affected source and emission unit, and 
report the results in the notification of compliance status report as 
described in Sec. 63.1515(b). The owner or operator must conduct each 
performance test according to the requirements of the general provisions 
in subpart A of this part and this subpart. Owners or operators of 
affected sources located at facilities which are area sources are 
subject only to those performance testing requirements pertaining to D/
F. Owners or operators of sweat furnaces meeting the specifications of 
Sec. 63.1505(f)(1) are not required to conduct a performance test.
    (1) The owner or operator must conduct each test while the affected 
source or emission unit is operating at the highest production level 
with charge materials representative of the range of materials processed 
by the unit and, if applicable, at the highest reactive fluxing rate.
    (2) Each performance test for a continuous process must consist of 3 
separate runs; pollutant sampling for each run must be conducted for the 
time period specified in the applicable method or, in the absence of a 
specific time period in the test method, for a minimum of 3 hours.
    (3) Each performance test for a batch process must consist of three 
separate runs; pollutant sampling for each run must be conducted over 
the entire process operating cycle.
    (4) Where multiple affected sources or emission units are exhausted 
through a common stack, pollutant sampling for each run must be 
conducted over a period of time during which all affected sources or 
emission units complete at least 1 entire process operating cycle or for 
24 hours, whichever is shorter.
    (5) Initial compliance with an applicable emission limit or standard 
is demonstrated if the average of three runs conducted during the 
performance test is less than or equal to the applicable emission limit 
or standard.
    (c) Test methods. The owner or operator must use the following 
methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 to determine compliance with the 
applicable emission limits or standards:
    (1) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses.
    (2) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate.
    (3) Method 3 for gas analysis.
    (4) Method 4 for moisture content of the stack gas.
    (5) Method 5 for the concentration of PM.
    (6) Method 9 for visible emission observations.
    (7) Method 23 for the concentration of D/F.
    (8) Method 25A for the concentration of THC, as propane.
    (9) Method 26A for the concentration of HCl. Where a lime-injected 
fabric filter is used as the control device to comply with the 90 
percent reduction standard, the owner or operator must measure the 
fabric filter inlet concentration of HCl at a point before lime is 
introduced to the system.
    (d) Alternative methods. The owner or operator may use an 
alternative test method, subject to approval by the Administrator.
    (e) Repeat tests. The owner or operator of new or existing affected 
sources and emission units located at secondary aluminum production 
facilities that are major sources must conduct a performance test every 
5 years following the initial performance test.
    (f) Testing of representative emission units. With the approval of 
the permitting authority, a single representative or similar group 1 
furnace or in-line fluxer which is not controlled by an add-on control 
device may be tested to determine the emission rate of all like

[[Page 627]]

affected sources at a facility provided that:
    (1) The tested emission unit must use identical feed/charge and flux 
materials in the same proportions as the emission units that it 
represents;
    (2) The tested emission unit is subject to the same work practices 
and the emission units that it represents;
    (3) The tested emission unit is of the same design as the emission 
units that it represents;
    (4) The tested emission unit is tested under the highest load or 
capacity reasonably expected to occur for any of the emission units that 
it represents;
    (5) At least one of each different style of emission unit at the 
facility is tested; and
    (6) All add-on control devices are tested.
    (g) Establishment of monitoring and operating parameter values. The 
owner or operator of new or existing affected sources and emission units 
must establish a minimum or maximum operating parameter value, or an 
operating parameter range for each parameter to be monitored as required 
by Sec. 63.1510 that ensures compliance with the applicable emission 
limit or standard. To establish the minimum or maximum value or range, 
the owner or operator must use the appropriate procedures in this 
section and submit the information required by Sec. 63.1515(b)(4) in the 
notification of compliance status report. The owner or operator may use 
existing data in addition to the results of performance tests to 
establish operating parameter values for compliance monitoring provided 
each of the following conditions are met to the satisfaction of the 
applicable permitting authority:
    (1) The complete emission test report(s) used as the basis of the 
parameter(s) is submitted.
    (2) The same test methods and procedures as required by this subpart 
were used in the test.
    (3) The owner or operator certifies that no design or work practice 
changes have been made to the source, process, or emission control 
equipment since the time of the report.
    (4) All process and control equipment operating parameters required 
to be monitored were monitored as required in this subpart and 
documented in the test report.



Sec. 63.1512  Performance test/compliance demonstration requirements and procedures.

    (a) Aluminum scrap shredder. The owner or operator must conduct 
performance tests to measure PM emissions at the outlet of the control 
system. If visible emission observations is the selected monitoring 
option, the owner or operator must record visible emission observations 
from each exhaust stack for all consecutive 6-minute periods during the 
PM emission test according to the requirements of Method 9 in appendix A 
to 40 CFR part 60.
    (b) Thermal chip dryer. The owner or operator must conduct a 
performance test to measure THC and D/F emissions at the outlet of the 
control device while the unit processes only unpainted aluminum chips.
    (c) Scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln. The owner or 
operator must conduct performance tests to measure emissions of THC, D/
F, HCl, and PM at the outlet of the control device.
    (1) If the scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln is subject 
to the alternative emission limits in Sec. 63.1505(e), the average 
afterburner operating temperature in each 3-hour block period must be 
maintained at or above 760  deg.C (1400  deg.F) for the test.
    (2) The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/
decoating kiln subject to the alternative limits in Sec. 63.1505(e) must 
submit a written certification in the notification of compliance status 
report containing the information required by Sec. 63.1515(b)(7).
    (d) Group 1 furnace with add-on air pollution control devices. (1) 
The owner or operator of a group 1 furnace that processes scrap other 
than clean charge materials with emissions controlled by a lime-injected 
fabric filter must conduct performance tests to measure emissions of PM 
and D/F at the outlet of the control device and emissions of HCl at the 
outlet (for the emission limit) or the inlet and the outlet (for the 
percent reduction standard).
    (2) The owner or operator of a group 1 furnace that processes only 
clean

[[Page 628]]

charge materials with emissions controlled by a lime-injected fabric 
filter must conduct performance tests to measure emissions of PM at the 
outlet of the control device and emissions of HCl at the outlet (for the 
emission limit) or the inlet and the outlet (for the percent reduction 
standard).
    (3) The owner or operator may choose to determine the rate of 
reactive flux addition to the group 1 furnace and assume, for the 
purposes of demonstrating compliance with the SAPU emission limit, that 
all reactive flux added to the group 1 furnace is emitted. Under these 
circumstances, the owner or operator is not required to conduct an 
emission test for HCl.
    (4) The owner or operator of a sidewell group 1 furnace that 
conducts reactive fluxing (except for cover flux) in the hearth, or that 
conducts reactive fluxing in the sidewell at times when the level of 
molten metal falls below the top of the passage between the sidewell and 
the hearth, must conduct the performance tests required by paragraph 
(d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section, to measure emissions from both the 
sidewell and the hearth.
    (e) Group 1 furnace (including melting holding furnaces) without 
add-on air pollution control devices. In the site-specific monitoring 
plan required by Sec. 63.1510(o), the owner or operator of a group 1 
furnace (including a melting/holding furnaces) without add-on air 
pollution control devices must include data and information 
demonstrating compliance with the applicable emission limits.
    (1) If the group 1 furnace processes other than clean charge 
material, the owner or operator must conduct emission tests to measure 
emissions of PM, HCl, and D/F at the furnace exhaust outlet.
    (2) If the group 1 furnace processes only clean charge, the owner or 
operator must conduct emission tests to simultaneously measure emissions 
of PM and HCl at the furnace exhaust outlet. A D/F test is not required. 
Each test must be conducted while the group 1 furnace (including a 
melting/holding furnace) processes only clean charge.
    (3) The owner or operator may choose to determine the rate of 
reactive flux addition to the group 1 furnace and assume, for the 
purposes of demonstrating compliance with the SAPU emission limit, that 
all reactive flux added to the group 1 furnace is emitted. Under these 
circumstances, the owner or operator is not required to conduct an 
emission test for HCl.
    (f) Sweat furnace. Except as provided in Sec. 63.1505(f)(1), the 
owner or operator must measure emissions of D/F from each sweat furnace 
at the outlet of the control device.
    (g) Dross-only furnace. The owner or operator must conduct a 
performance test to measure emissions of PM from each dross-only furnace 
at the outlet of each control device while the unit processes only 
dross.
    (h) In-line fluxer. (1) The owner or operator must conduct a 
performance test to measure emissions of HCl and PM. If the in-line 
fluxer is equipped with an add-on control device, the emissions must be 
measured at the outlet of the control device. If the in-line fluxer uses 
no reactive flux materials, emission tests for PM and HCl are not 
required.
    (2) The owner or operator may choose to determine the rate of 
reactive flux addition to the in-line fluxer and assume, for the 
purposes of demonstrating compliance with the SAPU emission limit, that 
all reactive flux added to the in-line fluxer is emitted. Under these 
circumstances, the owner or operator is not required to conduct an 
emission test for HCl.
    (i) Rotary dross cooler. The owner or operator must conduct a 
performance test to measure PM emissions at the outlet of the control 
device.
    (j) Secondary aluminum processing unit. The owner or operator must 
conduct performance tests as described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (3) 
of this section. The results of the performance tests are used to 
establish emission rates in lb/ton of feed/charge for PM and HCl and 
g TEQ/Mg of feed/charge for D/F emissions from each emission 
unit. These emission rates are used for compliance monitoring in the 
calculation of the 3-day, 24-hour rolling average emission rates using 
the equation in Sec. 63.1510(t). A performance test is required for:

[[Page 629]]

    (1) Each group 1 furnace processing only clean charge to measure 
emissions of PM and either:
    (i) Emissions of HCl (for the emission limit); or
    (ii) The mass flow rate of HCl at the inlet to and outlet from the 
control device (for the percent reduction standard).
    (2) Each group 1 furnace that processes scrap other than clean 
charge to measure emissions of PM and D/F and either:
    (i) Emissions of HCl (for the emission limit); or
    (ii) The mass flow rate of HCl at the inlet to and outlet from the 
control device (for the percent reduction standard).
    (3) Each in-line fluxer to measure emissions of PM and HCl.
    (k) Feed/charge weight measurement. During the emission test(s) 
conducted to determine compliance with emission limits in a kg/Mg (lb/
ton) format, the owner or operator of an affected source or emission 
unit, subject to an emission limit in a kg/Mg (lb/ton) of feed/charge 
format, must measure (or otherwise determine) and record the total 
weight of feed/charge to the affected source or emission unit for each 
of the three test runs and calculate and record the total weight. An 
owner or operator that chooses to demonstrate compliance on the basis of 
the aluminum production weight must measure the weight of aluminum 
produced by the emission unit or affected source instead of the feed/
charge weight.
    (l) Continuous opacity monitoring system. The owner or operator of 
an affected source or emission unit using a continuous opacity 
monitoring system must conduct a performance evaluation to demonstrate 
compliance with Performance Specification 1 in appendix B to 40 CFR part 
60. Following the performance evaluation, the owner or operator must 
measure and record the opacity of emissions from each exhaust stack for 
all consecutive 6-minute periods during the PM emission test.
    (m) Afterburner. These requirements apply to the owner or operator 
of an affected source using an afterburner to comply with the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (1) Prior to the initial performance test, the owner or operator 
must conduct a performance evaluation for the temperature monitoring 
device according to the requirements of Sec. 63.8.
    (2) The owner or operator must use these procedures to establish an 
operating parameter value or range for the afterburner operating 
temperature.
    (i) Continuously measure and record the operating temperature of 
each afterburner every 15 minutes during the THC and D/F performance 
tests;
    (ii) Determine and record the 15-minute block average temperatures 
for the three test runs; and
    (iii) Determine and record the 3-hour block average temperature 
measurements for the 3 test runs.
    (n) Inlet gas temperature. The owner or operator of a scrap dryer/
delacquering kiln/decoating kiln or a group 1 furnace using a lime-
injected fabric filter must use these procedures to establish an 
operating parameter value or range for the inlet gas temperature.
    (1) Continuously measure and record the temperature at the inlet to 
the lime-injected fabric filter every 15 minutes during the HCl and D/F 
performance tests;
    (2) Determine and record the 15-minute block average temperatures 
for the 3 test runs; and
    (3) Determine and record the 3-hour block average of the recorded 
temperature measurements for the 3 test runs.
    (o) Flux injection rate. The owner or operator must use these 
procedures to establish an operating parameter value or range for the 
total reactive chlorine flux injection rate.
    (1) Continuously measure and record the weight of gaseous or liquid 
reactive flux injected for each 15 minute period during the HCl and D/F 
tests, determine and record the 15-minute block average weights, and 
calculate and record the total weight of the gaseous or liquid reactive 
flux for the 3 test runs;
    (2) Record the identity, composition, and total weight of each 
addition of solid reactive flux for the 3 test runs;
    (3) Determine the total reactive chlorine flux injection rate by 
adding the recorded measurement of the total weight of chlorine in the 
gaseous or liquid reactive flux injected and the

[[Page 630]]

total weight of chlorine in the solid reactive flux using Equation 5:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.013


Where,

Wt = Total chlorine usage, by weight;
F1 = Fraction of gaseous or liquid flux that is chlorine;
W1 = Weight of reactive flux gas injected;
F2 = Fraction of solid reactive chloride flux that is 
chlorine (e.g., F = 0.75 for magnesium chloride; and
W2 = Weight of solid reactive flux;

    (4) Divide the weight of total chlorine usage (Wt) for 
the 3 test runs by the recorded measurement of the total weight of feed 
for the 3 test runs; and
    (5) If a solid reactive flux other than magnesium chloride is used, 
the owner or operator must derive the appropriate proportion factor 
subject to approval by the applicable permitting authority.
    (p) Lime injection. The owner or operator of an affected source or 
emission unit using a lime-injected fabric filter system must use these 
procedures during the HCl and D/F tests to establish an operating 
parameter value for the feeder setting for each operating cycle or time 
period used in the performance test.
    (1) For continuous lime injection systems, ensure that lime in the 
feed hopper or silo is free-flowing at all times; and
    (2) Record the feeder setting for the 3 test runs. If the feed rate 
setting varies during the runs, determine and record the average feed 
rate from the 3 runs.
    (q) Bag leak detection system. The owner or operator of an affected 
source or emission unit using a bag leak detection system must submit 
the information described in Sec. 63.1515(b)(6) as part of the 
notification of compliance status report to document conformance with 
the specifications and requirements in Sec. 63.1510(f).
    (r) Labeling. The owner or operator of each scrap dryer/delacquering 
kiln/decoating kiln, group 1 furnace, group 2 furnace and in-line fluxer 
must submit the information described in Sec. 63.1515(b)(3) as part of 
the notification of compliance status report to document conformance 
with the operational standard in Sec. 63.1506(b).
    (s) Capture/collection system. The owner or operator of a new or 
existing affected source or emission unit with an add-on control device 
must submit the information described in Sec. 63.1515(b)(2) as part of 
the notification of compliance status report to document conformance 
with the operational standard in Sec. 63.1506(c).



Sec. 63.1513  Equations for determining compliance.

    (a) THC emission limit. Use Equation 6 to determine compliance with 
an emission limit for THC:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.004


Where,

E = Emission rate of measured pollutant, kg/Mg (lb/ton) of feed;
C = Measured volume fraction of pollutant, ppmv;
MW = Molecular weight of measured pollutant, g/g-mole (lb/lb-mole): THC 
(as propane) = 44.11;
Q = Volumetric flow rate of exhaust gases, dscm/hr (dscf/hr);
K1 = Conversion factor, 1 kg/1,000 g (1 lb/lb);
K2 = Conversion factor, 1,000 L/m\3\ (1 ft\3\/ft\3\);
Mv = Molar volume, 24.45 L/g-mole (385.3 ft\3\/lb-mole); and
P = Production rate, Mg/hr (ton/hr).

    (b) PM, HCl and D/F emission limits. Use Equation 7 to determine 
compliance with an emission limit for PM, HCl, and D/F:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.005


Where,

E = Emission rate of PM, HCl, or D/F, kg/Mg (lb/ton) of feed;
C = Concentration of PM, HCl, or D/F, g/dscm (gr/dscf);
Q = Volumetric flow rate of exhaust gases, dscm/hr (dscf/hr);
K1 = Conversion factor, 1 kg/1,000 g (1 lb/7,000 gr); and
P = Production rate, Mg/hr (ton/hr).

    (c) HCl percent reduction standard. Use Equation 8 to determine 
compliance with an HCl percent reduction standard:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.006


[[Page 631]]



Where,

%R = Percent reduction of the control device;
Li = Inlet loading of pollutant, kg/Mg (lb/ton); and
Lo = Outlet loading of pollutant, kg/Mg (lb/ton).

    (d) Conversion of D/F measurements to TEQ units. To convert D/F 
measurements to TEQ units, the owner or operator must use the procedures 
and equations in ``Interim Procedures for Estimating Risks Associated 
with Exposures to Mixtures of Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and -
Dibenzofurans (CDDs and CDFs) and 1989 Update'' (EPA-625/3-89-016), 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 63.1502 of this subpart, available 
from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal 
Road, Springfield, Virginia, NTIS no. PB 90-145756.
    (e) Secondary aluminum processing unit. Use the procedures in 
paragraphs (e)(1), (2), and (3) or the procedure in paragraph (e)(4) of 
this section to determine compliance with emission limits for a 
secondary aluminum processing unit.
    (1) Use Equation 9 to compute the mass-weighted PM emissions for a 
secondary aluminum processing unit. Compliance is achieved if the mass-
weighted emissions for the secondary aluminum processing unit 
(EcPM) is less than or equal to the emission limit for the 
secondary aluminum processing unit (LcPM) calculated using 
Equation 1 in Sec. 63.1505(k).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.007


Where,

EcPM = The mass-weighted PM emissions for the secondary 
aluminum processing unit;
EtiPM = Measured PM emissions for individual emission unit i;
Tti = The average feed rate for individual emission unit i 
during the operating cycle or performance test period; and
n=The number of emission units in the secondary aluminum processing 
unit.

    (2) Use Equation 10 to compute the aluminum mass-weighted HCl 
emissions for the secondary aluminum processing unit. Compliance is 
achieved if the mass-weighted emissions for the secondary aluminum 
processing unit (EcHCl) is less than or equal to the emission 
limit for the secondary aluminum processing unit (LcHCl) 
calculated using Equation 2 in Sec. 63.1505(k).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.008


Where,

EcHCl = The mass-weighted HCl emissions for the secondary 
aluminum processing unit; and
EtiHCl = Measured HCl emissions for individual emission unit 
i.

    (3) Use Equation 11 to compute the aluminum mass-weighted D/F 
emissions for the secondary aluminum processing unit. Compliance is 
achieved if the mass-weighted emissions for the secondary aluminum 
processing unit is less than or equal to the emission limit for the 
secondary aluminum processing unit (LcD/F) calculated using 
Equation 3 in Sec. 63.1505(k).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.009


Where,

EcD/F = The mass-weighted D/F emissions for the secondary 
aluminum processing unit; and
EtiD/F = Measured D/F emissions for individual emission unit 
i.

    (4) As an alternative to using the equations in paragraphs (e)(1), 
(2), and (3) of this section, the owner or operator may demonstrate 
compliance for a secondary aluminum processing unit by demonstrating 
that each existing group 1 furnace is in compliance with the emission 
limits for a new group 1 furnace in Sec. 63.1505(i) and that each 
existing in-line fluxer is in compliance with the emission limits for a 
new in-line fluxer in Sec. 63.1505(j).

[[Page 632]]



Sec. 63.1514  [Reserved]

                   Notifications, Reports, And Records



Sec. 63.1515  Notifications.

    (a) Initial notifications. The owner or operator must submit initial 
notifications to the applicable permitting authority as described in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(1), the owner or operator must 
provide notification for an area source that subsequently increases its 
emissions such that the source is a major source subject to the 
standard.
    (2) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(3), the owner or operator of a new 
or reconstructed affected source, or a source that has been 
reconstructed such that it is an affected source, that has an initial 
startup after the effective date of this subpart and for which an 
application for approval of construction or reconstruction is not 
required under Sec. 63.5(d), must provide notification that the source 
is subject to the standard.
    (3) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(4), the owner or operator of a new 
or reconstructed major affected source that has an initial startup after 
the effective date of this subpart and for which an application for 
approval of construction or reconstruction is required by Sec. 63.5(d) 
must provide the following notifications:
    (i) Intention to construct a new major affected source, reconstruct 
a major source, or reconstruct a major source such that the source 
becomes a major affected source;
    (ii) Date when construction or reconstruction was commenced 
(submitted simultaneously with the application for approval of 
construction or reconstruction if construction or reconstruction was 
commenced before the effective date of this subpart, or no later than 30 
days after the date construction or reconstruction commenced if 
construction or reconstruction commenced after the effective date of 
this subpart);
    (iii) Anticipated date of startup; and
    (iv) Actual date of startup.
    (4) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(5), after the effective date of this 
subpart, an owner or operator who intends to construct a new affected 
source or reconstruct an affected source subject to this subpart, or 
reconstruct a source such that it becomes an affected source subject to 
this subpart, must provide notification of the intended construction or 
reconstruction. The notification must include all the information 
required for an application for approval of construction or 
reconstruction as required by Sec. 63.5(d). For major sources, the 
application for approval of construction or reconstruction may be used 
to fulfill these requirements.
    (i) The application must be submitted as soon as practicable before 
the construction or reconstruction is planned to commence (but no sooner 
than the effective date) if the construction or reconstruction commences 
after the effective date of this subpart; or
    (ii) The application must be submitted as soon as practicable before 
startup but no later than 90 days after the effective date of this 
subpart if the construction or reconstruction had commenced and initial 
startup had not occurred before the effective date.
    (5) As required by Sec. 63.9(d), the owner or operator must provide 
notification of any special compliance obligations for a new source.
    (6) As required by Sec. 63.9(e) and (f), the owner or operator must 
provide notification of the anticipated date for conducting performance 
tests and visible emission observations. The owner or operator must 
notify the Administrator of the intent to conduct a performance test at 
least 60 days before the performance test is scheduled; notification of 
opacity or visible emission observations for a performance test must be 
provided at least 30 days before the observations are scheduled to take 
place.
    (7) As required by Sec. 63.9(g), the owner or operator must provide 
additional notifications for sources with continuous emission monitoring 
systems or continuous opacity monitoring systems.
    (b) Notification of compliance status report. Each owner or operator 
must submit a notification of compliance status report within 60 days 
after the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.1501. The notification 
must be signed by the responsible official who must certify its 
accuracy. A complete notification of

[[Page 633]]

compliance status report must include the information specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (10) of this section. The required information 
may be submitted in an operating permit application, in an amendment to 
an operating permit application, in a separate submittal, or in any 
combination. In a State with an approved operating permit program where 
delegation of authority under section 112(l) of the CAA has not been 
requested or approved, the owner or operator must provide duplicate 
notification to the applicable Regional Administrator. If an owner or 
operator submits the information specified in this section at different 
times or in different submittals, later submittals may refer to earlier 
submittals instead of duplicating and resubmitting the information 
previously submitted. A complete notification of compliance status 
report must include:
    (1) All information required in Sec. 63.9(h). The owner or operator 
must provide a complete performance test report for each affected source 
and emission unit for which a performance test is required. A complete 
performance test report includes all data, associated measurements, and 
calculations (including visible emission and opacity tests).
    (2) The approved site-specific test plan and performance evaluation 
test results for each continuous monitoring system (including a 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring system).
    (3) Unit labeling as described in Sec. 63.1506(b), including process 
type or furnace classification and operating requirements.
    (4) The compliant operating parameter value or range established for 
each affected source or emission unit with supporting documentation and 
a description of the procedure used to establish the value (e.g., lime 
injection rate, total reactive chlorine flux injection rate, afterburner 
operating temperature, fabric filter inlet temperature), including the 
operating cycle or time period used in the performance test.
    (5) Design information and analysis, with supporting documentation, 
demonstrating conformance with the requirements for capture/collection 
systems in Sec. 63.1506(c).
    (6) If applicable, analysis and supporting documentation 
demonstrating conformance with EPA guidance and specifications for bag 
leak detection systems in Sec. 63.1510(f).
    (7) Manufacturer's specification or analysis documenting the design 
residence time of no less than 1 second for each afterburner used to 
control emissions from a scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln 
subject to alternative emission standards in Sec. 63.1505(e).
    (8) Manufacturer's specification or analysis documenting the design 
residence time of no less than 2 seconds and design operating 
temperature of no less than 1600  deg.F for each afterburner used to 
control emissions from a sweat furnace that is not subject to a 
performance test.
    (9) Approved OM&M plan (including site-specific monitoring plan for 
each group 1 furnace with no add-on air pollution control device).
    (10) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, with revisions.



Sec. 63.1516  Reports.

    (a) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan/reports. The owner or 
operator must develop and implement a written plan as described in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3) that contains specific procedures to be followed for 
operating and maintaining the source during periods of startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction, and a program of corrective action for 
malfunctioning process and air pollution control equipment used to 
comply with the standard. The owner or operator shall also keep records 
of each event as required by Sec. 63.10(b) and record and report if an 
action taken during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction is not 
consistent with the procedures in the plan as described in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3). In addition to the information required in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3), the plan must include:
    (1) Procedures to determine and record the cause of the malfunction 
and the time the malfunction began and ended; and
    (2) Corrective actions to be taken in the event of a malfunction of 
a process or control device, including procedures for recording the 
actions taken to correct the malfunction or minimize emissions.

[[Page 634]]

    (b) Excess emissions/summary report. As required by 
Sec. 63.10(e)(3), the owner or operator must submit semiannual reports 
within 60 days after the end of each 6-month period. Each report must 
contain the information specified in Sec. 63.10(c). When no deviations 
of parameters have occurred, the owner or operator must submit a report 
stating that no excess emissions occurred during the reporting period.
    (1) A report must be submitted if any of these conditions occur 
during a 6-month reporting period:
    (i) The corrective action specified in the OM&M plan for a bag leak 
detection system alarm was not initiated within 1 hour.
    (ii) The corrective action specified in the OM&M plan for a 
continuous opacity monitoring deviation was not initiated within 1 hour.
    (iii) The corrective action specified in the OM&M plan for visible 
emissions from an aluminum scrap shredder was not initiated within 1 
hour.
    (iv) An excursion of a compliant process or operating parameter 
value or range (e.g., lime injection rate or screw feeder setting, total 
reactive chlorine flux injection rate, afterburner operating 
temperature, fabric filter inlet temperature, definition of acceptable 
scrap, or other approved operating parameter).
    (v) An action taken during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction was 
not consistent with the procedures in the plan as described in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (vi) An affected source (including an emission unit in a secondary 
aluminum processing unit) was not operated according to the requirements 
of this subpart.
    (vii) A deviation from the 3-day, 24-hour rolling average emission 
limit for a secondary aluminum processing unit.
    (2) Each report must include each of these certifications, as 
applicable:
    (i) For each thermal chip dryer: ``Only unpainted aluminum chips 
were used as feedstock in any thermal chip dryer during this reporting 
period.''
    (ii) For each dross-only furnace: ``Only dross was used as the 
charge material in any dross-only furnace during this reporting 
period.''
    (iii) For each sidewell group 1 furnace with add-on air pollution 
control devices: ``Each furnace was operated such that the level of 
molten metal remained above the top of the passage between the sidewell 
and hearth during reactive fluxing, and reactive flux, except for cover 
flux, was added only to the sidewell or to a furnace hearth equipped 
with an add-on air pollution control device for PM, HCl, and D/F 
emissions during this reporting period.''
    (iv) For each group 1 melting/holding furnace without add-on air 
pollution control devices and using pollution prevention measures that 
processes only clean charge material: ``Each group 1 furnace without 
add-on air pollution control devices subject to emission limits in 
Sec. 63.1505(i)(2) processed only clean charge during this reporting 
period.''
    (v) For each group 2 furnace: ``Only clean charge materials were 
processed in any group 2 furnace during this reporting period, and no 
fluxing was performed or all fluxing performed was conducted using only 
nonreactive, non-HAP-containing/non-HAP-generating fluxing gases or 
agents, except for cover fluxes, during this reporting period.''
    (vi) For each in-line fluxer using no reactive flux: ``Only 
nonreactive, non-HAP-containing, non-HAP-generating flux gases, agents, 
or materials were used at any time during this reporting period.''
    (3) The owner or operator must submit the results of any performance 
test conducted during the reporting period, including one complete 
report documenting test methods and procedures, process operation, and 
monitoring parameter ranges or values for each test method used for a 
particular type of emission point tested.
    (c) Annual compliance certifications. For the purpose of annual 
certifications of compliance required by 40 CFR part 70 or 71, the owner 
or operator must certify continuing compliance based upon, but not 
limited to, the following conditions:
    (1) Any period of excess emissions, as defined in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section, that occurred during the year were reported as required 
by this subpart; and

[[Page 635]]

    (2) All monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements were 
met during the year.



Sec. 63.1517  Records

    (a) As required by Sec. 63.10(b), the owner or operator shall 
maintain files of all information (including all reports and 
notifications) required by the general provisions and this subpart.
    (1) The owner or operator must retain each record for at least 5 
years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record. The most recent 2 years of records 
must be retained at the facility. The remaining 3 years of records may 
be retained off site.
    (2) The owner or operator may retain records on microfilm, computer 
disks, magnetic tape, or microfiche; and
    (3) The owner or operator may report required information on paper 
or on a labeled computer disk using commonly available and EPA-
compatible computer software.
    (b) In addition to the general records required by Sec. 63.10(b), 
the owner or operator of a new or existing affected source (including an 
emission unit in a secondary aluminum processing unit) must maintain 
records of:
    (1) For each affected source and emission unit with emissions 
controlled by a fabric filter or a lime-injected fabric filter:
    (i) If a bag leak detection system is used, the number of total 
operating hours for the affected source or emission unit during each 6-
month reporting period, records of each alarm, the time of the alarm, 
the time corrective action was initiated and completed, and a brief 
description of the cause of the alarm and the corrective action(s) 
taken.
    (ii) If a continuous opacity monitoring system is used, records of 
opacity measurement data, including records where the average opacity of 
any 6-minute period exceeds 5 percent, with a brief explanation of the 
cause of the emissions, the time the emissions occurred, the time 
corrective action was initiated and completed, and the corrective action 
taken.
    (iii) If an aluminum scrap shredder is subject to visible emission 
observation requirements, records of all Method 9 observations, 
including records of any visible emissions during a 30-minute daily 
test, with a brief explanation of the cause of the emissions, the time 
the emissions occurred, the time corrective action was initiated and 
completed, and the corrective action taken.
    (2) For each affected source with emissions controlled by an 
afterburner:
    (i) Records of 15-minute block average afterburner operating 
temperature, including any period when the average temperature in any 3-
hour block period falls below the compliant operating parameter value 
with a brief explanation of the cause of the excursion and the 
corrective action taken; and
    (ii) Records of annual afterburner inspections.
    (3) For each scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating kiln and group 
1 furnace, subject to D/F and HCl emission standards with emissions 
controlled by a lime-injected fabric filter, records of 15-minute block 
average inlet temperatures for each lime-injected fabric filter, 
including any period when the 3-hour block average temperature exceeds 
the compliant operating parameter value +14  deg.C (+25  deg.F), with a 
brief explanation of the cause of the excursion and the corrective 
action taken.
    (4) For each affected source and emission unit with emissions 
controlled by a lime-injected fabric filter:
    (i) Records of inspections at least once every 8-hour period 
verifying that lime is present in the feeder hopper or silo and flowing, 
including any inspection where blockage is found, with a brief 
explanation of the cause of the blockage and the corrective action 
taken, and records of inspections at least once every 4-hour period for 
the subsequent 3 days. If flow monitors, pressure drop sensors or load 
cells are used to verify that lime is present in the hopper and flowing, 
records of all monitor or sensor output including any event where 
blockage was found, with a brief explanation of the cause of the 
blockage and the corrective action taken;
    (ii) If lime feeder setting is monitored, records of daily 
inspections of feeder setting, including records of any deviation of the 
feeder setting from the setting used in the performance test,

[[Page 636]]

with a brief explanation of the cause of the deviation and the 
corrective action taken.
    (iii) If lime addition rate for a noncontinuous lime injection 
system is monitored pursuant to the approved alternative monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 63.1510(v), records of the time and mass of each 
lime addition during each operating cycle or time period used in the 
performance test and calculations of the average lime addition rate (lb/
ton of feed/charge).
    (5) For each group 1 furnace (with or without add-on air pollution 
control devices) or in-line fluxer, records of 15-minute block average 
weights of gaseous or liquid reactive flux injection, total reactive 
flux injection rate and calculations (including records of the identity, 
composition, and weight of each addition of gaseous, liquid or solid 
reactive flux), including records of any period the rate exceeds the 
compliant operating parameter value and corrective action taken.
    (6) For each continuous monitoring system, records required by 
Sec. 63.10(c).
    (7) For each affected source and emission unit subject to an 
emission standard in kg/Mg (lb/ton) of feed/charge, records of feed/
charge (or throughput) weights for each operating cycle or time period 
used in the performance test.
    (8) Approved site-specific monitoring plan for a group 1 furnace 
without add-on air pollution control devices with records documenting 
conformance with the plan.
    (9) Records of all charge materials for each thermal chip dryer, 
dross-only furnace, and group 1 melting/holding furnaces without air 
pollution control devices processing only clean charge.
    (10) Operating logs for each group 1 sidewell furnace with add-on 
air pollution control devices documenting conformance with operating 
standards for maintaining the level of molten metal above the top of the 
passage between the sidewell and hearth during reactive flux injection 
and for adding reactive flux only to the sidewell or a furnace hearth 
equipped with a control device for PM, HCl, and D/F emissions.
    (11) Operating logs for each in-line fluxer using no reactive flux 
materials documenting each flux gas, agent, or material used during each 
operating cycle.
    (12) Records of all charge materials and fluxing materials or agents 
for a group 2 furnace.
    (13) Records of monthly inspections for proper unit labeling for 
each affected source and emission unit subject to labeling requirements.
    (14) Records of annual inspections of emission capture/collection 
and closed vent systems.
    (15) Records for any approved alternative monitoring or test 
procedure.
    (16) Current copy of all required plans, including any revisions, 
with records documenting conformance with the applicable plan, 
including:
    (i) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan;
    (ii) For major sources, OM&M plan; and
    (iii) Site-specific secondary aluminum processing unit emission plan 
(if applicable).
    (17) For each secondary aluminum processing unit, records of total 
charge weight, or if the owner or operator chooses to comply on the 
basis of aluminum production, total aluminum produced for each 24-hour 
period and calculations of 3-day, 24-hour rolling average emissions.

                                  Other



Sec. 63.1518  Applicability of general provisions.

    The requirements of the general provisions in subpart A of this part 
that are applicable to the owner or operator subject to the requirements 
of this subpart are shown in appendix A to this subpart.



Sec. 63.1519  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the CAA, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section are retained by the Administrator and are 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Applicability determinations pursuant to Sec. 63.1.



Sec. 63.1520  [Reserved]

[[Page 637]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.010


[[Page 638]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.011


[[Page 639]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23MR00.012


[[Page 640]]



  Table 2 to Subpart RRR.--Summary of Operating Requirements for New and Existing Affected Sources and Emission
                                                      Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Monitor type/operation/
      Affected source/emission unit                 process                      Operating requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All affected sources and emission units   Emission capture and         Design and install in accordance with
 with an add-on air pollution control      collection system.           Industrial Ventilation: A Handbook of
 device.                                                                Recommended Practice; operate in
                                                                        accordance with OM&M plan.b
All affected sources and emission units   Charge/feed weight or        Operate a device that records the weight
 subject to production-based (lb/ton of    Production weight.           of each charge; Operate in accordance
 feed) emission limits a.                                               with OM&M plan.b
Group 1 furnace, group 2 furnace, in-     Labeling...................  Identification, operating parameter
 line fluxer and scrap dryer/                                           ranges and operating requirements posted
 delacquering kiln/decoating kiln.                                      at affected sources and emission units;
                                                                        control device temperature and residence
                                                                        time requirements posted at scrap dryer/
                                                                        delacquering kiln/decoating kiln.
Aluminum scrap shredder with fabric       Bag leak detector or.......  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
 filter.                                                                alarm and complete in accordance with
                                                                        OM&M plan b; operate such that alarm
                                                                        does not sound more than 5% of operating
                                                                        time in 6-month period.
                                          COM or.....................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        a 6-minute average opacity reading of 5%
                                                                        or more and complete in accordance with
                                                                        OM&M plan.b
                                          VE.........................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        any observed VE and complete in
                                                                        accordance with the OM&M plan.b
Thermal chip dryer with afterburner.....  Afterburner operating        Maintain average temperature for each 3-
                                           temperature.                 hr period at or above average operating
                                                                        temperature during the performance test.
                                          Afterburner operation......  Operate in accordance with OM&M plan.b
                                          Feed material..............  Operate using only unpainted aluminum
                                                                        chips.
Scrap dryer/delacquering kiln/decoating   Afterburner operating        Maintain average temperature for each 3-
 kiln with afterburner and lime-injected   temperature.                 hr period at or above average operating
 fabric filter.                                                         temperature during the performance test.
                                          Afterburner operation......  Operate in accordance with OM&M plan.b
                                          Bag leak detector or.......  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        alarm and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan; b operate such that alarm
                                                                        does not sound more than 5% of operating
                                                                        time in 6-month period.
                                          COM........................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        a 6-minute average opacity reading of 5%
                                                                        or more and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan.b
                                          Fabric filter inlet          Maintain average fabric filter inlet
                                           temperature.                 temperature for each 3-hr period at or
                                                                        below average temperature during the
                                                                        performance test +14  deg.C (+25
                                                                        deg.F).
                                          Lime injection rate........  Maintain free-flowing lime in the feed
                                                                        hopper or silo at all times for
                                                                        continuous injection systems; maintain
                                                                        feeder setting at level established
                                                                        during the performance test for
                                                                        continuous injection systems.
Sweat furnace with afterburner..........  Afterburner operating        If a performance test was conducted,
                                           temperature.                 maintain average temperature for each 3-
                                                                        hr period at or above average operating
                                                                        temperature during the performance test;
                                                                        if a performance test was not conducted,
                                                                        and afterburner meets specifications of
                                                                        Sec.  63.1505(f)(1), maintain average
                                                                        temperature for each 3-hr period at or
                                                                        above 1600  deg.F.
                                          Afterburner operation......  Operate in accordance with OM&M plan.b
Dross-only furnace with fabric filter...  Bag leak detector or.......  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        alarm and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan; b operate such that alarm
                                                                        does not sound more than 5% of operating
                                                                        time in 6-month period.
                                          COM........................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        a 6-minute average opacity reading of 5%
                                                                        or more and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan.b
                                          Feed/charge material.......  Operate using only dross as the feed
                                                                        material.
Rotary dross cooler with fabric filter..  Bag leak detector or.......  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        alarm and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan; b operate such that alarm
                                                                        does not sound more than 5% of operating
                                                                        time in 6-month period.
                                          COM........................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        a 6-minute average opacity reading of 5%
                                                                        or more and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan.b
In-line fluxer with lime-injected fabric  Bag leak detector or.......  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
 filter (including those that are part                                  alarm and complete in accordance with
 of a secondary aluminum processing                                     the OM&M plan; b operate such that alarm
 unit).                                                                 does not sound more than 5% of operating
                                                                        time in 6-month period.

[[Page 641]]

 
                                          COM........................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        a 6-minute average opacity reading of 5%
                                                                        or more and complete in accordance with
                                                                        the OM&M plan.b
                                          Lime injection rate........  Maintain free-flowing lime in the feed
                                                                        hopper or silo at all times for
                                                                        continuous injection systems; maintain
                                                                        feeder setting at level established
                                                                        during performance test for continuous
                                                                        injection systems.
                                          Reactive flux injection      Maintain reactive flux injection rate at
                                           rate.                        or below rate used during the
                                                                        performance test for each operating
                                                                        cycle or time period used in the
                                                                        performance test.
In-line fluxer (using no reactive flux    Flux materials.............  Use no reactive flux.
 material).
Group 1 furnace with lime-injected        Bag leak detector or.......  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
 fabric filter (including those that are                                alarm; operate such that alarm does not
 part of a secondary aluminum processing                                sound more than 5% of operating time in
 unit).                                                                 6-month period; complete corrective
                                                                        action in accordance with the OM&M
                                                                        plan.b
                                          COM........................  Initiate corrective action within 1-hr of
                                                                        a 6-minute average opacity reading of 5%
                                                                        or more; complete corrective action in
                                                                        accordance with the OM&M plan.b
                                          Fabric filter inlet          Maintain average fabric filter inlet
                                           temperature.                 temperature for each 3-hour period at or
                                                                        below average temperature during the
                                                                        performance test +14 &degC (+25  deg.F).
                                          Reactive flux injection      Maintain reactive flux injection rate (lb/
                                           rate.                        hr) at or below rate used during the
                                                                        performance test for each furnace cycle.
                                          Lime injection rate........  Maintain free-flowing lime in the feed
                                                                        hopper or silo at all times for
                                                                        continuous injection systems; maintain
                                                                        feeder setting at level established at
                                                                        performance test for continuous
                                                                        injection systems.
                                          Maintain molten aluminum     Operate side-well furnaces such that the
                                           level.                       level of molten metal is above the top
                                                                        of the passage between sidewell and
                                                                        hearth during reactive flux injection,
                                                                        unless the hearth is also controlled.
                                          Fluxing in sidewell furnace  Add reactive flux only to the sidewell of
                                           hearth.                      the furnace unless the hearth is also
                                                                        controlled.
Group 1 furnace without add-on controls   Reactive flux injection      Maintain reactive flux injection rate (lb/
 (including those that are part of a       rate.                        hr) at or below rate used during the
 secondary aluminum processing unit).                                   performance test for each operating
                                                                        cycle or time period used in the
                                                                        performance test.
                                          Site-specific monitoring     Operate furnace within the range of
                                           plan c.                      charge materials, contaminant levels,
                                                                        and parameter values established in the
                                                                        site-specific monitoring plan.
                                          Feed material (melting/      Use only clean charge.
                                           holding furnace).
Clean (group 2) furnace.................  Charge and flux materials..  Use only clean charge. Use no reactive
                                                                        flux.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Thermal chip dryers, scrap dryers/delacquering kilns/decoating kilns, dross-only furnaces, in-line fluxers and
  group 1 furnaces including melting/holding furnaces.
b OM&M plan--Operation, maintenance, and monitoring plan.
c Site-specific monitoring plan. Owner/operators of group 1 furnaces without control devices must include a
  section in their OM&M plan that documents work practice and pollution prevention measures, including
  procedures for scrap inspection, by which compliance is achieved with emission limits and process or feed
  parameter-based operating requirements. This plan and the testing to demonstrate adequacy of the monitoring
  plan must be developed in coordination with and approved by the permitting authority.


 Table 3 to Subpart RRR.--Summary of Monitoring Requirements for New and Existing Affected Sources and Emission
                                                      Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Monitor type/Operation/
      Affected source/Emission unit                 Process                     Monitoring requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All affected sources and emission units   Emission capture and         Annual inspection of all emission
 with an add-on air pollution control      collection system.           capture, collection, and transport
 device.                                                                systems to ensure that systems continue
                                                                        to operate in accordance with ACGIH
                                                                        standards.
All affected sources and emission units   Feed/charge weight.........  Record weight of each feed/charge, weight
 subject to production-based (lb/ton of                                 measurement device or other procedure
 feed/charge) emission limits a.                                        accuracy of 1% b; calibrate
                                                                        according to manufacturers
                                                                        specifications, or at least once every 6
                                                                        months.

[[Page 642]]

 
Group 1 furnace, group 2 furnace, in-     Labeling...................  Check monthly to confirm that labels are
 line fluxer, and scrap dryer/                                          intact and legible.
 delacquering kiln/decoating kiln.
Aluminum scrap shredder with fabric       Bag leak detector or.......  Install and operate in accordance with
 filter.                                                                ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection
                                                                        Guidance'' c; record voltage output from
                                                                        bag leak detector.
                                          COM or.....................  Design and install in accordance with PS-
                                                                        1; collect data in accordance with
                                                                        subpart A of 40 CFR part 63; determine
                                                                        and record 6-minute block averages.
                                          VE.........................  Conduct and record results of 30-minute
                                                                        daily test in accordance with Method 9.
Thermal chip dryer with afterburner.....  Afterburner operating        Continuous measurement device to meet
                                           temperature.                 specifications in Sec.  63.1510(g)(1);
                                                                        record average temperature for each 15-
                                                                        minute block; determine and record 3-hr
                                                                        block averages.
                                          Afterburner operation......  Annual inspection of afterburner internal
                                                                        parts; complete repairs in accordance
                                                                        with the OM&M plan.
                                          Feed/charge material.......  Record identity of each feed/charge;
                                                                        certify feed/charge materials every 6
                                                                        months.
Scrap dryer/ delacquering kiln/           Afterburner operating        Continuous measurement device to meet
 decoating kiln with afterburner and       temperature.                 specifications in Sec.  63.1510(g)(1);
 lime injected fabric filter.                                           record temperatures in 15-minute block
                                                                        averages; determine and record 3-hr
                                                                        block averages.
                                          Afterburner operation......  Annual inspection of afterburner internal
                                                                        parts; complete repairs in accordance
                                                                        with the OM&M plan.
                                          Bag leak detector or.......  Install and operate in accordance with
                                                                        ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection
                                                                        Guidance'' c; record voltage output from
                                                                        bag leak detector.
                                          COM........................  Design and install in accordance with PS-
                                                                        1; collect data in accordance with
                                                                        subpart A of 40 CFR part 63; determine
                                                                        and record 6-minute block averages.
                                          Lime injection rate........  For continuous injection systems, inspect
                                                                        each feed hopper or silo every 8 hrs to
                                                                        verify that lime is free-flowing; record
                                                                        results of each inspection. If blockage
                                                                        occurs, inspect every 4 hrs for 3 days;
                                                                        return to 8-hr inspections if corrective
                                                                        action results in no further blockage
                                                                        during 3-day periode; record feeder
                                                                        setting daily.
                                          Fabric filter inlet          Continuous measurement device to meet
                                           temperature.                 specifications in Sec.  63.1510(h)(2);
                                                                        record temperatures in 15-minute block
                                                                        averages; determine and record 3-hr
                                                                        block averages.
Sweat furnace with afterburner..........  Afterburner operating        Continuous measurement device to meet
                                           temperature.                 specifications in Sec.  63.1510(g)(1);
                                                                        record temperatures in 15-minute block
                                                                        averages; determine and record 3-hr
                                                                        block averages.
                                          Afterburner operation......  Annual inspection of afterburner internal
                                                                        parts; complete repairs in accordance
                                                                        with the OM&M plan.
Dross-only furnace with fabric filter...  Bag leak detector or.......  Install and operate in accordance with
                                                                        ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection
                                                                        Guidance'' c; record output voltage from
                                                                        bag leak detector.
                                          COM........................  Design and install in accordance with PS-
                                                                        1; collect data in accordance with
                                                                        subpart A of 40 CFR part 63; determine
                                                                        and record 6-minute block averages.
                                          Feed/charge material.......  Record identity of each feed/charge;
                                                                        certify charge materials every 6 months.
Rotary dross cooler with fabric filter..  Bag leak detector or.......  Install and operate in accordance with
                                                                        ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection
                                                                        Guidance'' c; record output voltage from
                                                                        bag leak detector.
                                          COM........................  Design and install in accordance with PS-
                                                                        1; collect data in accordance with
                                                                        subpart A of 40 CFR part 63; determine
                                                                        and record 6-minute block averages.
In-line fluxer with lime-injected fabric  Bag leak detector or.......  Install and operate in accordance with
 filter.                                                                ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection
                                                                        Guidance''c; record output voltage from
                                                                        bag leak detector.
                                          COM........................  Design and install in accordance with PS-
                                                                        1; collect data in accordance with
                                                                        subpart A of 40 CFR part 63; determine
                                                                        and record 6-minute block averages

[[Page 643]]

 
                                          Reactive flux injection      Weight measurement device accuracy of
                                           rate.                        1% b; calibrate according to
                                                                        manufacturer's specifications or at
                                                                        least once every 6 months; record time,
                                                                        weight and type of reactive flux added
                                                                        or injected for each 15-minute block
                                                                        period while reactive fluxing occurs;
                                                                        calculate and record total reactive flux
                                                                        injection rate for each operating cycle
                                                                        or time period used in performance test;
                                                                        or
                                                                       Alternative flux injection rate
                                                                        determination procedure per Sec.
                                                                        63.1510(j)(5).
                                          Lime injection rate........  For continuous injection systems, record
                                                                        feeder setting daily and inspect each
                                                                        feed hopper or silo every 8 hrs to
                                                                        verify that lime is free-flowing; record
                                                                        results of each inspection. If blockage
                                                                        occurs, inspect every 4 hrs for 3 days;
                                                                        return to 8-hour inspections if
                                                                        corrective action results in no further
                                                                        blockage during 3-day period.d
In-line fluxer using no reactive flux...  Flux materials.............  Record flux materials; certify every 6
                                                                        months for no reactive flux.
Group 1 furnace with lime-injected        Bag leak detector or.......  Install and operate in accordance with
 fabric filter.                                                         ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection
                                                                        Guidance'' c; record output voltage from
                                                                        bag leak detector.
                                          COM........................  Design and install in accordance with PS-
                                                                        1; collect data in accordance with
                                                                        subpart A of 40 part CFR 63; determine
                                                                        and record 6-minute block averages.
                                          Lime injection rate........  For continuous injection systems, record
                                                                        feeder setting daily and inspect each
                                                                        feed hopper or silo every 8 hours to
                                                                        verify that lime is free-flowing; record
                                                                        results of each inspection. If blockage
                                                                        occurs, inspect every 4 hours for 3
                                                                        days; return to 8-hour inspections if
                                                                        corrective action results in no further
                                                                        blockage during 3-day period.d
                                          Reactive flux injection
                                           rate Weight measurement
                                           device accuracy of +1%b;
                                           calibrate every 3 months;
                                           record weight and type of
                                           reactive flux added or
                                           injected for each 15-
                                           minute block period while
                                           reactive fluxing occurs;
                                           calculate and record total
                                           reactive flux injection
                                           rate for each operating
                                           cycle or time period used
                                           in performance test; or.
                                          Alternative flux injection
                                           rate determination
                                           procedure per Sec.
                                           63.1510(j)(5)..
                                          Fabric filter inlet          Continuous measurement device to meet
                                           temperature.                 specifications in Sec.  63.1510(h)(2);
                                                                        record temperatures in 15-minute block
                                                                        averages; determine and record 3-hour
                                                                        block averages.
                                          Maintain molten aluminum     Maintain aluminum level operating log;
                                           level in sidewell furnace.   certify every 6 months.
Group 1 furnace without add-on controls.  Fluxing in sidewell furnace  Maintain flux addition operating log;
                                           hearth.                      certify every 6 months.
                                          Reactive flux injection      Weight measurement device accuracy of +1%
                                           rate.                        b; calibrate according to manufacturers
                                                                        specifications or at least once every
                                                                        six months; record weight and type of
                                                                        reactive flux added or injected for each
                                                                        15-minute block period while reactive
                                                                        fluxing occurs; calculate and record
                                                                        total reactive flux injection rate for
                                                                        each operating cycle or time period used
                                                                        in performance test.
                                          OM&M plan (approved by       Demonstration of site-specific monitoring
                                           permitting agency).          procedures to provide data and show
                                                                        correlation of emissions across the
                                                                        range of charge and flux materials and
                                                                        furnace operating parameters.
                                          Feed material (melting/
                                           holding furnace).
Record type of permissible feed/charge
 material; certify charge materials
 every 6 months..

[[Page 644]]

 
Clean (group 2) furnace.................  Charge and flux materials..  Record charge and flux materials; certify
                                                                        every 6 months for clean charge and no
                                                                        reactive flux.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Thermal chip dryers, scrap dryers/delacquering kilns/decoating kilns, dross-only furnaces, in-line fluxers and
  group 1 furnaces or melting/holding furnaces.
b Permitting agency may approve measurement devices of alternative accuracy, for example in cases where flux
  rates are very low and costs of meters of specified accuracy are prohibitive; or where feed/charge weighing
  devices of specified accuracy are not practicable due to equipment layout or charging practices.
c Non-triboelectric bag leak detectors must be installed and operated in accordance with manufacturers'
  specifications.
d Permitting agency may approve other alternatives including load cells for lime hopper weight, sensors for
  carrier gas pressure, or HCl monitoring devices at fabric filter outlet.

      Appendix A to Subpart RRR.--General Provisions Applicability 
                            to Subpart RRR

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Citation                        Requirement            Applies to RRR             Comment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1(a)(1)-(4)....................  General Applicability.  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.1(a)(5)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.1(a)(6)-(8)....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.1(a)(9)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.1(a) (10)-(14).................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.1(b)...........................  Initial Applicability   Yes....................  EPA retains approval
                                           Determination.                                   authority.
Sec.  63.1(c)(1)........................  Applicability After     Yes.                     .....................
                                           Standard Established.
Sec.  63.1(c)(2)........................  ......................  Yes....................  States have option to
                                                                                            exclude area sources
                                                                                            from title V permit
                                                                                            program.
Sec.  63.1(c)(3)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.1(c)(4)-(5)....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.1(d)...........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.1(e)...........................  Applicability of        Yes.                     .....................
                                           Permit Program.
Sec.  63.2..............................  Definitions...........  Yes....................  Additional
                                                                                            definitions in Sec.
                                                                                            63.1503.
Sec.  63.3..............................  Units and               Yes....................  .....................
                                           Abbreviations.
Sec.  63.4(a)(1)-(3)....................  Prohibited Activities.  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.4(a)(4)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved]
Sec.  63.4(a)(5)........................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.4(b)-(c).......................  Circumvention/          Yes.                     .....................
                                           Severability.
Sec.  63.5(a)...........................  Construction and        Yes.                     .....................
                                           Reconstruction--Appli
                                           cability.
Sec.  63.5(b)(1)........................  Existing, New,          Yes.                     .....................
                                           Reconstructed
                                           Sources--Requirements.
Sec.  63.5(b)(2)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.5(b)(3)-(6)....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.5(c)...........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.5(d)...........................  Application for         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Approval of
                                           Construction/
                                           Reconstruction.
Sec.  63.5(e)...........................  Approval of             Yes.                     .....................
                                           Construction/
                                           Reconstruction.
Sec.  63.5(f)...........................  Approval of             Yes.                     .....................
                                           Construction/
                                           Reconstruction Based
                                           on State Review.
Sec.  63.6(a)...........................  Compliance with         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Standards and
                                           Maintenance--Applicab
                                           ility.
Sec.  63.6(b)(1)-(5)....................  New and Reconstructed   Yes.                     .....................
                                           Sources--Dates.
Sec.  63.6(b)(6)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.6(b)(7)........................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.6(c)(1)........................  Existing Sources Dates  Yes....................  Sec.  63.1501
                                                                                            specifies dates.
Sec.  63.6(c)(2)........................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.6(c)(3)-(4)....................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.6(c)(5)........................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.6(d)...........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.6(e)(1)-(2)....................  Operation &             Yes....................  Sec.  63.1510
                                           Maintenance                                      requires plan.
                                           Requirements.
Sec.  63.6(e)(3)........................  Startup, Shutdown, and  Yes.                     .....................
                                           Malfunction Plan.
Sec.  63.6(f)...........................  Compliance with         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Emission Standards.

[[Page 645]]

 
Sec.  63.6(g)...........................  Alternative Standard..  No.....................  .....................
Sec.  63.6(h)...........................  Compliance with         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Opacity/VE Standards.
Sec.  63.6(i)(1)-(14)...................  Extension of            Yes.                     .....................
                                           Compliance.
Sec.  63.6(i)(15).......................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.6(i)(16).......................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.6(j)...........................  Exemption from          Yes.                     .....................
                                           Compliance.
Sec.  63.7(a)-(h).......................  Performance Test        Yes....................  Sec.  63.1511
                                           Requirements--Applica                            requires repeat
                                           bility and Dates.                                tests every 5 years
                                                                                            for major sources.
Sec.  63.7(b)...........................  Notification..........  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.7(c)...........................  Quality Assurance/Test  Yes.                     .....................
                                           Plan.
Sec.  63.7(d)...........................  Testing Facilities....  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.7(e)...........................  Conduct of Tests......  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.7(f)...........................  Alternative Test        Yes.                     .....................
                                           Method.
Sec.  63.7(g)...........................  Data Analysis.........  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.7(h)...........................  Waiver of Tests.......  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.8(a)(1)........................  Monitoring              Yes.                     .....................
                                           Requirements--Applica
                                           bility.
Sec.  63.8(a)(2)........................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.8(a)(3)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved]
Sec.  63.8(a)(4)........................  ......................  Yes....................  .....................
Sec.  63.8(b)...........................  Conduct of Monitoring.  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.8(c)(1)-(3)....................  CMS Operation and       Yes.                     .....................
                                           Maintenance.
Sec.  63.8(c)(4)-(8)....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.8(d)...........................  Quality Control.......  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.8(e)...........................  CMS Performance         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Evaluation.
Sec.  63.8(f)(1)-(5)....................  Alternative Monitoring  No.....................  Sec.  63.1510(w)
                                           Method.                                          includes provisions
                                                                                            for monitoring
                                                                                            alternatives.
Sec.  63.8(f)(6)........................  Alternative to RATA     Yes.                     .....................
                                           Test.
Sec.  63.8(g)(1)........................  Data Reduction........  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.8(g)(2)........................  ......................  No.....................  Sec.  63.1512
                                                                                            requires five 6-
                                                                                            minute averages for
                                                                                            an aluminum scrap
                                                                                            shredder.
Sec.  63.8(g)(3)-(5)....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.9(a)...........................  Notification            Yes.                     .....................
                                           Requirements--Applica
                                           bility.
Sec.  63.9(b)...........................  Initial Notifications.  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.9(c)...........................  Request for Compliance  Yes.                     .....................
                                           Extension.
Sec.  63.9(d)...........................  New Source              Yes.                     .....................
                                           Notification for
                                           Special Compliance
                                           Requirements.
63.9(e).................................  Notification of         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Performance Test.
Sec.  63.9(f)...........................  Notification of VE/     Yes.                     .....................
                                           Opacity Test.
Sec.  63.9(g)...........................  Additional CMS          Yes.                     .....................
                                           Notifications.
Sec.  63.9(h)(1)-(3)....................  Notification of         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Compliance Status.
Sec.  63.9(h)(4)........................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.9(h)(5)-(6)....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.9(i)...........................  Adjustment of           Yes.                     .....................
                                           Deadlines.
Sec.  63.9(j)...........................  Change in Previous      Yes.                     .....................
                                           Information.
Sec.  63.10(a)..........................   Recordkeeping/         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Reporting--Applicabil
                                           ity.
Sec.  63.10(b)..........................  General Requirements..  Yes....................  Sec.  63.1517
                                                                                            includes additional
                                                                                            requirements.
Sec.  63.10(c)(1).......................  Additional CMS          Yes.                     .....................
                                           Recordkeeping.
Sec.  63.10(c)(2)-(4)...................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.10(c)(5).......................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(c)(6).......................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(c)(7)-(8)...................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(c)(9).......................  ......................  No.....................  [Reserved].
Sec.  63.10(c) (10)-(13)................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(c) (14).....................  ......................  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(d)(1).......................  General Reporting       Yes.                     .....................
                                           Requirements.
Sec.  63.10(d)(2).......................  Performance Test        Yes.                     .....................
                                           Results.
Sec.  63.10(d)(3).......................  Opacity or VE           Yes.                     .....................
                                           Observations.
Sec.  63.10(d)(4) -(5)..................  Progress Reports/       Yes.                     .....................
                                           Startup, Shutdown,
                                           and Malfunction
                                           Reports.
Sec.  63.10(e)(1)-(2)...................  Additional CMS Reports  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(e)(3).......................  Excess Emissions/CMS    Yes.                     .....................
                                           Performance Reports.
Sec.  63.10(e)(4).......................  COMS Data Reports.....  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.10(f)..........................  Recordkeeping/          Yes.                     .....................
                                           Reporting Waiver.

[[Page 646]]

 
Sec.  63.11(a)-(b)......................  Control Device          No.....................  Flares not
                                           Requirements.                                    applicable.
Sec.  63.12(a)-(c)......................  State Authority and     Yes.                     EPA retains authority
                                           Delegations.                                     for applicability
                                                                                            determinations.
Sec.  63.13.............................  Addresses.............  Yes.                     .....................
Sec.  63.14.............................  Incorporation by        Yes.                     Chapters 3 and 5 of
                                           Reference.                                       ACGIH Industrial
                                                                                            Ventilation Manual
                                                                                            for capture/
                                                                                            collection systems.
Sec.  63.15.............................  Availability of         Yes.                     .....................
                                           Information/
                                           Confidentiality.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart SSS  [Reserved]



 Subpart TTT--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                        for Primary Lead Smelting

    Source: 64 FR 30204, June 4, 1999, unless othewise noted.



Sec. 63.1541  Applicability.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to the following affected 
sources at primary lead smelters: sinter machine, blast furnace, dross 
furnace, process fugitive sources, and fugitive dust sources. The 
provisions of this subpart do not apply to secondary lead smelters, lead 
refiners, or lead remelters.
    (b) Table 1 of this subpart specifies the provisions of subpart A 
that apply and those that do not apply to owners and operators of 
primary lead smelters. The following sections of part 63 apply to this 
subpart as stated in subpart A and Table 1: Sec. 63.1 (Applicability), 
Sec. 63.2 (Definitions), Sec. 63.3 (Units and abbreviations), Sec. 63.4 
(Prohibited activities and circumvention), Sec. 63.5 (Construction and 
reconstruction), Sec. 63.7 (Performance testing requirements), Sec. 63.8 
(Monitoring requirements), Sec. 63.12 (State authority and delegations), 
Sec. 63.13 (Addresses of State air pollution control agencies and EPA 
Regional Offices), Sec. 63.14 (Incorporations by reference), and 
Sec. 63.15 (Availability of information confidentiality). The following 
sections of part 63 apply to the extent specified in this subpart and 
Table 1: Sec. 63.6 (Compliance with standards and maintenance 
requirements), Sec. 63.9 (Notification requirements), and Sec. 63.10 
(Recordkeeping and reporting requirements). Section Sec. 63.11 (Control 
device requirements) does not apply to this subpart.



Sec. 63.1542  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section as follows:
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust) loadings in 
the exhaust of a baghouse in order to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light 
transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative 
particulate matter loadings.
    Blast furnace means any reduction furnace to which sinter is charged 
and which forms separate layers of molten slag and lead bullion.
    Building means a roofed and walled structure with limited openings 
to allow access and egress for people and vehicles.
    Charging location means the physical opening through which raw 
materials are introduced into a sinter machine, blast furnace, or dross 
furnace.
    Dross furnace means any smelting furnace to which drosses are 
charged and which chemically and physically separates lead from other 
impurities.
    Drossing and refining kettle means an open-top vessel that is 
constructed of cast iron or steel and is indirectly heated from below 
and contains molten lead for the purpose of drossing, refining, or 
alloying lead. Included are pot furnaces, receiving kettles, and holding 
kettles.
    Fugitive dust source means a stationary source of hazardous air 
pollutant emissions at a primary lead smelter resulting from the 
handling, storage, transfer, or other management of lead-bearing 
materials where the source is not associated with a specific process, 
process vent, or stack. Fugitive dust

[[Page 647]]

sources include roadways, storage piles, materials handling transfer 
points, and materials transport areas.
    Furnace area means any area of a primary lead smelter in which a 
blast furnace or dross furnace is located.
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable failure of air pollution control equipment, process 
equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner. Failures 
that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are 
not malfunctions.
    Materials storage and handling area means any area of a primary lead 
smelter in which lead-bearing materials (including ore concentrate, 
sinter, granulated lead, dross, slag, and flue dust) are stored or 
handled between process steps, including areas in which materials are 
stored in piles, bins, or tubs, and areas in which material is prepared 
for charging to a sinter machine or smelting furnace.
    Operating time means the period of time in hours that an affected 
source is in operation beginning at a startup and ending at the next 
shutdown.
    Plant operating time means the period of time in hours that either a 
sinter machine or blast furnace is in operation.
    Plant roadway means any area of a primary lead smelter that is 
subject to vehicle traffic, including traffic by fork lifts, front-end 
loaders, or vehicles carrying ore concentrates or cast lead ingots. 
Excluded from this definition are employee and visitor parking areas, 
provided they are not subject to traffic by vehicles carrying lead-
bearing materials.
    Primary lead smelter means any facility engaged in the production of 
lead metal from lead sulfide ore concentrates through the use of 
pyrometallurgical techniques.
    Process fugitive source means a source of hazardous air pollutant 
emissions at a primary lead smelter that is associated with lead 
smelting or refining but is not the primary exhaust stream and is not a 
fugitive dust source. Process fugitive sources include sinter machine 
charging locations, sinter machine discharge locations, sinter crushing 
and sizing equipment, furnace charging locations, furnace taps, drossing 
kettles, and refining kettles.
    Refining and casting area means any area of a primary lead smelter 
in which drossing or refining operations occur, or casting operations 
occur.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of an affected source for 
any purpose.
    Sinter machine means any device in which a lead sulfide ore 
concentrate charge is heated in the presence of air to eliminate sulfur 
contained in the charge and to agglomerate the charge into a hard porous 
mass called sinter.
    Sinter machine area means any area of a primary lead smelter where a 
sinter machine, or sinter crushing and sizing equipment is located.
    Sinter machine discharge end means the physical opening at the end 
of a sinter machine where the sinter exits the sinter machine.
    Startup means the setting in operation of an affected source for any 
purpose.
    Tapping location means the opening thru which lead and slag are 
removed from the furnace.



Sec. 63.1543  Standards for process and process fugitive sources.

    (a) No owner or operator of any existing, new, or reconstructed 
primary lead smelter shall discharge or cause to be discharged into the 
atmosphere lead compounds in excess of 500 grams of lead per megagram of 
lead metal produced (1.0 pounds of lead per ton of lead metal produced) 
from the aggregation of emissions discharged from the air pollution 
control devices used to control emissions from the sources listed in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(9) of this section.
    (1) Sinter machine;
    (2) Blast furnace;
    (3) Dross furnace;
    (4) Dross furnace charging location;
    (5) Blast furnace and dross furnace tapping location;
    (6) Sinter machine charging location;
    (7) Sinter machine discharge end;
    (8) Sinter crushing and sizing equipment; and
    (9) Sinter machine area.
    (b) The process fugitive sources listed in paragraphs (a)(4) through 
(a)(8) of this section shall be equipped with a

[[Page 648]]

hood and shall be ventilated to a baghouse or equivalent control device. 
The hood design and ventilation rate shall be consistent with American 
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists recommended practices.
    (c) The sinter machine area shall be enclosed in a building that is 
ventilated to a baghouse or equivalent control device at a rate that 
maintains a positive in-draft through any doorway opening.
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, following 
the initial test to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a) of this 
section, the owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall conduct a 
compliance test for lead compounds on an annual basis (no later than 12 
calendar months following any previous compliance test).
    (e) If the three most recent compliance tests demonstrate compliance 
with the emission limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section, the 
owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall be allowed up to 24 
calendar months from the last compliance test to conduct the next 
compliance test for lead compounds.
    (f) The owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall maintain 
and operate each baghouse used to control emissions from the sources 
listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(9) of this section such that the 
alarm on a bag leak detection system required under Sec. 63.1547(c)(9) 
does not sound for more than five percent of the total operating time in 
a 6-month reporting period.
    (g) The owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall record the 
date and time of a bag leak detection system alarm and initiate 
procedures to determine the cause of the alarm according to the 
corrective action plan required under Sec. 63.1547(c)(9) within 1 hour 
of the alarm. The cause of the alarm shall be corrected as soon as 
practicable.



Sec. 63.1544  Standards for fugitive dust sources.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall prepare, 
and at all times operate according to, a standard operating procedures 
manual that describes in detail the measures that will be put in place 
to control fugitive dust emissions from the sources listed in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section:
    (1) Plant roadways;
    (2) Material storage and handling area(s);
    (3) Sinter machine area(s);
    (4) Furnace area(s); and
    (5) Refining and casting area(s).
    (b) Not withstanding paragraph (c) of this section, the standard 
operating procedures manual shall be submitted to the Administrator or 
delegated authority for review and approval.
    (c) Existing manuals that describe the measures in place to control 
fugitive dust sources required as part of a State implementation plan 
for lead shall satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 
provided they address the sources listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(5) of this section.



Sec. 63.1545  Compliance dates.

    (a) Each owner or operator of an existing primary lead smelter shall 
achieve compliance with the requirements of this subpart no later than 
May 4, 2001.
    (b) Each owner or operator of a primary lead smelter that commences 
construction or reconstruction after April 17, 1998, shall achieve 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart by June 4, 1999 or upon 
startup of operations, whichever is later.



Sec. 63.1546  Test methods.

    (a) The following procedure shall be used to determine compliance 
with the emissions standard for lead compounds under Sec. 63.1543(a):
    (1) The lead compound emission rate, in units of grams of lead per 
hour, for each source listed in Sec. 63.1543(a)(1) through 
Sec. 63.1543(a)(9) shall be determined according to the following test 
methods in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter:
    (i) Method 1 shall be used to select the sampling port location and 
the number of traverse points.
    (ii) Method 2 shall be used to measure volumetric flow rate.
    (iii) Method 3 shall be used for gas analysis.
    (iv) Method 4 shall be used to determine moisture content of the 
stack gas

[[Page 649]]

    (v) Method 12 shall be used to measure the lead emission rate of the 
stack gas. The minimum sample volume shall be 0.85 dry standard cubic 
meters (30 dry standard cubic feet) and the minimum sampling time shall 
be 60 minutes for each run. Three runs shall be performed and the 
average of the three runs shall be used to determine compliance.
    (2) The lead production rate, in units of megagrams per hour, shall 
be determined based on production data for the previous 12 calendar 
months according to the procedures detailed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) 
through (a)(2)(v) of this section:
    (i) Total lead products production multiplied by the fractional lead 
content shall be determined in units of megragrams.
    (ii) Total copper matte production multiplied by the fractional lead 
content shall be determined in units of megragrams.
    (iii) Total copper speiss production multiplied by the fractional 
lead content shall be determined in units of megragrams.
    (iv) Total lead production shall be determined by summing the values 
obtained in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (v) The lead production rate, in units of megragrams per hours, 
shall be calculated based on the total lead production, as determined in 
accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section, divided by the 
total plant operating time, in hours, for the previous 12 months.
    (3) The sum of lead compound emission rates for the sources in 
Sec. 63.1543(a)((1) through (a)(9), as determined in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, shall be divided by the lead 
production rate, as determined in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(v) of 
this section, to obtain a production-based, lead compound emission rate 
in units of grams of lead per megagram of lead metal produced. The 
production-based, lead compound emission rate shall be used to determine 
compliance with the emissions standard for lead compounds under 
Sec. 63.1543(a).
    (b) Owner and operators shall perform an initial compliance test to 
demonstrate compliance with the sinter building in-draft requirements of 
Sec. 63.1543(c) at each doorway opening in accordance with paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section.
    (1) Use a propeller anemometer or equivalent device.
    (2) Determine doorway in-draft by placing the anemometer in the 
plane of the doorway opening near its center.
    (3) Determine doorway in-draft for each doorway that is open during 
normal operation with all remaining doorways in their customary position 
during normal operation.
    (4) Do not determine doorway in-draft when ambient wind speed 
exceeds 2 meters per second.



Sec. 63.1547  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Owners and operators of primary lead smelters shall prepare, and 
at all times operate according to, a standard operating procedures 
manual that describes in detail the procedures for inspection, 
maintenance, and bag leak detection and corrective action for all 
baghouses that are used to control process, process fugitive, or 
fugitive dust emissions from any source subject to the lead emission 
standards in Secs. 63.1543 and 63.1544, including those used to control 
emissions from general ventilation systems.
    (b) The standard operating procedures manual for baghouses required 
by paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted to the Administrator 
or delegated authority for review and approval.
    (c) The procedures specified in the standard operating procedures 
manual for inspections and routine maintenance shall, at a minimum, 
include the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(9) of this 
section.
    (1) Daily monitoring of pressure drop across each baghouse cell to 
ensure pressure drop is within the normal operating range identified in 
the standard operating procedures manual.
    (2) Weekly confirmation that dust is being removed from hoppers 
through visual inspection or equivalent means of ensuring the proper 
functioning of removal mechanisms.
    (3) Daily check of compressed air supply for pulse-jet baghouses.

[[Page 650]]

    (4) An appropriate methodology for monitoring cleaning cycles to 
ensure proper operation.
    (5) Monthly check of bag cleaning mechanisms for proper functioning 
through visual inspection or equivalent means.
    (6) Quarterly visual check of bag tension on reverse air and shaker-
type baghouses to ensure that bags are not kinked (kneed or bent) or 
laying on their sides. Such checks are not required for shaker-type 
baghouses using self-tensioning (spring loaded) devices.
    (7) Quarterly confirmation of the physical integrity of the baghouse 
through visual inspection of the baghouse interior for air leaks.
    (8) Quarterly inspection of fans for wear, material buildup, and 
corrosion through visual inspection, vibration detectors, or equivalent 
means.
    (9) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, continuous 
operation of a bag leak detection system.
    (d) The procedures specified in the standard operating procedures 
manual for maintenance shall, at a minimum, include a preventative 
maintenance schedule that is consistent with the baghouse manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance.
    (e) The bag leak detection system required by paragraph (c)(9) of 
this section shall meet the specifications and requirements of (e)(1) 
through (e)(8) of this section.
    (1) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter emissions at 
concentrations of 10 milligram per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains per 
actual cubic foot) or less.
    (2) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative particulate matter loadings, and the owner or operator shall 
continuously record the output from the bag leak detection system.
    (3) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when an increase in relative particulate loading 
is detected over a preset level, and the alarm must be located such that 
it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (4) Each bag leak detection system that works based on the 
triboelectric effect shall be installed, calibrated, and maintained in a 
manner consistent with guidance provided in the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency guidance document ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection 
Guidance'' (EPA-454/R-98-015). Other bag leak detection systems shall be 
installed, calibrated, and maintained in a manner consistent with the 
manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations.
    (5) The initial adjustment of the system shall, at a minimum, 
consist of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity 
(range) and the averaging period of the device, and establishing the 
alarm set points and the alarm delay time.
    (6) Following initial adjustment, the owner or operator shall not 
adjust the sensitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or 
alarm delay time, except as detailed in the approved SOP required under 
paragraph (a) of this section. In no event shall the sensitivity be 
increased by more than 100 percent or decreased more than 50 percent 
over a 365-day period unless a responsible official certifies that the 
baghouse has been inspected and found to be in good operating condition.
    (7) For negative pressure, induced air baghouses, and positive 
pressure baghouses that are discharged to the atmosphere through a 
stack, the bag leak detector must be installed downstream of the 
baghouse and upstream of any wet acid gas scrubber.
    (8) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (f) The standard operating procedures manual required by paragraph 
(a) of this section shall include a corrective action plan that 
specifies the procedures to be followed in the event of a bag leak 
detection system alarm. The corrective action plan shall include, at a 
minimum, procedures to be used to determine the cause of an alarm, as 
well as actions to be taken to minimize emissions, which may include, 
but are not limited to, the following.
    (1) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter

[[Page 651]]

media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in emissions.
    (2) Sealing off defective bags or filter media.
    (3) Replacing defective bags or filter media, or otherwise repairing 
the control device.
    (4) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment.
    (5) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system.
    (6) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (g) The percentage of total operating time the alarm on the bag leak 
detection system sounds in a 6-month reporting period shall be 
calculated in order to determine compliance with the five percent 
operating limit in Sec. 63.1543(f). The percentage of time the alarm on 
the bag leak detection system sounds shall be determined according to 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(5) of this section.
    (1) Alarms that occur due solely to a malfunction of the bag leak 
detection system shall not be included in the calculation.
    (2) Alarms that occur during startup, shutdown, or malfunction shall 
not be included in the calculation if the condition is described in the 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan and the owner or operator 
follows all the procedures in the plan defined for this condition.
    (3) For each alarm where the owner or operator initiates procedures 
to determine the cause of an alarm within 1 hour of the alarm, 1 hour of 
alarm time shall be counted.
    (4) For each alarm where the owner or operator does not initiate 
procedures to determine the cause of the alarm within 1 hour of the 
alarm, alarm time will be counted as the actual amount of time taken by 
the owner or operator to initiate procedures to determine the cause of 
the alarm.
    (5) The percentage of time the alarm on the bag leak detection 
system sounds shall be calculated as the ratio of the sum of alarm times 
to the total operating time multiplied by 100.
    (h) Baghouses equipped with HEPA filters as a secondary filter used 
to control process or process fugitive sources subject to the lead 
emission standards in Sec. 63.1543 are exempt from the requirement in 
Sec. 63.1543(c)(9) to be equipped with a bag leak detector. The owner or 
operator of an affected source that uses a HEPA filter shall monitor and 
record the pressure drop across the HEPA filter system daily. If the 
pressure drop is outside the limit(s) specified by the filter 
manufacturer, the owner or operator must take appropriate corrective 
measures, which may include, but not be limited to, the following:
    (1) Inspecting the filter and filter housing for air leaks and torn 
or broken filters.
    (2) Replacing defective filter media, or otherwise repairing the 
control device.
    (3) Sealing off a defective control device by routing air to other 
control devices.
    (4) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (i) Owners and operators shall monitor sinter machine building in-
draft to demonstrate continued compliance with the operating standard 
specified in Sec. 63.1543(c) in accordance with either paragraph (i)(1), 
(i)(2), or (i)(3) of this section.
    (1) Owners and operators shall check and record on a daily basis 
doorway in-draft at each doorway in accordance with the methodology 
specified in Sec. 63.1546(b).
    (2) Owners and operators shall establish and maintain baseline 
ventilation parameters which result in a positive in-draft according to 
paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (i)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Owners and operators shall install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate a monitoring device that continuously records the actual 
volumetric flow rate through each separately ducted hood; or install, 
calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device that continuously 
records the volumetric flow rate at the control device inlet of each 
exhaust system ventilating the building. The flow rate monitoring 
device(s) can be installed in any location in the exhaust duct such that 
reproducible flow rate monitoring will result. The flow rate monitoring 
device(s) shall have an accuracy of plus or minus 10

[[Page 652]]

percent over its normal operating range and shall be calibrated 
according to manufacturer's instructions.
    (ii) During the initial demonstration of sinter building in-draft, 
and at any time the owner or operator wishes to re-establish the 
baseline ventilation parameters, the owner or operator shall 
continuously record the volumetric flow rate through each separately 
ducted hood, or continuously record the volumetric flow rate at the 
control device inlet of each exhaust system ventilating the building and 
record exhaust system damper positions. The owner or operator shall 
determine the average volumetric flow rate(s) corresponding to the 
period of time the in-draft compliance determinations are being 
conducted.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall maintain the volumetric flow 
rate(s) at or above the value(s) established during the most recent in-
draft determination at all times the sinter machine is in operation. 
Volumetric flow rate(s) shall be calculated as a 15-minute average.
    (iv) If the volumetric flow rate is monitored at the control device 
inlet, the owner or operator shall check and record damper positions 
daily to ensure they are in the positions they were in during the most 
recent in-draft determination.
    (3) An owner or operator may request an alternative monitoring 
method by following the procedures and requirements in Sec. 63.8(f) of 
the General Provisions.



Sec. 63.1548  Notification requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall comply 
with all of the notification requirements of Sec. 63.9 of subpart A, 
General Provisions.
    (b) The owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall submit the 
fugitive dust control standard operating procedures manual required 
under Sec. 63.1544(a) and the standard operating procedures manual for 
baghouses required under Sec. 63.1547(a) to the Administrator or 
delegated authority along with a notification that the smelter is 
seeking review and approval of these plans and procedures. Owners or 
operators of existing primary lead smelters shall submit this 
notification no later than November 6, 2000. The owner or operator of a 
primary lead smelter that commences construction or reconstruction after 
April 17, 1998, shall submit this notification no later than 180 days 
before startup of the constructed or reconstructed primary lead smelter, 
but no sooner than September 2, 1999.



Sec. 63.1549  Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall comply 
with all of the recordkeeping requirements of Sec. 63.10 of subpart A, 
General Provisions.
    (b) In addition to the general records required by paragraph (a) of 
this section, each owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall 
maintain for a period of 5 years, records of the information listed in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(8) of this section.
    (1) Production records of the weight and lead content of lead 
products, copper matte, and copper speiss.
    (2) Records of the bag leak detection system output.
    (3) An identification of the date and time of all bag leak detection 
system alarms, the time that procedures to determine the cause of the 
alarm were initiated, the cause of the alarm, an explanation of the 
actions taken, and the date and time the cause of the alarm was 
corrected.
    (4) Any recordkeeping required as part of the practices described in 
the standard operating procedures manual required under Sec. 63.1544(a) 
for the control of fugitive dust emissions.
    (5) Any recorkeeping required as part of the practices described in 
the standard operating procedures manual for baghouses required under 
Sec. 63.1547(a).
    (6) If an owner or operator chooses to demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the sinter building in-draft requirement under 
Sec. 63.1543(c) by employing the method allowed in Sec. 63.1546(i)(1), 
the records of the daily doorway in-draft checks, an identification of 
the periods when there was not a positive in-draft, and an explanation 
of the corrective actions taken.
    (7) If an owner or operator chooses to demonstrate continuous 
compliance

[[Page 653]]

with the sinter building in-draft requirement under Sec. 63.1543(c) by 
employing the method allowed in Sec. 63.1546(i)(2), the records of the 
output from the continuous volumetric flow monitor(s), an identification 
of the periods when the 15-minute volumetric flow rate dropped below the 
minimum established during the most recent in-draft determination, and 
an explanation of the corrective actions taken.
    (8) If an owner or operator chooses to demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the sinter building in-draft requirement under 
Sec. 63.1543(c) by employing the method allowed in Sec. 63.1546(i)(2), 
and volumetric flow rate is monitored at the baghouse inlet, records of 
the daily checks of damper positions, an identification of the days that 
the damper positions were not in the positions established during the 
most recent in-draft determination, and an explanation of the corrective 
actions taken.
    (c) Records for the most recent 2 years of operation must be 
maintained on site. Records for the previous 3 years may be maintained 
off site.
    (d) The owner or operator of a primary lead smelter shall comply 
with all of the reporting requirements of Sec. 63.10 of subpart A, 
General Provisions.
    (e) In addition to the information required under Sec. 63.10 of the 
General Provisions, the owner or operator shall provide semi-annual 
reports containing the information specified in paragraphs (e)(1) 
through (e)(7) of this section to the Administrator or designated 
authority.
    (1) The reports shall include records of all alarms from the bag 
leak detection system specified in Sec. 63.1547(e).
    (2) The reports shall include a description of the actions taken 
following each bag leak detection system alarm pursuant to 
Sec. 63.1547(f).
    (3) The reports shall include a calculation of the percentage of 
time the alarm on the bag leak detection system sounded during the 
reporting period pursuant to Sec. 63.1547(g).
    (4) If an owner or operator chooses to demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the sinter building in-draft requirement under 
Sec. 63.1543(c) by employing the method allowed in Sec. 63.1546(i)(1), 
the reports shall contain an identification of the periods when there 
was not a positive in-draft, and an explanation of the corrective 
actions taken.
    (5) If an owner or operator chooses to demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the sinter building in-draft requirement under 
Sec. 63.1543(c) by employing the method allowed in Sec. 63.1546(i)(2), 
the reports shall contain an identification of the periods when the 15-
minute volumetric flow rate(s) dropped below the minimum established 
during the most recent in-draft determination, and an explanation of the 
corrective actions taken.
    (6) If an owner or operator chooses to demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the sinter building in-draft requirement under 
Sec. 63.1543(c) by employing the method allowed in Sec. 63.1546(i)(2), 
and volumetric flow rate is monitored at the baghouse inlet, the reports 
shall contain an identification of the days that the damper positions 
were not in the positions established during the most recent in-draft 
determination, and an explanation of the corrective actions taken.
    (7) The reports shall contain a summary of the records maintained as 
part of the practices described in the standard operating procedures 
manual for baghouses required under Sec. 63.1547(a), including an 
explanation of the periods when the procedures were not followed and the 
corrective actions taken.
    (8) The reports shall contain a summary of the fugitive dust control 
measures performed during the required reporting period, including an 
explanation of any periods when the procedures outlined in the standard 
operating procedures manual required by Sec. 63.1544(a) were not 
followed and the corrective actions taken. The reports shall not contain 
copies of the daily records required to demonstrate compliance with the 
requirements of the standard operating procedures manuals required under 
Secs. 63.1544(a) and Sec. 63.1547(a).



Sec. 63.1550  Delegation of authority

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(1) of the act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the

[[Page 654]]

Administrator and not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities which will not be delegated to States: no 
restrictions.

 Table 1 of Subpart TTT--General Provisions Applicability to Subpart TTT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Applies to subpart
          Reference                    TTT                Comment
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1...................                Yes
Sec.  63.2...................                Yes
Sec.  63.3...................                Yes
Sec.  63.4...................                Yes
Sec.  63.5...................                Yes
Sec.  63.6(a), (b), (c), (e),                Yes
 (f), (g), (i) and (j).
Sec.  63.6(d) and (h)........                 No   No opacity limits in
                                                    rule.
Sec.  63.7...................                Yes
Sec.  63.8...................                Yes
Sec.  63.9 (a), (b), (c),                    Yes
 (d), (e), (g), (h)(1)
 through (3), (h)(5) and (6),
 (i) and (j).
Sec.  63.9(f) and (h)(4).....                 No   No opacity or visible
                                                    emission limits in
                                                    rule.
Sec.  63.10..................                Yes
Sec.  63.11..................                 No   Flares will not be
                                                    used to comply with
                                                    the emission limits.
Sec.  63.12 through 63.15....                Yes
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart UUU  [Reserved]



 Subpart VVV--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                     Publicly Owned Treatment Works

    Source: 64 FR 57579, Oct. 26, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

                              Applicability



Sec. 63.1580  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if the following are all true:
    (1) You own or operate a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) that 
includes an affected source (Sec. 63.1595);
    (2) The affected source is located at a major source of hazardous 
air pollutant (HAP) emissions; and
    (3) Your POTW is required to develop and implement a pretreatment 
program as defined by 40 CFR 403.8 (for a POTW owned or operated by a 
municipality, state, or intermunicipal or interstate agency), or your 
POTW would meet the general criteria for development and implementation 
of a pretreatment program (for a POTW owned or operated by a department, 
agency, or instrumentality of the Federal government).

    Note to paragraph (a)(2): See Sec. 63.2 of the national emission 
standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) general provisions in 
subpart A of this part for a definition of major source.

    (b) If your existing POTW treatment plant is not located at a major 
source as of October 26, 1999, but thereafter becomes a major source for 
any reason other than reconstruction, then, for the purpose of this 
subpart, your POTW treatment plant would be considered an existing 
source.
    (c) If an industrial major source complies with applicable NESHAP 
requirements by using the treatment and controls located at your POTW, 
your POTW is considered to be a major source regardless of whether you 
otherwise meet the applicable criteria.
    (d) If you reconstruct your POTW treatment plant, then the 
requirements for a new or reconstructed POTW treatment plant, as defined 
in Sec. 63.1595, apply.



Sec. 63.1581  Does the subpart distinguish between different types of POTW treatment plants?

    Yes, POTW treatment plants are divided into two subcategories. A 
POTW treatment plant which does not meet the characteristics of an 
industrial POTW treatment plant belongs in the non-industrial POTW 
treatment plant subcategory as defined in Sec. 63.1595.

[[Page 655]]

      Industrial POTW Treatment Plant Description and Requirements



Sec. 63.1582  What are the characteristics of an industrial POTW treatment plant?

    (a) Your POTW is an industrial POTW treatment plant if an industrial 
discharger complies with its NESHAP by using the treatment and controls 
located at your POTW. Your POTW accepts the regulated waste stream and 
provides treatment and controls as an agent for the industrial 
discharger. Industrial POTW treatment plant is defined in Sec. 63.1595.
    (b) If, in the future, an industrial discharger begins complying 
with its NESHAP by using the treatment and controls at your POTW, then 
on the date that the industrial discharger certifies compliance, your 
POTW treatment plant will be considered an industrial POTW treatment 
plant.
    (c) If your POTW treatment plant accepts one or more specific 
regulated industrial waste streams as part of compliance with one or 
more other NESHAP, then you are subject to all the requirements of each 
appropriate NESHAP for each waste stream, as described in the following 
section. In the case of overlapping NESHAP requirements, the more 
stringent of the requirements will apply.



Sec. 63.1583  What are the emission points and control requirements for an industrial POTW treatment plant?

    (a) The emission points and control requirements for an existing 
industrial POTW treatment plant are specified in the appropriate 
NESHAP(s) for the industrial user(s) (see Sec. 63.1582). For example, an 
existing industrial POTW treatment plant that provides treatment for a 
facility subject to subpart FF of this part, the National Emission 
Standard for Benzene Waste Operations, must meet the treatment and 
control requirements specified in Sec. 61.348(d)(4) of this chapter.
    (b) The emission points and control requirements for a new or 
reconstructed industrial POTW treatment plant are either those specified 
by the particular NESHAP(s) which apply to the industrial user(s) who 
discharge their waste for treatment to the POTW, or those emission 
points and control requirements set forth in Sec. 63.1586. The set of 
control requirements which applies to a particular new or reconstructed 
POTW is that set which requires the most stringent overall control of 
HAP emissions. If you are uncertain which set of requirements is more 
stringent, this determination should be made in consultation with the 
permitting authority. Reconstruction is defined in Sec. 63.1595.



Sec. 63.1584  When do I have to comply?

    (a) Existing industrial POTW treatment plant. If you have an 
existing industrial POTW treatment plant, the appropriate NESHAP(s) for 
the industrial user(s) sets the compliance date, or the compliance date 
is 60 days after October 26, 1999, whichever is later.
    (b) New industrial POTW treatment plant. If you have a new 
industrial POTW treatment plant, you must be in compliance as soon as 
you begin accepting the waste stream(s) for treatment. If you begin 
accepting a specific regulated industrial waste stream(s) for treatment, 
you must be in compliance by the time specified in the appropriate 
NESHAP(s) for the industrial user(s).



Sec. 63.1585  How does an industrial POTW treatment plant demonstrate compliance?

    (a) An existing industrial POTW treatment plant demonstrates 
compliance by operating treatment and control devices which meet all 
requirements specified in the appropriate industrial NESHAP(s). 
Requirements may include performance tests, routine monitoring, 
recordkeeping, and reporting.
    (b) If you have a new or reconstructed industrial POTW plant, you 
must first determine whether the control requirements set forth in the 
applicable industrial NESHAP(s) or the control requirements applicable 
to a new or reconstructed nonindustrial POTW under Sec. 63.1586 would 
require more stringent overall control of HAP emissions. You must then 
meet whichever set of requirements is more stringent. If you determine 
that the controls required by the applicable industrial NESHAP(s) are 
more stringent,

[[Page 656]]

you demonstrate compliance by operating treatment and control devices 
which meet all requirements specified in those industrial NESHAP(s). If 
you determine that the controls required for a new or reconstructed 
nonindustrial POTW are more stringent, you demonstrate compliance by 
meeting all requirements in Secs. 63.1586 through 63.1590.

            Non-industrial POTW Treatment Plant Requirements



Sec. 63.1586  What are the emission points and control requirements for a non-industrial POTW treatment plant?

    There are no control requirements for an existing non-industrial 
POTW treatment plant. The control requirements for a new or 
reconstructed non-industrial POTW treatment plant are as follows:
    (a) Covers on the emission points up to, but not including, the 
secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units. 
These emission points are treatment units that include, but are not 
limited to, influent waste stream conveyance channels, bar screens, grit 
chambers, grinders, pump stations, aerated feeder channels, primary 
clarifiers, primary effluent channels, and primary screening stations. 
In addition, all covered units, except primary clarifiers, must have the 
air in the headspace ducted to a control device in accordance with the 
standards for closed-vent systems and control devices in Sec. 63.693 of 
subpart DD of this part, except you may substitute visual inspections 
for leak checks rather than Method 21 of Appendix A of part 60 of this 
chapter. Reconstruction is defined in Sec. 63.1595.
    (1) Covers must be tightly fitted and designed and operated to 
minimize exposure of the wastewater to the atmosphere. This includes, 
but is not limited to, the absence of visible cracks, holes, or gaps in 
the roof sections or between the roof and the supporting wall; broken, 
cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and 
broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure 
devices.
    (2) If wastewater is in a treatment unit, each opening must be 
maintained in a closed, sealed position, unless plant personnel are 
present and conducting wastewater or sludge sampling, or equipment 
inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (b) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (a) of this 
section, you may comply by demonstrating, for all units up to the 
secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units, 
that the fraction emitted does not exceed 0.014. You must demonstrate 
that for your POTW, the sum of all HAP emissions from those units 
divided by the sum of all HAP mass loadings results in a annual rolling 
average of the fraction emitted no greater than 0.014. You may use any 
combination of pretreatment, wastewater treatment plant modifications, 
and control devices to achieve this performance standard; however, you 
must demonstrate, to the Administrator's satisfaction that:
    (1) You have accurately determined your POTW's annual HAP mass 
loadings and your POTW's annual HAP emissions as of the date of start-
up;
    (2) Your POTW meets the fraction emitted standard of 0.014 or less; 
and
    (3) Your POTW has established procedures to demonstrate continuous 
compliance which are consistent with the criteria set forth in 
Sec. 63.1588(c)(4).

[64 FR 57579, Oct. 26, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 16142, Mar. 23, 2001]



Sec. 63.1587  When do I have to comply?

    If your POTW treatment plant began construction on or after December 
1, 1998, you must comply with all provisions of this subpart either 
immediately upon startup, or by six months after October 26, 1999, 
whichever date is later.



Sec. 63.1588  What inspections must I conduct?

    (a) If your treatment units are required to have covers, you must 
conduct the following inspections:
    (1) You must visually check the cover and its closure devices for 
defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not 
limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the roof sections or 
between the roof and the supporting wall; broken, cracked, or otherwise 
damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing

[[Page 657]]

hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
    (2) You must perform an initial visual inspection with follow-up 
inspections at least once per year.
    (3) In the event that you find a defect on a treatment unit in use, 
you must repair the defect within 45 days. If you cannot repair within 
45 days, you must notify the EPA or the designated State authority 
immediately and report the reason for the delay and the date you expect 
to complete the repair. If you find a defect on a treatment unit that is 
not in service, you must repair the defect prior to putting the 
treatment unit back in wastewater service.
    (b) If you own or operate a control device used to meet the 
requirements for Sec. 63.1586, you must comply with the inspection and 
monitoring requirements of Sec. 63.695(c) of subpart DD of this part.
    (c) To comply with the performance standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1586(b), you must develop an inspection and monitoring plan. 
This inspection and monitoring plan must include, at a minimum, the 
following:
    (1) A method to determine, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, 
the influent HAP mass loading, i.e., the annual mass quantity for each 
HAP entering the wastewater treatment plant.
    (2) A method to determine, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, 
your POTW's annual HAP emissions for all units up to and including the 
secondary influent pumping station or up to and not including the 
secondary treatment units as of October 26, 1999. The method you use to 
determine your HAP emissions, such as modeling or direct source 
measurement, must:
    (i) Be approved by your EPA Regional Office, State, or local 
regulatory agency for use at your POTW;
    (ii) Account for all factors affecting emissions from your plant 
including, but not limited to, emissions from wastewater treatment 
units; emissions resulting from inspection, maintenance, and repair 
activities; fluctuations (e.g., daily, monthly, annual, seasonal) in 
your influent wastewater HAP concentrations; annual industrial loading; 
performance of control devices; or any other factors that could affect 
your annual HAP emissions; and
    (iii) Include documentation that the values and sources of all data, 
operating conditions, assumptions, etc., used in your method result in 
an accurate estimation of annual emissions from your plant.
    (3) Documentation, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, that 
your POTW meets the fraction emitted standard of 0.014 or less, i.e., 
the sum of all HAP emissions from paragraph (c)(2) of this section 
divided by the sum of all HAP mass loadings from paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section results in a fraction emitted of 0.014 or less as described 
in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
    (4) A method to demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the 
Administrator, that your POTW is in continuous compliance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1586(b). Continuous compliance means that your 
emissions, when averaged over the course of a year, do not exceed the 
level of emissions that allows your POTW to comply with Sec. 63.1586(b). 
For example, you may identify a parameter(s) that you can monitor that 
assures your emissions, when averaged over the entire year, will meet 
the requirements in Sec. 63.1586(b). Some example parameters that may be 
considered for monitoring include your wastewater influent HAP 
concentration and flow, industrial loading from your permitted 
industrial dischargers, and your control device performance criteria. 
Where emission reductions are due to proper operation of equipment, work 
practices, or other operational procedures, your demonstration must 
specify the frequency of inspections and the number of days to 
completion of repairs. You must, at a minimum, perform the following 
each month to demonstrate that your annual rolling average of the 
fraction emitted is 0.014 or less:
    (i) Determine the average daily flow of the wastewater entering your 
POTW treatment plant for the month;
    (ii) Determine the flow-weighted monthly concentration of each HAP 
in your influent listed in Table 1 to subpart DD of this part;
    (iii) Using the current month's information in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) 
and (ii)

[[Page 658]]

of this section, determine a total annual loading (Mg/year) of each HAP 
entering your POTW treatment plant;
    (iv) Sum up the values in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section and 
determine a total annual loading value (Mg/year) for all HAP entering 
your POTW treatment plant for the current month;
    (v) Based on the current month's information in paragraph 
(c)(4)(iii) of this section along with source testing and emission 
modeling, for each HAP, determine annual emissions (Mg/year) from all 
wastewater units up to, but not including, secondary treatment units;
    (vi) Sum up the values in paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this section and 
determine the total annual emissions value for the month for all HAP 
from all wastewater units up to, but not including, secondary treatment 
units;
    (vii) Calculate the fraction emitted value for the month by dividing 
the total annual HAP emissions value from paragraph (c)(4)(vi) of this 
section by the total annual loading from paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this 
section; and
    (viii) Average the fraction emitted value for the month determined 
in paragraph (c)(4)(vii) of this section, with the values determined for 
the previous 11 months, to calculate an annual rolling average of the 
fraction HAP emitted.



Sec. 63.1589  What records must I keep?

    (a) To comply with the equipment standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1586(a), you must prepare and maintain the records required in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section:
    (1) A record for each treatment unit inspection required by 
Sec. 63.1588(a). You must include a treatment unit identification number 
(or other unique identification description as selected by you) and the 
date of inspection.
    (2) For each defect detected during inspections required by 
Sec. 63.1588(a), you must record the location of the defect, a 
description of the defect, the date of detection, the corrective action 
taken to repair the defect, and the date the repair to correct the 
defect is completed.
    (3) In the event that repair of the defect is delayed, in accordance 
with the provisions of Sec. 63.1588(a)(3), you must also record the 
reason for the delay and the date you expect to complete the repair.
    (4) If you own or operate a control device used to meet the 
requirements for Sec. 63.1586, you must comply with the recordkeeping 
requirements of Sec. 63.696(a), (b), (g), and (h).
    (b) To comply with the performance standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1586(b), you must prepare and maintain the records required in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section:
    (1) A record of the methods and data used to determine your POTW's 
annual HAP emissions as determined in Sec. 63.1588(c)(2);
    (2) A record of the methods and data used to determine that your 
POTW meets the fraction emitted standard of 0.014 or less, as determined 
in Sec. 63.1588(c)(3); and
    (3) A record of the methods and data that demonstrates that your 
POTW is in continuous compliance with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.1588(c)(4).

[64 FR 57579, Oct. 26, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 16142, Mar. 23, 2001]



Sec. 63.1590  What reports must I submit?

    (a)(1) If you have an existing nonindustrial POTW treatment plant, 
you are not required to submit a notification of compliance status. If 
you have a new or reconstructed nonindustrial POTW treatment plant, you 
must submit to the Administrator a notification of compliance status, 
signed by the responsible official who must certify its accuracy, 
attesting to whether your POTW treatment plant has complied with this 
subpart. This notification must be submitted initially, and each time a 
notification of compliance status is required under this subpart. At a 
minimum, the notification must list--
    (i) The methods that were used to determine compliance;
    (ii) The results of any monitoring procedures or methods that were 
conducted;
    (iii) The methods that will be used for determining continuing 
compliance;
    (iv) The type and quantity of HAP emitted by your POTW treatment 
plant;

[[Page 659]]

    (v) A description of the air pollution control equipment (or method) 
for each emission point; and
    (vi) Your statement that your POTW treatment plant has complied with 
this subpart.
    (2) You must send this notification before the close of business on 
the 60th day following the completion of the relevant compliance 
demonstration activity specified in this subpart.
    (b) After you have been issued a title V permit, you must comply 
with all requirements for compliance status reports contained in your 
title V permit, including reports required under this subpart. After you 
have been issued a title V permit, and each time a notification of 
compliance status is required under this subpart, you must submit the 
notification of compliance status to the appropriate permitting 
authority, as described in paragraph (d) of this section, following 
completion of the relevant compliance demonstration activity specified 
in this subpart.
    (c) You must comply with the delay of repair reporting required in 
Sec. 63.1588(a)(3).
    (d) If your State has not been delegated authority, you must submit 
reports to your EPA Regional Office. If your State has been delegated 
authority, you must submit reports to your delegated State authority, 
and you must send a copy of each report submitted to the State to your 
EPA Regional Office. Your EPA Regional Office, at its discretion, may 
waive this requirement for any reports.
    (e) You may apply to the Administrator for a waiver of recordkeeping 
and reporting requirements by complying with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.10(f) of subpart A of this part.
    (f) If you own or operate a control device used to meet the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1586(a), you must submit the reports required by 
Sec. 63.697(b) of subpart DD of this part, including a notification of 
performance tests; a performance test report; a startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction report; and a summary report.
    (g) To comply with the performance standard specified in 
Sec. 63.1586(b), you must submit, for approval by the Administrator, an 
initial report explaining your compliance approach 90 days prior to 
beginning operation of your new or reconstructed POTW. You must also 
submit a startup, shutdown, and malfunction report.

[64 FR 57579, Oct. 26, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 16142, Mar. 23, 2001]

                          General Requirements



Sec. 63.1591  What are my notification requirements?

    (a) If you are subject to this subpart, and your State has not been 
delegated authority, you must submit notifications to the appropriate 
EPA Regional Office. If your State has been delegated authority you must 
submit notifications to your State and a copy of each notification to 
the appropriate EPA Regional Office. The Regional Office may waive this 
requirement for any notifications at its discretion.
    (b) You must notify the Administrator in writing no later than 120 
calendar days after the effective date of this subpart (or within 120 
calendar days after your POTW treatment plant becomes subject to the 
relevant standard), and you must provide the following information:
    (1) Your name and address;
    (2) The address (i.e., physical location) of your POTW treatment 
plant;
    (3) An identification of these standards as the basis of the 
notification and your POTW treatment plant's compliance date; and
    (4) A brief description of the nature, size, design, and method of 
operation of your POTW treatment plant, including its operating design 
capacity and an identification of each point of emission for each HAP, 
or if a definitive identification is not yet possible, a preliminary 
identification of each point of emission for each HAP.
    (c) You must notify the Administrator if your data show that you are 
no longer in continuous compliance.



Sec. 63.1592  Which General Provisions apply to my POTW treatment plant?

    Table 1 to this subpart lists the General Provisions (40 CFR part 
63, subpart A) which apply to POTW treatment plants.

[[Page 660]]



Sec. 63.1593  How will the EPA determine if I am in compliance with this subpart?

    (a) The Administrator will determine compliance with this subpart by 
reviewing your reports and records or by inspecting your POTW treatment 
plant.
    (b) If you fail to comply with any or all of the provisions of this 
subpart, you will be considered in violation of this subpart. For 
example, failure to perform any or all of the following, specified in 
Sec. 63.1588, would be a violation: failure to visually inspect the 
cover on your treatment unit, failure to repair a defect on a treatment 
unit in use within the specified time period, failure to report a delay 
in repair, failure to determine your POTW's annual HAP emissions when 
your new or reconstructed POTW becomes subject to this subpart, failure 
to demonstrate that your POTW achieves an HAP fraction emitted of 0.014, 
or failure to demonstrate that your POTW is in continuous compliance 
with the requirements of Sec. 63.1586(b).
    (c) Your POTW treatment plant may be exempted from compliance with 
this subpart if the President determines that the technology to 
implement these standards is not available, and that it is in the 
national security interests of the United States to do so. This 
exemption may last for up to 2 years at a time and may be extended for 
additional periods of up to 2 years each.



Sec. 63.1594  Who enforces this subpart?

    If the Administrator has delegated authority to your State, then the 
State enforces this subpart. If the Administrator has not delegated 
authority to your State, then the EPA Regional Office enforces this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.1595  List of definitions.

    Affected source means the group of all equipment that comprise the 
POTW treatment plant.
    Area source means any stationary source of HAP that is not a major 
source.
    Cover means a device that prevents or reduces air pollutant 
emissions to the atmosphere by forming a continuous barrier over the 
waste material managed in a treatment unit. A cover may have openings 
(such as access hatches, sampling ports, gauge wells) that are necessary 
for operation, inspection, maintenance, and repair of the treatment unit 
on which the cover is used. A cover may be a separate piece of equipment 
which can be detached and removed from the treatment unit, or a cover 
may be formed by structural features permanently integrated into the 
design of the treatment unit. The cover and its closure devices must be 
made of suitable materials that will minimize exposure of the waste 
material to the atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain 
the integrity of the cover and its closure devices throughout its 
intended service life.
    Fraction emitted means the fraction of the mass of HAP entering the 
POTW wastewater treatment plant which is emitted prior to secondary 
treatment. The value is calculated using the following steps:
    (1) Determine mass emissions from all equipment up to, but not 
including, secondary treatment for each HAP listed in Table 1 to subpart 
DD of this part;
    (2) Sum the HAP emissions (E);
    (3) Sum the HAP mass loadings (L) in the influent to the 
POTW wastewater treatment plant; and
    (4) Calculate the fraction emitted (fe monthly) using 
fe monthly = E/L.
    HAP means hazardous air pollutant(s).
    Industrial POTW means a POTW that accepts a waste stream regulated 
by an industrial NESHAP and provides treatment and controls as an agent 
for the industrial discharger. The industrial discharger complies with 
its NESHAP by using the treatment and controls located at the POTW. For 
example, an industry discharges its benzene-containing waste stream to 
the POTW for treatment to comply with 40 CFR part 61, Subpart FF--
National Emission Standard for Benzene Waste Operations. This definition 
does not include POTW treating waste streams not specifically regulated 
under another NESHAP.
    Industrial user means a nondomestic source introducing any pollutant 
or combination of pollutants into a

[[Page 661]]

POTW. Industrial users can be commercial or industrial facilities whose 
wastes enter local sewers.
    Non-industrial POTW means a POTW that does not meet the definition 
of an industrial POTW as defined above.
    Publicly owned treatment works (POTW) means a treatment works, as 
that term is defined by section 112(e)(5) of the Clean Air Act, which is 
owned by a municipality (as defined by section 502(4) of the Clean Water 
Act), a State, an intermunicipal or interstate agency, or any 
department, agency, or instrumentality of the Federal Government. This 
definition includes any intercepting sewers, outfall sewers, sewage 
collection systems, pumping, power, and other equipment. The wastewater 
treated by these facilities is generated by industrial, commercial, and 
domestic sources. As used in this regulation, the term POTW refers to 
both any publicly owned treatment works which is owned by a State, 
municipality, or intermunicipal or interstate agency and therefore 
eligible to receive grant assistance under the Subchapter II of the 
Clean Water Act, and any federally owned treatment works as that term is 
described in section 3023 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act.
    POTW treatment plant means that portion of the POTW which is 
designed to provide treatment (including recycling and reclamation) of 
municipal sewage and industrial waste.
    Reconstruction means the replacement of components of an affected or 
a previously unaffected stationary source such that:
    (1) The fixed capital cost of the new components exceeds 50 percent 
of the fixed capital cost that would be required to construct a 
comparable new source; and
    (2) It is technologically and economically feasible for the 
reconstructed source to meet the relevant standard(s) established by the 
Administrator (or a State) pursuant to section 112 of the Act. Upon 
reconstruction, an affected source, or a stationary source that becomes 
an affected source, is subject to relevant standards for new sources, 
including compliance dates, irrespective of any change in emissions of 
HAP from that source.
    Secondary treatment means treatment processes, typically biological, 
designed to reduce the concentrations of dissolved and colloidal organic 
matter in wastewater.
    Waste and wastewater means a material, or spent or used water or 
waste, generated from residential, industrial, commercial, mining, or 
agricultural operations or from community activities that contain 
dissolved or suspended matter, and that is discarded, discharged, or is 
being accumulated, stored, or physically, chemically, thermally, or 
biologically treated in a publicly owned treatment works.

[64 FR 57579, Oct. 26, 1999 as amended at 66 FR 16142, Mar. 23, 2001]

            Table 1 to Subpart VVV--Applicability of 40 CFR Part 63 General Provisions to Subpart VVV
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       General provisions  reference              Applicable to  subpart VVV                Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1.................................  ...................................  APPLICABILITY.
Sec.  63.1(a)(1)...........................  Yes................................  Terms defined in the Clean Air
                                                                                   Act.
Sec.  63.1(a)(2)...........................  Yes................................  General applicability
                                                                                   explanation.
Sec.  63.1(a)(3)...........................  Yes................................  Cannot diminish a stricter
                                                                                   NESHAP.
Sec.  63.1(a)(4)...........................  Yes................................  Not repetitive. Doesn't apply
                                                                                   to section 112(r).
Sec.  63.1(a)(5)...........................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(a)(6)-(8).......................  Yes................................  Contacts and authorities.
Sec.  63.1(a)(9)...........................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(a)(10)..........................  Yes................................  Time period definition.
Sec.  63.1(a)(11)..........................  Yes................................  Postmark explanation.
Sec.  63.1(a)(12)-(14).....................  Yes................................  Time period changes.
                                                                                   Regulation conflict. Force
                                                                                   and effect of subpart A.
Sec.  63.1(b)(1)...........................  Yes................................  Initial applicability
                                                                                   determination of subpart A.
Sec.  63.1(b)(2)...........................  Yes................................  Operating permits by States.
Sec.  63.1(b)(3)...........................  No.................................  Subpart VVV specifies
                                                                                   recordkeeping of records of
                                                                                   applicability determination.
Sec.  63.1(c)(1)...........................  Yes................................  Requires compliance with both
                                                                                   subpart A and subpart VVV.
Sec.  63.1(c)(2)(i)........................  Yes................................  State options regarding title
                                                                                   V permit.

[[Page 662]]

 
Sec.  63.1(c)(2)(ii)-(iii).................  No.................................  State options regarding title
                                                                                   V permit.
Sec.  63.1(c)(3)...........................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(c)(4)...........................  Yes................................  Extension of compliance.
Sec.  63.1(c)(5)...........................  No.................................  Subpart VVV addresses area
                                                                                   sources becoming major due to
                                                                                   increase in emissions.
Sec.  63.1(d)..............................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.1(e)..............................  Yes................................  Title V permit before a
                                                                                   relevant standard is
                                                                                   established.
Sec.  63.2.................................  Yes................................  DEFINITIONS.
Sec.  63.3.................................  Yes................................  UNITS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
Sec.  63.4.................................  ...................................  PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES AND
                                                                                   CIRCUMVENTION.
Sec.  63.4(a)(1)-(3).......................  Yes................................  Prohibits operation in
                                                                                   violation of subpart A.
Sec.  63.4(a)(4)...........................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.4(a)(5)...........................  Yes................................  Compliance dates.
Sec.  63.4(b)..............................  Yes................................  Circumvention.
Sec.  63.4(c)..............................  Yes................................  Severability.
Sec.  63.5.................................  ...................................  CONSTRUCTION AND
                                                                                   RECONSTRUCTION.
Sec.  63.5(a)(1)...........................  Yes................................  Construction and
                                                                                   reconstruction.
Sec.  63.5(a)(2)...........................  Yes................................  New source--effective dates.
Sec.  63.5(b)(1)...........................  Yes................................  New sources subject to
                                                                                   relevant standards.
Sec.  63.5(b)(2)...........................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.5(b)(3)...........................  Yes................................  No new major sources without
                                                                                   Administrator approval.
Sec.  63.5(b)(4)...........................  Yes................................  New major source notification.
Sec.  63.5(b)(5)...........................  Yes................................  New major sources must comply.
Sec.  63.5(b)(6)...........................  Yes................................  New equipment added considered
                                                                                   part of major source.
Sec.  63.5(c)..............................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.5(d)(1)...........................  Yes................................  Implementation of section
                                                                                   112(I)(2)--application of
                                                                                   approval of new source
                                                                                   construction.
Sec.  63.5(d)(2)...........................  Yes................................  Application for approval of
                                                                                   construction for new sources
                                                                                   listing and describing
                                                                                   planned air pollution control
                                                                                   system.
Sec.  63.5(d)(3)...........................  Yes................................  Application for
                                                                                   reconstruction.
Sec.  63.5(d)(4)...........................  Yes................................  Administrator may request
                                                                                   additional information.
Sec.  63.5(e)..............................  Yes................................  Approval of reconstruction.
Sec.  63.5(f)(1)...........................  Yes................................  Approval based on State
                                                                                   review.
Sec.  63.5(f)(2)...........................  Yes................................  Application deadline.
Sec.  63.6.................................  ...................................  COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS AND
                                                                                   MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS.
Sec.  63.6(a)..............................  Yes................................  Applicability of compliance
                                                                                   with standards and
                                                                                   maintenance requirements.
Sec.  63.6(b)..............................  Yes................................  Compliance dates for new and
                                                                                   reconstructed sources.
Sec.  63.6(c)..............................  Yes................................  Compliance dates for existing
                                                                                   sources apply to existing
                                                                                   industrial POTW treatment
                                                                                   plants.
Sec.  63.6(d)..............................  Yes................................  Section reserved.
Sec.  63.6(e)..............................  Yes................................  Operation and maintenance
                                                                                   requirements apply to new
                                                                                   sources.
Sec.  63.6(f)..............................  Yes................................  Compliance with non-opacity
                                                                                   emission standards applies to
                                                                                   new sources.
Sec.  63.6(g)..............................  Yes................................  Use of alternative non-opacity
                                                                                   emission standards applies to
                                                                                   new sources.
Sec.  63.6(h)..............................  No.................................  POTW treatment plants do not
                                                                                   typically have visible
                                                                                   emissions.
Sec.  63.6(i)..............................  Yes................................  Extension of compliance with
                                                                                   emission standards applies to
                                                                                   new sources.
Sec.  63.6(j)..............................  Yes................................  Presidential exemption from
                                                                                   compliance with emission
                                                                                   standards.
Sec.  63.7.................................  ...................................  PERFORMANCE TESTING
                                                                                   REQUIREMENTS.
Sec.  63.7(a)..............................  Yes................................  Performance testing is
                                                                                   required for new sources.
Sec.  63.7(b)..............................  Yes................................  New sources must notify the
                                                                                   Administrator of intention to
                                                                                   conduct performance testing.
Sec.  63.7(c)..............................  Yes................................  New sources must comply with
                                                                                   quality assurance program
                                                                                   requirements.
Sec.  63.7(d)..............................  Yes................................  New sources must provide
                                                                                   performance testing
                                                                                   facilities at the request of
                                                                                   the Administrator.
Sec.  63.7(e)..............................  Yes................................  Requirements for conducting
                                                                                   performance tests apply to
                                                                                   new sources.
Sec.  63.7(f)..............................  Yes................................  New sources may use an
                                                                                   alternative test method.
Sec.  63.7(g)..............................  Yes................................  Requirements for data
                                                                                   analysis, recordkeeping, and
                                                                                   reporting associated with
                                                                                   performance testing apply to
                                                                                   new sources.
Sec.  63.7(h)..............................  Yes................................  New sources may request a
                                                                                   waiver of performance tests.

[[Page 663]]

 
Sec.  63.8.................................  ...................................  MONITORING REQUIREMENTS.
Sec.  63.8(a)..............................  Yes................................  Applicability of monitoring
                                                                                   requirements.
Sec.  63.8(b)..............................  Yes................................  Monitoring shall be conducted
                                                                                   by new sources.
Sec.  63.8(c)..............................  Yes................................  New sources shall operate and
                                                                                   maintain continuous
                                                                                   monitoring systems (CMS).
Sec.  63.8(d)..............................  Yes................................  New sources must develop and
                                                                                   implement a CMS quality
                                                                                   control program.
Sec.  63.8(e)..............................  Yes................................  New sources may be required to
                                                                                   conduct a performance
                                                                                   evaluation of CMS.
Sec.  63.8(f)..............................  Yes................................  New sources may use an
                                                                                   alternative monitoring
                                                                                   method.
Sec.  63.8(g)..............................  Yes................................  Requirements for reduction of
                                                                                   monitoring data.
Sec.  63.9.................................  ...................................  NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
Sec.  63.9(a)..............................  Yes................................  Applicability of notification
                                                                                   requirements.
Sec.  63.9(b)..............................  Yes................................  Initial notification
                                                                                   requirements.
Sec.  63.9(c)..............................  Yes................................  Request for extension of
                                                                                   compliance with subpart VVV.
Sec.  63.9(d)..............................  Yes................................  Notification that source is
                                                                                   subject to special compliance
                                                                                   requirements as specified in
                                                                                   Sec.  63.6(b)(3) and (4).
Sec.  63.9(e)..............................  Yes................................  Notification of performance
                                                                                   test.
Sec.  63.9(f)..............................  No.................................  POTW treatment plants do not
                                                                                   typically have visible
                                                                                   emissions.
Sec.  63.9(g)..............................  Yes................................  Additional notification
                                                                                   requirements for sources with
                                                                                   continuous emission
                                                                                   monitoring systems.
Sec.  63.9(h)..............................  Yes................................  Notification of compliance
                                                                                   status when the source
                                                                                   becomes subject to subpart
                                                                                   VVV.
Sec.  63.9(i)..............................  Yes................................  Adjustments to time periods or
                                                                                   postmark deadlines or
                                                                                   submittal and review of
                                                                                   required communications.
Sec.  63.9(j)..............................  Yes................................  Change of information already
                                                                                   provided to the
                                                                                   Administrator.
Sec.  63.10................................  ...................................  RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
                                                                                   REQUIREMENTS.
Sec.  63.10(a).............................  Yes................................  Applicability of notification
                                                                                   and reporting requirements.
Sec.  63.10(b)(1)-(2)......................  Yes................................  General recordkeeping
                                                                                   requirements.
Sec.  63.10(b)(3)..........................  No.................................  Recording requirement for
                                                                                   applicability determination.
Sec.  63.10(c).............................  Yes................................  Additional recordkeeping
                                                                                   requirements for sources with
                                                                                   continuous monitoring
                                                                                   systems.
Sec.  63.10(d).............................  Yes................................  General reporting
                                                                                   requirements.
Sec.  63.10(e).............................  Yes................................  Additional reporting
                                                                                   requirements for sources with
                                                                                   continuous monitoring
                                                                                   systems.
Sec.  63.10(f).............................  Yes................................  Waiver of recordkeeping and
                                                                                   reporting requirements.
Sec.  63.11................................  ...................................  FLARES AS A CONTROL DEVICE.
Sec.  63.11(a) and (b).....................  Yes................................  If a new source uses flares to
                                                                                   comply with the requirements
                                                                                   of subpart VVV, the
                                                                                   requirements of Sec.  63.11
                                                                                   apply.
Sec.  63.12................................  Yes................................  STATE AUTHORITY AND
                                                                                   DESIGNATION.
Sec.  63.13................................  Yes................................  ADDRESSES OF STATE AIR
                                                                                   POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCIES
                                                                                   AND EPA REGIONAL OFFICES.
Sec.  63.14................................  Yes................................  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.
Sec.  63.15................................  Yes................................  AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION
                                                                                   AND CONFIDENTIALITY.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[64 FR 57579, Oct. 26, 1999 as amended at 66 FR 16142, Mar. 23, 2001]

SubpartWWW  [Reserved]



 Subpart XXX--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
     for Ferroalloys Production: Ferromanganese and Silicomanganese

    Source: 64 FR 27458, May 20, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Secs. 63.1620-63.1649  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.1650  Applicability and compliance dates.

    (a) This subpart applies to all new and existing ferromanganese and 
silicomanganese production facilities that manufacture ferromanganese or 
silicomanganese and are major sources or are co-located at major sources 
of hazardous air pollutant emissions.
    (b) The following sources at a ferromanganese and silicomanganese

[[Page 664]]

production facility are subject to this subpart:
    (1) Open submerged arc furnaces with a furnace power input of 22 MW 
or less when producing ferromanganese.
    (2) Open submerged arc furnaces with a furnace power input greater 
than 22 MW when producing ferromanganese.
    (3) Open submerged arc furnaces with a furnace power input greater 
than 25 MW when producing silicomanganese.
    (4) Open submerged arc furnaces with a furnace power input of 25 MW 
or less when producing silicomanganese.
    (5) Semi-sealed submerged arc furnaces when producing 
ferromanganese.
    (6) Metal oxygen refining (MOR) process.
    (7) Crushing and screening operations.
    (8) Fugitive dust sources.
    (c) A new affected source is one for which construction or 
reconstruction commenced after August 4, 1998.
    (d) The following table specifies which provisions of subpart A of 
this part apply to owners and operators of ferromanganese and 
silicomanganese production facilities subject to this subpart:

             General Provisions Applicability to Subpart XXX
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Applies to
 Reference, Subpart A General      Subpart XXX,           Comment
          Provisions             63.1620-63.1679
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1-63.5.....................  Yes..............
63.6(a)-(g), (i)-(j)..........  Yes..............
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(6), (h)(8)-      Yes..............
 (h)(9).
63.7(h)(7)....................  No...............  Sec.  63.6(h)(7), use
                                                    of continuous
                                                    opacity monitoring
                                                    system, not
                                                    applicable.
63.7..........................  Yes..............
63.8..........................  Yes..............
63.9..........................  Yes..............  Notification of
                                                    performance test
                                                    results changed to a
                                                    30-day notification
                                                    period.
63.10.........................  Yes..............  Allow changes in
                                                    dates by which
                                                    periodic reports are
                                                    submitted by mutual
                                                    agreement between
                                                    the owner or
                                                    operator and the
                                                    State to occur any
                                                    time after the
                                                    source's compliance
                                                    date.
63.11.........................  No...............  Flares will not be
                                                    used to comply with
                                                    the emission limits.
63.12-63.15...................  Yes..............
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Compliance dates. (1) Each owner or operator of an existing 
affected source must comply with the requirements of this subpart no 
later than November 21, 2001.
    (2) Each owner or operator of a new or reconstructed affected source 
that commences construction or reconstruction after August 4, 1998, must 
comply with the requirements of this subpart by May 20, 1999 or upon 
startup of operations, whichever is later.

[64 FR 27458, May 20, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 16012, Mar. 22, 2001]



Sec. 63.1651  Definitions.

    Terms in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act (Act), in 
subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring particulate matter (dust) loadings in the 
exhaust of a baghouse in order to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light 
transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative 
particulate matter loadings.
    Capture system means the equipment (including hoods, ducts, fans, 
dampers, etc.) used to capture or transport particulate matter generated 
by an affected submerged arc furnace.
    Casting means the period of time from when molten ferroalloy falls 
from the furnace tapping runner into the ladle until pouring into molds 
is completed. This includes the following operations: ladle filling, 
pouring alloy from one ladle to another, slag separation, slag removal, 
and ladle transfer by crane, truck, or other conveyance.
    Crushing and screening equipment means the crushers, grinders, 
mills,

[[Page 665]]

screens and conveying systems used to crush, size, and prepare for 
packing manganese-containing materials, including raw materials, 
intermediate products, and final products.
    Fugitive dust source means a stationary source from which manganese-
bearing particles are discharged to the atmosphere due to wind or 
mechanical inducement such as vehicle traffic. Fugitive dust sources 
include plant roadways, yard areas, and outdoor material storage and 
transfer operations.
    Furnace power input means the resistive electrical power consumption 
of a submerged arc furnace, expressed as megawatts (MW).
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable failure of air pollution control equipment, process 
equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner. Failures 
caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not 
malfunctions.
    Metal oxygen refining (MOR) process means the reduction of the 
carbon content of ferromanganese through the use of oxygen.
    Open submerged arc furnace means an electric submerged arc furnace 
that is equipped with a canopy hood above the furnace to collect primary 
emissions.
    Operating time means the period of time in hours that the affected 
source is in operation beginning at a startup and ending at the next 
shutdown.
    Plant roadway means any area at a ferromanganese and silicomanganese 
production facility that is subject to plant mobile equipment, such as 
fork lifts, front end loaders, or trucks, carrying manganese-bearing 
materials. Excluded from this definition are employee and visitor 
parking areas, provided they are not subject to traffic by plant mobile 
equipment.
    Primary emissions means gases and emissions collected by hoods and 
ductwork located above an open furnace or under the cover of a semi-
closed or sealed furnace.
    Sealed submerged arc furnace means an electric submerged arc furnace 
equipped with a total enclosure or cover from which primary emissions 
are evacuated directly.
    Semi-closed submerged arc furnace means an electric submerged arc 
furnace equipped with a partially sealed cover over the furnace. This 
cover is equipped with openings to allow penetration of the electrodes 
into the furnace. Mix is introduced into the furnace around the 
electrode holes forming a partial seal between the electrodes and the 
cover. Furnace emissions generated under the cover are ducted to an 
emission control device. Emissions that escape the cover are collected 
and vented through stacks directly to the atmosphere.
    Shop means the building which houses one or more submerged arc 
furnaces.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of an affected source for 
any purpose.
    Startup means the setting in operation of an affected source for any 
purpose.
    Submerged arc furnace means any furnace wherein electrical energy is 
converted to heat energy by transmission of current between electrodes 
partially submerged in the furnace charge. The furnace may be of an 
open, semi-sealed, or sealed design.
    Tapping emissions means a source of air pollutant emissions that 
occur during the process of removing the molten product from the 
furnace.
    Tapping period means the time from when a tap hole is opened until 
the time a tap hole is closed.



Sec. 63.1652  Emission standards.

    (a) New and reconstructed submerged arc furnaces. No owner or 
operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any new 
or reconstructed submerged arc furnace exhaust gases (including primary 
and tapping) containing particulate matter in excess of one of the 
following:
    (1) 0.23 kilograms per hour per megawatt (kg/hr/MW) (0.51 pounds per 
hour per megawatt [lb/hr/MW]), or
    (2) 35 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (mg/dscm) (0.015 
grains per dry standard cubic foot [gr/dscf]).
    (b) Existing open submerged arc furnaces. No owner or operator shall 
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any existing open 
submerged arc

[[Page 666]]

furnace exhaust gases (including primary and tapping) containing 
particulate matter in excess of one of the following:
    (1) 9.8 kilograms per hour (kg/hr) (21.7 pounds per hour (lb/hr)) 
when producing ferromanganese in an open furnace operating at a furnace 
power input of 22 MW or less; or
    (2) 13.5 kg/hr (29.8 lb/hr) when producing ferromanganese in an open 
furnace operating at a furnace power input greater than 22 MW; or
    (3) 16.3 kg/hr (35.9 lb/hr) when producing silicomanganese in an 
open furnace operating at a furnace power input greater than 25 MW; or
    (4) 12.3 kg/hr (27.2 lb/hr) when producing silicomanganese in an 
open furnace operating at a furnace power input of 25 MW or less.
    (c) Existing semi-sealed submerged arc furnaces. No owner or 
operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any 
existing semi-sealed submerged arc furnace exhaust gases (including 
primary, tapping, and vent stacks) containing particulate matter in 
excess of 11.2 kg/hr (24.7 lb/hr) when producing ferromanganese.
    (d) MOR process. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged 
into the atmosphere from any new, reconstructed, or existing MOR process 
exhaust gases containing particulate matter in excess of 69 mg/dscm 
(0.03 gr/dscf).
    (e) Crushing and screening equipment. (1) New and reconstructed 
equipment. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the 
atmosphere from any new or reconstructed piece of equipment associated 
with crushing and screening exhaust gases containing particulate matter 
in excess of 50 mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf).
    (2) Existing equipment. No owner or operator shall cause to be 
discharged into the atmosphere from any existing piece of equipment 
associated with crushing and screening exhaust gases containing 
particulate matter in excess of 69 (mg/dscm) (0.03 gr/dscf).

[64 FR 27458, May 20, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 16013, Mar. 22, 2001]



Sec. 63.1653  Opacity standards.

    No owner or operator shall cause emissions exiting from a shop due 
solely to operations of any affected submerged arc furnace, to exceed 20 
percent opacity for more than one 6-minute period during any performance 
test, with the following exceptions:
    (a) Visible particulate emissions from a shop due solely to 
operation of a semi-closed submerged arc furnace, may exceed 20 percent 
opacity, measured as a 6-minute average, one time during any performance 
test, so long as the emissions never exceed 60 percent opacity, measured 
as a 6-minute average.
    (b) Blowing taps, poling and oxygen lancing of the tap hole; 
burndowns associated with electrode measurements; and maintenance 
activities associated with submerged arc furnaces and casting operations 
are exempt from the opacity standards specified in this section.



Sec. 63.1654  Operational and work practice standards.

    (a) Fugitive dust sources. (1) Each owner or operator of an affected 
ferromanganese and silicomanganese production facility must prepare, and 
at all times operate according to, a fugitive dust control plan that 
describes in detail the measures that will be put in place to control 
fugitive dust emissions from the individual fugitive dust sources at the 
facility.
    (2) The owner or operator must submit a copy of the fugitive dust 
control plan to the designated permitting authority on or before the 
applicable compliance date for the affected source as specified in 
Sec. 63.1650(e). The requirement for the owner or operator to operate 
the facility according to a written fugitive dust control plan must be 
incorporated in the operating permit for the facility that is issued by 
the designated permitting authority under part 70 of this chapter.
    (3) The owner or operator may use existing manuals that describe the 
measures in place to control fugitive dust sources required as part of a 
State implementation plan or other federally enforceable requirement for 
particulate matter to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section.
    (b) Baghouses equipped with bag leak detection systems. The owner or 
operator of a new or reconstructed submerged

[[Page 667]]

arc furnace must install and continuously operate a bag leak detection 
system if the furnace's primary and/or tapping emissions are ducted to a 
negative pressure baghouse or to a positive pressure baghouse equipped 
with a stack. The owner or operator must maintain and operate each 
baghouse such that the following conditions are met:
    (1) The alarm on the system does not sound for more than 5 percent 
of the total operating time in a 6-month reporting period.
    (2) A record is made of the date and time of each alarm and 
procedures to determine the cause of the alarm are initiated within 1 
hour of the alarm according to the plan for corrective action required 
under Sec. 63.1657(a)(7).



Sec. 63.1655  Maintenance requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected source must comply with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.6(e) of subpart A.
    (b)(1) The owner or operator must develop and implement a written 
maintenance plan for each air pollution control device associated with 
submerged arc furnaces, metal oxygen refining processes, and crushing 
and screening operations subject to the provisions of this part. The 
owner or operator must keep the maintenance plan on record and available 
for the Administrator's inspection for the life of the air pollution 
control device or until the affected source is no longer subject to the 
provisions of this part.
    (2) To satisfy the requirement to develop maintenance plans, the 
owner or operator may use the affected source's standard operating 
procedures (SOP) manual or other plan, provided the alternative plan 
meets the requirements of this paragraph and is made available for 
inspection when requested by the Administrator.
    (c) The procedures specified in the maintenance plan must include a 
preventive maintenance schedule that is consistent with good air 
pollution control practices for minimizing emissions and, for baghouses, 
ensure that the requirements specified in Sec. 63.1657(a) are met.
    (d) The owner or operator must perform monthly inspections of the 
equipment that is important to the performance of the furnace capture 
system. This inspection must include an examination of the physical 
condition of the equipment, suitable for detecting holes in ductwork or 
hoods, flow constrictions in ductwork due to dents or accumulated dust, 
and operational status of flow rate controllers (pressure sensors, 
dampers, damper switches, etc.). Any deficiencies must be recorded and 
proper maintenance and repairs performed.



Sec. 63.1656  Performance testing, test methods, and compliance demonstrations.

    (a) Performance testing. (1) All performance tests must be conducted 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7 of subpart A.
    (2) Each performance test must consist of three separate and 
complete runs using the applicable test methods.
    (3) Each run must be conducted under conditions that are 
representative of normal process operations.
    (4) Performance tests conducted on air pollution control devices 
serving submerged arc furnaces must be conducted such that at least one 
tapping period, or at least 20 minutes of a tapping period, whichever is 
less, is included in at least two of the three runs. The sampling time 
for each run must be at least as long as three times the average tapping 
period of the tested furnace, but no less than 60 minutes.
    (5) The sample volume for each run must be at least 0.9 dscm (30 
dscf).
    (b) Test methods. The following test methods in Appendix A of part 
60 of this chapter must be used to determine compliance with the 
emission standards.
    (1) Method 1 to select the sampling port location and the number of 
traverse points.
    (2) Method 2 to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (3) Method 3 to determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas.
    (4) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (5) Method 5 to determine the particulate matter concentration of 
the stack gas for negative pressure baghouses and positive pressure 
baghouses with stacks.

[[Page 668]]

    (6) Method 5D to determine particulate matter concentration and 
volumetric flow rate of the stack gas for positive pressure baghouses 
without stacks.
    (7) Method 9 to determine opacity.
    (8) The owner or operator may use equivalent alternative measurement 
methods approved by the Administrator following the procedures described 
in Sec. 63.7(f) of subpart A.
    (c) Compliance demonstration with the emission standards. (1) The 
owner or operator must conduct an initial performance test for air 
pollution control devices or vent stacks subject to Sec. 63.1652(a) 
through (e) to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission 
standards.
    (2) The owner or operator must conduct annual performance tests for 
the air pollution control devices and vent stacks associated with the 
submerged arc furnaces, with the exception of any air pollution control 
devices that serve tapping emissions combined with non-furnace 
emissions, such as the MOR process or equipment associated with crushing 
and screening. Also excluded are air pollution control devices that 
serve dedicated non-furnace emissions, such as the MOR process or 
equipment associated with crushing and screening. The results of these 
annual tests will be used to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
standards in Sec. 63.1652(a) through (e), as applicable.
    (3) Following development, and approval, if required, of the site-
specific test plan, the owner or operator must conduct a performance 
test for each air pollution control device or vent stack to measure 
particulate matter and determine compliance with the applicable 
standard.
    (i) An owner or operator of sources subject to the particulate 
matter concentration standards in Sec. 63.1652(a)(2), (d), or (e), must 
determine compliance as follows:
    (A) Determine the particulate matter concentration using Method 5 or 
5D, as applicable.
    (B) Compliance is demonstrated if the average concentration for the 
three runs comprising the performance test does not exceed the standard.
    (ii) An owner or operator of sources subject to the particulate mass 
rate standards in Sec. 63.1652(b) or (c) must determine compliance as 
follows:
    (A) Determine the particulate matter concentration and volumetric 
flow rate using Method 5 or 5D, as applicable.
    (B) Compute the mass rate (EM) of particulate matter for 
each run using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY99.000

Where:

EM = mass rate of particulate matter, kg/hr (lb/hr).
N = total number of exhaust streams at which emissions are quantified.
Csi = concentration of particulate matter from exhaust stream 
          ``i'', mg/dscm (gr/dscf).
Qsdi = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from exhaust 
          stream ``i'', dscm/hr (dscf/hr)
K = conversion factor, 1  x  106 mg/kg (7,000 gr/lb).

    (C) Compliance is demonstrated if the average of the mass rates for 
the three runs comprising the performance test does not exceed the 
standard.
    (iii) An owner or operator of sources subject to the particulate 
matter process-weighted rate standard in Sec. 63.1652(a)(1) must 
determine compliance as follows:
    (A) Determine particulate matter concentration and volumetric flow 
rate using Method 5 or 5D, as applicable.
    (B) Compute the process-weighted mass rate (EP) of 
particulate matter for each run using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY99.001

Where:

EP = process-weighted mass rate of particulate matter, kg/hr/
          MW (lb/hr/MW).
N = total number of exhaust streams at which emissions are quantified.
Csi = concentration of particulate matter from exhaust stream 
          ``i'', mg/dscm (gr/dscf)
Qsdi = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from exhaust 
          stream ``i'', dscm/hr (dscf/hr)
P = Average furnace power input, MW
K = conversion factor, 1  x  106 mg/kg (7,000 gr/lb).

    (C) Compliance is demonstrated if the average process-weighted mass 
rate

[[Page 669]]

for the three runs comprising the performance test does not exceed the 
standard.
    (4) If a venturi scrubber is used to comply with the emission 
standards, the owner or operator must establish as a site-specific 
operating parameter the lowest average pressure drop on any individual 
complying run in the three runs constituting any compliant test. The 
pressure drop must be monitored at least every 5 minutes during the test 
and hourly averages recorded.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (ii) The owner or operator may augment the data obtained under 
paragraph (a)(4) of this section by conducting multiple performance 
tests to establish a range of compliant operating parameter values. The 
lowest value of this range would be selected as the operating parameter 
monitoring value. The use of historic compliance data may be used to 
establish the compliant operating parameter value if the previous values 
were recorded during performance tests using the same test methods 
specified in this subpart and established as required in paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section.
    (d) Compliance demonstration with opacity standards. (1)(i) The 
owner or operator subject to Sec. 63.1653 must conduct initial opacity 
observations of the shop building to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable opacity standards according to Sec. 63.6(h)(5), which 
addresses the conduct of opacity or visible emission observations.
    (ii) In conducting the opacity observations of the shop building, 
the observer must limit his or her field of view to the area of the shop 
building roof monitor that corresponds to the placement of the affected 
submerged arc furnaces.
    (iii) The owner or operator must conduct the opacity observations 
according to EPA Method 9 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, for a minimum 
of 60 minutes.
    (2)(i) When demonstrating initial compliance with the shop building 
opacity standard, as required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the 
owner or operator must simultaneously establish parameter values for one 
of the following: the control system fan motor amperes and all capture 
system damper positions, the total volumetric flow rate to the air 
pollution control device and all capture system damper positions, or 
volumetric flow rate through each separately ducted hood that comprises 
the capture system.
    (ii) The owner or operator may petition the Administrator to 
reestablish these parameters whenever he or she can demonstrate to the 
Administrator's satisfaction that the submerged arc furnace operating 
conditions upon which the parameters were previously established are no 
longer applicable. The values of these parameters determined during the 
most recent demonstration of compliance must be maintained at the 
appropriate level for each applicable period.
    (3) The owner or operator must demonstrate continuing compliance 
with the opacity standards by following the monitoring requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.1657(c) and the reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements specified in Secs. 63.1659(b)(4) and 63.1660(b).
    (e) Compliance demonstration with the operational and work practice 
standards. (1) Fugitive dust sources. Failure to have a fugitive dust 
control plan or failure to report deviations from the plan and take 
necessary corrective action would be a violation of the general duty to 
ensure that fugitive dust sources are operated and maintained in a 
manner consistent with good air pollution control practices for 
minimizing emissions per Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i) of subpart A.
    (2) Baghouses equipped with bag leak detection systems. The owner or 
operator demonstrates compliance with the bag leak detection system 
requirements by submitting reports as required by Sec. 63.1659(b)(5) 
showing that the alarm on the system does not sound for more than 5 
percent of the total operating time in a 6-month period. Calculate the 
percentage of total operating time the alarm on the bag leak detection 
system sounds as follows:
    (i) Do not include alarms that occur due solely to a malfunction of 
the bag leak detection system in the calculation.
    (ii) Do not include alarms that occur during startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction in the calculation if the condition is described in the 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan and the

[[Page 670]]

owner or operator follows all the procedures in the plan defined for 
this condition.
    (iii) Count 1 hour of alarm time for each alarm where the owner or 
operator initiates procedures to determine the cause within 1 hour of 
the alarm.
    (iv) Count the actual time it takes the owner or operator to 
initiate procedures to determine the cause of the alarm for each alarm 
where the owner or operator does not initiate procedures to determine 
the cause within 1 hour of the alarm.
    (v) Calculate the percentage of time the alarm on the bag leak 
detection system sounds as the ratio of the sum of alarm times to the 
total operating time multiplied by 100.



Sec. 63.1657  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Baghouses. (1) For the baghouses serving the submerged arc 
furnaces, the metal oxygen refining process, and crushing and screening 
operations, the owner or operator must observe on a daily basis for the 
presence of any visible emissions.
    (2) In addition to the daily visible emissions observation, the 
owner or operator must conduct the following activities:
    (i) Daily monitoring of pressure drop across each baghouse cell, or 
across the baghouse if it is not possible to monitor each cell 
individually, to ensure the pressure drop is within the normal operating 
range identified in the baghouse maintenance plan.
    (ii) Weekly confirmation that dust is being removed from hoppers 
through visual inspection, or equivalent means of ensuring the proper 
functioning of removal mechanisms.
    (iii) Daily check of compressed air supply for pulse-jet baghouses.
    (iv) An appropriate methodology for monitoring cleaning cycles to 
ensure proper operation.
    (v) Monthly check of bag cleaning mechanisms for proper functioning 
through visual inspection or equivalent means.
    (vi) Quarterly visual check of bag tension on reverse air and 
shaker-type baghouses to ensure that the bags are not kinked (kneed or 
bent) or laying on their sides. Such checks are not required for shaker-
type baghouses using self-tensioning (spring loaded) devices.
    (vii) Quarterly confirmation of the physical integrity of the 
baghouse structure through visual inspection of the baghouse interior 
for air leaks.
    (viii) Semiannual inspection of fans for wear, material buildup, and 
corrosion through visual inspection, vibration detectors, or equivalent 
means.
    (3) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and 
(a)(2) of this section, the owner or operator of a new or reconstructed 
submerged arc furnace must install and continuously operate a bag leak 
detection system if the furnace primary and/or tapping emissions are 
ducted to a negative pressure baghouse or to a positive pressure 
baghouse equipped with a stack. The bag leak detection system must meet 
the following requirements:
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter emissions at 
concentrations of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains 
per actual cubic foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative particulate matter loadings, and the owner or operator must 
continuously record the output from the bag leak detection system.
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when an increase in relative particulate loadings 
is detected over a preset level. The alarm must be located where it can 
be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) Each bag leak detection system that works based on the 
triboelectric effect must be installed, calibrated, operated, and 
maintained consistent with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
guidance document ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance'' (EPA-
454/R-98-015). Other bag leak detection systems must be installed, 
calibrated, and maintained consistent with the manufacturer's written 
specifications and recommendations.
    (v) The initial adjustment of the system must, at a minimum, consist 
of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) 
and the

[[Page 671]]

averaging period of the device, and establishing the alarm set points 
and the alarm delay time.
    (vi) Following initial adjustment, the owner or operator must not 
adjust the sensitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or 
alarm delay time, except as detailed in the maintenance plan required 
under Sec. 63.1655(b). In no event must the sensitivity be increased by 
more than 100 percent or decreased more than 50 percent over a 365-day 
period unless a responsible official certifies the baghouse has been 
inspected and found to be in good operating condition.
    (vii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (4) As part of the maintenance plan required by Sec. 63.1655(b), the 
owner or operator must develop and implement corrective action 
procedures to be followed in the case of a bag leak detection system 
alarm (for baghouses equipped with such a system), the observation of 
visible emissions from the baghouse, or the indication through the 
periodic baghouse system inspections that the system is not operating 
properly. The owner or operator must initiate corrective action as soon 
as practicable after the occurrence of the observation or event 
indicating a problem.
    (5) The corrective action plan must include procedures used to 
determine the cause of an alarm or other indications of problems as well 
as actions to minimize emissions. These actions may include the 
following:
    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in 
emissions.
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media.
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media, or otherwise 
repairing the control device.
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment.
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system.
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the particulate matter 
emissions.
    (6) Failure to monitor or failure to take corrective action under 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section would be a violation 
of the general duty to operate in a manner consistent with good air 
pollution control practices that minimizes emissions per 
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i) of subpart A.
    (b) Venturi scrubbers. (1) The owner or operator must monitor the 
pressure drop across the venturi at least every 5 minutes and record the 
average hourly pressure drop. Measurement of an average hourly pressure 
drop less than the pressure drop operating parameter limit established 
during a successful compliance demonstration would be a violation of the 
applicable emission standard, unless the excursion in the pressure drop 
is due to a malfunction.
    (2) As part of the maintenance plan required by Sec. 63.1655(b), the 
owner or operator must develop and implement corrective action 
procedures to be followed in the case of a violation of the pressure 
drop requirement. The owner or operator must initiate corrective action 
as soon as practicable after the excursion.
    (3) Failure to monitor or failure to take corrective action under 
the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section is a violation of the 
general duty to operate in a manner consistent with good air pollution 
control practices that minimizes emissions per Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i).
    (c) Shop opacity. The owner or operator subject to the opacity 
standards in Sec. 63.1653 must comply with one of the monitoring options 
in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section. The selected 
option must be consistent with that selected during the initial 
performance test described in Sec. 63.1656(d)(2). Alternatively, the 
owner or operator may use the provisions of Sec. 63.8(f) to request 
approval to use an alternative monitoring method.
    (1) The owner or operator must check and record the control system 
fan motor amperes and capture system damper positions once per shift.
    (2) The owner or operator must install, calibrate, and maintain a 
monitoring device that continuously records the volumetric flow rate 
through each separately ducted hood.

[[Page 672]]

    (3) The owner or operator must install, calibrate, and maintain a 
monitoring device that continuously records the volumetric flow rate at 
the inlet of the air pollution control device and must check and record 
the capture system damper positions once per shift.
    (4) The flow rate monitoring devices must meet the following 
requirements:
    (i) Be installed in an appropriate location in the exhaust duct such 
that reproducible flow rate monitoring will result.
    (ii) Have an accuracy 10 percent over its normal 
operating range and be calibrated according to the manufacturer's 
instructions.
    (5) The Administrator may require the owner or operator to 
demonstrate the accuracy of the monitoring device(s) relative to Methods 
1 and 2 of appendix A of part 60 of this chapter.
    (6) Failure to maintain the appropriate capture system parameters 
(fan motor amperes, flow rate, and/or damper positions) establishes the 
need to initiate corrective action as soon as practicable after the 
monitoring excursion in order to minimize excess emissions.
    (7) Failure to monitor or failure to take corrective action under 
the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section is a violation of the 
general duty to operate in a manner consistent with good air pollution 
control practices that minimizes emissions per Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i).



Sec. 63.1658  Notification requirements.

    (a) As required by Sec. 63.9(b) of subpart A, unless otherwise 
specified in this subpart, the owner or operator must submit the 
following written notifications to the Administrator:
    (1) The owner or operator of an area source that subsequently 
becomes subject to the requirements of the standard must provide 
notification to the applicable permitting authority as required by 
Sec. 63.9(b)(1).
    (2) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2), the owner or operator of an 
affected source that has an initial startup before the effective date of 
the standard must notify the Administrator that the source is subject to 
the requirements of the standard. The notification must be submitted no 
later than 120 calendar days after May 20, 1999 (or within 120 calendar 
days after the source becomes subject to this standard) and must contain 
the information specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(v).
    (3) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(3), the owner or operator of a new 
or reconstructed affected source, or a source that has been 
reconstructed such that it is an affected source, that has an initial 
startup after the effective date and for which an application for 
approval of construction or reconstruction is not required under 
Sec. 63.5(d), must notify the Administrator in writing that the source 
is subject to the standards no later than 120 days after initial 
startup. The notification must contain the information specified in 
Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(v), delivered or postmarked with the 
notification required in Sec. 63.9(b)(5).
    (4) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(4), the owner or operator of a new 
or reconstructed major affected source that has an initial startup after 
the effective date of this standard and for which an application for 
approval of construction or reconstruction is required under 
Sec. 63.5(d) must provide the information specified in 
Sec. 63.9(b)(4)(i) through (b)(4)(v).
    (5) As required by Sec. 63.9(b)(5), the owner or operator who, after 
the effective date of this standard, intends to construct a new affected 
source or reconstruct an affected source subject to this standard, or 
reconstruct a source such that it becomes an affected source subject to 
this standard, must notify the Administrator, in writing, of the 
intended construction or reconstruction.
    (b) Request for extension of compliance. As required by 
Sec. 63.9(c), if the owner or operator of an affected source cannot 
comply with this standard by the applicable compliance date for that 
source, or if the owner or operator has installed BACT or technology to 
meet LAER consistent with Sec. 63.6(i)(5), he or she may submit to the 
Administrator (or the State with an approved permit program) a request 
for an extension of compliance as specified in Sec. 63.6(i)(4) through 
(i)(6).
    (c) Notification that source is subject to special compliance 
requirements. As required by Sec. 63.9(d), an owner or operator

[[Page 673]]

of a new source that is subject to special compliance requirements as 
specified in Sec. 63.6(b)(3) and (b)(4) must notify the Administrator of 
his or her compliance obligations no later than the notification dates 
established in Sec. 63.9(b) for new sources that are not subject to the 
special provisions.
    (d) Notification of performance test. As required by Sec. 63.9(e), 
the owner or operator of an affected source must notify the 
Administrator in writing of his or her intention to conduct a 
performance test at least 30 calendar days before the performance test 
is scheduled to begin to allow the Administrator to review and approve 
the site-specific test plan required under Sec. 63.7(c) and to have an 
observer present during the test.
    (e) Notification of opacity and visible emission observations. As 
required by Sec. 63.9(f), the owner or operator of an affected source 
must notify the Administrator in writing of the anticipated date for 
conducting the opacity or visible emission observations specified in 
Sec. 63.6(h)(5). The notification must be submitted with the 
notification of the performance test date, as specified in paragraph (d) 
of this section, or if visibility or other conditions prevent the 
opacity or visible emission observations from being conducted 
concurrently with the initial performance test required under Sec. 63.7, 
the owner or operator must deliver or postmark the notification not less 
than 30 days before the opacity or visible emission observations are 
scheduled to take place.
    (f) Notification of compliance status. The owner or operator of an 
affected source must submit a notification of compliance status as 
required by Sec. 63.9(h). The notification must be sent before the close 
of business on the 60th day following completion of the relevant 
compliance demonstration.



Sec. 63.1659  Reporting requirements.

    (a) General reporting requirements. The owner or operator of a 
ferromanganese and silicomanganese production facility must comply with 
all of the reporting requirements under Sec. 63.10 of subpart A, unless 
otherwise specified in this subpart.
    (1) Frequency of reports. As provided by Sec. 63.10(a)(5), if the 
owner or operator is required to submit periodic reports to a State on 
an established time line, he or she may change the dates by which 
periodic reports submitted under this part may be submitted (without 
changing the frequency of reporting) to be consistent with the State's 
schedule by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the 
State. This provision may be applied at any point after the source's 
compliance date.
    (2) Reporting results of performance tests. As required by 
Sec. 63.10(d)(2), the owner or operator of an affected source must 
report the results of the initial performance test as part of the 
notification of compliance status required in Sec. 63.1658(f).
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4) Periodic startup, shutdown, and malfunction reports. (i) As 
required by Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i), if actions taken by an owner or 
operator during a startup, shutdown, or malfunction of an affected 
source (including actions taken to correct a malfunction) are consistent 
with the procedures specified in the startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan, the owner or operator must state such information in a semiannual 
report. The report, to be certified by the owner or operator or other 
responsible official, must be submitted semiannually and delivered or 
postmarked by the 30th day following the end of each calendar half; and
    (ii) Any time an action taken by an owner or operator during a 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction (including actions taken to correct a 
malfunction) is not consistent with the procedures in the startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, the owner or operator must comply with 
all requirements of Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(ii).
    (b) Specific reporting requirements. In addition to the information 
required under Sec. 63.10, reports required under paragraph (a) of this 
section must include the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(5) of this section. As allowed by Sec. 63.10(a)(3), if any 
State requires a report that contains all of the information required in 
a report listed in this section, an owner or operator may send the 
Administrator a copy of the report sent to the State to satisfy the 
requirements of this section for that report.

[[Page 674]]

    (1) Air pollution control devices. The owner or operator must submit 
reports that summarize the records maintained as part of the practices 
described in the maintenance plan for air pollution control devices 
required under Sec. 63.1655(b), including an explanation of the periods 
when the procedures were not followed and the corrective actions taken.
    (2) Venturi scrubbers. In addition to the information required to be 
submitted in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator 
must submit reports that identify the periods when the average hourly 
pressure drop of venturi scrubbers used to control particulate emissions 
dropped below the levels established in Sec. 63.1656(c)(4), and an 
explanation of the corrective actions taken.
    (3) Fugitive dust. The owner or operator must submit reports that 
explain the periods when the procedures outlined in the fugitive dust 
control plan pursuant to Sec. 63.1654(a) were not followed and the 
corrective actions taken.
    (4) Capture system. The owner or operator must submit reports that 
summarize the monitoring parameter excursions measured pursuant to 
Sec. 63.1657(c) and the corrective actions taken.
    (5) Bag leak detection system. The owner or operator must submit 
reports including the following information:
    (i) Records of all alarms.
    (ii) Description of the actions taken following each bag leak 
detection system alarm.
    (iii) Calculation of the percent of time the alarm on the bag leak 
detection system sounded during the reporting period.
    (6) Frequency of reports. (i) The owner or operator must submit 
reports pursuant to Sec. 63.10(e)(3) that are associated with excess 
emissions events such as the excursion of the scrubber pressure drop 
limit per paragraph (b)(2) of this section. These reports are to be 
submitted on a quarterly basis, unless the owner or operator can satisfy 
the requirements in Sec. 63.10(e)(3) to reduce the frequency to a 
semiannual basis.
    (ii) All other reports specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) 
of this section must be submitted semiannually.



Sec. 63.1660  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) General recordkeeping requirements. (1) The owner or operator of 
a ferromanganese and silicomanganese production facility must comply 
with all of the recordkeeping requirements under Sec. 63.10.
    (2) As required by Sec. 63.10(b)(2), the owner or operator must 
maintain records for 5 years from the date of each record of:
    (i) The occurrence and duration of each startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction of operation (i.e., process equipment and control devices);
    (ii) The occurrence and duration of each malfunction of the source 
or air pollution control equipment;
    (iii) All maintenance performed on the air pollution control 
equipment;
    (iv) Actions taken during periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction (including corrective actions to restore malfunctioning 
process and air pollution control equipment to its normal or usual 
manner of operation) when such actions are different from the procedures 
specified in the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan;
    (v) All information necessary to demonstrate conformance with the 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan when all actions taken during 
periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction (including corrective 
actions) are consistent with the procedures specified in such plan. This 
information can be recorded in a checklist or similar form (see 
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(v));
    (vi) All required measurements needed to demonstrate compliance with 
the standard and to support data that the source is required to report, 
including, but not limited to, performance test measurements (including 
initial and any subsequent performance tests) and measurements as may be 
necessary to determine the conditions of the initial test or subsequent 
tests;
    (vii) All results of initial or subsequent performance tests;
    (viii) If the owner or operator has been granted a waiver from 
recordkeeping or reporting requirements under Sec. 63.10(f), any 
information demonstrating whether a source is meeting the requirements 
for a waiver of recordkeeping or reporting requirements;

[[Page 675]]

    (ix) If the owner or operator has been granted a waiver from the 
initial performance test under Sec. 63.7(h), a copy of the full request 
and the Administrator's approval or disapproval;
    (x) All documentation supporting initial notifications and 
notifications of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9; and
    (xi) As required by Sec. 63.10(b)(3), records of any applicability 
determination, including supporting analyses.
    (b) Specific recordkeeping requirements. (1) In addition to the 
general records required by paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or 
operator must maintain records for 5 years from the date of each record 
of:
    (i) Records of pressure drop across the venturi if a venturi 
scrubber is used.
    (ii) Records of manufacturer certification that monitoring devices 
are accurate to within 5 percent (unless otherwise specified in this 
subpart) and of calibrations performed at the manufacturer's recommended 
frequency, or at a frequency consistent with good engineering practice, 
or as experience dictates.
    (iii) Records of bag leak detection system output.
    (iv) An identification of the date and time of all bag leak 
detection system alarms, the time that procedures to determine the cause 
of the alarm were initiated, the cause of the alarm, an explanation of 
the actions taken, and the date and time the alarm was corrected.
    (v) Copy of the written maintenance plan for each air pollution 
control device.
    (vi) Copy of the fugitive dust control plan.
    (vii) Records of each maintenance inspection and repair, 
replacement, or other corrective action.
    (2) All records for the most recent 2 years of operation must be 
maintained on site. Records for the previous 3 years may be maintained 
off site.



Sec. 63.1661  Delegation of authorities.

    In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a State 
under subpart E of this part, the Administrator retains no authorities.



Secs. 63.1662--63.1679  [Reserved]



Subpart CCCC--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                   Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast

    Source: 66 FR 27884, May 21, 2001, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.2130  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission limitations for hazardous 
air pollutants emitted from manufacturers of nutritional yeast. This 
subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and 
continuous compliance with the emission limitations.



Sec. 63.2131  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a 
nutritional yeast manufacturing facility that is, is located at, or is 
part of a major source of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emissions.
    (1) A manufacturer of nutritional yeast is a facility that makes 
yeast for the purpose of becoming an ingredient in dough for bread or 
any other yeast-raised baked product, or for becoming a nutritional food 
additive intended for consumption by humans. A manufacturer of 
nutritional yeast does not include production of yeast intended for 
consumption by animals, such as an additive for livestock feed.
    (2) A major source of HAP emissions is any stationary source or 
group of stationary sources located within a contiguous area and under 
common control that emits or has the potential to emit, considering 
controls, any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) or more 
per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 megagrams (25 
tons) or more per year.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 63.2132  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing 
``affected source'' that produces Saccharomyces cerevisiae at a 
nutritional yeast manufacturing facility.

[[Page 676]]

    (b) The affected source is the collection of equipment used in the 
manufacture of the nutritional yeast species Saccharomyces cerevisiae. 
This collection of equipment includes, but is not limited to, 
fermentation vessels (fermenters). The collection of equipment used in 
the manufacture of the nutritional yeast species Candida utilis (torula 
yeast) is not part of the affected source.
    (c) The emission limitations in this subpart apply to fermenters in 
the affected source that meet all of the criteria listed in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (2) of this section.
    (1) The fermenters are ``fed-batch'' as defined in Sec. 63.2192.
    (2) The fermenters are used to support one of the last three 
fermentation stages in a production run, which may be referred to as 
``stock, first generation, and trade,'' ``seed, semi-seed, and 
commercial,'' or ``CB4, CB5, and CB6'' stages.
    (d) The emission limitations in this subpart do not apply to flask, 
pure-culture, yeasting-tank, or any other set-batch fermentation, and 
they do not apply to any operations after the last dewatering operation, 
such as filtration.
    (e) The emission limitations in this subpart do not apply to the 
affected source during the production of specialty yeast (defined in 
Sec. 63.2192).
    (f) An affected source is a ``new affected source'' if you commenced 
construction of the affected source after October 19, 1998, and you met 
the applicability criteria in Sec. 63.2131 at the time you commenced 
construction.
    (g) An affected source is ``reconstructed'' if you meet the criteria 
as defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (h) An affected source is ``existing'' if it is not new or 
reconstructed.



Sec. 63.2133  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
comply with paragraphs (a)(1) through (2) of this section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source before May 21, 2001, then 
you must comply with the emission limitations in this subpart no later 
than May 21, 2001.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after May 21, 2001, then 
you must comply with the emission limitations in this subpart upon 
startup of your affected source.
    (b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the emission limitations for existing sources no later than May 21, 
2004.
    (c) If you have an area source that increases its emissions, or its 
potential to emit, so that it becomes a major source of HAP, paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (2) of this section apply.
    (1) Any portion of the existing facility that is a new affected 
source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this 
subpart upon startup.
    (2) All other parts of the source must be in compliance with this 
subpart by not later than 3 years after it becomes a major source.
    (d) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. 63.2180 
according to the schedule in Sec. 63.2180 and in subpart A of this part.

                          Emission Limitations



Sec. 63.2140  What emission limitations must I meet?

    You must meet all of the emission limitations in Table 1 to this 
subpart.

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.2150  What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations in Table 
1 to this subpart at all times, except during periods of malfunction.
    (b) You must always operate and maintain your affected source, 
including monitoring equipment, according to the provisions in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i). If the date upon which you must demonstrate initial 
compliance as specified in Sec. 63.2160 falls after the compliance date 
specified for your affected source in Sec. 63.2133, then you must 
maintain a log detailing the operation and maintenance of the continuous 
monitoring systems and the process and emissions control equipment 
during the period between those dates.
    (c) You must develop and implement a written malfunction plan. It 
will be

[[Page 677]]

as specified in Sec. 63.6(e)(3), except that the requirements for 
startup, shutdown, and maintenance plans, records and reports apply only 
to malfunctions. Under this subpart, a period of malfunction is 
expressed in whole batches and not in portions of batches.

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.2160  By what date must I conduct an initial compliance demonstration?

    (a) For each emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart for 
which compliance is demonstrated by monitoring fermenter exhaust, you 
must demonstrate initial compliance for the period ending on the last 
day of the month that is 12 calendar months (or 11 calendar months, if 
the compliance date for your source is the first day of the month) after 
the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.2133. 
(For example, if the compliance date is October 15, 2003, the first 12-
month period for which you must demonstrate compliance would be October 
15, 2003 through October 31, 2004.)
    (b) For each emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart for 
which initial compliance is demonstrated by monitoring brew ethanol 
concentration and calculating volatile organic compound (VOC) 
concentration in the fermenter exhaust according to the procedures in 
Sec. 63.2161, you must demonstrate initial compliance within 180 
calendar days before the compliance date that is specified for your 
source in Sec. 63.2133.



Sec. 63.2161  What performance tests and other procedures must I use if I monitor brew ethanol?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test in Table 2 to this 
subpart that applies to you.
    (b) Each performance test must be conducted according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and under the specific conditions that 
this subpart specifies in Table 2 to this subpart and in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Conduct each performance test simultaneously with brew ethanol 
monitoring to establish a brew-to-exhaust correlation equation as 
specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (2) For each fermentation stage, conduct one run of the EPA Test 
Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, over the entire length of a 
batch. The three fermentation stages do not have to be from the same 
production run.
    (3) Do the test at a point in the exhaust-gas stream before you 
inject any dilution air, which is any air not needed to control 
fermentation.
    (4) Record the results of the test for each fermentation stage.
    (c) You may not conduct performance tests during periods of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (d) You must collect data to correlate the brew ethanol 
concentration measured by the continuous emission monitoring system 
(CEMS) to the VOC concentration in the fermenter exhaust according to 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) You must collect a separate set of brew ethanol concentration 
data for each fed-batch fermentation stage while manufacturing the 
product that comprises the largest percentage (by mass) of average 
annual production.
    (2) Measure brew ethanol as specified in Sec. 63.2164 simultaneously 
with conducting a performance test for VOC in fermenter exhaust as 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section. You must measure brew 
ethanol at least once during each successive 30-minute period over the 
entire period of the performance test for VOC in fermenter exhaust.
    (3) Keep a record of the brew ethanol concentration data for each 
fermentation stage over the period of EPA Test Method 25A of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, performance test when the VOC concentration in the 
fermenter exhaust does not exceed the applicable emission limitation in 
Table 1 to this subpart.
    (e) For each set of data that you collected under paragraph (d) of 
this section, perform a linear regression of brew ethanol concentration 
(percent) on VOC fermenter exhaust concentration (parts per million by 
volume (ppmv) measured as propane). The correlation between the brew 
ethanol concentration as measured by the CEMS and the VOC fermenter 
exhaust concentration as measured by EPA Test Method 25A of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix

[[Page 678]]

A, must be linear with a correlation coefficient of at least 0.90.
    (f) Calculate the VOC concentration in the fermenter exhaust using 
the brew ethanol concentration data collected under paragraph (d) of 
this section and according to Equation 1 of this section.

BAVOC = BAE * CF + y    (Eq. 1)

Where:

BAVOC = batch-average concentration of VOC in fermenter exhaust (ppmv 
          measured as propane), calculated for compliance demonstration
BAE = batch-average concentration of brew ethanol in fermenter liquid 
          (percent), measured by CEMS
CF = constant established at performance test and representing the slope 
          of the regression line
y = constant established at performance test and representing the y-
          intercept of the regression line



Sec. 63.2162  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?

    (a) For each emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart for 
which compliance is demonstrated by monitoring brew ethanol 
concentration and calculating VOC concentration in the fermenter exhaust 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.2161, you must conduct an EPA 
Test Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, performance test and 
establish a brew-to-exhaust correlation according to the procedures in 
Table 2 to this subpart and in Sec. 63.2161, at least once every year.
    (b) The first subsequent performance test must be conducted no later 
than 365 calendar days after the initial performance test conducted 
according to Sec. 63.2160. Each subsequent performance test must be 
conducted no later than 365 calendar days after the previous performance 
test. You must conduct a performance test for each 365 calendar day 
period for the lifetime of the affected source.



Sec. 63.2163  If I monitor fermenter exhaust, what are my monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?

    (a) Each CEMS must be installed, operated, and maintained according 
to the applicable Performance Specification (PS) of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix B.
    (b) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CEMS according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.8, according to the applicable 
Performance Specification of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, and according 
to paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) If your CEMS monitor generates a single combined response value 
for VOC (examples of such detection principles are flame ionization, 
photoionization, and non-dispersive infrared absorption), but it is not 
a flame ionization analyzer, you must use PS 8 to show that your CEMS is 
operating properly.
    (i) Use EPA Test Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to do the 
relative-accuracy test PS 8 requires.
    (ii) Calibrate the reference method with propane.
    (iii) Collect a 1-hour sample for each reference-method test.
    (2) If you continuously monitor VOC emissions using a flame 
ionization analyzer, then you must conduct the calibration drift test PS 
8 requires, but you are not required to conduct the relative-accuracy 
test PS 8 requires.
    (3) If you continuously monitor VOC emissions using gas 
chromatography, you must use PS 9 of CFR part 60, appendix B, to show 
that your CEMS is operating properly.
    (4) You must complete the performance evaluation and submit the 
performance evaluation report before the compliance date that is 
specified for your source in Sec. 63.2133.
    (c) Calibrate the CEMS with propane.
    (d) Set the CEMS span at not greater than 5 times the relevant 
emission limit, with 1.5 to 2.5 times the relevant emission limit being 
the range considered by us to be generally optimum.
    (e) You must monitor VOC concentration in fermenter exhaust at any 
point prior to dilution of the exhaust stream.
    (f) Each CEMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation 
(sampling, analyzing, and data recording) for each successive 30-minute 
period within each batch monitoring period. Except as specified in 
paragraph (g) of this section, you must have a minimum of two cycles of 
operation in a 1-hour period to have a valid hour of data.

[[Page 679]]

    (g) The CEMS data must be reduced to arithmetic batch averages 
computed from two or more data points over each 1-hour period, except 
during periods when calibration, quality assurance, or maintenance 
activities pursuant to provisions of this part are being performed. 
During these periods, a valid hour of data shall consist of at least one 
data point representing a 30-minute period.
    (h) You must have valid CEMS data from at least 75 percent of the 
full hours over the entire batch monitoring period.
    (i) For each CEMS, record the results of each inspection, 
calibration, and validation check.
    (j) You must check the zero (low-level) and high-level calibration 
drifts for each CEMS in accordance with the applicable PS of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix B. The zero (low-level) and high-level calibration drifts 
shall be adjusted, at a minimum, whenever the zero (low-level) drift 
exceeds 2 times the limits of the applicable PS. The calibration drift 
checks must be performed at least once daily except that they may be 
performed less frequently under the conditions of paragraphs (j)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) If a 24-hour calibration drift check for your CEMS is performed 
immediately prior to, or at the start of, a batch monitoring period of a 
duration exceeding 24 hours, you are not required to perform 24-hour-
interval calibration drift checks during that batch monitoring period.
    (2) If the 24-hour calibration drift exceeds 2.5 percent of the span 
value (or more than 10 percent of the calibration gas value if your CEMS 
is a gas chromatograph (GC)) in fewer than 5 percent of the checks over 
a 1-month period, and the 24-hour calibration drift never exceeds 7.5 
percent of the span value, then the frequency of calibration drift 
checks may be reduced to at least weekly (once every 7 days).
    (3) If, during two consecutive weekly checks, the weekly calibration 
drift exceeds 5 percent of the span value (or more than 20 percent of 
the calibration gas value, if your CEMS is a GC), then a frequency of at 
least 24-hour interval calibration checks must be resumed until the 24-
hour calibration checks meet the test of paragraph (j)(2) of this 
section.
    (k) If your CEMS is out of control, you must take corrective action 
according to paragraphs (k)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Your CEMS is out of control if the zero (low-level) or high-
level calibration drift exceeds 2 times the limits of the applicable PS.
    (2) When the CEMS is out of control, take the necessary corrective 
action and repeat all necessary tests that indicate that the system is 
out of control. You must take corrective action and conduct retesting 
until the performance requirements are below the applicable limits.
    (3) During the batch monitoring periods in which the CEMS is out of 
control, recorded data shall not be used in data averages and 
calculations, or to meet any data availability requirement established 
under this subpart. The beginning of the out-of-control period is the 
beginning of the first batch monitoring period that follows the most 
recent calibration drift check during which the system was within 
allowable performance limits. The end of the out-of-control period is 
the end of the last batch monitoring period before you have completed 
corrective action and successfully demonstrated that the system is 
within the allowable limits. If your successful demonstration that the 
system is within the allowable limits occurs during a batch monitoring 
period, then the out-of-control period ends at the end of that batch 
monitoring period. If the CEMS is out of control for any part of a 
particular batch monitoring period, it is out of control for the whole 
batch monitoring period.



Sec. 63.2164  If I monitor brew ethanol, what are my monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?

    (a) Each CEMS must be installed, operated, and maintained according 
to manufacturer's specifications and the plan for malfunctions that you 
must develop and use according to Sec. 63.6(e).
    (b) Each CEMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation 
(sampling, analyzing, and data recording) for each successive 30-minute 
period

[[Page 680]]

within each batch monitoring period. Except as specified in paragraph 
(c) of this section, you must have a minimum of two cycles of operation 
in a 1-hour period to have a valid hour of data.
    (c) The CEMS data must be reduced to arithmetic batch averages 
computed from two or more data points over each 1-hour period, except 
during periods when calibration, quality assurance, or maintenance 
activities pursuant to provisions of this part are being performed. 
During these periods, a valid hour of data shall consist of at least one 
data point representing a 30-minute period.
    (d) You must have valid CEMS data from at least 75 percent of the 
full hours over the entire batch monitoring period.
    (e) Set the CEMS span to correspond to not greater than 5 times the 
relevant emission limit, with 1.5 to 2.5 times the relevant emission 
limit being the range considered by us to be generally optimum. Use the 
brew-to-exhaust correlation equation established under Sec. 63.2161(f) 
to determine the span value for your CEMS that corresponds to the 
relevant emission limit.
    (f) For each CEMS, record the results of each inspection, 
calibration, and validation check.
    (g) The GC that you use to calibrate your CEMS must meet the 
requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Calibrate the GC at least daily, by analyzing standard solutions 
of ethanol in water (0.05 percent, 0.15 percent, and 0.3 percent).
    (2) For use in calibrating the GC, prepare the standard solutions of 
ethanol using the procedures listed in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (vi) 
of this section.
    (i) Starting with 100 percent ethanol, dry the ethanol by adding a 
small amount of anhydrous magnesium sulfate (granular) to 15-20 
milliliters (ml) of ethanol.
    (ii) Place approximately 50 ml of water into a 100-ml volumetric 
flask and place the flask on a balance. Tare the balance. Weigh 2.3670 
grams of the dry (anhydrous) ethanol into the volumetric flask.
    (iii) Add the 100-ml volumetric flask contents to a 1000-ml 
volumetric flask. Rinse the 100-ml volumetric flask with water into the 
1000-ml flask. Bring the volume to 1000 ml with water.
    (iv) Place an aliquot into a sample bottle labeled ``0.3% Ethanol.''
    (v) Fill a 50-ml volumetric flask from the contents of the 1000-ml 
flask. Add the contents of the 50-ml volumetric flask to a 100-ml 
volumetric flask and rinse the 50-ml flask into the 100-ml flask with 
water. Bring the volume to 100 ml with water. Place the contents into a 
sample bottle labeled ``0.15% Ethanol.''
    (vi) With a 10-ml volumetric pipette, add two 10.0-ml volumes of 
water to a sample bottle labeled ``0.05% Ethanol.'' With a 10.0-ml 
volumetric pipette, pipette 10.0 ml of the 0.15 percent ethanol solution 
into the sample bottle labeled ``0.05% Ethanol.''
    (3) For use in calibrating the GC, dispense samples of the standard 
solutions of ethanol in water in aliquots to appropriately labeled and 
dated glass sample bottles fitted with caps having a Teflon 
seal. Refrigerated samples may be kept unopened for 1 month. Prepare new 
calibration standards of ethanol in water at least monthly.
    (h) Calibrate the CEMS according to paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) To calibrate the CEMS, inject a brew sample into a calibrated GC 
and compare the simultaneous ethanol value given by the CEMS to that 
given by the GC. Use either the Porapak Q, 80-100 mesh, 6'  x  
\1/8\', stainless steel packed column or the DB Wax, 0.53 mm  x  30 m 
capillary column.
    (2) If a CEMS ethanol value differs by 20 percent or more from the 
corresponding GC ethanol value, determine the brew ethanol values 
throughout the rest of the batch monitoring period by injecting brew 
samples into the GC not less frequently than every 30 minutes. From the 
time at which the difference of 20 percent or more is detected until the 
batch monitoring period ends, the GC data will serve as the CEMS data.
    (3) Perform a calibration of the CEMS at least four times per batch.

[[Page 681]]



Sec. 63.2165  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations if I monitor fermenter exhaust?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission 
limitation that applies to you according to Table 3 to this subpart.
    (b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing 
the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.2180(e).



Sec. 63.2166  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations if I monitor brew ethanol?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission 
limitation that applies to you according to Table 3 to this subpart.
    (b) You must establish the brew-to-exhaust correlation for each 
fermentation stage according to Sec. 63.2161(e).
    (c) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing 
the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.2180(e).

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.2170  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?

    (a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section.
    (b) Except for monitor malfunctions, associated repairs, and 
required quality assurance or control activities (including, as 
applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), 
you must monitor continuously during each batch monitoring period.
    (c) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, 
associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control 
activities in data averages and calculations used to report emission or 
operating levels, or to fulfill a minimum data availability requirement. 
You must use all the data collected during all other periods in 
assessing the operation of the control system.



Sec. 63.2171  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission 
limitation in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you according to 
methods specified in Table 4 to this subpart.
    (b) You must calculate the percentage of within-concentration 
batches (defined in Sec. 63.2192) for each 12-month period according to 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Determine the percentage of batches over a 12-month calculation 
period that were in compliance with the applicable maximum 
concentration. The total number of batches in the calculation period is 
the sum of the numbers of batches of each fermentation stage for which 
emission limits apply. To calculate the 12-month percentage, do not 
include batches in production during periods of malfunction. In counting 
the number of batches in the 12-month calculation period, include those 
batches for which the batch monitoring period ended on or after 12 a.m. 
on the first day of the period and exclude those batches for which the 
batch monitoring period did not end on or before 11:59 p.m. on the last 
day of the period.
    (2) You must determine the 12-month percentage at the end of each 
calendar month.
    (3) The first 12-month calculation period begins on the compliance 
date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.2133 and ends on the 
last day of the month that includes the date 365 days after your 
compliance date, unless the compliance date for your source is the first 
day of the month, in which case the first 12-month calculation period 
ends on the last day of the month that is 11 calendar months after the 
compliance date. (For example, if the compliance date for your source is 
October 15, 2003, the first 12-month calculation period would begin on 
October 15, 2003, and end on October 31, 2004. If the compliance date 
for your source is October 1, 2003, the first 12-month calculation 
period would begin on October 1, 2003, and end on September 30, 2004.)
    (4) The second 12-month calculation period and each subsequent 12-
month calculation period begin on the first

[[Page 682]]

day of the month following the first full month of the previous 12-month 
averaging period and end on the last day of the month 11 calendar months 
later. (For example, if the compliance date for your source is October 
15, 2003, the second calculation period would begin on December 1, 2003 
and end on November 30, 2004.)
    (c) You must report each instance (that is, each 12-month 
calculation period) in which you did not meet each emission requirement 
in Table 4 to this subpart that applies to you. (Failure of a single 
batch to meet a concentration limit does not in and of itself constitute 
a failure to meet the emission limitation.) Each instance in which you 
failed to meet each applicable emission limitation is reported as part 
of the requirements in Sec. 63.2181.
    (d) During periods of malfunction, you must operate in accordance 
with the malfunction plan.

                   Notification, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.2180  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Secs. 63.7(b) and 
(c), 63.8(e), (f)(4) and (6), and 63.9(b) through (h) that apply to you 
by the dates specified.
    (b) If you start up your affected source before May 21, 2001, you 
are not subject to the initial notification requirements of 
Sec. 63.9(b)(2).
    (c) If you are required to conduct a performance test as specified 
in Table 2 to this subpart, you must submit a notification of intent to 
conduct a performance test at least 60 calendar days before the 
performance test is scheduled to begin as required in Sec. 63.7(b)(1).
    (d) If you are required to conduct a performance evaluation as 
specified in Sec. 63.2163(b), you must submit a notification of the date 
of the performance evaluation at least 60 days prior to the date the 
performance evaluation is scheduled to begin as required in 
Sec. 63.8(e)(2).
    (e) If you are required to conduct a performance test or other 
initial compliance demonstration as specified in Table 2 or 3 to this 
subpart, you must submit a Notification of Compliance Status according 
to Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii) and according to paragraphs (e)(1) through (2) of 
this section.
    (1) For each initial compliance demonstration required in Table 3 to 
this subpart that does not include a performance test, you must submit 
the Notification of Compliance Status no later than July 31 or January 
31, whichever date follows the end of the first 12 calendar months after 
the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.2133. 
If your initial compliance demonstration does not include a performance 
test, the first compliance report, described in Sec. 63.2181(b)(1), 
serves as the Notice of Compliance Status.
    (2) For each initial compliance demonstration required in Table 2 or 
3 to this subpart that includes a performance test conducted according 
to the requirements in Table 2, you must submit the Notification of 
Compliance Status, including the performance test results, before the 
close of business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of 
the performance test according to Sec. 63.10(d)(2).



Sec. 63.2181  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit each report in Table 5 to this subpart that 
applies to you.
    (b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for 
submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit each report 
by the date in Table 5 to this subpart and according to paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in 
Sec. 63.2133 and ending on either June 30 or December 31 (use whichever 
date is the first date following the end of the first 12 calendar months 
after the compliance date that is specified for your source in 
Sec. 63.2133). The first compliance report must include the percentage 
of within-concentration batches, as described in Sec. 63.2171(b), for 
the first 12-month calculation period described in Sec. 63.2171(b)(3). 
It must also include a percentage for each subsequent 12-month 
calculation period, as described in Sec. 63.2171(b)(4), ending on a 
calendar

[[Page 683]]

month that falls within the first compliance period. (For example, if 
the compliance date for your source is October 15, 2003, the first 
compliance report would cover the period from October 15, 2003 to 
December 31, 2004. It would contain percentages for the 12-month periods 
ending October 31, 2004; November 30, 2004; and December 31, 2004.)
    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows the end of the 
first 12 calendar months after the compliance date that is specified for 
your affected source in Sec. 63.2133.
    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31. Each subsequent 
compliance report must include the percentage of within-concentration 
batches for each 12-month calculation period ending on a calendar month 
that falls within the reporting period. (For example, if the compliance 
date for your source is October 15, 2003, the second compliance report 
would cover the period from January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005. It 
would contain percentages for the 12-month periods ending January 31, 
2005; February 28, 2005; March 31, 2005; April 30, 2005; May 31, 2005; 
and June 30, 2005.)
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or part 71, and if the permitting 
authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports 
pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(a)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(a)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent 
compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has 
established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section.
    (c) The compliance report must contain the information listed in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the accuracy of the content of the 
report.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) Percentage of batches that are within-concentration batches for 
each 12-month period ending on a calendar month that falls within the 
reporting period.
    (5) If you had a malfunction during the reporting period and you 
took actions consistent with your malfunction plan, the compliance 
report must include the information in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i) for each 
malfunction.



Sec. 63.2182  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep the records listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(4) of this section. These include:
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
Notification of Compliance Status and compliance report that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to 
malfunction;
    (3) Records of performance tests and performance evaluations as 
required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii); and
    (4) Records of results of brew-to-exhaust correlation tests 
specified in Sec. 63.2161.
    (b) For each CEMS, you must keep the records listed in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (9) of this section. These include:
    (1) Records described in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi);
    (2) All required measurements needed to demonstrate compliance with 
a relevant standard (including, but not limited to, 30-minute averages 
of CEMS data, raw performance testing measurements, and raw performance 
evaluation measurements, that support data that the source is required 
to report);
    (3) Records described in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii) through (xi). The 
CEMS system must allow the amount of excess zero (low-level) and high-
level calibration drift measured at the interval checks to be quantified 
and recorded;

[[Page 684]]

    (4) All required CEMS measurements (including monitoring data 
recorded during unavoidable CEMS breakdowns and out-of-control periods);
    (5) Identification of each batch during which the CEMS was 
inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks;
    (6) Identification of each batch during which the CEMS was out of 
control, as defined in Sec. 63.2163(k);
    (7) Previous (i.e., superseded) versions of the performance 
evaluation plan as required in Sec. 63.8(d)(3);
    (8) Request for alternatives to relative accuracy test for CEMS as 
required in Sec. 63.8(f)(6)(i); and
    (9) Records of each batch for which the batch-average VOC 
concentration exceeded the applicable maximum VOC concentration in Table 
1 to this subpart and whether the batch was in production during a 
period of malfunction or during another period.
    (c) You must keep the records required in Table 4 to this subpart to 
show continuous compliance with each emission limitation that applies to 
you.
    (d) You must also keep the records listed in paragraphs (d)(1) 
through (3) of this section for each batch in your affected source.
    (1) Unique batch identification number.
    (2) Fermentation stage for which you are using the fermenter.
    (3) Unique CEMS equipment identification number.



Sec. 63.2183  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records offsite for the remaining 3 years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.2190  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 6 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Secs. 63.1 through 63.13 apply to you.



Sec. 63.2191  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal 
agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your 
State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to 
implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA 
Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, 
local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are as listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the non-opacity emission limitations 
in Sec. 63.2140 under Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under 
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) 
and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.2192  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 40 
CFR 63.2, the General Provisions of this part, and in this section as 
follows:
    Batch means a single fermentation cycle in a single fermentation 
vessel (fermenter).
    Batch monitoring period means the period that begins at the later of 
either

[[Page 685]]

the start of aeration or the addition of yeast to the fermenter; the 
period ends at the earlier of either the end of aeration or the point at 
which the yeast has begun being emptied from the fermenter.
    Brew means the mixture of yeast and additives in the fermenter.
    Brew ethanol means the ethanol in fermenter liquid.
    Brew ethanol monitor means the monitoring system that you use to 
measure brew ethanol to demonstrate compliance with this subpart. The 
monitoring system includes a resistance element used as an ethanol 
sensor, with the measured resistance proportional to the concentration 
of ethanol in the brew.
    Brew-to-exhaust correlation means the correlation between the 
concentration of ethanol in the brew and the concentration of VOC in the 
fermenter exhaust. This correlation is specific to each fed-batch 
fermentation stage and is established while manufacturing the product 
that comprises the largest percentage (by mass) of average annual 
production.
    Emission limitation means any emission limit or operating limit.
    Fed-batch means the yeast is fed carbohydrates and additives during 
fermentation in the vessel. In contrast, carbohydrates and additives are 
added to ``set-batch'' fermenters only at the start of the batch.
    1-hour period means any 60-minute period commencing on the minute at 
which the batch monitoring period begins.
    Product means the yeast resulting from the final stage in a 
production run. Products are distinguished by yeast species, strain, and 
variety.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Specialty yeast includes but is not limited to yeast produced for 
use in wine, champagne, whiskey, and beer.
    Within-concentration batch means a batch for which the average VOC 
concentration is not higher than the maximum concentration that is 
allowed as part of the applicable emission limitation.

                                 Tables

    As stated in Sec. 63.2140, you must comply with the emission 
limitations in the following table:

             Table 1 to Subpart CCCC.--Emission Limitations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 For each fed-batch fermenter producing
  yeast in the following fermentation      You must meet the following
              stage . . .                   emission limitation . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Last stage (Trade); or Second-to-last    a. For at least 98 percent of
 stage (First Generation); or Third-to-   all batches (sum of batches
 last stage (Stock).                      from last, second-to-last, and
                                          third-to-last stages) in each
                                          12-month calculation period
                                          described in Sec.  63.2171(b),
                                          the VOC concentration in the
                                          fermenter exhaust does not
                                          exceed the applicable maximum
                                          concentration (100 ppmv for
                                          last stage, 200 ppmv for
                                          second-to-last stage, or 300
                                          ppmv for third-to-last stage),
                                          measured as propane, and
                                          averaged over the duration of
                                          a batch.
                                         b. The emission limitation does
                                          not apply during the
                                          production of specialty yeast.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As stated in Sec. 63.2161, if you demonstrate compliance by 
monitoring brew ethanol, you must comply with the requirements for 
performance tests in the following table:

[[Page 686]]



      Table 2 to Subpart CCCC.--requirements for performance tests
                     [Brew Ethanol Monitoring Only]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For each fed-batch fermenter
   for which compliance is
  determined by monitoring
 brew ethanol concentration
     and calculating VOC                              According to the
    concentration in the           Using . . .            following
 fermenter exhaust according                         requirements . . .
  to the procedures in Sec.
   63.2161, you must . . .
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Measure VOC as propane...  Method 25A*, or an    You must measure the
                               alternative           VOC concentration
                               validated by EPA      in the fermenter
                               Method in the 301*    exhaust at any
                               and approved by the   point prior to
                               Administrator.        dilution of the
                                                     exhaust stream.
2. Select the sampling        Method 1*             ....................
 port's location and the
 number of traverse points.
3. Measure volumetric flow    Method 2*             ....................
 rate..
4. Perform gas analysis to    Method 3*             ....................
 determine the dry molecular
 weight of the stack gas.
5. Determine moisture         Method 4*             ....................
 content of the stack gas.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
*EPA Test Methods found in appendix A of 40 CFR part 60.

    As stated in Sec. 63.2165 (if you monitor fermenter exhaust) and 
Sec. 63.2166 (if you monitor brew ethanol), you must comply with the 
requirements to demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
emission limitations in the following table:

 Table 3 to Subpart CCCC.--Initial Compliance With Emission Limitations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                For the following         You have
          For . . .            emission limitation  demonstrated initial
                                      . . .          compliance if . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each fed-batch fermenter   The VOC               a. You reduce the
 producing yeast in a          concentration in      CEMS data batch
 fermentation stage (last      the fermenter         averages according
 Trade), second-to-last        exhaust, averaged     to Sec.
 (First Generation), or        over the duration     63.2163(g).
 third-to-last (Stock)) for    of the batch, does   b. The average VOC
 which compliance is           not exceed the        concentration in
 determined by monitoring      applicable maximum    the fermenter
 VOC concentration in the      concentration (100    exhaust for at
 fermenter exhaust.            ppmv for last         least 98 percent of
                               stage, 200 ppmv for   the batches (sum of
                               second-to-last        batches from last,
                               stage, or 300 ppmv    second-to-last, and
                               for third-to-last     third-to-last
                               stage), measured as   stages) during the
                               propane..             initial compliance
                                                     period described in
                                                     Sec.  63.2160(a)
                                                     does not exceed the
                                                     applicable maximum
                                                     concentration.
2. Each fed-batch fermenter   The VOC               a. The VOC fermenter
 producing yeast in a          concentration in      exhaust
 fermentation stage (last      the fermenter         concentration over
 (Trade), second-to-last       exhaust, averaged     the period of the
 (First Generation), or        over the duration     Method 25A*
 third-to-last (Stock)) for    of the batch, does    performance test
 which compliance is           not exceed the        does not exceed the
 determined by monitoring      applicable maximum    applicable maximum
 brew ethanol concentration    concentration (100    concentration.
 and calculating VOC           ppmv for last        b. You have a record
 concentration in the          stage, 2000 ppmv      of the brew-to-
 fermenter exhaust according   for second-to-last    exhaust correlation
 to the procedures in Sec.     stage, or 300 ppmv    during the Method
 63.2161.                      for third-to-last     25A* performance
                               stage), measured as   test during which
                               propane.              the VOC fermenter
                                                     exhaust
                                                     concentration did
                                                     not exceed the
                                                     applicable maximum
                                                     concentration.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* EPA Test Method in appendix A of 40 CFR part 60.

    As stated in Sec. 63.2171, you must comply with the requirements to 
demonstrate continuous compliance with the applicable emission 
limitations in the following table:

[[Page 687]]



      Table 4 to Subpart CCCC.--Continuous Compliance With Emission
                               Limitations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                For the following   You must demonstrate
          For . . .            emission limitation       continuous
                                      . . .          compliance by . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each fed-batch fermenter   For at least 98       a. Collecting the
 producing yeast in a          percent of all        monitoring data
 fermentation stage (last      batches (sum of       according to Sec.
 (Trade), second-to-last       batches from last,    63.2163(f).
 (First Generation), or        second-to-last, and  b. Reducing the data
 third-to-last (Stock)) for    third-to-last         according to Sec.
 which compliance is           stages) in each 12-   63.2163(g).
 determined by monitoring      month calculation    c. For at least 98
 VOC concentration in the      period described in   percent of the
 fermenter exhaust.            Sec.  63.2171(b),     batches (sum of
                               the VOC               batches from last,
                               concentration in      second-to-last, and
                               the fermenter         third-to-last
                               exhaust, averaged     stages) for each 12-
                               over the duration     month period ending
                               of the batch, does    within a semiannual
                               not exceed the        reporting period
                               applicable maximum    described in Sec.
                               concentration (100    63.2181(b)(3), the
                               ppmv for last         batch average VOC
                               stage, 200 ppmv for   concentration in
                               second-to-last        the fermenter
                               stage, or 300 ppmv    exhaust does not
                               for third-to-last     exceed the
                               stage), measured as   applicable maximum
                               propane.              concentration.
2. Each fed-batch fermenter   .For at least 98      a. Collecting the
 producing yeast in a          percent of all        monitoring data
 fermentation stage (last      batches (sum of       according to Sec.
 (Trade), second-to-last       batches from last,    63.2164(b).
 (First Generation), or        second-to-last, and  b. Reducing the data
 third-to-last (Stock)) for    third-to-last         according to Sec.
 which compliance is           stages) in each 12-   63.2164(c).
 determined by monitoring      month calculation    c. For at least 98
 brew ethanol concentration    period described in   percent of the
 and calculating VOC           Sec.  63.2171(b),     batches (sum of
 concentration in the          the VOC               batches from last,
 fermenter exhaust according   concentration in      second-to-last, and
 to the procedures in Sec.     the fermenter         third-to-last
 63.2161.                      exhaust, averaged     stages) for each 12-
                               over the duration     month period ending
                               of the batch, does    within a semiannual
                               not exceed the        reporting period
                               applicable maximum    described in Sec.
                               concentration (100    63.2181(b)(3), the
                               ppmvc for last        batch average VOC
                               stage, 200 ppmv for   concentration in
                               second-to-last        the fermenter
                               stage, or 300 ppmv    exhaust does not
                               for third-to-last     exceed the
                               stage), measured as   applicable maximum
                               propane.              concentration.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As stated in Sec. 63.2181, you must submit a compliance report that 
contains the information in Sec. 63.2181(c) as well as the information 
in the following table; you must also submit malfunction reports 
according to the requirements in the following table:

           Table 5 to Subpart CCCC.--Requirements for Reports
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 The report must     You must submit the
    You must submit a(n)          contain . . .         report . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Compliance report........  a. Your calculated    Semiannually
                               percentage of         according to the
                               within-               requirements in
                               concentration         Sec.  63.2181(b).
                               batches, as
                               described in Sec.
                               63.2171(b), for 12-
                               month calculation
                               periods ending on
                               each calendar month
                               that falls within
                               the reporting
                               period.
                              b. If you had a       Semiannually
                               malfunction during    according to the
                               the reporting         requirements in
                               period and you took   Sec.  63.2181(b).
                               actions consistent
                               with your
                               malfunction plan,
                               the compliance
                               report must include
                               the information in
                               Sec.  63.10(d)(5)(i
                               ).
2. Immediate malfunction      a. Actions taken for  By fax or telephone
 report if you had a           the event.            within 2 working
 malfunction during the                              days after starting
 reporting period that is                            actions
 not consistent with your                            inconsistent with
 malfunction plan.                                   the plan.
                              b. The information    By letter within 7
                               in Sec.               working days after
                               63.10(d)(5)(ii).      the end of the
                                                     event unless you
                                                     have made
                                                     alternative
                                                     arrangements with
                                                     the permitting
                                                     authority (Sec.
                                                     63.10(d)(5)(ii)).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As stated in Sec. 63.2190, you must comply with the applicable 
General Provisions requirements according to the following table:

Table 6 to Subpart CCCC.--Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart
                                  CCCC
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Applicable to
          Citation                   Subject            subpart CCCC?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1..................  Applicability.......  Yes.

[[Page 688]]

 
Sec.  63.2..................  Definitions.........  Yes.
Sec.  63.3..................  Units and             Yes.
                               Abbreviations.
Sec.  63.4..................  Prohibited            Yes.
                               Activities and
                               Circumvention.
Sec.  63.5..................  Construction and      Yes.
                               Reconstruction.
Sec.  63.6..................  Compliance With       1. For Sec.  63.6(e)
                               Standards and         and (f),
                               Maintenance           requirements for
                               Requirements.         startup, shutdown,
                                                     and malfunctions
                                                     apply only to
                                                     malfunctions.
                                                    2. Sec.  63.6(h)
                                                     does not apply.
                                                    3. Otherwise, all
                                                     apply.
Sec.  63.7..................  Performance Testing   1. Sec.  63.7(a)(1)-
                               Requirements.         (2) and (e)(3) do
                                                     not apply, instead
                                                     specified in this
                                                     subpart.
                                                    2. Otherwise, all
                                                     apply.
Sec.  63.8..................  Monitoring            1. Sec.  63.8(a)(2)
                               Requirements.         is modified by Sec.
                                                      63.2163.
                                                    2. Sec.  63.8(a)(4)
                                                     does not apply.
                                                    3. For Sec.
                                                     63.8(c)(1),
                                                     requirements for
                                                     startup, shutdown,
                                                     and malfunctions
                                                     apply only to
                                                     malfunctions, and
                                                     no report pursuant
                                                     to Sec.
                                                     63.10(d)(5)(i) is
                                                     required.
                                                    4. For Sec.
                                                     63.8(d),
                                                     requirements for
                                                     startup, shutdown,
                                                     and malfunctions
                                                     apply only to
                                                     malfunctions.
                                                    5. Sec.
                                                     63.8(c)(4)(i),
                                                     (c)(5), (e)(5)(ii),
                                                     and (g)(5), do not
                                                     apply.
                                                    6. Sec.
                                                     63.8(c)(4)(ii),
                                                     (c)(6)-(8), (e)(4),
                                                     and (g)(1)-(4) do
                                                     not apply, instead
                                                     specified in this
                                                     subpart.
                                                    7. Otherwise, all
                                                     apply.
Sec.  63.9..................  Notification          1. Sec.  63.9(b)(2)
                               Requirements.         does not apply
                                                     because rule omits
                                                     requirements for
                                                     initial
                                                     notification for
                                                     sources that start
                                                     up prior to May 21,
                                                     2001
                                                    2. Sec.  63.9(f)
                                                     does not apply.
                                                    3. Otherwise, all
                                                     apply.
Sec.  63.10.................  Recordkeeping and     1. For Sec.
                               Reporting             63.10(b)(2)(i)-(v),
                               Requirements.         (c)(9)-(15), and
                                                     (d)(5),
                                                     requirements for
                                                     startup, shutdown,
                                                     and malfunctions
                                                     apply only to
                                                     malfunctions.
                                                    2. Sec.
                                                     63.10(b)(2)(vii)
                                                     and (c)(1)-(6) do
                                                     not apply, instead
                                                     specified in this
                                                     subpart.
                                                    3. Sec.  63.10(c)(7)-
                                                     (8), (d)(3),
                                                     (e)(2)(ii)-(4),
                                                     (e)(3)-(4) do not
                                                     apply.
                                                    4. Otherwise, all
                                                     apply.
Sec.  63.11.................  Flares..............  No.
Sec.  63.12.................  Delegation..........  Yes.
Sec.  63.13.................  Addresses...........  Yes.
Sec.  63.14.................  Incorporation by      Yes.
                               Reference.
Sec.  63.15.................  Availability of       Yes.
                               Information.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart GGGG--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
             Solvent Extraction for Vegetable Oil Production

    Source: 66 FR 19011, Apr. 12, 2001, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.2830  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants (NESHAP) for emissions during vegetable oil production. 
This subpart limits hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions from 
specified vegetable oil production processes. This subpart also 
establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance with the emission standards.



Sec. 63.2831  Where can I find definitions of key words used in this subpart?

    You can find definitions of key words used in this subpart in 
Sec. 63.2872.



Sec. 63.2832  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are an affected source subject to this subpart if you meet 
all of the criteria listed in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section:

[[Page 689]]

    (1) You own or operate a vegetable oil production process that is a 
major source of HAP emissions or is collocated within a plant site with 
other sources that are individually or collectively a major source of 
HAP emissions.
    (i) A vegetable oil production process is defined in Sec. 63.2872. 
In general, it is the collection of continuous process equipment and 
activities that produce crude vegetable oil and meal products by 
removing oil from oilseeds listed in Table 1 to Sec. 63.2840 through 
direct contact with an organic solvent, such as a hexane isomer blend.
    (ii) A major source of HAP emissions is a plant site that emits or 
has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 10 tons (9.07 
megagrams) or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 25 
tons (22.68 megagrams) or more per year.
    (2) Your vegetable oil production process processes any combination 
of eight types of oilseeds listed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (viii) 
of this section:
    (i) Corn germ;
    (ii) Cottonseed;
    (iii) Flax;
    (iv) Peanut;
    (v) Rapeseed (for example, canola);
    (vi) Safflower;
    (vii) Soybean; and
    (viii) Sunflower.
    (b) You are not subject to this subpart if your vegetable oil 
production process meets any of the criteria listed in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section:
    (1) It uses only mechanical extraction techniques that use no 
organic solvent to remove oil from a listed oilseed.
    (2) It uses only batch solvent extraction and batch desolventizing 
equipment.
    (3) It processes only agricultural products that are not listed 
oilseeds as defined in Sec. 63.2872.
    (4) It functions only as a research and development facility and is 
not a major source.
    (c) As listed in Sec. 63.1(c)(5) of the General Provisions, if your 
HAP emissions increase such that you become a major source, then you are 
subject to all of the requirements of this subpart.



Sec. 63.2833  Is my source categorized as existing or new?

    (a) This subpart applies to each existing and new affected source. 
You must categorize your vegetable oil production process as either an 
existing or a new source in accordance with the criteria in Table 1 of 
this section, as follows:

 Table 1 to Sec.  63.2833.--Categorizing Your Source as Existing or New
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Then your affected
   If your affected source...          And if...           source...
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) was constructed or began      reconstruction has  is an existing
 construction before May 26,       not occurred.       source.
 2000.
(2) began reconstruction, as      (i) reconstruction  remains an
 defined in Sec.  63.2, on or      was part of a       existing source.
 after May 26, 2000.               scheduled plan to
                                   comply with the
                                   existing source
                                   requirements of
                                   this subpart; and.
                                  (ii)
                                   reconstruction
                                   was completed no
                                   later than 3
                                   years after the
                                   effective date of
                                   this subpart.
(3) began a significant           the modification    remains an
 modification, as defined in       does not            existing source.
 Sec.  63.2872, at any time on     constitute
 an existing source.               reconstruction.
(4) began a significant           the modification    remains a new
 modification, as defined in       does not            source.
 Sec.  63.2872, at any time on a   constitute
 new source.                       reconstruction.
(5) began reconstruction on or    reconstruction was  is a new source
 after May 26, 2000.               completed later
                                   than 3 years
                                   after the
                                   effective date of
                                   this subpart.
(6) began construction on or      ..................  is a new source.
 after May 26, 2000.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Reconstruction of a source. Any affected source is reconstructed 
if components are replaced so that the criteria in the definition of 
reconstruction

[[Page 690]]

in Sec. 63.2 are satisfied. In general, a vegetable oil production 
process is reconstructed if the fixed capital cost of the new components 
exceeds 50 percent of the fixed capital cost for constructing a new 
vegetable oil production process, and it is technically and economically 
feasible for the reconstructed source to meet the relevant new source 
requirements of this subpart. The effect of reconstruction on the 
categorization of your existing and new affected source is described in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section:
    (1) After reconstruction of an existing source, the affected source 
is recategorized as a new source and becomes subject to the new source 
requirements of this subpart.
    (2) After reconstruction of a new source, the affected source 
remains categorized as a new source and remains subject to the new 
source requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Significant modification of a source. A significant modification 
to an affected source is a term specific to this subpart and is defined 
in Sec. 63.2872.
    (1) In general, a significant modification to your source consists 
of adding new equipment or the modification of existing equipment within 
the affected source that significantly affects solvent losses from the 
affected source. Examples include adding or replacing extractors, 
desolventizer-toasters (conventional and specialty), and meal dryer-
coolers. All other significant modifications must meet the criteria 
listed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section:
    (i) The fixed capital cost of the modification represents a 
significant percentage of the fixed capital cost of building a 
comparable new vegetable oil production process.
    (ii) It does not constitute reconstruction as defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (2) A significant modification has no effect on the categorization 
of your source as existing and new. An existing source remains 
categorized as an existing source and subject to the existing source 
requirements of this subpart. A new source remains categorized as a new 
source and subject to the new source requirements of this subpart.
    (d) Changes in the type of oilseed processed by your affected source 
does not affect the categorization of your source as new or existing. 
Recategorizing an affected source from existing to new occurs only when 
you add or modify process equipment within the source which meets the 
definition of reconstruction.



Sec. 63.2834  When do I have to comply with the standards in this subpart?

    You must comply with this subpart in accordance with one of the 
schedules in Table 1 of this section, as follows:

Table 1 of Sec.  63.2834.--Compliance Dates for Existing and New Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Then your
   If your affected source is          And if...        compliance date
        categorized as...                                    is...
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) an existing source..........  ..................  3 years after the
                                                       effective date of
                                                       this subpart.
(b) a new source................  you startup your    the effective date
                                   affected source     of this subpart.
                                   before the
                                   effective date of
                                   this subpart.
(c) a new source................  you startup your    your startup date.
                                   affected source
                                   on or after the
                                   effective date of
                                   this subpart.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                Standards



Sec. 63.2840  What emission requirements must I meet?

    (a)(1) The emission requirements limit the number of gallons of HAP 
lost per ton of listed oilseeds processed. For each operating month, you 
must calculate a compliance ratio which compares your actual HAP loss to 
your allowable HAP loss for the previous 12 operating months as shown in 
Equation 1 of this section. An operating month, as defined in 
Sec. 63.2872, is any calendar month in which a source processes a listed 
oilseed, excluding any entire calendar month in which the source 
operated under an initial startup period subject to Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) 
or (d)(2) or a malfunction period subject to Sec. 63.2850(e)(2). 
Equation 1 of this section follows:

[[Page 691]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12AP01.001

    (2) Equation 1 of this section can also be expressed as a function 
of total solvent loss as shown in Equation 2 of this section. Equation 2 
of this section follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12AP01.002


Where:
f = The weighted average volume fraction of HAP in solvent received 
during the previous 12 operating months, as determined in Sec. 63.2854, 
dimensionless.
0.64 = The average volume fraction of HAP in solvent in the baseline 
performance data, dimensionless.
Actual Solvent Loss = Gallons of actual solvent loss during previous 12 
operating months, as determined in Sec. 63.2853.
Oilseed = Tons of each oilseed type ``i'' processed during the previous 
12 operating months, as shown in Sec. 63.2855.
SLF = The corresponding solvent loss factor (gal/ton) for oilseed ``i'' 
listed in Table 1 of this section, as follows:

 Table 1 of Sec.  63.2840.--Oilseed Solvent Loss Factors for Determining
                           Allowable HAP Loss
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Oilseed solvent loss
                                                      factor (gal/ton)
    Type of oilseed process       A source that... ---------------------
                                                     Existing     New
                                                     sources    sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Corn Germ, Wet Milling.....  processes corn           0.4        0.3
                                  germ that has
                                  been separated
                                  from other corn
                                  components using
                                  a ``wet''
                                  process of
                                  centrifuging a
                                  slurry steeped
                                  in a dilute
                                  sulfurous acid
                                  solution.
(ii) Corn Germ, Dry Milling....  processes corn           0.7        0.7
                                  germ that has
                                  been separated
                                  from the other
                                  corn components
                                  using a ``dry''
                                  process of
                                  mechanical
                                  chafing and air
                                  sifting.
(iii) Cottonseed, Large........  processes 120,000        0.5        0.4
                                  tons or more of
                                  a combination of
                                  cottonseed and
                                  other listed
                                  oilseeds during
                                  all normal
                                  operating
                                  periods in a 12
                                  operating month
                                  period.
(iv) Cottonseed, Small.........  processes less           0.7        0.4
                                  than 120,000
                                  tons of a
                                  combination of
                                  cottonseed and
                                  other listed
                                  oilseeds during
                                  all normal
                                  operating
                                  periods in a 12
                                  operating month
                                  period.
(v) Flax.......................  processes flax...        0.6        0.6
(vi) Peanuts...................  processes peanuts        1.2        0.7
(vii) Rapeseed.................  processes                0.7        0.3
                                  rapeseed.
(viii) Safflower...............  processes                0.7        0.7
                                  safflower.
(ix) Soybean, Conventional.....  uses a                   0.2        0.2
                                  conventional
                                  style
                                  desolventizer to
                                  produce crude
                                  soybean oil
                                  products and
                                  soybean animal
                                  feed products.
(x) Soybean, Specialty.........  uses a special           1.7        1.5
                                  style
                                  desolventizer to
                                  produce soybean
                                  meal products
                                  for human and
                                  animal
                                  consumption.

[[Page 692]]

 
(xi) Soybean, Combination Plant  processes               0.25       0.25
 with Low Specialty Production.   soybeans in both
                                  specialty and
                                  conventional
                                  desolventizers
                                  and the quantity
                                  of soybeans
                                  processed in
                                  specialty
                                  desolventizers
                                  during normal
                                  operating
                                  periods is less
                                  than 3.3 percent
                                  of total
                                  soybeans
                                  processed during
                                  all normal
                                  operating
                                  periods in a 12
                                  operating month
                                  period. The
                                  corresponding
                                  solvent loss
                                  factor is an
                                  overall value
                                  and applies to
                                  the total
                                  quantity of
                                  soybeans
                                  processed..
(xii) Sunflower................  processes                0.4        0.3
                                  sunflower.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) When your source has processed listed oilseed for 12 operating 
months, calculate the compliance ratio by the end of each calendar month 
following an operating month using Equation 2 of this section. When 
calculating your compliance ratio, consider the conditions and 
exclusions in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section:
    (1) If your source processes any quantity of listed oilseeds in a 
calendar month and the source is not operating under an initial startup 
period or malfunction period subject to Sec. 63.2850, then you must 
categorize the month as an operating month, as defined in Sec. 63.2872.
    (2) The 12-month compliance ratio may include operating months 
occurring prior to a source shutdown and operating months that follow 
after the source resumes operation.
    (3) If your source shuts down and processes no listed oilseed for an 
entire calendar month, then you must categorize the month as a 
nonoperating month, as defined in Sec. 63.2872. Exclude any nonoperating 
months from the compliance ratio determination.
    (4) If your source is subject to an initial startup period as 
defined in Sec. 63.2872, exclude from the compliance ratio determination 
any solvent and oilseed information recorded for the initial startup 
period.
    (5) If your source is subject to a malfunction period as defined in 
Sec. 63.2872, exclude from the compliance ratio determination any 
solvent and oilseed information recorded for the malfunction period.
    (6) For sources processing cottonseed or specialty soybean, the 
solvent loss factor you use to determine the compliance ratio may change 
each operating month depending on the tons of oilseed processed during 
all normal operating periods in a 12 operating month period.
    (c) If the compliance ratio is less than or equal to 1.00, your 
source was in compliance with the HAP emission requirements for the 
previous operating month.
    (d) To determine the compliance ratio in Equation 2 of this section, 
you must select the appropriate oilseed solvent loss factor from Table 1 
of this section. First, determine whether your source is new or existing 
using Table 1 of Sec. 63.2833. Then, under the appropriate existing or 
new source column, select the oilseed solvent loss factor that 
corresponds to each type oilseed or process operation for each operating 
month.

                         Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.2850  How do I comply with the hazardous air pollutant emission standards?

    (a) General requirements. The requirements in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) 
through (iv) of this section apply to all affected sources:
    (1) Submit the necessary notifications in accordance with 
Sec. 63.2860, which include:
    (i) Initial notifications for existing sources.
    (ii) Initial notifications for new and reconstructed sources.

[[Page 693]]

    (iii) Initial notifications for significant modifications to 
existing or new sources.
    (iv) Notification of compliance status.
    (2) Develop and implement a plan for demonstrating compliance in 
accordance with Sec. 63.2851.
    (3) Develop a written startup, shutdown and malfunction (SSM) plan 
in accordance with the provisions in Sec. 63.2852.
    (4) Maintain all the necessary records you have used to demonstrate 
compliance with this subpart in accordance with Sec. 63.2862.
    (5) Submit the reports in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) through (iii) of this 
section:
    (i) Annual compliance certifications in accordance with 
Sec. 63.2861(a).
    (ii) Periodic SSM reports in accordance with Sec. 63.2861(c).
    (iii) Immediate SSM reports in accordance with Sec. 63.2861(d).
    (6) Submit all notifications and reports and maintain all records 
required by the General Provisions for performance testing if you add a 
control device that destroys solvent.
    (b) Existing sources under normal operation. You must meet all of 
the requirements listed in paragraph (a) of this section and Table 1 of 
this section for sources under normal operation, and the schedules for 
demonstrating compliance for existing sources under normal operation in 
Table 2 of this section.
    (c) New sources. Your new source, including a source that is 
categorized as new due to reconstruction, must meet the requirements 
associated with one of two compliance options. Within 15 days of the 
startup date, you must choose to comply with one of the options listed 
in paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section:
    (1) Normal operation. Upon startup of your new source, you must meet 
all of the requirements listed in Sec. 63.2850(a) and Table 1 of this 
section for sources under normal operation, and the schedules for 
demonstrating compliance for new sources under normal operation in Table 
2 of this section.
    (2) Initial startup period. For up to 6 calendar months after the 
startup date of your new source, you must meet all of the requirements 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section and Table 1 of this section for 
sources operating under an initial startup period, and the schedules for 
demonstrating compliance for new sources operating under an initial 
startup period in Table 2 of this section. After a maximum of 6 calendar 
months, your new source must then meet all of the requirements listed in 
Table 1 of this section for sources under normal operation.
    (d) Existing or new sources that have been significantly modified. 
Your existing or new source that has been significantly modified must 
meet the requirements associated with one of two compliance options. 
Within 15 days of the modified source startup date, you must choose to 
comply with one of the options listed in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this 
section:
    (1) Normal operation. Upon startup of your significantly modified 
existing or new source, you must meet all of the requirements listed in 
paragraph (a) of this section and Table 1 of this section for sources 
under normal operation, and the schedules for demonstrating compliance 
for an existing or new source that has been significantly modified in 
Table 2 of this section.
    (2) Initial startup period. For up to 3 calendar months after the 
startup date of your significantly modified existing or new source, you 
must meet all of the requirements listed in paragraph (a) of this 
section and Table 1 of this section for sources operating under an 
initial startup period, and the schedules for demonstrating compliance 
for a significantly modified existing or new source operating under an 
initial startup period in Table 2 of this section. After a maximum of 3 
calendar months, your new or existing source must meet all of the 
requirements listed in Table 1 of this section for sources under normal 
operation.
    (e) Existing or new sources experiencing a malfunction. A 
malfunction is defined in Sec. 63.2. In general, it means any sudden, 
infrequent, and not reasonably preventable failure of air pollution 
control equipment or process equipment to function in a usual manner. If 
your existing or new source experiences an unscheduled shutdown as a 
result of a malfunction, continues to operate during a malfunction 
(including

[[Page 694]]

the period reasonably necessary to correct the malfunction), or starts 
up after a shutdown resulting from a malfunction, then you must meet the 
requirements associated with one of two compliance options. Routine or 
scheduled process startups and shutdowns resulting from, but not limited 
to, market demands, maintenance activities, and switching types of 
oilseed processed, are not startups or shutdowns resulting from a 
malfunction and, therefore, do not qualify for this provision. Within 15 
days of the beginning date of the malfunction, you must choose to comply 
with one of the options listed in paragraphs (e)(1) through (2) of this 
section:
    (1) Normal operation. Your source must meet all of the requirements 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section and one of the options listed in 
paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) Existing source normal operation requirements in paragraph (b) 
of this section.
    (ii) New source normal operation requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section.
    (iii) Normal operation requirements for sources that have been 
significantly modified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (2) Malfunction period. Throughout the malfunction period, you must 
meet all of the requirements listed in paragraph (a) of this section and 
Table 1 of this section for sources operating during a malfunction 
period. At the end of the malfunction period, your source must then meet 
all of the requirements listed in Table 1 of this section for sources 
under normal operation. Table 1 of this section follows:

               Table 1 of Sec.  63.2850.--Requirements for Compliance with HAP Emission Standards
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              For initial startup
                                    For periods of normal   periods subject to Sec.     For malfunction periods
     Are you required to . . .            operation?        63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2)?        subject to Sec.
                                                                                            63.2850(e)(2)?
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Operate and maintain your       No, your source is     Yes, throughout the        Yes, throughout the entire
 source in accordance with your      not subject to the     entire initial startup     malfunction period.
 SSM plan as described in Sec.       SSM plan, but rather   period.
 63.2852?.                           the HAP emission
                                     limits of this
                                     standard.
(b) Determine and record the        Yes, as described in   Yes, as described in Sec.  Yes, as described in Sec.
 extraction solvent loss in          Sec.  63.2853.          63.2862(e).               63.2862(e).
 gallons from your source?.
(c) Record the volume fraction of   Yes..................  Yes......................  Yes.
 HAP present at greater than 1
 percent by volume and gallons of
 extraction solvent in shipment
 received?.
(d) Determine and record the tons   Yes, as described in   No.......................  No.
 of each oilseed type processed by   Sec.  63.2855.
 your source?.
(e) Determine the weighted average  Yes..................  No. Except for solvent     No, the HAP volume
 volume fraction of HAP in                                  received by a new or       fraction in any solvent
 extraction solvent received as                             reconstructed source       received during a
 described in Sec.  63.2854 by the                          commencing operation       malfunction period is
 end of the following calendar                              under an initial startup   included in the weighted
 month?.                                                    period, the HAP volume     average HAP determination
                                                            fraction in any solvent    for the next operating
                                                            received during an         month.
                                                            initial startup period
                                                            is included in the
                                                            weighted average HAP
                                                            determination for the
                                                            next operating month.
(f) Determine and record the        Yes,.................  No, these requirements     No, these requirements are
 actual solvent loss, weighted                              are not applicable         not applicable because
 average volume fraction HAP,                               because your source is     your source is not
 oilseed processed and compliance                           not required to            required to determine the
 ratio for each 12 operating month                          determine the compliance   compliance ratio with
 period as described in Sec.                                ratio with data recorded   data recorded for a
 63.2840 by the end of the                                  for an initial startup     malfunction period.
 following calendar month?.                                 period.

[[Page 695]]

 
(g) Submit a Notification of        Yes, as described in   No. However, you may be    No. However, you may be
 Compliance Status or Annual         Secs.  63.2860(d)      required to submit an      required to submit an
 Compliance Certification as         and 63.2861(a).        annual compliance          annual compliance
 appropriate?.                                              certification for          certification for
                                                            previous operating         previous operating
                                                            months, if the deadline    months, if the deadline
                                                            for the annual             for the annual compliance
                                                            compliance certification   certification happens to
                                                            happens to occur during    occur during the
                                                            the initial startup        malfunction period.
                                                            period.
(h) Submit a Deviation              Yes..................  No, these requirements     No, these requirements are
 Notification Report by the end of                          are not applicable         not applicable because
 the calendar month following the                           because your source is     your source is not
 month in which you determined                              not required to            required to determine the
 that the compliance ratio exceeds                          determine the compliance   compliance ratio with
 1.00 as described in Sec.                                  ratio with data recorded   data recorded for a
 63.2861(b)?.                                               for an initial startup     malfunction period.
                                                            period.
(i) Submit a Periodic SSM Report    No, a SSM activity is  Yes......................  Yes.
 as described in Sec.  63.2861(c)?.  not categorized as
                                     normal operation.
(j) Submit an Immediate SSM Report  No, a SSM activity is  Yes, only if your source   Yes, only if your source
 as described in Sec.  63.2861(d)?.  not categorized as     does not follow the SSM    does not follow the SSM
                                     normal operation.      plan.                      plan.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Table 2 of Sec.  63.2850.--Schedules for Demonstrating Compliance Under Various Source Operating Modes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          You must determine
                                                                              your first        Base your first
                                   and is operating        then your       compliance ratio    compliance ratio
     If your source is . . .          under. . .         recordkeeping     by the end of the    on information
                                                         schedule. . .      calendar month       recorded. . .
                                                                            following. . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Existing....................  Normal operation..  Begins on the       The first 12        During the first
                                                       compliance date.    operating months    12 operating
                                                                           after the           months after the
                                                                           compliance date.    compliance date.
(b) New.........................  (1) Normal          Begins on the       The first 12        During the first
                                   operation.          startup date of     operating months    12 operating
                                                       your new source.    after the startup   months after the
                                                                           date of the new     startup date of
                                                                           source.             the new source.
                                  (2) An initial      Begins on the       The first 12        During the first
                                   startup period.     startup date of     operating months    12 operating
                                                       your new source.    after termination   months after the
                                                                           of the initial      initial startup
                                                                           startup period,     period, which can
                                                                           which can last      last for up to 6
                                                                           for up to 6         months.
                                                                           months.
(c) Existing or new that has      (1) Normal          Resumes on the      The first           During the
 been significantly modified.      operation.          startup date of     operating month     previous 11
                                                       the modified        after the startup   operating months
                                                       source.             date of the         prior to the
                                                                           modified source.    significant
                                                                                               modification and
                                                                                               the first
                                                                                               operating month
                                                                                               following the
                                                                                               initial startup
                                                                                               date of the
                                                                                               source.
                                  (2) An initial      Resumes on the      The first           During the 11
                                   startup period.     startup date of     operating month     operating months
                                                       the modified        after termination   before the
                                                       source.             of the initial      significant
                                                                           startup period,     modification and
                                                                           which can last up   the first
                                                                           to 3 months.        operating month
                                                                                               after the initial
                                                                                               startup period.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 696]]



Sec. 63.2851  What is a plan for demonstrating compliance?

    (a) You must develop and implement a written plan for demonstrating 
compliance that provides the detailed procedures you will follow to 
monitor and record data necessary for demonstrating compliance with this 
subpart. Procedures followed for quantifying solvent loss from the 
source and amount of oilseed processed vary from source to source 
because of site-specific factors such as equipment design 
characteristics and operating conditions. Typical procedures include one 
or more accurate measurement methods such as weigh scales, volumetric 
displacement, and material mass balances. Because the industry does not 
have a uniform set of procedures, you must develop and implement your 
own site-specific plan for demonstrating compliance before the 
compliance date for your source. You must also incorporate the plan for 
demonstrating compliance by reference in the source's title V permit and 
keep the plan on-site and readily available as long as the source is 
operational. If you make any changes to the plan for demonstrating 
compliance, then you must keep all previous versions of the plan and 
make them readily available for inspection for at least 5 years after 
each revision. The plan for demonstrating compliance must include the 
items in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section:
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The physical address of the vegetable oil production process.
    (3) A detailed description of all methods of measurement your source 
will use to determine your solvent losses, HAP content of solvent, and 
the tons of each type of oilseed processed.
    (4) When each measurement will be made.
    (5) Examples of each calculation you will use to determine your 
compliance status. Include examples of how you will convert data 
measured with one parameter to other terms for use in compliance 
determination.
    (6) Example logs of how data will be recorded.
    (7) A plan to ensure that the data continue to meet compliance 
demonstration needs.
    (b) The responsible agency of these NESHAP may require you to revise 
your plan for demonstrating compliance. The responsible agency may 
require reasonable revisions if the procedures lack detail, are 
inconsistent or do not accurately determine solvent loss, HAP content of 
the solvent, or the tons of oilseed processed.



Sec. 63.2852  What is a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan?

    You must develop a written SSM plan in accordance with 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3) and implement the plan, when applicable. You must 
complete the SSM plan before the compliance date for your source. You 
must also incorporate the SSM plan by reference in your source's title V 
permit and keep the SSM plan on-site and readily available as long as 
the source is operational. The SSM plan provides detailed procedures for 
operating and maintaining your source to minimize emissions during a 
qualifying SSM event for which the source chooses the Sec. 63.2850(e)(2) 
malfunction period, or the Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2) initial startup 
period. The SSM plan must specify a program of corrective action for 
malfunctioning process and air pollution control equipment and reflect 
the best practices now in use by the industry to minimize emissions. 
Some or all of the procedures may come from plans you developed for 
other purposes such as a Standard Operating Procedure manual or an 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration Process Safety Management 
plan. To qualify as a SSM plan, other such plans must meet all the 
applicable requirements of these NESHAP.



Sec. 63.2853  How do I determine the actual solvent loss?

    By the end of each calendar month following an operating month, you 
must determine the total solvent loss in gallons for the previous 
operating month. The total solvent loss for an operating month includes 
all solvent losses that occur during normal operating periods within the 
operating month. If you have determined solvent losses for 12 or more 
operating months, then you must also determine the 12 operating months 
rolling sum of actual solvent loss in gallons by summing the

[[Page 697]]

monthly actual solvent loss for the previous 12 operating months. The 12 
operating months rolling sum of solvent loss is the ``actual solvent 
loss,'' which is used to calculate your compliance ratio as described in 
Sec. 63.2840.
    (a) To determine the actual solvent loss from your source, follow 
the procedures in your plan for demonstrating compliance to determine 
the items in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section:
    (1) The dates that define each operating status period during a 
calendar month. The dates that define each operating status period 
include the beginning date of each calendar month and the date of any 
change in the source operating status. If the source maintains the same 
operating status during an entire calendar month, these dates are the 
beginning and ending dates of the calendar month. If, prior to the 
effective date of this rule, your source determines the solvent loss on 
an accounting month, as defined in Sec. 63.2872, rather than a calendar 
month basis, and you have 12 complete accounting months of approximately 
equal duration in a calendar year, you may substitute the accounting 
month time interval for the calendar month time interval. If you choose 
to use an accounting month rather than a calendar month, you must 
document this measurement frequency selection in your plan for 
demonstrating compliance, and you must remain on this schedule unless 
you request and receive written approval from the agency responsible for 
these NESHAP.
    (2) Source operating status. You must categorize the operating 
status of your source for each recorded time interval in accordance with 
criteria in Table 1 of this section, as follows:

  Table 1 of Sec.  63.2853.--Categorizing Your Source Operating Status
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 If during a recorded time interval . .     then your source operating
                   .                             status is . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Your source processes any amount of  A normal operating period.
 listed oilseed and source is not
 operating under an initial startup
 operating period or a malfunction
 period subject to Sec.  63.2850(c)(2),
 (d)(2), or (e)(2).
(ii) Your source processes no            A nonoperating period.
 agricultural product and your source
 is not operating under an initial
 startup period or malfunction period
 subject to Sec.  63.2850(c)(2),
 (d)(2), or (e)(2).
(iii) You choose to operate your source  An initial startup period.
 under an initial startup period
 subject to Sec.  63.2850(c)(2) or
 (d)(2).
(iv) You choose to operate your source   A malfunction period.
 under a malfunction period subject to
 Sec.  63.2850(e)(2).
(v) Your source processes agricultural   An exempt period.
 products not defined as listed oilseed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Measuring the beginning and ending solvent inventory. You are 
required to measure and record the solvent inventory on the beginning 
and ending dates of each normal operating period that occurs during an 
operating month. An operating month is any calendar month with at least 
one normal operating period. You must consistently follow the procedures 
described in your plan for demonstrating compliance, as specified in 
Sec. 63.2851, to determine the extraction solvent inventory, and 
maintain readily available records of the actual solvent loss inventory, 
as described in Sec. 63.2862(c)(1). In general, you must measure and 
record the solvent inventory only when the source is actively processing 
any type of agricultural product. When the source is not active, some or 
all of the solvent working capacity is transferred to solvent storage 
tanks which can artificially inflate the solvent inventory.
    (4) Gallons of extraction solvent received. Record the total gallons 
of extraction solvent received in each shipment. For most processes, the 
gallons of solvent received represents purchases of delivered solvent 
added to the solvent storage inventory. However, if your process refines 
additional vegetable oil from off-site sources, recovers solvent from 
the off-site oil, and adds it to the on-site solvent inventory, then you 
must determine the quantity of recovered solvent and include it in

[[Page 698]]

the gallons of extraction solvent received.
    (5) Solvent inventory adjustments. In some situations, solvent 
losses determined directly from the measured solvent inventory and 
quantity of solvent received is not an accurate estimate of the ``actual 
solvent loss'' for use in determining compliance ratios. In such cases, 
you may adjust the total solvent loss for each normal operating period 
as long as you provide a reasonable justification for the adjustment. 
Situations that may require adjustments of the total solvent loss 
include, but are not limited to, situations in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and 
(ii) of this section:
    (i) Solvent destroyed in a control device. You may use a control 
device to reduce solvent emissions to meet the emission standard. The 
use of a control device does not alter the emission limit for the 
source. If you use a control device that reduces solvent emissions 
through destruction of the solvent instead of recovery, then determine 
the gallons of solvent that enter the control device and are destroyed 
there during each normal operating period. All solvent destroyed in a 
control device during a normal operating period can be subtracted from 
the total solvent loss. Examples of destructive emission control devices 
include catalytic incinerators, boilers, or flares. Identify and 
describe, in your plan for demonstrating compliance, each type of 
reasonable and sound measurement method that you use to quantify the 
gallons of solvent entering and exiting the control device and to 
determine the destruction efficiency of the control device. You may use 
design evaluations to document the gallons of solvent destroyed or 
removed by the control device instead of performance testing under 
Sec. 63.7. The design evaluations must be based on the procedures and 
options described in Sec. 63.985(b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) or Sec. 63.11, 
as appropriate. All data, assumptions, and procedures used in such 
evaluations must be documented and available for inspection. If you use 
performance testing to determine solvent flow rate to the control device 
or destruction efficiency of the device, follow the procedures as 
outlined in Sec. 63.997(e)(1) and (2). Instead of periodic performance 
testing to demonstrate continued good operation of the control device, 
you may develop a monitoring plan, following the procedures outlined in 
Sec. 63.988(c) and using operational parametric measurement devices such 
as fan parameters, percent measurements of lower explosive limits, and 
combustion temperature.
    (ii) Changes in solvent working capacity. In records you keep on-
site, document any process modifications resulting in changes to the 
solvent working capacity in your vegetable oil production process. 
Solvent working capacity is defined in Sec. 63.2872. In general, solvent 
working capacity is the volume of solvent normally retained in solvent 
recovery equipment such as the extractor, desolventizer-toaster, solvent 
storage, working tanks, mineral oil absorber, condensers, and oil/
solvent distillation system. If the change occurs during a normal 
operating period, you must determine the difference in working solvent 
volume and make a one-time documented adjustment to the solvent 
inventory.
    (b) Use Equation 1 of this section to determine the actual solvent 
loss occurring from your affected source for all normal operating 
periods recorded within a calendar month. Equation 1 of this section 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12AP01.003

Where:

SOLVB = Gallons of solvent in the inventory at the beginning 
of normal operating period ``i'' as determined in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section.

[[Page 699]]

SOLVE = Gallons of solvent in the inventory at the end of 
normal operating period ``i'' as determined in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section.
SOLVR = Gallons of solvent received between the beginning and 
ending inventory dates of normal operating period ``i'' as determined in 
paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
SOLVA = Gallons of solvent added or removed from the 
extraction solvent inventory during normal operating period ``i'' as 
determined in paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
n = Number of normal operating periods in a calendar month.

    (c) The actual solvent loss is the total solvent losses during 
normal operating periods for the previous 12 operating months. You 
determine your actual solvent loss by summing the monthly actual solvent 
losses for the previous 12 operating months. You must record the actual 
solvent loss by the end of each calendar month following an operating 
month. Use the actual solvent loss in Equation 2 of Sec. 63.2840 to 
determine the compliance ratio. Actual solvent loss does not include 
losses that occur during operating status periods listed in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (4) of this section. If any one of these four operating 
status periods span an entire month, then the month is treated as 
nonoperating and there is no compliance ratio determination.
    (1) Nonoperating periods as described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of 
this section.
    (2) Initial startup periods as described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or 
(d)(2).
    (3) Malfunction periods as described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2).
    (4) Exempt operation periods as described in paragraph (a)(2)(v) of 
this section.



Sec. 63.2854  How do I determine the weighted average volume fraction of HAP in the actual solvent loss?

    (a) This section describes the information and procedures you must 
use to determine the weighted average volume fraction of HAP in 
extraction solvent received for use in your vegetable oil production 
process. By the end of each calendar month following an operating month, 
determine the weighted average volume fraction of HAP in extraction 
solvent received since the end of the previous operating month. If you 
have determined the monthly weighted average volume fraction of HAP in 
solvent received for 12 or more operating months, then also determine an 
overall weighted average volume fraction of HAP in solvent received for 
the previous 12 operating months. Use the volume fraction of HAP 
determined as a 12 operating months weighted average in Equation 2 of 
Sec. 63.2840 to determine the compliance ratio.
    (b) To determine the volume fraction of HAP in the extraction 
solvent determined as a 12 operating months weighted average, you must 
comply with paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section:
    (1) Record the volume fraction of each HAP comprising more than 1 
percent by volume of the solvent in each delivery of solvent, including 
solvent recovered from off-site oil. To determine the HAP content of the 
material in each delivery of solvent, the reference method is EPA Method 
311 of appendix A of this part. You may use EPA Method 311, an approved 
alternative method, or any other reasonable means for determining the 
HAP content. Other reasonable means of determining HAP content include, 
but are not limited to, a material safety data sheet or a manufacturer's 
certificate of analysis. A certificate of analysis is a legal and 
binding document provided by a solvent manufacturer. The purpose of a 
certificate of analysis is to list the test methods and analytical 
results that determine chemical properties of the solvent and the volume 
percentage of all HAP components present in the solvent at quantities 
greater than 1 percent by volume. You are not required to test the 
materials that you use, but the Administrator may require a test using 
EPA Method 311 (or an approved alternative method) to confirm the 
reported HAP content. However, if the results of an analysis by EPA 
Method 311 are different from the HAP content determined by another 
means, the EPA Method 311 results will govern compliance determinations.
    (2) Determine the weighted average volume fraction of HAP in the 
extraction solvent each operating month. The

[[Page 700]]

weighted average volume fraction of HAP for an operating month includes 
all solvent received since the end of the last operating month, 
regardless of the operating status at the time of the delivery. 
Determine the monthly weighted average volume fraction of HAP by summing 
the products of the HAP volume fraction of each delivery and the volume 
of each delivery and dividing the sum by the total volume of all 
deliveries as expressed in Equation 1 of this section. Record the result 
by the end of each calendar month following an operating month. Equation 
1 of this section follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12AP01.004

Where:

Receivedi = Gallons of extraction solvent received in 
delivery ``i.''
Contenti = The volume fraction of HAP in extraction solvent 
delivery ``i.''
Total Received = Total gallons of extraction solvent received since the 
end of the previous operating month.
n = Number of extraction solvent deliveries since the end of the 
previous operating month.

    (3) Determine the volume fraction of HAP in your extraction solvent 
as a 12 operating months weighted average. When your source has 
processed oilseed for 12 operating months, sum the products of the 
monthly weighted average HAP volume fraction and corresponding volume of 
solvent received, and divide the sum by the total volume of solvent 
received for the 12 operating months, as expressed by Equation 2 of this 
section. Record the result by the end of each calendar month following 
an operating month and use it in Equation 2 of Sec. 63.2840 to determine 
the compliance ratio. Equation 2 of this section follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12AP01.005

Where:

Receivedi = Gallons of extraction solvent received in 
operating month ``i'' as determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.2853(a)(4).
Contenti = Average volume fraction of HAP in extraction 
solvent received in operating month ``i'' as determined in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
Total Received = Total gallons of extraction solvent received during the 
previous 12 operating months.



Sec. 63.2855  How do I determine the quantity of oilseed processed?

    All oilseed measurements must be determined on an as received basis, 
as defined in Sec. 63.2872. The as received basis refers to the oilseed 
chemical and physical characteristics as initially received by the 
source and prior to any oilseed handling and processing. By the end of 
each calendar month following an operating month, you must determine the 
tons as received of each listed oilseed processed for the operating 
month. The total oilseed processed for an operating month includes the 
total

[[Page 701]]

of each oilseed processed during all normal operating periods that occur 
within the operating month. If you have determined the tons of oilseed 
processed for 12 or more operating months, then you must also determine 
the 12 operating months rolling sum of each type oilseed processed by 
summing the tons of each type of oilseed processed for the previous 12 
operating months. The 12 operating months rolling sum of each type of 
oilseed processed is used to calculate the compliance ratio as described 
in Sec. 63.2840.
    (a) To determine the tons as received of each type of oilseed 
processed at your source, follow the procedures in your plan for 
demonstrating compliance to determine the items in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (5) of this section:
    (1) The dates that define each operating status period. The dates 
that define each operating status period include the beginning date of 
each calendar month and the date of any change in the source operating 
status. If, prior to the effective date of this rule, your source 
determines the oilseed inventory on an accounting month rather than a 
calendar month basis, and you have 12 complete accounting months of 
approximately equal duration in a calendar year, you may substitute the 
accounting month time interval for the calendar month time interval. If 
you choose to use an accounting month rather than a calendar month, you 
must document this measurement frequency selection in your plan for 
demonstrating compliance, and you must remain on this schedule unless 
you request and receive written approval from the agency responsible for 
these NESHAP. The dates on each oilseed inventory log must be consistent 
with the dates recorded for the solvent inventory.
    (2) Source operating status. You must categorize the source 
operation for each recorded time interval. The source operating status 
for each time interval recorded on the oilseed inventory for each type 
of oilseed must be consistent with the operating status recorded on the 
solvent inventory logs as described in Sec. 63.2853(a)(2).
    (3) Measuring the beginning and ending inventory for each oilseed. 
You are required to measure and record the oilseed inventory on the 
beginning and ending dates of each normal operating period that occurs 
during an operating month. An operating month is any calendar month with 
at least one normal operating period. You must consistently follow the 
procedures described in your plan for demonstrating compliance, as 
specified in Sec. 63.2851, to determine the oilseed inventory on an as 
received basis and maintain readily available records of the oilseed 
inventory as described by Sec. 63.2862(c)(3).
    (4) Tons of each oilseed received. Record the type of oilseed and 
tons of each shipment of oilseed received and added to your on-site 
storage.
    (5) Oilseed inventory adjustments. In some situations, determining 
the quantity of oilseed processed directly from the measured oilseed 
inventory and quantity of oilseed received is not an accurate estimate 
of the tons of oilseed processed for use in determining compliance 
ratios. For example, spoiled and molded oilseed removed from storage but 
not processed by your source will result in an overestimate of the 
quantity of oilseed processed. In such cases, you must adjust the 
oilseed inventory and provide a justification for the adjustment. 
Situations that may require oilseed inventory adjustments include, but 
are not limited to, the situations listed in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) 
through (v) of this section:
    (i) Oilseed that mold or otherwise become unsuitable for processing.
    (ii) Oilseed you sell before it enters the processing operation.
    (iii) Oilseed destroyed by an event such as a process malfunction, 
fire, or natural disaster.
    (iv) Oilseed processed through operations prior to solvent 
extraction such as screening, dehulling, cracking, drying, and 
conditioning; but that are not routed to the solvent extractor for 
further processing.
    (v) Periodic physical measurements of inventory. For example, some 
sources periodically empty oilseed storage silos to physically measure 
the current oilseed inventory. This periodic measurement procedure 
typically results in a small inventory correction. The correction 
factor, usually less than

[[Page 702]]

1 percent, may be used to make an adjustment to the source's oilseed 
inventory that was estimated previously with indirect measurement 
techniques. To make this adjustment, your plan for demonstrating 
compliance must provide for such an adjustment.
    (b) Use Equation 1 of this section to determine the quantity of each 
oilseed type processed at your affected source during normal operating 
periods recorded within a calendar month. Equation 1 of this section 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12AP01.000

Where:

SEEDB = Tons of oilseed in the inventory at the beginning of 
normal operating period ``i'' as determined in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section.
SEEDE = Tons of oilseed in the inventory at the end of normal 
operating period ``i'' as determined in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) 
of this section.
SEEDR = Tons of oilseed received during normal operating 
period ``i'' as determined in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section.
SEEDA = Tons of oilseed added or removed from the oilseed 
inventory during normal operating period ``i'' as determined in 
accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
n = Number of normal operating periods in the calendar month during 
which this type oilseed was processed.

    (c) The quantity of each oilseed processed is the total tons of each 
type of listed oilseed processed during normal operating periods in the 
previous 12 operating months. You determine the tons of each oilseed 
processed by summing the monthly quantity of each oilseed processed for 
the previous 12 operating months. You must record the 12 operating 
months quantity of each type of oilseed processed by the end of each 
calendar month following an operating month. Use the 12 operating months 
quantity of each type of oilseed processed to determine the compliance 
ratio as described in Sec. 63.2840. The quantity of oilseed processed 
does not include oilseed processed during the operating status periods 
in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section:
    (1) Nonoperating periods as described in Sec. 63.2853 (a)(2)(ii).
    (2) Initial startup periods as described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or 
(d)(2).
    (3) Malfunction periods as described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2).
    (4) Exempt operation periods as described in Sec. 63.2853 (a)(2)(v).
    (5) If any one of these four operating status periods span an entire 
calendar month, then the calendar month is treated as a nonoperating 
month and there is no compliance ratio determination.

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.2860  What notifications must I submit and when?

    You must submit the one-time notifications listed in paragraphs (a) 
through (d) of this section to the responsible agency:
    (a) Initial notification for existing sources. For an existing 
source, submit an initial notification to the agency responsible for 
these NESHAP no later than 120 days after the effective date of this 
subpart. In the notification, include the items in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (5) of this section:
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The physical address of the vegetable oil production process.
    (3) Identification of the relevant standard, such as the vegetable 
oil production NESHAP, and compliance date.
    (4) A brief description of the source including the types of listed 
oilseeds processed, nominal operating capacity, and type of 
desolventizer(s) used.
    (5) A statement designating the source as a major source of HAP or a

[[Page 703]]

demonstration that the source meets the definition of an area source. An 
area source is a source that is not a major source and is not collocated 
within a plant site with other sources that are individually or 
collectively a major source.
    (b) Initial notifications for new and reconstructed sources. New or 
reconstructed sources must submit a series of notifications before, 
during, and after source construction per the schedule listed in 
Sec. 63.9. The information requirements for the notifications are the 
same as those listed in the General Provisions with the exceptions 
listed in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section:
    (1) The application for approval of construction does not require 
the specific HAP emission data required in Sec. 63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H) and 
(iii), (d)(2) and (d)(3)(ii). The application for approval of 
construction would include, instead, a brief description of the source 
including the types of listed oilseeds processed, nominal operating 
capacity, and type of desolventizer(s) used.
    (2) The notification of actual startup date must also include 
whether you have elected to operate under an initial startup period 
subject to Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) and provide an estimate and justification 
for the anticipated duration of the initial startup period.
    (c) Significant modification notifications. Any existing or new 
source that plans to undergo a significant modification as defined in 
Sec. 63.2872 must submit two reports as described in paragraphs (c)(1) 
and (2) of this section:
    (1) Initial notification. You must submit an initial notification to 
the agency responsible for these NESHAP 30 days prior to initial startup 
of the significantly modified source. The initial notification must 
demonstrate that the proposed changes qualify as a significant 
modification. The initial notification must include the items in 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section:
    (i) The expected startup date of the modified source.
    (ii) A description of the significant modification including a list 
of the equipment that will be replaced or modified. If the significant 
modification involves changes other than adding or replacing extractors, 
desolventizer-toasters (conventional and specialty), and meal dryer-
coolers, then you must also include the fixed capital cost of the new 
components, expressed as a percentage of the fixed capital cost to build 
a comparable new vegetable oil production process; supporting 
documentation for the cost estimate; and documentation that the proposed 
changes will significantly affect solvent losses.
    (2) Notification of actual startup. You must submit a notification 
of actual startup date within 15 days after initial startup of the 
modified source. The notification must include the items in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section:
    (i) The initial startup date of the modified source.
    (ii) An indication whether you have elected to operate under an 
initial startup period subject to Sec. 63.2850(d)(2).
    (iii) The anticipated duration of any initial startup period.
    (iv) A justification for the anticipated duration of any initial 
startup period.
    (d) Notification of compliance status. As an existing, new, or 
reconstructed source, you must submit a notification of compliance 
status report to the responsible agency no later than 60 days after 
determining your initial 12 operating months compliance ratio. If you 
are an existing source, you generally must submit this notification no 
later than 50 calendar months after the effective date of these NESHAP 
(36 calendar months for compliance, 12 operating months to record data, 
and 2 calendar months to complete the report). If you are a new or 
reconstructed source, the notification of compliance status is generally 
due no later than 20 calendar months after initial startup (6 calendar 
months for the initial startup period, 12 operating months to record 
data, and 2 calendar months to complete the report). The notification of 
compliance status must contain the items in paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(6) of this section:
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The physical address of the vegetable oil production process.

[[Page 704]]

    (3) Each listed oilseed type processed during the previous 12 
operating months.
    (4) Each HAP identified under Sec. 63.2854(a) as being present in 
concentrations greater than 1 percent by volume in each delivery of 
solvent received during the 12 operating months period used for the 
initial compliance determination.
    (5) A statement designating the source as a major source of HAP or a 
demonstration that the source qualifies as an area source. An area 
source is a source that is not a major source and is not collocated 
within a plant site with other sources that are individually or 
collectively a major source.
    (6) A compliance certification indicating whether the source 
complied with all of the requirements of this subpart throughout the 12 
operating months used for the initial source compliance determination. 
This certification must include a certification of the items in 
paragraphs (d)(6)(i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) The plan for demonstrating compliance (as described in 
Sec. 63.2851) and SSM plan (as described in Sec. 63.2852) are complete 
and available on-site for inspection.
    (ii) You are following the procedures described in the plan for 
demonstrating compliance.
    (iii) The compliance ratio is less than or equal to 1.00.



Sec. 63.2861  What reports must I submit and when?

    After the initial notifications, you must submit the reports in 
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section to the agency responsible for 
these NESHAP at the appropriate time intervals:
    (a) Annual compliance certifications. The first annual compliance 
certification is due 12 calendar months after you submit the 
notification of compliance status. Each subsequent annual compliance 
certification is due 12 calendar months after the previous annual 
compliance certification. The annual compliance certification provides 
the compliance status for each operating month during the 12 calendar 
months period ending 60 days prior to the date on which the report is 
due. Include the information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this 
section in the annual certification:
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The physical address of the vegetable oil production process.
    (3) Each listed oilseed type processed during the 12 calendar months 
period covered by the report.
    (4) Each HAP identified under Sec. 63.2854(a) as being present in 
concentrations greater than 1 percent by volume in each delivery of 
solvent received during the 12 calendar months period covered by the 
report.
    (5) A statement designating the source as a major source of HAP or a 
demonstration that the source qualifies as an area source. An area 
source is a source that is not a major source and is not collocated 
within a plant site with other sources that are individually or 
collectively a major source.
    (6) A compliance certification to indicate whether the source was in 
compliance for each compliance determination made during the 12 calendar 
months period covered by the report. For each such compliance 
determination, you must include a certification of the items in 
paragraphs (a)(6)(i) through (ii) of this section:
    (i) You are following the procedures described in the plan for 
demonstrating compliance.
    (ii) The compliance ratio is less than or equal to 1.00.
    (b) Deviation notification report. Submit a deviation report for 
each compliance determination you make in which the compliance ratio 
exceeds 1.00 as determined under Sec. 63.2840(c). Submit the deviation 
report by the end of the month following the calendar month in which you 
determined the deviation. The deviation notification report must include 
the items in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section:
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The physical address of the vegetable oil production process.
    (3) Each listed oilseed type processed during the 12 operating 
months period for which you determined the deviation.
    (4) The compliance ratio comprising the deviation. You may reduce 
the frequency of submittal of the deviation

[[Page 705]]

notification report if the agency responsible for these NESHAP does not 
object as provided in Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(iii).
    (c) Periodic startup, shutdown, and malfunction report. If you 
choose to operate your source under an initial startup period subject to 
Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2) or a malfunction period subject to 
Sec. 63.2850(e)(2), you must submit a periodic SSM report by the end of 
the calendar month following each month in which the initial startup 
period or malfunction period occurred. The periodic SSM report must 
include the items in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section:
    (1) The name, title, and signature of a source's responsible 
official who is certifying that the report accurately states that all 
actions taken during the initial startup or malfunction period were 
consistent with the SSM plan.
    (2) A description of events occurring during the time period, the 
date and duration of the events, and reason the time interval qualifies 
as an initial startup period or malfunction period.
    (3) An estimate of the solvent loss during the initial startup or 
malfunction period with supporting documentation.
    (d) Immediate SSM reports. If you handle a SSM during an initial 
startup period subject to Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2) or a malfunction 
period subject to Sec. 63.2850(e)(2) differently from procedures in the 
SSM plan, then you must submit an immediate SSM report. Immediate SSM 
reports consist of a telephone call or facsimile transmission to the 
responsible agency within 2 working days after starting actions 
inconsistent with the SSM plan, followed by a letter within 7 working 
days after the end of the event. The letter must include the items in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section:
    (1) The name, title, and signature of a source's responsible 
official who is certifying the accuracy of the report, an explanation of 
the event, and the reasons for not following the SSM plan.
    (2) A description and date of the SSM event, its duration, and 
reason it qualifies as a SSM.
    (3) An estimate of the solvent loss for the duration of the SSM 
event with supporting documentation.



Sec. 63.2862  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must satisfy the recordkeeping requirements of this section 
by the compliance date for your source specified in Table 1 of 
Sec. 63.2834.
    (b) Prepare a plan for demonstrating compliance (as described in 
Sec. 63.2851) and a SSM plan (as described in Sec. 63.2852). In these 
two plans, describe the procedures you will follow in obtaining and 
recording data, and determining compliance under normal operations or a 
SSM subject to the Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2) initial startup period 
or the Sec. 63.2850(e)(2) malfunction period. Complete both plans before 
the compliance date for your source and keep them on-site and readily 
available as long as the source is operational.
    (c) If your source processes any listed oilseed, record the items in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section:
    (1) For the solvent inventory, record the information in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section in accordance with your plan for 
demonstrating compliance:
    (i) Dates that define each operating status period during a calendar 
month.
    (ii) The operating status of your source such as normal operation, 
nonoperating, initial startup period, malfunction period, or exempt 
operation for each recorded time interval.
    (iii) Record the gallons of extraction solvent in the inventory on 
the beginning and ending dates of each normal operating period.
    (iv) The gallons of all extraction solvent received, purchased, and 
recovered during each calendar month.
    (v) All extraction solvent inventory adjustments, additions or 
subtractions. You must document the reason for the adjustment and 
justify the quantity of the adjustment.
    (vi) The total solvent loss for each calendar month, regardless of 
the source operating status.
    (vii) The actual solvent loss in gallons for each operating month.
    (2) For the weighted average volume fraction of HAP in the 
extraction solvent, you must record the items in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) 
through (iii) of this section:
    (i) The gallons of extraction solvent received in each delivery.

[[Page 706]]

    (ii) The volume fraction of each HAP exceeding 1 percent by volume 
in each delivery of extraction solvent.
    (iii) The weighted average volume fraction of HAP in extraction 
solvent received since the end of the last operating month as determined 
in accordance with Sec. 63.2854(b)(2).
    (3) For each type of listed oilseed processed, record the items in 
paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (vi) of this section, in accordance with 
your plan for demonstrating compliance:
    (i) The dates that define each operating status period. These dates 
must be the same as the dates entered for the extraction solvent 
inventory.
    (ii) The operating status of your source such as normal operation, 
nonoperating, initial startup period, malfunction period, or exempt 
operation for each recorded time interval. On the log for each type of 
listed oilseed that is not being processed during a normal operating 
period, you must record which type of listed oilseed is being processed 
in addition to the source operating status.
    (iii) The oilseed inventory for the type of listed oilseed being 
processed on the beginning and ending dates of each normal operating 
period.
    (iv) The tons of each type of listed oilseed received at the 
affected source each normal operating period.
    (v) All listed oilseed inventory adjustments, additions or 
subtractions for normal operating periods. You must document the reason 
for the adjustment and justify the quantity of the adjustment.
    (vi) The tons of each type of listed oilseed processed during each 
operating month.
    (d) After your source has processed listed oilseed for 12 operating 
months, and you are not operating during an initial startup period as 
described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2), or a malfunction period as 
described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2), record the items in paragraphs (d)(1) 
through (5) of this section by the end of the calendar month following 
each operating month:
    (1) The 12 operating months rolling sum of the actual solvent loss 
in gallons as described in Sec. 63.2853(c).
    (2) The weighted average volume fraction of HAP in extraction 
solvent received for the previous 12 operating months as described in 
Sec. 63.2854(b)(3).
    (3) The 12 operating months rolling sum of each type of listed 
oilseed processed at the affected source in tons as described in 
Sec. 63.2855(c).
    (4) A determination of the compliance ratio. Using the values from 
Secs. 63.2853, 63.2854, 63.2855, and Table 1 of Sec. 63.2840, calculate 
the compliance ratio using Equation 2 of Sec. 63.2840.
    (5) A statement of whether the source is in compliance with all of 
the requirements of this subpart. This includes a determination of 
whether you have met all of the applicable requirements in Sec. 63.2850.
    (e) For each SSM event subject to an initial startup period as 
described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2), or a malfunction period as 
described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2), record the items in paragraphs (e)(1) 
through (3) of this section by the end of the calendar month following 
each month in which the initial startup period or malfunction period 
occurred:
    (1) A description and date of the SSM event, its duration, and 
reason it qualifies as an initial startup or malfunction.
    (2) An estimate of the solvent loss in gallons for the duration of 
the initial startup or malfunction period with supporting documentation.
    (3) A checklist or other mechanism to indicate whether the SSM plan 
was followed during the initial startup or malfunction period.



Sec. 63.2863  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for review in accordance with Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on-site for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, in accordance with Sec. 3.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records off-site for the remaining 3 years.

[[Page 707]]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.2870  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 1 of this section shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Secs. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you. Table 1 of Sec. 63.2870 
follows:

[[Page 708]]



     Table 1 of Sec.  63.2870.--Applicability of 40 CFR Part 63, Subpart A, to 40 CFR, Part 63, Subpart GGGG
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Subject of     Brief description      Applies to
  General provisions citation         citation        of requirement        subpart             Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  63.1.....................  Applicability....  Initial            Yes..............  ......................
                                                     applicability
                                                     determination;
                                                     applicability
                                                     after standard
                                                     established;
                                                     permit
                                                     requirements;
                                                     extensions;
                                                     notifications.
Sec.  63.2.....................  Definitions......  Definitions for    Yes..............  Except as specifically
                                                     part 63                               provided in this
                                                     standards.                            subpart.
Sec.  63.3.....................  Units and          Units and          Yes..............
                                  abbreviations.     abbreviations
                                                     for part 63
                                                     standards.
Sec.  63.4.....................  Prohibited         Prohibited         Yes..............  ......................
                                  activities and     activities;
                                  circumvention.     compliance date;
                                                     circumvention;
                                                     severability.
Sec.  63.5.....................  Construction/      Applicability;     Yes..............  Except for subsections
                                  reconstruction.    applications;                         of Sec.  63.5 as
                                                     approvals.                            listed below.
Sec.  63.5(c)..................  [Reserved].......  .................  .................  ......................
Sec.  63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H)........  Application for    Type and quantity  No...............  All sources emit HAP.
                                  approval.          of HAP,                               Subpart GGGG does not
                                                     operating                             require control from
                                                     parameters.                           specific emission
                                                                                           points.
Sec.  63.5(d)(1)(ii)(I)........  [Reserved].......  .................  .................  ......................
Sec.  63.5(d)(1)(iii), (d)(2),   .................  Application for    No...............  The requirements of
 (d)(3)(ii).                                         approval.                             the application for
                                                                                           approval for new,
                                                                                           reconstructed and
                                                                                           significantly
                                                                                           modified sources are
                                                                                           described in Sec.
                                                                                           63.2860(b) and (c) of
                                                                                           subpart GGGG. General
                                                                                           provision
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           identification of HAP
                                                                                           emission points or
                                                                                           estimates of actual
                                                                                           emissions are not
                                                                                           required.
                                                                                           Descriptions of
                                                                                           control and methods,
                                                                                           and the estimated and
                                                                                           actual control
                                                                                           efficiency of such do
                                                                                           not apply.
                                                                                           Requirements for
                                                                                           describing control
                                                                                           equipment and the
                                                                                           estimated and actual
                                                                                           control efficiency of
                                                                                           such equipment apply
                                                                                           only to control
                                                                                           equipment to which
                                                                                           the subpart GGGG
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           quantifying.
Sec.  63.6.....................  Applicability of   Applicability....  Yes..............  Except for subsections
                                  General                                                  of Sec.  63.6 as
                                  Provisions.                                              listed below.
Sec.  63.6(b)(1)-(3)...........  Compliance dates,  .................  No...............  Section 63.2834 of
                                  new and                                                  subpart GGGG
                                  reconstructed                                            specifies the
                                  sources.                                                 compliance dates for
                                                                                           new and reconstructed
                                                                                           sources.
Sec.  63.6(b)(6)...............  [Reserved].......  .................  .................  ......................
Sec.  63.6(c)(3)-(4)...........  [Reserved].......  .................  .................  ......................
Sec.  63.6(d)..................  [Reserved].......  .................  .................  ......................
Sec.  63.6(e)..................  Operation and      .................  Yes..............  Implement your SSM
                                  maintenance                                              plan, as specified in
                                  requirements.                                            Sec.  63.2851.
Sec.  63.6(f)-(g)..............  Compliance with    Comply with        No...............  Subpart GGGG does not
                                  nonopacity         emission                              have nonopacity
                                  emission           standards at all                      requirements.
                                  standards except   times except
                                  during SSM.        during SSM.
Sec.  63.6(h)..................  Opacity/Visible    .................  No...............  Subpart GGGG has no
                                  emission (VE)                                            opacity or VE
                                  standards.                                               standards.
Sec.  63.6(i)..................  Compliance         Procedures and     Yes..............  ......................
                                  extension.         criteria for
                                                     responsible
                                                     agency to grant
                                                     compliance
                                                     extension.
Sec.  63.6(j)..................  Presidential       President may      Yes..............  ......................
                                  compliance         exempt source
                                  exemption.         category from
                                                     requirement to
                                                     comply with
                                                     subpart.

[[Page 709]]

 
Sec.  63.7.....................  Performance        Schedule,          Yes..............  Subpart GGGG requires
                                  testing            conditions,                           performance testing
                                  requirements.      notifications                         only if the source
                                                     and procedures.                       applies additional
                                                                                           control that destroys
                                                                                           solvent. Section
                                                                                           63.2850(a)(6)
                                                                                           requires sources to
                                                                                           follow the
                                                                                           performance testing
                                                                                           guidelines of the
                                                                                           General Provisions if
                                                                                           a control is added.
Sec.  63.8.....................  Monitoring         .................  No...............  Subpart GGGG does not
                                  requirements.                                            require monitoring
                                                                                           other than as
                                                                                           specified therein.
Sec.  63.9.....................  Notification       Applicability and  Yes..............  Except for subsections
                                  requirements.      state delegation.                     of Sec.  63.9 as
                                                                                           listed below.
Sec.  63.9(b)(2)...............  Notification       Initial            No...............  Section 63.2860(a) of
                                  requirements.      notification                          subpart GGGG
                                                     requirements for                      specifies the
                                                     existing sources.                     requirements of the
                                                                                           initial notification
                                                                                           for existing sources.
Sec.  63.9(b)(3)-(5)...........  Notification       Notification       Yes..............  Except the information
                                  requirements.      requirement for                       requirements differ
                                                     certain new/                          as described in Sec.
                                                     reconstructed                         63.2860(b) of subpart
                                                     sources.                              GGGG.
Sec.  63.9(e)..................  Notification of    Notify             Yes..............  Applies only if
                                  performance test.  responsible                           performance testing
                                                     agency 60 days                        is performed.
                                                     ahead.
Sec.  63.9(f)..................  Notification of    Notify             No...............  Subpart GGGG has no
                                  VE/opacity         responsible                           opacity or VE
                                  observations.      agency 30 days                        standards.
                                                     ahead.
Sec.  63.9(g)..................  Additional         Notification of    No...............  Subpart GGGG has no
                                  notifications      performance                           CMS requirements.
                                  when using a       evaluation;
                                  continuous         Notification
                                  monitoring         using COMS data;
                                  system (CMS).      notification
                                                     that exceeded
                                                     criterion for
                                                     relative
                                                     accuracy.
Sec.  63.9(h)..................  Notification of    Contents.........  No...............  Section 63.2860(d) of
                                  compliance                                               subpart GGGG
                                  status.                                                  specifies
                                                                                           requirements for the
                                                                                           notification of
                                                                                           compliance status.
Sec.  63.10....................  Recordkeeping/     Schedule for       Yes..............  Except for subsections
                                  reporting.         reporting,                            of Sec.  63.10 as
                                                     record storage.                       listed below.
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)(i)...........  Recordkeeping....  Record SSM event.  Yes..............  Applicable to periods
                                                                                           when sources must
                                                                                           implement their SSM
                                                                                           plan as specified in
                                                                                           subpart GGGG.
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)(ii)-(iii)....  Recordkeeping....  Malfunction of     No...............  Applies only if air
                                                     air pollution                         pollution control
                                                     equipment.                            equipment has been
                                                                                           added to the process
                                                                                           and is necessary for
                                                                                           the source to meet
                                                                                           the emission limit.
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)(vi)..........  Recordkeeping....  CMS recordkeeping  No...............  Subpart GGGG has no
                                                                                           CMS requirements.
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)(viii)-(ix)...  Recordkeeping....  Conditions of      Yes..............  Applies only if
                                                     performance test.                     performance tests are
                                                                                           performed. Subpart
                                                                                           GGGG does not have
                                                                                           any CMS opacity or VE
                                                                                           observation
                                                                                           requirements.
Sec.  63.10(b)(2)(x)-(xii).....  Recordkeeping....  CMS, performance   No...............  Subpart GGGG does not
                                                     testing, and                          require CMS.
                                                     opacity and VE
                                                     observations
                                                     recordkeeping.
Sec.  63.10(c).................  Recordkeeping....  Additional CMS     No...............  Subpart GGGG does not
                                                     recordkeeping.                        require CMS.
Sec.  63.10(d)(2)..............  Reporting........  Reporting          Yes..............  Applies only if
                                                     performance test                      performance testing
                                                     results.                              is performed.
Sec.  63.10(d)(3)..............  Reporting........  Reporting opacity  No...............  Subpart GGGG has no
                                                     or VE                                 opacity or VE
                                                     observations.                         standards.
Sec.  63.10(d)(4)..............  Reporting........  Progress reports.  Yes..............  Applies only if a
                                                                                           condition of
                                                                                           compliance extension
                                                                                           exists.
Sec.  63.10(d)(5)..............  Reporting........  SSM reporting....  No...............  Section 63.2861(c) and
                                                                                           (d) specify SSM
                                                                                           reporting
                                                                                           requirements.
Sec.  63.10(e).................  Reporting........  Additional CMS     No...............  Subpart GGGG does not
                                                     reports.                              require CMS.
Sec.  63.11....................  Control device     Requirements for   Yes..............  Applies only if your
                                  requirements.      flares.                               source uses a flare
                                                                                           to control solvent
                                                                                           emissions. Subpart
                                                                                           GGGG does not require
                                                                                           flares.

[[Page 710]]

 
Sec.  63.12....................  State authority    State authority    Yes..............  ......................
                                  and delegations.   to enforce
                                                     standards.
Sec.  63.13....................  State/regional     Addresses where    Yes..............  ......................
                                  addresses.         reports,
                                                     notifications,
                                                     and requests are
                                                     sent.
Sec.  63.14....................  Incorporation by   Test methods       Yes..............  ......................
                                  reference.         incorporated by
                                                     reference.
Sec.  63.15....................  Availability of    Public and         Yes..............  ......................
                                  information and    confidential
                                  confidentiality.   information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 711]]



Sec. 63.2871  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented by us, the U.S. EPA, or a 
delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency, as well as the U.S. EPA, has the 
authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your 
U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to 
your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under section 40 CFR part 
63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this 
section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are as follows:
    (1) Approval of alternative nonopacity emissions standards under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of alternative opacity standards under Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under 
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) 
and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.2872  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the sources listed:
    (a) The Clean Air Act, section 112(a).
    (b) In 40 CFR 63.2, the NESHAP General Provisions.
    (c) In this section as follows:
    Accounting month means a time interval defined by a business firm 
during which corporate economic and financial factors are determined on 
a consistent and regular basis. An accounting month will consist of 
approximately 4 to 5 calendar weeks and each accounting month will be of 
approximate equal duration. An accounting month may not correspond 
exactly to a calendar month, but 12 accounting months will correspond 
exactly to a calendar year.
    Actual solvent loss means the gallons of solvent lost from a source 
during 12 operating months as determined in accordance with 
Sec. 63.2853.
    Agricultural product means any commercially grown plant or plant 
product.
    Allowable HAP loss means the gallons of HAP that would have been 
lost from a source if the source was operating at the solvent loss 
factor for each listed oilseed type. The allowable HAP loss in gallons 
is determined by multiplying the tons of each oilseed type processed 
during the previous 12 operating months, as determined in accordance 
with Sec. 63.2855, by the corresponding oilseed solvent loss factor 
(gal/ton) listed in Table 1 of Sec. 63.2840, and by the dimensionless 
constant 0.64, and summing the result for all oilseed types processed.
    Area source means any source that does not meet the major source 
definition.
    As received is the basis upon which all oilseed measurements must be 
determined and refers to the oilseed chemical and physical 
characteristics as initially received by the source and prior to any 
oilseed handling and processing.
    Batch operation means any process that operates in a manner where 
the addition of raw material and withdrawal of product do not occur 
simultaneously. Typically, raw material is added to a process, 
operational steps occur, and a product is removed from the process. More 
raw material is then added to the process and the cycle repeats.
    Calendar month means 1 month as specified in a calendar.
    Compliance date means the date on which monthly compliance 
recordkeeping begins. For existing sources, recordkeeping typically 
begins 3 years after the effective date of the subpart. For new and 
reconstructed sources, recordkeeping typically begins upon initial 
startup, except as noted in Sec. 63.2834.
    Compliance ratio means a ratio of the actual HAP loss in gallons 
from the previous 12 operating months to an allowable HAP loss in 
gallons, which is

[[Page 712]]

determined by using oilseed solvent loss factors in Table 1 of 
Sec. 63.2840, the weighted average volume fraction of HAP in solvent 
received for the previous 12 operating months, and the tons of each type 
of listed oilseed processed in the previous 12 operating months. Months 
during which no listed oilseed is processed, or months during which the 
Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2) initial startup period or the 
Sec. 63.2850(e)(2) malfunction period applies, are excluded from this 
calculation. Equation 2 of Sec. 63.2840 is used to calculate this value. 
If the value is less than or equal to 1.00, the source is in compliance. 
If the value is greater than 1.00, the source is deviating from 
compliance.
    Continuous operation means any process that adds raw material and 
withdraws product simultaneously. Mass, temperature, concentration and 
other properties typically approach steady-state conditions.
    Conventional desolventizer means a desolventizer toaster that 
operates with indirect and direct-contact steam to remove solvent from 
the extracted meal. Oilseeds processed in a conventional desolventizer 
produce crude vegetable oil and crude meal products, such as animal 
feed.
    Corn germ dry milling means a source that processes corn germ that 
has been separated from the other corn components using a ``dry'' 
process of mechanical chafing and air sifting.
    Corn germ wet milling means a source that processes corn germ that 
has been separated from other corn components using a ``wet'' process of 
centrifuging a slurry steeped in a dilute sulfurous acid solution.
    Exempt period means a period of time during which a source processes 
agricultural products not defined as listed oilseed.
    Extraction solvent means an organic chemical medium used to remove 
oil from an oilseed. Typically, the extraction solvent is a commercial 
grade of hexane isomers which have an approximate HAP content of 64 
percent by volume.
    Hazardous air pollutant (HAP) means any substance or mixture of 
substances listed as a hazardous air pollutant under section 112(b) of 
the Clean Air Act, as of April 12, 2001.
    Initial startup date means the first calendar day that a new, 
reconstructed or significantly modified source processes any listed 
oilseed.
    Initial startup period means a period of time from the initial 
startup date of a new, reconstructed or significantly modified source, 
for which you choose to operate the source under an initial startup 
period subject to Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2). During an initial 
startup period, a source is in compliance with the standards by 
following the operating and maintenance procedures listed for minimizing 
HAP emissions in the source's SSM plan rather than being subject to a 
HAP emission limit. The initial startup period following initial startup 
of a new or reconstructed source may not exceed 6 calendar months. The 
initial startup period following a significant modification may not 
exceed 3 calendar months. Solvent and oilseed inventory information 
recorded during the initial startup period is excluded from use in any 
compliance ratio determinations.
    Large cottonseed plant means a vegetable oil production process that 
processes 120,000 tons or more of cottonseed and other listed oilseed 
during all normal operating periods in a 12 operating months period used 
to determine compliance.
    Malfunction period means a period of time between the beginning and 
end of a process malfunction and the time reasonably necessary for a 
source to correct the malfunction for which you choose to operate the 
source under a malfunction period subject to Sec. 63.2850(e)(2). This 
period may include the duration of an unscheduled process shutdown, 
continued operation during a malfunction, or the subsequent process 
startup after a shutdown resulting from a malfunction. During a 
malfunction period, a source complies with the standards by following 
the operating and maintenance procedures described for minimizing HAP 
emissions in the source's SSM plan rather than being subject to a HAP 
emission limit. Therefore, solvent and oilseed inventory information 
recorded during a malfunction period is excluded from use in any 
compliance ratio determinations.

[[Page 713]]

    Mechanical extraction means removing vegetable oil from oilseeds 
using only mechanical devices such as presses or screws that physically 
force the oil from the oilseed. Mechanical extraction techniques use no 
organic solvents to remove oil from an oilseed.
    Nonoperating period means any period of time in which a source 
processes no agricultural product. This operating status does not apply 
during any period in which the source operates under an initial startup 
period as described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2), or a malfunction 
period, as described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2).
    Normal operating period means any period of time in which a source 
processes a listed oilseed that is not categorized as an initial startup 
period as described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2), or a malfunction 
period, as described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2). At the beginning and ending 
dates of a normal operating period, solvent and oilseed inventory 
information is recorded and included in the compliance ratio 
determination.
    Oilseed or listed oilseed means the following agricultural products: 
corn germ, cottonseed, flax, peanut, rapeseed (for example, canola), 
safflower, soybean, and sunflower.
    Oilseed solvent loss factor means a ratio expressed as gallons of 
solvent loss per ton of oilseed processed. The solvent loss factors are 
presented in Table 1 of Sec. 63.2840 and are used to determine the 
allowable HAP loss.
    Operating month means any calendar or accounting month in which a 
source processes any quantity of listed oilseed, excluding any entire 
calendar or accounting month in which the source operated under an 
initial startup period as described in Sec. 63.2850(c)(2) or (d)(2), or 
a malfunction period as described in Sec. 63.2850(e)(2). An operating 
month may include time intervals characterized by several types of 
operating status. However, an operating month must have at least one 
normal operating period.
    Significant modification means the addition of new equipment or the 
modification of existing equipment that:
    (1) Significantly affects solvent losses from your vegetable oil 
production process;
    (2) The fixed capital cost of the new components represents a 
significant percentage of the fixed capital cost of building a 
comparable new vegetable oil production process;
    (3) The fixed capital cost of the new equipment does not constitute 
reconstruction as defined in Sec. 63.2; and
    (4) Examples of significant modifications include replacement of or 
major changes to solvent recovery equipment such as extractors, 
desolventizer-toasters/dryer-coolers, flash desolventizers, and 
distillation equipment associated with the mineral oil system, and 
equipment affecting desolventizing efficiency and steady-state operation 
of your vegetable oil production process such as flaking mills, oilseed 
heating and conditioning equipment, and cracking mills.
    Small cottonseed plant means a vegetable oil production process that 
processes less than 120,000 tons of cottonseed and other listed oilseed 
during all normal operating periods in a 12 operating months period used 
to determine compliance.
    Solvent extraction means removing vegetable oil from listed oilseed 
using an organic solvent in a direct-contact system.
    Solvent working capacity means the volume of extraction solvent 
normally retained in solvent recovery equipment. Examples include 
components such as the solvent extractor, desolventizer-toaster, solvent 
storage and working tanks, mineral oil absorption system, condensers, 
and oil/solvent distillation system.
    Specialty desolventizer means a desolventizer that removes excess 
solvent from soybean meal using vacuum conditions, energy from 
superheated solvent vapors, or reduced operating conditions (e.g., 
temperature) as compared to the typical operation of a conventional 
desolventizer. Soybeans processed in a specialty desolventizer result in 
high-protein vegetable meal products for human and animal consumption, 
such as calf milk replacement products and meat extender products.
    Vegetable oil production process means the equipment comprising a 
continuous process for producing crude vegetable oil and meal products, 
including specialty soybean products, in which oil is removed from 
listed oilseeds through

[[Page 714]]

direct contact with an organic solvent. Process equipment typically 
includes the following components: oilseed preparation operations 
(including conditioning, drying, dehulling, and cracking), solvent 
extractors, desolventizer-toasters, meal dryers, meal coolers, meal 
conveyor systems, oil distillation units, solvent evaporators and 
condensers, solvent recovery system (also referred to as a mineral oil 
absorption system), vessels storing solvent-laden materials, and crude 
meal packaging and storage vessels. A vegetable oil production process 
does not include vegetable oil refining operations (including operations 
such as bleaching, hydrogenation, and deodorizing) and operations that 
engage in additional chemical treatment of crude soybean meals produced 
in specialty desolventizer units (including operations such as soybean 
isolate production).

                   Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods

   Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods from 
                           Various Waste Media

                     1. Applicability and principle

    1.1  Applicability. This method, as specified in the applicable 
subpart, is to be used whenever a source owner or operator (hereafter 
referred to as an ``analyst'') proposes a test method to meet a U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirement in the absence of a 
validated method. This Method includes procedures for determining and 
documenting the quality, i.e., systematic error (bias) and random error 
(precision), of the measured concentrations from an effected source. 
This method is applicable to various waste media (i.e., exhaust gas, 
wastewater, sludge, etc.).
    1.1.1  If EPA currently recognizes an appropriate test method or 
considers the analyst's test method to be satisfactory for a particular 
source, the Administrator may waive the use of this protocol or may 
specify a less rigorous validation procedure. A list of validated 
methods may be obtained by contacting the Emission Measurement Technical 
Information Center (EMTIC), Mail Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711, (919) 541-0200. Procedures for 
obtaining a waiver are in Section 12.0.
    1.1.2  This method includes optional procedures that may be used to 
expand the applicability of the proposed method. Section 7.0 involves 
ruggedness testing (Laboratory Evaluation), which demonstrates the 
sensitivity of the method to various parameters. Section 8.0 involves a 
procedure for including sample stability in bias and precision for 
assessing sample recovery and analysis times; Section 9.0 involves a 
procedure for the determination of the practical limit of quantitation 
for determining the lower limit of the method. These optional procedures 
are required for the waiver consideration outlined in Section 12.0.
    1.2  Principle. The purpose of these procedures is to determine bias 
and precision of a test method at the level of the applicable standard. 
The procedures involve (a) introducing known concentrations of an 
analyte or comparing the test method against a validated test method to 
determine the method's bias and (b) collecting multiple or collocated 
simultaneous samples to determine the method's precision.
    1.2.1  Bias. Bias is established by comparing the method's results 
against a reference value and may be eliminated by employing a 
correction factor established from the data obtained during the 
validation test. An offset bias may be handled accordingly. Methods that 
have bias correction factors outside 0.7 to 1.3 are unacceptable. 
Validated method to proposed method comparisons, section 6.2, requires a 
more restrictive test of central tendency and a lower correction factor 
allowance of 0.90 to 1.10.
    1.2.2  Precision. At the minimum, paired sampling systems shall be 
used to establish precision. The precision of the method at the level of 
the standard shall not be greater than 50 percent relative standard 
deviation. For a validated method to proposed method equivalency 
comparisons, section 6.2, the analyst must demonstrate that the 
precision of the proposed test method is as precise as the validated 
method for acceptance.

                             2. Definitions

    2.1  Negative bias. Bias resulting when the measured result is less 
than the ``true'' value.
    2.2  Paired sampling system. A sampling system capable of obtaining 
two replicate samples that were collected as closely as possible in 
sampling time and sampling location.
    2.3  Positive bias. Bias resulting when the measured result is 
greater than the ``true'' value.
    2.4  Proposed method. The sampling and analytical methodology 
selected for field validation using the method described herein.
    2.5  Quadruplet sampling system. A sampling system capable of 
obtaining four replicate samples that were collected as closely as 
possible in sampling time and sampling location.
    2.6  Surrogate compound. A compound that serves as a model for the 
types of compounds being analyzed (i.e., similar chemical structure, 
properties, behavior). The model can be

[[Page 715]]

distinguished by the method from the compounds being analyzed.

                          3. Reference Material

    The reference materials shall be obtained or prepared at the level 
of the standard. Additional runs with higher and lower reference 
material concentrations may be made to expand the applicable range of 
the method, in accordance with the ruggedness test procedures.
    3.1  Exhaust Gas Tests. The analyst shall obtain a known 
concentration of the reference material (i.e., analyte of concern) from 
an independent source such as a specialty gas manufacturer, specialty 
chemical company, or commercial laboratory. A list of vendors may be 
obtained from EMTIC (see Section 1.1.1). The analyst should obtain the 
manufacturer's stability data of the analyte concentration and 
recommendations for recertification.
    3.2  Other Waste Media Tests. The analyst shall obtain pure liquid 
components of the reference materials (i.e., analytes of concern) from 
an independent manufacturer and dilute them in the same type matrix as 
the source waste. The pure reference materials shall be certified by the 
manufacturer as to purity and shelf life. The accuracy of all diluted 
reference material concentrations shall be verified by comparing their 
response to independently-prepared materials (independently prepared in 
this case means prepared from pure components by a different analyst).
    3.3  Surrogate Reference Materials. The analyst may use surrogate 
compounds, e.g., for highly toxic or reactive organic compounds, 
provided the analyst can demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction 
that the surrogate compound behaves as the analyte. A surrogate may be 
an isotope or one that contains a unique element (e.g., chlorine) that 
is not present in the source or a derivation of the toxic or reactive 
compound, if the derivative formation is part of the method's procedure. 
Laboratory experiments or literature data may be used to show behavioral 
acceptability.
    3.4  Isotopically Labeled Materials. Isotope mixtures may contain 
the isotope and the natural analyte. For best results, the isotope 
labeled analyte concentration should be more than five times the natural 
concentration of the analyte.

                    4. EPA Performance Audit Material

    4.1  To assess the method bias independently, the analyst shall use 
(in addition to the reference material) an EPA performance audit 
material, if it is available. The analyst may contact EMTIC (see section 
1.1.1) to receive a list of currently available EPA audit materials. If 
the analyte is listed, the analyst should request the audit material at 
least 30 days before the validation test. If an EPA audit material is 
not available, request documentation from the validation report 
reviewing authority that the audit material is currently not available 
from EPA. Include this documentation with the field validation report.
    4.2  The analyst shall sample and analyze the performance audit 
sample three times according to the instructions provided with the audit 
sample. The analyst shall submit the three results with the field 
validation report. Although no acceptance criteria are set for these 
performance audit results, the analyst and reviewing authority may use 
them to assess the relative error of sample recovery, sample 
preparation, and analytical procedures and then consider the relative 
error in evaluating the measured emissions.

    5. Procedure for Determination of Bias and Precision in the Field

    The analyst shall select one of the sampling approaches below to 
determine the bias and precision of the data. After analyzing the 
samples, the analyst shall calculate the bias and precision according to 
the procedure described in section 6.0. When sampling a stationary 
source, follow the probe placement procedures in section 5.4.
    5.1  Isotopic Spiking. This approach shall be used only for methods 
that require mass spectrometry (MS) analysis. Bias and precision are 
calculated by procedures described in section 6.1.
    5.1.1  Number of Samples and Sampling Runs. Collect a total of 12 
replicate samples by either obtaining six sets of paired samples or 
three sets of quadruplet samples.
    5.1.2  Spiking Procedure. Spike all 12 samples with the reference 
material at the level of the standard. Follow the appropriate spiking 
procedures listed below for the applicable waste medium.
    5.1.2.1  Exhaust Gas Testing. The spike shall be introduced as close 
to the tip of the sampling probe as possible.
    5.1.2.1.1  Gaseous Reference Material with Sorbent or Impinger 
Sampling Trains. Sample the reference material (in the laboratory or in 
the field) at a concentration which is close to the allowable 
concentration standard for the time required by the method, and then 
sample the gas stream for an equal amount of time. The time for sampling 
both the reference material and gas stream should be equal; however, the 
time should be adjusted to avoid sorbent breakthrough.
    5.1.2.1.2  Gaseous Reference Material with Sample Container (Bag or 
Canister). Spike the sample containers after completion of each test run 
with an amount equal to the allowable concentration standard of the 
emission point. The final concentration of the reference material shall 
approximate the level of the emission concentration in the stack. The 
volume amount of reference material

[[Page 716]]

shall be less than 10 percent of the sample volume.
    5.1.2.1.3  Liquid and Solid Reference Material with Sorbent or 
Impinger Trains. Spike the trains with an amount equal to the allowable 
concentration standard before sampling the stack gas. The spiking should 
be done in the field; however, it may be done in the laboratory.
    5.1.2.1.4  Liquid and Solid Reference Material with Sample Container 
(Bag or Canister). Spike the containers at the completion of each test 
run with an amount equal to the level of the emission standard.
    5.1.2.2  Other Waste Media. Spike the 12 replicate samples with the 
reference material either before or directly after sampling in the 
field.
    5.2  Comparison Against a Validated Test Method. Bias and precision 
are calculated using the procedures described in section 6.2. This 
approach shall be used when a validated method is available and an 
alternative method is being proposed.
    5.2.1  Number of Samples and Sampling Runs. Collect nine sets of 
replicate samples using a paired sampling system (a total of 18 samples) 
or four sets of replicate samples using a quadruplet sampling system (a 
total of 16 samples). In each sample set, the validated test method 
shall be used to collect and analyze half of the samples.
    5.2.2  Performance Audit Exception. Conduct the performance audit as 
required in section 4.0 for the validated test method. Conducting a 
performance audit on the test method being evaluated is recommended.
    5.3  Analyte Spiking. This approach shall be used when sections 5.1 
and 5.2 are not applicable. Bias and precision are calculated using the 
procedures described in Section 6.3.
    5.3.1  Number of Samples and Sampling Runs. Collect a total of 24 
samples using the quadruplet sampling system (a total of 6 sets of 
replicate samples).
    5.3.2  In each quadruplet set, spike half of the samples (two out of 
the four) with the reference material according to the applicable 
procedure in section 5.1.2.1 or 5.1.2.2.
    5.4  Probe Placement and Arrangement for Stationary Source Stack or 
Duct Sampling. The probes shall be placed in the same horizontal plane. 
For paired sample probes the arrangement should be that the probe tip is 
2.5 cm from the outside edge of the other with a pitot tube on the 
outside of each probe. Other paired arrangements for the pitot tube may 
be acceptable. For quadruplet sampling probes, the tips should be in a 
6.0 cm  x  6.0 cm square area measured from the center line of the 
opening of the probe tip with a single pitot tube in the center or two 
pitot tubes with their location on either side of the probe tip 
configuration. An alternative arrangement should be proposed whenever 
the cross-sectional area of the probe tip configuration is approximately 
5 percent of the stack or duct cross-sectional area.

                             6. Calculations

    Data resulting from the procedures specified in section 5.0 shall be 
treated as follows to determine bias, correction factors, relative 
standard deviations, precision, and data acceptance.
    6.1  Isotopic Spiking. Analyze the data for isotopic spiking tests 
as outlined in sections 6.1.1 through 6.1.6.
    6.1.1  Calculate the numerical value of the bias using the results 
from the analysis of the isotopically spiked field samples and the 
calculated value of the isotopically labeled spike:

B=CS-Sm    Eq. 301=1

where:

B=Bias at the spike level.
Sm=Mean of the measured values of the isotopically spiked 
          samples.
CS=Calculated value of the isotopically labeled spike.
    6.1.2  Calculate the standard deviation of the Si values 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.048


Eq. 301-2

where:

S i=Measured value of the isotopically labeled analyte in the 
          ith field sample,
n=Number of isotopically spiked samples, 12.
    6.1.3.  Calculate the standard deviation of the mean (SDM) as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.049


Eq. 301-3
    6.1.4 Test the bias for statistical significance by calculating the 
t-statistic,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.050

Eq. 301-4

and compare it with the critical value of the two-sided t-distribution 
at the 95-percent confidence level and n-1 degrees of freedom. This 
critical value is 2.201 for the eleven degrees of freedom when the 
procedure specified in section 5.1.2 is followed. If the calculated t-
value is greater than the critical value the bias is statistically 
significant and the analyst should proceed to evaluate the correction 
factor.

[[Page 717]]

    6.1.5  Calculation of a Correction Factor. If the t-test does not 
show that the bias is statistically significant, use all analytical 
results without correction and proceed to the precision evaluation. If 
the method's bias is statistically significant, calculate the correction 
factor, CF, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.051

Eq. 301-5
If the CF is outside the range of 0.70 to 1.30, the data and method are 
considered unacceptable. For correction factors within the range, 
multiply all analytical results by the CF to obtain the final values.
    6.1.6  Calculation of the Relative Standard Deviation (Precision). 
Calculate the relative standard deviation as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.052

Eq. 301-6
where Sm is the measured mean of the isotopically labeled 
spiked samples.
    6.2  Comparison with Validated Method. Analyze the data for 
comparison with a validated method as outlined in sections 6.2.1 or 
6.2.2, as appropriate. Conduct these procedures in order to determine if 
a proposed method produces results equivalent to a validated method. 
Make all necessary bias corrections for the validated method, as 
appropriate. If the proposed method fails either test, the method 
results are unacceptable, and conclude that the proposed method is not 
as precise or accurate as the validated method. For highly variable 
sources, additional precision checks may be necessary. The analyst 
should consult with the Administrator if a highly variable source is 
suspected.
    6.2.1  Paired Sampling Systems.
    6.2.1.1.  Precision. Determine the acceptance of the proposed 
method's variance with respect to the variability of the validated 
method results. If a significant difference is determined, the proposed 
method and the results are rejected. Proposed methods demonstrating F-
values equal to or less than the critical value have acceptable 
precision.
    6.2.1.2  Calculate the variance of the proposed method, 
Sp2, and the variance of the validated method, 
Sv2, using the following equation:

S(porv)2=SD2     Eq. 301-7

where:

SDv=Standard deviation provided with the validated method,
SDp=Standard deviation of the proposed method calculated 
          using Equation 301-9a.

    6.2.1.3  The F-test. Determine if the variance of the proposed 
method is significantly different from that of the validated method by 
calculating the F-value using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.053

Eq. 301-8
    Compare the experimental F value with the critical value of F. The 
critical value is 1.0 when the procedure specified in section 5.2.1 for 
paired trains is followed. If the calculated F is greater than the 
critical value, the difference in precision is significant and the data 
and proposed method are unacceptable.
    6.2.1.4  Bias Analysis. Test the bias for statistical significance 
by calculating the t-statistic and determine if the mean of the 
differences between the proposed method and the validated method is 
significant at the 80-percent confidence level. This procedure requires 
the standard deviation of the validated method, SDv, to be 
known. Employ the value furnished with the method. If the standard 
deviation of the validated method is not available, the paired replicate 
sampling procedure may not be used. Determine the mean of the paired 
sample differences, dm, and the standard deviation, 
SDd, of the differences, d1's, using Equation 301-
2 where: di replaces Si, dm replaces 
Sm. Calculate the standard deviation of the proposed method, 
SDp, as follows:

SDp=SDd-SDv    Eq. 301-9a

(If SDv>SDd, let SD=SDd/1.414).

    Calculate the value of the t-statistic using the following equation:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.054
    
Eq. 301-9

where n is the total number of paired samples. For the procedure in 
section 5.2.1, n equals nine. Compare the calculated t-statistic with 
the corresponding value from the table of the t-statistic. When nine 
runs are conducted, as specified in section 5.2.1, the critical value of 
the t-statistic is 1.397 for eight degrees of freedom. If the calculated 
t-value is greater than the critical value the bias is statistically 
significant and the analyst should proceed to evaluate the correction 
factor.
    6.2.1.5  Calculation of a Correction Factor. If the statistical test 
cited above does not show a significant bias with respect to the 
reference method, assume that the proposed

[[Page 718]]

method is unbiased and use all analytical results without correction. If 
the method's bias is statistically significant, calculate the correction 
factor, CF, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.055

Eq. 301-10

where Vm is the mean of the validated method's values.
    Multiply all analytical results by CF to obtain the final values. 
The method results, and the method, are unacceptable if the correction 
factor is outside the range of 0.9 to 1.10.
    6.2.2  Quadruplet Replicate Sampling Systems.
    6.2.2.1  Precision. Determine the acceptance of the proposed 
method's variance with respect to the variability of the validated 
method results. If a significant difference is determined the proposed 
method and the results are rejected.
    6.2.2.2  Calculate the variance of the proposed method, 
Sp2, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.056

Eq. 301-11

where the di's are the differences between the validated 
method values and the proposed method values.

    6.2.2.3  The F-test. Determine if the variance of the proposed 
method is more variable than that of the validated method by calculating 
the F-value using Equation 301-8. Compare the experimental F value with 
the critical value of F. The critical value is 1.0 when the procedure 
specified in section 5.2.2 for quadruplet trains is followed. The 
calculated F should be less than or equal to the critical value. If the 
difference in precision is significant the results and the proposed 
method are unacceptable.
    6.2.2.4  Bias Analysis. Test the bias for statistical significance 
at the 80 percent confidence level by calculating the t-statistic. 
Determine the bias (mean of the differences between the proposed method 
and the validated method, dm) and the standard deviation, 
SDd, of the differences. Calculate the standard deviation of 
the differences, SDd, using Equation 301-2 and substituting 
di for Si. The following equation is used to 
calculate di:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.057

Eq. 301-12

and: V1i=First measured value of the validated method in the 
          ith test sample.
P1i=First measured value of the proposed method in the ith 
          test sample.

    Calculate the t-statistic using Equation 301-9 where n is the total 
number of test sample differences (di). For the procedure in 
section 5.2.2, n equals four. Compare the calculated t-statistic with 
the corresponding value from the table of the t-statistic and determine 
if the mean is significant at the 80-percent confidence level. When four 
runs are conducted, as specified in section 5.2.2, the critical value of 
the t-statistic is 1.638 for three degrees of freedom. If the calculated 
t-value is greater than the critical value the bias is statistically 
significant and the analyst should proceed to evaluate the correction 
factor.
    6.2.2.5  Correction Factor Calculation. If the method's bias is 
statistically significant, calculate the correction factor, CF, using 
Equation 301-10. Multiply all analytical results by CF to obtain the 
final values. The method results, and the method, are unacceptable if 
the correction factor is outside the range of 0.9 to 1.10.
    6.3  Analyte Spiking. Analyze the data for analyte spike testing as 
outlined in Sections 6.3.1 through 6.3.3.
    6.3.1  Precision.
    6.3.1.1  Spiked Samples. Calculate the difference, di, 
between the pairs of the spiked proposed method measurements for each 
replicate sample set. Determine the standard deviation (SDs) 
of the spiked values using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.058

Eq. 301-13

where: n = Number of runs.
    Calculate the relative standard deviation of the proposed spiked 
method using Equation 301-6 where Sm is the measured mean of 
the analyte spiked samples. The proposed method is unacceptable if the 
RSD is greater than 50 percent.
    6.3.1.2  Unspiked Samples. Calculate the standard deviation of the 
unspiked values using Equation 301-13 and the relative standard 
deviation of the proposed unspiked method using Equation 301-6 where 
Sm is the measured mean of the analyte spiked samples. The 
RSD must be less than 50 percent.

[[Page 719]]

    6.3.2  Bias. Calculate the numerical value of the bias using the 
results from the analysis of the spiked field samples, the unspiked 
field samples, and the calculated value of the spike:

B=Sm-Mm-CS
Eq. 301-14

where: B = Bias at the spike level.
Sm = Mean of the spiked samples.
Mm = Mean of the unspiked samples.
CS = Calculated value of the spiked level.
    6.3.2.1  Calculate the standard deviation of the mean using the 
following equation where SDs and SDu are the 
standard deviations of the spiked and unspiked sample values 
respectively as calculated using Equation 301-13.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.059

Eq. 301-15

    6.3.2.2  Test the bias for statistical significance by calculating 
the t-statistic using Equation 301-4 and comparing it with the critical 
value of the two-sided t-distribution at the 95-percent confidence level 
and n-1 degrees of freedom. This critical value is 2.201 for the eleven 
degrees of freedom.
    6.3.3  Calculation of a Correction Factor. If the t-test shows that 
the bias is not statistically significant, use all analytical results 
without correction. If the method's bias is statistically significant, 
calculate the correction factor using Equation 301-5. Multiply all 
analytical results by CF to obtain the final values.

                    7. Ruggedness Testing (Optional)

    7.1  Laboratory Evaluation.
    7.1.1  Ruggedness testing is a useful and cost-effective laboratory 
study to determine the sensitivity of a method to certain parameters 
such as sample collection rate, interferant concentration, collecting 
medium temperature, or sample recovery temperature. This Section 
generally discusses the principle of the ruggedness test. A more 
detailed description is presented in citation 10 of Section 13.0.
    7.1.2  In a ruggedness test, several variables are changed 
simultaneously rather than one variable at a time. This reduces the 
number of experiments required to evaluate the effect of a variable. For 
example, the effect of seven variables can be determined in eight 
experiments rather than 128 (W.J. Youden, Statistical Manual of the 
Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Association of Official 
Analytical Chemists, Washington, DC, 1975, pp. 33-36).
    7.1.3  Data from ruggedness tests are helpful in extending the 
applicability of a test method to different source concentrations or 
source categories.

   8. Procedure for Including Sample Stability in Bias and Precision 
                               Evaluations

    8.1  Sample Stability.
    8.1.1  The test method being evaluated must include procedures for 
sample storage and the time within which the collected samples shall be 
analyzed.
    8.1.2  This section identifies the procedures for including the 
effect of storage time in bias and precision evaluations. The evaluation 
may be deleted if the test method specifies a time for sample storage.
    8.2  Stability Test Design. The following procedures shall be 
conducted to identify the effect of storage times on analyte samples. 
Store the samples according to the procedure specified in the test 
method. When using the analyte spiking procedures (section 5.3), the 
study should include equal numbers of spiked and unspiked samples.
    8.2.1  Stack Emission Testing.
    8.2.1.1  For sample container (bag or canister) and impinger 
sampling systems, sections 5.1 and 5.3, analyze six of the samples at 
the minimum storage time. Then analyze the same six samples at the 
maximum storage time.
    8.2.1.2  For sorbent and impinger sampling systems, sections 5.1 and 
5.3, that require extraction or digestion, extract or digest six of the 
samples at the minimum storage time and extract or digest six other 
samples at the maximum storage time. Analyze an aliquot of the first six 
extracts (digestates) at both the minimum and maximum storage times. 
This will provide some freedom to analyze extract storage impacts.
    8.2.1.3  For sorbent sampling systems, sections 5.1 and 5.3, that 
require thermal desorption, analyze six samples at the minimum storage 
time. Analyze another set of six samples at the maximum storage time.
    8.2.1.4  For systems set up in accordance with section 5.2, the 
number of samples analyzed at the minimum and maximum storage times 
shall be half those collected (8 or 9). The procedures for samples 
requiring extraction or digestion should parallel those in section 
8.2.1.
    8.2.2  Other Waste Media Testing. Analyze half of the replicate 
samples at the minimum storage time and the other half at the maximum 
storage time in order to identify the effect of storage times on analyte 
samples.

   9. Procedure for Determination of Practical Limit of Quantitation 
                               (Optional)

    9.1  Practical Limit of Quantitation.
    9.1.1  The practical limit of quantitation (PLQ) is the lowest level 
above which quantitative results may be obtained with an acceptable 
degree of confidence. For this protocol, the PLQ is defined as 10 times 
the standard deviation, so, at the blank level. This PLQ 
corresponds to an uncertainty of

[[Page 720]]

30 percent at the 99-percent confidence level.
    9.1.2  The PLQ will be used to establish the lower limit of the test 
method.
    9.2  Procedure I for Estimating so. This procedure is 
acceptable if the estimated PLQ is no more than twice the calculated 
PLQ. If the PLQ is greater than twice the calculated PLQ use Procedure 
II.
    9.2.1  Estimate the PLQ and prepare a test standard at this level. 
The test standard could consist of a dilution of the reference material 
described in section 3.0.
    9.2.2  Using the normal sampling and analytical procedures for the 
method, sample and analyze this standard at least seven times in the 
laboratory.
    9.2.3  Calculate the standard deviation, so, of the 
measured values.
    9.2.4  Calculate the PLQ as 10 times so.
    9.3  Procedure II for Estimating so. This procedure is to 
be used if the estimated PLQ is more than twice the calculated PLQ.
    9.3.1  Prepare two additional standards at concentration levels 
lower than the standard used in Procedure I.
    9.3.2  Sample and analyze each of these standards at least seven 
times.
    9.3.3  Calculate the standard deviation for each concentration 
level.
    9.3.4  Plot the standard deviations of the three test standards as a 
function of the standard concentrations.
    9.3.5  Draw a best-fit straight line through the data points and 
extrapolate to zero concentration. The standard deviation at zero 
concentration is S0.
    9.3.6  Calculate the PLQ as 10 times S0.

                10.0 Field Validation Report Requirements

    The field validation report shall include a discussion of the 
regulatory objectives for the testing which describe the reasons for the 
test, applicable emission limits, and a description of the source. In 
addition, validation results shall include:
    10.1  Summary of the results and calculations shown in section 6.0.
    10.2  Reference material certification and value(s).
    10.3  Performance audit results or letter from the reviewing 
authority stating the audit material is currently not available.
    10.4  Laboratory demonstration of the quality of the spiking system.
    10.5  Discussion of laboratory evaluations.
    10.6  Discussion of field sampling.
    10.7  Discussion of sample preparations and analysis.
    10.8  Storage times of samples (and extracts, if applicable).
    10.9  Reasons for eliminating any results.

                          11. Followup Testing

    The correction factor calculated in section 6.0 shall be used to 
adjust the sample concentrations in all followup tests conducted at the 
same source. These tests shall consist of at least three replicate 
samples, and the average shall be used to determine the pollutant 
concentration. The number of samples to be collected and analyzed shall 
be as follows, depending on the validated method precision level:
    11.1  Validated relative standard deviation (RSD)  
15 Percent. Three replicate samples.
    11.2  Validated RSD  30 Percent. Six 
replicate samples.
    11.3  Validated RSD  50 Percent. Nine 
replicate samples.
    11.4  Equivalent method. Three replicate samples.

                  12. Procedure for Obtaining a Waiver

    12.1  Waivers. These procedures may be waived or a less rigorous 
protocol may be granted for site-specific applications. The following 
are three example situations for which a waiver may be considered.
    12.1.1  ``Similar'' Sources. If the test method has been validated 
previously at a ``similar'' source, the procedures may be waived 
provided the requester can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the 
Administrator that the sources are ``similar.'' The methods's 
applicability to the ``similar'' source may be demonstrated by 
conducting a ruggedness test as described in section 6.0.
    12.1.2  ``Documented'' Methods. In some cases, bias and precision 
may have been documented through laboratory tests or protocols different 
from this method. If the analyst can demonstrate to the satisfaction of 
the Administrator that the bias and precision apply to a particular 
application, the Administrator may waive these procedures or parts of 
the procedures.
    12.1.3  ``Conditional'' Test Methods. When the method has been 
demonstrated to be valid at several sources, the analyst may seek a 
``conditional'' method designation from the Administrator. 
``Conditional'' method status provides an automatic waiver from the 
procedures provided the test method is used within the stated 
applicability.
    12.2  Application for Waiver. In general, the requester shall 
provide a thorough description of the test method, the intended 
application, and results of any validation or other supporting 
documents. Because of the many potential situations in which the 
Administrator may grant a waiver, it is neither possible nor desirable 
to prescribe the exact criteria for a waiver. At a minimum, the 
requester is responsible for providing the following.
    12.2.1  A clearly written test method, preferably in the format of 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A Test Methods. The method must include an 
applicability statement, concentration range, precision, bias 
(accuracy), and time in which samples must be analyzed.

[[Page 721]]

    12.2.2.2  Summaries (see section 10.0) of previous validation tests 
or other supporting documents. If a different procedure from that 
described in this method was used, the requester shall provide 
appropriate documents substantiating (to the satisfaction of the 
Administrator) the bias and precision values.
    12.2.2.3  Results of testing conducted with respect to sections 7.0, 
8.0, and 9.0.
    12.2.3  Discussion of the applicability statement and arguments for 
approval of the waiver. This discussion should address as applicable the 
following: Applicable regulation, emission standards, effluent 
characteristics, and process operations.
    12.3  Requests for Waiver. Each request shall be in writing and 
signed by the analyst. Submit requests to the Director, OAQPS, Technical 
Support Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27711.

                            13. Bibliography

    1. Albritton, J.R., G.B. Howe, S.B. Tompkins, R.K.M. Jayanty, and 
C.E. Decker, 1989. Stability of Parts-Per-Million Organic Cylinder Gases 
and Results of Source Test Analysis Audits, Status Report No. 11. 
Environmental Protection Agency Contract 68-02-4125. Research Triangle 
Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC. September.
    2. DeWees, W.G., P.M. Grohse, K.K. Luk, and F.E. Butler. 1989. 
Laboratory and Field Evaluation of a Methodology for Speciating Nickel 
Emissions from Stationary Sources. EPA Contract 68-02-4442. Prepared for 
Atmospheric Research and Environmental Assessment Laboratory, Office of 
Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research 
Triangle Park, NC 27711. January.
    3. Keith, L.H., W. Crummer, J. Deegan Jr., R.A. Libby, J.K. Taylor, 
and G. Wentler. 1983. Principles of Environmental Analysis. American 
Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
    4. Maxwell, E.A. 1974. Estimating variances from one or two 
measurements on each sample. Amer. Statistician 28:96-97.
    5. Midgett, M.R. 1977. How EPA Validates NSPS Methodology. Environ. 
Sci. & Technol. 11(7):655-659.
    6. Mitchell, W.J., and M.R. Midgett. 1976. Means to evaluate 
performance of stationary source test methods. Environ. Sci. & Technol. 
10:85-88.
    7. Plackett, R.L., and J.P. Burman. 1946. The design of optimum 
multifactorial experiments. Biometrika, 33:305.
    8. Taylor, J.K. 1987. Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements. 
Lewis Publishers, Inc., pp. 79-81.
    9. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1978. Quality Assurance 
Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume III. Stationary 
Source Specific Methods. Publication No. EPA-600/4-77-027b. Office of 
Research and Development Publications, 26 West St. Clair St., 
Cincinnati, OH 45268.
    10. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1981. A Procedure for 
Establishing Traceability of Gas Mixtures to Certain National Bureau of 
Standards Standard Reference Materials. Publication No. EPA-600/7-81-
010. Available from the U.S. EPA, Quality Assurance Division (MD-77), 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
    11. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991. Protocol for The 
Field Validation of Emission Concentrations From Stationary Sources. 
Publication No. 450/4-90-015. Available from the U.S. EPA, Emission 
Measurement Technical Information Center, Technical Support Division 
(MD-14), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
    12. Youdon, W.J. Statistical techniques for collaborative tests. In: 
Statistical Manual of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 
Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Washington, DC, 1975, pp. 
33-36.

Method 303--Determination of Visible Emissions From By-Product Coke Oven 
                                Batteries

    Note: This method is not inclusive with respect to observer 
certification. Some material is incorporated by reference from other 
methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain reliable 
results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of 
Method 9.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of visible emissions (VE) from the following by-product coke oven 
battery sources: charging systems during charging; doors, topside port 
lids, and offtake systems on operating coke ovens; and collecting mains. 
This method is also applicable for qualifying observers for visually 
determining the presence of VE.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  A certified observer visually determines the VE from coke oven 
battery sources. Certification procedures are presented. This method 
does not require that opacity of emissions be determined or that 
magnitude be differentiated.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Bench means the platform structure in front of the oven doors.
    3.2  By-product Coke Oven Battery means a source consisting of a 
group of ovens connected by common walls, where coal undergoes 
destructive distillation under positive pressure to produce coke and 
coke oven gas, from which by-products are recovered.

[[Page 722]]

    3.3  Charge or charging period means the period of time that 
commences when coal begins to flow into an oven through a topside port 
and ends when the last charging port is recapped.
    3.4  Charging system means an apparatus used to charge coal to a 
coke oven (e.g., a larry car for wet coal charging systems).
    3.5  Coke oven door means each end enclosure on the push side and 
the coking side of an oven. The chuck, or leveler-bar, door is 
considered part of the push side door. The coke oven door area includes 
the entire area on the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench 
and the top of the battery between two adjacent buck stays.
    3.6  Coke side means the side of a battery from which the coke is 
discharged from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.7  Collecting main means any apparatus that is connected to one or 
more offtake systems and that provides a passage for conveying gases 
under positive pressure from the by-product coke oven battery to the by-
product recovery system.
    3.8  Consecutive charges means charges observed successively, 
excluding any charge during which the observer's view of the charging 
system or topside ports is obscured.
    3.9  Damper-off means to close off the gas passage between the coke 
oven and the collecting main, with no flow of raw coke oven gas from the 
collecting main into the oven or into the oven's offtake system(s).
    3.10  Decarbonization period means the period of time for combusting 
oven carbon that commences when the oven lids are removed from an empty 
oven or when standpipe caps of an oven are opened. The period ends with 
the initiation of the next charging period for that oven.
    3.11  Larry car means an apparatus used to charge coal to a coke 
oven with a wet coal charging system.
    3.12  Log average means logarithmic average as calculated in Section 
12.4.
    3.13  Offtake system means any individual oven apparatus that is 
stationary and provides a passage for gases from an oven to a coke oven 
battery collecting main or to another oven. Offtake system components 
include the standpipe and standpipe caps, goosenecks, stationary jumper 
pipes, mini-standpipes, and standpipe and gooseneck connections.
    3.14  Operating oven means any oven not out of operation for rebuild 
or maintenance work extensive enough to require the oven to be skipped 
in the charging sequence.
    3.15  Oven means a chamber in the coke oven battery in which coal 
undergoes destructive distillation to produce coke.
    3.16  Push side means the side of the battery from which the coke is 
pushed from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.17  Run means the observation of visible emissions from topside 
port lids, offtake systems, coke oven doors, or the charging of a single 
oven in accordance with this method.
    3.18  Shed means an enclosure that covers the side of the coke oven 
battery, captures emissions from pushing operations and from leaking 
coke oven doors on the coke side or push side of the coke oven battery, 
and routes the emissions to a control device or system.
    3.19  Standpipe cap means An apparatus used to cover the opening in 
the gooseneck of an offtake system.
    3.20  Topside port lid means a cover, removed during charging or 
decarbonizing, that is placed over the opening through which coal can be 
charged into the oven of a by-product coke oven battery.
    3.21  Traverse time means accumulated time for a traverse as 
measured by a stopwatch. Traverse time includes time to stop and write 
down oven numbers but excludes time waiting for obstructions of view to 
clear or for time to walk around obstacles.
    3.22  Visible Emissions or VE means any emission seen by the unaided 
(except for corrective lenses) eye, excluding steam or condensing water.

                      4.0  Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Safety Training. Because coke oven batteries have hazardous 
environments, the training materials and the field training (Section 
10.0) shall cover the precautions required by the company to address 
health and safety hazards. Special emphasis shall be given to the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations 
pertaining to exposure of coke oven workers (see Reference 3 in Section 
16.0). In general, the regulation requires that special fire-retardant 
clothing and respirators be worn in certain restricted areas of the coke 
oven battery. The OSHA regulation also prohibits certain activities, 
such as chewing gum, smoking, and eating in these areas.

[[Page 723]]

                 6.0  Equipment and Supplies [Reserved]

                 7.0  Reagents and Standards [Reserved]

 8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage [Reserved]

                     9.0  Quality Control [Reserved]

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Observer certification and training requirements are as follows:
    10.1  Certification Procedures. This method requires only the 
determination of whether VE occur and does not require the determination 
of opacity levels; therefore, observer certification according to Method 
9 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is not required to obtain 
certification under this method. However, in order to receive Method 303 
observer certification, the first-time observer (trainee) shall have 
attended the lecture portion of the Method 9 certification course. In 
addition, the trainee shall successfully complete the Method 303 
training course, satisfy the field observation requirement, and 
demonstrate adequate performance and sufficient knowledge of Method 303. 
The Method 303 training course shall be conducted by or under the 
sanction of the EPA and shall consist of classroom instruction and field 
observations, and a proficiency test.
    10.1.1  The classroom instruction shall familiarize the trainees 
with Method 303 through lecture, written training materials, and a 
Method 303 demonstration video. A successful completion of the classroom 
portion of the Method 303 training course shall be demonstrated by a 
perfect score on a written test. If the trainee fails to answer all of 
the questions correctly, the trainee may review the appropriate portion 
of the training materials and retake the test.
    10.1.2  The field observations shall be a minimum of 12 hours and 
shall be completed before attending the Method 303 certification course. 
Trainees shall observe the operation of a coke oven battery as it 
pertains to Method 303, including topside operations, and shall also 
practice conducting Method 303 or similar methods. During the field 
observations, trainees unfamiliar with coke battery operations shall 
receive instruction from an experienced coke oven observer familiar with 
Method 303 or similar methods and with the operation of coke batteries. 
The trainee must verify completion of at least 12 hours of field 
observation prior to attending the Method 303 certification course.
    10.1.3  All trainees must demonstrate proficiency in the application 
of Method 303 to a panel of three certified Method 303 observers, 
including an ability to differentiate coke oven emissions from 
condensing water vapor and smoldering coal. Each panel member shall have 
at least 120 days experience in reading visible emissions from coke 
ovens. The visible emissions inspections that will satisfy the 
experience requirement must be inspections of coke oven battery fugitive 
emissions from the emission points subject to emission standards under 
subpart L of this part (i.e., coke oven doors, topside port lids, 
offtake system(s), and charging operations), using either Method 303 or 
predecessor State or local test methods. A ``day's experience'' for a 
particular inspection is a day on which one complete inspection was 
performed for that emission point under Method 303 or a predecessor 
State or local method. A ``day's experience'' does not mean 8 or 10 
hours performing inspections, or any particular time expressed in 
minutes or hours that may have been spent performing them. Thus, it 
would be possible for an individual to qualify as a Method 303 panel 
member for some emission points, but not others (e.g., an individual 
might satisfy the experience requirement for coke oven doors, but not 
topside port lids). Until November 15, 1994, the EPA may waive the 
certification requirement (but not the experience requirement) for panel 
members. The composition of the panel shall be approved by the EPA. The 
panel shall observe the trainee in a series of training runs and a 
series of certification runs. There shall be a minimum of 1 training run 
for doors, topside port lids, and offtake systems, and a minimum of 5 
training runs (i.e., 5 charges) for charging. During training runs, the 
panel can advise the trainee on proper procedures. There shall be a 
minimum of 3 certification runs for doors, topside port lids, and 
offtake systems, and a minimum of 15 certification runs for charging 
(i.e., 15 charges). The certifications runs shall be unassisted. 
Following the certification test runs, the panel shall approve or 
disapprove certification based on the trainee's performance during the 
certification runs. To obtain certification, the trainee shall 
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the panel a high degree of 
proficiency in performing Method 303. To aid in evaluating the trainee's 
performance, a checklist, provided by the EPA, will be used by the panel 
members.
    10.2  Observer Certification/Recertification. The coke oven observer 
certification is valid for 1 year from date of issue. The observer shall 
recertify annually by viewing the training video and answering all of 
the questions on the certification test correctly. Every 3 years, an 
observer shall be required to pass the proficiency test in Section 
10.1.3 in order to be certified.
    10.3  The EPA (or applicable enforcement agency) shall maintain 
records reflecting a certified observer's successful completion of the 
proficiency test, which shall include the completed proficiency test 
checklists for the certification runs.

[[Page 724]]

    10.4  An owner or operator of a coke oven battery subject to subpart 
L of this part may observe a training and certification program under 
this section.

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Procedure for Determining VE from Charging Systems During 
Charging.
    11.1.1  Number of Oven Charges. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this 
part for the number of oven charges to observe. The observer shall 
observe consecutive charges. Charges that are nonconsecutive can only be 
observed when necessary to replace observations terminated prior to the 
completion of a charge because of visual interferences. (See Section 
11.1.5).
    11.1.2  Data Records. Record all the information requested at the 
top of the charging system inspection sheet (Figure 303-1). For each 
charge, record the identification number of the oven being charged, the 
approximate beginning time of the charge, and the identification of the 
larry car used for the charge.
    11.1.3  Observer Position. Stand in an area or move to positions on 
the topside of the coke oven battery with an unobstructed view of the 
entire charging system. For wet coal charging systems or non-pipeline 
coal charging systems, the observer should have an unobstructed view of 
the emission points of the charging system, including larry car hoppers, 
drop sleeves, and the topside ports of the oven being charged. Some 
charging systems are configured so that all emission points can only be 
seen from a distance of five ovens. For other batteries, distances of 8 
to 12 ovens are adequate.
    11.1.4  Observation. The charging period begins when coal begins to 
flow into the oven and ends when the last charging port is recapped. 
During the charging period, observe all of the potential sources of VE 
from the entire charging system. For wet coal charging systems or non-
pipeline coal charging systems, sources of VE typically include the 
larry car hoppers, drop sleeves, slide gates, and topside ports on the 
oven being charged. Any VE from an open standpipe cap on the oven being 
charged is included as charging VE.
    11.1.4.1  Using an accumulative-type stopwatch with unit divisions 
of at least 0.5 seconds, determine the total time VE are observed as 
follows. Upon observing any VE emerging from any part of the charging 
system, start the stopwatch. Stop the watch when VE are no longer 
observed emerging, and restart the watch when VE reemerges.
    11.1.4.2  When VE occur simultaneously from several points during a 
charge, consider the sources as one. Time overlapping VE as continuous 
VE. Time single puffs of VE only for the time it takes for the puff to 
emerge from the charging system. Continue to time VE in this manner for 
the entire charging period. Record the accumulated time to the nearest 
0.5 second under ``Visible emissions, seconds'' on Figure 303-1.
    11.1.5  Visual Interference. If fugitive VE from other sources at 
the coke oven battery site (e.g., door leaks or condensing water vapor 
from the coke oven wharf) prevent a clear view of the charging system 
during a charge, stop the stopwatch and make an appropriate notation 
under ``Comments'' on Figure 303-1. Label the observation an observation 
of an incomplete charge, and observe another charge to fulfill the 
requirements of Section 11.1.1.
    11.1.6  VE Exemptions. Do not time the following VE:
    11.1.6.1  The VE from burning or smoldering coal spilled on top of 
the oven, topside port lid, or larry car surfaces;
    Note: The VE from smoldering coal are generally white or gray. These 
VE generally have a plume of less than 1 meter long. If the observer 
cannot safely and with reasonable confidence determine that VE are from 
charging, do not count them as charging emissions.
    11.1.6.2  The VE from the coke oven doors or from the leveler bar; 
or
    11.1.6.3  The VE that drift from the top of a larry car hopper if 
the emissions had already been timed as VE from the drop sleeve.
    Note: When the slide gate on a larry car hopper closes after the 
coal has been added to the oven, the seal may not be airtight. On 
occasions, a puff of smoke observed at the drop sleeves is forced past 
the slide gate up into the larry car hopper and may drift from the top; 
time these VE either at the drop sleeves or the hopper. If the larry car 
hopper does not have a slide gate or the slide gate is left open or 
partially closed, VE may quickly pass through the larry car hopper 
without being observed at the drop sleeves and will appear as a strong 
surge of smoke; time these as charging VE.
    11.1.7  Total Time Record. Record the total time that VE were 
observed for each charging operation in the appropriate column on the 
charging system inspection sheet.
    11.1.8  Determination of Validity of a Set of Observations. Five 
charging observations (runs) obtained in accordance with this method 
shall be considered a valid set of observations for that day. No 
observation of an incomplete charge shall be included in a daily set of 
observations that is lower than the lowest reading for a complete 
charge. If both complete and incomplete charges have been observed, the 
daily set of observations shall include the five highest values 
observed. Four or three charging observations (runs) obtained in 
accordance with this method shall be considered a valid set of charging 
observations only where it is not possible to obtain five charging 
observations, because visual interferences (see Section

[[Page 725]]

11.1.5) or inclement weather prevent a clear view of the charging system 
during charging. However, observations from three or four charges that 
satisfy these requirements shall not be considered a valid set of 
charging observations if use of such set of observations in a 
calculation under Section 12.4 would cause the value of A to be less 
than 145.
    11.1.9  Log Average. For each day on which a valid daily set of 
observations is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling log average 
of seconds of visible emissions from the charging operation for each 
battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily sets of 
observations, in accordance with Section 12.4.
    11.2.  Procedure for Determining VE from Coke Oven Door Areas. The 
intent of this procedure is to determine VE from coke oven door areas by 
carefully observing the door area from a standard distance while walking 
at a normal pace.
    11.2.1  Number of Runs. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part for 
the appropriate number of runs.
    11.2.2  Battery Traverse. To conduct a battery traverse, walk the 
length of the battery on the outside of the pusher machine and quench 
car tracks at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing to make appropriate 
entries on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2). A single test 
run consists of two timed traverses, one for the coke side and one for 
the push side. The walking pace shall be such that the duration of the 
traverse does not exceed an average of 4 seconds per oven door, 
excluding time spent moving around stationary obstructions or waiting 
for other obstructions to move from positions blocking the view of a 
series of doors. Extra time is allowed for each leak (a maximum of 10 
additional seconds for each leaking door) for the observer to make the 
proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven door has been 
found to be typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch.
    11.2.2.1  Include in the traverse time only the time spent observing 
the doors and recording door leaks. To measure actual traverse time, use 
an accumulative-type stopwatch with unit divisions of 0.5 seconds or 
less. Exclude interruptions to the traverse and time required for the 
observer to move to positions where the view of the battery is 
unobstructed, or for obstructions, such as the door machine, to move 
from positions blocking the view of a series of doors.
    11.2.2.2  Various situations may arise that will prevent the 
observer from viewing a door or a series of doors. Prior to the door 
inspection, the owner or operator may elect to temporarily suspend 
charging operations for the duration of the inspection, so that all of 
the doors can be viewed by the observer. The observer has two options 
for dealing with obstructions to view: (a) Stop the stopwatch and wait 
for the equipment to move or the fugitive emissions to dissipate before 
completing the traverse; or (b) stop the stopwatch, skip the affected 
ovens, and move to an unobstructed position to continue the traverse. 
Restart the stopwatch and continue the traverse. After the completion of 
the traverse, if the equipment has moved or the fugitive emissions have 
dissipated, inspect the affected doors. If the equipment is still 
preventing the observer from viewing the doors, then the affected doors 
may be counted as not observed. If option (b) is used because of doors 
blocked by machines during charging operations, then, of the affected 
doors, exclude the door from the most recently charged oven from the 
inspection. Record the oven numbers and make an appropriate notation 
under ``Comments'' on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2).
    11.2.2.3  When batteries have sheds to control emissions, conduct 
the inspection from outside the shed unless the doors cannot be 
adequately viewed. In this case, conduct the inspection from the bench. 
Be aware of special safety considerations pertinent to walking on the 
bench and follow the instructions of company personnel on the required 
equipment and procedures. If possible, conduct the bench traverse 
whenever the bench is clear of the door machine and hot coke guide.
    11.2.3  Observations. Record all the information requested at the 
top of the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2), including the 
number of non-operating ovens. Record the clock time at the start of the 
traverse on each side of the battery. Record which side is being 
inspected (i.e., coke side or push side). Other information may be 
recorded at the discretion of the observer, such as the location of the 
leak (e.g., top of the door, chuck door, etc.), the reason for any 
interruption of the traverse, or the position of the sun relative to the 
battery and sky conditions (e.g., overcast, partly sunny, etc.).
    11.2.3.1  Begin the test run by starting the stopwatch and 
traversing either the coke side or the push side of the battery. After 
completing one side, stop the watch. Complete this procedure on the 
other side. If inspecting more than one battery, the observer may view 
the push sides and the coke sides sequentially.
    11.2.3.2  During the traverse, look around the entire perimeter of 
each oven door. The door is considered leaking if VE are detected in the 
coke oven door area. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on 
the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the 
battery between two adjacent buck stays (e.g., the oven door, chuck 
door, between the masonry brick, buck stay or jamb, or other sources). 
Record the oven number and make the appropriate notation on the door 
area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2).


[[Page 726]]


    Note: Multiple VE from the same door area (e.g., VE from both the 
chuck door and the push side door) are counted as only one emitting 
door, not as multiple emitting doors.

    11.2.3.3  Do not record the following sources as door area VE:
    11.2.3.3.1  VE from ovens with doors removed. Record the oven number 
and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments;''
    11.2.3.3.2  VE from ovens taken out of service. The owner or 
operator shall notify the observer as to which ovens are out of service. 
Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under 
``Comments;'' or
    11.2.3.3.3  VE from hot coke that has been spilled on the bench as a 
result of pushing.
    11.2.4  Criteria for Acceptance. After completing the run, calculate 
the maximum time allowed to observe the ovens using the equation in 
Section 12.2. If the total traverse time exceeds T, void the run, and 
conduct another run to satisfy the requirements of Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of 
this part.
    11.2.5  Percent Leaking Doors. For each day on which a valid 
observation is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling average for 
each battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily 
observations, in accordance with Section 12.5.
    11.3  Procedure for Determining VE from Topside Port Lids and 
Offtake Systems.
    11.3.1  Number of Runs. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part for 
the number of runs to be conducted. Simultaneous runs or separate runs 
for the topside port lids and offtake systems may be conducted.
    11.3.2  Battery Traverse. To conduct a topside traverse of the 
battery, walk the length of the battery at a steady, normal walking 
pace, pausing only to make appropriate entries on the topside inspection 
sheet (Figure 303-3). The walking pace shall not exceed an average rate 
of 4 seconds per oven, excluding time spent moving around stationary 
obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from positions 
blocking the view. Extra time is allowed for each leak for the observer 
to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven is 
typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch.
    11.3.3  Topside Port Lid Observations. To observe lids of the ovens 
involved in the charging operation, the observer shall wait to view the 
lids until approximately 5 minutes after the completion of the charge. 
Record all the information requested on the topside inspection sheet 
(Figure 303-3). Record the clock time when traverses begin and end. If 
the observer's view is obstructed during the traverse (e.g., steam from 
the coke wharf, larry car, etc.), follow the guidelines given in Section 
11.2.2.2.
    11.3.3.1  To perform a test run, conduct a single traverse on the 
topside of the battery. The observer shall walk near the center of the 
battery but may deviate from this path to avoid safety hazards (such as 
open or closed charging ports, luting buckets, lid removal bars, and 
topside port lids that have been removed) and any other obstacles. Upon 
noting VE from the topside port lid(s) of an oven, record the oven 
number and port number, then resume the traverse. If any oven is 
dampered-off from the collecting main for decarbonization, note this 
under ``Comments'' for that particular oven.

    Note: Count the number of topside ports, not the number of points, 
exhibiting VE, i.e., if a topside port has several points of VE, count 
this as one port exhibiting VE.

    11.3.3.2  Do not count the following as topside port lid VE:
    11.3.3.2.1  VE from between the brickwork and oven lid casing or VE 
from cracks in the oven brickwork. Note these VE under ``Comments;''
    11.3.3.2.2  VE from topside ports involved in a charging operation. 
Record the oven number, and make an appropriate notation (e.g., not 
observed because ports open for charging) under ``Comments;''
    11.3.3.2.3  Topside ports having maintenance work done. Record the 
oven number and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments;'' or
    11.3.3.2.4  Condensing water from wet-sealing material. Ports with 
only visible condensing water from wet-sealing material are counted as 
observed but not as having VE.
    11.3.3.2.5  Visible emissions from the flue inspection ports and 
caps.
    11.3.4  Offtake Systems Observations. To perform a test run, 
traverse the battery as in Section 11.3.3.1. Look ahead and back two to 
four ovens to get a clear view of the entire offtake system for each 
oven. Consider visible emissions from the following points as offtake 
system VE: (a) the flange between the gooseneck and collecting main 
(``saddle''), (b) the junction point of the standpipe and oven 
(``standpipe base''), (c) the other parts of the offtake system (e.g., 
the standpipe cap), and (d) the junction points with ovens and flanges 
of jumper pipes.
    11.3.4.1  Do not stray from the traverse line in order to get a 
``closer look'' at any part of the offtake system unless it is to 
distinguish leaks from interferences from other sources or to avoid 
obstacles.
    11.3.4.2  If the centerline does not provide a clear view of the 
entire offtake system for each oven (e.g., when standpipes are longer 
than 15 feet), the observer may conduct the traverse farther from 
(rather than closer to) the offtake systems.
    11.3.4.3  Upon noting a leak from an offtake system during a 
traverse, record the oven number. Resume the traverse. If the oven is 
dampered-off from the collecting

[[Page 727]]

main for decarbonization and VE are observed, note this under 
``Comments'' for that particular oven.
    11.3.4.4  If any part or parts of an offtake system have VE, count 
it as one emitting offtake system. Each stationary jumper pipe is 
considered a single offtake system.
    11.3.4.5  Do not count standpipe caps open for a decarbonization 
period or standpipes of an oven being charged as source of offtake 
system VE. Record the oven number and write ``Not observed'' and the 
reason (i.e., decarb or charging) under ``Comments.''

    Note: VE from open standpipes of an oven being charged count as 
charging emissions. All VE from closed standpipe caps count as offtake 
leaks.

    11.3.5  Criteria for Acceptance. After completing the run (allow 2 
traverses for batteries with double mains), calculate the maximum time 
allowed to observe the topside port lids and/or offtake systems using 
the equation in Section 12.3. If the total traverse time exceeds T, void 
the run and conduct another run to satisfy the requirements of 
Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part.
    11.3.6  In determining the percent leaking topside port lids and 
percent leaking offtake systems, do not include topside port lids or 
offtake systems with VE from the following ovens:
    11.3.6.1  Empty ovens, including ovens undergoing maintenance, which 
are properly dampered off from the main.
    11.3.6.2  Ovens being charged or being pushed.
    11.3.6.3  Up to 3 full ovens that have been dampered off from the 
main prior to pushing.
    11.3.6.4  Up to 3 additional full ovens in the pushing sequence that 
have been dampered off from the main for offtake system cleaning, for 
decarbonization, for safety reasons, or when a charging/pushing schedule 
involves widely separated ovens (e.g., a Marquard system); or that have 
been dampered off from the main for maintenance near the end of the 
coking cycle. Examples of reasons that ovens are dampered off for safety 
reasons are to avoid exposing workers in areas with insufficient 
clearance between standpipes and the larry car, or in areas where 
workers could be exposed to flames or hot gases from open standpipes, 
and to avoid the potential for removing a door on an oven that is not 
dampered off from the main.
    11.3.7  Percent Leaking Topside Port Lids and Offtake Systems. For 
each day on which a valid observation is obtained, calculate the daily 
30-day rolling average for each battery using these data and the 29 
previous valid daily observations, in accordance with Sections 12.6 and 
12.7.
    11.4  Procedure for Determining VE from Collecting Mains.
    11.4.1  Traverse. To perform a test run, traverse both the 
collecting main catwalk and the battery topside along the side closest 
to the collecting main. If the battery has a double main, conduct two 
sets of traverses for each run, i.e., one set for each main.
    11.4.2  Data Recording. Upon noting VE from any portion of a 
collection main, identify the source and approximate location of the 
source of VE and record the time under ``Collecting main'' on Figure 
303-3; then resume the traverse.
    11.4.3  Collecting Main Pressure Check. After the completion of the 
door traverse, the topside port lids, and offtake systems, compare the 
collecting main pressure during the inspection to the collecting main 
pressure during the previous 8 to 24 hours. Record the following: (a) 
the pressure during inspection, (b) presence of pressure deviation from 
normal operations, and (c) the explanation for any pressure deviation 
from normal operations, if any, offered by the operators. The owner or 
operator of the coke battery shall maintain the pressure recording 
equipment and conduct the quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) 
necessary to ensure reliable pressure readings and shall keep the QA/QC 
records for at least 6 months. The observer may periodically check the 
QA/QC records to determine their completeness. The owner or operator 
shall provide access to the records within 1 hour of an observer's 
request.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Nomenclature.

A = 150 or the number of valid observations (runs). The value of A shall 
          not be less than 145, except for purposes of determinations 
          under Sec. 63.306(c) (work practice plan implementation) or 
          Sec. 63.306(d) (work practice plan revisions) of this part. No 
          set of observations shall be considered valid for such a 
          recalculation that otherwise would not be considered a valid 
          set of observations for a calculation under this paragraph.
Di = Number of doors on non-operating ovens.
Dno = Number of doors not observed.
Dob = Total number of doors observed on operating ovens.
Dt = Total number of oven doors on the battery.
e = 2.72
J = Number of stationary jumper pipes.
L = Number of doors with VE.
Lb = Yard-equivalent reading.
Ls = Number of doors with VE observed from the bench under 
          sheds.
Ly = Number of doors with VE observed from the yard.
Ly = Number of doors with VE observed from the yard on the 
          push side.
ln = Natural logarithm.
N = Total number of ovens in the battery.
Ni = Total number of inoperable ovens.

[[Page 728]]

PNO = Number of ports not observed.
Povn = Number of ports per oven.
PVE = Number of topside port lids with VE.
PLD = Percent leaking coke oven doors for the test run.
PLL = Percent leaking topside port lids for the run.
PLO = Percent leaking offtake systems.
T = Total time allowed for traverse, seconds.
Tovn = Number of offtake systems (excluding jumper pipes) per 
          oven.
TNO = Number of offtake systems not observed.
TVE = Number of offtake systems with VE.
Xi = Seconds of VE during the ith charge.
Z = Number of topside port lids or offtake systems with VE.

    12.2  Criteria for Acceptance for VE Determinations from Coke Oven 
Door Areas. After completing the run, calculate the maximum time allowed 
to observe the ovens using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.535

    12.3  Criteria for Acceptance for VE Determinations from Topside 
Port Lids and Offtake Systems. After completing the run (allow 2 
traverses for batteries with double mains), calculate the maximum time 
allowed to observe the topside port lids and/or offtake systems by the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.536

    12.4  Average Duration of VE from Charging Operations. Use Equation 
303-3 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling log average of seconds of 
visible emissions from the charging operation for each battery using 
these current day's observations and the 29 previous valid daily sets of 
observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.537

    12.5  Percent Leaking Doors (PLD). Determine the total number of 
doors for which observations were made on the coke oven battery as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.538

    12.5.1  For each test run (one run includes both the coke side and 
the push side traverses), sum the number of doors with door area VE. For 
batteries subject to an approved alternative standard under Sec. 63.305 
of this part, calculate the push side and the coke side PLD separately.
    12.5.2  Calculate percent leaking doors by using Equation 303-5:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.539
    

[[Page 729]]


    12.5.3  When traverses are conducted from the bench under sheds, 
calculate the coke side and the push side separately. Use Equation 303-6 
to calculate a yard-equivalent reading:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.540

If Lb is less than zero, use zero for Lb in 
Equation 303-7 in the calculation of PLD.
    12.5.3.1  Use Equation 303-7 to calculate PLD:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.541
    
Round off PLD to the nearest hundredth of 1 percent and record as the 
percent leaking coke oven doors for the run.
    12.5.3.2  Average Percent Leaking Doors. Use Equation 303-8 to 
calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking doors for 
each battery using these current day's observations and the 29 previous 
valid daily sets of observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.542

    12.6  Topside Port Lids. Determine the percent leaking topside port 
lids for each run as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.543

    12.6.1  Round off this percentage to the nearest hundredth of 1 
percent and record this percentage as the percent leaking topside port 
lids for the run.
    12.6.2  Average Percent Leaking Topside Port Lids. Use Equation 303-
10 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking topside 
port lids for each battery using these current day's observations and 
the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.544

    12.7  Offtake Systems. Determine the percent leaking offtake systems 
for the run as follows:

[[Page 730]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.545

    12.7.1  Round off this percentage to the nearest hundredth of 1 
percent and record this percentage as the percent leaking offtake 
systems for the run.
    12.7.2  Average Percent Leaking Offtake Systems. Use Equation 303-12 
to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking offtake 
systems for each battery using these current day's observations and the 
29 previous valid daily sets of observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.546

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References.

    1. Missan, R., and A. Stein. Guidelines for Evaluation of Visible 
Emissions Certification, Field Procedures, Legal Aspects, and Background 
Material. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA Publication No. EPA-
340/1-75-007. April 1975.
    2. Wohlschlegel, P., and D. E. Wagoner. Guideline for Development of 
a Quality Assurance Program: Volume IX--Visual Determination of Opacity 
Emission from Stationary Sources. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 
EPA Publication No. EPA-650/4-74-005i. November 1975.
    3. U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Code of 
Federal Regulations. Title 29, Chapter XVII, Section 1910.1029(g). 
Washington, D.C. Government Printing Office. July 1, 1990.
    4. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Emission Standards 
for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Coke Oven Emissions from Wet-Coal Charged 
By-Product Coke Oven Batteries; Proposed Rule and Notice of Public 
Hearing. Washington, D.C. Federal Register. Vol. 52, No. 78 (13586). 
April 23, 1987.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

Company name:___________________________________________________________
Battery no.: ______ Date: ______ Run no.: ______
City, State:____________________________________________________________
Observer name:__________________________________________________________
Company representative(s):______________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Visible
           Charge No.                 Oven  No.        Clock time        emissions,              Comments
                                                                           seconds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 731]]

 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                Figure 303-1. Charging System Inspection

Company name:

Battery no.:

Date:

City, State:

Total no. of ovens in battery:

Observer name:

Certification expiration date:

Inoperable ovens:

Company representative(s):

Traverse time CS:

Traverse time PS:

Valid run (Y or N):

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Comments  (No. of blocked doors,
      Time traverse started/completed         PS/CS      Door No.         interruptions to traverse, etc.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   Figure 303-2. Door Area Inspection.

Company name:

Battery no.:

Date:

City, State:

Total no. of ovens in battery:

Observer name:

[[Page 732]]

Certification expiration date:

Inoperable ovens:

Company representative(s):

Total no. of lids:

Total no. of offtakes:

Total no. of jumper pipes:

Ovens not observed:

Total traverse time:

Valid run (Y or N):

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Type of Inspection
 Time traverse started/completed     (lids, offtakes,     Location of VE  (Oven /Port )         Comments
                                     collecting main)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Figure 303-3. Topside Inspection

 Method 303A--Determination of Visible Emissions From Nonrecovery Coke 
                             Oven Batteries

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications 
pertaining to observer certification. Some material is incorporated by 
reference from other methods in this part and in appendix A to 40 CFR 
Part 60. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this 
method should have a thorough knowledge of Method 9 and Method 303.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of visible emissions (VE) from leaking doors at nonrecovery coke oven 
batteries.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  A certified observer visually determines the VE from coke oven 
battery sources while walking at a normal pace. This method does not 
require that opacity of emissions be determined or that magnitude be 
differentiated.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Bench means the platform structure in front of the oven doors.
    3.2  Coke oven door means each end enclosure on the push side and 
the coking side of an oven.

[[Page 733]]

    3.3  Coke side means the side of a battery from which the coke is 
discharged from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.4  Nonrecovery coke oven battery means a source consisting of a 
group of ovens connected by common walls and operated as a unit, where 
coal undergoes destructive distillation under negative pressure to 
produce coke, and which is designed for the combustion of coke oven gas 
from which by-products are not recovered.
    3.5  Operating oven means any oven not out of operation for rebuild 
or maintenance work extensive enough to require the oven to be skipped 
in the charging sequence.
    3.6  Oven means a chamber in the coke oven battery in which coal 
undergoes destructive distillation to produce coke.
    3.7  Push side means the side of the battery from which the coke is 
pushed from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.8  Run means the observation of visible emissions from coke oven 
doors in accordance with this method.
    3.9  Shed means an enclosure that covers the side of the coke oven 
battery, captures emissions from pushing operations and from leaking 
coke oven doors on the coke side or push side of the coke oven battery, 
and routes the emissions to a control device or system.
    3.10  Traverse time means accumulated time for a traverse as 
measured by a stopwatch. Traverse time includes time to stop and write 
down oven numbers but excludes time waiting for obstructions of view to 
clear or for time to walk around obstacles.
    3.11  Visible Emissions or VE means any emission seen by the unaided 
(except for corrective lenses) eye, excluding steam or condensing water.

                     4.0  Interferences. [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Safety Training. Because coke oven batteries have hazardous 
environments, the training materials and the field training (Section 
10.0) shall cover the precautions required by the company to address 
health and safety hazards. Special emphasis shall be given to the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations 
pertaining to exposure of coke oven workers (see Reference 3 in Section 
16.0). In general, the regulation requires that special fire-retardant 
clothing and respirators be worn in certain restricted areas of the coke 
oven battery. The OSHA regulation also prohibits certain activities, 
such as chewing gum, smoking, and eating in these areas.

                 6.0  Equipment and Supplies. [Reserved]

                 7.0  Reagents and Standards [Reserved]

8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage. [Reserved]

                    9.0  Quality Control. [Reserved]

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardization.

    10.1  Training. This method requires only the determination of 
whether VE occur and does not require the determination of opacity 
levels; therefore, observer certification according to Method 9 in 
Appendix A to Part 60 is not required. However, the first-time observer 
(trainee) shall have attended the lecture portion of the Method 9 
certification course. Furthermore, before conducting any VE 
observations, an observer shall become familiar with nonrecovery coke 
oven battery operations and with this test method by observing for a 
minimum of 4 hours the operation of a nonrecovery coke oven battery in 
the presence of personnel experienced in performing Method 303 
assessments.

                             11.0  Procedure

    The intent of this procedure is to determine VE from coke oven door 
areas by carefully observing the door area while walking at a normal 
pace.
    11.1  Number of Runs. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part for 
the appropriate number of runs.
    11.2  Battery Traverse. To conduct a battery traverse, walk the 
length of the battery on the outside of the pusher machine and quench 
car tracks at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing to make appropriate 
entries on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1). The walking 
pace shall be such that the duration of the traverse does not exceed an 
average of 4 seconds per oven door, excluding time spent moving around 
stationary obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from 
positions blocking the view of a series of doors. Extra time is allowed 
for each leak (a maximum of 10 additional seconds for each leaking door) 
for the observer to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 
seconds per oven door has been found to be typical. Record the actual 
traverse time with a stopwatch. A single test run consists of two timed 
traverses, one for the coke side and one for the push side.
    11.2.1  Various situations may arise that will prevent the observer 
from viewing a door or a series of doors. The observer has two options 
for dealing with obstructions to view: (a) Wait for the equipment to 
move or the fugitive emissions to dissipate before

[[Page 734]]

completing the traverse; or (b) skip the affected ovens and move to an 
unobstructed position to continue the traverse. Continue the traverse. 
After the completion of the traverse, if the equipment has moved or the 
fugitive emissions have dissipated, complete the traverse by inspecting 
the affected doors. Record the oven numbers and make an appropriate 
notation under ``Comments'' on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 
303A-1).

    Note: Extra time incurred for handling obstructions is not counted 
in the traverse time.

    11.2.2  When batteries have sheds to control pushing emissions, 
conduct the inspection from outside the shed, if the shed allows such 
observations, or from the bench. Be aware of special safety 
considerations pertinent to walking on the bench and follow the 
instructions of company personnel on the required equipment and 
operations procedures. If possible, conduct the bench traverse whenever 
the bench is clear of the door machine and hot coke guide.
    11.3  Observations. Record all the information requested at the top 
of the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1), including the number 
of non-operating ovens. Record which side is being inspected, i.e., coke 
side or push side. Other information may be recorded at the discretion 
of the observer, such as the location of the leak (e.g., top of the 
door), the reason for any interruption of the traverse, or the position 
of the sun relative to the battery and sky conditions (e.g., overcast, 
partly sunny, etc.).
    11.3.1  Begin the test run by traversing either the coke side or the 
push side of the battery. After completing one side, traverse the other 
side.
    11.3.2  During the traverse, look around the entire perimeter of 
each oven door. The door is considered leaking if VE are detected in the 
coke oven door area. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on 
the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the 
battery and the adjacent doors on both sides. Record the oven number and 
make the appropriate notation on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 
303A-1).
    11.3.3  Do not record the following sources as door area VE:
    11.3.3.1  VE from ovens with doors removed. Record the oven number 
and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments'';
    11.3.3.2  VE from ovens where maintenance work is being conducted. 
Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under 
``Comments''; or
    11.3.3.3  VE from hot coke that has been spilled on the bench as a 
result of pushing.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Same as Method 303, Section 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, and 12.5.

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as Method 303, Section 16.0.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

Company name:

Battery no.:

Date:

City, State:

Total no. of ovens in battery:

Observer name:

Certification expiration date:

Inoperable ovens:

Company representative(s):

Traverse time CS:

Traverse time PS:

Valid run (Y or N):

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Comments  (No. of blocked doors,
      Time traverse started/completed         PS/CS      Door No.         interruptions to traverse, etc.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 735]]

 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   Figure 303A-1. Door Area Inspection

Method 304A: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
                              (Vent Option)

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an activated sludge 
process. The test method is designed to evaluate the ability of an 
aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or destroy specific 
components in waste streams. The method may also be used to determine 
the effects of changes in wastewater composition on operation. The 
biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this method are not 
representative of a full-scale system. The rates measured by this method 
shall be used in conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of 
this part to calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the 
fraction biodegraded.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is assembled in the 
laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and the waste stream is 
then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor is operated under 
conditions nearly identical to the target full-scale activated sludge 
process. Bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, average 
residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass concentration, 
and biomass composition of the full-scale process are the parameters 
which are duplicated in the benchtop bioreactor. Biomass shall be 
removed from the target full-scale activated sludge unit and held for no 
more than 4 hours prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If 
antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall also be 
used in the benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent 
exiting the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the 
biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The flow rate of the exit 
vent is used to calculate the concentration of target compounds 
(utilizing Henry's law) in the exit gas stream. If Henry's law constants 
for the compounds of interest are not known, this method cannot be used 
in the determination of the biodegradation rate and Method 304B is the 
suggested method. The choice of analytical methodology for measuring the 
compounds of interest at the inlet and outlet to the benchtop bioreactor 
are left to the discretion of the source, except where validated methods 
are available.

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                     4.0  Interferences. [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of 
biodegradation and could realistically pose a hazard, closely monitor 
headspace concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory safety. 
Placement of the

[[Page 736]]

benchtop bioreactor system inside a laboratory hood is recommended 
regardless of byproducts produced.

                      6.0.  Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Figure 304A-1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used 
to measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers 
to Figure 304A-1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor 
configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of 
probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. 
Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and 
isolated from the atmosphere (except for the exit vent stream) by leak-
checking fittings, tubing, etc.

    6.1  Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a 
biological oxidation reactor of at least 6 liters capacity. The benchtop 
bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for controlling 
and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the 
reactor is equipped for aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation 
(while ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the 
fittings).
    6.2  Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop bioreactor 
through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that extend to the bottom 
fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen pressurized cylinder is 
recommended in order to maintain the specified oxygen concentration. 
Install a blower (e.g., Diaphragm Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the 
aeration gas into the reactor diffusers. Measure the aeration gas flow 
rate with a rotameter (e.g., 0-15 SCFH recommended). The aeration gas 
will rise through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving oxygen into the 
mixture in the process. The aeration gas must provide sufficient 
agitation to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit for the 
aeration gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor through a 
water-cooled (e.g., Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install the 
condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor 
closure. Install a splitter which directs a portion of the gas to an 
exit vent and the rest of the gas through an air recycle pump back to 
the benchtop bioreactor. Monitor and record the flow rate through the 
exit vent at least 3 times per day throughout the day.
    6.3  Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the benchtop 
bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene container or 
collapsible liner in a container (e.g., 20 L) equipped with a spigot cap 
(collapsible containers or liners of other material may be required due 
to the permeability of some volatile compounds through polyethylene). 
Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the wastewater feed in the target 
process. A representative sample of wastewater shall be obtained from 
the piping leading to the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained 
from existing sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed 
pump, or collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by 
pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the aeration 
tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously to the 
laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the equalization 
tank of the full-scale treatment system.
    6.3.1  Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by ice or 
by refrigeration to 4  deg.C. If using a bleed stream from the 
equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence time 
in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
    6.3.2  Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the 
rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the benchtop 
bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention time in the 
full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate sufficient to 
achieve 90 to 100 percent of the full-scale system residence time.
    6.3.3  Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor effluent 
exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the 
clarifier.
    6.4  Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed clarifier 
that allows separation of biomass and effluent (e.g., 2-liter pear-
shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the stopcock and 
adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop bioreactor 
effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to a depth of 0.08 
m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the clarifier. System effluent 
flows from a tube inserted through the stopper at the top of the 
clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle when sampling). The underflow 
from the clarifier leaves from the glass tube at the bottom of the 
clarifier. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge recycle 
pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. The discharge 
from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in a port on the side 
of the benchtop bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the 
bottom of the benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The 
mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the 
clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass and 
flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall be no 
headspace in the clarifier.
    6.5  Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the 
system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale 
system. The average temperature

[[Page 737]]

should be maintained within 2  deg.C of the set point.
    6.5.1  Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type temperature 
probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature readout with a 
resolution of 0.1  deg.C or better.
    6.5.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to the 
temperature control device.
    6.6  Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target 
full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration 
below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration 
in the benchtop ioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen 
level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen 
concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the target 
dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale activated 
sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 mg/L, the 
dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may not drop 
below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the control range, 
the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation is adjusted.
    6.6.1  Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored with 
a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a dissolved 
oxygen meter (e.g., 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50  deg.C).
    6.6.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop bioreactor 
pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. 
This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum 
to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is activated when the vacuum 
exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally 
closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint controlling 
oxygen addition to the system shall be set at approximately 2.5 
 0.5 cm water and maintained at this setting except during 
brief periods when the dissolved oxygen concentration is adjusted.
    6.7  Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon or 
equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this specification 
is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the wastewater feed pump, 
which may be Viton, Silicone or another type of flexible tubing.
    Note: Mention of trade names or products does not constitute 
endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at the 
inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing full-
scale treatment plant (see section 6.3). If there is no existing full-
scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as close to the 
point of determination as possible. Collect the sample by pumping the 
wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss of volatiles 
shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing the container 
before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a 
headspace in the container after filling. If the wastewater requires the 
addition of nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass 
characteristics, those nutrients are added and mixed with the container 
contents after the container is filled.
    7.2  Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for rate 
constant determination in the bench-scale process from the existing 
full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture (e.g., 
biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale process). This 
biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed 
liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed 
liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by collecting 
aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. Transport the 
sample to the laboratory within no more than 4 hours of collection. 
Maintain the biomass concentration in the benchtop bioreactor at the 
level of the full-scale system +10 percent throughout the sampling 
period of the test method.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1  Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the 
benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to 
minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the 
benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over the liquid surface. 
Maintain the temperature of the contents of the benchtop bioreactor 
system at the temperature of the target full-scale system, 2 
 deg.C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and record the 
temperature of the benchtop bioreactor contents at least to the nearest 
0.1  deg.C.
    8.1.1  Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 20-L 
collapsible container. Store the container at 4  deg.C throughout the 
testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop bioreactor feed 
pump.
    8.1.2  Wastewater Flow Rate.
    8.1.2.1  The hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank is 
calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank (L) to the flow rate 
(L/min). At the beginning of a test, the container shall be connected to 
the feed pump and solution shall be pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at 
the required flow rate to achieve the calculated hydraulic residence 
time of wastewater in the aeration tank.

[[Page 738]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.547

Where:

Qtest = wastewater flow rate (L/min)
Qfs = average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
Vfs = volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)

    8.1.2.2  The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as 
the flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio 
of benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-
scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 
90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in the full-scale 
unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on a pump 
calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the pump head 
and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this calibration. 
The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary based on 
volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop bioreactor effluent 
to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during 
sampling or flow measurement periods.
    8.1.3  Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate 
sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. Set 
the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in 
suspension.
    8.1.4  Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, 
dissolved oxygen concentration, exit vent flow rate, benchtop bioreactor 
effluent flow rate, and air circulation rate shall be measured and 
recorded three times throughout each day of benchtop bioreactor 
operation. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained 
in the target full-scale unit, these parameters, where appropriate, 
shall be monitored and maintained to target full-scale specifications in 
the benchtop bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period 
(Section 8.2), sample the benchtop bioreactor contents for suspended 
solids analysis. Take this sample by loosening a clamp on a length of 
tubing attached to the lower side port. Determine the suspended solids 
gravimetrically by the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for 
total suspended solids, in accordance with Standard Methods\3\ or 
equivalent. When necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side 
port of the benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be 
replaced with an equal volume of the reactor effluent. Add thickened 
activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop bioreactor to 
increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. Pump 
this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor through the upper side port 
(Item 24 in Figure 304A-1). Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen 
probe before starting the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately 
before the start of the test and each time the membrane is changed.
    8.1.5  Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line tubing 
becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow rate is not 
within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate is measured, 
reset pump or check the flow measuring device and measure flow rate 
again until target flow rate is achieved.
    8.2  Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence 
times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be 
permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent samples 
of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 304A-1) and the influent 
wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to which two drops 
of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been added. Sample the 
clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. These samples will be 
composed of the entire flow from the system for a period of several 
minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from the feed pump suction line 
after temporarily stopping the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a 
connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed container. Store both 
influent and effluent samples at 4  deg.C immediately after collection 
and analyze within 8 hours of collection.
    8.2.1  Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze 
the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. The 
sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. During any 
individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed simultaneously 
with or immediately after the effluent sample. Calculate the relative 
standard deviation (RSD) of the amount removed (i.e., effluent 
concentration--wastewater feed concentration). The RSD values shall be  
15 percent. If an RSD value is > 15 percent, continue sampling and 
analyzing influent and effluent sets of samples until the RSD values are 
within specifications.
    8.2.2  Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after 
starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is exposed 
to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least one 
hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen concentration 
may occur for

[[Page 739]]

numerous reasons, including undetected gas leaks, increases and 
decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids resulting from cell growth 
and solids loss in the effluent stream, changes in diffuser performance, 
cycling of effluent flow rate, and overcorrection due to faulty or 
sluggish dissolved oxygen probe response. Control the dissolved oxygen 
concentration in the benchtop bioreactor by changing the proportion of 
oxygen in the circulating aeration gas. Should the dissolved oxygen 
concentration drift below the designated experimental condition, bleed a 
small amount of aeration gas from the system on the pressure side (i.e., 
immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This will create a vacuum 
in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive relay to open the 
solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should the dissolved 
oxygen concentration drift above the designated experimental condition, 
slow or stop the oxygen input to the system until the dissolved oxygen 
concentration approaches the correct level.
    9.2  Sludge Wasting.
    9.2.1  Determine the suspended solids concentration (section 8.1.4) 
at the beginning of a test, and once per day thereafter during the test. 
If the test is completed within a two day period, determine the 
suspended solids concentration after the final sample set is taken. If 
the suspended solids concentration exceeds the specified concentration, 
remove a fraction of the sludge from the benchtop bioreactor. The 
required volume of mixed liquor to remove is determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.548

Where:

Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    9.2.2  Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by 
loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the 
required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the 
correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid wasted 
by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the benchtop 
bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.
    9.3  Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge back 
into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.549

Where:

Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and Ss is the 
          specified solids (g/L).

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow 
rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least one 
hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record the 
collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow rate. Adjust 
the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
    10.2  Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from pure 
certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze three 
concentrations of calibration standards for each target component (or 
for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily throughout the analyses 
of the test samples. At each concentration level, a single calibration 
shall be within 5 percent of the average of the three calibration 
results. The low and medium calibration standards shall bracket the 
expected concentration of the effluent (treated) wastewater. The medium 
and high standards shall bracket the expected influent concentration.

[[Page 740]]

                       11.0  Analytical Procedures

    11.1  Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the wastewater shall 
be analyzed in order to identify all of the compounds of interest 
present. A gas chromatography/mass spectrometry screening method is 
recommended.
    11.1.1  After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical techniques capable 
of measuring each of those compounds (more than one analytical technique 
may be required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). 
Test Method 18, found in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, may be used as a 
guideline in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap 
techniques may be used for analysis providing the target components are 
sufficiently volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit of 
quantitation for each compound shall be determined (see reference 1). If 
the effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit of 
quantitation determined for that compound, the operation of the Method 
304 unit may be altered to attempt to increase the effluent 
concentration above the limit of quantitation. Modifications to the 
method shall be approved prior to the test. The request should be 
addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions Measurement Center, Mail Drop 
19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 
27711.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
calculations.

Ci = Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of 
          interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
Co = Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound 
          of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
X = Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
t = Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)
V = Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)
Q = Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/
          hour)

    12.2  Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the benchtop 
bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the benchtop 
bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.550

    12.3  Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of biodegradation 
for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.551

    12.4  First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order 
biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.552

    12.5  Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations (S) 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.553


[[Page 741]]


    12.6  Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent 
Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the 
applicable procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR part 63, entitled, 
``Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a 
Biological Treatment Unit'' to determine Fbio.

                  13.0  Method Performance, [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention, [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management, [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation in 
Environmental Chemistry,'' Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical Chemistry, 
Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
    2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR 60, appendix A.
    3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 
deg.C, APHA, 1985.
    4. Water7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 742]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.554

Method 304B: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
                            (Scrubber Option)

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an activated sludge 
process. The test method is designed to evaluate the ability of an 
aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or destroy specific 
components in waste streams. The method may also be used to determine 
the effects of changes in wastewater composition on operation. The 
biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this method are not 
representative of a full-scale system. Full-scale systems embody 
biodegradation and air emissions in competing reactions. This method 
measures biodegradation in absence

[[Page 743]]

of air emissions. The rates measured by this method shall be used in 
conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of this part to 
calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction 
biodegraded.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is assembled in the 
laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and the waste stream is 
then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor is operated under 
conditions nearly identical to the target full-scale activated sludge 
process, except that air emissions are not a factor. The benchtop 
bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, average 
residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass concentration, 
and biomass composition of the target full-scale process are the 
parameters which are duplicated in the laboratory system. Biomass shall 
be removed from the target full-scale activated sludge unit and held for 
no more than 4 hours prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If 
antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall also be 
used in the benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent 
exiting the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the 
biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The choice of analytical 
methodology for measuring the compounds of interest at the inlet and 
outlet to the benchtop bioreactor are left to the discretion of the 
source, except where validated methods are available.

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                     4.0  Interferences. [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of 
biodegradation and could realistically pose a hazard, closely monitor 
headspace concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory safety. 
Placement of the benchtop bioreactor system inside a laboratory hood is 
recommended regardless of byproducts produced.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Figure 304B-1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used 
to measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers 
to Figure 304B-1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor 
configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of 
probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. 
Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and 
isolated from the atmosphere by leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.
    6.1  Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a 
biological oxidation reactor of at least 6-liters capacity. The benchtop 
bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for controlling 
and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the 
benchtop bioreactor is equipped for aerators, gas flow ports, and 
instrumentation (while ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist 
around the fittings).
    6.2  Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop bioreactor 
through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that extend to the bottom 
fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen pressurized cylinder is 
recommended in order to maintain the specified oxygen concentration. 
Install a blower (e.g., Diaphragm Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the 
aeration gas into the benchtop bioreactor diffusers. Measure the 
aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter (e.g., 0-15 SCFH recommended). 
The aeration gas will rise through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving 
oxygen into the mixture in the process. The aeration gas must provide 
sufficient agitation to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit 
for the aeration gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor 
through a water-cooled (e.g., Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install 
the condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor 
closure. Design the system so that at least 10 percent of the gas flows 
through an alkaline scrubber containing 175 mL of 45 percent by weight 
solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH) and 5 drops of 0.2 percent 
alizarin yellow dye. Route the balance of the gas through an adjustable 
scrubber bypass. Route all of the gas through a 1-L knock-out flask to 
remove entrained moisture and then to the intake of the blower. The 
blower recirculates the gas to the benchtop bioreactor.
    6.3  Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the benchtop 
bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene container or 
collapsible liner in a container (e.g., 20 L) equipped with a spigot cap 
(collapsible containers or liners of other material may be required due 
to the permeability of some volatile compounds through polyethylene). 
Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the wastewater feed in the target 
process. A representative sample of wastewater shall be obtained from 
the piping leading to the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained 
from existing sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed 
pump, or collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by 
pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the aeration 
tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously to the 
laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the equalization 
tank of the full-scale treatment system.
    6.3.1  Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by ice or 
by refrigeration to 4  deg.C. If using a bleed stream from the

[[Page 744]]

equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence time 
in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
    6.3.2  Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the 
rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the benchtop 
bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention time in the 
target full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate 
sufficient to achieve 90 to 100 percent of the target full-scale system 
residence time.
    6.3.3  Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor effluent 
exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the 
clarifier.
    6.4  Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed clarifier 
that allows separation of biomass and effluent (e.g., 2-liter pear-
shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the stopcock and 
adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop bioreactor 
effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to a depth of 0.08 
m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the clarifier. System effluent 
flows from a tube inserted through the stopper at the top of the 
clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle when sampling). The underflow 
from the clarifier leaves from the glass tube at the bottom of the 
clarifier. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge recycle 
pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. The discharge 
from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in a port on the side 
of the benchtop bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the 
bottom of the benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The 
mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the 
clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass and 
flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall be no 
headspace in the clarifier.
    6.5  Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the 
system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale 
system. The average temperature should be maintained within 
2  deg.C of the set point.
    6.5.1  Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type temperature 
probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature readout with a 
resolution of 0.1  deg.C or better.
    6.5.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to the 
temperature control device.
    6.6  Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target 
full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration 
below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration 
in the benchtop bioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved 
oxygen level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved 
oxygen concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved 
oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the 
target dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale 
activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 
mg/L, the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may 
not drop below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the 
control range, the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation 
is adjusted.
    6.6.1  Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored with 
a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a dissolved 
oxygen meter (e.g., 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50  deg.C).
    6.6.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop bioreactor 
pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. 
This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum 
to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is activated when the vacuum 
exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally 
closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint controlling 
oxygen addition to the system shall be set at approximately 2.5 
 0.5 cm water and maintained at this setting except during 
brief periods when the dissolved oxygen concentration is adjusted.
    6.7  Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon or 
equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this specification 
is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the wastewater feed pump, 
which may be Viton, Silicone or another type of flexible tubing.
    Note: Mention of trade names or products does not constitute 
endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                      7.0.  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at the 
inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing full-
scale treatment plant (See Section 6.3). If there is no existing full-
scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as close to the 
point of determination as possible. Collect the sample by pumping the 
wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss of volatiles 
shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing the container 
before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a 
headspace in the container after filling. If the wastewater requires the 
addition of nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass 
characteristics, those nutrients are added and mixed with the container 
contents after the container is filled.

[[Page 745]]

    7.2  Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for rate 
constant determination in the bench-scale process from the existing 
full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture (e.g., 
biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale process). This 
biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed 
liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed 
liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by collecting 
aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. Transport the 
sample to the laboratory within no more than 4 hours of collection. 
Maintain the biomass concentration in the benchtop bioreactor at the 
level of the target full-scale system +10 percent throughout the 
sampling period of the test method.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1  Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the 
benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to 
minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the 
benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over the liquid surface. 
Maintain the temperature of the contents of the benchtop bioreactor 
system at the temperature of the target full-scale system, 2 
 deg.C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and record the 
temperature of the reactor contents at least to the nearest 0.1  deg.C.
    8.1.1  Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 20-L 
collapsible container. Store the container at 4  deg.C throughout the 
testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop bioreactor feed 
pump.
    8.1.2  Wastewater Flow Rate.
    8.1.2.1  The hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank is 
calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank (L) to the flow rate 
(L/min). At the beginning of a test, the container shall be connected to 
the feed pump and solution shall be pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at 
the required flow rate to achieve the calculated hydraulic residence 
time of wastewater in the aeration tank.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.555

Where:

Qtest = wastewater flow rate (L/min)
Qfs = average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
Vfs = volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)

    8.1.2.2  The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as 
the flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio 
of benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-
scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 
90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in the target full-
scale unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on a pump 
calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the pump head 
and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this calibration. 
The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary based on 
volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop bioreactor effluent 
to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during 
sampling or flow measurement periods.
    8.1.3  Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate 
sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. Set 
the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in 
suspension.
    8.1.4  Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, 
dissolved oxygen concentration, flow rate, and air circulation rate 
shall be measured and recorded three times throughout each day of 
testing. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained in 
the target full-scale unit, these parameters shall, where appropriate, 
be monitored and maintained to full-scale specifications in the benchtop 
bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period (section 8.2), 
sample the benchtop bioreactor contents for suspended solids analysis. 
Take this sample by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to 
the lower side port. Determine the suspended solids gravimetrically by 
the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, 
in accordance with Standard Methods3 or equivalent. When 
necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the 
benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced 
with an equal volume of the benchtop bioreactor effluent. Add thickened 
activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop bioreactor to 
increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. Pump 
this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor through the upper side port 
(Item 24 in Figure 304B-1). Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen 
probe before starting the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately 
before the start of the test and each time the membrane is changed.

[[Page 746]]

The scrubber solution shall be replaced each weekday with 175 mL 45 
percent W/W KOH solution to which five drops of 0.2 percent alizarin 
yellow indicator in water have been added. The potassium hydroxide 
solution in the alkaline scrubber shall be changed if the alizarin 
yellow dye color changes.
    8.1.5  Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line tubing 
becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow rate is not 
within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate is measured, 
reset pump or check the flow measuring device and measure flow rate 
again until target flow rate is achieved.
    8.2  Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence 
times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be 
permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent samples 
of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 304B-1) and the influent 
wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to which two drops 
of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been added. Sample the 
clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. These samples will be 
composed of the entire flow from the system for a period of several 
minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from the feed pump suction line 
after temporarily stopping the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a 
connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed container. Store both 
influent and effluent samples at 4  deg.C immediately after collection 
and analyze within 8 hours of collection.
    8.2.1  Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze 
the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. The 
sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. During any 
individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed simultaneously 
with or immediately after the effluent sample. Calculate the RSD of the 
amount removed (i.e., effluent concentration--wastewater feed 
concentration). The RSD values shall be 15 percent. If an RSD value is 
>15 percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and effluent sets 
of samples until the RSD values are within specifications.
    8.2.2  Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after 
starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is exposed 
to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least one 
hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen concentration 
may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected gas leaks, 
increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids resulting from 
cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, changes in diffuser 
performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and overcorrection due to 
faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe response. Control the 
dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor by changing 
the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration gas. Should the 
dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the designated experimental 
condition, bleed a small amount of aeration gas from the system on the 
pressure side (i.e., immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This 
will create a vacuum in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive 
relay to open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should 
the dissolved oxygen concentration drift above the designated 
experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input to the system 
until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches the correct level.
    9.2  Sludge Wasting.
    9.2.1  Determine the suspended solids concentration (section 8.1.4) 
at the beginning of a test, and once per day thereafter during the test. 
If the test is completed within a two day period, determine the 
suspended solids concentration after the final sample set is taken. If 
the suspended solids concentration exceeds the specified concentration, 
remove a fraction of the sludge from the benchtop bioreactor. The 
required volume of mixed liquor to remove is determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.556

Where:

Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    9.2.2  Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by 
loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the 
required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the 
correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of

[[Page 747]]

the liquid wasted by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the 
benchtop bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.
    9.3  Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge back 
into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.557

Where:

Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardizations

    10.1  Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow 
rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least one 
hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record the 
collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow rate. Adjust 
the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
    10.2  Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from pure 
certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze three 
concentrations of calibration standards for each target component (or 
for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily throughout the analyses 
of the test samples. At each concentration level, a single calibration 
shall be within 5 percent of the average of the three calibration 
results. The low and medium calibration standards shall bracket the 
expected concentration of the effluent (treated) wastewater. The medium 
and high standards shall bracket the expected influent concentration.

                    11.0  Analytical Test Procedures

    11.1  Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the wastewater shall 
be analyzed in order to identify all of the compounds of interest 
present. A gas chromatography/mass spectrometry screening method is 
recommended.
    11.1.1  After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical technique capable 
of measuring each of those compounds (more than one analytical technique 
may be required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). 
Method 18, found in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, may be used as a guideline 
in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap techniques may be 
used for analysis providing the target components are sufficiently 
volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit of quantitation 
for each compound shall be determined.\1\ If the effluent concentration 
of any target compound is below the limit of quantitation determined for 
that compound, the operation of the Method 304 unit may be altered to 
attempt to increase the effluent concentration above the limit of 
quantitation. Modifications to the method shall be approved prior to the 
test. The request should be addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions 
Measurement Center, Mail Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
calculations.

Ci = Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of 
          interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
Co = Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound 
          of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
X = Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
t = Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)
V = Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)
Q = Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/
          hour)

    12.2  Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the benchtop 
bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the benchtop 
bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.558


[[Page 748]]


    12.3  Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of biodegradation 
for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.559

    12.4  First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order 
biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.560

    12.5  Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations (S) 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.561

    12.6  Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent 
Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the 
applicable procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR Part 63, entitled, 
``Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a 
Biological Treatment Unit'' to determine Fbio.

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation in 
Environmental Chemistry'', Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical Chemistry, 
Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
    2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.
    3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 
deg.C, APHA, 1985.
    4. Water--7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 749]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.562

  Method 305: Measurement of Emission Potential of Individual Volatile 
                       Organic Compounds in Waste

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least Method 25D.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analyte. Volatile Organics. No CAS No. assigned.
    1.2  Applicability. This procedure is used to determine the emission 
potential of individual volatile organics (VOs) in waste.

[[Page 750]]

    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  The heated purge conditions established by Method 25D (40 CFR 
Part 60, Appendix A) are used to remove VOs from a 10 gram sample of 
waste suspended in a 50/50 solution of polyethylene glycol (PEG) and 
water. The purged VOs are quantified by using the sample collection and 
analytical techniques (e.g. gas chromatography) appropriate for the VOs 
present in the waste. The recovery efficiency of the sample collection 
and analytical technique is determined for each waste matrix. A 
correction factor is determined for each compound (if acceptable 
recovery criteria requirements are met of 70 to 130 percent recovery for 
every target compound), and the measured waste concentration is 
corrected with the correction factor for each compound. A minimum of 
three replicate waste samples shall be analyzed.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0  Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Method 25D Purge Apparatus.
    6.1.1  Purge Chamber. The purge chamber shall accommodate the 10 
gram sample of waste suspended in a matrix of 50 mL of PEG and 50 mL of 
deionized, hydrocarbon-free water. Three fittings are used on the glass 
chamber top. Two 7 Ace-threads are used for the purge gas inlet and 
outlet connections. A 50 Ace-thread is used to connect the top of the 
chamber to the base (see Figure 305-1). The base of the chamber has a 
side-arm equipped with a 22 Sovirel fitting to allow for easy sample 
introductions into the chamber. The dimensions of the chamber are shown 
in Figure 305-1.
    6.1.2  Flow Distribution Device (FDD). The FDD enhances the gas-to-
liquid contact for improved purging efficiency. The FDD is a 6 mm OD 
(0.2 in) by 30 cm (12 in) long glass tube equipped with four arm 
bubblers as shown in Figure 305-1. Each arm shall have an opening of 1 
mm (0.04 in) in diameter.
    6.1.3  Coalescing Filter. The coalescing filter serves to discourage 
aerosol formation of sample gas once it leaves the purge chamber. The 
glass filter has a fritted disc mounted 10 cm (3.9 in) from the bottom. 
Two 7 Ace-threads are used for the inlet and outlet connections. The 
dimensions of the chamber are shown in Figure 305-2.
    6.1.4  Oven. A forced convection airflow oven capable of maintaining 
the purge chamber and coalescing filter at 75  2  deg.C (167 
 3.6  deg.F).
    6.1.5  Toggle Valve. An on/off valve constructed from brass or 
stainless steel rated to 100 psig. This valve is placed in line between 
the purge nitrogen source and the flow controller.
    6.1.6  Flow Controller. High-quality stainless steel flow controller 
capable of restricting a flow of nitrogen to 6  0.06 L/min 
(0.2  0.002 ft3/min) at 40 psig.
    6.1.7  Polyethylene Glycol Cleaning System.
    6.1.7.1  Round-Bottom Flask. One liter, three-neck glass round-
bottom flask for cleaning PEG. Standard taper 24/40 joints are mounted 
on each neck.
    6.1.7.2  Heating Mantle. Capable of heating contents of the 1-L 
flask to 120  deg.C (248  deg.F).
    6.1.7.3  Nitrogen Bubbler. Teflon or glass tube, 0.25 in 
OD (6.35 mm).
    6.1.7.4  Temperature Sensor. Partial immersion glass thermometer.
    6.1.7.5  Hose Adapter. Glass with 24/40 standard tapered joint.
    6.2  Volatile Organic Recovery System.
    6.2.1  Splitter Valve (Optional). Stainless steel cross-pattern 
valve capable of splitting nominal flow rates from the purge flow of 6 
L/min (0.2 ft3/min). The valve shall be maintained at 75 + 2 
deg.C (167  3.6  deg.F) in the heated zone and shall be 
placed downstream of the coalescing filter. It is recommended that 0.125 
in OD (3.175 mm) tubing be used to direct the split vent flow from the 
heated zone. The back pressure caused by the 0.125 in OD (3.175 mm) 
tubing is critical for maintaining proper split valve operation.
    Note: The splitter valve design is optional; it may be used in cases 
where the concentration of a pollutant would saturate the adsorbents.
    6.2.2  Injection Port. Stainless steel 1/4 in OD (6.35 mm) 
compression fitting tee with a 6 mm (0.2 in) septum fixed on the top 
port. The injection port is the point of entry for the recovery study 
solution. If using a gaseous standard to determine recovery efficiency, 
connect the gaseous standard to the injection port of the tee.
    6.2.3  Knockout Trap (Optional but Recommended). A 25 mL capacity 
glass reservoir body with a full-stem impinger (to avoid leaks, a 
modified midget glass impinger with a screw cap and ball/socket clamps 
on the inlet and outlet is recommended). The empty impinger is placed in 
an ice water bath between the injection port and the sorbent cartridge. 
Its purpose is to reduce the water

[[Page 751]]

content of the purge gas (saturated at 75  deg.C (167  deg.F)) before 
the sorbent cartridge.
    6.2.4  Insulated Ice Bath. A 350 mL dewar or other type of insulated 
bath is used to maintain ice water around the knockout trap.
    6.2.5  Sorbent Cartridges. Commercially available glass or stainless 
steel cartridge packed with one or more appropriate sorbents. The amount 
of adsorbent packed in the cartridge depends on the breakthrough volume 
of the test compounds but is limited by back pressure caused by the 
packing (not to exceed 7 psig). More than one sorbent cartridge placed 
in series may be necessary depending upon the mixture of the measured 
components.
    6.2.6  Volumetric Glassware. Type A glass 10 mL volumetric flasks 
for measuring a final volume from the water catch in the knockout trap.
    6.2.7  Thermal Desorption Unit. A clam-shell type oven, used for the 
desorption of direct thermal desorption sorbent tubes. The oven shall be 
capable of increasing the temperature of the desorption tubes rapidly to 
recommended desorption temperature.
    6.2.8  Ultrasonic Bath. Small bath used to agitate sorbent material 
and desorption solvent. Ice water shall be used in the bath because of 
heat transfer caused by operation of the bath.
    6.2.9  Desorption Vials. Four-dram (15 mL) capacity borosilicate 
glass vials with Teflon-lined caps.
    6.3  Analytical System. A gas chromatograph (GC) is commonly used to 
separate and quantify compounds from the sample collection and recovery 
procedure. Method 18 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) may be used as a 
guideline for determining the appropriate GC column and GC detector 
based on the test compounds to be determined. Other types of analytical 
instrumentation may be used (HPLC) in lieu of GC systems as long as the 
recovery efficiency criteria of this method are met.
    6.3.1  Gas Chromatograph (GC). The GC shall be equipped with a 
constant-temperature liquid injection port or a heated sampling loop/
valve system, as appropriate. The GC oven shall be temperature-
programmable over the useful range of the GC column. The choice of 
detectors is based on the test compounds to be determined.
    6.3.2  GC Column. Select the appropriate GC column based on (1) 
literature review or previous experience, (2) polarity of the analytes, 
(3) capacity of the column, or (4) resolving power (e.g., length, 
diameter, film thickness) required.
    6.3.3  Data System. A programmable electronic integrator for 
recording, analyzing, and storing the signal generated by the detector.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Method 25D Purge Apparatus.
    7.1.1  Polyethylene Glycol (PEG). Ninety-eight percent pure organic 
polymer with an average molecular weight of 400 g/mol. Volatile organics 
are removed from the PEG prior to use by heating to 120  5 
deg.C (248  9  deg.F) and purging with pure nitrogen at 1 L/
min (0.04 ft3/min) for 2 hours. After purging and heating, 
the PEG is maintained at room temperature under a nitrogen purge 
maintained at 1 L/min (0.04 ft3/min) until used. A typical 
apparatus used to clean the PEG is shown in Figure 305-3.
    7.1.2  Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.
    7.1.3  Nitrogen. High-purity nitrogen (less than 0.5 ppm total 
hydrocarbons) is used to remove test compounds from the purge matrix. 
The source of nitrogen shall be regulated continuously to 40 psig before 
the on/off toggle valve.
    7.2  Volatile Organic Recovery System.
    7.2.1  Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.
    7.2.2  Desorption Solvent (when used). Appropriate high-purity 
(99.99 percent) solvent for desorption shall be used. Analysis shall be 
performed (utilizing the same analytical technique as that used in the 
analysis of the waste samples) on each lot to determine purity.
    7.3  Analytical System. The gases required for GC operation shall be 
of the highest obtainable purity (hydrocarbon free). Consult the 
operating manual for recommended settings.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1  Assemble the glassware and associated fittings (see Figures 
305-3 and 305-4, as appropriate) and leak-check the system 
(approximately 7 psig is the target pressure). After an initial leak 
check, mark the pressure gauge and use the initial checkpoint to monitor 
for leaks throughout subsequent analyses. If the pressure in the system 
drops below the target pressure at any time during analysis, that 
analysis shall be considered invalid.
    8.2  Recovery Efficiency Determination. Determine the individual 
recovery efficiency (RE) for each of the target compounds in duplicate 
before the waste samples are analyzed. To determine the RE, generate a 
water blank (Section 11.1) and use the injection port to introduce a 
known volume of spike solution (or certified gaseous standard) 
containing all of the target compounds at the levels expected in the 
waste sample. Introduce the spike solution immediately after the 
nitrogen purge has been started (Section 8.3.2). Follow the procedures 
outlined in Section 8.3.3. Analyze the recovery efficiency samples using 
the techniques described in

[[Page 752]]

Section 11.2. Determine the recovery efficiency (Equation 305-1, Section 
12.2) by comparing the amount of compound recovered to the theoretical 
amount spiked. Determine the RE twice for each compound; the relative 
standard deviation, (RSD) shall be  10 percent for each 
compound. If the RSD for any compound is not  10 percent, 
modify the sampling/analytical procedure and complete an RE study in 
duplicate, or continue determining RE until the RSD meets the acceptable 
criteria. The average RE shall be 0.70  RE  1.30 
for each compound. If the average RE does not meet these criteria, an 
alternative sample collection and/or analysis technique shall be 
developed and the recovery efficiency determination shall be repeated 
for that compound until the criteria are met for every target compound. 
Example modifications of the sampling/analytical system include changing 
the adsorbent material, changing the desorption solvent, utilizing 
direct thermal desorption of test compounds from the sorbent tubes, 
utilizing another analytical technique.
    8.3  Sample Collection and Recovery.
    8.3.1  The sample collection procedure in Method 25D shall be used 
to collect (into a preweighed vial) 10 g of waste into PEG, cool, and 
ship to the laboratory. Remove the sample container from the cooler and 
wipe the exterior to remove any ice or water. Weigh the container and 
sample to the nearest 0.01 g and record the weight. Pour the sample from 
the container into the purge flask. Rinse the sample container three 
times with approximately 6 mL of PEG (or the volume needed to total 50 
mL of PEG in the purge flask), transferring the rinses to the purge 
flask. Add 50 mL of organic-free deionized water to the purge flask. Cap 
the purge flask tightly in between each rinse and after adding all the 
components into the flask.
    8.3.2  Allow the oven to equilibrate to 75  2  deg.C 
(167  3.6  deg.F). Begin the sample recovery process by 
turning the toggle valve on, thus allowing a 6 L/min flow of pure 
nitrogen through the purge chamber.
    8.3.3  Stop the purge after 30 min. Immediately remove the sorbent 
tube(s) from the apparatus and cap both ends. Remove the knockout trap 
and transfer the water catch to a 10 mL volumetric flask. Rinse the trap 
with organic-free deionized water and transfer the rinse to the 
volumetric flask. Dilute to the 10 mL mark with water. Transfer the 
water sample to a sample vial and store at 4  deg.C (39.2  deg.F) with 
zero headspace. The analysis of the contents of the water knockout trap 
is optional for this method. If the target compounds are water soluble, 
analysis of the water is recommended; meeting the recovery efficiency 
criteria in these cases would be difficult without adding the amount 
captured in the knockout trap.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1...........................  Sampling           Ensures accurate
                                 equipment leak-    measurement of
                                 check.             sample volume.
8.2...........................  Recovery           Ensures accurate
                                 efficiency (RE)    sample collection
                                 determination      and analysis.
                                 for each
                                 measured
                                 compound..
8.3...........................  Calibration of     Ensures linear
                                 analytical         measurement of
                                 instrument with    compounds over the
                                 at least 3         instrument span.
                                 calibration
                                 standards..
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  The analytical instrument shall be calibrated with a minimum 
of three levels of standards for each compound whose concentrations 
bracket the concentration of test compounds from the sorbent tubes. 
Liquid calibration standards shall be used for calibration in the 
analysis of the solvent extracts. The liquid calibration standards shall 
be prepared in the desorption solvent matrix. The calibration standards 
may be prepared and injected individually or as a mixture. If thermal 
desorption and focusing (onto another sorbent or cryogen focusing) are 
used, a certified gaseous mixture or a series of gaseous standards shall 
be used for calibration of the instrument. The gaseous standards shall 
be focused and analyzed in the same manner as the samples.
    10.2  The analytical system shall be certified free from 
contaminants before a calibration is performed (see Section 11.1). The 
calibration standards are used to determine the linearity of the 
analytical system. Perform an initial calibration and linearity check by 
analyzing the three calibration standards for each target compound in 
triplicate starting with the lowest level and continuing to the highest 
level. If the triplicate analyses do not agree within 5 percent of their 
average, additional analyses will be needed until the 5 percent criteria 
is met. Calculate the response factor (Equation 305-3, Section 12.4) 
from the average area counts of the injections for each concentration 
level. Average the response factors of the standards for each compound. 
The linearity of the detector is acceptable if the response factor of 
each compound at a particular concentration is within 10 percent of the 
overall mean response factor for that compound.

[[Page 753]]

Analyze daily a mid-level calibration standard in duplicate and 
calculate a new response factor. Compare the daily response factor 
average to the average response factor calculated for the mid-level 
calibration during the initial linearity check; repeat the three-level 
calibration procedure if the daily average response factor differs from 
the initial linearity check mid-level response factor by more than 10 
percent. Otherwise, proceed with the sample analysis.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Water Blank Analysis. A water blank shall be analyzed daily to 
determine the cleanliness of the purge and recovery system. A water 
blank is generated by adding 60 mL of organic-free deionized water to 50 
mL of PEG in the purge chamber. Treat the blank as described in Sections 
8.3.2 and 8.3.3. The purpose of the water blank is to insure that no 
contaminants exist in the sampling and analytical apparatus which would 
interfere with the quantitation of the target compounds. If contaminants 
are present, locate the source of contamination, remove it, and repeat 
the water blank analysis.
    11.2  Sample Analysis. Sample analysis in the context of this method 
refers to techniques to remove the target compounds from the sorbent 
tubes, separate them using a chromatography technique, and quantify them 
with an appropriate detector. Two types of sample extraction techniques 
typically used for sorbents include solvent desorption or direct thermal 
desorption of test compounds to a secondary focusing unit (either 
sorbent or cryogen based). The test compounds are then typically 
transferred to a GC system for analysis. Other analytical systems may be 
used (e.g., HPLC) in lieu of GC systems as long as the recovery 
efficiency criteria of this method are met.
    11.2.1  Recover the test compounds from the sorbent tubes that 
require solvent desorption by transferring the adsorbent material to a 
sample vial containing the desorption solvent. The desorption solvent 
shall be the same as the solvent used to prepare calibration standards. 
The volume of solvent depends on the amount of adsorbed material to be 
desorbed (1.0 mL per 100 mg of adsorbent material) and also on the 
amount of test compounds present. Final volume adjustment and or 
dilution can be made so that the concentration of test compounds in the 
desorption solvent is bracketed by the concentration of the calibration 
solutions. Ultrasonicate the desorption solvent for 15 min in an ice 
bath. Allow the sample to sit for a period of time so that the adsorbent 
material can settle to the bottom of the vial. Transfer the solvent with 
a pasteur pipet (minimizing the amount of adsorbent material taken) to 
another vial and store at 4  deg.C (39.2  deg.F).
    11.2.2  Analyze the desorption solvent or direct thermal desorption 
tubes from each sample using the same analytical parameters used for the 
calibration standard. Calculate the total weight detected for each 
compound (Equation 305-4, Section 12.5). The slope (area/amount) and y-
intercept are calculated from the line bracketed between the two closest 
calibration points. Correct the concentration of each waste sample with 
the appropriate recovery efficiency factor and the split flow ratio (if 
used). The final concentration of each individual test compound is 
calculated by dividing the corrected measured weight for that compound 
by the weight of the original sample determined in Section 8.3.1 
(Equation 305-5, Section 12.6).
    11.2.3  Repeat the analysis for the three samples collected in 
Section 8.3. Report the corrected concentration of each of the waste 
samples, average waste concentration, and relative standard deviation 
(Equation 305-6, Section 12.7).

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations.

    12.1  Nomenclature.

AS = Mean area counts of test compound in standard.
AU = Mean area counts of test compound in sample desorption 
          solvent.
b = Y-intercept of the line formed between the two closest calibration 
          standards that bracket the concentration of the sample.
CT = Amount of test compound (g) in calibration 
          standard.
CF = Correction for adjusting final amount of sample detected 
          for losses during individual sample runs.
FP = Nitrogen flow through the purge chamber (6 L/min).
FS = Nitrogen split flow directed to the sample recovery 
          system (use 6 L/min if split flow design was not used).
PPM = Final concentration of test compound in waste sample [g/g 
          (which is equivalent to parts per million by weight (ppmw))].
RE = Recovery efficiency for adjusting final amount of sample detected 
          for losses due to inefficient trapping and desorption 
          techniques.
R.F. = Response factor for test compound, calculated from a calibration 
          standard.
S = Slope of the line (area counts/CT) formed between two 
          closest calibration points that bracket the concentration of 
          the sample.
WC = Weight of test compound expected to be recovered in 
          spike solution based on theoretical amount (g).
WE = Weight of vial and PEG (g).
WF = Weight of vial, PEG and waste sample (g).
WS = Weight of original waste sample (g).

[[Page 754]]

WT = Corrected weight of test compound measured (g) 
          in sample.
WX = Weight of test compound measured during analysis of 
          recovery efficiency spike samples (g).

    12.2  Recovery efficiency for determining trapping/desorption 
efficiency of individual test compounds in the spike solution, decimal 
value.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.563

    12.3  Weight of waste sample (g).
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.564
    
    12.4  Response factor for individual test compounds.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.565
    
    12.5  Corrected weight of a test compound in the sample, in 
g.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.566

    12.6  Final concentration of a test compound in the sample in ppmw.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.567
    
    12.7  Relative standard deviation (RSD) calculation.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.568
    

[[Page 755]]



                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                      16.0  References. [Reserved]

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.569


[[Page 756]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.570


[[Page 757]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.571


[[Page 758]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.572

Method 306--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and Hard 
 Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations--Isokinetic 
                                 Method

Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least Method 5.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chromium......................  7440-47-3........  See Sec. 13.2.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method applies to the determination of 
chromium (Cr) in emissions from decorative and hard chrome 
electroplating facilities, chromium anodizing operations, and continuous 
chromium plating operations at iron and steel facilities.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. [Reserved]

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Sampling. An emission sample is extracted isokinetically from 
the source using an unheated Method 5 sampling train (40 CFR Part 60, 
Appendix A), with a glass nozzle and probe liner, but with the filter 
omitted. The sample time shall be at least two hours. The Cr emissions 
are collected in an alkaline solution containing 0.1 N sodium hydroxide 
(NaOH) or 0.1 N sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3). The collected 
samples are recovered using an alkaline solution and are then 
transported to the laboratory for analysis.
    2.2  Analysis.
    2.2.1  Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations 
(35 g/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled 
plasma emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm.
    Note: The ICP analysis is applicable for this method only when the 
solution analyzed

[[Page 759]]

has a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 g/L or five 
times the method detection limit as determined according to Appendix B 
in 40 CFR Part 136.
    2.2.2  Alternatively, when lower total chromium concentrations (35 
g/L) are encountered, a portion of the alkaline sample solution 
may be digested with nitric acid and analyzed by graphite furnace atomic 
absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) at 357.9 nm.
    2.2.3  If it is desirable to determine hexavalent chromium 
(Cr+6) emissions, the samples may be analyzed using an ion 
chromatograph equipped with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR) and a visible 
wavelength detector. To increase sensitivity for trace levels of 
Cr+6, a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction 
with the IC/PCR.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Total Chromium--measured chromium content that includes both 
major chromium oxidation states (Cr+3, Cr+3).
    3.2  May--Implies an optional operation.
    3.3  Digestion--The analytical operation involving the complete (or 
nearly complete) dissolution of the sample in order to ensure the 
complete solubilization of the element (analyte) to be measured.
    3.4  Interferences--Physical, chemical, or spectral phenomena that 
may produce a high or low bias in the analytical result.
    3.5  Analytical System--All components of the analytical process 
including the sample digestion and measurement apparatus.
    3.6  Sample Recovery--The quantitative transfer of sample from the 
collection apparatus to the sample preparation (digestion, etc.) 
apparatus. This term should not be confused with analytical recovery.
    3.7  Matrix Modifier--A chemical modification to the sample during 
GFAAS determinations to ensure that the analyte is not lost during the 
measurement process (prior to the atomization stage)
    3.8  Calibration Reference Standards--Quality control standards used 
to check the accuracy of the instrument calibration curve prior to 
sample analysis.
    3.9  Continuing Check Standard--Quality control standards used to 
verify that unacceptable drift in the measurement system has not 
occurred.
    3.10  Calibration Blank--A blank used to verify that there has been 
no unacceptable shift in the baseline either immediately following 
calibration or during the course of the analytical measurement.
    3.11  Interference Check--An analytical/measurement operation that 
ascertains whether a measurable interference in the sample exists.
    3.12  Interelement Correction Factors--Factors used to correct for 
interfering elements that produce a false signal (high bias).
    3.13  Duplicate Sample Analysis--Either the repeat measurement of a 
single solution or the measurement of duplicate preparations of the same 
sample. It is important to be aware of which approach is required for a 
particular type of measurement. For example, no digestion is required 
for the ICP determination and the duplicate instrument measurement is 
therefore adequate whereas duplicate digestion/instrument measurements 
are required for GFAAS.
    3.14  Matrix Spiking--Analytical spikes that have been added to the 
actual sample matrix either before (Section 9.2.5.2) or after (Section 
9.1.6). Spikes added to the sample prior to a preparation technique 
(e.g., digestion) allow for the assessment of an overall method accuracy 
while those added after only provide for the measurement accuracy 
determination.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  ICP Interferences.
    4.1.1  ICP Spectral Interferences. Spectral interferences are caused 
by: overlap of a spectral line from another element; unresolved overlap 
of molecular band spectra; background contribution from continuous or 
recombination phenomena; and, stray light from the line emission of 
high-concentrated elements. Spectral overlap may be compensated for by 
correcting the raw data with a computer and measuring the interfering 
element. At the 267.72 nm Cr analytical wavelength, iron, manganese, and 
uranium are potential interfering elements. Background and stray light 
interferences can usually be compensated for by a background correction 
adjacent to the analytical line. Unresolved overlap requires the 
selection of an alternative chromium wavelength. Consult the instrument 
manufacturer's operation manual for interference correction procedures.
    4.1.2  ICP Physical Interferences. High levels of dissolved solids 
in the samples may cause significant inaccuracies due to salt buildup at 
the nebulizer and torch tips. This problem can be controlled by diluting 
the sample or by extending the rinse times between sample analyses. 
Standards shall be prepared in the same solution matrix as the samples 
(i.e., 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3).
    4.1.3  ICP Chemical Interferences. These include molecular compound 
formation, ionization effects and solute vaporization effects, and are 
usually not significant in the ICP procedure, especially if the 
standards and samples are matrix matched.
    4.2  GFAAS Interferences.
    4.2.1  GFAAS Chemical Interferences. Low concentrations of calcium 
and/or phosphate may cause interferences; at concentrations above 200 
g/L, calcium's effect is constant

[[Page 760]]

and eliminates the effect of phosphate. Calcium nitrate is therefore 
added to the concentrated analyte to ensure a known constant effect. 
Other matrix modifiers recommended by the instrument manufacturer may 
also be considered.
    4.2.2  GFAAS Cyanide Band Interferences. Nitrogen should not be used 
as the purge gas due to cyanide band interference.
    4.2.3  GFAAS Spectral Interferences. Background correction may be 
required because of possible significant levels of nonspecific 
absorption and scattering at the 357.9 nm analytical wavelength.
    4.2.4  GFAAS Background Interferences. Zeeman or Smith-Hieftje 
background correction is recommended for interferences resulting from 
high levels of dissolved solids in the alkaline impinger solutions.
    4.3  IC/PCR Interferences.
    4.3.1  IC/PCR Chemical Interferences. Components in the sample 
matrix may cause Cr+6 to convert to trivalent chromium 
(Cr+3) or cause Cr+3 to convert to 
Cr+6. The chromatographic separation of Cr+6 using 
ion chromatography reduces the potential for other metals to interfere 
with the post column reaction. For the IC/PCR analysis, only compounds 
that coelute with Cr+6 and affect the diphenylcarbazide 
reaction will cause interference.
    4.3.2  IC/PCR Background Interferences. Periodic analyses of reagent 
water blanks are used to demonstrate that the analytical system is 
essentially free of contamination. Sample cross-contamination can occur 
when high-level and low-level samples or standards are analyzed 
alternately and can be eliminated by thorough purging of the sample 
loop. Purging of the sample can easily be achieved by increasing the 
injection volume to ten times the size of the sample loop.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to 
performing this test method.
    5.2  Hexavalent chromium compounds have been listed as carcinogens 
although chromium (III) compounds show little or no toxicity. Chromium 
can be a skin and respiratory irritant.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sampling Train.
    6.1.1  A schematic of the sampling train used in this method is 
shown in Figure 306-1. The train is the same as shown in Method 5, 
Section 6.0 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) except that the probe liner is 
unheated, the particulate filter is omitted, and quartz or borosilicate 
glass must be used for the probe nozzle and liner in place of stainless 
steel.
    6.1.2  Probe fittings of plastic such as Teflon, polypropylene, etc. 
are recommended over metal fittings to prevent contamination. If 
desired, a single combined probe nozzle and liner may be used, but such 
a single glass assembly is not a requirement of this methodology.
    6.1.3  Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3 in the impingers in 
place of water.
    6.1.4  Operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling train 
are described in APTD-0576 of Method 5. Users should read the APTD-0576 
document and adopt the outlined procedures.
    6.1.5  Similar collection systems which have been approved by the 
Administrator may be used.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, [40 CFR Part 60, Appendix 
A], with the following exceptions:
    6.2.1  Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes. Brushes are not 
necessary for sample recovery. If a probe brush is used, it must be non-
metallic.
    6.2.2  Sample Recovery Solution. Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, 
in place of acetone to recover the sample.
    6.2.3  Sample Storage Containers. Polyethylene, with leak-free screw 
cap, 250 mL, 500 mL or 1,000 mL.
    6.3  Analysis.
    6.3.1  General. For analysis, the following equipment is needed.
    6.3.1.1  Phillips Beakers. (Phillips beakers are preferred, but 
regular beakers may also be used.)
    6.3.1.2  Hot Plate.
    6.3.1.3  Volumetric Flasks. Class A, various sizes as appropriate.
    6.3.1.4  Assorted Pipettes.
    6.3.2  Analysis by ICP.
    6.3.2.1  ICP Spectrometer. Computer-controlled emission spectrometer 
with background correction and radio frequency generator.
    6.3.2.2  Argon Gas Supply. Welding grade or better.
    6.3.3  Analysis by GFAAS.
    6.3.3.1  Chromium Hollow Cathode Lamp or Electrodeless Discharge 
Lamp.
    6.3.3.2  Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer.
    6.3.3.3  Furnace Autosampler.
    6.3.4  Analysis by IC/PCR.
    6.3.4.1  IC/PCR System. High performance liquid chromatograph pump, 
sample injection valve, post-column reagent delivery and mixing system, 
and a visible detector, capable of operating at 520 nm-540 nm, all with 
a non-metallic (or inert) flow path. An electronic peak area mode is 
recommended, but

[[Page 761]]

other recording devices and integration techniques are acceptable 
provided the repeatability criteria and the linearity criteria for the 
calibration curve described in Section 10.4 can be satisfied. A sample 
loading system is required if preconcentration is employed.
    6.3.4.2  Analytical Column. A high performance ion chromatograph 
(HPIC) non-metallic column with anion separation characteristics and a 
high loading capacity designed for separation of metal chelating 
compounds to prevent metal interference. Resolution described in Section 
11.6 must be obtained. A non-metallic guard column with the same ion-
exchange material is recommended.
    6.3.4.3  Preconcentration Column (for older instruments). An HPIC 
non-metallic column with acceptable anion retention characteristics and 
sample loading rates must be used as described in Section 11.6.
    6.3.4.4  Filtration Apparatus for IC/PCR.
    6.3.4.4.1  Teflon, or equivalent, filter holder to accommodate 0.45-
m acetate, or equivalent, filter, if needed to remove insoluble 
particulate matter.
    6.3.4.4.2  0.45-m Filter Cartridge. For the removal of 
insoluble material. To be used just prior to sample injection/analysis.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents should conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society (ACS reagent grade). Where such 
specifications are not available, use the best available grade. Reagents 
should be checked by the appropriate analysis prior to field use to 
assure that contamination is below the analytical detection limit for 
the ICP or GFAAS total chromium analysis; and that contamination is 
below the analytical detection limit for Cr+6 using IC/PCR 
for direct injection or, if selected, preconcentration.
    7.1  Sampling.
    7.1.1  Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification 
D1193-77 or 91 Type II (incorporated by reference see Sec. 63.14). All 
references to water in the method refer to reagent water unless 
otherwise specified. It is recommended that water blanks be checked 
prior to preparing the sampling reagents to ensure that the Cr content 
is less than three (3) times the anticipated detection limit of the 
analytical method.
    7.1.2  Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve 
4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of 
approximately 8.5.
    7.1.3  Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3) Absorbing Solution, 
0.1 N. Dissolve approximately 8.5 g of sodium bicarbonate in 1 liter of 
water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.3.
    7.1.4  Chromium Contamination.
    7.1.4.1  The absorbing solution shall not exceed the QC criteria 
noted in Section 7.1.1 ( 3 times the instrument detection 
limit).
    7.1.4.2  When the Cr+6 content in the field samples 
exceeds the blank concentration by at least a factor of ten (10), 
Cr+6 blank concentrations  10 times the detection 
limit will be allowed.
    Note: At sources with high concentrations of acids and/or 
SO2, the concentration of NaOH or NaHCO3 should be 
 0.5 N to insure that the pH of the solution remains at or 
above 8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO3 during and after 
sampling.
    7.1.5  Silica Gel. Same as in Method 5.
    7.2  Sample Recovery.
    7.2.1  0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3. Use the same solution 
for the sample recovery that is used for the impinger absorbing 
solution.
    7.2.2  pH Indicator Strip, for IC/PCR. pH indicator capable of 
determining the pH of solutions between the pH range of 7 and 12, at 0.5 
pH increments.
    7.3  Sample Preparation and Analysis.
    7.3.1  Nitric Acid (HNO3), Concentrated, for GFAAS. Trace 
metals grade or better HNO3 must be used for reagent 
preparation. The ACS reagent grade HNO3 is acceptable for 
cleaning glassware.
    7.3.2  HNO3, 1.0% (v/v), for GFAAS. Prepare, by slowly 
stirring, 10 mL of concentrated HNO3) into 800 mL of reagent 
water. Dilute to 1,000 mL with reagent water. The solution shall contain 
less than 0.001 mg Cr/L.
    7.3.3  Calcium Nitrate Ca(NO3)2 Solution (10 
g Ca/mL) for GFAAS analysis. Prepare the solution by weighing 
40.9 mg of Ca(NO3)2 into a 1 liter volumetric 
flask. Dilute with reagent water to 1 liter.
    7.3.4  Matrix Modifier, for GFAAS. See instrument manufacturer's 
manual for suggested matrix modifier.
    7.3.5  Chromatographic Eluent, for IC/PCR. The eluent used in the 
analytical system is ammonium sulfate based.
    7.3.5.1  Prepare by adding 6.5 mL of 29 percent ammonium hydroxide 
(NH4OH) and 33 g of ammonium sulfate 
((NH4)2SO4) to 500 mL of reagent water. 
Dilute to 1 liter with reagent water and mix well.
    7.3.5.2  Other combinations of eluents and/or columns may be 
employed provided peak resolution, repeatability, linearity, and 
analytical sensitivity as described in Sections 9.3 and 11.6 are 
acceptable.
    7.3.6  Post-Column Reagent, for IC/PCR. An effective post-column 
reagent for use with the chromatographic eluent described in Section 
7.3.5 is a diphenylcarbazide (DPC)-based system. Dissolve 0.5 g of 1,5-
diphenylcarbazide in 100 mL of ACS grade methanol. Add 500 mL of reagent 
water containing 50 mL of 96 percent spectrophotometric grade sulfuric 
acid. Dilute to 1 liter with reagent water.

[[Page 762]]

    7.3.7  Chromium Standard Stock Solution (1000 mg/L). Procure a 
certified aqueous standard or dissolve 2.829 g of potassium dichromate 
(K2Cr2O7), in reagent water and dilute 
to 1 liter.
    7.3.8  Calibration Standards for ICP or IC/PCR. Prepare calibration 
standards for ICP or IC/PCR by diluting the Cr standard stock solution 
(Section 7.3.7) with 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3, whichever is 
used as the impinger absorbing solution, to achieve a matrix similar to 
the actual field samples. Suggested levels are 0, 50, 100, and 200 
g Cr/L for ICP, and 0, 1, 5, and 10 g Cr+6/
L for IC/PCR.
    7.3.9  Calibration Standards for GFAAS. Chromium solutions for GFAAS 
calibration shall contain 1.0 percent (v/v) HNO3. The zero 
standard shall be 1.0 percent (v/v) HNO3. Calibration 
standards should be prepared daily by diluting the Cr standard stock 
solution (Section 7.3.7) with 1.0 percent HNO3. Use at least 
four standards to make the calibration curve. Suggested levels are 0, 
10, 50, and 100 g Cr/L.
    7.4  Glassware Cleaning Reagents.
    7.4.1  HNO3, Concentrated. ACS reagent grade or 
equivalent.
    7.4.2  Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification 
D1193-77 or 91 Type II.
    7.4.3  HNO3, 10 percent (v/v). Add by stirring 500 mL of 
concentrated HNO3 into a flask containing approximately 4,000 
mL of reagent water. Dilute to 5,000 mL with reagent water. Mix well. 
The reagent shall contain less than 2 g Cr/L.
    7.5  Quality Assurance Audit Samples.
    7.5.1  When making compliance determinations, and upon availability, 
audit samples shall be obtained from the appropriate EPA regional Office 
or from the responsible enforcement authority and analyzed in 
conjunction with the field samples.
    7.5.2  If EPA or National Institute of Standards and Technology 
(NIST) reference audit sample are not available, a mid-range standard, 
prepared from an independent commercial source, may be used.
    Note: To order audit samples, contact the responsible enforcement 
authority at least 30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient 
time for the audit sample to be delivered.

   8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, and 
                                Transport

    Note: Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given to 
the type of analysis (Cr+\6\ or total Cr) that will be 
performed. Which analysis option(s) will be performed will determine 
which sample recovery and storage procedures will be required to process 
the sample (See Figures 306-3 and 306-4).
    8.1  Sample Collection. Same as Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, Appendix 
A), with the following exceptions.
    8.1.1  Omit the particulate filter and filter holder from the 
sampling train. Use a glass nozzle and probe liner instead of stainless 
steel. Do not heat the probe. Place 100 mL of 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 in each of the first two impingers, and record the 
data for each run on a data sheet such as shown in Figure 306-2.
    8.1.2  Clean all glassware prior to sampling in hot soapy water 
designed for laboratory cleaning of glassware. Next, rinse the glassware 
three times with tap water, followed by three additional rinses with 
reagent water. Then soak the glassware in 10% (v/v) HNO3 
solution for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse three times with reagent water, 
and allow to air dry. Cover all glassware openings where contamination 
can occur with Parafilm, or equivalent, until the sampling train is 
assembled for sampling.
    8.1.3  Train Operation. Follow the basic procedures outlined in 
Method 5 in conjunction with the following instructions. Train sampling 
rate shall not exceed 0.030 m\3\/min (1.0 cfm) during a run.
    8.2  Sample Recovery. Follow the basic procedures of Method 5, with 
the exceptions noted.
    8.2.1  A particulate filter is not recovered from this train.
    8.2.2  Tester shall select either the total Cr or Cr+\6\ 
sample recovery option.
    8.2.3  Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and 
Cr+\6\, shall be recovered using the Cr+\6\ sample 
option (Section 8.2.6).
    8.2.4  A field reagent blank shall be collected for either of the Cr 
or the Cr+\6\ analysis. If both analyses (Cr and 
Cr+\6\) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate 
reagent blanks for each analysis.
    Note: Since particulate matter is not usually present at chromium 
electroplating and/or chromium anodizing operations, it is not necessary 
to filter the Cr+\6\ samples unless there is observed 
sediment in the collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter the 
Cr+\6\ solutions, please refer to Method 0061, Determination 
of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions From Stationary Sources, Section 7.4, 
Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 1).
    8.2.5  Total Cr Sample Option.
    8.2.5.1  Container No. 1. Measure the volume of the liquid in the 
first, second, and third impingers and quantitatively transfer into a 
labeled sample container.
    8.2.5.2  Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution to rinse the probe nozzle, probe 
liner, three impingers, and connecting glassware; add this rinse to 
Container No. 1.
    8.2.6  Cr+\6\ Sample Option.
    8.2.6.1  Container No. 1. Measure and record the pH of the absorbing 
solution contained in the first impinger at the end of the sampling run 
using a pH indicator strip. The pH of the solution must be 
8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO3. If it 
is not, discard the collected sample, increase the normality of the

[[Page 763]]

NaOH or NaHCO3 impinger absorbing solution to 0.5 N or to a 
solution normality approved by the Administrator and collect another air 
emission sample.
    8.2.6.2  After determining the pH of the first impinger solution, 
combine and measure the volume of the liquid in the first, second, and 
third impingers and quantitatively transfer into the labeled sample 
container. Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution to rinse the probe nozzle, probe 
liner, three impingers, and connecting glassware; add this rinse to 
Container No. 1.
    8.2.7  Field Reagent Blank.
    8.2.7.1  Container No. 2.
    8.2.7.2  Place approximately 500 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution into a labeled sample container.
    8.3  Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.
    8.3.1  Total Cr Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for total Cr 
need not be refrigerated.
    8.3.2  Cr+\6\ Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for 
Cr+\6\ must be shipped and stored at 4  deg.C. Allow 
Cr+\6\ samples to return to ambient temperature prior to 
analysis.
    8.4  Sample Holding Times.
    8.4.1  Total Cr Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for total Cr 
shall be analyzed within 60 days of collection.
    8.4.2  Cr+\6\ Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for 
Cr+\6\ shall be analyzed within 14 days of collection.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  ICP Quality Control.
    9.1.1  ICP Calibration Reference Standards. Prepare a calibration 
reference standard using the same alkaline matrix as the calibration 
standards; it should be at least 10 times the instrumental detection 
limit.
    9.1.1.1  This reference standard must be prepared from a different 
Cr stock solution source than that used for preparation of the 
calibration curve standards.
    9.1.1.2  Prior to sample analysis, analyze at least one reference 
standard.
    9.1.1.3  The calibration reference standard must be measured within 
10 percent of it's true value for the curve to be considered valid.
    9.1.1.4  The curve must be validated before sample analyses are 
performed.
    9.1.2  ICP Continuing Check Standard.
    9.1.2.1  Perform analysis of the check standard with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.2 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.1.2.2  The check standard can either be the mid-range calibration 
standard or the reference standard. The results of the check standard 
shall agree within 10 percent of the expected value; if not, terminate 
the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate the instrument, and rerun 
all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable check standard 
analysis.
    9.1.3  ICP Calibration Blank.
    9.1.3.1  Perform analysis of the calibration blank with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.2 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.1.3.2  The results of the calibration blank shall agree within 
three standard deviations of the mean blank value. If not, analyze the 
calibration blank two more times and average the results. If the average 
is not within three standard deviations of the background mean, 
terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze 
all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable calibration blank 
analysis.
    9.1.4  ICP Interference Check. Prepare an interference check 
solution that contains known concentrations of interfering elements that 
will provide an adequate test of the correction factors in the event of 
potential spectral interferences.
    9.1.4.1  Two potential interferences, iron and manganese, may be 
prepared as 1000 g/mL and 200 g/mL solutions, 
respectively. The solutions should be prepared in dilute HNO3 
(1-5 percent). Particular care must be used to ensure that the solutions 
and/or salts used to prepare the solutions are of ICP grade purity 
(i.e., that no measurable Cr contamination exists in the salts/
solutions). Commercially prepared interfering element check standards 
are available.
    9.1.4.2  Verify the interelement correction factors every three 
months by analyzing the interference check solution. The correction 
factors are calculated according to the instrument manufacturer's 
directions. If the interelement correction factors are used properly, no 
false Cr should be detected.
    9.1.4.3  Negative results with an absolute value greater than three 
(3) times the detection limit are usually the results of the background 
correction position being set incorrectly. Scan the spectral region to 
ensure that the correction position has not been placed on an 
interfering peak.
    9.1.5  ICP Duplicate Sample Analysis. Perform one duplicate sample 
analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).
    9.1.5.1  As there is no sample preparation required for the ICP 
analysis, a duplicate analysis is defined as a repeat analysis of one of 
the field samples. The selected sample shall be analyzed using the same 
procedures that were used to analyze the original sample.
    9.1.5.2  Duplicate sample analyses shall agree within 10 percent of 
the original measurement value.
    9.1.5.3  Report the original analysis value for the sample and 
report the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value. If agreement 
is not achieved, perform the duplicate analysis again. If agreement is 
not achieved the second time, perform corrective action

[[Page 764]]

to identify and correct the problem before analyzing the sample for a 
third time.
    9.1.6  ICP Matrix Spiking. Spiked samples shall be prepared and 
analyzed daily to ensure that there are no matrix effects, that samples 
and standards have been matrix-matched, and that the laboratory 
equipment is operating properly.
    9.1.6.1  Spiked sample recovery analyses should indicate a recovery 
for the Cr spike of between 75 and 125 percent.
    9.1.6.2  Cr levels in the spiked sample should provide final 
solution concentrations that are within the linear portion of the 
calibration curve, as well as, at a concentration level at least: equal 
to that of the original sample; and, ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.1.6.3  If the spiked sample concentration meets the stated 
criteria but exceeds the linear calibration range, the spiked sample 
must be diluted with the field absorbing solution.
    9.1.6.4  If the recoveries for the Cr spiked samples do not meet the 
specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct 
the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.
    9.1.7  ICP Field Reagent Blank.
    9.1.7.1  Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory 
effects are occurring.
    9.1.7.2  If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing 
the samples.
    9.1.8  Audit Sample Analysis.
    9.1.8.1  When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate 
compliance with a source emission regulation, an audit sample must be 
analyzed, subject to availability.
    9.1.8.2  Concurrently analyze the audit sample and the compliance 
samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and 
the standards preparation.
    9.1.8.3  The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical 
system shall be used for the compliance samples and the audit sample. If 
this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance 
analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is 
waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets 
of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement 
agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement 
agencies.
    9.1.9  Audit Sample Results.
    9.1.9.1  Calculate the audit sample concentrations and submit 
results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.
    9.1.9.2  Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance 
determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the 
analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this 
information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the 
same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.
    9.1.9.3  The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the 
analyst shall agree within the values specified by the compliance 
auditor. If the specified range is not met, reanalyze the compliance and 
audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test 
report.
    9.1.9.4  Failure to meet the specified range may require retests 
unless the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit results do 
not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected 
facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis requirement, 
further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance 
test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis problems, 
the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine the 
compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.
    9.2  GFAAS Quality Control.
    9.2.1  GFAAS Calibration Reference Standards. The calibration curve 
must be verified by using at least one calibration reference standard 
(made from a reference material or other independent standard material) 
at or near the mid-range of the calibration curve.
    9.2.1.1  The calibration curve must be validated before sample 
analyses are performed.
    9.2.1.2  The calibration reference standard must be measured within 
10 percent of its true value for the curve to be considered valid.
    9.2.2  GFAAS Continuing Check Standard.
    9.2.2.1  Perform analysis of the check standard with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.4 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.2.2.2  These standards are analyzed, in part, to monitor the life 
and performance of the graphite tube. Lack of reproducibility or a 
significant change in the signal for the check standard may indicate 
that the graphite tube should be replaced.
    9.2.2.3  The check standard may be either the mid-range calibration 
standard or the reference standard.
    9.2.2.4  The results of the check standard shall agree within 10 
percent of the expected value.
    9.2.2.5  If not, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, 
recalibrate the instrument, and reanalyze all samples analyzed 
subsequent to the last acceptable check standard analysis.
    9.2.3  GFAAS Calibration Blank.
    9.2.3.1  Perform analysis of the calibration blank with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.4 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.2.3.2  The calibration blank is analyzed to monitor the life and 
performance of the graphite tube as well as the existence of any memory 
effects. Lack of reproducibility or a

[[Page 765]]

significant change in the signal, may indicate that the graphite tube 
should be replaced.
    9.2.3.3  The results of the calibration blank shall agree within 
three standard deviations of the mean blank value.
    9.2.3.4  If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and 
average the results. If the average is not within three standard 
deviations of the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the 
problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to 
the last acceptable calibration blank analysis.
    9.2.4  GFAAS Duplicate Sample Analysis. Perform one duplicate sample 
analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).
    9.2.4.1  A digested aliquot of the selected sample is processed and 
analyzed using the identical procedures that were used for the whole 
sample preparation and analytical efforts.
    9.2.4.2  Duplicate sample analyses results incorporating duplicate 
digestions shall agree within 20 percent for sample results exceeding 
ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.2.4.3  Report the original analysis value for the sample and 
report the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value.
    9.2.4.4  If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate 
analysis again. If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before analyzing 
the sample for a third time.
    9.2.5  GFAAS Matrix Spiking.
    9.2.5.1  Spiked samples shall be prepared and analyzed daily to 
ensure that (1) correct procedures are being followed, (2) there are no 
matrix effects and (3) all equipment is operating properly.
    9.2.5.2  Cr spikes are added prior to any sample preparation.
    9.2.5.3  Cr levels in the spiked sample should provide final 
solution concentrations that are within the linear portion of the 
calibration curve, as well as, at a concentration level at least: equal 
to that of the original sample; and, ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.2.5.4  Spiked sample recovery analyses should indicate a recovery 
for the Cr spike of between 75 and 125 percent.
    9.2.5.5  If the recoveries for the Cr spiked samples do not meet the 
specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct 
the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.
    9.2.6  GFAAS Method of Standard Additions.
    9.2.6.1  Method of Standard Additions. Perform procedures in Section 
5.4 of Method 12 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A)
    9.2.6.2  Whenever sample matrix problems are suspected and standard/
sample matrix matching is not possible or whenever a new sample matrix 
is being analyzed, perform referenced procedures to determine if the 
method of standard additions is necessary.
    9.2.7  GFAAS Field Reagent Blank.
    9.2.7.1  Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory 
effects are occurring.
    9.2.7.2 If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing 
the samples.
    9.2.8  Audit Sample Analysis.
    9.2.8.1  When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate 
compliance with a source emission regulation, an audit sample must be 
analyzed, subject to availability.
    9.2.8.2  Concurrently analyze the audit sample and the compliance 
samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and 
the standards preparation.
    9.2.8.3  The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical 
system shall be used for the compliance samples and the audit sample. If 
this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance 
analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is 
waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets 
of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement 
agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement 
agencies.
    9.2.9  Audit Sample Results.
    9.2.9.1  Calculate the audit sample concentrations and submit 
results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.
    9.2.9.2  Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance 
determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the 
analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this 
information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the 
same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.
    9.2.9.3  The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the 
analyst shall agree within the values specified by the compliance 
auditor. If the specified range is not met, reanalyze the compliance and 
audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test 
report.
    9.2.9.4  Failure to meet the specified range may require retests 
unless the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit results do 
not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected 
facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis requirement, 
further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance 
test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis problems, 
the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine the 
compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.
    9.3  IC/PCR Quality Control.
    9.3.1  IC/PCR Calibration Reference Standards.

[[Page 766]]

    9.3.1.1  Prepare a calibration reference standard at a concentration 
that is at or near the mid-point of the calibration curve using the same 
alkaline matrix as the calibration standards. This reference standard 
should be prepared from a different Cr stock solution than that used to 
prepare the calibration curve standards. The reference standard is used 
to verify the accuracy of the calibration curve.
    9.3.1.2  The curve must be validated before sample analyses are 
performed. Prior to sample analysis, analyze at least one reference 
standard with an expected value within the calibration range.
    9.3.1.3  The results of this reference standard analysis must be 
within 10 percent of the true value of the reference standard for the 
calibration curve to be considered valid.
    9.3.2  IC/PCR Continuing Check Standard and Calibration Blank.
    9.3.2.1  Perform analysis of the check standard and the calibration 
blank with the field samples as described in Section 11.6 (at least 
after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.3.2.2  The result from the check standard must be within 10 
percent of the expected value.
    9.3.2.3  If the 10 percent criteria is exceeded, excessive drift 
and/or instrument degradation may have occurred, and must be corrected 
before further analyses can be performed.
    9.3.2.4  The results of the calibration blank analyses must agree 
within three standard deviations of the mean blank value.
    9.3.2.5  If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and 
average the results.
    9.3.2.6  If the average is not within three standard deviations of 
the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, 
recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to the last 
acceptable calibration blank analysis.
    9.3.3  IC/PCR Duplicate Sample Analysis.
    9.3.3.1  Perform one duplicate sample analysis for each compliance 
sample batch (3 runs).
    9.3.3.2  An aliquot of the selected sample is prepared and analyzed 
using procedures identical to those used for the emission samples (for 
example, filtration and/or, if necessary, preconcentration).
    9.3.3.3  Duplicate sample injection results shall agree within 10 
percent for sample results exceeding ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.3.3.4  Report the original analysis value for the sample and 
report the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value.
    9.3.3.5  If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate 
analysis again.
    9.3.3.6  If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem prior to analyzing 
the sample for a third time.
    9.3.4  ICP/PCR Matrix Spiking. Spiked samples shall be prepared and 
analyzed with each sample set to ensure that there are no matrix 
effects, that samples and standards have been matrix-matched, and that 
the equipment is operating properly.
    9.3.4.1  Spiked sample recovery analysis should indicate a recovery 
of the Cr+\6\ spike between 75 and 125 percent.
    9.3.4.2  The spiked sample concentration should be within the linear 
portion of the calibration curve and should be equal to or greater than 
the concentration of the original sample. In addition, the spiked sample 
concentration should be at least ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.3.4.3  If the recoveries for the Cr+\6\ spiked samples 
do not meet the specified criteria, perform corrective action to 
identify and correct the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.
    9.3.5  IC/PCR Field Reagent Blank.
    9.3.5.1  Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory 
effects are occurring.
    9.3.5.2  If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing 
the samples.
    9.3.6  Audit Sample Analysis.
    9.3.6.1  When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate 
compliance with source emission regulation, an audit sample must be 
analyzed, subject to availability.
    9.3.6.2  Concurrently analyze the audit sample and the compliance 
samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and 
the standards preparation.
    9.3.6.3  The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical 
system shall be used for the compliance samples and the audit sample. If 
this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance 
analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is 
waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets 
of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement 
agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement 
agencies.
    9.3.7  Audit Sample Results.
    9.3.7.1  Calculate the audit sample concentrations and submit 
results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.
    9.3.7.2  Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance 
determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the 
analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this 
information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the 
same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.
    9.3.7.3  The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the 
analyst shall agree

[[Page 767]]

within the values specified by the compliance auditor. If the specified 
range is not met, reanalyze the compliance and audit samples, and 
include initial and reanalysis values in the test report.
    9.3.7.4  Failure to meet the specified range may require retests 
unless the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit results do 
not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected 
facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis requirement, 
further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance 
test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis problems, 
the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine the 
compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Sampling Train Calibration. Perform calibrations described in 
Method 5, (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A). The alternate calibration 
procedures described in Method 5, may also be used.
    10.2  ICP Calibration.
    10.2.1  Calibrate the instrument according to the instrument 
manufacturer's recommended procedures, using a calibration blank and 
three standards for the initial calibration.
    10.2.2  Calibration standards should be prepared fresh daily, as 
described in Section 7.3.8. Be sure that samples and calibration 
standards are matrix matched. Flush the system with the calibration 
blank between each standard.
    10.2.3  Use the average intensity of multiple exposures (3 or more) 
for both standardization and sample analysis to reduce random error.
    10.2.4  Employing linear regression, calculate the correlation 
coefficient .
    10.2.5  The correlation coefficient must equal or exceed 0.995.
    10.2.6  If linearity is not acceptable, prepare and rerun another 
set of calibration standards or reduce the range of the calibration 
standards, as necessary.
    10.3  GFAAS Calibration.
    10.3.1  For instruments that measure directly in concentration, set 
the instrument software to display the correct concentration, if 
applicable.
    10.3.2  Curve must be linear in order to correctly perform the 
method of standard additions which is customarily performed 
automatically with most instrument computer-based data systems.
    10.3.3  The calibration curve (direct calibration or standard 
additions) must be prepared daily with a minimum of a calibration blank 
and three standards that are prepared fresh daily.
    10.3.4  The calibration curve acceptance criteria must equal or 
exceed 0.995.
    10.3.5  If linearity is not acceptable, prepare and rerun another 
set of calibration standards or reduce the range of calibration 
standards, as necessary.
    10.4  IC/PCR Calibration.
    10.4.1  Prepare a calibration curve using the calibration blank and 
three calibration standards prepared fresh daily as described in Section 
7.3.8.
    10.4.2  The calibration curve acceptance criteria must equal or 
exceed 0.995.
    10.4.3  If linearity is not acceptable, remake and/or rerun the 
calibration standards. If the calibration curve is still unacceptable, 
reduce the range of the curve.
    10.4.4  Analyze the standards with the field samples as described in 
Section 11.6.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedures

    Note: The method determines the chromium concentration in g 
Cr/mL. It is important that the analyst measure the field sample volume 
prior to analyzing the sample. This will allow for conversion of 
g Cr/mL to g Cr/sample.

    11.1  ICP Sample Preparation.
    11.1.1  The ICP analysis is performed directly on the alkaline 
impinger solution; acid digestion is not necessary, provided the samples 
and standards are matrix matched.
    11.1.2  The ICP analysis should only be employed when the solution 
analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than 35 g/L or five 
times the method detection limit as determined according to Appendix B 
in 40 CFR Part 136 or by other commonly accepted analytical procedures.
    11.2  ICP Sample Analysis.
    11.2.1  The ICP analysis is applicable for the determination of 
total chromium only.
    11.2.2  ICP Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the ICP 
analysis.
    11.2.2.1  Calibration Blank. The calibration blank is used in 
establishing the calibration curve. For the calibration blank, use 
either 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3, whichever is used for the 
impinger absorbing solution. The calibration blank can be prepared fresh 
in the laboratory; it does not have to be prepared from the same batch 
of solution that was used in the field. A sufficient quantity should be 
prepared to flush the system between standards and samples.
    11.2.2.2  Field Reagent Blank. The field reagent blank is collected 
in the field during the testing program. The field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) is an aliquot of the absorbing solution prepared in 
Section 7.1.2. The reagent blank is used to assess possible 
contamination resulting from sample processing.
    11.2.3  ICP Instrument Adjustment.
    11.2.3.1  Adjust the ICP instrument for proper operating parameters 
including wavelength, background correction settings (if

[[Page 768]]

necessary), and interfering element correction settings (if necessary).
    11.2.3.2  The instrument must be allowed to become thermally stable 
before beginning measurements (usually requiring at least 30 min of 
operation prior to calibration). During this warmup period, the optical 
calibration and torch position optimization may be performed (consult 
the operator's manual).
    11.2.4  ICP Instrument Calibration.
    11.2.4.1  Calibrate the instrument according to the instrument 
manufacturer's recommended procedures, and the procedures specified in 
Section 10.2.
    11.2.4.2  Prior to analyzing the field samples, reanalyze the 
highest calibration standard as if it were a sample.
    11.2.4.3  Concentration values obtained should not deviate from the 
actual values or from the established control limits by more than 5 
percent, whichever is lower (see Sections 9.1 and 10.2).
    11.2.4.4  If they do, follow the recommendations of the instrument 
manufacturer to correct the problem.
    11.2.5  ICP Operational Quality Control Procedures.
    11.2.5.1  Flush the system with the calibration blank solution for 
at least 1 min before the analysis of each sample or standard.
    11.2.5.2  Analyze the continuing check standard and the calibration 
blank after each batch of 10 samples.
    11.2.5.3  Use the average intensity of multiple exposures for both 
standardization and sample analysis to reduce random error.
    11.2.6  ICP Sample Dilution.
    11.2.6.1  Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated 
than the linear calibration limit or use an alternate, less sensitive Cr 
wavelength for which quality control data have already been established.
    11.2.6.2  When dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must 
be applied to sample measurement results.
    11.2.7  Reporting Analytical Results. All analytical results should 
be reported in g Cr/mL using three significant figures. Field 
sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.
    11.3  GFAAS Sample Preparation.
    11.3.1  GFAAS Acid Digestion. An acid digestion of the alkaline 
impinger solution is required for the GFAAS analysis.
    11.3.1.1  In a beaker, add 10 mL of concentrated HNO3 to 
a 100 mL sample aliquot that has been well mixed. Cover the beaker with 
a watch glass. Place the beaker on a hot plate and reflux the sample to 
near dryness. Add another 5 mL of concentrated HNO3 to 
complete the digestion. Again, carefully reflux the sample volume to 
near dryness. Rinse the beaker walls and watch glass with reagent water.
    11.3.1.2  The final concentration of HNO3 in the solution 
should be 1 percent (v/v).
    11.3.1.3  Transfer the digested sample to a 50-mL volumetric flask. 
Add 0.5 mL of concentrated HNO3 and 1 mL of the 10 
g/mL of Ca(NO3)2. Dilute to 50 mL with 
reagent water.
    11.3.2  HNO3 Concentration. A different final volume may 
be used based on the expected Cr concentration, but the HNO3 
concentration must be maintained at 1 percent (v/v).
    11.4  GFAAS Sample Analysis.
    11.4.1  The GFAAS analysis is applicable for the determination of 
total chromium only.
    11.4.2  GFAAS Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the GFAAS 
analysis.
    11.4.2.1  Calibration Blank. The 1.0 percent HNO3 is the 
calibration blank which is used in establishing the calibration curve.
    11.4.2.2  Field Reagent Blank. An aliquot of the 0.1 N NaOH solution 
or the 0.1 N NaHCO3 prepared in Section 7.1.2 is collected 
for the field reagent blank. The field reagent blank is used to assess 
possible contamination resulting from processing the sample.
    11.4.2.2.1  The reagent blank must be subjected to the entire series 
of sample preparation and analytical procedures, including the acid 
digestion.
    11.4.2.2.2  The reagent blank's final solution must contain the same 
acid concentration as the sample solutions.
    11.4.3  GFAAS Instrument Adjustment.
    11.4.3.1  The 357.9 nm wavelength line shall be used.
    11.4.3.2  Follow the manufacturer's instructions for all other 
spectrophotometer operating parameters.
    11.4.4  Furnace Operational Parameters. Parameters suggested by the 
manufacturer should be employed as guidelines.
    11.4.4.1  Temperature-sensing mechanisms and temperature controllers 
can vary between instruments and/or with time; the validity of the 
furnace operating parameters must be periodically confirmed by 
systematically altering the furnace parameters while analyzing a 
standard. In this manner, losses of analyte due to higher-than-necessary 
temperature settings or losses in sensitivity due to less than optimum 
settings can be minimized.
    11.4.4.2  Similar verification of furnace operating parameters may 
be required for complex sample matrices (consult instrument manual for 
additional information). Calibrate the GFAAS system following the 
procedures specified in Section 10.3.
    11.4.5  GFAAS Operational Quality Control Procedures.
    11.4.5.1  Introduce a measured aliquot of digested sample into the 
furnace and atomize.
    11.4.5.2  If the measured concentration exceeds the calibration 
range, the sample should be diluted with the calibration blank solution 
(1.0 percent HNO3) and reanalyzed.

[[Page 769]]

    11.4.5.3  Consult the operator's manual for suggested injection 
volumes. The use of multiple injections can improve accuracy and assist 
in detecting furnace pipetting errors.
    11.4.5.4  Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched reagent blank per 
sample batch to determine if contamination or any memory effects are 
occurring.
    11.4.5.5  Analyze a calibration blank and a continuing check 
standard after approximately every batch of 10 sample injections.
    11.4.6  GFAAS Sample Dilution.
    11.4.6.1  Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated 
than the instrument calibration range.
    11.4.6.2  If dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must 
be applied to sample measurement results.
    11.4.7  Reporting Analytical Results.
    11.4.7.1  Calculate the Cr concentrations by the method of standard 
additions (see operator's manual) or, from direct calibration. All 
dilution and/or concentration factors must be used when calculating the 
results.
    11.4.7.2  Analytical results should be reported in g Cr/mL 
using three significant figures. Field sample volumes (mL) must be 
reported also.
    11.5  IC/PCR Sample Preparation.
    11.5.1  Sample pH. Measure and record the sample pH prior to 
analysis.
    11.5.2  Sample Filtration. Prior to preconcentration and/or 
analysis, filter all field samples through a 0.45-m filter. The 
filtration step should be conducted just prior to sample injection/
analysis.
    11.5.2.1  Use a portion of the sample to rinse the syringe 
filtration unit and acetate filter and then collect the required volume 
of filtrate.
    11.5.2.2  Retain the filter if total Cr is to be determined also.
    11.5.3  Sample Preconcentration (older instruments).
    11.5.3.1  For older instruments, a preconcentration system may be 
used in conjunction with the IC/PCR to increase sensitivity for trace 
levels of Cr+6.
    11.5.3.2  The preconcentration is accomplished by selectively 
retaining the analyte on a solid absorbent, followed by removal of the 
analyte from the absorbent (consult instrument manual).
    11.5.3.3  For a manual system, position the injection valve so that 
the eluent displaces the concentrated Cr+\6\ sample, 
transferring it from the preconcentration column and onto the IC anion 
separation column.
    11.6  IC/PCR Sample Analyses.
    11.6.1  The IC/PCR analysis is applicable for hexavalent chromium 
measurements only.
    11.6.2  IC/PCR Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the IC/
PCR analysis.
    11.6.2.1  Calibration Blank. The calibration blank is used in 
establishing the analytical curve. For the calibration blank, use either 
0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3, whichever is used for the 
impinger solution. The calibration blank can be prepared fresh in the 
laboratory; it does not have to be prepared from the same batch of 
absorbing solution that is used in the field.
    11.6.2.2  Field Reagent Blank. An aliquot of the 0.1 N NaOH solution 
or the 0.1 N NaHCO3 solution prepared in Section 7.1.2 is 
collected for the field reagent blank. The field reagent blank is used 
to assess possible contamination resulting from processing the sample.
    11.6.3  Stabilized Baseline. Prior to sample analysis, establish a 
stable baseline with the detector set at the required attenuation by 
setting the eluent and post-column reagent flow rates according to the 
manufacturers recommendations.
    Note: As long as the ratio of eluent flow rate to PCR flow rate 
remains constant, the standard curve should remain linear. Inject a 
sample of reagent water to ensure that no Cr+6 appears in the 
water blank.
    11.6.4  Sample Injection Loop. Size of injection loop is based on 
standard/sample concentrations and the selected attenuator setting.
    11.6.4.1  A 50-L loop is normally sufficient for most 
higher concentrations.
    11.6.4.2  The sample volume used to load the injection loop should 
be at least 10 times the loop size so that all tubing in contact with 
the sample is thoroughly flushed with the new sample to prevent cross 
contamination.
    11.6.5  IC/PCR Instrument Calibration.
    11.6.5.1  First, inject the calibration standards prepared, as 
described in Section 7.3.8 to correspond to the appropriate 
concentration range, starting with the lowest standard first.
    11.6.5.2  Check the performance of the instrument and verify the 
calibration using data gathered from analyses of laboratory blanks, 
calibration standards, and a quality control sample.
    11.6.5.3  Verify the calibration by analyzing a calibration 
reference standard. If the measured concentration exceeds the 
established value by more than 10 percent, perform a second analysis. If 
the measured concentration still exceeds the established value by more 
than 10 percent, terminate the analysis until the problem can be 
identified and corrected.
    11.6.6  IC/PCR Instrument Operation.
    11.6.6.1  Inject the calibration reference standard (as described in 
Section 9.3.1), followed by the field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4), and 
the field samples.
    11.6.6.1.1  Standards (and QC standards) and samples are injected 
into the sample loop of the desired size (use a larger size loop for 
greater sensitivity). The Cr+6 is collected on the resin bed 
of the column.

[[Page 770]]

    11.6.6.1.2  After separation from other sample components, the 
Cr+6 forms a specific complex in the post-column reactor with 
the DPC reaction solution, and the complex is detected by visible 
absorbance at a maximum wavelength of 540 nm.
    11.6.6.1.3  The amount of absorbance measured is proportional to the 
concentration of the Cr+6 complex formed.
    11.6.6.1.4  The IC retention time and the absorbance of the 
Cr+6 complex with known Cr+6 standards analyzed 
under identical conditions must be compared to provide both qualitative 
and quantitative analyses.
    11.6.6.1.5  If a sample peak appears near the expected retention 
time of the Cr+6 ion, spike the sample according to Section 
9.3.4 to verify peak identity.
    11.6.7  IC/PCR Operational Quality Control Procedures.
    11.6.7.1  Samples should be at a pH 8.5 for NaOH and 
8.0 if using NaHCO3; document any discrepancies.
    11.6.7.2  Refrigerated samples should be allowed to equilibrate to 
ambient temperature prior to preparation and analysis.
    11.6.7.3  Repeat the injection of the calibration standards at the 
end of the analytical run to assess instrument drift. Measure areas or 
heights of the Cr+6/DPC complex chromatogram peaks.
    11.6.7.4  To ensure the precision of the sample injection (manual or 
autosampler), the response for the second set of injected standards must 
be within 10 percent of the average response.
    11.6.7.5  If the 10 percent criteria duplicate injection cannot be 
achieved, identify the source of the problem and rerun the calibration 
standards.
    11.6.7.6  Use peak areas or peak heights from the injections of 
calibration standards to generate a linear calibration curve. From the 
calibration curve, determine the concentrations of the field samples.
    11.6.8  IC/PCR Sample Dilution.
    11.6.8.1  Samples having concentrations higher than the established 
calibration range must be diluted into the calibration range and re-
analyzed.
    11.6.8.2  If dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must 
be applied to sample measurement results.
    11.6.9  Reporting Analytical Results. Results should be reported in 
g Cr+6/mL using three significant figures. Field 
sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Pretest Calculations.
    12.1.1  Pretest Protocol (Site Test Plan).
    12.1.1.1  The pretest protocol should define and address the test 
data quality objectives (DQOs), with all assumptions, that will be 
required by the end user (enforcement authority); what data are needed? 
why are the data needed? how will the data be used? what are method 
detection limits? and what are estimated target analyte levels for the 
following test parameters.
    12.1.1.1.1  Estimated source concentration for total chromium and/or 
Cr+6.
    12.1.1.1.2  Estimated minimum sampling time and/or volume required 
to meet method detection limit requirements (Appendix B 40 CFR Part 136) 
for measurement of total chromium and/or Cr+6.
    12.1.1.1.3  Demonstrate that planned sampling parameters will meet 
DQOs. The protocol must demonstrate that the planned sampling parameters 
calculated by the tester will meet the needs of the source and the 
enforcement authority.
    12.1.1.2  The pre-test protocol should include information on 
equipment, logistics, personnel, process operation, and other resources 
necessary for an efficient and coordinated test.
    12.1.1.3  At a minimum, the pre-test protocol should identify and be 
approved by the source, the tester, the analytical laboratory, and the 
regulatory enforcement authority. The tester should not proceed with the 
compliance testing before obtaining approval from the enforcement 
authority.
    12.1.2  Post Test Calculations.
    12.1.2.1  Perform the calculations, retaining one extra decimal 
figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after final 
calculations.
    12.1.2.2  Nomenclature.

CS = Concentration of Cr in sample solution, g Cr/
          mL.
Ccr = Concentration of Cr in stack gas, dry basis, corrected 
          to standard conditions, mg/dscm.
D = Digestion factor, dimension less.
F = Dilution factor, dimension less.
MCr = Total Cr in each sample, g.
Vad = Volume of sample aliquot after digestion, mL.
Vaf = Volume of sample aliquot after dilution, mL.
Vbd = Volume of sample aliquot submitted to digestion, mL.
Vbf = Volume of sample aliquot before dilution, mL.
VmL = Volume of impinger contents plus rinses, mL.
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm.

    12.1.2.3  Dilution Factor. The dilution factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after dilution to the volume before dilution. 
This ratio is given by the following equation:

[[Page 771]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.573

    12.1.2.4  Digestion Factor. The digestion factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after digestion to the volume before digestion. 
This ratio is given by Equation 306-2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.574

    12.1.2.5  Total Cr in Sample. Calculate MCr, the total g Cr 
in each sample, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.575

    12.1.2.6  Average Dry Gas Meter Temperature and Average Orifice 
Pressure Drop. Same as Method 5.
    12.1.2.7  Dry Gas Volume, Volume of Water Vapor, Moisture Content. 
Same as Method 5.
    12.1.2.8  Cr Emission Concentration (CCr). Calculate 
CCr, the Cr concentration in the stack gas, in mg/dscm on a 
dry basis, corrected to standard conditions using the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.576

    12.1.2.9  Isokinetic Variation, Acceptable Results. Same as Method 
5.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Range. The recommended working range for all of the three 
analytical techniques starts at five times the analytical detection 
limit (see also Section 13.2.2). The upper limit of all three techniques 
can be extended indefinitely by appropriate dilution.
    13.2  Sensitivity.
    13.2.1  Analytical Sensitivity. The estimated instrumental detection 
limits listed are provided as a guide for an instrumental limit. The 
actual method detection limits are sample and instrument dependent and 
may vary as the sample matrix varies.
    13.2.1.2  ICP Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated 
detection limits for ICP, as reported in Method 6010A and the recently 
revised Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), are 7.0 g Cr/L 
and 4.7 g Cr/L, respectively.
    13.2.1.3  GFAAS Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated 
detection limit for GFAAS, as reported in Methods 7000A and 7191 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), is 1 g Cr/L.
    13.2.1.4  IC/PCR Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum detection limit 
for IC/PCR with a preconcentrator, as reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 
of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 0.05 g Cr\+6\/L.
    1.3.2.1.5  Determination of Detection Limits. The laboratory 
performing the Cr\+6\ measurements must determine the method detection 
limit on a quarterly basis using a suitable procedure such as that found 
in 40 CFR, Part 136, Appendix B. The determination should be made on 
samples in the appropriate alkaline matrix. Normally this involves the 
preparation (if applicable) and consecutive measurement of seven (7) 
separate aliquots of a sample with a concentration 5 times the expected 
detection limit. The detection limit is 3.14 times the standard 
deviation of these results.

[[Page 772]]

    13.2.2  In-stack Sensitivity. The in-stack sensitivity depends upon 
the analytical detection limit, the volume of stack gas sampled, the 
total volume of the impinger absorbing solution plus the rinses, and, in 
some cases, dilution or concentration factors from sample preparation. 
Using the analytical detection limits given in Sections 13.2.1.1, 
13.2.1.2, and 13.2.1.3; a stack gas sample volume of 1.7 dscm; a total 
liquid sample volume of 500 mL; and the digestion concentration factor 
of 1/2 for the GFAAS analysis; the corresponding in-stack detection 
limits are 0.0014 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0021 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00015 mg 
Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000015 mg Cr\+6\/dscm for IC/PCR with 
preconcentration.

    Note: It is recommended that the concentration of Cr in the 
analytical solutions be at least five times the analytical detection 
limit to optimize sensitivity in the analyses. Using this guideline and 
the same assumptions for impinger sample volume, stack gas sample 
volume, and the digestion concentration factor for the GFAAS analysis 
(500 mL,1.7 dscm, and 1/2, respectively), the recommended minimum stack 
concentrations for optimum sensitivity are 0.0068 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0103 
mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00074 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000074 mg 
Cr\+6\/dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration. If required, the in-stack 
detection limits can be improved by either increasing the stack gas 
sample volume, further reducing the volume of the digested sample for 
GFAAS, improving the analytical detection limits, or any combination of 
the three.

    13.3  Precision.
    13.3.1  The following precision data have been reported for the 
three analytical methods. In each case, when the sampling precision is 
combined with the reported analytical precision, the resulting overall 
precision may decrease.
    13.3.2  Bias data is also reported for GFAAS.
    13.4  ICP Precision.
    13.4.1  As reported in Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), in an 
EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the ICP 
technique to acid/distilled water matrices that had been spiked with 
various metal concentrates. For true values of 10, 50, and 150 
g Cr/L; the mean reported values were 10, 50, and 149 
g Cr/L; and the mean percent relative standard deviations were 
18, 3.3, and 3.8 percent, respectively.
    13.4.2  In another multi laboratory study cited in Method 6010B, a 
mean relative standard of 8.2 percent was reported for an aqueous sample 
concentration of approximately 3750 g Cr/L.
    13.5  GFAAS Precision. As reported in Method 7191 of SW-846 
(Reference 1), in a single laboratory (EMSL), using Cincinnati, Ohio tap 
water spiked at concentrations of 19, 48, and 77 g Cr/L, the 
standard deviations were 0.1, 0.2, and 
0.8, respectively. Recoveries at these levels were 97 
percent, 101 percent, and 102 percent, respectively.
    13.6  IC/PCR Precision. As reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), the precision of IC/PCR with sample preconcentration 
is 5 to 10 percent. The overall precision for sewage sludge incinerators 
emitting 120 ng/dscm of Cr+\6\ and 3.5 g/dscm of 
total Cr was 25 percent and 9 percent, respectively; and for hazardous 
waste incinerators emitting 300 ng/dscm of C+\6\ the 
precision was 20 percent.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  The only materials used in this method that could be 
considered pollutants are the chromium standards used for instrument 
calibration and acids used in the cleaning of the collection and 
measurement containers/labware, in the preparation of standards, and in 
the acid digestion of samples. Both reagents can be stored in the same 
waste container.
    14.2  Cleaning solutions containing acids should be prepared in 
volumes consistent with use to minimize the disposal of excessive 
volumes of acid.
    14.3  To the extent possible, the containers/vessels used to collect 
and prepare samples should be cleaned and reused to minimize the 
generation of solid waste.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  It is the responsibility of the laboratory and the sampling 
team to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing 
waste management, particularly the discharge regulations, hazardous 
waste identification rules, and land disposal restrictions; and to 
protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all 
releases from field operations.
    15.2  For further information on waste management, consult The Waste 
Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better--
Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from the 
American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and 
Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.

                            16.0  References

    1. ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods, SW-846, Third Edition,'' as amended by Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, 
and III. Document No. 955-001-000001. Available from Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, November 
1986.
    2. Cox, X.B., R.W. Linton, and F.E. Butler. Determination of 
Chromium Speciation in Environmental Particles--A Multi-technique

[[Page 773]]

Study of Ferrochrome Smelter Dust. Accepted for publication in 
Environmental Science and Technology.
    3. Same as Section 17.0 of Method 5, References 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7.
    4. California Air Resources Board, ``Determination of Total Chromium 
and Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary Sources.'' Method 425, 
September 12, 1990.
    5. The Merck Index. Eleventh Edition. Merck & Co., Inc., 1989.
    6. Walpole, R.E., and R.H. Myers. ``Probability and Statistics for 
Scientists and Engineering.'' 3rd Edition. MacMillan Publishing Co., 
NewYork, N.Y., 1985.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.577


[[Page 774]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.578

  Method 306A--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and 
     Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A and in this part. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have a thorough knowledge of at least Methods 5 and 306.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analyte. Chromium. CAS Number (7440-47-3).
    1.2  Applicability.

[[Page 775]]

    1.2.1  This method applies to the determination of chromium (Cr) in 
emissions from decorative and hard chromium electroplating facilities, 
chromium anodizing operations, and continuous chromium plating at iron 
and steel facilities. The method is less expensive and less complex to 
conduct than Method 306. Correctly applied, the precision and bias of 
the sample results should be comparable to those obtained with the 
isokinetic Method 306. This method is applicable for the determination 
of air emissions under nominal ambient moisture, temperature, and 
pressure conditions.
    1.2.2  The method is also applicable to electroplating and anodizing 
sources controlled by wet scrubbers.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives.
    1.3.1  Pretest Protocol.
    1.3.1.1  The pretest protocol should define and address the test 
data quality objectives (DQOs), with all assumptions, that will be 
required by the end user (enforcement authority); what data are needed? 
why are the data needed? how will data be used? what are method 
detection limits? and what are estimated target analyte levels for the 
following test parameters.
    1.3.1.1.1  Estimated source concentration for total chromium and/or 
Cr\+6\.
    1.3.1.1.2  Estimated minimum sampling time and/or volume required to 
meet method detection limit requirements (Appendix B 40 CFR Part 136) 
for measurement of total chromium and/or Cr\+6\.
    1.3.1.1.3  Demonstrate that planned sampling parameters will meet 
DQOs. The protocol must demonstrate that the planned sampling parameters 
calculated by the tester will meet the needs of the source and the 
enforcement authority.
    1.3.1.2  The pre-test protocol should include information on 
equipment, logistics, personnel, process operation, and other resources 
necessary for an efficient and coordinated performance test.
    1.3.1.3  At a minimum, the pre-test protocol should identify and be 
approved by the source, the tester, the analytical laboratory, and the 
regulatory enforcement authority. The tester should not proceed with the 
compliance testing before obtaining approval from the enforcement 
authority.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Sampling.
    2.1.1  An emission sample is extracted from the source at a constant 
sampling rate determined by a critical orifice and collected in a 
sampling train composed of a probe and impingers. The proportional 
sampling time at the cross sectional traverse points is varied according 
to the stack gas velocity at each point. The total sample time must be 
at least two hours.
    2.1.2  The chromium emission concentration is determined by the same 
analytical procedures described in Method 306: inductively-coupled 
plasma emission spectrometry (ICP), graphite furnace atomic absorption 
spectrometry (GFAAS), or ion chromatography with a post-column reactor 
(IC/PCR).
    2.1.2.1  Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations 
(35 g/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled 
plasma emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm.
    Note: The ICP analysis is applicable for this method only when the 
solution analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 
g/L or five times the method detection limit as determined 
according to Appendix B in 40 CFR Part 136.
    2.1.2.2  Alternatively, when lower total chromium concentrations (35 
g/L) are encountered, a portion of the alkaline sample solution 
may be digested with nitric acid and analyzed by graphite furnace atomic 
absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) at 357.9 nm.
    2.1.2.3  If it is desirable to determine hexavalent chromium 
(Cr\+6\) emissions, the samples may be analyzed using an ion 
chromatograph equipped with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR) and a visible 
wavelength detector. To increase sensitivity for trace levels of Cr\+6\, 
a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction with the IC/PCR.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Total Chromium--measured chromium content that includes both 
major chromium oxidation states (Cr+3, Cr+6).
    3.2  May--Implies an optional operation.
    3.3  Digestion--The analytical operation involving the complete (or 
nearly complete) dissolution of the sample in order to ensure the 
complete solubilization of the element (analyte) to be measured.
    3.4  Interferences--Physical, chemical, or spectral phenomena that 
may produce a high or low bias in the analytical result.
    3.5  Analytical System--All components of the analytical process 
including the sample digestion and measurement apparatus.
    3.6  Sample Recovery--The quantitative transfer of sample from the 
collection apparatus to the sample preparation (digestion, etc.) 
apparatus. This term should not be confused with analytical recovery.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Same as in Method 306, Section 4.0.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address 
all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is the 
responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.

[[Page 776]]

    5.2  Chromium and some chromium compounds have been listed as 
carcinogens although Chromium (III) compounds show little or no 
toxicity. Chromium is a skin and respiratory irritant.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.
    6.1  Sampling Train. A schematic of the sampling train is shown in 
Figure 306A-1. The individual components of the train are available 
commercially, however, some fabrication and assembly are required.
    6.1.1  Probe Nozzle/Tubing and Sheath.
    6.1.1.1  Use approximately 6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.) inside diameter (ID) 
glass or rigid plastic tubing approximately 20 cm (8 in.) in length with 
a short 90 degree bend at one end to form the sampling nozzle. Grind a 
slight taper on the nozzle end before making the bend. Attach the nozzle 
to flexible tubing of sufficient length to enable collection of a sample 
from the stack.
    6.1.1.2  Use a straight piece of larger diameter rigid tubing (such 
as metal conduit or plastic water pipe) to form a sheath that begins 
about 2.5 cm (1 in.) from the 90  deg. bend on the nozzle and encases 
and supports the flexible tubing.
    6.1.2 Type S Pitot Tube. Same as Method 2, Section 6.1 (40 CFR Part 
60, Appendix A).
    6.1.3  Temperature Sensor.
    6.1.3.1  A thermocouple, liquid-filled bulb thermometer, bimetallic 
thermometer, mercury-in-glass thermometer, or other sensor capable of 
measuring temperature to within 1.5 percent of the minimum absolute 
stack temperature.
    6.1.3.2  The temperature sensor shall either be positioned near the 
center of the stack, or be attached to the pitot tube as directed in 
Section 6.3 of Method 2.
    6.1.4  Sample Train Connectors.
    6.1.4.1  Use thick wall flexible plastic tubing (polyethylene, 
polypropylene, or polyvinyl chloride) ~ 6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.) to 9.5-mm 
(\3/8\-in.) ID to connect the train components.
    6.1.4.2  A combination of rigid plastic tubing and thin wall 
flexible tubing may be used as long as tubing walls do not collapse when 
leak-checking the train. Metal tubing cannot be used.
    6.1.5  Impingers. Three, one-quart capacity, glass canning jars with 
vacuum seal lids, or three Greenburg-Smith (GS) design impingers 
connected in series, or equivalent, may be used.
    6.1.5.1  One-quart glass canning jar. Three separate jar containers 
are required: (1) the first jar contains the absorbing solution; (2) the 
second is empty and is used to collect any reagent carried over from the 
first container; and (3) the third contains the desiccant drying agent.
    6.1.5.2  Canning Jar Connectors. The jar containers are connected by 
leak-tight inlet and outlet tubes installed in the lids of each 
container for assembly with the train. The tubes may be made of ~ 6.4 mm 
(\1/4\-in.) ID glass or rigid plastic tubing. For the inlet tube of the 
first impinger, heat the glass or plastic tubing and draw until the 
tubing separates. Fabricate the necked tip to form an orifice tip that 
is approximately 2.4 mm (\3/32\-in.) ID.
    6.1.5.2.1  When assembling the first container, place the orifice 
tip end of the tube approximately 4.8 mm (\3/16\-in.) above the inside 
bottom of the jar.
    6.1.5.2.2  For the second container, the inlet tube need not be 
drawn and sized, but the tip should be approximately 25 mm (1 in.) above 
the bottom of the jar.
    6.1.5.2.3  The inlet tube of the third container should extend to 
approximately 12.7 mm (\1/2\-in.) above the bottom of the jar.
    6.1.5.2.4  Extend the outlet tube for each container approximately 
50 mm (2 in.) above the jar lid and downward through the lid, 
approximately 12.7 mm (\1/2\-in.) beneath the bottom of the lid.
    6.1.5.3  Greenburg-Smith Impingers. Three separate impingers of the 
Greenburg-Smith (GS) design as described in Section 6.0 of Method 5 are 
required. The first GS impinger shall have a standard tip (orifice/
plate), and the second and third GS impingers shall be modified by 
replacing the orifice/plate tube with a 13 mm (\1/2\-in.) ID glass tube, 
having an unrestricted opening located 13 mm (\1/2\-in.) from the bottom 
of the outer flask.
    6.1.5.4  Greenburg-Smith Connectors. The GS impingers shall be 
connected by leak-free ground glass ``U'' tube connectors or by leak-
free non-contaminating flexible tubing. The first impinger shall contain 
the absorbing solution, the second is empty and the third contains the 
desiccant drying agent.
    6.1.6  Manometer. Inclined/vertical type, or equivalent device, as 
described in Section 6.2 of Method 2 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    6.1.7  Critical Orifice. The critical orifice is a small restriction 
in the sample line that is located upstream of the vacuum pump. The 
orifice produces a constant sampling flow rate that is approximately 
0.021 cubic meters per minute (m3/min) or 0.75 cubic feet per 
minute (cfm).
    6.1.7.1  The critical orifice can be constructed by sealing a 2.4-mm 
(\3/32\-in.) ID brass tube approximately 14.3 mm (\9/16\-in.) in length 
inside a second brass tube that is approximately 8 mm (\5/16\-in.) ID 
and 14.3-mm (\9/16\-in.) in length .
    6.1.7.2  Materials other than brass can be used to construct the 
critical orifice as long as the flow through the sampling train can be 
maintained at approximately 0.021 cubic meter per minute (0.75) cfm.
    6.1.8  Connecting Hardware. Standard pipe and fittings, 9.5-mm (\3/
8\-in.), 6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.)

[[Page 777]]

or 3.2-mm (\1/8\-in.) ID, may be used to assemble the vacuum pump, dry 
gas meter and other sampling train components.
    6.1.9  Vacuum Gauge. Capable of measuring approximately 760 mm 
Hg (30 in. Hg) vacuum in 25.4 mm HG (1 
in. Hg) increments. Locate vacuum gauge between the critical 
orifice and the vacuum pump.
    6.1.10  Pump Oiler. A glass oil reservoir with a wick mounted at the 
vacuum pump inlet that lubricates the pump vanes. The oiler should be an 
in-line type and not vented to the atmosphere. See EMTIC Guideline 
Document No. GD-041.WPD for additional information.
    6.1.11  Vacuum Pump. Gast Model 0522-V103-G18DX, or equivalent, 
capable of delivering at least 1.5 cfm at 15 in. Hg vacuum.
    6.1.12  Oil Trap/Muffler. An empty glass oil reservoir without wick 
mounted at the pump outlet to control the pump noise and prevent oil 
from reaching the dry gas meter.
    6.1.13  By-pass Fine Adjust Valve (Optional). Needle valve assembly 
6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.), Whitey 1 RF 4-A, or equivalent, that allows for 
adjustment of the train vacuum.
    6.1.13.1  A fine-adjustment valve is positioned in the optional pump 
by-pass system that allows the gas flow to recirculate through the pump. 
This by-pass system allows the tester to control/reduce the maximum 
leak-check vacuum pressure produced by the pump.
    6.1.13.1.1  The tester must conduct the post test leak check at a 
vacuum equal to or greater than the maximum vacuum encountered during 
the sampling run.
    6.1.13.1.2  The pump by-pass assembly is not required, but is 
recommended if the tester intends to leak-check the 306A train at the 
vacuum experienced during a run.
    6.1.14  Dry Gas Meter. An Equimeter Model 110 test meter or, 
equivalent with temperature sensor(s) installed (inlet/outlet) to 
monitor the meter temperature. If only one temperature sensor is 
installed, locate the sensor at the outlet side of the meter. The dry 
gas meter must be capable of measuring the gaseous volume to within 
2% of the true volume.
    Note: The Method 306 sampling train is also commercially available 
and may be used to perform the Method 306A tests. The sampling train may 
be assembled as specified in Method 306A with the sampling rate being 
operated at the delta H@ specified for the calibrated orifice 
located in the meter box. The Method 306 train is then operated as 
described in Method 306A.
    6.2  Barometer. Mercury aneroid barometer, or other barometer 
equivalent, capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 
2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in. Hg).
    6.2.1  A preliminary check of the barometer shall be made against a 
mercury-in-glass reference barometer or its equivalent.
    6.2.2  Tester may elect to obtain the absolute barometric pressure 
from a nearby National Weather Service station.
    6.2.2.1  The station value (which is the absolute barometric 
pressure) must be adjusted for elevation differences between the weather 
station and the sampling location. Either subtract 2.5 mm Hg 
(0.1 in. Hg) from the station value per 30 m (100 ft) of 
elevation increase or add the same for an elevation decrease.
    6.2.2.2  If the field barometer cannot be adjusted to agree within 
0.1 in. Hg of the reference barometric, repair or discard the 
unit. The barometer pressure measurement shall be recorded on the 
sampling data sheet.
    6.3  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, Section 6.2 (40 CFR Part 60, 
Appendix A), with the following exceptions:
    6.3.1  Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes. Brushes are not 
necessary for sample recovery. If a probe brush is used, it must be non-
metallic.
    6.3.2  Wash Bottles. Polyethylene wash bottle, for sample recovery 
absorbing solution.
    6.3.3  Sample Recovery Solution. Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, 
to replace the acetone.
    6.3.4  Sample Storage Containers.
    6.3.4.1  Glass Canning Jar. The first canning jar container of the 
sampling train may serve as the sample shipping container. A new lid and 
sealing plastic wrap shall be substituted for the container lid 
assembly.
    6.3.4.2  Polyethylene or Glass Containers. Transfer the Greenburg-
Smith impinger contents to precleaned polyethylene or glass containers. 
The samples shall be stored and shipped in 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-mL 
polyethylene or glass containers with leak-free, non metal screw caps.
    6.3.5  pH Indicator Strip, for Cr +6 Samples. pH 
indicator strips, or equivalent, capable of determining the pH of 
solutions between the range of 7 and 12, at 0.5 pH increments.
    6.3.6  Plastic Storage Containers. Air tight containers to store 
silica gel.
    6.4  Analysis. Same as Method 306, Section 6.3.

                      7.0  Reagents and Standards.

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents shall conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society (ACS reagent grade). Where such 
specifications are not available, use the best available grade. It is 
recommended, but not required, that reagents be checked by the 
appropriate analysis prior to field use to assure that contamination is 
below the analytical detection limit for the ICP or GFAAS total chromium 
analysis; and that contamination is below the analytical detection limit 
for

[[Page 778]]

Cr+6 using IC/PCR for direct injection or, if selected, 
preconcentration.
    7.1  Sampling.
    7.1.1  Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification 
D1193 Type II (incorporated by reference see Sec. 63.14). All references 
to water in the method refer to reagent water unless otherwise 
specified. It is recommended that water blanks be checked prior to 
preparing the sampling reagents to ensure that the Cr content is less 
than three (3) times the anticipated detection limit of the analytical 
method.
    7.1.2  Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve 
4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of 
approximately 8.5.
    7.1.3  Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3) Absorbing Solution, 
0.1 N. Dissolve approximately 8.5 g of sodium bicarbonate in 1 liter of 
water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.3.
    7.1.4  Chromium Contamination.
    7.1.4.1  The absorbing solution shall not exceed the QC criteria 
noted in Method 306, Section 7.1.1 (3 times the instrument 
detection limit).
    7.1.4.2  When the Cr+6 content in the field samples 
exceeds the blank concentration by at least a factor of ten (10), 
Cr+\6\ blank levels 10 times the detection limit 
will be allowed.

    Note: At sources with high concentrations of acids and/or 
SO2, the concentration of NaOH or NaHCO3 should be 
0.5 N to insure that the pH of the solution remains at or 
above 8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO3 during and after 
sampling.

    7.1.3  Desiccant. Silica Gel, 6-16 mesh, indicating type. 
Alternatively, other types of desiccants may be used, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.
    7.2  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 306, Section 7.2.
    7.3  Sample Preparation and Analysis. Same as Method 306, Section 
7.3.
    7.4  Glassware Cleaning Reagents. Same as Method 306, Section 7.4.
    7.5  Quality Assurance Audit Samples.
    7.5.1  It is recommended, but not required, that a performance audit 
sample be analyzed in conjunction with the field samples. The audit 
sample should be in a suitable sample matrix at a concentration similar 
to the actual field samples.
    7.5.2  When making compliance determinations, and upon availability, 
audit samples may be obtained from the appropriate EPA regional Office 
or from the responsible enforcement authority and analyzed in 
conjunction with the field samples.

    Note: The responsible enforcement authority should be notified at 
least 30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient time for the 
audit sample to be delivered.

8.0  Sample Collection, Recovery, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, 
                              and Transport

    Note: Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given as 
to the type of analysis (Cr+6 or total Cr) that will be 
performed. Deciding which analysis will be performed will enable the 
tester to determine which appropriate sample recovery and storage 
procedures will be required to process the sample.

    8.1  Sample Collection.
    8.1.1  Pretest Preparation.
    8.1.1.1  Selection of Measurement Site. Locate the sampling ports as 
specified in Section 11.0 of Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    8.1.1.2  Location of Traverse Points.
    8.1.1.2.1  Locate the traverse points as specified in Section 11.0 
of Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A). Use a total of 24 sampling 
points for round ducts and 24 or 25 points for rectangular ducts. Mark 
the pitot and sampling probe to identify the sample traversing points.
    8.1.1.2.2  For round ducts less than 12 inches in diameter, use a 
total of 16 points.
    8.1.1.3  Velocity Pressure Traverse. Perform an initial velocity 
traverse before obtaining samples. The Figure 306A-2 data sheet may be 
used to record velocity traverse data.
    8.1.1.3.1  To demonstrate that the flow rate is constant over 
several days of testing, perform complete traverses at the beginning and 
end of each day's test effort, and calculate the deviation of the flow 
rate for each daily period. The beginning and end flow rates are 
considered constant if the deviation does not exceed 10 percent. If the 
flow rate exceeds the 10 percent criteria, either correct the 
inconsistent flow rate problem, or obtain the Administrator's approval 
for the test results.
    8.1.1.3.2  Perform traverses as specified in Section 8.0 of Method 
2, but record only the p (velocity pressure) values for each 
sampling point. If a mass emission rate is desired, stack velocity 
pressures shall be recorded before and after each test, and an average 
stack velocity pressure determined for the testing period.
    8.1.1.4  Verification of Absence of Cyclonic Flow. Check for 
cyclonic flow during the initial traverse to verify that it does not 
exist. Perform the cyclonic flow check as specified in Section 11.4 of 
Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    8.1.1.4.1  If cyclonic flow is present, verify that the absolute 
average angle of the tangential flow does not exceed 20 degrees. If the 
average value exceeds 20 degrees at the sampling location, the flow 
condition in the stack is unacceptable for testing.

[[Page 779]]

    8.1.1.4.2  Alternative procedures, subject to approval of the 
Administrator, e.g., installing straightening vanes to eliminate the 
cyclonic flow, must be implemented prior to conducting the testing.
    8.1.1.5  Stack Gas Moisture Measurements. Not required. Measuring 
the moisture content is optional when a mass emission rate is to be 
calculated.
    8.1.1.5.1  The tester may elect to either measure the actual stack 
gas moisture during the sampling run or utilize a nominal moisture value 
of 2 percent.
    8.1.1.5.2  For additional information on determining sampling train 
moisture, please refer to Method 4 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    8.1.1.6  Stack Temperature Measurements. If a mass emission rate is 
to be calculated, a temperature sensor must be placed either near the 
center of the stack, or attached to the pitot tube as described in 
Section 8.3 of Method 2. Stack temperature measurements, shall be 
recorded before and after each test, and an average stack temperature 
determined for the testing period.
    8.1.1.7  Point Sampling Times. Since the sampling rate of the train 
(0.75 cfm) is maintained constant by the critical orifice, it is 
necessary to calculate specific sampling times for each traverse point 
in order to obtain a proportional sample.
    8.1.1.7.1  If the sampling period (3 runs) is to be completed in a 
single day, the point sampling times shall be calculated only once.
    8.1.1.7.2  If the sampling period is to occur over several days, the 
sampling times must be calculated daily using the initial velocity 
pressure data recorded for that day. Determine the average of the 
p values obtained during the velocity traverse (Figure 306A-2).
    8.1.1.7.3  If the stack diameter is less than 12 inches, use 7.5 
minutes in place of 5 minutes in the equation and 16 sampling points 
instead of 24 or 25 points. Calculate the sampling times for each 
traverse point using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.579

Where:
n = Sampling point number.
p = Average pressure differential across pitot tube, mm 
          H2O (in. H2O).
Pavg = Average of p values, mm 
          H2O (in. H2O).

    Note: Convert the decimal fractions for minutes to seconds.
    8.1.1.8  Pretest Preparation. It is recommended, but not required, 
that all items which will be in contact with the sample be cleaned prior 
to performing the testing to avoid possible sample contamination 
(positive chromium bias). These items include, but are not limited to: 
Sampling probe, connecting tubing, impingers, and jar containers.
    8.1.1.8.1  Sample train components should be: (1) Rinsed with hot 
tap water; (2) washed with hot soapy water; (3) rinsed with tap water; 
(4) rinsed with reagent water; (5) soaked in a 10 percent (v/v) nitric 
acid solution for at least four hours; and (6) rinsed throughly with 
reagent water before use.
    8.1.1.8.2  At a minimum, the tester should, rinse the probe, 
connecting tubing, and first and second impingers twice with either 0.1 
N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or 0.1 N sodium bicarbonate 
(NaHCO3) and discard the rinse solution.
    8.1.1.8.3  If separate sample shipping containers are to be used, 
these also should be precleaned using the specified cleaning procedures.
    8.1.1.9  Preparation of Sampling Train. Assemble the sampling train 
as shown in Figure 306A-1. Secure the nozzle-liner assembly to the outer 
sheath to prevent movement when sampling.
    8.1.1.9.1  Place 250 mL of 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3 
absorbing solution into the first jar container or impinger. The second 
jar/impinger is to remain empty. Place 6 to 16 mesh indicating silica 
gel, or equivalent desiccant into the third jar/impinger until the 
container is half full (~ 300 to 400 g).
    8.1.1.9.2  Place a small cotton ball in the outlet exit tube of the 
third jar to collect small silica gel particles that may dislodge and 
impair the pump and/or gas meter.
    8.1.1.10  Pretest Leak-Check. A pretest leak-check is recommended, 
but not required. If the tester opts to conduct the pretest leak-check, 
the following procedures shall be performed: (1) Place the jar/impinger 
containers into an ice bath and wait 10 minutes for the ice to cool the 
containers before performing the leak check and/or start sampling; (2) 
to perform the leak check, seal the nozzle using a piece of clear 
plastic wrap placed over the end of a finger and switch on the pump; and 
(3) the train system leak rate should not exceed 0.02 cfm at a vacuum of 
380 mm Hg (15 in. Hg) or greater. If the leak rate

[[Page 780]]

does exceed the 0.02 cfm requirement, identify and repair the leak area 
and perform the leak check again.

    Note: Use caution when releasing the vacuum following the leak 
check. Always allow air to slowly flow through the nozzle end of the 
train system while the pump is still operating. Switching off the pump 
with vacuum on the system may result in the silica gel being pulled into 
the second jar container.
    8.1.1.11  Leak-Checks During Sample Run. If, during the sampling 
run, a component (e.g., jar container) exchange becomes necessary, a 
leak-check shall be conducted immediately before the component exchange 
is made. The leak-check shall be performed according to the procedure 
outlined in Section 8.1.1.10 of this method. If the leakage rate is 
found to be  0.02 cfm at the maximum operating vacuum, the 
results are acceptable. If, however, a higher leak rate is obtained, 
either record the leakage rate and correct the sample volume as shown in 
Section 12.3 of Method 5 or void the sample and initiate a replacement 
run. Following the component change, leak-checks are optional, but are 
recommended as are the pretest leak-checks.
    8.1.1.12  Post Test Leak Check. Remove the probe assembly and 
flexible tubing from the first jar/impinger container. Seal the inlet 
tube of the first container using clear plastic wrap and switch on the 
pump. The vacuum in the line between the pump and the critical orifice 
must be 15 in. Hg. Record the vacuum gauge measurement along 
with the leak rate observed on the train system.
    8.1.1.12.1  If the leak rate does not exceed 0.02 cfm, the results 
are acceptable and no sample volume correction is necessary.
    8.1.1.12.2  If, however, a higher leak rate is obtained (>0.02 cfm), 
the tester shall either record the leakage rate and correct the sample 
volume as shown in Section 12.3 of Method 5, or void the sampling run 
and initiate a replacement run.  After completing the leak-check, slowly 
release the vacuum at the first container while the pump is still 
operating. Afterwards, switch-off the pump.
    8.1.2  Sample Train Operation.
    8.1.2.1  Data Recording. Record all pertinent process and sampling 
data on the data sheet (see Figure 306A-3). Ensure that the process 
operation is suitable for sample collection.
    8.1.2.2  Starting the Test. Place the probe/nozzle into the duct at 
the first sampling point and switch on the pump. Start the sampling 
using the time interval calculated for the first point. When the first 
point sampling time has been completed, move to the second point and 
continue to sample for the time interval calculated for that point; 
sample each point on the traverse in this manner. Maintain ice around 
the sample containers during the run.
    8.1.2.3  Critical Flow. The sample line between the critical orifice 
and the pump must operate at a vacuum of  380 mm Hg 
(15 in. Hg) in order for critical flow to be maintained. This 
vacuum must be monitored and documented using the vacuum gauge located 
between the critical orifice and the pump.

    Note: Theoretically, critical flow for air occurs when the ratio of 
the orifice outlet absolute pressure to the orifice inlet absolute 
pressure is less than a factor of 0.53. This means that the system 
vacuum should be at least  356 mm Hg ( 14 in. Hg) 
at sea level and ~ 305 mm Hg (~ 12 in. Hg) at higher elevations.

    8.1.2.4  Completion of Test.
    8.1.2.4.1  Circular Stacks. Complete the first port traverse and 
switch off the pump. Testers may opt to perform a leak-check between the 
port changes to verify the leak rate however, this is not mandatory. 
Move the sampling train to the next sampling port and repeat the 
sequence. Be sure to record the final dry gas meter reading after 
completing the test run. After performing the post test leak check, 
disconnect the jar/impinger containers from the pump and meter assembly 
and transport the probe, connecting tubing, and containers to the sample 
recovery area.
    8.1.2.4.2  Rectangle Stacks. Complete each port traverse as per the 
instructions provided in 8.1.2.4.1.

    Note: If an approximate mass emission rate is to be calculated, 
measure and record the stack velocity pressure and temperature before 
and after the test run.

    8.2  Sample Recovery. After the train has been transferred to the 
sample recovery area, disconnect the tubing that connects the jar/
impingers. The tester shall select either the total Cr or 
Cr+\6\ sample recovery option. Samples to be analyzed for 
both total Cr and Cr+\6\ shall be recovered using the 
Cr+\6\ sample option (Section 8.2.2).

    Note: Collect a reagent blank sample for each of the total Cr or the 
Cr+\6\ analytical options. If both analyses (Cr and 
Cr+\6\) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate 
reagent blanks for each analysis.

    8.2.1  Total Cr Sample Option.
    8.2.1.1  Shipping Container No. 1. The first jar container may 
either be used to store and transport the sample, or if GS impingers are 
used, samples may be stored and shipped in precleaned 250-mL, 500-mL or 
1000-mL polyethylene or glass bottles with leak-free, non-metal screw 
caps.
    8.2.1.1.1  Unscrew the lid from the first jar/impinger container.
    8.2.1.1.2  Lift the inner tube assembly almost out of the container, 
and using the wash bottle containing fresh absorbing solution, rinse the 
outside of the tube that was immersed in the container solution; rinse

[[Page 781]]

the inside of the tube as well, by rinsing twice from the top of the 
tube down through the inner tube into the container.
    8.2.1.2  Recover the contents of the second jar/impinger container 
by removing the lid and pouring any contents into the first shipping 
container.
    8.2.1.2.1  Rinse twice, using fresh absorbing solution, the inner 
walls of the second container including the inside and outside of the 
inner tube.
    8.2.1.2.2  Rinse the connecting tubing between the first and second 
sample containers with absorbing solution and place the rinses into the 
first container.
    8.2.1.3  Position the nozzle, probe and connecting plastic tubing in 
a vertical position so that the tubing forms a ``U''.
    8.2.1.3.1  Using the wash bottle, partially fill the tubing with 
fresh absorbing solution. Raise and lower the end of the plastic tubing 
several times to allow the solution to contact the internal surfaces. Do 
not allow the solution to overflow or part of the sample will be lost. 
Place the nozzle end of the probe over the mouth of the first container 
and elevate the plastic tubing so that the solution flows into the 
sample container.
    8.2.1.3.2  Repeat the probe/tubing sample recovery procedure but 
allow the solution to flow out the opposite end of the plastic tubing 
into the sample container. Repeat the entire sample recovery procedure 
once again.
    8.2.1.4  Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution during the rinsing of the probe 
nozzle, probe liner, sample containers, and connecting tubing.
    8.2.1.5  Place a piece of clear plastic wrap over the mouth of the 
sample jar to seal the shipping container. Use a standard lid and band 
assembly to seal and secure the sample in the jar.
    8.2.1.5.1  Label the jar clearly to identify its contents, sample 
number and date.
    8.2.1.5.2  Mark the height of the liquid level on the container to 
identify any losses during shipping and handling.
    8.2.1.5.3  Prepare a chain-of-custody sheet to accompany the sample 
to the laboratory.
    8.2.2  Cr+\6\ Sample Option.
    8.2.2.1  Shipping Container No. 1. The first jar container may 
either be used to store and transport the sample, or if GS impingers are 
used, samples may be stored and shipped in precleaned 250-mL, 500-mL or 
1000-mL polyethylene or glass bottles with leak-free non-metal screw 
caps.
    8.2.2.1.1  Unscrew and remove the lid from the first jar container.
    8.2.2.1.2  Measure and record the pH of the solution in the first 
container by using a pH indicator strip. The pH of the solution must be 
8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO3. If 
not, discard the collected sample, increase the concentration of the 
NaOH or NaHCO3 absorbing solution to 0.5 M and collect another air 
emission sample.
    8.2.2.2 After measuring the pH of the first container, follow sample 
recovery procedures described in Sections 8.2.1.1 through 8.2.1.5.

    Note: Since particulate matter is not usually present at chromium 
electroplating and/or chromium anodizing facilities, it is not necessary 
to filter the Cr+\6\ samples unless there is observed 
sediment in the collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter the 
Cr+\6\ solutions, please refer to the EPA Method 0061, 
Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary Sources, 
Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 5) for 
procedure.

    8.2.3  Silica Gel Container. Observe the color of the indicating 
silica gel to determine if it has been completely spent and make a 
notation of its condition/color on the field data sheet. Do not use 
water or other liquids to remove and transfer the silica gel.
    8.2.4  Total Cr and/or Cr+\6\ Reagent Blank.
    8.2.4.1  Shipping Container No. 2. Place approximately 500 mL of the 
0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3 absorbing solution in a 
precleaned, labeled sample container and include with the field samples 
for analysis.
    8.3  Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.
    8.3.1  Total Cr Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for total Cr 
need not be refrigerated.
    8.3.2  Cr+\6\ Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for 
Cr+\6\ must be shipped and stored at 4  deg.C (~40  deg.F).

    Note: Allow Cr+\6\ samples to return to ambient 
temperature prior to analysis.

    8.4  Sample Holding Times.
    8.4.1  Total Cr Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for total 
chromium must be analyzed within 60 days of collection.
    8.4.2  Cr+\6\ Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for 
Cr+\6\ must be analyzed within 14 days of collection.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Same as Method 306, Section 9.0.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Tester shall maintain a performance log of all calibration 
results.

    10.1  Pitot Tube. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be calibrated 
according to the procedures outlined in Section 10.1 of Method 2.
    10.2  Temperature Sensor. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of 
Method 2 to calibrate the in-stack temperature sensor.
    10.3  Metering System.
    10.3.1  Sample Train Dry Gas Meter Calibration. Calibrations may be 
performed as described in Section 16.2 of Method 5 by either the 
manufacturer, a firm who provides calibration services, or the tester.

[[Page 782]]

    10.3.2  Dry Gas Meter Calibration Coefficient (Ym). The 
meter calibration coefficient (Ym) must be determined prior 
to the initial use of the meter, and following each field test program. 
If the dry gas meter is new, the manufacturer will have specified the 
Ym value for the meter. This Ym value can be used 
as the pretest value for the first test. For subsequent tests, the 
tester must use the Ym value established during the pretest 
calibration.
    10.3.3  Calibration Orifice. The manufacturer may have included a 
calibration orifice and a summary spreadsheet with the meter that may be 
used for calibration purposes. The spreadsheet will provide data 
necessary to determine the calibration for the orifice and meter 
(standard cubic feet volume, sample time, etc.). These data were 
produced when the initial Ym value was determined for the 
meter.
    10.3.4  Ym Meter Value Verification or Meter Calibration.
    10.3.4.1  The Ym meter value may be determined by 
replacing the sampling train critical orifice with the calibration 
orifice. Replace the critical orifice assembly by installing the 
calibration orifice in the same location. The inlet side of the 
calibration orifice is to be left open to the atmosphere and is not to 
be reconnected to the sample train during the calibration procedure.
    10.3.4.2  If the vacuum pump is cold, switch on the pump and allow 
it to operate (become warm) for several minutes prior to starting the 
calibration. After stopping the pump, record the initial dry gas meter 
volume and meter temperature.
    10.3.4.3  Perform the calibration for the number of minutes 
specified by the manufacturer's data sheet (usually 5 minutes). Stop the 
pump and record the final dry gas meter volume and temperature. Subtract 
the start volume from the stop volume to obtain the Vm and 
average the meter temperatures (tm).
    10.3.5  Ym Value Calculation. Ym is the 
calculated value for the dry gas meter. Calculate Ym using 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.580

Where:

Pbar = Barometric pressure at meter, mm Hg, (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure,
Metric = 760 mm Hg.
English = 29.92 in. Hg.
tm = Average dry gas meter temperature,  deg.C, (  deg.F).
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature,
Metric  deg.K = 273 + tm (  deg.C).
English  deg.R = 460 + tm(  deg.F).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature,
Metric = 293  deg.K.
English = 528  deg.R.
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured (actual) by dry gas 
        meter, dcm,(dcf).
Vm(std),mfg = Volume of gas sample measured by manufacture's 
        calibrated orifice and dry gas meter, corrected to standard 
        conditions (pressure/temperature) dscm (dscf).
Ym = Dry gas meter calibration factor, (dimensionless).

10.3.6  Ym Comparison. Compare the Ym value 
provided by the manufacturer (Section 10.3.3) or the pretest 
Ym value to the post test Ym value using the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.581


[[Page 783]]


    10.3.6.1  If this ratio is between 0.95 and 1.05, the designated 
Ym value for the meter is acceptable for use in later 
calculations.
    10.3.6.1.1  If the value is outside the specified range, the test 
series shall either be: 1) voided and the samples discarded; or 2) 
calculations for the test series shall be conducted using whichever 
meter coefficient value (i.e., manufacturers's/pretest Ym 
value or post test Ym value) produces the lowest sample 
volume.
    10.3.6.1.2  If the post test dry gas meter Ym value 
differs by more than 5% as compared to the pretest value, either perform 
the calibration again to determine acceptability or return the meter to 
the manufacturer for recalibration.
    10.3.6.1.3  The calibration may also be conducted as specified in 
Section 10.3 or Section 16.0 of Method 5 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A), 
except that it is only necessary to check the calibration at one flow 
rate of ~ 0.75 cfm.
    10.3.6.1.4  The calibration of the dry gas meter must be verified 
after each field test program using the same procedures.
    Note: The tester may elect to use the Ym post test value 
for the next pretest Ym value; e.g., Test 1 post test 
Ym value and Test 2 pretest Ym value would be the 
same.

    10.4  Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer that has been 
corrected for temperature and elevation.
    10.5  ICP Spectrometer Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 
10.2.
    10.6  GFAA Spectrometer Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 
10.3.
    10.7  IC/PCR Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 10.4.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedures

    Note: The method determines the chromium concentration in g 
Cr/mL. It is important that the analyst measure the volume of the field 
sample prior to analyzing the sample. This will allow for conversion of 
g Cr/mL to g Cr/sample.

    11.1  Analysis. Refer to Method 306 for sample preparation and 
analysis procedures.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Calculations. Perform the calculations, retaining one extra 
decimal point beyond that of the acquired data. When reporting final 
results, round number of figures consistent with the original data.
    12.2  Nomenclature.

A = Cross-sectional area of stack, m2 (ft2).
Bws = Water vapor in gas stream, proportion by volume, 
          dimensionless (assume 2 percent moisture = 0.02).
Cp = Pitot tube coefficient; ``S'' type pitot coefficient 
          usually 0.840, dimensionless.
CS = Concentration of Cr in sample solution, g Cr/
          mL.
CCr = Concentration of Cr in stack gas, dry basis, corrected 
          to standard conditions g/dscm (gr/dscf).
d = Diameter of stack, m (ft).
D = Digestion factor, dimensionless.
ER = Approximate mass emission rate, mg/hr (lb/hr).
F = Dilution factor, dimensionless.
L = Length of a square or rectangular duct, m (ft).
MCr = Total Cr in each sample, g (gr).
Ms = Molecular weight of wet stack gas, wet basis, g/g-mole, 
          (lb/lb-mole); in a nominal gas stream at 2% moisture the value 
          is 28.62.
Pbar = Barometric pressure at sampling site, mm Hg (in. Hg).
Ps = Absolute stack gas pressure; in this case, usually the 
          same value as the barometric pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure:
    Metric = 760 mm Hg.
    English = 29.92 in. Hg.
Qstd = Average stack gas volumetric flow, dry, corrected to 
          standard conditions, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
tm = Average dry gas meter temperature,  deg.C (  deg.F).
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature:
    Metric  deg.K = 273 + tm (  deg.C).
    English  deg.R = 460 + tm(  deg.F).
ts = Average stack temperature,  deg.C (  deg.F).
Ts = Absolute average stack gas temperature: Metric  deg.K = 
          273 + ts (  deg.C). English  deg.R = 460 + 
          ts(  deg.F).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature: Metric = 293  deg.K. 
          English = 528  deg.R.
Vad = Volume of sample aliquot after digestion (mL).
Vaf = Volume of sample aliquot after dilution (mL).
Vbd = Volume of sample aliquot submitted to digestion (mL).
Vbf = Volume of sample aliquot before dilution (mL).
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured (actual, dry) by dry 
          gas meter, dcm (dcf).
VmL = Volume of impinger contents plus rinses (mL).
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions (temperature/pressure), dscm 
          (dscf).
vs = Stack gas average velocity, calculated by Method 2, 
          Equation 2-9, m/sec (ft/sec).
W = Width of a square or rectangular duct, m (ft).
Ym = Dry gas meter calibration factor, (dimensionless).
p = Velocity head measured by the Type S pitot tube, cm 
          H2O (in. H2O).
pavg = Average of p values, mm 
          H2O (in. H2O).

    12.3  Dilution Factor. The dilution factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after dilution to the volume before dilution.

[[Page 784]]

The dilution factor is usually calculated by the laboratory. This ratio 
is derived by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.582

    12.4  Digestion Factor. The digestion factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after digestion to the volume before digestion. 
The digestion factor is usually calculated by the laboratory. This ratio 
is derived by the following equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.583

    12.5  Total Cr in Sample. Calculate MCr, the total 
g Cr in each sample, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.584

    12.6  Dry Gas Volume. Correct the sample volume measured by the dry 
gas meter to standard conditions (20  deg.C, 760 mm Hg or 68'F, 29.92 
in. Hg) using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.585

Where:

K1 = Metric units--0.3855  deg.K/mm Hg.
English units--17.64  deg.R/in. Hg.

    12.7  Cr Emission Concentration (CCr). Calculate 
CCr, the Cr concentration in the stack gas, in g/
dscm (g/dscf) on a dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.586

    Note: To convert g/dscm (g/dscf) to mg/dscm (mg/
dscf), divide by 1000.

    12.8  Stack Gas Velocity.
12.8.1  Kp = Velocity equation constant:

[[Page 785]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.587

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.588

    12.8.2  Average Stack Gas Velocity.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.589
    
    12.9  Cross sectional area of stack.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.591
    
    12.10  Average Stack Gas Dry Volumetric Flow Rate.
    Note: The emission rate may be based on a nominal stack moisture 
content of 2 percent (0.02). To calculate an emission rate, the tester 
may elect to use either the nominal stack gas moisture value or the 
actual stack gas moisture collected during the sampling run.
    Volumetric Flow Rate Equation:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.592
    
Where:
3600 = Conversion factor, sec/hr.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.593

    Note: To convert Qstd from dscm/hr (dscf/hr) to dscm/min 
(dscf/min), divide Qstd by 60.
    12.11  Mass emission rate, mg/hr (lb/hr):

[[Page 786]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.594

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.595

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Range. The recommended working range for all of the three 
analytical techniques starts at five times the analytical detection 
limit (see also Method 306, Section 13.2.2). The upper limit of all 
three techniques can be extended indefinitely by appropriate dilution.
    13.2  Sensitivity.
    13.2.1  Analytical Sensitivity. The estimated instrumental detection 
limits listed are provided as a guide for an instrumental limit. The 
actual method detection limits are sample and instrument dependent and 
may vary as the sample matrix varies.
    13.2.1.1  ICP Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated 
detection limits for ICP, as reported in Method 6010A and the recently 
revised Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), are 7.0 g Cr/L 
and 4.7 g Cr/L, respectively.
    13.2.1.2  GFAAS Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated 
detection limit for GFAAS, as reported in Methods 7000A and 7191 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), is 1.0 g Cr/L.
    13.2.1.3  IC/PCR Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum detection limit 
for IC/PCR with a preconcentrator, as reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 
of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 0.05 g Cr+6/L.
    13.2.2  In-stack Sensitivity. The in-stack sensitivity depends upon 
the analytical detection limit, the volume of stack gas sampled, and the 
total volume of the impinger absorbing solution plus the rinses. Using 
the analytical detection limits given in Sections 13.2.1.1, 13.2.1.2, 
and 13.2.1.3; a stack gas sample volume of 1.7 dscm; and a total liquid 
sample volume of 500 mL; the corresponding in-stack detection limits are 
0.0014 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0021 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00029 mg Cr/dscm for 
GFAAS, and 0.000015 mg Cr+36/dscm for IC/PCR with 
preconcentration.
    Note: It is recommended that the concentration of Cr in the 
analytical solutions be at least five times the analytical detection 
limit to optimize sensitivity in the analyses. Using this guideline and 
the same assumptions for impinger sample volume and stack gas sample 
volume (500 mL and 1.7 dscm, respectively), the recommended minimum 
stack concentrations for optimum sensitivity are 0.0068 mg Cr/dscm to 
0.0103 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.0015 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000074 mg 
Cr+6 dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration. If required, the 
in-stack detection limits can be improved by either increasing the 
sampling time, the stack gas sample volume, reducing the volume of the 
digested sample for GFAAS, improving the analytical detection limits, or 
any combination of the three.

    13.3  Precision.
    13.3.1  The following precision data have been reported for the 
three analytical methods. In each case, when the sampling precision is 
combined with the reported analytical precision, the resulting overall 
precision may decrease.
    13.3.2  Bias data is also reported for GFAAS.
    13.4  ICP Precision.
    13.4.1  As reported in Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), in an 
EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the ICP 
technique to acid/distilled water matrices that had been spiked with 
various metal concentrates. For true values of 10, 50, and 150 
g Cr/L; the mean reported values were 10, 50, and 149 
g Cr/L; and the mean percent relative standard deviations were 
18, 3.3, and 3.8 percent, respectively.
    13.4.2  In another multilaboratory study cited in Method 6010B, a 
mean relative standard of 8.2 percent was reported for an aqueous sample 
concentration of approximately 3750 g Cr/L.
    13.5  GFAAS Precision. As reported in Method 7191 of SW-846 
(Reference 1), in a single laboratory (EMSL), using Cincinnati, Ohio tap 
water spiked at concentrations of 19, 48, and 77 g Cr/L, the 
standard deviations were 0.1, 0.2, and 
0.8, respectively. Recoveries at these levels were 97 
percent, 101 percent, and 102 percent, respectively.
    13.6  IC/PCR Precision. As reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), the precision of IC/PCR with sample preconcentration 
is 5 to 10 percent; the overall precision for sewage sludge incinerators 
emitting 120 ng/dscm of Cr+6 and 3.5 g/dscm of total 
Cr is 25 percent and 9 percent, respectively; and for hazardous waste 
incinerators emitting 300 ng/dscm of Cr+6 the precision is 20 
percent.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  The only materials used in this method that could be 
considered pollutants are the chromium standards used for instrument 
calibration and acids used in the cleaning of the collection and 
measurement containers/labware, in the preparation of standards, and in 
the acid digestion of samples. Both reagents can be stored in the same 
waste container.
    14.2  Cleaning solutions containing acids should be prepared in 
volumes consistent

[[Page 787]]

with use to minimize the disposal of excessive volumes of acid.
    14.3  To the extent possible, the containers/vessels used to collect 
and prepare samples should be cleaned and reused to minimize the 
generation of solid waste.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  It is the responsibility of the laboratory and the sampling 
team to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing 
waste management, particularly the discharge regulations, hazardous 
waste identification rules, and land disposal restrictions; and to 
protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all 
releases from field operations.
    15.2  For further information on waste management, consult The Waste 
Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better-Laboratory 
Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from the American 
Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science 
Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.

                            16.0  References

    1. F.R. Clay, Memo, Impinger Collection Efficiency--Mason Jars vs. 
Greenburg-Smith Impingers, Dec. 1989.
    2. Segall, R.R., W.G. DeWees, F.R. Clay, and J.W. Brown. Development 
of Screening Methods for Use in Chromium Emissions Measurement and 
Regulations Enforcement. In: Proceedings of the 1989 EPA/A&WMA 
International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, 
A&WMA Publication VIP-13, EPA Report No. 600/9-89-060, p. 785.
    3. Clay, F.R., Chromium Sampling Method. In: Proceedings of the 1990 
EPA/A&WMA International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air 
Pollutants, A&WMA Publication VIP-17, EPA Report No. 600/9-90-026, p. 
576.
    4. Clay, F.R., Proposed Sampling Method 306A for the Determination 
of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Electroplating and Anodizing 
Facilities. In: Proceedings of the 1992 EPA/A&WMA International 
Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, A&WMA 
Publication VIP-25, EPA Report No. 600/R-92/131, p. 209.
    5. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods, SW-846, Third Edition as amended by Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, 
and III. Document No. 955-001-000001. Available from Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, November 
1986.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 788]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.596


[[Page 789]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.597


[[Page 790]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.598

 Method 306B--Surface Tension Measurement for Tanks Used at Decorative 
        Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Facilities

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A and in this part. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have a thorough knowledge of at least Methods 5 and 306.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analyte. Not applicable.
    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable to all decorative 
chromium plating and

[[Page 791]]

chromium anodizing operations, and continuous chromium plating at iron 
and steel facilities where a wetting agent is used in the tank as the 
primary mechanism for reducing emissions from the surface of the plating 
solution.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  During an electroplating or anodizing operation, gas bubbles 
generated during the process rise to the surface of the liquid and 
burst. Upon bursting, tiny droplets of chromic acid become entrained in 
ambient air. The addition of a wetting agent to the tank bath reduces 
the surface tension of the liquid and diminishes the formation of these 
droplets.
    2.2  This method determines the surface tension of the bath using a 
stalagmometer or a tensiometer to confirm that there is sufficient 
wetting agent present.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0  Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to 
performing this test method.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Stalagmometer. Any commercially available stalagmometer or 
equivalent surface tension measuring device may be used to measure the 
surface tension of the plating or anodizing tank liquid.
    6.2  Tensiometer. A tensiometer may be used to measure the surface 
tension of the tank liquid provided the procedures specified in ASTM 
Method D 1331-89, Standard Test Methods for Surface and Interfacial 
Tension of Solutions of Surface Active Agents (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) are followed.

                 7.0  Reagents and Standards [Reserved]

  8.0  Sample Collection, Sample Recovery, Sample Preservation, Sample 
            Holding Times, Storage, and Transport [Reserved]

                     9.0  Quality Control [Reserved]

            10.0  Calibration and Standardization [Reserved]

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Procedure. The surface tension of the tank bath may be 
measured by using a tensiometer, a stalagmometer or any other equivalent 
surface tension measuring device approved by the Administrator for 
measuring surface tension in dynes per centimeter. If the tensiometer is 
used, the procedures specified in ASTM Method D 1331-89 must be 
followed. If a stalagmometer or other device is used to measure surface 
tension, the instructions provided with the measuring device must be 
followed.
    11.2  Frequency of Measurements.
    11.2.1  Measurements of the bath surface tension are performed using 
a progressive system which decreases the frequency of surface tension 
measurements required when the proper surface tension is maintained.
    11.2.1.1  Initially, following the compliance date, surface tension 
measurements must be conducted once every 4 hours of tank operation for 
the first 40 hours of tank operation.
    11.2.1.2  Once there are no exceedances during a period of 40 hours 
of tank operation, measurements may be conducted once every 8 hours of 
tank operation.
    11.2.1.3  Once there are no exceedances during a second period of 40 
consecutive hours of tank operation, measurements may be conducted once 
every 40 hours of tank operation on an on-going basis, until an 
exceedance occurs. The maximum time interval for measurements is once 
every 40 hours of tank operation.
    11.2.2  If a measurement of the surface tension of the solution is 
above the 45 dynes per centimeter limit, or above an alternate surface 
tension limit established during the performance test, the time interval 
shall revert back to the original monitoring schedule of once every 4 
hours. A subsequent decrease in frequency would then be allowed 
according to Section 11.2.1.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Log Book of Surface Tension Measurements and Fume Suppressant 
Additions.
    12.1.1  The surface tension of the plating or anodizing tank bath 
must be measured as specified in Section 11.2.
    12.1.2  The measurements must be recorded in the log book. In 
addition to the record of surface tension measurements, the frequency of 
fume suppressant maintenance additions and the amount of fume 
suppressant added during each maintenance addition must be recorded in 
the log book.
    12.1.3  The log book will be readily available for inspection by 
regulatory personnel.
    12.2  Instructions for Apparatus Used in Measuring Surface Tension.
    12.2.1  Included with the log book must be a copy of the 
instructions for the apparatus used for measuring the surface tension of 
the plating or anodizing bath.
    12.2.2  If a tensiometer is used, a copy of ASTM Method D 1331-89 
must be included with the log book.

[[Page 792]]

                   13.0  Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0  Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0  Waste Management [Reserved]

                       16.0  References [Reserved]

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data [Reserved]

 Method 307--Determination of Emissions From Halogenated Solvent Vapor 
            Cleaning Machines Using a Liquid Level Procedure

                     1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable to the determination 
of the halogenated solvent emissions from solvent vapor cleaners in the 
idling mode.
    1.2  Principle. The solvent level in the solvent cleaning machine is 
measured using inclined liquid level indicators. The change in liquid 
level corresponds directly to the amount of solvent lost from the 
solvent cleaning machine.

                              2. Apparatus

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.
    2.1  Inclined Liquid Level Indicator. A schematic of the inclined 
liquid level indicators used in this method is shown in figure 307-1; 
two inclined liquid level indicators having 0.05 centimeters divisions 
or smaller shall be used. The liquid level indicators shall be made of 
glass, Teflon, or any similar material that will not react with the 
solvent being used. A 6-inch by 1-inch slope is recommended; however the 
slope may vary depending on the size and design of the solvent cleaning 
machine.
    Note: It is important that the inclined liquid level indicators be 
constructed with ease of reading in mind. The inclined liquid level 
indicators should also be mounted so that they can be raised or lowered 
if necessary to suit the solvent cleaning machine size.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.075

    2.2  Horizontal Indicator. Device to check the inclined liquid level 
indicators orientation relative to horizontal.
    2.3  Velocity Meter. Hotwire and vane anemometers, or other devices 
capable of measuring the flow rates ranging from 0 to 15.2 meters per 
minute across the solvent cleaning machine.

                              3. Procedure

    3.1  Connection of the Inclined Liquid Level Indicator. Connect one 
of the inclined liquid level indicators to the boiling sump drain and 
the other inclined liquid level indicator to the immersion sump drain 
using Teflon tubing and the appropriate fittings. A schematic diagram is 
shown in figure 307-2.

[[Page 793]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.076

    3.2  Positioning of Velocity Meter. Position the velocity meter so 
that it measures the flow rate of the air passing directly across the 
solvent cleaning machine.
    3.3  Level the Inclined Liquid Level Indicators.
    3.4  Initial Inclined Liquid Level Indicator Readings. Open the sump 
drainage valves. Allow the solvent cleaning machine to operate long 
enough for the vapor zone to form and the system to stabilize (check 
with manufacturer). Record the inclined liquid level indicators readings 
and the starting time on the data sheet. A sample data sheet is provided 
in figure 307-3.

Date____________________________________________________________________

Run_____________________________________________________________________

Solvent type____________________________________________________________

Solvent density, g/m \3\ (lb/ft \3\)____________________________________

Length of boiling sump (SB), m (ft)__________________________

Width of boiling sump (WB), m (ft)___________________________

Length of immersion sump (SI), m (ft)________________________

Width of immersion sump (WI), m (ft)_________________________

Length of solvent vapor/air interface (SV), m (ft) 
____________

Width of solvent vapor/air interface (WV), m (ft) 
____________

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Boiling   Immersion
               Clock time                   sump       sump    Flow rate
                                          reading    reading    reading
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Figure 307-3. Data sheet.

    3.5  Final Inclined Liquid Level Indicator Readings. At the end of 
the 16-hour test run, check to make sure the inclined liquid level 
indicators are level; if not, make the necessary adjustments. Record the 
final inclined liquid level indicators readings and time.
    3.6  Determination of Solvent Vapor/Air Interface Area for Each 
Sump. Determine the area of the solvent/air interface of the individual 
sumps. Whenever possible, physically measure these dimensions, rather 
than using factory specifications. A schematic of the dimensions of a 
solvent cleaning machine is provided in figure 307-4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.077

                             4. Calculations

    4.1   Nomenclature.
AB = area of boiling sump interface, m\2\ (ft\2\).
AI = area of immersion sump interface, m\2\ (ft\2\).

[[Page 794]]

AV = area of solvent/air interface, m\2\ (ft\2\).
E = emission rate, kg/m\2\-hr (lb/ft\2\-hr).
K = 100,000 cm . g/m . kg for metric units.
    = 12 in./ft for English units.
LBF = final boiling sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
LBi = initial boiling sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
LIf = final immersion sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
LIi = initial immersion sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
SB = length of the boiling sump, m (ft).
SI = length of the immersion sump, m (ft).
SV = length of the solvent vapor/air interface, m (ft).
WB = width of the boiling sump, m (ft).
WI = width of the immersion sump, m (ft).
WV = width of the solvent vapor/air interface, m (ft).
     = density of solvent, g/m3 (lb/ft3).
     = test time, hr.
    4.2  Area of Sump Interfaces. Calculate the areas of the boiling and 
immersion sump interfaces as follows:

AB = SB WB    Eq. 307-1
AI = SI WI    Eq. 307-2

    4.3  Area of Solvent/Air Interface. Calculate the area of the 
solvent vapor/air interface as follows:

AV = SV WV    Eq. 307-3
    4.4  Emission Rate. Calculate the emission rate as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02DE94.007
    
   Method 308--Procedure for Determination of Methanol Emission From 
                           Stationary Sources

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analyte. Methanol. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) No. 67-56-1.
    1.2  Applicability. This method applies to the measurement of 
methanol emissions from specified stationary sources.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    A gas sample is extracted from the sampling point in the stack. The 
methanol is collected in deionized distilled water and adsorbed on 
silica gel. The sample is returned to the laboratory where the methanol 
in the water fraction is separated from other organic compounds with a 
gas chromatograph (GC) and is then measured by a flame ionization 
detector (FID). The fraction adsorbed on silica gel is extracted with an 
aqueous solution of n-propanol and is then separated and measured by GC/
FID.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0  Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address 
all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the 
responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate 
safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of 
regulatory limitations before performing this test method.
    5.2  Methanol Characteristics. Methanol is flammable and a dangerous 
fire and explosion risk. It is moderately toxic by ingestion and 
inhalation.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection. The following items are required for sample 
collection:
    6.1.1  Sampling Train. The sampling train is shown in Figure 308-1 
and component parts are discussed below.
    6.1.1.1  Probe. Teflon, approximately 6-millimeter (mm) 
(0.24 inch) outside diameter.
    6.1.1.2  Impinger. A 30-milliliter (ml) midget impinger. The 
impinger must be connected with leak-free glass connectors. Silicone 
grease may not be used to lubricate the connectors.
    6.1.1.3  Adsorbent Tube. Glass tubes packed with the required amount 
of the specified adsorbent.
    6.1.1.4  Valve. Needle valve, to regulate sample gas flow rate.
    6.1.1.5  Pump. Leak-free diaphragm pump, or equivalent, to pull gas 
through the sampling train. Install a small surge tank between the pump 
and rate meter to eliminate the pulsation effect of the diaphragm pump 
on the rotameter.
    6.1.1.6  Rate Meter. Rotameter, or equivalent, capable of measuring 
flow rate to within 2 percent of the selected flow rate of up to 1000 
milliliter per minute (ml/min). Alternatively, the tester may use a 
critical orifice to set the flow rate.
    6.1.1.7  Volume Meter. Dry gas meter (DGM), sufficiently accurate to 
measure the sample volume to within 2 percent, calibrated at the 
selected flow rate and conditions actually encountered during sampling, 
and equipped with a temperature sensor (dial thermometer, or equivalent) 
capable of measuring temperature accurately to within 3  deg.C (5.4 
deg.F).
    6.1.1.8  Barometer. Mercury (Hg), aneroid, or other barometer 
capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm (0.1 inch) 
Hg. See the NOTE in Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A), section 
6.1.2.
    6.1.1.9  Vacuum Gauge and Rotameter. At least 760-mm (30-inch) Hg 
gauge and 0- to 40-

[[Page 795]]

ml/min rotameter, to be used for leak-check of the sampling train.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1  Wash Bottles. Polyethylene or glass, 500-ml, two.
    6.2.2  Sample Vials. Glass, 40-ml, with Teflon-lined 
septa, to store impinger samples (one per sample).
    6.2.3  Graduated Cylinder. 100-ml size.
    6.3  Analysis. The following are required for analysis:
    6.3.1  Gas Chromatograph. GC with an FID, programmable temperature 
control, and heated liquid injection port.
    6.3.2  Pump. Capable of pumping 100 ml/min. For flushing sample 
loop.
    6.3.3  Flow Meter. To monitor accurately sample loop flow rate of 
100 ml/min.
    6.3.4  Regulators. Two-stage regulators used on gas cylinders for GC 
and for cylinder standards.
    6.3.5  Recorder. To record, integrate, and store chromatograms.
    6.3.6  Syringes. 1.0- and 10-microliter (l) size, calibrated, for 
injecting samples.
    6.3.7  Tubing Fittings. Stainless steel, to plumb GC and gas 
cylinders.
    6.3.8  Vials. Two 5.0-ml glass vials with screw caps fitted with 
Teflon-lined septa for each sample.
    6.3.9  Pipettes. Volumetric type, assorted sizes for preparing 
calibration standards.
    6.3.10  Volumetric Flasks. Assorted sizes for preparing calibration 
standards.
    6.3.11  Vials. Glass 40-ml with Teflon-lined septa, to 
store calibration standards (one per standard).

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents must conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society. Where such specifications are not 
available, use the best available grade.

    7.1  Sampling. The following are required for sampling:
    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled to conform to the American Society 
for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Specification D 1193-77, Type 3. At the 
option of the analyst, the potassium permanganate (KMnO4) 
test for oxidizable organic matter may be omitted when high 
concentrations of organic matter are not expected to be present.
    7.1.2  Silica Gel. Deactivated chromatographic grade 20/40 mesh 
silica gel packed in glass adsorbent tubes. The silica gel is packed in 
two sections. The front section contains 520 milligrams (mg) of silica 
gel, and the back section contains 260 mg.
    7.2  Analysis. The following are required for analysis:
    7.2.1  Water. Same as specified in section 7.1.1.
    7.2.2  n-Propanol, 3 Percent. Mix 3 ml of n-propanol with 97 ml of 
water.
    7.2.3  Methanol Stock Standard. Prepare a methanol stock standard by 
weighing 1 gram of methanol into a 100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to 
100 ml with water.
    7.2.3.1  Methanol Working Standard. Prepare a methanol working 
standard by pipetting 1 ml of the methanol stock standard into a 100-ml 
volumetric flask. Dilute the solution to 100 ml with water.
    7.2.3.2  Methanol Standards For Impinger Samples. Prepare a series 
of methanol standards by pipetting 1, 2, 5, 10, and 25 ml of methanol 
working standard solution respectively into five 50-ml volumetric 
flasks. Dilute the solutions to 50 ml with water. These standards will 
have 2, 4, 10, 20, and 50 g/ml of methanol, respectively. After 
preparation, transfer the solutions to 40-ml glass vials capped with 
Teflon septa and store the vials under refrigeration. 
Discard any excess solution.
    7.2.3.3  Methanol Standards for Adsorbent Tube Samples. Prepare a 
series of methanol standards by first pipetting 10 ml of the methanol 
working standard into a 100-ml volumetric flask and diluting the 
contents to exactly 100 ml with 3 percent n-propanol solution. This 
standard will contain 10 g/ml of methanol. Pipette 5, 15, and 
25 ml of this standard, respectively, into four 50-ml volumetric flasks. 
Dilute each solution to 50 ml with 3 percent n-propanol solution. These 
standards will have 1, 3, and 5 g/ml of methanol, respectively. 
Transfer all four standards into 40-ml glass vials capped with 
Teflon-lined septa and store under refrigeration. Discard 
any excess solution.
    7.2.4  GC Column. Capillary column, 30 meters (100 feet) long with 
an inside diameter (ID) of 0.53 mm (0.02 inch), coated with DB 624 to a 
film thickness of 3.0 micrometers, (m) or an equivalent column. 
Alternatively, a 30-meter capillary column coated with polyethylene 
glycol to a film thickness of 1 m such as AT-WAX or its 
equivalent.
    7.2.5  Helium. Ultra high purity.
    7.2.6  Hydrogen. Zero grade.
    7.2.7  Oxygen. Zero grade.

                             8.0  Procedure

    8.1  Sampling. The following items are required for sampling:
    8.1.1  Preparation of Collection Train. Measure 20 ml of water into 
the midget impinger. The adsorbent tube must contain 520 mg of silica 
gel in the front section and 260 mg of silica gel in the backup section. 
Assemble the train as shown in Figure 308-1. An optional, second 
impinger that is left empty may be placed in front of the water-
containing impinger to act as a condensate trap. Place crushed ice and 
water around the impinger.


[[Page 796]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.014


    8.1.2  Leak Check. A leak check prior to the sampling run is 
optional; however, a leak check after the sampling run is mandatory. The 
leak-check procedure is as follows:
    Temporarily attach a suitable (e.g., 0-to 40-ml/min) rotameter to 
the outlet of the DGM, and place a vacuum gauge at or near the probe 
inlet. Plug the probe inlet, pull a vacuum of at least 250 mm (10 inch) 
Hg, and note the flow rate as indicated by the rotameter. A leakage rate 
not in excess of 2 percent of the average sampling rate is acceptable.

    Note: Carefully release the probe inlet plug before turning off the 
pump.

    8.1.3  Sample Collection. Record the initial DGM reading and 
barometric pressure. To begin sampling, position the tip of the 
Teflon tubing at the sampling point, connect the tubing to 
the impinger, and start the pump. Adjust the sample flow to a constant 
rate between 200 and 1000 ml/min as indicated by the rotameter. Maintain 
this constant rate (10 percent) during the entire sampling 
run. Take readings (DGM, temperatures at DGM and at impinger outlet, and 
rate meter) at least every 5 minutes. Add more ice during the run to 
keep the temperature of the gases leaving the last impinger at 20  deg.C 
(68  deg.F) or less. At the conclusion of each run,

[[Page 797]]

turn off the pump, remove the Teflon tubing from the stack, 
and record the final readings. Conduct a leak check as in section 8.1.2. 
(This leak check is mandatory.) If a leak is found, void the test run or 
use procedures acceptable to the Administrator to adjust the sample 
volume for the leakage.
    8.2  Sample Recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    8.2.1  Impinger. Disconnect the impinger. Pour the contents of the 
midget impinger into a graduated cylinder. Rinse the midget impinger and 
the connecting tubes with water, and add the rinses to the graduated 
cylinder. Record the sample volume. Transfer the sample to a glass vial 
and cap with a Teflon septum. Discard any excess sample. 
Place the samples in an ice chest for shipment to the laboratory.
    8.2.2.  Adsorbent Tubes. Seal the silica gel adsorbent tubes and 
place them in an ice chest for shipment to the laboratory.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures. The following quality 
control measures are required:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Section         Quality control measure           Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1.2, 8.1.3, 10.1..  Sampling equipment leak   Ensures accurate
                       check and calibration.    measurement of sample
                                                 volume.
10.2................  GC calibration..........  Ensures precision of GC
                                                 analysis.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Applicability. When the method is used to analyze samples to 
demonstrate compliance with a source emission regulation, an audit 
sample must be analyzed, subject to availability.
    9.3  Audit Procedure. Analyze an audit sample with each set of 
compliance samples. Concurrently analyze the audit sample and a set of 
compliance samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the 
analyst and the standards preparation. The same analyst, analytical 
reagents, and analytical system shall be used both for the compliance 
samples and the EPA audit sample.
    9.4  Audit Sample Availability. Audit samples will be supplied only 
to enforcement agencies for compliance tests. Audit samples may be 
obtained by writing: Source Test Audit Coordinator (MD-77B), Air 
Measurement Research Division, National Exposure Research Laboratory, 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; 
or by calling the Source Test Audit Coordinator (STAC) at (919) 541-
7834. The audit sample request must be made at least 30 days prior to 
the scheduled compliance sample analysis.
    9.5  Audit Results. Calculate the audit sample concentration 
according to the calculation procedure provided in the audit 
instructions included with the audit sample. Fill in the audit sample 
concentration and the analyst's name on the audit response form included 
with the audit instructions. Send one copy to the EPA Regional Office or 
the appropriate enforcement agency and a second copy to the STAC. The 
EPA Regional office or the appropriate enforcement agency will report 
the results of the audit to the laboratory being audited. Include this 
response with the results of the compliance samples in relevant reports 
to the EPA Regional Office or the appropriate enforcement agency.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Metering System. The following items are required for the 
metering system:
    10.1.1  Initial Calibration.
    10.1.1.1  Before its initial use in the field, first leak-check the 
metering system (drying tube, needle valve, pump, rotameter, and DGM) as 
follows: Place a vacuum gauge at the inlet to the drying tube, and pull 
a vacuum of 250 mm (10 inch) Hg; plug or pinch off the outlet of the 
flow meter, and then turn off the pump. The vacuum shall remain stable 
for at least 30 seconds. Carefully release the vacuum gauge before 
releasing the flow meter end.
    10.1.1.2  Next, remove the drying tube, and calibrate the metering 
system (at the sampling flow rate specified by the method) as follows: 
Connect an appropriately sized wet test meter (e.g., 1 liter per 
revolution (0.035 cubic feet per revolution)) to the inlet of the drying 
tube. Make three independent calibrations runs, using at least five 
revolutions of the DGM per run. Calculate the calibration factor, Y (wet 
test meter calibration volume divided by the DGM volume, both volumes 
adjusted to the same reference temperature and pressure), for each run, 
and average the results. If any Y-value deviates by more than 2 percent 
from the average, the metering system is unacceptable for use. 
Otherwise, use the average as the calibration factor for subsequent test 
runs.
    10.1.2  Posttest Calibration Check. After each field test series, 
conduct a calibration check as in section 10.1.1 above, except for the 
following variations: (a) The leak check is not to be conducted, (b) 
three, or more revolutions of the DGM may be used, and (c) only two 
independent runs need be made. If the calibration factor does not 
deviate by more than 5 percent from the initial calibration factor 
(determined in section 10.1.1), then the DGM volumes obtained during the 
test series are acceptable. If the calibration factor deviates by more 
than 5 percent, recalibrate the metering system as in section 10.1.1, 
and for the calculations, use the calibration factor (initial or 
recalibration) that yields the lower gas volume for each test run.
    10.1.3  Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass 
thermometers.

[[Page 798]]

    10.1.4  Rotameter. The rotameter need not be calibrated, but should 
be cleaned and maintained according to the manufacturer's instruction.
    10.1.5  Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer.
    10.2  Gas Chromatograph. The following procedures are required for 
the gas chromatograph:
    10.2.1  Initial Calibration. Inject 1 l of each of the 
standards prepared in sections 7.2.3.3 and 7.2.3.4 into the GC and 
record the response. Repeat the injections for each standard until two 
successive injections agree within 5 percent. Using the mean response 
for each calibration standard, prepare a linear least squares equation 
relating the response to the mass of methanol in the sample. Perform the 
calibration before analyzing each set of samples.
    10.2.2  Continuing Calibration. At the beginning of each day, 
analyze the mid level calibration standard as described in section 
10.5.1. The response from the daily analysis must agree with the 
response from the initial calibration within 10 percent. If it does not, 
the initial calibration must be repeated.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Gas Chromatograph Operating Conditions. The following 
operating conditions are required for the GC:
    11.1.1  Injector. Configured for capillary column, splitless, 200 
deg.C (392  deg.F).
    11.1.2  Carrier. Helium at 10 ml/min.
    11.1.3  Oven. Initially at 45  deg.C for 3 minutes; then raise by 10 
 deg.C to 70  deg.C; then raise by 70  deg.C/min to 200  deg.C.
    11.2  Impinger Sample. Inject 1 l of the stored sample into 
the GC. Repeat the injection and average the results. If the sample 
response is above that of the highest calibration standard, either 
dilute the sample until it is in the measurement range of the 
calibration line or prepare additional calibration standards. If the 
sample response is below that of the lowest calibration standard, 
prepare additional calibration standards. If additional calibration 
standards are prepared, there shall be at least two that bracket the 
response of the sample. These standards should produce approximately 50 
percent and 150 percent of the response of the sample.
    11.3  Silica Gel Adsorbent Sample. The following items are required 
for the silica gel adsorbent samples:
    11.3.1  Preparation of Samples. Extract the front and backup 
sections of the adsorbent tube separately. With a file, score the glass 
adsorbent tube in front of the first section of silica gel. Break the 
tube open. Remove and discard the glass wool. Transfer the first section 
of the silica gel to a 5-ml glass vial and stopper the vial. Remove the 
spacer between the first and second section of the adsorbent tube and 
discard it. Transfer the second section of silica gel to a separate 5-ml 
glass vial and stopper the vial.
    11.3.2  Desorption of Samples. Add 3 ml of the 10 percent n-propanol 
solution to each of the stoppered vials and shake or vibrate the vials 
for 30 minutes.
    11.3.3  Inject a 1-l aliquot of the diluted sample from 
each vial into the GC. Repeat the injection and average the results. If 
the sample response is above that of the highest calibration standard, 
either dilute the sample until it is in the measurement range of the 
calibration line or prepare additional calibration standards. If the 
sample response is below that of the lowest calibration standard, 
prepare additional calibration standards. If additional calibration 
standards are prepared, there shall be at least two that bracket the 
response of the sample. These standards should produce approximately 50 
percent and 150 percent of the response of the sample.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Nomenclature.

Caf=Concentration of methanol in the front of the adsorbent 
          tube, g/ml.
Cab=Concentration of methanol in the back of the adsorbent 
          tube, g/ml.
Ci=Concentration of methanol in the impinger portion of the 
          sample train, g/ml.
E=Mass emission rate of methanol, g/hr (lb/hr).
Mtot=Total mass of methanol collected in the sample train, 
          g.
Pbar=Barometric pressure at the exit orifice of the DGM, mm 
          Hg (in. Hg).
Pstd=Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92 in. Hg).
Qstd=Dry volumetric stack gas flow rate corrected to standard 
          conditions, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
Tm=Average DGM absolute temperature, degrees K (  deg.R).
Tstd=Standard absolute temperature, 293 degrees K (528 
          deg.R).
Vaf=Volume of front half adsorbent sample, ml.
Vab=Volume of back half adsorbent sample, ml.
Vi=Volume of impinger sample, ml.
Vm=Dry gas volume as measured by the DGM, dry cubic meters 
          (dcm), dry cubic feet (dcf).
Vm(std)=Dry gas volume measured by the DGM, corrected to 
          standard conditions, dry standard cubic meters (dscm), dry 
          standard cubic feet (dscf).

    12.2  Mass of Methanol. Calculate the total mass of methanol 
collected in the sampling train using Equation 308-1.


[[Page 799]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.015

    12.3  Dry Sample Gas Volume, Corrected to Standard Conditions. 
Calculate the volume of gas sampled at standard conditions using 
Equation 308-2.

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.016

    12.4  Mass Emission Rate of Methanol. Calculate the mass emission 
rate of methanol using Equation 308-3.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.017

                   13.0  Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0  Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0  Waste Management [Reserved]

                           16.0  Bibliography

    1. Rom, J.J. ``Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic 
Source Sampling Equipment.'' Office of Air Programs, Environmental 
Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC. APTD-0576 March 1972.
    2. Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Part 31; Water, Atmospheric 
Analysis. American Society for Testing and Materials. Philadelphia, PA. 
1974. pp. 40-42.
    3. Westlin, P.R. and R.T. Shigehara. ``Procedure for Calibrating and 
Using Dry Gas Volume Meters as Calibration Standards.'' Source 
Evaluation Society Newsletter. 3(1) :17-30. February 1978.
    4. Yu, K.K. ``Evaluation of Moisture Effect on Dry Gas Meter 
Calibration.'' Source Evaluation Society Newsletter. 5(1) :24-28. 
February 1980.
    5. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, Volume 2. U.S. Department of 
Health and Human Services National Institute for Occupational Safety and 
Health. Center for Disease Control. 4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati, 
OH 45226. (available from the Superintendent of Documents, Government 
Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.)
    6. Pinkerton, J.E. ``Method for Measuring Methanol in Pulp Mill Vent 
Gases.'' National Council of the Pulp and Paper Industry for Air and 
Stream Improvement, Inc., New York, NY.

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

    [Reserved]

Method 310A--Determination of Residual Hexane Through Gas Chromatography

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  This method is used to analyze any crumb rubber or water 
samples for residual hexane content.
    1.2  The sample is heated in a sealed bottle with an internal 
standard and the vapor is analyzed by gas chromatography.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  This method, utilizing a capillary column gas chromatograph 
with a flame ionization detector, determines the concentration of 
residual hexane in rubber crumb samples.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  There are no known interferences.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  It is the responsibility of the user of this procedure to 
establish safety and health practices applicable to their specific 
operation.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Gas Chromatograph with a flame ionization detector and data 
handling station

[[Page 800]]

equipped with a capillary column 30 meters long.
    6.2  Chromatograph conditions for Sigma 1:
    6.2.1  Helium pressure: 50 inlet A, 14 aux
    6.2.2  Carrier flow: 25 cc/min
    6.2.3  Range switch: 100x
    6.2.4  DB: 1 capillary column
    6.3  Chromatograph conditions for Hewlett-Packard GC:
    6.3.1  Initial temperature: 40  deg.C
    6.3.2  Initial time: 8 min
    6.3.3  Rate: 0
    6.3.4  Range: 2
    6.3.5  DB: 1705 capillary column
    6.4  Septum bottles and stoppers
    6.5  Gas Syringe--0.5 cc

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Chloroform, 99.9+%, A.S.C. HPLC grade

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    8.1  A representative sample should be caught in a clean 8 oz. 
container with a secure lid.
    8.2  The container should be labeled with sample identification, 
date and time.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  The instrument is calibrated by injecting calibration solution 
(Section 10.2 of this method) five times.
    9.2  The retention time for components of interest and relative 
response of monomer to the internal standard is determined.
    9.3  Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample 
type and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.3.1  Determine the percent hexane in three separate dried rubber 
crumb samples.
    9.3.2  Weigh a portion of each crumb sample into separate sample 
bottles and add a known amount of hexane (10 microliters) by microliter 
syringe and 20 microliters of internal standard. Analyze each by the 
described procedure and calculate the percent recovery of the known 
added hexane.
    9.3.3  Repeat the previous step using twice the hexane level (20 
microliters), analyze and calculate the percent recovery of the known 
added hexane.
    9.3.4  Set up two additional sets of samples using 10 microliters 
and 20 microliters of hexane as before, but add an amount of water equal 
to the dry crumb used. Analyze and calculate percent recovery to show 
the effect of free water on the results obtained.
    9.3.5  A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.3.6  R shall be used to correct all reported results for each 
compound by dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for 
that compound for the same sample type.

                10.0  Calibration and Instrument Settings

    10.1  Calibrate the chromatograph using a standard made by injecting 
10 l of fresh hexane and 20 l of chloroform into a 
sealed septum bottle. This standard will be 0.6 wt.% total hexane based 
on 1 gram of dry rubber.
    10.2  Analyze the hexane used and calculate the percentage of each 
hexane isomer (2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, n-hexane, and 
methylcyclo-pentane). Enter these percentages into the method 
calibration table.
    10.3  Heat the standard bottle for 30 minutes in a 105  deg.C oven.
    10.4  Inject about 0.25 cc of vapor into the gas chromatograph and 
after the analysis is finished, calibrate according to the procedures 
described by the instrument manufacturer.

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Using a cold mill set at a wide roller gap (125-150 mm), mill 
about 250 grams of crumb two times to homogenize the sample.
    11.2  Weigh about 2 grams of wet crumb into a septum bottle and cap 
with a septum ring. Add 20 l of chloroform with a syringe and 
place in a 105  deg.C oven for 45 minutes.
    11.3  Run the moisture content on a separate portion of the sample 
and calculate the grams of dry rubber put into the septum bottle.
    11.4  Set up the data station on the required method and enter the 
dry rubber weight in the sample weight field.
    11.5  Inject a 0.25 cc vapor sample into the chromatograph and push 
the start button.
    11.6  At the end of the analysis, the data station will print a 
report listing the concentration of each identified component.
    11.7  To analyze water samples, pipet 5 ml of sample into the septum 
bottle, cap and add 20 l of chloroform. Place in a 105  deg.C 
oven for 30 minutes.
    11.8  Enter 5 grams into the sample weight field.
    11.9  Inject a 0.25 cc vapor sample into the chromatograph and push 
the start button.
    11.10  At the end of the analysis, the data station will print a 
report listing the concentration of each identified component.

                   12.0  Data Analysis and Calculation

    12.1  For samples that are prepared as in section 11 of this method, 
ppm n-hexane is read directly from the computer.
    12.2  The formulas for calculation of the results are as follows:

    ppmhexane=(Ahexane x Rhexane)/
(Ais x Ris)

    Where:
    Ahexane=area of hexane
    Rhexane=response of hexane
    Ais=area of the internal standard
    Ris=response of the internal standard

[[Page 801]]

    % hexane in crumb=(ppmhexane/sample amount)100
    12.3  Correct the results by the value of R (as determined in 
sections 9.3.4, 9.3.5, and 9.3.6 of this method).

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  The test has a standard deviation of 0.14 wt% at 0.66 wt% 
hexane. Spike recovery of 12 samples at two levels of hexane averaged 
102.3%. Note: Recovery must be determined for each type of sample. The 
values given here are meant to be examples of method performance.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  Waste generation should be minimized where possible. Sample 
size should be an amount necessary to adequately run the analysis.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  All waste shall be handled in accordance with federal and 
state environmental regulations.

                    16.0  References and Publications

    16.1  DSM Copolymer Test Method T-3380.

Method 310B--Determination of Residual Hexane Through Gas Chromatography

                       1.0  Scope and Application

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Method sensitivity (5.5g
                 Analyte                       CAS No.               Matrix                  sample size)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hexane...................................        110-54-3  Rubber crumb.............  .01 wt%.
Applicable Termonomer....................  ..............  Rubber crumb.............  .001 wt%.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.1  Data Quality Objectives:
    In the production of ethylene-propylene terpolymer crumb rubber, the 
polymer is recovered from solution by flashing off the solvent with 
steam and hot water. The resulting water-crumb slurry is then pumped to 
the finishing units. Certain amounts of solvent (hexane being the most 
commonly used solvent) and diene monomer remain in the crumb. The 
analyst uses the following procedure to determine those amounts.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  The crumb rubber sample is dissolved in toluene to which 
heptane has been added as an internal standard. Acetone is then added to 
this solution to precipitate the crumb, and the supernatant is analyzed 
for hexane and diene by a gas chromatograph equipped with a flame 
ionization detector (FID).

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Included in text as needed.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  None known.
    4.2  Benzene, introduced as a contaminant in the toluene solvent, 
elutes between methyl cyclopentane and cyclohexane. However, the benzene 
peak is completely resolved.
    4.3  2,2-dimethyl pentane, a minor component of the hexane used in 
our process, elutes just prior to methyl cyclopentane. It is included as 
``hexane'' in the analysis whether it is integrated separately or 
included in the methyl cyclopentane peak.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  This procedure does not purport to address all of the safety 
concerns associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this procedure to establish appropriate safety and health practices 
and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
    5.2  Chemicals used in this analysis are flammable and hazardous 
(see specific toxicity information below). Avoid contact with sources of 
ignition during sample prep. All handling should be done beneath a hood. 
Playtex or nitrile gloves recommended.
    5.3  Hexane is toxic by ingestion and inhalation. Vapor inhalation 
causes irritation of nasal and respiratory passages, headache, 
dizziness, nausea, central nervous system depression. Chronic 
overexposure can cause severe nerve damage. May cause irritation on 
contact with skin or eyes. May cause damage to kidneys.
    5.4  Termonomer may be harmful by inhalation, ingestion, or skin 
absorption. Vapor or mist is irritating to the eyes, mucous membranes, 
and upper respiratory tract. Causes skin irritation.
    5.5  Toluene is harmful or fatal if swallowed. Vapor harmful if 
inhaled. Symptoms: headache, dizziness, hallucinations, distorted 
perceptions, changes in motor activity, nausea, diarrhea, respiratory 
irritation, central nervous system depression, unconsciousness, liver, 
kidney and lung damage. Contact can cause severe eye irritation. May 
cause skin irritation. Causes irritation of eyes, nose, and throat.

[[Page 802]]

    5.6  Acetone, at high concentrations or prolonged overexposure, may 
cause headache, dizziness, irritation of eyes and respiratory tract, 
loss of strength, and narcosis. Eye contact causes severe irritation; 
skin contact may cause mild irritation. Concentrations of 20,000 ppm are 
immediately dangerous to life and health.
    5.7  Heptane is harmful if inhaled or swallowed. May be harmful if 
absorbed through the skin. Vapor or mist is irritating to the eyes, 
mucous membranes, and upper respiratory tract. Prolonged or repeated 
exposure to skin causes defatting and dermatitis.
    5.8  The steam oven used to dry the polymer in this procedure is set 
at 110  deg.C. Wear leather gloves when removing bottles from the oven.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  4000-ml volumetric flask
    6.2  100-ml volumetric pipette
    6.3  1000-ml volumetric flask
    6.4  8-oz. French Square sample bottles with plastic-lined caps
    6.5  Top-loading balance
    6.6  Laboratory shaker
    6.7  Laboratory oven set at 110  deg.C (steam oven)
    6.8  Gas chromatograph, Hewlett-Packard 5890A, or equivalent, 
interfaced with HP 7673A (or equivalent) autosampler (equipped with 
nanoliter adapter and robotic arm), and HP 3396 series II or 3392A (or 
equivalent) integrator/controller.
    6.9  GC column, capillary type, 50m  x  0.53mm, methyl silicone, 5 
micron film thickness, Quadrex, or equivalent.
    6.10  Computerized data acquisition system, such as CIS/CALS
    6.11  Crimp-top sample vials and HP p/n 5181-1211 crimp caps, or 
screw-top autosampler vials and screw tops.
    6.12  Glass syringes, 5-ml, with ``Luer-lock'' fitting
    6.13  Filters, PTFE, .45m pore size, Gelman Acrodisc or 
equivalent, to fit on Luer-lock syringes (in 6.12, above).

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Reagent toluene, EM Science Omnisolv (or equivalent)
    Purity Check: Prior to using any bottle of reagent toluene, analyze 
it according to section 11.2 of this method. Use the bottle only if 
hexane, heptane, and termonomer peak areas are less than 15 each (note 
that an area of 15 is equivalent to less than 0.01 wt% in a 10g sample).
    7.2  Reagent acetone, EM Science Omnisolv HR-GC (or equivalent)
    Purity Check: Prior to using any bottle of reagent acetone, analyze 
it according to section 11.2 of this method. Use the bottle only if 
hexane, heptane, and termonomer peak areas are less than 15 each.
    7.3  Reagent heptane, Aldrich Chemical Gold Label, Cat 15,487-3 (or 
equivalent)
    Purity Check: Prior to using any bottle of reagent heptane, analyze 
it according to section 11.2 of this method. Use the bottle only if 
hexane and termonomer peak areas are less than 5 each.
    7.4  Internal standard solution--used as a concentrate for 
preparation of the more dilute Polymer Dissolving Solution. It contains 
12.00g heptane/100ml of solution which is 120.0g per liter.
    Preparation of internal standard solution (polymer dissolving stock 
solution):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Action                               Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.4.1  Tare a clean, dry 1-liter         If the 1-liter volumetric flask
 volumetric flask on the balance.         is too tall to fit in the
 Record the weight to three places.       balance case, you can shield
                                          the flask from drafts by
                                          inverting a paint bucket with
                                          a hole cut in the bottom over
                                          the balance cover. Allow the
                                          neck of the flask to project
                                          through the hole in the
                                          bucket.
7.4.2  Weigh 120.00 g of n-heptane into  Use 99+% n-heptane from Aldrich
 the flask. Record the total weight of    or Janssen Chimica.
 the flask and heptane as well as the
 weight of heptane added.
7.4.3  Fill the flask close to the mark  Use EM Science Omnisolve
 with toluene, about 1 to 2" below the    toluene, Grade TX0737-1, or
 mark.                                    equivalent.
7.4.4  Shake the flask vigorously to     Allow any bubbles to clear
 mix the contents.                        before proceeding to the next
                                          step.
7.4.5  Top off the flask to the mark
 with toluene. Shake vigorously, as in
 section 7.4.4 of this method, to mix
 well.
7.4.6  Weigh the flask containing the
 solution on the three place balance
 record the weight
7.4.7 Transfer the contents of the       Discard any excess solution
 flask to a 1 qt Boston round bottle.
7.4.8  Label the bottle with the         Be sure to include the words
 identity of the contents, the weights    ``Hexane in Crumb Polymer
 of heptane and toluene used, the date    Dissolving Stock Solution'' on
 of preparation and the preparer's name.  the label.
7.4.9  Refrigerate the completed blend
 for the use of the routine Technicians.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 803]]

    7.5  Polymer Dissolving Solution (``PDS'')--Heptane (as internal 
standard) in toluene. This solution contains 0.3g of heptane internal 
standard per 100 ml of solution.
    7.5.1  Preparation of Polymer Dissolving Solution. Fill a 4,000-ml 
volumetric flask about \3/4\ full with toluene.
    7.5.2  Add 100 ml of the internal standard solution (section 7.4 of 
this method) to the flask using the 100ml pipette.
    7.5.3  Fill the flask to the mark with toluene. Discard any excess.
    7.5.4  Add a large magnetic stirring bar to the flask and mix by 
stirring.
    7.5.5  Transfer the polymer solvent solution to the one-gallon 
labeled container with 50ml volumetric dispenser attached.
    7.5.6  Purity Check: Analyze according to section 11.2. NOTE: You 
must ``precipitate'' the sample with an equal part of acetone (thus 
duplicating actual test conditions-- see section 11.1 of this method, 
sample prep) before analyzing. Analyze the reagent 3 times to quantify 
the C6 and termonomer interferences. Inspect the results to 
ensure good agreement among the three runs (within 10%).
    7.5.7  Tag the bottle with the following information:

        POLYMER DISSOLVING SOLUTION FOR C6 IN CRUMB ANALYSIS
        PREPARER'S NAME
        DATE
        CALS FILE ID'S OF THE THREE ANALYSES FOR PURITY (from section 
7.5.6 of this method)

    7.6  Quality Control Solution: the quality control solution is 
prepared by adding specific amounts of mixed hexanes (barge hexane), n-
nonane and termonomer to some polymer dissolving solution. Nonane elutes 
in the same approximate time region as termonomer and is used to 
quantify in that region because it has a longer shelf life. Termonomer, 
having a high tendency to polymerize, is used in the QC solution only to 
ensure that both termonomer isomers elute at the proper time.
    First, a concentrated stock solution is prepared; the final QC 
solution can then be prepared by diluting the stock solution.
    7.6.1  In preparation of stock solution, fill a 1-liter volumetric 
flask partially with polymer dissolving solution (PDS)--see section 7.5 
of this method. Add 20.0 ml barge hexane, 5.0 ml n-nonane, and 3 ml 
termonomer. Finish filling the volumetric to the mark with PDS.
    7.6.2  In preparation of quality control solution, dilute the 
quality control stock solution (above) precisely 1:10 with PDS, i.e. 10 
ml of stock solution made up to 100 ml (volumetric flask) with PDS. Pour 
the solution into a 4 oz. Boston round bottle and store in the 
refrigerator.

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1  Line up facility to catch crumb samples. The facility is a 
special facility where the sample is drawn.
    8.1.1  Ensure that the cock valve beneath facility is closed.
    8.1.2  Line up the system from the slurry line cock valve to the 
cock valve at the nozzle on the stripper.
    8.1.3  Allow the system to flush through facility for a period of 30 
seconds.
    8.2  Catch a slurry crumb sample.
    8.2.1  Simultaneously close the cock valves upstream and downstream 
of facility.
    8.2.2  Close the cock valve beneath the slurry line in service.
    8.2.3  Line up the cooling tower water through the sample bomb water 
jacket to the sewer for a minimum of 30 minutes.
    8.2.4  Place the sample catching basket beneath facility and open 
the cock valve underneath the bomb to retrieve the rubber crumb.
    8.2.5  If no rubber falls by gravity into the basket, line up 
nitrogen to the bleeder upstream of the sample bomb and force the rubber 
into the basket.
    8.2.6  Close the cock valve underneath the sample bomb.
    8.3  Fill a plastic ``Whirl-pak'' sample bag with slurry crumb and 
send it to the lab immediately.
    8.4  Once the sample reaches the lab, it should be prepped as soon 
as possible to avoid hexane loss through evaporation. Samples which have 
lain untouched for more than 30 minutes should be discarded.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    Quality control is monitored via a computer program that tracks 
analyses of a prepared QC sample (from section 7.6.2 of this method). 
The QC sample result is entered daily into the program, which plots the 
result as a data point on a statistical chart. If the data point does 
not satisfy the ``in-control'' criteria (as defined by the lab quality 
facilitator), an ``out-of-control'' flag appears, mandating corrective 
action.
    In addition, the area of the n-heptane peak is monitored so that any 
errors in making up the polymer dissolving solution will be caught and 
corrected. Refer to section 12.4 of this method.

    9.1  Fill an autosampler vial with the quality control solution 
(from section 7.6.2 of this method) and analyze on the GC as normal (per 
section 11 of this method).
    9.2  Add the concentrations of the 5 hexane isomers as they appear 
on the CALS printout. Also include the 2,2-dimethyl-pentane peak just 
ahead of the methyl cyclopentane (the fourth major isomer) peak in the 
event that the peak integration split this peak out. Do not include the 
benzene peak in the sum.

[[Page 804]]

Note the nonane concentration. Record both results (total hexane and 
nonane) in the QC computer program. If out of control, and GC appears to 
be functioning within normal parameters, reanalyze a fresh control 
sample. If the fresh QC is not in control, check stock solution for 
contaminants or make up a new QC sample with the toluene currently in 
use. If instrument remains out-of-control, more thorough GC 
troubleshooting may be needed.
    Also, verify that the instrument has detected both isomers of 
termonomer (quantification not necessary--see section 7.0 of this 
method).
    9.3  Recovery efficiency must be determined for high ethylene 
concentration, low ethylene concentration, E-P terpolymer, or oil 
extended samples and whenever modifications are made to the method. 
Recovery shall be between 70 and 130 percent. All test results must be 
corrected by the recovery efficiency value (R).
    9.3.1  Approximately 10 grams of wet EPDM crumb (equivalent to about 
5 grams of dry rubber) shall be added to six sample bottles containing 
100 ml of hexane in crumb polymer dissolving solution (toluene 
containing 0.3 gram n-heptane/100 ml solution). The polymer shall be 
dissolved by agitating the bottles on a shaker for 4 hours. The polymer 
shall be precipitated using 100 ml acetone.
    9.3.2  The supernatant liquid shall be decanted from the polymer. 
Care shall be taken to remove as much of the liquid phase from the 
sample as possible to minimize the effect of retained liquid phase upon 
the next cycle of the analysis. The supernatant liquid shall be analyzed 
by gas chromatography using an internal standard quantitation method 
with heptane as the internal standard.
    9.3.3  The precipitated polymer from the steps described above shall 
be redissolved using toluene as the solvent. No heptane shall be added 
to the sample in the second dissolving step. The toluene solvent and 
acetone precipitant shall be determined to be free of interfering 
compounds.
    9.3.4  The rubber which was dissolved in the toluene shall be 
precipitated with acetone as before, and the supernatant liquid decanted 
from the precipitated polymer. The liquid shall be analyzed by gas 
chromatography and the rubber phase dried in a steam-oven to determine 
the final polymer weight.
    9.3.5  The ratios of the areas of the hexane peaks and of the 
heptane internal standard peak shall be calculated for each of the six 
samples in the two analysis cycles outlined above. The area ratios of 
the total hexane to heptane (R1) shall be determined for the two 
analysis cycles of the sample set. The ratio of the values of R1 from 
the second analysis cycle to the first cycle shall be determined to give 
a second ratio (R2).

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    The procedure for preparing a Quality Control sample with the 
internal standard in it is outlined in section 7.6 of this method.

    10.1  The relative FID response factors for n-heptane, the internal 
standard, versus the various hexane isomers and termonomer are 
relatively constant and should seldom need to be altered. However 
Baseline construction is a most critical factor in the production of 
good data. For this reason, close attention should be paid to peak 
integration. Procedures for handling peak integration will depend upon 
the data system used.
    10.2  If recalibration of the analysis is needed, make up a 
calibration blend of the internal standard and the analytes as detailed 
below and analyze it using the analytical method used for the samples.
    10.2.1  Weigh 5 g heptane into a tared scintillation vial to five 
places.
    10.2.2  Add 0.2 ml termonomer to the vial and reweigh.
    10.2.3  Add 0.5 ml hexane to the vial and reweigh.
    10.2.4  Cap, and shake vigorously to mix.
    10.2.5  Calculate the weights of termonomer and of hexane added and 
divide their weights by the weight of the n-heptane added. The result is 
the known of given value for the calibration.
    10.2.6  Add 0.4 ml of this mixture to a mixture of 100 ml toluene 
and 100 ml of acetone. Cap and shake vigorously to mix.
    10.2.7  Analyze the sample.
    10.2.8  Divide the termonomer area and the total areas of the hexane 
peaks by the n-heptane area. This result is the ``found'' value for the 
calibration.
    10.2.9  Divide the appropriate ``known'' value from 10.2.5 by the 
found value from 10.2.8. The result is the response factor for the 
analyte in question. Previous work has shown that the standard deviation 
of the calibration method is about 1% relative.

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  SAMPLE PREPARATION
    11.1.1  Tare an 8oz sample bottle--Tag attached, cap off; record 
weight and sample ID on tag in pencil.
    11.1.2  Place crumb sample in bottle: RLA-3: 10 g (gives a dry wt. 
of ~5.5 g).
    11.1.3  Dispense 100ml of PDS into each bottle. SAMPLE SHOULD BE 
PLACED INTO SOLUTION ASAP TO AVOID HEXANE LOSS--Using ``Dispensette'' 
pipettor. Before dispensing, ``purge'' the dispensette (25% of its 
volume) into a waste bottle to eliminate any voids.
    11.1.4  Tightly cap bottles and load samples into shaker.
    11.1.5  Insure that ``ON-OFF'' switch on the shaker itself is 
``ON.''
    11.1.6  Locate shaker timer. Insure that toggle switch atop timer 
control box is in

[[Page 805]]

the middle (``off'') position. If display reads ``04:00'' (4 hours), 
move toggle switch to the left position. Shaker should begin operating.
    11.1.7  After shaker stops, add 100 ml acetone to each sample to 
precipitate polymer. Shake minimum of 5 minutes on shaker--Vistalon 
sample may not have fully dissolved; nevertheless, for purposes of 
consistency, 4 hours is the agreed-upon dissolving time.
    11.1.8  Using a 5-ml glass Luer-lock syringe and Acrodisc filter, 
filter some of the supernatant liquid into an autosampler vial; crimp 
the vial and load it into the GC autosampler for analysis (section 11.2 
of this method)--The samples are filtered to prevent polymer buildup in 
the GC. Clean the syringes in toluene.
    11.1.9  Decant remaining supernatant into a hydrocarbon waste sink, 
being careful not to discard any of the polymer. Place bottle of 
precipitate into the steam oven and dry for six hours--Some grades of 
Vistalon produce very small particles in the precipitate, thus making 
complete decanting impossible without discarding some polymer. In this 
case, decant as much as possible and put into the oven as is, allowing 
the oven to drive off remaining supernatant (this practice is avoided 
for environmental reasons). WARNING: OVEN IS HOT--110  deg.C (230 
deg.F).
    11.1.10  Cool, weigh and record final weight of bottle.
    11.2  GC ANALYSIS
    11.2.1  Initiate the CALS computer channel.
    11.2.2  Enter the correct instrument method into the GC's 
integrator.
    11.2.3  Load sample vial(s) into autosampler.
    11.2.4  Start the integrator.
    11.2.5  When analysis is complete, plot CALS run to check baseline 
skim.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Add the concentrations of the hexane peaks as they appear on 
the CALS printout. Do not include the benzene peak in the sum.
    12.2  Subtract any hexane interferences found in the PDS (see 
section 7.5.6 of this method); record the result.
    12.3  Note the termonomer concentration on the CALS printout. 
Subtract any termonomer interference found in the PDS and record this 
result in a ``% termonomer by GC'' column in a logbook.
    12.4  Record the area (from CALS printout) of the heptane internal 
standard peak in a ``C7 area'' column in the logbook. This helps track 
instrument performance over the long term.
    12.5  After obtaining the final dry weight of polymer used (Section 
11.1.10 of this method), record that result in a ``dry wt.'' column of 
the logbook (for oil extended polymer, the amount of oil extracted is 
added to the dry rubber weight).
    12.6  Divide the %C6 by the dry weight to obtain the total PHR 
hexane in crumb. Similarly, divide the % termonomer by the dry weight to 
obtain the total PHR termonomer in crumb. Note that PHR is an 
abbreviation for ``parts per hundred''. Record both the hexane and 
termonomer results in the logbook.
    12.7  Correct all results by the recovery efficiency value (R).

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  The method has been shown to provide 100% recovery of the 
hexane analyte. The method was found to give a 6% relative standard 
deviation when the same six portions of the same sample were carried 
through the procedure. Note: These values are examples; each sample 
type, as specified in Section 9.3, must be tested for sample recovery.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  Dispose of all hydrocarbon liquids in the appropriate disposal 
sink system; never pour hydrocarbons down a water sink.
    14.2  As discussed in section 11.1.9 of this method, the analyst can 
minimize venting hydrocarbon vapor to the atmosphere by decanting as 
much hydrocarbon liquid as possible before oven drying.

                         15.0  Waste Mamagement

    15.1  The Technician conducting the analysis should follow the 
proper waste management practices for their laboratory location.

                            16.0  References

    16.1  Baton Rouge Chemical Plant Analytical Procedure no. BRCP 1302
    16.2  Material Safety Data Sheets (from chemical vendors) for 
hexane, ENB, toluene, acetone, and heptane

 Method 310C--Determination of Residual N-Hexane in EPDM Rubber Through 
                           Gas Chromatography

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  This method describes a procedure for the determination of 
residual hexane in EPDM wet crumb rubber in the 0.01--2% range by 
solvent extraction of the hexane followed by gas chromatographic 
analysis where the hexane is detected by flame ionization and quantified 
via an internal standard.
    1.2  This method may involve hazardous materials operations and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all the safety 
problems associated with it use, if any. It is the responsibility of the 
user to consult and establish appropriate safety and health practices 
and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

[[Page 806]]

                              2.0  Summary

    2.1  Residual hexane contained in wet pieces of EPDM polymer is 
extracted with MIBK. A known amount of an internal standard (IS) is 
added to the extract which is subsequently analyzed via gas 
chromatography where the hexane and IS are separated and detected 
utilizing a megabore column and flame ionization detection (FID). From 
the response to the hexane and the IS, the amount of hexane in the EPDM 
polymer is calculated.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Hexane--refers to n-hexane
    3.2  Heptane--refers to n-heptane
    3.3  MIBK--methyl isobutyl ketone (4 methyl 2--Pentanone)

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Material eluting at or near the hexane and/or the IS will cause 
erroneous results. Prior to extraction, solvent blanks must be analyzed 
to confirm the absence of interfering peaks.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Review Material Safety Data Sheets of the chemicals used in 
this method.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  4 oz round glass jar with a wide mouth screw cap lid.
    6.2  Vacuum oven.
    6.3  50 ml pipettes.
    6.4  A gas chromatograph with an auto sampler and a 50 meter, 0.53 
ID, methyl silicone column with 5 micron phase thickness.
    6.5  Shaker, large enough to hold 10, 4 oz. jars.
    6.6  1000 and 4000 ml volumetric flasks.
    6.7  Electronic integrator or equivalent data system.
    6.8  GC autosampler vials.
    6.9  50 uL syringe.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Reagent grade Methyl-Iso-Butyl-Ketone (MIBK)
    7.2  n-heptane, 99% + purity
    7.3  n-hexane, 99% + purity

                         8.0  Sample Collection

    8.1  Trap a sample of the EPDM crumb slurry in the sampling 
apparatus. Allow the crumb slurry to circulate through the sampling 
apparatus for 5 minutes; then close off the values at the bottom and top 
of the sampling apparatus, trapping the crumb slurry. Run cooling water 
through the water jacket for a minimum of 30 minutes. Expel the cooled 
crumb slurry into a sample catching basket. If the crumb does not fall 
by gravity, force it out with demineralized water or nitrogen. Send the 
crumb slurry to the lab for analysis.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  The Royalene crumb sample is extracted three times with MIBK 
containing an internal standard. The hexane from each extraction is 
added together to obtain a total hexane content. The percent hexane in 
the first extraction is then calculated and used as the recovery factor 
for the analysis.
    9.2  Follow this test method through section 11.4 of the method. 
After removing the sample of the first extraction to be run on the gas 
chromatograph, drain off the remainder of the extraction solvent, 
retaining the crumb sample in the sample jar. Rinse the crumb with 
demineralized water to remove any MIBK left on the surface of the crumb. 
Repeat the extraction procedure with fresh MIBK with internal standard 
two more times.
    9.3  After the third extraction, proceed to section 11.5 of this 
method and obtain the percent hexane in each extraction. Use the sample 
weight obtained in section 12.1 of this method to calculate the percent 
hexane in each of the extracts.
    9.4  Add the percent hexane obtained from the three extractions for 
a total percent hexane in the sample.
    9.5  Use the following equations to determine the recovery factor 
(R):
    % Recovery of the first extraction=(% hexane in the first extract/
total % hexane) x 100
    Recovery Factor (R)=(% Hexane Recovered in the first extract)/100

                            10.0  Calibration

    10.1  Preparation of Internal Standard (IS) solution:
    Accuracy weigh 30 grams of n-heptane into a 1000 ml volumetric 
flask. Dilute to the mark with reagent grade MIBK. Label this Solution 
``A''. Pipette 100 mls. of Solution A into a 4 liter volumetric flask. 
Fill the flask to the mark with reagent MIBK. Label this Solution ``B''. 
Solution ``B'' will have a concentration of 0.75 mg/ml of heptane.
    10.2  Preparation of Hexane Standard Solution (HS):
    Using a 50 uL syringe, weigh by difference, 20 mg of n-hexane into a 
50 ml volumetric flask containing approximately 40 ml of Solution B. 
Fill the flask to the mark with Solution B and mix well.
    10.3  Conditions for GC analysis of standards and samples:
    Temperature:
    Initial=40  deg.C
    Final=150  deg.C
    Injector=160  deg.C
    Detector=280  deg.C
    Program Rate=5.0  deg.C/min


[[Page 807]]


    Initial Time=5 minutes Final Time=6 minutes
    Flow Rate=5.0 ml/min
    Sensitivity=detector response must be adjusted to keep the hexane 
and IS on scale.
    10.4  Fill an autosampler vial with the HS, analyze it three times 
and calculate a Hexane Relative Response Factor (RF) as follows:

    RF=(AIS  x  CHS  x  PHS)/
(AHS  x  CIS  x  PIS)    (1)

    Where:
    AIS=Area of IS peak (Heptane)
    AHS=Area of peak (Hexane Standard)
    CHS=Mg of Hexane/50 ml HS
    CIS=Mg of Heptane/50 ml IS Solution B
    PIS=Purity of the IS n-heptane
    PHS=Purity of the HS n-hexane

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Weight 10 grams of wet crumb into a tared (W1), wide mouth 4 
oz. jar.
    11.2  Pipette 50 ml of Solution B into the jar with the wet crumb 
rubber.
    11.3  Screw the cap on tightly and place it on a shaker for 4 hours.
    11.4  Remove the sample from the shaker and fill an autosampler vial 
with the MIBK extract.
    11.5  Analyze the sample two times.
    11.6  Analyze the HS twice, followed by the samples. Inject the HS 
twice at the end of each 10 samples or at the end of the run.

                           12.0  Calculations

    12.1  Drain off the remainder of the MIBK extract from the polymer 
in the 4 oz. jar. Retain all the polymer in the jar. Place the uncovered 
jar and polymer in a heated vacuum oven until the polymer is dry. 
Reweigh the jar and polymer (W2) and calculate the dried sample weight 
of the polymer as follows:

    Dried SW=W2--W1 (2)

    12.2  Should the polymer be oil extended, pipette 10 ml of the MIBK 
extract into a tared evaporating dish (W1) and evaporate to dryness on a 
steam plate.
    Reweigh the evaporating dish containing the extracted oil (W2). 
Calculate the oil content of the polymer as follows:

    Gram of oil extracted =5 (W2--W1)  (3)

% Hexane in polymer=(As X RF X CIS X 
          PIS)/(AIS X SW)  (4)
    Where:
    As=Area of sample hexane sample peak.
    AIS=Area of IS peak in sample.
    CIS=Concentration of IS in 50 ml.
    PIS=Purity of IS.
    SW=Weight of dried rubber after extraction. (For oil extended 
polymer, the amount of oil extracted is added to the dry rubber weight).
    % Corrected Hexane=(% Hexane in Polymer)/R (5)
    R=Recovery factor determined in section 9 of this method.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Performance must be determined for each sample type by 
following the procedures in section 9 of this method.

                         14.0  Waste Generation

    14.1  Waste generation should be minimized where possible.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  All waste shall be handled in accordance with Federal and 
State environmental regulations.

                            16.0  References

    [Reserved]

Method 311--Analysis of Hazardous Air Pollutant Compounds in Paints and 
          Coatings by Direct Injection Into a Gas Chromatograph

                        1. Scope and Application

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for determination of 
most compounds designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as 
volatile hazardous air pollutants (HAP's) (See Reference 1) that are 
contained in paints and coatings. Styrene, ethyl acrylate, and methyl 
methacrylate can be measured by ASTM D 4827-93 or ASTM D 4747-87. 
Formaldehyde can be measured by ASTM PS 9-94 or ASTM D 1979-91. Toluene 
diisocyanate can be measured in urethane prepolymers by ASTM D 3432-89. 
Method 311 applies only to those volatile HAP's which are added to the 
coating when it is manufactured, not to those which may form as the 
coating cures (reaction products or cure volatiles). A separate or 
modified test procedure must be used to measure these reaction products 
or cure volatiles in order to determine the total volatile HAP emissions 
from a coating. Cure volatiles are a significant component of the total 
HAP content of some coatings. The term ``coating'' used in this method 
shall be understood to mean paints and coatings.
    1.2  Principle. The method uses the principle of gas chromatographic 
separation and quantification using a detector that responds to 
concentration differences. Because there are many potential analytical 
systems or sets of operating conditions that may represent useable 
methods for determining the concentrations of the compounds cited in 
Section 1.1 in the applicable matrices, all systems that employ this 
principle, but differ only in details of equipment and operation, may be 
used as alternative methods, provided that the prescribed quality 
control, calibration, and method performance requirements are met. 
Certified product data sheets (CPDS) may also include information 
relevant to the analysis of the coating sample including, but not 
limited to, separation

[[Page 808]]

column, oven temperature, carrier gas, injection port temperature, 
extraction solvent, and internal standard.

                          2. Summary of Method

    Whole coating is added to dimethylformamide and a suitable internal 
standard compound is added. An aliquot of the sample mixture is injected 
onto a chromatographic column containing a stationary phase that 
separates the analytes from each other and from other volatile compounds 
contained in the sample. The concentrations of the analytes are 
determined by comparing the detector responses for the sample to the 
responses obtained using known concentrations of the analytes.

                        3. Definitions [Reserved]

                            4. Interferences

    4.1  Coating samples of unknown composition may contain the compound 
used as the internal standard. Whether or not this is the case may be 
determined by following the procedures of Section 11 and deleting the 
addition of the internal standard specified in Section 11.5.3. If 
necessary, a different internal standard may be used.
    4.2  The GC column and operating conditions developed for one 
coating formulation may not ensure adequate resolution of target 
analytes for other coating formulations. Some formulations may contain 
nontarget analytes that coelute with target analytes. If there is any 
doubt about the identification or resolution of any gas chromatograph 
(GC) peak, it may be necessary to analyze the sample using a different 
GC column or different GC operating conditions.
    4.3  Cross-contamination may occur whenever high-level and low-level 
samples are analyzed sequentially. The order of sample analyses 
specified in Section 11.7 is designed to minimize this problem.
    4.4  Cross-contamination may also occur if the devices used to 
transfer coating during the sample preparation process or for injecting 
the sample into the GC are not adequately cleaned between uses. All such 
devices should be cleaned with acetone or other suitable solvent and 
checked for plugs or cracks before and after each use.

                                5. Safety

    5.1  Many solvents used in coatings are hazardous. Precautions 
should be taken to avoid unnecessary inhalation and skin or eye contact. 
This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. 
This test method does not purport to address all of the safety problems 
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this 
test method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations in regards to the 
performance of this test method.
    5.2  Dimethylformamide is harmful if inhaled or absorbed through the 
skin. The user should obtain relevant health and safety information from 
the manufacturer. Dimethylformamide should be used only with adequate 
ventilation. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. In case of 
contact, immediately flush skin or eyes with plenty of water for at 
least 15 minutes. If eyes are affected, consult a physician. Remove and 
wash contaminated clothing before reuse.
    5.3  User's manuals for the gas chromatograph and other related 
equipment should be consulted for specific precautions to be taken 
related to their use.

                        6. Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Certified product data sheets (CPDS) may also include 
information relevant to the analysis of the coating sample including, 
but not limited to, separation column, oven temperature, carrier gas, 
injection port temperature, extraction solvent, and internal standard.

    6.1  Sample Collection.
    6.1.1  Sampling Containers. Dual-seal sampling containers, four to 
eight fluid ounce capacity, should be used to collect the samples. Glass 
sample bottles or plastic containers with volatile organic compound 
(VOC) impermeable walls must be used for corrosive substances (e.g., 
etch primers and certain coating catalysts such as methyl ethyl ketone 
(MEK) peroxide). Sample containers, caps, and inner seal liners must be 
inert to the compounds in the sample and must be selected on a case-by-
case basis.
    6.1.1.1  Other routine sampling supplies needed include waterproof 
marking pens, tubing, scrappers/spatulas, clean rags, paper towels, 
cooler/ice, long handle tongs, and mixing/stirring paddles.
    6.1.2  Personal safety equipment needed includes eye protection, 
respiratory protection, a hard hat, gloves, steel toe shoes, etc.
    6.1.3  Shipping supplies needed include shipping boxes, packing 
material, shipping labels, strapping tape, etc.
    6.1.4  Data recording forms and labels needed include coating data 
sheets and sample can labels.

    Note: The actual requirements will depend upon the conditions 
existing at the source sampled.

    6.2  Laboratory Equipment and Supplies.
    6.2.1  Gas Chromatograph (GC). Any instrument equipped with a flame 
ionization detector and capable of being temperature programmed may be 
used. Optionally, other types of detectors (e.g., a mass spectrometer), 
and any necessary interfaces, may be used provided that the detector 
system

[[Page 809]]

yields an appropriate and reproducible response to the analytes in the 
injected sample. Autosampler injection may be used, if available.
    6.2.2  Recorder. If available, an electronic data station or 
integrator may be used to record the gas chromatogram and associated 
data. If a strip chart recorder is used, it must meet the following 
criteria: A 1 to 10 millivolt (mV) linear response with a full scale 
response time of 2 seconds or less and a maximum noise level of 
0.03 percent of full scale. Other types of recorders may be 
used as appropriate to the specific detector installed provided that the 
recorder has a full scale response time of 2 seconds or less and a 
maximum noise level of 0.03 percent of full scale.
    6.2.3  Column. The column must be constructed of materials that do 
not react with components of the sample (e.g., fused silica, stainless 
steel, glass). The column should be of appropriate physical dimensions 
(e.g., length, internal diameter) and contain sufficient suitable 
stationary phase to allow separation of the analytes. DB-5, DB-Wax, and 
FFAP columns are commonly used for paint analysis; however, it is the 
responsibility of each analyst to select appropriate columns and 
stationary phases.
    6.2.4  Tube and Tube Fittings. Supplies to connect the GC and gas 
cylinders.
    6.2.5  Pressure Regulators. Devices used to regulate the pressure 
between gas cylinders and the GC.
    6.2.6  Flow Meter. A device used to determine the carrier gas flow 
rate through the GC. Either a digital flow meter or a soap film bubble 
meter may be used to measure gas flow rates.
    6.2.7  Septa. Seals on the GC injection port through which liquid or 
gas samples can be injected using a syringe.
    6.2.8  Liquid Charging Devices. Devices used to inject samples into 
the GC such as clean and graduated 1, 5, and 10 microliter (l) 
capacity syringes.
    6.2.9  Vials. Containers that can be sealed with a septum in which 
samples may be prepared or stored. The recommended size is 25 ml 
capacity. Mininert valves have been found satisfactory and 
are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Illinois.
    6.2.10  Balance. Device used to determine the weights of standards 
and samples. An analytical balance capable of accurately weighing to 
0.0001 g is required.

                        7. Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Purity of Reagents. Reagent grade chemicals shall be used in 
all tests. Unless otherwise specified, all reagents shall conform to the 
specifications of the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American 
Chemical Society, where such specifications are available. Other grades 
may be used provided it is first ascertained that the reagent is of 
sufficient purity to permit its use without lessening the accuracy of 
determination.
    7.2  Carrier Gas. Helium carrier gas shall have a purity of 99.995 
percent or higher. High purity nitrogen may also be used. Other carrier 
gases that are appropriate for the column system and analyte may also be 
used. Ultra-high purity grade hydrogen gas and zero-grade air shall be 
used for the flame ionization detector.
    7.3  Dimethylformamide (DMF). Solvent for all standards and samples. 
Some other suitable solvent may be used if DMF is not compatible with 
the sample or coelutes with a target analyte.

    Note: DMF may coelute with ethylbenzene or p-xylene under the 
conditions described in the note under Section 6.2.3.

    7.4  Internal Standard Materials. The internal standard material is 
used in the quantitation of the analytes for this method. It shall be 
gas chromatography spectrophotometric quality or, if this grade is not 
available, the highest quality available. Obtain the assay for the 
internal standard material and maintain at that purity during use. The 
recommended internal standard material is 1-propanol; however, selection 
of an appropriate internal standard material for the particular coating 
and GC conditions used is the responsibility of each analyst.
    7.5  Reference Standard Materials. The reference standard materials 
are the chemicals cited in Section 1.1 which are of known identity and 
purity and which are used to assist in the identification and 
quantification of the analytes of this method. They shall be the highest 
quality available. Obtain the assays for the reference standard 
materials and maintain at those purities during use.
    7.6  Stock Reference Standards. Stock reference standards are 
dilutions of the reference standard materials that may be used on a 
daily basis to prepare calibration standards, calibration check 
standards, and quality control check standards. Stock reference 
standards may be prepared from the reference standard materials or 
purchased as certified solutions.
    7.6.1  Stock reference standards should be prepared in 
dimethylformamide for each analyte expected in the coating samples to be 
analyzed. The concentrations of analytes in the stock reference 
standards are not specified but must be adequate to prepare the 
calibration standards required in the method. A stock reference standard 
may contain more than one analyte provided all analytes are chemically 
compatible and no analytes coelute. The actual concentrations prepared 
must be known to within 0.1 percent (e.g., 0.1000  0.0001 g/
g solution). The following procedure is suggested. Place about 35 ml of 
dimethylformamide into a

[[Page 810]]

tared ground-glass stoppered 50 ml volumetric flask. Weigh the flask to 
the nearest 0.1 mg. Add 12.5 g of the reference standard material and 
reweigh the flask. Dilute to volume with dimethylformamide and reweigh. 
Stopper the flask and mix the contents by inverting the flask several 
times. Calculate the concentration in grams per gram of solution from 
the net gain in weights, correcting for the assayed purity of the 
reference standard material.

    Note: Although a glass-stoppered volumetric flask is convenient, any 
suitable glass container may be used because stock reference standards 
are prepared by weight.

    7.6.2  Transfer the stock reference standard solution into one or 
more Teflon-sealed screw-cap bottles. Store, with minimal headspace, at 
-10  deg.C to 0  deg.C and protect from light.
    7.6.3  Prepare fresh stock reference standards every six months, or 
sooner if analysis results from daily calibration check standards 
indicate a problem. Fresh stock reference standards for very volatile 
HAP's may have to be prepared more frequently.
    7.7  Calibration Standards. Calibration standards are used to 
determine the response of the detector to known amounts of reference 
material. Calibration standards must be prepared at a minimum of three 
concentration levels from the stock reference standards (see Section 
7.6). Prepare the calibration standards in dimethylformamide (see 
Section 7.3). The lowest concentration standard should contain a 
concentration of analyte equivalent either to a concentration of no more 
than 0.01% of the analyte in a coating or to a concentration that is 
lower than the actual concentration of the analyte in the coating, 
whichever concentration is higher. The highest concentration standard 
should contain a concentration of analyte equivalent to slightly more 
than the highest concentration expected for the analyte in a coating. 
The remaining calibration standard should contain a concentration of 
analyte roughly at the midpoint of the range defined by the lowest and 
highest concentration calibration standards. The concentration range of 
the standards should thus correspond to the expected range of analyte 
concentrations in the prepared coating samples (see Section 11.5). Each 
calibration standard should contain each analyte for detection by this 
method expected in the actual coating samples (e.g., some or all of the 
compounds listed in Section 1.1 may be included). Each calibration 
standard should also contain an appropriate amount of internal standard 
material (response for the internal standard material is within 25 to 75 
percent of full scale on the attenuation setting for the particular 
reference standard concentration level). Calibration Standards should be 
stored for 1 week only in sealed vials with minimal headspace. If the 
stock reference standards were prepared as specified in Section 7.6, the 
calibration standards may be prepared by either weighing each addition 
of the stock reference standard or by adding known volumes of the stock 
reference standard and calculating the mass of the standard reference 
material added. Alternative 1 (Section 7.7.1) specifies the procedure to 
be followed when the stock reference standard is added by volume. 
Alternative 2 (Section 7.7.2) specifies the procedure to be followed 
when the stock reference standard is added by weight.

    Note: To assist with determining the appropriate amount of internal 
standard to add, as required here and in other sections of this method, 
the analyst may find it advantageous to prepare a curve showing the area 
response versus the amount of internal standard injected into the GC.

    7.7.1  Preparation Alternative 1. Determine the amount of each stock 
reference standard and dimethylformamide solvent needed to prepare 
approximately 25 ml of the specific calibration concentration level 
desired. To a tared 25 ml vial that can be sealed with a crimp-on or 
Mininert valve, add the total amount of dimethylformamide 
calculated to be needed. As quickly as practical, add the calculated 
amount of each stock reference standard using new pipets (or pipet tips) 
for each stock reference standard. Reweigh the vial and seal it. Using 
the known weights of the standard reference materials per ml in the 
stock reference standards, the volumes added, and the total weight of 
all reagents added to the vial, calculate the weight percent of each 
standard reference material in the calibration standard prepared. Repeat 
this process for each calibration standard to be prepared.
    7.7.2  Preparation Alternative 2. Determine the amount of each stock 
reference standard and dimethylformamide solvent needed to prepare 
approximately 25 ml of the specific calibration concentration level 
desired. To a tared 25 ml vial that can be sealed with a crimp-on or 
Mininert valve, add the total amount of dimethylformamide 
calculated to be needed. As quickly as practical, add the calculated 
amount of a stock reference standard using a new pipet (or pipet tip) 
and reweigh the vial. Repeat this process for each stock reference 
standard to be added. Seal the vial after obtaining the final weight. 
Using the known weight percents of the standard reference materials in 
the stock reference standards, the weights of the stock reference 
standards added, and the total weight of all reagents added to the vial, 
calculate the weight percent of each standard reference material in the 
calibration standard prepared. Repeat this process for each calibration 
standard to be prepared.

[[Page 811]]

       8. Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    8.1  Copies of material safety data sheets (MSDS's) for each sample 
should be obtained prior to sampling. The MSDS's contain information on 
the ingredients, and physical and chemical properties data. The MSDS's 
also contain recommendations for proper handling or required safety 
precautions. Certified product data sheets (CPDS) may also include 
information relevant to the analysis of the coating sample including, 
but not limited to, separation column, oven temperature, carrier gas, 
injection port temperature, extraction solvent, and internal standard.
    8.2  A copy of the blender's worksheet can be requested to obtain 
data on the exact coating being sampled. A blank coating data sheet form 
(see Section 18) may also be used. The manufacturer's formulation 
information from the product data sheet should also be obtained.
    8.3  Prior to sample collection, thoroughly mix the coating to 
ensure that a representative, homogeneous sample is obtained. It is 
preferred that this be accomplished using a coating can shaker or 
similar device; however, when necessary, this may be accomplished using 
mechanical agitation or circulation systems.
    8.3.1  Water-thinned coatings tend to incorporate or entrain air 
bubbles if stirred too vigorously; mix these types of coatings slowly 
and only as long as necessary to homogenize.
    8.3.2  Each component of multicomponent coatings that harden when 
mixed must be sampled separately. The component mix ratios must be 
obtained at the facility at the time of sampling and submitted to the 
analytical laboratory.
    8.4  Sample Collection. Samples must be collected in a manner that 
prevents or minimizes loss of volatile components and that does not 
contaminate the coating reservoir. A suggested procedure is as follows. 
Select a sample collection container which has a capacity at least 25 
percent greater than the container in which the sample is to be 
transported. Make sure both sample containers are clean and dry. Using 
clean, long-handled tongs, turn the sample collection container upside 
down and lower it into the coating reservoir. The mouth of the sample 
collection container should be at approximately the midpoint of the 
reservoir (do not take the sample from the top surface). Turn the sample 
collection container over and slowly bring it to the top of the coating 
reservoir. Rapidly pour the collected coating into the sample container, 
filling it completely. It is important to fill the sample container 
completely to avoid any loss of volatiles due to volatilization into the 
headspace. Return any unused coating to the reservoir or dispose as 
appropriate.

    Note: If a company requests a set of samples for its own analysis, a 
separate set of samples, using new sample containers, should be taken at 
the same time.

    8.5  Once the sample is collected, place the sample container on a 
firm surface and insert the inner seal in the container by placing the 
seal inside the rim of the container, inverting a screw cap, and 
pressing down on the screw cap which will evenly force the inner seal 
into the container for a tight fit. Using clean towels or rags, remove 
all residual coating material from the outside of the sample container 
after inserting the inner seal. Screw the cap onto the container.
    8.5.1  Affix a sample label (see Section 18) clearly identifying the 
sample, date collected, and person collecting the sample.
    8.5.2  Prepare the sample for transportation to the laboratory. The 
sample should be maintained at the coating's recommended storage 
temperature specified on the Material Safety Data Sheet, or, if no 
temperature is specified, the sample should be maintained within the 
range of 5  deg.C to 38  deg.C.
    8.9  The shipping container should adhere to U.S. Department of 
Transportation specification DOT 12-B. Coating samples are considered 
hazardous materials; appropriate shipping procedures should be followed.

                           9. Quality Control

    9.1  Laboratories using this method should operate a formal quality 
control program. The minimum requirements of the program should consist 
of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability and an ongoing 
analysis of blanks and quality control samples to evaluate and document 
quality data. The laboratory must maintain records to document the 
quality of the data generated. When results indicate atypical method 
performance, a quality control check standard (see Section 9.4) must be 
analyzed to confirm that the measurements were performed in an in-
control mode of operation.
    9.2  Before processing any samples, the analyst must demonstrate, 
through analysis of a reagent blank, that there are no interferences 
from the analytical system, glassware, and reagents that would bias the 
sample analysis results. Each time a set of analytical samples is 
processed or there is a change in reagents, a reagent blank should be 
processed as a safeguard against chronic laboratory contamination. The 
blank samples should be carried through all stages of the sample 
preparation and measurement steps.
    9.3  Required instrument quality control parameters are found in the 
following sections:
    9.3.1  Baseline stability must be demonstrated to be 5 
percent of full scale using the procedures given in Section 10.1.

[[Page 812]]

    9.3.2  The GC calibration is not valid unless the retention time 
(RT) for each analyte at each concentration is within 0.05 
min of the retention time measured for that analyte in the stock 
standard.
    9.3.3  The retention time (RT) of any sample analyte must be within 
0.05 min of the average RT of the analyte in the calibration 
standards for the analyte to be considered tentatively identified.
    9.3.4  The GC system must be calibrated as specified in Section 
10.2.
    9.3.5  A one-point daily calibration check must be performed as 
specified in Section 10.3.
    9.4  To establish the ability to generate results having acceptable 
accuracy and precision, the analyst must perform the following 
operations.
    9.4.1  Prepare a quality control check standard (QCCS) containing 
each analyte expected in the coating samples at a concentration expected 
to result in a response between 25 percent and 75 percent of the limits 
of the calibration curve when the sample is prepared as described in 
Section 11.5. The QCCS may be prepared from reference standard materials 
or purchased as certified solutions. If prepared in the laboratory, the 
QCCS must be prepared independently from the calibration standards.
    9.4.2  Analyze three aliquots of the QCCS according to the method 
beginning in Section 11.5.3 and calculate the weight percent of each 
analyte using Equation 1, Section 12.
    9.4.3  Calculate the mean weight percent (X) for each analyte from 
the three results obtained in Section 9.4.2.
    9.4.4  Calculate the percent accuracy for each analyte using the 
known concentrations (Ti) in the QCCS using Equation 3, Section 12.
    9.4.5  Calculate the percent relative standard deviation (percent 
RSD) for each analyte using Equation 7, Section 12, substituting the 
appropriate values for the relative response factors (RRF's) in said 
equation.
    9.4.6  If the percent accuracy (Section 9.4.4) for all analytes is 
within the range 90 percent to 110 percent and the percent RSD (Section 
9.4.5) for all analytes is 20 percent, system performance is 
acceptable and sample analysis may begin. If these criteria are not met 
for any analyte, then system performance is not acceptable for that 
analyte and the test must be repeated for those analytes only. Repeated 
failures indicate a general problem with the measurement system that 
must be located and corrected. In this case, the entire test, beginning 
at Section 9.4.1, must be repeated after the problem is corrected.
    9.5  Great care must be exercised to maintain the integrity of all 
standards. It is recommended that all standards be stored at -10  deg.C 
to 0  deg.C in screw-cap amber glass bottles with Teflon liners.
    9.6  Unless otherwise specified, all weights are to be recorded 
within 0.1 mg.

                  10. Calibration and Standardization.

    10.1  Column Baseline Drift. Before each calibration and series of 
determinations and before the daily calibration check, condition the 
column using procedures developed by the laboratory or as specified by 
the column supplier. Operate the GC at initial (i.e., before sample 
injection) conditions on the lowest attenuation to be used during sample 
analysis. Adjust the recorder pen to zero on the chart and obtain a 
baseline for at least one minute. Initiate the GC operating cycle that 
would be used for sample analysis. On the recorder chart, mark the pen 
position at the end of the simulated sample analysis cycle. Baseline 
drift is defined as the absolute difference in the pen positions at the 
beginning and end of the cycle in the direction perpendicular to the 
chart movement. Calculate the percent baseline drift by dividing the 
baseline drift by the chart width representing full-scale deflection and 
multiply the result by 100.
    10.2  Calibration of GC. Bring all stock standards and calibration 
standards to room temperature while establishing the GC at the 
determined operating conditions.
    10.2.1  Retention Times (RT's) for Individual Compounds.

    Note: The procedures of this subsection are required only for the 
initial calibration. However, it is good laboratory practice to follow 
these procedures for some or all analytes before each calibration. The 
procedures were written for chromatograms output to a strip chart 
recorder. More modern instruments (e.g., integrators and electronic data 
stations) determine and print out or display retention times 
automatically.

    The RT for each analyte should be determined before calibration. 
This provides a positive identification for each peak observed from the 
calibration standards. Inject an appropriate volume (see Note in Section 
11.5.2) of one of the stock reference standards into the gas 
chromatograph and record on the chart the pen position at the time of 
the injection (see Section 7.6.1). Dilute an aliquot of the stock 
reference standard as required in dimethylformamide to achieve a 
concentration that will result in an on-scale response. Operate the gas 
chromatograph according to the determined procedures. Select the peak(s) 
that correspond to the analyte(s) [and internal standard, if used] and 
measure the retention time(s). If a chart recorder is used, measure the 
distance(s) on the chart from the injection point to the peak maxima. 
These distances, divided by the chart speed, are defined as the RT's of 
the analytes in question. Repeat this process for each of the stock 
reference standard solutions.


[[Page 813]]


    Note: If gas chromatography with mass spectrometer detection (GC-MS) 
is used, a stock reference standard may contain a group of analytes, 
provided all analytes are adequately separated during the analysis. Mass 
spectral library matching can be used to identify the analyte associated 
with each peak in the gas chromatogram. The retention time for the 
analyte then becomes the retention time of its peak in the chromatogram.

    10.2.2  Calibration. The GC must be calibrated using a minimum of 
three concentration levels of each potential analyte. (See Section 7.7 
for instructions on preparation of the calibration standards.) Beginning 
with the lowest concentration level calibration standard, carry out the 
analysis procedure as described beginning in Section 11.7. Repeat the 
procedure for each progressively higher concentration level until all 
calibration standards have been analyzed.
    10.2.2.1  Calculate the RT's for the internal standard and for each 
analyte in the calibration standards at each concentration level as 
described in Section 10.2.1. The RT's for the internal standard must not 
vary by more than 0.10 minutes. Identify each analyte by comparison of 
the RT's for peak maxima to the RT's determined in Section 10.2.1.
    10.2.2.2  Compare the retention times (RT's) for each potential 
analyte in the calibration standards for each concentration level to the 
retention times determined in Section 10.2.1. The calibration is not 
valid unless all RT's for all analytes meet the criteria given in 
Section 9.3.2.
    10.2.2.3  Tabulate the area responses and the concentrations for the 
internal standard and each analyte in the calibration standards. 
Calculate the response factor for the internal standard 
(RFis) and the response factor for each compound relative to 
the internal standard (RRF) for each concentration level using Equations 
5 and 6, Section 12.
    10.2.2.4  Using the RRF's from the calibration, calculate the 
percent relative standard deviation (percent RSD) for each analyte in 
the calibration standard using Equation 7, Section 12. The percent RSD 
for each individual calibration analyte must be less than 15 percent. 
This criterion must be met in order for the calibration to be valid. If 
the criterion is met, the mean RRF's determined above are to be used 
until the next calibration.
    10.3  Daily Calibration Checks. The calibration curve (Section 
10.2.2) must be checked and verified at least once each day that samples 
are analyzed. This is accomplished by analyzing a calibration standard 
that is at a concentration near the midpoint of the working range and 
performing the checks in Sections 10.3.1, 10.3.2, and 10.3.3.
    10.3.1  For each analyte in the calibration standard, calculate the 
percent difference in the RRF from the last calibration using Equation 
8, Section 12. If the percent difference for each calibration analyte is 
less than 10 percent, the last calibration curve is assumed to be valid. 
If the percent difference for any analyte is greater than 5 percent, the 
analyst should consider this a warning limit. If the percent difference 
for any one calibration analyte exceeds 10 percent, corrective action 
must be taken. If no source of the problem can be determined after 
corrective action has been taken, a new three-point (minimum) 
calibration must be generated. This criterion must be met before 
quantitative analysis begins.
    10.3.2  If the RFis for the internal standard changes by 
more than 20 percent from the last daily calibration check, 
the system must be inspected for malfunctions and corrections made as 
appropriate.
    10.3.3  The retention times for the internal standard and all 
calibration check analytes must be evaluated. If the retention time for 
the internal standard or for any calibration check analyte changes by 
more than 0.10 min from the last calibration, the system must be 
inspected for malfunctions and corrections made as required.

                              11. Procedure

    11.1  All samples and standards must be allowed to warm to room 
temperature before analysis. Observe the given order of ingredient 
addition to minimize loss of volatiles.
    11.2  Bring the GC system to the determined operating conditions and 
condition the column as described in Section 10.1.

    Note: The temperature of the injection port may be an especially 
critical parameter.Information about the proper temperature may be found 
on the CPDS.

    11.3  Perform the daily calibration checks as described in Section 
10.3. Samples are not to be analyzed until the criteria in Section 10.3 
are met.
    11.4  Place the as-received coating sample on a paint shaker, or 
similar device, and shake the sample for a minimum of 5 minutes to 
achieve homogenization.
    11.5  Note: The steps in this section must be performed rapidly and 
without interruption to avoid loss of volatile organics. These steps 
must be performed in a laboratory hood free from solvent vapors. All 
weights must be recorded to the nearest 0.1 mg.
    11.5.1  Add 16 g of dimethylformamide to each of two tared vials (A 
and B) capable of being septum sealed.
    11.5.2  To each vial add a weight of coating that will result in the 
response for the major constituent being in the upper half of the linear 
range of the calibration curve.

    Note: The magnitude of the response obviously depends on the amount 
of sample injected into the GC as specified in Section 11.8. This volume 
must be the same as used

[[Page 814]]

for preparation of the calibration curve, otherwise shifts in compound 
retention times may occur. If a sample is prepared that results in a 
response outside the limits of the calibration curve, new samples must 
be prepared; changing the volume injected to bring the response within 
the calibration curve limits is not permitted.

    11.5.3  Add a weight of internal standard to each vial (A and B) 
that will result in the response for the internal standard being between 
25 percent and 75 percent of the linear range of the calibration curve.
    11.5.4  Seal the vials with crimp-on or Mininert septum 
seals.
    11.6  Shake the vials containing the prepared coating samples for 60 
seconds. Allow the vials to stand undisturbed for ten minutes. If solids 
have not settled out on the bottom after 10 minutes, then centrifuge at 
1,000 rpm for 5 minutes. The analyst also has the option of injecting 
the sample without allowing the solids to settle.
    11.7  Analyses should be conducted in the following order: daily 
calibration check sample, method blank, up to 10 injections from sample 
vials (i.e., one injection each from up to five pairs of vials, which 
corresponds to analysis of 5 coating samples).
    11.8  Inject the prescribed volume of supernatant from the 
calibration check sample, the method blank, and the sample vials onto 
the chromatographic column and record the chromatograms while operating 
the system under the specified operating conditions.
    Note: The analyst has the option of injecting the unseparated 
sample.

                   12. Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Qualitative Analysis. An analyte (e.g., those cited in Section 
1.1) is considered tentatively identified if two criteria are satisfied: 
(1) elution of the sample analyte within 0.05 min of the 
average GC retention time of the same analyte in the calibration 
standard; and (2) either (a) confirmation of the identity of the 
compound by spectral matching on a gas chromatograph equipped with a 
mass selective detector or (b) elution of the sample analyte within 
0.05 min of the average GC retention time of the same 
analyte in the calibration standard analyzed on a dissimilar GC column.
    12.1.1 The RT of the sample analyte must meet the criteria specified 
in Section 9.3.3.
    12.1.2 When doubt exists as to the identification of a peak or the 
resolution of two or more components possibly comprising one peak, 
additional confirmatory techniques (listed in Section 12.1) must be 
used.
    12.2 Quantitative Analysis. When an analyte has been identified, the 
quantification of that compound will be based on the internal standard 
technique.
    12.2.1 A single analysis consists of one injection from each of two 
sample vials (A and B) prepared using the same coating. Calculate the 
concentration of each identified analyte in the sample as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.003

    12.2.2 Report results for duplicate analysis (sample vials A and B) 
without correction.
    12.3 Precision Data. Calculate the percent difference between the 
measured concentrations of each analyte in vials A and B as follows.
    12.3.1 Calculate the weight percent of the analyte in each of the 
two sample vials as described in Section 12.2.1.
    12.3.2 Calculate the percent difference for each analyte as:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.004
    

[[Page 815]]


where Ai and Bi are the measured concentrations of 
the analyte in vials A and B.
    12.4 Calculate the percent accuracy for analytes in the QCCS (See 
Section 9.4) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.005

where Xx is the mean measured value and Tx is the 
known true value of the analyte in the QCCS.
    12.5 Obtain retention times (RT's) from data station or integrator 
or, for chromatograms from a chart recorder, calculate the RT's for 
analytes in the calibration standards (See Section 10.2.2.2) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.006

    12.6 Calculate the response factor for the internal standard (See 
Section 10.2.2.3) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.007

where:
    Ais = Area response of the internal standard.
    Cis = Weight percent of the internal standard.
    12.7 Calculate the relative response factors for analytes in the 
calibration standards (See Section 10.2.2.3) as follows:
where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.008

    RRFx = Relative response factor for an individual 
analyte.
    Ax = Area response of the analyte being measured.
    Cx = Weight percent of the analyte being measured.
    12.8 Calculate the percent relative standard deviation of the 
relative response factors for analytes in the calibration standards (See 
Section 10.2.2.4) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.009

    12.9 Calculate the percent difference in the relative response 
factors between the calibration curve and the daily calibration checks 
(See Section 10.3) as follows:

[[Page 816]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.010

    13. Measurement of Reaction Byproducts That are HAP. [Reserved]
    14. Method Performance. [Reserved]
    15. Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]
    16. Waste Management
    16.1 The coating samples and laboratory standards and reagents may 
contain compounds which require management as hazardous waste. It is the 
laboratory's responsibility to ensure all wastes are managed in 
accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.
    16.2 To avoid excessive laboratory waste, obtain only enough sample 
for laboratory analysis.
    16.3 It is recommended that discarded waste coating solids, used 
rags, used paper towels, and other nonglass or nonsharp waste materials 
be placed in a plastic bag before disposal. A separate container, 
designated ``For Sharp Objects Only,'' is recommended for collection of 
discarded glassware and other sharp-edge items used in the laboratory. 
It is recommended that unused or excess samples and reagents be placed 
in a solvent-resistant plastic or metal container with a lid or cover 
designed for flammable liquids. This container should not be stored in 
the area where analytical work is performed. It is recommended that a 
record be kept of all compounds placed in the container for 
identification of the contents upon disposal.

                             17. References

    1. Clean Air Act Amendments, Public Law 101-549, Titles I-XI, 
November, 1990.
    2. Standard Test Method for Water Content of Water-Reducible Paints 
by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph. ASTM Designation D3792-79.
    3. Standard Practice for Sampling Liquid Paints and Related Pigment 
Coatings. ASTM Designation D3925-81.
    4. Standard Test Method for Determination of Dichloromethane and 
1,1,1-Trichloroethane in Paints and Coatings by Direct Injection into a 
Gas Chromatograph. ASTM Designation D4457-85.
    5. Standard Test Method for Determining the Unreacted Monomer 
Content of Latexes Using Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. ASTM 
Designation D4827-93.
    6. Standard Test Method for Determining Unreacted Monomer Content of 
Latexes Using Gas-Liquid Chromatography. ASTM Designation D 4747-87.
    7. Method 301--``Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods 
from Various Waste Media,'' 40 CFR 63, Appendix A.
    8. ``Reagent Chemicals, American Chemical Society Specifications,'' 
American Chemical Society, Washington, DC. For suggestions on the 
testing of reagents not listed by the American Chemical Society, see 
``Reagent Chemicals and Standards'' by Joseph Rosin, D. Van Nostrand 
Co., Inc., New York, NY and the ``United States Pharmacopeia.''

          18. Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

Agency:_________________________________________________________________
Inspector:______________________________________________________________
Date/Time:______________________________________________________________
Sample ID:_____________________________________________________________
Source ID:______________________________________________________________
Coating Name/Type:______________________________________________________
Plant Witness:__________________________________________________________
Type Analysis Required:_________________________________________________
Special Handling:_______________________________________________________

                         Sample Container Label

                              Coating Data

Date:___________________________________________________________________

Source:_________________________________________________________________

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Data                     Sample ID No.   Sample ID No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coating:
    Supplier Name.......................  ..............  ..............
    Name and Color of Coating...........  ..............  ..............
    Type of Coating (primer, clearcoat,   ..............  ..............
     etc.)..............................
    Identification Number for Coating...  ..............  ..............
    Coating Density (lbs/gal)...........  ..............  ..............

[[Page 817]]

 
    Total Volatiles Content (wt percent)  ..............  ..............
    Water Content (wt percent)..........  ..............  ..............
    Exempt Solvents Content (wt percent)  ..............  ..............
    VOC Content (wt percent)............  ..............  ..............
    Solids Content (vol percent)........  ..............  ..............
Diluent Properties:
    Name................................
    Identification Number...............  ..............  ..............
    Diluent Solvent Density (lbs/gal)...  ..............  ..............
    VOC Content (wt percent)............  ..............  ..............
    Water Content (wt percent)..........  ..............  ..............
    Exempt Solvent Content (wt percent).  ..............  ..............
    Diluent/Solvent Ratio (gal diluent    ..............  ..............
     solvent/gal coating)...............
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Stock Reference Standard

Name of Reference Material:_____________________________________________

Supplier Name:__________________________________________________________

Lot Number:_____________________________________________________________

Purity:_________________________________________________________________

Name of Solvent Material: Dimethylformamide_____________________________

Supplier Name:__________________________________________________________

Lot Number:_____________________________________________________________

Purity:_________________________________________________________________

Date Prepared:__________________________________________________________

Prepared By:____________________________________________________________

Notebook/page no.:______________________________________________________

                         Preparation Information
1. Weight Empty Flask..................  ________,g
2. Weight Plus DMF.....................  ________,g
3. Weight Plus Reference Material......  ________,g
4. Weight After Made to Volume.........  ________,g
5. Weight DMF (lines 2-1+3-4)..........  ________,g
6. Weight Ref. Material (lines 3-2)....  ________,g
7. Corrected Weight of Reference         ________,g
 Material (line 6 times purity).
8. Fraction Reference Material in        ________,g/g
 Standard (Line 7  Line 5) soln.
9. Total Volume of Standard Solution...  ________, ml
10. Weight Reference Material per ml of  ________,g/ml
 Solution (Line 7  Line 9).
Laboratory ID No. for this Standard....  ________
Expiration Date for this Standard......  ________
 

                          CALIBRATION STANDARD

Date Prepared:__________________________________________________________

Date Expires:___________________________________________________________

Prepared By:____________________________________________________________

Notebook/page:__________________________________________________________
Calibration Standard Identification No.:
_______________________________________________________________________

                         Preparation Information
Final Weight Flask Plus Reagents.......  ________, g
Weight Empty Flask.....................  ________, g
Total Weight Of Reagents...............  ________, g
 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Amount of stock reference standard added (by
                                                                  Stock                    volume or by weight)                  Calculated     Weight
                                                                reference  ----------------------------------------------------    weight      percent
                        Analyte name a                         standard ID                Amount in                 Amount in     analyte     analyte in
                                                                   No.         Volume    standard, g/    Weight    standard, g/   added, g   calibration
                                                                             added, ml        ml        added, g      g soln                  standard b
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Include internal standard(s).
b Weight percent = weight analyte added  total weight of reagents.


[[Page 818]]

                     Quality Control Check Standard

Date Prepared:__________________________________________________________

Date Expires:___________________________________________________________

Prepared By:____________________________________________________________

Notebook/page:__________________________________________________________

Quality Control Check Standard Identification No.:
_______________________________________________________________________

                         Preparation Information
Final Weight Flask Plus Reagents.......  ________,g
Weight Empty Flask.....................  ________,g
Total Weight Of Reagents...............  ________,g
 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Amount of stock reference standard added (by
                                                                  Stock                    volume or by weight)                  Calculated     Weight
                                                                reference  ----------------------------------------------------    weight      percent
                        Analyte name a                         standard ID                Amount in                 Amount in     analyte     analyte in
                                                                   No.         Volume    standard, g/    Weight    standard, g/   added, g       QCC
                                                                             added, ml        ml        added, g      g soln                  standard b
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                                               ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Include internal Standard(s).
b Weight percent=weight analyte added  total weight of reagents.

                 Quality Control Check Standard Analysis

Date OCCS Analyzed:_____________________________________________________

OCCS Identification No._________________________________________________

Analyst:________________________________________________________________

QCC Expiration Date:____________________________________________________

                                                                    Analysis Results
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Weight percent determined                                        Meets criteria in
                                                                 ---------------------------------                                      Section 9.4.6
                             Analyte                                                                Mean Wt    Percent    Percent  ---------------------
                                                                    Run 1      Run 2      Run 3     percent    accuracx     RSD      Percent    Percent
                                                                                                                                     accuracy     RSD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
                                                                  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........  .........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Calibration of Gas Chromatograph

Calibration Date:_______________________________________________________

Calibrated By:__________________________________________________________

                                                    Part 1.--Retention Times for Individual Analytes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Recorder chart speed        Distance from injection point
                                                               Stock     --------------------------------         to peak maximum            Retention
                         Analyte                           standard. ID                                  --------------------------------  time, minutes
                                                                No.         Inches/min.       cm/min.         Inches        Centimeters          a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............

[[Page 819]]

 
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Retention time=distance to peak maximachart speed.

                    CALIBRATION OF GAS CHROMATOGRAPH

Calibration Date:_______________________________________________________

Calibrated By:__________________________________________________________

                                   Part 2.--Analysis of Calibration Standards
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Calib. STD ID   Calib. STD ID   Calib. STD ID
                             Analyte                                    No.             No.             No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Internal Standard Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Calibration of Gas Chromatograph

Calibration Date:_______________________________________________________

Calibrated By:__________________________________________________________

                                                    Part 3.--Data Analysis for Calibration Standards
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                             Is RT within
                                                           Calib. STD   Calib. STD   Calib. STD               percent RSD  0.05   Is percent
                         Analyte                               ID           ID           ID          Mean        of RF       min of RT for   RSD 30% (Y/
                                                                                                                             stock? (Y/N)         N)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........

[[Page 820]]

 
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
Name:
    RT..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
    RF..................................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ................  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Daily Calibration Check

Date:___________________________________________________________________

Analyst:________________________________________________________________
Calibration Check Standard ID No.:

Expiration Date:________________________________________________________

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Retention Time (RT)                            Response Factor (RF)
                         Analyte                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Last            This        Difference a        Last            This        Difference b
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
                                                          ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..............
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Retention time (RT) change (difference) must be less than 0.10 minutes.
b Response factor (RF) change (difference) must be less than 20 percent for each analyte and for the internal standard.

                             Sample Analysis

Vial A ID No.:__________________________________________________________

Vial B ID No.:__________________________________________________________

Analyzed By:____________________________________________________________

Date:___________________________________________________________________


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Sample preparation information                            Vial A (g)         Vial B (g)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measured:
    wt empty vial.........................................................
    wt plus DMF...........................................................
    wt plus sample........................................................
    wt plus internal......................................................
    standard..............................................................
Calculated:
    wt DMF................................................................
    wt sample.............................................................
    wt internal standard..................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                           Analysis Results: Duplicate Samples
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Area response                                       Wt percent in sample
                         Analyte                         --------------------------------       RF       -----------------------------------------------
                                                              Vial A          Vial B                          Vial A          Vial B          Average
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ......................................................

[[Page 821]]

 
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
  ......................................................
Internal Standard.......................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Method 312A--Determination of Styrene in Latex Styrene-Butadiene Rubber, 
                       Through Gas Chromatography

                        1.  Scope and Application

    1.1  This method describes a procedure for determining parts per 
million (ppm) styrene monomer (CAS No. 100-42-5) in aqueous samples, 
including latex samples and styrene stripper water.
    1.2  The sample is separated in a gas chromatograph equipped with a 
packed column and a flame ionization detector.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  This method utilizes a packed column gas chromatograph with a 
flame ionization detector to determine the concentration of residual 
styrene in styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) latex samples.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  In order to reduce matrix effects and emulsify the styrene, 
similar styrene free latex is added to the internal standard. There are 
no known interferences.
    4.2  The operating parameters are selected to obtain resolution 
necessary to determine styrene monomer concentrations in latex.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  It is the responsibility of the user of this procedure to 
establish appropriate safety and health practices.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Adjustable bottle-top dispenser, set to deliver 3 ml. (for 
internal standard), Brinkmann Dispensette, or equivalent.
    6.2  Pipettor, set to 10 ml., Oxford Macro-set, or equivalent.
    6.3  Volumetric flask, 100-ml, with stopper.
    6.4  Hewlett Packard Model 5710A dual channel gas chromatograph 
equipped with flame ionization detector.
    6.4.1  11 ft.  x  \1/8\ in. stainless steel column packed with 10% 
TCEP on 100/120 mesh Chromosorb P, or equivalent.
    6.4.2  Perkin Elmer Model 023 strip chart recorder, or equivalent.
    6.5  Helium carrier gas, zero grade.
    6.6  Liquid syringe, 25-l.
    6.7  Digital MicroVAX 3100 computer with VG Multichrom software, or 
equivalent data handling system.
    6.6  Wire Screens, circular, 70-mm, 80-mesh diamond weave.
    6.7  DEHA--(N,N-Diethyl hydroxylamine), 97+% purity, CAS No. 3710-
84-7
    6.8  p-Dioxane, CAS No. 123-91-1

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Internal standard preparation.
    7.1.1  Pipette 5 ml p-dioxane into a 1000-ml volumetric flask and 
fill to the mark with distilled water and mix thoroughly.
    7.2  Calibration solution preparation.
    7.2.1  Pipette 10 ml styrene-free latex (eg: NBR latex) into a 100-
ml volumetric flask.
    7.2.2  Add 3 ml internal standard (section 7.1.1 of this method).
    7.2.3  Weigh exactly 10l fresh styrene and record the 
weight.
    7.2.4  Inject the styrene into the flask and mix well.
    7.2.5  Add 2 drops of DEHA, fill to the mark with water and mix well 
again.
    7.2.6  Calculate concentration of the calibration solution as 
follows:

    mg/l styrene=(mg styrene added)/0.1 L

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    8.1  A representative SBR emulsion sample should be caught in a 
clean, dry 6-oz. teflon lined glass container. Close it properly to 
assure no sample leakage.
    8.2  The container should be labeled with sample identification, 
date and time.

[[Page 822]]

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  The instrument is calibrated by injecting calibration solution 
(Section 7.2 of this method) five times.
    9.2  The retention time for components of interest and relative 
response of monomer to the internal standard is determined.
    9.3  Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample 
type and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.3.1  A set of six latex samples shall be collected. Two samples 
shall be prepared for analysis from each sample. Each sample shall be 
analyzed in duplicate.
    9.3.2  The second set of six latex samples shall be analyzed in 
duplicate before spiking each sample with approximately 1000 ppm 
styrene. The spiked samples shall be analyzed in duplicate.
    9.3.3  For each hydrocarbon, calculate the average recovery 
efficiency (R) using the following equations:

    where:
    R=(Rn)/6

    where:
    Rn=(cns-cv)/Sn

    n=sample number
    cns=concentration of compound measured in spiked sample 
number n.
    cnu= concentration of compound measured in unspiked 
sample number n.
    Sn=theoretical concentration of compound spiked into 
sample n.
    9.3.4  A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.3.5  R is used to correct all reported results for each compound 
by dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                10.0  Calibration and Instrument Settings

    10.1  Injection port temperature, 250  deg.C.
    10.2  Oven temperature, 110  deg.C, isothermal.
    10.3  Carrier gas flow, 25 cc/min.
    10.4  Detector temperature, 250  deg.C.
    10.5  Range, 1X.

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Turn on recorder and adjust baseline to zero.
    11.2  Prepare sample.
    11.2.1  For latex samples, add 3 ml Internal Standard (section 7.1 
of this method) to a 100-ml volumetric flask. Pipet 10 ml sample into 
the flask using the Oxford pipettor, dilute to the 100-ml mark with 
water, and shake well.
    11.2.2  For water samples, add 3 ml Internal Standard (section 7.1 
of this method) to a 100-ml volumetric flask and fill to the mark with 
sample. Shake well.
    11.3  Flush syringe with sample.
    11.4  Carefully inject 2 l of sample into the gas 
chromatograph column injection port and press the start button.
    11.5  When the run is complete the computer will print a report of 
the analysis.

                   12.0  Data Analysis and Calculation

    12.1  For samples that are prepared as in section 11.2.1 of this 
method:

    ppm styrene = A x D

    Where:
    A = ``ppm'' readout from computer
    D = dilution factor (10 for latex samples)

    12.2  For samples that are prepared as in section 11.2.2 of this 
method, ppm styrene is read directly from the computer.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  This test has a standard deviation (1) of 3.3 ppm at 100 ppm 
styrene. The average Spike Recovery from six samples at 1000 ppm Styrene 
was 96.7 percent. The test method was validated using 926 ppm styrene 
standard. Six analysis of the same standard provided average 97.7 
percent recovery. Note: These are example recoveries and do not replace 
quality assurance procedures in this method.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  Waste generation should be minimized where possible. Sample 
size should be an amount necessary to adequately run the analysis.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  All waste shall be handled in accordance with Federal and 
State environmental regulations.

                    16.0  References and Publications

    16.1  40 CFR 63 Appendix A--Method 301 Test Methods Field Validation 
of Pollutant Measurement
    16.2  DSM Copolymer Test Method T-3060, dated October 19, 1995, 
entitled: Determination of Residual Styrene in Latex, Leonard, C.D., 
Vora, N.M.et al

  Method 312B--Determination of Residual Styrene in Styrene-Butadiene 
           (SBR) Rubber Latex by Capillary Gas Chromatography

                               1.0  Scope

    1.1  This method is applicable to SBR latex solutions.
    1.2  This method quantitatively determines residual styrene 
concentrations in SBR latex solutions at levels from 80 to 1200 ppm.

                        2.0  Principle of Method

    2.1  A weighed sample of a latex solution is coagulated with an 
ethyl alcohol (EtOH) solution containing a specific amount of alpha-
methyl styrene (AMS) as the internal standard. The extract of this 
coagulation is then

[[Page 823]]

injected into a gas chromatograph and separated into individual 
components. Quantification is achieved by the method of internal 
standardization.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                           4.0  Interferences

    [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Analytical balance, 160 g capacity, and 0.1 mg resolution
    6.2  Bottles, 2-oz capacity, with poly-cap screw lids
    6.3  Mechanical shaker
    6.4  Syringe, 10-ul capacity
    6.5  Gas chromatograph, Hewlett Packard model 5890A, or equivalent, 
configured with FID with a megabore jet, splitless injector packed with 
silanized glass wool.
    6.5.1  Establish the following gas chromatographic conditions, and 
allow the system to thoroughly equilibrate before use.

    Injection technique = Splitless
    Injector temperature = 225 deg C
    Oven temperature = 70 deg C (isothermal)
    Detector: temperature = 300 deg C
    range = 5
    attenuation = 0
    Carrier gas: helium = 47 ml/min
    Detector gases: hydrogen = 30 ml/min
    air = 270 ml/min
    make-up = 0 ml/min
    Analysis time: = 3.2 min at the specified carrier gas flow rate and 
column temperature.
    6.6  Gas chromatographic column, DB-1, 30 M X 0.53 ID, or 
equivalent, with a 1.5 micron film thickness.
    6.7  Data collection system, Perkin-Elmer/Nelson Series Turbochrom 4 
Series 900 Interface, or equivalent.
    6.8  Pipet, automatic dispensing, 50-ml capacity, and 2-liter 
reservoir.
    6.9  Flasks, volumetric, class A, 100-ml and 1000-ml capacity.
    6.10  Pipet, volumetric delivery, 10-ml capacity, class A.

                       7.0  Chemicals and Reagents

    CHEMICALS:
    7.1  Styrene, C8H8, 99+%, CAS 100-42-5
    7.2  Alpha methyl styrene, C9H10, 99%, CAS 98-83-9
    7.3  Ethyl alcohol, C2H5OH, denatured formula 2B, CAS 64-17-5

    REAGENTS:
    7.4  Internal Standard Stock Solution: 5.0 mg/ml AMS in ethyl 
alcohol.
    7.4.1  Into a 100-ml volumetric flask, weigh 0.50 g of AMS to the 
nearest 0.1 mg.
    7.4.2  Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 5.0 mg/ml AMS in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled the AMS STOCK 
SOLUTION.
    7.5  Internal Standard Working Solution: 2500 ug/50 ml of AMS in 
ethyl alcohol.
    7.5.1  Using a 10 ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 10.0 
ml of the AMS STOCK SOLUTION into a 1000-ml volumetric flask.
    7.5.2  Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 2500 ug/50ml of AMS in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled the AMS 
WORKING SOLUTION.
    7.5.3  Transfer the AMS WORKING SOLUTION to the automatic dispensing 
pipet reservoir.
    7.6  Styrene Stock Solution: 5.0 mg/ml styrene in ethyl alcohol.
    7.6.1  Into a 100-ml volumetric flask, weigh 0.50 g of styrene to 
the nearest 0.1 mg.
    7.6.2  Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 5.0 mg/ml styrene in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled the 
STYRENE STOCK SOLUTION.
    7.7  Styrene Working Solution: 5000 ug/10 ml of styrene in ethyl 
alcohol.
    7.7.1  Using a 10-ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 10.0 
ml of the STYRENE STOCK SOLUTION into a 100-ml volumetric flask.
    7.7.2  Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 5000 ug/10 ml of styrene in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled 
the STYRENE WORKING SOLUTION.

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1  Label a 2-oz sample poly-cap lid with the identity, date and 
time of the sample to be obtained.
    8.2  At the sample location, open sample valve for at least 15 
seconds to ensure that the sampling pipe has been properly flushed with 
fresh sample.
    8.3  Fill the sample jar to the top (no headspace) with sample, then 
cap it tightly.
    8.4  Deliver sample to the Laboratory for testing within one hour of 
sampling.
    8.5  Laboratory testing will be done within two hours of the 
sampling time.
    8.6  No special storage conditions are required unless the storage 
time exceeds 2 hours in which case refrigeration of the sample is 
recommended.

[[Page 824]]

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  For each sample type, 12 samples of SBR latex shall be obtained 
from the process for the recovery study. Half the vials and caps shall 
be tared, labeled ``spiked'', and numbered 1 through 6. The other vials 
are labeled ``unspiked'' and need not be tared, but are also numbered 1 
through 6.
    9.2  The six vials labeled ``spiked'' shall be spiked with an amount 
of styrene to approximate 50% of the solution's expected residual 
styrene level.
    9.3  The spiked samples shall be shaken for several hours and 
allowed to cool to room temperature before analysis.
    9.4  The six samples of unspiked solution shall be coagulated and a 
mean styrene value shall be determined, along with the standard 
deviation, and the percent relative standard deviation.
    9.5  The six samples of the spiked solution shall be coagulated and 
the results of the analyses shall be determined using the following 
equations:

    Mr=Ms-Mu
    R=Mr/S

    where:
    Mu=Mean value of styrene in the unspiked sample
    Ms=Measured amount of styrene in the spiked sample
    Mr=Measured amount of the spiked compound
    S=Amount of styrene added to the spiked sample
    R=Fraction of spiked styrene recovered

    9.6  A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.7  R is used to correct all reported results for each compound by 
dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                            10.0  Calibration

    10.1  Using a 10-ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 10.0 
ml of the STYRENE WORKING SOLUTION (section 7.7.2 of this method) into a 
2-oz bottle.
    10.2  Using the AMS WORKING SOLUTION equipped with the automatic 
dispensing pipet (section 7.5.3 of this method), transfer 50.0 ml of the 
internal standard solution into the 2-oz bottle.
    10.3  Cap the 2-oz bottle and swirl. This is the calibration 
standard, which contains 5000 g of styrene and 2500 g 
of AMS.
    10.4  Using the conditions prescribed (section 6.5 of this method), 
chromatograph 1 l of the calibration standard.
    10.5  Obtain the peak areas and calculate the relative response 
factor as described in the calculations section (section 12.1 of this 
method).

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Into a tared 2-oz bottle, weigh 10.0 g of latex to the nearest 
0.1 g.
    11.2  Using the AMS WORKING SOLUTION equipped with the automatic 
dispensing pipet (section 7.5.3 of this method), transfer 50.0 ml of the 
internal standard solution into the 2-oz bottle.
    11.3  Cap the bottle. Using a mechanical shaker, shake the bottle 
for at least one minute or until coagulation of the latex is complete as 
indicated by a clear solvent.
    11.4  Using the conditions prescribed (section 6.5 of this method), 
chromatograph 1 ul of the liquor.
    11.5  Obtain the peak areas and calculate the concentration of 
styrene in the latex as described in the calculations section (Section 
12.2 of this method).

                           12.0  Calculations

    12.1  Calibration:

    RF=(Wx x Ais) / 
(Wis x Ax)

    where:
    RF=the relative response factor for styrene
    Wx=the weight (ug) of styrene
    Ais=the area of AMS
    Wis=the weight (ug) of AMS
    Ax=the area of styrene
    12.2  Procedure:

    ppmstyrene=(Ax RF x Wis) / 
(Ais x Ws)

    where:
    ppmstyrene=parts per million of styrene in the latex
    Ax=the area of styrene
    RF=the response factor for styrene
    Wis=the weight (ug) of AMS
    Ais=the area of AMS
    Ws=the weight (g) of the latex sample
    12.3  Correct for recovery (R) as determined by section 9.0 of this 
method.

                             13.0  Precision

    13.1  Precision for the method was determined at the 80, 144, 590, 
and 1160 ppm levels. The standard deviations were 0.8, 1.5, 5 and 9 ppm 
respectively. The percent relative standard deviations (%RSD) were 1% or 
less at all levels. Five degrees of freedom were used for all precision 
data except at the 80 ppm level, where nine degrees of freedom were 
used. Note: These are example results and do not replace quality 
assurance procedures in this method.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  Waste generation should be minimized where possible. Sample 
size should be an amount necessary to adequately run the analysis.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  Discard liquid chemical waste into the chemical waste drum.

[[Page 825]]

    15.2  Discard latex sample waste into the latex waste drum.
    15.3  Discard polymer waste into the polymer waste container.

                            16.0  References

    16.1  This method is based on Goodyear Chemical Division Test Method 
E-889.

Method 312C--Determination of Residual Styrene in SBR Latex Produced by 
                         Emulsion Polymerization

                               1.0  Scope

    1.1  This method is applicable for determining the amount of 
residual styrene in SBR latex as produced in the emulsion polymerization 
process.

                        2.0  Principle of Method

    2.1  A weighed sample of latex is coagulated in 2-propanol which 
contains alpha-methyl styrene as an Internal Standard. The extract from 
the coagulation will contain the alpha-methyl styrene as the Internal 
Standard and the residual styrene from the latex. The extract is 
analyzed by a Gas Chromatograph. Percent styrene is calculated by 
relating the area of the styrene peak to the area of the Internal 
Standard peak of known concentration.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                           4.0  Interferences

    [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  When using solvents, avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wear 
hand and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after use.
    5.2  Avoid overexposure to solvent vapors. Handle only in well 
ventilated areas.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Gas Chromatograph--Hewlett Packard 5890, Series II with flame 
ionization detector, or equivalent.
    Column--HP 19095F-123, 30m  x  0.53mm, or equivalent. Substrate HP 
FFAP (cross-linked) film thickness 1 micrometer. Glass injector port 
liners with silanized glass wool plug.
    Integrator--HP 3396, Series II, or equivalent.
    6.2  Wrist action shaker
    6.3  Automatic dispenser
    6.4  Automatic pipet, calibrated to deliver 5.0 0.01 
grams of latex
    6.5  Four-ounce wide-mouth bottles with foil lined lids
    6.6  Crimp cap vials, 2ml, teflon lined septa
    6.7  Disposable pipets
    6.8  Qualitative filter paper
    6.9  Cap crimper
    6.10  Analytical balance
    6.11  10ml pipette
    6.12  Two-inch funnel

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  2-Propanol (HP2C grade)
    7.2  Alpha methyl styrene (99+% purity)
    7.3  Styrene (99+% purity)
    7.4  Zero air
    7.5  Hydrogen (chromatographic grade)
    7.6  Helium
    7.7  Internal Standard preparation
    7.7.1  Weigh 5.000-5.005 grams of alpha-methyl styrene into a 100ml 
volumetric flask and bring to mark with 2-propanol to make Stock ``A'' 
Solution.

    Note: Shelf life--6 months.

    7.7.2  Pipette 10ml of Stock ``A'' Solution into a 100ml volumetric 
flask and bring to mark with 2-propanol to prepare Stock ``B'' Solution.
    7.7.3  Pipette 10ml of the Stock ``B'' solution to a 1000ml 
volumetric flask and bring to the mark with 2-propanol. This will be the 
Internal Standard Solution (0.00005 grams/ml).
    7.8  Certification of Internal Standard--Each batch of Stock ``B'' 
Solution will be certified to confirm concentration.
    7.8.1  Prepare a Standard Styrene Control Solution in 2-propanol by 
the following method:
    7.8.1.1  Weigh 5.000 .005g of styrene to a 100ml 
volumetric flask and fill to mark with 2-propanol to make Styrene Stock 
``A'' Solution.
    7.8.1.2  Pipette 10ml of Styrene Stock ``A'' Solution to a 100ml 
volumetric flask and fill to mark with 2-propanol to make Styrene Stock 
``B'' Solution.
    7.8.1.3  Pipette 10ml of Styrene Stock ``B'' soluion to a 250ml 
volumtric flask and fill to mark wtih 2-propanol to make the 
Certification Solution.
    7.8.2  Certify Alpha-Methyl Styrene Stock ``B'' Solution.
    7.8.2.1  Pipette 5ml of the Certification Solution and 25ml of the 
Alpha Methyl Styrene Internal Standard Solution to a 4-oz. bottle, cap 
and shake well.
    7.8.2.2  Analyze the resulting mixture by GC using the residual 
styrene method. (11.4-11.6 of this method)
    7.8.2.3  Calculate the weight of alpha methyl styrene present in the 
25ml aliquat of the new Alpha Methyl Styrene Standard by the following 
equation:

    Wx = Fx xWis(Ax/
Ais)

    Where
    Ax = Peak area of alpha methyl styrene
    Ais = Peak area of styrene
    Wx = Weight of alpha methyl styrene
    Wis = Weight of styrene (.00100)
    Fx = Analyzed response factor = 1


[[Page 826]]


    The Alpha Methyl Styrene Stock Solution used to prepare the Internal 
Standard Solution may be considered certified if the weight of alpha 
methyl styrene analyzed by this method is within the range of .00121g to 
.00129g.

                              8.0  Sampling

    8.1  Collect a latex sample in a capped container. Cap the bottle 
and identify the sample as to location and time.
    8.2  Deliver sample to Laboratory for testing within one hour.
    8.3  Laboratory will test within two hours.
    8.4  No special storage conditions are required.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  The laboratory is required to operate a formal quality control 
program. This consists of an initial demonstration of the capability of 
the method as well as ongoing analysis of standards, blanks, and spiked 
samples to demonstrate continued performance.
    9.1.1  When the method is first set up, a calibration is run and the 
recovery efficiency for each type of sample must be determined.
    9.1.2  If new types of samples are being analyzed, then recovery 
efficiency for each new type of sample must be determined. New type 
includes any change, such as polymer type, physical form or a 
significant change in the composition of the matrix.
    9.2  Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample 
type and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.2.1 In determining the recovery efficiency, the quadruplet 
sampling system shall be used. Six sets of samples (for a total of 24) 
shall be taken. In each quadruplet set, half of the samples (two out of 
the four) shall be spiked with styrene.
    9.2.2 Prepare the samples as described in section 8 of this method. 
To the vials labeled ``spiked'', add a known amount of styrene that is 
expected to be present in the latex.
    9.2.3 Run the spiked and unspiked samples in the normal manner. 
Record the concentrations of styrene reported for each pair of spiked 
and unspiked samples with the same vial number.
    9.2.4 For each hydrocarbon, calculate the average recovery 
efficiency (R) using the following equation:

    R=(Rn)/12
    Where: n = sample number
    Rn=(Ms-Mu)/S
    Ms=total mass of compound (styrene) measured in spiked 
sample (g)
    Mu=total mass of compound (styrene) measured in unspiked 
sample (g)
    S=theoretical mass of compound (styrene) spiked into sample 
(g)
    R=fraction of spiked compound (styrene) recovered

    9.2.5  A different R value should be obtained for each sample type. 
A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.2.6 R  is used to correct all reported results for each compound 
by dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                            10.0  Calibration

    A styrene control sample will be tested weekly to confirm the FID 
response and calibration.

    10.1  Using the Styrene Certification Solution prepared in 7.8.1, 
perform test analysis as described in 7.8.2 using the equation in 
7.8.2.3 to calculate results.
    10.2  Calculate the weight of styrene in the styrene control sample 
using the following equation:

    Wsty=(Fx xAsty 
xWis)Ais

    The instrument can be considered calibrated if the weight of the 
styrene analyzed is within range of 0.00097--0.00103gms.

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Using an auto pipet, add 25ml of Internal Standard Solution to 
a 4 oz. wide-mouth bottle.
    11.2  Using a calibrated auto pipet, add 5.0  0.01g 
latex to the bottle containing the 25ml of Internal Standard Solution.
    11.3  Cap the bottle and place on the wrist action shaker. Shake the 
sample for a minimum of five minutes using the timer on the shaker. 
Remove from shaker.
    11.4  Using a disposable pipet, fill the 2ml sample vial with the 
clear alcohol extract. (If the extract is not clear, it should be 
filtered using a funnel and filter paper.) Cap and seal the vial.
    11.5  Place the sample in the autosampler tray and start the GC and 
Integrator. The sample will be injected into the GC by the auto-
injector, and the Integrator will print the results.
    11.6  Gas Chromatograph Conditions

    Oven Temp--70  deg.C
    Injector Temp--225  deg.C
    Detector Temp--275  deg.C
    Helium Pressure--500 KPA
    Column Head Pressure--70 KPA
    Makeup Gas--30 ml/min.
    Column--HP 19095F--123, 30m x 0.53mm Substrate: HP--FFAP (cross-
linked) 1 micrometer film thickness

                           12.0  Calculations

    12.1  The integrator is programmed to do the following calculation 
at the end of the analysis:

    %ResidualStyrene=(Ax XWis)/(Ais 
XWx)XFx X100

    Where:
    Ax=Peak area of styrene
    Ais=Peak area of internal standard

[[Page 827]]

    Wx=Weight of sample = 5g
    Wis=Weight of internal std. = 0.00125g
    Fx=Analyzed response factor = 1.0

    12.2  The response factor is determined by analyzing a solution of 
0.02g of styrene and 0.02g of alpha methyl styrene in 100ml of 2-
propanol. Calculate the factor by the following equation:

    Fx=(Wx xAis)/(Wis 
xAx)

    Where:
    Wx=Weight of styrene
    Ax=Peak area of styrene
    Wis=Weight of alpha methyl styrene
    Ais=Peak area of alpha methyl styrene

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Performance must be determined for each sample type by 
following the procedures in section 9 of this method.

                         14.0  Waste Generation

    14.1  Waste generation should be minimized where possible.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  All waste shall be handled in accordance with Federal and 
State environmental regulations.
    16.0  References
    [Reserved]

   Method 313A--Determination of Residual Hydrocarbons in Rubber Crumb

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  This method determines residual toluene and styrene in stripper 
crumb of the of the following types of rubber: polybutadiene (PBR) and 
styrene/butadiene rubber (SBR), both derived from solution 
polymerization processes that utilize toluene as the polymerization 
solvent.
    1.2  The method is applicable to a wide range of concentrations of 
toluene and styrene provided that calibration standards cover the 
desired range. It is applicable at least over the range of 0.01 to 10.0 
% residual toluene and from 0.1 to 3.0 % residual styrene. It is 
probably applicable over a wider range, but this must be verified prior 
to use.
    1.3  The method may also be applicable to other process samples as 
long as they are of a similar composition to stripper crumb. See section 
3.1 of this method for a description of stripper crumb.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  The wet crumb is placed in a sealed vial and run on a headspace 
sampler which heats the vial to a specified temperature for a specific 
time and then injects a known volume of vapor into a capillary GC. The 
concentration of each component in the vapor is proportional to the 
level of that component in the crumb sample and does not depend on water 
content of the crumb.
    2.2  Identification of each component is performed by comparing the 
retention times to those of known standards.
    2.3  Results are calculated by the external standard method since 
injections are all performed in an identical manner. The response for 
each component is compared with that obtained from dosed samples of 
crumb.
    2.4  Measured results of each compound are corrected by dividing 
each by the average recovery efficiency determined for the same compound 
in the same sample type.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  Stripper crumb refers to pieces of rubber resulting from the 
steam stripping of a toluene solution of the same polymer in a water 
slurry. The primary component of this will be polymer with lesser 
amounts of entrained water and residual toluene and other hydrocarbons. 
The amounts of hydrocarbons present must be such that the crumb is a 
solid material, generally less that 10 % of the dry rubber weight.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Contamination is not normally a problem since samples are 
sealed into vials immediately on sampling.
    4.2  Cross contamination in the headspace sampler should not be a 
problem if the correct sampler settings are used. This should be 
verified by running a blank sample immediately following a normal or 
high sample. Settings may be modified if necessary if this proves to be 
a problem, or a blank sample may be inserted between samples.
    4.3  Interferences may occur if volatile hydrocarbons are present 
which have retention times close to that of the components of interest. 
Since the solvent makeup of the processes involved are normally fairly 
well defined this should not be a problem. If it is found to be the 
case, switching to a different chromatographic column will probably 
resolve the situation.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  The chemicals specified in this method should all be handled 
according to standard laboratory practices as well as any special 
precautions that may be listed in the MSDS for that compound.
    5.2  Sampling of strippers or other process streams may involve high 
pressures and temperatures or may have the potential for exposure to 
chemical fumes. Only personnel who have been trained in the specific 
sampling procedures required for that process should perform this 
operation. An understanding of the process involved is necessary. Proper 
personal protective equipment should be worn. Any sampling devices 
should be inspected prior to use. A detailed sampling

[[Page 828]]

procedure which specifies exactly how to obtain the sample must be 
written and followed.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Hewlett Packard (HP) 7694 Headspace sampler, or equivalent, 
with the following conditions:

    Times (min.): GC cycle time 6.0 , vial equilibration 30.0 , 
pressurization 0.25 , loop fill 0.25, loop equilibration 0.05 , inject 
0.25
    Temperatures (deg C): oven 70, loop 80, transfer line 90
    Pressurization gas: He @ 16 psi

    6.2  HP 5890 Series II capillary gas chromatograph, or equivalent, 
with the following conditions:

    Column: Supelco SPB-1, or equivalent, 15m  x  .25mm  x  .25 
film
    Carrier: He @ 6 psi
    Run time: 4 minutes
    Oven: 70 deg C isothermal
    Injector: 200 deg C split ratio 50:1
    Detector: FID @ 220 deg C

    6.3  HP Chemstation consisting of computer, printer and Chemstation 
software, or an equivalent chromatographic data system.
    6.4  20 ml headspace vials with caps and septa.
    6.5  Headspace vial crimper.
    6.6  Microliter pipetting syringes.
    6.7  Drying oven at 100 deg C vented into cold trap or other means 
of trapping hydrocarbons released.
    6.8  Laboratory shaker or tumbler suitable for the headspace vials.
    6.9  Personal protective equipment required for sampling the process 
such as rubber gloves and face and eye protection.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Toluene, 99.9+% purity, HPLC grade.
    7.2  Styrene, 99.9+% purity, HPLC grade.
    7.3  Dry rubber of same type as the stripper crumb samples.

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1  Collect a sample of crumb in a manner appropriate for the 
process equipment being sampled.
    8.1.1  If conditions permit, this may be done by passing a stream of 
the crumb slurry through a strainer, thus separating the crumb from the 
water. Allow the water to drain freely, do not attempt to squeeze any 
water from the crumb. Results will not depend on the exact water content 
of the samples. Immediately place several pieces of crumb directly into 
a headspace vial. This should be done with rubber gloves to protect the 
hands from both the heat and from contact with residual hydrocarbons. 
The vial should be between \1/4\ and \1/3\ full. Results do not depend 
on sample size as long as there is sufficient sample to reach an 
equilibrium vapor pressure in the headspace of the vial. Cap and seal 
the vial. Prepare each sample at least in duplicate. This is to minimize 
the effect of the variation that naturally occurs in the composition of 
non homogeneous crumb. The free water is not analyzed by this method and 
should be disposed of appropriately along with any unused rubber crumb.
    8.1.2  Alternatively the process can be sampled in a specially 
constructed sealed bomb which can then be transported to the laboratory. 
The bomb is then cooled to ambient temperature by applying a stream of 
running water. The bomb can then be opened and the crumb separated from 
the water and the vials filled as described in section 8.1.1 of this 
method. The bomb may be stored up to 8 hours prior to transferring the 
crumb into vials.
    8.2  The sealed headspace vials may be run immediately or may be 
stored up to 72 hours prior to running. It is possible that even longer 
storage times may be acceptable, but this must be verified for the 
particular type of sample being analyzed (see section 9.2.3 of this 
method). The main concern here is that some types of rubber eventually 
may flow, thus compacting the crumb so that the surface area is reduced. 
This may have some effect on the headspace equilibration.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  The laboratory is required to operate a formal quality control 
program. This consists of an initial demonstration of the capability of 
the method as well as ongoing analysis of standards, blanks and spiked 
samples to demonstrate continued performance.
    9.1.1  When the method is first set up a calibration is run 
(described in section 10 of this method) and an initial demonstration of 
method capability is performed (described in section 9.2 of this 
method). Also recovery efficiency for each type of sample must be 
determined (see section 9.4 of this method).
    9.1.2  It is permissible to modify this method in order to improve 
separations or make other improvements, provided that all performance 
specifications are met. Each time a modification to the method is made 
it is necessary to repeat the calibration (section 10 of this method), 
the demonstration of method performance (section 9.2 of this method) and 
the recovery efficiency for each type of sample (section 9.4 of this 
method).
    9.1.3  Ongoing performance should be monitored by running a spiked 
rubber standard. If this test fails to demonstrate that the analysis is 
in control, then corrective action must be taken. This method is 
described in section 9.3 of this method.
    9.1.4  If new types of samples are being analyzed then recovery 
efficiency for each new type of sample must be determined. New type 
includes any change, such as polymer

[[Page 829]]

type, physical form or a significant change in the composition of the 
matrix.
    9.2  Initial demonstration of method capability to establish the 
accuracy and precision of the method. This is to be run following the 
calibration described in section 10 of this method.
    9.2.1  Prepare a series of identical spiked rubber standards as 
described in section 9.3 of this method. A sufficient number to 
determine statistical information on the test should be run. Ten may be 
a suitable number, depending on the quality control methodology used at 
the laboratory running the tests. These are run in the same manner as 
unknown samples (see section 11 of this method).
    9.2.2  Determine mean and standard deviation for the results. Use 
these to determine the capability of the method and to calculate 
suitable control limits for the ongoing performance check which will 
utilize the same standards.
    9.2.3  Prepare several additional spiked rubber standards and run 2 
each day to determine the suitability of storage of the samples for 24, 
48 and 72 hours or longer if longer storage times are desired.
    9.3   A spiked rubber standard should be run on a regular basis to 
verify system performance. This would probably be done daily if samples 
are run daily. This is prepared in the same manner as the calibration 
standards (section 10.1 of this method), except that only one 
concentration of toluene and styrene is prepared. Choose concentrations 
of toluene and styrene that fall in the middle of the range expected in 
the stripper crumb and then do not change these unless there is a major 
change in the composition of the unknowns. If it becomes necessary to 
change the composition of this standard the initial performance 
demonstration must be repeated with the new standard (section 9.2 of 
this method).
    9.3.1  Each day prepare one spiked rubber standard to be run the 
following day. The dry rubber may be prepared in bulk and stored for any 
length of time consistent with the shelf life of the product. The 
addition of water and hydrocarbons must be performed daily and all the 
steps described under section 10.1 of this method must be followed.
    9.3.2  Run the spiked rubber standard prepared the previous day. 
Record the results and plot on an appropriate control chart or other 
means of determining statistical control.
    9.3.3  If the results for the standard indicate that the test is out 
of control then corrective action must be taken. This may include a 
check on procedures, instrument settings, maintenance or recalibration. 
Samples may be stored (see section 8.2 of this method) until compliance 
is demonstrated.
    9.4  Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample 
type and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.4.1  For each sample type collect 12 samples from the process 
(section 8.1 of this method). This should be done when the process is 
operating in a normal manner and residual hydrocarbon levels are in the 
normal range. Half the vials and caps should be tared, labeled 
``spiked'' and numbered 1 through 6. The other vials are labeled 
``unspiked'' and need not be tared but are also numbered 1 through 6. 
Immediately on sampling, the vials should be capped to prevent loss of 
volatiles. Allow all the samples to cool completely to ambient 
temperature. Reweigh each of the vials labeled ``spiked'' to determine 
the weight of wet crumb inside.
    9.4.2  The dry weight of rubber present in the wet crumb is 
estimated by multiplying the weight of wet crumb by the fraction of 
nonvolatiles typical for the sample. If this is not known, an additional 
quantity of crumb may be sampled, weighed, dried in an oven and 
reweighed to determine the fraction of volatiles and nonvolatiles prior 
to starting this procedure.
    9.4.3  To the vials labeled ``spiked'' add an amount of a mixture of 
toluene and styrene that is between 40 and 60 % of the amount expected 
in the crumb. This is done by removing the cap, adding the mixture by 
syringe, touching the tip of the needle to the sample in order to remove 
the drop and then immediately recapping the vials. The mixture is not 
added through the septum, because a punctured septum may leak and vent 
vapors as the vial is heated. The weights of toluene and styrene added 
may be calculated from the volumes of the mixture added, its composition 
and density, or may be determined by the weight of the vials and caps 
prior to and after addition. The exact dry weight of rubber present and 
the concentration of residual toluene and styrene are not known at this 
time so an exact calculation of the concentration of hydrocarbons is not 
possible until the test is completed.
    9.4.4  Place all the vials onto a shaker or tumbler for 24 
 2 hours. This is essential in order for the hydrocarbons to 
be evenly distributed and completely absorbed into the rubber. If this 
is not followed the toluene and styrene will be mostly at the surface of 
the rubber and high results will be obtained.
    9.4.5  Remove the vials from the shaker and tap them so that all the 
crumb settles to the bottom of the vials. Allow them to stand for 1 hour 
prior to analysis to allow any liquid to drain fully to the bottom.
    9.4.6  Run the spiked and unspiked samples in the normal manner. 
Record the concentrations of toluene and styrene reported for each pair 
of spiked and unspiked samples with the same vial number.
    9.4.7  Open each of the vials labeled ``spiked'', remove all the 
rubber crumb and

[[Page 830]]

place it into a tarred drying pan. Place in a 100 deg C oven for two 
hours, cool and reweigh. Subtract the weight of the tare to give the dry 
weight of rubber in each spiked vial. Calculate the concentration of 
toluene and styrene spiked into each vial as percent of dry rubber 
weight. This will be slightly different for each vial since the weights 
of dry rubber will be different.
    9.4.8  For each hydrocarbon calculate the average recovery 
efficiency (R) using the following equations:

    R=R__(Pn)/6 (average of the 6 individual 
Rn values)

    Where:
    Rn=(Cns--Cnu) / Sn

    Where:
    n=vial number
    Cns=concentration of compound measured in spiked sample number n.
    Cnu=concentration of compound measured in unspiked sample number n.
    Sn=theoretical concentration of compound spiked into sample n 
calculated in step 9.4.7

    9.4.9  A different R value should be obtained for each compound 
(styrene and toluene) and for each sample type.
    9.4.10  A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.4.11  R is used to correct all reported results for each compound 
by dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type (see section 12.2 of this method.)

                            10.0  Calibration

    10.1  Calibration standards are prepared by dosing known amounts of 
the hydrocarbons of interest into vials containing known amounts of 
rubber and water.
    10.1.1  Cut a sufficient quantity of dry rubber of the same type as 
will be analyzed into pieces about the same size as that of the crumb. 
Place these in a single layer on a piece of aluminum foil or other 
suitable surface and place into a forced air oven at 100  deg.C for four 
hours. This is to remove any residual hydrocarbons that may be present. 
This step may be performed in advance.
    10.1.2  Into each of a series of vials add 3.0 g of the dry rubber.
    10.1.3  Into each vial add 1.0 ml distilled water or an amount that 
is close to the amount that will be present in the unknowns. The exact 
amount of water present does not have much effect on the analysis, but 
it is necessary to have a saturated environment. The water will also aid 
in the uniform distribution of the spiked hydrocarbons over the surface 
of the rubber after the vials are placed on the shaker (in step 10.1.5 
of this method).
    10.1.4  Into each vial add varying amounts of toluene and styrene by 
microliter syringe and cap the vials immediately to prevent loss. The 
tip of the needle should be carefully touched to the rubber in order to 
transfer the last drop to the rubber. Toluene and styrene may first be 
mixed together in suitable proportions and added together if desired. 
The weights of toluene and styrene added may be calculated from the 
volumes of the mixture added, its composition and density, or may be 
determined by the weight of the vials and caps prior to and after 
addition. Concentrations of added hydrocarbons are calculated as percent 
of the dry rubber weight. At least 5 standards should be prepared with 
the amounts of hydrocarbons added being calculated to cover the entire 
range possible in the unknowns. Retain two samples with no added 
hydrocarbons as blanks.
    10.1.5  Place all the vials onto a shaker or tumbler for 24 
 2 hours. This is essential in order for the hydrocarbons to 
be evenly distributed and completely absorbed into the rubber. If this 
is not followed the toluene and styrene will be mostly at the surface of 
the rubber and high results will be obtained.
    10.1.6  Remove the vials from the shaker and tap them so that all 
the crumb settles to the bottom of the vials. Allow them to stand for 1 
hour prior to analysis to allow any liquid to drain fully to the bottom.
    10.2  Run the standards and blanks in the same manner as described 
for unknowns (section 11 of this method), starting with a blank, then in 
order of increasing hydrocarbon content and ending with the other blank.
    10.3  Verify that the blanks are sufficiently free from toluene and 
styrene or any interfering hydrocarbons.
    10.3.1  It is possible that trace levels may be present even in dry 
product. If levels are high enough that they will interfere with the 
calibration then the drying procedure in section 10.1.1 of this method 
should be reviewed and modified as needed to ensure that suitable 
standards can be prepared.
    10.3.2  It is possible that the final blank is contaminated by the 
previous standard. If this is the case review and modify the sampler 
parameters as needed to eliminate this problem. If necessary it is 
possible to run blank samples between regular samples in order to reduce 
this problem, though it should not be necessary if the sampler is 
properly set up.
    10.4  Enter the amounts of toluene and styrene added to each of the 
samples (as calculated in section 10.1.4 of this method) into the 
calibration table and perform a calibration utilizing the external 
standard method of analysis.
    10.5  At low concentrations the calibration should be close to 
linear. If a wide range of levels are to be determined it may be 
desirable to apply a nonlinear calibration to get the best fit.

[[Page 831]]

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Place the vials in the tray of the headspace sampler. Enter 
the starting and ending positions through the console of the sampler. 
For unknown samples each is run in duplicate to minimize the effect of 
variations in crumb composition. If excessive variation is noted it may 
be desirable to run more than two of each sample.
    11.2  Make sure the correct method is loaded on the Chemstation. 
Turn on the gas flows and light the FID flame.
    11.3  Start the sequence on the Chemstation. Press the START button 
on the headspace unit. The samples will be automatically injected after 
equilibrating for 30 minutes in the oven. As each sample is completed 
the Chemstation will calculate and print out the results as percent 
toluene and styrene in the crumb based on the dry weight of rubber.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  For each set of duplicate samples calculate the average of the 
measured concentration of toluene and styrene. If more than two 
replicates of each sample are run calculate the average over all 
replicates.
    12.2  For each sample correct the measured amounts of toluene and 
styrene using the following equation:

    Corrected Result = Cm/R

    Where:
    Cm = Average measured concentration for that compound.
    R = Recovery efficiency for that compound in the same sample type 
(see section 9.4 of this method)

    12.3  Report the recovery efficiency (R) and the corrected results 
of toluene and styrene for each sample.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  This method can be very sensitive and reproducible. The actual 
performance depends largely on the exact nature of the samples being 
analyzed. Actual performance must be determined by each laboratory for 
each sample type.
    13.2  The main source of variation is the actual variation in the 
composition of non homogeneous crumb in a stripping system and the small 
sample sizes employed here. It therefore is the responsibility of each 
laboratory to determine the optimum number of replicates of each sample 
required to obtain accurate results.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    14.1  Samples should be kept sealed when possible in order to 
prevent evaporation of hydrocarbons.
    14.2  When drying of samples is required it should be done in an 
oven which vents into a suitable device that can trap the hydrocarbons 
released.
    14.3  Dispose of samples as described in section 15.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  Excess stripper crumb and water as well as the contents of the 
used sample vials should be properly disposed of in accordance with 
local and federal regulations.
    15.2  Preferably this will be accomplished by having a system of 
returning unused and spent samples to the process.

                            16.0  References

    16.1  ``HP 7694 Headspace Sampler--Operating and Service Manual'', 
Hewlett-Packard Company, publication number G1290-90310, June 1993.

   Method 313B--The Determination of Residual Hydrocarbon in Solution 
                Polymers by Capillary Gas Chromatography

                               1.0  Scope

    1.1  This method is applicable to solution polymerized polybutadiene 
(PBD).
    1.2  This method quantitatively determines n-hexane in wet crumb 
polymer at levels from 0.08 to 0.15% by weight.
    1.3  This method may be extended to the determination of other 
hydrocarbons in solution produced polymers with proper experimentation 
and documentation.

                        2.0  Principle of Method

    2.1  A weighed sample of polymer is dissolved in chloroform and the 
cement is coagulated with an isopropyl alcohol solution containing a 
specific amount of alpha-methyl styrene (AMS) as the internal standard. 
The extract of this coagulation is then injected into a gas 
chromatograph and separated into individual components. Quantification 
is achieved by the method of internal standardization.

                            3.0  Definitions

    3.1  The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                           4.0  Interferences

    [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1  This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

[[Page 832]]

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Analytical balance, 160 g capacity, 0.1 mg resolution
    6.2  Bottles, 2-oz capacity with poly-cap screw lids
    6.3  Mechanical shaker
    6.4  Syringe, 10-ul capacity
    6.5  Syringe, 2.5-ml capacity, with 22 gauge 1.25 inch needle, PP/PE 
material, disposable
    6.6  Gas chromatograph, Hewlett-Packard model 5890, or equivalent, 
configured with FID, split injector packed with silanized glass wool.
    6.6.1  Establish the following gas chromatographic conditions, and 
allow the system to thoroughly equilibrate before use.
    6.6.2  Injector parameters:

    Injection technique=Split
    Injector split flow=86 ml/min
    Injector temperature=225 deg C

    6.6.3  Oven temperature program:
    Initial temperature=40 deg C
    Initial time=6 min
    Program rate=10 deg C/min
    Upper limit temperature=175 deg C
    Upper limit interval=10 min

    6.6.4  Detector parameters:
    Detector temperature=300 deg C
    Hydrogen flow=30 ml/min
    Air flow=350 ml/min
    Nitrogen make up=26 ml/min

    6.7  Gas chromatographic columns: SE-54 (5%-phenyl) (1%-vinyl)-
methylpolysiloxane, 15 M x 0.53 mm ID with a 1.2 micron film thickness, 
and a Carbowax 20M (polyethylene glycol), 15 M x 0.53 mm ID with a 1.2 
micron film thickness.
    6.7.1  Column assembly: using a 0.53 mm ID butt connector union, 
join the 15 M x 0.53 mm SE-54 column to the 15 M x 0.53 mm Carbowax 20M. 
The SE-54 column will be inserted into the injector and the Carbowax 20M 
inserted into the detector after they have been joined.
    6.7.2  Column parameters:

    Helium flow=2.8 ml/min
    Helium headpressure=2 psig

    6.8  Centrifuge
    6.9  Data collection system, Hewlett-Packard Model 3396, or 
equivalent
    6.10  Pipet, 25-ml capacity, automatic dispensing, and 2 liter 
reservoir
    6.11  Pipet, 2-ml capacity, volumetric delivery, class A
    6.12  Flasks, 100 and 1000-ml capacity, volumetric, class A
    6.13  Vial, serum, 50-ml capacity, red rubber septa and crimp ring 
seals
    6.14  Sample collection basket fabricated out of wire mesh to allow 
for drainage

                       7.0  Chemicals and Reagents

    CHEMICALS:
    7.1  alpha-Methyl Styrene, C9H10, 99+% purity, CAS 98-83-9
    7.2  n-Hexane, C6H14, 99+% purity, CAS 110-54-3
    7.3  Isopropyl alcohol, C3H8O 99.5+% purity, reagent grade, CAS 67-
63-0
    7.4  Chloroform, CHCl3, 99% min., CAS 67-66-3
    REAGENTS:
    7.5  Internal Standard Stock Solution: 10 mg/25 ml AMS in isopropyl 
alcohol.
    7.5.1  Into a 25-ml beaker, weigh 0.4 g of AMS to the nearest 0.1 
mg.
    7.5.2  Quantitatively transfer this AMS into a 1-L volumetric flask. 
Dilute to the mark with isopropyl alcohol.
    7.5.3  Transfer this solution to the automatic dispensing pipet 
reservoir. This will be labeled the AMS STOCK SOLUTION.
    7.6  n-Hexane Stock Solution: 13mg/2ml hexane in isopropyl alcohol.
    7.6.1  Into a 100-ml volumetric flask, weigh 0.65 g of n-hexane to 
the nearest 0.1 mg.
    7.6.2  Dilute to the mark with isopropyl alcohol. This solution will 
be labeled the n-HEXANE STOCK SOLUTION.

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1  A sampling device similar to Figure 1 is used to collect a non-
vented crumb rubber sample at a location that is after the stripping 
operation but before the sample is exposed to the atmosphere.
    8.2  The crumb rubber is allowed to cool before opening the sampling 
device and removing the sample.
    8.3  The sampling device is opened and the crumb rubber sample is 
collected in the sampling basket.
    8.4  One pound of crumb rubber sample is placed into a polyethylene 
bag. The bag is labeled with the time, date and sample location.
    8.5  The sample should be delivered to the laboratory for testing 
within one hour of sampling.
    8.6  Laboratory testing will be done within 3 hours of the sampling 
time.
    8.7  No special storage conditions are required unless the storage 
time exceeds 3 hours in which case refrigeration of the samples is 
recommended.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  For each sample type, 12 samples shall be obtained from the 
process for the recovery study. Half of the vials and caps shall be 
tared, labeled ``spiked'', and numbered 1 through 6. The other vials 
shall be labeled ``unspiked'' and need not be tared, but are also 
numbered 1 through 6.
    9.2  Determine the % moisture content of the crumb sample. After 
determining the % moisture content, the correction factor for

[[Page 833]]

calculating the dry crumb weight can be determined by using the equation 
in section 12.2 of this method.
    9.3  Run the spiked and unspiked samples in the normal manner. 
Record the concentrations of the n-hexane content of the mixed hexane 
reported for each pair of spiked and unspiked samples.
    9.4  For the recovery study, each sample of crumb shall be dissolved 
in chloroform containing a known amount of mixed hexane solvent.
    9.5  For each hydrocarbon, calculate the recovery efficiency (R) 
using the following equations:

    Mr=Ms-Mu
    R=Mr/S

    Where:
    Mu=Measured amount of compound in the unspiked sample
    Ms=Measured amount of compound in the spiked sample
    Mr=Measured amount of the spiked compound
    S=Amount of compound added to the spiked sample
    R=Fraction of spiked compound recovered

    9.6  Normally a value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.7  R is used to correct all reported results for each compound by 
dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                            10.0  Calibration

    10.1  Using the AMS STOCK SOLUTION equipped with the automatic 
dispensing pipet (7.5.3 of this method), transfer 25.0 ml of the 
internal standard solution into an uncapped 50-ml serum vial.
    10.2  Using a 2.0 ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 2.0 
ml of the n-HEXANE STOCK SOLUTION (7.6.2 of this method) into the 50-ml 
serum vial and cap. This solution will be labeled the CALIBRATION 
SOLUTION.
    10.3  Using the conditions prescribed (6.6 of this method), inject 1 
l of the supernate.
    10.4  Obtain the peak areas and calculate the response factor as 
described in the calculations section (12.1 of this method).

                             11.0  Procedure

    11.1  Determination of Dry Polymer Weight
    11.1.1  Remove wet crumb from the polyethylene bag and place on 
paper towels to absorb excess surface moisture.
    11.1.2  Cut small slices or cubes from the center of the crumb 
sample to improve sample uniformity and further eliminate surface 
moisture.
    11.1.3  A suitable gravimetric measurement should be made on a 
sample of this wet crumb to determine the correction factor needed to 
calculate the dry polymer weight.
    11.2  Determination of n-Hexane in Wet Crumb
    11.2.1  Remove wet crumb from the polyethylene bag and place on 
paper towels to absorb excess surface moisture.
    11.2.2  Cut small slices or cubes from the center of the crumb 
sample to improve sample uniformity and further eliminate surface 
moisture.
    11.2.3  Into a tared 2 oz bottle, weigh 1.5 g of wet polymer to the 
nearest 0.1 mg.
    11.2.4  Add 25 ml of chloroform to the 2 oz bottle and cap.
    11.2.5   Using a mechanical shaker, shake the bottle until the 
polymer dissolves.
    11.2.6  Using the autodispensing pipet, add 25.0 ml of the AMS STOCK 
SOLUTION (7.5.3 of this method) to the dissolved polymer solution and 
cap.
    11.2.7  Using a mechanical shaker, shake the bottle for 10 minutes 
to coagulate the dissolved polymer.
    11.2.8  Centrifuge the sample for 3 minutes at 2000 rpm.
    11.2.9  Using the conditions prescribed (6.6 of this method), 
chromatograph 1 l of the supernate.
    11.2.10  Obtain the peak areas and calculate the concentration of 
the component of interest as described in the calculations (12.2 of this 
method).

                           12.0  Calculations

    12.1  Calibration:

    RFx=(Wx  x  Ais) / (Wis 
x  Ax)

    Where:
    RFx=the relative response factor for n-hexane
    Wx=the weight (g) of n-hexane in the CALIBRATION
    SOLUTION
    Ais=the area of AMS
    Wis=the weight (g) of AMS in the CALIBRATION SOLUTION
    Ax=the area of n-hexane

    12.2  Procedure:
    12.2.1  Correction Factor for calculating dry crumb weight.

    F=1--(% moisture / 100)

    Where:
    F=Correction factor for calculating dry crumb weight
    % moisture determined by appropriate method

    12.2.2  Moisture adjustment for chromatographic determination.

    Ws=F  x  Wc

    Where:
    Ws=the weight (g) of the dry polymer corrected for 
moisture
    F=Correction factor for calculating dry crumb weight
    Wc=the weight (g) of the wet crumb in section 9.6


[[Page 834]]


    12.2.3  Concentration (ppm) of hexane in the wet crumb.

    ppmx=(Ax * RFx * Wis * 
10000) / (Ais * Ws)

    Where:
    ppmx=parts per million of n-hexane in the polymer
    Ax=the area of n-hexane
    RFx=the relative response factor for n-hexane
    Wis=the weight (g) of AMS in the sample solution
    Ais=the area of AMS
    Ws=the weight (g) of the dry polymer corrected for 
moisture

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Precision for the method was determined at the 0.08% level.

    The standard deviation was 0.01 and the percent relative standard 
deviation (RSD) was 16.3 % with five degrees of freedom.

                         14.0  Waste Generation

    14.1  Waste generation should be minimized where possible.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    15.1  Discard liquid chemical waste into the chemical waste drum.
    15.2  Discard polymer waste into the polymer waste container.

                            16.0  References

    16.1  This method is based on Goodyear Chemical Division Test Method 
E-964.

    Method 315--Determination of Particulate and Methylene Chloride 
  Extractable Matter (MCEM) From Selected Sources at Primary Aluminum 
                          Production Facilities

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in this part. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, 
persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least 
the following additional test methods: Method 1, Method 2, Method 3, and 
Method 5 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

                       1.0  Scope and Application.

    1.1  Analytes. Particulate matter (PM). No CAS number assigned. 
Methylene chloride extractable matter (MCEM). No CAS number assigned.
    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the simultaneous 
determination of PM and MCEM when specified in an applicable regulation. 
This method was developed by consensus with the Aluminum Association and 
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and has limited precision 
estimates for MCEM; it should have similar precision to Method 5 for PM 
in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A since the procedures are similar for PM.
    1.3  Data quality objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method.

    Particulate matter and MCEM are withdrawn isokinetically from the 
source. PM is collected on a glass fiber filter maintained at a 
temperature in the range of l20  14  deg.C (248 
25  deg.F) or such other temperature as specified by an 
applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the Administrator for 
a particular application. The PM mass, which includes any material that 
condenses on the probe and is subsequently removed in an acetone rinse 
or on the filter at or above the filtration temperature, is determined 
gravimetrically after removal of uncombined water. MCEM is then 
determined by adding a methylene chloride rinse of the probe and filter 
holder, extracting the condensable hydrocarbons collected in the 
impinger water, adding an acetone rinse followed by a methylene chloride 
rinse of the sampling train components after the filter and before the 
silica gel impinger, and determining residue gravimetrically after 
evaporating the solvents.

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                     4.0  Interferences. [Reserved]

                              5.0  Safety.

    This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to 
performing this test method.

                      6.0  Equipment and Supplies.

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the EPA.

    6.1  Sample collection. The following items are required for sample 
collection:
    6.1.1  Sampling train. A schematic of the sampling train used in 
this method is shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A. Complete construction details are given in APTD-0581 (Reference 2 in 
section 17.0 of this method); commercial models of this train are also 
available. For changes from APTD-0581 and for allowable modifications of 
the train shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, see 
the following subsections.


[[Page 835]]


    Note: The operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling 
train are described in APTD-0576 (Reference 3 in section 17.0 of this 
method). Since correct usage is important in obtaining valid results, 
all users should read APTD-0576 and adopt the operating and maintenance 
procedures outlined in it, unless otherwise specified herein. The use of 
grease for sealing sampling train components is not recommended because 
many greases are soluble in methylene chloride. The sampling train 
consists of the following components:

    6.1.1.1  Probe nozzle. Glass or glass lined with sharp, tapered 
leading edge. The angle of taper shall be 30  deg., and the 
taper shall be on the outside to preserve a constant internal diameter. 
The probe nozzle shall be of the button-hook or elbow design, unless 
otherwise specified by the Administrator. Other materials of 
construction may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. 
A range of nozzle sizes suitable for isokinetic sampling should be 
available. Typical nozzle sizes range from 0.32 to 1.27 cm (\1/8\ to \1/
2\ in.) inside diameter (ID) in increments of 0.16 cm (\1/16\ in.). 
Larger nozzle sizes are also available if higher volume sampling trains 
are used. Each nozzle shall be calibrated according to the procedures 
outlined in section 10.0 of this method.
    6.1.1.2  Probe liner. Borosilicate or quartz glass tubing with a 
heating system capable of maintaining a probe gas temperature at the 
exit end during sampling of 12014  deg.C (24825 
deg.F), or such other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart 
of the standards or approved by the Administrator for a particular 
application. Because the actual temperature at the outlet of the probe 
is not usually monitored during sampling, probes constructed according 
to APTD-0581 and using the calibration curves of APTD-0576 (or 
calibrated according to the procedure outlined in APTD-0576) will be 
considered acceptable. Either borosilicate or quartz glass probe liners 
may be used for stack temperatures up to about 480  deg.C (900  deg.F); 
quartz liners shall be used for temperatures between 480 and 900  deg.C 
(900 and 1,650  deg.F). Both types of liners may be used at higher 
temperatures than specified for short periods of time, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator. The softening temperature for 
borosilicate glass is 820  deg.C (1,500  deg.F) and for quartz glass it 
is 1,500  deg.C (2,700  deg.F).
    6.1.1.3  Pitot tube. Type S, as described in section 6.1 of Method 
2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other device approved by the 
Administrator. The pitot tube shall be attached to the probe (as shown 
in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to allow constant 
monitoring of the stack gas velocity. The impact (high pressure) opening 
plane of the pitot tube shall be even with or above the nozzle entry 
plane (see Method 2, Figure 2-6b, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) during 
sampling. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall have a known coefficient, 
determined as outlined in section 10.0 of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    6.1.1.4  Differential pressure gauge. Inclined manometer or 
equivalent device (two), as described in section 6.2 of Method 2, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A. One manometer shall be used for velocity head (Dp) 
readings, and the other, for orifice differential pressure readings.
    6.1.1.5  Filter holder. Borosilicate glass, with a glass frit filter 
support and a silicone rubber gasket. The holder design shall provide a 
positive seal against leakage from the outside or around the filter. The 
holder shall be attached immediately at the outlet of the probe (or 
cyclone, if used).
    6.1.1.6  Filter heating system. Any heating system capable of 
maintaining a temperature around the filter holder of 12014 
deg.C (24825  deg.F) during sampling, or such other 
temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of the standards or 
approved by the Administrator for a particular application. 
Alternatively, the tester may opt to operate the equipment at a 
temperature lower than that specified. A temperature gauge capable of 
measuring temperature to within 3  deg.C (5.4  deg.F) shall be installed 
so that the temperature around the filter holder can be regulated and 
monitored during sampling. Heating systems other than the one shown in 
APTD-0581 may be used.
    6.1.1.7  Temperature sensor. A temperature sensor capable of 
measuring temperature to within 3  deg.C (5.4  deg.F) shall 
be installed so that the sensing tip of the temperature sensor is in 
direct contact with the sample gas, and the temperature around the 
filter holder can be regulated and monitored during sampling.
    6.1.1.8  Condenser. The following system shall be used to determine 
the stack gas moisture content: four glass impingers connected in series 
with leak-free ground glass fittings. The first, third, and fourth 
impingers shall be of the Greenburg-Smith design, modified by replacing 
the tip with a 1.3 cm (1/2 in.) ID glass tube extending to about 1.3 cm 
(1/2 in.) from the bottom of the flask. The second impinger shall be of 
the Greenburg-Smith design with the standard tip. The first and second 
impingers shall contain known quantities of water (section 8.3.1 of this 
method), the third shall be empty, and the fourth shall contain a known 
weight of silica gel or equivalent desiccant. A temperature sensor 
capable of measuring temperature to within 1  deg.C (2  deg.F) shall be 
placed at the outlet of the fourth impinger for monitoring.
    6.1.1.9  Metering system. Vacuum gauge, leak-free pump, temperature 
sensors capable of measuring temperature to within 3  deg.C (5.4

[[Page 836]]

 deg.F), dry gas meter (DGM) capable of measuring volume to within 2 
percent, and related equipment, as shown in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A. Other metering systems capable of maintaining 
sampling rates within 10 percent of isokinetic and of determining sample 
volumes to within 2 percent may be used, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator. When the metering system is used in conjunction with a 
pitot tube, the system shall allow periodic checks of isokinetic rates.
    6.1.1.10  Sampling trains using metering systems designed for higher 
flow rates than that described in APTD-0581 or APTD-0576 may be used 
provided that the specifications of this method are met.
    6.1.2  Barometer. Mercury, aneroid, or other barometer capable of 
measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Hg.

    Note: The barometric reading may be obtained from a nearby National 
Weather Service station. In this case, the station value (which is the 
absolute barometric pressure) shall be requested and an adjustment for 
elevation differences between the weather station and sampling point 
shall be made at a rate of minus 2.5 mm (0.1 in) Hg per 30 m (100 ft) 
elevation increase or plus 2.5 mm (0.1 in) Hg per 30 m (100 ft) 
elevation decrease.

    6.1.3  Gas density determination equipment. Temperature sensor and 
pressure gauge, as described in sections 6.3 and 6.4 of Method 2, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, and gas analyzer, if necessary, as described in 
Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The temperature sensor shall, 
preferably, be permanently attached to the pitot tube or sampling probe 
in a fixed configuration, such that the tip of the sensor extends beyond 
the leading edge of the probe sheath and does not touch any metal. 
Alternatively, the sensor may be attached just prior to use in the 
field. Note, however, that if the temperature sensor is attached in the 
field, the sensor must be placed in an interference-free arrangement 
with respect to the Type S pitot tube openings (see Method 2, Figure 2-
4, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A). As a second alternative, if a difference 
of not more than 1 percent in the average velocity measurement is to be 
introduced, the temperature sensor need not be attached to the probe or 
pitot tube. (This alternative is subject to the approval of the 
Administrator.)
    6.2  Sample recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1  Probe-liner and probe-nozzle brushes. Nylon or 
Teflon bristle brushes with stainless steel wire handles. 
The probe brush shall have extensions (at least as long as the probe) 
constructed of stainless steel, nylon, Teflon, or similarly 
inert material. The brushes shall be properly sized and shaped to brush 
out the probe liner and nozzle.
    6.2.2  Wash bottles. Glass wash bottles are recommended. 
Polyethylene or tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) wash bottles may be used, but 
they may introduce a positive bias due to contamination from the bottle. 
It is recommended that acetone not be stored in polyethylene or TFE 
bottles for longer than a month.
    6.2.3  Glass sample storage containers. Chemically resistant, 
borosilicate glass bottles, for acetone and methylene chloride washes 
and impinger water, 500 ml or 1,000 ml. Screw-cap liners shall either be 
rubber-backed Teflon or shall be constructed so as to be 
leak-free and resistant to chemical attack by acetone or methylene 
chloride. (Narrow-mouth glass bottles have been found to be less prone 
to leakage.) Alternatively, polyethylene bottles may be used.
    6.2.4  Petri dishes. For filter samples, glass, unless otherwise 
specified by the Administrator.
    6.2.5  Graduated cylinder and/or balance. To measure condensed 
water, acetone wash and methylene chloride wash used during field 
recovery of the samples, to within 1 ml or 1 g. Graduated cylinders 
shall have subdivisions no greater than 2 ml. Most laboratory balances 
are capable of weighing to the nearest 0.5 g or less. Any such balance 
is suitable for use here and in section 6.3.4 of this method.
    6.2.6  Plastic storage containers. Air-tight containers to store 
silica gel.
    6.2.7  Funnel and rubber policeman. To aid in transfer of silica gel 
to container; not necessary if silica gel is weighed in the field.
    6.2.8  Funnel. Glass or polyethylene, to aid in sample recovery.
    6.3  Sample analysis. The following equipment is required for sample 
analysis:
    6.3.1  Glass or Teflon weighing dishes.
    6.3.2  Desiccator. It is recommended that fresh desiccant be used to 
minimize the chance for positive bias due to absorption of organic 
material during drying.
    6.3.3  Analytical balance. To measure to within 0.l mg.
    6.3.4  Balance. To measure to within 0.5 g.
    6.3.5   Beakers. 250 ml.
    6.3.6  Hygrometer. To measure the relative humidity of the 
laboratory environment.
    6.3.7  Temperature sensor. To measure the temperature of the 
laboratory environment.
    6.3.8  Buchner fritted funnel. 30 ml size, fine (50 micron)-porosity 
fritted glass.
    6.3.9  Pressure filtration apparatus.
    6.3.10  Aluminum dish. Flat bottom, smooth sides, and flanged top, 
18 mm deep and with an inside diameter of approximately 60 mm.

                      7.0  Reagents and Standards.

    7.l  Sample collection. The following reagents are required for 
sample collection:

[[Page 837]]

    7.1.1  Filters. Glass fiber filters, without organic binder, 
exhibiting at least 99.95 percent efficiency (0.05 percent penetration) 
on 0.3 micron dioctyl phthalate smoke particles. The filter efficiency 
test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM Method D 2986-95A 
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 63.841 of this part). Test data from 
the supplier's quality control program are sufficient for this purpose. 
In sources containing S02 or S03, the filter 
material must be of a type that is unreactive to S02 or 
S03. Reference 10 in section 17.0 of this method may be used 
to select the appropriate filter.
    7.1.2  Silica gel. Indicating type, 6 to l6 mesh. If previously 
used, dry at l75  deg.C (350  deg.F) for 2 hours. New silica gel may be 
used as received. Alternatively, other types of desiccants (equivalent 
or better) may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator.
    7.1.3  Water. When analysis of the material caught in the impingers 
is required, deionized distilled water shall be used. Run blanks prior 
to field use to eliminate a high blank on test samples.
    7.1.4  Crushed ice.
    7.1.5  Stopcock grease. Acetone-insoluble, heat-stable silicone 
grease. This is not necessary if screw-on connectors with Teflon'' 
sleeves, or similar, are used. Alternatively, other types of stopcock 
grease may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. 
[Caution: Many stopcock greases are methylene chloride-soluble. Use 
sparingly and carefully remove prior to recovery to prevent 
contamination of the MCEM analysis.]
    7.2  Sample recovery. The following reagents are required for sample 
recovery:
    7.2.1  Acetone. Acetone with blank values  1 ppm, by weight residue, 
is required. Acetone blanks may be run prior to field use, and only 
acetone with low blank values may be used. In no case shall a blank 
value of greater than 1E-06 of the weight of acetone used be subtracted 
from the sample weight.

    Note: This is more restrictive than Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. At least one vendor (Supelco Incorporated located in 
Bellefonte, Pennsylvania) lists 1 mg/l as residue for its Environmental 
Analysis Solvents.

    7.2.2  Methylene chloride. Methylene chloride with a blank value 1.5 
ppm, by weight, residue. Methylene chloride blanks may be run prior to 
field use, and only methylene chloride with low blank values may be 
used. In no case shall a blank value of greater than 1.6E-06 of the 
weight of methylene chloride used be subtracted from the sample weight.

    Note: A least one vendor quotes 1 mg/l for Environmental Analysis 
Solvents-grade methylene chloride.

    7.3  Sample analysis. The following reagents are required for sample 
analysis:
    7.3.l  Acetone. Same as in section 7.2.1 of this method.
    7.3.2  Desiccant. Anhydrous calcium sulfate, indicating type. 
Alternatively, other types of desiccants may be used, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.
    7.3.3  Methylene chloride. Same as in section 7.2.2 of this method.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport.

    Note: The complexity of this method is such that, in order to obtain 
reliable results, testers should be trained and experienced with the 
test procedures.

    8.11  Pretest preparation. It is suggested that sampling equipment 
be maintained according to the procedures described in APTD-0576.
    8.1.1  Weigh several 200 g to 300 g portions of silica gel in 
airtight containers to the nearest 0.5 g. Record on each container the 
total weight of the silica gel plus container. As an alternative, the 
silica gel need not be preweighed but may be weighed directly in its 
impinger or sampling holder just prior to train assembly.
    8.1.2  A batch of glass fiber filters, no more than 50 at a time, 
should placed in a soxhlet extraction apparatus and extracted using 
methylene chloride for at least 16 hours. After extraction, check 
filters visually against light for irregularities, flaws, or pinhole 
leaks. Label the shipping containers (glass or plastic petri dishes), 
and keep the filters in these containers at all times except during 
sampling and weighing.
    8.1.3  Desiccate the filters at 20 5.6  deg.C (68 
10  deg.F) and ambient pressure for at least 24 hours and 
weigh at intervals of at least 6 hours to a constant weight, i.e., 0.5 
mg change from previous weighing; record results to the nearest 0.1 mg. 
During each weighing the filter must not be exposed to the laboratory 
atmosphere for longer than 2 minutes and a relative humidity above 50 
percent. Alternatively (unless otherwise specified by the 
Administrator), the filters may be oven-dried at 104  deg.C (220  deg.F) 
for 2 to 3 hours, desiccated for 2 hours, and weighed. Procedures other 
than those described, which account for relative humidity effects, may 
be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator.
    8.2  Preliminary determinations.
    8.2.1  Select the sampling site and the minimum number of sampling 
points according to Method 1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A or as specified 
by the Administrator. Determine the stack pressure, temperature, and the 
range of velocity heads using Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; it 
is recommended that a leak check of the pitot lines (see section 8.1 of 
Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) be performed. Determine the 
moisture content using Approximation

[[Page 838]]

Method 4 (section 1.2 of Method 4, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) or its 
alternatives to make isokinetic sampling rate settings. Determine the 
stack gas dry molecular weight, as described in section 8.6 of Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A; if integrated Method 3 sampling is used for 
molecular weight determination, the integrated bag sample shall be taken 
simultaneously with, and for the same total length of time as, the 
particulate sample run.
    8.2.2  Select a nozzle size based on the range of velocity heads 
such that it is not necessary to change the nozzle size in order to 
maintain isokinetic sampling rates. During the run, do not change the 
nozzle size. Ensure that the proper differential pressure gauge is 
chosen for the range of velocity heads encountered (see section 8.2 of 
Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A).
    8.2.3  Select a suitable probe liner and probe length such that all 
traverse points can be sampled. For large stacks, consider sampling from 
opposite sides of the stack to reduce the required probe length.
    8.2.4  Select a total sampling time greater than or equal to the 
minimum total sampling time specified in the test procedures for the 
specific industry such that: (1) The sampling time per point is not less 
than 2 minutes (or some greater time interval as specified by the 
Administrator); and (2) the sample volume taken (corrected to standard 
conditions) will exceed the required minimum total gas sample volume. 
The latter is based on an approximate average sampling rate.
    8.2.5  The sampling time at each point shall be the same. It is 
recommended that the number of minutes sampled at each point be an 
integer or an integer plus one-half minute, in order to eliminate 
timekeeping errors.
    8.2.6  In some circumstances (e.g., batch cycles), it may be 
necessary to sample for shorter times at the traverse points and to 
obtain smaller gas sample volumes. In these cases, the Administrator's 
approval must first be obtained.
    8.3  Preparation of sampling train.
    8.3.1  During preparation and assembly of the sampling train, keep 
all openings where contamination can occur covered until just prior to 
assembly or until sampling is about to begin. Place l00 ml of water in 
each of the first two impingers, leave the third impinger empty, and 
transfer approximately 200 to 300 g of preweighed silica gel from its 
container to the fourth impinger. More silica gel may be used, but care 
should be taken to ensure that it is not entrained and carried out from 
the impinger during sampling. Place the container in a clean place for 
later use in the sample recovery. Alternatively, the weight of the 
silica gel plus impinger may be determined to the nearest 0.5 g and 
recorded.
    8.3.2  Using a tweezer or clean disposable surgical gloves, place a 
labeled (identified) and weighed filter in the filter holder. Be sure 
that the filter is properly centered and the gasket properly placed so 
as to prevent the sample gas stream from circumventing the filter. Check 
the filter for tears after assembly is completed.
    8.3.3  When glass liners are used, install the selected nozzle using 
a Viton A 0-ring when stack temperatures are less than 260  deg.C (500 
deg.F) and an asbestos string gasket when temperatures are higher. See 
APTD-0576 for details. Mark the probe with heat-resistant tape or by 
some other method to denote the proper distance into the stack or duct 
for each sampling point.
    8.3.4  Set up the train as in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, using (if necessary) a very light coat of silicone 
grease on all ground glass joints, greasing only the outer portion (see 
APTD-0576) to avoid possibility of contamination by the silicone grease. 
Subject to the approval of the Administrator, a glass cyclone may be 
used between the probe and filter holder when the total particulate 
catch is expected to exceed 100 mg or when water droplets are present in 
the stack gas.
    8.3.5  Place crushed ice around the impingers.
    8.4  Leak-check procedures.
    8.4.1  Leak check of metering system shown in Figure 5-1 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. That portion of the sampling train from 
the pump to the orifice meter should be leak-checked prior to initial 
use and after each shipment. Leakage after the pump will result in less 
volume being recorded than is actually sampled. The following procedure 
is suggested (see Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A): 
Close the main valve on the meter box. Insert a one-hole rubber stopper 
with rubber tubing attached into the orifice exhaust pipe. Disconnect 
and vent the low side of the orifice manometer. Close off the low side 
orifice tap. Pressurize the system to 13 to 18 cm (5 to 7 in.) water 
column by blowing into the rubber tubing. Pinch off the tubing, and 
observe the manometer for 1 minute. A loss of pressure on the manometer 
indicates a leak in the meter box; leaks, if present, must be corrected.
    8.4.2  Pretest leak check. A pretest leak-check is recommended but 
not required. If the pretest leak-check is conducted, the following 
procedure should be used.
    8.4.2.1  After the sampling train has been assembled, turn on and 
set the filter and probe heating systems to the desired operating 
temperatures. Allow time for the temperatures to stabilize. If a Viton A 
0-ring or other leak-free connection is used in assembling the probe 
nozzle to the probe liner, leak-check the train at the sampling site by

[[Page 839]]

plugging the nozzle and pulling a 380 mm (15 in.) Hg vacuum.

    Note: A lower vacuum may be used, provided that it is not exceeded 
during the test.

    8.4.2.2  If an asbestos string is used, do not connect the probe to 
the train during the leak check. Instead, leak-check the train by first 
plugging the inlet to the filter holder (cyclone, if applicable) and 
pulling a 380 mm (15 in.) Hg vacuum. (See NOTE in section 8.4.2.1 of 
this method). Then connect the probe to the train and perform the leak 
check at approximately 25 mm (1 in.) Hg vacuum; alternatively, the probe 
may be leak-checked with the rest of the sampling train, in one step, at 
380 mm (15 in.) Hg vacuum. Leakage rates in excess of 4 percent of the 
average sampling rate or 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm), whichever is less, 
are unacceptable.
    8.4.2.3  The following leak check instructions for the sampling 
train described in APTD-0576 and APTD-058l may be helpful. Start the 
pump with the bypass valve fully open and the coarse adjust valve 
completely closed. Partially open the coarse adjust valve and slowly 
close the bypass valve until the desired vacuum is reached. Do not 
reverse the direction of the bypass valve, as this will cause water to 
back up into the filter holder. If the desired vacuum is exceeded, 
either leak-check at this higher vacuum or end the leak check as shown 
below and start over.
    8.4.2.4  When the leak check is completed, first slowly remove the 
plug from the inlet to the probe, filter holder, or cyclone (if 
applicable) and immediately turn off the vacuum pump. This prevents the 
water in the impingers from being forced backward into the filter holder 
and the silica gel from being entrained backward into the third 
impinger.
    8.4.3  Leak checks during sample run. If, during the sampling run, a 
component (e.g., filter assembly or impinger) change becomes necessary, 
a leak check shall be conducted immediately before the change is made. 
The leak check shall be done according to the procedure outlined in 
section 8.4.2 of this method, except that it shall be done at a vacuum 
equal to or greater than the maximum value recorded up to that point in 
the test. If the leakage rate is found to be no greater than 0.00057 
m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of the average sampling rate (whichever 
is less), the results are acceptable, and no correction will need to be 
applied to the total volume of dry gas metered; if, however, a higher 
leakage rate is obtained, either record the leakage rate and plan to 
correct the sample volume as shown in section 12.3 of this method or 
void the sample run.

    Note: Immediately after component changes, leak checks are optional; 
if such leak checks are done, the procedure outlined in section 8.4.2 of 
this method should be used.

    8.4.4  Post-test leak check. A leak check is mandatory at the 
conclusion of each sampling run. The leak check shall be performed in 
accordance with the procedures outlined in section 8.4.2 of this method, 
except that it shall be conducted at a vacuum equal to or greater than 
the maximum value reached during the sampling run. If the leakage rate 
is found to be no greater than 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent 
of the average sampling rate (whichever is less), the results are 
acceptable, and no correction need be applied to the total volume of dry 
gas metered. If, however, a higher leakage rate is obtained, either 
record the leakage rate and correct the sample volume, as shown in 
section 12.4 of this method, or void the sampling run.
    8.5  Sampling train operation. During the sampling run, maintain an 
isokinetic sampling rate (within l0 percent of true isokinetic unless 
otherwise specified by the Administrator) and a temperature around the 
filter of 120 14  deg.C (248 25  deg.F), or such other temperature as 
specified by an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the 
Administrator.
    8.5.1  For each run, record the data required on a data sheet such 
as the one shown in Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. 
Be sure to record the initial reading. Record the DGM readings at the 
beginning and end of each sampling time increment, when changes in flow 
rates are made, before and after each leak-check, and when sampling is 
halted. Take other readings indicated by Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A at least once at each sample point during each time 
increment and additional readings when significant changes (20 percent 
variation in velocity head readings) necessitate additional adjustments 
in flow rate. Level and zero the manometer. Because the manometer level 
and zero may drift due to vibrations and temperature changes, make 
periodic checks during the traverse.
    8.5.2  Clean the portholes prior to the test run to minimize the 
chance of sampling deposited material. To begin sampling, remove the 
nozzle cap and verify that the filter and probe heating systems are up 
to temperature and that the pitot tube and probe are properly 
positioned. Position the nozzle at the first traverse point with the tip 
pointing directly into the gas stream. Immediately start the pump and 
adjust the flow to isokinetic conditions. Nomographs are available, 
which aid in the rapid adjustment of the isokinetic sampling rate 
without excessive computations. These nomographs are designed for use 
when the Type S pitot tube coefficient (Cp) is 0.85  0.02 
and the stack gas equivalent density (dry molecular weight) is 29 
 4. APTD-0576 details the procedure for using the 
nomographs. If Cp and Md are outside the above-
stated ranges, do not use the nomographs unless appropriate steps (see

[[Page 840]]

Reference 7 in section 17.0 of this method) are taken to compensate for 
the deviations.
    8.5.3  When the stack is under significant negative pressure (height 
of impinger stem), close the coarse adjust valve before inserting the 
probe into the stack to prevent water from backing into the filter 
holder. If necessary, the pump may be turned on with the coarse adjust 
valve closed.
    8.5.4  When the probe is in position, block off the openings around 
the probe and porthole to prevent unrepresentative dilution of the gas 
stream.
    8.5.5  Traverse the stack cross-section, as required by Method 1, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A or as specified by the Administrator, being 
careful not to bump the probe nozzle into the stack walls when sampling 
near the walls or when removing or inserting the probe through the 
portholes; this minimizes the chance of extracting deposited material.
    8.5.6  During the test run, make periodic adjustments to keep the 
temperature around the filter holder at the proper level; add more ice 
and, if necessary, salt to maintain a temperature of less than 20  deg.C 
(68  deg.F) at the condenser/silica gel outlet. Also, periodically check 
the level and zero of the manometer.
    8.5.7  If the pressure drop across the filter becomes too high, 
making isokinetic sampling difficult to maintain, the filter may be 
replaced in the midst of the sample run. It is recommended that another 
complete filter assembly be used rather than attempting to change the 
filter itself. Before a new filter assembly is installed, conduct a leak 
check (see section 8.4.3 of this method). The total PM weight shall 
include the summation of the filter assembly catches.
    8.5.8  A single train shall be used for the entire sample run, 
except in cases where simultaneous sampling is required in two or more 
separate ducts or at two or more different locations within the same 
duct, or in cases where equipment failure necessitates a change of 
trains. In all other situations, the use of two or more trains will be 
subject to the approval of the Administrator.

    Note: When two or more trains are used, separate analyses of the 
front-half and (if applicable) impinger catches from each train shall be 
performed, unless identical nozzle sizes were used in all trains, in 
which case the front-half catches from the individual trains may be 
combined (as may the impinger catches) and one analysis of the front-
half catch and one analysis of the impinger catch may be performed.

    8.5.9  At the end of the sample run, turn off the coarse adjust 
valve, remove the probe and nozzle from the stack, turn off the pump, 
record the final DGM reading, and then conduct a post-test leak check, 
as outlined in section 8.4.4 of this method. Also leak-check the pitot 
lines as described in section 8.1 of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A. The lines must pass this leak check in order to validate the velocity 
head data.
    8.6  Calculation of percent isokinetic. Calculate percent isokinetic 
(see Calculations, section 12.12 of this method) to determine whether a 
run was valid or another test run should be made. If there was 
difficulty in maintaining isokinetic rates because of source conditions, 
consult the Administrator for possible variance on the isokinetic rates.
    8.7 Sample recovery.
    8.7.1  Proper cleanup procedure begins as soon as the probe is 
removed from the stack at the end of the sampling period. Allow the 
probe to cool.
    8.7.2  When the probe can be safely handled, wipe off all external 
PM near the tip of the probe nozzle and place a cap over it to prevent 
losing or gaining PM. Do not cap off the probe tip tightly while the 
sampling train is cooling down. This would create a vacuum in the filter 
holder, thus drawing water from the impingers into the filter holder.
    8.7.3  Before moving the sample train to the cleanup site, remove 
the probe from the sample train, wipe off the silicone grease, and cap 
the open outlet of the probe. Be careful not to lose any condensate that 
might be present. Wipe off the silicone grease from the filter inlet 
where the probe was fastened and cap it. Remove the umbilical cord from 
the last impinger and cap the impinger. If a flexible line is used 
between the first impinger or condenser and the filter holder, 
disconnect the line at the filter holder and let any condensed water or 
liquid drain into the impingers or condenser. After wiping off the 
silicone grease, cap off the filter holder outlet and impinger inlet. 
Ground-glass stoppers, plastic caps, or serum caps may be used to close 
these openings.
    8.7.4  Transfer the probe and filter-impinger assembly to the 
cleanup area. This area should be clean and protected from the wind so 
that the chances of contaminating or losing the sample will be 
minimized.
    8.7.5  Save a portion of the acetone and methylene chloride used for 
cleanup as blanks. Take 200 ml of each solvent directly from the wash 
bottle being used and place it in glass sample containers labeled 
``acetone blank'' and ``methylene chloride blank,'' respectively.
    8.7.6  Inspect the train prior to and during disassembly and note 
any abnormal conditions. Treat the samples as follows:
    8.7.6.1  Container No. 1. Carefully remove the filter from the 
filter holder, and place it in its identified petri dish container. Use 
a pair of tweezers and/or clean disposable surgical gloves to handle the 
filter. If it is necessary to fold the filter, do so such that the PM 
cake is inside the fold. Using a dry nylon bristle brush and/or a sharp-
edged blade, carefully transfer to the petri dish any PM

[[Page 841]]

and/or filter fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket. Seal the 
container.
    8.7.6.2  Container No. 2. Taking care to see that dust on the 
outside of the probe or other exterior surfaces does not get into the 
sample, quantitatively recover PM or any condensate from the probe 
nozzle, probe fitting, probe liner, and front half of the filter holder 
by washing these components with acetone and placing the wash in a glass 
container. Perform the acetone rinse as follows:
    8.7.6.2.1  Carefully remove the probe nozzle and clean the inside 
surface by rinsing with acetone from a wash bottle and brushing with a 
nylon bristle brush. Brush until the acetone rinse shows no visible 
particles, after which make a final rinse of the inside surface with 
acetone.
    8.7.6.2.2  Brush and rinse the inside parts of the Swagelok fitting 
with acetone in a similar way until no visible particles remain.
    8.7.6.2.3  Rinse the probe liner with acetone by tilting and 
rotating the probe while squirting acetone into its upper end so that 
all inside surfaces are wetted with acetone. Let the acetone drain from 
the lower end into the sample container. A funnel (glass or 
polyethylene) may be used to aid in transferring liquid washes to the 
container. Follow the acetone rinse with a probe brush. Hold the probe 
in an inclined position, squirt acetone into the upper end as the probe 
brush is being pushed with a twisting action through the probe, hold a 
sample container under the lower end of the probe, and catch any acetone 
and PM that is brushed from the probe. Run the brush through the probe 
three times or more until no visible PM is carried out with the acetone 
or until none remains in the probe liner on visual inspection. With 
stainless steel or other metal probes, run the brush through in the 
above-described manner at least six times, since metal probes have small 
crevices in which PM can be entrapped. Rinse the brush with acetone and 
quantitatively collect these washings in the sample container. After the 
brushing, make a final acetone rinse of the probe as described above.
    8.7.6.2.4  It is recommended that two people clean the probe to 
minimize sample losses. Between sampling runs, keep brushes clean and 
protected from contamination.
    8.7.6.2.5  After ensuring that all joints have been wiped clean of 
silicone grease, clean the inside of the front half of the filter holder 
by rubbing the surfaces with a nylon bristle brush and rinsing with 
acetone. Rinse each surface three times or more if needed to remove 
visible particulate. Make a final rinse of the brush and filter holder. 
Carefully rinse out the glass cyclone also (if applicable).
    8.7.6.2.6  After rinsing the nozzle, probe, and front half of the 
filter holder with acetone, repeat the entire procedure with methylene 
chloride and save in a separate No. 2M container.
    8.7.6.2.7  After acetone and methylene chloride washings and PM have 
been collected in the proper sample containers, tighten the lid on the 
sample containers so that acetone and methylene chloride will not leak 
out when it is shipped to the laboratory. Mark the height of the fluid 
level to determine whether leakage occurs during transport. Label each 
container to identify clearly its contents.
    8.7.6.3  Container No. 3. Note the color of the indicating silica 
gel to determine whether it has been completely spent, and make a 
notation of its condition. Transfer the silica gel from the fourth 
impinger to its original container and seal the container. A funnel may 
make it easier to pour the silica gel without spilling. A rubber 
policeman may be used as an aid in removing the silica gel from the 
impinger. It is not necessary to remove the small amount of dust 
particles that may adhere to the impinger wall and are difficult to 
remove. Since the gain in weight is to be used for moisture 
calculations, do not use any water or other liquids to transfer the 
silica gel. If a balance is available in the field, follow the procedure 
for Container No. 3 in section 11.2.3 of this method.
    8.7.6.4  Impinger water. Treat the impingers as follows:
    8.7.6.4.1  Make a notation of any color or film in the liquid catch. 
Measure the liquid that is in the first three impingers to within 1 ml 
by using a graduated cylinder or by weighing it to within 0.5 g by using 
a balance (if one is available). Record the volume or weight of liquid 
present. This information is required to calculate the moisture content 
of the effluent gas.
    8.7.6.4.2  Following the determination of the volume of liquid 
present, rinse the back half of the train with water, add it to the 
impinger catch, and store it in a container labeled 3W (water).
    8.7.6.4.3  Following the water rinse, rinse the back half of the 
train with acetone to remove the excess water to enhance subsequent 
organic recovery with methylene chloride and quantitatively recover to a 
container labeled 3S (solvent) followed by at least three sequential 
rinsings with aliquots of methylene chloride. Quantitatively recover to 
the same container labeled 3S. Record separately the amount of both 
acetone and methylene chloride used to the nearest 1 ml or 0.5g.

    Note: Because the subsequent analytical finish is gravimetric, it is 
okay to recover both solvents to the same container. This would not be 
recommended if other analytical finishes were required.


[[Page 842]]


    8.8  Sample transport. Whenever possible, containers should be 
shipped in such a way that they remain upright at all times.

                          9.0  Quality Control.

    9.1  Miscellaneous quality control measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Quality control
             Section                    measure             Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4, 10.1-10.6..................  Sampling and        Ensure accurate
                                   equipment leak      measurement of
                                   check and           stack gas flow
                                   calibration.        rate, sample
                                                       volume.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Volume metering system checks. The following quality control 
procedures are suggested to check the volume metering system calibration 
values at the field test site prior to sample collection. These 
procedures are optional.
    9.2.1  Meter orifice check. Using the calibration data obtained 
during the calibration procedure described in section 10.3 of this 
method, determine the Ha for the metering system 
orifice. The Ha is the orifice pressure 
differential in units of in. H20 that correlates to 0.75 cfm 
of air at 528  deg.R and 29.92 in. Hg. The Ha is 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.008

Where

0.0319 = (0.0567 in. Hg/  deg.R)(0.75 cfm)\2\;
H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter, 
          in. H20;
Tm = Absolute average DGM temperature,  deg.R;
 = Total sampling time, min;
Pbar = Barometric pressure, in. Hg;
Y = DGM calibration factor, dimensionless;
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured by DGM, dcf.

    9.2.1.1  Before beginning the field test (a set of three runs 
usually constitutes a field test), operate the metering system (i.e., 
pump, volume meter, and orifice) at the Ha pressure 
differential for 10 minutes. Record the volume collected, the DGM 
temperature, and the barometric pressure. Calculate a DGM calibration 
check value, Yc, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.009

Where

Yc = DGM calibration check value, dimensionless;
10 = Run time, min.

    9.2.1.2  Compare the Yc value with the dry gas meter 
calibration factor Y to determine that: 0.97 Y  Yc  1.03Y. If 
the Yc value is not within this range, the volume metering 
system should be investigated before beginning the test.
    9.2.2  Calibrated critical orifice. A calibrated critical orifice, 
calibrated against a wet test meter or spirometer and designed to be 
inserted at the inlet of the sampling meter box, may be used as a 
quality control check by following the procedure of section 16.2 of this 
method.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization.

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.

    10.1  Probe nozzle. Probe nozzles shall be calibrated before their 
initial use in the field. Using a micrometer, measure the ID of the 
nozzle to the nearest 0.025 mm (0.001 in.). Make three separate 
measurements using different diameters each time, and obtain the average 
of the measurements. The difference between the high and low numbers 
shall not exceed 0.1 mm (0.004 in.). When nozzles become nicked, dented, 
or corroded, they shall be reshaped, sharpened, and recalibrated before 
use. Each nozzle shall be permanently and uniquely identified.
    10.2  Pitot tube assembly. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be 
calibrated according to the procedure outlined in section 10.1 of Method 
2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    10.3  Metering system.
    10.3.1  Calibration prior to use. Before its initial use in the 
field, the metering system shall be calibrated as follows: Connect the 
metering system inlet to the outlet of a wet test meter that is accurate 
to within 1 percent. Refer to Figure 5-5 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. The wet test meter should have a capacity of 30 liters/
revolution (1 ft3/rev). A spirometer of 400 liters (14 
ft3) or more capacity, or equivalent, may be used for this 
calibration, although a wet test meter is usually more practical. The 
wet test meter should be periodically calibrated with a spirometer or a 
liquid displacement meter to ensure the accuracy of the wet test meter. 
Spirometers or wet test meters of other sizes may be used, provided that 
the specified accuracies of the procedure are maintained. Run the 
metering system pump for about 15 minutes with the orifice manometer 
indicating a median reading, as expected in field

[[Page 843]]

use, to allow the pump to warm up and to permit the interior surface of 
the wet test meter to be thoroughly wetted. Then, at each of a minimum 
of three orifice manometer settings, pass an exact quantity of gas 
through the wet test meter and note the gas volume indicated by the DGM. 
Also note the barometric pressure and the temperatures of the wet test 
meter, the inlet of the DGM, and the outlet of the DGM. Select the 
highest and lowest orifice settings to bracket the expected field 
operating range of the orifice. Use a minimum volume of 0.15 
m3 (5 cf) at all orifice settings. Record all the data on a 
form similar to Figure 5-6 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, and 
calculate Y (the DGM calibration factor) and Ha 
(the orifice calibration factor) at each orifice setting, as shown on 
Figure 5-6 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Allowable tolerances 
for individual Y and Ha values are given in Figure 
5-6 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Use the average of the Y 
values in the calculations in section 12 of this method.
    10.3.1.1  Before calibrating the metering system, it is suggested 
that a leak check be conducted. For metering systems having diaphragm 
pumps, the normal leak check procedure will not detect leakages within 
the pump. For these cases the following leak check procedure is 
suggested: make a 10-minute calibration run at 0.00057 m3/min 
(0.02 cfm); at the end of the run, take the difference of the measured 
wet test meter and DGM volumes; divide the difference by 10 to get the 
leak rate. The leak rate should not exceed 0.00057 m3/min 
(0.02 cfm).
    10.3.2  Calibration after use. After each field use, the calibration 
of the metering system shall be checked by performing three calibration 
runs at a single, intermediate orifice setting (based on the previous 
field test) with the vacuum set at the maximum value reached during the 
test series. To adjust the vacuum, insert a valve between the wet test 
meter and the inlet of the metering system. Calculate the average value 
of the DGM calibration factor. If the value has changed by more than 5 
percent, recalibrate the meter over the full range of orifice settings, 
as previously detailed.

    Note: Alternative procedures, e.g., rechecking the orifice meter 
coefficient, may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator.

    10.3.3  Acceptable variation in calibration. If the DGM coefficient 
values obtained before and after a test series differ by more than 5 
percent, either the test series shall be voided or calculations for the 
test series shall be performed using whichever meter coefficient value 
(i.e., before or after) gives the lower value of total sample volume.
    10.4  Probe heater calibration. Use a heat source to generate air 
heated to selected temperatures that approximate those expected to occur 
in the sources to be sampled. Pass this air through the probe at a 
typical sample flow rate while measuring the probe inlet and outlet 
temperatures at various probe heater settings. For each air temperature 
generated, construct a graph of probe heating system setting versus 
probe outlet temperature. The procedure outlined in APTD-0576 can also 
be used. Probes constructed according to APTD-0581 need not be 
calibrated if the calibration curves in APTD-0576 are used. Also, probes 
with outlet temperature monitoring capabilities do not require 
calibration.

    Note: The probe heating system shall be calibrated before its 
initial use in the field.

    10.5  Temperature sensors. Use the procedure in section 10.3 of 
Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to calibrate in-stack temperature 
sensors. Dial thermometers, such as are used for the DGM and condenser 
outlet, shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers.
    10.6  Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure.

    11.1  Record the data required on a sheet such as the one shown in 
Figure 315-1 of this method.
    11.2  Handle each sample container as follows:
    11.2.1  Container No. 1.
    11.2.1.1  PM analysis. Leave the contents in the shipping container 
or transfer the filter and any loose PM from the sample container to a 
tared glass weighing dish. Desiccate for 24 hours in a desiccator 
containing anhydrous calcium sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and 
report the results to the nearest 0.1 mg. For purposes of this section, 
the term ``constant weight'' means a difference of no more than 0.5 mg 
or 1 percent of total weight less tare weight, whichever is greater, 
between two consecutive weighings, with no less than 6 hours of 
desiccation time between weighings (overnight desiccation is a common 
practice). If a third weighing is required and it agrees within 
0.5 mg, then the results of the second weighing should be 
used. For quality assurance purposes, record and report each individual 
weighing; if more than three weighings are required, note this in the 
results for the subsequent MCEM results.
    11.2.1.2  MCEM analysis. Transfer the filter and contents 
quantitatively into a beaker. Add 100 ml of methylene chloride and cover 
with aluminum foil. Sonicate for 3 minutes then allow to stand for 20 
minutes. Set up the filtration apparatus. Decant the solution into a 
clean Buchner fritted funnel. Immediately pressure filter the solution 
through the tube into another clean, dry

[[Page 844]]

beaker. Continue decanting and pressure filtration until all the solvent 
is transferred. Rinse the beaker and filter with 10 to 20 ml methylene 
chloride, decant into the Buchner fritted funnel and pressure filter. 
Place the beaker on a low-temperature hot plate (maximum 40  deg.C) and 
slowly evaporate almost to dryness. Transfer the remaining last few 
milliliters of solution quantitatively from the beaker (using at least 
three aliquots of methylene chloride rinse) to a tared clean dry 
aluminum dish and evaporate to complete dryness. Remove from heat once 
solvent is evaporated. Reweigh the dish after a 30-minute equilibrium in 
the balance room and determine the weight to the nearest 0.1 mg. Conduct 
a methylene chloride blank run in an identical fashion.
    11.2.2  Container No. 2.
    11.2.2.1  PM analysis. Note the level of liquid in the container, 
and confirm on the analysis sheet whether leakage occurred during 
transport. If a noticeable amount of leakage has occurred, either void 
the sample or use methods, subject to the approval of the Administrator, 
to correct the final results. Measure the liquid in this container 
either volumetrically to 1 ml or gravimetrically to 
10.5 g. Transfer the contents to a tared 250 ml beaker and 
evaporate to dryness at ambient temperature and pressure. Desiccate for 
24 hours, and weigh to a constant weight. Report the results to the 
nearest 0.1 mg.
    11.2.2.2  MCEM analysis. Add 25 ml methylene chloride to the beaker 
and cover with aluminum foil. Sonicate for 3 minutes then allow to stand 
for 20 minutes; combine with contents of Container No. 2M and pressure 
filter and evaporate as described for Container 1 in section 11.2.1.2 of 
this method.

                         Notes for MCEM Analysis

    1. Light finger pressure only is necessary on 24/40 adaptor. A 
Chemplast adapter 15055-240 has been found satisfactory.
    2. Avoid aluminum dishes made with fluted sides, as these may 
promote solvent ``creep,'' resulting in possible sample loss.
    3. If multiple samples are being run, rinse the Buchner fritted 
funnel twice between samples with 5 ml solvent using pressure 
filtration. After the second rinse, continue the flow of air until the 
glass frit is completely dry. Clean the Buchner fritted funnels 
thoroughly after filtering five or six samples.

    11.2.3  Container No. 3. Weigh the spent silica gel (or silica gel 
plus impinger) to the nearest 0.5 g using a balance. This step may be 
conducted in the field.
    11.2.4  Container 3W (impinger water).
    11.2.4.1  MCEM analysis. Transfer the solution into a 1,000 ml 
separatory funnel quantitatively with methylene chloride washes. Add 
enough solvent to total approximately 50 ml, if necessary. Shake the 
funnel for 1 minute, allow the phases to separate, and drain the solvent 
layer into a 250 ml beaker. Repeat the extraction twice. Evaporate with 
low heat (less than 40  deg.C) until near dryness. Transfer the 
remaining few milliliters of solvent quantitatively with small solvent 
washes into a clean, dry, tared aluminum dish and evaporate to dryness. 
Remove from heat once solvent is evaporated. Reweigh the dish after a 
30-minute equilibration in the balance room and determine the weight to 
the nearest 0.1 mg.

    11.2.5  Container 3S (solvent).
    11.2.5.1  MCEM analysis. Transfer the mixed solvent to 250 ml 
beaker(s). Evaporate and weigh following the procedures detailed for 
container 3W in section 11.2.4 of this method.
    11.2.6  Blank containers. Measure the distilled water, acetone, or 
methylene chloride in each container either volumetrically or 
gravimetrically. Transfer the ``solvent'' to a tared 250 ml beaker, and 
evaporate to dryness at ambient temperature and pressure. (Conduct a 
solvent blank on the distilled deionized water blank in an identical 
fashion to that described in section 11.2.4.1 of this method.) Desiccate 
for 24 hours, and weigh to a constant weight. Report the results to the 
nearest 0.l mg.

    Note: The contents of Containers No. 2, 3W, and 3M as well as the 
blank containers may be evaporated at temperatures higher than ambient. 
If evaporation is done at an elevated temperature, the temperature must 
be below the boiling point of the solvent; also, to prevent ``bumping,'' 
the evaporation process must be closely supervised, and the contents of 
the beaker must be swirled occasionally to maintain an even temperature. 
Use extreme care, as acetone and methylene chloride are highly flammable 
and have a low flash point.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations.

    12.1  Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal 
figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after the 
final calculation. Other forms of the equations may be used as long as 
they give equivalent results.
    12.2  Nomenclature.

An = Cross-sectional area of nozzle, m3 
          (ft3).
Bws = Water vapor in the gas stream, proportion by volume.
Ca = Acetone blank residue concentration, mg/g.
Cs = Concentration of particulate matter in stack gas, dry 
          basis, corrected to standard conditions, g/dscm (g/dscf).
I = Percent of isokinetic sampling.
La = Maximum acceptable leakage rate for either a pretest 
          leak check or for a leak check following a component change;

[[Page 845]]

          equal to 0.00057 m3/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of 
          the average sampling rate, whichever is less.
Li = Individual leakage rate observed during the leak check 
          conducted prior to the ``ith'' component change (I 
          = l, 2, 3...n), m3/min (cfm).
Lp = Leakage rate observed during the post-test leak check, 
          m3/min (cfm).
ma = Mass of residue of acetone after evaporation, mg.
mn = Total amount of particulate matter collected, mg.
Mw = Molecular weight of water, 18.0 g/g-mole (18.0 lb/lb-
          mole).
Pbar = Barometric pressure at the sampling site, mm Hg (in 
          Hg).
Ps = Absolute stack gas pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92 in. Hg).
R = Ideal gas constant, 0.06236 [(mm Hg)(m3)]/[(  deg.K) (g-
          mole)] '61' 21.85 [(in. Hg)(ft3)]/[(  deg.R)(lb-
          mole)'61' ].
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter (DGM) temperature (see 
          Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A),  deg.K ( 
          deg.R).
Ts = Absolute average stack gas temperature (see Figure 5-2 
          of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A),  deg.K(  deg.R).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature, 293  deg.K (528 
          deg.R).
Va = Volume of acetone blank, ml.
Vaw = Volume of acetone used in wash, ml.
Vt = Volume of methylene chloride blank, ml.
Vtw = Volume of methylene chloride used in wash, ml.
Vlc = Total volume liquid collected in impingers and silica 
          gel (see Figure 5-3 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A), 
          ml.
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured by dry gas meter, dcm 
          (dcf).
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf).
Vw(std) = Volume of water vapor in the gas sample, corrected 
          to standard conditions, scm (scf).
Vs = Stack gas velocity, calculated by Equation 2-9 in Method 
          2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, using data obtained from Method 
          5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, m/sec (ft/sec).
Wa = Weight of residue in acetone wash, mg.
Y = Dry gas meter calibration factor.
H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter 
          (see Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A), mm 
          H2O (in H2O).
a = Density of acetone, 785.1 mg/ml (or see label on 
          bottle).
w = Density of water, 0.9982 g/ml (0.00220l lb/ml).
t = Density of methylene chloride, 1316.8 mg/ml (or 
          see label on bottle).
 = Total sampling time, min.
1 = Sampling time interval, from the beginning of a 
          run until the first component change, min.
1 = Sampling time interval, between two successive 
          component changes, beginning with the interval between the 
          first and second changes, min.
p = Sampling time interval, from the final 
          (nth) component change until the end of the 
          sampling run, min.
13.6 = Specific gravity of mercury.
60 = Sec/min.
100 = Conversion to percent.

    12.3 Average dry gas meter temperature and average orifice pressure 
drop. See data sheet (Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A).
    12.4 Dry gas volume. Correct the sample volume measured by the dry 
gas meter to standard conditions (20  deg.C, 760 mm Hg or 68  deg.F, 
29.92 in Hg) by using Equation 315-1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.010

Where

Kl = 0.3858  deg.K/mm Hg for metric units,
= 17.64  deg.R/in Hg for English units.

    Note: Equation 315-1 can be used as written unless the leakage rate 
observed during any of the mandatory leak checks (i.e., the post-test 
leak check or leak checks conducted prior to component changes) exceeds 
La. If Lp or Li exceeds La, 
Equation 315-1 must be modified as follows:
    (a) Case I. No component changes made during sampling run. In this 
case, replace Vm in Equation 315-1 with the expression:

[Vm--(Lp--La) ]
    (b) Case II. One or more component changes made during the sampling 
run. In this case, replace Vm in Equation 315-1 by the 
expression:

[[Page 846]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.011

and substitute only for those leakage rates (Li or 
Lp) which exceed La.
    12.5  Volume of water vapor condensed.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.012
    
Where

K2 = 0.001333 m3/ml for metric units;
    = 0.04706 ft3/ml for English units.

12.6  Moisture content.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.013

    Note: In saturated or water droplet-laden gas streams, two 
calculations of the moisture content of the stack gas shall be made, one 
from the impinger analysis (Equation 315-3), and a second from the 
assumption of saturated conditions. The lower of the two values of 
Bws shall be considered correct. The procedure for 
determining the moisture content based upon assumption of saturated 
conditions is given in section 4.0 of Method 4, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A. For the purposes of this method, the average stack gas temperature 
from Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be used to 
make this determination, provided that the accuracy of the in-stack 
temperature sensor is 1  deg.C (2  deg.F).

    12.7  Acetone blank concentration.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.014
    
    12.8  Acetone wash blank.

Wa = Ca Vaw a Eq. 315-5

    12.9  Total particulate weight. Determine the total PM catch from 
the sum of the weights obtained from Containers l and 2 less the acetone 
blank associated with these two containers (see Figure 315-1).

    Note: Refer to section 8.5.8 of this method to assist in calculation 
of results involving two or more filter assemblies or two or more 
sampling trains.

    12.10  Particulate concentration.

cs = K3 mn/Vm(std)      Eq. 
          315-6

where

K = 0.001 g/mg for metric units;
    = 0.0154 gr/mg for English units.

    12.11  Conversion factors.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              From                       To              Multiply by
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ft \3\.........................  m \3\............  0.02832
gr.............................  mg...............  64.80004
gr/ft\3\.......................  mg/m\3\..........  2288.4
mg.............................  g................  0.001
gr.............................  lb...............  1.429 x 10-4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    12.12  Isokinetic variation.
    12.12.1  Calculation from raw data.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.015
    
where
K4 = 0.003454 [(mm Hg)(m3)]/[(m1)(  deg.K)] for 
          metric units;
    = 0.002669 [(in Hg)(ft3)]/[(m1)(  deg.R)] for English 
units.

    12.12.2  Calculation from intermediate values.

[[Page 847]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.016

where

K5 = 4.320 for metric units;
    = 0.09450 for English units.

    12.12.3  Acceptable results. If 90 percent  I  
110 percent, the results are acceptable. If the PM or MCEM results are 
low in comparison to the standard, and ``I'' is over 110 percent or less 
than 90 percent, the Administrator may opt to accept the results. 
Reference 4 in the Bibliography may be used to make acceptability 
judgments. If ``I'' is judged to be unacceptable, reject the results, 
and repeat the test.
    12.13  Stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate. Calculate the 
average stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate, if needed, using 
data obtained in this method and the equations in sections 5.2 and 5.3 
of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    12.14  MCEM results. Determine the MCEM concentration from the 
results from Containers 1, 2, 2M, 3W, and 3S less the acetone, methylene 
chloride, and filter blanks value as determined in the following 
equation:

mmcem = Smtotal - wa - wt - 
          fb

    13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]
    14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]
    15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]
    16.0  Alternative Procedures.
    16.1  Dry gas meter as a calibration standard. A DGM may be used as 
a calibration standard for volume measurements in place of the wet test 
meter specified in section 16.1 of this method, provided that it is 
calibrated initially and recalibrated periodically as follows:
    16.1.1 Standard dry gas meter calibration.
    16.1.1.1. The DGM to be calibrated and used as a secondary reference 
meter should be of high quality and have an appropriately sized 
capacity, e.g., 3 liters/rev (0.1 ft \3\/rev). A spirometer (400 liters 
or more capacity), or equivalent, may be used for this calibration, 
although a wet test meter is usually more practical. The wet test meter 
should have a capacity of 30 liters/rev (1 ft \3\/rev) and be capable of 
measuring volume to within 1.0 percent; wet test meters should be 
checked against a spirometer or a liquid displacement meter to ensure 
the accuracy of the wet test meter. Spirometers or wet test meters of 
other sizes may be used, provided that the specified accuracies of the 
procedure are maintained.
    16.1.1.2  Set up the components as shown in Figure 5-7 of Method 5, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A. A spirometer, or equivalent, may be used in 
place of the wet test meter in the system. Run the pump for at least 5 
minutes at a flow rate of about 10 liters/min (0.35 cfm) to condition 
the interior surface of the wet test meter. The pressure drop indicated 
by the manometer at the inlet side of the DGM should be minimized (no 
greater than 100 mm H2O [4 in. H2O] at a flow rate 
of 30 liters/min [1 cfm]). This can be accomplished by using large-
diameter tubing connections and straight pipe fittings.
    16.1.1.3  Collect the data as shown in the example data sheet (see 
Figure 5-8 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A). Make triplicate 
runs at each of the flow rates and at no less than five different flow 
rates. The range of flow rates should be between 10 and 34 liters/min 
(0.35 and 1.2 cfm) or over the expected operating range.
    16.1.1.4  Calculate flow rate, Q, for each run using the wet test 
meter volume, Vw, and the run time, q. Calculate the DGM 
coefficient, Yds, for each run. These calculations are as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.017

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.018

Where

K1 = 0.3858 for international system of units (SI); 17.64 for 
          English units;
Pbar = Barometric pressure, mm Hg (in Hg);
Vw = Wet test meter volume, liter (ft\3\);
tw = Average wet test meter temperature,  deg.C (  deg.F);

[[Page 848]]

tstd = 273  deg.C for SI units; 460'F for English units;
 = Run time, min;
tds = Average dry gas meter temperature,  deg.C (  deg.F);
Vds = Dry gas meter volume, liter (ft\3\);
p = Dry gas meter inlet differential pressure, mm 
          H2O (in H2O).

    16.1.1.5  Compare the three Yds values at each of the 
flow rates and determine the maximum and minimum values. The difference 
between the maximum and minimum values at each flow rate should be no 
greater than 0.030. Extra sets of triplicate runs may be made in order 
to complete this requirement. In addition, the meter coefficients should 
be between 0.95 and 1.05. If these specifications cannot be met in three 
sets of successive triplicate runs, the meter is not suitable as a 
calibration standard and should not be used as such. If these 
specifications are met, average the three Yds values at each 
flow rate resulting in five average meter coefficients, Yds.
    16.1.1.6  Prepare a curve of meter coefficient, Yds, 
versus flow rate, Q, for the DGM. This curve shall be used as a 
reference when the meter is used to calibrate other DGMs and to 
determine whether recalibration is required.
    16.1.2  Standard dry gas meter recalibration.
    16.1.2.1  Recalibrate the standard DGM against a wet test meter or 
spirometer annually or after every 200 hours of operation, whichever 
comes first. This requirement is valid provided the standard DGM is kept 
in a laboratory and, if transported, cared for as any other laboratory 
instrument. Abuse to the standard meter may cause a change in the 
calibration and will require more frequent recalibrations.
    16.1.2.2  As an alternative to full recalibration, a two-point 
calibration check may be made. Follow the same procedure and equipment 
arrangement as for a full recalibration, but run the meter at only two 
flow rates (suggested rates are 14 and 28 liters/min [0.5 and 1.0 cfm]). 
Calculate the meter coefficients for these two points, and compare the 
values with the meter calibration curve. If the two coefficients are 
within 1.5 percent of the calibration curve values at the same flow 
rates, the meter need not be recalibrated until the next date for a 
recalibration check.
    6.2  Critical orifices as calibration standards. Critical orifices 
may be used as calibration standards in place of the wet test meter 
specified in section 10.3 of this method, provided that they are 
selected, calibrated, and used as follows:
    16.2.1  Selection of critical orifices.
    16.2.1.1  The procedure that follows describes the use of hypodermic 
needles or stainless steel needle tubing that has been found suitable 
for use as critical orifices. Other materials and critical orifice 
designs may be used provided the orifices act as true critical orifices; 
i.e., a critical vacuum can be obtained, as described in section 
7.2.2.2.3 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Select five critical 
orifices that are appropriately sized to cover the range of flow rates 
between 10 and 34 liters/min or the expected operating range. Two of the 
critical orifices should bracket the expected operating range. A minimum 
of three critical orifices will be needed to calibrate a Method 5 DGM; 
the other two critical orifices can serve as spares and provide better 
selection for bracketing the range of operating flow rates. The needle 
sizes and tubing lengths shown in Table 315-1 give the approximate flow 
rates indicated in the table.
    16.2.1.2  These needles can be adapted to a Method 5 type sampling 
train as follows: Insert a serum bottle stopper, 13 x 20 mm sleeve type, 
into a 0.5 in Swagelok quick connect. Insert the needle into the stopper 
as shown in Figure 5-9 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    16.2.2  Critical orifice calibration. The procedure described in 
this section uses the Method 5 meter box configuration with a DGM as 
described in section 6.1.1.9 of this method to calibrate the critical 
orifices. Other schemes may be used, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator.
    16.2.2.1  Calibration of meter box. The critical orifices must be 
calibrated in the same configuration as they will be used; i.e., there 
should be no connections to the inlet of the orifice.
    16.2.2.1.1  Before calibrating the meter box, leak-check the system 
as follows: Fully open the coarse adjust valve and completely close the 
bypass valve. Plug the inlet. Then turn on the pump and determine 
whether there is any leakage. The leakage rate shall be zero; i.e., no 
detectable movement of the DGM dial shall be seen for 1 minute.
    16.2.2.1.2  Check also for leakages in that portion of the sampling 
train between the pump and the orifice meter. See section 5.6 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A for the procedure; make any corrections, 
if necessary. If leakage is detected, check for cracked gaskets, loose 
fittings, worn 0-rings, etc. and make the necessary repairs.
    16.2.2.1.3  After determining that the meter box is leakless, 
calibrate the meter box according to the procedure given in section 5.3 
of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Make sure that the wet test 
meter meets the requirements stated in section 7.1.1.1 of Method 5, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A. Check the water level in the wet test meter. 
Record the DGM calibration factor, Y.
    16.2.2.2  Calibration of critical orifices. Set up the apparatus as 
shown in Figure 5-10 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    16.2.2.2.1  Allow a warm-up time of 15 minutes. This step is 
important to equilibrate

[[Page 849]]

the temperature conditions through the DGM.
    16.2.2.2.2  Leak-check the system as in section 7.2.2.1.1 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The leakage rate shall be zero.
    16.2.2.2.3  Before calibrating the critical orifice, determine its 
suitability and the appropriate operating vacuum as follows: turn on the 
pump, fully open the coarse adjust valve, and adjust the bypass valve to 
give a vacuum reading corresponding to about half of atmospheric 
pressure. Observe the meter box orifice manometer reading, DH. Slowly 
increase the vacuum reading until a stable reading is obtained on the 
meter box orifice manometer. Record the critical vacuum for each 
orifice. Orifices that do not reach a critical value shall not be used.
    16.2.2.2.4  Obtain the barometric pressure using a barometer as 
described in section 6.1.2 of this method. Record the barometric 
pressure, Pbar, in mm Hg (in. Hg).
    16.2.2.2.5  Conduct duplicate runs at a vacuum of 25 to 50 mm Hg (1 
to 2 in. Hg) above the critical vacuum. The runs shall be at least 5 
minutes each. The DGM volume readings shall be in increments of complete 
revolutions of the DGM. As a guideline, the times should not differ by 
more than 3.0 seconds (this includes allowance for changes in the DGM 
temperatures) to achieve 0.5 percent in K'. Record the 
information listed in Figure 5-11 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A.
    16.2.2.2.6 Calculate K' using Equation 315-11.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.019
    
where

K' = Critical orifice coefficient, [m\3\)(  deg.K)1/2]/[(mm 
          Hg)(min)] '61' [(ft\3\)(  deg.R)1/2)]/[(in. 
          Hg)(min)]'61'
Tamb = Absolute ambient temperature,  deg.K (  deg.R).

    16.2.2.2.7  Average the K' values. The individual K' values should 
not differ by more than 0.5 percent from the average.
    16.2.3  Using the critical orifices as calibration standards.
    16.2.3.1  Record the barometric pressure.
    16.2.3.2  Calibrate the metering system according to the procedure 
outlined in sections 7.2.2.2.1 to 7.2.2.2.5 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. Record the information listed in Figure 5-12 of Method 5, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A.
    16.2.3.3  Calculate the standard volumes of air passed through the 
DGM and the critical orifices, and calculate the DGM calibration factor, 
Y, using the equations below:

Vm(std) = K1 Vm [Pbar + 
          (H/13.6)]/Tm Eq. 315-12
Vcr(std) = K' (Pbar )/
          Tamb1/2 Eq. 315-13
Y = Vcr(std)/Vm(std) Eq. 315-14
where

Vcr(std) = Volume of gas sample passed through the critical 
          orifice, corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf).
K' = 0.3858  deg.K/mm Hg for metric units
    = 17.64  deg.R/in Hg for English units.

    16.2.3.4  Average the DGM calibration values for each of the flow 
rates. The calibration factor, Y, at each of the flow rates should not 
differ by more than 2 percent from the average.
    16.2.3.5  To determine the need for recalibrating the critical 
orifices, compare the DGM Y factors obtained from two adjacent orifices 
each time a DGM is calibrated; for example, when checking orifice 13/
2.5, use orifices 12/10.2 and 13/5.1. If any critical orifice yields a 
DGM Y factor differing by more than 2 percent from the others, 
recalibrate the critical orifice according to section 7.2.2.2 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    17.0  References.
    1. Addendum to Specifications for Incinerator Testing at Federal 
Facilities. PHS, NCAPC. December 6, 1967.
    2. Martin, Robert M. Construction Details of Isokinetic Source-
Sampling Equipment. Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle 
Park, NC. APTD-0581. April 1971.
    3. Rom, Jerome J. Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of 
Isokinetic Source Sampling Equipment. Environmental Protection Agency. 
Research Triangle Park, NC. APTD-0576. March 1972.
    4. Smith, W.S., R.T. Shigehara, and W.F. Todd. A Method of 
Interpreting Stack Sampling Data. Paper Presented at the 63rd Annual 
Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, St. Louis, MO. June 
14-19, 1970.
    5. Smith, W.S., et al. Stack Gas Sampling Improved and Simplified 
With New Equipment. APCA Paper No. 67-119. 1967.
    6. Specifications for Incinerator Testing at Federal Facilities. 
PHS, NCAPC. 1967.
    7. Shigehara, R.T. Adjustment in the EPA Nomograph for Different 
Pitot Tube Coefficients and Dry Molecular Weights. Stack Sampling News 
2:4-11. October 1974.

[[Page 850]]

    8. Vollaro, R.F. A Survey of Commercially Available Instrumentation 
for the Measurement of Low-Range Gas Velocities. U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Emission Measurement Branch. Research Triangle Park, 
NC. November 1976 (unpublished paper).
    9. Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Part 26. Gaseous Fuels; Coal and 
Coke; Atmospheric Analysis. American Society for Testing and Materials. 
Philadelphia, PA. 1974. pp. 617-622.
    10. Felix, L.G., G.I. Clinard, G.E. Lacy, and J.D. McCain. Inertial 
Cascade Impactor Substrate Media for Flue Gas Sampling. U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. 
Publication No. EPA-600/7-77-060. June 1977. 83 p.
    11. Westlin, P.R., and R.T. Shigehara. Procedure for Calibrating and 
Using Dry Gas Volume Meters as Calibration Standards. Source Evaluation 
Society Newsletter. 3(1):17-30. February 1978.
    12. Lodge, J.P., Jr., J.B. Pate, B.E. Ammons, and G.A. Swanson. The 
Use of Hypodermic Needles as Critical Orifices in Air Sampling. J. Air 
Pollution Control Association. 16:197-200. 1966.
    18.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

                       TABLE 315-1. Flow Rates for Various Needle Sizes and Tube Lengths.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Flow rate                                            Flow rate
              Gauge/length  (cm)                  (liters/             Gauge/length  (cm)              (liters/
                                                    min)                                                 min)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12/7.6........................................        32.56  14/2.5................................        19.54
12/10.2.......................................        30.02  14/5.1................................        17.27
13/2.5........................................        25.77  14/7.6................................        16.14
13/5.1........................................        23.50  15/3.2................................        14.16
13/7.6........................................        22.37  15/7.6................................        11.61
13/10.2.......................................        20.67  115/10.2..............................        10.48
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               Figure 315-1. Particulate and MCEM Analyses
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Particulate Analysis
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
Plant............................  .....................................
Date.............................  .....................................
Run No...........................  .....................................
Filter No........................  .....................................
Amount liquid lost during          .....................................
 transport.
Acetone blank volume (ml)........  .....................................
Acetone blank concentration (Eq.   .....................................
 315-4) (mg/mg).
Acetone wash blank (Eq. 315-5)     .....................................
 (mg).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                                Final weight   Tare weight   Weight gain
                                    (mg)           (mg)          (mg)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Container No. 1..............  .............
Container No. 2..............  .............
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
    Total....................  .............
Less Acetone blank...........  .............
Weight of particulate matter.  .............
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
                                Final volume     Initial        Liquid
                                    (mg)        volume (mg)   collected
                                                                 (mg)
      Moisture Analysis
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
Impingers....................  Note 1         Note 1
Silica gel...................  .............
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
    Total....................  .............
  Note 1: Convert volume of
 water to weight by
 multiplying by the density
 of water (1 g/ml).
------------------------------------------------------------------------



 
                                                 Tare of                                            Methylene
          Container No.              Final       aluminum      Weight gain      Acetone wash      chloride wash
                                  weight (mg)   dish (mg)                        volume (ml)       volume (ml)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  MCEM Analysis
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
1...............................

[[Page 851]]

 
2+2M............................
3W..............................
3S..............................
ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½ï¿½
    Total.......................  ...........  ...........  <3-ln-grk-S>mtot  <3-ln-grk-S>Vaw   <3-ln-grk-S>Vtw
                                                             al
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Less acetone wash blank (mg) (not to exceed 1 mg/l of   wa = capa <3-ln-grk-S>Vaw
 acetone used).
 
Less methylene chloride wash blank (mg) (not to exceed  wt = ctpt <3-ln-grk-S>Vtw
 1.5 mg/l of methylene chloride used).
 
Less filter blank (mg) (not to exceed . . . (mg/        Fb
 filter).
 
MCEM weight (mg)......................................  mMCEOM = <3-ln-grk-S>mtotal - wa - wt- fb

   Method 316--Sampling and Analysis for Formaldehyde Emissions From 
  Stationary Sources in the Mineral Wool and Wool Fiberglass Industries

                            1.0  Introduction

    This method is applicable to the determination of formaldehyde, CAS 
Registry number 50-00-0, from stationary sources in the mineral wool and 
wool fiber glass industries. High purity water is used to collect the 
formaldehyde. The formaldehyde concentrations in the stack samples are 
determined using the modified pararosaniline method. Formaldehyde can be 
detected as low as 8.8  x  1010 lbs/cu ft (11.3 ppbv) or as 
high as 1.8  x  103 lbs/cu ft (23,000,000 ppbv), at standard 
conditions over a 1 hour sampling period, sampling approximately 30 cu 
ft.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    Gaseous and particulate pollutants are withdrawn isokinetically from 
an emission source and are collected in high purity water. Formaldehyde 
present in the emissions is highly soluble in high purity water. The 
high purity water containing formaldehyde is then analyzed using the 
modified pararosaniline method. Formaldehyde in the sample reacts with 
acidic pararosaniline, and the sodium sulfite, forming a purple 
chromophore. The intensity of the purple color, measured 
spectrophotometrically, provides an accurate and precise measure of the 
formaldehyde concentration in the sample.

                            3.0  Definitions

    See the definitions in the General Provisions of this Subpart.

                           4.0  Interferences

    Sulfite and cyanide in solution interfere with the pararosaniline 
method. A procedure to overcome the interference by each compound has 
been described by Miksch, et al.

                         5.0  Safety. (Reserved)

                      6.0  Apparatus and Materials

    6.1  A schematic of the sampling train is shown in Figure 1. This 
sampling train configuration is adapted from EPA Method 5, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, procedures.


[[Page 852]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.050

    The sampling train consists of the following components: probe 
nozzle, probe liner, pitot tube, differential pressure gauge, impingers, 
metering system, barometer, and gas density determination equipment.
    6.1.1  Probe Nozzle:  Quartz, glass, or stainless steel with sharp, 
tapered (30  deg. angle) leading edge. The taper shall be on the outside 
to preserve a constant inner diameter. The nozzle shall be buttonhook or 
elbow design. A range of nozzle sizes suitable for isokinetic sampling 
should be available in increments of 0.15 cm (\1/16\ in), e.g., 0.32 to 
1.27 cm (\1/8\ to \1/2\ in), or larger if higher volume sampling trains 
are used. Each nozzle shall be calibrated according to the procedure 
outlined in Section 10.1.
    6.1.2  Probe Liner: Borosilicate glass or quartz shall be used for 
the probe liner. The probe shall be maintained at a temperature of 120 
deg.C  14  deg.C (248  deg.F  25  deg.F).
    6.1.3  Pitot Tube: The pitot tube shall be Type S, as described in 
Section 2.1 of EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or any other 
appropriate device. The pitot tube shall be attached to the probe to 
allow constant monitoring of the stack gas velocity. The impact (high 
pressure) opening plane of the pitot tube shall be even with or above 
the nozzle entry plane (see Figure 2-6b, EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A) during sampling. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall have a 
known coefficient, determined as outlined in Section 4 of EPA Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    6.1.4  Differential Pressure Gauge: The differential pressure gauge 
shall be an inclined manometer or equivalent device as described in 
Section 2.2 of EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. One manometer 
shall be used for velocity-head reading and the other for orifice 
differential pressure readings.
    6.1.5  Impingers: The sampling train requires a minimum of four 
impingers, connected as shown in Figure 1, with ground glass (or 
equivalent) vacuum-tight fittings. For the first, third, and fourth 
impingers, use the Greenburg-Smith design, modified by replacing the tip 
with a 1.3 cm inside diameters (\1/2\ in) glass tube extending to 1.3 cm 
(\1/2\

[[Page 853]]

in) from the bottom of the flask. For the second impinger, use a 
Greenburg-Smith impinger with the standard tip. Place a thermometer 
capable of measuring temperature to within 1  deg.C (2  deg.F) at the 
outlet of the fourth impinger for monitoring purposes.
    6.1.6  Metering System: The necessary components are a vacuum gauge, 
leak-free pump, thermometers capable of measuring temperatures within 3 
deg.C (5.4  deg.F), dry-gas meter capable of measuring volume to within 
1 percent, and related equipment as shown in Figure 1. At a minimum, the 
pump should be capable of 4 cfm free flow, and the dry gas meter should 
have a recording capacity of 0-999.9 cu ft with a resolution of 0.005 cu 
ft. Other metering systems may be used which are capable of maintaining 
sample volumes to within 2 percent. The metering system may be used in 
conjunction with a pitot tube to enable checks of isokinetic sampling 
rates.
    6.1.7  Barometer: The barometer may be mercury, aneroid, or other 
barometer capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm Hg 
(0.1 in Hg). In many cases, the barometric reading may be obtained from 
a nearby National Weather Service Station, in which case the station 
value (which is the absolute barometric pressure) is requested and an 
adjustment for elevation differences between the weather station and 
sampling point is applied at a rate of minus 2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in Hg) per 
30 m (100 ft) elevation increase (rate is plus 2.5 mm Hg per 30 m (100 
ft) of elevation decrease).
    6.1.8  Gas Density Determination Equipment: Temperature sensor and 
pressure gauge (as described in Sections 2.3 and 2.3 of EPA Method 2, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A), and gas analyzer, if necessary (as described 
in EPA Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A). The temperature sensor 
ideally should be permanently attached to the pitot tube or sampling 
probe in a fixed configuration such that the top of the sensor extends 
beyond the leading edge of the probe sheath and does not touch any 
metal. Alternatively, the sensor may be attached just prior to use in 
the field. Note, however, that if the temperature sensor is attached in 
the field, the sensor must be placed in an interference-free arrangement 
with respect to the Type S pitot openings (see Figure 2-7, EPA Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A). As a second alternative, if a difference of 
no more than 1 percent in the average velocity measurement is to be 
introduced, the temperature gauge need not be attached to the probe or 
pitot tube.

                          6.2  Sample Recovery

    6.2.1  Probe Liner: Probe nozzle and brushes; bristle brushes with 
stainless steel wire handles are required. The probe brush shall have 
extensions of stainless steel, Teflon TM, or inert material 
at least as long as the probe. The brushes shall be properly sized and 
shaped to brush out the probe liner, the probe nozzle, and the 
impingers.
    6.2.2  Wash Bottles: One wash bottle is required. Polyethylene, 
Teflon TM, or glass wash bottles may be used for sample 
recovery.
    6.2.3  Graduated Cylinder and/or Balance: A graduated cylinder or 
balance is required to measure condensed water to the nearest 1 ml or 1 
g. Graduated cylinders shall have division not >2 ml. Laboratory 
balances capable of weighing to  0.5 g are required.
    6.2.4  Polyethylene Storage Containers: 500 ml wide-mouth 
polyethylene bottles are required to store impinger water samples.
    6.2.5  Rubber Policeman and Funnel: A rubber policeman and funnel 
are required to aid the transfer of material into and out of containers 
in the field.

                          6.3  Sample Analysis

    6.3.1  Spectrophotometer--B&L 70, 710, 2000, etc., or equivalent; 1 
cm pathlength cuvette holder.
    6.3.2  Disposable polystyrene cuvettes, pathlengh 1 cm, volume of 
about 4.5 ml.
    6.3.3  Pipettors--Fixed-volume Oxford pipet (250 l; 500 
l; 1000 l); adjustable volume Oxford or equivalent 
pipettor 1-5 ml model, set to 2.50 ml.
    6.3.4  Pipet tips for pipettors above.
    6.3.5  Parafilm, 2  deg. wide; cut into about 1'' squares.

                              7.0  Reagents

    7.1  High purity water: All references to water in this method refer 
to high purity water (ASTM Type I water or equivalent). The water purity 
will dictate the lower limits of formaldehyde quantification.
    7.2  Silica Gel: Silica gel shall be indicting type, 6-16 mesh. If 
the silica gel has been used previously, dry at 175  deg.C (350  deg.F) 
for 2 hours before using. New silica gel may be used as received. 
Alternatively, other types of desiccants (equivalent or better) may be 
used.
    7.3  Crushed Ice: Quantities ranging from 10-50 lbs may be necessary 
during a sampling run, depending upon ambient temperature. Samples which 
have been taken must be stored and shipped cold; sufficient ice for this 
purpose must be allowed.
    7.4  Quaternary ammonium compound stock solution: Prepare a stock 
solution of dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride (98 percent minimum assay, 
reagent grade) by dissolving 1.0 gram in 1000 ml water. This solution 
contains nominally 1000 g/ml quaternary ammonium compound, and 
is used as a biocide for some sources which are prone to microbial 
contamination.
    7.5  Pararosaniline: Weigh 0.16 grams pararosaniline (free base; 
assay of 95 percent or greater, C.I. 42500; Sigma P7632 has been

[[Page 854]]

found to be acceptable) into a 100 ml flask. Exercise care, since 
pararosaniline is a dye and will stain. Using a wash bottle with high-
purity water, rinse the walls of the flask. Add no more than 25 ml 
water. Then, carefully add 20 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid to 
the flask. The flask will become warm after the addition of acid. Add a 
magnetic stir bar to the flask, cap, and place on a magnetic stirrer for 
approximately 4 hours. Then, add additional water so the total volume is 
100 ml. This solution is stable for several months when stored tightly 
capped at room temperature.
    7.6  Sodium sulfite: Weigh 0.10 grams anhydrous sodium sulfite into 
a 100 ml flask. Dilute to the mark with high purity water. Invert 15-20 
times to mix and dissolve the sodium sulfite. This solution must be 
prepared fresh every day.
    7.7  Formaldehyde standard solution: Pipet exactly 2.70 ml of 37 
percent formaldehyde solution into a 1000 ml volumetric flask which 
contains about 500 ml of high-purity water. Dilute to the mark with 
high-purity water. This solution contains nominally 1000 g/ml 
of formaldehyde, and is used to prepare the working formaldehyde 
standards. The exact formaldehyde concentration may be determined if 
needed by suitable modification of the sodium sulfite method (Reference: 
J.F. Walker, Formaldehyde (Third Edition), 1964.). The 1000 g/
ml formaldehyde stock solution is stable for at least a year if kept 
tightly closed, with the neck of the flask sealed with Parafilm. Store 
at room temperature.
    7.8  Working formaldehyde standards: Pipet exactly 10.0 ml of the 
1000 g/ml formaldehyde stock solution into a 100 ml volumetric 
flask which is about half full of high-purity water. Dilute to the mark 
with high-purity water, and invert 15-20 times to mix thoroughly. This 
solution contains nominally 100 g/ml formaldehyde. Prepare the 
working standards from this 100 g/ml standard solution and 
using the Oxford pipets:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Volumetric
                                                 L     flask
                                                   or 100       volume
        Working standard, /mL          g/   (dilute to
                                                mL solution   mark with
                                                                water)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.250.........................................          250          100
0.500.........................................          500          100
1.00..........................................         1000          100
2.00..........................................         2000          100
3.00..........................................         1500           50
------------------------------------------------------------------------

The 100 g/ml stock solution is stable for 4 weeks if kept 
refrigerated between analyses. The working standards (0.25-3.00 
g/ml) should be prepared fresh every day, consistent with good 
laboratory practice for trace analysis. If the laboratory water is not 
of sufficient purity, it may be necessary to prepare the working 
standards every day. The laboratory must establish that the working 
standards are stable--DO NOT assume that your working standards are 
stable for more than a day unless you have verified this by actual 
testing for several series of working standards.

                         8.0  Sample Collection

    8.1  Because of the complexity of this method, field personnel 
should be trained in and experienced with the test procedures in order 
to obtain reliable results.

                       8.2  Laboratory Preparation

    8.2.1  All the components shall be maintained and calibrated 
according to the procedure described in APTD-0576, unless otherwise 
specified.
    8.2.2  Weigh several 200 to 300 g portions of silica gel in airtight 
containers to the nearest 0.5 g. Record on each container the total 
weight of the silica gel plus containers. As an alternative to 
preweighing the silica gel, it may instead be weighed directly in the 
impinger or sampling holder just prior to train assembly.

                  8.3  Preliminary Field Determinations

    8.3.1  Select the sampling site and the minimum number of sampling 
points according to EPA Method 1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other 
relevant criteria. Determine the stack pressure, temperature, and range 
of velocity heads using EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. A 
leak-check of the pitot lines according to Section 3.1 of EPA Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A, must be performed. Determine the stack gas 
moisture content using EPA Approximation Method 4,40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, or its alternatives to establish estimates of isokinetic 
sampling rate settings. Determine the stack gas dry molecular weight, as 
described in EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Section 3.6. If 
integrated EPA Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, sampling is used 
for molecular weight determination, the integrated bag sample shall be 
taken simultaneously with, and for the same total length of time as, the 
sample run.
    8.3.2  Select a nozzle size based on the range of velocity heads so 
that it is not necessary to change the nozzle size in order to maintain 
isokinetic sampling rates below 28 l/min (1.0 cfm). During the run do 
not change the nozzle. Ensure that the proper differential pressure 
gauge is chosen for the range of velocity heads encountered (see Section 
2.2 of EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A).
    8.3.3  Select a suitable probe liner and probe length so that all 
traverse points can be sampled. For large stacks, to reduce the length 
of the probe, consider sampling from opposite sides of the stack.
    8.3.4  A minimum of 30 cu ft of sample volume is suggested for 
emission sources with

[[Page 855]]

stack concentrations not greater than 23,000,000 ppbv. Additional sample 
volume shall be collected as necessitated by the capacity of the water 
reagent and analytical detection limit constraint. Reduced sample volume 
may be collected as long as the final concentration of formaldehyde in 
the stack sample is greater than 10 (ten) times the detection limit.
    8.3.5  Determine the total length of sampling time needed to obtain 
the identified minimum volume by comparing the anticipated average 
sampling rate with the volume requirement. Allocate the same time to all 
traverse points defined by EPA Method 1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. To 
avoid timekeeping errors, the length of time sampled at each traverse 
point should be an integer or an integer plus 0.5 min.
    8.3.6  In some circumstances (e.g., batch cycles) it may be 
necessary to sample for shorter times at the traverse points and to 
obtain smaller gas-volume samples. In these cases, careful documentation 
must be maintained in order to allow accurate calculations of 
concentrations.

                  8.4  Preparation of Collection Train

    8.4.1  During preparation and assembly of the sampling train, keep 
all openings where contamination can occur covered with 
TeflonTM film or aluminum foil until just prior to assembly 
or until sampling is about to begin.
    8.4.2  Place 100 ml of water in each of the first two impingers, and 
leave the third impinger empty. If additional capacity is required for 
high expected concentrations of formaldehyde in the stack gas, 200 ml of 
water per impinger may be used or additional impingers may be used for 
sampling. Transfer approximately 200 to 300 g of pre-weighed silica gel 
from its container to the fourth impinger. Care should be taken to 
ensure that the silica gel is not entrained and carried out from the 
impinger during sampling. Place the silica gel container in a clean 
place for later use in the sample recovery. Alternatively, the weight of 
the silica gel plus impinger may be determined to the nearest 0.5 g and 
recorded.
    8.4.3  With a glass or quartz liner, install the selected nozzle 
using a Viton-A O-ring when stack temperatures are 260  deg.C (500 
deg.F) and a woven glass-fiber gasket when temperatures are higher. See 
APTD-0576 for details. Other connection systems utilizing either 316 
stainless steel or TeflonTM ferrules may be used. Mark the 
probe with heat-resistant tape or by some other method to denote the 
proper distance into the stack or duct for each sampling point.
    8.4.4  Assemble the train as shown in Figure 1. During assembly, a 
very light coating of silicone grease may be used on ground-glass joints 
of the impingers, but the silicone grease should be limited to the outer 
portion (see APTD-0576) of the ground-glass joints to minimize silicone 
grease contamination. If necessary, TeflonTM tape may be used 
to seal leaks. Connect all temperature sensors to an appropriate 
potentiometer/display unit. Check all temperature sensors at ambient 
temperatures.
    8.4.5  Place crushed ice all around the impingers.
    8.4.6  Turn on and set the probe heating system at the desired 
operating temperature. Allow time for the temperature to stabilize.

                       8.5  Leak-Check Procedures

    8.5.1  Pre-test Leak-check: Recommended, but not required. If the 
tester elects to conduct the pre-test leak-check, the following 
procedure shall be used.
    8.5.1.1  After the sampling train has been assembled, turn on and 
set probe heating system at the desired operating temperature. Allow 
time for the temperature to stabilize. If a Viton-a O-ring or other 
leak-free connection is used in assembling the probe nozzle to the probe 
liner, leak-check the train at the sampling site by plugging the nozzle 
and pulling a 381 mm Hg (15 in Hg) vacuum.

    Note: A lower vacuum may be used, provided that the lower vacuum is 
not exceeded during the test.

    If a woven glass fiber gasket is used, do not connect the probe to 
the train during the leak-check. Instead, leak-check the train by first 
attaching a carbon-filled leak-check impinger to the inlet and then 
plugging the inlet and pulling a 381 mm Hg (15 in Hg) vacuum. (A lower 
vacuum may be used if this lower vacuum is not exceeded during the 
test.) Next connect the probe to the train and leak-check at about 25 mm 
Hg (1 in Hg) vacuum. Alternatively, leak-check the probe with the rest 
of the sampling train in one step at 381 mm Hg (15 in Hg) vacuum. 
Leakage rates in excess of (a) 4 percent of the average sampling rate or 
(b) 0.00057 m3/min (0.02 cfm), whichever is less, are 
unacceptable.
    8.5.1.2  The following leak-check instructions for the sampling 
train described in APTD-0576 and APTD-0581 may be helpful. Start the 
pump with the fine-adjust valve fully open and coarse-valve completely 
closed. Partially open the coarse-adjust valve and slowly close the 
fine-adjust valve until the desired vacuum is reached. Do not reverse 
direction of the fine-adjust valve, as liquid will back up into the 
train. If the desired vacuum is exceeded, either perform the leak-check 
at this higher vacuum or end the leak-check, as described below, and 
start over.
    8.5.1.3  When the leak-check is completed, first slowly remove the 
plug from the inlet to the probe. When the vacuum drops to 127 mm (5 in) 
Hg or less, immediately close the coarse-adjust valve. Switch off the 
pumping system and reopen the fine-adjust valve. Do

[[Page 856]]

not reopen the fine-adjust valve until the coarse-adjust valve has been 
closed to prevent the liquid in the impingers from being forced backward 
in the sampling line and silica gel from being entrained backward into 
the third impinger.
    8.5.2  Leak-checks During Sampling Run:
    8.5.2.1  If, during the sampling run, a component change (e.g., 
impinger) becomes necessary, a leak-check shall be conducted immediately 
after the interruption of sampling and before the change is made. The 
leak-check shall be done according to the procedure described in Section 
10.3.3, except that it shall be done at a vacuum greater than or equal 
to the maximum value recorded up to that point in the test. If the 
leakage rate is found to be no greater than 0.0057 m3/min 
(0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of the average sampling rate (whichever is 
less), the results are acceptable. If a higher leakage rate is obtained, 
the tester must void the sampling run.

    Note: Any correction of the sample volume by calculation reduces the 
integrity of the pollutant concentration data generated and must be 
avoided.

    8.5.2.2  Immediately after component changes, leak-checks are 
optional. If performed, the procedure described in section 8.5.1.1 shall 
be used.
    8.5.3  Post-test Leak-check:
    8.5.3.1  A leak-check is mandatory at the conclusion of each 
sampling run. The leak-check shall be done with the same procedures as 
the pre-test leak-check, except that the post-test leak-check shall be 
conducted at a vacuum greater than or equal to the maximum value reached 
during the sampling run. If the leakage rate is found to be no greater 
than 0.00057 m3/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of the average 
sampling rate (whichever is less), the results are acceptable. If, 
however, a higher leakage rate is obtained, the tester shall record the 
leakage rate and void the sampling run.

                      8.6  Sampling Train Operation

    8.6.1  During the sampling run, maintain an isokinetic sampling rate 
to within 10 percent of true isokinetic, below 28 l/min (1.0 cfm). 
Maintain a temperature around the probe of 120  deg.C  14 
deg.C (248  deg.  25  deg.F).
    8.6.2  For each run, record the data on a data sheet such as the one 
shown in Figure 2. Be sure to record the initial dry-gas meter reading. 
Record the dry-gas meter readings at the beginning and end of each 
sampling time increment, when changes in flow rates are made, before and 
after each leak-check, and when sampling is halted. Take other readings 
required by Figure 2 at least once at each sample point during each time 
increment and additional readings when significant adjustments (20 
percent variation in velocity head readings) necessitate additional 
adjustments in flow rate. Level and zero the manometer. Because the 
manometer level and zero may drift due to vibrations and temperature 
changes, make periodic checks during the traverse.

[[Page 857]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.051

      

[[Page 858]]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               Gas sample                    Temperature
                                                                                   Pressure                temperature at dry                   of gas
                                                         Stack       Velocity    differential     Gas           gas meter          Filter      leaving
                                 Sampling    Vacuum   temperature      head         across       sample  ----------------------    holder     condenser
     Traverse point number      time  (e)    mm Hg        (T )     (P)     orifice      volume                         temperature    or last
                                   min.     (in. Hg)    deg.C (    mm  (in) H2O    meter  mm   m3  (ft3)    Inlet      Outlet       deg.C (    impinger
                                                         deg.F)                    H2O  (in.               deg.C (    deg.C (      deg.F)      deg.C (
                                                                                     H2O)                   deg.F)     deg.F)                   deg.F)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
                                .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
                                .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
                                .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
                                .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........  .........  .........  ...........  ...........
    Total.....................  .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........       Avg.       Avg.  ...........  ...........
                                                                                                         ----------------------
Average.......................  .........  .........  ...........  ............  ............  .........       Avg.  .........  ...........  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 859]]

    8.6.3  Clean the stack access ports prior to the test run to 
eliminate the chance of sampling deposited material. To begin sampling, 
remove the nozzle cap, verify that the probe heating system are at the 
specified temperature, and verify that the pitot tube and probe are 
properly positioned. Position the nozzle at the first traverse point, 
with the tip pointing directly into the gas stream. Immediately start 
the pump and adjust the flow to isokinetic conditions. Nomographs, which 
aid in the rapid adjustment of the isokinetic sampling rate without 
excessive computations, are available. These nomographs are designed for 
use when the Type S pitot tube coefficient is 0.84  0.02 and 
the stack gas equivalent density (dry molecular weight) is equal to 29 
 4. APTD-0576 details the procedure for using the 
nomographs. If the stack gas molecular weight and the pitot tube 
coefficient are outside the above ranges, do not use the nomographs 
unless appropriate steps are taken to compensate for the deviations.
    8.6.4  When the stack is under significant negative pressure 
(equivalent to the height of the impinger stem), take care to close the 
coarse-adjust valve before inserting the probe into the stack in order 
to prevent liquid from backing up through the train. If necessary, a low 
vacuum on the train may have to be started prior to entering the stack.
    8.6.5  When the probe is in position, block off the openings around 
the probe and stack access port to prevent unrepresentative dilution of 
the gas stream.
    8.6.6  Traverse the stack cross section, as required by EPA Method 
1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, being careful not to bump the probe 
nozzle into the stack walls when sampling near the walls or when 
removing or inserting the probe through the access port, in order to 
minimize the chance of extracting deposited material.
    8.6.7  During the test run, make periodic adjustments to keep the 
temperature around the probe at the proper levels. Add more ice and, if 
necessary, salt, to maintain a temperature of 20  deg.C (68  deg.F) at 
the silica gel outlet.
    8.6.8  A single train shall be used for the entire sampling run, 
except in cases where simultaneous sampling is required in two or more 
separate ducts or at two or more different locations within the same 
duct, or in cases where equipment failure necessitates a change of 
trains. An additional train or trains may also be used for sampling when 
the capacity of a single train is exceeded.
    8.6.9  When two or more trains are used, separate analyses of 
components from each train shall be performed. If multiple trains have 
been used because the capacity of a single train would be exceeded, 
first impingers from each train may be combined, and second impingers 
from each train may be combined.
    8.6.10  At the end of the sampling run, turn off the coarse-adjust 
valve, remove the probe and nozzle from the stack, turn off the pump, 
record the final dry gas meter reading, and conduct a post-test leak-
check. Also, check the pitot lines as described in EPA Method 2, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A. The lines must pass this leak-check in order to 
validate the velocity-head data.
    8.6.11  Calculate percent isokineticity (see Method 2) to determine 
whether the run was valid or another test should be made.

                  8.7  Sample Preservation and Handling

    8.7.1  Samples from most sources applicable to this method have 
acceptable holding times using normal handling practices (shipping 
samples iced, storing in refrigerator at 2  deg.C until analysis). 
However, forming section stacks and other sources using waste water 
sprays may be subject to microbial contamination. For these sources, a 
biocide (quaternary ammonium compound solution) may be added to 
collected samples to improve sample stability and method ruggedness.
    8.7.2  Sample holding time: Samples should be analyzed within 14 
days of collection. Samples must be refrigerated/kept cold for the 
entire period preceding analysis. After the samples have been brought to 
room temperature for analysis, any analyses needed should be performed 
on the same day. Repeated cycles of warming the samples to room 
temperature/refrigerating/rewarming, then analyzing again, etc., have 
not been investigated in depth to evaluate if analyte levels remain 
stable for all sources.
    8.7.3  Additional studies will be performed to evaluate whether 
longer sample holding times are feasible for this method.

                          8.8  Sample Recovery

    8.8.1  Preparation:
    8.8.1.1  Proper cleanup procedure begins as soon as the probe is 
removed from the stack at the end of the sampling period. Allow the 
probe to cool. When the probe can be handled safely, wipe off all 
external particulate matter near the tip of the probe nozzle and place a 
cap over the tip to prevent losing or gaining particulate matter. Do not 
cap the probe tightly while the sampling train is cooling because a 
vacuum will be created, drawing liquid from the impingers back through 
the sampling train.
    8.8.1.2  Before moving the sampling train to the cleanup site, 
remove the probe from the sampling train and cap the open outlet, being 
careful not to lose any condensate that might be present. Remove the 
umbilical cord from the last impinger and cap the impinger. If a 
flexible line is used, let any condensed water or liquid drain into the 
impingers. Cap off any open impinger inlets and outlets. Ground glass 
stoppers, Teflon TM caps, or

[[Page 860]]

caps of other inert materials may be used to seal all openings.
    8.8.1.3  Transfer the probe and impinger assembly to an area that is 
clean and protected from wind so that the chances of contaminating or 
losing the sample are minimized.
    8.8.1.4  Inspect the train before and during disassembly, and note 
any abnormal conditions.
    8.8.1.5  Save a portion of the washing solution (high purity water) 
used for cleanup as a blank.
    8.8.2  Sample Containers:
    8.8.2.1  Container 1: Probe and Impinger Catches. Using a graduated 
cylinder, measure to the nearest ml, and record the volume of the 
solution in the first three impingers. Alternatively, the solution may 
be weighed to the nearest 0.5 g. Include any condensate in the probe in 
this determination. Transfer the combined impinger solution from the 
graduated cylinder into the polyethylene bottle. Taking care that dust 
on the outside of the probe or other exterior surfaces does not get into 
the sample, clean all surfaces to which the sample is exposed (including 
the probe nozzle, probe fitting, probe liner, first three impingers, and 
impinger connectors) with water. Use less than 400 ml for the entire 
waste (250 ml would be better, if possible). Add the rinse water to the 
sample container.
    8.8.2.1.1  Carefully remove the probe nozzle and rinse the inside 
surface with water from a wash bottle. Brush with a bristle brush and 
rinse until the rinse shows no visible particles, after which make a 
final rinse of the inside surface. Brush and rinse the inside parts of 
the Swagelok (or equivalent) fitting with water in a similar way.
    8.8.2.1.2  Rinse the probe liner with water. While squirting the 
water into the upper end of the probe, tilt and rotate the probe so that 
all inside surfaces will be wetted with water. Let the water drain from 
the lower end into the sample container. The tester may use a funnel 
(glass or polyethylene) to aid in transferring the liquid washes to the 
container. Follow the rinse with a bristle brush. Hold the probe in an 
inclined position, and squirt water into the upper end as the probe 
brush is being pushed with a twisting action through the probe. Hold the 
sample container underneath the lower end of the probe, and catch any 
water and particulate matter that is brushed from the probe. Run the 
brush through the probe three times or more. Rinse the brush with water 
and quantitatively collect these washings in the sample container. After 
the brushing, make a final rinse of the probe as describe above.

    Note: Two people should clean the probe in order to minimize sample 
losses. Between sampling runs, brushes must be kept clean and free from 
contamination.

    8.8.2.1.3  Rinse the inside surface of each of the first three 
impingers (and connecting tubing) three separate times. Use a small 
portion of water for each rinse, and brush each surface to which the 
sample is exposed with a bristle brush to ensure recovery of fine 
particulate matter. Make a final rinse of each surface and of the brush, 
using water.
    8.8.2.1.4  After all water washing and particulate matter have been 
collected in the sample container, tighten the lid so the sample will 
not leak out when the container is shipped to the laboratory. Mark the 
height of the fluid level to determine whether leakage occurs during 
transport. Label the container clearly to identify its contents.
    8.8.2.1.5  If the first two impingers are to be analyzed separately 
to check for breakthrough, separate the contents and rinses of the two 
impingers into individual containers. Care must be taken to avoid 
physical carryover from the first impinger to the second. Any physical 
carryover of collected moisture into the second impinger will invalidate 
a breakthrough assessment.
    8.8.2.2  Container 2: Sample Blank. Prepare a blank by using a 
polyethylene container and adding a volume of water equal to the total 
volume in Container 1. Process the blank in the same manner as Container 
1.
    8.8.2.3  Container 3: Silica Gel. Note the color of the indicating 
silica gel to determine whether it has been completely spent and make a 
notation of its condition. The impinger containing the silica gel may be 
used as a sample transport container with both ends sealed with tightly 
fitting caps or plugs. Ground-glass stoppers or TeflonTM caps 
maybe used. The silica gel impinger should then be labeled, covered with 
aluminum foil, and packaged on ice for transport to the laboratory. If 
the silica gel is removed from the impinger, the tester may use a funnel 
to pour the silica gel and a rubber policeman to remove the silica gel 
from the impinger. It is not necessary to remove the small amount of 
dust particles that may adhere to the impinger wall and are difficult to 
remove. Since the gain in weight is to be used for moisture 
calculations, do not use water or other liquids to transfer the silica 
gel. If a balance is available in the field, the spent silica gel (or 
silica gel plus impinger) may be weighed to the nearest
0.5 g.
    8.8.2.4  Sample containers should be placed in a cooler, cooled by 
(although not in contact with) ice. Putting sample bottles in Zip-
LockTM bags can aid in maintaining the integrity of the 
sample labels. Sample containers should be placed vertically to avoid 
leakage during shipment. Samples should be cooled during shipment so 
they will be received cold at the laboratory. It is critical that 
samples be chilled immediately after recovery. If the source is 
susceptible to microbial contamination from wash water (e.g.

[[Page 861]]

forming section stack), add biocide as directed in section 8.2.5.
    8.8.2.5  A quaternary ammonium compound can be used as a biocide to 
stabilize samples against microbial degradation following collection. 
Using the stock quaternary ammonium compound (QAC) solution; add 2.5 ml 
QAC solution for every 100 ml of recovered sample volume (estimate of 
volume is satisfactory) immediately after collection. The total volume 
of QAC solution must be accurately known and recorded, to correct for 
any dilution caused by the QAC solution addition.
    8.8.3  Sample Preparation for Analysis 8.8.3.1 The sample should be 
refrigerated if the analysis will not be performed on the day of 
sampling. Allow the sample to warm at room temperature for about two 
hours (if it has been refrigerated) prior to analyzing.
    8.8.3.2  Analyze the sample by the pararosaniline method, as 
described in Section 11. If the color-developed sample has an absorbance 
above the highest standard, a suitable dilution in high purity water 
should be prepared and analyzed.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Sampling: See EPA Manual 600/4-77-02b for Method 5 quality 
control.
    9.2  Analysis: The quality assurance program required for this 
method includes the analysis of the field and method blanks, and 
procedure validations. The positive identification and quantitation of 
formaldehyde are dependent on the integrity of the samples received and 
the precision and accuracy of the analytical methodology. Quality 
assurance procedures for this method are designed to monitor the 
performance of the analytical methodology and to provide the required 
information to take corrective action if problems are observed in 
laboratory operations or in field sampling activities.
    9.2.1  Field Blanks: Field blanks must be submitted with the samples 
collected at each sampling site. The field blanks include the sample 
bottles containing aliquots of sample recover water, and water reagent. 
At a minimum, one complete sampling train will be assembled in the field 
staging area, taken to the sampling area, and leak-checked at the 
beginning and end of the testing (or for the same total number of times 
as the actual sampling train). The probe of the blank train must be 
heated during the sample test. The train will be recovered as if it were 
an actual test sample. No gaseous sample will be passed through the 
blank sampling train.
    9.2.2  Blank Correction: The field blank formaldehyde concentrations 
will be subtracted from the appropriate sample formaldehyde 
concentrations. Blank formaldehyde concentrations above 0.25 g/
ml should be considered suspect, and subtraction from the sample 
formaldehyde concentrations should be performed in a manner acceptable 
to the Administrator.
    9.2.3  Method Blanks: A method blank must be prepared for each set 
of analytical operations, to evaluate contamination and artifacts that 
can be derived from glassware, reagents, and sample handling in the 
laboratory.

                             10  Calibration

    10.1  Probe Nozzle: Probe nozzles shall be calibrated before their 
initial use in the field. Using a micrometer, measure the inside 
diameter of the nozzle to the nearest 0.025 mm (0.001 in). Make 
measurements at three separate places across the diameter and obtain the 
average of the measurements. The difference between the high and low 
numbers shall not exceed 0.1 mm (0.004 in). When the nozzle becomes 
nicked or corroded, it shall be repaired and calibrated, or replaced 
with a calibrated nozzle before use. Each nozzle must be permanently and 
uniquely identified.
    10.2  Pitot Tube: The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be calibrated 
according to the procedure outlined in Section 4 of EPA Method 2, or 
assigned a nominal coefficient of 0.84 if it is not visibly nicked or 
corroded and if it meets design and intercomponent spacing 
specifications.

                          10.3  Metering System

    10.3.1  Before its initial use in the field, the metering system 
shall be calibrated according to the procedure outlined in APTD-0576. 
Instead of physically adjusting the dry-gas meter dial readings to 
correspond to the wet-test meter readings, calibration factors may be 
used to correct the gas meter dial readings mathematically to the proper 
values. Before calibrating the metering system, it is suggested that a 
leak-check be conducted. For metering systems having diaphragm pumps, 
the normal leak-check procedure will not delete leakages with the pump. 
For these cases, the following leak-check procedure will apply: Make a 
ten-minute calibration run at 0.00057 m3/min (0.02 cfm). At 
the end of the run, take the difference of the measured wet-test and 
dry-gas meter volumes and divide the difference by 10 to get the leak 
rate. The leak rate should not exceed 0.00057 m3/min (0.02 
cfm).
    10.3.2  After each field use, check the calibration of the metering 
system by performing three calibration runs at a single intermediate 
orifice setting (based on the previous field test). Set the vacuum at 
the maximum value reached during the test series. To adjust the vacuum, 
insert a valve between the wet-test meter and the inlet of the metering 
system. Calculate the average

[[Page 862]]

value of the calibration factor. If the calibration has changed by more 
than 5 percent, recalibrate the meter over the full range of orifice 
settings, as outlined in APTD-0576.
    10.3.3  Leak-check of metering system: The portion of the sampling 
train from the pump to the orifice meter (see Figure 1) should be leak-
checked prior to initial use and after each shipment. Leakage after the 
pump will result in less volume being recorded than is actually sampled. 
Use the following procedure: Close the main valve on the meter box. 
Insert a one-hole rubber stopper with rubber tubing attached into the 
orifice exhaust pipe. Disconnect and vent the low side of the orifice 
manometer. Close off the low side orifice tap. Pressurize the system to 
13-18 cm (5-7 in) water column by blowing into the rubber tubing. Pinch 
off the tubing and observe the manometer for 1 min. A loss of pressure 
on the manometer indicates a leak in the meter box. Leaks must be 
corrected.

    Note: If the dry-gas meter coefficient values obtained before and 
after a test series differ by >5 percent, either the test series must be 
voided or calculations for test series must be performed using whichever 
meter coefficient value (i.e., before or after) gives the lower value of 
total sample volume.

    10.4  Probe Heater: The probe heating system must be calibrated 
before its initial use in the field according to the procedure outlined 
in APTD-0576. Probes constructed according to APTD-0581 need not be 
calibrated if the calibration curves in APTD-0576 are used.
    10.5  Temperature gauges: Use the procedure in section 4.3 of USEPA 
Method 2 to calibrate in-stack temperature gauges. Dial thermometers 
such as are used for the dry gas meter and condenser outlet, shall be 
calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers.
    10.6  Barometer: Adjust the barometer initially and before each test 
series to agree to within 2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in Hg) of the 
mercury barometer. Alternately, if a National Weather Service Station 
(NWSS) is located at the same altitude above sea level as the test site, 
the barometric pressure reported by the NWSS may be used.
    10.7  Balance: Calibrate the balance before each test series, using 
Class S standard weights. The weights must be within 0.5 
percent of the standards, or the balance must be adjusted to meet these 
limits.

                      11.0  Procedure for Analysis.

    The working formaldehyde standards (0.25, 0.50, 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 
g/ml) are analyzed and a calibration curve is calculated for 
each day's analysis. The standards should be analyzed first to ensure 
that the method is working properly prior to analyzing the samples. In 
addition, a sample of the high-purity water should also be analyzed and 
used as a ``0'' formaldehyde standard.
    The procedure for analysis of samples and standards is identical: 
Using the pipet set to 2.50 ml, pipet 2.50 ml of the solution to be 
analyzed into a polystyrene cuvette. Using the 250 l pipet, 
pipet 250 l of the pararosaniline reagent solution into the 
cuvette. Seal the top of the cuvette with a Parafilm square and shake at 
least 30 seconds to ensure the solution in the cuvette is well-mixed. 
Peel back a corner of the Parafilm so the next reagent can be added. 
Using the 250 l pipet, pipet 250 l of the sodium 
sulfite reagent solution into the cuvette. Reseal the cuvette with the 
Parafilm, and again shake for about 30 seconds to mix the solution in 
the cuvette. Record the time of addition of the sodium sulfite and let 
the color develop at room temperature for 60 minutes. Set the 
spectrophotometer to 570 nm and set to read in Absorbance Units. The 
spectrophotometer should be equipped with a holder for the 1-cm 
pathlength cuvettes. Place cuvette(s) containing high-purity water in 
the spectrophotometer and adjust to read 0.000 AU.
    After the 60 minutes color development period, read the standard and 
samples in the spectrophotometer. Record the absorbance reading for each 
cuvette. The calibration curve is calculated by linear regression, with 
the formaldehyde concentration as the ``x'' coordinate of the pair, and 
the absorbance reading as the ``y'' coordinate. The procedure is very 
reproducible, and typically will yield values similar to these for the 
calibration curve:

Correlation Coefficient: 0.9999
Slope: 0.50
Y-Intercept: 0.090

The formaldehyde concentration of the samples can be found by using the 
trend-line feature of the calculator or computer program used for the 
linear regression. For example, the TI-55 calculators use the ``X'' key 
(this gives the predicted formaldehyde concentration for the value of 
the absorbance you key in for the sample). Multiply the formaldehyde 
concentration from the sample by the dilution factor, if any, for the 
sample to give the formaldehyde concentration of the original, 
undiluted, sample (units will be micrograms/ml).

               11.1  Notes on the Pararosaniline Procedure

    11.1.1  The pararosaniline method is temperature-sensitive. However, 
the small fluctuations typical of a laboratory will not significantly 
affect the results.
    11.1.2  The calibration curve is linear to beyond 4 ``g/
ml'' formaldehyde, however, a

[[Page 863]]

research-grade spectrophotometer is required to reproducibly read the 
high absorbance values. Consult your instrument manual to evaluate the 
capability of the spectrophotometer.
    11.1.3  The quality of the laboratory water used to prepare 
standards and make dilutions is critical. It is important that the 
cautions given in the Reagents section be observed. This procedure 
allows quantitation of formaldehyde at very low levels, and thus it is 
imperative to avoid contamination from other sources of formaldehyde and 
to exercise the degree of care required for trace analyses.
    11.1.4  The analyst should become familiar with the operation of the 
Oxford or equivalent pipettors before using them for an analysis. Follow 
the instructions of the manufacturer; one can pipet water into a tared 
container on any analytical balance to check pipet accuracy and 
precision. This will also establish if the proper technique is being 
used. Always use a new tip for each pipetting operation.
    11.1.5  This procedure follows the recommendations of ASTM Standard 
Guide D 3614, reading all solutions versus water in the reference cell. 
This allows the absorbance of the blank to be tracked on a daily basis. 
Refer to ASTM D 3614 for more information.

                           12.0  Calculations

    Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal figure 
beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after final 
calculations.

                12.1  Calculations of Total Formaldehyde

    12.1.1  To determine the total formaldehyde in mg, use the following 
equation if biocide was not used:
    Total mg formaldehyde=
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.043
    
Where:
    Cd = measured conc. formaldehyde, g/ml
V = total volume of stack sample, ml
DF = dilution factor

    12.1.2  To determine the total formaldehyde in mg, use the following 
equation if biocide was used:
    Total mg formaldehyde=
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.044
    
Where:

Cd = measured conc. formaldehyde, g/ml
V = total volume of stack sample, ml
B = total volume of biocide added to sample, ml
DF = dilution factor

    12.2  Formaldehyde concentration (mg/m3) in stack gas. 
Determine the formaldehyde concentration (mg/m3) in the stack 
gas using the following equation: Formaldehyde concentration (mg/
m3) =
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.045

Where:

K = 35.31 cu ft/m3 for Vm(std) in English units, 
          or
K = 1.00 m3/m3 for Vm(std) in metric 
          units
Vm(std) = volume of gas sample measured by a dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf)

    12.3  Average dry gas meter temperature and average orifice pressure 
drop are obtained from the data sheet.
    12.4  Dry Gas Volume: Calculate Vm(std) and adjust for 
leakage, if necessary, using the equation in Section 6.3 of EPA Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    12.5  Volume of Water Vapor and Moisture Content: Calculated the 
volume of water vapor and moisture content from equations 5-2 and 5-3 of 
EPA Method 5.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    The precision of this method is estimated to be better than 
5 percent, expressed as  the percent relative 
standard deviation.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. (Reserved)

                   15.0  Waste Management. (Reserved)

                            16.0  References

R.R. Miksch, et al., Analytical Chemistry, November 1981, 53 pp. 2118-
          2123.
J.F. Walker, Formaldehyde, Third Edition, 1964.
US EPA 40 CFR, part 60, Appendix A, Test Methods 1-5

Method 318--Extractive FTIR Method for the Measurement of Emissions From 
             the Mineral Wool and Wool Fiberglass Industries

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    This method has been validated and approved for mineral wool and 
wool fiberglass sources. This method may not be applied to other source 
categories without validation and approval by the Administrator 
according to the procedures in Test Method 301, 40 CFR part 63, appendix 
A. For sources seeking to apply FTIR to other source categories, Test 
Method 320 (40 CFR part 63, appendix A) may be utilized.
    1.1  Scope. The analytes measured by this method and their CAS 
numbers are:

Carbon Monoxide  630-08-0
Carbonyl Sulfide  463-58-1
Formaldehyde  50-00-0
Methanol  1455-13-6
Phenol  108-95-2

[[Page 864]]

                           1.2  Applicability

    1.2.1  This method is applicable for the determination of 
formaldehyde, phenol, methanol, carbonyl sulfide (COS) and carbon 
monoxide (CO) concentrations in controlled and uncontrolled emissions 
from manufacturing processes using phenolic resins. The compounds are 
analyzed in the mid-infrared spectral region (about 400 to 4000 cm-1 or 
25 to 2.5 m). Suggested analytical regions are given below 
(Table 1). Slight deviations from these recommended regions may be 
necessary due to variations in moisture content and ammonia 
concentration from source to source.

                                      Table 1.--Example Analytical Regions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Compound                Analytical region (cm-1)  FLm - FUm           Potential interferants
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Formaldehyde.....................  2840.93-2679.83.......................  Water, Methane.
Phenol...........................  1231.32-1131.47.......................  Water, Ammonia, Methane.
Methanol.........................  1041.56-1019.95.......................  Water, Ammonia.
COSa.............................  2028.4-2091.9.........................  Water, CO2, CO.
COa..............................  2092.1-2191.8.........................  Water, CO2, COS.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Suggested analytical regions assume about 15 percent moisture and CO2, and that COS and CO have about the same
  absorbance (in the range of 10 to 50 ppm). If CO and COS are hundreds of ppm or higher, then CO2 and moisture
  interference is reduced. If CO or COS is present at high concentration and the other at low concentration,
  then a shorter cell pathlength may be necessary to measure the high concentration component.

1.2.2  This method does not apply when: (a) Polymerization of 
formaldehyde occurs, (b) moisture condenses in either the sampling 
system or the instrumentation, and (c) when moisture content of the gas 
stream is so high relative to the analyte concentrations that it causes 
severe spectral interference.

                    1.3  Method Range and Sensitivity

    1.3.1  The analytical range is a function of instrumental design and 
composition of the gas stream. Theoretical detection limits depend, in 
part, on (a) the absorption coefficient of the compound in the 
analytical frequency region, (b) the spectral resolution, (c) 
interferometer sampling time, (d) detector sensitivity and response, and 
(e) absorption pathlength.
    1.3.2  Practically, there is no upper limit to the range. The 
practical lower detection limit is usually higher than the theoretical 
value, and depends on (a) moisture content of the flue gas, (b) presence 
of interferants, and (c) losses in the sampling system. In general, a 22 
meter pathlength cell in a suitable sampling system can achieve 
practical detection limits of 1.5 ppm for three compounds (formaldehyde, 
phenol, and methanol) at moisture levels up to 15 percent by volume. 
Sources with uncontrolled emissions of CO and COS may require a 4 meter 
pathlength cell due to high concentration levels. For these two 
compounds, make sure absorbance of highest concentration component is 
1.0.

                      1.4  Data Quality Objectives

1.4.1  In designing or configuring the system, the analyst first sets 
the data quality objectives, i.e., the desired lower detection limit 
(DLi) and the desired analytical uncertainty (AUi) 
for each compound. The instrumental parameters (factors b, c, d, and e 
in Section 1.3.1) are then chosen to meet these requirements, using 
Appendix D of the FTIR Protocol.
1.4.2  Data quality for each application is determined, in part, by 
measuring the RMS (Root Mean Square) noise level in each analytical 
spectral region (Appendix C of the FTIR Protocol). The RMS noise is 
defined as the RMSD (Root Mean Square Deviation) of the absorbance 
values in an analytical region from the mean absorbance value of the 
region. Appendix D of the FTIR Protocol defines the MAUim 
(minimum analyte uncertainty of the ith analyte in the 
mth analytical region). The MAU is the minimum analyte 
concentration for which the analytical uncertainty limit 
(AUi) can be maintained: if the measured analyte 
concentration is less than MAUi, then data quality is 
unacceptable. Table 2 gives some example DL and AU values along with 
calculated areas and MAU values using the protocol procedures.

                                Table 2.--Example Pre-Test Protocol Calculations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    Protocol
          Protocol value                  Form               Phenol             Methanol            appendix
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference concentrationa (ppm-     3.016               3.017               5.064               .................
 meters)/K.
Reference Band Area..............  8.2544              16.6417             4.9416              B
DL (ppm-meters)/K................  0.1117              0.1117              0.1117              B
AU...............................  0.2                 0.2                 0.2                 B
CL...............................  0.02234             0.02234             0.02234             B
FL...............................  2679.83             1131.47             1019.95             B

[[Page 865]]

 
FU...............................  2840.93             1231.32             1041.56             B
FC...............................  2760.38             1181.395            1030.755            B
AAI (ppm-meters)/K...............  0.18440             0.01201             0.00132             B
RMSD.............................  2.28E-03            1.21E-03            1.07E-03            C
MAU (ppm-meters)/K...............  4.45E-02            7.26E-03            4.68E-03            D
MAU (ppm at 22)..................  0.0797              0.0130              0.0084              D
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Concentration units are: ppm concentration of the reference sample (ASC), times the path length of the FTIR
  cell used when the reference spectrum was measured (meters), divided by the absolute temperature of the
  reference sample in Kelvin (K), or (ppm-meters)/K.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

                             2.1  Principle

    2.1.1  Molecules are composed of chemically bonded atoms, which are 
in constant motion. The atomic motions result in bond deformations (bond 
stretching and bond-angle bending). The number of fundamental (or 
independent) vibrational motions depends on the number of atoms (N) in 
the molecule. At typical testing temperatures, most molecules are in the 
ground-state vibrational state for most of their fundamental vibrational 
motions. A molecule can undergo a transition from its ground state (for 
a particular vibration) to the first excited state by absorbing a 
quantum of light at a frequency characteristic of the molecule and the 
molecular motion. Molecules also undergo rotational transitions by 
absorbing energies in the far-infrared or microwave spectral regions. 
Rotational transition absorbencies are superimposed on the vibrational 
absorbencies to give a characteristic shape to each rotational-
vibrational absorbance ``band.''
    2.1.2  Most molecules exhibit more than one absorbance band in 
several frequency regions to produce an infrared spectrum (a 
characteristic pattern of bands or a ``fingerprint'') that is unique to 
each molecule. The infrared spectrum of a molecule depends on its 
structure (bond lengths, bond angles, bond strengths, and atomic 
masses). Even small differences in structure can produce significantly 
different spectra.
    2.1.3  Spectral band intensities vary with the concentration of the 
absorbing compound. Within constraints, the relationship between 
absorbance and sample concentration is linear. Sample spectra are 
compared to reference spectra to determine the species and their 
concentrations.

                       2.2  Sampling and Analysis

    2.2.1  Flue gas is continuously extracted from the source, and the 
gas or a portion of the gas is conveyed to the FTIR gas cell, where a 
spectrum of the flue gas is recorded. Absorbance band intensities are 
related to sample concentrations by Beer's Law.
Where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.046

A = absorbance of the ith component at the given 
          frequency, .
a = absorption coefficient of the ith component at the 
          frequency, .
b = path length of the cell.
c = concentration of the ith compound in the sample at 
          frequency .

    2.2.2  After identifying a compound from the infrared spectrum, its 
concentration is determined by comparing band intensities in the sample 
spectrum to band intensities in ``reference spectra'' of the 
formaldehyde, phenol, methanol, COS and CO. These reference spectra are 
available in a permanent soft copy from the EPA spectral library on the 
EMTIC bulletin board. The source may also prepare reference spectra 
according to Section 4.5 of the FTIR Protocol.

    Note: Reference spectra not prepared according to the FTIR Protocol 
are not acceptable for use in this test method. Documentation detailing 
the FTIR Protocol steps used in preparing any non-EPA reference spectra 
shall be included in each test report submitted by the source.

    2.3  Operator Requirements. The analyst must have some knowledge of 
source sampling and of infrared spectral patterns to operate the 
sampling system and to choose a suitable instrument configuration. The 
analyst should also understand FTIR instrument operation well enough to 
choose an instrument configuration consistent with the data quality 
objectives.

                            3.0  Definitions

    See Appendix A of the FTIR Protocol.

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Analytical (or Spectral) Interferences. Water vapor. High 
concentrations of ammonia (hundreds of ppm) may interfere with the 
analysis of low concentrations of methanol (1 to 5 ppm). For CO, carbon 
dioxide and water may be interferants. In cases where COS levels are low 
relative to CO levels, CO and water may be interferants.

[[Page 866]]

    4.2  Sampling System Interferences. Water, if it condenses, and 
ammonia, which reacts with formaldehyde.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Formaldehyde is a suspected carcinogen; therefore, exposure to 
this compound must be limited. Proper monitoring and safety precautions 
must be practiced in any atmosphere with potentially high concentrations 
of CO.
    5.2  This method may involve sampling at locations having high 
positive or negative pressures, high temperatures, elevated heights, 
high concentrations of hazardous or toxic pollutants, or other diverse 
sampling conditions. It is the responsibility of the tester(s) to ensure 
proper safety and health practices, and to determine the applicability 
of regulatory limitations before performing this test method.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    The equipment and supplies are based on the schematic of a sampling 
train shown in Figure 1. Either the evacuated or purged sampling 
technique may be used with this sampling train. Alternatives may be 
used, provided that the data quality objectives of this method are met.
    6.1  Sampling Probe. Glass, stainless steel, or other appropriate 
material of sufficient length and physical integrity to sustain heating, 
prevent adsorption of analytes, and to reach gas sampling point.
    6.2  Particulate Filters. A glass wool plug (optional) inserted at 
the probe tip (for large particulate removal) and a filter rated at 1-
micron (e.g., BalstonTM) for fine particulate removal, placed 
immediately after the heated probe.
    6.3  Sampling Line/Heating System. Heated (maintained at 250 
 25 degrees F) stainless steel, TeflonTM, or 
other inert material that does not adsorb the analytes, to transport the 
sample to analytical system.
    6.4  Stainless Steel Tubing. Type 316, e.g., \3/8\ in. diameter, and 
appropriate length for heated connections.
    6.5  Gas Regulators. Appropriate for individual gas cylinders.

[[Page 867]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.052

    6.6  TeflonTM Tubing. Diameter (e.g., \3/8\ in.) and 
length suitable to connect cylinder regulators.
    6.7  Sample Pump. A leak-free pump (e.g., KNF TM), with 
by-pass valve, capable of pulling sample through entire sampling system 
at a rate of about 10 to 20 L/min. If placed before the analytical 
system, heat the pump and use a pump fabricated from materials non-
reactive to the target pollutants. If the pump is located after the 
instrument, systematically record the sample pressure in the gas cell.
    6.8  Gas Sample Manifold. A heated manifold that diverts part of the 
sample stream to the analyzer, and the rest to the by-pass discharge 
vent or other analytical instrumentation.
    6.9  Rotameter. A calibrated 0 to 20 L/min range rotameter.
    6.10  FTIR Analytical System. Spectrometer and detector, capable of 
measuring formaldehyde, phenol, methanol, COS and CO to the 
predetermined minimum detectable level. The system shall include a 
personal computer with compatible software that provides real-time 
updates of the spectral profile during sample collection and spectral 
collection.
    6.11  FTIR Cell Pump. Required for the evacuated sampling technique, 
capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume within 2 minutes. The FTIR 
cell pump should allow the operator to obtain at least 8 sample spectra 
in 1 hour.
    6.12  Absolute Pressure Gauge. Heatable and capable of measuring 
pressure from 0 to 1000 mmHg to within 2.5 mmHg (e.g., 
BaratronTM).
    6.13  Temperature Gauge. Capable of measuring the cell temperature 
to within 2  deg.C.

[[Page 868]]

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Ethylene (Calibration Transfer Standard). Obtain NIST traceable 
(or Protocol) cylinder gas.
    7.2  Nitrogen. Ultra high purity (UHP) grade.
    7.3  Reference Spectra. Obtain reference spectra for the target 
pollutants at concentrations that bracket (in ppm-meter/K) the emission 
source levels. Also, obtain reference spectra for SF6 and 
ethylene. Suitable concentrations are 0.0112 to 0.112 (ppm-meter)/K for 
SF6 and 5.61 (ppm-meter)/K or less for ethylene. The 
reference spectra shall meet the criteria for acceptance outlined in 
Section 2.2.2. The optical density (ppm-meters/K) of the reference 
spectrum must match the optical density of the sample spectrum within 
(less than) 25 percent.

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    Sampling should be performed in the following sequence: Collect 
background, collect CTS spectrum, collect samples, collect post-test CTS 
spectrum, verify that two copies of all data were stored on separate 
computer media.
    8.1  Pretest Preparations and Evaluations. Using the procedure in 
Section 4.0 of the FTIR Protocol, determine the optimum sampling system 
configuration for sampling the target pollutants. Table 2 gives some 
example values for AU, DL, and MAU. Based on a study (Reference 1), an 
FTIR system using 1 cm-1 resolution, 22 meter path length, 
and a broad band MCT detector was suitable for meeting the requirements 
in Table 2. Other factors that must be determined are:
    a. Test requirements: AUi, CMAXi, 
DLi, OFUi, and tAN for each.
    b. Interferants: See Table 1.
    c. Sampling system: LS', Pmin, PS', 
TS', tSS, VSS; fractional error, MIL.
    d. Analytical regions: 1 through Nm, FLm, 
FCm, and FUm, plus interferants, FFUm, 
FFLm, wavenumber range FNU to FNL. See Tables 1 and 2.
    8.1.1  If necessary, sample and acquire an initial spectrum. Then 
determine the proper operational pathlength of the instrument to obtain 
non-saturated absorbances of the target analytes.
    8.1.2  Set up the sampling train as shown in Figure 1.
    8.2  Sampling System Leak-check. Leak-check from the probe tip to 
pump outlet as follows: Connect a 0- to 250-mL/min rate meter (rotameter 
or bubble meter) to the outlet of the pump. Close off the inlet to the 
probe, and note the leakage rate. The leakage rate shall be 
200 mL/min.
    8.3  Analytical System Leak-check.
    8.3.1  For the evacuated sample technique, close the valve to the 
FTIR cell, and evacuate the absorption cell to the minimum absolute 
pressure Pmin. Close the valve to the pump, and determine the 
change in pressure Pv after 2 minutes.
    8.3.2  For both the evacuated sample and purging techniques, 
pressurize the system to about 100 mmHg above atmospheric pressure. 
Isolate the pump and determine the change in pressure 
Pp after 2 minutes.
    8.3.3  Measure the barometric pressure, Pb in mmHg.
    8.3.4  Determine the percent leak volume %VL for the 
signal integration time tSS and for Pmax, 
i.e., the larger of Pv or Pp, as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.047

Where:

50 = 100% divided by the leak-check time of 2 minutes.

    8.3.5  Leak volumes in excess of 4 percent of the sample system 
volume VSS are unacceptable.
    8.4  Background Spectrum. Evacuate the gas cell to 5 
mmHg, and fill with dry nitrogen gas to ambient pressure. Verify that no 
significant amounts of absorbing species (for example water vapor and 
CO2) are present. Collect a background spectrum, using a 
signal averaging period equal to or greater than the averaging period 
for the sample spectra. Assign a unique file name to the background 
spectrum. Store the spectra of the background interferogram and 
processed single-beam background spectrum on two separate computer media 
(one is used as the back-up). If continuous sampling will be used during 
sample collection, collect the background spectrum with nitrogen gas 
flowing through the cell at the same pressure and temperature as will be 
used during sampling.
    8.5  Pre-Test Calibration Transfer Standard. Evacuate the gas cell 
to 5 mmHg absolute pressure, and fill the FTIR cell to 
atmospheric pressure with the CTS gas. Or, purge the cell with 10 cell 
volumes of CTS gas. Record the spectrum. If continuous sampling will be 
used during sample collection, collect the CTS spectrum with CTS gas 
flowing through the cell at the same pressure and temperature as will be 
used during sampling.

                              8.6  Samples

    8.6.1  Evacuated Samples. Evacuate the absorbance cell to 
5 mmHg absolute pressure. Fill the cell with flue gas to 
ambient pressure and record the spectrum. Before taking the next sample, 
evacuate the cell until no further evidence of absorption exists. Repeat 
this procedure to collect at least 8 separate spectra (samples) in 1 
hour.
    8.6.2  Purge Sampling. Purge the FTIR cell with 10 cell volumes of 
flue gas and at least for about 10 minutes. Discontinue the gas

[[Page 869]]

cell purge, isolate the cell, and record the sample spectrum and the 
pressure. Before taking the next sample, purge the cell with 10 cell 
volumes of flue gas.
    8.6.3  Continuous Sampling. Spectra can be collected continuously 
while the FTIR cell is being purged. The sample integration time, 
tss, the sample flow rate through the FTIR gas cell, and the 
total run time must be chosen so that the collected data consist of at 
least 10 spectra with each spectrum being of a separate cell volume of 
flue gas. More spectra can be collected over the run time and the total 
run time (and number of spectra) can be extended as well.

              8.7  Sampling QA, Data Storage and Reporting

    8.7.1  Sample integration times should be sufficient to achieve the 
required signal-to-noise ratios. Obtain an absorbance spectrum by 
filling the cell with nitrogen. Measure the RMSD in each analytical 
region in this absorbance spectrum. Verify that the number of scans is 
sufficient to achieve the target MAU (Table 2).
    8.7.2  Identify all sample spectra with unique file names.
    8.7.3  Store on two separate computer media a copy of sample 
interferograms and processed spectra. The data shall be available to the 
Administrator on request for the length of time specified in the 
applicable regulation.
    8.7.4  For each sample spectrum, document the sampling conditions, 
the sampling time (while the cell was being filled), the time the 
spectrum was recorded, the instrumental conditions (path length, 
temperature, pressure, resolution, integration time), and the spectral 
file name. Keep a hard copy of these data sheets.
    8.8  Signal Transmittance. While sampling, monitor the signal 
transmittance through the instrumental system. If signal transmittance 
(relative to the background) drops below 95 percent in any spectral 
region where the sample does not absorb infrared energy, obtain a new 
background spectrum.
    8.9  Post-run CTS. After each sampling run, record another CTS 
spectrum.

                           8.10  Post-test QA

    8.10.1  Inspect the sample spectra immediately after the run to 
verify that the gas matrix composition was close to the expected 
(assumed) gas matrix.
    8.10.2  Verify that the sampling and instrumental parameters were 
appropriate for the conditions encountered. For example, if the moisture 
is much greater than anticipated, it will be necessary to use a shorter 
path length or dilute the sample.
    8.10.3  Compare the pre and post-run CTS spectra. They shall agree 
to within -5 percent. See FTIR Protocol, Appendix E.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    Follow the quality assurance procedures in the method, including the 
analysis of pre and post-run calibration transfer standards (Sections 
8.5 and 8.9) and the post-test quality assurance procedures in Section 
8.10.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N). The S/N shall be sufficient to 
meet the MAU in each analytical region.
    10.2  Absorbance Pathlength. Verify the absorbance path length by 
comparing CTS spectra to reference spectra of the calibration gas(es). 
See FTIR Protocol, Appendix E.
    10.3  Instrument Resolution. Measure the line width of appropriate 
CTS band(s) and compare to reference CTS spectra to verify instrumental 
resolution.
    10.4  Apodization Function. Choose appropriate apodization function. 
Determine any appropriate mathematical transformations that are required 
to correct instrumental errors by measuring the CTS. Any mathematical 
transformations must be documented and reproducible.
    10.5  FTIR Cell Volume. Evacuate the cell to 5 mmHg. 
Measure the initial absolute temperature (Ti) and absolute 
pressure (Pi). Connect a wet test meter (or a calibrated dry 
gas meter), and slowly draw room air into the cell. Measure the meter 
volume (Vm), meter absolute temperature (Tm), and 
meter absolute pressure (Pm), and the cell final absolute 
temperature (Tf) and absolute pressure (Pf). 
Calculate the FTIR cell volume Vss, including that of the 
connecting tubing, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.048

As an alternative to the wet test 
meter/calibrated dry gas meter procedure, measure the inside dimensions 
of the cell cylinder and calculate its volume.

                             11.0  Procedure

    Refer to Sections 4.6-4.11, Sections 5, 6, and 7, and the appendices 
of the FTIR Protocol.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    a. Data analysis is performed using appropriate reference spectra 
whose concentrations can be verified using CTS spectra. Various 
analytical programs are available to relate sample absorbance to a 
concentration standard. Calculated concentrations should be verified by 
analyzing spectral baselines after mathematically subtracting scaled 
reference spectra from the sample spectra. A

[[Page 870]]

full description of the data analysis and calculations may be found in 
the FTIR Protocol (Sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and appendices).
    b. Correct the calculated concentrations in sample spectra for 
differences in absorption pathlength between the reference and sample 
spectra by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.049

Where:

Ccorr = The pathlength corrected concentration.
Ccalc = The initial calculated concentration (output of the 
          Multicomp program designed for the compound).
Lr = The pathlength associated with the reference spectra.
Ls = The pathlength associated with the sample spectra.
Ts = The absolute temperature (K) of the sample gas.
Tr = The absolute gas temperature (K) at which reference 
          spectra were recorded.

                    13.0  Reporting and Recordkeeping

    All interferograms used in determining source concentration shall be 
stored for the period of time required in the applicable regulation. The 
Administrator has the option of requesting the interferograms recorded 
during the test in electronic form as part of the test report.

                        14.0  Method Performance

    Refer to the FTIR Protocol.

                 15.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                         16.0  Waste Management

    Laboratory standards prepared from the formaldehyde and phenol are 
handled according to the instructions in the materials safety data 
sheets (MSDS).

                            17.0  References

    (1) ``Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) 
Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and Methanol at a Wool 
Fiberglass Production Facility.'' Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency Report, Entropy, Inc., EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment 
I-32, December 1994 (docket item II-A-13).
    (2) ``Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods 
from Various Waste Media,'' 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.

 Method 319--Determination of Filtration Efficiency for Paint Overspray 
                                Arrestors

                       1.0  Scope and Application.

    1.1  This method applies to the determination of the initial, 
particle size dependent, filtration efficiency for paint arrestors over 
the particle diameter range from 0.3 to 10 m. The method 
applies to single and multiple stage paint arrestors or paint arrestor 
media. The method is applicable to efficiency determinations from 0 to 
99 percent. Two test aerosols are used--one liquid phase and one solid 
phase. Oleic acid, a low-volatility liquid (CAS Number 112-80-1), is 
used to simulate the behavior of wet paint overspray. The solid-phase 
aerosol is potassium chloride salt (KCl, CAS Number 7447-40-7) and is 
used to simulate the behavior of a dry overspray. The method is limited 
to determination of the initial, clean filtration efficiency of the 
arrestor. Changes in efficiency (either increase or decrease) due to the 
accumulation of paint overspray on and within the arrestor are not 
evaluated.
    1.2  Efficiency is defined as 1--Penetration (e.g., 70 percent 
efficiency is equal to 0.30 penetration). Penetration is based on the 
ratio of the downstream particle concentration to the upstream 
concentration. It is often more useful, from a mathematical or 
statistical point of view, to discuss the upstream and downstream counts 
in terms of penetration rather than the derived efficiency value. Thus, 
this document uses both penetration and efficiency as appropriate.
    1.3  For a paint arrestor system or subsystem which has been tested 
by this method, adding additional filtration devices to the system or 
subsystem shall be assumed to result in an efficiency of at least that 
of the original system without the requirement for additional testing. 
(For example, if the final stage of a three-stage paint arrestor system 
has been tested by itself, then the addition of the other two stages 
shall be assumed to maintain, as a minimum, the filtration efficiency 
provided by the final stage alone. Thus, in this example, if the final 
stage has been shown to meet the filtration requirements of Table 1 of 
Sec. 63.745 of subpart GG, then the final stage in combination with any 
additional paint arrestor stages also passes the filtration 
requirements.)

                         2.0  Summary of Method.

    2.1  This method applies to the determination of the fractional 
(i.e., particle-size dependent) aerosol penetration of several types of 
paint arrestors. Fractional penetration is

[[Page 871]]

computed from aerosol concentrations measured upstream and downstream of 
an arrestor installed in a laboratory test rig. The aerosol 
concentrations upstream and downstream of the arrestors are measured 
with an aerosol analyzer that simultaneously counts and sizes the 
particles in the aerosol stream. The aerosol analyzer covers the 
particle diameter size range from 0.3 to 10 m in a minimum of 
12 contiguous sizing channels. Each sizing channel covers a narrow range 
of particle diameters. For example, Channel 1 may cover from 0.3 to 0.4 
m, Channel 2 from 0.4 to 0.5 m, * * * By taking the 
ratio of the downstream to upstream counts on a channel by channel 
basis, the penetration is computed for each of the sizing channels.
    2.2  The upstream and downstream aerosol measurements are made while 
injecting the test aerosol into the air stream upstream of the arrestor 
(ambient aerosol is removed with HEPA filters on the inlet of the test 
rig). This test aerosol spans the particle size range from 0.3 to 10 
m and provides sufficient upstream concentration in each of the 
optical particle counter (OPC) sizing channels to allow accurate 
calculation of penetration, down to penetrations of approximately 0.01 
(i.e., 1 percent penetration; 99 percent efficiency). Results are 
presented as a graph and a data table showing the aerodynamic particle 
diameter and the corresponding fractional efficiency.

                            3.0  Definitions.

    Aerodynamic Diameter--diameter of a unit density sphere having the 
same aerodynamic properties as the particle in question.
    Efficiency is defined as equal to 1--Penetration.
    Optical Particle Counter (OPC)--an instrument that counts particles 
by size using light scattering. An OPC gives particle diameters based on 
size, index of refraction, and shape.
    Penetration--the fraction of the aerosol that penetrates the filter 
at a given particle diameter. Penetration equals the downstream 
concentration divided by the upstream concentration.

                           4.0  Interferences.

    4.1  The influence of the known interferences (particle losses) are 
negated by correction of the data using blanks.

                              5.0  Safety.

    5.1  There are no specific safety precautions for this method above 
those of good laboratory practice. This standard does not purport to 
address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It 
is the responsibility of the user of this method to establish 
appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability 
of regulatory limitations prior to use.

                      6.0  Equipment and Supplies.

    6.1  Test Facility. A schematic diagram of a test duct used in the 
development of the method is shown in Figure 319-1.


[[Page 872]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.008


    6.1.1  The test section, paint spray section, and attached 
transitions are constructed of stainless and galvanized steel. The 
upstream and downstream ducting is 20 cm diameter polyvinyl chloride 
(PVC). The upstream transition provides a 7  deg. angle of expansion to 
provide a uniform air flow distribution to the paint arrestors. Aerosol 
concentration is measured upstream and downstream of the test section to 
obtain the challenge and penetrating aerosol concentrations, 
respectively. Because the downstream ducting runs back under the test 
section, the challenge and penetrating aerosol taps are located 
physically near each other, thereby facilitating aerosol sampling and 
reducing sample-line length. The inlet nozzles of the upstream and 
downstream aerosol probes are

[[Page 873]]

designed to yield isokinetic sampling conditions.
    6.1.2  The configuration and dimensions of the test duct can deviate 
from those of Figure 319-1 provided that the following key elements are 
maintained: the test duct must meet the criteria specified in Table 319-
1; the inlet air is HEPA filtered; the blower is on the upstream side of 
the duct thereby creating a positive pressure in the duct relative to 
the surrounding room; the challenge air has a temperature between 50 
deg. and 100  deg.F and a relative humidity of less than 65 percent; the 
angle of the upstream transition (if used) to the paint arrestor must 
not exceed 7  deg.; the angle of the downstream transition (if used) 
from the paint arrestor must not exceed 30  deg.; the test duct must 
provide a means for mixing the challenge aerosol with the upstream flow 
(in lieu of any mixing device, a duct length of 15 duct diameters 
fulfills this requirement); the test duct must provide a means for 
mixing any penetrating aerosol with the downstream flow (in lieu of any 
mixing device, a duct length of 15 duct diameters fulfills this 
requirement); the test section must provide a secure and leak-free 
mounting for single and multiple stage arrestors; and the test duct may 
utilize a 180  deg. bend in the downstream duct.

                     Table 319-1.--QC Control Limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Frequency and
                                   description         Control limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPC zero count..............  Each Test. OPC        50 counts per
                               samples HEPA-         minute.
                               filtered air.
OPC sizing accuracy check...  Daily. Sample         Peak of distribution
                               aerosolized PSL       should be in
                               spheres.              correct OPC
                                                     channel.
Minimum counts per channel    Each Test...........  Minimum total of 500
 for challenge aerosol.                              particle counts per
                                                     channel.
Maximum particle              Each Test. Needed to  10% of
 concentration.                ensure OPC is not     manufacturer's
                               overloaded.           claimed upper limit
                                                     corresponding to a
                                                     10% count error.
Standard Deviation of         Computed for each     0.10 for 0.3 to 3
 Penetration.                  test based on the     m
                               CV of the upstream    diameter.
                               and downstream       0.30 for >3 m diameter.
0% Penetration..............  Monthly.............  0.01.
100% Penetration--KCl.......  Triplicate tests      0.3 to 1 m:
                               performed             0.90 to 1.10.
                               immediately before,  1 to 3 m:
                               during, or after      0.75 to 1.25.
                               triplicate arrestor  3 to 10 m:
                               tests.                0.50 to 1.50.
100% Penetration--Oleic Acid  Triplicate tests      0.3 to 1 m:
                               performed             0.90 to 1.10.
                               immediately before,  1 to 3 m:
                               during, or after      0.75 to 1.25.
                               triplicate arrestor  3 to 10 m:
                               tests.                0.50 to 1.50.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6.2  Aerosol Generator. The aerosol generator is used to produce a 
stable aerosol covering the particle size range from 0.3 to 10 
m diameter. The generator used in the development of this 
method consists of an air atomizing nozzle positioned at the top of a 
0.30-m (12-in.) diameter, 1.3-m (51-in.) tall, acrylic, transparent, 
spray tower. This tower allows larger sized particles, which would 
otherwise foul the test duct and sample lines, to fall out of the 
aerosol. It also adds drying air to ensure that the KCl droplets dry to 
solid salt particles. After generation, the aerosol passes through an 
aerosol neutralizer (Kr85 radioactive source) to neutralize any 
electrostatic charge on the aerosol (electrostatic charge is an 
unavoidable consequence of most aerosol generation methods). To improve 
the mixing of the aerosol with the air stream, the aerosol is injected 
counter to the airflow. Generators of other designs may be used, but 
they must produce a stable aerosol concentration over the 0.3 to 10 
m diameter size range; provide a means of ensuring the complete 
drying of the KCl aerosol; and utilize a charge neutralizer to 
neutralize any electrostatic charge on the aerosol. The resultant 
challenge aerosol must meet the minimum count per channel and maximum 
concentration criteria of Table 319-1.
    6.3  Installation of Paint Arrestor. The paint arrestor is to be 
installed in the test duct in a manner that precludes air bypassing the 
arrestor. Since arrestor media are often sold unmounted, a mounting 
frame may be used to provide back support for the media in addition to 
sealing it into the duct. The mounting frame for 20 in. x 20 in. 
arrestors will have minimum open internal dimensions of 18 in. square. 
Mounting frames for 24 in. x 24 in. arrestors will have minimum open 
internal dimensions of 22 in. square. The open internal dimensions of 
the mounting frame shall not be less than 75 percent of the approach 
duct dimensions.
    6.4  Optical Particle Counter. The upstream and downstream aerosol 
concentrations are measured with a high-resolution optical particle 
counter (OPC). To ensure comparability of test results, the OPC shall 
utilize an optical design based on wide-angle light scattering and 
provided a minimum of 12 contiguous particle sizing channels from 0.3 to 
10m diameter (based on response to PSL) where, for each 
channel, the ratio of

[[Page 874]]

the diameter corresponding to the upper channel bound to the lower 
channel bound must not exceed 1.5.
    6.5  Aerosol Sampling System. The upstream and downstream sample 
lines must be made of rigid electrically-grounded metallic tubing having 
a smooth inside surface, and they must be rigidly secured to prevent 
movement during testing. The upstream and downstream sample lines are to 
be nominally identical in geometry. The use of a short length (100 mm 
maximum) of straight flexible tubing to make the final connection to the 
OPC is acceptable. The inlet nozzles of the upstream and downstream 
probes must be sharp-edged and of appropriate entrance diameter to 
maintain isokinetic sampling within 20 percent of the air velocity.
    6.5.1  The sampling system may be designed to acquire the upstream 
and downstream samples using (a) sequential upstream-downstream sampling 
with a single OPC, (b) simultaneous upstream and downstream sampling 
with two OPC's, or (c) sequential upstream-downstream sampling with two 
OPC's.
    6.5.2  When two particle counters are used to acquire the upstream 
and downstream counts, they must be closely matched in flowrate and 
optical design.
    6.6  Airflow Monitor. The volumetric airflow through the system 
shall be measured with a calibrated orifice plate, flow nozzle, or 
laminar flow element. The measurement device must have an accuracy of 5 
percent or better.
    7.0  Reagents and Standards.
    7.1  The liquid test aerosol is reagent grade, 98 percent pure, 
oleic acid (Table 319-2). The solid test aerosol is KCl aerosolized from 
a solution of KCl in water. In addition to the test aerosol, a 
calibration aerosol of monodisperse polystyrene latex (PSL) spheres is 
used to verify the calibration of the OPC.

                          Table 319-2.--Properties of the Test and Calibration Aerosols
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Density,  g/
                                        Refractive index             cm \3\                  Shape
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oleic Acid (liquid-phase       1.46 nonabsorbing................         0.89  Spherical.
 challenge aerosol).
KCl (solid-phase challenge     1.49.............................         1.98  Cubic or agglomerated cubes.
 aerosol).
PSL (calibration aerosol)....  1.59 nonabsorbing................         1.05  Spherical.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage.

    8.1  In this test, all sampling occurs in real-time, thus no samples 
are collected that require preservation or storage during the test. The 
paint arrestors are shipped and stored to avoid structural damage or 
soiling. Each arrestor may be shipped in its original box from the 
manufacturer or similar cardboard box. Arrestors are stored at the test 
site in a location that keeps them clean and dry. Each arrestor is 
clearly labeled for tracking purposes.

                          9.0  Quality Control.

    9.1  Table 319-1 lists the QC control limits.
    9.2  The standard deviation () of the penetration (P) for a 
given test at each of the 15 OPC sizing channels is computed from the 
coefficient of variation (CV, the standard deviation divided by the 
mean) of the upstream and downstream measurements as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.009

For a properly operating system, the standard deviation of the 
penetration is  0.10 at particle diameters from 0.3 to 3 m and 
less than 0.30 at diameters > 3 m.
    9.3  Data Quality Objectives (DQO).
    9.3.1  Fractional Penetration. From the triplicate tests of each 
paint arrestor model, the standard deviation for the penetration 
measurements at each particle size (i.e., for each sizing channel of the 
OPC) is computed as:

[[Page 875]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.010

where Pi represents an individual penetration measurement, 
and P the average of the 3 (n = 3) individual measurements.
    9.3.2  Bias of the fractional penetration values is determined from 
triplicate no-filter and HEPA filter tests. These tests determine the 
measurement bias at 100 percent penetration and 0 percent penetration, 
respectively.
    9.3.3  PSL-Equivalent Light Scattering Diameter. The precision and 
bias of the OPC sizing determination are based on sampling a known 
diameter of PSL and noting whether the particle counts peak in the 
correct channel of the OPC. This is a pass/fail measurement with no 
calculations involved.
    9.3.4  Airflow. The precision of the measurement must be within 5 
percent of the set point.

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardization.

    10.1  Optical Particle Counter. The OPC must have an up-to-date 
factory calibration. Check the OPC zero at the beginning and end of each 
test by sampling HEPA-filtered air. Verify the sizing accuracy on a 
daily basis (for days when tests are performed) with 1-size PSL spheres.
    10.2  Airflow Measurement. Airflow measurement devices must have an 
accuracy of 5 percent or better. Manometers used in conjunction with the 
orifice plate must be inspected prior to use for proper level, zero, and 
mechanical integrity. Tubing connections to the manometer must be free 
from kinks and have secure connections.
    10.3  Pressure Drop. Measure pressure drop across the paint arrestor 
with an inclined manometer readable to within 0.01 in. H2O. 
Prior to use, the level and zero of the manometer, and all tubing 
connections, must be inspected and adjusted as needed.

                            11.0  Procedure.

    11.1  Filtration Efficiency. For both the oleic acid and KCl 
challenges, this procedure is performed in triplicate using a new 
arrestor for each test.
    11.1.1  General Information and Test Duct Preparation
    11.1.1.1  Use the ``Test Run Sheet'' form (Figure 319-2) to record 
the test information.

                                Run Sheet

                       Part 1. General Information

Date and Time:__________________________________________________________

Test Operator:__________________________________________________________

Test :_________________________________________________________________

Paint Arrestor:
  Brand/Model___________________________________________________________

  Arrestor Assigned ID ________________________________________________
    Condition of arrestor (i.e., is there any damage? Must be new 
condition to proceed):

_______________________________________________________________________
    Manometer zero and level confirmed?

_______________________________________________________________________

                      Part 2. Clean Efficiency Test

Date and Time:__________________________________________________________
Optical Particle Counter:
  20 min. warm up_______________________________________________________

  Zero count ( 50 counts/min)___________________________________________

  Daily PSL check_______________________________________________________

    PSL Diam: ______ m

  File name for OPC data:_______________________________________________

Test Conditions:
    Air Flow: ______

    Temp & RH: Temp ______  deg.F RH ______ %

    Atm. Pressure: ______in. Hg
(From mercury barometer)

Aerosol Generator: (record all operating parameters)

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

Test Aerosol:
  (Oleic acid or KCl)___________________________________________________
Arrestor:
    Pressure drop: at start ______ in. H2O

    at end ______ in. H2O

    Condition of arrestor at end of test (note any physical 
deterioration):

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

                      Figure 319-2. Test Run Sheet

    Other report formats which contain the same information are 
acceptable.
    11.1.1.2  Record the date, time, test operator, Test , paint 
arrestor brand/model and its assigned ID number. For tests with no 
arrestor, record none.
    11.1.1.3  Ensure that the arrestor is undamaged and is in ``new'' 
condition.
    11.1.1.4  Mount the arrestor in the appropriate frame. Inspect for 
any airflow leak paths.
    11.1.1.5  Install frame-mounted arrestor in the test duct. Examine 
the installed arrestor to verify that it is sealed in the duct. For 
tests with no arrestor, install the empty frame.

[[Page 876]]

    11.1.1.6  Visually confirm the manometer zero and level. Adjust as 
needed.
    11.1.2  Clean Efficiency Test.
    11.1.2.1  Record the date and time upon beginning this section.
    11.1.2.2  Optical Particle Counter.
    11.1.2.2.1  General: Operate the OPC per the manufacturer's 
instructions allowing a minimum of 20 minutes warm up before making any 
measurements.
    11.1.2.2.2  Overload: The OPC will yield inaccurate data if the 
aerosol concentration it is attempting to measure exceeds its operating 
limit. To ensure reliable measurements, the maximum aerosol 
concentration will not exceed 10 percent of the manufacturer's claimed 
upper concentration limit corresponding to a 10 percent count error. If 
this value is exceeded, reduce the aerosol concentration until the 
acceptable conditions are met.
    11.1.2.2.3  Zero Count: Connect a HEPA capsule to the inlet of the 
OPC and obtain printouts for three samples (each a minimum of 1-minute 
each). Record maximum cumulative zero count. If the count rate exceeds 
50 counts per minute, the OPC requires servicing before continuing.
    11.1.2.2.4  PSL Check of OPC Calibration: Confirm the calibration of 
the OPC by sampling a known size PSL aerosol. Aerosolize the PSL using 
an appropriate nebulizer. Record whether the peak count is observed in 
the proper channel. If the peak is not seen in the appropriate channel, 
have the OPC recalibrated.
    11.1.2.3  Test Conditions:
    11.1.2.3.1  Airflow: The test airflow corresponds to a nominal face 
velocity of 120 FPM through the arrestor. For arrestors having nominal 
20 in. x 20 in. face dimensions, this measurement corresponds to an 
airflow of 333 cfm. For arrestors having nominal face dimensions of 24 
in. x 24 in., this measurement corresponds to an airflow of 480 cfm.
    11.1.2.3.2  Temperature and Relative Humidity: The temperature and 
relative humidity of the challenge air stream will be measured to within 
an accuracy of +/-2  deg.F and +/-10 percent RH. To protect the probe 
from fouling, it may be removed during periods of aerosol generation.
    11.1.2.3.3  Barometric Pressure: Use a mercury barometer. Record the 
atmospheric pressure.
    11.1.2.4  Upstream and Downstream Background Counts.
    11.1.2.4.1  With the arrestor installed in the test duct and the 
airflow set at the proper value, turn on the data acquisition computer 
and bring up the data acquisition program.
    11.1.2.4.2  Set the OPC settings for the appropriate test sample 
duration with output for both printer and computer data collection.
    11.1.2.4.3  Obtain one set of upstream-downstream background 
measurements.
    11.1.2.4.4  After obtaining the upstream-downstream measurements, 
stop data acquisition.
    11.1.2.5  Efficiency Measurements:
    11.1.2.5.1  Record the arrestor pressure drop.
    11.1.2.5.2  Turn on the Aerosol Generator. Begin aerosol generation 
and record the operating parameters.
    11.1.2.5.3  Monitor the particle counts. Allow a minimum of 5 
minutes for the generator to stabilize.
    11.1.2.5.4  Confirm that the total particle count does not exceed 
the predetermined upper limit. Adjust generator as needed.
    11.1.2.5.5  Confirm that a minimum of 50 particle counts are 
measured in the upstream sample in each of the OPC channels per sample. 
(A minimum of 50 counts per channel per sample will yield the required 
minimum 500 counts per channel total for the 10 upstream samples as 
specified in Table 319-1.) Adjust generator or sample time as needed.
    11.1.2.5.6  If you are unable to obtain a stable concentration 
within the concentration limit and with the 50 count minimum per 
channel, adjust the aerosol generator.
    11.1.2.5.7  When the counts are stable, perform repeated upstream-
downstream sampling until 10 upstream-downstream measurements are 
obtained.
    11.1.2.5.8  After collection of the 10 upstream-downstream samples, 
stop data acquisition and allow 2 more minutes for final purging of 
generator.
    11.1.2.5.9  Obtain one additional set of upstream-downstream 
background samples.
    11.1.2.5.10  After obtaining the upstream-downstream background 
samples, stop data acquisition.
    11.1.2.5.11  Record the arrestor pressure drop.
    11.1.2.5.12  Turn off blower.
    11.1.2.5.13  Remove the paint arrestor assembly from the test duct. 
Note any signs of physical deterioration.
    11.1.2.5.14  Remove the arrestor from the frame and place the 
arrestor in an appropriate storage bag.
    11.2  Control Test: 100 Percent Penetration Test. A 100 percent 
penetration test must be performed immediately before each individual 
paint arrestor test using the same challenge aerosol substance (i.e., 
oleic acid or KCl) as to be used in the arrestor test. These tests are 
performed with no arrestor installed in the test housing. This test is a 
relatively stringent test of the adequacy of the overall duct, sampling, 
measurement, and aerosol generation system. The test is performed as a 
normal penetration test except the paint arrestor is not used. A perfect 
system would yield a measured penetration of 1 at all particle sizes. 
Deviations from 1

[[Page 877]]

can occur due to particle losses in the duct, differences in the degree 
of aerosol uniformity (i.e., mixing) at the upstream and downstream 
probes, and differences in particle transport efficiency in the upstream 
and downstream sampling lines.
    11.3  Control Test: 0 Percent Penetration. One 0 percent penetration 
test must be performed at least monthly during testing. The test is 
performed by using a HEPA filter rather than a paint arrestor. This test 
assesses the adequacy of the instrument response time and sample line 
lag.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations.

    12.1  Analysis. The analytical procedures for the fractional 
penetration and flow velocity measurements are described in Section 11. 
Note that the primary measurements, those of the upstream and downstream 
aerosol concentrations, are performed with the OPC which acquires the 
sample and analyzes it in real time. Because all the test data are 
collected in real time, there are no analytical procedures performed 
subsequent to the actual test, only data analysis.
    12.2  Calculations.
    12.2.1  Penetration.

                              Nomenclature

U = Upstream particle count
D = Downstream particle count
Ub = Upstream background count
Db = Downstream background count
P100 = 100 percent penetration value determined immediately 
          prior to the arrestor test computed for each channel as:
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.011
          
P = Penetration of the arrestor corrected for P100
= sample standard deviation
CV = coefficient of variation = /mean
E = Efficiency.

    Overbar denotes arithmetic mean of quantity.
    Analysis of each test involves the following quantities:
     P100 value for each sizing channel from the 100 
percent penetration control test,
     2 upstream background values,
     2 downstream background values,
     10 upstream values with aerosol generator on, and
     10 downstream values with aerosol generator on.
    Using the values associated with each sizing channel, the 
penetration associated with each particle-sizing channel is calculated 
as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.012

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.013

    Most often, the background levels are small compared to the values 
when the aerosol generator is on.
    12.3  The relationship between the physical diameter 
(DPhysical) as measured by the OPC to the aerodynamic 
diameter (DAero) is given by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.014

Where:

pO = unit density of 1 g/cm3.
pParticle = the density of the particle, 0.89 g/
          cm3 for oleic acid.
CCFPhysical = the Cunningham Correction Factor at 
          DPhysical.
CCFAero = the Cunningham Correction Factor at 
          DAero.

    12.4  Presentation of Results. For a given arrestor, results will be 
presented for:
     Triplicate arrestor tests with the liquid-phase challenge 
aerosol,
    sbull; Triplicate arrestor tests with the solid-phase challenge 
aerosol,
    sbull; Triplicate 100 percent penetration tests with the liquid-
phase challenge aerosol,
    sbull; Triplicate 100 percent penetration tests with the solid-phase 
challenge aerosol, and
    sbull; One 0 percent filter test (using either the liquid-phase or 
solid-phase aerosol and performed at least monthly).
    12.4.1  Results for the paint arrestor test must be presented in 
both graphical and tabular form. The X-axis of the graph will be a 
logarithmic scale of aerodynamic diameter from 0.1 to 100 m. 
The Y-axis will be efficiency (%) on a linear scale from 0 to 100. Plots 
for each individual run and a plot of

[[Page 878]]

the average of triplicate solid-phase and of the average triplicate 
liquid-phase tests must be prepared. All plots are to be based on point-
to-point plotting (i.e., no curve fitting is to be used). The data are 
to be plotted based on the geometric mean diameter of each of the OPC's 
sizing channels.
    12.4.2  Tabulated data from each test must be provided. The data 
must include the upper and lower diameter bound and geometric mean 
diameter of each of the OPC sizing channels, the background particle 
counts for each channel for each sample, the upstream particle counts 
for each channel for each sample, the downstream particle counts for 
each channel for each sample, the 100 percent penetration values 
computed for each channel, and the 0 percent penetration values computed 
for each channel.

                       13.0  Pollution Prevention.

    13.1  The quantities of materials to be aerosolized should be 
prepared in accord with the amount needed for the current tests so as to 
prevent wasteful excess.

                         14.0  Waste Management.

    14.1  Paint arrestors may be returned to originator, if requested, 
or disposed of with regular laboratory waste.

                            15.0  References.

    1. Hanley, J.T., D.D. Smith and L. Cox. ``Fractional Penetration of 
Paint Overspray Arrestors, Draft Final Report,'' EPA Cooperative 
Agreement CR-817083-01-0, January 1994.
    2. Hanley, J.T., D.D. Smith, and D.S. Ensor. ``Define a Fractional 
Efficiency Test Method that is Compatible with Particulate Removal Air 
Cleaners Used in General Ventilation,'' Final Report, 671-RP, American 
Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 
December 1993.
    3. ``Project Work and Quality Assurance Plan: Fractional Penetration 
of Paint Overspray Arrestors, Category II,'' EPA Cooperative Agreement 
No. CR-817083, July 1994.

   Test Method 320--Measurement of Vapor Phase Organic and Inorganic 
 Emissions by Extractive Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy

                           1.0  Introduction.

    Persons unfamiliar with basic elements of FTIR spectroscopy should 
not attempt to use this method. This method describes sampling and 
analytical procedures for extractive emission measurements using Fourier 
transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. Detailed analytical procedures 
for interpreting infrared spectra are described in the ``Protocol for 
the Use of Extractive Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectrometry in 
Analyses of Gaseous Emissions from Stationary Sources,'' hereafter 
referred to as the ``Protocol.'' Definitions not given in this method 
are given in appendix A of the Protocol. References to specific sections 
in the Protocol are made throughout this Method. For additional 
information refer to references 1 and 2, and other EPA reports, which 
describe the use of FTIR spectrometry in specific field measurement 
applications and validation tests. The sampling procedure described here 
is extractive. Flue gas is extracted through a heated gas transport and 
handling system. For some sources, sample conditioning systems may be 
applicable. Some examples are given in this method.

    Note: sample conditioning systems may be used providing the method 
validation requirements in Sections 9.2 and 13.0 of this method are met.

                      1.1  Scope and Applicability.

    1.1.1  Analytes. Analytes include hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) 
for which EPA reference spectra have been developed. Other compounds can 
also be measured with this method if reference spectra are prepared 
according to section 4.6 of the protocol.
    1.1.2  Applicability. This method applies to the analysis of vapor 
phase organic or inorganic compounds which absorb energy in the mid-
infrared spectral region, about 400 to 4000 cm-1 (25 to 2.5 
m). This method is used to determine compound-specific 
concentrations in a multi-component vapor phase sample, which is 
contained in a closed-path gas cell. Spectra of samples are collected 
using double beam infrared absorption spectroscopy. A computer program 
is used to analyze spectra and report compound concentrations.
    1.2  Method Range and Sensitivity. Analytical range and sensitivity 
depend on the frequency-dependent analyte absorptivity, instrument 
configuration, data collection parameters, and gas stream composition. 
Instrument factors include: (a) spectral resolution, (b) interferometer 
signal averaging time, (c) detector sensitivity and response, and (d) 
absorption path length.
    1.2.1  For any optical configuration the analytical range is between 
the absorbance values of about .01 (infrared transmittance relative to 
the background = 0.98) and 1.0
(T = 0.1). (For absorbance > 1.0 the relation between absorbance and 
concentration may not be linear.)
    1.2.2  The concentrations associated with this absorbance range 
depend primarily on the cell path length and the sample temperature. An 
analyte absorbance greater than 1.0, can be lowered by decreasing the 
optical path length. Analyte absorbance increases with a longer path 
length. Analyte detection also depends on the presence of other species 
exhibiting absorbance in the same analytical

[[Page 879]]

region. Additionally, the estimated lower absorbance (A) limit
(A = 0.01) depends on the root mean square deviation (RMSD) noise in the 
analytical region.
    1.2.3  The concentration range of this method is determined by the 
choice of optical configuration.
    1.2.3.1  The absorbance for a given concentration can be decreased 
by decreasing the path length or by diluting the sample. There is no 
practical upper limit to the measurement range.
    1.2.3.2  The analyte absorbance for a given concentration may be 
increased by increasing the cell path length or (to some extent) using a 
higher resolution. Both modifications also cause a corresponding 
increased absorbance for all compounds in the sample, and a decrease in 
the signal throughput. For this reason the practical lower detection 
range (quantitation limit) usually depends on sample characteristics 
such as moisture content of the gas, the presence of other interferants, 
and losses in the sampling system.
    1.3  Sensitivity. The limit of sensitivity for an optical 
configuration and integration time is determined using appendix D of the 
Protocol: Minimum Analyte Uncertainty, (MAU). The MAU depends on the 
RMSD noise in an analytical region, and on the absorptivity of the 
analyte in the same region.
    1.4  Data Quality. Data quality shall be determined by executing 
Protocol pre-test procedures in appendices B to H of the protocol and 
post-test procedures in appendices I and J of the protocol.
    1.4.1  Measurement objectives shall be established by the choice of 
detection limit (DLi) and analytical uncertainty 
(AUi) for each analyte.
    1.4.2  An instrumental configuration shall be selected. An estimate 
of gas composition shall be made based on previous test data, data from 
a similar source or information gathered in a pre-test site survey. 
Spectral interferants shall be identified using the selected 
DLi and AUi and band areas from reference spectra 
and interferant spectra. The baseline noise of the system shall be 
measured in each analytical region to determine the MAU of the 
instrument configuration for each analyte and interferant 
(MIUi).
    1.4.3  Data quality for the application shall be determined, in 
part, by measuring the RMS (root mean square) noise level in each 
analytical spectral region (appendix C of the Protocol). The RMS noise 
is defined as the RMSD of the absorbance values in an analytical region 
from the mean absorbance value in the region.
    1.4.4  The MAU is the minimum analyte concentration for which the 
AUi can be maintained; if the measured analyte concentration 
is less than MAUi then data quality are unacceptable.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Principle. References 4 through 7 provide background material 
on infrared spectroscopy and quantitative analysis. A summary is given 
in this section.
    2.1.1  Infrared absorption spectroscopy is performed by directing an 
infrared beam through a sample to a detector. The frequency-dependent 
infrared absorbance of the sample is measured by comparing this detector 
signal (single beam spectrum) to a signal obtained without a sample in 
the beam path (background).
    2.1.2  Most molecules absorb infrared radiation and the absorbance 
occurs in a characteristic and reproducible pattern. The infrared 
spectrum measures fundamental molecular properties and a compound can be 
identified from its infrared spectrum alone.
    2.1.3  Within constraints, there is a linear relationship between 
infrared absorption and compound concentration. If this frequency 
dependent relationship (absorptivity) is known (measured), it can be 
used to determine compound concentration in a sample mixture.
    2.1.4  Absorptivity is measured by preparing, in the laboratory, 
standard samples of compounds at known concentrations and measuring the 
FTIR ``reference spectra'' of these standard samples. These ``reference 
spectra'' are then used in sample analysis: (1) Compounds are detected 
by matching sample absorbance bands with bands in reference spectra, and 
(2) concentrations are measured by comparing sample band intensities 
with reference band intensities.
    2.1.5  This method is self-validating provided that the results meet 
the performance requirement of the QA spike in sections 8.6.2 and 9.0 of 
this method, and results from a previous method validation study support 
the use of this method in the application.
    2.2  Sampling and Analysis. In extractive sampling a probe assembly 
and pump are used to extract gas from the exhaust of the affected source 
and transport the sample to the FTIR gas cell. Typically, the sampling 
apparatus is similar to that used for single-component continuous 
emission monitor (CEM) measurements.
    2.2.1  The digitized infrared spectrum of the sample in the FTIR gas 
cell is measured and stored on a computer. Absorbance band intensities 
in the spectrum are related to sample concentrations by what is commonly 
referred to as Beer's Law.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.003

Where:

Ai = absorbance at a given frequency of the ith sample 
          component.
ai = absorption coefficient (absorptivity) of the ith sample 
          component.
b = path length of the cell.

[[Page 880]]

ci = concentration of the ith sample component.

    2.2.2  Analyte spiking is used for quality assurance (QA). In this 
procedure (section 8.6.2 of this method) an analyte is spiked into the 
gas stream at the back end of the sample probe. Analyte concentrations 
in the spiked samples are compared to analyte concentrations in unspiked 
samples. Since the concentration of the spike is known, this procedure 
can be used to determine if the sampling system is removing the spiked 
analyte(s) from the sample stream.
    2.3  Reference Spectra Availability. Reference spectra of over 100 
HAPs are available in the EPA FTIR spectral library on the EMTIC 
(Emission Measurement Technical Information Center) computer bulletin 
board service and at internet address http://info.arnold.af.mil/epa/
welcome.htm. Reference spectra for HAPs, or other analytes, may also be 
prepared according to section 4.6 of the Protocol.
    2.4  Operator Requirements. The FTIR analyst shall be trained in 
setting up the instrumentation, verifying the instrument is functioning 
properly, and performing routine maintenance. The analyst must evaluate 
the initial sample spectra to determine if the sample matrix is 
consistent with pre-test assumptions and if the instrument configuration 
is suitable. The analyst must be able to modify the instrument 
configuration, if necessary.
    2.4.1  The spectral analysis shall be supervised by someone familiar 
with EPA FTIR Protocol procedures.
    2.4.2  A technician trained in instrumental test methods is 
qualified to install and operate the sampling system. This includes 
installing the probe and heated line assembly, operating the analyte 
spike system, and performing moisture and flow measurements.

                            3.0  Definitions

    See appendix A of the Protocol for definitions relating to infrared 
spectroscopy. Additional definitions are given in sections 3.1 through 
3.29.
    3.1  Analyte. A compound that this method is used to measure. The 
term ``target analyte'' is also used. This method is multi-component and 
a number of analytes can be targeted for a test.
    3.2  Reference Spectrum. Infrared spectrum of an analyte prepared 
under controlled, documented, and reproducible laboratory conditions 
according to procedures in section 4.6 of the Protocol. A library of 
reference spectra is used to measure analytes in gas samples.
    3.3  Standard Spectrum. A spectrum that has been prepared from a 
reference spectrum through a (documented) mathematical operation. A 
common example is de-resolving of reference spectra to lower-resolution 
standard spectra (Protocol, appendix K to the addendum of this method). 
Standard spectra, prepared by approved, and documented, procedures can 
be used as reference spectra for analysis.
    3.4  Concentration. In this method concentration is expressed as a 
molar concentration, in ppm-meters, or in (ppm-meters)/K, where K is the 
absolute temperature (Kelvin). The latter units allow the direct 
comparison of concentrations from systems using different optical 
configurations or sampling temperatures.
    3.5  Interferant. A compound in the sample matrix whose infrared 
spectrum overlaps with part of an analyte spectrum. The most accurate 
analyte measurements are achieved when reference spectra of interferants 
are used in the quantitative analysis with the analyte reference 
spectra. The presence of an interferant can increase the analytical 
uncertainty in the measured analyte concentration.
    3.6  Gas Cell. A gas containment cell that can be evacuated. It is 
equipped with the optical components to pass the infrared beam through 
the sample to the detector. Important cell features include: path length 
(or range if variable), temperature range, materials of construction, 
and total gas volume.
    3.7  Sampling System. Equipment used to extract the sample from the 
test location and transport the sample gas to the FTIR analyzer. This 
includes sample conditioning systems.
    3.8  Sample Analysis. The process of interpreting the infrared 
spectra to obtain sample analyte concentrations. This process is usually 
automated using a software routine employing a classical least squares 
(cls), partial least squares (pls), or K- or P-matrix method.
    3.9  One hundred percent line. A double beam transmittance spectrum 
obtained by combining two background single beam spectra. Ideally, this 
line is equal to 100 percent transmittance (or zero absorbance) at every 
frequency in the spectrum. Practically, a zero absorbance line is used 
to measure the baseline noise in the spectrum.
    3.10  Background Deviation. A deviation from 100 percent 
transmittance in any region of the 100 percent line. Deviations greater 
than 5 percent in an analytical region are unacceptable 
(absorbance of 0.021 to -0.022). Such deviations indicate a change in 
the instrument throughput relative to the background single beam.
    3.11  Batch Sampling. A procedure where spectra of discreet, static 
samples are collected. The gas cell is filled with sample and the cell 
is isolated. The spectrum is collected. Finally, the cell is evacuated 
to prepare for the next sample.
    3.12  Continuous Sampling. A procedure where spectra are collected 
while sample gas

[[Page 881]]

is flowing through the cell at a measured rate.
    3.13  Sampling resolution. The spectral resolution used to collect 
sample spectra.
    3.14  Truncation. Limiting the number of interferogram data points 
by deleting points farthest from the center burst (zero path difference, 
ZPD).
    3.15  Zero filling. The addition of points to the interferogram. The 
position of each added point is interpolated from neighboring real data 
points. Zero filling adds no information to the interferogram, but 
affects line shapes in the absorbance spectrum (and possibly analytical 
results).
    3.16  Reference CTS. Calibration Transfer Standard spectra that were 
collected with reference spectra.
    3.17  CTS Standard. CTS spectrum produced by applying a de-
resolution procedure to a reference CTS.
    3.18  Test CTS. CTS spectra collected at the sampling resolution 
using the same optical configuration as for sample spectra. Test spectra 
help verify the resolution, temperature and path length of the FTIR 
system.
    3.19  RMSD. Root Mean Square Difference, defined in EPA FTIR 
Protocol, appendix A.
    3.20  Sensitivity. The noise-limited compound-dependent detection 
limit for the FTIR system configuration. This is estimated by the MAU. 
It depends on the RMSD in an analytical region of a zero absorbance 
line.
    3.21  Quantitation Limit. The lower limit of detection for the FTIR 
system configuration in the sample spectra. This is estimated by 
mathematically subtracting scaled reference spectra of analytes and 
interferences from sample spectra, then measuring the RMSD in an 
analytical region of the subtracted spectrum. Since the noise in 
subtracted sample spectra may be much greater than in a zero absorbance 
spectrum, the quantitation limit is generally much higher than the 
sensitivity. Removing spectral interferences from the sample or 
improving the spectral subtraction can lower the quantitation limit 
toward (but not below) the sensitivity.
    3.22  Independent Sample. A unique volume of sample gas; there is no 
mixing of gas between two consecutive independent samples. In continuous 
sampling two independent samples are separated by at least 5 cell 
volumes. The interval between independent measurements depends on the 
cell volume and the sample flow rate (through the cell).
    3.23  Measurement. A single spectrum of flue gas contained in the 
FTIR cell.
    3.24  Run. A run consists of a series of measurements. At a minimum 
a run includes 8 independent measurements spaced over 1 hour.
    3.25  Validation. Validation of FTIR measurements is described in 
sections 13.0 through 13.4 of this method. Validation is used to verify 
the test procedures for measuring specific analytes at a source. 
Validation provides proof that the method works under certain test 
conditions.
    3.26  Validation Run. A validation run consists of at least 24 
measurements of independent samples. Half of the samples are spiked and 
half are not spiked. The length of the run is determined by the interval 
between independent samples.
    3.27  ning. Screening is used when there is little or no available 
information about a source. The purpose of screening is to determine 
what analytes are emitted and to obtain information about important 
sample characteristics such as moisture, temperature, and interferences. 
Screening results are semi-quantitative (estimated concentrations) or 
qualitative (identification only). Various optical and sampling 
configurations may be used. Sample conditioning systems may be evaluated 
for their effectiveness in removing interferences. It is unnecessary to 
perform a complete run under any set of sampling conditions. Spiking is 
not necessary, but spiking can be a useful screening tool for evaluating 
the sampling system, especially if a reactive or soluble analyte is used 
for the spike.
    3.28  Emissions Test. An FTIR emissions test is performed according 
specific sampling and analytical procedures. These procedures, for the 
target analytes and the source, are based on previous screening and 
validation results. Emission results are quantitative. A QA spike 
(sections 8.6.2 and 9.2 of this method) is performed under each set of 
sampling conditions using a representative analyte. Flow, gas 
temperature and diluent data are recorded concurrently with the FTIR 
measurements to provide mass emission rates for detected compounds.
    3.29  Surrogate. A surrogate is a compound that is used in a QA 
spike procedure (section 8.6.2 of this method) to represent other 
compounds. The chemical and physical properties of a surrogate shall be 
similar to the compounds it is chosen to represent. Under given sampling 
conditions, usually a single sampling factor is of primary concern for 
measuring the target analytes: for example, the surrogate spike results 
can be representative for analytes that are more reactive, more soluble, 
have a lower absorptivity, or have a lower vapor pressure than the 
surrogate itself.

                           4.0  Interferences

    Interferences are divided into two classifications: analytical and 
sampling.
    4.1  Analytical Interferences. An analytical interference is a 
spectral feature that complicates (in extreme cases may prevent) the 
analysis of an analyte. Analytical interferences are classified as 
background or spectral interference.
    4.1.1  Background Interference. This results from a change in 
throughput relative to the

[[Page 882]]

single beam background. It is corrected by collecting a new background 
and proceeding with the test. In severe instances the cause must be 
identified and corrected. Potential causes include: (1) Deposits on 
reflective surfaces or transmitting windows, (2) changes in detector 
sensitivity, (3) a change in the infrared source output, or (4) failure 
in the instrument electronics. In routine sampling throughput may 
degrade over several hours. Periodically a new background must be 
collected, but no other corrective action will be required.
    4.1.2  Spectral Interference. This results from the presence of 
interfering compound(s) (interferant) in the sample. Interferant 
spectral features overlap analyte spectral features. Any compound with 
an infrared spectrum, including analytes, can potentially be an 
interferant. The Protocol measures absorbance band overlap in each 
analytical region to determine if potential interferants shall be 
classified as known interferants (FTIR Protocol, section 4.9 and 
appendix B). Water vapor and CO2 are common spectral 
interferants. Both of these compounds have strong infrared spectra and 
are present in many sample matrices at high concentrations relative to 
analytes. The extent of interference depends on the (1) interferant 
concentration, (2) analyte concentration, and (3) the degree of band 
overlap. Choosing an alternate analytical region can minimize or avoid 
the spectral interference. For example, CO2 interferes with 
the analysis of the 670 cm-1 benzene band. However, benzene 
can also be measured near 3000 cm-1 (with less sensitivity).
    4.2  Sampling System Interferences. These prevent analytes from 
reaching the instrument. The analyte spike procedure is designed to 
measure sampling system interference, if any.
    4.2.1  Temperature. A temperature that is too low causes 
condensation of analytes or water vapor. The materials of the sampling 
system and the FTIR gas cell usually set the upper limit of temperature.
    4.2.2  Reactive Species. Anything that reacts with analytes. Some 
analytes, like formaldehyde, polymerize at lower temperatures.
    4.2.3  Materials. Poor choice of material for probe, or sampling 
line may remove some analytes. For example, HF reacts with glass 
components.
    4.2.4  Moisture. In addition to being a spectral interferant, 
condensed moisture removes soluble compounds.

                               5.0  Safety

    The hazards of performing this method are those associated with any 
stack sampling method and the same precautions shall be followed. Many 
HAPs are suspected carcinogens or present other serious health risks. 
Exposure to these compounds should be avoided in all circumstances. For 
instructions on the safe handling of any particular compound, refer to 
its material safety data sheet. When using analyte standards, always 
ensure that gases are properly vented and that the gas handling system 
is leak free. (Always perform a leak check with the system under maximum 
vacuum and, again, with the system at greater than ambient pressure.) 
Refer to section 8.2 of this method for leak check procedures. This 
method does not address all of the potential safety risks associated 
with its use. Anyone performing this method must follow safety and 
health practices consistent with applicable legal requirements and with 
prudent practice for each application.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.

    The equipment and supplies are based on the schematic of a sampling 
system shown in Figure 1. Either the batch or continuous sampling 
procedures may be used with this sampling system. Alternative sampling 
configurations may also be used, provided that the data quality 
objectives are met as determined in the post-analysis evaluation. Other 
equipment or supplies may be necessary, depending on the design of the 
sampling system or the specific target analytes.
    6.1  Sampling Probe. Glass, stainless steel, or other appropriate 
material of sufficient length and physical integrity to sustain heating, 
prevent adsorption of analytes, and to transport analytes to the 
infrared gas cell. Special materials or configurations may be required 
in some applications. For instance, high stack sample temperatures may 
require special steel or cooling the probe. For very high moisture 
sources it may be desirable to use a dilution probe.
    6.2  Particulate Filters. A glass wool plug (optional) inserted at 
the probe tip (for large particulate removal) and a filter (required) 
rated for 99 percent removal efficiency at 1-micron (e.g., Balston'') 
connected at the outlet of the heated probe.
    6.3  Sampling Line/Heating System. Heated (sufficient to prevent 
condensation) stainless steel, polytetrafluoroethane, or other material 
inert to the analytes.
    6.4  Gas Distribution Manifold. A heated manifold allowing the 
operator to control flows of gas standards and samples directly to the 
FTIR system or through sample conditioning systems. Usually includes 
heated flow meter, heated valve for selecting and sending sample to the 
analyzer, and a by-pass vent. This is typically constructed of stainless 
steel tubing and fittings, and high-temperature valves.
    6.5  Stainless Steel Tubing. Type 316, appropriate diameter (e.g., 
3/8 in.) and length for

[[Page 883]]

heated connections. Higher grade stainless may be desirable in some 
applications.
    6.6  Calibration/Analyte Spike Assembly. A three way valve assembly 
(or equivalent) to introduce analyte or surrogate spikes into the 
sampling system at the outlet of the probe upstream of the out-of-stack 
particulate filter and the FTIR analytical system.
    6.7  Mass Flow Meter (MFM). These are used for measuring analyte 
spike flow. The MFM shall be calibrated in the range of 0 to 5 L/min and 
be accurate to  2 percent (or better) of the flow meter 
span.
    6.8  Gas Regulators. Appropriate for individual gas standards.
    6.9  Polytetrafluoroethane Tubing. Diameter (e.g., \3/8\ in.) and 
length suitable to connect cylinder regulators to gas standard manifold.
    6.10  Sample Pump. A leak-free pump (e.g., KNFTM), with 
by-pass valve, capable of producing a sample flow rate of at least 10 L/
min through 100 ft of sample line. If the pump is positioned upstream of 
the distribution manifold and FTIR system, use a heated pump that is 
constructed from materials non-reactive to the analytes. If the pump is 
located downstream of the FTIR system, the gas cell sample pressure will 
be lower than ambient pressure and it must be recorded at regular 
intervals.
    6.11  Gas Sample Manifold. Secondary manifold to control sample flow 
at the inlet to the FTIR manifold. This is optional, but includes a by-
pass vent and heated rotameter.
    6.12  Rotameter. A 0 to 20 L/min rotameter. This meter need not be 
calibrated.
    6.13  FTIR Analytical System. Spectrometer and detector, capable of 
measuring the analytes to the chosen detection limit. The system shall 
include a personal computer with compatible software allowing automated 
collection of spectra.
    6.14  FTIR Cell Pump. Required for the batch sampling technique, 
capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume within 2 minutes. The pumping 
speed shall allow the operator to obtain 8 sample spectra in 1 hour.
    6.15  Absolute Pressure Gauge. Capable of measuring pressure from 0 
to 1000 mmHg to within 2.5 mmHg (e.g., 
BaratronTM).
    6.16  Temperature Gauge. Capable of measuring the cell temperature 
to within  2  deg.C.
    6.17  Sample Conditioning. One option is a condenser system, which 
is used for moisture removal. This can be helpful in the measurement of 
some analytes. Other sample conditioning procedures may be devised for 
the removal of moisture or other interfering species.
    6.17.1  The analyte spike procedure of section 9.2 of this method, 
the QA spike procedure of section 8.6.2 of this method, and the 
validation procedure of section 13 of this method demonstrate whether 
the sample conditioning affects analyte concentrations. Alternatively, 
measurements can be made with two parallel FTIR systems; one measuring 
conditioned sample, the other measuring unconditioned sample.
    6.17.2  Another option is sample dilution. The dilution factor 
measurement must be documented and accounted for in the reported 
concentrations. An alternative to dilution is to lower the sensitivity 
of the FTIR system by decreasing the cell path length, or to use a 
short-path cell in conjunction with a long path cell to measure more 
than one concentration range.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Analyte(s) and Tracer Gas. Obtain a certified gas cylinder 
mixture containing all of the analyte(s) at concentrations 
within 2 percent of the emission source levels (expressed in 
ppm-meter/K). If practical, the analyte standard cylinder shall also 
contain the tracer gas at a concentration which gives a measurable 
absorbance at a dilution factor of at least 10:1. Two ppm SF6 
is sufficient for a path length of 22 meters at 250  deg.F.
    7.2  Calibration Transfer Standard(s). Select the calibration 
transfer standards (CTS) according to section 4.5 of the FTIR Protocol. 
Obtain a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable 
gravimetric standard of the CTS ( 2 percent).
    7.3  Reference Spectra. Obtain reference spectra for each analyte, 
interferant, surrogate, CTS, and tracer. If EPA reference spectra are 
not available, use reference spectra prepared according to procedures in 
section 4.6 of the EPA FTIR Protocol.

                  8.0  Sampling and Analysis Procedure

    Three types of testing can be performed: (1) Screening, (2) 
emissions test, and (3) validation. Each is defined in section 3 of this 
method. Determine the purpose(s) of the FTIR test. Test requirements 
include: (a) AUi, DLi, overall fractional 
uncertainty, OFUi, maximum expected concentration 
(CMAXi), and tAN for each, (b) potential 
interferants, (c) sampling system factors, e.g., minimum absolute cell 
pressure, (Pmin), FTIR cell volume (VSS), 
estimated sample absorption pathlength, LS', estimated sample 
pressure, PS', TS', signal integration time 
(tSS), minimum instrumental linewidth, MIL, fractional error, 
and (d) analytical regions, e.g., m = 1 to M, lower wavenumber position, 
FLm, center wavenumber position, FCm, and upper wavenumber 
position, FUm, plus interferants, upper wavenumber position 
of the CTS absorption band, FFUm, lower wavenumber position 
of the CTS absorption band, FFLm, wavenumber range FNU to 
FNL. If necessary, sample and acquire an initial spectrum. From analysis 
of this preliminary spectrum determine a suitable operational path 
length. Set up the sampling train as shown in Figure 1 or use an 
appropriate alternative configuration. Sections 8.1 through 8.11 of this 
method provide guidance on pre-

[[Page 884]]

test calculations in the EPA protocol, sampling and analytical 
procedures, and post-test protocol calculations.
    8.1  Pretest Preparations and Evaluations. Using the procedure in 
section 4.0 of the FTIR Protocol, determine the optimum sampling system 
configuration for measuring the target analytes. Use available 
information to make reasonable assumptions about moisture content and 
other interferences.
    8.1.1  Analytes. Select the required detection limit 
(DLi) and the maximum permissible analytical uncertainty 
(AUi) for each analyte (labeled from 1 to i). Estimate, if 
possible, the maximum expected concentration for each analyte, 
CMAXi. The expected measurement range is fixed by 
DLi and CMAXi for each analyte (i).
    8.1.2  Potential Interferants. List the potential interferants. This 
usually includes water vapor and CO2, but may also include 
some analytes and other compounds.
    8.1.3.  Optical Configuration. Choose an optical configuration that 
can measure all of the analytes within the absorbance range of .01 to 
1.0 (this may require more than one path length). Use Protocol sections 
4.3 to 4.8 for guidance in choosing a configuration and measuring CTS.
    8.1.4  Fractional Reproducibility Uncertainty (FRUi). The 
FRU is determined for each analyte by comparing CTS spectra taken before 
and after the reference spectra were measured. The EPA para-xylene 
reference spectra were collected on 10/31/91 and 11/01/91 with 
corresponding CTS spectra ``cts1031a,'' and ``cts1101b.'' The CTS 
spectra are used to estimate the reproducibility (FRU) in the system 
that was used to collect the references. The FRU must be AU. Appendix E 
of the protocol is used to calculate the FRU from CTS spectra. Figure 2 
plots results for 0.25 cm-1 CTS spectra in EPA reference 
library: S3 (cts1101b-cts1031a), and S4 
[(cts1101b+cts1031a)/2]. The RMSD (SRMS) is calculated in the subtracted 
baseline, S3, in the corresponding CTS region from 850 to 
1065 cm-1. The area (BAV) is calculated in the same region of 
the averaged CTS spectrum, S4.
    8.1.5  Known Interferants. Use appendix B of the EPA FTIR Protocol.
    8.1.6  Calculate the Minimum Analyte Uncertainty, MAU (section 1.3 
of this method discusses MAU and protocol appendix D gives the MAU 
procedure). The MAU for each analyte, i, and each analytical region, m, 
depends on the RMS noise.
    8.1.7  Analytical Program. See FTIR Protocol, section 4.10. Prepare 
computer program based on the chosen analytical technique. Use as input 
reference spectra of all target analytes and expected interferants. 
Reference spectra of additional compounds shall also be included in the 
program if their presence (even if transient) in the samples is 
considered possible. The program output shall be in ppm (or ppb) and 
shall be corrected for differences between the reference path length, 
LR, temperature, TR, and pressure, PR, 
and the conditions used for collecting the sample spectra. If sampling 
is performed at ambient pressure, then any pressure correction is 
usually small relative to corrections for path length and temperature, 
and may be neglected.

                             8.2  Leak-Check

    8.2.1  Sampling System. A typical FTIR extractive sampling train is 
shown in Figure 1. Leak check from the probe tip to pump outlet as 
follows: Connect a 0-to 250-mL/min rate meter (rotameter or bubble 
meter) to the outlet of the pump. Close off the inlet to the probe, and 
record the leak rate. The leak rate shall be 200 mL/min.
    8.2.2  Analytical System Leak check. Leak check the FTIR cell under 
vacuum and under pressure (greater than ambient). Leak check connecting 
tubing and inlet manifold under pressure.
    8.2.2.1  For the evacuated sample technique, close the valve to the 
FTIR cell, and evacuate the absorption cell to the minimum absolute 
pressure Pmin. Close the valve to the pump, and determine the 
change in pressure Pv after 2 minutes.
    8.2.2.2  For both the evacuated sample and purging techniques, 
pressurize the system to about 100 mmHg above atmospheric pressure. 
Isolate the pump and determine the change in pressure 
Pp after 2 minutes.
    8.2.2.3  Measure the barometric pressure, Pb in mmHg.
    8.2.2.4  Determine the percent leak volume %VL for the 
signal integration time tSS and for 
Pmax, i.e., the larger of Pv 
or Pp, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.004

where 50 = 100% divided by the leak-check time of 2 minutes. 8.2.2.5 
Leak volumes in excess of 4 percent of the FTIR system volume 
VSS are unacceptable.
    8.3  Detector Linearity. Once an optical configuration is chosen, 
use one of the procedures of sections 8.3.1 through 8.3.3 to verify that 
the detector response is linear. If the detector response is not linear, 
decrease the aperture, or attenuate the infrared beam. After a change in 
the instrument configuration perform a linearity check until it is 
demonstrated that the detector response is linear.
    8.3.1  Vary the power incident on the detector by modifying the 
aperture setting. Measure the background and CTS at three instrument 
aperture settings: (1) at the aperture setting to be used in the 
testing, (2) at one half this aperture and (3) at twice the proposed 
testing aperture. Compare the

[[Page 885]]

three CTS spectra. CTS band areas shall agree to within the uncertainty 
of the cylinder standard and the RMSD noise in the system. If test 
aperture is the maximum aperture, collect CTS spectrum at maximum 
aperture, then close the aperture to reduce the IR throughput by half. 
Collect a second background and CTS at the smaller aperture setting and 
compare the spectra again.
    8.3.2  Use neutral density filters to attenuate the infrared beam. 
Set up the FTIR system as it will be used in the test measurements. 
Collect a CTS spectrum. Use a neutral density filter to attenuate the 
infrared beam (either immediately after the source or the 
interferometer) to approximately \1/2\ its original intensity. Collect a 
second CTS spectrum. Use another filter to attenuate the infrared beam 
to approximately \1/4\ its original intensity. Collect a third 
background and CTS spectrum. Compare the CTS spectra. CTS band areas 
shall agree to within the uncertainty of the cylinder standard and the 
RMSD noise in the system.
    8.3.3  Observe the single beam instrument response in a frequency 
region where the detector response is known to be zero. Verify that the 
detector response is ``flat'' and equal to zero in these regions.
    8.4  Data Storage Requirements. All field test spectra shall be 
stored on a computer disk and a second backup copy must stored on a 
separate disk. The stored information includes sample interferograms, 
processed absorbance spectra, background interferograms, CTS sample 
interferograms and CTS absorbance spectra. Additionally, documentation 
of all sample conditions, instrument settings, and test records must be 
recorded on hard copy or on computer medium. Table 1 gives a sample 
presentation of documentation.
    8.5  Background Spectrum. Evacuate the gas cell to 5 
mmHg, and fill with dry nitrogen gas to ambient pressure (or purge the 
cell with 10 volumes of dry nitrogen). Verify that no significant 
amounts of absorbing species (for example water vapor and 
CO2) are present. Collect a background spectrum, using a 
signal averaging period equal to or greater than the averaging period 
for the sample spectra. Assign a unique file name to the background 
spectrum. Store two copies of the background interferogram and processed 
single-beam spectrum on separate computer disks (one copy is the back-
up).
    8.5.1  Interference Spectra. If possible, collect spectra of known 
and suspected major interferences using the same optical system that 
will be used in the field measurements. This can be done on-site or 
earlier. A number of gases, e.g. CO2, SO2, CO, 
NH3, are readily available from cylinder gas suppliers.
    8.5.2  Water vapor spectra can be prepared by the following 
procedure. Fill a sample tube with distilled water. Evacuate above the 
sample and remove dissolved gasses by alternately freezing and thawing 
the water while evacuating. Allow water vapor into the FTIR cell, then 
dilute to atmospheric pressure with nitrogen or dry air. If quantitative 
water spectra are required, follow the reference spectrum procedure for 
neat samples (protocol, section 4.6). Often, interference spectra need 
not be quantitative, but for best results the absorbance must be 
comparable to the interference absorbance in the sample spectra.

                       8.6  Pre-Test Calibrations

    8.6.1  Calibration Transfer Standard. Evacuate the gas cell to 
 5 mmHg absolute pressure, and fill the FTIR cell to 
atmospheric pressure with the CTS gas. Alternatively, purge the cell 
with 10 cell volumes of CTS gas. (If purge is used, verify that the CTS 
concentration in the cell is stable by collecting two spectra 2 minutes 
apart as the CTS gas continues to flow. If the absorbance in the second 
spectrum is no greater than in the first, within the uncertainty of the 
gas standard, then this can be used as the CTS spectrum.) Record the 
spectrum.
    8.6.2  QA Spike. This procedure assumes that the method has been 
validated for at least some of the target analytes at the source. For 
emissions testing perform a QA spike. Use a certified standard, if 
possible, of an analyte, which has been validated at the source. One 
analyte standard can serve as a QA surrogate for other analytes which 
are less reactive or less soluble than the standard. Perform the spike 
procedure of section 9.2 of this method. Record spectra of at least 
three independent (section 3.22 of this method) spiked samples. 
Calculate the spiked component of the analyte concentration. If the 
average spiked concentration is within 0.7 to 1.3 times the expected 
concentration, then proceed with the testing. If applicable, apply the 
correction factor from the Method 301 of this appendix validation test 
(not the result from the QA spike).
    8.7  Sampling. If analyte concentrations vary rapidly with time, 
continuous sampling is preferable using the smallest cell volume, 
fastest sampling rate and fastest spectra collection rate possible. 
Continuous sampling requires the least operator intervention even 
without an automated sampling system. For continuous monitoring at one 
location over long periods, Continuous sampling is preferred. Batch 
sampling and continuous static sampling are used for screening and 
performing test runs of finite duration. Either technique is preferred 
for sampling several locations in a matter of days. Batch sampling gives 
reasonably good time resolution and ensures that each spectrum measures 
a discreet (and unique) sample volume. Continuous static (and 
continuous) sampling provide a very stable background over long periods. 
Like batch sampling, continuous static

[[Page 886]]

sampling also ensures that each spectrum measures a unique sample 
volume. It is essential that the leak check procedure under vacuum 
(section 8.2 of this method) is passed if the batch sampling procedure 
is used. It is essential that the leak check procedure under positive 
pressure is passed if the continuous static or continuous sampling 
procedures are used. The sampling techniques are described in sections 
8.7.1 through 8.7.2 of this method.
    8.7.1  Batch Sampling. Evacuate the absorbance cell to 5 
mmHg absolute pressure. Fill the cell with exhaust gas to ambient 
pressure, isolate the cell, and record the spectrum. Before taking the 
next sample, evacuate the cell until no spectral evidence of sample 
absorption remains. Repeat this procedure to collect eight spectra of 
separate samples in 1 hour.
    8.7.2  Continuous Static Sampling. Purge the FTIR cell with 10 cell 
volumes of sample gas. Isolate the cell, collect the spectrum of the 
static sample and record the pressure. Before measuring the next sample, 
purge the cell with 10 more cell volumes of sample gas.

                     8.8  Sampling QA and Reporting

    8.8.1  Sample integration times shall be sufficient to achieve the 
required signal-to-noise ratio. Obtain an absorbance spectrum by filling 
the cell with N2. Measure the RMSD in each analytical region in this 
absorbance spectrum. Verify that the number of scans used is sufficient 
to achieve the target MAU.
    8.8.2  Assign a unique file name to each spectrum.
    8.8.3  Store two copies of sample interferograms and processed 
spectra on separate computer disks.
    8.8.4  For each sample spectrum, document the sampling conditions, 
the sampling time (while the cell was being filled), the time the 
spectrum was recorded, the instrumental conditions (path length, 
temperature, pressure, resolution, signal integration time), and the 
spectral file name. Keep a hard copy of these data sheets.
    8.9  Signal Transmittance. While sampling, monitor the signal 
transmittance. If signal transmittance (relative to the background) 
changes by 5 percent or more (absorbance = -.02 to .02) in any 
analytical spectral region, obtain a new background spectrum.
    8.10  Post-test CTS. After the sampling run, record another CTS 
spectrum.
    8.11  Post-test QA
    8.11.1  Inspect the sample spectra immediately after the run to 
verify that the gas matrix composition was close to the expected 
(assumed) gas matrix.
    8.11.2  Verify that the sampling and instrumental parameters were 
appropriate for the conditions encountered. For example, if the moisture 
is much greater than anticipated, it may be necessary to use a shorter 
path length or dilute the sample.
    8.11.3  Compare the pre- and post-test CTS spectra. The peak 
absorbance in pre- and post-test CTS must be 5 percent of 
the mean value. See appendix E of the FTIR Protocol.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    Use analyte spiking (sections 8.6.2, 9.2 and 13.0 of this method) to 
verify that the sampling system can transport the analytes from the 
probe to the FTIR system.
    9.1  Spike Materials. Use a certified standard (accurate to 
2 percent) of the target analyte, if one can be obtained. If 
a certified standard cannot be obtained, follow the procedures in 
section 4.6.2.2 of the FTIR Protocol.
    9.2  Spiking Procedure. QA spiking (section 8.6.2 of this method) is 
a calibration procedure used before testing. QA spiking involves 
following the spike procedure of sections 9.2.1 through 9.2.3 of this 
method to obtain at least three spiked samples. The analyte 
concentrations in the spiked samples shall be compared to the expected 
spike concentration to verify that the sampling/analytical system is 
working properly. Usually, when QA spiking is used, the method has 
already been validated at a similar source for the analyte in question. 
The QA spike demonstrates that the validated sampling/analytical 
conditions are being duplicated. If the QA spike fails then the 
sampling/analytical system shall be repaired before testing proceeds. 
The method validation procedure (section 13.0 of this method) involves a 
more extensive use of the analyte spike procedure of sections 9.2.1 
through 9.2.3 of this method. Spectra of at least 12 independent spiked 
and 12 independent unspiked samples are recorded. The concentration 
results are analyzed statistically to determine if there is a systematic 
bias in the method for measuring a particular analyte. If there is a 
systematic bias, within the limits allowed by Method 301 of this 
appendix, then a correction factor shall be applied to the analytical 
results. If the systematic bias is greater than the allowed limits, this 
method is not valid and cannot be used.
    9.2.1  Introduce the spike/tracer gas at a constant flow rate of 
10 percent of the total sample flow, when possible.
    Note: Use the rotameter at the end of the sampling train to estimate 
the required spike/tracer gas flow rate.

    Use a flow device, e.g., mass flow meter ( 2 
percent), to monitor the spike flow rate. Record the spike flow rate 
every 10 minutes.
    9.2.2  Determine the response time (RT) of the system by 
continuously collecting spectra of the spiked effluent until the 
spectrum of the spiked component is constant for 5 minutes. The RT is 
the interval from the

[[Page 887]]

first measurement until the spike becomes constant. Wait for twice the 
duration of the RT, then collect spectra of two independent spiked gas 
samples. Duplicate analyses of the spiked concentration shall be within 
5 percent of the mean of the two measurements.
    9.2.3  Calculate the dilution ratio using the tracer gas as follows: 
where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.005

Where:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.006

DF=Dilution factor of the spike gas; this value shall be 10.
SF6(dir)=SF6 (or tracer gas) concentration 
          measured directly in undiluted spike gas.
SF6(spk)=Diluted SF6 (or tracer gas) concentration 
          measured in a spiked sample.
Spikedir=Concentration of the analyte in the spike standard 
          measured by filling the FTIR cell directly.
CS=Expected concentration of the spiked samples.
Unspike=Native concentration of analytes in unspiked samples.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N). The RMSD in the noise must be 
less than one tenth of the minimum analyte peak absorbance in each 
analytical region. For example if the minimum peak absorbance is 0.01 at 
the required DL, then RMSD measured over the entire analytical region 
must be 0.001.
    10.2  Absorbance Path length. Verify the absorbance path length by 
comparing reference CTS spectra to test CTS spectra. See appendix E of 
the FTIR Protocol.
    10.3  Instrument Resolution. Measure the line width of appropriate 
test CTS band(s) to verify instrument resolution. Alternatively, compare 
CTS spectra to a reference CTS spectrum, if available, measured at the 
nominal resolution.
    10.4  Apodization Function.In transforming the sample interferograms 
to absorbance spectra use the same apodization function that was used in 
transforming the reference spectra.
    10.5  FTIR Cell Volume. Evacuate the cell to 5 mmHg. 
Measure the initial absolute temperature (Ti) and absolute 
pressure (Pi). Connect a wet test meter (or a calibrated dry 
gas meter), and slowly draw room air into the cell. Measure the meter 
volume (Vm), meter absolute temperature (Tm), and 
meter absolute pressure (Pm); and the cell final absolute 
temperature (Tf) and absolute pressure (Pf). 
Calculate the FTIR cell volume VSS, including that of the connecting 
tubing, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.007

                  11.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Analyte concentrations shall be measured using reference spectra 
from the EPA FTIR spectral library. When EPA library spectra are not 
available, the procedures in section 4.6 of the Protocol shall be 
followed to prepare reference spectra of all the target analytes.
    11.1  Spectral De-resolution. Reference spectra can be converted to 
lower resolution standard spectra (section 3.3 of this method) by 
truncating the original reference sample and background interferograms. 
Appendix K of the FTIR Protocol gives specific deresolution procedures. 
Deresolved spectra shall be transformed using the same apodization 
function and level of zero filling as the sample spectra. Additionally, 
pre-test FTIR protocol calculations (e.g., FRU, MAU, FCU) shall be 
performed using the de-resolved standard spectra.
    11.2  Data Analysis. Various analytical programs are available for 
relating sample absorbance to a concentration standard. Calculated 
concentrations shall be verified by analyzing residual baselines after 
mathematically subtracting scaled reference spectra from the sample 
spectra. A full description of the data analysis and calculations is 
contained in the FTIR Protocol (sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and appendices). 
Correct the calculated concentrations in the sample spectra for 
differences in absorption path length and temperature between the 
reference and sample spectra using equation 6,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.008

Where:

Ccorr=Concentration, corrected for path length.

[[Page 888]]

Ccalc=Concentration, initial calculation (output of the 
          analytical program designed for the compound).
Lr=Reference spectra path length.
Ls=Sample spectra path length.
Ts=Absolute temperature of the sample gas, K.
Tr=Absolute gas temperature of reference spectra, K.
Ps=Sample cell pressure.
Pr=Reference spectrum sample pressure.

                        12.0  Method Performance

    12.1  Spectral Quality. Refer to the FTIR Protocol appendices for 
analytical requirements, evaluation of data quality, and analysis of 
uncertainty.
    12.2  Sampling QA/QC. The analyte spike procedure of section 9 of 
this method, the QA spike of section 8.6.2 of this method, and the 
validation procedure of section 13 of this method are used to evaluate 
the performance of the sampling system and to quantify sampling system 
effects, if any, on the measured concentrations. This method is self-
validating provided that the results meet the performance requirement of 
the QA spike in sections 9.0 and 8.6.2 of this method and results from a 
previous method validation study support the use of this method in the 
application. Several factors can contribute to uncertainty in the 
measurement of spiked samples. Factors which can be controlled to 
provide better accuracy in the spiking procedure are listed in sections 
12.2.1 through 12.2.4 of this method.
    12.2.1  Flow meter. An accurate mass flow meter is accurate to 
1 percent of its span. If a flow of 1 L/min is monitored 
with such a MFM, which is calibrated in the range of 0-5 L/min, the flow 
measurement has an uncertainty of 5 percent. This may be improved by re-
calibrating the meter at the specific flow rate to be used.
    12.2.2  Calibration gas. Usually the calibration standard is 
certified to within  2 percent. With reactive analytes, such 
as HCl, the certified accuracy in a commercially available standard may 
be no better than  5 percent.
    12.2.3  Temperature. Temperature measurements of the cell shall be 
quite accurate. If practical, it is preferable to measure sample 
temperature directly, by inserting a thermocouple into the cell chamber 
instead of monitoring the cell outer wall temperature.
    12.2.4  Pressure. Accuracy depends on the accuracy of the barometer, 
but fluctuations in pressure throughout a day may be as much as 2.5 
percent due to weather variations.

                    13.0  Method Validation Procedure

    This validation procedure, which is based on EPA Method 301 (40 CFR 
part 63, appendix (A), may be used to validate this method for the 
analytes in a gas matrix. Validation at one source may also apply to 
another type of source, if it can be shown that the exhaust gas 
characteristics are similar at both sources.
    13.1  Section 5.3 of Method 301 (40 CFR part 63, appendix A), the 
Analyte Spike procedure, is used with these modifications. The 
statistical analysis of the results follows section 6.3 of EPA Method 
301. Section 3 of this method defines terms that are not defined in 
Method 301.
    13.1.1  The analyte spike is performed dynamically. This means the 
spike flow is continuous and constant as spiked samples are measured.
    13.1.2  The spike gas is introduced at the back of the sample probe.
    13.1.3  Spiked effluent is carried through all sampling components 
downstream of the probe.
    13.1.4  A single FTIR system (or more) may be used to collect and 
analyze spectra (not quadruplicate integrated sampling trains).
    13.1.5  All of the validation measurements are performed 
sequentially in a single ``run'' (section 3.26 of this method).
    13.1.6  The measurements analyzed statistically are each independent 
(section 3.22 of this method).
    13.1.7  A validation data set can consist of more than 12 spiked and 
12 unspiked measurements.
    13.2  Batch Sampling. The procedure in sections 13.2.1 through 
13.2.2 may be used for stable processes. If process emissions are highly 
variable, the procedure in section 13.2.3 shall be used.
    13.2.1  With a single FTIR instrument and sampling system, begin by 
collecting spectra of two unspiked samples. Introduce the spike flow 
into the sampling system and allow 10 cell volumes to purge the sampling 
system and FTIR cell. Collect spectra of two spiked samples. Turn off 
the spike and allow 10 cell volumes of unspiked sample to purge the FTIR 
cell. Repeat this procedure until the 24 (or more) samples are 
collected.
    13.2.2  In batch sampling, collect spectra of 24 distinct samples. 
(Each distinct sample consists of filling the cell to ambient pressure 
after the cell has been evacuated.)
    13.2.3  Alternatively, a separate probe assembly, line, and sample 
pump can be used for spiked sample. Verify and document that sampling 
conditions are the same in both the spiked and the unspiked sampling 
systems. This can be done by wrapping both sample lines in the same 
heated bundle. Keep the same flow rate in both sample lines. Measure 
samples in sequence in pairs. After two spiked samples are measured, 
evacuate the FTIR cell, and turn the manifold valve so that spiked 
sample flows to the FTIR cell. Allow the connecting line from the 
manifold to the FTIR cell to purge thoroughly (the

[[Page 889]]

time depends on the line length and flow rate). Collect a pair of spiked 
samples. Repeat the procedure until at least 24 measurements are 
completed.
    13.3  Simultaneous Measurements With Two FTIR Systems. If unspiked 
effluent concentrations of the target analyte(s) vary significantly with 
time, it may be desirable to perform synchronized measurements of spiked 
and unspiked sample. Use two FTIR systems, each with its own cell and 
sampling system to perform simultaneous spiked and unspiked 
measurements. The optical configurations shall be similar, if possible. 
The sampling configurations shall be the same. One sampling system and 
FTIR analyzer shall be used to measure spiked effluent. The other 
sampling system and FTIR analyzer shall be used to measure unspiked flue 
gas. Both systems shall use the same sampling procedure (i.e., batch or 
continuous).
    13.3.1  If batch sampling is used, synchronize the cell evacuation, 
cell filling, and collection of spectra. Fill both cells at the same 
rate (in cell volumes per unit time).
    13.3.2  If continuous sampling is used, adjust the sample flow 
through each gas cell so that the same number of cell volumes pass 
through each cell in a given time (i.e. TC1 = 
TC2).
    13.4  Statistical Treatment. The statistical procedure of EPA Method 
301 of this appendix, section 6.3 is used to evaluate the bias and 
precision. For FTIR testing a validation ``run'' is defined as spectra 
of 24 independent samples, 12 of which are spiked with the analyte(s) 
and 12 of which are not spiked.
    13.4.1  Bias. Determine the bias (defined by EPA Method 301 of this 
appendix, section 6.3.2) using equation 7:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.009

Where:

B = Bias at spike level.
Sm = Mean concentration of the analyte spiked samples.
CS = Expected concentration of the spiked samples.

    13.4.2  Correction Factor. Use section 6.3.2.2 of Method 301 of this 
appendix to evaluate the statistical significance of the bias. If it is 
determined that the bias is significant, then use section 6.3.3 of 
Method 301 to calculate a correction factor (CF). Analytical results of 
the test method are multiplied by the correction factor, if 0.7 
 CF  1.3. If is determined that the bias is 
significant and CF >  30 percent, then the test method is 
considered to ``not valid.''
    13.4.3  If measurements do not pass validation, evaluate the 
sampling system, instrument configuration, and analytical system to 
determine if improper set-up or a malfunction was the cause. If so, 
repair the system and repeat the validation.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention.

    The extracted sample gas is vented outside the enclosure containing 
the FTIR system and gas manifold after the analysis. In typical method 
applications the vented sample volume is a small fraction of the source 
volumetric flow and its composition is identical to that emitted from 
the source. When analyte spiking is used, spiked pollutants are vented 
with the extracted sample gas. Approximately 1.6  x  10-\4\ to 3.2  x  
10-\4\ lbs of a single HAP may be vented to the atmosphere in a typical 
validation run of 3 hours. (This assumes a molar mass of 50 to 100 g, 
spike rate of 1.0 L/min, and a standard concentration of 100 ppm). 
Minimize emissions by keeping the spike flow off when not in use.

                         15.0  Waste Management.

    Small volumes of laboratory gas standards can be vented through a 
laboratory hood. Neat samples must be packed and disposed according to 
applicable regulations. Surplus materials may be returned to supplier 
for disposal.
    16.0  References.
    1. ``Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) 
Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and Methanol at a Wool 
Fiberglass Production Facility.'' Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency Report, EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment I-32, 
September 1994.
    2. ``FTIR Method Validation at a Coal-Fired Boiler''. Prepared for 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 
Publication No.: EPA-454/R95-004, NTIS No.: PB95-193199. July, 1993.
    3. ``Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods 
from Various Waste Media,'' 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.
    4. ``Molecular Vibrations; The Theory of Infrared and Raman 
Vibrational Spectra,'' E. Bright Wilson, J. C. Decius, and P. C. Cross, 
Dover Publications, Inc., 1980. For a less intensive treatment of 
molecular rotational-vibrational spectra see, for example, ``Physical 
Chemistry,'' G. M. Barrow, chapters 12, 13, and 14, McGraw Hill, Inc., 
1979.
    5. ``Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometry,'' Peter R. Griffiths 
and James de Haseth, Chemical Analysis, 83, 16-25,(1986), P. J. Elving, 
J. D. Winefordner and I. M. Kolthoff (ed.), John Wiley and Sons.
    6. ``Computer-Assisted Quantitative Infrared Spectroscopy,'' Gregory 
L. McClure (ed.), ASTM Special Publication 934 (ASTM), 1987.
    7. ``Multivariate Least-Squares Methods Applied to the Quantitative 
Spectral Analysis of Multicomponent Mixtures,'' Applied Spectroscopy, 
39(10), 73-84, 1985.

[[Page 890]]



                                                Table 1.--Example Presentation of Sampling Documentation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sample time                   Spectrum file name          Background file name         Sample conditioning           Process condition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
          Sample time              Spectrum file      Interferogram        Resolution        Scans        Apodization         Gain        CTS Spectrum
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 891]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.010

      
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.011
    

[[Page 892]]



Addendum to Test Method 320--Protocol for the Use of Extractive Fourier 
   Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectrometry for the Analyses of Gaseous 
                    Emissions from Stationary Sources

                            1.0  Introduction

    The purpose of this addendum is to set general guidelines for the 
use of modern FTIR spectroscopic methods for the analysis of gas samples 
extracted from the effluent of stationary emission sources. This 
addendum outlines techniques for developing and evaluating such methods 
and sets basic requirements for reporting and quality assurance 
procedures.

                            1.1  Nomenclature

    1.1.1  Appendix A to this addendum lists definitions of the symbols 
and terms used in this Protocol, many of which have been taken directly 
from American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) publication E 
131-90a, entitled ``Terminology Relating to Molecular Spectroscopy.''
    1.1.2  Except in the case of background spectra or where otherwise 
noted, the term ``spectrum'' refers to a double-beam spectrum in units 
of absorbance vs. wavenumber (cm-1).
    1.1.3  The term ``Study'' in this addendum refers to a publication 
that has been subjected to EPA- or peer-review.

               2.0  Applicability and Analytical Principle

    2.1  Applicability. This Protocol applies to the determination of 
compound-specific concentrations in single- and multiple-component gas 
phase samples using double-beam absorption spectroscopy in the mid-
infrared band. It does not specifically address other FTIR applications, 
such as single-beam spectroscopy, analysis of open-path (non-enclosed) 
samples, and continuous measurement techniques. If multiple 
spectrometers, absorption cells, or instrumental linewidths are used in 
such analyses, each distinct operational configuration of the system 
must be evaluated separately according to this Protocol.

                        2.2  Analytical Principle

    2.2.1  In the mid-infrared band, most molecules exhibit 
characteristic gas phase absorption spectra that may be recorded by FTIR 
systems. Such systems consist of a source of mid-infrared radiation, an 
interferometer, an enclosed sample cell of known absorption pathlength, 
an infrared detector, optical elements for the transfer of infrared 
radiation between components, and gas flow control and measurement 
components. Adjunct and integral computer systems are used for 
controlling the instrument, processing the signal, and for performing 
both Fourier transforms and quantitative analyses of spectral data.
    2.2.2  The absorption spectra of pure gases and of mixtures of gases 
are described by a linear absorbance theory referred to as Beer's Law. 
Using this law, modern FTIR systems use computerized analytical programs 
to quantify compounds by comparing the absorption spectra of known 
(reference) gas samples to the absorption spectrum of the sample gas. 
Some standard mathematical techniques used for comparisons are classical 
least squares, inverse least squares, cross-correlation, factor 
analysis, and partial least squares. Reference A describes several of 
these techniques, as well as additional techniques, such as 
differentiation methods, linear baseline corrections, and non-linear 
absorbance corrections.

            3.0  General Principles of Protocol Requirements

    The characteristics that distinguish FTIR systems from gas analyzers 
used in instrumental gas analysis methods (e.g., Methods 6C and 7E of 
appendix A to part 60 of this chapter) are: (1) Computers are necessary 
to obtain and analyze data; (2) chemical concentrations can be 
quantified using previously recorded infrared reference spectra; and (3) 
analytical assumptions and results, including possible effects of 
interfering compounds, can be evaluated after the quantitative analysis. 
The following general principles and requirements of this Protocol are 
based on these characteristics.
    3.1  Verifiability and Reproducibility of Results. Store all data 
and document data analysis techniques sufficient to allow an independent 
agent to reproduce the analytical results from the raw interferometric 
data.
    3.2  Transfer of Reference Spectra. To determine whether reference 
spectra recorded under one set of conditions (e.g., optical bench, 
instrumental linewidth, absorption pathlength, detector performance, 
pressure, and temperature) can be used to analyze sample spectra taken 
under a different set of conditions, quantitatively compare 
``calibration transfer standards'' (CTS) and reference spectra as 
described in this Protocol.
    Note: The CTS may, but need not, include analytes of interest). To 
effect this, record the absorption spectra of the CTS (a) immediately 
before and immediately after recording reference spectra and (b) 
immediately after recording sample spectra.
    3.3  Evaluation of FTIR Analyses. The applicability, accuracy, and 
precision of FTIR measurements are influenced by a number of 
interrelated factors, which may be divided into two classes:
    3.3.1  Sample-Independent Factors. Examples are system configuration 
and performance (e.g., detector sensitivity and infrared source output), 
quality and applicability of reference absorption spectra, and type of

[[Page 893]]

mathematical analyses of the spectra. These factors define the 
fundamental limitations of FTIR measurements for a given system 
configuration. These limitations may be estimated from evaluations of 
the system before samples are available. For example, the detection 
limit for the absorbing compound under a given set of conditions may be 
estimated from the system noise level and the strength of a particular 
absorption band. Similarly, the accuracy of measurements may be 
estimated from the analysis of the reference spectra.
    3.3.2  Sample-Dependent Factors. Examples are spectral interferants 
(e.g., water vapor and CO2) or the overlap of spectral 
features of different compounds and contamination deposits on reflective 
surfaces or transmitting windows. To maximize the effectiveness of the 
mathematical techniques used in spectral analysis, identification of 
interferants (a standard initial step) and analysis of samples (includes 
effect of other analytical errors) are necessary. Thus, the Protocol 
requires post-analysis calculation of measurement concentration 
uncertainties for the detection of these potential sources of 
measurement error.

               4.0  Pre-Test Preparations and Evaluations

    Before testing, demonstrate the suitability of FTIR spectrometry for 
the desired application according to the procedures of this section.
    4.1  Identify Test Requirements. Identify and record the test 
requirements described in sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.4 of this addendum. 
These values set the desired or required goals of the proposed analysis; 
the description of methods for determining whether these goals are 
actually met during the analysis comprises the majority of this 
Protocol.
    4.1.1  Analytes (specific chemical species) of interest. Label the 
analytes from i = 1 to I.
    4.1.2  Analytical uncertainty limit (AUi). The 
AUi is the maximum permissible fractional uncertainty of 
analysis for the ith analyte concentration, expressed as a 
fraction of the analyte concentration in the sample.
    4.1.3  Required detection limit for each analyte (DLi, 
ppm). The detection limit is the lowest concentration of an analyte for 
which its overall fractional uncertainty (OFUi) is required 
to be less than its analytical uncertainty limit (AUi).
    4.1.4  Maximum expected concentration of each analyte 
(CMAXi, ppm).
    4.2  Identify Potential Interferants. Considering the chemistry of 
the process or results of previous studies, identify potential 
interferants, i.e., the major effluent constituents and any relatively 
minor effluent constituents that possess either strong absorption 
characteristics or strong structural similarities to any analyte of 
interest. Label them 1 through Nj, where the subscript ``j'' 
pertains to potential interferants. Estimate the concentrations of these 
compounds in the effluent (CPOTj, ppm).
    4.3  Select and Evaluate the Sampling System. Considering the 
source, e.g., temperature and pressure profiles, moisture content, 
analyte characteristics, and particulate concentration), select the 
equipment for extracting gas samples. Recommended are a particulate 
filter, heating system to maintain sample temperature above the dew 
point for all sample constituents at all points within the sampling 
system (including the filter), and sample conditioning system (e.g., 
coolers, water-permeable membranes that remove water or other compounds 
from the sample, and dilution devices) to remove spectral interferants 
or to protect the sampling and analytical components. Determine the 
minimum absolute sample system pressure (Pmin, mmHg) and the 
infrared absorption cell volume (VSS, liter). Select the 
techniques and/or equipment for the measurement of sample pressures and 
temperatures.
    4.4  Select Spectroscopic System. Select a spectroscopic 
configuration for the application. Approximate the absorption pathlength 
(LS', meter), sample pressure (PS', kPa), absolute 
sample temperature TS', and signal integration period 
(tSS, seconds) for the analysis. Specify the nominal minimum 
instrumental linewidth (MIL) of the system. Verify that the fractional 
error at the approximate values PS' and TS' is 
less than one half the smallest value AUi (see section 4.1.2 
of this addendum).
    4.5  Select Calibration Transfer Standards (CTS's). Select CTS's 
that meet the criteria listed in sections 4.5.1, 4.5.2, and 4.5.3 of 
this addendum.
    Note: It may be necessary to choose preliminary analytical regions 
(see section 4.7 of this addendum), identify the minimum analyte 
linewidths, or estimate the system noise level (see section 4.12 of this 
addendum) before selecting the CTS. More than one compound may be needed 
to meet the criteria; if so, obtain separate cylinders for each 
compound.
    4.5.1  The central wavenumber position of each analytical region 
shall lie within 25 percent of the wavenumber position of at least one 
CTS absorption band.
    4.5.2  The absorption bands in section 4.5.1 of this addendum shall 
exhibit peak absorbances greater than ten times the value 
RMSEST (see section 4.12 of this addendum) but less than 1.5 
absorbance units.
    4.5.3  At least one absorption CTS band within the operating range 
of the FTIR instrument shall have an instrument-independent linewidth no 
greater than the narrowest analyte absorption band. Perform and document 
measurements or cite Studies to determine analyte and CTS compound 
linewidths.

[[Page 894]]

    4.5.4  For each analytical region, specify the upper and lower 
wavenumber positions (FFUm and FFLm, respectively) 
that bracket the CTS absorption band or bands for the associated 
analytical region. Specify the wavenumber range, FNU to FNL, containing 
the absorption band that meets the criterion of section 4.5.3 of this 
addendum.
    4.5.5  Associate, whenever possible, a single set of CTS gas 
cylinders with a set of reference spectra. Replacement CTS gas cylinders 
shall contain the same compounds at concentrations within 5 percent of 
that of the original CTS cylinders; the entire absorption spectra (not 
individual spectral segments) of the replacement gas shall be scaled by 
a factor between 0.95 and 1.05 to match the original CTS spectra.

                     4.6  Prepare Reference Spectra

    Note: Reference spectra are available in a permanent soft copy from 
the EPA spectral library on the EMTIC (Emission Measurement Technical 
Information Center) computer bulletin board; they may be used if 
applicable.
    4.6.1  Select the reference absorption pathlength (LR) of 
the cell.
    4.6.2  Obtain or prepare a set of chemical standards for each 
analyte, potential and known spectral interferants, and CTS. Select the 
concentrations of the chemical standards to correspond to the top of the 
desired range.
    4.6.2.1  Commercially-Prepared Chemical Standards. Chemical 
standards for many compounds may be obtained from independent sources, 
such as a specialty gas manufacturer, chemical company, or commercial 
laboratory. These standards (accurate to within 2 percent) 
shall be prepared according to EPA Traceability Protocol (see Reference 
D) or shall be traceable to NIST standards. Obtain from the supplier an 
estimate of the stability of the analyte concentration. Obtain and 
follow all of the supplier's recommendations for recertifying the 
analyte concentration.
    4.6.2.2  Self-Prepared Chemical Standards. Chemical standards may be 
prepared by diluting certified commercially prepared chemical gases or 
pure analytes with ultra-pure carrier (UPC) grade nitrogen according to 
the barometric and volumetric techniques generally described in 
Reference A, section A4.6.
    4.6.3  Record a set of the absorption spectra of the CTS {R1{time} , 
then a set of the reference spectra at two or more concentrations in 
duplicate over the desired range (the top of the range must be less than 
10 times that of the bottom), followed by a second set of CTS spectra 
{R2{time} . (If self-prepared standards are used, see section 4.6.5 of 
this addendum before disposing of any of the standards.) The maximum 
accepted standard concentration-pathlength product (ASCPP) for each 
compound shall be higher than the maximum estimated concentration-
pathlength products for both analytes and known interferants in the 
effluent gas. For each analyte, the minimum ASCPP shall be no greater 
than ten times the concentration-pathlength product of that analyte at 
its required detection limit.
    4.6.4  Permanently store the background and interferograms in 
digitized form. Document details of the mathematical process for 
generating the spectra from these interferograms. Record the sample 
pressure (PR), sample temperature (TR), reference 
absorption pathlength (LR), and interferogram signal 
integration period (tSR). Signal integration periods for the 
background interferograms shall be tSR. Values of 
PR, LR, and tSR shall not deviate by 
more than 1 percent from the time of recording [R1] to that 
of recording [R2].
    4.6.5  If self-prepared chemical standards are employed and spectra 
of only two concentrations are recorded for one or more compounds, 
verify the accuracy of the dilution technique by analyzing the prepared 
standards for those compounds with a secondary (non-FTIR) technique in 
accordance with sections 4.6.5.1 through 4.6.5.4 of this addendum.
    4.6.5.1  Record the response of the secondary technique to each of 
the four standards prepared.
    4.6.5.2  Perform a linear regression of the response values 
(dependant variable) versus the accepted standard concentration (ASC) 
values (independent variable), with the regression constrained to pass 
through the zero-response, zero ASC point.
    4.6.5.3  Calculate the average fractional difference between the 
actual response values and the regression-predicted values (those 
calculated from the regression line using the four ASC values as the 
independent variable).
    4.6.5.4  If the average fractional difference value calculated in 
section 4.6.5.3 of this addendum is larger for any compound than the 
corresponding AUi, the dilution technique is not sufficiently 
accurate and the reference spectra prepared are not valid for the 
analysis.
    4.7  Select Analytical Regions. Using the general considerations in 
section 7 of Reference A and the spectral characteristics of the 
analytes and interferants, select the analytical regions for the 
application. Label them m = 1 to M. Specify the lower, center and upper 
wavenumber positions of each analytical region (FLm, 
FCm, and FUm, respectively). Specify the analytes 
and interferants which exhibit absorption in each region.
    4.8  Determine Fractional Reproducibility Uncertainties. Using 
appendix E of this addendum, calculate the fractional reproducibility 
uncertainty for each analyte (FRUi) from a comparison of [R1] 
and [R2]. If FRUi > AUi

[[Page 895]]

for any analyte, the reference spectra generated in accordance with 
section 4.6 of this addendum are not valid for the application.
    4.9  Identify Known Interferants. Using appendix B of this addendum, 
determine which potential interferants affect the analyte concentration 
determinations. Relabel these potential interferant as ``known'' 
interferants, and designate these compounds from k = 1 to K. Appendix B 
to this addendum also provides criteria for determining whether the 
selected analytical regions are suitable.

             4.10  Prepare Computerized Analytical Programs

    4.10.1  Choose or devise mathematical techniques (e.g, classical 
least squares, inverse least squares, cross-correlation, and factor 
analysis) based on equation 4 of Reference A that are appropriate for 
analyzing spectral data by comparison with reference spectra.
    4.10.2  Following the general recommendations of Reference A, 
prepare a computer program or set of programs that analyzes all of the 
analytes and known interferants, based on the selected analytical 
regions (section 4.7 of this addendum) and the prepared reference 
spectra (section 4.6 of this addendum). Specify the baseline correction 
technique (e.g., determining the slope and intercept of a linear 
baseline contribution in each analytical region) for each analytical 
region, including all relevant wavenumber positions.
    4.10.3  Use programs that provide as output [at the reference 
absorption pathlength (LR), reference gas temperature 
(TR), and reference gas pressure (PR)] the analyte 
concentrations, the known interferant concentrations, and the baseline 
slope and intercept values. If the sample absorption pathlength 
(LS), sample gas temperature (TS), or sample gas 
pressure (PS) during the actual sample analyses differ from 
LR, TR, and PR, use a program or set of 
programs that applies multiplicative corrections to the derived 
concentrations to account for these variations, and that provides as 
output both the corrected and uncorrected values. Include in the report 
of the analysis (see section 7.0 of this addendum) the details of any 
transformations applied to the original reference spectra (e.g., 
differentiation), in such a fashion that all analytical results may be 
verified by an independent agent from the reference spectra and data 
spectra alone.
    4.11  Determine the Fractional Calibration Uncertainty. Calculate 
the fractional calibration uncertainty for each analyte (FCUi) according 
to appendix F of this addendum, and compare these values to the 
fractional uncertainty limits (AUi; see section 4.1.2 of this 
addendum). If FCUi >AUi, either the reference 
spectra or analytical programs for that analyte are unsuitable.
    4.12  Verify System Configuration Suitability. Using appendix C of 
this addendum, measure or obtain estimates of the noise level 
(RMSEST, absorbance) of the FTIR system. Alternatively, 
construct the complete spectrometer system and determine the values 
RMSSm using appendix G of this addendum. Estimate the minimum 
measurement uncertainty for each analyte (MAUi, ppm) and 
known interferant (MIUk, ppm) using appendix D of this 
addendum. Verify that (a) MAUi  
(AUi)(DLi), FRUi  AUi, and FCUi  
AUi for each analyte and that (b) the CTS chosen meets the 
requirements listed in sections 4.5.1 through 4.5.5 of this addendum.

                  5.0  Sampling and Analysis Procedure

    5.1  Analysis System Assembly and Leak-Test. Assemble the analysis 
system. Allow sufficient time for all system components to reach the 
desired temperature. Then, determine the leak-rate (LR) and 
leak volume (VL), where VL=LR 
tSS. Leak volumes shall be 4 percent of 
VSS.
    5.2  Verify Instrumental Performance. Measure the noise level of the 
system in each analytical region using the procedure of appendix G of 
this addendum. If any noise level is higher than that estimated for the 
system in section 4.12 of this addendum, repeat the calculations of 
appendix D of this addendum and verify that the requirements of section 
4.12 of this addendum are met; if they are not, adjust or repair the 
instrument and repeat this section.

             5.3  Determine the Sample Absorption Pathlength

    Record a background spectrum. Then, fill the absorption cell with 
CTS at the pressure PR and record a set of CTS spectra [R3]. 
Store the background and unscaled CTS single beam interferograms and 
spectra. Using appendix H of this addendum, calculate the sample 
absorption pathlength (LS) for each analytical region. The 
values LS shall not differ from the approximated sample 
pathlength LS' (see section 4.4 of this addendum) by more 
than 5 percent.
    5.4  Record Sample Spectrum. Connect the sample line to the source. 
Either evacuate the absorption cell to an absolute pressure below 5 mmHg 
before extracting a sample from the effluent stream into the absorption 
cell, or pump at least ten cell volumes of sample through the cell 
before obtaining a sample. Record the sample pressure PS. 
Generate the absorbance spectrum of the sample. Store the background and 
sample single beam interferograms, and document the process by which the 
absorbance spectra are generated from these data. (If necessary, apply 
the spectral transformations developed in section 5.6.2 of this 
addendum). The resulting sample spectrum is referred to below as 
SS.

    Note: Multiple sample spectra may be recorded according to the 
procedures of section

[[Page 896]]

5.4 of this addendum before performing sections 5.5 and 5.6 of this 
addendum.

    5.5  Quantify Analyte Concentrations. Calculate the unscaled analyte 
concentrations RUAi and unscaled interferant concentrations 
RUIK using the programs developed in section 4 of this 
addendum. To correct for pathlength and pressure variations between the 
reference and sample spectra, calculate the scaling factor, 
RLPS using equation A.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.012

Calculate the final analyte and interferant concentrations 
RSAi and RSIk using equations A.2 and A.3,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.013

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.014

    5.6  Determine Fractional Analysis Uncertainty. Fill the absorption 
cell with CTS at the pressure PS. Record a set of CTS spectra 
[R4]. Store the background and CTS single beam interferograms. Using 
appendix H of this addendum, calculate the fractional analysis 
uncertainty (FAU) for each analytical region. If the FAU indicated for 
any analytical region is greater than the required accuracy requirements 
determined in sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.4 of this addendum, then 
comparisons to previously recorded reference spectra are invalid in that 
analytical region, and the analyst shall perform one or both of the 
procedures of sections 5.6.1 through 5.6.2 of this addendum.
    5.6.1  Perform instrumental checks and adjust the instrument to 
restore its performance to acceptable levels. If adjustments are made, 
repeat sections 5.3, 5.4 (except for the recording of a sample 
spectrum), and 5.5 of this addendum to demonstrate that acceptable 
uncertainties are obtained in all analytical regions.
    5.6.2  Apply appropriate mathematical transformations (e.g., 
frequency shifting, zero-filling, apodization, smoothing) to the spectra 
(or to the interferograms upon which the spectra are based) generated 
during the performance of the procedures of section 5.3 of this 
addendum. Document these transformations and their reproducibility. Do 
not apply multiplicative scaling of the spectra, or any set of 
transformations that is mathematically equivalent to multiplicative 
scaling. Different transformations may be applied to different 
analytical regions. Frequency shifts shall be less than one-half the 
minimum instrumental linewidth, and must be applied to all spectral data 
points in an analytical region. The mathematical transformations may be 
retained for the analysis if they are also applied to the appropriate 
analytical regions of all sample spectra recorded, and if all original 
sample spectra are digitally stored. Repeat sections 5.3, 5.4 (except 
the recording of a sample spectrum), and 5.5 of this addendum to 
demonstrate that these transformations lead to acceptable calculated 
concentration uncertainties in all analytical regions.

                     6.0  Post-Analysis Evaluations

    Estimate the overall accuracy of the analyses performed in 
accordance with sections 5.1 through 5.6 of this addendum using the 
procedures of sections 6.1 through 6.3 of this addendum.
    6.1  Qualitatively Confirm the Assumed Matrix. Examine each 
analytical region of the sample spectrum for spectral evidence of 
unexpected or unidentified interferants. If found, identify the 
interfering compounds (see Reference C for guidance) and add them to the 
list of known interferants. Repeat the procedures of section 4 of this 
addendum to include the interferants in the uncertainty calculations and 
analysis procedures. Verify that the MAU and FCU values do not increase 
beyond acceptable levels for the application requirements. Re-calculate 
the analyte concentrations (section 5.5 of this addendum) in the 
affected analytical regions.
    6.2  Quantitatively Evaluate Fractional Model Uncertainty (FMU). 
Perform the procedures of either section 6.2.1 or 6.2.2 of this 
addendum:
    6.2.1  Using appendix I of this addendum, determine the fractional 
model error (FMU) for each analyte.
    6.2.2  Provide statistically determined uncertainties FMU for each 
analyte which are equivalent to two standard deviations at the 95 
percent confidence level. Such determinations, if employed, must be 
based on mathematical examinations of the pertinent sample spectra (not 
the reference spectra alone). Include in the report of the analysis (see 
section 7.0 of this addendum) a complete description of the 
determination of the concentration uncertainties.
    6.3  Estimate Overall Concentration Uncertainty (OCU). Using 
appendix J of this addendum, determine the overall concentration 
uncertainty (OCU) for each analyte. If the OCU is larger than the 
required accuracy for any analyte, repeat sections 4 and 6 of this 
addendum.

                       7.0  Reporting Requirements

[Documentation pertaining to virtually all the procedures of sections 4, 
5, and 6 will be required. Software copies of reference spectra and 
sample spectra will be retained for some minimum time following the 
actual testing.]

                             8.0  References

    (A) Standard Practices for General Techniques of Infrared 
Quantitative Analysis

[[Page 897]]

(American Society for Testing and Materials, Designation E 168-88).
    (B) The Coblentz Society Specifications for Evaluation of Research 
Quality Analytical Infrared Reference Spectra (Class II); Anal. 
Chemistry 47, 945A (1975); Appl. Spectroscopy 444, pp. 211-215, 1990.
    (C) Standard Practices for General Techniques for Qualitative 
Infrared Analysis, American Society for Testing and Materials, 
Designation E 1252-88.
    (D) ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of 
Gaseous Calibration Standards,'' U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
Publication No. EPA/600/R-93/224, December 1993.

 Appendix A to Addendum to Method 320--Definitions of Terms and Symbols

    A.1  Definitions of Terms. All terms used in this method that are 
not defined below have the meaning given to them in the CAA and in 
subpart A of this part.
    Absorption band means a contiguous wavenumber region of a spectrum 
(equivalently, a contiguous set of absorbance spectrum data points) in 
which the absorbance passes through a maximum or a series of maxima.
    Absorption pathlength means the distance in a spectrophotometer, 
measured in the direction of propagation of the beam of radiant energy, 
between the surface of the specimen on which the radiant energy is 
incident and the surface of the specimen from which it is emergent.
    Analytical region means a contiguous wavenumber region 
(equivalently, a contiguous set of absorbance spectrum data points) used 
in the quantitative analysis for one or more analytes.

    Note: The quantitative result for a single analyte may be based on 
data from more than one analytical region.

    Apodization means modification of the ILS function by multiplying 
the interferogram by a weighing function whose magnitude varies with 
retardation.
    Background spectrum means the single beam spectrum obtained with all 
system components without sample present.
    Baseline means any line drawn on an absorption spectrum to establish 
a reference point that represents a function of the radiant power 
incident on a sample at a given wavelength.
    Beers's law means the direct proportionality of the absorbance of a 
compound in a homogeneous sample to its concentration.
    Calibration transfer standard (CTS) gas means a gas standard of a 
compound used to achieve and/or demonstrate suitable quantitative 
agreement between sample spectra and the reference spectra; see section 
4.5.1 of this addendum.
    Compound means a substance possessing a distinct, unique molecular 
structure.
    Concentration (c) means the quantity of a compound contained in a 
unit quantity of sample. The unit ``ppm'' (number, or mole, basis) is 
recommended.
    Concentration-pathlength product means the mathematical product of 
concentration of the species and absorption pathlength. For reference 
spectra, this is a known quantity; for sample spectra, it is the 
quantity directly determined from Beer's law. The units ``centimeters-
ppm'' or ``meters-ppm'' are recommended.
    Derivative absorption spectrum means a plot of rate of change of 
absorbance or of any function of absorbance with respect to wavelength 
or any function of wavelength.
    Double beam spectrum means a transmission or absorbance spectrum 
derived by dividing the sample single beam spectrum by the background 
spectrum.

    Note: The term ``double-beam'' is used elsewhere to denote a 
spectrum in which the sample and background interferograms are collected 
simultaneously along physically distinct absorption paths. Here, the 
term denotes a spectrum in which the sample and background 
interferograms are collected at different times along the same 
absorption path.

    Fast Fourier transform (FFT) means a method of speeding up the 
computation of a discrete FT by factoring the data into sparse matrices 
containing mostly zeros.
    Flyback means interferometer motion during which no data are 
recorded.
    Fourier transform (FT) means the mathematical process for converting 
an amplitude-time spectrum to an amplitude-frequency spectrum, or vice 
versa.
    Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectrometer means an analytical 
system that employs a source of mid-infrared radiation, an 
interferometer, an enclosed sample cell of known absorption pathlength, 
an infrared detector, optical elements that transfer infrared radiation 
between components, and a computer system. The time-domain detector 
response (interferogram) is processed by a Fourier transform to yield a 
representation of the detector response vs. infrared frequency.

    Note: When FTIR spectrometers are interfaced with other instruments, 
a slash should be used to denote the interface; e.g., GC/FTIR; HPCL/
FTIR, and the use of FTIR should be explicit; i.e., FTIR not IR.

    Frequency, v means the number of cycles per unit time.
    Infrared means the portion of the electromagnetic spectrum 
containing wavelengths from approximately 0.78 to 800 microns.
    Interferogram, I() means record of the modulated component 
of the interference

[[Page 898]]

signal measured as a function of retardation by the detector.
    Interferometer means device that divides a beam of radiant energy 
into two or more paths, generates an optical path difference between the 
beams, and recombines them in order to produce repetitive interference 
maxima and minima as the optical retardation is varied.
    Linewidth means the full width at half maximum of an absorption band 
in units of wavenumbers (cm-1).
    Mid-infrared means the region of the electromagnetic spectrum from 
approximately 400 to 5000 cm-1.
    Reference spectra means absorption spectra of gases with known 
chemical compositions, recorded at a known absorption pathlength, which 
are used in the quantitative analysis of gas samples.
    Retardation,  means optical path difference between two 
beams in an interferometer; also known as ``optical path difference'' or 
``optical retardation.''
    Scan means digital representation of the detector output obtained 
during one complete motion of the interferometer's moving assembly or 
assemblies.
    Scaling means application of a multiplicative factor to the 
absorbance values in a spectrum.
    Single beam spectrum means Fourier-transformed interferogram, 
representing the detector response vs. wavenumber.

    Note: The term ``single-beam'' is used elsewhere to denote any 
spectrum in which the sample and background interferograms are recorded 
on the same physical absorption path; such usage differentiates such 
spectra from those generated using interferograms recorded along two 
physically distinct absorption paths (see ``double-beam spectrum'' 
above). Here, the term applies (for example) to the two spectra used 
directly in the calculation of transmission and absorbance spectra of a 
sample.

    Standard reference material means a reference material, the 
composition or properties of which are certified by a recognized 
standardizing agency or group.

    Note: The equivalent ISO term is ``certified reference material.''

    Transmittance, T means the ratio of radiant power transmitted by the 
sample to the radiant power incident on the sample. Estimated in FTIR 
spectroscopy by forming the ratio of the single-beam sample and 
background spectra.
    Wavenumber, v means the number of waves per unit length.

    Note: The usual unit of wavenumber is the reciprocal centimeter, 
cm-1. The wavenumber is the reciprocal of the wavelength, 
, when  is expressed in centimeters.

    Zero-filling means the addition of zero-valued points to the end of 
a measured interferogram.

    Note: Performing the FT of a zero-filled interferogram results in 
correctly interpolated points in the computed spectrum.

    A.2  Definitions of Mathematical Symbols. The symbols used in 
equations in this protocol are defined as follows:
    (1) A, absorbance = the logarithm to the base 10 of the reciprocal 
of the transmittance (T).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.015

    (2) AAIim = band area of the ith analyte in 
the mth analytical region, at the concentration 
(CLi) corresponding to the product of its required detection 
limit (DLi) and analytical uncertainty limit (AUi) 
.
    (3) AAVim = average absorbance of the ith 
analyte in the mth analytical region, at the concentration 
(CLi) corresponding to the product of its required detection 
limit (DLi) and analytical uncertainty limit 
(AUi).
    (4) ASC, accepted standard concentration = the concentration value 
assigned to a chemical standard.
    (5) ASCPP, accepted standard concentration-pathlength product = for 
a chemical standard, the product of the ASC and the sample absorption 
pathlength. The units ``centimeters-ppm'' or ``meters-ppm'' are 
recommended.
    (6) AUi, analytical uncertainty limit = the maximum 
permissible fractional uncertainty of analysis for the ith 
analyte concentration, expressed as a fraction of the analyte 
concentration determined in the analysis.
    (7) AVTm = average estimated total absorbance in the 
mth analytical region.
    (8) CKWNk = estimated concentration of the kth 
known interferant.
    (9) CMAXi = estimated maximum concentration of the 
ith analyte.
    (10) CPOTj = estimated concentration of the 
jth potential interferant.
    (11) DLi, required detection limit = for the 
ith analyte, the lowest concentration of the analyte for 
which its overall fractional uncertainty (OFUi) is required 
to be less than the analytical uncertainty limit (AUi).
    (12) FCm = center wavenumber position of the 
mth analytical region.
    (13) FAUi, fractional analytical uncertainty = calculated 
uncertainty in the measured concentration of the ith analyte 
because of errors in the mathematical comparison of reference and sample 
spectra.
    (14) FCUi, fractional calibration uncertainty = 
calculated uncertainty in the measured concentration of the 
ith analyte because of errors in Beer's law modeling of the 
reference spectra concentrations.

[[Page 899]]

    (15) FFLm = lower wavenumber position of the CTS 
absorption band associated with the mth analytical region.
    (16) FFUm = upper wavenumber position of the CTS 
absorption band associated with the mth analytical region.
    (17) FLm = lower wavenumber position of the 
mth analytical region.
    (18) FMUi, fractional model uncertainty = calculated 
uncertainty in the measured concentration of the ith analyte 
because of errors in the absorption model employed.
    (19) FNL = lower wavenumber position of the CTS spectrum 
containing an absorption band at least as narrow as the analyte 
absorption bands.
    (20) FNU = upper wavenumber position of the CTS spectrum 
containing an absorption band at least as narrow as the analyte 
absorption bands.
    (21) FRUi, fractional reproducibility uncertainty = 
calculated uncertainty in the measured concentration of the 
ith analyte because of errors in the reproducibility of 
spectra from the FTIR system.
    (22) FUm = upper wavenumber position of the 
mth analytical region.
    (23) IAIjm = band area of the jth potential 
interferant in the mth analytical region, at its expected 
concentration (CPOTj).
    (24) IAVim = average absorbance of the ith 
analyte in the mth analytical region, at its expected 
concentration (CPOTj).
    (25) ISCi or k, indicated standard concentration = the 
concentration from the computerized analytical program for a single-
compound reference spectrum for the ith analyte or 
kth known interferant.
    (26) kPa = kilo-Pascal (see Pascal).
    (27) LS' = estimated sample absorption pathlength.
    (28) LR = reference absorption pathlength.
    (29) LS = actual sample absorption pathlength.
    (30) MAUi = mean of the MAUim over the 
appropriate analytical regions.
    (31) MAUim, minimum analyte uncertainty = the calculated 
minimum concentration for which the analytical uncertainty limit 
(AUi) in the measurement of the ith analyte, based 
on spectral data in the mth analytical region, can be 
maintained.
    (32) MIUj = mean of the MIUjm over the 
appropriate analytical regions.
    (33) MIUjm, minimum interferant uncertainty = the 
calculated minimum concentration for which the analytical uncertainty 
limit CPOTj/20 in the measurement of the jth 
interferant, based on spectral data in the mth analytical 
region, can be maintained.
    (34) MIL, minimum instrumental linewidth = the minimum linewidth 
from the FTIR system, in wavenumbers.

    Note: The MIL of a system may be determined by observing an 
absorption band known (through higher resolution examinations) to be 
narrower than indicated by the system. The MIL is fundamentally limited 
by the retardation of the interferometer, but is also affected by other 
operational parameters (e.g., the choice of apodization).

    (35) Ni = number of analytes.
    (36) Nj = number of potential interferants.
    (37) Nk = number of known interferants.
    (38) Nscan = the number of scans averaged to obtain an 
interferogram.
    (39) OFUi = the overall fractional uncertainty in an 
analyte concentration determined in the analysis (OFUi = 
MAX[FRUi, FCUi, FAUi, 
FMUi]).
    (40) Pascal (Pa) = metric unit of static pressure, equal to one 
Newton per square meter; one atmosphere is equal to 101,325 Pa; 1/760 
atmosphere (one Torr, or one millimeter Hg) is equal to 133.322 Pa.
    (41) Pmin = minimum pressure of the sampling system 
during the sampling procedure.
    (42) PS' = estimated sample pressure.
    (43) PR = reference pressure.
    (44) PS = actual sample pressure.
    (45) RMSSm = measured noise level of the FTIR system in 
the mth analytical region.
    (46) RMSD, root mean square difference = a measure of accuracy 
determined by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.016

Where:

n = the number of observations for which the accuracy is determined.
ei = the difference between a measured value of a property 
          and its mean value over the n observations.

    Note: The RMSD value ``between a set of n contiguous absorbance 
values (Ai) and the mean of the values'' (AM) is 
defined as
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.017

    (47) RSAi = the (calculated) final concentration of the 
ith analyte.
    (48) RSIk = the (calculated) final concentration of the 
kth known interferant.
    (49) tscan, scan time = time used to acquire a single 
scan, not including flyback.
    (50) tS, signal integration period = the period of time 
over which an interferogram is averaged by addition and scaling of 
individual scans. In terms of the number of scans Nscan and 
scan time tscan, tS = 
Nscantscan.
    (51) tSR = signal integration period used in recording 
reference spectra.
    (52) tSS = signal integration period used in recording 
sample spectra.
    (53) TR = absolute temperature of gases used in recording 
reference spectra.
    (54) TS = absolute temperature of sample gas as sample 
spectra are recorded.

[[Page 900]]

    (55) TP, Throughput = manufacturer's estimate of the fraction of the 
total infrared power transmitted by the absorption cell and transfer 
optics from the interferometer to the detector.
    (56) VSS = volume of the infrared absorption cell, 
including parts of attached tubing.
    (57) Wik = weight used to average over analytical regions 
k for quantities related to the analyte i; see appendix D of this 
addendum.

 Appendix B to Addendum to Method 320--Identifying Spectral Interferants

                              B.1  General

    B.1.1  Assume a fixed absorption pathlength equal to the value 
LS'.
    B.1.2  Use band area calculations to compare the relative absorption 
strengths of the analytes and potential interferants. In the 
mth analytical region (FLm to FUm), use 
either rectangular or trapezoidal approximations to determine the band 
areas described below (see Reference A, sections A.3.1 through A.3.3). 
Document any baseline corrections applied to the spectra.
    B.1.3  Use the average total absorbance of the analytes and 
potential interferants in each analytical region to determine whether 
the analytical region is suitable for analyte concentration 
determinations.

    Note: The average absorbance in an analytical region is the band 
area divided by the width of the analytical region in wavenumbers. The 
average total absorbance in an analytical region is the sum of the 
average absorbances of all analytes and potential interferants.

                            B.2  Calculations

    B.2.1  Prepare spectral representations of each analyte at the 
concentration CLi = (DLi)(AUi), where 
DLi is the required detection limit and AUi is the 
maximum permissible analytical uncertainty. For the mth 
analytical region, calculate the band area (AAIim) and 
average absorbance (AAVim) from these scaled analyte spectra.
    B.2.2  Prepare spectral representations of each potential 
interferant at its expected concentration (CPOTj). For the 
mth analytical region, calculate the band area 
(IAIjm) and average absorbance (IAVjm) from these 
scaled potential interferant spectra.
    B.2.3  Repeat the calculation for each analytical region, and record 
the band area results in matrix form as indicated in Figure B.1.
    B.2.4  If the band area of any potential interferant in an 
analytical region is greater than the one-half the band area of any 
analyte (i.e., IAIjm > 0.5 AAIim for any pair ij 
and any m), classify the potential interferant as a known interferant. 
Label the known interferants k = 1 to K. Record the results in matrix 
form as indicated in Figure B.2.
    B.2.5  Calculate the average total absorbance (AVTm) for 
each analytical region and record the values in the last row of the 
matrix described in Figure B.2. Any analytical region where 
AVTm > 2.0 is unsuitable.

[[Page 901]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.018

      Appendix C to Addendum to Method 320--Estimating Noise Levels

                              C.1  General

    C.1.1  The root-mean-square (RMS) noise level is the standard 
measure of noise in this addendum. The RMS noise level of a contiguous 
segment of a spectrum is defined as the RMS difference (RMSD) between 
the absorbance values which form the segment and the mean value of that 
segment (see appendix A of this addendum).
    C.1.2  The RMS noise value in double-beam absorbance spectra is 
assumed to be inversely proportional to: (a) the square root of the 
signal integration period of the sample single beam spectra from which 
it is formed,

[[Page 902]]

and (b) the total infrared power transmitted through the interferometer 
and absorption cell.
    C.1.3  Practically, the assumption of C.1.2 allows the RMS noise 
level of a complete system to be estimated from the quantities described 
in sections C.1.3.1 through C.1.3.4:
    C.1.3.1  RMSMAN, the noise level of the system (in 
absorbance units), without the absorption cell and transfer optics, 
under those conditions necessary to yield the specified minimum 
instrumental linewidth, e.g., Jacquinot stop size.
    C.1.3.2  tMAN, the manufacturer's signal integration time 
used to determine RMSMAN.
    C.1.3.3  tSS, the signal integration time for the 
analyses.
    C.1.3.4  TP, the manufacturer's estimate of the fraction of the 
total infrared power transmitted by the absorption cell and transfer 
optics from the interferometer to the detector.

                            C.2  Calculations

    C.2.1  Obtain the values of RMSMAN, tMAN, and 
TP from the manufacturers of the equipment, or determine the noise level 
by direct measurements with the completely constructed system proposed 
in section 4 of this addendum.
    C.2.2  Calculate the noise value of the system (RMSEST) 
using equation C.1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.019

 Appendix D to Addendum to Method 320--Estimating Minimum Concentration 
                 Measurement Uncertainties (MAU and MIU)

                              D.1  General

    Estimate the minimum concentration measurement uncertainties for the 
ith analyte (MAUi) and jth interferant 
(MIUj) based on the spectral data in the mth 
analytical region by comparing the analyte band area in the analytical 
region (AAIim) and estimating or measuring the noise level of 
the system (RMSEST or RMSSM).

    Note: For a single analytical region, the MAU or MIU value is the 
concentration of the analyte or interferant for which the band area is 
equal to the product of the analytical region width (in wavenumbers) and 
the noise level of the system (in absorbance units). If data from more 
than one analytical region are used in the determination of an analyte 
concentration, the MAU or MIU is the mean of the separate MAU or MIU 
values calculated for each analytical region.

                            D.2  Calculations

    D.2.1  For each analytical region, set 
RMS = RMSSM if measured (appendix G of this addendum), or set 
RMS = RMSEST 
if estimated (appendix C of this addendum).
    D.2.2  For each analyte associated with the analytical region, 
calculate MAUim using equation D.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.020

    D.2.3  If only the mth analytical region is used to 
calculate the concentration of the ith analyte, set 
MAUi = MAUim.
    D.2.4  If more than one analytical region is used to calculate the 
concentration of the ith analyte, set MAUi equal 
to the weighted mean of the appropriate MAUim values 
calculated above; the weight for each term in the mean is equal to the 
fraction of the total wavenumber range used for the calculation 
represented by each analytical region. Mathematically, if the set of 
analytical regions employed is [m'], then the MAU for each analytical 
region is given by equation D.2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.021

where the weight Wik is defined for each term in the sum as

[[Page 903]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.022

    D.2.5  Repeat sections D.2.1 through D.2.4 of this appendix to 
calculate the analogous values MIUj for the interferants j = 
1 to J. Replace the value (AUi) (DLi) in equation 
D.1 with CPOTj/20; replace the value AAIim in 
equation D.1 with IAIjm.

      Appendix E to Addendum to Method 320--Determining Fractional 
                   Reproducibility Uncertainties (FRU)

                              E.1  General

    To estimate the reproducibility of the spectroscopic results of the 
system, compare the CTS spectra recorded before and after preparing the 
reference spectra. Compare the difference between the spectra to their 
average band area. Perform the calculation for each analytical region on 
the portions of the CTS spectra associated with that analytical region.

                            E.2  Calculations

    E.2.1  The CTS spectra {R1{time}  consist of N spectra, denoted by 
S1i, i=1, N. Similarly, the CTS spectra {R2{time}  consist of 
N spectra, denoted by S2i, i=1, N. Each Ski is the 
spectrum of a single compound, where i denotes the compound and k 
denotes the set {Rk{time}  of which Ski is a member. Form the 
spectra S3 according to S3i = 
S2i-S1i for each i. Form the spectra S4 
according to S4i = [S2i+S1i]/2 for each 
i.
    E.2.2  Each analytical region m is associated with a portion of the 
CTS spectra S2i and S1i, for a particular i, with 
lower and upper wavenumber limits FFLm and FFUm, 
respectively.
    E.2.3  For each m and the associated i, calculate the band area of 
S4i in the wavenumber range FFUm to 
FFLm. Follow the guidelines of section B.1.2 of this addendum 
for this band area calculation. Denote the result by BAVm.
    E.2.4  For each m and the associated i, calculate the RMSD of 
S3i between the absorbance values and their mean in the 
wavenumber range FFUm to FFLm. Denote the result 
by SRMSm.
    E.2.5  For each analytical region m, calculate FMm using 
equation E.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.023

    E.2.6  If only the mth analytical region is used to 
calculate the concentration of the ith analyte, set 
FRUi = FMm.
    E.2.7  If a number pi of analytical regions are used to 
calculate the concentration of the ith analyte, set 
FRUi equal to the weighted mean of the appropriate 
FMm values calculated according to section E.2.5. 
Mathematically, if the set of analytical regions employed is {m'{time} , 
then FRUi is given by equation E.2,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.024

where the Wik are calculated as described in appendix D of 
this addendum.

Appendix F of Addendum to Method 320--Determining Fractional Calibration 
                           Uncertainties (FCU)

                              F.1  General

    F.1.1  The concentrations yielded by the computerized analytical 
program applied to each single-compound reference spectrum are defined 
as the indicated standard concentrations (ISC's). The ISC values for a 
single compound spectrum should ideally equal the accepted standard 
concentration (ASC) for one analyte or interferant, and should ideally 
be zero for all other compounds. Variations from these results are 
caused by errors in the ASC values, variations from the Beer's law (or 
modified Beer's law) model used to determine the concentrations, and 
noise in the spectra. When the first two effects dominate, the 
systematic nature of the errors is often apparent and the analyst shall 
take steps to correct them.
    F.1.2  When the calibration error appears non-systematic, apply the 
procedures of sections F.2.1 through F.2.3 of this appendix to estimate 
the fractional calibration uncertainty (FCU) for each compound. The FCU 
is defined as the mean fractional error between the ASC and the ISC for 
all reference spectra with non-zero ASC for that compound. The FCU for 
each compound shall be less than the required fractional uncertainty 
specified in section 4.1 of this addendum.

[[Page 904]]

    F.1.3  The computerized analytical programs shall also be required 
to yield acceptably low concentrations for compounds with ISC = 0 when 
applied to the reference spectra. The ISC of each reference spectrum for 
each analyte or interferant shall not exceed that compound's minimum 
measurement uncertainty (MAU or MIU).

                            F.2  Calculations

    F.2.1  Apply each analytical program to each reference spectrum. 
Prepare a similar table to that in Figure F.1 to present the ISC and ASC 
values for each analyte and interferant in each reference spectrum. 
Maintain the order of reference file names and compounds employed in 
preparing Figure F.1.
    F.2.2  For all reference spectra in Figure F.1, verify that the 
absolute values of the ISC's are less than the compound's MAU (for 
analytes) or MIU (for interferants).
    F.2.3  For each analyte reference spectrum, calculate the quantity 
(ASC-ISC)/ASC. For each analyte, calculate the mean of these values (the 
FCUi for the ith analyte) over all reference 
spectra. Prepare a similar table to that in Figure F.2 to present the 
FCUi and analytical uncertainty limit (AUi) for 
each analyte.

                                       Figure F.1.--Presentation of Accepted Standard Concentrations (ASC's) and Indicated Standard Concentrations (ISC's)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Compound name           Reference spectrum       ASC (ppm)                                                             ISC (ppm)
                                       file name
                                                                                                                         Analytes    Interferants
                                                                                                                             i=1           I
                                                                                                                             j=1           J
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Figure F.2--Presentation of Fractional Calibration Uncertainties (FCU's) and Analytical Uncertainties (AU's)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Analyte name                                FCU (%)                         AU (%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Appendix G to Addendum to Method 320--Measuring Noise Levels

                              G.1  General

    The root-mean-square (RMS) noise level is the standard measure of 
noise. The RMS noise level of a contiguous segment of a spectrum is the 
RMSD between the absorbance values that form the segment and the mean 
value of the segment (see appendix A of this addendum).

                            G.2  Calculations

    G.2.1  Evacuate the absorption cell or fill it with UPC grade 
nitrogen at approximately one atmosphere total pressure.
    G.2.2  Record two single beam spectra of signal integration period 
tSS.
    G.2.3  Form the double beam absorption spectrum from these two 
single beam spectra, and calculate the noise level RMSSm in 
the M analytical regions.

  Appendix H of Addendum to Method 320--Determining Sample Absorption 
 Pathlength (LS) and Fractional Analytical Uncertainty (FAU)

                              H.1  General

    Reference spectra recorded at absorption pathlength (LR), 
gas pressure (PR), and gas absolute temperature 
(TR) may be used to determine analyte concentrations in 
samples whose spectra are recorded at conditions different from that of 
the reference spectra, i.e., at absorption pathlength (LS), 
absolute

[[Page 905]]

temperature (TS), and pressure (PS). This appendix 
describes the calculations for estimating the fractional uncertainty 
(FAU) of this practice. It also describes the calculations for 
determining the sample absorption pathlength from comparison of CTS 
spectra, and for preparing spectra for further instrumental and 
procedural checks.
    H.1.1  Before sampling, determine the sample absorption pathlength 
using least squares analysis. Determine the ratio LS/
LR by comparing the spectral sets {R1{time}  and {R3{time} , 
which are recorded using the same CTS at LS and 
LR, and TS and TR, but both at 
PR.
    H.1.2  Determine the fractional analysis uncertainty (FAU) for each 
analyte by comparing a scaled CTS spectral set, recorded at 
LS, TS, and PS, to the CTS reference 
spectra of the same gas, recorded at LR, TR, and 
PR. Perform the quantitative comparison after recording the 
sample spectra, based on band areas of the spectra in the CTS absorbance 
band associated with each analyte.

                            H.2  Calculations

    H.2.1  Absorption Pathlength Determination. Perform and document 
separate linear baseline corrections to each analytical region in the 
spectral sets {R1{time}  and {R3{time} . Form a one-dimensional array 
AR containing the absorbance values from all segments of 
{R1{time}  that are associated with the analytical regions; the members 
of the array are ARi, i = 1, n. Form a similar one-
dimensional array AS from the absorbance values in the 
spectral set {R3{time} ; the members of the array are ASi, i 
= 1, n. Based on the model AS = rAR + E, determine 
the least-squares estimate of r, the value of r which minimizes the 
square error E2. Calculate the sample absorption pathlength, 
LS, using equation H.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.025

    H.2.2  Fractional Analysis Uncertainty. Perform and document 
separate linear baseline corrections to each analytical region in the 
spectral sets {R1{time}  and {R4{time} . Form the arrays AS 
and AR as described in section H.2.1 of this appendix, using 
values from {R1{time}  to form AR, and values from {R4{time}  
to form AS. Calculate NRMSE and IAAV 
using equations H.2 and H.3,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.026

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.027

    The fractional analytical uncertainty, FAU, is given by equation 
H.4,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.028

   Appendix I to Addendum to Method 320--Determining Fractional Model 
                           Uncertainties (FMU)

                              I.1  General

    To prepare analytical programs for FTIR analyses, the sample 
constituents must first be assumed. The calculations in this appendix, 
based upon a simulation of the sample spectrum, shall be used to verify 
the appropriateness of these assumptions. The simulated spectra consist 
of the sum of single compound reference spectra scaled to represent 
their contributions to the sample absorbance spectrum; scaling factors 
are based on the indicated standard concentrations (ISC) and measured 
(sample) analyte and interferant concentrations, the sample and 
reference absorption pathlengths, and the sample and reference gas 
pressures. No band-shape correction for differences in the temperature 
of the sample and reference spectra gases is made; such errors are 
included in the FMU estimate. The actual and simulated sample spectra 
are quantitatively compared to determine the fractional model 
uncertainty; this comparison uses the reference spectra band areas and 
residuals in the difference spectrum formed from the actual and 
simulated sample spectra.

                            I.2  Calculations

    I.2.1  For each analyte (with scaled concentration RSAi), 
select a reference spectrum SAi with indicated standard 
concentration ISCi. Calculate the scaling factors, 
RAi, using equation I.1,

[[Page 906]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.029

Form the spectra SACi by scaling each SAi by the 
factor RAi.
    I.2.2  For each interferant, select a reference spectrum 
SIk with indicated standard concentration ISCk. 
Calculate the scaling factors, RIk, using equation I.2,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.030

Form the spectra SICk by scaling each SIk by the 
factor RIk.
    I.2.3  For each analytical region, determine by visual inspection 
which of the spectra SACi and SICk exhibit 
absorbance bands within the analytical region. Subtract each spectrum 
SACi and SICk exhibiting absorbance from the 
sample spectrum SS to form the spectrum SUBS. To 
save analysis time and to avoid the introduction of unwanted noise into 
the subtracted spectrum, it is recommended that the calculation be made 
(1) only for those spectral data points within the analytical regions, 
and (2) for each analytical region separately using the original 
spectrum SS.
    I.2.4  For each analytical region m, calculate the RMSD of 
SUBS between the absorbance values and their mean in the 
region FFUm to FFLm. Denote the result by 
RMSSm.
    I.2.5  For each analyte i, calculate FMm, using equation 
I.3,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.031

for each analytical region associated with the analyte.
    I.2.6  If only the mth analytical region is used to 
calculate the concentration of the ith analyte, set 
FMUi=FMm.
    I.2.7  If a number of analytical regions are used to calculate the 
concentration of the ith analyte, set FMi equal to 
the weighted mean of the appropriate FMm values calculated 
using equation I-3. Mathematically, if the set of analytical regions 
employed is {m'{time} , then the fractional model uncertainty, FMU, is 
given by equation I.4,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.032

where Wik is calculated as described in appendix D of this 
addendum.

Appendix J of Addendum to Method 320--Determining Overall Concentration 
                           Uncertainties (OCU)

    The calculations in this addendum estimate the measurement 
uncertainties for various FTIR measurements. The lowest possible overall 
concentration uncertainty (OCU) for an analyte is its MAU value, which 
is an estimate of the absolute concentration uncertainty when spectral 
noise dominates the measurement error. However, if the product of the 
largest fractional concentration uncertainty (FRU, FCU, FAU, or FMU) and 
the measured concentration of an analyte exceeds the MAU for the 
analyte, then the OCU is this product. In mathematical terms, set 
OFUi = MAX{FRUi, FCUi, FAUi, 
FMUi} and OCUi = 
MAX{RSAi*OFUi, MAUi}.

 Test Method 321--Measurement of Gaseous Hydrogen Chloride Emissions At 
 Portland Cement Kilns by Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy

                            1.0  Introduction

    This method should be performed by those persons familiar with the 
operation of Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) instrumentation in the 
application to source sampling. This document describes the sampling 
procedures for use in the application of FTIR spectrometry for the 
determination of vapor phase hydrogen chloride (HCl) concentrations both 
before and after particulate matter control devices installed at 
portland cement kilns. A procedure for analyte spiking is included for 
quality assurance. This method is considered to be self validating 
provided that the requirements listed in section 9 of this method are 
followed. The analytical procedures for interpreting infrared spectra 
from emission measurements are described in the ``Protocol For The Use 
of Extractive Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectrometry in Analyses 
of Gaseous Emissions From Stationary Industrial Sources'', included as 
an addendum to proposed Method 320 of this appendix (hereafter referred 
to as the ``FTIR Protocol)''. References 1 and 2 describe the use of 
FTIR spectrometry in field measurements. Sample transport presents the 
principal difficulty in directly measuring HCl emissions. This identical 
problem must be overcome by any extractive measurement method. HCl is 
reactive and water soluble.

[[Page 907]]

The sampling system must be adequately designed to prevent sample 
condensation in the system.

                       1.1  Scope and Application

    This method is specifically designed for the application of FTIR 
Spectrometry in extractive measurements of gaseous HCl concentrations in 
portland cement kiln emissions.

                           1.2  Applicability

    This method applies to the measurement of HCl [CAS No. 7647-01-0]. 
This method can be applied to the determination of HCl concentrations 
both before and after particulate matter control devices installed at 
portland cement manufacturing facilities. This method applies to either 
continuous flow through measurement (with isolated sample analysis) or 
grab sampling (batch analysis). HCl is measured using the mid-infrared 
spectral region for analysis (about 400 to 4000 cm-1 or 25 to 
2.5 m). Table 1 lists the suggested analytical region for 
quantification of HCl taking the interference from water vapor into 
consideration.

               Table 1.--Example Analytical Region for HCl
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Analytical           Potential
           Compound               region  (cm-1)        interferants
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hydrogen chloride.............          2679-2840  Water.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    1.3  Method Range and Sensitivity

    1.3.1  The analytical range is determined by the instrumental design 
and the composition of the gas stream. For practical purposes there is 
no upper limit to the range because the pathlength may be reduced or the 
sample may be diluted. The lower detection range depends on (1) the 
absorption coefficient of the compound in the analytical frequency 
region, (2) the spectral resolution, (3) the interferometer sampling 
time, (4) the detector sensitivity and response, and (5) the absorption 
pathlength.
    1.3.2  The practical lower quantification range is usually higher 
than the instrument sensitivity allows and is dependent upon (1) the 
presence of interfering species in the exhaust gas including 
H2O, CO2, and SO2, (2) analyte losses 
in the sampling system, (3) the optical alignment of the gas cell and 
transfer optics, and (4) the quality of the reflective surfaces in the 
cell (cell throughput). Under typical test conditions (moisture content 
of up to 30% and CO2 concentrations from 1 to 15 percent), a 
22 meter path length cell with a suitable sampling system may achieve a 
lower quantification range of from 1 to 5 ppm for HCl.

                      1.4  Data Quality Objectives

    1.4.1  In designing or configuring the analytical system, data 
quality is determined by measuring of the root mean square deviation 
(RMSD) of the absorbance values within a chosen spectral (analytical) 
region. The RMSD provides an indication of the signal-to-noise ratio (S/
N) of the spectral baseline. Appendix D of the FTIR Protocol (the 
addendum to Method 320 of this appendix) presents a discussion of the 
relationship between the RMSD, lower detection limit, DLi, 
and analytical uncertainty, AUi. It is important to consider 
the target analyte quantification limit when performing testing with 
FTIR instrumentation, and to optimize the system to achieve the desired 
detection limit.
    1.4.2  Data quality is determined by measuring the root mean square 
(RMS) noise level in each analytical spectral region (appendix C of the 
FTIR Protocol). The RMS noise is defined as the root mean square 
deviation (RMSD) of the absorbance values in an analytical region from 
the mean absorbance value in the same region. Appendix D of the FTIR 
Protocol defines the minimum analyte uncertainty (MAU), and how the RMSD 
is used to calculate the MAU. The MAUim is the minimum 
concentration of the ith analyte in the mth analytical region for which 
the analytical uncertainty limit can be maintained. Table 2 presents 
example values of AU and MAU using the analytical region presented in 
Table 1.

 Table 2.--Example Pre-Test Protocol Calculations for Hydrogen Chloride
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 HCl
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference concentration (ppm-meters)/K.....................         11.2
Reference Band area........................................        2.881
DL (ppm-meters)/K..........................................       0.1117
AU.........................................................          0.2
CL (DL  x  AU).............................................      0.02234
FL (cm-1)..................................................      2679.83
FU (cm-1)..................................................      2840.93
FC (cm-1)..................................................      2760.38
AAI (ppm-meters)/K.........................................      0.06435
RMSD.......................................................     2.28E-03
MAU (ppm-meters)/K.........................................     1.28E-01
MAU ppm at 22 meters and 250  deg.F........................      .0.2284
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 908]]

                         2.0  Summary of Method

                             2.1  Principle

    See Method 320 of this appendix. HCl can also undergo rotation 
transitions by absorbing energy in the far-infrared spectral region. The 
rotational transitions are superimposed on the vibrational fundamental 
to give a series of lines centered at the fundamental vibrational 
frequency, 2885 cm-\1\. The frequencies of absorbance and the pattern of 
rotational/vibrational lines are unique to HCl. When this distinct 
pattern is observed in an infrared spectrum of an unknown sample, it 
unequivocally identifies HCl as a component of the mixture. The infrared 
spectrum of HCl is very distinctive and cannot be confused with the 
spectrum of any other compound. See Reference 6.
    2.2  Sampling and Analysis. See Method 320 of this appendix.
    2.3  Operator Requirements. The analyst must have knowledge of 
spectral patterns to choose an appropriate absorption path length or 
determine if sample dilution is necessary. The analyst should also 
understand FTIR instrument operation well enough to choose instrument 
settings that are consistent with the objectives of the analysis.

                            3.0  Definitions

    See appendix A of the FTIR Protocol.

                           4.0  Interferences

    This method will not measure HCl under conditions: (1) where the 
sample gas stream can condense in the sampling system or the 
instrumentation, or (2) where a high moisture content sample relative to 
the analyte concentrations imparts spectral interference due to the 
water vapor absorbance bands. For measuring HCl the first (sampling) 
consideration is more critical. Spectral interference from water vapor 
is not a significant problem except at very high moisture levels and low 
HCl concentrations.
    4.1  Analytical Interferences. See Method 320 of this appendix.
    4.1.1  Background Interferences. See Method 320 of this appendix.
    4.1.2  Spectral interferences. Water vapor can present spectral 
interference for FTIR gas analysis of HCl. Therefore, the water vapor in 
the spectra of kiln gas samples must be accounted for. This means 
preparing at least one spectrum of a water vapor sample where the 
moisture concentration is close to that in the kiln gas.
    4.2  Sampling System Interferences. The principal sampling system 
interferant for measuring HCl is water vapor. Steps must be taken to 
ensure that no condensation forms anywhere in the probe assembly, sample 
lines, or analytical instrumentation. Cold spots anywhere in the 
sampling system must be avoided. The extent of sampling system bias in 
the FTIR analysis of HCl depends on concentrations of potential 
interferants, moisture content of the gas stream, temperature of the gas 
stream, temperature of sampling system components, sample flow rate, and 
reactivity of HCl with other species in the gas stream (e.g., ammonia). 
For measuring HCl in a wet gas stream the temperatures of the gas 
stream, sampling components, and the sample flow rate are of primary 
importance. Analyte spiking with HCl is performed to demonstrate the 
integrity of the sampling system for transporting HCl vapor in the flue 
gas to the FTIR instrument. See section 9 of this method for a complete 
description of analyte spiking.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Hydrogen chloride vapor is corrosive and can cause irritation 
or severe damage to respiratory system, eyes and skin. Exposure to this 
compound should be avoided.
    5.2  This method may involve sampling at locations having high 
positive or negative pressures, or high concentrations of hazardous or 
toxic pollutants, and can not address all safety problems encountered 
under these diverse sampling conditions. It is the responsibility of the 
tester(s) to ensure proper safety and health practices, and to determine 
the applicability of regulatory limitations before performing this test 
method. Leak-check procedures are outlined in section 8.2 of Method 320 
of this appendix.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.

    6.1  FTIR Spectrometer and Detector. An FTIR Spectrometer system 
(interferometer, transfer optics, gas cell and detector) having the 
capability of measuring HCl to the predetermined minimum detectable 
level required (see section 4.1.3 of the FTIR Protocol). The system must 
also include an accurate means to control and/or measure the temperature 
of the FTIR gas analysis cell, and a personal computer with compatible 
software that provides real-time updates of the spectral profile during 
sample and spectral collection.
    6.2  Pump. Capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume to 1 Torr 
(133.3 Pascals) within two minutes (for batch sample analysis).
    6.3  Mass Flow Meters/Controllers. To accurately measure analyte 
spike flow rate, having the appropriate calibrated range and a stated 
accuracy of 2 percent of the absolute measurement value. 
This device must be calibrated with the major component of the 
calibration/spike gas (e.g., nitrogen) using an NIST traceable bubble 
meter or equivalent. Single point calibration checks should be performed 
daily in the field. When spiking

[[Page 909]]

HCl, the mass flow meter/controller should be thoroughly purged before 
and after introduction of the gas to prevent corrosion of the interior 
parts.
    6.4  Polytetrafluoroethane tubing. Diameter and length suitable to 
connect cylinder regulators.
    6.5  Stainless Steel tubing. Type 316 of appropriate length and 
diameter for heated connections.
    6.6  Gas Regulators. Purgeable HCl regulator.
    6.7  Pressure Gauge. Capable of measuring pressure from 0 to 1000 
Torr (133.3 Pa=1 Torr) within 5 percent.
    6.8  Sampling Probe. Glass, stainless steel or other appropriate 
material of sufficient length and physical integrity to sustain heating, 
prevent adsorption of analytes and capable of reaching gas sampling 
point.
    6.9  Sampling Line. Heated 180  deg.C (360  deg.F) and fabricated of 
either stainless steel, polytetrafluoroethane or other material that 
prevents adsorption of HCl and transports effluent to analytical 
instrumentation. The extractive sample line must have the capability to 
transport sample gas to the analytical components as well as direct 
heated calibration spike gas to the calibration assembly located at the 
sample probe. It is important to minimize the length of heated sample 
line.
    6.10  Particulate Filters. A sintered stainless steel filter rated 
at 20 microns or greater may be placed at the inlet of the probe (for 
removal of large particulate matter). A heated filter (Balston or 
equivalent) rated at 1 micron is necessary for primary particulate 
matter removal, and shall be placed immediately after the heated probe. 
The filter/filter holder temperature should be maintained at 180  deg.C 
(360  deg.F).
    6.11  Calibration/Analyte Spike Assembly. A heated three-way valve 
assembly (or equivalent) to introduce surrogate spikes into the sampling 
system at the outlet of the probe before the primary particulate filter.
    6.12  Sample Extraction Pump. A leak-free heated head pump (KNF 
Neuberger or equivalent) capable of extracting sample effluent through 
entire sampling system at a rate which prevents analyte losses and 
minimizes analyzer response time. The pump should have a heated by-pass 
and may be placed either before the FTIR instrument or after. If the 
sample pump is located upstream of the FTIR instrument, it must be 
fabricated from materials non-reactive to HCl. The sampling system and 
FTIR measurement system shall allow the operator to obtain at least six 
sample spectra during a one-hour period.
    6.13  Barometer. For measurement of barometric pressure.
    6.14  Gas Sample Manifold. A distribution manifold having the 
capabilities listed in sections 6.14.1 through 6.14.4;
    6.14.1  Delivery of calibration gas directly to the analytical 
instrumentation;
    6.14.2  Delivery of calibration gas to the sample probe (system 
calibration or analyte spike) via a heated traced sample line;
    6.14.3  Delivery of sample gas (kiln gas, spiked kiln gas, or system 
calibrations) to the analytical instrumentation;
    6.14.4  Delivery (optional) of a humidified nitrogen sample stream.
    6.15  Flow Measurement Device. Type S Pitot tube (or equivalent) and 
Magnahelic set for measurement of volumetric flow rate.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    HCl can be purchased in a standard compressed gas cylinder. The most 
stable HCl cylinder mixture available has a concentration certified at 
5 percent. Such a cylinder is suitable for performing 
analyte spiking because it will provide reproducible samples. The 
stability of the cylinder can be monitored over time by periodically 
performing direct FTIR analysis of cylinder samples. It is recommended 
that a 10-50 ppm cylinder of HCl be prepared having from 2-5 ppm SF6 as 
a tracer compound. (See sections 7.1 through 7.3 of Method 320 of this 
appendix for a complete description of the use of existing HCl reference 
spectra. See section 9.1 of Method 320 of this appendix for a complete 
discussion of standard concentration selection.)

            8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    See also Method 320 of this appendix.
    8.1  Pretest. A screening test is ideal for obtaining proper data 
that can be used for preparing analytical program files. Information 
from literature surveys and source personnel is also acceptable. 
Information about the sampling location and gas stream composition is 
required to determine the optimum sampling system configuration for 
measuring HCl. Determine the percent moisture of the kiln gas by Method 
4 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter or by performing a wet bulb/
dry bulb measurement. Perform a preliminary traverse of the sample duct 
or stack and select the sampling point(s). Acquire an initial spectrum 
and determine the optimum operational pathlength of the instrument.
    8.2  Leak-Check. See Method 320 of this appendix, section 8.2 for 
direction on performing leak-checks.
    8.3  Background Spectrum. See Method 320 of this appendix, section 
8.5 for direction in background spectral acquisition.
    8.4  Pre-Test Calibration Transfer Standard (Direct Instrument 
Calibration). See Method 320 of this appendix, section 8.3 for direction 
in CTS spectral acquisition.
    8.5  Pre-Test System Calibration. See Method 320 of this appendix, 
sections 8.6.1 through

[[Page 910]]

8.6.2 for direction in performing system calibration.

                              8.6  Sampling

    8.6.1  Extractive System. An extractive system maintained at 180 
deg.C (360  deg.F) or higher which is capable of directing a total flow 
of at least 12 L/min to the sample cell is required (References 1 and 
2). Insert the probe into the duct or stack at a point representing the 
average volumetric flow rate and 25 percent of the cross sectional area. 
Co-locate an appropriate flow monitoring device with the sample probe so 
that the flow rate is recorded at specified time intervals during 
emission testing (e.g., differential pressure measurements taken every 
10 minutes during each run).
    8.6.2  Batch Samples. Evacuate the absorbance cell to 5 Torr (or 
less) absolute pressure before taking first sample. Fill the cell with 
kiln gas to ambient pressure and record the infrared spectrum, then 
evacuate the cell until there is no further evidence of infrared 
absorption. Repeat this procedure, collecting a total of six separate 
sample spectra within a 1-hour period.
    8.6.3  Continuous Flow Through Sampling. Purge the FTIR cell with 
kiln gas for a time period sufficient to equilibrate the entire sampling 
system and FTIR gas cell. The time required is a function of the 
mechanical response time of the system (determined by performing the 
system calibration with the CTS gas or equivalent), and by the chemical 
reactivity of the target analytes. If the effluent target analyte 
concentration is not variable, observation of the spectral up-date of 
the flowing gas sample should be performed until equilibration of the 
sample is achieved. Isolate the gas cell from the sample flow by 
directing the purge flow to vent. Record the spectrum and pressure of 
the sample gas. After spectral acquisition, allow the sample gas to 
purge the cell with at least three volumes of kiln gas. The time 
required to adequately purge the cell with the required volume of gas is 
a function of (1) cell volume, (2) flow rate through the cell, and (3) 
cell design. It is important that the gas introduction and vent for the 
FTIR cell provides a complete purge through the cell.
    8.6.4  Continuous Sampling. In some cases it is possible to collect 
spectra continuously while the FTIR cell is purged with sample gas. The 
sample integration time, tss, the sample flow rate through 
the gas cell, and the sample integration time must be chosen so that the 
collected data consist of at least 10 spectra with each spectrum being 
of a separate cell volume of flue gas. Sampling in this manner may only 
be performed if the native source analyte concentrations do not affect 
the test results.

                        8.7  Sample Conditioning

    8.7.1  High Moisture Sampling. Kiln gas emitted from wet process 
cement kilns may contain 3- to 40 percent moisture. Zinc selenide 
windows or the equivalent should be used when attempting to analyze hot/
wet kiln gas under these conditions to prevent dissolution of water 
soluble window materials (e.g., KBr).
    8.7.2  Sample Dilution. The sample may be diluted using an in-stack 
dilution probe, or an external dilution device provided that the sample 
is not diluted below the instrument's quantification range. As an 
alternative to using a dilution probe, nitrogen may be dynamically 
spiked into the effluent stream in the same manner as analyte spiking. A 
constant dilution rate shall be maintained throughout the measurement 
process. It is critical to measure and verify the exact dilution ratio 
when using a dilution probe or the nitrogen spiking approach. 
Calibrating the system with a calibration gas containing an appropriate 
tracer compound will allow determination of the dilution ratio for most 
measurement systems. The tester shall specify the procedures used to 
determine the dilution ratio, and include these calibration results in 
the report.
    8.8  Sampling QA, Data Storage and Reporting. See the FTIR Protocol. 
Sample integration times shall be sufficient to achieve the required 
signal-to-noise ratio, and all sample spectra should have unique file 
names. Two copies of sample interferograms and processed spectra will be 
stored on separate computer media. For each sample spectrum the analyst 
must document the sampling conditions, the sampling time (while the cell 
was being filled), the time the spectrum was recorded, the instrumental 
conditions (path length, temperature, pressure, resolution, integration 
time), and the spectral file name. A hard copy of these data must be 
maintained until the test results are accepted.
    8.9  Signal Transmittance. Monitor the signal transmittance through 
the instrumental system. If signal transmittance (relative to the 
background) drops below 95 percent in any spectral region where the 
sample does not absorb infrared energy, then a new background spectrum 
must be obtained.
    8.10  Post-test CTS. After the sampling run completion, record the 
CTS spectrum. Analysis of the spectral band area used for quantification 
from pre- and post-test CTS spectra should agree to within 5 
percent or corrective action must be taken.
    8.11  Post-test QA. The sample spectra shall be inspected 
immediately after the run to verify that the gas matrix composition was 
close to the assumed gas matrix, (this is necessary to account for the 
concentrations of the interferants for use in the analytical analysis 
programs), and to confirm that the

[[Page 911]]

sampling and instrumental parameters were appropriate for the conditions 
encountered.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    Use analyte spiking to verify the effectiveness of the sampling 
system for the target compounds in the actual kiln gas matrix. QA 
spiking shall be performed before and after each sample run. QA spiking 
shall be performed after the pre- and post-test CTS direct and system 
calibrations. The system biases calculated from the pre- and post-test 
dynamic analyte spiking shall be within 30 percent for the 
spiked surrogate analytes for the measurements to be considered valid. 
See sections 9.3.1 through 9.3.2 for the requisite calculations. 
Measurement of the undiluted spike (direct-to-cell measurement) involves 
sending dry, spike gas to the FTIR cell, filling the cell to 1 
atmosphere and obtaining the spectrum of this sample. The direct-to-cell 
measurement should be performed before each analyte spike so that the 
recovery of the dynamically spiked analytes may be calculated. Analyte 
spiking is only effective for assessing the integrity of the sampling 
system when the concentration of HCl in the source does not vary 
substantially. Any attempt to quantify an analyte recovery in a variable 
concentration matrix will result in errors in the expected concentration 
of the spiked sample. If the kiln gas target analyte concentrations vary 
by more than 5 percent (or 5 ppm, whichever is greater) in 
the time required to acquire a sample spectrum, it may be necessary to: 
(1) Use a dual sample probe approach, (2) use two independent FTIR 
measurement systems, (3) use alternate QA/QC procedures, or (4) postpone 
testing until stable emission concentrations are achieved. (See section 
9.2.3 of this method). It is recommended that a laboratory evaluation be 
performed before attempting to employ this method under actual field 
conditions. The laboratory evaluation shall include (1) performance of 
all applicable calculations in section 4 of the FTIR Protocol; (2) 
simulated analyte spiking experiments in dry (ambient) and humidified 
sample matrices using HCl; and (3) performance of bias (recovery) 
calculations from analyte spiking experiments. It is not necessary to 
perform a laboratory evaluation before every field test. The purpose of 
the laboratory study is to demonstrate that the actual instrument and 
sampling system configuration used in field testing meets the 
requirements set forth in this method.
    9.1  Spike Materials. Perform analyte spiking with an HCl standard 
to demonstrate the integrity of the sampling system.
    9.1.1  An HCl standard of approximately 50 ppm in a balance of ultra 
pure nitrogen is recommended. The SF6 (tracer) concentration 
shall be 2 to 5 ppm depending upon the measurement pathlength. The spike 
ratio (spike flow/total flow) shall be no greater than 1:10, and an 
ideal spike concentration should approximate the native effluent 
concentration.
    9.1.2  The ideal spike concentration may not be achieved because the 
target concentration cannot be accurately predicted prior to the field 
test, and limited calibration standards will be available during 
testing. Therefore, practical constraints must be applied that allow the 
tester to spike at an anticipated concentration. For these tests, the 
analyte concentration contributed by the HCl standard spike should be 1 
to 5 ppm or should more closely approximate the native concentration if 
it is greater.

                          9.2  Spike Procedure

    9.2.1  A spiking/sampling apparatus is shown in Figure 2. Introduce 
the spike/tracer gas mixture at a constant flow (2 percent) 
rate at approximately 10 percent of the total sample flow. (For example, 
introduce the surrogate spike at 1 L/min 20 cc/min, into a total sample 
flow rate of 10 L/min). The spike must be pre-heated before introduction 
into the sample matrix to prevent a localized condensation of the gas 
stream at the spike introduction point. A heated sample transport 
line(s) containing multiple transport tubes within the heated bundle may 
be used to spike gas up through the sampling system to the spike 
introduction point. Use a calibrated flow device (e.g., mass flow meter/
controller), to monitor the spike flow as indicated by a calibrated flow 
meter or controller, or alternately, the SF6 tracer ratio may 
be calculated from the direct measurement and the diluted measurement. 
It is often desirable to use the tracer approach in calculating the 
spike/total flow ratio because of the difficulty in accurately measuring 
hot/wet total flow. The tracer technique has been successfully used in 
past validation efforts (Reference 1).
    9.2.2  Perform a direct-to-cell measurement of the dry, undiluted 
spike gas. Introduce the spike directly to the FTIR cell, bypassing the 
sampling system. Fill cell to 1 atmosphere and collect the spectrum of 
this sample. Ensure that the spike gas has equilibrated to the 
temperature of the measurement cell before acquisition of the spectra. 
Inspect the spectrum and verify that the gas is dry and contains 
negligible CO2. Repeat the process to obtain a second direct-
to-cell measurement. Analysis of spectral band areas for HCl from these 
duplicate measurements should agree to within 5 percent of 
the mean.
    9.2.3  Analyte Spiking. Determine whether the kiln gas contains 
native concentrations of HCl by examination of preliminary spectra. 
Determine whether the concentration varies significantly with time by 
observing a continuously up-dated spectrum of sample gas in the flow-
through sampling mode. If

[[Page 912]]

the concentration varies by more than 5 percent during the 
period of time required to acquire a spectra, then an alternate approach 
should be used. One alternate approach uses two sampling lines to convey 
sample to the gas distribution manifold. One of the sample lines is used 
to continuously extract unspiked kiln gas from the source. The other 
sample line serves as the analyte spike line. One FTIR system can be 
used in this arrangement. Spiked or unspiked sample gas may be directed 
to the FTIR system from the gas distribution manifold, with the need to 
purge only the components between the manifold and the FTIR system. This 
approach minimizes the time required to acquire an equilibrated sample 
of spiked or unspiked kiln gas. If the source varies by more than 
5 percent (or 5 ppm, whichever is greater) in the time it 
takes to switch from the unspiked sample line to the spiked sample line, 
then analyte spiking may not be a feasible means to determine the 
effectiveness of the sampling system for the HCl in the sample matrix. A 
second alternative is to use two completely independent FTIR measurement 
systems. One system would measure unspiked samples while the other 
system would measure the spiked samples. As a last option, (where no 
other alternatives can be used) a humidified nitrogen stream may be 
generated in the field which approximates the moisture content of the 
kiln gas. Analyte spiking into this humidified stream can be employed to 
assure that the sampling system is adequate for transporting the HCl to 
the FTIR instrumentation.
    9.2.3.1  Adjust the spike flow rate to approximately 10 percent of 
the total flow by metering spike gas through a calibrated mass flowmeter 
or controller. Allow spike flow to equilibrate within the sampling 
system before analyzing the first spiked kiln gas samples. A minimum of 
two consecutive spikes are required. Analysis of the spectral band area 
used for quantification should agree to within 5 percent or 
corrective action must be taken.
    9.2.3.2  After QA spiking is completed, the sampling system 
components shall be purged with nitrogen or dry air to eliminate traces 
of the HCl compound from the sampling system components. Acquire a 
sample spectra of the nitrogen purge to verify the absence of the 
calibration mixture.
    9.2.3.3  Analyte spiking procedures must be carefully executed to 
ensure that meaningful measurements are achieved. The requirements of 
sections 9.2.3.3.1 through 9.2.3.3.4 shall be met.
    9.2.3.3.1  The spike must be in the vapor phase, dry, and heated to 
(or above) the kiln gas temperature before it is introduced to the kiln 
gas stream.
    9.2.3.3.2  The spike flow rate must be constant and accurately 
measured.
    9.2.3.3.3  The total flow must also be measured continuously and 
reliably or the dilution ratio must otherwise be verified before and 
after a run by introducing a spike of a non-reactive, stable compound 
(i.e., tracer).
    9.2.3.3.4  The tracer must be inert to the sampling system 
components, not contained in the effluent gas, and readily detected by 
the analytical instrumentation. Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) has 
been used successfully (References 1 and 2) for this purpose.

                            9.3  Calculations

    9.3.1  Recovery. Calculate the percent recovery of the spiked 
analytes using equations 1 and 2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.033

Sm = Mean concentration of the analyte spiked effluent 
          samples (observed).
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.034
          
Ce = Expected concentration of the spiked samples 
          (theoretical).
Df = dilution Factor (Total flow/Spike flow). total flow = 
          spike flow plus effluent flow.
Cs = cylinder concentration of spike gas.
Su = native concentration of analytes in unspiked samples.

The spike dilution factor may be confirmed by measuring the total flow 
and the spike flow directly. Alternately, the spike dilution can be 
verified by comparing the concentration of the tracer compound in the 
spiked samples (diluted) to the tracer concentration in the direct 
(undiluted) measurement of the spike gas.
If SF6 is the tracer gas, then
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.035

[SF6]spike = the diluted SF6 
          concentration measured in a spiked sample.
[SF6]direct = the SF6 concentration 
          measured directly.

    9.3.2  Bias. The bias may be determined by the difference between 
the observed spike value and the expected response (i.e., the equivalent 
concentration of the spiked material plus the analyte concentration 
adjusted for spike dilution). Bias is defined by section 6.3.1 of EPA 
Method 301 of this appendix (Reference 8) as,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.036

Where:
B = Bias at spike level.
Sm = Mean concentration of the analyte spiked samples.
Ce = Expected concentration of the analyte in spiked samples.

Acceptable recoveries for analyte spiking are 30 percent. 
Application of correction factors

[[Page 913]]

to the data based upon bias and recovery calculations is subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Calibration transfer standards (CTS). The EPA Traceability 
Protocol gases or NIST traceable standards, with a minimum accuracy of 
2 percent shall be used. For other requirements of the CTS, 
see the FTIR Protocol section 4.5.
    10.2  Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N). The S/N shall be less than the 
minimum acceptable measurement uncertainty in the analytical regions to 
be used for measuring HCl.
    10.3  Absorbance Pathlength. Verify the absorbance path length by 
comparing CTS spectra to reference spectra of the calibration gas(es).
    10.4  Instrument Resolution. Measure the line width of appropriate 
CTS band(s) to verify instrumental resolution.
    10.5  Apodization Function. Choose the appropriate apodization 
function. Determine any appropriate mathematical transformations that 
are required to correct instrumental errors by measuring the CTS. Any 
mathematical transformations must be documented and reproducible. 
Reference 9 provides additional information about FTIR instrumentation.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    A full description of the analytical procedures is given in sections 
4.6-4.11, sections 5, 6, and 7, and the appendices of the FTIR Protocol. 
Additional description of quantitative spectral analysis is provided in 
References 10 and 11.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Data analysis is performed using appropriate reference spectra whose 
concentrations can be verified using CTS spectra. Various analytical 
programs (References 10 and 11) are available to relate sample 
absorbance to a concentration standard. Calculated concentrations should 
be verified by analyzing spectral baselines after mathematically 
subtracting scaled reference spectra from the sample spectra. A full 
description of the data analysis and calculations may be found in the 
FTIR Protocol (sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and appendices).
    12.1  Calculated concentrations in sample spectra are corrected for 
differences in absorption pathlength between the reference and sample 
spectra by
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.037

Where:

Ccorr = The pathlength corrected concentration.
Ccalc = The initial calculated concentration (output of the 
          multicomponent analysis program designed for the compound).
Lr = The pathlength associated with the reference spectra.
Ls = The pathlength associated with the sample spectra.
Ts = The absolute temperature (K) of the sample gas.
Tr = The absolute temperature (K) at which reference spectra 
          were recorded.

    12.2  The temperature correction in equation 5 is a volumetric 
correction. It does not account for temperature dependence of 
rotational-vibrational relative line intensities. Whenever possible, the 
reference spectra used in the analysis should be collected at a 
temperature near the temperature of the FTIR cell used in the test to 
minimize the calculated error in the measurement (FTIR Protocol, 
appendix D). Additionally, the analytical region chosen for the analysis 
should be sufficiently broad to minimize errors caused by small 
differences in relative line intensities between reference spectra and 
the sample spectra.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    A description of the method performance may be found in the FTIR 
Protocol. This method is self validating provided the results meet the 
performance specification of the QA spike in sections 9.0 through 9.3 of 
this method.

                       14.0  Pollution Prevention

    This is a gas phase measurement. Gas is extracted from the source, 
analyzed by the instrumentation, and discharged through the instrument 
vent.

                         15.0  Waste Management

    Gas standards of HCl are handled according to the instructions 
enclosed with the material safety data sheet.

                            16.0  References

    1. ``Laboratory and Field Evaluation of a Methodology for 
Determination of Hydrogen Chloride Emissions From Municipal and 
Hazardous Waste Incinerators,'' S.C. Steinsberger and J.H. Margeson. 
Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle 
Park, NC. NTIS Report No. PB89-220586. (1989).

[[Page 914]]

    2. ``Evaluation of HCl Measurement Techniques at Municipal and 
Hazardous Waste Incinerators,'' S.A. Shanklin, S.C. Steinsberger, and L. 
Cone, Entropy, Inc. Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Research Triangle Park, NC. NTIS Report No. PB90-221896. (1989).
    3. ``Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Method Validation at a Coal 
Fired-Boiler,'' Entropy, Inc. Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. EPA Publication No. EPA-454/R95-004. 
NTIS Report No. PB95-193199. (1993).
    4. ``Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) 
Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and Methanol at a Wool 
Fiberglass Production Facility.'' Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency Report, Entropy, Inc., EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment 
I-32.
    5. Kinner, L.L., Geyer, T.G., Plummer, G.W., Dunder, T.A., Entropy, 
Inc. ``Application of FTIR as a Continuous Emission Monitoring System.'' 
Presentation at 1994 International Incineration Conference, Houston, TX. 
May 10, 1994.
    6. ``Molecular Vibrations; The Theory of Infrared and Raman 
Vibrational Spectra,'' E. Bright Wilson, J.C. Decius, and P.C. Cross, 
Dover Publications, Inc., 1980. For a less intensive treatment of 
molecular rotational-vibrational spectra see, for example, ``Physical 
Chemistry,'' G.M. Barrow, chapters 12, 13, and 14, McGraw Hill, Inc., 
1979.
    7. ``Laboratory and Field Evaluations of Ammonium Chloride 
Interference in Method 26,'' U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
Report, Entropy, Inc., EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment No. I-
45.
    8. 40 CFR 63, appendix A. Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant 
Measurement Methods from Various Waste Media.
    9. ``Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometry,'' Peter R. Griffiths 
and James de Haseth, Chemical Analysis, 83, 16-25, (1986), P.J. Elving, 
J.D. Winefordner and I.M. Kolthoff (ed.), John Wiley and Sons.
    10. ``Computer-Assisted Quantitative Infrared Spectroscopy,'' 
Gregory L. McClure (ed.), ASTM Special Publication 934 (ASTM), 1987.
    11. ``Multivariate Least-Squares Methods Applied to the Quantitative 
Spectral Analysis of Multicomponent Mixtures,'' Applied Spectroscopy, 
39(10), 73-84, 1985.

[[Page 915]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.038

      

[[Page 916]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.039


[[Page 917]]



[57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 57924, Oct. 27, 1993; 
59 FR 1992, Jan. 13, 1994; 59 FR 19590, Apr. 22, 1994; 59 FR 61816, Dec. 
2, 1994; 60 FR 4979, Jan. 25, 1995; 60 FR 33122, 33123, June 27, 1995; 
60 FR 62952, Dec. 7, 1995; 62 FR 2793, Jan. 17, 1997; 62 FR 12549, Mar. 
17, 1997; 62 FR 52418, Oct. 7, 1997; 63 FR 15027, Mar. 27, 1998; 63 FR 
18630, Apr. 15, 1998; 63 FR 46535, Sept. 1, 1998; 64 FR 31718, 31937, 
June 14, 1999; 65 FR 62216, Oct. 17, 2000]

  Appendix B to Part 63--Sources Defined for Early Reduction Provisions

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Source                       Location of definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Organic Process Equipment in Volatile    56 FR 9315, March 6, 1991,
 Hazardous Air Pollutant Service at          Announcement of Negotiated
 Chemical Plants and Other Designated        Rulemaking
 Facilities.
 
    a. All valves in gas or light liquid
     service within a process unit
    b. All pumps in light liquid service
     within a process unit
    c. All connectors in gas or light
     liquid service within a process unit
    d. Each compressor
    e. Each product accumulator vessel
    f. Each agitator
    g. Each pressure relief device
    h. Each open-ended valve or line
    i. Each sampling connection system
    j. Each instrumentation system
    k. Each pump, valve, or connector in
     heavy liquid service
    l. Each closed vent system and control
     device
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Appendix C to Part 63--Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded 
            (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment Unit

                               I. Purpose

    The purpose of this appendix is to define the procedures for an 
owner or operator to use to calculate the site specific fraction of 
organic compounds biodegraded (Fbio) in a biological 
treatment unit. If an acceptable level of organic compounds is destroyed 
rather than emitted to the air or remaining in the effluent, the 
biological treatment unit may be used to comply with the applicable 
treatment requirements without the unit being covered and vented through 
a closed vent system to an air pollution control device.
    The determination of Fbio shall be made on a system as it 
would exist under the rule. The owner or operator should anticipate 
changes that would occur to the wastewater flow and concentration of 
organics, to be treated by the biological treatment unit, as a result of 
enclosing the collection and treatment system as required by the rule.
    Unless otherwise specified, the procedures presented in this 
appendix are designed to be applied to thoroughly mixed treatment units. 
A thoroughly mixed treatment unit is a unit that is designed and 
operated to approach or achieve uniform biomass distribution and organic 
compound concentration throughout the aeration unit by quickly 
dispersing the recycled biomass and the wastewater entering the unit. 
Detailed discussion on how to determine if a biological treatment unit 
is thoroughly mixed can be found in reference 7. Systems that are not 
thoroughly mixed treatment units should be subdivided into a series of 
zones that have uniform characteristics within each zone. The number of 
zones required to characterize a biological treatment system will depend 
on the design and operation of the treatment system. Detailed discussion 
on how to determine the number of zones in a biological treatment unit 
and examples of determination of f bio can be found in 
reference 8. Each zone should then be modeled as a separate unit. The 
amount of air emissions and biodegradation from the modeling of these 
separate zones can then be added to reflect the entire system.

                             II. Definitions

    Biological treatment unit = wastewater treatment unit designed and 
operated to promote the growth of bacteria to destroy organic materials 
in wastewater.

fbio = The fraction of individual applicable organic 
          compounds in the wastewater biodegraded in a biological 
          treatment unit.
Fbio = The fraction of total applicable organic compounds in 
          the wastewater biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
Fe = The fraction of applicable organic compounds emitted from the 
          wastewater to the atmosphere.
K1 = First order biodegradation rate constant, L/g MLVSS-hr
KL = liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient, m/s
M = compound specific mass flow weighted average of organic compounds in 
          the wastewater, Mg/Yr

          III. Procedures for Determination of fbio

    The first step in the analysis to determine if a biological 
treatment unit may be used without being covered and vented through a 
closed-vent system to an air pollution control device is to determine 
the compound-specific fbio. The following procedures may be 
used to determine fbio:
    (1) The EPA Test Method 304A or 304B (appendix A, part 63)--Method 
for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds,

[[Page 918]]

    (2) Performance data with and without biodegradation,
    (3) Inlet and outlet concentration measurements,
    (4) Batch tests,
    (5) Multiple zone concentration measurements.
    All procedures must be executed so that the resulting 
fbio is based on the collection system and waste management 
units being in compliance with the rule. If the collection system and 
waste management units meet the suppression requirements at the time of 
the test, any of the procedures may be chosen. If the collection system 
and waste management units are not in compliance at the time of the 
performance test, then only Method 304A, B, or the batch test shall be 
chosen. If Method 304A, B, or the batch test is used, any anticipated 
changes to the influent of the full-scale biological treatment unit that 
will occur after the facility has enclosed the collection system must be 
represented in the influent feed to the benchtop bioreactor unit, or 
test unit.
    Select one or more appropriate procedures from the five listed above 
based on the availability of site specific data and the type of mixing 
that occurs in the unit (thoroughly mixed or multiple mixing zone). If 
the facility does not have site-specific data on the removal efficiency 
of its biological treatment unit, then Procedure 1 or Procedure 4 may be 
used. Procedure 1 allows the use of a benchtop bioreactor to determine 
the first-order biodegradation rate constant. An owner or operator may 
elect to assume the first order biodegradation rate constant is zero for 
any regulated compound(s) present in the wastewater. Procedure 4 
explains two types of batch tests which may be used to estimate the 
first order biodegradation rate constant. An owner or operator may elect 
to assume the first order biodegradation rate constant is zero for any 
regulated compound(s) present in the wastewater. Procedure 3 would be 
used if the facility has, or measures to determine, data on the inlet 
and outlet individual organic compound concentration for the biological 
treatment unit. Procedure 3 may only be used on a thoroughly mixed 
treatment unit. Procedure 5 is the concentration measurement test that 
can be used for units with multiple mixing zones. Procedure 2 is used if 
a facility has or obtains performance data on a biotreatment unit prior 
to and after addition of the microbial mass. An example where Procedure 
2 could be used is an activated sludge unit where measurements have been 
taken on inlet and exit concentration of organic compounds in the 
wastewater prior to seeding with the microbial mass and startup of the 
unit. The flow chart in figure 1 outlines the steps to use for each of 
the procedures.

                  A. Method 304A or 304B (Procedure 1)

    If the first procedure is selected, follow the instructions in 
appendix A of part 63 Method 304A ``Method for the Determination of 
Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds (Vented Option)'' or Method 
304B ``Method for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic 
Compounds (Scrubber Option).'' Method 304A or 304B provides instruction 
on setting up and operating a self-contained benchtop bioreactor system 
which is operated under conditions representative of the target full-
scale system. Method 304A uses a benchtop bioreactor system with a vent, 
and uses modeling to estimate any air emissions. Method 304B uses a 
benchtop bioreactor system which is equipped with a scrubber and is not 
vented.
    There are some restrictions on which method a source may use. If the 
facility is measuring the rate of biodegradation of compounds that may 
tend to react or hydrolyze in the scrubber of Method 304B, this method 
shall not be used and Method 304A is the required method. If a Henry's 
law value is not available to use with Form V, then Method 304A shall 
not be used and Method 304B is the required method. When using either 
method, the feed flow to the benchtop bioreactor shall be representative 
of the flow and concentration of the wastewater that will be treated by 
the full-scale biological treatment unit after the collection and 
treatment system has been enclosed as required under the applicable 
subpart.
    The conditions under which the full-scale biological treatment unit 
is run establish the operating parameters of Method 304A or 304B. If the 
biological treatment unit is operated under abnormal operating 
conditions (conditions outside the range of critical parameters examined 
and confirmed in the laboratory), the EPA believes this will adversely 
affect the biodegradation rate and is an unacceptable treatment option. 
The facility would be making multiple runs of the test method to 
simulate the operating range for its biological treatment unit. For wide 
ranges of variation in operating parameters, the facility shall 
demonstrate the biological treatment unit is achieving an acceptable 
level of control, as required by the regulation, across the ranges and 
not only at the endpoints.
    If Method 304A is used, complete Form V initially. Form V is used to 
calculate K1 from the Method 304A results. Form V uses the Henry's law 
constant to estimate the fraction lost from the benchtop reactor vent. 
The owner or operator shall use the Henry's law values in Table I. Form 
V also gives direction for calculating an equivalent KL. Note on Form V 
if the calculated number for line 11 is greater than the calculated 
value for line 13, this procedure shall not be used

[[Page 919]]

to demonstrate the compound is biodegradable. If line 11 is greater than 
line 13, this is an indication the fraction emitted from the vent is 
greater than the fraction biodegraded. The equivalent KL determined on 
Form V is used in Form II (line 6). Estimation of the Fe and 
fbio must be done following the steps in Form III. Form III 
uses the previously calculated values of K1 and KL (equivalent KL), and 
site-specific parameters of the full-scale bioreactor as input to the 
calculations. Forms II, III, and V must be completed for each organic 
compound in the wastewater to determine Fe and fbio.
    If Method 304B is used, perform the method and use the measurements 
to determine K1, which is the first-order biodegradation rate constant. 
Form I lists the sequence of steps in the procedure for calculating K1 
from the Method 304B results. Once K1 is determined, KL must be 
calculated by use of mass transfer equations. Form II outlines the 
procedure to follow for use of mass transfer equations to determine KL. 
A computer program which incorporates these mass transfer equations may 
be used. Water7 is a program that incorporates these mass transfer 
equations and may be used to determine KL. Refer to Form II-A to 
determine KL, if Water7 or the most recent update to this model is used. 
In addition, the Bay Area Sewage Toxics Emission (BASTE) model version 
3.0 or equivalent upgrade and the TOXCHEM (Environment Canada's 
Wastewater Technology Centre and Environmega, Ltd.) model version 1.10 
or equivalent upgrade may also be used to determine KL for the 
biological treatment unit with several stipulations. The programs must 
be altered to output a KL value which is based on the site-specific 
parameters of the unit modeled, and the Henry's law values listed in 
Table I must be substituted for the existing Henry's law values in the 
programs. Input values used in the model and corresponding output values 
shall become documentation of the fbio determination. The 
owner or operator should be aware these programs do not allow modeling 
of certain units. To model these units, the owner or operator shall use 
one of the other appropriate procedures as outlined in this appendix. 
The owner or operator shall not use a default value for KL. The KL value 
determined by use of these models shall be based on the site-specific 
parameters of the specific unit. This KL value shall be inserted in Form 
II (line 6). Estimation of the Fe and fbio must be done 
following the steps in Form III. Form III uses the previously calculated 
values of K1 and KL, and site-specific parameters of the full-scale 
bioreactor as input to the calculations. Forms I, II, and III must be 
completed for each organic compound in the wastewater to determine Fe 
and fbio.

    B. Performance Data With and Without Biodegradation (Procedure 2)

    Procedure 2 uses site-specific performance data that represents or 
characterizes operation of the unit both with and without 
biodegradation. As previously mentioned, proper determination of 
fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the 
rule. Using Form IV, calculate KL and K1. After KL and K1 are 
determined, Form III is used to calculate Fe and fbio for 
each organic compound present in the wastewater.

      C. Inlet and Outlet Concentration Measurements (Procedure 3)

    Procedure 3 uses measured inlet and outlet organic compound 
concentrations for the unit. This procedure may only be used on a 
thoroughly mixed treatment unit. Again, proper determination of 
fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the 
rule. The first step in using this procedure is to calculate KL using 
Form II. A computer model may be used. If the Water7 model or the most 
recent update to this model is used, then use Form II-A to calculate KL. 
After KL is determined using field data, complete Form VI to calculate 
K1. The TOXCHEM or BASTE model may also be used to calculate KL for the 
biological treatment unit, with the stipulations listed in procedure 
304B. After KL and K1 are determined, Form III is used to calculate Fe 
and fbio for each organic compound.

                      D. Batch Tests (Procedure 4)

    Two types of batch tests which may be used to determine kinetic 
parameters are: (1) The aerated reactor test and (2) the sealed reactor 
test. The aerated reactor test is also known as the BOX test (batch test 
with oxygen addition). The sealed reactor test is also known as the 
serum bottle test. These batch tests should be conducted only by persons 
familiar with procedures for determining biodegradation kinetics. 
Detailed discussions of batch procedures for determining biodegradation 
kinetic parameters can be found in references 1-4.
    For both batch test approaches, a biomass sample from the activated 
sludge unit of interest is collected, aerated, and stored for no more 
than 4 hours prior to testing. To collect sufficient data when 
biodegradation is rapid, it may be necessary to dilute the biomass 
sample. If the sample is to be diluted, the biomass sample shall be 
diluted using treated effluent from the activated sludge unit of 
interest to a concentration such that the biodegradation test will last 
long enough to make at least six concentration measurements. It is 
recommended that the tests not be terminated until the compound 
concentration falls below the limit of quantitation (LOQ). Measurements 
that are below the LOQ should not be used in the data analysis.

[[Page 920]]

Biomass concentrations shall be determined using standard methods for 
measurement of mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (MLVSS) (reference 
5).
    The change in concentration of a test compound may be monitored by 
either measuring the concentration in the liquid or in the reactor 
headspace. The analytical technique chosen for the test should be as 
sensitive as possible. For the batch test procedures described in this 
section, equilibrium conditions must exist between the liquid and gas 
phases of the experiments because the data analysis procedures are based 
on this premise. To use the headspace sampling approach, the reactor 
headspace must be in equilibrium with the liquid so that the headspace 
concentrations can be correlated with the liquid concentrations. Before 
the biodegradation testing is conducted, the equilibrium assumption must 
be verified. A discussion of the equilibrium assumption verification is 
given below in sections D.1 and D.2 since different approaches are 
required for the two types of batch tests.
    To determine biodegradation kinetic parameters in a batch test, it 
is important to choose an appropriate initial substrate (compound(s) of 
interest) concentration for the test. The outcome of the batch 
experiment may be influenced by the initial substrate (SO) to 
biomass (XO) ratio (see references 3, 4, and 6). This ratio 
is typically measured in chemical oxygen demand (COD) units. When the 
SO/XO ratio is low, cell multiplication and growth 
in the batch test is negligible and the kinetics measured by the test 
are representative of the kinetics in the activated sludge unit of 
interest. The SO/XO ratio for a batch test is 
determined with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.034

Where:

SO/XO=initial substrate to biomass ratio on a COD 
          basis
Si=initial substrate concentration in COD units (g COD/L)
X=biomass concentration in the batch test (g MLVSS/L)
1.42 = Conversion factor to convert to COD units

    For the batch tests described in this section, the SO/
XO ratio (on a COD basis) must be initially less than 0.5.
    1. Aerated Reactor Test. An aerated draft tube reactor may be used 
for the biokinetics testing (as an example see Figure 2 of appendix C). 
Other aerated reactor configurations may also be used. Air is bubbled 
through a porous frit at a rate sufficient to aerate and keep the 
reactor uniformly mixed. Aeration rates typically vary from 50 to 200 
ml/min for a 1 liter system. A mass flow rate controller is used to 
carefully control the air flow rate because it is important to have an 
accurate measure of this rate. The dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration 
in the system must not fall below 2 mg/liter so that the biodegradation 
observed will not be DO-limited. Once the air flow rate is established, 
the test mixture (or compound) of interest is then injected into the 
reactor and the concentration of the compound(s) is monitored over time. 
Concentrations may be monitored in the liquid or in the headspace. A 
minimum of six samples shall be taken over the period of the test. 
However, it is necessary to collect samples until the compound 
concentration falls below the LOQ. If liquid samples are collected, they 
must be small enough such that the liquid volume in the batch reactor 
does not change by more than 10%.
    Before conducting experiments with biomass, it is necessary to 
verify the equilibrium assumption. The equilibrium assumption can be 
verified by conducting a stripping experiment using the effluent (no 
biomass) from the activated sludge unit of interest. Effluent is 
filtered with a 0.45 um or smaller filter and placed in the draft tube 
reactor. Air is sparged into the system and the compound concentration 
in the liquid or headspace is monitored over time. This test with no 
biomass may provide an estimate of the Henry's law constant. If the 
system is at equilibrium, the Henry's law constant may be estimated with 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.035

Where:

C=cencentration at time, t (min)
CO=concentration at t=0
G=volumetric gas flow rate (ml/min)
V=liquid volume in the batch reactor (ml)
Keq=Henry's law constant (mg/L-gas)/(mg/L-liquid)
t=time (min)

    A plot of--ln(C/Co) as a function of t will have a slope 
equal to GKeq/V. The equilibrium assumption can be verified 
by comparing the experimentally determined Keq for the system 
to literature values of the Henry's Law constant (including those listed 
in this appendix). If Keq does not match the

[[Page 921]]

Henry's law constant, Keq shall be determined from analysis 
of the headspace and liquid concentration in a batch system.
    The concentration of a compound decreases in the bioreactor due to 
both biodegradation and stripping. Biodegradation processes are 
typically described with a Monod model. This model and a stripping 
expression are combined to give a mass balance for the aerated draft 
tube reactor ):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.036

Where:

s=test compound concentration, mg/liter
G=volumetric gas flow rate, liters/hr
Keq=Henry's Law constant measured in the system, (mg/liter 
          gas)/(mg/liter liquid)
V=volume of liquid in the reactor, liters
X=biomass concentration (g MLVSS/liter)
Qm=maximum rate of substrate removal, mg/g MLVSS/hr
KS=Monod biorate constant at half the maximum rate, mg/liter

    Equation App. C-3 can be integrated to obtain the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.162

A=GKeqKs + QmVX
B=GKeq
So=test compound concentration at t=0
    This equation is used along with the substrate concentration versus 
time data to determine the best fit parameters (Qm and 
KS) to describe the biodegradation process in the aerated 
reactor. If the aerated reactor test is used, the following procedure is 
used to analyze the data. Evaluate Keq for the compound of 
interest with Form XI. The concentration in the vented headspace or 
liquid is measured as a function of time and the data is entered on Form 
XI. A plot is made from the data and attached to the Form XI. 
Keq is calculated on Form XI and the results are contrasted 
with the expected value of Henry's law obtained from Form IX. If the 
comparison is satisfactory, the stripping constant is calculated from 
Keq, completing Form XI. The values of Keq may 
differ because the theoretical value of Keq may not be 
applicable to the system of interest. If the comparison of the 
calculated Keq from the form and the expected value of 
Henry's law is unsatisfactory, Form X can alternatively be used to 
validate Keq. If the aerated reactor is demonstrated to not 
be at equilibrium, either modify the reactor design and/or operation, or 
use another type of batch test.
    The compound-specific biorate constants are then measured using Form 
XII. The stripping constant that was determined from Form XI and a 
headspace correction factor of 1 are entered on Form XII. The aerated 
reactor biotest may then be run, measuring concentrations of each 
compound of interest as a function of time. If headspace concentrations 
are measured instead of liquid concentrations, then the corresponding 
liquid concentrations are calculated from the headspace measurements 
using the Keq determined on Form XI and entered on Form XII.
    The concentration data on Form XII may contain scatter that can 
adversely influence the data interpretation. It is possible to curve fit 
the concentration data and enter the concentrations on the fitted curve 
instead of the actual data. If curve fitting is used, the curve-fitting 
procedure must be based upon the Equation App. C-4. When curve fitting 
is used, it is necessary to attach a plot of the actual data and the 
fitted curve to Form XII.
    If the stripping rate constant is relatively large when compared to 
the biorate at low concentrations, it may be difficult to obtain 
accurate evaluations of the first-order biorate constant. In these 
cases, either reducing the stripping rate constant by lowering the 
aeration rate, or increasing the biomass concentrations should be 
considered.
    The final result of the batch testing is the measurement of a 
biorate that can be used to estimate the fraction biodegraded, 
fbio. The

[[Page 922]]

number transferred to Form III is obtained from Form XII, line 9.
    2. Sealed Reactor Test. This test uses a closed system to prevent 
losses of the test compound by volatilization. This test may be 
conducted using a serum bottle or a sealed draft tube reactor (for an 
example see Figure 3 of appendix C). Since no air is supplied, it is 
necessary to ensure that sufficient oxygen is present in the system. The 
DO concentration in the system must not fall below 2 mg/liter so that 
the biodegradation observed will not be DO-limited. As an alternative, 
oxygen may be supplied by electrolysis as needed to maintain the DO 
concentration above 2 mg/liter. The reactor contents must be uniformly 
mixed, by stirring or agitation using a shaker or similar apparatus. The 
test mixture (or compound) of interest is injected into the reactor and 
the concentration is monitored over time. A minimum of six samples shall 
be taken over the period of the test. However, it is necessary to 
monitor the concentration until it falls below the LOQ.
    The equilibrium assumption must be verified for the batch reactor 
system. In this case, Keq may be determined by simultaneously 
measuring gas and liquid phase concentrations at different times within 
a given experiment. A constant ratio of gas/liquid concentrations 
indicates that equilibrium conditions are present and Keq is 
not a function of concentration. This ratio is then taken as the 
Keq for the specific compound in the test. It is not 
necessary to measure Keq for each experiment. If the ratio is 
not constant, the equilibrium assumption is not valid and it is 
necessary to (1) increase mixing energy for the system and retest for 
the equilibrium assumption, or (2) use a different type of test (for 
example, a collapsible volume reactor).
    The concentration of a compound decreases in the bioreactor due to 
biodegradation according to Equation App. C-5:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.038

Where:

s=test compound concentration (mg/liters)
Vl=the average liquid volume in the reactor (liters)
Vg=the average gas volume in the reactor (liters)
Qm=maximum rate of substrate removal (mg/g ML VSS/hr)
Keq=Henry's Law constant determined for the test, (mg/liter 
          gas)/(mg/liter liquid)
Ks=Monod biorate constant at one-half the maximum rate (mg/
          liter)
t=time (hours)
X=biomass concentration (g ML VSS/liter )
so=test compound concentration at time t=0

    Equation App. C-5 can be solved analytically to give:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.163
    
    This equation is used along with the substrate concentration versus 
time data to determine the best fit parameters (Qm and 
Ks) to describe the biodegradation process in the sealed 
reactor.
    If the sealed reactor test is used, Form X is used to determine the 
headspace correction factor. The disappearance of a compound in the 
sealed reactor test is slowed because a fraction of the compound is not 
available for biodegradation because it is present in the headspace. If 
the compound is almost entirely in the liquid phase, the headspace 
correction factor is approximately one. If the headspace correction 
factor is substantially less than one, improved mass transfer or reduced 
headspace may improve the accuracy of the sealed reactor test. A 
preliminary sealed reactor test must be conducted to test the 
equilibrium assumption. As the compound of interest is degraded, 
simultaneous headspace and liquid samples should be collected and Form X 
should be used to evaluate Keq. The ratio of headspace to 
liquid concentrations must be constant in order to confirm that 
equilibrium conditions exist. If equilibrium conditions are not present, 
additional mixing or an alternate reactor configuration may be required.

[[Page 923]]

    The compound-specific biorate constants are then calculated using 
Form XII. For the sealed reactor test, a stripping rate constant of zero 
and the headspace correction factor that was determined from Form X are 
entered on Form XII. The sealed reactor test may then be run, measuring 
the concentrations of each compound of interest as a function of time. 
If headspace concentrations are measured instead of liquid 
concentrations, then the corresponding liquid concentrations are 
calculated from the headspace measurements using Keq from 
Form X and entered on Form XII.
    The concentration data on Form XII may contain scatter that can 
adversely influence the data interpretation. It is possible to curve fit 
the concentration data and enter the concentrations on the fitted curve 
instead of the actual data. If curve fitting is used, the curve-fitting 
procedure must be based upon Equation App. C-6. When curve fitting is 
used, it is necessary to attach a plot of the actual data and the fitted 
curve to Form XII.
    If a sealed collapsible reactor is used that has no headspace, the 
headspace correction factor will equal 1, but the stripping rate 
constant may not equal 0 due to diffusion losses through the reactor 
wall. The ratio of the rate of loss of compound to the concentration of 
the compound in the reactor (units of per hour) must be evaluated. This 
loss ratio has the same units as the stripping rate constant and may be 
entered as the stripping rate constant on line 1 of Form XII.
    If the loss due to diffusion through the walls of the collapsible 
reactor is relatively large when compared to the biorate at low 
concentrations, it may be difficult to obtain accurate evaluations of 
the first-order biorate constant. In these cases, either replacing the 
materials used to construct the reactor with materials of low 
permeability or increasing the biomass concentration should be 
considered.
    The final result of the batch testing is the measurement of a 
biorate that can be used to estimate the fraction biodegraded, 
fbio. The number transferred to Form III is obtained from 
Form XII, line 9.
    The number on Form XII line 9 will equal the Monod first-order 
biorate constant if the full-scale system is operated in the first-order 
range. If the full-scale system is operated at concentrations above that 
of the Monod first-order range, the value of the number on line 9 will 
be somewhat lower than the Monod first-order biorate constant. With 
supporting biorate data, the Monod model used in Form XII may be used to 
estimate the effective biorate constant K1 for use in Form III.
    If a reactor with headspace is used, analysis of the data using 
equation App. C-6 is valid only if Vl and Vg do 
not change more than 10% (i.e., they can be approximated as constant for 
the duration of the test). Since biodegradation is occurring only in the 
liquid, as the liquid concentration decreases it is necessary for mass 
to transfer from the gas to the liquid phase. This may require vigorous 
mixing and/or reducing the volume in the headspace of the reactor.
    If there is no headspace (e.g., a collapsible reactor), equation 
App. C-6 is independent of V1 and there are no restrictions 
on the liquid volume. If a membrane or bag is used as the collapsible-
volume reactor, it may be important to monitor for diffusion losses in 
the system. To determine if there are losses, the bag should be used 
without biomass and spiked with the compound(s) of interest. The 
concentration of the compound(s) in the reactor should be monitored over 
time. The data are analyzed as described above for the sealed reactor 
test.
    3. Quality Control/Quality Assurance (QA/QC). A QA/QC plan outlining 
the procedures used to determine the biodegradation rate constants shall 
be prepared and a copy maintained at the source. The plan should 
include, but may not be limited to:
    1. A description of the apparatus used (e.g., size, volume, method 
of supplying air or oxygen, mixing, and sampling procedures) including a 
simplified schematic drawing.
    2. A description of how biomass was sampled from the activated 
sludge unit.
    3. A description of how biomass was held prior to testing (age, 
etc.).
    4. A description of what conditions (DO, gas-liquid equilibrium, 
temperature, etc.) are important, what the target values are, how the 
factors were controlled, and how well they were controlled.
    5. A description of how the experiment was conducted, including 
preparation of solutions, dilution procedures, sampling procedures, 
monitoring of conditions, etc.
    6. A description of the analytical instrumentation used, how the 
instruments were calibrated, and a summary of the precision for that 
equipment.
    7. A description of the analytical procedures used. If appropriate, 
reference to an ASTM, EPA or other procedure may be used. Otherwise, 
describe how the procedure is done, what is done to measure precision, 
accuracy, recovery, etc., as appropriate.
    8. A description of how data are captured, recorded, and stored.
    9. A description of the equations used and their solutions, 
including a reference to any software used for calculations and/or 
curve-fitting.

        E. Multiple Zone Concentration Measurements (Procedure 5)

    Procedure 5 is the concentration measurement method that can be used 
to determine the fbio for units that are not thoroughly

[[Page 924]]

mixed and thus have multiple zones of mixing. As with the other 
procedures, proper determination of fbio must be made on a 
system as it would exist under the rule. For purposes of this 
calculation, the biological unit must be divided \1\ into zones with 
uniform characteristics within each zone. The number of zones that is 
used depends on the complexity of the unit. Reference 8, ``Technical 
Support Document for the Evaluation of Aerobic Biological Treatment 
Units with Multiple Mixing Zones,'' is a source for further information 
concerning how to determine the number of zones that should be used for 
evaluating your unit. The following information on the biological unit 
must be available to use this procedure: basic unit variables such as 
inlet and recycle wastewater flow rates, type of agitation, and 
operating conditions; measured representative organic compound 
concentrations in each zone and the inlet and outlet; and estimated mass 
transfer coefficients for each zone.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ This is a mathematical division of the actual unit; not addition 
of physical barriers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reference 8 ``Technical Support Document for the Evaluation of 
Aerobic Biological Treatment Units with Multiple Mixing Zones,'' is a 
source for further information concerning how to interpolate the 
biorates for multiple zones. In units with well-characterized 
concentration measurements obtained in an initial evaluation of the 
unit, it may be possible to demonstrate that there is a good correlation 
of the component concentrations with the locations in the multiple-zone 
unit. With this good correlation, it may be possible to accurately 
predict the concentrations in selected zones without actually testing 
each selected zone. This correlation method may be used for units that 
have many zones (greater than 5) or where one of the interior zones is 
not readily accessible for sampling. To use this correlation method of 
estimating zone concentrations, it is necessary to measure the 
concentrations in the inlet unit, the exit unit, and sufficient interior 
units to obtain a correlation of component concentrations with the 
locations. You cannot use this correlation method of estimating selected 
zone concentrations if monitoring of each zone is required, or if the 
accuracy and precision of the correlation is inferior to actual 
individual sampling error. The accuracy and precision of the correlation 
may be improved by increasing the number of locations tested. Because 
the correlation is based on many samples, it should provide an accurate 
representation of a stable operating system.
    The estimated mass transfer coefficient for each compound in each 
zone is obtained from Form II using the characteristics of each zone. A 
computer model may be used. If the Water7 model or the most recent 
update to this model is used, then use Form II-A to calculate KL. The 
TOXCHEM or BASTE model may also be used to calculate KL for the 
biological treatment unit, with the stipulations listed in Procedure 
304B. Compound concentration measurements for each zone are used in Form 
XIII to calculate the fbio. A copy of Form XIII is completed 
for each of the compounds of concern treated in the biological unit.

                      IV. Calculation of Fbio

    At this point, the individual fbios determined by 
the previously explained procedures must be summed to obtain the total 
Fbio. To determine the Fbio multiply each compound 
specific fbio by the compound-specific average mass flow rate 
of the organic compound in the wastewater stream (see regulation for 
instruction on calculation of average mass flow rate). Sum these 
products and divide by the total wastewater stream average mass flow 
rate of organic compounds.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.040

M=compound specific average mass flow rate of the organic compounds in 
          the wastewater (Mg/Yr)
n=number of organic compounds in the wastewater

    The Fbio is then used in the applicable compliance 
equations in the regulation to determine if biodegradation may be used 
to comply with the treatment standard without covering and venting to an 
air pollution control device.

[[Page 925]]

                               References

    1. Rajagopalan, S. et al. ``Comparison of Methods for Determining 
Biodegradation Kinetics of Volatile Organic Compounds.'' Proceedings of 
Water Environment Federation. 67th Annual Conference, October 15-19, 
1994.
    2. Ellis, T.G. et al. ``Determination of Toxic Organic Chemical 
Biodegradation Kinetics Using Novel Respirometric Technique''. 
Proceedings Water Environment Federation, 67th Annual Conference, 
October 15-19, 1994.
    3. Pitter, P. and J. Chudoba. Biodegradability of Organic Substances 
in the Aquatic Environment. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 1990.
    4. Grady, C.P.L., B. Smets, and D. Barbeau. Variability in kinetic 
parameter estimates: A review of possible causes and a proposed 
terminology. Wat. Res. 30 (3), 742-748, 1996.
    5. Eaton, A.D., et al. eds., Standard Methods for the Examination of 
Water and Wastewater, 19th Edition, American Public Health Association, 
Washington, DC, 1995.
    6. Chudoba P., B. Capdeville, and J. Chudoba. Explanation of 
biological meaning of the So/Xo ratio in batch cultivation. Wat. Sci. 
Tech. 26 (3/4), 743-751, 1992.
    7. Technical Support Document for Evaluation of Thoroughly Mixed 
Biological Treatment Units. November 1998.
    8. Technical Support Document for the Evaluation of Aerobic 
Biological Treatment Units with Multiple Mixing Zones. July 1999.

                                 Table I
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  HL @ 25  deg.C (atm/   HL @ 100  deg.C
            Compound                   mole frac)        (atm/mole frac)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1  Acetaldehyde................  4.87e+00                5.64e+01
3  Acetonitrile................  1.11e+00                1.78e+01
4  Acetophenone................  5.09e-01                2.25e+01
5  Acrolein....................  4.57e+00                6.61e+01
8  Acrylonitrile...............  5.45e+00                6.67e+01
9  Allyl chloride..............  5.15e+02                2.26e+03
10  Aniline....................  9.78e-02                1.42e+00
12  Benzene....................  3.08e+02                1.93e+03
14  Benzyl chloride............  1.77e+01                2.88e+02
15  Biphenyl...................  2.27e+01                1.27e+03
17  Bromoform..................  2.96e+01                3.98e+02
18  1,3-Butadiene..............  3.96e+03                1.56e+04
20  Carbon disulfide...........  1.06e+03                3.60e+03
21  Carbon tetrachloride.......  1.68e+03                1.69e+04
23  2-Chloroacetophenone.......  4.84e-02                1.43e+01
24  Chlorobenzene..............  2.09e+02                3.12e+03
25  Chloroform.................  2.21e+02                1.34e+03
26  Chloroprene................  5.16e+01                1.74e+02
29  o-Cresol...................  9.12e-02                2.44e+01
31  Cumene.....................  7.28e+02                7.15e+03
32  1,4-Dichlorobenzene(p).....  1.76e+02                1.95e+03
33  Dichloroethyl ether........  1.14e+00                3.57e+01
34  1,3-Dichloropropene........  1.97e+02                1.44e+03
36  N,N-Dimethylaniline........  7.70e-01                5.67e+02
37  Diethyl sulfate............  3.41e-01                4.22e+01
38  3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine.....  7.51e-05                5.09e-01
40  1,1-Dimethylhydrazine......  9.11e-02                1.57e+01
42  Dimethyl sulfate...........  2.23e-01                1.43e+01
43  2,4-Dinitrophenol..........  2.84e-01                1.50e+02
44  2,4-Dinitrotoluene.........  4.00e-01                9.62e+00
45  1,4-Dioxane................  3.08e-01                9.53e+00
47  Epichlorohydrin............  1.86e+00                4.34e+01
48  Ethyl acrylate.............  1.41e+01                3.01e+02
49  Ethylbenzene...............  4.38e+02                4.27e+03
50  Ethyl chloride               6.72e+02                3.10e+03
 (chloroethane).
51  Ethylene dibromide.........  3.61e+01                5.15e+02
52  Ethylene dichloride (1,2-    6.54e+01                5.06e+02
 Dichloroethane).
54  Ethylene oxide.............  1.32e+01                9.09e+01
55  Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-  3.12e+02                2.92e+03
 Dichloroethane).
57  Ethylene glycol dimethyl     1.95e+00                4.12e+01
 ether.
60  Ethylene glycol monoethyl    9.86e-02                6.03e+00
 ether acetate.
62  Ethylene glycol monomethyl   1.22e-01                6.93e+00
 ether acetate.
64  Diethylene glycol dimethyl   8.38e-02                4.69e+00
 ether.
69  Diethylene glycol diethyl    1.19e-01                7.71e+00
 ether.
72  Ethylene glycol monobutyl    2.75e-01                2.50e+01
 ether acetate.
73  Hexachlorobenzene..........  9.45e+01                2.57e+04
74  Hexachlorobutadiene........  5.72e+02                6.92e+03
75  Hexachloroethane...........  4.64e+02                7.49e+04
76  Hexane.....................  4.27e+04                9.44e+04

[[Page 926]]

 
78  Isophorone.................  3.68e-01                1.68e+01
80  Methanol...................  2.89e-01                7.73e+00
81  Methyl bromide               3.81e+02                2.12e+03
 (Bromomethane).
82  Methyl chloride              4.90e+02                2.84e+03
 (Chloromethane).
83  Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-    9.67e+02                5.73e+03
 Trichloroethane).
84  Methyl ethyl ketone (2-      7.22e+00                5.92e+01
 Butanone).
86  Methyl isobutyl ketone       2.17e+01                3.72e+02
 (Hexone).
88  Methyl methacrylate........  7.83e+00                9.15e+01
89  Methyl tert-butyl ether....  3.08e+01                2.67e+02
90  Methylene chloride           1.64e+02                9.15e+02
 (Dichloromethane).
93  Naphthalene................  2.68e+01                7.10e+02
94  Nitrobenzene...............  1.33e+00                2.80e+01
96  2-Nitropropane.............  6.61e+00                8.76e+01
99  Phosgene...................  7.80e+02                3.51e+03
102  Propionaldehyde...........  3.32e+00                1.42e+02
103  Propylene dichloride......  1.59e+02                1.27e+03
104  Propylene oxide...........  1.98e+01                1.84e+02
106  Styrene...................  1.45e+02                1.72e+03
107  1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane.  1.39e+01                1.99e+02
108  Tetrachloroethylene         9.83e+02                1.84e+04
 (Perchloroethylene).
109  Toluene...................  3.57e+02                2.10e+03
112  o-Toluidine...............  1.34e-01                1.15e+01
113  1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene....  1.07e+02                1.04e+03
114  1,1,2-Trichloroethane.....  4.58e+01                5.86e+02
115  Trichloroethylene.........  5.67e+02                7.66e+03
116  2,4,5-Trichlorophenol.....  4.84e-01                6.27e+01
117  Triethylamine.............  6.94e+00                2.57e+02
118  2,2,4-Trimethylpentane....  1.85e+05                9.74e+05
119  Vinyl acetate.............  2.82e+01                2.80e+02
120  Vinyl chloride............  1.47e+03                6.45e+03
121  Vinylidene chloride (1,1-   1.44e+03                1.40e+04
 Dichloroethylene).
123  m-Xylene..................  4.13e+02                3.25e+03
124  o-Xylene..................  2.71e+02                2.55e+03
125  p-Xylene..................  4.13e+02                3.20e+03
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 927]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.164

      

[[Page 928]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.042

      

[[Page 929]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.043

      

[[Page 930]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.044


[[Page 931]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.045

      

[[Page 932]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.046

      

[[Page 933]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.047

      

[[Page 934]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.048

      

[[Page 935]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.049

      

[[Page 936]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.050

      

[[Page 937]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.051

      

[[Page 938]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.052

      

[[Page 939]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.053

      

[[Page 940]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.054

      

[[Page 941]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.055

      

[[Page 942]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.056

      

[[Page 943]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.057

      

[[Page 944]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.058

      

[[Page 945]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.059

      

[[Page 946]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.060

      

[[Page 947]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.061

      

[[Page 948]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.165

[62 FR 2801, Jan. 17, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 67794, Dec. 9, 1998; 66 
FR 6935, Jan. 22, 2001]

 Appendix D to Part 63--Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA Waste 
                         and Wastewater Methods

                            1. Applicability

    This procedure is to be applied exclusively to Environmental 
Protection Agency methods developed by the Office of Water and the 
Office of Solid Waste. Alternative methods developed by any other group 
or agency shall be validated according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 
and 5.3 of Test Method 301, 40 CFR Part 63, Appendix A. For the purposes 
of this appendix, ``waste'' means waste and wastewater.

                              2. Procedure

    This procedure shall be applied once for each waste matrix. Waste 
matrix in the context of this procedure refers to the target compound 
mixture in the waste as well as the formulation of the medium in which 
the

[[Page 949]]

target compounds are suspended. The owner or operator shall prepare a 
sampling plan. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling 
procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample 
collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity. The sample plan 
shall include procedures for determining recovery efficiency of the 
relevant compounds regulated in the applicable subpart. An example of an 
acceptable sampling plan would be one that incorporates similar sampling 
and sample handling requirements to those of Method 25D of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A.

                       2.1. Sampling and Analysis

    2.1.1. For each waste matrix, collect twice the number of samples 
required by the applicable regulation. Designate and label half the 
sample vials the ``spiked'' sample set, and the other half the 
``unspiked'' sample set. Immediately before or immediately after 
sampling (immediately after in the context of this procedure means after 
placing the sample into the sample vial, but before the sample is 
capped, cooled, and shipped to the laboratory for analysis), inject, 
either individually or as a solution, all the target compounds into each 
spiked sample.
    2.1.2. The mass of each spiked compound shall be 40 to 60 percent of 
the mass expected to be present in the waste matrix. If the 
concentration of the target compounds in the waste are not known, the 
mass of each spiked compound shall be 40 to 60 percent of the limit 
allowed in the applicable regulation. Analyze both sets of samples 
(spiked and unspiked) with the chosen method.

                             3. Calculations

    For each pair of spiked and unspiked samples, determine the fraction 
of spiked compound recovered (R) using the following equations.

where:
mr = mass spiked compound measured ( g).
ms = total mass of compound measured in spiked sample 
( g).
mu = total mass of compound measured in unspiked sample 
( g).
where:
S = theoretical mass of compound spiked into spiked sample ( 
g).

                         3.1.  Method Evaluation

    In order for the chosen method to be acceptable for a compound, 
0.70R1.30 (R in this case is an average value of 
all the spiked and unspiked sample set R values). If the average R value 
does not meet this criterion for a target compound, the chosen method is 
not acceptable for that compound, and therefore another method shall be 
evaluated for acceptance (by repeating the procedures outlined above 
with another method).

                        3.2.  Records and Reports

    Report the average R value in the test report and correct all 
reported measurements made with the method with the calculated R value 
for that compound by using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JY96.048

                     3.3.  Optional Correction Step

    If the applicable regulation allows for correction of the mass of 
the compound in the waste by a published fm value, multiply 
the reported result calculated above with the appropriate fm 
value for that compound.

[61 FR 34200, July 1, 1996]

Appendix E to Part 63--Monitoring Procedure for Nonthoroughly Mixed Open 
 Biological Treatment Systems at Kraft Pulp Mills Under Unsafe Sampling 
                               Conditions

                               I. Purpose

    This procedure is required to be performed in subpart S of this 
part, entitled National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
from the Pulp and Paper Industry. Subpart S requires this procedure in 
Sec. 63.453(p)(3) to be followed during unsafe sampling conditions when 
it is not practicable to obtain representative samples of hazardous air 
pollutants (HAP) concentrations from an open biological treatment unit. 
It is assumed that inlet and outlet HAP concentrations from the open 
biological treatment unit may be obtained during the unsafe sampling 
conditions. The purpose of this procedure is to estimate the 
concentration of HAP within the open biological treatment unit based on 
information obtained at inlet and outlet sampling locations in units 
that are not thoroughly mixed and, therefore, have different 
concentrations of HAP at different locations within the unit.

[[Page 950]]

                             II. Definitions

    Biological treatment unit = wastewater treatment unit designed and 
operated to promote the growth of bacteria to destroy organic materials 
in wastewater.

fbio =The fraction of organic compounds in the wastewater 
          biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
Fe=The fraction of applicable organic compounds emitted from the 
          wastewater to the atmosphere.
K1=First-order biodegradation rate constant, L/g mixed liquor volatile 
          suspended solids (MLVSS)-hr
KL=Liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient, m/s
Ks=Monod biorate constant at half the maximum rate, g/m3

      III. Test Procedure for Determination of fbio for 
    Nonthoroughly Mixed Open Biological Treatment Units Under Unsafe 
                           Sampling Conditions

    This test procedure is used under unsafe sampling conditions that do 
not permit practicable sampling of open biological treatment units 
within the unit itself, but rather relies on sampling at the inlet and 
outlet locations of the unit. This procedure may be used only under 
unsafe sampling conditions to estimate fbio. Once the unsafe 
conditions have passed, then the formal compliance demonstration 
procedures of fbio based upon measurements within the open 
biological treatment unit must be completed.

                   A. Overview of Estimation Procedure

    The steps in the estimation procedure include data collection, the 
estimation of concentrations within the unit, and the use of Form 1 to 
estimate fbio. The data collection procedure consists of two 
separate components. The first data collection component demonstrates 
that the open biological treatment unit can be represented by Monod 
kinetics and characterizes the effectiveness of the open biological 
treatment unit as part of the initial performance test, and the second 
data collection component is used when there are unsafe sampling 
conditions. These two data collection components are used together in a 
data calculation procedure based on a Monod kinetic model to estimate 
the concentrations in each zone of the open biological treatment unit. 
After the first two components of data collection are completed, the 
calculation procedures are used to back estimate the zone 
concentrations, starting with the last zone in the series and ending 
with the first zone.

                     B. Data Collection Requirements

    This method is based upon modeling the nonthoroughly mixed open 
biological treatment unit as a series of well-mixed zones with internal 
recycling between the units and assuming that two Monod biological 
kinetic parameters can be used to characterize the biological removal 
rates in each unit. The data collection procedure consists of two 
separate components. The first data collection component is part of the 
initial performance test, and the second data collection component is 
used during unsafe sampling conditions.

                       1. Initial Performance Test

    The objective of the first data collection component is to 
demonstrate that the open biological treatment unit can be represented 
by Monod kinetics and to characterize the performance of the open 
biological treatment unit. An appropriate value of the biorate constant, 
Ks, is determined using actual sampling data from the open biological 
treatment unit. This is done during the initial performance test when 
the open biological treatment unit is operating under normal conditions. 
This specific Ks value obtained during the initial performance test is 
used in the calculation procedure to characterize the open biological 
treatment unit during unsafe sampling conditions. The following open 
biological treatment unit characterization information is obtained from 
the first component of the data collection procedure:
    (1) The value of the biorate constant, Ks;
    (2) The number and characteristics of each zone in the open 
biological treatment unit (depth, area, characterization parameters for 
surface aeration, submerged aeration rates, biomass concentration, 
concentrations of organic compounds, dissolved oxygen (DO), dissolved 
solids, temperature, and other relevant variables); and
    (3) The recycle ratio of internal recirculation between the zones. 
The number of zones and the above characterization of the zones are also 
used to determine the performance of the unit under the unsafe sampling 
conditions of concern.

           2. Data Collected Under Unsafe Sampling Conditions

    In the second data collection component obtained under unsafe 
sampling conditions, the measured inlet and outlet HAP concentrations 
and the biomass concentration are obtained for the open biological 
treatment unit. After the site specific data collection is completed on 
the day a parameter excursion occurs, the inlet and outlet 
concentrations are used with the prior open biological treatment unit 
characterization to estimate the concentrations of HAP in each zone. The 
following information on the open biological treatment unit must be 
available in the second data collection component:
    (1) Basic unit variables such as inlet and recycle wastewater flow 
rates, type of agitation, and operating conditions;

[[Page 951]]

    (2) The value of the inlet and outlet HAP concentrations; and
    (3) The biomass concentration in the open biological treatment unit.

 C. One Time Determination of a Single Value of Ks (Initial Performance 
                                  Test)

    A single value of Ks is calculated using Form 3 for each data set 
that is collected during the initial performance test. A single 
composite value of Ks, deemed to be representative of the biological 
unit, is subsequently selected so that the fbio values 
calculated by the procedures in this appendix (using this single value 
of Ks) for the data sets collected during the initial performance test 
are within 10 percent of the fbio value determined by using 
Form 1 with these same data sets. The value of Ks meeting these criteria 
is obtained by the following steps:
    (1) Determine the median of the Ks values calculated for each data 
set;
    (2) Estimate fbio for each data set using the selected Ks 
value (Form 1 and Form 2);
    (3) Calculate fbio for each data set using Form 1; and
    (4) Compare the fbio values obtained in steps (2) and 
(3); if the fbio value calculated using step (2) differs from 
that calculated using step (3) by more than 10 percent, adjust Ks 
(decrease Ks if the fbio value is lower than that calculated 
by Form 1 and vice versa) and repeat this procedure starting at step 
(2). If a negative value is obtained for the values of Ks, then this 
negative kinetic constant may not be used with the Monod model. If a 
negative value of Ks is obtained, this test procedure cannot be used for 
evaluating the performance of the open biological treatment unit.

      D. Confirmation of Monod Kinetics (Initial Performance Test)

    (1) Confirmation that the unit can be represented by Monod kinetics 
is made by identifying the following two items:
    (i) The zone methanol concentrations measured during the initial 
performance test; and
    (ii) The zone methanol concentrations estimated by the Multiple Zone 
Concentrations Calculations Procedure based on inlet and outlet 
concentrations (Column A of Form 2). For each zone, the concentration in 
item 1 is compared to the concentration in item 2.
    (2) For each zone, the estimated value of item 2 must be:
    (i) Within 25 percent of item 1 when item 1 exceeds 8 mg/L; or
    (ii) Within 2 mg/L of item 1 when item 1 is 8 mg/L or less.
    (3) Successful demonstration that the calculated zone concentrations 
meet these criteria must be achieved for 80 percent of the performance 
test data sets.
    (4) If negative values are obtained for the values of K1 and Ks, 
then these negative kinetic constants may not be used with the Monod 
model, even if the criteria are met. If negative values are obtained, 
this test procedure cannot be used for evaluating the performance of the 
open biological treatment unit.

    E. Determination of KL for Each Zone (Unsafe Sampling Conditions)

    (1) A site-specific liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient (KL) must 
be obtained for each zone during the unsafe sampling conditions. Do not 
use a default value for KL. The KL value for each zone must be based on 
the site-specific parameters of the specific unit. The first step in 
using this procedure is to calculate KL for each zone in the unit using 
Form 4. Form 4 outlines the procedure to follow for using mass transfer 
equations to determine KL. Form 4 identifies the appropriate form to use 
for providing the detailed calculations to support the estimate of the 
value of KL. Forms 5 and 6 are used to provide individual compound 
estimates of KL for quiescent and aerated impoundments, respectively. A 
computer model may be used to perform the calculations. If the WATER8 
model or the most recent update to this model is used, then report the 
computer model input parameters that you used as an attachment to Form 
4. In addition, the Bay Area Sewage Toxics Emission (BASTE) model, 
version 3.0, or equivalent upgrade and the TOXCHEM (Environment Canada's 
Wastewater Technology Centre and Environmega, Ltd.) model, version 1.10, 
or equivalent upgrade may also be used to determine KL for the open 
biological treatment unit with the following stipulations:
    (i) The programs must be altered to output a KL value that is based 
on the site-specific parameters of the unit modeled; and
    (ii) The Henry's law value listed in Form 4 must be substituted for 
the existing Henry's law values in the models.
    (2) The Henry's law value listed in Form 4 may be obtained from the 
following sources:
    (i) Values listed by EPA with temperature adjustment if needed;
    (ii) Measured values for the system of concern with temperature 
adjustment; or
    (iii) Literature values of Henry's law values for methanol, adjusted 
for temperature if needed.
    (3) Input values used in the model and corresponding output values 
shall become part of the documentation of the fbio 
determination. The owner or operator should be aware that these models 
may not provide equivalent KL values for some types of units. To obtain 
an equivalent KL value in this situation, the owner or operator shall 
either use the appropriate procedure on Form 4 or adjust the KL value 
from the model to the equivalent KL value as described on Form 4.

[[Page 952]]

    (4) Report the input parameters that you used in the computer model 
on Forms 5, 6, and 7 as an attachment to Form 4. If you have submerged 
air flow in your unit, you must add the value of KL estimated on Form 7 
to the value of KL obtained with Forms 5 and 6 before using the value of 
KL with Form 2.

    F. Estimation of Zone Concentrations (Unsafe Sampling Conditions)

    Form 2 is used to estimate the zone concentrations of HAP based on 
the inlet and outlet data. The value of Ks entered on the form is that 
single composite value of Ks discussed in section III.C of this 
appendix. This value of Ks is calculated during the Initial Performance 
Test (and subsequently updated, if necessary). A unique value of the 
biorate K1 is entered on line 5 of Form 2, and the inlet concentration 
is estimated in Column A of Form 2. The inlet concentration is located 
in the row of Form 2 corresponding to zone 0. If there are three zones 
in the system, n-3 equals 0 for the inlet concentration row. These 
estimated zone concentrations are then used in Form 1 to estimate f bio 
for the treatment unit.

              G. Quality Control/Quality Assurance (QA/QC)

    A QA/QC plan outlining the procedures used to determine the measured 
inlet and outlet concentrations during unsafe conditions and how the 
zone characterization data were obtained during the initial performance 
test shall be prepared and submitted with the initial performance test 
report. The plan should include, but may not be limited to:
    (1) A description of each of the sampling methods that were used 
(method, procedures, time, method to avoid losses during sampling and 
holding, and sampling procedures) including simplified schematic 
drawings;
    (2) A description of how that biomass was sampled from the 
biotreatment unit, including methods, locations, and times;
    (3) A description of what conditions (DO, temperature, etc.) are 
important, what the target values are in the zones, how the factors were 
controlled, and how they were monitored. These conditions are primarily 
used to establish that the conditions of the initial performance test 
correspond to the conditions of the day in question;
    (4) A description of how each analytical measurement was conducted, 
including preparation of solutions, dilution procedures, sampling 
procedures, monitoring of conditions, etc;
    (5) A description of the analytical instrumentation used, how the 
instruments were calibrated, and a summary of the accuracy and precision 
for each instrument;
    (6) A description of the test methods used to determine HAP 
concentrations and other measurements. Section 63.457(c)(3) specifies 
the test methods that must be used to determine HAP concentrations. 
During unsafe sampling conditions, you do not have to sample over an 
extended period of time or obtain more than one sample at each sample 
point.
    (7) A description of how data are captured, recorded, and stored; 
and
    (8) A description of the equations used and their solutions for 
sampling and analysis, including a reference to any software used for 
calculations and/or curve-fitting.

     IV. Calculation of Individual fbio (Unsafe Sampling 
                               Conditions)

    Use Form 1 with your zone concentration information to estimate the 
value of f bio under unsafe sampling conditions. Form 1 uses measured 
concentrations of HAP in the unit inlet and outlet, and Form 1 also uses 
the estimated concentrations in each zone of the unit obtained from Form 
2. This procedure may be used on an open biological treatment unit that 
has defined zones within the unit. Use Form 1 to determine 
fbio for each open biological treatment unit as it exists 
under subpart S of part 63. The first step in using Form 1 is to 
calculate KL for each zone in the unit using Form 4. Form 7 must also be 
used if submerged aeration is used. After KL is determined using field 
data, obtain the concentrations of the HAP in each zone. In this 
alternative procedure for unsafe sampling conditions, the actual 
measured concentrations of the HAP in each zone are replaced with the 
zone concentrations that are estimated with Form 2. After KL and the 
zone concentrations are determined, Form 1 is used to estimate the 
overall unit Fe and fbio for methanol.

[[Page 953]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.040


[[Page 954]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.041


[[Page 955]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.042


[[Page 956]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.043


[[Page 957]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.044


[[Page 958]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.045


[[Page 959]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.046


[[Page 960]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.047

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.048


[[Page 961]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.049


[65 FR 80765, Dec. 22, 2000]


[[Page 963]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 965]]

            Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference

                      (Revised as of July 1, 2001)

  The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following 
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference 
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by 
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective 
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by 
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.


40 CFR (63.1200 TO END)

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                                                  40 CFR


American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Customer 
Service Department

  1330 Kemper Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 
  45240-1634
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended                  63.1502
  Practice.
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended               63.1506(c)
  Practice, 23rd Edition, 1998, Chapters 3 and 
  Chapter 5.


American Petroleum Institute

  1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005-4070; 
  Telephone: (202) 682-8000
API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards                    63.1251
  (MPMS), Chapter 19.2, Evaporative Loss from 
  Floating-Roof Tanks (formerly API publications 
  2517 and 2519), April 1997.


American Society for Testing and Materials

  100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 
  19428-2959; Telephone: (610) 832-9585, FAX: 
  (610) 832-9555
ASTM D 1193-77, Standard Specification for Reagent  Par. 4.1.1 and Par. 
  Water.                                            4.4.2 of Appendix A 
                                                     to Part 63; Method 
                                                     306, Section 7.1.1 
                                                   and 7.4.2 of Appendix 
                                                            A to Part 63
ASTM D 1331-89, Standard Test Methods for Surface  Par. 3.1 and Par. 4.2 
  and Interfacial Tension of Solutions of Surface  of Appendix A to Part 
  Active Agents.                                                      63
ASTM D2879-97, Standard Test Method for Vapor                    63.1251
  Pressure-Temperature Relationship and Initial 
  Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
  Isoteniscope.
ASTM D3574-91, Standard Test Methods for Flexible             63.1304(b)
  Cellular Materials - Slab, Bonded, and Molded 
  Urethane Foams.


National Institute of Standards and Technology

  Springfield, VA 22161
Handbook 44, Specifications, Tolerances, and Other         63.1303(e)(3)
Technical Requirements for Weighing and 
[[Page 966]]evices, 1998.

U.S. Government Printing OfficeWashington, DC 20402

Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/               63.1208
  Chemical Methods, EPA Publication SW-846, Third 
  Edition (November 1986), as amended by Updates I 
  (July 1992), II (September 1994), IIA (August 
  1993), IIB (January 1995), and III (December 
  1996).


U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National Technical Information 
Service (NTIS)

  5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA
Interim Procedures for Estimating Risks Associated            63.1513(d)
  with Exposures to Mixtures of Chlorinated 
  Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and -Dibenzofurans (CDDs and 
  CDFs) and 1989 Update, EPA/625/3-89/016, March 
  1989 (NTIS No. PB 90-145756).



[[Page 967]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2001)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--500)

                          Title 2--[Reserved]

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  General Accounting Office (Parts 1--99)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Part 2100)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
        XV  Office of Administration, Executive Office of the 
                President (Parts 2500--2599)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Part 3201)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Part 3301)
      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Part 3401)

[[Page 968]]

       XXV  Department of the Interior (Part 3501)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Part 3601)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Part 3801)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Part 4301)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Part 4501)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Part 5001)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Part 5101)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Part 5201)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Part 5301)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Part 5501)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Part 5601)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Part 5701)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Part 5801)
         L  Department of Transportation (Part 6001)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Part 6201)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Part 6401)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Part 6701)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Part 
                6801)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Part 
                6901)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Part 7001)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Part 7101)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Part 7201)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Part 7301)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Part 
                7501)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Part 
                7601)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Part 7901)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Part 8101)
    LXXIII  Department of Agriculture (Part 8301)
     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Part 
                8401)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Part 8601)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Part 8701)

                          Title 6--[Reserved]

              

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture

[[Page 969]]

         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Northeast Dairy Compact Commission (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  Office of Procurement and Property Management, 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 3200--3299)

[[Page 970]]

    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  Cooperative State Research, Education, and Extension 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3400--
                3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1--599)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 300--599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)
     XVIII  Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste 
                Commission (Part 1800)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)

[[Page 971]]

        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500--1599)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board (Parts 400--499)
         V  Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board (Parts 
                500--599)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--499)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 972]]

        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Export Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Technology Administration, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399)

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  United States Customs Service, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 973]]

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Employment Standards Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 1000--1099)

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 700--
                799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300--
                1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

[[Page 974]]

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)
        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Housing and Office of Multifamily Housing 
                Assistance Restructuring, Department of Housing 
                and Urban Development (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs, Section 202 Direct Loan Program, Section 
                202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Program and 
                Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons With 
                Disabilities Program) (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Interstate Land Sales 
                Registration Program) (Parts 1700--1799)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

[[Page 975]]

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--799)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1000--1199)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1200)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--799)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1--299)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--199)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council 
                (Parts 900--999)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 976]]

         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Minerals Management Service, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 200--299)
       III  Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
        VI  Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                600--699)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of International Investment, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the 
                Treasury--Department of Justice) (Parts 900--999)

[[Page 977]]

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
     XVIII  National Counterintelligence Center (Parts 1800--1899)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department 
                of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799)
        XI  National Institute for Literacy (Parts 1100--1199)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

[[Page 978]]

                        Title 35--Panama Canal

         I  Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1--299)

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Presidio Trust (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        XV  Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust (Part 1501)
       XVI  Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National 
                Environmental Policy Foundation (Parts 1600--1699)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 1--199)
        II  Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 400--499)
         V  Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 500--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--99)

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--799)
        IV  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)

[[Page 979]]

       VII  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for 
                Vessels of the Armed Forces (Parts 1700--1799)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 61-1--61-999)
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       102  Federal Management Regulation (Parts 102-1--102-299)
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System
       201  Federal Information Resources Management Regulation 
                (Parts 201-1--201-99) [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       300  General (Parts 300-1--300-99)
       301  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--
                301-99)
       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Part 303-70)
       304  Payment from a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Health Care Financing Administration, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1999)

[[Page 980]]

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 200--499)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10005)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                1200--1299)
      XIII  Office of Human Development Services, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)

[[Page 981]]

     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Part 2301)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Department of Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  United States Agency for International Development 
                (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)

[[Page 982]]

        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        35  Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500--3599)
        44  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400--4499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399)
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Part 
                5452)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  General Services Administration Board of Contract 
                Appeals (Parts 6100--6199)
        63  Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals 
                (Parts 6300--6399)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Research and Special Programs Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1000--1399)

[[Page 983]]

        XI  Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1400--1499)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)
        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

                      CFR Index and Finding Aids

            Subject/Agency Index
            List of Agency Prepared Indexes
            Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities and Rules
            List of CFR Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
            Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR



[[Page 985]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2001)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or 
                     Agency                               Chapter

Administrative Committee of the Federal Register  1, I
Advanced Research Projects Agency                 32, I
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental          5, VII
     Relations
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development, United      22, II
     States
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture Department                            5, LXXIII
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Chief Financial Officer, Office of              7, XXX
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Cooperative State Research, Education, and      7, XXXIV
       Extension Service
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy, Office of                               7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Food and Nutrition Service                      7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Procurement and Property Management, Office of  7, XXXII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department                              32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of          27, I
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
   Compliance Board
[[Page 986]]

Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI
Army Department                                   32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Benefits Review Board                             20, VII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase From People Who Are
Board for International Broadcasting              22, XIII
Broadcasting Board of Governors                   22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Chief Financial Officer, Office of                7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X
Civil Rights, Commission on                       45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)                46, III
Commerce Department                               44, IV
  Census Bureau                                   15, I
  Economic Affairs, Under Secretary               37, V
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Export Administration, Bureau of                15, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Fishery Conservation and Management             50, VI
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV, VI
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office, United States      37, I
  Productivity, Technology and Innovation,        37, IV
       Assistant Secretary for
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
  Technology, Under Secretary for                 37, V
  Technology Administration                       15, XI
  Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for      37, IV
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Cooperative State Research, Education, and        7, XXXIV
     Extension Service
Copyright Office                                  37, II
Corporation for National and Community Service    45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    28, VIII
     for the District of Columbia
Customs Service, United States                    19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Department                                5, XXVI; 32, Subtitle A; 
                                                  40, VII
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I

[[Page 987]]

  Air Force Department                            32, VII
  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 
                                                  48, 51
  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 2
  National Imagery and Mapping Agency             32, I
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
District of Columbia, Court Services and          28, VIII
     Offender Supervision Agency for the
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary                 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
  Vocational and Adult Education, Office of       34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board       13, V
Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board              13, IV
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             5, XXIII; 10, II, III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency                   5, LIV; 40, I, IV, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Administration, Office of                       5, XV
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                25, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export Administration, Bureau of                  15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States           5, LII; 12, IV

[[Page 988]]

Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               31, IX
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 44
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General    5, XIV; 22, XIV
     Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations 
     Authority
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Management Regulation                     41, 102
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration       49, III
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Fine Arts, Commission on                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management               50, VI
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Nutrition Service                        7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Accounting Office                         4, I
General Services Administration                   5, LVII; 41, 105
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Management Regulation                   41, 102
  Federal Property Management Regulations         41, 101

[[Page 989]]

  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  General                                         41, 300
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302
  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances          41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          5, XLV; 45, Subtitle A
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Health Care Financing Administration            42, IV
  Human Development Services, Office of           45, XIII
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration              42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      5, LXV; 24, Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing     24, IV
       Assistance Restructuring, Office of
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing       24, IV
     Assistance Restructuring, Office of
Human Development Services, Office of             45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service            8, I
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission  5, VII
     on
Interior Department
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV

[[Page 990]]

  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  Minerals Management Service                     30, II
  Mines, Bureau of                                30, VI
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board   30, III
       of
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, United States Agency   22, II
     for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
International Fishing and Related Activities      50, III
International Investment, Office of               31, VIII
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice Department                                5, XXVIII; 28, I; 40, IV
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration and Naturalization Service          8, I
  Offices of Independent Counsel                  28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor Department                                  5, XLII
  Benefits Review Board                           20, VII
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration     29, XXV
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of    41, 61; 20, IX
       the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Office                                37, II
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II

[[Page 991]]

Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minerals Management Service                       30, II
Mines, Bureau of                                  30, VI
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in     36, XVI
     National Environmental Policy Foundation
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National and Community Service, Corporation for   45, XII, XXV
National Archives and Records Administration      5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Bureau of Standards                      15, II
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy         1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information  45, XVII
     Science
National Council on Disability                    34, XII
National Counterintelligence Center               32, XVIII
National Credit Union Administration              12, VII
National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact     28, IX
     Council
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           21, III
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency               32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute for Literacy                   34, XI
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV, VI
National Mediation Board                          29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
National Weather Service                          15, IX
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy Department                                   32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Dairy Compact Commission                7, XIII
Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste  10, XVIII
     Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Offices of Independent Counsel                    28, VI
Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust             36, XV
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Panama Canal Commission                           48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations                          35, I
Patent and Trademark Office, United States        37, I

[[Page 992]]

Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration       29, XXV
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 45, VIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Postal Rate Commission                            5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Documents                            3
Presidio Trust                                    36, X
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Procurement and Property Management, Office of    7, XXXII
Productivity, Technology and Innovation,          37, IV
     Assistant Secretary
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions              13, V
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration      49, I
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State Department                                  22, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of  30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Technology Administration                         15, XI
Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for        37, IV
Technology, Under Secretary for                   37, V
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the      12, V
     Treasury
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     5, L
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)              46, III
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 63
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV

[[Page 993]]

  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II
  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration     49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 49, V
  Research and Special Programs Administration    49, I
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Surface Transportation Board                    49, X
  Transportation Statistics Bureau                49, XI
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Transportation Statistics Brureau                 49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY)           41, 301
Treasury Department                               5, XXI; 12, XV; 17, IV; 
                                                  31, IX
  Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs Service, United States                  19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  International Investment, Office of             31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
  Thrift Supervision, Office of                   12, V
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs Department                       38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the  41, 61; 20, IX
     Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of         34, IV
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 995]]



List of CFR Sections Affected




All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which were 
made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 1, 
1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the nature 
of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register pages. 
The user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as well as 
sections for revisions.
Title 40 was established at 36 FR 12213, June 29, 1971. For the period 
before January 1, 1986, see the ``List of CFR Sections Affected, 1964-
1972, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985,'' published in seven separate volumes.

                               1986--1991

                       (No Regulations Published)

                                  1992

40 CFR
                                                                   57 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63  Added..........................................................61992

                                  1993

40 CFR
                                                                   58 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63  Appendix A amended.............................................57924

                                  1994

40 CFR
                                                                   59 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63  Appendix A amended.............................................61816

                                  1995

40 CFR
                                                                   60 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63  Appendix A amended.......................................4979, 62952

                                  1996

40 CFR
                                                                   61 FR
                                                                    Page
63.1310--63.1335 (Subpart JJJ)  Added..............................48229
63  Appendix D added...............................................34200

                                  1997

40 CFR
                                                                   62 FR
                                                                    Page
63.1311  (d) introductory text, (2) introductory text and (ii) 
        revised.....................................................1838
    (b) and (d) introductory text revised; (d)(6) added; eff. 7-
27-97..............................................................30995
63.1331  (a) introductory text revised; (a)(10) added..............37722
63  Appendix A amended................................2793, 12549, 52418
    Appendix C revised..............................................2801

                                  1998

40 CFR
                                                                   63 FR
                                                                    Page
63.1211--63.1216 (Subpart EEE)  Added..............................33820
63.1250--63.1261 (Subpart GGG)  Added..............................50326
63.1290--63.1309 (Subpart III)  Added..............................53996
63.1310--63.1335 (Subpart JJJ)  Regulation at 61 FR 48229 eff. 
        date corrected to 2-27-98...................................9944
63.1311  (b), (d) introductory text and (1) introductory text 
        revised.....................................................9945
    (c) introductory text revised..................................15315
63  Appendix A amended...............................15027, 18630, 46535
    Appendix C amended.............................................67794

[[Page 996]]

                                  1999

40 CFR
                                                                   64 FR
                                                                    Page
63.1200--63.1213 (Subpart EEE)  Revised............................53038
63.1210  (b)(1)(ii) introductory text, (A), (B), and (iv) 
        introductory text revised..................................63211
63.1211  (b) revised...............................................63212
63.1270--63.1289 (Subpart HHH)  Added..............................32647
63.1311  (d)(1)(ii), (iii) and (4) revised; (d)(1)(iv) added.......11547
    (b) and (d)(6) revised; eff. 8-9-99............................30409
    (b) and (c) revised; eff. 8-30-99..............................35028
63.1312  (b) amended...............................................11547
63.1314  (b)(3) added..............................................11547
63.1315  (a) introductory text revised; (a)(18) and (e) added......11547
63.1316  Heading, (b)(1)(i), (2)(i) and (ii) revised; (b)(1)(v) 
        and (2)(v) added...........................................11548
63.1321  (d) added.................................................11549
63.1322  (b)(2) revised............................................11549
63.1323  (a)(2) revised............................................11549
63.1325  (e) introductory text revised; (e)(3) added...............11549
63.1326  (b)(4) introductory text revised; (b)(5) added............11549
63.1330  (d) and (e) added.........................................11549
63.1332  (a)(2), (3) introductory text, (c) introductory text, 
        (3), (d)(5), (e)(3)(ii), (5), (g)(1), (2)(ii)(A), 
        (7)(ii)(A), (h)(1) introductory text, (6)(ii) introductory 
        text, (7)(ii) introductory text, (i)(1) introductory text, 
        (iii), (2), (3), (5) introductory text, (i), (j)(2) 
        introductory text, (ii)(B), (iv), (v), (k) introductory 
        text, (4) introductory text and (l) introductory text 
        revised....................................................11549
63.1335  (e)(4)(ii)(L)(1) revised..................................11553
63.1310--63.1335 (Subpart JJJ)  Tables 3 and 5 revised.............11553
63.1340--63.1358 (Subpart LLL)  Added..............................31925
63.1350  (k) revised...............................................53070
63.1360--63.1369 (Subpart MMM)  Added..............................33589
63.1380--63.1387 (Subpart NNN)  Added..............................31708
63.1420--63.1439 (Subpart PPP)  Added..............................29439
63.1427  (e)(2) Equation 11 corrected..............................31895
63.1541--63.1550 (Subpart TTT)  Added..............................30204
63.1580--63.1595 (Subpart VVV)  Added..............................57579
63.1650--63.1661 (Subpart XXX)  Added..............................27458
63  Appendix A amended......................................31718, 31937

                                  2000

40 CFR
                                                                   65 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.1200  (b) Table 1 revised.......................................42297
63.1201  (a) amended........................................42297, 67271
63.1203  (a)(3), (4), (5)(i) and (b)(5)(i) revised; (e) removed....42297
63.1204  (a)(5)(i)(A), (ii)(B) and (b)(5)(i)(A)(1) revised; (g) 
        removed....................................................42298
63.1205  (b)(5) introductory text redesignated as (b)(5)(i); 
        (a)(5)(i) and new (b)(5)(i) revised; (e) removed...........42298
63.1206  (b)(5)(i) introductory text, (C)(1), (iii) and (c)(6)(i) 
        revised....................................................42298
    (a)(3)(i) revised..............................................67271
63.1207  (f)(1)(ii)(A), (B), (ix) through (xii), (h)(2) 
        introductory text and (j)(1)(i) revised; (f)(1)(xiii) 
        redesignated as (f)(1)(xxvi); (f)(1)(xiii) through (xxv) 
        added......................................................42299
    (d)(1), (e)(1)(i) introductory text, (A), (ii) and (2) revised
                                                                   67271
63.1209  (a)(1)(i), (iii), (6)(iii)(A), (b)(2) introductory text, 
        (l)(1), (3), (4), (m)(3), (n)(2)(i)(A), (B), (C), (4) and 
        (o)(1) revised; (a)(7) amended.............................42300
    (a)(6)(i) and (b)(5)(i) revised................................67271
63.1210  (b)(1)(iv) introductory text and (c)(2) revised...........42301
63.1211  (c) table revised.........................................42301
63.1212  (a)(2), (b)(1) and (2) introductory text revised..........42301
63.1200-63.1213 (Subpart EEE)   Appendix amended...................42301
63.1250  (a), (b), (c), (f), (h)(1), (2) heading, (3) heading, (4) 
        and (5) revised; (h)(6) added..............................52596
63.1251  Amended...................................................52598
63.1252  Introductory text, (d)(2), (6), (7), (8) and (e) 
        introductory text revised; (d)(5) and (e)(1) amended; 
        (e)(4) added...............................................52600

[[Page 997]]

63.1253  (a) and (d) revised; (f) added............................52601
63.1254  Revised...................................................52601
63.1255  (a)(11), (12), (e)(7)(iii)(A), (B) and (C) added; 
        (g)(2)(v) and (5)(ii) removed; (g)(2)(vi) through (ix) and 
        (5)(iii) through (vi) redesignated as (g)(2)(v) through 
        (viii) and (5)(ii) through (v); (a)(1), (7), (10)(ii), 
        (iii), (b), (c)(2)(i), (5)(vi)(B), (C), (6), (7), (9), 
        (d)(1)(ii), (e)(3) introductory text, (f), (g)(2) 
        introductory text, (i)(A), new (g)(2)(vi), new (viii), (4) 
        introductory text, (iv), (v)(A), (6) heading, (h)(2) 
        heading, (i)(B), (3)(ii) introductory text, (C), (D) and 
        (iv) revised; (c)(3)(i), (4)(iv), (5)(i)(B), (e)(5)(iii), 
        (6)(ii), (7)(i), (9), (g)(3), (4)(vii)(B), (viii), (5) 
        introductory text, new (ii), (7) introductory text, 
        (i)(D), (h)(2)(ii), (iii)(B) and (3)(i) amended............52603
63.1256  (a) introductory text, (1) introductory text, (i)(A), (B) 
        , (5) introductory text, (ii)(C), (d)(2) introductory 
        text, (i), (g)(8)(ii), (11)(ii) and (12) revised; (a)(3) 
        removed; (a)(4) redesignated as (a)(3); new (a)(4), 
        (5)(ii)(D) and (b)(6)(i) added.............................52607
63.1257  (b)(10)(iii), (iv), (v), (h)(2)(i) and (3) redesignated 
        as (b)(10)(iv), (v), (vi), (3) and (4); (a)(3), (5), 
        (b)(6) introductory text, (iii), (8)(i)(A)(3)(i), (10) 
        introductory text, (i), (ii), new (iv) introductory text, 
        new (v), (c)(3)(v), (d)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), (4) 
        introductory text, (ii), (D)(3), (4), (E), (3) 
        introductory text, (ii)(A), (e)(2)(iii)(E)(3) introductory 
        text, (f)(2)(ii)(A) and new (h)(3) revised; (b)(8)(i)(A) 
        introductory text, (c)(1) introductory text, 
        (d)(2)(i)(C)(1), (2)(i), (D)(2), (H), (ii), 
        (e)(2)(iii)(C)(3), (5), (D)(3), (E)(3)(ii), (G)(3), 
        (f)(1)(iii)(B) and new (h)(4) amended; new (b)(10)(iii) 
        and (d)(3)(iii) added......................................52608
63.1258  (b)(5), (6)(iii) and (c) revised; (b)(8) introductory 
        text amended...............................................52612
63.1259  (b)(6) removed; (b)(7) through (11) redesignated as 
        (b)(6) through (10); (a)(3)(i), (iii), (b)(4), (5)(i), 
        (ii), new (6) and new (9) revised; new (b)(11) and (12) 
        added......................................................52613
63.1260  (e)(6), (7) and (g)(2)(viii) added; (g)(1)(ii) and 
        (2)(vii) revised; (h)(1) introductory text and (i) amended
                                                                   52614
63.1250--63.1261 (Subpart GGG)  Table 1 amended....................52614
63.1310  (a) through (f), (g) introductory text, (1) through (4), 
        (6), (7), (8), (h), (i) introductory text, (1) 
        introductory text, (i), (ii), (2)(i) introductory text, 
        (A), (ii), (iii), (3), (4), (5) and (j) revised; 
        (i)(2)(iv) and (6) added...................................38094
63.1311  Heading, (a), (b), (c), (d) introductory text, (1) 
        introductory text, (2), (3), (5), (6), (e) introductory 
        text, (h), (i)(1), (j), (l) and (m) revised; (e)(3), 
        (i)(3), (n) and (o) added..................................38100
    (c) revised....................................................52322
    Regulation at 65 FR 52322 withdrawn............................64161
63.1270--63.1287 (Subpart HHH)  Table 1 amended....................34558
63.1312  (a) revised; (b) amended..................................38102
63.1313  (a) introductory text, (2), (b) and (c) revised; (d) 
        added......................................................38106
63.1314  (a) introductory text, (1), (2), (3), (5) through (16), 
        (b) introductory text and (c) revised; (a)(17) added.......38107
63.1315  (a)(1) through (4), (9) through (17), (b) introductory 
        text, (1)(ii), (c) and (d) revised.........................38107
63.1316  Heading, (a), (b) introductory text, (1) introductory 
        text, (i) introductory text, (A), (B), (ii), (iii), (iv), 
        (2) introductory text, (i) through (iv), (c) introductory 
        text, (1) introductory text, (i), (ii), (iii)(A), (C) and 
        (3) revised................................................38110
63.1317  Revised...................................................38111

[[Page 998]]

63.1318  Heading, (a), (b) introductory text, (1)(i) introductory 
        text, (c) and (d) revised..................................38111
63.1319  Heading, (a), (b) introductory text, (2) and (c) revised 
                                                                   38111
63.1320  Revised...................................................38112
63.1321  (a) and (c) revised.......................................38112
63.1322  (a) introductory text, (1)(i), (b) introductory text, 
        (1)(i), (2), (c)(1), (2), (e), (f) and (g) revised; (h) 
        added......................................................38112
63.1323  (a)(1), (b) introductory text, (1), (2), (4)(i)(A), (B), 
        (C), (ii)(B)(1), (5) introductory text, (ii), (iii) 
        introductory text, (iv), (v) introductory text, (A), (6), 
        (d), (e) introductory text, (1) introductory text, (i), 
        (iii), (2), (3), (g), (h)(1)(iii), (2), (i), (j) 
        introductory text and (3) revised; (b)(9) added............38113
63.1324  Heading, (a) introductory text, (2), (c) introductory 
        text, (4)(ii), (7), (d) introductory text, (e) 
        introductory text, (2), (f)(1) introductory text, (ii) and 
        (3) revised; (e)(3) removed................................38118
63.1325  (a), (b) introductory text, (3), (5), (c) introductory 
        text, (1)(i)(A), (B) introductory text, (C), (D) 
        introductory text, (ii), (iii) introductory text, (A), 
        (v), (2) introductory text, (d)(1), (2)(ii), (3), (4), (e) 
        and (g) revised; (b)(6) removed............................38119
63.1326  (a) introductory text, (1), (2), (3)(i), (4), (7), (8), 
        (9), (b) introductory text, (2), (3)(ii), (iii), (4)(iv), 
        (d)(1), (2), (e) introductory text, (1)(i), (ii), (2) 
        introductory text, (ii), (4) and (f) revised; (g) added....38122
63.1327  (a) introductory text, (b), (c) introductory text, (2), 
        (d), (e) and (g) revised; (a)(5) and (6) added; (c)(3) 
        removed....................................................38123
63.1328  Revised...................................................38124
63.1329  (a), (c) introductory text, (1)(i), (ii), (iii) and (2) 
        revised....................................................38124
63.1330  (a) and (b) revised; (c) added............................38125
63.1331  (a) introductory text, (2), (4), (5), (6) introductory 
        text, (i), (ii)(A), (B), (7), (8) introductory text, (10) 
        and (b) revised; (a)(6)(iii), (iv), (11), (12) and (13) 
        added; (a)(9) removed......................................38127
63.1333  Heading, (a) introductory text, (1), (2), (4) and (b) 
        introductory text revised; (a)(5) and (e) added............38128
63.1334  (a), (b) introductory text, (3) introductory text, (i)(A) 
        through (D), (ii), (c), (d), (f)(1) introductory text, 
        (ii), (iii), (2) introductory text and (ii) revised; 
        (b)(1), (3)(i)(E) and (e) removed; (f)(1)(v) and (3) 
        through (7) added..........................................38128
63.1335  (a), (b)(1) introductory text, (i) introductory text, 
        (A), (B), (C), (ii), (2), (d) introductory text, (2), (3), 
        (6) through (9), (e) introductory text, (1), (2), (3), (4) 
        introductory text, (i), (ii) introductory text, (B), (D), 
        (F)(2), (4), (5), (H)(2), (J)(2), (L)(2), (N), (iii), (iv) 
        introductory text, (A) introductory text, (B) introductory 
        text, (C), (5) introductory text, (i) introductory text, 
        (A), (ii) introductory text, (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii), 
        (6) introductory text, (i), (ii), (iii)(B), (D) 
        introductory text, (2), (3), (iv), (v)(B), (vi) through 
        (xi), (7) introductory text, (ii), (8) introductory text, 
        (i), (ii), (f) introductory text, (3) introductory text, 
        (g) introductory text, (3) introductory text, (i)(A), (4), 
        (h) introductory text, (1) introductory text, (ii)(B), 
        (iv), (vi) introductory text, (B), (C), (2)(i) and (iii) 
        revised; (b)(1)(i)(D), (c), (d)(4), (5), (10), 
        (e)(6)(iii)(C) and (8)(iii) removed; (e)(5)(ix), (x), 
        (xi), (6)(iii)(D)(4), (xii), (7)(iii), (iv) and 
        (h)(1)(vi)(D) added........................................38131
63.1310--63.1335 (Subpart JJJ)  Tables 1, 2, 6, 7 and 8 revised; 
        Table 9 added..............................................38138
63.1400--63.1419 (Subpart OOO)  Added...............................3290
63.1413  (e)(2)(i)(C) corrected.....................................8768

[[Page 999]]

63.1420  (e)(3) introductory text, (9), (g)(1)(i) introductory 
        text, (2) introductory text, (i) introductory text, (A), 
        (ii), (3), (4), (h)(1) and (4) revised; (g)(2)(iii) added; 
        eff. 7-7-00................................................26498
63.1422  (b) and (e) introductory text revised; (h) removed; eff. 
        7-7-00.....................................................26499
63.1423  (a) and (b) amended; eff. 7-7-00..........................26499
63.1426  (c)(3)(i)(B)(3)(i), (ii)(A), (5)(ii)(A) and (e)(1) 
        amended; (d)(3)(ii) revised; eff. 7-7-00...................26499
63.1427  (e)(1) and (j)(2)(iii) revised; (h) amended; (j)(2)(iv) 
        removed; eff. 7-7-00.......................................26500
63.1428  (g)(3)(i) revised; eff. 7-7-00............................26501
63.1430  (e)(1)(vi) and (vii) revised; eff. 7-7-00.................26501
63.1432  (h), (l) and (q) revised; eff. 7-7-00.....................26501
63.1433  (a)(1), (2), (5), (7), (8) and (b)(1) revised; eff. 7-7-
        00.........................................................26501
63.1434  (c) removed; eff. 7-7-00..................................26501
63.1435  (c) revised; eff. 7-7-00..................................26501
63.1437  (a)(1) introductory text revised; eff. 7-7-00.............26502
63.1439  (b)(1)(ii), (e)(3) introductory text, (5)(iv) and (7) 
        revised; (e)(3)(ii)(A) removed; eff. 7-7-00................26502
63.1420--63.1439 (Subpart PPP)  Tables 1, 4 and 8 revised; eff. 7-
        7-00.......................................................26502
63.1500--63.1519 (Subpart RRR)  Added..............................15710
63  Appendix A amended.............................................62216
    Appendix E added...............................................80765

                                  2001

   (Regulations published from January 1, 2001, through July 1, 2001)

40 CFR
                                                                   66 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.1206  (a)(1) revised; (a)(2) removed; (a)(3) redesignated as 
        (a)(2).....................................................24272
63.1209  (m)(1)(ii) and (iii) removed..............................24272
63.1210  (a)(1) table amended; (b) and (c) removed; (d) 
        redesignated as (b)........................................24272
63.1211  (b) removed; (c), (d) and (e) redesignated as (b), (c) 
        and (d)....................................................24272
63.1212  Removed...................................................24272
63.1270  (a) introductory text and (1) introductory text revised; 
        (a)(1)(i), (ii) and (iii) removed..........................34555
63.1271  Amended...................................................34555
63.1272  (d) revised; (e) added....................................34555
63.1274  (d) introductory text and (1) revised.....................34556
63.1275  (a) and (c)(3) introductory text revised..................34556
63.1281  (e)(2) revised............................................34556
63.1282  (a)(1)(ii), (b)(6)(i), (d)(1)(i), (3) introductory text, 
        (iii)(B) introductory text, (1), (e) introductory text, 
        (f)(2) introductory text, (iii) introductory text, (A), 
        (B) and (3) revised; (d)(3)(iii)(B)(4) added...............34556
63.1283  (c)(2)(i)(A), (B), (ii)(A), (B), (C), (d)(1) introductory 
        text and (6)(iii) revised..................................34557
63.1284  (b)(3) introductory text, (4)(i), (ii), (7)(iii) and 
        (e)(3) revised.............................................34558
63.1285  (d) introductory text, (e)(1), (2) introductory text and 
        (vii) revised; (d)(1)(iii), (2)(iii) and (e)(2)(ix) added 
                                                                   34558

[[Page 1000]]

63.1311  (c) revised...............................................11236
    (b) and (d)(6) revised.........................................11546
63.1586  (a) introductory text amended.............................16142
63.1589  (a) introductory text, (3) and (b) revised................16142
63.1590  (b) amended; (c) revised..................................16142
63.1595  Amended...................................................16142
63.1580--63.1585 (Subpart VVV)  Table 1 amended....................16142
63.1650  (b) and (e)(1) revised....................................16012
63.1652  (b) revised...............................................16013
63.2130--63.2192 (Subpart CCCC)  Added.............................27884
63.2830--63.2872 (Subpart GGGG)  Added.............................19011
63  Appendix C amended..............................................6936


                                  
